<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
<DLPSTEXTCLASS>
<HEADER>
<FILEDESC>
<TITLESTMT>
<TITLE>
Title 31: Money and Finance: Treasury</TITLE>
<AUTHOR TYPE="nameinv">
</AUTHOR>
</TITLESTMT>
<PUBLICATIONSTMT>
<PUBLISHER>
</PUBLISHER>
<PUBPLACE>
</PUBPLACE>
<IDNO TYPE="title">
31</IDNO>

</PUBLICATIONSTMT>
<SERIESSTMT>
<TITLE>
</TITLE>
</SERIESSTMT>

</FILEDESC>

<PROFILEDESC>
<TEXTCLASS>
<KEYWORDS>
</KEYWORDS>
</TEXTCLASS>
</PROFILEDESC>
</HEADER>
<TEXT>
<BODY>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>June 17, 2025,fm
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="1" NODE="31:1" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 31—Money and Finance: Treasury--Volume 1</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<PTHD>Part 
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT>SUBTITLE A—<E T="04">Office of the Secretary of the Treasury</E>
</SUBJECT>
<PG>0
</PG></CHAPTI>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Regulations Relating to Money and Finance</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter i</E>—Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury
</SUBJECT>
<PG>56
</PG></CHAPTI>
<ABBR>
<HED>Abbreviation Used in This Chapter:</HED>
<P>C. P. D. = <I>Commissioner of the Public Debt.</I>


</P></ABBR></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle A" NODE="31:1.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle A—Office of the Secretary of the Treasury
</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="0" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 0—DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY EMPLOYEE RULES OF CONDUCT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 8403, Feb. 19, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.101" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.101   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part prescribe procedures and standards of conduct that are appropriate to the particular functions and activities of the Department of the Treasury (Department).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.102" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.102   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless otherwise specified, the regulations in this part apply to all employees of the Department at all times, regardless of whether they are on duty or on leave, including leave without pay.
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations in this part may be supplemented by regulations, interpretive guidelines and procedures issued by the Department's offices and bureaus. The absence of a specific published rule of conduct covering an action or omission does not validate that action or omission nor indicate that the action or omission would not result in corrective or disciplinary action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.103" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.103   Other rules of conduct applicable to Department employees.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the regulations in this part, employees of the Department are subject to other applicable statutes and regulations, including the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch at 5 CFR part 2635;
</P>
<P>(b) The Supplemental Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Department of the Treasury at 5 CFR part 3101;
</P>
<P>(c) Political Activities of Federal Employees regulations at 5 CFR part 734;
</P>
<P>(d) The Employee Responsibilities and Conduct regulations at 5 CFR part 735; and
</P>
<P>(e) Department of the Treasury Disclosure of Records regulations at 31 CFR part 1.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.104" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.104   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions are used throughout this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Bureau</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau;
</P>
<P>(2) Bureau of Engraving and Printing;
</P>
<P>(3) Bureau of the Fiscal Service;
</P>
<P>(4) Departmental Offices;
</P>
<P>(5) Financial Crimes Enforcement Network;
</P>
<P>(6) Internal Revenue Service;
</P>
<P>(7) Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;
</P>
<P>(8) Office of the Inspector General;
</P>
<P>(9) Office of the Special Inspector General for the Troubled Asset Relief Program;
</P>
<P>(10) Office of the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration;
</P>
<P>(11) United States Mint; and
</P>
<P>(12) Any other organization designated as a bureau by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to appropriate authority.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Person</I> means an individual, corporation, company, association, firm, partnership, society, joint stock company, or any other entity, organization, or institution.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Employee</I> means an officer or employee of the Department regardless of grade, status or place of employment, including an employee on leave with pay or on leave without pay. Unless stated otherwise, employee shall include a special government employee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special government employee</I> means an officer or employee of the Department who is retained, designated, appointed, or employed, regardless of type of appointment, to perform temporary duties on a full-time or intermittent basis, with or without compensation, for not to exceed 130 days during any period of 365-consecutive days. 18 U.S.C. 202(a).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>On Department property</I> means present in a building, on property, or in space owned by, leased by, occupied by, or under the control of the Department.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.105" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.105   Responsibilities of employees and supervisors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employees shall comply with all generally accepted rules of conduct, the specific provisions of this part, and other applicable regulations. An employee with questions about generally accepted rules of conduct, the specific provisions of this part, and other applicable regulations should consult his or her supervisor, a human resources specialist, or Bureau counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) Supervisors, because of their day-to-day relationships with their employees, are responsible for ensuring that their employees maintain high standards of conduct. Supervisors must be familiar with this part and other applicable regulations and must apply generally accepted rules of conduct, the standards in this part, and the standards in other applicable regulations to the work they do and supervise. Supervisors shall take appropriate action, including disciplinary action, when violations of this part or other applicable regulations occur.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.106" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.106   Corrective action.</HEAD>
<P>An employee's violation of generally accepted rules of conduct, the standards in this part, or the standards in other applicable regulations may result in appropriate corrective or disciplinary action, in addition to any penalty prescribed by law.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Rules of Conduct</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.201" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.201   Acting within scope of authority.</HEAD>
<P>An employee shall not engage in any conduct or activity that is in excess of his or her authority or is otherwise contrary to any law, regulation, or Department policy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.202" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.202   Conformance with policy and subordination to authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employees are required to comply with the lawful directives of their supervisor and other management officials.
</P>
<P>(b) Employees shall be familiar and comply with regulations and published instructions that relate to their official duties and responsibilities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.203" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.203   Reporting suspected misconduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employee shall immediately report to his or her supervisor, to any management official, or to the applicable Office of Inspector General:
</P>
<P>(1) Any information that the employee reasonably believes indicates a possible offense against the United States by an employee of the Department or any other individual working on behalf of the Department, including, but not limited to, bribery; fraud; perjury; conflict of interest; misuse of funds, government purchase or employee travel credit cards, equipment, or facilities; and other conduct which is prohibited by title 18 of the United States Code;
</P>
<P>(2) Any suspected violation of a statute, rule, or regulation, including this part and the regulations referenced in section 0.103 of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Any instance in which another person inside or outside the federal government uses or attempts to use undue influence to induce an employee to do or omit to do any official act in derogation of his official duty; and,
</P>
<P>(4) Any information that the employee reasonably believes indicates the existence of an activity constituting:
</P>
<P>(i) Mismanagement, a gross waste of funds, or abuse of authority;
</P>
<P>(ii) A substantial and specific danger to the public health and safety;
</P>
<P>(iii) A threat to the integrity of programs and operations relating to the Department; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A violation of merit systems principles or a prohibited personnel practice as described in 5 U.S.C. 2301 and 2302.
</P>
<P>(b) Bureau counsel who, during the course of providing advice to or representation of a bureau, acquire information of the type described in paragraph (a) of this section, shall report the information to the reporting employee's supervisor, the Chief or Legal Counsel, or the Deputy General Counsel, who shall report such information to the relevant Inspector General.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not cover matters addressed through employee grievances, equal employment opportunity complaints, Merit Systems Protection Board appeals, classification appeals, or other matters for which separate, formal systems have been established.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.204" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.204   Prohibition of reprisal for reporting suspected misconduct.</HEAD>
<P>Any employee who has authority to take, direct others to take, recommend, or approve any personnel action, shall not, with respect to such authority, take or threaten to take any action against any employee as a reprisal for providing any information in accordance with § 0.203 of this part or through other processes established by law. However, if an employee makes a complaint or discloses information with the knowledge that it was false, or with willful disregard of its truth or falsity, such conduct may be grounds for disciplinary action, and such action shall not constitute reprisal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.205" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.205   Controlled substances and intoxicants.</HEAD>
<P>Employees shall not sell, offer to sell, buy, offer to buy, use, or possess, controlled substances in violation of federal law. Employees shall not use or be under the influence of alcohol in a manner that adversely affects their work performance. Employees may consume alcohol on Department property only when authorized in accordance with Department or bureau policies and directives.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.206" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.206   Strikes.</HEAD>
<P>Employees shall not participate in a labor strike, work stoppage, or work slowdown against the government.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.207" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.207   Possession of weapons or explosives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employees shall not possess firearms, explosives, or other dangerous weapons, as defined at 40 U.S.C. 5104(a), either openly or concealed, while on Department property or while on official duty.
</P>
<P>(b) The prohibition of paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to the possession of authorized weapons or explosives by employees who are required to possess such authorized weapons or explosives in the performance of their official duties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.208" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.208   Care of agency records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employees shall not remove, alter, destroy, mutilate, access, copy, or retain documents or data in the custody of the federal government or provided to them in the course of their employment, without proper authorization.
</P>
<P>(b) The term “documents” includes, but is not limited to, any written, printed, typed or other graphic material, recording, computer tape, disk or hard drive, storage medium, blueprint, photograph, or other physical object on which information is recorded, including all copies of the foregoing by whatever means made, and any electronic file, data, or information stored on or created on a government computer, database, application, program, network, or storage medium.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.209" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.209   Disclosure of records or information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employees shall not disclose or use official information without proper authority. Employees authorized to make disclosures should respond promptly and courteously to requests from the public for information when permitted to do so by law.
</P>
<P>(b) Employees who have access to information that is classified for security reasons in accordance with Executive Order 13526, or any successor Executive Order governing Classified National Security Information, are responsible for its custody and safekeeping, and for assuring that it is not disclosed to unauthorized persons. <I>See</I> 18 U.S.C. 798; 50 U.S.C. 783(a); 31 CFR part 2.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.210" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.210   Cooperation with official inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>Employees directed by competent Department or other federal authority to provide oral or written responses to questions, or to provide documents and other materials concerning matters of official interest, shall timely respond fully, truthfully, and, when required, under oath.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.211" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.211   Falsification of official records.</HEAD>
<P>Employees shall not intentionally or with willful disregard make false or misleading statements, orally or in writing, in connection with any matter of official interest. Matters of official interest include, but are not limited to, the following: Official reports and any other official information upon which the Department, the Congress, other government agencies, or the public may act or rely; transactions with the public, government agencies or other government employees; application forms and other forms that serve as a basis for any personnel action; vouchers; time and attendance records, including leave records; work reports of any nature or accounts of any kind; affidavits; record of or data concerning any matter relating to or connected with an employee's duties; personnel records; and reports of any moneys or securities received, held or paid to, for or on behalf of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.212" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.212   Use of government property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employee shall not directly or indirectly use, or allow the use of, government property of any kind, including property leased to the government, for other than officially approved activities. This includes the use of government-provided information technology equipment, internet access, cellular telephones, personal digital assistants, and other devices in a manner that is inconsistent with the Department's policy permitting reasonable personal use. An employee has a positive duty to protect and conserve government property including equipment, supplies, intellectual property, and other property made available, entrusted, or issued to the employee for official use.
</P>
<P>(b) Employees shall not use government vehicles for unofficial purposes, including to transport unauthorized passengers. The use of government vehicles for transporting employees between their domiciles and places of employment is prohibited except when authorized by the Secretary pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1344 or other statute.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.213" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.213   Government issued charge cards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employees shall not make improper purchases with government contractor-issued charge cards.
</P>
<P>(b) Employees shall timely pay undisputed amounts owed on government contractor-issued travel charge cards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.214" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.214   Conduct while on government property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employees must adhere to the regulations that govern the conduct of individuals who are in the buildings or space occupied by, or on grounds of, particular government property.
</P>
<P>(b) Employees shall not solicit, make collections, canvass for the sale of any article, or distribute literature or advertising on Department property without appropriate authorization.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.215" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.215   Recording government business.</HEAD>
<P>An employee shall not electronically transmit, or create audio or video recordings of, conversations, meetings, or conferences in the workplace or while conducting business on behalf of the Department, except where authorized.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 47106, Oct. 11, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.216" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.216   Influencing legislation or petitioning Congress.</HEAD>
<P>Except for the official handling, through the proper channels, of matters relating to legislation in which the Department has an interest, employees shall not use government time, money, or property to petition a Member of Congress to favor or oppose any legislation or proposed legislation, or to encourage others to do so. This section does not prohibit the use of government time by union representatives to petition a Member of Congress to favor or oppose any legislation or proposed legislation, where permitted by the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 47106, Oct. 11, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.217" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.217   Nondiscrimination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employees shall not discriminate against or harass any other employee, applicant for employment, contractor, or person dealing with the Department on official business on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age, disability, political affiliation, marital status, parental status, veterans status, or genetic information.
</P>
<P>(b) Supervisors shall not retaliate against an employee for complaining about suspected unlawful discrimination or harassment, seeking accommodation for a disability, or otherwise exercising their right to be free from unlawful discrimination.
</P>
<P>(c) An employee who engages in discriminatory or retaliatory conduct may be disciplined under these regulations, as well as other applicable laws. However, this section does not create any enforceable legal rights in any person.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 0.218" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.1.2.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 0.218   General conduct prejudicial to the government.</HEAD>
<P>An employee shall not engage in criminal, infamous, dishonest, immoral, or notoriously disgraceful conduct, or other conduct prejudicial to the government.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1—DISCLOSURE OF RECORDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301, 552, 552a, 553; 31 U.S.C. 301, 321; 31 U.S.C. 3717.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 26305, July 14, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Freedom of Information Act</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>84 FR 6325, Feb. 27, 2019, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1.0" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.0   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart contains the rules that the Department of the Treasury follows in processing requests for records under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552 as amended. These regulations apply to all components of the Department of the Treasury. Requests made by individuals for records about themselves under the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, are processed under subpart C of part 1 as well as under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) The components of the Department of the Treasury for the purposes of this subpart are the following offices and bureaus:
</P>
<P>(1) The Departmental Offices, which include the offices of:
</P>
<P>(i) The Secretary of the Treasury, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Deputy Secretary of the Treasury, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Chief of Staff, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(iv) The Executive Secretary of the Treasury and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(v) The Under Secretary (International Affairs) and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(vi) The Under Secretary (Domestic Finance) and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(vii) The Director of the Community Development Financial Institution Fund and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(viii) The Director of the Office of Financial Research and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(ix) The Under Secretary (Terrorism and Financial Intelligence) and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(x) The Director of the Office of Foreign Assets Control and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xi) The General Counsel and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff, but not including legal counsel to the components listed in paragraphs (b)(2) through (10) of this section;
</P>
<P>(xii) The Treasurer of the United States, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xiii) The Assistant Secretary (Legislative Affairs) and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xiv) The Assistant Secretary (Public Affairs) and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xv) The Assistant Secretary (Economic Policy) and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xvi) The Assistant Secretary (Tax Policy) and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xvii) The Assistant Secretary (Management) and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff; and
</P>
<P>(xviii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(xix) The Inspector General and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(2) The Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau;
</P>
<P>(3) The Bureau of Engraving and Printing;
</P>
<P>(4) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service;
</P>
<P>(5) The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network;
</P>
<P>(6) The Internal Revenue Service;
</P>
<P>(7) The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;
</P>
<P>(8) The United States Mint;
</P>
<P>(9) The Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration;
</P>
<P>(10) The Special Inspector General for the Troubled Asset Relief Program.
</P>
<P>(c) Any Treasury office which is now in existence or may hereafter be established, which is not specifically listed above and is not a subsidiary unit of a component of those listed above, shall be deemed a part of the Departmental Offices for the purpose of these regulations.
</P>
<P>(d) The head of each component is hereby authorized to substitute the official designated and change the address specified in the appendix to this subpart applicable to that component. Components may issue supplementary regulations applicable only to the component in question, which (except with respect to fee schedules) shall be consistent with these regulations. Persons interested in the records of a particular component should, therefore, also consult the Code of Federal Regulations for any rules or regulations promulgated specifically with respect to that component (see Appendices to this subpart for cross references). In the event of any actual or apparent inconsistency, these Departmental regulations shall govern.
</P>
<P>(e) Each component shall preserve all correspondence pertaining to the requests that it receives under this subpart, as well as copies of all requested records, until disposition or destruction is authorized pursuant to title 44 of the United States Code or the General Records Schedule 4.2 of the National Archives and Records Administration. Records that are identified as responsive to a request will not be disposed of or destroyed while they are the subject of a pending request, administrative appeal, or lawsuit under the FOIA.
</P>
<P>(f) Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to entitle any person, as of right, to any service or to the disclosure of any record to which such person is not entitled under the FOIA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.1   Proactive disclosure of Department records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Records that are required by the FOIA to be made available for public inspection in an electronic format may be accessed through the Department's website, <I>http://www.treasury.gov,</I> and/or on the website of the component that maintains such records. The FOIA office of each component is responsible for determining which of the component's records are required to be made publicly available, as well as identifying additional records of interest to the public that are appropriate for public disclosure, and for posting such records. Each component has a FOIA Public Liaison who can assist individuals in locating records particular to that component. A list of the Department's FOIA Public Liaisons is available at: <I>https://home.treasury.gov/footer/freedom-of-information-act.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) When a component receives three or more requests for the same records, it shall make available for public inspection in an electronic format, any records released in response to those requests.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.2   Requirements for making requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General information.</I> (1) Requests should be addressed to the FOIA office of the component that maintains the requested records. The appendices to this subpart list the addresses of each FOIA office and the methods for submitting requests to each component. Requesters are encouraged to submit requests online (through <I>FOIA.gov</I>, component web pages or by completing the “Submit an Online Request” form located at <I>https://home.treasury.gov/footer/freedom-of-information-act.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) When a requester is unable to determine the appropriate Departmental component to which to direct a request, the requester may send the request to Freedom of Information Act Request, Department of the Treasury, Departmental Offices (DO), Director, FOIA and Transparency, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20220. The FOIA and Transparency team will forward the request to the component(s) that it determines to be most likely to maintain the records that are sought.
</P>
<P>(3) A requester who is making a request for records about himself or herself must comply with the verification of identity provision set forth in section 1.26 of subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Where a request for records pertains to a third party, a requester may receive greater access by submitting either a notarized authorization signed by that individual or a declaration by that individual made in compliance with the requirements set forth in 28 U.S.C. 1746, authorizing disclosure of the records to the requester, or submitting proof that the individual is deceased (<I>e.g.,</I> a copy of a death certificate). As an exercise of its administrative discretion, each component can require a requester to supply additional information, if necessary, in order to verify that a particular individual has consented to disclosure.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Description of records sought.</I> Requesters must describe the records sought in sufficient detail to enable Department personnel to locate them with a reasonable amount of effort. To the extent possible, requesters should include specific information that may assist a component in identifying the requested records, such as the date, title or name, author, recipient, subject matter of the record, case number, file designation, or reference number. Requesters should refer to the Appendices of this subpart for additional component-specific requirements. In general, requesters should include as much detail as possible about the specific records or the types of records that they are seeking. If the requester fails to reasonably describe the records sought, the component shall inform the requester what additional information is needed or why the request is deficient. Requesters who are attempting to reformulate or modify such a request may discuss their request with the component's designated FOIA contact or the FOIA Public Liaison. When a requester fails to provide sufficient detail after having been asked to clarify a request, the component shall notify the requester that the request has not been properly made and that the request will be administratively closed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.3   Responsibility for responding to requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The component that first receives a request for a record and maintains that record is the component responsible for responding to the request. In determining which records are responsive to a request, a component ordinarily will include only records in its possession as of the date that it begins its search. If any other date is used, the component shall inform the requester of that date. A record that is excluded from the requirements of the FOIA pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(c), shall not be considered responsive to a request.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authority to grant or deny requests.</I> The head of a component, or designee, is authorized to grant or to deny any requests for records that are maintained by that component.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Re-routing of misdirected requests.</I> When a component's FOIA office determines that a request was misdirected within the agency, the receiving component's FOIA office must route the request to the FOIA office of the proper component(s) within the agency.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Consultation, referral, and coordination.</I> When reviewing records located by a component in response to a request, the component will determine whether another agency of the Federal Government is better able to determine whether the record is exempt from disclosure under the FOIA. As to any such record, the agency must proceed in one of the following ways:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Consultation.</I> When records originated with the component processing the request, but contain within them information of interest to another agency or other Federal Government office, the agency processing the request should typically consult with that other entity prior to making a release determination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Referral.</I> (i) When the component processing the request believes that a different agency is best able to determine whether to disclose the record, the component typically should refer the responsibility for responding to the request regarding that record to that agency. Ordinarily, the agency that originated the record is presumed to be the best agency to make the disclosure determination. However, if the component processing the request is in the best position to respond regarding the record, then the record may be handled as a consultation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Whenever a component refers any part of the responsibility for responding to a request to another agency, it must document the referral, maintain a copy of the record that it refers, and notify the requester of the referral, informing the requester of the name(s) of the agency to which the record was referred, including that agency's FOIA contact information.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Coordination.</I> The standard referral procedure is not appropriate where disclosure of the identity of the agency to which the referral would be made could harm an interest protected by an applicable exemption, such as the exemptions that protect personal privacy or national security interests. For example, if a non-law enforcement agency responding to a request for records on a living third party locates within its files records originating with a law enforcement agency, and if the existence of that law enforcement interest in the third party was not publicly known, then to disclose that law enforcement interest could cause an unwarranted invasion of the personal privacy of the third party. Similarly, if an agency locates within its files material originating with an Intelligence Community agency, and the involvement of that agency in the matter is classified and not publicly acknowledged, then to disclose or give attribution to the involvement of that Intelligence Community agency could cause national security harms. In such instances, in order to avoid harm to an interest protected by an applicable exemption, the agency that received the request should coordinate with the originating agency to seek its views on the disclosability of the record. The release determination for the record that is the subject of the coordination should then be conveyed to the requester by the agency that originally received the request.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Timing of responses to consultations and referrals.</I> All consultations and referrals will be handled according to the date that the FOIA request was initially received by the component or other agency of the Federal government.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Agreements regarding consultations and referrals.</I> Components may establish agreements with other Treasury components or agencies of the Federal government to eliminate the need for consultations or referrals with respect to particular types of records.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Classified information.</I> On receipt of any request involving classified information, the component shall take appropriate action to ensure compliance with part 2 of this title and with all other laws and regulations relating to proper handling of classified information. Whenever a request involves a record containing information that has been classified or may be appropriate for classification by another component or agency under any applicable executive order concerning the classification of records, the receiving component shall refer the responsibility for responding to the request regarding that information to the component or agency that classified the information, or that should consider the information for classification. Whenever a component's record contains information that has been derivatively classified, <I>i.e.,</I> it contains information classified by another component or agency of the Federal government, the component shall refer the responsibility for responding to that portion of the request to the component or agency that classified the underlying information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.4   Responses to requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Components ordinarily will respond to requests according to their order of receipt. The Appendices to this subpart contain the list of the Departmental components that are designated to accept requests. In instances involving misdirected requests, <I>i.e.,</I> where a request is sent to one of the components designated in the Appendices but is actually seeking records maintained by another component, the response time will commence on the date that the request is received by the appropriate component, but in any event not later than ten working days after the request is first received.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Multitrack processing.</I> All components must designate a specific track for requests that are granted expedited processing, in accordance with the standards set forth in paragraph (e) of this section. A component may also designate additional processing tracks that distinguish between simple and more complex requests based on the estimated amount of work or time needed to process the request. A component can consider factors such as the number of pages involved in processing the request or the need for consultations or referrals. Components shall advise requesters of the track into which their request falls and, when appropriate, shall offer the requesters an opportunity to narrow their request so that it can be placed in a different processing track.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Unusual circumstances.</I> Whenever the statutory time limits for processing a request cannot be met because of “unusual circumstances,” as defined in the FOIA, and the component extends the time limits on that basis, the component shall, before expiration of the twenty-day period to respond, notify the requester in writing of the unusual circumstances involved and of the date by which processing of the request can be expected to be completed. Where the extension exceeds ten working days, the component shall, as described by the FOIA, provide the requester with an opportunity to modify the request or agree to an alternative time period for processing. The component shall make available its designated FOIA contact or its FOIA Public Liaison for this purpose. The component must also alert requesters to the availability of the Office of Government Information Services to provide dispute resolution services.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Aggregating requests.</I> For the purposes of identifying unusual circumstances under the FOIA, components may aggregate requests in cases where it reasonably appears that multiple requests, submitted either by a requester or by a group of requesters acting in concert, constitute a single request that would otherwise involve unusual circumstances. Components will not aggregate multiple requests that involve unrelated matters.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Expedited processing.</I> (1) Requests and appeals will be processed on an expedited basis only upon request and when it is determined that they involve:
</P>
<P>(i) Circumstances in which the lack of expedited processing could reasonably be expected to pose an imminent threat to the life or physical safety of an individual;
</P>
<P>(ii) An urgency to inform the public about an actual or alleged Federal government activity, if made by a person who is primarily engaged in disseminating information. The standard of “urgency to inform” requires that the records requested pertain to a matter of current exigency to the public and that delaying a response to a request for records would compromise a significant recognized interest to and throughout the general public; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The loss of substantial due process rights.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for expedited processing may be made at any time. Requests must be submitted to the component that maintains the records requested. The time period for making the determination on the request for expedited processing under this section shall commence on the date that the component receives the request.
</P>
<P>(3) A requester who seeks expedited processing must submit a statement, certified to be true and correct, explaining in detail the basis for making the request for expedited processing. As a matter of administrative discretion, a component may waive the formal certification requirement.
</P>
<P>(4) A requester seeking expedited processing under paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, who is not a full-time member of the news media must establish that he or she is a person whose primary professional activity or occupation is information dissemination. Such a requester also must establish a particular urgency to inform the public about the government activity involved in the request—one that extends beyond the public's right to know about government activity generally.
</P>
<P>(5) A component shall notify the requester within ten calendar days of the receipt of a request for expedited processing of its decision whether to grant or deny expedited processing. If expedited processing is granted, the request shall be given priority, placed in the processing track for expedited requests, and shall be processed as soon as practicable. If a component denies expedited processing, any appeal of that decision that complies with the procedures set forth in § 1.6 of this subpart shall be acted on expeditiously.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Acknowledgments of requests.</I> Upon receipt of a request that will take longer than ten business days to process, a component shall send the requester an acknowledgment letter that assigns the request an individualized tracking number. The component shall also include in the acknowledgment a brief description of the records sought to allow requesters to more easily keep track of their requests.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Grants of requests.</I> Once a component makes a determination to grant a request in full or in part, it shall notify the requester in writing. The component also shall inform the requester of any fees charged under § 1.7 of this subpart and shall disclose the requested records to the requester promptly upon payment of any applicable fees. The component must also inform the requester of the availability of the FOIA Public Liaison to offer assistance.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Adverse determinations of requests.</I> A component making an adverse determination denying a request in any respect shall notify the requester of that determination in writing. Adverse determinations, or denials of requests, include decisions that: The requested record is exempt, in whole or in part; the request does not reasonably describe the records sought; the information requested is not a record subject to the FOIA; the requested record does not exist, cannot be located, or has been destroyed; or the requested record is not readily reproducible in the form or format sought by the requester. Adverse determinations also include denials involving fees or fee waiver matters, and denials of requests for expedited processing.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Content of denial letter.</I> The denial letter shall be signed by the head of the component, or FOIA designee, and shall include, when applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and title or position of the person responsible for the denial;
</P>
<P>(2) A brief statement of the reasons for the denial, including any FOIA exemption applied by the component in denying the request; and
</P>
<P>(3) An estimate of the volume of any records or information withheld, for example, by providing the number of pages or some other reasonable form of estimation. This estimation is not required if the volume is otherwise indicated by deletions marked on records that are disclosed in part, or if the estimate would cause a harm protected by one of the exemptions.
</P>
<P>(4) A statement that the denial may be appealed under § 1.6(a) of this subpart, and a description of the requirements set forth therein.
</P>
<P>(5) A statement notifying the requester of the assistance available from the component's FOIA Public Liaison and the dispute resolution services offered by the Office of Government Information Services.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Markings on released documents.</I> Records disclosed in part must be marked clearly to show the amount of information deleted and the exemption under which the deletion was made unless doing so would harm an interest protected by an applicable exemption. The location of the information deleted shall also be indicated on the record, if technically feasible.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Use of record exclusions.</I> (1) In the event a component identifies records that may be subject to exclusion from the requirements of the FOIA pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(c), the component shall consult with the Department of Justice, Office of Information Policy (OIP), before applying the exclusion.
</P>
<P>(2) A component invoking an exclusion must maintain an administrative record of the process of invocation and of the consultation with OIP.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.5   Confidential commercial information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions</I>—(1) <I>Confidential commercial information</I> means trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained by the Department from a submitter that may be protected from disclosure under Exemption 4 of the FOIA.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Submitter</I> means any person or entity from whom the Department obtains confidential commercial information, directly or indirectly.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Designation of confidential commercial information.</I> A submitter of confidential commercial information must use good faith efforts to designate by appropriate markings, either at the time of submission or within a reasonable time thereafter, any portion of its submission that it considers to be protected from disclosure under Exemption 4. These designations will expire ten years after the date of the submission unless the submitter requests and provides justification for a longer designation period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When notice to submitters is required.</I> (1) A component shall promptly provide written notice to a submitter whenever:
</P>
<P>(i) The requested confidential commercial information has been designated in good faith by the submitter as information considered protected from disclosure under Exemption 4; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The component has a reason to believe that the requested confidential commercial information may be protected from disclosure under Exemption 4 of the FOIA.
</P>
<P>(2) The notice shall either describe the confidential commercial information requested or include a copy of the requested records or portions of records containing the information. In cases involving a voluminous number of submitters, notice may be made by posting or publishing the notice in a place or manner reasonably likely to accomplish it.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions to submitter notice requirements.</I> The notice requirements of this section shall not apply if:
</P>
<P>(1) The component determines that the confidential commercial information is exempt from disclosure under the FOIA;
</P>
<P>(2) The confidential commercial information lawfully has been published or has been officially made available to the public; or
</P>
<P>(3) Disclosure of the confidential commercial information is required by a statute other than the FOIA or by a regulation issued in accordance with the requirements of Executive Order 12600 of June 23, 1987;
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Opportunity to object to disclosure.</I> (1) A component will specify a reasonable time period as determined within its administrative discretion within which the submitter must respond to the notice referenced above. If a submitter has any objections to disclosure, it should provide the component a detailed written statement that specifies all grounds for withholding the particular confidential commercial information under any exemption of the FOIA. In order to rely on Exemption 4 as a basis for nondisclosure, the submitter must explain why the information constitutes a trade secret, or commercial or financial information that is privileged or confidential.
</P>
<P>(2) A submitter who fails to respond within the time period specified in the notice shall be considered to have no objection to disclosure of the information. An objection to disclosure received by the component after the time period specified in the notice will not be considered by the component. Any information provided by a submitter under this subpart may itself be subject to disclosure under the FOIA and/or protected from disclosure by applicable exemptions or by a statute other than the FOIA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Analysis of objections.</I> A component shall consider a submitter's objections and specific grounds for nondisclosure in deciding whether to disclose the requested confidential commercial information.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Notice of intent to disclose.</I> Whenever a component decides to disclose confidential commercial information over the objection of a submitter, the component shall provide the submitter written notice, which shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the reasons why each of the submitter's disclosure objections was not sustained;
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of the records that the component intends to disclose or, in the alternative, a description of the confidential commercial information to be disclosed; and
</P>
<P>(3) A specified disclosure date, which shall be a reasonable time subsequent to the notice.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notice of FOIA lawsuit.</I> Whenever a requester files a lawsuit seeking to compel the disclosure of confidential commercial information, the component shall promptly notify the submitter.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Requester notification.</I> The component shall notify a requester whenever it provides the submitter with notice and an opportunity to object to disclosure; whenever it notifies the submitter of its intent to disclose the requested confidential commercial information; and whenever a submitter files a lawsuit to prevent the disclosure of the confidential commercial information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.6   Administrative appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements for making an appeal.</I> Before seeking review by a court of a component's adverse determination, a requester generally must first submit a timely administrative appeal. A requester may appeal any adverse determinations denying his or her request to the official specified in the appropriate appendix to this subpart. Examples of adverse determinations are provided in § 1.4(h) of this subpart. The requester must make the appeal in writing and to be considered timely it must be postmarked, or in the case of electronic submissions, transmitted, within 90 calendar days after the date of the component's final response. The appeal letter should clearly identify the component's determination that is being appealed and the assigned request number. The requester should mark both the appeal letter and envelope, or subject line of the electronic transmission, “Freedom of Information Act Appeal.”
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adjudication of appeals.</I> (1) The FOIA appeal official or designee specified in the appropriate appendix will act on all appeals under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) An appeal ordinarily will not be adjudicated if the request becomes a matter of FOIA litigation.
</P>
<P>(3) On receipt of any appeal involving classified information, the FOIA appeal official or designee must take appropriate action to ensure compliance with applicable classification rules.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Decision on appeals.</I> A decision on an appeal must be made in writing by the component within 20 business days after receipt of the appeal. A decision that upholds a component's determination must contain a statement that identifies the reasons for the affirmance, including any FOIA exemptions applied. The decision must provide the requester with notification of the statutory right to file a lawsuit and will inform the requester of the mediation services offered by the Office of Government Information Services of the National Archives and Records Administration as a non-exclusive alternative to litigation. If a component's decision is remanded or modified on appeal the requester will be notified of that determination in writing. The component will then further process the request in accordance with that appeal determination and respond directly to the requester. Appeals that have not been postmarked or transmitted within the specified time frame will be considered untimely and will be administratively closed with written notice to the requester.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Engaging in dispute resolution services provided by Office of Government Information Services (OGIS).</I> Mediation is a voluntary process. If a component agrees to participate in the mediation services provided by OGIS, it will actively engage as a partner to the process in an attempt to resolve the dispute.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.7   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Components may charge for processing requests under the FOIA in accordance with the provisions of this section or may issue their own fee schedules as long as they are consistent with the OMB Guidelines. In order to resolve any fee issues that arise under this section, a component may contact a requester for additional information. A component ordinarily will collect all applicable fees before sending copies of records to a requester. Requesters must pay fees by check or money order made payable to the Treasury of the United States, or by other means specified at <I>https://home.treasury.gov/footer/freedom-of-information-act.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commercial-use request</I> is a request for information for a use or a purpose that furthers a commercial, trade, or profit interest, which can include furthering those interests through litigation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Direct costs</I> are those expenses that a component expends in searching for and duplicating (and, in the case of commercial-use requests, reviewing) records in order to respond to a FOIA request. For example, direct costs include the salary of the employee performing the work (<I>i.e.,</I> the basic rate of pay for the employee, plus 16 percent of that rate to cover benefits) and the cost of operating computers and other electronic equipment, such as photocopiers and scanners. Direct costs do not include overhead expenses such as the costs of space, and of heating or lighting a facility. Components shall ensure that searches, review, and duplication are conducted in the most efficient and the least expensive manner.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Duplication</I> is reproducing a copy of a record or of the information contained in it, necessary to respond to a FOIA request. Copies can take the form of paper, audiovisual materials, or electronic records, among others.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Educational institution</I> is any school that operates a program of scholarly research. A requester in this category must show that the request is made in connection with the requester's role at the educational institution. Components may seek assurance from the requester that the request is in furtherance of scholarly research and will advise requesters of their placement in this category.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Noncommercial scientific institution</I> is an institution that is not operated on a “commercial” basis, as defined in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and that is operated solely for the purpose of conducting scientific research, the results of which are not intended to promote any particular product or industry. A requester in this category must show that the request is authorized by and is made under the auspices of a qualifying institution and that the records are sought to further scientific research and not for a commercial use.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Representative of the news media</I> is any person or entity that actively gathers information of potential interest to a segment of the public, uses its editorial skills to turn the raw materials into a distinct work, and distributes that work to an audience. The term “news” means information that is about current events or that would be of current interest to the public. Examples of news media entities include television or radio stations broadcasting news to the public at large and publishers of periodicals that disseminate “news” and make their products available through a variety of means to the general public. A request for records that supports the news-dissemination function of the requester shall not be considered to be for a commercial use. “Freelance” journalists who demonstrate a solid basis for expecting publication through a news media entity shall be considered as a representative of the news media. A publishing contract would provide the clearest evidence that publication is expected; however, components shall also consider a requester's past publication record in making this determination.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Other requester</I> refers to a requester who does not fall within any of the previously described categories.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Review</I> is the examination of a record located in response to a request in order to determine whether any portion of it is exempt from disclosure. Review time includes time spent processing any record for disclosure, such as doing all that is necessary to prepare the record for disclosure, including the process of redacting the record and marking the appropriate exemptions. Review time also includes time spent obtaining and considering any formal objection to disclosure made by a confidential commercial information submitter under § 1.5 of this subpart, but it does not include time spent resolving general legal or policy issues regarding the application of exemptions. Review costs are properly charged even if a record ultimately is not disclosed.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Search</I> is the process of looking for and retrieving records or information responsive to a request. Search time includes time devoted to page-by-page or line-by-line identification of information within records; and the reasonable efforts expended to locate and retrieve information from electronic records.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Charging fees.</I> Unless a component has issued a separate fee schedule, or a waiver or reduction of fees has been granted under paragraph (k) of this section, components shall charge the following fees. Because the fee amounts provided below already account for the direct costs associated with a given fee type, components should not add any additional costs to those charges.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Search.</I> (i) Search fees shall be charged for all requests, subject to the restrictions of paragraph (d) of this section. Components will charge search fees for all other requesters, subject to the restrictions of paragraph (d) of this section. Components may properly charge for time spent searching even if they do not locate any responsive records or if they determine that the records are entirely exempt from disclosure.
</P>
<P>(ii) For each quarter hour spent by personnel searching for requested records, including electronic searches that do not require new programming, the fees shall be as follows: executive—$21; professional—$16.50; and administrative—$13.00.
</P>
<P>(iii) In addition, requesters will be charged the direct costs associated with the creation of any new computer program required to locate the requested records.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Duplication.</I> Duplication fees will be charged to all requesters, subject to the restrictions of paragraph (d) of this section. A component shall honor a requester's preference for receiving a record in a particular form or format where it is readily reproducible by the component in the form or format requested. Where photocopies are supplied, the component will provide one copy per request at a cost of $0.15 per page. For copies of records produced on tapes, disks, other forms of duplication, or other electronic media, components will charge the direct costs of producing the copy, including operator time. Where paper documents must be scanned in order to comply with a requester's preference to receive the records in an electronic format, the requester shall pay the direct costs associated with scanning those materials, including operator's time. For other forms of duplication, components will charge the direct costs.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Review.</I> Review fees will only be charged to requesters who make commercial-use requests. Review fees will be assessed in connection with the initial review of the record, <I>i.e.,</I> the review conducted by a component to determine whether an exemption applies to a particular record or portion of a record. No charge will be made for review at the administrative appeal stage of exemptions applied at the initial review stage. However, when the appellate authority determines that a particular exemption no longer applies, any costs associated with a component's re-review of the records in order to consider the use of other exemptions may be assessed as review fees. Review costs are properly charged even if a record ultimately is not disclosed. Review fees will be charged at the same rates as those charged for a search under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Restrictions on charging fees.</I> (1) No search fees will be charged for requests by educational institutions, noncommercial scientific institutions, or representatives of the news media (unless the records are sought for commercial use).
</P>
<P>(2) If a component fails to comply with the FOIA's time limits in which to respond to a request, it may not charge search fees, or, in the instances of requests from requesters described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, may not charge duplication fees, except as described in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) If a component has determined that unusual circumstances as defined by the FOIA apply and the agency provided timely written notice to the requester in accordance with the FOIA, a failure to comply with the time limit shall be excused for an additional ten days.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a component has determined that unusual circumstances as defined by the FOIA apply, and more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to the request, the component may charge search fees, or, in the case of requesters described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, may charge duplication fees if the following steps are taken. The component must have provided timely written notice of unusual circumstances to the requester in accordance with the FOIA and the component must have discussed with the requester via written mail, email, or telephone (or made not less than three good-faith attempts to do so) how the requester could effectively limit the scope of the request in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B)(ii). If this exception is satisfied, the component may charge all applicable fees incurred in the processing of the request.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a court has determined that exceptional circumstances exist as defined in the FOIA, a failure to comply with the time limits shall be excused for the length of time provided by the court order.
</P>
<P>(3) No search or review fees will be charged for a quarter-hour period unless more than half of that period is required for search or review.
</P>
<P>(4) Except for requesters seeking records for a commercial use, components will provide without charge:
</P>
<P>(i) The first 100 pages of duplication (or the cost equivalent for other media); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The first two hours of search.
</P>
<P>(5) When, after first deducting the 100 free pages (or its cost equivalent) and the first two hours of search, a total fee calculated under paragraph (c) of this section is $25.00 or less for any request, no fee will be charged.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice of anticipated fees in excess of $25.00.</I> When a component determines or estimates that the fees to be assessed in accordance with this section will exceed $25.00, the component shall notify the requester of the actual or estimated amount of the fees, including a breakdown of the fees for search, review or duplication, unless the requester has indicated a willingness to pay fees as high as those anticipated. If only a portion of the fee can be estimated readily, the component shall advise the requester accordingly. In cases in which a requester has been notified that the actual or estimated fees are in excess of $25.00, the request shall not be considered received and further work will not be completed until the requester commits in writing to pay the actual or estimated total fee. Such a commitment must be made by the requester in writing, must indicate a given dollar amount the requester is willing to pay, and must be received by the component within 30 calendar days from the date of notification of the fee estimate. If a commitment is not received within this period, the requester shall be notified, in writing, that the request shall be closed. Components will inform the requester of their right to seek assistance from the appropriate component FOIA Public Liaison or other FOIA professional to assist the requester in reformulating request in an effort to reduce fees. Components are not required to accept payments in installments. If the requester has indicated a willingness to pay some designated amount of fees, but the component estimates that the total fee will exceed that amount, the component will toll the processing of the request when it notifies the requester of the estimated fees in excess of the amount the requester has indicated a willingness to pay. The Component will inquire whether the requester wishes to revise the amount of fees the requester is willing to pay or modify the request. Once the requester responds, the time to respond will resume from where it was at the date of the notification.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Charges for other services.</I> Although not required to provide special services, if a component chooses to do so as a matter of administrative discretion, the direct costs of providing the service will be charged. Examples of such services include certifying that records are true copies, providing multiple copies of the same document, or sending records by means other than first class mail.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Charging interest.</I> Components may charge interest on any unpaid bill starting on the 31st day following the date of billing the requester. Interest charges will be assessed at the rate provided in 31 U.S.C. 3717 and will accrue from the billing date until payment is received by the component. Components will follow the provisions of the Debt Collection Act of 1982 (Pub. L. 97-365, 96 Stat. 1749), as amended, and its administrative procedures, including the use of consumer reporting agencies, collection agencies, and offset.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Aggregating requests.</I> When a component reasonably believes that a requester or a group of requesters acting in concert is attempting to divide a single request into a series of requests for the purpose of avoiding fees, the component may aggregate those requests and charge accordingly. Components may presume that multiple requests of this type made within a 30-day period have been made in order to avoid fees. For requests separated by a longer period, components will aggregate them only where there is a reasonable basis for determining that aggregation is warranted in view of all the circumstances involved. Multiple requests involving unrelated matters will not be aggregated.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Advance payments.</I> (1) For requests other than those described in paragraphs (i)(2) and (i)(3) of this section, a component shall not require the requester to make an advance payment before work is commenced or continued on a request. Payment owed for work already completed (<I>i.e.,</I> payment before copies are sent to a requester) is not an advance payment.
</P>
<P>(2) When a component determines or estimates that a total fee to be charged under this section will exceed $250.00, it may require that the requester make an advance payment up to the amount of the entire anticipated fee before beginning to process the request. A component may elect to process the request prior to collecting fees when it receives a satisfactory assurance of full payment from a requester with a history of prompt payment.
</P>
<P>(3) Where a requester has previously failed to pay a properly charged FOIA fee to any component or agency within 30 calendar days of the billing date, a component may require that the requester pay the full amount due, plus any applicable interest on that prior request and the component may require that the requester make an advance payment of the full amount of any anticipated fee before the component begins to process a new request or continues to process a pending request, or any pending appeal. Where a component has a reasonable basis to believe that a requester has misrepresented his or her identity in order to avoid paying outstanding fees, it may require that the requester provide proof of identity.
</P>
<P>(4) In cases in which a component requires advance payment, the request shall not be considered received and further work will not be completed until the required payment is received. If the requester does not pay the advance payment within 30 calendar days after the date of the component's fee determination letter, the request will be closed.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Other statutes specifically providing for fees.</I> The fee schedule of this section does not apply to fees charged under any statute that specifically requires an agency to set and collect fees for particular types of records. In instances where records responsive to a request are subject to a statutorily-based fee schedule program, the component will inform the requester of the contact information for that source.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Requirements for waiver or reduction of fees.</I> (1) Requesters may seek a waiver of fees by submitting a written application demonstrating how disclosure of the requested information is in the public interest because it is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of the government and is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requester.
</P>
<P>(2) A component must furnish records responsive to a request without charge or at a reduced rate when it determines, based on all available information, that disclosure of the requested information is in the public interest because it is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of the government and is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requester. In deciding whether this standard is satisfied the component must consider the factors described in paragraphs (k)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Disclosure of the requested information would shed light on the operations or activities of the government. The subject of the request must concern identifiable operations or activities of the Federal Government with a connection that is direct and clear, not remote or attenuated.
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclosure of the requested information would be likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of those operations or activities. This factor is satisfied when the following criteria are met:
</P>
<P>(A) Disclosure of the requested records must be meaningfully informative about government operations or activities. The disclosure of information that is already in the public domain, in either the same or a substantially identical form, would not be meaningfully informative if nothing new would be added to the public's understanding.
</P>
<P>(B) The disclosure must contribute to the understanding of a reasonably broad audience of persons interested in the subject, as opposed to the individual understanding of the requester. A requester's expertise in the subject area as well as the requester's ability and intention to effectively convey information to the public must be considered. Components will presume that a representative of the news media will satisfy this consideration.
</P>
<P>(iii) The disclosure must not be primarily in the commercial interest of the requester. To determine whether disclosure of the requested information is primarily in the commercial interest of the requester, components will consider the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(A) Components must identify whether the requester has any commercial interest that would be furthered by the requested disclosure. A commercial interest includes any commercial, trade, or profit interest. Requesters must be given an opportunity to provide explanatory information regarding this consideration.
</P>
<P>(B) If there is an identified commercial interest, the component must determine whether that is the primary interest furthered by the request. A waiver or reduction of fees is justified when the requirements of paragraphs (k)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section are satisfied and any commercial interest is not the primary interest furthered by the request. Components ordinarily will presume that when a news media requester has satisfied the requirements of paragraphs (k)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, the request is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requester. Disclosure to data brokers or others who merely compile and market government information for direct economic return will not be presumed to primarily serve the public interest.
</P>
<P>(3) Where only some of the records to be released satisfy the requirements for a waiver of fees, a waiver shall be granted for those records.
</P>
<P>(4) Requests for a waiver or reduction of fees should be made when the request is first submitted to the component and should address the criteria referenced above. A requester may submit a fee waiver request at a later time so long as the underlying record request is pending or on administrative appeal. When a requester who has committed to pay fees subsequently asks for a waiver of those fees and that waiver is denied, the requester shall be required to pay any costs incurred up to the date the fee waiver request was received.
</P>
<P>(5) The requester shall be notified in writing of the decision to grant or deny the fee waiver.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.9.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart A of Part 1—Departmental Offices
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Departmental Offices as defined in 31 CFR 1.1(b)(1).
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public Reading Room.</I> The public reading room for the Departmental Offices is the Treasury Library. The library is located in the Freedman's Bank Building (Treasury Annex), Room 1020, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20220. For building security purposes, visitors are required to make an appointment by calling 202-622-0990. Treasury also maintains an electronic reading room, which may be accessed at <I>https://home.treasury.gov/footer/freedom-of-information-act.</I>
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for records.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Initial determinations as to whether to grant requests for records of the Departmental Offices will be made by the Director for FOIA and Transparency, or the designee of such official, with the exception of initial determinations by the Office of the Inspector General and the Special Inspector General for the Troubled Asset Relief Program, which will be made by the designee of the respective Inspector General.
</P>
<P>(b) Requests for records should be sent to: Freedom of Information Request, Departmental Offices, Director, FOIA and Transparency, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20220. Requests may also be submitted via email at <I>FOIA@treasury.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determination to deny records.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Appellate determinations with respect to records of the Departmental Offices or requests for expedited processing will be made by the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Privacy, Transparency, and Records, or the designee of such official, with the exception of appellate determinations by the Office of the Inspector General and the Special Inspector General for the Troubled Asset Relief Program, which will be made by the respective Inspector General or his or her designee.
</P>
<P>(b) Appeals should be addressed to: Freedom of Information Appeal, Departmental Offices, FOIA and Transparency, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20220. Appeals may also be submitted via email at <I>FOIA@treasury.gov.</I> 


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.9.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Subpart A of Part 1—Internal Revenue Service
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). See also 26 CFR 601.702.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public reading room.</I> The IRS no longer maintains physical reading rooms. Documents for the public are found on various websites at <I>irs.gov</I> including the electronic FOIA Reading Room located at <I>https://www.irs.gov/uac/electronic-reading-room.</I>
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for records.</I> Initial determinations as to whether to grant requests for records of the IRS, grant expedited processing, grant a fee waiver, or determine requester category will be made by those officials specified in 26 CFR 601.702.
</P>
<P>Requests for records should be submitted to the IRS using the information below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">IRS accepts FOIA requests by fax or by mail
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">If your request is for IRS Headquarters Office records concerning matters of nationwide applicability, such as published guidance (regulations and revenue rulings), program management, operations, or policies, including National or Headquarters Offices of Chief Counsel records that are not available at the Electronic FOIA Reading Room site:</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">If your request is for your own records or other records controlled at IRS field locations including Division Counsel offices that are not available at the Electronic FOIA Reading Room site:</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fax: 877-807-9215, Mail: IRS FOIA Request, Stop 211, PO Box 621506, Atlanta, GA 30362-3006</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fax: 877-891-6035, Mail: IRS FOIA Request, Stop 93A, Post Office Box 621506, Atlanta GA 30362-3006.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determination to deny records.</I> Appellate determinations with respect to records of the Internal Revenue Service will be made by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue or the delegate of such officer. Appeals must be in writing and addressed to: IRS Appeals Attention: FOIA Appeals, M/Stop 55202, 5045 E Butler Ave., Fresno, CA 93727-5136.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.9.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Subpart A of Part 1—Bureau of Engraving and Printing
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Bureau of Engraving and Printing (BEP).
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public reading room.</I> BEP's public reading room is located at 14th and C Streets SW, Washington, DC 20228. Individuals wishing to visit the public reading room must request an appointment by telephoning (202) 874-2500. The reading room is open on official business days from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. eastern standard time. Visitors shall comply with 31 CFR part 605, governing the conduct of persons within the buildings and grounds of the BEP. In addition, BEP also maintains an electronic reading room, which may be accessed at <I>http://www.bep.gov/bepfoialibrary.html.</I>
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for records.</I> Initial determinations as to whether to grant or deny requests for records of the BEP or applicable fees will be made by the BEP Director delegate, <I>i.e.,</I> Disclosure Officer. Requests may be mailed or faxed to: FOIA/PA Request, Disclosure Officer, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Office of the Chief Counsel—FOIA and Transparency Services, Washington, DC 20228-0001, Fax Number: (202) 874-2951.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative Appeal of initial determination to deny records.</I> Appellate determinations with respect to records of the BEP will be made by the Director of the BEP or the delegate of the Director for purposes of this section. Appeals may be mailed or delivered in person to: FOIA/PA APPEAL, Director, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Office of the Director, 14th and C Streets SW, Washington, DC 20228-0001.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.9.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Subpart A of Part 1— Bureau of the Fiscal Service
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public reading room.</I> The public reading room for the Bureau of the Fiscal Service is the Treasury Library. The library is located in the Freedman's Bank Building (Treasury Annex), Room 1020, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20220. For building security reasons, visitors are required to make an appointment by calling 202-622-0990. Fiscal Service also maintains an electronic reading room, which may be accessed at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/foia/foia_readingroom.htm.</I>
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for records.</I> Initial determinations whether to grant requests for records will be made by the Disclosure Officer, Bureau of the Fiscal Service. Requests may be mailed or delivered in person to:
</P>
<P>Freedom of Information Request, Disclosure Officer, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, 401 14th Street SW, Washington, DC 20227.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determination to deny records.</I> Appellate determinations will be made by the Commissioner, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, or that official's delegate. Appeals may be mailed to: Freedom of Information Appeal (FOIA), Commissioner, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, 401 14th Street SW, Washington, DC 20227.
</P>
<P>Appeals may be delivered personally to the Office of the Commissioner, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, 401 14th Street SW, Washington, DC.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.9.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Subpart A of Part 1—United States Mint
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the United States Mint.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public reading room.</I> The U.S. Mint will provide a room on an ad hoc basis when necessary. Contact the Freedom of Information/Privacy Act Officer, United States Mint, Judiciary Square Building, 7th Floor, 633 3rd Street NW, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for records.</I> Initial determinations as to whether to grant requests for records of the United States Mint will be made by the Freedom of Information/Privacy Act Officer, United States Mint. Requests may be mailed or delivered in person to: Freedom of Information Act Request, Freedom of Information/Privacy Act Officer, United States Mint, Judiciary Square Building, 7th Floor, 633 3rd Street NW, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determination to deny records.</I> Appellate determinations with respect to records of the United States Mint will be made by the Director of the Mint. Appeals made by mail should be addressed to: Freedom of Information Appeal, Director, United States Mint, Judiciary Square Building, 7th Floor, 633 3rd Street NW, Washington, DC 20220.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.9.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Subpart A of Part 1—Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public reading room.</I> The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency will make materials available through its Public Information Room at 250 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20219.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for records.</I> Initial determinations as to whether to grant requests for records of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency will be made by the Disclosure Officer or the official so designated. Requests may be mailed or delivered in person to: Freedom of Information Act Request, Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, 3rd Floor, Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20219.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determination to deny records.</I> Appellate determinations with respect to records of the Comptroller of the Currency will be made by the Chief Counsel or delegates of such official. Appeals made by mail shall be addressed to: Communications Division, Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20219.
</P>
<P>Appeals may be delivered personally to the Communications Division, Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street SW, Washington, DC.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix G" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.9.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix G to Subpart A of Part 1—Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN).
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public reading room.</I> FinCEN will provide records on the online reading room located on the FinCEN FOIA page or in the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for records.</I> Initial determinations as to whether to grant requests for records of FinCEN will be made by the Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Officer, FinCEN. Requests for records may be mailed to: Freecom of Information Act/Privacy Act Request, Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Post Office Box 39, Vienna, VA 22183.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determination to deny records.</I> Appellate determinations with respect to the records of FinCEN will be made by the Director of FinCEN or the delegate of the Director. Appeals should be mailed to: Freedom of Information Act Appeal, Post Office Box 39, Vienna, VA 22183, or emailed to: <I>FinCENFOIA@fincen.gov.</I>


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix H" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.9.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix H to Subpart A of Part 1—Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB).
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public reading room.</I> The public reading room for TTB is maintained at 1310 G Street NW, Washington, DC 20005. For building security purposes, visitors are required to make an appointment by calling 202-882-9904.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for records.</I> Initial determinations as to whether to grant requests for records of TTB will be made by the Director, Regulations and Rulings Division. Requests for records may be mailed to: TTB FOIA Requester Service Center, 1310 G Street NW, Box 12, Washington, DC 20005. Requests may also be faxed to: 202-453-2331.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determination to deny records.</I> Appellate determinations with respect to the records of TTB will be made by the Assistant Administrator (Headquarters Operations), Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau or the delegate of such official. Appeals may be mailed or delivered in person to: FOIA Appeal, Assistant Administrator (Headquarters Operations), Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW, Box 12, Washington, DC 20005.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix I" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.1.1.9.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix I to Subpart A of Part 1—Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA).
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public reading room.</I> TIGTA will provide a room upon request when necessary. Contact the Disclosure Branch, Office of Chief Counsel, TIGTA, at 202-622-4068.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for records.</I> Initial determinations as to whether to grant requests for records of TIGTA will be made by the Disclosure Officer, TIGTA. Requests for records may be mailed to: Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Request, Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Disclosure Branch, 1401 H Street NW, Room 469, Washington, DC 20005. You may also view the How to Make a FOIA Request for TIGTA Records at <I>https://www.treasury.gov/tigta/important_foia_mafr.shtml.</I> TIGTA's FOIA email address is <I>FOIA.Reading.Room@tigta.treas.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determination to deny records.</I> Appellate determinations with respect to the records of TIGTA will be made by the Chief Counsel, TIGTA, or the delegate of the Chief Counsel. Appeals should be mailed to: Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Appeal, Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, 1401 H Street NW, Room 469, Washington, DC 20005.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Other Disclosure Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.8   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this subpart concern access to information and records other than under 5 U.S.C. 552. This subpart is applicable to the Departmental Offices and to the bureaus of the Department as defined in § 1.1(a) of this part, except to the extent that bureaus of the Department have adopted separate guidance governing the subject matter of a provision of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 54003, Sept. 7, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.9" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.9   Records not to be otherwise withdrawn or disclosed.</HEAD>
<P>Except in accordance with this part, or as otherwise authorized, Treasury Department officers and employees are prohibited from making records or duplicates available to any person who is not an officer or employee of the Department, and are prohibited from withdrawing any such records or duplicates from the files, possession or control of the Department.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 54003, Sept. 7, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.10" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.10   Oral information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Officers and employees of the Department may, in response to requests, orally provide information contained in records of the Department that are determined to be available to the public. If the obtaining of such information requires a search of records, a written request and the payment of the fee for a record search set forth in § 1.6 will be required.
</P>
<P>(b) Information with respect to activities of the Department not a matter of record shall not be disclosed if the information involves matters exempt from disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552 or the regulations in this part, or if the disclosure of such information would give the person requesting the information advantages not accorded to other citizens.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 54003, Sept. 7, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.11   Testimony or the production of records in a court or other proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) This section sets forth the policies and procedures of the Department regarding the testimony of employees and former employees as witnesses in legal proceedings and the production or disclosure of information contained in Department documents for use in legal proceedings pursuant to a request, order, or subpoena (collectively referred to in this subpart as a demand).
</P>
<P>(2) This section does not apply to any legal proceeding in which an employee is to testify while on leave status regarding facts or events that are unrelated to the official business of the Department.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Nothing in this section affects the rights and procedures governing public access to records pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) or the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a).
</P>
<P>(ii) Demands in legal proceedings for the production of records, or for the testimony of Department employees regarding information protected by the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a), the Trade Secrets Act (18 U.S.C. 1905) or other confidentiality statutes, must satisfy the requirements for disclosure set forth in those statutes and the applicable regulations of this part before the records may be provided or testimony given.
</P>
<P>(4) This section is intended only to provide guidance for the internal operations of the Department and to inform the public about Department procedures concerning the service of process and responses to demands or requests, and the procedures specified in this section, or the failure of any Treasury employee to follow the procedures specified in this section, are not intended to, do not, and may not be relied upon to create a right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a party against the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Agency counsel</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to the Departmental Offices, the General Counsel or his or her designee; or
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a bureau or office of the Department, the Chief Counsel or Legal Counsel (or his or her designee) of such bureau or office.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Demand</I> means a request, order, or subpoena for testimony or documents related to or for possible use in a legal proceeding.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Department</I> means the United States Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Document</I> means any record or other property, no matter what media and including copies thereof, held by the Department, including without limitation, official letters, telegrams, memoranda, reports, studies, calendar and diary entries, maps, graphs, pamphlets, notes, charts, tabulations, analyses, statistical or informational accumulations, any kind of summaries of meetings and conversations, film impressions, magnetic tapes and sound or mechanical reproductions.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Employee</I> means all employees or officers of the Department, including contractors and any other individuals who have been appointed by, or are subject to the supervision, jurisdiction or control of the Secretary, as well as the Secretary of the Treasury. The procedures established within this subpart also apply to former employees of the Department where specifically noted.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>General Counsel</I> means the General Counsel of the Department or other Department employee to whom the General Counsel has delegated authority to act under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Legal proceeding</I> means all pretrial, trial and post trial stages of all existing or reasonably anticipated judicial or administrative actions, hearings, investigations, or similar proceedings before courts, commissions, boards, grand juries, or other tribunals, foreign or domestic. This phrase includes all phases of discovery as well as responses to formal or informal requests by attorneys or others involved in legal proceedings.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Official business</I> means the authorized business of the Department.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Testimony</I> means a statement in any form, including personal appearances before a court or other legal tribunal, interviews, depositions, telephonic, televised, or videotaped statements or any responses given during discovery or similar proceedings, which response would involve more than the production of documents.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Department policy.</I> No current or former employee shall, in response to a demand, produce any Department documents, provide testimony regarding any information relating to or based upon Department documents, or disclose any information or produce materials acquired as part of the performance of that employee's official duties or official status, without the prior authorization of the General Counsel or the appropriate agency counsel.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedures for demand for testimony or production of documents.</I> (1) A demand directed to the Department for the testimony of a Department employee or for the production of documents shall be served in accordance with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure, or applicable state procedures and shall be directed to the General Counsel, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220, or to the Chief or Legal Counsel of the concerned Department component. Acceptance of a demand shall not constitute an admission or waiver with respect to jurisdiction, propriety of service, improper venue, or any other defense in law or equity available under the applicable laws or rules.
</P>
<P>(2) A subpoena or other demand for testimony directed to an employee or former employee shall be served in accordance with the Federal Rules of Civil or Criminal Procedure or applicable State procedure and a copy of the subpoena shall be sent to agency counsel.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) In court cases in which the United States or the Department is not a party, where the giving of testimony or the production of documents by the Department, or a current or former employee is desired, an affidavit (or if that is not feasible, a statement) by the litigant or the litigant's attorney, setting forth the information with respect to which the testimony or production is desired, must be submitted in order to obtain a decision concerning whether such testimony or production will be authorized. Such information shall include: the title of the legal proceeding, the forum, the requesting party's interest in the legal proceeding, the reason for the demand, a showing that other evidence reasonably suited to the requester's needs is not available from any other source and, if testimony is requested, the intended use of the testimony, a general summary of the desired testimony, and a showing that no document could be provided and used in lieu of testimony. The purpose of this requirement is to assist agency counsel in making an informed decision regarding whether testimony or the production of document should be authorized. Permission to testify or produce documents will, in all cases, be limited to the information set forth in the affidavit or statement, or to such portions thereof as may be deemed proper.
</P>
<P>(ii) Agency counsel may consult or negotiate with an attorney for a party, or the party if not represented by an attorney, to refine or limit a demand so that compliance is less burdensome or obtain information necessary to make the determination required by paragraph (e) of this section. Failure of the attorney or party to cooperate in good faith to enable agency counsel to make an informed determination under this subpart may serve, where appropriate, as a basis for a determination not to comply with the demand.
</P>
<P>(iii) A determination under this subpart to comply or not to comply with a demand is without prejudice as to any formal assertion or waiver of privilege, lack of relevance, technical deficiency or any other ground for noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Employees shall immediately refer all inquiries and demands made on the Department to agency counsel.
</P>
<P>(ii) An employee who receives a subpoena shall immediately forward the subpoena to agency counsel. Agency counsel will determine the manner in which to respond to the subpoena.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Factors to be considered by agency counsel.</I> (1) In deciding whether to authorize the release of official information or the testimony of personnel concerning official information (hereafter referred to as “the disclosure”) agency counsel shall consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the request or demand is unduly burdensome;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the request would involve the Department in controversial issues unrelated to the Department's mission;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the time and money of the United States would be used for private purposes;
</P>
<P>(iv) The extent to which the time of employees for conducting official business would be compromised;
</P>
<P>(v) Whether the public might misconstrue variances between personal opinions of employees and Department policy;
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether the request demonstrates that the information requested is relevant and material to the action pending, genuinely necessary to the proceeding, unavailable from other sources, and reasonable in its scope;
</P>
<P>(vii) Whether the number of similar requests would have a cumulative effect on the expenditure of agency resources;
</P>
<P>(viii) Whether disclosure otherwise would be inappropriate under the circumstances; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Any other factor that is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) Among those demands and requests in response to which compliance will not ordinarily be authorized are those with respect to which any of the following factors exists:
</P>
<P>(i) The disclosure would violate a statute, Executive order, or regulation;
</P>
<P>(ii) The integrity of the administrative and deliberative processes of the Department would be compromised;
</P>
<P>(iii) The disclosure would not be appropriate under the rules of procedure governing the case or matter in which the demand arose;
</P>
<P>(iv) The disclosure, including release in camera, is not appropriate or necessary under the relevant substantive law concerning privilege;
</P>
<P>(v) The disclosure, except when in camera and necessary to assert a claim of privilege, would reveal information properly classified or other matters exempt from unrestricted disclosure; or
</P>
<P>(vi) The disclosure would interfere with ongoing enforcement proceedings, compromise constitutional rights, reveal the identity of an intelligence source or confidential informant, or disclose trade secrets or similarly confidential commercial or financial information.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Requests for opinion or expert testimony.</I> (1) Subject to 5 CFR 2635.805, an employee or former employee shall not provide, with or without compensation, opinion or expert testimony concerning official information, subjects, or activities, except on behalf of the United States or a party represented by the Department of Justice, without written approval of agency counsel.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon a showing by the requestor of exceptional need or unique circumstances and that the anticipated testimony will not be adverse to the interests of the Department or the United States, agency counsel may, in writing, grant authorization for an employee, or former employee, to appear and testify at no expense to the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) Any expert or opinion testimony by a former employee of the Department shall be excepted from § 1.11(f)(1) where the testimony involves only general expertise gained while employed at the Department.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Procedures when agency counsel directs an employee not to testify or provide documents.</I> (1) If agency counsel determines that an employee or former employee should not comply with a subpoena or other request for testimony or the production of documents, agency counsel will so inform the employee and the party who submitted the subpoena or made the request.
</P>
<P>(2) If, despite the determination of the agency counsel that testimony should not be given and/or documents not be produced, a court of competent jurisdiction or other appropriate authority orders the employee or former employee to testify and/or produce documents, the employee shall notify agency counsel of such order.
</P>
<P>(i) If agency counsel determines that no further legal review of, or challenge to, the order will be sought, the employee or former employee shall comply with the order.
</P>
<P>(ii) If agency counsel determines to challenge the order, or that further legal review is necessary, the employee or former employee should not comply with the order. Where necessary, the employee should appear at the time and place set forth in the subpoena. If legal counsel cannot appear on behalf of the employee, the employee should produce a copy of this subpart and respectfully inform the legal tribunal that he/she has been advised by counsel not to provide the requested testimony and/or produce documents. If the legal tribunal rules that the subpoena must be complied with, the employee shall respectfully decline to comply, citing this section and <I>United States</I> ex rel. <I>Touhy</I> v. <I>Ragen,</I> 340 U.S. 462 (1951).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 54003, Sept. 7, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.12" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.12   Regulations not applicable to official request.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part shall not be applicable to official requests of other governmental agencies or officers thereof acting in their official capacities, unless it appears that granting a particular request would be in violation of law or inimical to the public interest. Cases of doubt should be referred for decision to agency counsel (as defined in § 1.11(b)(1)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 54003, Sept. 7, 2004]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Privacy Act</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 63905, Oct. 20, 2022, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1.20" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.20   Purpose and scope of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this subpart are issued to implement the provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a). This subpart applies to all records which are contained in systems of records maintained by the Department of the Treasury (Department or Treasury). They do not relate to those personnel records of Federal Government employees, which are under the Office of Personnel Management's (OPM) jurisdiction to the extent such records are subject to OPM regulations. This subpart applies to all Treasury components. Any reference in this subpart to the Department or its officials, employees, or records must be deemed to refer also to the components or their officials, employees, or records. This subpart sets forth the requirements applicable to Treasury employees (including, to the extent required by the contract or 5 U.S.C. 552a(m), Government contractors and employees of such contractors) maintaining, collecting, using, or disseminating records pertaining to individuals. They also set forth the procedures by which individuals may request notification of whether the Treasury maintains or has disclosed a record pertaining to them or may seek access to such records maintained in any nonexempt system of records, request correction of such records, appeal any initial adverse determination of any request for amendment, or seek an accounting of disclosures of such records. For the convenience of interested persons, Treasury components may reproduce the regulations in this subpart in their entirety (less any appendices not applicable to the component in question) in those titles of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) which normally contain regulations applicable to such components. In connection with such reproduction, and at other appropriate times, components may issue supplementary regulations applicable only to the component in question, which are consistent with the regulations in this subpart. In the event of any actual or apparent inconsistency, the Departmentwide regulations in this subpart must govern. Individuals interested in the records of a particular component should, therefore, also consult the Code of Federal Regulations for any rules or regulations promulgated specifically with respect to that component (see the appendices to this subpart for cross references). The head of each component is hereby also authorized to substitute other appropriate officials for those designated and correct addresses specified in the appendix to this subpart applicable to the component. For purposes of this subpart, Treasury components consist of the following offices and bureaus:
</P>
<P>(1) The Departmental Offices, which include the offices of:
</P>
<P>(i) The Secretary of the Treasury, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Deputy Secretary of the Treasury, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Chief of Staff, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(iv) The Executive Secretary of the Treasury, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(v) Under Secretary for the Office of International Affairs, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(vi) Assistant Secretary for the Office of International Trade and Development, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(vii) Assistant Secretary for the Office of International Finance, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(viii) Assistant Secretary for the Office of Investment Security, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(ix) Under Secretary for the Office of Domestic Finance, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(x) Assistant Secretary for the Office of Financial Institutions, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xi) Assistant Secretary for the Office of Financial Markets, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xii) Assistant Secretary for the Office of the Fiscal Service, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Under Secretary for the Office of Terrorism &amp; Financial Intelligence, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Assistant Secretary for the Office of Terrorist Financing and Financial Crimes, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xv) Assistant Secretary for the Office of Intelligence and Analysis, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xvi) Office of General Counsel and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff; except legal counsel to the components listed in paragraphs (a)(23) through (26) and (b) through (h) of this section;
</P>
<P>(xvii) Treasurer of the United States including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xviii) Assistant Secretary for the Office for Legislative Affairs, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xix) Assistant Secretary for the Office of Management, and all offices reporting to such official(s), including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xx) Assistant Secretary for the Office of Public Affairs, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xxi) Assistant Secretary for the Office of Economic Policy, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xxii) Assistant Secretary for the Office of Tax Policy, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xxiii) The Inspector General and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xxiv) The Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xxv) The Special Inspector General, Troubled Asset Relief Program, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(xxvi) The Special Inspector General for Pandemic Recovery, and all offices reporting to such official, including immediate staff;
</P>
<P>(2) Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau.
</P>
<P>(3) Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(4) Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
</P>
<P>(5) Bureau of Engraving and Printing.
</P>
<P>(6) United States Mint.
</P>
<P>(7) Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.
</P>
<P>(8) Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this subpart, the office of the legal counsel for the components listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(xxiii) through (xxvi) and (a)(2) through (8) of this section are to be considered a part of such components. Any office, which is now in existence or may after October 20, 2022 be established, which is not specifically listed or known to be a component of any of those listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (8) of this section, must be deemed a part of the Departmental Offices for the purpose of this subpart.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.21" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.21   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>agency</I> means agency as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552(e).
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>individual</I> means a citizen of the United States or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>maintain</I> includes maintain, collect, use, or disseminate.
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>record</I> means any item, collection, or grouping of information about an individual that is maintained by the Treasury or its components. This includes, but is not limited to, the individual's education, financial transactions, medical history, and criminal or employment history and that contains the name, or an identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual, such as a finger or voice print or a photograph.
</P>
<P>(e) The term <I>system of records</I> means a group of any records under the control of the Treasury or any component from which information is retrieved by the name of the individual or by some identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual.
</P>
<P>(f) The term <I>statistical record</I> means a record in a system of records maintained for statistical research or reporting purposes only and not used in whole or part in making any determination about an identifiable individual, except as provided by 13 U.S.C. 8.
</P>
<P>(g) The term <I>routine use</I> means the disclosure of a record that is compatible with the purpose for which the record was collected.
</P>
<P>(h) The term <I>component</I> means a Treasury bureau or office as set forth in § 1.20 and in the appendices to this subpart. (See 5 U.S.C. 552a(a).)
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>request for access</I> means a request made pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1).
</P>
<P>(j) The term <I>request for amendment</I> means a request made pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(2).
</P>
<P>(k) The term <I>request for accounting</I> means a request made pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(l) The term <I>Privacy Act</I> means the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.22" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.22   Requirements relating to systems of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Subject to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k) and § 1.23(c), each component shall, in conformance with the Privacy Act:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain in its records only such information about an individual as is relevant and necessary to accomplish a purpose of the agency required to be accomplished by the statute or by Executive order of the President. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1).)
</P>
<P>(2) Collect information to the greatest extent practicable directly from the subject individual when the information may result in adverse determinations about an individual's rights, benefits, and privileges under Federal programs. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(2).)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for information from individuals.</I> Subject to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and § 1.23(c)(1), each component of the Treasury shall inform each individual whom it asks to supply information, on the form which it uses to collect the information or on a separate form that can be retained by the individual:
</P>
<P>(1) The authority (whether granted by statute, or by Executive order of the President) which authorizes the solicitation of the information and whether disclosure of such information is mandatory or voluntary;
</P>
<P>(2) The principal purpose or purposes for which the information is intended to be used;
</P>
<P>(3) The routine uses which may be made of the information, as published pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(D); and
</P>
<P>(4) The effects on such individual, if any, of not providing all or any part of the requested information. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(3).)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Report on new systems.</I> Each component of the Treasury shall provide adequate advance notice to Congress and the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) any proposal to establish or alter any system of records in order to permit an evaluation of the probable or potential effect of such proposal on the privacy and other personal or property rights of individuals or the disclosure of information relating to such individuals, and its effect on the preservation of the constitutional principles of federalism and separation of powers. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(o).)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Accurate and secure maintenance of records.</I> Each component shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Subject to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and § 1.23(c)(1), maintain all records which are used in making any determination about any individual with such accuracy, relevance, timeliness, and completeness as is reasonably necessary to assure fairness to the individual in the determination (<I>see</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(5));
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to disseminating any record about an individual to any person other than an agency, unless the dissemination is made pursuant to the Privacy Act (<I>see</I> subpart A of this part), make reasonable efforts to assure that such records are accurate, complete, timely, and relevant for Department of the Treasury purposes (<I>see</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(6)); and
</P>
<P>(3) Establish appropriate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to insure the security and confidentiality of records and to protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to their security or integrity which could result in substantial harm, embarrassment, inconvenience, or unfairness to any individual on whom information is maintained. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(10).)
</P>
<P>(i) System managers, with the approval of the head of their offices within a component, shall establish administrative and physical controls, consistent with Department regulations in this part, to insure the protection of records systems from unauthorized access or disclosure and from physical damage or destruction. The controls instituted shall be proportional to the degree of sensitivity of the records but at a minimum must insure that records other than those available to the general public under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), are protected from public view, that the area in which the records are stored is supervised during all business hours and physically secure during nonbusiness hours to prevent unauthorized personnel from obtaining access to the records. Automated systems shall comply with the security standards promulgated by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).
</P>
<P>(ii) System managers, with the approval of the head of their offices within a component, shall adopt access restrictions to insure that access to the records is limited to those individuals within the agency who have a need to access the records in order to perform their duties. Procedures shall also be adopted to prevent accidental access to, or dissemination of, records.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prohibition against maintenance of records concerning First Amendment rights.</I> No component shall maintain a record describing how any individual exercises rights guaranteed by the First Amendment (e.g., speech), unless the maintenance of such record is:
</P>
<P>(1) Expressly authorized by statute; or
</P>
<P>(2) Expressly authorized by the individual about whom the record is maintained; or
</P>
<P>(3) Pertinent to and within the scope of an authorized law enforcement activity. (See 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(7).)
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Notification of disclosure under compulsory legal process.</I> Subject to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and § 1.23(c)(1), when records concerning an individual are subpoenaed by a Grand Jury, Court, or quasi-judicial agency, or disclosed in accordance with an ex parte court order pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 6103(i), the official served with the subpoena or court order shall make reasonable efforts to assure that notice of any disclosure is provided to the individual. Notice shall be provided within five working days of making the records available under compulsory legal process or, in the case of a Grand Jury subpoena or an ex parte order, within five days of its becoming a matter of public record. Notice shall be mailed to the last known address of the individual and shall contain the following information: the date and authority to which the subpoena is, or was returnable, or the date of and court issuing the ex parte order, the name and number of the case or proceeding, and the nature of the information sought and provided. Notice of the issuance of a subpoena or an ex parte order is not required if the system of records has been exempted from the notice requirement of 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(8) and this section, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and § 1.23(c)(1), by a Notice of Exemption published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(8).)
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Emergency disclosure.</I> If information concerning an individual has been disclosed to any person under compelling circumstances affecting health or safety, the individual shall be notified at the last known address within 5 days of the disclosure (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays). Notification shall include the following information: The nature of the information disclosed, the person or agency to whom it was disclosed, the date of disclosure, and the compelling circumstances justifying the disclosure. Notification shall be given by the officer who made or authorized the disclosure. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a (b)(8).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.23" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.23   Publication in the Federal Register—Notices of systems of records, general exemptions, specific exemptions, review of all systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notices of systems of records to be published in the</I> <I>Federal Register.</I> (1) The Office of the Federal Register publishes a biennial compilation of all system notices (“Privacy Act Issuances”), as specified in 5 U.S.C. 552a(f). In the interim (between biennial compilations), the Department must list and provide links on its website to complete, up-to-date versions of all Treasury system of records notices (SORNs), including citations and links to all <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notices that reflect substantial modifications to each SORN.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition, the Department must publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> upon establishment or significant revision a notice of the existence and character of any new or significantly revised systems of records. Unless otherwise instructed, each notice must include:
</P>
<P>(i) The system name and number, and location of the system;
</P>
<P>(ii) The title and business address of the Treasury official who is responsible for the system of records;
</P>
<P>(iii) Security classification, and indication of whether any information in the system is classified;
</P>
<P>(iv) Authority for maintenance of the system, the specific authority that authorizes the maintenance of the records in the system;
</P>
<P>(v) Purpose(s) of the system, a description of the purpose(s) for maintaining the system;
</P>
<P>(vi) The categories of individuals on whom records are maintained in the system;
</P>
<P>(vii) The categories of records maintained in the system;
</P>
<P>(viii) The categories of sources of records in the system (<I>see</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4));
</P>
<P>(ix) Each routine uses of the records contained in the system, including the categories of users and the purpose of such use;
</P>
<P>(x)-(xix) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(xx) The policies and practices of the component regarding storage, retrievability, access controls, retention, and disposal of the records;
</P>
<P>(xxi) The procedures of the component whereby an individual can be notified if the system of records contains a record pertaining to the individual, including reasonable times, places, and identification requirements;
</P>
<P>(xxii) The procedures of the component whereby an individual can be notified on how to gain access to any record pertaining to such individual that may be contained in the system of records, and how to contest its content;
</P>
<P>(xxiii) Exemptions promulgated for the system; and
</P>
<P>(xxiv) History (any previously published notices).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of new or modified routine uses to be published in the</I> <I>Federal Register.</I> At least 30 days prior to a new use or modification of a routine use, as published under paragraph (a)(3)(iv) of this section, Treasury must publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice of such new or modified use of the information in the system and allow for interested persons to submit written data, views, or arguments to the components. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(11).)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Promulgation of rules exempting systems from certain requirements</I>—(1) <I>General exemptions.</I> In accordance with existing procedures applicable to a Treasury component's issuance of regulations, the head of each such component may adopt rules, in accordance with the requirements (including general notice) of 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(1), (2), and (3), (c) and (e), to exempt any system of records within the component from any part of the Privacy Act and the regulations in this subpart except subsections (b) (§ 1.24, conditions of disclosure), (c)(1) (§ 1.25, keep accurate accounting of disclosures), (c)(2) (§ 1.25, retain accounting for five years or life of record), (e)(4)(A) through (F) (paragraph (a) of this section, publication of annual notice of systems of records), (e)(6) (§ 1.22(d), accuracy of records prior to dissemination), (e)(7) (§ 1.22(e), maintenance of records on First Amendment rights), (e)(9) (§ 1.28, establish rules of conduct), (e)(10) (§ 1.22(d)(3), establish safeguards for records), (e)(11) (paragraph (c) of this section, publish new intended use), and (i) (§ 1.28(c), criminal penalties) if the systems of records maintained by the component which performs as its principal function any activity pertaining to the enforcement of criminal laws, including police efforts to prevent, control, or reduce crime or to apprehend criminals, and the activities of prosecutors, courts, correctional, probation, pardon, or parole authorities, and which consists of:
</P>
<P>(i) Information compiled for the purpose of identifying individual criminal offenders and alleged offenders and consisting only of identifying data and notations of arrests, the nature and disposition of criminal charges, sentencing, confinement, release, and parole, and probation status;
</P>
<P>(ii) Information compiled for the purpose of a criminal investigation, including reports of informants and investigators, and associated with an identifiable individual; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Reports identifiable to an individual compiled at any stage of the process of enforcement of the criminal laws from arrest or indictment through release from supervision. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(j).)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specific exemptions.</I> In accordance with existing procedures applicable to a Treasury component's issuance of regulations, the head of each such component may adopt rules, in accordance with the requirements (including general notice) of 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(1), (2), and (3), (c), and (e), to exempt any system of records within the component from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) (§ 1.25(c)(2), accounting of certain disclosures available to the individual), (d) (§ 1.26(a), access to records), (e)(1) (§ 1.22(a)(1), maintenance of information to accomplish purposes authorized by statute or executive order only), (e)(4)(G) (paragraph (a)(7) of this section, publication of procedures for notification), (e)(4)(H) (paragraph (a)(8) of this section, publication of procedures for access and contest), (e)(4)(I) (paragraph (a)(9) of this section, publication of sources of records), and (f) (§ 1.26, promulgate rules for notification, access and contest), if the system of records is:
</P>
<P>(i) Subject to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(1);
</P>
<P>(ii) Investigatory material compiled for law enforcement purposes, other than material within the scope of subsection (j)(2) of the Privacy Act and paragraph (a)(1) of this section. If any individual is denied any right, privilege, or benefit that such individual would otherwise be entitled to by Federal law, or for which such individual would otherwise be eligible, as a result of the maintenance of this material, provide such material to the individual, except to the extent that the disclosure of the material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or prior to September 27, 1975, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence;
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintained in connection with providing protective services to the President of the United States or other individuals pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 3056;
</P>
<P>(iv) Required by statute to be maintained and used solely as statistical records;
</P>
<P>(v) Investigatory material compiled solely for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility, or qualifications for Federal civilian employment, military service, Federal contracts, or access to classified information, but only to the extent that the disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to September 27, 1975, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence;
</P>
<P>(vi) Testing or examination material used solely to determine individual qualifications for appointment or promotion in the Federal service the disclosure of which would compromise the objectivity or fairness of the testing or examination process; or
</P>
<P>(vii) Evaluation material used to determine potential for promotion in the armed services, but only to the extent that the disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to September 27, 1975, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reasons for exemptions.</I> As of November 21, 2022, the head of the component must include in the statement required under 5 U.S.C. 553(c) the reasons why the system of records is to be exempted from a provision of the Privacy Act and this part. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k).)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Review and report to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).</I> The Department must ensure that the following reviews are conducted:
</P>
<P>(1) The Data Integrity Board must conduct a review of all matching programs in which the Department has participated during the calendar year and report to OMB of the following year.
</P>
<P>(2) Each component must perform the following reviews with a frequency sufficient to ensure compliance and manage risks:
</P>
<P>(i) Review the language of each contract that involves the creation, collection, use, processing, storage, maintenance, dissemination, disclosure, or disposal of information and ensure that the applicable requirements in the Privacy Act and OMB policies are enforceable on the contractor and its employees consistent with the agency's authority;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensure that all routine uses remain appropriate and that the recipient's use of the records continues to be compatible with the purpose for which the information was collected;
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensure that each exemption claimed for a system of records pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k) remains appropriate and necessary;
</P>
<P>(iv) Ensure Departmental and component training practices are sufficient and that personnel understand the requirements of the Privacy Act, OMB guidance, the agency's implementing regulations and policies, and any job-specific requirements;
</P>
<P>(v) Review all component SORNs as needed to ensure they remain accurate, up-to-date, and appropriately scoped; that all SORNs are published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>; that all SORNs include the information required by OMB Circular A-108; and that all significant changes to SORNs have been reported to OMB and Congress; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Be prepared to report to the Office of Privacy, Transparency, &amp; Records, as part of the annual Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA), as amended by the Federal Information Security Modernization Act of 2014, Public Law 113-283, reporting process, the results of the reviews conducted as required by this section, including any corrective action taken to resolve problems uncovered.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.24" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.24   Disclosure of records to person other than the individual to whom they pertain.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Conditions of disclosure.</I> No component of Treasury is required to disclose any record which is contained in a system of records maintained by it by any means of communication to any person, or to another agency, except pursuant to a written request by, or with the prior written consent of, the individual to whom the record pertains, or the parent, if a minor, or legal guardian, if incompetent, of such individual, unless disclosure of the record would be:
</P>
<P>(1) To those offices and employees of the Treasury who have a need for the record in the performance of their duties;
</P>
<P>(2) Required under 5 U.S.C. 552 (subpart A of this part);
</P>
<P>(3) For a routine use as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552a(a)(7) and § 1.21(g) and as described under 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(D) and § 1.23(a)(4);
</P>
<P>(4) To the Bureau of the Census for the purposes of planning or carrying out a census or survey or related activity pursuant to the provisions of title 13 of the U.S. Code;
</P>
<P>(5) To a recipient who has provided the component with advance adequate written assurance that the record will be used solely as statistical research or reporting record, and the record is to be transferred in a form that is not individually identifiable;
</P>
<P>(6) To the National Archives and Records Administration as a record which has sufficient historical or other value to warrant its continued preservation by the United States Government, or for evaluation by the Administrator of the General Services Administration or the designee of such official to determine whether the record has such value;
</P>
<P>(7) To another agency or to an instrumentality of any governmental jurisdiction within or under the control of the United States for a civil or criminal law enforcement activity, if:
</P>
<P>(i) The activity is authorized by law; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The head of the agency or instrumentality has made a written request to the Treasury specifying the particular portion desired and the law enforcement activities for which the record is sought;
</P>
<P>(8) To a person pursuant to a showing of compelling circumstances affecting the health or safety of an individual, if upon such disclosure, notification is transmitted to the last known address of such individual;
</P>
<P>(9) To either House of Congress, or, to the extent a matter is within its jurisdiction, any committee or subcommittee thereof, any joint committee of Congress or subcommittee of any such joint committee;
</P>
<P>(10) To the Comptroller General, or the authorized representatives of such official, in the course of the performance of the duties of the Government Accountability Office;
</P>
<P>(11) Pursuant to the order of a court of competent jurisdiction (see 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)); or
</P>
<P>(12) To a consumer reporting agency in accordance with 13 U.S.C. 3711(e).
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.25" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.25   Accounting of disclosures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Accounting of certain disclosures.</I> Each component, with respect to each system of records under its control, must:
</P>
<P>(1) Keep an accurate accounting of:
</P>
<P>(i) The date, nature, and purpose of each disclosure of a record to any person or to an agency made under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) and § 1.24; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of the person to whom or agency to which the disclosure is made;
</P>
<P>(2) Retain the accounting made under paragraph (a)(1) of this section for at least five years or the life of the record, whichever is longer, after the disclosure for which the accounting is made; and
</P>
<P>(3) Inform any person or other agency about any correction or notation of dispute made by the component in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and § 1.28 of any record that has been disclosed to the person or agency if an accounting of the disclosure was made. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552(c).)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accounting systems.</I> To permit the accounting required by paragraph (a) of this section, system managers, with the approval of the head of their offices within a component, must establish or implement a system of accounting for all disclosures of records, either orally or in writing, made outside the Department of the Treasury. Accounting records must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be established in the least expensive and most convenient form that will permit the system manager to advise individuals, promptly upon request, what records concerning them have been disclosed and to whom;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide, as a minimum, the identification of the particular record disclosed, the name and address of the person to whom or agency to which the record was disclosed, and the date, nature, and purpose of the disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be maintained for 5 years or until the record is destroyed or transferred to the National Archives and Records Administration or Federal Records Center for storage, in which event, the accounting pertaining to those records, unless maintained separately, must be transferred with the records themselves.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemptions from accounting requirements.</I> No accounting is required for disclosure of records:
</P>
<P>(1) To those officers and employees of the Department of the Treasury who have a need for the record in the performance of their duties; or
</P>
<P>(2) If disclosure would be required under 5 U.S.C. 552 and subpart A of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Access to accounting by individual.</I> (1) Subject to paragraphs (c) and (d)(2) of this section, each component must establish {i} procedures for making the accounting required under paragraph (a) of this section available to the individual to whom the record pertains and {ii} thereafter make such accounting available in accordance therewith at the request of the individual. The procedures may require the requester to provide reasonable identification. (<I>See</I> appendices A through H to this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(2) Access to accounting of disclosures may be withheld from the individual named in the record only if the disclosures were:
</P>
<P>(i) Made under 5 U.S.C. 552a (b)(7) and § 1.24(a)(7); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Under a system of records exempted from the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(j) or (k) and § 1.23(c). (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(c).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.26" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.26   Procedures for notification and access to records pertaining to individuals—Format and fees for request for access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedures for notification and access.</I> Each component must, in accordance with the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1), set forth in the appendix to this subpart applicable to such component procedures whereby an individual can be notified, in response to a request, if any system of records named by the individual contains a record pertaining to that individual. In addition, such procedures must set forth the requirements for access to such records. At a minimum, such procedures must specify the times during, and the places at which access will be afforded, together with such identification as may be required of the individual before access. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(f)(1), (2) and (3).)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Access.</I> Each component, in accordance with the procedures prescribed under paragraph (a) of this section, must allow an individual, upon request, to gain access to records or to any information pertaining to such individual which is contained in a system of records. Permit the individual to review the record and have a copy made of all or any portion of the record in a comprehensible form. Also permit the individual to be accompanied by any person of the individual's choosing to review the record, except that the agency may require the individual to furnish a written statement authorizing discussion of that individual's record in the accompanying person's presence. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1).)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> Neither the procedures prescribed under paragraph (a) of this section nor the requirements for access under paragraph (b) of this section apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Systems of records exempted pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k) and § 1.23(c);
</P>
<P>(2) Information compiled in reasonable anticipation of a civil action or proceeding (see 5 U.S.C. 552(d)(5)); or
</P>
<P>(3) Information pertaining to an individual which is contained in, and inseparable from, another individual's record.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Format of request.</I> (1) A request for notification of whether a record exists must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be made in writing and signed by the person making the request, who must be the individual about whom the record is maintained or such individual's duly authorized representative (<I>see</I> § 1.34);
</P>
<P>(ii) State that it is made pursuant to the Privacy Act or the regulations in this subpart, or have “Privacy Act Request” written on both the request and on the envelope, if not submitted via a component-provided electronic method;
</P>
<P>(iii) Give the name of the system or subsystem or categories of records to which access is sought, as specified in “Privacy Act Issuances” published by the Office of the Federal Register and referenced in the appendices to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(iv) Describe the nature of the record sought, the date of the record or the period in which the record was compiled or otherwise describe the record in sufficient detail to enable Department personnel to locate the system of records containing the record with a reasonable amount of effort;
</P>
<P>(v) Provide such identification of the requester as may be specified in the appropriate appendix to this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Be addressed or delivered in person or by a component-provided electronic method to the office or officer of the component indicated for the particular system or subsystem or categories of records to which the individual seeks access, as specified in “Privacy Act Issuances” published by the Office of the Federal Register and referenced in the appendices to this subpart. As explained in appendix A to this subpart, requesters may send a written request to the Departmental Offices seeking assistance in identifying the appropriate component or in preparing a request for notification. Requesters seeking such assistance should submit a written request addressed to the Departmental Offices at the address specified in appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for access to records must, in addition to complying with paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (vi) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) State whether the requester wishes to inspect the records or desires to have a copy made and furnished without first inspecting them;
</P>
<P>(ii) If a requester wants a copy of their records, they must clearly state in the request that they agree to pay the fees for duplication as ultimately determined in accordance with subpart A to this subpart (§ 1.7), unless such fees are waived under that section by the system manager or other appropriate official as indicated in the appropriate appendix to this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Comply with any other requirement set forth in the applicable appendix to this subpart or the “System of Records Notice” applicable to the system in question. Any request for access which does not comply with the requirements in the preceding sentence and those set forth elsewhere in this subpart, will not be deemed subject to the time constraints of this section, unless and until amended to comply with all requirements in this subpart. Components must advise the requester of any specific deficiencies so the requester can amend the request so it can be processed. This section applies only to records maintained in a system of records that are also in the possession or control of the component. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).)
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Requests for records not in control of component.</I> (1) Treasury employees must make reasonable efforts to assist an oral requester to learn to which office or officer a written request should be sent. When the request is for a record which is not in the possession or control of any Treasury component, the requester must be advised of this fact.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the record requested originated with a Federal agency other than Treasury or its components and was classified (e.g., National Defense or Intelligence Information) or otherwise restrictively endorsed (e.g., Office of Personnel Management records of Federal Bureau of Investigation reports) by the originating agency, and a copy is in the possession of a Treasury component, the component will refer that portion of the request to the originating agency for determination of all Privacy Act issues. In the case of a referral to another agency under this paragraph (e)(2), the component will notify the requester that such portion of the request has been so referred and that the requester may expect to hear from that agency.
</P>
<P>(3) When information sought from a system manager or other appropriate Treasury official includes information originating with other Federal agencies that is not classified or otherwise restrictively endorsed, the system manager or other appropriate Treasury official receiving the request must consult with the originating agency prior to making a decision to disclose or withhold the record. The system manager or other appropriate Treasury official maintaining the record must decide if disclosure is required. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).)
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Date of receipt of request.</I> For purposes of this subpart, the date of receipt of a request for notification or access to records shall be the date on which the requester satisfied all the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section. Requests for notification or access to records and any separate agreement to pay for copies must be stamped or endorsed with the date the receiving office/component received all information needed to satisfy the requirements in this section. The date of receipt of the last required document will be the date of receipt of the request for the purposes of this subpart. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).)
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notification of determination</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The component officers designated in the appendices to this subpart must send the requester any required notifications, including notices stating the component has responsive records and whether it will provide access to the records requested. The component will mail notification of the determination within 30 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after the date of receipt of the request, as determined in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section. If it is not possible to respond within 30 days, the relevant component officer must inform the requester (prior to the expiration of the 30-day timeframe), stating the reason for the delay (e.g., volume of records requested, scattered location of the records, need to consult other agencies, or the difficulty of the legal issues involved) and when a response will be dispatched. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Granting of access.</I> When the component determines that the request for access will be granted and the requester seeks a copy of the responsive records, the component must furnish such copy in a form comprehensible to the requester, together with a statement of the applicable duplication fees. If the requester indicates they want to exercise their right to inspect the responsive records, the component officer designated in the relevant appendix to this subpart must promptly notify the requester in writing of the determination, including when and where the requested records may be inspected. A requester seeking to inspect such records may be accompanied by another person of their choosing. The requester seeking access must sign a form indicating that Treasury is authorized to discuss the contents of the subject record in the accompanying person's presence. If, after making the inspection, the requester requests a copy of all or a portion of the requested records and pays the applicable fees for duplication, the component must provide a copy of the records in a form comprehensible to the requester. Fees to be charged are as prescribed by subpart A to this subpart (§ 1.7). Components may charge for processing requests under the Freedom of Information Act, under the provisions of this section, or may issue their own fee schedules, which must be consistent with the OMB Guidelines. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).)
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Requirements for access to medical records.</I> When access is requested to medical records, including psychological records, the responsible official may determine that such release could have an adverse effect on the individual and that release will be made only to a health professional authorized in writing to have access to such records by the individual making the request. Upon receipt of the authorization, the health professional will be permitted to review the records or to receive copies of the records by mail, upon proper verification of identity. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(f) (3).)
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Denial of request.</I> When a component makes a determination to deny a request for notification of whether a record exists or deny access to existing responsive records (whether in whole or part or subject to conditions or exceptions), the component must notify the requester of the denial by mail in accordance with paragraph (g)(1) of this section. The letter of notification must specify the city or other location where the requested records are situated (if known), contain a statement of the reasons for not granting the request as made, set forth the name and title or position of the responsible official and advise the requester of the right to file suit in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a (g)(1)(B).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Prohibition against the use of 5 U.S.C. 552(b) exemptions.</I> A component may not invoke exemptions from disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552(b) (subpart A to this part (§ 1.2 (c))), for the purpose of withholding from a requester any record which would otherwise be accessible to the requester under the Privacy Act and this subpart. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(t).)
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Records exempt in whole or in part.</I> (i) If Treasury deems it necessary to assert an exemption in response to a request for notification of the existence of or access to records, it will neither confirm nor deny the existence of the records if the records were exempted from individual access pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) or were compiled in reasonable anticipation of a civil action or proceeding in either a court or before an administrative tribunal. If Treasury asserts such an exemption, it must advise the requester only that it has identified no records available pursuant to the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) Process requests from individuals for access to records which Treasury exempted from access pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k) as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Requests for information classified pursuant to Executive Order 12958, 13526, or successor or prior Executive orders require the responsible Treasury component to review the information to determine whether it continues to warrant classification pursuant to an Executive order. Information which no longer warrants classification under these criteria must be declassified and made available to the individual. If the information continues to warrant classification, the component must notify the requester that the information sought is classified, that it has been reviewed and continues to warrant classification, and that Treasury exempted it from access pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(1) and 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1). Classified information maintained in records Treasury exempted pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) must be reviewed as required by this paragraph (g)(6)(ii)(A), but the response to the individual must be in the form prescribed by paragraph (g)(6)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Components must respond to requests for information maintained in records that Treasury exempted from disclosure pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2) in the manner provided in paragraph (g)(6)(i) of this section unless the requester shows that the component has used or is using the information to deny them any right, privilege, or benefit for which they are eligible or to which they would otherwise be entitled under Federal law. If the requester makes such a showing, the component must advise the requester of the existence of the records, extract any information from the records that would identify a confidential source, or provide a summary extract of the records to the requester in a manner which protects the source to the maximum degree possible.
</P>
<P>(C) Information a component compiled in its records as part of an employee background investigation that Treasury exempted from disclosure pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5) must be made available to a requester unless the record identifies a confidential source(s). Information in the record that identifies confidential source(s) must be extracted or summarized in a manner which protects the source(s) to the maximum degree possible and the summary or extract must be provided to the requester.
</P>
<P>(D) Testing or examination material that Treasury exempted pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(6) must not be made available to a requester if disclosure would compromise the objectivity or fairness of the testing or examination process but may be made available if no such compromise possibility exists. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(5), (j), and (k).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.27" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.27   Procedures for amendment of records pertaining to individuals—Format, agency review, and appeal from initial adverse agency determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Subject to the application of exemptions Treasury promulgated in accordance with § 1.23(c), and subject to paragraph (f) of this section, each component of the Department of the Treasury must, in conformance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(2), permit an individual to request amendment of a record pertaining to such individual. Any request for amendment of records or any appeal that does not fully comply with the requirements of this section and any additional specific requirements imposed by the component in the applicable appendix to this subpart will not be deemed subject to the time constraints of paragraph (e) of this section, unless and until the request is amended to meet all requirements. However, components will advise the requester in what respect the request or appeal is non-compliant so that it may be resubmitted or amended. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form of request to amend records.</I> In order to be subject to the provisions of this section, a request to amend records must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be made in writing and signed by the individual making the request, who must be the individual about whom the record is maintained, or the duly authorized representative of such individual;
</P>
<P>(2) State that it is made under the Privacy Act or the regulations in this subpart, with “Privacy Act Amendment Request” written on both the request and on the envelope;
</P>
<P>(3) Be addressed to the office or officer of the component specified for such purposes in “Privacy Act Issuances” published by the Office of the Federal Register and referenced in the appendices to this subpart for that purpose; and
</P>
<P>(4) Reasonably describe the records which the individual believes require amendment, including, to the best of the requester's knowledge, dates of previous letters the requester sent to the component seeking access to their records and dates of letters in which the component provided notification to the requester concerning access, if any, and the individual's documentation justifying the proposed correction. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Date of receipt of request.</I> For purposes of this subpart, the date of receipt of a request for amendment of records must be the date on which the requester satisfies all the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. The receiving office or officer must stamp or otherwise endorse the date of receipt of the request. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Review of requests to amend records.</I> Officials responsible for review of requests to amend records pertaining to an individual, as specified in the appropriate appendix to this subpart, must:
</P>
<P>(1) Not later than 10 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after the date of receipt of such request, acknowledge in writing such receipt; and
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly, either—
</P>
<P>(i) Make any correction to any portion which the individual believes, and the official agrees is not accurate, relevant, timely, or complete; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Inform the individual of the refusal to amend the record in accordance with the individual's request, the reason for the refusal, and the name and business address of the officer designated in the applicable appendix to this subpart, as the person who is to review such refusal. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Administrative appeal</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Each component must permit individuals to request a review of initial decisions made under paragraph (d) of this section when an individual disagrees with a refusal to amend the record. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d), (f), and (g)(1).)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Form of request for administrative review of refusal to amend record.</I> At any time within 35 days after the date of the notification of the initial decision described in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, the requester may submit an administrative appeal from such refusal to the official specified in the notification of the initial decision and the appropriate appendix to this subpart. The appeal must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be made in writing, stating any arguments in support thereof and be signed by the requester to whom the record pertains, or the duly authorized representative of such individual;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be addressed and mailed or hand delivered within 35 days of the date of the initial decision to the office or officer specified in the appropriate appendix to this subpart and in the notification. (<I>See</I> the appendices to this subpart for the address to which appeals made by mail should be addressed.);
</P>
<P>(iii) Be clearly marked “Privacy Act Amendment Appeal” on the appeal and on the envelope;
</P>
<P>(iv) Reasonably describe the records the individual seeks to amend; and
</P>
<P>(v) Specify the date of the initial request to amend records, and the date of the component's letter providing notification that the request was denied. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).)
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Date of receipt.</I> Promptly stamp or endorse appeals with the date of their receipt by the office to which the appeal is addressed. Such stamped or endorsed date will be deemed to be the date of receipt for all purposes of this subpart. The responsible official in the office to which the appeal was addressed must acknowledge receipt of the appeal within 10 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) from the date of the receipt (unless the determination on appeal is dispatched in 10 days, in which case, no acknowledgement is required). The letter acknowledging receipt of the appeal must advise the requester of the date of receipt established by the foregoing and the number of days the responsible official has to decide the administrative appeal (including days included/not included in determining the deadline). (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) and (f).)
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Review of administrative appeals from denial of requests to amend records.</I> Officials responsible for deciding administrative appeals from denials of requests to amend records pertaining to an individual, as specified in the appendices to this subpart must: Complete the review and notify the requester of the final agency decision within 30 days (exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after the date of receipt of such appeal, unless the time is extended by the head of the agency or the delegate of such official, for good cause shown. If the final agency decision is to refuse to amend the record, in whole or in part, the requester must also be advised of the reasons the appeal was denied and their right—
</P>
<P>(i) To file a concise “Statement of Disagreement” (including the procedures for filing this statement) setting forth the reasons they disagree with the final agency decision; and/or
</P>
<P>(ii) To judicial review of the final agency decision refusing to amend the record(s) (under 5 U.S.C. 552a(g)(1)(A)). (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d), (f), and (g)(1).)
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Notation on record and distribution of statements of disagreement.</I> The system manager is responsible, in any disclosure containing information about which an individual has filed a “Statement of Disagreement”, occurring after the filing of the statement under paragraph (e)(4) of this section, for clearly noting any portion of the record which is disputed and providing copies of the statement and, if deemed appropriate, a concise statement of the component's reasons for not making the amendments requested to persons or other agencies to whom the disputed record has been disclosed. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(4).)
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Records not subject to correction under the Privacy Act.</I> The following records are not subject to correction or amendment by individuals:
</P>
<P>(1) Transcripts or written statements made under oath;
</P>
<P>(2) Transcripts of Grand Jury proceedings, judicial or quasi-judicial proceedings which form the official record of those proceedings;
</P>
<P>(3) Pre-sentence reports comprising the property of the courts but maintained in agency files;
</P>
<P>(4) Records pertaining to the determination, the collection, and the payment of the Federal taxes;
</P>
<P>(5) Records duly exempted from correction by notice published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>; and
</P>
<P>(6) Records compiled in reasonable anticipation of a civil action or proceeding.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.28" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.28   Training, rules of conduct, penalties for non-compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Training.</I> The Deputy Assistant Secretary for Privacy, Transparency, &amp; Records must institute a Departmental training program to instruct Treasury employees and employees of Government contractors covered by 5 U.S.C. 552a(m), who are involved in the design, development, operation, or maintenance of any system of records, on a continuing basis with respect to the duties and responsibilities imposed on them and the rights conferred on individuals by the Privacy Act, the regulations in this subpart, including the appendices thereto, and any other related regulations. Such training must provide suitable emphasis on the civil and criminal penalties imposed on the Department and the individual employees by the Privacy Act for non-compliance with specified requirements of the Act as implemented by the regulations in this subpart. Components may supplement or supplant the departmental annual privacy awareness training to address Privacy Act issues unique to their missions. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(9).)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rules of conduct.</I> In addition to the Standards of Conduct published in part O of this title, particularly 31 CFR 0.735-44, the following applies to Treasury employees (including, to the extent required by the contract or 5 U.S.C. 552a(m), Government contractors and employees of such contractors), who are involved in the design, development, operation, or maintenance of any system of records, or in maintaining any records, for or on behalf of the Department, including any component thereof.
</P>
<P>(1) The head of each office of a component of the Department is responsible for assuring that employees subject to such official's supervision are advised of the provisions of the Privacy Act, including the criminal penalties and civil liabilities provided therein, and the regulations in this subpart, and that such employees are made aware of their individual and collective responsibilities to protect the security of personal information, to assure its accuracy, relevance, timeliness and completeness, to avoid unauthorized disclosure either orally or in writing, and to insure that no system of records is maintained without public notice.
</P>
<P>(2) Treasury must:
</P>
<P>(i) Collect no information about individuals for maintenance in a system of records unless authorized to collect it to achieve a function or carry out a responsibility of the Department;
</P>
<P>(ii) Collect from individuals only that information which is relevant and necessary to perform Department functions or responsibilities, unless related to a system exempted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) or (k);
</P>
<P>(iii) Collect information, to the greatest extent practicable, directly from the individual to whom it relates, unless related to a system exempted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(j);
</P>
<P>(iv) Inform individuals (and third parties, if feasible) from whom information is collected of the authority and purposes for collection, the use that will be made of the information, and the effects, both legal and practical, of not furnishing the information;
</P>
<P>(v) Neither collect, maintain, use nor disseminate information concerning an individual's mere exercise of their First Amendment rights, including: an individual's religious or political beliefs or activities; membership in associations or organizations; freedom of speech and of the press, and freedom of assembly and petition, unless:
</P>
<P>(A) The individual expressly authorizes it (for example, volunteering relevant and necessary information to obtain a benefit or enforce a right);
</P>
<P>(B) A statute expressly/explicitly authorizes the collection, maintenance, use or dissemination of the information (whether or not the statute specifically refers to the First Amendment); or
</P>
<P>(C) The activities involved are pertinent to and within the scope of an authorized investigation, adjudication or correctional activity;
</P>
<P>(vi) Advise their supervisors of the existence or contemplated development of any record system which is capable of retrieving information about individuals by individual identifier (to determine if actual retrieval is or will necessarily occur with some degree of regularity when the system of records becomes operational);
</P>
<P>(vii) Disseminate outside the Department no information from a system of records without the written consent of the individual who is the subject of the records unless disclosure is authorized by one of the 12 exemptions in 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), which includes disclosure pursuant to a routine use published in a system of records notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>;
</P>
<P>(viii) Assure that an accounting is kept in the prescribed form of information about individuals that is maintained in a system of records and disseminated outside the Department, whether made orally or in writing, unless disclosed under 5 U.S.C. 552 and subpart A of this part;
</P>
<P>(ix) Collect, maintain, use, and disseminate information about individuals in a manner that ensures that no inadvertent disclosure of the information is made either within or outside the Department; and
</P>
<P>(x) Assure that the proper Department authorities (e.g., component privacy officer, legal counsel) are aware of any information in a system maintained by the Department which is not/might not be authorized under the provisions of the Privacy Act, including information on how an individual exercises their First Amendment rights, information that is/may be inaccurate, irrelevant, or so incomplete as to risk unfairness to the individual concerned if used to make adverse determinations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Criminal penalties.</I> (1) The Privacy Act imposes criminal penalties on the conduct of Government officers or employees as follows: Any officer or employee of an agency (which term includes Treasury):
</P>
<P>(i) Who by virtue of their employment or official position, has possession of, or access to, agency records which contain individually identifiable information the disclosure of which is prohibited by this section (<I>see</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a) or regulations in this subpart established under the Privacy Act, and who knowing that disclosure of the specific material is so prohibited, willfully discloses the material in any manner to any person or agency not entitled to receive it; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Who willfully maintains a system of records without meeting the notice requirements of paragraph (e)(4) of this section (<I>see</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a)—shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and fined not more than $5,000.
</P>
<P>(2) The Privacy Act also imposes a collateral criminal penalty (misdemeanor and a fine of not more than $5,000) on the conduct of any person who knowingly and willfully requests or obtains records covered by the Privacy Act from an agency under false pretenses.
</P>
<P>(3) For the purposes of 5 U.S.C. 552a(i), the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section are applicable to Government contractors and employees of such contractors who by contract, operate by or on behalf of the Treasury a system of records to accomplish a Departmental function. Such contractor and employees are considered employees of the Treasury for the purposes of 5 U.S.C. 552a(i). (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(i) and (m).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.29" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.29   Records transferred to Federal Records Center or National Archives of the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Records transferred for storage in the Federal Records Center.</I> Records pertaining to an identifiable individual which are transferred to the Federal Records Center in accordance with 44 U.S.C. 3103 must, for the purposes of the Privacy Act, be considered to be maintained by the component which deposited the record and must be subject to the provisions of the Privacy Act and this subpart. The Federal Records Center must not disclose such records except to Treasury or to others under rules consistent with the Privacy Act. These rules may be established by Treasury or a component. If such records are retrieved for the purpose of making a determination about an individual, Treasury or the relevant component must review them for accuracy, relevance, timeliness, and completeness.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Records transferred to the National Archives of the United States</I>—(1) <I>Records transferred to National Archives prior to September 27, 1975.</I> Records pertaining to an identifiable individual transferred to the National Archives prior to September 27, 1975, as a record which has sufficient historical or other value to warrant its continued preservation by the United States Government, are deemed records maintained by the National Archives, and:
</P>
<P>(i) Must not be subject to the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) Except, that a statement describing such records (modeled after 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(A) through (G)) must be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Records transferred to National Archives on or after September 27, 1975.</I> Records pertaining to an identifiable individual transferred to the National Archives as a record which has sufficient historical or other value to warrant its continued preservation by the United States Government, on or after September 27, 1975, must be deemed records maintained by the National Archives, and:
</P>
<P>(i) Must not be subject to the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) Except, that a statement describing such records in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(A) through (G) must be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and rules of conduct and training in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(e)(9) are to be established by the National Archives. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(e).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.30" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.30   Application to system of records maintained by Government contractors.</HEAD>
<P>When a component contracts for the operation of a system of records, to accomplish a Treasury function, the provisions of the Privacy Act and this subpart must be applied to such system. The relevant component is responsible for ensuring that the contractor complies with the contract requirements relating to privacy.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.31" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.31   Sale or rental of mailing lists.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> An individual's name and address must not be sold or rented by a component unless such action is specifically authorized by law.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Withholding of names and addresses.</I> This section must not be construed to require the withholding of names and addresses otherwise permitted to be made public. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(n).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.32" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.32   Collection, use, disclosure, and protection of Social Security numbers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury must only collect full Social Security numbers (SSNs) when relevant and necessary to accomplish a legally authorized purpose related to a Treasury mission. In the absence of another compelling justification for the use of the full SSN (approved by the relevant component Head and the Departmental Senior Agency Official for Privacy), Treasury must only collect and maintain full SSNs:
</P>
<P>(1) As a unique identifier for identity verification purposes related to cyber security, law enforcement, intelligence, and/or security background investigations;
</P>
<P>(2) When required by external entities to perform a function for or on behalf of Treasury;
</P>
<P>(3) When collection is expressly required by statute or regulation;
</P>
<P>(4) For statistical and other research purposes;
</P>
<P>(5) To ensure the delivery of government benefits, privileges, and services; and
</P>
<P>(6) When there are no reasonable, alternative means for meeting business requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) Treasury must not display the Social Security number on the outside of any package sent by mail.
</P>
<P>(c) Treasury must not display the Social Security number on any document sent by mail unless there are no reasonable, alternative means for meeting business requirements and masking or truncating/partially redacting the SSN are not feasible.
</P>
<P>(d) Whenever feasible, Treasury must mask, or truncate/partially redact Social Security numbers visible to authorized Treasury/component information technology users so they only see the portion (if any) of the Social Security number required to perform their official Treasury duties.
</P>
<P>(e) An individual must not be denied any right, benefit, or privilege provided by law by a component because of such individual's refusal to disclose their Social Security number.
</P>
<P>(f) The provisions of paragraph (e) of this section do not apply with respect to:
</P>
<P>(1) Any disclosure which is required by Federal statute; or
</P>
<P>(2) The disclosure of a Social Security number to any Federal, State, or local agency maintaining a system of records in existence and operating before January 1, 1975, if such disclosure was required under statute or regulation adopted prior to such date to verify the identity of an individual.
</P>
<P>(g) When Treasury requests that an individual discloses their Social Security number, it must inform the individual:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether that disclosure is mandatory or voluntary;
</P>
<P>(2) By what statutory or other authority such number is solicited; and
</P>
<P>(3) What uses are made of the number.
</P>
<P>(h) Treasury must provide the information in this section in the notice discussed in § 1.28(b)(2)(iv). (<I>See</I> section 7 of the Privacy Act of 1974 set forth at 5 U.S.C. 552a, note.)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.34" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.34   Guardianship.</HEAD>
<P>The parent or guardian of a minor or a person judicially determined to be incompetent must, in addition to establishing the identity of the minor or other person represented, establish parentage or guardianship by furnishing a copy of a birth certificate showing parentage or a court order establishing the guardianship and may thereafter, act on behalf of such individual. (<I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 552a(h).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.35" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.35   Information forms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Review of forms.</I> Except for forms developed and used by components, the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Privacy, Transparency, &amp; Records must review all forms Treasury develops and uses to collect information from and about individuals. Component heads are responsible for reviewing forms used by their component to collect information from and about individuals.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope of review.</I> The responsible officers must review each form for the purpose of eliminating any requirement for information that is not relevant and necessary to carry out an agency function and to accomplish the following objectives:
</P>
<P>(1) To ensure that Treasury does not collect information concerning religion, political beliefs or activities, association memberships, or the exercise of other First Amendment rights except as authorized in § 1.28(b)(2)(v);
</P>
<P>(2) To ensure that the form on which information is collected (or a separate form that can be retained by the individual) makes clear what information the individual is required to disclose by law (and the statutory of other authority for that requirement), and what information requested is voluntary;
</P>
<P>(3) To ensure that the form on which information is collected (or a separate form that can be retained by the individual) states clearly the principal purpose or purposes for which Treasury is collecting the information, and summarizes concisely the routine uses that will be made of the information;
</P>
<P>(4) To ensure that the form on which information is collected (or a separate form that can be retained by the individual) clearly indicates to the individual the effect that not providing all, or part of the requested information will have on their rights, benefits, or privileges of; and
</P>
<P>(5) To ensure that any form on which Treasury requests a Social Security number (SSN) (or a separate form that can be retained by the individual) clearly advises the individual of the statute or regulation requiring disclosure of the SSN or clearly advises the individual that disclosure is voluntary and that they will not be denied any right, benefit, or privilege if they refuse to voluntarily disclose it, and the uses that will be made of the SSN whether disclosed mandatorily or voluntarily.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Revision of forms.</I> The responsible officers must revise any form which does not meet the objectives specified in the Privacy Act as discussed in this section. A separate statement may be used in instances when a form does not conform. This statement will accompany a form and must include all the information necessary to accomplish the objectives specified in the Privacy Act and this section.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§  1.36" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§  1.36   Systems exempt in whole or in part from provisions of the Privacy Act and this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k) and § 1.23(c), Treasury hereby exempts the systems of records identified in paragraphs (c) through (o) of this section from the following provisions of the Privacy Act for the reasons indicated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authority.</I> The rules in this section are promulgated pursuant to the authority vested in the Secretary of the Treasury by 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k) and pursuant to the authority of §  1.23(c).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2).</I> (1) Under 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2), the head of any agency may promulgate rules to exempt any system of records within the agency from certain provisions of the Privacy Act if the agency or component thereof that maintains the system performs as its principal function any activities pertaining to the enforcement of criminal laws. Certain Treasury components have as their principal function activities pertaining to the enforcement of criminal laws. This paragraph (c) applies to the following systems of records maintained by Treasury:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Treasury-wide.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)(1)(i)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treasury .004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Request Records.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) <I>Departmental Offices.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)(1)(ii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .190</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Office of Inspector General Investigations Management Information System (formerly: Investigation Data Management System).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIGTARP Hotline Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .221</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIGTARP Correspondence Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .222</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIGTARP Investigative MIS Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .223</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIGTARP Investigative Files Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .224</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIGTARP Audit Files Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .303</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA General Correspondence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Employee Relations Matters, Appeals, Grievances, and Com plaint Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .308</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Data Extracts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .309</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Chief Counsel Case Files. (also exempt from 552a subsection (d)(5).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .310</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Chief Counsel Disclosure Section Records. (also exempt from 552a subsection (d)(5)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .311</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Office of Investigations Files.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) <I>Special Investigator for Pandemic Recovery (SIGPR).</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)(1)(iii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SIGPR .420</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Audit and Evaluations Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SIGPR .421</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Case Management System and Investigative Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SIGPR .423</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal Records.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iv) <I>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC).</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)(1)(iv)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reports of Suspicious Activities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bank Fraud Information System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notices of Proposed Changes in Employees, Officers and Directors Tracking System (not exempt from 552a(c)(4)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Counsel's Management Information System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .510</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Litigation Information System.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(v) <I>Internal Revenue Service.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5 to Paragraph (c)(1)(v)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 46.002</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Criminal Investigation Management Information System and Case Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 46.003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Confidential Informants, Criminal Investigation Division.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 46.005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electronic Surveillance and Monitoring Records, Criminal Investigation Division.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 46.015</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Relocated Witnesses, Criminal Investigation Division.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 46.050</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Automated Information Analysis System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 90.001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Counsel Management Information System Records (not exempt from (c)(4), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (g)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 90.003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Counsel Litigation and Advice (Criminal) Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 90.004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Counsel Legal Processing Division Records (not exempt from (c)(4), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (g)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 90.005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Counsel Library Records (not exempt from (c)(4), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (g)).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(vi) <I>Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)(1)(vi)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FinCEN .001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FinCEN Investigations and Examinations System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FinCEN .002</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Suspicious Activity Reporting System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FinCEN .003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bank Secrecy Act Reports System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FinCEN .004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Beneficial Ownership Information System (not exempt from 552a(e)(3) and (e)(4)(I)).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Department hereby exempts the systems of records listed in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (vi) of this section from the following provisions of the Privacy Act, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2): 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) and (4), 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1), (2), (3), (4), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1), (2) and (3), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(5) and (8), 5 U.S.C. 552a(f), and 5 U.S.C. 552a(g).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reasons for exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2).</I> (1) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(G) and (f)(l) enable individuals to inquire whether a system of records contains records pertaining to them. Application of these provisions to the systems of records would give individuals an opportunity to learn whether they have been identified as suspects or subjects of investigation. As further described in the paragraphs (d)(2) through (12) of this section, access to such knowledge would impair the Department's ability to carry out its mission, since individuals could:
</P>
<P>(i) Take steps to avoid detection;
</P>
<P>(ii) Inform associates that an investigation is in progress;
</P>
<P>(iii) Learn the nature of the investigation;
</P>
<P>(iv) Learn whether they are only suspects or identified as law violators;
</P>
<P>(v) Begin, continue, or resume illegal conduct upon learning that they are not identified in the system of records; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Destroy evidence needed to prove the violation.
</P>
<P>(2) 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1), (e)(4)(H) and (f)(2), (3) and (5) grant individuals access to records pertaining to them. The application of these provisions to the systems of records would compromise the Department's ability to provide useful tactical and strategic information to law enforcement agencies.
</P>
<P>(i) Permitting access to records contained in the systems of records would provide individuals with information concerning the nature of any current investigations and would enable them to avoid detection or apprehension by:
</P>
<P>(A) Discovering the facts that would form the basis for their arrest;
</P>
<P>(B) Enabling them to destroy or alter evidence of criminal conduct that would form the basis for their arrest; and
</P>
<P>(C) Using knowledge that criminal investigators had reason to believe that a crime was about to be committed, to delay the commission of the crime or commit it at a location that might not be under surveillance.
</P>
<P>(ii) Permitting access to either on-going or closed investigative files would also reveal investigative techniques and procedures, the knowledge of which could enable individuals planning crimes to structure their operations to avoid detection or apprehension.
</P>
<P>(iii) Permitting access to investigative files and records could, moreover, disclose the identity of confidential sources and informants and the nature of the information supplied and thereby endanger the physical safety of those sources by exposing them to possible reprisals for having provided the information. Confidential sources and informants might refuse to provide criminal investigators with valuable information unless they believe that their identities will not be revealed through disclosure of their names or the nature of the information they supplied. Loss of access to such sources would seriously impair the Department's ability to carry out its mandate.
</P>
<P>(iv) Furthermore, providing access to records contained in the systems of records could reveal the identities of undercover law enforcement officers who compiled information regarding the individual's criminal activities and thereby endanger the physical safety of those undercover officers or their families by exposing them to possible reprisals.
</P>
<P>(v) By compromising the law enforcement value of the systems of records for the reasons outlined in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section, permitting access in keeping with these provisions would discourage other law enforcement and regulatory agencies, foreign and domestic, from freely sharing information with the Department and thus would restrict the Department's access to information necessary to accomplish its mission most effectively.
</P>
<P>(vi) Finally, the dissemination of certain information that the Department maintains in the systems of records is restricted by law.
</P>
<P>(3) 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(2), (3) and (4), (e)(4)(H), and (f)(4) permit an individual to request amendment of a record pertaining to him or her and require the agency either to amend the record, or to note the disputed portion of the record and to provide a copy of the individual's statement of disagreement with the agency's refusal to amend a record to persons or other agencies to whom the record is thereafter disclosed. Since these provisions depend on the individual having access to his or her records, and since these rules exempt the systems of records from the provisions of the Privacy Act relating to access to records, for the reasons set out in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, these provisions should not apply to the systems of records.
</P>
<P>(4) 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) requires an agency to make accountings of disclosures of a record available to the individual named in the record upon his or her request. The accountings must state the date, nature, and purpose of each disclosure of the record and the name and address of the recipient.
</P>
<P>(i) The application of this provision would impair the ability of law enforcement agencies outside the Department of the Treasury to make effective use of information provided by the Department. Making accountings of disclosures available to the subjects of an investigation would alert them to the fact that another agency is conducting an investigation into their criminal activities and could reveal the geographic location of the other agency's investigation, the nature and purpose of that investigation, and the dates on which that investigation was active. Individuals possessing such knowledge would be able to take measures to avoid detection or apprehension by altering their operations, by transferring their criminal activities to other geographical areas, or by destroying or concealing evidence that would form the basis for arrest. In the case of a delinquent account, such release might enable the subject of the investigation to dissipate assets before levy.
</P>
<P>(ii) Moreover, providing accountings to the subjects of investigations would alert them to the fact that the Department has information regarding their criminal activities and could inform them of the general nature of that information. Access to such information could reveal the operation of the Department's information-gathering and analysis systems and permit individuals to take steps to avoid detection or apprehension.
</P>
<P>(5) 5 U.S.C. 552(c)(4) requires an agency to inform any person or other agency about any correction or notation of dispute that the agency made in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) to any record that the agency disclosed to the person or agency if an accounting of the disclosure was made. Since this provision depends on an individual's having access to and an opportunity to request amendment of records pertaining to him or her, and since these rules exempt the systems of records from the provisions of the Privacy Act relating to access to and amendment of records, for the reasons set out in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, this provision should not apply to the systems of records.
</P>
<P>(6) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(I) requires an agency to publish a general notice listing the categories of sources for information contained in a system of records. The application of this provision to the systems of records could compromise the Department's ability to provide useful information to law enforcement agencies, since revealing sources for the information could:
</P>
<P>(i) Disclose investigative techniques and procedures;
</P>
<P>(ii) Result in threats or reprisals against informants by the subjects of investigations; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Cause informants to refuse to give full information to criminal investigators for fear of having their identities as sources disclosed.
</P>
<P>(7) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1) requires an agency to maintain in its records only such information about an individual as is relevant and necessary to accomplish a purpose of the agency required to be accomplished by statute or Executive order. The term <I>maintain,</I> as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552a(a)(3), includes <I>collect</I> and <I>disseminate.</I> The application of this provision to the systems of records could impair the Department's ability to collect and disseminate valuable law enforcement information.
</P>
<P>(i) In many cases, especially in the early stages of investigation, it may be impossible to immediately determine whether information collected is relevant and necessary, and information that initially appears irrelevant and unnecessary often may, upon further evaluation or upon collation with information developed subsequently, prove particularly relevant to a law enforcement program.
</P>
<P>(ii) Not all violations of law discovered by the Department fall within the investigative jurisdiction of the Department of the Treasury. To promote effective law enforcement, the Department will have to disclose such violations to other law enforcement agencies, including State, local, and foreign agencies, that have jurisdiction over the offenses to which the information relates. Otherwise, the Department might be placed in the position of having to ignore information relating to violations of law not within the jurisdiction of the Department of the Treasury when that information comes to the Department's attention during the collation and analysis of information in its records.
</P>
<P>(8) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(2) requires an agency to collect information to the greatest extent practicable directly from the subject individual when the information may result in adverse determinations about an individual's rights, benefits, and privileges under Federal programs. The application of this provision to the systems of records would impair the Department's ability to collate, analyze, and disseminate investigative, intelligence, and enforcement information.
</P>
<P>(i) Most information collected about an individual under criminal investigation is obtained from third parties, such as witnesses and informants. It is usually not feasible to rely upon the subject of the investigation as a source for information regarding his criminal activities.
</P>
<P>(ii) An attempt to obtain information from the subject of a criminal investigation will often alert that individual to the existence of an investigation, thereby affording the individual an opportunity to attempt to conceal his criminal activities so as to avoid apprehension.
</P>
<P>(iii) In certain instances, the subject of a criminal investigation may assert his/her constitutional right to remain silent and refuse to supply information to criminal investigators upon request.
</P>
<P>(iv) During criminal investigations it is often a matter of sound investigative procedure to obtain information from a variety of sources to verify information already obtained from the subject of a criminal investigation or other sources.
</P>
<P>(9) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(3) requires an agency to inform each individual whom it asks to supply information, on the form that it uses to collect the information or on a separate form that the individual can retain, of the agency's authority for soliciting the information; whether disclosure of information is voluntary or mandatory; the principal purposes for which the agency will use the information; the routine uses that may be made of the information; and the effects on the individual of not providing all or part of the information. The systems of records should be exempted from this provision to avoid impairing the Department's ability to collect and collate investigative, intelligence, and enforcement data.
</P>
<P>(i) Confidential sources or undercover law enforcement officers often obtain information under circumstances in which it is necessary to keep the true purpose of their actions secret so as not to let the subject of the investigation or his or her associates know that a criminal investigation is in progress.
</P>
<P>(ii) If it became known that the undercover officer was assisting in a criminal investigation, that officer's physical safety could be endangered through reprisal, and that officer may not be able to continue working on the investigation.
</P>
<P>(iii) Individuals often feel inhibited in talking to a person representing a criminal law enforcement agency but are willing to talk to a confidential source or undercover officer whom they believe are not involved in law enforcement activities.
</P>
<P>(iv) Providing a confidential source of information with written evidence that he or she was a source, as required by this provision, could increase the likelihood that the source of information would be subject to retaliation by the subject of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(v) Individuals may be contacted during preliminary information gathering, surveys, or compliance projects concerning the administration of the internal revenue laws before any individual is identified as the subject of an investigation. Informing the individual of the matters required by this provision would impede or compromise subsequent investigations.
</P>
<P>(10) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(5) requires an agency to maintain all records it uses in making any determination about any individual with such accuracy, relevance, timeliness, and completeness as is reasonably necessary to assure fairness to the individual in the determination.
</P>
<P>(i) Since 5 U.S.C. 552a(a)(3) defines <I>maintain</I> to include <I>collect</I> and <I>disseminate,</I> application of this provision to the systems of records would hinder the initial collection of any information that could not, at the moment of collection, be determined to be accurate, relevant, timely, and complete. Similarly, application of this provision would seriously restrict the Department's ability to disseminate information pertaining to a possible violation of law-to-law enforcement and regulatory agencies. In collecting information during a criminal investigation, it is often impossible or unfeasible to determine accuracy, relevance, timeliness, or completeness prior to collection of the information. In disseminating information to law enforcement and regulatory agencies, it is often impossible to determine accuracy, relevance, timeliness, or completeness prior to dissemination because the Department may not have the expertise with which to make such determinations.
</P>
<P>(ii) Information that may initially appear inaccurate, irrelevant, untimely, or incomplete may, when collated and analyzed with other available information, become more pertinent as an investigation progresses. In addition, application of this provision could seriously impede criminal investigators and intelligence analysts in the exercise of their judgment in reporting results obtained during criminal investigations.
</P>
<P>(11) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(8) requires an agency to make reasonable efforts to serve notice on an individual when the agency makes any record on the individual available to any person under compulsory legal process, when such process becomes a matter of public record. The systems of records should be exempted from this provision to avoid revealing investigative techniques and procedures outlined in those records and to prevent revelation of the existence of an ongoing investigation where there is need to keep the existence of the investigation secret.
</P>
<P>(12) 5 U.S.C. 552a(g) provides for civil remedies to an individual when an agency wrongfully refuses to amend a record or to review a request for amendment, when an agency wrongfully refuses to grant access to a record, when an agency fails to maintain accurate, relevant, timely, and complete records which are used to make a determination adverse to the individual, and when an agency fails to comply with any other provision of the Privacy Act so as to adversely affect the individual. The systems of records should be exempted from this provision to the extent that the civil remedies may relate to provisions of the Privacy Act from which these rules exempt the systems of records, since there should be no civil remedies for failure to comply with provisions from which the Department is exempted. Exemption from this provision will also protect the Department from baseless civil court actions that might hamper its ability to collate, analyze, and disseminate investigative, intelligence, and law enforcement data.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Specific exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1).</I> (1) Under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1), the head of any agency may promulgate rules to exempt any system of records within the agency from certain provisions of the Privacy Act to the extent that the system contains information subject to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(1). This paragraph (e) applies to the following systems of records maintained by the Department of the Treasury:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Treasury-wide.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 7 to Paragraph <E T="01">(e)(1)(i)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treasury .004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Request Records.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) <I>Departmental Offices.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 8 to Paragraph <E T="01">(e)(1)(ii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Records Related to Office of Foreign Assets Control Economic Sanctions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS) Case Management System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Intelligence Enterprise Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .413</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Outbound Investment Security Program Notification System.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) <I>Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 9 to Paragraph <E T="01">(e)(1)(iii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FinCEN .001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FinCEN Investigations and Examinations System.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Department of the Treasury hereby exempts the systems of records listed in paragraph (e)(1) of this section from the following provisions of the Privacy Act, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1): 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1), (2), (3), and (4), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and 5 U.S.C. 552a(f).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reasons for exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1).</I> The reason for invoking the exemption is to protect material authorized to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy pursuant to Executive Orders 12958, 13526, or successor or prior Executive orders.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Specific exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2).</I> (1) Under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2), the head of any agency may promulgate rules to exempt any system of records within the agency from certain provisions of the Privacy Act if the system is investigatory material compiled for law enforcement purposes and for the purposes of assuring the safety of individuals protected by the Department pursuant to the provisions of 18 U.S.C. 3056. This paragraph (g) applies to the following systems of records maintained by the Department of the Treasury:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Treasury-wide.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 10 to Paragraph <E T="01">(g)(1)(i)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treasury .004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Request Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treasury .013</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Department of the Treasury, Civil Rights Complaints, Compliance Reviews, and Fairness in Federal Programs Files.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) <I>Departmental Offices.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 11 to Paragraph <E T="01">(g)(1)(ii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Records Related to Office of Foreign Assets Control Economic Sanctions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .144</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">General Counsel Litigation Referral and Reporting System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .190</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Office of Inspector General Investigations Management Information System (formerly: Investigation Data Management System).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIGTARP Hotline Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .221</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIGTARP Correspondence Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .222</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIGTARP Investigative MIS Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .223</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIGTARP Investigative Files Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .224</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIGTARP Audit Files Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .225</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TARP Fraud Investigation Information System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS) Case Management System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .303</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA General Correspondence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Employee Relations Matters, Appeals, Grievances, and Complaint Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .308</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Data Extracts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .309</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Chief Counsel Case Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .310</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Chief Counsel Disclosure Section Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .311</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Office of Investigations Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .413</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Outbound Investment Security Program Notification System.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) <I>Special Investigator for Pandemic Recovery (SIGPR).</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 12 to Paragraph <E T="01">(g)(1)(iii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SIGPR .420</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Audit and Evaluations Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SIGPR .421</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Case Management System and Investigative Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SIGPR .423</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal Records.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iv) <I>The Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB).</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 13 to Paragraph <E T="01">(g)(1)(iv)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TTB .001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regulatory Enforcement Record System.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(v) <I>Comptroller of the Currency.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 14 to Paragraph <E T="01">(g)(1)(v)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Enforcement Action Report System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reports of Suspicious Activities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bank Fraud Information System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notices of Proposed Changes in Employees, Officers and Directors Tracking System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Counsel's Management Information System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .510</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Litigation Information System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consumer Complaint and Inquiry Information Systems.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CC .800</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Office of Inspector General Investigations System.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(vi) <I>Bureau of Engraving and Printing.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 15 to Paragraph <E T="01">(g)(1)(vi)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BEP .021</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Investigative files.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(vii) <I>Internal Revenue Service.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 16 to Paragraph <E T="01">(g)(1)(vii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 00.002</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Correspondence File-Inquiries about Enforcement Activities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 00.007</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employee Complaint and Allegation Referral Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 00.334</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third Party Contact Reprisal Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 22.061


<br/>IRS 24.047</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wage and Information Returns Processing (IRP).


<br/>Audit Underreporter Case Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 26.001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acquired Property Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 26.006</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Form 2209, Courtesy Investigations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 26.012</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Offer in Compromise (OIC) Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 26.013</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One-hundred Per Cent Penalty Cases.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 26.019</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TDA (Taxpayer Delinquent Accounts).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 26.020</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TDI (Taxpayer Delinquency Investigations) Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 26.021</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Transferee Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 34.018</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Treasury/IRS Insider Risk Management Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 34.037</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IRS Audit Trail and Security Records System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 37.007</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Practitioner Disciplinary Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 37.009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Enrolled Agent and Enrolled Retirement Plan Agent Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 37.111


<br/>IRS 42.001

<br/>IRS 42.002

<br/>IRS 42.005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Preparer Tax Identification Number Records.


<br/>Examination Administrative File.

<br/>Excise

Compliance Programs.

<br/>Whistleblower Office Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 42.008</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Audit Information Management System (AIMS).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 42.017</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">International Enforcement Program Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 42.021</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compliance Programs and Projects Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 42.031


<br/>IRS 44.001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anti-Money laundering/Bank Secrecy Act and form 8300.


<br/>Appeals Case Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 46.050</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Automated Information Analysis System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 48.001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Disclosure Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 49.001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Collateral and Information Requests System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 49.002</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Component Authority and Index Card Microfilm Retrieval System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 50.222


<br/>IRS 60.000

<br/>IRS 90.001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tax Exempt/Government Entities (TE/GE) Case Management Records.


<br/>Employee Protection System

Records.

<br/>Chief Counsel Management Information System Records (k2 and J2 only).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 90.002</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Counsel Disclosure Litigation Division Case Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 90.004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Counsel General Legal Services Case Files.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 90.005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Counsel General Litigation Case Files.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(viii) <I>Bureau of the Fiscal Service.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 17 to Paragraph <E T="01">(g)(1)(viii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FS .020</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U.S. Treasury Securities Fraud Information System.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ix) <I>Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 18 to Paragraph <E T="01">(g)(1)(ix)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FinCEN .001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FinCEN Database.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FinCEN .002</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Suspicious Activity Reporting System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FinCEN .003


<br/>FinCEN .004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bank Secrecy Act Reports System.


<br/>Beneficial Ownership Information System (not exempt from 552a(e)(3) and (e)(4)(I)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FinCEN .004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Beneficial Ownership Information System (not exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(3) and 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(I)).
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Department hereby exempts the systems of records listed in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (ix) of this section from the following provisions of the Privacy Act, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2): 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1), (2), (3), (4), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and 5 U.S.C. 552a(f).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Reasons for exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2).</I> (1) 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) requires an agency to make accountings of disclosures of a record available to the individual named in the record upon his or her request. The accountings must state the date, nature, and purpose of each disclosure of the record and the name and address of the recipient.
</P>
<P>(i) The application of this provision would impair the ability of the Department of the Treasury and of law enforcement agencies outside the Department to make effective use of information maintained by the Department. Making accountings of disclosures available to the subjects of an investigation would alert them to the fact that an agency is conducting an investigation into their illegal activities and could reveal the geographic location of the investigation, the nature and purpose of that investigation, and the dates on which that investigation was active. Individuals possessing such knowledge would be able to take measures to avoid detection or apprehension by altering their operations, by transferring their illegal activities to other geographical areas, or by destroying or concealing evidence that would form the basis for detection or apprehension. In the case of a delinquent account, such release might enable the subject of the investigation to dissipate assets before levy.
</P>
<P>(ii) Providing accountings to the subjects of investigations would alert them to the fact that the Department has information regarding their illegal activities and could inform them of the general nature of that information.
</P>
<P>(2) 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1), (e)(4)(H) and (f)(2), (3), and (5) grant individuals access to records pertaining to them. The application of these provisions to the systems of records would compromise the Department's ability to utilize and provide useful tactical and strategic information to law enforcement agencies.
</P>
<P>(i) Permitting access to records contained in the systems of records would provide individuals with information concerning the nature of any current investigations and would enable them to avoid detection or apprehension by:
</P>
<P>(A) Discovering the facts that would form the basis for their detection or apprehension;
</P>
<P>(B) Enabling them to destroy or alter evidence of illegal conduct that would form the basis for their detection or apprehension; and
</P>
<P>(C) Using knowledge that investigators had reason to believe that a violation of law was about to be committed, to delay the commission of the violation or commit it at a location that might not be under surveillance.
</P>
<P>(ii) Permitting access to either on-going or closed investigative files would also reveal investigative techniques and procedures, the knowledge of which could enable individuals planning non-criminal acts to structure their operations so as to avoid detection or apprehension.
</P>
<P>(iii) Permitting access to investigative files and records could, moreover, disclose the identity of confidential sources and informants and the nature of the information supplied and thereby endanger the physical safety of those sources by exposing them to possible reprisals for having provided the information. Confidential sources and informants might refuse to provide investigators with valuable information unless they believed that their identities would not be revealed through disclosure of their names or the nature of the information they supplied. Loss of access to such sources would seriously impair the Department's ability to carry out its mandate.
</P>
<P>(iv) Furthermore, providing access to records contained in the systems of records could reveal the identities of undercover law enforcement officers or other persons who compiled information regarding the individual's illegal activities and thereby endanger the physical safety of those undercover officers, persons, or their families by exposing them to possible reprisals.
</P>
<P>(v) By compromising the law enforcement value of the systems of records for the reasons outlined in paragraphs (h)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section, permitting access in keeping with these provisions would discourage other law enforcement and regulatory agencies, foreign and domestic, from freely sharing information with the Department and thus would restrict the Department's access to information necessary to accomplish its mission most effectively.
</P>
<P>(vi) Finally, the dissemination of certain information that the Department may maintain in the systems of records is restricted by law.
</P>
<P>(3) 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(2), (3), and (4), (e)(4)(H), and (f)(4) permit an individual to request amendment of a record pertaining to him or her and require the agency either to amend the record, or to note the disputed portion of the record and to provide a copy of the individual's statement of disagreement with the agency's refusal to amend a record to persons or other agencies to whom the record is thereafter disclosed. Since these provisions depend on the individual having access to his or her records, and since these rules exempt the systems of records from the provisions of the Privacy Act relating to access to records, these provisions should not apply to the systems of records for the reasons set out in paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1) requires an agency to maintain in its records only such information about an individual as is relevant and necessary to accomplish a purpose of the agency required by statute or Executive order. The term <I>maintain,</I> as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552a(a)(3), includes <I>collect</I> and <I>disseminate.</I> The application of this provision to the system of records could impair the Department's ability to collect, utilize and disseminate valuable law enforcement information.
</P>
<P>(i) In many cases, especially in the early stages of investigation, it may be impossible immediately to determine whether information collected is relevant and necessary, and information that initially appears irrelevant and unnecessary often may, upon further evaluation or upon collation with information developed subsequently, prove particularly relevant to a law enforcement program.
</P>
<P>(ii) Not all violations of law discovered by the Department analysts fall within the investigative jurisdiction of the Department of the Treasury. To promote effective law enforcement, the Department will have to disclose such violations to other law enforcement agencies, including State, local, and foreign agencies that have jurisdiction over the offenses to which the information relates. Otherwise, the Department might be placed in the position of having to ignore information relating to violations of law not within the jurisdiction of the Department of the Treasury when that information comes to the Department's attention during the collation and analysis of information in its records.
</P>
<P>(5) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(G) and (f)(1) enable individuals to inquire whether a system of records contains records pertaining to them. Application of these provisions to the systems of records would allow individuals to learn whether they have been identified as suspects or subjects of investigation. As further described in paragraphs (h)(5)(i) through (vi) of this section, access to such knowledge would impair the Department's ability to carry out its mission, since individuals could:
</P>
<P>(i) Take steps to avoid detection;
</P>
<P>(ii) Inform associates that an investigation is in progress;
</P>
<P>(iii) Learn the nature of the investigation;
</P>
<P>(iv) Learn whether they are only suspects or identified as law violators;
</P>
<P>(v) Begin, continue, or resume illegal conduct upon learning that they are not identified in the system of records; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Destroy evidence needed to prove the violation.
</P>
<P>(6) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(I) requires an agency to publish a general notice listing the categories of sources for information contained in a system of records. The application of this provision to the systems of records could compromise the Department's ability to complete or continue investigations or to provide useful information to law enforcement agencies, since revealing sources for the information could:
</P>
<P>(i) Disclose investigative techniques and procedures;
</P>
<P>(ii) Result in threats or reprisals against informants by the subjects of investigations; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Cause informants to refuse to give full information to investigators for fear of having their identities as sources disclosed.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Specific exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(4).</I> (1) Under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(4), the head of any agency may promulgate rules to exempt any system of records within the agency from certain provisions of the Privacy Act if the system is required by statute to be maintained and used solely as statistical records. This paragraph (i) applies to the following system of records maintained by the Department, for which exemption is claimed under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(4).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Treasury-wide.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 19 to Paragraph <E T="01">(i)(1)(i)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treasury .004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Request Records.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) <I>Internal Revenue Service.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 20 to Paragraph <E T="01">(i)(1)(ii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 70.001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Individual Income Tax Returns, Statistics of Income.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Department hereby exempts the system of records listed in paragraph (i)(1) of this section from the following provisions of the Privacy Act, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(4): 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1), (2), (3), and (4), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and 5 U.S.C. 552a(f).
</P>
<P>(3) The system of records is maintained under 26 U.S.C. 6108, which requires that the Secretary or his delegate prepare and publish annually statistics reasonably available with respect to the operation of the income tax laws, including classifications of taxpayers and of income, the amounts allowed as deductions, exemptions, and credits, and any other facts deemed pertinent and valuable.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Reasons for exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(4).</I> The reason for exempting the system of records is that disclosure of statistical records (including release of accounting for disclosures) would in most instances be of no benefit to a particular individual since the records do not have a direct effect on a given individual.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Specific exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5).</I> (1) Under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5), the head of any agency may promulgate rules to exempt any system of records within the agency from certain provisions of the Privacy Act if the system is investigatory material compiled solely for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility, and qualifications for Federal civilian employment or access to classified information, but only to the extent that the disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to September 27, 1975, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence. Thus, to the extent that the records in this system can be disclosed without revealing the identity of a confidential source, they are not within the scope of this exemption and are subject to all the requirements of the Privacy Act. This paragraph (j) applies to the following systems of records maintained by the Department or one of its bureaus:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Treasury-wide.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 21 to Paragraph <E T="01">(k)(1)(i)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treasury .004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Request Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treasury .007</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Personnel Security System.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) <I>Departmental Offices.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 22 to Paragraph <E T="01">(k)(1)(ii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Personnel Security System.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Recruiting and Placement Records.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) <I>Internal Revenue Service.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 23 to Paragraph <E T="01">(k)(1)(iii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 34.018</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Treasury/IRS Insider Risk Management Records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 34.021</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Personnel Security Investigations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 34.022</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Automated Background Investigations System (ABIS).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IRS 90.006</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Counsel Human Resources and Administrative Records.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Department hereby exempts the systems of records listed in paragraphs (k)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section from the following provisions of the Privacy Act, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5): 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1), (2), (3), and (4), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and 5 U.S.C. 552a(f).
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Reasons for exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5).</I> (1) The sections of 5 U.S.C. 552a from which the systems of records are exempt include in general those providing for individuals' access to or amendment of records. When such access or amendment would cause the identity of a confidential source to be revealed, it would impair the future ability of the Department to compile investigatory material for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility, or qualifications for Federal civilian employment, Federal contracts, or access to classified information. In addition, the systems shall be exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1) which requires that an agency maintain in its records only such information about an individual as is relevant and necessary to accomplish a purpose of the agency required to be accomplished by statute or executive order. The Department believes that to fulfill the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1) would unduly restrict the agency in its information gathering inasmuch as it is often not until well after the investigation that it is possible to determine the relevance and necessity of particular information.
</P>
<P>(2) If any investigatory material contained in the above-named systems becomes involved in criminal or civil matters, exemptions of such material under 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2) or (k)(2) is hereby claimed.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Exemption under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(6).</I> (1) Under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(6), the head of any agency may promulgate rules to exempt any system of records that is testing, or examination material used solely to determine individual qualifications for appointment or promotion in the Federal service the disclosure of which would compromise the objectivity or fairness of the testing or examination process. This paragraph (m) applies to the following system of records maintained by the Department, for which exemption is claimed under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(6).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Treasury-wide.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 24 to Paragraph <E T="01">(m)(1)(i)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treasury .004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freedom of Information Act/privacy Act Request Records.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) <I>Departmental Offices.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 25 to Paragraph <E T="01">(m)(1)(ii)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DO .306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIGTA Recruiting and Placement Records.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) The Department hereby exempts the system of records listed in paragraph (m)(1) of this section from the following provisions of the Privacy Act, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(6): 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1), (2), (3), and (4), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1), 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and 5 U.S.C. 552a(f).
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Reasons for exemptions under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(6).</I> The reason for exempting the system of records is that disclosure of the material in the system would compromise the objectivity or fairness of the examination process.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Exempt information included in another system.</I> Any information from a system of records for which an exemption is claimed under 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) or (k) which is also included in another system of records retains the same exempt status such information has in the system for which such exemption is claimed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 88815, Dec. 26, 2023, as amended at 89 FR 101889, Dec. 17, 2024; 90 FR 20396, May 14, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.17.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 1—Departmental Offices
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Departmental Offices as defined in this subpart, § 1.20. It sets forth specific notification and access procedures with respect to particular systems of records, identifies the officers designated to make the initial determinations with respect to notification and access to records, the officers designated to make the initial and appellate determinations with respect to requests for amendment of records, the officers designated to grant extensions of time on appeal, the officers with whom “Statement of Disagreement” may be filed, the officer designated to receive service of process and the addresses for delivery of requests, appeals, and service of process. In addition, it references the notice of systems of records and notices of the routine uses of the information in the system required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4) and (11) and published annually by the Office of the Federal Register in “Privacy Act Issuances.”
</P>
<P>2. <I>Requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures.</I> Initial determinations under § 1.26, whether to grant requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures for the Departmental Offices, will be made by the head of the organizational unit having immediate custody of the records requested, or the delegate of such official. This information is contained in the appropriate system notice in the “Privacy Act Issuances”, published annually by the Office of the Federal Register. Requests for information and specific guidance on where to send requests for records should be addressed to:
</P>
<P>Privacy Act Request, DO, Director, FOIA and Transparency, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220. Requests may also be submitted: on the Treasury/FOIA portal, which can be found at: <I>https://home.treasury.gov/footer/freedom-of-information-act/submit-a-request;</I> or by email at <I>FOIA@treasury.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for amendments of records.</I> Initial determinations under § 1.27(a) through (d) with respect to requests to amend records for records maintained by the Departmental Offices will be made by the head of the organization or unit having immediate custody of the records or the delegate of such official. Requests for amendment of records should be addressed as indicated in the appropriate system notice in “Privacy Act Issuances” published by the Office of the Federal Register. Requests for information and specific guidance on where to send these requests should be addressed to: Privacy Act Amendment Request, DO, Director, FOIA and Transparency, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determination refusing to amend record.</I> Appellate determinations under § 1.27(e) with respect to records of the Departmental Offices, including extensions of time on appeal, will be made by the Secretary, Deputy Secretary, Under Secretary, General Counsel, Special Inspector General for Troubled Assets Relief Program, or Assistant Secretary having jurisdiction over the organizational unit which has immediate custody of the records, or the delegate of such official, as limited by 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(2) and (3). Appeals made by mail should be addressed as indicated in the letter of initial decision or to: Privacy Act Amendment Request, DO, Director, FOIA and Transparency, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Statements of disagreement.</I> “Statements of Disagreement” as described in § 1.27(e)(4) shall be filed with the official signing the notification of refusal to amend at the address indicated in the letter of notification within 35 days of the date of notification and should be limited to one page.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Service of process.</I> Service of process will be received by the General Counsel of the Department of the Treasury or the delegate of such official and shall be delivered to the following location: General Counsel, Department of the Treasury, Room 3000, Main Treasury Building, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Annual notice of systems of records.</I> The annual notice of systems of records required to be published by the Office of the Federal Register in the publication entitled “Privacy Act Issuances”, as specified in 5 U.S.C. 552a(f). Any specific requirements for access, including identification requirements, in addition to the requirements set forth in §§ 1.26 and 1.27 and section 8 of this appendix, and locations for access are indicated in the notice for the pertinent system.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Verification of identity.</I> An individual seeking notification or access to records, or seeking to amend a record, must satisfy one of the following identification requirements before action will be taken by the Departmental Offices on any such request:
</P>
<P>(i) An individual seeking notification or access to records in person, or seeking to amend a record in person, may establish identity by the presentation of a single official document bearing a photograph (such as a passport or identification badge) or by the presentation of two items of identification which do not bear a photograph but do bear both a name and signature (such as a driver's license or credit card).
</P>
<P>(ii) An individual seeking notification or access to records by mail, or seeking to amend a record by mail, may establish identity by a signature, address, and one other identifier such as a photocopy of a driver's license or other official document bearing the individual's signature.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraphs 8(i) and (ii) of this appendix, an individual seeking notification or access to records by mail or in person, or seeking to amend a record by mail or in person, who so desires, may establish identity by providing a notarized statement, swearing or affirming to such individual's identity and to the fact that the individual understands the penalties provided in 5 U.S.C. 552a(i)(3) for requesting or obtaining access to records under false pretenses.
</P>
<P>(iv) Notwithstanding paragraph 8(i), (ii), or (iii) of this appendix, a designated official may require additional proof of an individual's identity before action will be taken on any request, if such official determines that it is necessary to protect against unauthorized disclosure of information in a particular case. In addition, a parent of any minor or a legal guardian of any individual will be required to provide adequate proof of legal relationship before such person may act on behalf of such minor or such individual.




</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.17.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Subpart C of Part 1—Internal Revenue Service
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this section is to set forth the procedures that have been established by the Internal Revenue Service for individuals to exercise their rights under the Privacy Act (Pub. L. 93-579, 88 Stat. 1896) with respect to systems of records maintained by the Internal Revenue Service, including the Office of the Chief Counsel. The procedures contained in this section are to be promulgated under the authority of 5 U.S.C. 552a(f). The procedures contained in this section relate to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The procedures whereby an individual can be notified in response to a request if a system of records named by the individual contains a record pertaining to such individual (5 U.S.C. 552a(f)(1)).
</P>
<P>(b) The procedures governing reasonable times, places, and requirements for identifying an individual who requests a record of information pertaining to such individual before the Internal Revenue Service will make the record or information available to the individual (5 U.S.C. 552a(f)(2)).
</P>
<P>(c) The procedures for the disclosure to an individual upon a request of a record of information pertaining to such individual, including special procedures for the disclosure to an individual of medical records, including psychological records (5 U.S.C. 552a(f)(3)).
</P>
<P>(d) The procedures for reviewing a request from an individual concerning the amendment of any record or information pertaining to the individual, for making a determination on the request, for an appeal within the Internal Revenue Service of an initial adverse agency determination, and for whatever additional means may be necessary for individuals to be able to exercise fully their right under the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a(f)(4)).
</P>
<P>Any individual seeking to determine whether a system of records maintained by any office of the Internal Revenue Service contains a record or information pertaining to such individual, or seeking access to, or amendment of, such a record, must comply fully with the applicable procedure contained in section 3 or 4 of this appendix before the Internal Revenue Service will act on the request. Neither the notification and access (or accounting of disclosures) procedures under section 3 of this appendix nor the amendment procedures under section 4 of this appendix are applicable to:
</P>
<P>(i) Systems of records exempted pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k);
</P>
<P>(ii) Information compiled in reasonable anticipation of a civil action or proceeding (see 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(5)); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Information pertaining to an individual which is contained in, and inseparable from, another individual's record.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Access to and amendment of tax records.</I> The provisions of the Privacy Act may not be used by an individual to amend or correct any tax record. The determination of liability for taxes imposed by the Internal Revenue Service Code, the collection of such taxes, and the payment (including credits or refunds of overpayments) of such taxes are governed by the provisions of the Internal Revenue Service Code and by the procedural rules of the Internal Revenue Service. These provisions set forth the established procedures governing the determination of liability for tax, the collection of such taxes, and the payment (including credits or refunds of overpayments) of such taxes. In addition, these provisions set forth the procedures (including procedures for judicial review) for resolving disputes between taxpayers and the Internal Revenue Service involving the amount of tax owed, or the payment or collection of such tax. These procedures are the exclusive means available to an individual to contest the amount of any liability for tax or the payment or collection thereof. See, for example, 26 CFR 601.103 for summary of general tax procedures. Individuals are advised that Internal Revenue Service procedures permit the examination of tax records during the course of an investigation, audit, or collection activity. Accordingly, individuals should contact the Internal Revenue Service employee conducting an audit or effecting the collection of tax liabilities to gain access to such records, rather than seeking access under the provisions of the Privacy Act. Where, on the other hand, an individual desires information or records not in connection with an investigation, audit, or collection activity, the individual may follow these procedures.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Procedures for access to records</I>—(a) <I>In general.</I> This paragraph sets forth the procedure whereby an individual can be notified in response to a request if a system of records named by the individual which is maintained by the Internal Revenue Service contains a record pertaining to such individual. In addition, this paragraph sets forth the procedure for the disclosure to an individual upon a request of a record or information pertaining to such individual, including the procedures for verifying the identity of the individual before the Internal Revenue Service will make a record available, and the procedure for requesting an accounting of disclosures of such records. An individual seeking to determine whether a particular system of records contains a record or records pertaining to such individual and seeking access to such records (or seeking an accounting of disclosures of such records) shall make a request for notification and access (or a request for an accounting of disclosures) in accordance with the rules provided in paragraph 3(b) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form of request for notification and access or request for an accounting of disclosures.</I> (i) A request for notification and access (or request for an accounting of disclosures) shall be made in writing and shall be signed by the person making the request.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such request shall be clearly marked, “Request for notification and access,” or “Request for accounting of disclosures.”
</P>
<P>(iii) Such a request shall contain a statement that it is being made under the provisions of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(iv) Such request shall contain the name and address of the individual making the request. In addition, if a particular system employs an individual's social security number as an essential means of accessing the system, the request must include the individual's Social Security number. In the case of a record maintained in the name of two or more individuals (e.g., husband and wife), the request shall contain the names, addresses, and Social Security numbers (if necessary) of both individuals.
</P>
<P>(v) Such request shall specify the name and location of the particular system of records (as set forth in the Notice of Systems) for which the individual is seeking notification and access (or an accounting of disclosures), and the title and business address of the official designated in the access section for the particular system (as set forth in the Notice of Systems). In the case of two or more systems of records which are under the control of the same designated official at the same systems location, a single request may be made for such systems. In the case of two or more systems of records which are not in the control of the same designated official at the same systems location, a separate request must be made for each such system.
</P>
<P>(vi) If an individual wishes to limit a request for notification and access to a particular record or records, the request should identify the particular record. In the absence of a statement to the contrary, a request for notification and access for a particular system of records shall be considered to be limited to records which are currently maintained by the designated official at the systems location specified in the request.
</P>
<P>(vii) If such request is seeking notification and access to material maintained in a system of records which is exempt from disclosure and access under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2), the individual making the request must establish that such individual has been denied a right, privilege, or benefit that such individual would otherwise be entitled to under Federal law as a result of the maintenance of such material.
</P>
<P>(viii) Such request shall state whether the individual wishes to inspect the record in person, or desires to have a copy made and furnished without first inspecting it. If the individual desires to have a copy made, the request must include an agreement to pay the fee for duplication ultimately determined to be due. If the individual does not wish to inspect a record, but merely wishes to be notified whether a particular system or records contains a record pertaining to such individual, the request should so state.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time and place for making a request.</I> A request for notification and access to records under the Privacy Act (or a request for accounting of disclosures) shall be addressed to or delivered in person to the office of the official designated in the access section for the particular system of records for which the individual is seeking notification and access (or an accounting of disclosures). The title and office address of such official is set forth for each system of records in the Notice of Systems of Records. A request delivered to an office in person must be delivered during the regular office hours of that office.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Sample request for notification and access to records.</I> The following are sample requests for notification and access to records which will satisfy the requirements of this paragraph:
</P>
<HD1>Request for Notification and Access to Records by Mail
</HD1>
<P>I, John Doe, of 100 Main Street, Boston, MA 02108 (soc. sec. num. 000-00-0000) request under the Privacy Act of 1974 that the following system of records be examined and that I be furnished with a copy of any record (or a specified record) contained therein pertaining to me. I agree that I will pay the fees ultimately determined to be due for duplication of such record. I have enclosed the necessary information.
</P>
<FP><I>System Name:</I>
</FP>
<FP><I>System Location:</I>
</FP>
<FP><I>Designated Official:</I>
</FP>
<FP>John Doe
</FP>
<HD1>Request for Notification and Access to Records in Person
</HD1>
<P>I, John Doe, of 100 Main Street, Boston, MA 02108 (soc. sec. num. 000-00-0000) request under the provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974, that the following system of records be examined and that I be granted access in person to inspect any record (or a specified record) contained therein pertaining to me. I have enclosed the necessary identification.
</P>
<FP><I>System Name:</I>
</FP>
<FP><I>System Location:</I>
</FP>
<FP><I>Designated Official:</I>
</FP>
<FP>John Doe
</FP>
<P>(e) <I>Processing a request for notification and access to records or a request for an accounting of disclosures.</I> (i) If a request for notification and access (or request for an accounting of disclosures) omits any information which is essential to processing the request, the request will not be acted upon and the individual making the request will be promptly advised of the additional information which must be submitted before the request can be processed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 30 days (not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after the receipt of a request for notification and access (or a request for an accounting of disclosures), to a particular system of records by the designated official for such system, a determination will be made as to whether the particular system of records is exempt from the notification and access provisions of the Privacy Act, and if such system is not exempt, whether it does or does not contain a record pertaining to the individual making the request. If a determination cannot be made within 30 days, the individual will be notified of the delay, the reasons therefor, and the approximate time required to make a determination. If it is determined by the designated official that the particular system of records is exempt from the notification and access provisions of the Privacy Act, the individual making the request will be notified of the provisions of the Privacy Act under which the exemption is claimed. On the other hand, if it is determined by the designated official that the particular system of records is not exempted from the notification and access provisions of the Privacy Act and that such system contains a record pertaining to the individual making the request, the individual will be notified of the time and place where inspection may be made. If an individual has not requested that access be granted to inspect the record in person, but merely requests that a copy of the record be furnished, or if it is determined by the designated official that the granting of access to inspect a record in person is not feasible in a particular case, then the designated official will furnish a copy of the record with the notification, or if a copy cannot be furnished at such time, a statement indicating the approximate time such copy will be furnished. If the request is for an accounting of disclosures from a system of records which is not exempt from the accounting of disclosure provisions of the Privacy Act, the individual will be furnished with an accounting of such disclosures.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Granting of access.</I> Normally, an individual will be granted access to inspect a record in person within 30 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after the receipt for a request for notification and access by the designated official. If access cannot be granted within 30 days, the notification will state the reasons for the delay and the approximate time such access will be granted. An individual wishing to inspect a record may be accompanied by another person of his choosing. Both the individual seeking access and the individual accompanying him may be required to sign a form supplied by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) indicating that the Service is authorized to disclose or discuss the contents of the record in the presence of both individuals. See 26 CFR 601.502 for requirements to be met by taxpayer's representatives in order to discuss the contents of any tax records.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Medical records.</I> When access is requested to medical records (including psychological records), the designated official may determine that release of such records will be made only to a health care professional designated by the individual to have access to such records.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Verification of identity.</I> An individual seeking notification or access to records, or seeking to amend a record, must satisfy one of the following identification requirements before action will be taken by the IRS on any such request:
</P>
<P>(i) An individual seeking notification or access to records in person, or seeking to amend a record in person, may establish identity by the presentation of a single document bearing a photograph (such as a passport or identification badge) or by the presentation of two items of identification which do not bear a photograph but do bear both a name and signature (such as a driver's license or credit card).
</P>
<P>(ii) An individual seeking notification or access to records by mail, or seeking to amend a record by mail, may establish identity by a signature, address, and one other identifier such as a photocopy of a driver's license or other document bearing the individual's signature.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraphs 3(h)(i) and (ii) of this appendix, an individual seeking notification or access to records by mail or in person, or seeking to amend a record by mail or in person, who so desires, may establish identity by providing a notarized statement, swearing or affirming to such individual's identity and to the fact that the individual understands the penalties provided in 5 U.S.C. 552a(i)(3) for requesting or obtaining access to records under false pretenses.
</P>
<P>(iv) Notwithstanding paragraph 3(h)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this appendix, a designated official may require additional proof of an individual's identity before action will be taken on any request if such official determines that it is necessary to protect unauthorized disclosure of information in a particular case. In addition, a parent of any minor or a legal guardian of any individual will be required to provide adequate proof of legal relationship before such person may act on behalf of such minor or such individual.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Fees.</I> The fee for costs required of the IRS in copying records pursuant to this paragraph is $0.15 per page. However, no fee will be charged if the aggregate costs required of the IRS in copying records is less than $3.00. If an individual who has requested access to inspect a record in person is denied such access by the designated official because it would not be feasible in a particular case, copies of such record will be furnished to the individual without payment of the fees otherwise required under this paragraph. If the IRS estimates that the total fees for costs incurred in complying with a request for copies of records will amount to $50 or more, the individual making the request may be required to enter into a contract for the payment of the actual fees with respect to the request before the Service will furnish the copies requested. Payment of fees for copies of records should be made by check or money order payable to the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Procedures for amendment of records</I>—(a) <I>In general.</I> This paragraph sets forth the procedures for reviewing a request from an individual concerning the amendment of any record or information pertaining to such individual, for making a determination on the request, for making an appeal within the IRS of an initial adverse determination, and for judicial review of a final determination.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amendment of record.</I> Under 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(2), an individual who has been granted access to a record pertaining to such individual may, after inspecting the record, request that the record be amended to make any correction of any portion thereof which the individual believes is not accurate, relevant, timely, or complete. An individual may seek to amend a record in accordance with the rules provided in paragraph (2) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form of request for amendment of record.</I> (i) A request for amendment of a record shall be in writing and shall be signed by the individual making the request.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such request shall be clearly marked “Request for amendment of record.”
</P>
<P>(iii) Such request shall contain a statement that it is being made under the provisions of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(iv) Such request shall contain the name and address of the individual making the request. In addition, if a particular system employs an individual's social security number as an essential means of accessing the system, the request must include the individual's Social Security number. In the case of a record maintained in the name of two or more individuals (e.g., husband and wife), the request shall contain the names, addresses, and Social Security numbers (if necessary) of both individuals.
</P>
<P>(v) Such request shall specify the name and location of the system of records (as set forth in the Notice of Systems) in which such record is maintained, and the title and business address of the official designated in the access section for such system (as set forth in the Notice of Systems).
</P>
<P>(vi) Such request shall specify the particular record in the system which the individual is seeking to amend.
</P>
<P>(vii) Such request shall clearly state the specific changes which the individual wishes to make in the record and a concise explanation of the reasons for the changes. If the individual wishes to correct or add any information, the request shall contain specific language making the desired correction or addition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time and place for making request.</I> A request to amend a record under the Privacy Act shall be addressed to or delivered in person to the office of the official designated in the access section for the particular system of records. The title and office address of such official is set forth for each system of records in the Notice of Systems of Records. A request delivered to an office in person must be delivered during the regular office hours of that office.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Processing a request for amendment of a record.</I> (i) Within 10 days (not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after the receipt of a request to amend a record by the designated official, the individual will be sent a written acknowledgement that will state that the request has been received, that action is being taken thereon, and that the individual will be notified within 30 days (not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after the receipt of the request whether the requested amendments will or will not be made. If a request for amendment of a record omits any information which is essential to processing the request, the request will not be acted upon and the individual making the request will be promptly advised on the additional information which must be submitted before the request can be processed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 30 days (not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after the receipt of a request to amend a record by the designated official, a determination will be made as to whether to grant the request in whole or part. The individual will then be notified in writing of the determination. If a determination cannot be made within 30 days, the individual will be notified in writing within such time of the reasons for the delay and the approximate time required to make a determination. If it is determined by the designated official that the request will be granted, the requested changes will be made in the record and the individual will be notified of the changes. In addition, to the extent an accounting was maintained, all prior recipients of such record will be notified of the changes. Upon request, an individual will be furnished with a copy of the record, as amended, subject to the payment of the appropriate fees. On the other hand, if it is determined by the designated official that the request, or any portion thereof, will not be granted, the individual will be notified in writing of the adverse determination. The notification of an adverse determination will set forth the reasons for refusal to amend the record. In addition, the notification will contain a statement informing the individual of such individual's right to request an independent review of the adverse determination by a reviewing officer in the national office of the IRS and the procedures for requesting such a review.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Administrative review of adverse determination.</I> Under 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(3), an individual who disagrees with the refusal of the agency to amend a record may, within 35 days of being notified of the adverse determination, request an independent review of such refusal by a reviewing officer in the national office of the IRS. The reviewing officer for the IRS is the Commission of Internal Revenue, the Deputy Commissioner, or an Assistant Commissioner. In the case of an adverse determination relating to a system of records maintained by the Office of General Counsel for the IRS, the reviewing officer is the Chief Counsel or his delegate. An individual seeking a review of an adverse determination shall make a request for review in accordance with the rules provided in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Form of request for review.</I> (i) A request for review of an adverse determination shall be in writing and shall be signed by the individual making the request.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such request shall be clearly marked “Request for review of adverse determination”.
</P>
<P>(iii) Such request shall contain a statement that it is being made under the provisions of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(iv) Such request shall contain the name and address of the individual making the request. In addition, if a particular system employs an individual's Social Security number as an essential means of accessing the system, the request must include the individual's Social Security number. In the case of a record maintained in the name of two or more individuals (e.g., husband and wife), the request shall contain the names, addresses, and Social Security numbers (if necessary) of both individuals.
</P>
<P>(v) Such request shall specify the particular record which the individual is seeking to amend, the name and location of the system of records (as set forth in the Notice of Systems) in which such record is maintained, and the title and business address of the designated official for such system (as set forth in the Notice of Systems).
</P>
<P>(vi) Such request shall include the date of the initial request for amendment of the record, and the date of the letter notifying the individual of the initial adverse determination with respect to such request.
</P>
<P>(vii) Such request shall clearly state the specific changes which the individual wishes to make in the record and a concise explanation of the reasons for the changes. If the individual wishes to correct or add any information, the request shall contain specific language making the desired correction or addition.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Time and place for making the request.</I> A request for review of an adverse determination under the Privacy Act shall be addressed to or delivered in person to the Director, Office of Disclosure, Attention: OP:EX:D Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20224. A request for review of an adverse determination will be promptly referred by the Director, Office of Disclosure to the appropriate reviewing officer for his review and final determination.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Processing a request for review of adverse determination.</I> Within 30 days (not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after the receipt of a request for review of an adverse determination by the appropriate reviewing officer, the reviewing officer will review the initial adverse determination, make a final determination whether to grant the request to amend the record in whole or in part, and notify the individual in writing of the final determination. If a final determination cannot be made within 30 days, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may extend such 30-day period. The individual will be notified in writing within the 30-day period of the cause for the delay and the approximate time required to make a final determination. If it is determined by the reviewing officer that the request to amend the record will be granted, the reviewing officer will cause the requested changes to be made and the individual will be so notified. Upon request, an individual will be furnished with a copy of the record as amended subject to the payment of appropriate fees. On the other hand, if it is determined by the reviewing officer that the request to amend the record, or any portion thereof, will not be granted, the individual will be notified in writing of the final adverse determination. The notification of a final adverse determination will set forth the reasons for the refusal of the reviewing officer to amend the record. The notification shall include a statement informing the individual of the right to submit a concise statement for insertion in the record setting forth the reasons for the disagreement with the refusal of the reviewing officer to amend the record. In addition, the notification will contain a statement informing the individual of the right to seek judicial review by a United States district court of a final adverse determination.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Statement of disagreement.</I> Under 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(3), an individual who disagrees with a final adverse determination not to amend a record subject to amendment under the Privacy Act may submit a concise statement for insertion in the record setting forth the reasons for disagreement with the refusal of the reviewing officer to amend the record. A statement of disagreement should be addressed to or delivered in person to the Director, Office of Disclosure, Attention: OP:EX:D, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20224. The Director, Office of Disclosure will forward the statement of disagreement to the appropriate designated official who will cause the statement to be inserted in the individual's record. Any such statement will be available to anyone to whom the record is subsequently disclosed, and the prior recipients of the record will be provided with a copy of the statement of disagreement, to the extent an accounting of disclosures was maintained.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Judicial review.</I> If, after a review and final determination on a request to amend a record by the appropriate reviewing officer, the individual is notified that the request will not be granted, or if, after the expiration of 30 days (not including Sundays, Saturdays, and legal public holidays) from the receipt of such request by the Director, Disclosure Operations Division, action is not taken thereon in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (i) of this section, an individual may commence an action within the time prescribed by law in a U.S. District Court pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(g)(1). The statute authorizes an action only against the agency. With respect to records maintained by the IRS, the agency is the Internal Revenue Service, not an officer or employee thereof. Service of process in such an action shall be in accordance with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 U.S.C. App.) applicable to actions against an agency of the United States. Where provided in such Rules, delivery of process upon the IRS must be directed to the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, Attention: CC:GLS, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20224. The district court will determine the matter de novo.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Records transferred to Federal Records Centers.</I> Records transferred to the Administrator of General Services for storage in a Federal Records Center are not used by the Internal Revenue Service in making any determination about any individual while stored at such location and therefore are not subject to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(5) during such time.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.17.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Subpart C of Part 1—Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau. It sets forth specific notification and access procedures with respect to particular systems of records, identifies the officers designated to make the initial determinations with respect to notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures of records. This appendix also sets forth the specific procedures for requesting amendment of records and identifies the officers designated to make the initial and appellate determinations with respect to requests for amendment of records. It identifies the officers designated to grant extensions of time on appeal, the officers with whom “Statements of Disagreement” may be filed, the officer designated to receive service of process and the addresses for delivery of requests, appeals, and service of process. In addition, it references the notice of systems of records and notices of the routine uses of the information in the system required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(3), (4) and (11) and published annually by the Office of the Federal Register in “Privacy Act Issuances”.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures.</I> Initial determination under § 1.26, whether to grant requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures for the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, will be made by the Director, Regulations and Rulings Division, or the delegate of such officer. Requests may be mailed or delivered in person to: Privacy Act Request, Director, Regulations and Rulings Division, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW, Box 12, Washington, DC 20005. Requests may also be faxed to 202-453-2331.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for amendment of record.</I> Initial determinations under § 1.27(a) through (d) with respect to requests to amend records maintained by the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau will be made by the Director, Regulations and Rulings Division. Requests for amendment of records may be mailed or delivered in person to: Privacy Act Request, Director, Regulations and Rulings Division, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW, Box 12, Washington, DC 20005. Requests may also be faxed to 202-453-2331. The Bureau will process a faxed request when the request meets the identity verification requirements outlined in paragraph 4(a) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Verification of identity.</I> (a) In addition to the requirements specified in § 1.26(d), each request for notification, access or amendment of records made by mail or fax shall contain the requesting individual's date and place of birth and a statement signed by the requester asserting his or her identity and stipulating that the requester understands that knowingly or willfully seeking or obtaining access to records about another person under false pretenses is a misdemeanor and punishable by a fine of up to $5,000 provided, that the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau may require a signed notarized statement verifying the identity of the requester.
</P>
<P>(b) Individuals making requests in person will be required to exhibit at least two acceptable identifying documents such as employee identification cards, driver's license, medical cards, or other documents sufficient to verify the identity of the requester.
</P>
<P>(c) The parent or guardian of a minor or a person judicially determined to be incompetent, shall in addition to establishing the identity of the minor or other person he represents as required in paragraphs 4(a) and (b) of this appendix, establish his own parentage or guardianship by furnishing a copy of a birth certificate showing parentage (or other satisfactory documentation) or a court order establishing the guardianship.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Request for physical inspection of records.</I> Upon determining that a request for the physical inspection of records is to be granted, the requester shall be notified in writing of the determination, and when and where the records may be inspected. The inspection of records will be made at the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau Field Office or other facility located nearest to the residence of the individual making the request. Such inspection shall be conducted during the regular business hours of the field office or other facility where the disclosure is made. A person of the requester's own choosing may accompany the requester provided the requester furnishes a written statement authorizing the disclosure of the requester's record in the accompanying person's presence. The record inspection will be made in the presence of a representative of the Bureau. Following the inspection of the record, the individual will acknowledge in writing the fact that he or she had an opportunity to inspect the requested record.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Requests for copies of records without prior physical inspection.</I> Upon determining that an individual's request for copies of his or her records without prior physical inspection is to be granted, the requester shall be notified in writing of the determination, and the location and time for his or her receipt of the requested copies. The copies will be made available at the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau field office or other facility located nearest to the residence of the individual making the request unless the individual requests that the documents be sent by mail. Copies shall be received by the requester during the regular business hours of the field office or other facility where the disclosure is made. Transfer of the copies to the individual shall be conditioned upon payment of copying costs and his presentation of at least two acceptable identifying documents such as employee identification cards, driver's license, medical cards, or other documents sufficient to verify the identity of the requester. Following the receipt of the copies in person, the individual will acknowledge receipt in writing.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determination refusing to amend record.</I> Appellate determinations under § 1.27(e) with respect to records of the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, including extensions of time on appeal, will be made by the Administrator or the delegate of such officer. Appeals should be addressed to, or delivered in person to: Privacy Act Amendment Appeal, Administrator, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW, Box 12, Washington, DC 20005.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Statements of disagreement.</I> “Statements of Disagreement” as described in § 1.27(e)(4) shall be filed with the official signing the notification within 35 days of the date of such notification and should be limited to one page.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Service of process.</I> Service of process will be received by the Administrator of the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau or the delegate of such official and shall be delivered to the following location: Administrator, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW, Box 12, Washington, DC 20005, Attention: Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>10. <I>Annual notice of systems of records.</I> The annual notice of systems of records is published by the Office of the Federal Register, as specified in 5 U.S.C. 552a(f). The publication is entitled “Privacy Act Issuances”. Any specific requirements for access, including identification requirements, in addition to the requirements set forth in §§ 1.26 and 1.27 are indicated in the notice for each pertinent system.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.17.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Subpart C of Part 1—Bureau of Engraving and Printing
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Bureau of Engraving and Printing. It sets forth specific notification and access procedures with respect to particular systems of records including identification requirements, identifies the officers designated to make the initial determinations with respect to notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures of records. This appendix also sets forth the specific procedures for requesting amendment of records and identifies the officers designated to make the initial and appellate determinations with respect to requests for amendment of records. It identifies the officers designated to grant extensions of time on appeal, the officers with whom “Statements of Disagreement may be filed, the officer designated to receive service of process and the addresses for delivery of requests, appeals, and service of process. In addition, it references the notice of systems of records and notices of the routine uses of the information in the system required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4) and (11) and published annually by the Office of the Federal Register in “Privacy Act Issuances.”
</P>
<P>2. <I>Requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures.</I> Initial determinations under § 1.26, whether to grant requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures for the Bureau of Engraving and Printing, will be made by the head of the organizational unit having immediate custody of the records requested, or the delegate of such official. Requests for access to records contained within a particular system of records should be submitted to the address indicated for that system in the access section of the notices published by the Office of the Federal Register in “Privacy Act Issuances.” Requests for information and specific guidance should be addressed to: Privacy Act Request, Disclosure Officer (Executive Assistant to the Director), Room 104-18M, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Washington, DC 20228.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for amendment of records.</I> Initial determination under § 1.27(a) through (d), whether to grant request to amend records will be made by the head of the organizational unit having immediate custody of the records or the delegate of such official. Requests for amendment should be addressed as indicated in the appropriate system notice in “Privacy Act Issuances” published by the Office of the Federal Register. Requests for information and specific guidance on where to send requests for amendment should be addressed to: Privacy Act Amendment Request, Disclosure Officer (Executive Assistant to the Director), Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Room 104-18M, Washington, DC 20228.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determinations refusing amendment of records.</I> Appellate determinations refusing amendment of records under § 1.27(e) including extensions of time on appeal, with respect to records of the Bureau of Engraving and Printing will be made by the Director of the Bureau or the delegate of such officer. Appeals made by mail should be addressed to, or delivered personally to: Privacy Act Amendment Appeal, Disclosure Officer (Executive Assistant to the Director), Room 104-18M, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Washington, DC 20228.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Statements of disagreement.</I> “Statements of Disagreement” under § 1.27(e)(4)(i) shall be filed with the official signing the notification of refusal to amend at the address indicated in the letter of notification within 35 days of the date of such notification and should be limited to one page.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Service of process.</I> Service of process will be received by the Chief Counsel of the Bureau of Engraving and Printing and shall be delivered to the following location: Chief Counsel, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Room 109-M, 14th and C Streets SW, Washington, DC 20228.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Verification of identity.</I> An individual seeking notification or access to records, or seeking to amend a record, or seeking an accounting of disclosures, must satisfy one of the following identification requirements before action will be taken by the Bureau of Engraving and Printing on any such request:
</P>
<P>(i) An individual appearing in person may establish identity by the presentation of a single document bearing a photograph (such as a passport or identification badge) or by the presentation of two items of identification which do not bear a photograph but do bear both a name and signature (such as a credit card).
</P>
<P>(ii) An individual may establish identity through the mail by a signature, address, and one other identifier such as a photocopy of a driver's license or other document bearing the individual's signature.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraphs 7(i) and (ii) of this appendix, an individual who so desires, may establish identity by providing a notarized statement, swearing or affirming to such individual's identity and to the fact that the individual understands the penalties provided in 5 U.S.C. 552a(i)(3) for requesting or obtaining access to records under false pretenses.
</P>
<P>(iv) Notwithstanding paragraph 7(i), (ii), or (iii) of this appendix, the Executive Assistant or other designated official may require additional proof of an individual's identity before action will be taken on any request if such official determines that it is necessary to protect against unauthorized disclosure of information in a particular case. In addition, a parent of any minor or a legal guardian of any individual will be required to provide adequate proof of legal relationship before such person may act on behalf of such minor or such individual.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Annual notice of systems of records.</I> The annual notice of systems of records is published by the Office of the Federal Register, as specified in 5 U.S.C. 522a(f). The publication is entitled “Privacy Act Issuances”. Any specific requirements for access, including identification requirements, in addition to the requirements set forth in §§ 1.26 and 1.27 are indicated in the notice for the pertinent system.




</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.17.14" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Subpart C of Part 1—Bureau of the Fiscal Service
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. It sets forth specific notification and access procedures with respect to particular systems of records, identifies the officers designated to make the initial determinations with respect to notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures of records. This appendix also sets forth the specific procedures for requesting amendment of records and identifies the officers designated to make the initial and appellate determinations with respect to requests for amendment of records. It identifies the officers designated to grant extensions of time on appeal, the officers with whom “Statements of Disagreement” may be filed, the officer designated to receive service of process and the addresses for delivery of requests, appeals, and service of process. In addition, it references the notice of systems of records and notices of the routine uses of the information in the system required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4) and (11) and published annually by the Office of the Federal Register in “Privacy Act Issuances”.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures.</I> Initial determinations under § 1.26, whether to grant requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures for the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, will be made by the head of the organizational unit having immediate custody of the records requested or an official designated by this official. This is indicated in the appropriate system notice in “Privacy Act Issuances” published annually by the Office of the Federal Register. Requests for information and specific guidance on where to send requests for records may be mailed to the system manager identified in the Bureau of the Fiscal Service system of records notice (SORN) which is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> <I>See</I> the applicable Bureau of the Fiscal Service system of records notice (SORN) for details.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for amendment of records.</I> Initial determination under § 1.27(a) through (d), whether to grant requests to amend records will be made by the head of the organizational unit having immediate custody of the records or the delegate of such official. Requests for amendment should be addressed as indicated in the appropriate system notice in “Privacy Act Issuances” published by the Office of the Federal Register. Requests for information and specific guidance on where to send requests for amendment should be addressed to the system manager identified in the Bureau of the Fiscal Service SORN which is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determinations refusing amendment of records.</I> Appellate determinations refusing amendment of records under § 1.27(e) including extensions of time on appeal, with respect to records of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will be made by the Commissioner or the delegate of such official. Appeals made by mail should be addressed to the system manager identified in the Bureau of the Fiscal Service SORN which is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E><I>. See</I> the applicable Bureau of the Fiscal Service SORN for details.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Statements of disagreement.</I> “Statements of Disagreement” under § 1.27(e)(4)(i) shall be filed with the official signing the notification of refusal to amend at the address indicated in the letter of notification within 35 days of the date of such notification and should be limited to one page.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Service of process.</I> Service of process will be received by the Commissioner, Bureau of the Fiscal Service or the delegate of such official and shall be delivered to the following location: Office of the Chief Counsel, Bureau of the Fiscal Service Attn: Chief Counsel, 401 14th St. SW, Washington, DC 20227.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Annual notice of systems of records.</I> The annual notice of systems of records is published by the Office of the Federal Register, as specified in 5 U.S.C. 552a(f). The publication is entitled “Privacy Act Issuances”. Any specific requirements for access, including identification requirements, in addition to the requirements set forth in §§ 1.26 and 1.27 are indicated in the notice for the pertinent system.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.17.15" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Subpart C of Part 1—United States Mint
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the United States Mint. It sets forth specific notification and access procedures with respect to particular systems of records, identifies the officers designated to make the initial determinations with respect to notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures of records. This appendix also sets forth the specific procedures for requesting amendment of records and identifies the officers designated to make the initial and appellate determinations with respect to requests for amendment of records. It identifies the officers designated to grant extensions of time on appeal, the officers with whom “Statements of Disagreement” may be filed, the officer designated to receive service of process and the addresses for delivery of requests, appeals, and service of process. In addition, it references the notice of systems of records and notices of the routine uses of the information in the system required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4) and (11) and published annually by the Office of the Federal Register in “Privacy Act Issuances”.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures.</I> Initial determinations under § 1.26, whether to grant requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures for the United States Mint will be made by the head of the organizational unit having immediate custody of the records requested or an official designated by this official. This is indicated in the appropriate system notice in “Privacy Act Issuances” published annually by the Office of the Federal Register. Requests should be directed to the Superintendent or Officer in charge of the facility in which the records are located or to the Chief, Administrative Programs Division. Requests for information and specific guidance on where to send requests for records may be mailed or delivered personally to: Privacy Act Request, Chief, Administrative Programs Division, United States Mint, Judiciary Square Building, 633 3rd Street NW, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for amendment of records.</I> Initial determination under § 1.27(a) through (d), whether to grant requests to amend records will be made by the head of the Mint installation having immediate custody of the records or the delegated official. Requests should be mailed or delivered personally to: Privacy Act Amendment Request, Freedom of Information and Privacy Acts Officer, United States Mint, Judiciary Square Building, 633 3rd Street, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determinations refusing amendment of records.</I> Appellate determinations refusing amendment of records under § 1.27 including extensions of time on appeal, with respect to records of the United States Mint will be made by the Director of the Mint or the delegate of the Director. Appeals made by mail should be addressed to, or delivered personally to: Privacy Act Amendment Appeal, United States Mint, Judiciary Square Building, 633 3rd Street NW, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Statements of disagreement.</I> “Statements of Disagreement” under § 1.27(e)(4)(i) shall be filed with the official signing the notification of refusal to amend at the address indicated in the letter of notification within 35 days of the date of such notification and should be limited to one page.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Service of process.</I> Service of process will be received by the Director of the Mint and shall be delivered to the following location: Director of the Mint, Judiciary Square Building, 633 3rd Street NW, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Annual notice of systems of records.</I> The annual notice of systems of records is published by the Office of the Federal Register, as specified in 5 U.S.C. 552a(f). The publication is entitled “Privacy Act Issuances”. Any specific requirements for access, including identification requirements, in addition to the requirements set forth in §§ 1.26 and 1.27 are indicated in the notice for the pertinent system.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix G" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.17.16" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix G to Subpart C of Part 1—Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. It sets forth specific notification and access procedures with respect to particular systems of records, identifies the officers designated to make the initial determinations with respect to notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures of records. This appendix also sets forth the specific procedures for requesting amendment of records and identifies the officers designated to make the initial and appellate determinations with respect to requests for amendment of records. It identifies the officers designated to grant extensions of time on appeal, the officers with whom “Statements of Disagreement” may be filed, the officer designated to receive service of process and the addresses for delivery of requests, appeals, and service of process. In addition, it references the notice of systems of records and notices of the routine uses of the information in the system required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4) and (11) and published annually by the Office of the Federal Register in “Privacy Act Issuances”.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures.</I> Initial determinations under § 1.26 whether to grant requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures for the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency will be made by the head of the organizational unit having immediate custody of the records requested or the delegate of that official. This is indicated in the appropriate system notice in “Privacy Act Issuances” published biennially by the Office of the Federal Register. Requests for information and specific guidance on where to send requests for records shall be mailed or delivered personally to: Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20219.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for amendment of records.</I> Initial determinations under § 1.27(a) through (d) whether to grant requests to amend records will be made by the Comptroller's delegate or the head of the organizational unit having immediate custody of the records or the delegate of that official. Requests for amendment shall be mailed or delivered personally to: Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20219.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determinations refusing amendment of records.</I> Appellate determinations refusing amendment of records under § 1.27(e) including extensions of time on appeal, with respect to records of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency will be made by the Comptroller of the Currency or the Comptroller's delegate. Appeals shall be mailed or delivered personally to: Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20219.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Statements of disagreement.</I> “Statements of Disagreement” under § 1.27(e)(4)(i) shall be filed with the OCC's Director of Communications at the address indicated in the letter of notification within 35 days of the date of such notification and should be limited to one page.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Service of process.</I> Service of process shall be delivered to the Chief Counsel or the Chief Counsel's delegate at the following location: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20219.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Annual notice of systems of records.</I> The annual notice of systems of records is published by the Office of the Federal Register, as specified in 5 U.S.C. 552a(f). The publication is entitled “Privacy Act Issuances”. Any specific requirements for access, including identification requirements, in addition to the requirements set forth in §§ 1.26 and 1.27 are indicated in the notice for the pertinent system.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix H" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.2.3.1.17.17" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix H to Subpart C of Part 1—Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>In general.</I> This appendix applies to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN). It sets forth specific notification and access procedures with respect to particular systems of records, and identifies the officers designated to make the initial determinations with respect to notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures of records. This appendix also sets forth the specific procedures for requesting amendment of records and identifies the officers designated to make the initial and appellate determinations with respect to requests for amendment of records. It identifies the officers designated to grant extensions of time on appeal, the officers with whom “Statements of Disagreement” may be filed, the officer designated to receive service of process and the addresses for delivery of requests, appeals, and service of process. In addition, it references the notice of systems of records and notices of the routine uses of the information in the system required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4) and (11) and published biennially by the Office of the Federal Register in “Privacy Act Issuances.”
</P>
<P>2. <I>Requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures.</I> Initial determinations under § 1.26, whether to grant requests for notification and access to records and accountings of disclosures for FinCEN will be made by the Freedom of Information/Privacy Act Officer, FinCEN. Requests may be mailed to: Privacy Act Request, Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Post Office Box 39, Vienna, VA 22183.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Requests for amendments of records.</I> Initial determinations under § 1.27(a) through (d) whether to grant requests to amend records maintained by FinCEN will be made by the Freedom of Information/Privacy Act Officer, FinCEN. Requests may be mailed to: Privacy Act Request, Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Post Office Box 39, Vienna, VA 22183.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Verification of identity.</I> An individual seeking notification or access to records, or seeking to amend a record, or seeking an accounting of disclosures, must satisfy one of the following identification requirements before action will be taken by FinCEN on any such request:
</P>
<P>(i) An individual may establish identity through the mail by a signature, address, and one other identifier such as a photocopy of a driver's license or other official document bearing the individual's signature.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph 4(i) of this section, an individual may establish identity by providing a notarized statement, swearing or affirming to such individual's identity and to the fact that the individual understands the penalties provided in 5 U.S.C. 552a(i)(3) for requesting or obtaining access to records under false pretenses.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraphs 4(i) and (ii) of this appendix, the Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Officer or other designated official may require additional proof of an individual's identity before action will be taken on any request, if such official determines that it is necessary to protect against unauthorized disclosure of information in a particular case. In addition, a parent of any minor or a legal guardian of any individual will be required to provide adequate proof of legal relationship before such person may act on behalf of such minor or such individual.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Administrative appeal of initial determinations refusing amendment of records.</I> Appellate determinations refusing amendment of records under § 1.27(e) including extensions of time on appeal with respect to the records of FinCEN will be made by the Director of FinCEN or the delegate of the Director. Appeals should be addressed to: Privacy Act Amendment Appeal, Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Post Office Box 39, Vienna, VA 22183.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Statements of Disagreement.</I> “Statements of Disagreement” as described in § 1.27(e)(4) shall be filed with the official signing the notification of refusal to amend at the address indicated in the letter of notification within 35 days of the date of such notification and should be limited to one page.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Service of Process.</I> Service of process will be received by the Chief Counsel of FinCEN and shall be delivered to the following location: Office of Chief Counsel, Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Post Office Box 39, Vienna, VA 22183.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Biennial notice of systems of records.</I> The biennial notice of systems of records is published by the Office of the Federal Register, as specified in 5 U.S.C. 552a(f). The publication is entitled “Privacy Act Issuances.” Any specific requirements for access, including identification requirements, in addition to the requirements set forth in §§ 1.26 and 1.27 and section 4 of this appendix are indicated in the notice for the pertinent system.








</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 2—NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 321, E.O. 12958, 60 FR 19825, E.O. 13292, 68 FR 15315.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 63104, Nov. 8, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 2.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.3.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 2.1   Processing of mandatory declassification review requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided by section 3.4(b) of Executive Order 13292, Further Amendment to Executive Order 12958, as amended, <I>Classified National Security Information,</I> all information classified by the Department of the Treasury under these Orders or any predecessor Executive Order shall be subject to mandatory declassification review by the Department, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The request for a mandatory declassification review describes the document or material containing the information with sufficient specificity to enable Treasury personnel to locate it with a reasonable amount of effort;
</P>
<P>(2) The information is not exempt from search and review under sections 105C, 105D, or 701 of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 431, 432 and 432a); and
</P>
<P>(3) The information has not been reviewed for declassification within the past 2 years or the information is not the subject of pending litigation.
</P>
<P>(b) Requests for classified records originated by the Department of the Treasury shall be directed to the Office of Security Programs, Attention: Assistant Director (Information Security), 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220. Upon receipt of each request for mandatory declassification review, pursuant to section 3.5 of Executive Order 13292, the following procedures will apply:
</P>
<P>(1) The Office of Security Programs will acknowledge receipt of the request.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A mandatory declassification review request need not identify the requested information by date or title of the responsive records, but must be of sufficient specificity to allow Treasury personnel to locate records containing the information sought with a reasonable amount of effort. Whenever a request does not reasonably describe the information sought, the requester will be notified by the Office of Security Programs that unless additional information is provided or the scope of the request is narrowed, no further action will be undertaken with respect to the request.
</P>
<P>(ii) If Treasury has reviewed the information within the past 2 years and determined that all or part thereof remains classified, or the information is the subject of pending litigation, the requester shall be so informed and advised of the requester's appeal rights.
</P>
<P>(3) The Office of Security Programs will determine the appropriate Treasury offices or bureaus to conduct the mandatory declassification review. The Office of Security Programs will also advise Treasury and/or bureau reviewing officials concerning the mandatory declassification review process. Classified information relating to intelligence activities (including special activities), intelligence sources or methods, or cryptology will also be coordinated with the Office of the Assistant Secretary (Intelligence and Analysis). As appropriate, the Office of Security Programs will refer requests to other Federal departments and agencies having a direct interest in the requested documents.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Treasury personnel undertaking a mandatory declassification review shall make reasonable efforts to determine if particular information may be declassified. Reviewing officials may rely on applicable exemption criteria under the Freedom of Information Act, the Privacy Act, and any other applicable law that authorizes the withholding of information. Reviewing officials shall also identify the amount of search and review time required to process each request. Barring extenuating circumstances, mandatory declassification reviews for reasonably small volumes of records should be completed in a timely fashion. A final determination regarding large volumes of records should ordinarily be made within one year of Treasury's receipt of any mandatory declassification review request.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Director, Office of Security Programs determines that a Treasury office or bureau responsible for conducting a mandatory declassification review is not making reasonable efforts to review classified information subject to a mandatory declassification request, the Director may authorize Treasury-and/or bureau-originated information to be declassified in consultation with the Department's Senior Agency Official.
</P>
<P>(iii) If information cannot be declassified in its entirety, reasonable efforts, consistent with applicable law, will be made to release those declassified portions of the requested information that constitute a coherent segment. Upon the denial or partial denial of a declassification request, the requester will be so informed by the Office of Security Programs and advised of the requester's appeal rights.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) If Treasury receives a mandatory declassification review request for information in its possession that were originated by another Federal department or agency, the Office of Security Programs will forward the request to that department or agency for a declassification determination, together with a copy of the requested records, a recommendation concerning a declassification determination, and a request to be advised of that department's or agency's declassification determination. The Office of Security Programs may, after consultation with the originating department or agency, inform any requester of the referral unless such association is itself classified under Executive Order 13292 or prior orders.
</P>
<P>(ii) Mandatory declassification review requests concerning classified information originated by a Treasury office or bureau that has been transferred to another Federal department or agency will be forwarded to the appropriate successor department or agency for a declassification determination.
</P>
<P>(6) If another Federal department or agency forwards a mandatory declassification review request to Treasury for information in its custody that was classified by Treasury, the Office of Security Programs will:
</P>
<P>(i) Advise the referring department or agency as to whether it may notify the requester of the referral; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Respond to the Federal department, agency, or requester, as applicable, in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(7)(i) Upon the denial, in whole or in part, of a request for the mandatory declassification review of information, the Office of Security Programs will so notify the requester in writing and will inform the requester of the right to appeal the classification determination within 60 calendar days of the receipt of the classification determination. The notice will also advise the requester of the name and address of the Treasury official who will be responsible for deciding an appeal (the Deciding Official). The Office of Security Programs will coordinate appeals with the appropriate Treasury offices and bureaus.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Deciding Official should make a determination on an appeal within 30 working days following the receipt of the appeal, or within 60 working days following receipt if the Deciding Official determines that additional time is required to make a determination and so notifies the requester. The Deciding Official should notify the requester in writing of Treasury's determination on appeal and, if applicable, the reasons for any whole or partial denial of the appeal. The Office of Security Programs will also notify the requester of their right of a final appeal to the Interagency Security Classification Appeals Panel, as appropriate, under 32 CFR 2001.33.
</P>
<P>(8)(i) Treasury may charge fees for search, review, and duplicating costs in connection with a mandatory declassification review request.
</P>
<P>(A) The fee for services of Treasury personnel involved in locating and/or reviewing records will be charged at the rate of a GS-11, Step 1 employee, in the Washington-Baltimore Federal pay area, in effect when the mandatory declassification review request is received by the Office of Security Programs for searches that take more than two hours or for review times that are greater than two hours. Fees may be waived, in writing, by a bureau head or the equivalent Treasury official at the Assistant Secretary level.
</P>
<P>(B) There is no fee for duplicating the first 100 pages of fully or partially releasable documents. The cost of additional pages is 20 cents per page. No charges shall be levied for search and/or review time requiring less than 2 hours.
</P>
<P>(ii) If it is estimated that the fees associated with a mandatory declassification review will exceed $100, the Office of Security Programs will notify the requester in writing of the estimated costs and shall obtain satisfactory written assurance of full payment or require the requester to make an advance payment of the entire estimated fee before proceeding to process the request. Treasury may request pre-payment where the fee is likely to exceed $500. After 60 calendar days without receiving the requester's written assurance of full payment or agreement to make pre-payment of estimated fees (or to amend the mandatory declassification review request in a manner as to result in fees acceptable to the requester), Treasury may administratively terminate the mandatory declassification review request. Failure of a requester to pay fees after billing will result in future requests not being honored. Nothing in this paragraph will preclude Treasury from taking any other lawful action to recover payment for costs incurred in processing a mandatory declassification review request.
</P>
<P>(iii) Payment of fees shall be made by check or money order to the Treasurer of the United States. Fees charged by Treasury for mandatory declassification review are separate and distinct from any other fees that may be imposed by a Presidential Library, the National Archives and Records Administration, or another Federal department or agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 2.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.3.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 2.2   Access to classified information by historical researchers, former Treasury Presidential and Vice Presidential appointees, and former Presidents and Vice Presidents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Access to classified information may be granted only to individuals who have a need-to-know the information. This requirement may be waived, however, for individuals who:
</P>
<P>(1) Are engaged in historical research projects;
</P>
<P>(2) Previously occupied a position in the Treasury to which they were appointed by the President under 3 U.S.C. 105(a)(2)(A), or the Vice President under 3 U.S.C. 106(a)(1)(A); or
</P>
<P>(3) Served as President or Vice President.
</P>
<P>(b) Access to classified information may be granted to individuals described in paragraph (a) of this section upon:
</P>
<P>(1) A written determination by Treasury's Senior Agency Official, under Section 5.4(d) of Executive Order 13292, that access is consistent with the interest of the national security; and
</P>
<P>(2) Receipt of the individual's written agreement to safeguard classified information, including taking all appropriate steps to protect classified information from unauthorized disclosure or compromise. This written agreement must also include the individual's consent to have any and all notes (including those prepared or stored in electronic media, whether written or oral) reviewed by authorized Treasury personnel to ensure that no classified information is contained therein and, if so, that the classified information is not published.
</P>
<P>(c)(i)(A) A historical researcher is not authorized to have access to foreign government information or information classified by another Federal department or agency.
</P>
<P>(B) A former Treasury Presidential or Vice Presidential appointee is only authorized access to classified information that the former official originated, reviewed, signed or received while serving as such an appointee.
</P>
<P>(C) A former President or Vice President is only authorized access to classified information that was prepared by Treasury while that individual was serving as President or Vice President.
</P>
<P>(ii) Granting access to classified information pursuant to this section does not constitute the granting of a security clearance for access to classified information.
</P>
<P>(d) Treasury personnel will coordinate access to classified information by individuals described in paragraph (a) of this section with the Director, Office of Security Programs, who will ensure that the written agreement described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section is signed as a condition of being granted access to classified information.
</P>
<P>(e) Any review of classified information by an individual described in paragraph (a) of this section shall take place in a location designated by the Director, Office of Security Programs. Such persons must be accompanied at all times by appropriately authorized Treasury personnel authorized to have access to the classified information being reviewed. All notes (including those prepared or stored in electronic media, whether written or oral) made by an individual described in paragraph (a) of this section shall remain in the custody of the Office of Security Programs pending a determination by appropriately cleared subject matter experts that no classified information is contained therein.
</P>
<P>(f) An individual described in paragraph (a) of this section is subject to search, as are all packages or carrying cases prior to entering or leaving Treasury. Access to Treasury-originated classified information at another Federal department or agency, as may be authorized by the Director, Office of Security Programs shall be governed by security protocols in effect at the other Federal department or agency.
</P>
<P>(g) Treasury personnel must perform a physical verification and an accounting of all classified information each time such information is viewed by an individual described in paragraph (a) of this section. Physical verification and an accounting of all classified information shall be made both prior to and after viewing. Any discrepancy must be immediately reported to the Director, Office of Security Programs.
</P>
<P>(h) An individual described in paragraph (a) of this section may be charged reasonable fees for services rendered by Treasury in connection with the review of classified information under this section. To the extent such services involve searching, reviewing, and copying material, the provisions of § 2.1(b)(8) shall apply.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 3—CLAIMS REGULATIONS AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY EMPLOYEES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>28 U.S.C. 2672; 28 CFR part 14; 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>35 FR 6429, Apr. 22, 1970, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Claims Under the Federal Tort Claims Act</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.1   Scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this part shall apply to claims asserted under the Federal Tort Claims Act, as amended, 28 U.S.C. 2672, accruing on or after January 18, 1967, for money damages against the United States for injury to or loss of property or personal injury or death caused by the negligent or wrongful act or omission of an employee of the Department while acting within the scope of his office or employment, under circumstances where the United States if a private person, would be liable to the claimant for such damage, loss, injury, or death, in accordance with the law of the place where the act or omission occurred. The regulations in this subpart do not apply to any tort claims excluded from the Federal Tort Claims Act, as amended, under 28 U.S.C. 2680.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless specifically modified by the regulations in this part, procedures and requirements for filing and handling claims under the Federal Tort Claims Act shall be in accordance with the regulations issued by the Department of Justice, at 28 CFR part 14, as amended.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.2   Filing of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When presented.</I> A claim shall be deemed to have been presented upon the receipt from a claimant, his duly authorized agent or legal representative of an executed Standard Form 95 or other written notification of an incident, accompanied by a claim for money damages in a sum certain for injury to or loss of property, or personal injury, or death alleged to have occurred by reason of the incident.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Place of filing claim.</I> Claims shall be submitted directly or through the local field headquarters to the head of the bureau or office of the Department out of whose activities the incident occurred, if known; or if not known, to the General Counsel, Treasury Department, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of claim.</I> The evidence and information to be submitted with the claim shall conform to the requirements of 28 CFR 14.4.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.3   Legal review.</HEAD>
<P>Any claim that exceeds $500, involves personal injuries or automobile damage, or arises out of an incident that is likely to result in multiple claimants, shall be forwarded to the legal division of the bureau or office out of whose activities the claim arose. The claim, together with the reports of the employee and the investigation, shall be reviewed in the legal division which shall thereupon make a recommendation that the claim be approved, disapproved, or compromised, and shall advise on the need for referral of the claim to the Department of Justice. This recommendation and advice, together with the file, shall be forwarded to the head of the bureau or office or his designee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6429, Apr. 22, 1970, as amended at 48 FR 16253, Apr. 15, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.4   Approval of claims not in excess of $25,000.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Claims not exceeding $25,000 and not otherwise requiring consultation with the Department of Justice pursuant to 28 CFR 14.6(b) shall be approved, disapproved, or compromised by the head of the bureau or office or his designee, taking into consideration the recommendation of the legal division.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.5   Limitations on authority to approve claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All proposed awards, compromises or settlements in excess of $25,000 require the prior written approval of the Attorney General.
</P>
<P>(b) All claims which fall within the provisions of 28 CFR 14.6(b) require referral to and consultation with the Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(c) Any claim which falls within paragraph (a) or (b) of this section shall be reviewed by the General Counsel. If the claim, award, compromise, or settlement receives the approval of the General Counsel and the head of the bureau or office or his designee, a letter shall be prepared for the signature of the General Counsel transmitting to the Assistant Attorney General, Civil Division, Department of Justice, the case for approval or consultation as required by 28 CFR 14.6. Such letter shall conform with the requirements set forth in 28 CFR 14.7.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.6   Final denial of a claim.</HEAD>
<P>The final denial of an administrative claim shall conform with the requirements of 28 CFR 14.9 and shall be signed by the head of the bureau or office, or his designee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.7   Action on approved claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any award, compromise, or settlement in an amount of $2,500 or less shall be processed for payment from the appropriations of the bureau or office out of whose activity the claim arose.
</P>
<P>(b) Payment of an award, compromise, or settlement in excess of $2,500 and not more than $100,000 shall be obtained by the bureau or office by forwarding Standard Form 1145 to the Claims Division, General Accounting Office.
</P>
<P>(c) Payment of an award, compromise, or settlement in excess of $100,000 shall be obtained by the bureau by forwarding Standard Form 1145 to the Bureau of Government Financial Operations, Department of the Treasury, which will be responsible for transmitting the award, compromise, or settlement to the Bureau of the Budget for inclusion in a deficiency appropriation bill.
</P>
<P>(d) When an award is in excess of $25,000, Standard Form 1145 must be accompanied by evidence that the award, compromise, or settlement has been approved by the Attorney General or his designee.
</P>
<P>(e) When the use of Standard Form 1145 is required, it shall be executed by the claimant. When a claimant is represented by an attorney, the voucher for payment shall designate both the claimant and his attorney as payees; the check shall be delivered to the attorney, whose address shall appear on the voucher.
</P>
<P>(f) Acceptance by the claimant, his agent, or legal representative, of any award, compromise or settlement made pursuant to the provisions of section 2672 or 2677 of title 28, United States Code, shall be final and conclusive on the claimant, his agent or legal representative and any other person on whose behalf or for whose benefit the claim has been presented, and shall constitute a complete release of any claim against the United States and against any employee of the Government whose act or omission gave rise to the claim, by reason of the same subject matter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6429, Apr. 22, 1970, as amended at 39 FR 19470, June 3, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.8   Statute of limitations.</HEAD>
<P>Claims under this subpart must be presented in writing to the Department within 2 years after the claim accrued.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Claims Under the Small Claims Act</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.20" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.20   General.</HEAD>
<P>The Act of December 28, 1922, 42 Stat. 1066, the Small Claims Act, authorized the head of each department and establishment to consider, ascertain, adjust, and determine claims of $1,000 or less for damage to, or loss of, privately owned property caused by the negligence of any officer or employee of the Government acting within the scope of his employment. The Federal Tort Claims Act superseded the Small Claims Act with respect to claims that are allowable under the former act. Therefore, claims that are not allowable under the Federal Tort Claims Act, for example, claims arising abroad, may be allowable under the Small Claims Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.21" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.21   Action by claimant.</HEAD>
<P>Procedures and requirements for filing claims under this section shall be the same as required for filing claims under the Federal Tort Claims Act as set forth in Subpart A of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.22" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.22   Legal review.</HEAD>
<P>Claims filed under this subpart shall be forwarded to the legal division of the bureau or office out of whose activities the claim arose. The claim, together with the reports of the employee and the investigation, shall be reviewed in the legal division which shall thereupon make a recommendation that the claim be approved, disapproved or compromised.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.23" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.23   Approval of claims.</HEAD>
<P>Claims shall be approved, disapproved, or compromised by the head of the bureau or office or his designee, taking into consideration the recommendation of the legal division.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.24" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.24   Statute of limitations.</HEAD>
<P>No claim will be considered under this subpart unless filed within 1 year from the date of the accrual of said claim.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Indemnification of Department of Treasury Employees</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 42938, Aug. 30, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 3.30" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.4.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.30   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department of the Treasury may indemnify, in whole or in part, a Department employee (which for purposes of this regulation shall include a former employee) for any verdict, judgment or other monetary award rendered against such employee, provided the Secretary or his or her designee determines that (1) the conduct giving rise to such verdict, judgment or award was within the scope of his or her employment and (2) such indemnification is in the interest of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department of the Treasury may pay for the settlement or compromise of a claim against a Department employee at any time, provided the Secretary or his or her designee determines that (1) the alleged conduct giving rise to the claim was within the scope of the employee's employment and (2) such settlement or compromise is in the interest of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(c) Absent exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Secretary or his or her designee, the Department will not entertain a request to indemnify or to pay for settlement of a claim before entry of an adverse judgment, verdict or other determination.
</P>
<P>(d) When a Department employee becomes aware that he or she has been named as a party in a proceeding in his or her individual capacity as a result of conduct within the scope of his or her employment, the employee should immediately notify his or her supervisor that such an action is pending. The supervisor shall promptly thereafter notify the chief legal officer of the employee's employing component. The employee shall immediately apprise the chief legal officer of his or her employing component of any offer to settle the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(e) A Department employee may request indemnification to satisfy a verdict, judgment or monetary award entered against the employee or to compromise a claim pending against the employee. The employee shall submit a written request, with appropriate documentation including a copy of the verdict, judgment, award or other order or settlement proposal, in a timely manner to the Secretary or his or her designee for decision.
</P>
<P>(f) Any payment under this section either to indemnify a Department employee or to settle a claim shall be contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds for the payment of salaries and expenses of the employing component.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 4—EMPLOYEES' PERSONAL PROPERTY CLAIMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3721(j).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 18518, Apr. 16, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 4.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.5.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.1   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>The procedures for filing a claim with the Treasury Department for personal property that is lost or damaged incident to service are contained in Treasury Directive 32-13, “Claims for Loss or Damage to Personal Property,” and Treasury Department Publication 32-13, “Policies and Procedures For Employees' Claim for Loss or Damage to Personal Property Incident to Service.”


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 5—TREASURY DEBT COLLECTION 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 5514; 26 U.S.C. 6402; 31 U.S.C. 321, 3701, 3711, 3716, 3717, 3718, 3720A, 3720B, 3720D.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 65845, Oct. 28, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.1   What definitions apply to the regulations in this part?</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrative offset</I> or <I>offset</I> means withholding funds payable by the United States (including funds payable by the United States on behalf of a State Government) to, or held by the United States for, a person to satisfy a debt owed by the person. The term “administrative offset” includes, but is not limited to, the offset of Federal salary, vendor, retirement, and Social Security benefit payments. The terms “centralized administrative offset” and “centralized offset” refer to the process by which the Treasury Department's Financial Management Service offsets Federal payments through the Treasury Offset Program.
</P>
<P><I>Administrative wage garnishment</I> means the process by which a Federal agency orders a non-Federal employer to withhold amounts from a debtor's wages to satisfy a debt, as authorized by 31 U.S.C. 3720D, 31 CFR 285.11, and this part.
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> or <I>Federal agency</I> means a department, agency, court, court administrative office, or instrumentality in the executive, judicial, or legislative branch of the Federal Government, including government corporations.
</P>
<P><I>Creditor agency</I> means any Federal agency that is owed a debt.
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> means any amount of money, funds or property that has been determined by an appropriate official of the Federal Government to be owed to the United States by a person. As used in this part, the term “debt” does not include debts arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> means a person who owes a debt to the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Delinquent debt</I> means a debt that has not been paid by the date specified in the agency's initial written demand for payment or applicable agreement or instrument (including a post-delinquency payment agreement) unless other satisfactory payment arrangements have been made.
</P>
<P><I>Delinquent Treasury debt</I> means a delinquent debt owed to a Treasury entity.
</P>
<P><I>Disposable pay</I> has the same meaning as that term is defined in 5 CFR 550.1103.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> or <I>Federal employee</I> means a current employee of the Treasury Department or other Federal agency, including a current member of the Armed Forces, Reserve of the Armed Forces of the United States, or the National Guard.
</P>
<P><I>FCCS</I> means the Federal Claims Collection Standards, which were jointly published by the Departments of the Treasury and Justice and codified at 31 CFR parts 900-904.
</P>
<P><I>Financial Management Service</I> means the Financial Management Service, a bureau of the Treasury Department, which is responsible for the centralized collection of delinquent debts through the offset of Federal payments and other means.
</P>
<P><I>Payment agency</I> or <I>Federal payment agency</I> means any Federal agency that transmits payment requests in the form of certified payment vouchers, or other similar forms, to a disbursing official for disbursement. The “payment agency” may be the agency that employs the debtor. In some cases, the Treasury Department may be both the creditor agency and payment agency.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, organization, State or local government, or any other type of entity other than a Federal agency.
</P>
<P><I>Salary offset</I> means a type of administrative offset to collect a debt owed by a Federal employee from the current pay account of the employee.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Tax refund offset</I> is defined in 31 CFR 285.2(a).
</P>
<P><I>Treasury debt</I> means a debt owed to a Treasury entity by a person.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury Department</I> means the United States Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury entity</I> means the Office of Inspector General, the Office of Inspector General for Tax Administration, or a bureau of the Treasury Department, including the Departmental Offices, responsible for the collection of the applicable Treasury debt. Departmental Offices include, but are not limited to, the Office of D.C. Pensions, the Community Development Financial Institution Fund, the Executive Office of Asset Forfeiture, and the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Other bureaus include, but are not limited to, the Bureau of Public Debt; Bureau of Engraving and Printing; U.S. Mint; U.S. Secret Service; Customs Service; Financial Management Service; Internal Revenue Service; Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms; Office of Comptroller of the Currency; the Office of Thrift Supervision; Federal Law Enforcement Training Center; and the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.2   Why is the Treasury Department issuing these regulations and what do they cover?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This part provides procedures for the collection of Treasury debts. This part also provides procedures for collection of other debts owed to the United States when a request for offset of a Treasury payment is received by the Treasury Department from another agency (for example, when a Treasury Department employee owes a debt to the United States Department of Education).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) This part applies to the Treasury Department when collecting a Treasury debt, to persons who owe Treasury debts, and to Federal agencies requesting offset of a payment issued by the Treasury Department as a payment agency (including salary payments to Treasury Department employees).
</P>
<P>(2) This part does not apply to tax debts nor to any debt for which there is an indication of fraud or misrepresentation, as described in § 900.3 of the FCCS, unless the debt is returned by the Department of Justice to the Treasury Department for handling.
</P>
<P>(3) This part does not apply to the Financial Management Service when acting on behalf of other Federal agencies and states to collect delinquent debt referred to the Financial Management Service for collection action as required or authorized by Federal law. <I>See</I> 31 CFR part 285. 
</P>
<P>(4) Nothing in this part precludes collection or disposition of any debt under statutes and regulations other than those described in this part. <I>See, for example,</I> 5 U.S.C. 5705, Advancements and Deductions, which authorizes Treasury entities to recover travel advances by offset of up to 100% of a Federal employee's accrued pay. <I>See, also,</I> 5 U.S.C. 4108, governing the collection of training expenses. To the extent that the provisions of laws, other regulations, and Treasury Department enforcement policies differ from the provisions of this part, those provisions of law, other regulations, and Treasury Department enforcement policies apply to the remission or mitigation of fines, penalties, and forfeitures, and debts arising under the tariff laws of the United States, rather than the provisions of this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional policies and procedures.</I> Treasury entities may, but are not required to, promulgate additional policies and procedures consistent with this part, the FCCS, and other applicable Federal law, policies, and procedures. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Duplication not required.</I> Nothing in this part requires a Treasury entity to duplicate notices or administrative proceedings required by contract, this part, or other laws or regulations. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Use of multiple collection remedies allowed.</I> Treasury entities and other Federal agencies may simultaneously use multiple collection remedies to collect a debt, except as prohibited by law. This part is intended to promote aggressive debt collection, using for each debt all available collection remedies. These remedies are not listed in any prescribed order to provide Treasury entities with flexibility in determining which remedies will be most efficient in collecting the particular debt. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.3   Do these regulations adopt the Federal Claims Collection Standards (FCCS)?</HEAD>
<P>This part adopts and incorporates all provisions of the FCCS. This part also supplements the FCCS by prescribing procedures consistent with the FCCS, as necessary and appropriate for Treasury Department operations. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Procedures To Collect Treasury Debts</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.4   What notice will Treasury entities send to a debtor when collecting a Treasury debt?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice requirements.</I> Treasury entities shall aggressively collect Treasury debts. Treasury entities shall promptly send at least one written notice to a debtor informing the debtor of the consequences of failing to pay or otherwise resolve a Treasury debt. The notice(s) shall be sent to the debtor at the most current address of the debtor in the records of the Treasury entity collecting the debt. Generally, before starting the collection actions described in §§ 5.5 and 5.9 through 5.17 of this part, Treasury entities will send no more than two written notices to the debtor. The purpose of the notice(s) is to explain why the debt is owed, the amount of the debt, how a debtor may pay the debt or make alternate repayment arrangements, how a debtor may review documents related to the debt, how a debtor may dispute the debt, the collection remedies available to Treasury entities if the debtor refuses to pay the debt, and other consequences to the debtor if the debt is not paid. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the written notice(s) shall explain to the debtor: 
</P>
<P>(1) The nature and amount of the debt, and the facts giving rise to the debt; 
</P>
<P>(2) How interest, penalties, and administrative costs are added to the debt, the date by which payment should be made to avoid such charges, and that such assessments must be made unless excused in accordance with 31 CFR 901.9 (<I>see</I> § 5.5 of this part); 
</P>
<P>(3) The date by which payment should be made to avoid the enforced collection actions described in paragraph (a)(6) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(4) The Treasury entity's willingness to discuss alternative payment arrangements and how the debtor may enter into a written agreement to repay the debt under terms acceptable to the Treasury entity (<I>see</I> § 5.6 of this part); 
</P>
<P>(5) The name, address, and telephone number of a contact person or office within the Treasury entity; 
</P>
<P>(6) The Treasury entity's intention to enforce collection if the debtor fails to pay or otherwise resolve the debt, by taking one or more of the following actions: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Offset.</I> Offset the debtor's Federal payments, including income tax refunds, salary, certain benefit payments (such as Social Security), retirement, vendor, travel reimbursements and advances, and other Federal payments (<I>see</I> §§ 5.10 through 5.12 of this part); 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Private collection agency.</I> Refer the debt to a private collection agency (<I>see</I> § 5.15 of this part); 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Credit bureau reporting.</I> Report the debt to a credit bureau (<I>see</I> § 5.14 of this part); 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Administrative wage garnishment.</I> Garnish the debtor's wages through administrative wage garnishment (<I>see</I> § 5.13 of this part); 
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Litigation.</I> Refer the debt to the Department of Justice to initiate litigation to collect the debt (<I>see</I> § 5.16 of this part); 
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Treasury Department's Financial Management Service.</I> Refer the debt to the Financial Management Service for collection (<I>see</I> § 5.9 of this part); 
</P>
<P>(7) That Treasury debts over 180 days delinquent must be referred to the Financial Management Service for the collection actions described in paragraph (a)(6) of this section (<I>see</I> § 5.9 of this part); 
</P>
<P>(8) How the debtor may inspect and copy records related to the debt; 
</P>
<P>(9) How the debtor may request a review of the Treasury entity's determination that the debtor owes a debt and present evidence that the debt is not delinquent or legally enforceable (<I>see</I> §§ 5.10(c) and 5.11(c) of this part); 
</P>
<P>(10) How a debtor may request a hearing if the Treasury entity intends to garnish the debtor's private sector (<I>i.e.,</I> non-Federal) wages (<I>see</I> § 5.13(a) of this part), including: 
</P>
<P>(i) The method and time period for requesting a hearing; 
</P>
<P>(ii) That the timely filing of a request for a hearing on or before the 15th business day following the date of the notice will stay the commencement of administrative wage garnishment, but not necessarily other collection procedures; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The name and address of the office to which the request for a hearing should be sent. 
</P>
<P>(11) How a debtor who is a Federal employee subject to Federal salary offset may request a hearing (<I>see</I> § 5.12(e) of this part), including: 
</P>
<P>(i) The method and time period for requesting a hearing; 
</P>
<P>(ii) That the timely filing of a request for a hearing on or before the 15th calendar day following receipt of the notice will stay the commencement of salary offset, but not necessarily other collection procedures; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The name and address of the office to which the request for a hearing should be sent; 
</P>
<P>(iv) That the Treasury entity will refer the debt to the debtor's employing agency or to the Financial Management Service to implement salary offset, unless the employee files a timely request for a hearing; 
</P>
<P>(v) That a final decision on the hearing, if requested, will be issued at the earliest practical date, but not later than 60 days after the filing of the request for a hearing, unless the employee requests and the hearing official grants a delay in the proceedings; 
</P>
<P>(vi) That any knowingly false or frivolous statements, representations, or evidence may subject the Federal employee to penalties under the False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. 3729-3731) or other applicable statutory authority, and criminal penalties under 18 U.S.C. 286, 287, 1001, and 1002, or other applicable statutory authority; 
</P>
<P>(vii) That unless prohibited by contract or statute, amounts paid on or deducted for the debt which are later waived or found not owed to the United States will be promptly refunded to the employee; and
</P>
<P>(viii) That proceedings with respect to such debt are governed by 5 U.S.C. 5514 and 31 U.S.C. 3716; 
</P>
<P>(12) How the debtor may request a waiver of the debt, if applicable (<I>see, for example,</I> Treasury Directive 34-01 (Waiving Claims Against Treasury Employees for Erroneous Payments), set forth at appendix A of this part and at <I>http://www.treas.gov/regs</I>); 
</P>
<P>(13) How the debtor's spouse may claim his or her share of a joint income tax refund by filing Form 8379 with the Internal Revenue Service (<I>see http://www.irs.gov</I>) 
</P>
<P>(14) How the debtor may exercise other statutory or regulatory rights and remedies available to the debtor; 
</P>
<P>(15) That certain debtors may be ineligible for Federal Government loans, guaranties and insurance (<I>see</I> 31 U.S.C. 3720B, 31 CFR 285.13, and § 5.17(a) of this part); 
</P>
<P>(16) If applicable, the Treasury entity's intention to suspend or revoke licenses, permits or privileges (<I>see</I> § 5.17(b) of this part); and 
</P>
<P>(17) That the debtor should advise the Treasury entity of a bankruptcy proceeding of the debtor or another person liable for the debt being collected. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions to notice requirements.</I> A Treasury entity may omit from a notice to a debtor one or more of the provisions contained in paragraphs (a)(6) through (a)(17) of this section if the Treasury entity, in consultation with its legal counsel, determines that any provision is not legally required given the collection remedies to be applied to a particular debt.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Respond to debtors; comply with FCCS.</I> Treasury entities should respond promptly to communications from debtors and comply with other FCCS provisions applicable to the administrative collection of debts. <I>See</I> 31 CFR part 901. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.5   How will Treasury entities add interest, penalty charges, and administrative costs to a Treasury debt?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Assessment and notice.</I> Treasury entities shall assess interest, penalties and administrative costs on Treasury debts in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3717 and 31 CFR 901.9, on Treasury debts. Interest shall be charged in accordance with the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3717(a). Penalties shall accrue at the rate of 6% per year, or such other higher rate as authorized by law. Administrative costs, that is the costs of processing and handling a delinquent debt, shall be determined by the Treasury entity collecting the Treasury debt. Treasury entities may have additional policies regarding how interest, penalties, and administrative costs are assessed on particular types of debts. Treasury entities are required to explain in the notice to the debtor described in § 5.4 of this part how interest, penalties, costs, and other charges are assessed, unless the requirements are included in a contract or repayment agreement. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Waiver of interest, penalties, and administrative costs.</I> Unless otherwise required by law, Treasury entities may not charge interest if the amount due on the debt is paid within 30 days after the date from which the interest accrues. <I>See</I> 31 U.S.C. 3717(d). Treasury entities may waive interest, penalties, and administrative costs, or any portion thereof, when it would be against equity and good conscience or not in the Treasury entity's best interest to collect such charges, in accordance with Treasury guidelines for waiving claims against Treasury employees for erroneous overpayments. <I>See</I> Treasury Directive 34-01 (Waiving Claims Against Treasury Employees for Erroneous Payments) set forth at appendix A of this part and at <I>http://www.treas.gov/regs.</I> Legal counsel approval is not required to waive such charges. Cf., §§ 5.7 and 5.8 of this part, which require legal counsel approval when compromising a debt or terminating debt collection activity on a debt. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Accrual during suspension of debt collection.</I> In most cases, interest, penalties and administrative costs will continue to accrue during any period when collection has been suspended for any reason (for example, when the debtor has requested a hearing). Treasury entities may suspend accrual of any or all of these charges when accrual would be against equity and good conscience or not in the Treasury entity's best interest, in accordance with Treasury guidelines for waiving claims against Treasury employees for erroneous overpayments. <I>See</I> Treasury Directive 34-01 (Waiving Claims Against Treasury Employees for Erroneous Payments), set forth at appendix A of this part and <I>http://www.treas.gov/regs.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.6   When will Treasury entities allow a debtor to pay a Treasury debt in installments instead of one lump sum?</HEAD>
<P>If a debtor is financially unable to pay the debt in one lump sum, a Treasury entity may accept payment of a Treasury debt in regular installments, in accordance with the provisions of 31 CFR 901.8 and the Treasury entity's policies and procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.7   When will Treasury entities compromise a Treasury debt?</HEAD>
<P>If a Treasury entity cannot collect the full amount of a Treasury debt, the Treasury entity may compromise the debt in accordance with the provisions of 31 CFR part 902 and the Treasury entity's policies and procedures. Legal counsel approval to compromise a Treasury debt is required as described in Treasury Directive 34-02 (Credit Management and Debt Collection), which may be found at <I>http://www.treas.gov/regs.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.8   When will Treasury entities suspend or terminate debt collection on a Treasury debt?</HEAD>
<P>If, after pursuing all appropriate means of collection, a Treasury entity determines that a Treasury debt is uncollectible, the Treasury entity may suspend or terminate debt collection activity in accordance with the provisions of 31 CFR part 903 and the Treasury entity's policies and procedures. Legal counsel approval to terminate debt collection activity is required as described in Treasury Directive 34-02 (Credit Management and Debt Collection), which may be found at <I>http://www.treas.gov/regs.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.9" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.9   When will Treasury entities transfer a Treasury debt to the Treasury Department's Financial Management Service for collection?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury entities will transfer any eligible debt that is more than 180 days delinquent to the Financial Management Service for debt collection services, a process known as “cross-servicing.” <I>See</I> 31 U.S.C. 3711(g) and 31 CFR 285.12. Treasury entities may transfer debts delinquent 180 days or less to the Financial Management Service in accordance with the procedures described in 31 CFR 285.12. The Financial Management Service takes appropriate action to collect or compromise the transferred debt, or to suspend or terminate collection action thereon, in accordance with the statutory and regulatory requirements and authorities applicable to the debt and the collection action to be taken. <I>See</I> 31 CFR 285.12(b)(2). Appropriate action includes, but is not limited to, contact with the debtor, referral of the debt to the Treasury Offset Program, private collection agencies or the Department of Justice, reporting of the debt to credit bureaus, and administrative wage garnishment. 
</P>
<P>(b) At least sixty (60) days prior to transferring a Treasury debt to the Financial Management Service, Treasury entities will send notice to the debtor as required by § 5.4 of this part. Treasury entities will certify to the Financial Management Service, in writing, that the debt is valid, delinquent, legally enforceable, and that there are no legal bars to collection. In addition, Treasury entities will certify their compliance with all applicable due process and other requirements as described in this part and other Federal laws. <I>See</I> 31 CFR 285.12(i) regarding the certification requirement. 
</P>
<P>(c) As part of its debt collection process, the Financial Management Service uses the Treasury Offset Program to collect Treasury debts by administrative and tax refund offset. <I>See</I> 31 CFR 285.12(g). The Treasury Offset Program is a centralized offset program administered by the Financial Management Service to collect delinquent debts owed to Federal agencies and states (including past-due child support). Under the Treasury Offset Program, before a Federal payment is disbursed, the Financial Management Service compares the name and taxpayer identification number (TIN) of the payee with the names and TINs of debtors that have been submitted by Federal agencies and states to the Treasury Offset Program database. If there is a match, the Financial Management Service (or, in some cases, another Federal disbursing agency) offsets all or a portion of the Federal payment, disburses any remaining payment to the payee, and pays the offset amount to the creditor agency. Federal payments eligible for offset include, but are not limited to, income tax refunds, salary, travel advances and reimbursements, retirement and vendor payments, and Social Security and other benefit payments. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.10" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.10   How will Treasury entities use administrative offset (offset of non-tax Federal payments) to collect a Treasury debt?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Centralized administrative offset through the Treasury Offset Program.</I> (1) In most cases, the Financial Management Service uses the Treasury Offset Program to collect Treasury debts by the offset of Federal payments. <I>See</I> § 5.9(c) of this part. If not already transferred to the Financial Management Service under § 5.9 of this part, Treasury entities will refer any eligible debt over 180 days delinquent to the Treasury Offset Program for collection by centralized administrative offset. <I>See</I> 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(6); 31 CFR part 285, subpart A; and 31 CFR 901.3(b). Treasury entities may refer any eligible debt less than 180 days delinquent to the Treasury Offset Program for offset. 
</P>
<P>(2) At least sixty (60) days prior to referring a debt to the Treasury Offset Program, in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, Treasury entities will send notice to the debtor in accordance with the requirements of § 5.4 of this part. Treasury entities will certify to the Financial Management Service, in writing, that the debt is valid, delinquent, legally enforceable, and that there are no legal bars to collection by offset. In addition, Treasury entities will certify their compliance with the requirements described in this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-centralized administrative offset for Treasury debts.</I> (1) When centralized administrative offset through the Treasury Offset Program is not available or appropriate, Treasury entities may collect past-due, legally enforceable Treasury debts through non-centralized administrative offset. <I>See</I> 31 CFR 901.3(c). In these cases, Treasury entities may offset a payment internally or make an offset request directly to a Federal payment agency. If the Federal payment agency is another Treasury entity, the Treasury entity making the request shall do so through the Deputy Chief Financial Officer as described in § 5.20(c) of this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) At least thirty (30) days prior to offsetting a payment internally or requesting a Federal payment agency to offset a payment, Treasury entities will send notice to the debtor in accordance with the requirements of § 5.4 of this part. When referring a debt for offset under this paragraph (b), Treasury entities making the request will certify, in writing, that the debt is valid, delinquent, legally enforceable, and that there are no legal bars to collection by offset. In addition, Treasury entities will certify their compliance with these regulations concerning administrative offset. <I>See</I> 31 CFR 901.3(c)(2)(ii). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Administrative review.</I> The notice described in § 5.4 of this part shall explain to the debtor how to request an administrative review of a Treasury entity's determination that the debtor owes a Treasury debt and how to present evidence that the debt is not delinquent or legally enforceable. In addition to challenging the existence and amount of the debt, the debtor may seek a review of the terms of repayment. In most cases, Treasury entities will provide the debtor with a “paper hearing” based upon a review of the written record, including documentation provided by the debtor. Treasury entities shall provide the debtor with a reasonable opportunity for an oral hearing when the debtor requests reconsideration of the debt and the Treasury entity determines that the question of the indebtedness cannot be resolved by review of the documentary evidence, for example, when the validity of the debt turns on an issue of credibility or veracity. Unless otherwise required by law, an oral hearing under this section is not required to be a formal evidentiary hearing, although Treasury entities should carefully document all significant matters discussed at the hearing. Treasury entities may suspend collection through administrative offset and/or other collection actions pending the resolution of a debtor's dispute. Each Treasury entity will have its own policies and procedures concerning the administrative review process consistent with the FCCS and the regulations in this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedures for expedited offset.</I> Under the circumstances described in 31 CFR 901.3(b)(4)(iii), Treasury entities may effect an offset against a payment to be made to the debtor prior to sending a notice to the debtor, as described in § 5.4 of this part, or completing the procedures described in paragraph (b)(2) and (c) of this section. Treasury entities shall give the debtor notice and an opportunity for review as soon as practicable and promptly refund any money ultimately found not to have been owed to the Government. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.11   How will Treasury entities use tax refund offset to collect a Treasury debt?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tax refund offset.</I> In most cases, the Financial Management Service uses the Treasury Offset Program to collect Treasury debts by the offset of tax refunds and other Federal payments. <I>See</I> § 5.9(c) of this part. If not already transferred to the Financial Management Service under § 5.9 of this part, Treasury entities will refer to the Treasury Offset Program any past-due, legally enforceable debt for collection by tax refund offset. <I>See</I> 26 U.S.C. 6402(d), 31 U.S.C. 3720A and 31 CFR 285.2. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice.</I> At least sixty (60) days prior to referring a debt to the Treasury Offset Program, Treasury entities will send notice to the debtor in accordance with the requirements of § 5.4 of this part. Treasury entities will certify to the Financial Management Service's Treasury Offset Program, in writing, that the debt is past-due and legally enforceable in the amount submitted and that the Treasury entities have made reasonable efforts to obtain payment of the debt as described in 31 CFR 285.2(d). In addition, Treasury entities will certify their compliance with all applicable due process and other requirements described in this part and other Federal laws. <I>See</I> 31 U.S.C. 3720A(b) and 31 CFR 285.2. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Administrative review.</I> The notice described in § 5.4 of this part shall provide the debtor with at least 60 days prior to the initiation of tax refund offset to request an administrative review as described in § 5.10(c) of this part. Treasury entities may suspend collection through tax refund offset and/or other collection actions pending the resolution of the debtor's dispute. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.12" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.12   How will Treasury entities offset a Federal employee's salary to collect a Treasury debt?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal salary offset.</I> (1) Salary offset is used to collect debts owed to the United States by Treasury Department and other Federal employees. If a Federal employee owes a Treasury debt, Treasury entities may offset the employee's Federal salary to collect the debt in the manner described in this section. For information on how a Federal agency other than a Treasury entity may collect debt from the salary of a Treasury Department employee, see §§ 5.20 and 5.21, subpart C, of this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in this part requires a Treasury entity to collect a Treasury debt in accordance with the provisions of this section if Federal law allows otherwise. <I>See, for example,</I> 5 U.S.C. 5705 (travel advances not used for allowable travel expenses are recoverable from the employee or his estate by setoff against accrued pay and other means) and 5 U.S.C. 4108 (recovery of training expenses). 
</P>
<P>(3) Treasury entities may use the administrative wage garnishment procedure described in § 5.13 of this part to collect a debt from an individual's non-Federal wages. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Centralized salary offset through the Treasury Offset Program.</I> As described in § 5.9(a) of this part, Treasury entities will refer Treasury debts to the Financial Management Service for collection by administrative offset, including salary offset, through the Treasury Offset Program. When possible, Treasury entities should attempt salary offset through the Treasury Offset Program before applying the procedures in paragraph (c) of this section. See 5 CFR 550.1109. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Non-centralized salary offset for Treasury debts.</I> When centralized salary offset through the Treasury Offset Program is not available or appropriate, Treasury entities may collect delinquent Treasury debts through non-centralized salary offset. <I>See</I> 5 CFR 550.1109. In these cases, Treasury entities may offset a payment internally or make a request directly to a Federal payment agency to offset a salary payment to collect a delinquent debt owed by a Federal employee. If the Federal payment agency is another Treasury entity, the Treasury entity making the request shall do so through the Deputy Chief Financial Officer as described in § 5.20(c) of this part. At least thirty (30) days prior to offsetting internally or requesting a Federal agency to offset a salary payment, Treasury entities will send notice to the debtor in accordance with the requirements of § 5.4 of this part. When referring a debt for offset, Treasury entities will certify to the payment agency, in writing, that the debt is valid, delinquent and legally enforceable in the amount stated, and there are no legal bars to collection by salary offset. In addition, Treasury entities will certify that all due process and other prerequisites to salary offset have been met. <I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 5514, 31 U.S.C. 3716(a), and this section for a description of the due process and other prerequisites for salary offset. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When prior notice not required.</I> Treasury entities are not required to provide prior notice to an employee when the following adjustments are made by a Treasury entity to a Treasury employee's pay: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any adjustment to pay arising out of any employee's election of coverage or a change in coverage under a Federal benefits program requiring periodic deductions from pay, if the amount to be recovered was accumulated over four pay periods or less; 
</P>
<P>(2) A routine intra-agency adjustment of pay that is made to correct an overpayment of pay attributable to clerical or administrative errors or delays in processing pay documents, if the overpayment occurred within the four pay periods preceding the adjustment, and, at the time of such adjustment, or as soon thereafter as practical, the individual is provided written notice of the nature and the amount of the adjustment and point of contact for contesting such adjustment; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Any adjustment to collect a debt amounting to $50 or less, if, at the time of such adjustment, or as soon thereafter as practical, the individual is provided written notice of the nature and the amount of the adjustment and a point of contact for contesting such adjustment. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Hearing procedures</I>—(1) <I>Request for a hearing.</I> A Federal employee who has received a notice that his or her Treasury debt will be collected by means of salary offset may request a hearing concerning the existence or amount of the debt. The Federal employee also may request a hearing concerning the amount proposed to be deducted from the employee's pay each pay period. The employee must send any request for hearing, in writing, to the office designated in the notice described in § 5.4. <I>See</I> § 5.4(a)(11). The request must be received by the designated office on or before the 15th calendar day following the employee's receipt of the notice. The employee must sign the request and specify whether an oral or paper hearing is requested. If an oral hearing is requested, the employee must explain why the matter cannot be resolved by review of the documentary evidence alone. All travel expenses incurred by the Federal employee in connection with an in-person hearing will be borne by the employee. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Failure to submit timely request for hearing.</I> If the employee fails to submit a request for hearing within the time period described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the employee will have waived the right to a hearing, and salary offset may be initiated. However, Treasury entities should accept a late request for hearing if the employee can show that the late request was the result of circumstances beyond the employee's control or because of a failure to receive actual notice of the filing deadline. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Hearing official.</I> Treasury entities must obtain the services of a hearing official who is not under the supervision or control of the Secretary. Treasury entities may contact the Deputy Chief Financial Officer as described in § 5.20(c) of this part or an agent of any agency designated in Appendix A to 5 CFR part 581 (List of Agents Designated to Accept Legal Process) to request a hearing official. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Notice of hearing.</I> After the employee requests a hearing, the designated hearing official shall inform the employee of the form of the hearing to be provided. For oral hearings, the notice shall set forth the date, time and location of the hearing. For paper hearings, the notice shall notify the employee of the date by which he or she should submit written arguments to the designated hearing official. The hearing official shall give the employee reasonable time to submit documentation in support of the employee's position. The hearing official shall schedule a new hearing date if requested by both parties. The hearing official shall give both parties reasonable notice of the time and place of a rescheduled hearing. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Oral hearing.</I> The hearing official will conduct an oral hearing if he or she determines that the matter cannot be resolved by review of documentary evidence alone (for example, when an issue of credibility or veracity is involved). The hearing need not take the form of an evidentiary hearing, but may be conducted in a manner determined by the hearing official, including but not limited to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Informal conferences with the hearing official, in which the employee and agency representative will be given full opportunity to present evidence, witnesses and argument; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Informal meetings with an interview of the employee by the hearing official; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Formal written submissions, with an opportunity for oral presentation. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Paper hearing.</I> If the hearing official determines that an oral hearing is not necessary, he or she will make the determination based upon a review of the available written record, including any documentation submitted by the employee in support of his or her position. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Failure to appear or submit documentary evidence.</I> In the absence of good cause shown (for example, excused illness), if the employee fails to appear at an oral hearing or fails to submit documentary evidence as required for a paper hearing, the employee will have waived the right to a hearing, and salary offset may be initiated. Further, the employee will have been deemed to admit the existence and amount of the debt as described in the notice of intent to offset. If the Treasury entity representative fails to appear at an oral hearing, the hearing official shall proceed with the hearing as scheduled, and make his or her determination based upon the oral testimony presented and the documentary evidence submitted by both parties. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Burden of proof.</I> Treasury entities will have the initial burden to prove the existence and amount of the debt. Thereafter, if the employee disputes the existence or amount of the debt, the employee must prove by a preponderance of the evidence that no debt exists or that the amount of the debt is incorrect. In addition, the employee may present evidence that the proposed terms of the repayment schedule are unlawful, would cause a financial hardship to the employee, or that collection of the debt may not be pursued due to operation of law. 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Record.</I> The hearing official shall maintain a summary record of any hearing provided by this part. Witnesses will testify under oath or affirmation in oral hearings. 
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Date of decision.</I> The hearing official shall issue a written opinion stating his or her decision, based upon documentary evidence and information developed at the hearing, as soon as practicable after the hearing, but not later than 60 days after the date on which the request for hearing was received by the Treasury entity. If the employee requests a delay in the proceedings, the deadline for the decision may be postponed by the number of days by which the hearing was postponed. When a decision is not timely rendered, the Treasury entity shall waive penalties applied to the debt for the period beginning with the date the decision is due and ending on the date the decision is issued. 
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Content of decision.</I> The written decision shall include: 
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of the facts presented to support the origin, nature, and amount of the debt; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The hearing official's findings, analysis, and conclusions; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The terms of any repayment schedules, if applicable. 
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Final agency action.</I> The hearing official's decision shall be final. 
</P>
<P>(f) Waiver not precluded. Nothing in this part precludes an employee from requesting waiver of an overpayment under 5 U.S.C. 5584 or 8346(b), 10 U.S.C. 2774, 32 U.S.C. 716, or other statutory authority. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Salary offset process</I>—(1) <I>Determination of disposable pay.</I> The office of the Deputy Chief Financial Officer will consult with the appropriate Treasury entity payroll office to determine the amount of a Treasury Department employee's disposable pay (as defined in § 5.1 of this part) and will implement salary offset when requested to do so by a Treasury entity, as described in paragraph (c) of this section, or another agency, as described in § 5.20 of this part. If the debtor is not employed by the Treasury Department, the agency employing the debtor will determine the amount of the employee's disposable pay and will implement salary offset upon request. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>When salary offset begins.</I> Deductions shall begin within three official pay periods following receipt of the creditor agency's request for offset. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Amount of salary offset.</I> The amount to be offset from each salary payment will be up to 15 percent of a debtor's disposable pay, as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) If the amount of the debt is equal to or less than 15 percent of the disposable pay, such debt generally will be collected in one lump sum payment; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Installment deductions will be made over a period of no greater than the anticipated period of employment. An installment deduction will not exceed 15 percent of the disposable pay from which the deduction is made unless the employee has agreed in writing to the deduction of a greater amount or the creditor agency has determined that smaller deductions are appropriate based on the employee's ability to pay. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Final salary payment.</I> After the employee has separated either voluntarily or involuntarily from the payment agency, the payment agency may make a lump sum deduction exceeding 15 percent of disposable pay from any final salary or other payments pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716 in order to satisfy a debt. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Payment agency's responsibilities.</I> (1) As required by 5 CFR 550.1109, if the employee separates from the payment agency from which a Treasury entity has requested salary offset, the payment agency must certify the total amount of its collection and notify the Treasury entity and the employee of the amounts collected. If the payment agency is aware that the employee is entitled to payments from the Civil Service Retirement Fund and Disability Fund, the Federal Employee Retirement System, or other similar payments, it must provide written notification to the payment agency responsible for making such payments that the debtor owes a debt, the amount of the debt, and that the Treasury entity has complied with the provisions of this section. Treasury entities must submit a properly certified claim to the new payment agency before the collection can be made. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the employee is already separated from employment and all payments due from his or her former payment agency have been made, Treasury entities may request that money due and payable to the employee from the Civil Service Retirement Fund and Disability Fund, the Federal Employee Retirement System, or other similar funds, be administratively offset to collect the debt. Generally, Treasury entities will collect such monies through the Treasury Offset Program as described in § 5.9(c) of this part. 
</P>
<P>(3) When an employee transfers to another agency, Treasury entities should resume collection with the employee's new payment agency in order to continue salary offset. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.13" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.13   How will Treasury entities use administrative wage garnishment to collect a Treasury debt from a debtor's wages?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury entities are authorized to collect debts from a debtor's wages by means of administrative wage garnishment in accordance with the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3720D and 31 CFR 285.11. This part adopts and incorporates all of the provisions of 31 CFR 285.11 concerning administrative wage garnishment, including the hearing procedures described in 31 CFR 285.11(f). Treasury entities may use administrative wage garnishment to collect a delinquent Treasury debt unless the debtor is making timely payments under an agreement to pay the debt in installments (see § 5.6 of this part). At least thirty (30) days prior to initiating an administrative wage garnishment, Treasury entities will send notice to the debtor in accordance with the requirements of § 5.4 of this part, including the requirements of § 5.4(a)(10) of this part. For Treasury debts referred to the Financial Management Service under § 5.9 of this part, Treasury entities may authorize the Financial Management Service to send a notice informing the debtor that administrative wage garnishment will be initiated and how the debtor may request a hearing as described in § 5.4(a)(10) of this part. If a debtor makes a timely request for a hearing, administrative wage garnishment will not begin until a hearing is held and a decision is sent to the debtor. See 31 CFR 285.11(f)(4). If a debtor's hearing request is not timely, Treasury entities may suspend collection by administrative wage garnishment in accordance with the provisions of 31 CFR 285.11(f)(5). All travel expenses incurred by the debtor in connection with an in-person hearing will be borne by the debtor. 
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not apply to Federal salary offset, the process by which Treasury entities collect debts from the salaries of Federal employees (see § 5.12 of this part). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.14" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.14   How will Treasury entities report Treasury debts to credit bureaus?</HEAD>
<P>Treasury entities shall report delinquent Treasury debts to credit bureaus in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3711(e), 31 CFR 901.4, and the Office of Management and Budget Circular A-129, “Policies for Federal Credit Programs and Nontax Receivables.” For additional information, see Financial Management Service's “Guide to the Federal Credit Bureau Program,” which may be found at <I>http://www.fms.treas.gov/debt.</I> At least sixty (60) days prior to reporting a delinquent debt to a consumer reporting agency, Treasury entities will send notice to the debtor in accordance with the requirements of § 5.4 of this part. Treasury entities may authorize the Financial Management Service to report to credit bureaus those delinquent Treasury debts that have been transferred to the Financial Management Service under § 5.9 of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.15" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.15   How will Treasury entities refer Treasury debts to private collection agencies?</HEAD>
<P>Treasury entities will transfer delinquent Treasury debts to the Financial Management Service to obtain debt collection services provided by private collection agencies. See § 5.9 of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.16" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.16   When will Treasury entities refer Treasury debts to the Department of Justice?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compromise or suspension or termination of collection activity.</I> Treasury entities shall refer Treasury debts having a principal balance over $100,000, or such higher amount as authorized by the Attorney General, to the Department of Justice for approval of any compromise of a debt or suspension or termination of collection activity. <I>See</I> §§ 5.7 and 5.8 of this part; 31 CFR 902.1; 31 CFR 903.1. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Litigation.</I> Treasury entities shall promptly refer to the Department of Justice for litigation delinquent Treasury debts on which aggressive collection activity has been taken in accordance with this part and that should not be compromised, and on which collection activity should not be suspended or terminated. See 31 CFR part 904. Treasury entities may authorize the Financial Management Service to refer to the Department of Justice for litigation those delinquent Treasury debts that have been transferred to the Financial Management Service under § 5.9 of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.17" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.17   Will a debtor who owes a Treasury debt be ineligible for Federal loan assistance or Federal licenses, permits or privileges?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Delinquent debtors barred from obtaining Federal loans or loan insurance or guaranties.</I> As required by 31 U.S.C. 3720B and 31 CFR 901.6, Treasury entities will not extend financial assistance in the form of a loan, loan guarantee, or loan insurance to any person delinquent on a debt owed to a Federal agency. This prohibition does not apply to disaster loans. Treasury entities may extend credit after the delinquency has been resolved. See 31 CFR 285.13 for standards defining when a “delinquency” is “resolved” for purposes of this prohibition. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Suspension or revocation of eligibility for licenses, permits, or privileges.</I> Unless prohibited by law, Treasury entities should suspend or revoke licenses, permits, or other privileges for any inexcusable or willful failure of a debtor to pay a debt. The Treasury entity responsible for distributing the licenses, permits, or other privileges will establish policies and procedures governing suspension and revocation for delinquent debtors. If applicable, Treasury entities will advise the debtor in the notice required by § 5.4 of this part of the Treasury entities' ability to suspend or revoke licenses, permits or privileges. <I>See</I> § 5.4(a)(16) of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.18" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.18   How does a debtor request a special review based on a change in circumstances such as catastrophic illness, divorce, death, or disability?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Material change in circumstances.</I> A debtor who owes a Treasury debt may, at any time, request a special review by the applicable Treasury entity of the amount of any offset, administrative wage garnishment, or voluntary payment, based on materially changed circumstances beyond the control of the debtor such as, but not limited to, catastrophic illness, divorce, death, or disability. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inability to pay.</I> For purposes of this section, in determining whether an involuntary or voluntary payment would prevent the debtor from meeting essential subsistence expenses (costs incurred for food, housing, clothing, transportation, and medical care), the debtor shall submit a detailed statement and supporting documents for the debtor, his or her spouse, and dependents, indicating: 
</P>
<P>(1) Income from all sources; 
</P>
<P>(2) Assets; 
</P>
<P>(3) Liabilities; 
</P>
<P>(4) Number of dependents; 
</P>
<P>(5) Expenses for food, housing, clothing, and transportation; 
</P>
<P>(6) Medical expenses; and 
</P>
<P>(7) Exceptional expenses, if any. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Alternative payment arrangement.</I> If the debtor requests a special review under this section, the debtor shall submit an alternative proposed payment schedule and a statement to the Treasury entity collecting the debt, with supporting documents, showing why the current offset, garnishment or repayment schedule imposes an extreme financial hardship on the debtor. The Treasury entity will evaluate the statement and documentation and determine whether the current offset, garnishment, or repayment schedule imposes extreme financial hardship on the debtor. The Treasury entity shall notify the debtor in writing of such determination, including, if appropriate, a revised offset, garnishment, or payment schedule. If the special review results in a revised offset, garnishment, or repayment schedule, the Treasury entity will notify the appropriate agency or other persons about the new terms. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.19" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.2.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.19   Will Treasury entities issue a refund if money is erroneously collected on a debt?</HEAD>
<P>Treasury entities shall promptly refund to a debtor any amount collected on a Treasury debt when the debt is waived or otherwise found not to be owed to the United States, or as otherwise required by law. Refunds under this part shall not bear interest unless required by law. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures for Offset of Treasury Department Payments To Collect Debts Owed to Other Federal Agencies</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.20" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.20   How do other Federal agencies use the offset process to collect debts from payments issued by a Treasury entity?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Offset of Treasury entity payments to collect debts owed to other Federal agencies.</I> (1) In most cases, Federal agencies submit eligible debts to the Treasury Offset Program to collect delinquent debts from payments issued by Treasury entities and other Federal agencies, a process known as “centralized offset.” When centralized offset is not available or appropriate, any Federal agency may ask a Treasury entity (when acting as a “payment agency”) to collect a debt owed to such agency by offsetting funds payable to a debtor by the Treasury entity, including salary payments issued to Treasury entity employees. This section and § 5.21 of this subpart C apply when a Federal agency asks a Treasury entity to offset a payment issued by the Treasury entity to a person who owes a debt to the United States. 
</P>
<P>(2) This subpart C does not apply to Treasury debts. <I>See</I> §§ 5.10 through 5.12 of this part for offset procedures applicable to Treasury debts. 
</P>
<P>(3) This subpart C does not apply to the collection of non-Treasury debts through tax refund offset. <I>See</I> 31 CFR 285.2 for tax refund offset procedures. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administrative offset (including salary offset); certification.</I> A Treasury entity will initiate a requested offset only upon receipt of written certification from the creditor agency that the debtor owes the past-due, legally enforceable debt in the amount stated, and that the creditor agency has fully complied with all applicable due process and other requirements contained in 31 U.S.C. 3716, 5 U.S.C. 5514, and the creditor agency's regulations, as applicable. Offsets will continue until the debt is paid in full or otherwise resolved to the satisfaction of the creditor agency. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Where a creditor agency makes requests for offset.</I> Requests for offset under this section shall be sent to the U.S. Department of the Treasury, ATTN: Deputy Chief Financial Officer, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Attention: Metropolitan Square, Room 6228, Washington, DC 20220. The Deputy Chief Financial Officer will forward the request to the appropriate Treasury entity for processing in accordance with this subpart C. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Incomplete certification.</I> A Treasury entity will return an incomplete debt certification to the creditor agency with notice that the creditor agency must comply with paragraph (b) of this section before action will be taken to collect a debt from a payment issued by a Treasury entity. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Review.</I> A Treasury entity is not authorized to review the merits of the creditor agency's determination with respect to the amount or validity of the debt certified by the creditor agency. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>When Treasury entities will not comply with offset request.</I> A Treasury entity will comply with the offset request of another agency unless the Treasury entity determines that the offset would not be in the best interests of the United States, or would otherwise be contrary to law. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Multiple debts.</I> When two or more creditor agencies are seeking offsets from payments made to the same person, or when two or more debts are owed to a single creditor agency, the Treasury entity that has been asked to offset the payments may determine the order in which the debts will be collected or whether one or more debts should be collected by offset simultaneously. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Priority of debts owed to Treasury entity.</I> For purposes of this section, debts owed to a Treasury entity generally take precedence over debts owed to other agencies. The Treasury entity that has been asked to offset the payments may determine whether to pay debts owed to other agencies before paying a debt owed to a Treasury entity. The Treasury entity that has been asked to offset the payments will determine the order in which the debts will be collected based on the best interests of the United States. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.21" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.21   What does a Treasury entity do upon receipt of a request to offset the salary of a Treasury entity employee to collect a debt owed by the employee to another Federal agency?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice to the Treasury employee.</I> When a Treasury entity receives proper certification of a debt owed by one of its employees, the Treasury entity will begin deductions from the employee's pay at the next officially established pay interval. The Treasury entity will send a written notice to the employee indicating that a certified debt claim has been received from the creditor agency, the amount of the debt claimed to be owed by the creditor agency, the date deductions from salary will begin, and the amount of such deductions. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amount of deductions from Treasury employee's salary.</I> The amount deducted under § 5.20(b) of this part will be the lesser of the amount of the debt certified by the creditor agency or an amount up to 15% of the debtor's disposable pay. Deductions shall continue until the Treasury entity knows that the debt is paid in full or until otherwise instructed by the creditor agency. Alternatively, the amount offset may be an amount agreed upon, in writing, by the debtor and the creditor agency. <I>See</I> § 5.12(g) (salary offset process). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When the debtor is no longer employed by the Treasury entity</I>—(1) <I>Offset of final and subsequent payments.</I> If a Treasury entity employee retires or resigns or if his or her employment ends before collection of the debt is complete, the Treasury entity will continue to offset, under 31 U.S.C. 3716, up to 100% of an employee's subsequent payments until the debt is paid or otherwise resolved. Such payments include a debtor's final salary payment, lump-sum leave payment, and other payments payable to the debtor by the Treasury entity. <I>See</I> 31 U.S.C. 3716 and 5 CFR 550.1104(l) and 550.1104(m). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice to the creditor agency.</I> If the employee is separated from the Treasury entity before the debt is paid in full, the Treasury entity will certify to the creditor agency the total amount of its collection. If the Treasury entity is aware that the employee is entitled to payments from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund, Federal Employee Retirement System, or other similar payments, the Treasury entity will provide written notice to the agency making such payments that the debtor owes a debt (including the amount) and that the provisions of 5 CFR 550.1109 have been fully complied with. The creditor agency is responsible for submitting a certified claim to the agency responsible for making such payments before collection may begin. Generally, creditor agencies will collect such monies through the Treasury Offset Program as described in § 5.9(c) of this part. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notice to the debtor.</I> The Treasury entity will provide to the debtor a copy of any notices sent to the creditor agency under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When the debtor transfers to another Federal agency</I>—(1) <I>Notice to the creditor agency.</I> If the debtor transfers to another Federal agency before the debt is paid in full, the Treasury entity will notify the creditor agency and will certify the total amount of its collection on the debt. The Treasury entity will provide a copy of the certification to the creditor agency. The creditor agency is responsible for submitting a certified claim to the debtor's new employing agency before collection may begin. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice to the debtor.</I> The Treasury entity will provide to the debtor a copy of any notices and certifications sent to the creditor agency under paragraph (d)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Request for hearing official.</I> A Treasury entity will provide a hearing official upon the creditor agency's request with respect to a Treasury entity employee. <I>See</I> 5 CFR 550.1107(a). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.6.3.1.3.18" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 5—Treasury Directive 34-01—Waiving Claims Against Treasury Employees for Erroneous Payments 
</HEAD>
<HD1>Treasury Directive 34-01 
</HD1>
<P><I>Date:</I> July 12, 2000. 
</P>
<P><I>Sunset Review:</I> July 12, 2004. 
</P>
<P><I>Subject:</I> Waiving Claims Against Treasury Employees for Erroneous Payments. 
</P>
<HD2>1. Purpose 
</HD2>
<P>This Directive establishes the Department of the Treasury's policies and procedures for waiving claims by the Government against an employee for erroneous payments of: (1) Pay and allowances (e.g., health and life insurance) and (2) travel, transportation, and relocation expenses and allowances. 
</P>
<HD2>2. Background 
</HD2>
<P>a. 5 U.S.C. § 5584 authorizes the waiver of claims by the United States in whole or in part against an employee arising out of erroneous payments of pay and allowances, travel, transportation, and relocation expenses and allowances. A waiver may be considered when collection of the claim would be against equity and good conscience and not in the best interest of the United States provided that there does not exist, in connection with the claim, an indication of fraud, misrepresentation, fault, or lack of good faith on the part of the employee or any other person having an interest in obtaining a waiver of the claim. 
</P>
<P>b. The General Accounting Office Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-316), Title I, § 103(d), enacted October 19, 1996, amended 5 U.S.C. § 5584 by transferring the authority to waive claims for erroneous payments exceeding $1,500 from the Comptroller General of the United States to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). OMB subsequently redelegated this waiver authority to the executive agency that made the erroneous payment. The authority to waive claims not exceeding $1,500, which was vested in the head of each agency prior to the enactment of Pub. L. 104-316, was unaffected by the Act. 
</P>
<P>c. 5 U.S.C. § 5514 authorizes the head of each agency, upon a determination that an employee is indebted to the United States for debts to which the United States is entitled to be repaid at the time of the determination, to deduct up to 15%, or a greater amount if agreed to by the employee, from the employee's pay at officially established pay intervals in order to repay the debt. 
</P>
<HD2>3. Delegation 
</HD2>
<P>a. The Deputy Assistant Secretary (Administration), the heads of bureaus, the Inspector General, and the Inspector General for Tax Administration are delegated the authority to waive, in whole or in part, a claim of the United States against an employee for an erroneous payment of pay and allowances, travel, transportation, and relocation expenses and allowances, aggregating less than $5,000 per claim, in accordance with the limitations and standards in 5 U.S.C. § 5584. 
</P>
<P>b. Treasury's Deputy Chief Financial Officer is delegated the authority to waive, in whole or in part, a claim of the United States against an employee for an erroneous payment of pay and allowances, travel, transportation, and relocation expenses and allowances, aggregating $5,000 or more per claim, in accordance with the limitations and standards in 5 U.S.C. § 5584. 
</P>
<HD2>4. Appeals 
</HD2>
<P>a. Requests for waiver of claims aggregating less than $5,000 per claim which are denied in whole or in part may be appealed to the Deputy Chief Financial Officer for the Department of the Treasury. 
</P>
<P>b. Requests for waiver of claims aggregating $5,000 or more per claim which are denied in whole or in part may be appealed to the Assistant Secretary (Management)/Chief Financial Officer. 
</P>
<HD2>5. Redelegation 
</HD2>
<P>The Deputy Assistant Secretary (Administration), the heads of bureaus, the Inspector General, and the Inspector General for Tax Administration may redelegate their respective authority and responsibility in writing no lower than the bureau deputy chief financial officer unless authorized by Treasury's Deputy Chief Financial Officer. Copies of each redelegation shall be submitted to the Department's Deputy Chief Financial Officer. 
</P>
<HD2>6. Responsibilities 
</HD2>
<P>a. The Deputy Assistant Secretary (Administration), the heads of bureaus, the Inspector General, and the Inspector General for Tax Administration shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly notify an employee upon discovery of an erroneous payment to that employee; 
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly act to collect the erroneous overpayment, following established debt collection policies and procedures; 
</P>
<P>(3) Establish time frames for employees to request a waiver in writing and for the bureau to review the waiver request. These time frames must take into consideration the responsibilities of the United States to take prompt action to pursue enforced collection on overdue debts, which may arise from erroneous payments. 
</P>
<P>(4) Notify employees whose requests for waiver of claims aggregating less than $5,000 per claim are denied in whole or in part of the basis for the denial and the right to appeal the denial to the Deputy Chief Financial Officer of the Department of the Treasury. All such appeals shall: 
</P>
<P>(a) Be made in writing; 
</P>
<P>(b) Specify the basis for the appeal; 
</P>
<P>(c) Include a chronology of the events surrounding the erroneous payments; 
</P>
<P>(d) Include a statement regarding any mitigating factors; and 
</P>
<P>(e) Be submitted to the official who denied the waiver request no later than 60 days from receipt by the employee of written notice of the denial of the waiver; and 
</P>
<P>(f) Attach at least the following documents: the employee's original request for a waiver; the bureau's denial of the request; any personnel actions, e.g., promotions, demotions, step increases, etc. that relate to the overpayment. 
</P>
<P>(5) Forward to Treasury's Deputy Chief Financial Officer the appeal and supporting documentation, the bureau's recommendation as to why the appeal should be approved or denied; and a statement as to the action taken by the bureau to avoid a recurrence of the error. 
</P>
<P>(6) Pay a refund when appropriate if a waiver is granted; 
</P>
<P>(7) Fulfill all labor relations responsibilities when implementing this directive; and 
</P>
<P>(8) Fulfill any other responsibility of the agency imposed by 5 U.S.C. § 5584, or other applicable laws and regulations. 
</P>
<P>b. Treasury's Deputy Chief Financial Officer shall advise employees whose requests for waiver of claims aggregating $5,000 or more per claim are denied in whole or in part of the basis for the denial and the right to appeal the denial to the Assistant Secretary (Management)/Chief Financial Officer. All such appeals shall be in the format and contain the information and documentation described in subsection 6.a.(4), above. The Deputy Chief Financial Officer shall forward to Assistant Secretary (Management)/Chief Financial Officer the appeal and supporting documentation, his/her recommendation as to why the appeal should be approved or denied, and a statement obtained from the bureau from which the claim arose as to the action taken by the bureau to avoid a recurrence of the error. 
</P>
<HD2>7. Reporting Requirements 
</HD2>
<P>a. Each bureau, the Deputy Assistant Secretary (Administration) for Departmental Offices, the Inspector General, and the Inspector General for Tax Administration shall maintain a register of waiver actions subject to Departmental review. The register shall cover each fiscal year and be prepared by December 31 of each year for the preceding fiscal year. The register shall contain the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The total amount waived by the bureau; 
</P>
<P>(2) The number and dollar amount of waiver applications granted in full; 
</P>
<P>(3) The number and dollar amount of waiver applications granted in part and denied in part, and the dollar amount of each; 
</P>
<P>(4) The number and dollar amount of waiver applications denied in their entirety; 
</P>
<P>(5) The number of waiver applications referred to the Deputy Chief Financial Officer for initial action or for appeal; 
</P>
<P>(6) The dollar amount refunded as a result of waiver action by the bureau; and 
</P>
<P>(7) The dollar amount refunded as a result of waiver action by the Deputy Chief Financial Officer or the Assistant Secretary (Management)/Chief Financial Officer. 
</P>
<P>b. Each bureau, the Deputy Assistant Secretary (Administration) for Departmental Offices, the Inspector General, and the Inspector General for Tax Administration shall retain a written record of each waiver action for 6 years and 3 months. At a minimum, the written record shall contain: 
</P>
<P>(1) The bureau's summary of the events surrounding the erroneous payment; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any written comments submitted by the employee from whom collection is sought; 
</P>
<P>(3) An account of the waiver action taken and the reasons for such action; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Other pertinent information such as any action taken to refund amounts repaid. 
</P>
<HD2>8. Effect of Request for Waiver 
</HD2>
<P>A request for a waiver of a claim shall not affect an employee's opportunity under 5 U.S.C. § 5514(a)(2)(D) for a hearing on the determination of the agency concerning the existence or the amount of the debt, or the terms of the repayment schedule. A request by an employee for a hearing under 5 U.S.C. § 5514(a)(2)(D) shall not affect an employee's right to request a waiver of the claim. The determination whether to waive a claim may be made at the discretion of the deciding official either before or after a final decision is rendered pursuant to 5 U.S.C. § 5514(a)(2)(D) concerning the existence or the amount of the debt, or the terms of the repayment schedule. 
</P>
<HD2>9. Guidelines for Determining Requests 
</HD2>
<P>a. A request for a waiver shall <I>not</I> be granted if the deciding official determines there exists, in connection with the claim, an indication of fraud, misrepresentation, fault, or lack of good faith on the part of the employee or any other person having an interest in obtaining a waiver of the claim. There are no exceptions to this rule for financial hardship or otherwise. 
</P>
<P>(1) “Fault” exists if, in light of all the circumstances, it is determined that the employee knew or should have known that an error existed, but failed to take action to have it corrected. Fault can derive from an act or a failure to act. Unlike fraud, fault does not require a deliberate intent to deceive. Whether an employee should have known about an error in pay is determined from the perspective of a reasonable person. Pertinent considerations in finding fault include whether: 
</P>
<P>(a) The payment resulted from the employee's incorrect, but not fraudulent, statement that the employee should have known was incorrect; 
</P>
<P>(b) The payment resulted from the employee's failure to disclose material facts in the employee's possession which the employee should have known to be material; or 
</P>
<P>(c) The employee accepted a payment, which the employee knew or should have known to be erroneous. 
</P>
<P>(2) Every case must be examined in light of its particular facts. For example, where an employee is promoted to a higher grade but the step level for the employee's new grade is miscalculated, it may be appropriate to conclude that there is no fault on the employee's part because employees are not typically expected to be aware of and understand the rules regarding determination of step level upon promotion. On the other hand, a different conclusion as to fault potentially may be reached if the employee in question is a personnel specialist or an attorney who concentrates on personnel law. 
</P>
<P>b. If the deciding official finds an indication of fraud, misrepresentation, fault, or lack of good faith on the part of the employee or any other person having an interest in obtaining a waiver of the claim, then the request for a waiver must be denied. 
</P>
<P>c. If the deciding official finds no indication of fraud, misrepresentation, fault, or lack of good faith on the part of the employee or any other person having an interest in obtaining a waiver of the claim, the employee is <I>not</I> automatically entitled to a waiver. Before a waiver can be granted, the deciding official must also determine that collection of the claim against an employee would be against equity and good conscience and not in the best interests of the United States. Factors to consider when determining if collection of a claim against an employee would be against equity and good conscience and not in the best interests of the United States include, but are not limited to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Whether collection of the claim would cause serious financial hardship to the employee from whom collection is sought. 
</P>
<P>(2) Whether, because of the erroneous payment, the employee either has relinquished a valuable right or changed positions for the worse, regardless of the employee's financial circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(a) To establish that a valuable right has been relinquished, it must be shown that the right was, in fact, valuable; that it cannot be regained; and that the action was based chiefly or solely on reliance on the overpayment. 
</P>
<P>(b) To establish that the employee's position has changed for the worse, it must be shown that the decision would not have been made but for the overpayment, and that the decision resulted in a loss. 
</P>
<P>(c) An example of a “detrimental reliance” would be a decision to sign a lease for a more expensive apartment based chiefly or solely upon reliance on an erroneous calculation of salary, and the funds spent for rent cannot be recovered. 
</P>
<P>(3) The cost of collecting the claim equals or exceeds the amount of the claim; 
</P>
<P>(4) The time elapsed between the erroneous payment and discovery of the error and notification of the employee; 
</P>
<P>(5) Whether failure to make restitution would result in unfair gain to the employee; 
</P>
<P>(6) Whether recovery of the claim would be unconscionable under the circumstances. 
</P>
<P>d. The burden is on the employee to demonstrate that collection of the claim would be against equity and good conscience and not in the best interest of the United States. 
</P>
<HD2>10. Authorities 
</HD2>
<P>a. 5 U.S.C. § 5584, “Claims for Overpayment of Pay and Allowances, and of Travel, Transportation and Relocation Expenses and Allowances.” 
</P>
<P>b. 31 U.S.C. § 3711, “Collection and Compromise.” 
</P>
<P>c. 31 U.S.C. § 3716, “Administrative Offset.” 
</P>
<P>d. 31 U.S.C. § 3717, “Interest and Penalty on Claims.” 
</P>
<P>e. 5 CFR Part 550, subpart K, “Collection by Offset from Indebted Government Employees.” 
</P>
<P>f. 31 CFR Part 5, subpart B, “Salary Offset.” 
</P>
<P>g. Determination with Respect to Transfer of Functions Pursuant to Public Law 104-316, OMB, December 17, 1996. 
</P>
<HD2>11. Cancellation 
</HD2>
<P>TD 34-01, “Waiver of Claims for Erroneous Payments,” dated October 25, 1995, is superseded. 
</P>
<HD2>12. Office of Primary Interest 
</HD2>
<P>Office of Accounting and Internal Control.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 6—APPLICATIONS FOR AWARDS UNDER THE EQUAL ACCESS TO JUSTICE ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 203(a)(1), Pub. L. 96-481, 94 Stat. 2325 (5 U.S.C. 504(c)(1)).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 20765, May 14, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.1   Purpose of these rules.</HEAD>
<P>The Equal Access to Justice Act, 5 U.S.C. 504 (called “the Act” in this part), provides for the award of attorney fees and other expenses to eligible individuals and entities who are parties to certain administrative proceedings (called “adversary adjudications”) before agencies of the Government of the United States. An eligible party may receive an award when it prevails over an agency, unless the agency's position in the proceeding was substantially justified or special circumstances make an award unjust. The rules in this part describe the parties eligible for awards and the proceedings that are covered. They also explain how to apply for awards, and the procedures and standards that the Treasury Department will use to make them.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.2   When the Act applies.</HEAD>
<P>The Act applies to any adversary adjudication pending before an agency at any time between October 1, 1981 and September 30, 1984. This includes proceedings begun before October 1, 1981, if final agency action has not been taken before that date, and proceedings pending on September 30, 1984, regardless of when they were initiated or when final agency action occurs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.3   Proceedings covered.</HEAD>
<P>The Act applies to adversary adjudications required to be conducted by the Treasury Department under 5 U.S.C. 554. Within the Treasury Department, these proceedings are:
</P>
<P>(a) Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms: (1) Permit proceedings under the Federal Alcohol Administration Act (27 U.S.C. 204); (2) Permit proceedings under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 5171, 5271, 5713); (3) License and permit proceedings under the Federal Explosives Laws (18 U.S.C. 843).
</P>
<P>(b) Comptroller of the Currency:
</P>
<FP>All proceedings conducted under 12 CFR part 19, subpart A.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.4   Eligibility of applicants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for an award of attorney fees and other expenses under the Act, the applicant must be a party to the adversary adjudication for which it seeks an award. The term “party” is defined in 5 U.S.C. 551(3). The applicant must show that it meets all conditions of eligibility set out in this subpart and has complied with the requirements in Subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The types of eligible applicants are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual with a net worth of not more than $1 million;
</P>
<P>(2) The sole owner of an unincorporated business who has a net worth of not more than $5 million, including both personal and business interests, and not more than 500 employees;
</P>
<P>(3) A charitable or other tax-exempt organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) with not more than 500 employees;
</P>
<P>(4) A cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141(a)) with not more than 500 employees, or
</P>
<P>(5) Any other partnership, corporation, association, or public or private organization with a net worth of not more than $5 million and not more than 500 employees.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of eligibility, the net worth and number of employees of an applicant shall be determined as of the date the proceeding was initiated.
</P>
<P>(d) An applicant who owns an unincorporated business will be considered as an “individual” rather than a “sole owner of an unincorporated business” if the matter in controversy is primarily related to personal interests rather than to business interests.
</P>
<P>(e) The employees of an applicant include all persons who regularly perform services for remuneration for the applicant, under the applicant's direction and control. Part-time employees shall be included.
</P>
<P>(f) The net worth and number of employees of the applicant and all of its affiliates shall be aggregated to determine eligibility. Any individual or group of individuals, corporation or other entity that directly or indirectly controls or owns a majority of the voting shares of another business, or controls in any manner the election of a majority of that business's board of directors, trustees, or other persons exercising similar functions, will be considered an affiliate of that business for purposes of this part, unless the adjudicative officer determines that such treatment would be unjust and contrary to the purposes of the Act in light of the actual relationship between the affiliated entities. In addition, the adjudicative officer may determine that financial relationships of the applicant other than those described in this paragraph constitute special circumstances that would make an award unjust.
</P>
<P>(g) An applicant that participates in a proceeding primarily on behalf of one or more other persons or entities that would be ineligible is not itself eligible for an award.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.5   Standards for awards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A prevailing applicant may receive an award for fees and expenses incurred in connection with the <I>final</I> disposition of a proceeding, unless (1) the position of the agency was substantially justified, or (2) special circumstances make the award unjust. No presumption arises that the agency's position was not substantially justified simply because the agency did not prevail.
</P>
<P>(b) An award will be reduced or denied if the applicant has unduly or unreasonably protracted the proceeding or if special circumstances make the award sought unjust.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.6   Allowable fees and other expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following fees and other expenses are allowable under the Act:
</P>
<P>(1) Reasonable expenses of expert witnesses;
</P>
<P>(2) Reasonable cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, or project which the agency finds necessary for the preparation of the party's case;
</P>
<P>(3) Reasonable attorney or agent fees.
</P>
<P>(b) The amount of fees awarded will be based upon the prevailing market rates for the kind and quality of services furnished, except that
</P>
<P>(1) Compensation for an expert witness will not exceed the highest rate paid by the agency for expert witnesses; and
</P>
<P>(2) Attorney or agent fees will not be in excess of $75 per hour.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.7   Delegations of authority.</HEAD>
<P>The Director, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms and the Comptroller of the Currency are authorized to take final action on matters pertaining to the Equal Access to Justice Act, 5 U.S.C. 504, in proceedings listed in § 6.3 under the respective bureau or office. The Secretary of the Treasury may by order delegate authority to take final action on matters pertaining to the Equal Access to Justice Act in particular cases to other subordinate officials.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Information Required From Applicants</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.8   Contents of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for an award of fees and expenses under the Act shall identify the applicant and the proceeding for which an award is sought. The application shall show that the applicant has prevailed and identify the position of the agency in the proceeding that the applicant alleges was not substantially justified. The application shall state the basis for the applicant's belief that the position was not substantially justified. Unless the applicant is an individual, the application shall also state the number of employees of the applicant and describe briefly the type and purpose of its organization or business.
</P>
<P>(b) The application shall also include a statement that the applicant's net worth does not exceed $1 million (if an individual) or $5 million (for all other applicants, including their affiliates). However, an applicant may omit this statement if:
</P>
<P>(1) It attaches a copy of a ruling by the Internal Revenue Service that it qualifies as an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) or, in the case of a tax-exempt organization not required to obtain a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service on its exempt status, a statement that describes the basis for the applicant's belief that it qualifies under such section; or
</P>
<P>(2) It states that it is a cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)).
</P>
<P>(c) The application shall itemize the amount of fees and expenses for which an award is sought.
</P>
<P>(d) The application may also include any other matters that the applicant wishes the agency to consider in determining whether and in what amount an award should be made.
</P>
<P>(e) The application shall be signed by the applicant or an authorized officer with respect to the eligibility of the applicant and by the attorney of the applicant with respect to fees and expenses sought. It shall also contain or be accompanied by a written verification under oath or under penalty of perjury that the information provided in the application is true and correct.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1512-0444, for applications filed with the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(5 U.S.C. 552(a) (80 Stat. 383, as amended)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 20765, May 14, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 14944, Apr. 16, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.9" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.9   Net worth exhibit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant except a qualified tax-exempt organization, or cooperative association must provide with its application a detailed exhibit showing the net worth of the applicant and any affiliates (as defined in § 6.4(f)) when the proceeding was initiated. In the case of national banking associations, “net worth” shall be considered to be the total capital and surplus as reported, in conformity with the applicable instructions and guidelines, on the bank's last Consolidated Report of Condition filed before the initiation of the underlying proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) The exhibit may be in any form convenient to the applicant that provides full disclosure of the applicant's and its affiliates assets and liabilities and is sufficient to determine whether the applicant qualifies under the standards in this part. The adjudicative officer may require an applicant to file additional information to determine its eligibility for an award.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.10" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.10   Documentation of fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The application shall be accompanied by full documentation of the fees and expenses, including the cost of any study, engineering report, test, or project, for which an award is sought.
</P>
<P>(b) The documentation shall include an affidavit from any attorney, agent, or expert witness representing or appearing in behalf of the party, stating the actual time expended and the rate at which fees and other expenses were computed and describing the specific services performed.
</P>
<P>(1) The affidavit shall state the services performed. In order to establish the hourly rate, the affidavit shall state the hourly rate which is billed and paid by the majority of clients during the relevant time periods.
</P>
<P>(2) If not hourly rate is paid by the majority of clients because, for instance, the attorney or agent represents most clients on a contingency basis, the attorney or agent shall provide information about two attorneys or agents with similar experience, who perform similar work, stating their hourly rate.
</P>
<P>(c) The documentation shall also include a description of any expenses for which reimbursement is sought and a statement of the amounts paid and payable by the applicant or by any other person or entity for the services provided.
</P>
<P>(d) The adjudicative officer may require the applicant to provide vouchers, receipts, or other substantiation for any expenses claimed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.11   When an application may be filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application may be filed whenever the applicant has prevailed in the proceeding but in no case later than 30 days after the agency's final disposition of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) If review or reconsideration is sought or taken of a decision as to which an applicant believes it has prevailed, proceedings for the award of fees shall be stayed pending final disposition of the underlying controversy.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures for Considering Applications</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.12" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.12   Filing and service of documents.</HEAD>
<P>Any application for an award or other pleading or document related to an application shall be filed and served on all parties to the proceeding in the same manner as other pleadings in the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.13" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.13   Answer to application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 days after service of an application, counsel representing the agency against which an award is sought shall file an answer to the application.
</P>
<P>(b) If agency counsel and the applicant believe that the issues in the fee application can be settled, they may jointly file a statement of their intent to negotiate a settlement. The filing of this statement shall extend the time for filing an answer for an additional 60 days and further extensions may be granted by the adjudicative officer upon request by agency counsel and the applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) The answer shall explain any objections to the award requested and identify the facts relied on in support of agency counsel's position. If the answer is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the proceeding, agency counsel shall include with the answer supporting affidavits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.14" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.14   Decision.</HEAD>
<P>The adjudicative officer shall issue an initial decision on the application within 60 days after completion of proceedings on the application. The decision shall include written findings and conclusions on the applicant's eligibility and status as a prevailing party, and an explanation of the reasons for any difference between the amount requested and the amount awarded. The decision shall also include, if at issue, findings on whether the agency's position was substantially justified, whether the applicant unduly protracted the proceedings, or whether special circumstances make an award unjust.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.15" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.15   Agency review.</HEAD>
<P>Either the applicant or agency counsel may seek review of the initial decision on the fee application, or the agency may decide to review the decision on its own initiative. If neither the applicant nor agency counsel seeks a review and the agncy does not take review on its own initiative, the initial decision on the application shall become a final decision of the agency 30 days after it is issued. Whether to review a decision is a matter within the discretion of the agency. If review is taken, the agency will issue a final decision on the application or remand the application to the adjudicative officer for further proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.16" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.16   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Judicial review of final agency decisions on awards may be sought as provided in 5 U.S.C. 504(c)(2).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.17" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.7.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.17   Payment of award.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant seeking payment of an award shall submit to the agency a copy of the agency's final decision granting the award, accompanied by a statement that the applicant will not seek review of the decision in the United States courts. An applicant shall be paid the amount awarded unless judicial review of the award or of the underlying decision of the adversary adjudication has been sought by the applicant or any other party to the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 7—EMPLOYEE INVENTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>80 Stat. 379; 5 U.S.C. 301, sec. 6, E.O. 10096; 3 CFR, 1949-1953 Comp., p. 292, as amended by E.O. 10930; 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 456.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 10088, July 13, 1968, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 7.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.8.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>Provisions defining the right, title, and interest of the Government in and to an invention made by a Government employee under various circumstances and the duties of Government agencies with respect thereto are set forth in Executive Order 10096, 15 FR 389, as amended (35 U.S.C. 266 note). Further definition of the circumstances under which the Government will acquire the right to a patent in such an invention or a nonexclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license in the invention, and the procedures for the determination of these interests, are set forth in the regulations issued under that Executive order by the Patent Office, 37 CFR part 100. The purpose of this part 7 is to implement for the Treasury Department the foregoing Executive order and regulations of the Patent Office by (a) bringing to the attention of Treasury employees the law and procedure governing their rights to, and interest in, inventions made by them, (b) defining responsibility within the Department for making the necessary determinations, and, (c) establishing internal procedures for action in conformity with the Executive order and the Patent Office regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.8.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.2   Responsibilities of the Department.</HEAD>
<P>The responsibilities of the Treasury Department are to determine initially (a) the occurrence of an invention by an employee, (b) his rights in the invention and the rights of the Government therein, and (c) whether patent protection will be sought in the United States by the Department, and to furnish the required reports to the Patent Office.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.8.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.3   Responsibilities of heads of offices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Heads of bureaus or offices in the Department shall be responsible for determining initially whether the results of research, development, or other activity of an employee within that bureau or office constitute an invention which falls within the purview of Executive Order 10096, as amended, and is to be handled in accordance with the regulations in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Heads of bureaus or offices are responsible for obtaining from the employee the necessary information and, if the determination under paragraph (a) of this section is affirmative, preparing on behalf of the bureau or office a description of the invention and its relationship to the employee's duties and work assignments.
</P>
<P>(c) Heads of bureaus or offices, after such examination and investigation as may be necessary, shall refer to the General Counsel all information obtained concerning the invention and such determination as the head of the bureau or office has made with respect to the character of the activity as an invention. These reports shall include any determination as to the giving of a cash award to the employee for his performance relating to that invention.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.8.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.4   Responsibilities of the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The General Counsel shall be responsible for determining, subject to review by the Commissioner of Patents, the respective rights of the Government and of the inventor in and to any invention made by an employee of the Department.
</P>
<P>(b) On the basis of the foregoing determination, the General Counsel shall determine whether patent protection will be sought by the Department for such an invention.
</P>
<P>(c) The General Counsel will prepare and furnish to the Patent Office the reports required by the regulations of that Office and will serve as the liaison officer between the Department and the Commissioner of Patents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.8.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.5   Responsibilities of employees.</HEAD>
<P>All employees are required to report to the heads of their bureaus or offices any result of research, development, or other activity on their part which may constitute an invention and the circumstances under which this possible invention came into being.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.8.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.6   Effect of awards.</HEAD>
<P>The acceptance by an employee of a cash award for performance which constitutes an invention shall, in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 4502(c), constitute an agreement that the use by the Government of the idea, method, or device for which the award is made does not form the basis of any further claim against the Government by the employee, his heirs or assigns.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.8.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.7   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any employee who is aggrieved by a determination made by the head of his bureau or office under this part may obtain a review of the determination by filing an appeal with the General Counsel within 30 days after receiving the notice of the determination complained of.
</P>
<P>(b) Any employee who is aggrieved by a determination made by the General Counsel under this part may obtain a review of the determination by filing a written appeal with the Commissioner of Patents within 30 days after receiving notice of the determination complained of, or within such longer period as the Commissioner may provide. The appeal to the Commissioner shall be processed in accordance with the provisions in the regulations of the Patent Office for an appeal from an agency determination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.8.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.8   Delegation.</HEAD>
<P>The heads of bureaus or offices and the General Counsel may delegate, as appropriate, the performance of the responsibilities assigned to them under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 8—PRACTICE BEFORE THE BUREAU OF ALCOHOL, TOBACCO AND FIREARMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 3, 23 Stat. 258 (31 U.S.C. 1026); 5 U.S.C. 301, 500, 551-559; and Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950, 15 FR 4935, 64 Stat. 1280, as amended.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 33026, June 29, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains rules governing the recognition of attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled practitioners, and other persons representing clients before the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.2   Persons who may practice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Attorneys.</I> Any attorney who is not currently under suspension or disbarment from practice before the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, may practice before the Bureau upon filing a written declaration with the Bureau, that he or she is currently qualified as an attorney and is authorized to represent the particular party on whose behalf he or she acts.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certified public accountants.</I> Any certified public accountant who is not currently under suspension or disbarment before the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, may practice before the Bureau upon filing a written declaration with the Bureau, that he or she is currently qualified as a certified public accountant and is authorized to represent the particular party on whose behalf he or she acts.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Enrollment practitioners.</I> Any person enrolled as a practitioner under the provisions of subpart C of this part and who is not under suspension or disbarment from enrollment may practice before the Bureau.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limited practitioners.</I> Any person qualified for limited practice without enrollment under the provisions of § 8.29 may practice before the Bureau.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Restrictions on Government officers and employees.</I> Any officer or employee of the United States in the executive, legislative, or judicial branch of the Government, or in any agency of the United States, including the District of Columbia, who is otherwise eligible to practice under the provisions of this part, may represent parties before the Bureau when doing so in the conduct of his or her official duties. A Government officer or employee may not otherwise practice before the Bureau except that, subject to the requirements of 18 U.S.C. 205, he or she may represent a member of his or her immediate family or a person or estate for which he or she serves as guardian, executor, administrator, trustee or other personal fiduciary. Member of Congress or Resident Commissioners (elect or serving) may not practice before the Bureau in connection with any matter for which they directly or indirectly seek any compensation.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Restrictions on State officers and employees.</I> No officer or employee of any State, or subdivision thereof, whose official responsibilities require him or her to pass upon, investigate, or deal with any State law or regulation concerning alcohol, tobacco, firearms, explosives matters or wagering, may practice before the Bureau if his or her official responsibility may disclose pertinent facts or information relating to matters administered by the Bureau.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Customhouse brokers.</I> Customhouse brokers, licensed by the Commissioner of Customs according to 19 CFR part 111, may represent a party for whom they have acted as a customhouse broker before the Bureau with respect to matters relating to the importation or exportation of merchandise under customs or intenal revenue laws.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1512-0418) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(18 U.S.C. 203, 205; 5 U.S.C. 552(a) (80 Stat. 383, as amended))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33026, June 29, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 14944, Apr. 16, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.3   Conference and practice requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Conference and practice requrements of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, including requirements for powers of attorney are set forth in:
</P>
<P>(a) 26 CFR part 601, subpart E (or those regulations as recodified in 27 CFR part 71 subsequent to the effective date of these regulations, 31 CFR part 8) with respect to all representations before the Bureau except those concerning license or permit proceedings;
</P>
<P>(b) 27 CFR part 200 with respect to proceedings concerning permits issued under the Federal Alcohol Administration Act or the Internal Revenue Code;
</P>
<P>(c) 27 CFR 47.44 with respect to proceedings concerning licenses issued under the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2778);
</P>
<P>(d) 27 CFR part 178, subpart E, with respect to proceedings concerning licenses issued under the Gun Control Act of 1968 (18 U.S.C. Chapter 44); and
</P>
<P>(e) 27 CFR part 181, subpart E, with respect to proceedings concerning licenses or permits issued under the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970 (18 U.S.C. Chapter 40).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.4   Director of Practice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appointment.</I> The Secretary shall appoint the Director of Practice. In the event of the absence of the Director of Practice or a vacancy in that office, the Secretary shall designate an officer or employee of the Treasury Department to act as Director of Practice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duties.</I> The Director of Practice, Office of the Secretary of the Treasury, shall: Act upon appeals from decisions of the Director denying applications for enrollment to practice before the Bureau; institute and provide for the conduct of disciplinary proceedings relating to attorneys, certified public accountants, and enrolled practitioners; make inquiries with respect to matters under his or her jurisdiction; and perform other duties as are necessary or appropriate to carry out his or her functions under this part or as are prescribed by the Secretary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.5   Records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> Registers of all persons admitted to practice before the Bureau, and of all persons disbarred or suspended from practice, which are required to be maintained by the director under the provisions of § 8.27, will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Director. Other records may be disclosed upon specific request in accordance with the disclosure regulations of the Bureau (27 CFR part 71) and the Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disciplinary proceedings.</I> The Director, may grant a request by an attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner to make public a hearing in a disciplinary proceeding, conducted under the provisions of subpart E of this part concerning the attorney, certified public accountant or enrolled practioner, and to make the record of the proceeding available for public inspection by interested persons, if an agreement is reached by stipulation in advance to prevent disclosure of any information which is confidential, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.6   Special orders.</HEAD>
<P>The secretary reserves the power to issue special orders as he or she may deem proper in any cases within the scope of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.11   Meaning of terms.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part, terms shall have the meaning given in this section. Words in the plural shall include the singular, and vice versa. The terms <I>include</I> and <I>including</I> do not exclude things not enumerated which are in the same general class.
</P>
<P><I>Administrative Law Judge.</I> The person appointed pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3105, designated to preside over any administrative proceedings under this part.
</P>
<P><I>Attorney.</I> A person who is a member in good standing of the bar of the highest court of any State, possession, territory, Commonwealth, or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Bureau.</I> The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, the Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20226.
</P>
<P><I>Certified public accountant.</I> Any person who is qualified to practice as a certified public accountant in any State, possession, territory, Commonwealth, or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>CFR.</I> The Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Director.</I> The Director, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, the Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC.
</P>
<P><I>Enrolled practitioner.</I> Any person enrolled to practice before the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms pursuant to Subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Practice before the Bureau.</I> This comprehends all matters connected with presentation to the Bureau or any of its officers or employees relating to a client's rights, privileges or liabilities under laws or regulations administered by the Bureau. Presentations include the preparation and filing of necessary documents, correspondence with and communications to the Bureau, and the representation of a client at conferences, hearings, and meetings. Preparation of a tax return, appearance of an individual as a witness for any party, or furnishing information at the request of the Bureau of any of its officers or employees is not considered practice before the Bureau.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>U.S.C.</I> The United States Code.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Enrollment Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.21" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.21   Eligibility for enrollment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General qualifications.</I> The Director may grant enrollment to practice to any person who has not engaged in conduct which would justify the disbarment or suspension of any attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practioner. Each person shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Director that he or she possesses the necessary technical qualifications to enable him or her to render valuable service before the Bureau, and that he or she is otherwise competent to advise and assists in the presentation of matters before the Bureau.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Technical qualifications.</I> The Director may grant enrollment to practice only to persons possessing technical knowledge of the laws and regulations administered by the Bureau.
</P>
<P>(1) Minimum criteria required of an enrolled practioner will consist of: 5 years employment with the Treasury Department in a responsible position which would familiarize the person with applicable laws and regulations; or 5 years employment in a regulated industry in a responsible position which would familiarize the person with applicable laws and regulations; or possession of a law degree; or other significant experience such as the prior respresentation of persons before the Internal Revenue Service or the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms.
</P>
<P>(2) An enrolled paractioner may demonstrate technical knowledge in one or more of the several areas of laws and regulations administered by the Bureau (alcohol, tobacco firearms, or explosives matters).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Natural persons.</I> Enrollment to practice may only be granted to natural persons who have become 18 years of age.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Attorneys, certified public accountants.</I> Enrollment if not available to persons who are attorneys or certified public accountants who qualify to practice without enrollment under § 8.2 (a) or (b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33026, June 29, 1977; 42 FR 36455, July 15, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.22" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.22   Application for enrollment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Information to be furnished.</I> An applicant for enrollment to practice shall state his or her name, address, and business address, citizenship, and age on the application. The applicant shall also state if he or she has ever been suspended or disbarred as an attorney or certified public accountant, or if the applicant's right to practice has ever been revoked by any court, commission, or administrative agency in any jurisdiction. The applicant shall set forth his or her technical qualifications as required by § 8.21(b) which enable him or her to render valuable service before the Bureau. The applicant shall indicate which area or areas of Bureau matters in which he or she desires to practice (alcohol, tobacco, firearms, or explosives matters).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fee.</I> Each application for enrollment will be accompanied by a check or money order in the amount of $25, payable to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms. This fee will be retained by the United States whether or not the applicant is granted enrollment. Agents who are enrolled to practice before the Internal Revenue Service prior to September 27, 1977, need not include this fee and should indicate their enrollment number on the application.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Execution under oath.</I> All applications for enrollment will be executed under oath or affirmation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filing.</I> Applications for enrollment will be filed with the Assistant Director, Regulatory Enforcement, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, 1200 Pensylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20226.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Additional information.</I> The Director, as a condition to consideration for enrollment, may require the applicant to file additional information as necessary to determine if the applicant is qualified. The Director shall, upon written request, afford an applicant the opportunity to be heard with respect to his or her application for enrollment.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1512-0418) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 501, Pub. L. 82-137, 65 Stat. 290 (31 U.S.C. 483a); 5 U.S.C. 552(a) (80 Stat. 383, as amended))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33026, June 29, 1977; 42 FR 36455, July 15, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 14944, Apr. 16, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.23" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.23   Denial of enrollment; appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Director, in denying an application for enrollment, shall inform the applicant as to the reasons. The applicant may, within 30 days after receipt of the notice of denial, file a written appeal together with reasons in support thereof, with the Director of Practice. The Director of Practice shall render a decision on the appeal as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(b) An applicant may, within 30 days after receipt of the decision of the Director of Practice in sustaining a denial of enrollment, appeal the decision to the Secretary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.24" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.24   Enrollment cards.</HEAD>
<P>The Director shall issue an enrollment card to each practitioner who is enrolled to practice before the Bureau. Each enrollment card is valid for a period of 5 years as long as the holder remains enrolled and in good standing before the Bureau. Unless advised to the contrary by the Director, any officer or employee of the Bureau may consider the holder of an unexpired enrollment card to be authorized to practice before the Bureau in the subject area or areas indicated upon the card (alcohol, tobacco, firearms, or explosives matters).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.25" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.25   Renewal of enrollment card.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Period of renewal.</I> An enrolled practitioner may apply for renewal of his or her enrollment card during a 12-month period prior to the expiration of the enrollment card.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> Each enrolled practitioner applying for a renewal of enrollment shall apply to the Director. The enrolled practitioner shall include in the application all information required by § 8.22 except information relating to technical qualifications unless the enrolled practitioner is applying for enrollment in a subject area or areas in which he or she was not previously qualified to practice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fee.</I> Each application for renewal of enrollment will be accompanied by a check or money order in the amount of $5, payable to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1512-0418) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(5 U.S.C. 552(a) (80 Stat. 383, as amended))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33026, June 29, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 14944, Apr. 16, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.26" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.26   Change in enrollment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Change in area of practice.</I> At any time during a period of enrollment, an enrolled practitioner may apply to practice in a subject area or areas in which he or she was not previously qualified to practice (alcohol, tobacco, firearms, or explosives matters).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> Each enrolled practitioner applying for a change in enrollment shall apply to the Director. The enrolled practitioner shall include in the application all information required by § 8.22 but shall include information relating to technical qualifications only in those additional subject areas in which he or she is applying to practice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fee.</I> Each application for change in enrollment will be accompanied by a check or money order in the amount of $5, payable to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1512-0418) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(5 U.S.C. 552(a) (80 Stat. 383, as amended))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33026, June 29, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 14944, Apr. 16, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.27" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.27   Enrollment registers.</HEAD>
<P>The Director shall maintain, for public inspection, a register of all persons enrolled to practice before the Bureau and the subject areas in which each person is enrolled to practice, a register of all persons disbarred or suspended from practice, and a register of all persons whose applications for enrollment before the Bureau have been denied.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.28" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.28   Termination of enrollment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Attorneys, certified public accountants.</I> The enrollment of a practitioner to whom an enrollment card has been issued will terminate when that person becomes eligible to practice without enrollment under § 8.2 (a) or (b), and that person shall surrender his or her enrollment card to the Director for cancellation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Expiration of enrollment.</I> The enrollment of any person will automatically terminate after the date indicated on the enrollment card unless, during the 12-month period prior to the expiration date, that person applies for renewal of enrollment with the Director as provided in § 8.25. In this case, the person may continue to practice before the Bureau until his or her application has been finally determined.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.29" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.29   Limited practice without enrollment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Individuals may appear on their own behalf and may otherwise appear without enrollment, providing they present satisfactory identification, in the following classes of cases:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual may represent another individual who is his or her regular full-time employer, may represent a partnership of which he or she is a member or a regular full-time employee, of may represent without compensation a member of his or her immediate family.
</P>
<P>(2) Corporations (including parent corporations, subsidiaries or affiliated corporations), trusts, estates, associations, or organized groups may be represented by bona fide officers or regular full-time employees.
</P>
<P>(3) Trusts, receiverships, guardianships, or estates may be represented by their trustees, receivers, guardians, administrators, executors, or their regular full-time employees.
</P>
<P>(4) Any government unit, agency, or authority may be represented by an officer or regular employee in the course of his or her official duties.
</P>
<P>(5) Unenrolled persons may participate in rulemaking as provided in 5 U.S.C. 553.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special appearances.</I> The Director, subject to conditions he or she deems appropriate, may authorize any person to represent a party without enrollment, for the purpose of a particular matter.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Duties and Restrictions Relating to Practice</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.31" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.31   Furnishing of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>To the Bureau.</I> No attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner may neglect or refuse promptly to submit records or information in any matter before the Bureau, upon proper and lawful request by an authorized officer or employee of the Bureau, or may interfere, or attempt to interfere, with any proper and lawful effort by the Bureau or its officers or employees, to obtain the requested record or information, unless he or she believes in good faith and on reasonable grounds that the record or information is privileged or that the request for, or effort to obtain, that record or information is of doubtful legality.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>To the Director of Practice.</I> It is the duty of an attorney or certified public accountant, who practices before the Bureau, or enrolled practitioner when requested by the Director of Practice, to provide the Director of Practice with any information he or she may have concerning violation of the regulations in this part by any person, and to testify thereto in any proceeding instituted under this part for the disbarment or suspension of an attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner, unless he or she believes in good faith and on reasonable grounds that that information is privileged or that the request is of doubtful legality.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.32" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.32   Prompt disposition of pending matters.</HEAD>
<P>No attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner may unreasonably delay the prompt disposition of any matter before the Bureau.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.33" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.33   Accuracy.</HEAD>
<P>Each attorney, certified public accountant, and enrolled practitioner shall exercise due diligence in:
</P>
<P>(a) Preparing or assisting in the preparation of, approving, and filing returns, documents, affidavits, and other papers relating to Bureau matters;
</P>
<P>(b) Determining the correctness of any representations made by him or her to the Bureau; and
</P>
<P>(c) Determining the correctness of any information which he or she imparts to a client with reference to any matter administered by the Bureau.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.34" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.34   Knowledge of client's omission.</HEAD>
<P>Each attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner who knows that a client has not complied with applicable law, or has made an error in or omission from any document, affidavit, or other paper which the law requires the client to execute, shall advise the client promptly of the fact of such noncompliance, error, or omission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.35" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.35   Assistance from disbarred or suspended persons and former Treasury employees.</HEAD>
<P>No attorney, certified public accountant or enrolled practitioner shall, in practice before the Bureau, knowingly and directly or indirectly:
</P>
<P>(a) Employ or accept assistance from any person who is under disbarment or suspension from practice before any agency of the Treasury Department;
</P>
<P>(b) Accept employment as associate, correspondent, or subagent from, or share fees with, any such person;
</P>
<P>(c) Accept assistance in a specific matter from any person who participated personally and substantially in the matter as an employee of the Treasury Department.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 47059, Aug. 10, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.36" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.36   Practice by partners of Government employees.</HEAD>
<P>No partner of an officer or employee of the executive branch of the U.S. Government, of any independent agency of the United States, or of the District of Columbia, may represent anyone in any matter administered by the Bureau in which the Government employee participates or has participated personally and substantially as a Government employee, or which is the subject of that employee's official responsibility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.37" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.37   Practice by former Government employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Violation of law.</I> No former officer or employee of the U.S. Government, of any independent agency of the United States, or of the District of Columbia, may represent anyone in any matter administered by the Bureau if the representation would violate any of the laws of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Personal and substantial participation.</I> No former officer or employee of the executive branch of the U.S. Government, of any independent agency of the United States, or of the District of Columbia, may represent anyone with repect to any matter under the administration of the Bureau, if he or she participated personally and substantially in that matter as a Government employee.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Official responsibility.</I> No former officer or employee of the executive branch of the U.S. Government, of any indepenednt agency of the United States, or of the District of Columbia, may within one year after his or her employment has ceased, appear personally as a practitioner before the Bureau with respect to any matter administered by the Bureau if that representation involves a specific matter under the former employee's official responsibility as a Government employee, within a one-year period prior to the termination of that responsibility.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Aid or assistance.</I> No former officer or employee of the Bureau, who is eligible to practice before the Bureau, may aid or assist any person in the representation of a specific matter in which the former officer or employee participated personally and substantially as an officer or employee of the Bureau.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(18 U.S.C. 207) 


</SECAUTH>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.38" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.38   Notaries.</HEAD>
<P>No attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner may, with respect to any matter administered by the Bureau, take acknowledgements, administer oaths, certify papers, or perform any official act in connection with matters in which he or she is employed as counsel, attorney, or practioner, or in which he or she may be in any way interested before the Bureau.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(26 Op. Atty. Gen. 236) 


</SECAUTH>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.39" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.39   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>No attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner may charge an unconscionable fee for representing a client in any matter before the Bureau.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.40" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.40   Conflicting interests.</HEAD>
<P>No attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner may represent conflicting interests in practice before the Bureau, except by express consent of all directly interested parties after full disclosure has been made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.41" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.41   Solicitation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Advertising and solicitation restrictions.</I> (1) No attorney, certified public accountant or enrolled practitioner shall, with respect to any Bureau matter, in any way use or participate in the use of any form of public communication containing a false, fraudulent, misleading, deceptive, unduly influencing, coercive or unfair statement or claim. For the purposes of this subsection, the prohibition includes, but is not limited to, statements pertaining to the quality of services rendered unless subject to factual verification, claims of specialized expertise not authorized by State or Federal agencies having jurisdiction over the practitioner, and statements or suggestions that the ingenuity and/or prior record of a representative rather than the merit of the matter are principal factors likely to determine the result of the matter.
</P>
<P>(2) No attorney, certified public accountant or enrolled practitioner shall make, directly or indirectly, an uninvited solicitation of employment, in matters related to the Bureau. Solicitation includes, but is not limited to, in-person contacts, telephone communications, and personal mailings directed to the specific circumstances unique to the recipient. This restriction does not apply to: (i) Seeking new business from an existing or former client in a related matter; (ii) solicitation by mailings, the contents of which are designed for the general public; or (iii) non-coercive in-person solicitation by those eligible to practice before the Bureau while acting as an employee, member, or officer of an exempt organization listed in sections 501(c) (3) or (4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C.).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Permissible advertising.</I> (1) Attorneys, certified public accountants and enrolled practitioners may publish, broadcast, or use in a dignified manner through any means of communication set forth in paragraph (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The name, address, telephone number, and office hours of the practitioner or firm.
</P>
<P>(ii) The names of individuals associated with the firm.
</P>
<P>(iii) A factual description of the services offered.
</P>
<P>(iv) Acceptable credit cards and other credit arrangements.
</P>
<P>(v) Foreign language ability.
</P>
<P>(vi) Membership in pertinent, professional organizations.
</P>
<P>(vii) Pertinent professional licenses.
</P>
<P>(viii) A statement that an individual's or firm's practice is limited to certain areas.
</P>
<P>(ix) In the case of an enrolled practitioner, the phrase “enrolled to practice before the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms.”
</P>
<P>(x) Other facts relevant to the selection of a practitioner in matters related to the Bureau which are not prohibited by these regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) Attorneys, certified public accountants and enrolled practitioners may use, to the extent they are consistent with the regulations in this section, customary biographical insertions in approved law lists and reputable professional journals and directories, as well as professional cards, letterheads and announcements: <I>Provided,</I> That (i) attorneys do not violate applicable standards of ethical conduct adopted by the American Bar Association, (ii) certified public accountants do not violate applicable standards of ethical conduct adopted by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and (iii) enrolled practitioners do not violate applicable standards of ethical conduct adopted by the National Society of Public Accountants.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fee information.</I> (1) Attorneys, certified public accountants and enrolled practitioners may disseminate the following fee information:
</P>
<P>(i) Fixed fees for specific routine services.
</P>
<P>(ii) Hourly rates.
</P>
<P>(iii) Range of fees for particular services.
</P>
<P>(iv) Fee charged for an initial consultation.
</P>
<P>(2) Attorneys, certified public accountants and enrolled practitioners may also publish the availability of a written schedule of fees.
</P>
<P>(3) Attorneys, certified public accountants and enrolled practitioners shall be bound to charge the hourly rate, the fixed fee for specific routine services, the range of fees for particular services, or the fee for an initial consultation published for a reasonable period of time, but no less than thirty days from the last publication of such hourly rate or fees.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Communications.</I> Communications, including fee information, shall be limited to professional lists, telephone directories, print media, permissible mailings as provided in these regulations, radio and television. In the case of radio and television broadcasting, the broadcast shall be pre-recorded and the practitioner shall retain a recording of the actual audio transmission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Improper associations.</I> An attorney, certified public accountant or enrolled practitioner may, in matters related to the Bureau, employ or accept employment or assistance as an associate, correspondent, or subagent from, or share fees with, any person or entity who, to the knowledge of the practitioner, obtains clients or otherwise practices in a manner forbidden under this section: <I>Provided,</I> That an attorney, certified public accountant or enrolled practitioner does not, directly or indirectly, act or hold himself out as authorized to practice before the Bureau in connection with that relationship. Nothing herein shall prohibit an attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner from practice before the Bureau in a capacity other than that described above.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 47060, Aug. 10, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.42" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.4.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.42   Practice of law.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in the regulations in this part may be construed as authorizing persons not members of the bar to practice law.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Disciplinary Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.51" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.51   Authority to disbar or suspend.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary, after due notice and opportunity for hearing, may suspend or disbar from practice before the Bureau any attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner shown to be incompetent, disreputable or who refuses to comply with the rules and regulations in this part or who shall, with intent to defraud, in any manner willfully and knowingly deceive, mislead, or threaten any client or prospective client, by word, circular, letter, or by advertisement.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 3, 23 Stat. 258 (31 U.S.C. 1026)) 


</SECAUTH>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.52" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.52   Disreputable conduct.</HEAD>
<P>Disreputable conduct for which an attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner may be disbarred or suspended from practice before the Bureau includes, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(a) Conviction of any criminal offense under the revenue laws of the United States; under any other law of the United States which the Bureau enforces pursuant to Treasury Department Order No. 221 (37 FR 11696) effective July 1, 1972; or for any offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust.
</P>
<P>(b) Giving false or misleading information, or participating in any way in the giving of false or misleading information, to the Bureau or any officer or employee thereof, or to any tribunal authorized to pass upon matters administered by the Bureau in connection with any matter pending or likely to be pending before them, knowing the information to be false or misleading. Facts or other matters contained in testimony, Federal tax returns, financial statements, applications for enrollment, affidavits, declarations, or any other document or statement, written or oral, are included in the term “information”.
</P>
<P>(c) Solicitation of employment as prohibited under § 8.41, the use of false or misleading representations with intent to deceive a client or a prospective client in order to procure employment, or intimating that the practitioner is able improperly to obtain special consideration or action from the Bureau or an officer or employee thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) Willfully failing to make a Federal tax return in violation of the revenue laws of the United States, or evading, attempting to evade, or participating in any way in evading or attempting to evade any Federal tax or payment thereof; knowingly counseling or suggesting to a client or prospective client an illegal plan to evade Federal taxes or payment thereof, or concealing assets of himself or herself, or of another in order to evade Federal taxes or payment thereof.
</P>
<P>(e) Misappropriation of, or failure properly and promptly to remit funds received from a client for the purpose of payment of taxes or other obligations due the United States.
</P>
<P>(f) Directly or indirectly attempting to influence, or offering or agreeing to attempt to influence, the official action of any officer or employee of the Bureau by the use of threats, false accusations, duress or coercion, by the offer of any special inducement or promise of advantage or by the bestowing of any gift, favor, or thing of value.
</P>
<P>(g) Disbarment or suspension from practice as an attorney or certified public accountant by any duly constituted authority of any State, possession, Commonwealth, the District of Columbia, or by any Federal court of record.
</P>
<P>(h) Disbarment or suspension from practice as an attorney, certified public accountant, or other person admitted to practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(i) Knowingly aiding and abetting another person to practice before the Bureau during a period of suspension, disbarment, or ineligibility of the other person. Maintaining a partnership for the practice of law, accountancy, or other related professional service with a person who is under disbarment from practice before the Bureau or the Intenal Revenue Service is presumed to be a violation of this provision.
</P>
<P>(j) Contemptuous conduct in connection with practice before the Bureau, including the use of abusive language, making false accusations and statements knowing them to be false, or circulating or publishing malicious or libelous matter.
</P>
<P>(k) Willful violation of any of the regulations contained in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33026, June 29, 1977; 42 FR 36455, July 15, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.53" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.53   Initiation of disciplinary proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Receipt of information.</I> If an officer or employee of the Bureau has reason to believe that an attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner has violated any of the provisions of this part or engaged in any disreputable conduct as defined in § 8.52, the employee shall promptly make a report thereof which will be forwarded to the Director of Practice. Any other person possessing information concerning violations or disreputable conduct may make a report thereof to the Director of Practice or to any officer or employee of the Bureau.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Institution of proceeding.</I> When the Director of Practice has reason to believe that any attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner has violated any provisions of the laws or regulations governing practice before the Bureau, he or she may reprimand the person or institute a proceeding for the disbarment or suspension of that person. The proceeding will be instituted by a complaint which names the respondent and is signed by the Director of Practice and filed in his or her office. Except in cases of willfulness, or when time, the nature of the proceeding, or the public interest does not permit, the Director of Practice may not institute a proceeding until he or she has called to the attention of the proposed respondent, in writing, facts or conduct which warrant institution of a proceeding, and has accorded the proposed respondent the opportuity to demonstrate or achieve compliance with all lawful requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.54" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.54   Conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Director of Practice may confer with an attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practioner concerning allegations of misconduct whether or not a proceeding for disbarment or suspension has been instituted. If a conference results in a stipulation in connection with a proceeding in which that person is the respondent, the stipulation may be entered in the record at the instance of either party to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Resignation or voluntary suspension.</I> An attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner, in order to avoid the institution or conclusion of a disbarment or suspension proceeding, may offer his or her consent to suspension from practice before the Bureau. An enrolled practitioner may also offer a resignation. The Director of Practice, at his or her discretion, may accept the offered resignation of an enrolled practitioner and may suspend an attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner in accordance with the consent offered.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.55" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.55   Contents of complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Charges.</I> A complaint will give a plain and concise description of the allegations which constitute the basis for the proceeding. A complaint will be deemed sufficient if it fairly informs the respondent of the charges to that he or she is able to prepare a defense.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Demand for answer.</I> The complaint will give notification of the place and time prescribed for the filing of an answer by the respondent; that time will be not less than 15 days from the date of service of the complaint. Notice will be given that a decision by default may be rendered against the respondent if the complaint is not answered as required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.56" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.56   Service of complaint and other papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Complaint.</I> A copy of the complaint may be served upon the respondent by certified mail or by first-class mail. The copy of the complaint may be delivered to the respondent or the respondent's attorney or agent of record either in person or by leaving it at the office or place of business of the respondent, attorney or agent, or the complaint may be delivered in any manner which has been agreed to by the respondent. If the service is by certified mail, the post office receipt signed by or on behalf of the respondent will be proof of service. If the certified matter is not claimed or accepted by the respondent and is returned undelivered, complete service may be made upon the respondent by mailing the complaint to him or her by first-class mail, addressed to the respondent at the address under which he or she is enrolled or at the last address known to the Director of Practice. If service is made upon the respondent or the respondent's attorney or agent in person, or by leaving the complaint at the office or place of business of the respondent, attorney or agent, the verified return by the person making service, setting forth the manner of service, will be proof of service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service of other papers.</I> Any paper other than the complaint may be served upon an attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, or by mailing the paper by first-class mail to the respondent at the last address known to the Director of Practice, or by mailing the paper by first-class mail to the respondent's attorney or agent of record. This mailing will constitute complete service. Notices may be served upon the respondent or his attorney or agent by telegram.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing of papers.</I> When the filing of a paper is required or permitted in connection with a disbarment or suspension proceeding, and the place of filing is not specified by this subpart or by rule or order of the Administrative Law Judge, the papers will be filed with the Director of Practice, Treasury Department, Washington, DC 20220. All papers will be filed in duplicate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.57" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.57   Answer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> The respondent shall file the answer in writing within the time specified in the complaint or notice of institution of the proceeding, unless on application the time is extended by the Director of Practice or the Administrative Law Judge. The respondent shall file the answer in duplicate with the director of Practice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> The respondent shall include in the answer a statement of facts which constitute the grounds of defense, and shall specifically admit or deny each allegation set forth in the complaint, except that the respondent shall not deny a material allegation in the complaint which he or she knows to be true, or state that he or she is without sufficient information to form a belief when in fact the respondent possesses that information. The respondent may also state affirmatively special matters of defense.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure to deny or answer allegations in the complaint.</I> Every allegation in the complaint which is not denied in the answer is deemed to be admitted and may be considered as proven, and no further evidence in respect of that allegation need be adduced at a hearing. Failure to file an answer within the time prescribed in the notice to the respondent, except as the time for answer is extended by the Director of Practice or the Administrative Law Judge, will constitute an admission of the allegations of the complaint and a waiver of hearing, and the Administrative Law Judge may make a decision by default without a hearing or further procedure.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reply by Director of Practice.</I> No reply to the respondent's answer is required, and new matter in the answer will be deemed to be denied, but the Director of Practice may file a reply at his or her discretion or at the request of the Administrative Law Judge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.58" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.58   Supplemental charges.</HEAD>
<P>If it appears that the respondent in his or her answer, falsely and in bad faith, denies a material allegation of fact in the complaint or states that the respondent has no knowledge sufficient to form a belief, when he or she in fact possesses that information, or if it appears that the respondent has knowingly introduced false testimony during proceedings for his or her disbarment or suspension, the Director of Practice may file supplemental charges against the respondent. These supplemental charges may be tried with other charges in the case, provided the respondent is given due notice and is afforded an opportunity to prepare to a defense to them.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.59" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.59   Proof; variance; amendment of pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>In the case of a variance between the allegations in a pleading, the Administrative Law Judge may order or authorize amendment of the pleading to conform to the evidence. The party who would otherwise be prejudiced by the amendment will be given reasonable opportunty to meet the allegation of the pleading as amended, and the Administrative Law Judge shall make findings on an issue presented by the pleadings as so amended.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.60" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.60   Motions and requests.</HEAD>
<P>Motions and requests may be filed with the Director of Practice or with the Administrative Law Judge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.61" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.61   Representation.</HEAD>
<P>A respondent or proposed respondent may appear in person or be represented by counsel or other representative who need not be enrolled to practice before the Bureau. The Director of Practice may be represented by an Attorney or other employee of the Treasury Department.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.62" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.62   Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appointment.</I> An Administrative Law Judge, appointed as provided by 5 U.S.C. 3105, shall conduct proceedings upon complaints for the disbarment or suspension of attorneys, certified public accountants, or enrolled practitioners.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responsibilities.</I> The Administrative Law Judge in connection with any disbarment or suspension proceeding shall have authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmation;
</P>
<P>(2) Make rulings upon motions and requests; these rulings may not be appealed prior to the close of the hearing except at the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge in extraordinary circumstances;
</P>
<P>(3) Rule upon offers of proof, receive relevant evidence, and examine witnesses;
</P>
<P>(4) Take or authorize to the taking of depositions;
</P>
<P>(5) Determine the time and place of hearing and regulate its course and conduct;
</P>
<P>(6) Hold or provide for the holding of conferences to settle or simplify the issues by consent of the parties;
</P>
<P>(7) Receive and consider oral or written arguments on facts or law;
</P>
<P>(8) Make initial decisions;
</P>
<P>(9) Adopt rules of procedure and modify them from time to time as occasion requires for the orderly disposition of proceedings; and
</P>
<P>(10) Perform acts and take measures as necessary to promote the efficient conduct of any proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.63" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.63   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Conduct.</I> The Administrative Law Judge shall preside at the hearing on a complaint for the disbarment or suspension of an attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled practitioner. Hearings will be stenographically recorded and transcribed and the testimony of witnesses will be received under oath or affirmation. The Administrative Law Judge shall conduct hearings pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 556.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Failure to appear.</I> If either party to the proceedings fails to appear at the hearing, after due notice has been sent, the Administrative Law Judge may deem them to have waived the right to a hearing and may make a decision against the absent party by default.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.64" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.64   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Rules of evidence.</I> The rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law and equity are not controlling in hearings. However, the Administrative Law Judge shall exclude evidence which is irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Depositions.</I> Depositions of witnesses taken pursuant to § 8.65 may be admitted as evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Government documents.</I> Official documents, records, and papers of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms and the Office of the Director of Practice are admissible in evidence without the prouction of an officer or employee to authenticate them. These documents, records and papers may be evidenced by a copy attested or identified by an officer or employee of the Bureau or the Treasury Department.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exhibits.</I> If any document, record, or other paper is introduced in evidence as an exhibit, the Administrative Law Judge may authorize the withdrawal of the exhibit subject to any conditions he or she deems proper.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Objections.</I> Objections to evidence will be in short form, stating the grounds of objection and the record may not include arguments thereon, except as ordered by the Administrative Law Judge. Rulings on objections will be a part of the record. No exception to the ruling is necessary to preserve the rights of the parties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.65" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.65   Depositions.</HEAD>
<P>Depositions for use at a hearing may, with the written approval of the Administrative Law Judge, be taken by either the Director of Practice or the respondent or their authorized representatives. Depositions may be taken upon oral or written questioning, upon not less than 10 days' written notice to the other party before any officer authorized to administer an oath for general purposes or before an officer or employee of the Bureau authorized to administer an oath pursuant to 27 CFR 70.35. The written notice will state the names of the witnesses and the time and place where the depositions are to be taken. The requirement of 10 days' notice may be waived by the parties in writing, and depositions may then be taken from the persons and at the times and places mutually agreed to by the parties. When a deposition is taken upon written questioning, any cross-examination will be upon written questioning. Copies of the written questioning will be served upon the other party with the notice, and copies of any written cross-interrogation will be mailed or delivered to the opposing party at least 5 days before the date of taking the depositions, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. A party on whose behalf a deposition is taken must file it with the Administrative Law Judge and serve one copy upon the opposing party. Expenses in the reproduction of depositions will be borne by the party at whose instance the deposition is taken.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.66" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.66   Transcript.</HEAD>
<P>In cases in which the hearing is stenographically reported by a Government contract reporter, copies of the transcript may be obtained from the reporter at rates not to exceed the maximum rates fixed by contract between the Government and the reporter. If the hearing is stenographically reported by a regular employee of the Bureau, a copy of the hearing will be supplied to the respondent either without charge or upon the payment of a reasonable fee. Copies of exhibits introduced at the hearing or at the taking of depositions will be supplied to the parties upon the payment of a reasonable fee.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 501, Pub. L. 82-137, 65 Stat. 290 (31 U.S.C. 483a)) 


</SECAUTH>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.67" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.67   Proposed findings and conclusions.</HEAD>
<P>Except in cases when the respondent has failed to answer the complaint or when a party has failed to appear at the hearing, the Administrative Law Judge, prior to making his or her decision, shall afford the parties a reasonable opportunity to submit proposed findings and conclusions and their supporting reasons.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.68" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.68   Decision of Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>As soon as practicable after the conclusion of a hearing and the receipt of any proposed findings and conclusions timely submitted by the parties, the Administrative Law Judge shall make the initial decision in the case. The decision will include (a) a statement of findings and conclusions, as well as the reasons or basis therefor, upon all the material issues of fact, law, or discretion presented on the record, and (b) an order of disbarment, suspension, or reprimand or an order of dismissal of the complaint. The Administrative Law Judge shall file the decision with the Director of Practice and shall transmit a copy to the respondent or the respondent's attorney of record. In the absence of an appeal to the Secretary, or review of the decision upon motion of the Secretary, the decision of the Administrative Law Judge will, without further proceedings, become the decision of the Secretary of the Treasury 30 days from the date of the Administrative Law Judge's decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.69" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.69   Appeal to the Secretary.</HEAD>
<P>Within 30 days from the date of the Administrative Law Judge's decision, either party may appeal to the Secretary. The appeal will be filed with the Director of Practice in duplicate and will include exceptions to the decision of the Administrative Law Judge and supporting reasons for those exceptions. If the Director of Practice files the appeal, he or she shall transmit a copy of it to the respondent. Within 30 days after receipt of an appeal or copy thereof, the other party may file a reply brief in duplicate with the Director of Practice. If the Director of Practice files the reply brief, he or she shall transmit a copy of it to the respondent. Upon the filing of an appeal and a reply brief, if any, the Director of Practice shall transmit the entire record to the Secretary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.70" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.70   Decision of the Secretary.</HEAD>
<P>On appeal from or review of the intial decision of the Administrative Law Judge, the Secretary shall make the agency decision. In making this decision, the Secretary shall review the record or those portions of the records as may be cited by the parties in order to limit the issues. The Director of Prasctice shall transmit a copy of the Secretary's decision to the respondent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.71" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.71   Effect of disbarment or suspension.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disbarment.</I> If the final order against the respondent is for disbarment, the respondent will not thereafter be permitted to practice before the Bureau unless authorized to do so by the Director of Practice pursuant to § 8.72.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Suspension.</I> If the final order against the respondent is for suspension, the respondent will not thereafter be permitted to practice before the Bureau during the period of suspension.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Surrender of enrollment card.</I> If an enrolled practitioner is disbarred or suspended, he or she shall surrender the enrollment card to the Director of Practice for cancellation, in the case of disbarment, or for retention during the period of suspension.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of disbarment or suspension.</I> Upon the issuance of a final order for suspension or disbarment, the Director of Practice shall give notice of the order to appropriate officers and employees of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms and to interested departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Director of Practice may also give notice as he or she may determine to the proper authorities of the State in which the disbarred or suspended person was licensed to practice as an attorney or certified public accountant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.72" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.9.5.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.72   Petition for reinstatement.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of Practice may entertain a petition for reinstatement from any person disbarred from practice before the Bureau after the expiration of 5 years following disbarment. The director of Practice may not grant reinstatement unless he or she is satisfied that the petitioner is not likely to conduct himself or herself contrary to the regulations in this part, and that granting reinstatement would not be contrary to the public interest.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="9" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 9—EFFECTS OF IMPORTED ARTICLES ON THE NATIONAL SECURITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 232, as amended, 76 Stat. 877, 80 Stat. 369 (19 U.S.C. 1862); 5 U.S.C. 301; Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1973; and E.O. 11725, June 27, 1973 (38 FR 17175).


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 9.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.10.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used herein, <I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury and <I>Assistant Secretary</I> means the Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Enforcement, Operations, and Tariff Affairs).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 50717, Oct. 31, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.10.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.3   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon request of the head of any Government department or agency, upon application of an interested party, or upon his own motion, the Assistant Secretary shall set in motion an immediate investigation to determine the effects on the national security of imports of any article.
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary shall report the findings of his investigation under paragraph (a) of this section with respect to the effect of the importation of such article in such quantities or under such circumstances upon the national security and, based on such findings, his recommendation for action or inaction to the President within one year after receiving an application from an interested party or otherwise beginning an investigation under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 10898, Mar. 22, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 50717, Oct. 31, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.10.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.4   Criteria for determining effects of imports on national security.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In determining the effect on the national security of imports of the article which is the subject of the investigation, the Secretary is required to take into consideration the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Domestic production needed for projected national defense requirements including restoration and rehabilitation.
</P>
<P>(2) The capacity of domestic industries to meet such projected requirements, including existing and anticipated availabilities of:
</P>
<P>(i) Human resources.
</P>
<P>(ii) Products.
</P>
<P>(iii) Raw materials.
</P>
<P>(iv) Production equipment and facilities.
</P>
<P>(v) Other supplies and services essential to the national defense.
</P>
<P>(3) The requirement of growth of such industries and such supplies and services including the investment, exploration and development necessary to assure capacity to meet projected defense requirements.
</P>
<P>(4) The effect which the quantities, availabilities, character and uses of imported goods have or will have on such industries and the capacity of the United States to meet national security requirements.
</P>
<P>(5) The economic welfare of the Nation as it is related to our national security, including the impact of foreign competition on the economic welfare of individual domestic industries. In determining whether such impact may impair the national security, any substantial unemployment, decrease in revenues of government, loss of skills or investment, or other serious effects shall be considered.
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary shall also consider other relevant factors in determining whether the national security is affected by imports of the article.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 10898, Mar. 22, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.10.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.5   Applications for investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Applications shall be in writing. Twenty-five copies shall be filed by mail with the Assistant Secretary (Enforcement, Operations, and Tariff Affairs), Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>(b) Applications shall describe how the quantities or circumstances of imports of the particular article affect the national security and shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the person, partnership, association, corporation, or other entity on whose behalf the application is filed.
</P>
<P>(2) A precise description of the article.
</P>
<P>(3) Description of the applicant and the domestic industry concerned, including pertinent information regarding companies and their plants, locations, capacity and current output of the domestic industry concerned with the article in question.
</P>
<P>(4) Pertinent statistics showing the quantities and values of both imports and production in the United States.
</P>
<P>(5) Nature, sources, and degree of the competition created by imports of the article in question.
</P>
<P>(6) The effect, if any, of imports of the article in question upon the restoration of domestic production capacity in an emergency.
</P>
<P>(7) Employment and special skills involved in the domestic production of the article.
</P>
<P>(8) Extent to which investment and specialized productive capacity is or will be adversely affected.
</P>
<P>(9) Revenues of Federal, State, or local Governments which are or may be affected by the volume or circumstances of imports of the article.
</P>
<P>(10) Defense or defense supporting uses of the article including data on defense contracts or sub-contracts, both past and current.
</P>
<P>(c) Statistical material presented should be on a calendar-year basis for sufficient periods of time to indicate trends and afford the greatest possible assistance to the Assistant Secretary. Monthly or quarterly data for the latest complete years should be included as well as any other breakdowns which may be pertinent to show seasonal or short-term factors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 10898, Mar. 22, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 50717, Oct. 31, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.10.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.6   Confidential information.</HEAD>
<P>Information submitted in confidence which the Assistant Secretary determines would disclose trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged, within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 552 and 31 CFR part 1, will be accorded confidential treatment. All information submitted in confidence must be on separate pages marked “Business Confidential.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 50717, Oct. 31, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.10.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.7   Conduct of investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The investigation by the Assistant Secretary or by such official or agency as he may designate, shall be such as to enable the Secretary to arrive at a fully informed opinion as to the effect on the national security of imports of the article in question.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Assistant Secretary determines that it is appropriate to hold public hearings or otherwise afford interested parties an opportunity to present information and advice relevant to an investigation, he shall issue a public notice which shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Such notice shall include a statement of the time, place and nature of any public hearing or shall solicit from any interested party written comments, opinions, or data relative to the investigation, to be submitted to the Assistant Secretary within the time period specified in the notice. Rebuttal to material so submitted may be filed with the Assistant Secretary within such time as is specified in the public notice. All data, comments and opinions shall be submitted with 25 copies.
</P>
<P>(c) All applications filed and all comments, opinions, and data submitted pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, except information determined to be confidential as provided in § 9.6, will be available for inspection and copying at the Office of the Assistant Secretary (Enforcement, Operations, and Tariff Affairs), Department of the Treasury, in Washington, DC. The Assistant Secretary will maintain a roster of persons who have submitted materials.
</P>
<P>(d) The Assistant Secretary or his designee may also request further data from other sources through the use of questionnaires, correspondence, or other means.
</P>
<P>(e) The Assistant Secretary or his delegate shall, in the course of the investigation, seek information or advice from, and consult with, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Commerce, or their delegates, and any other appropriate officer of the United States as the Assistant Secretary shall determine.
</P>
<P>(f) In addition, the Assistant Secretary, or his designee, may, when he deems it appropriate, hold public hearings to elicit further information. If a hearing is held:
</P>
<P>(1) The time and place thereof will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(2) It will be conducted by the Assistant Secretary or his designee, and the full record will be considered by the Secretary in arriving at his determination.
</P>
<P>(3) Interested parties may appear, either in person or by representation, and produce oral or written evidence relevant and material to the subject matter of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(4) After a witness has testified the Assistant Secretary or his designee may question the witness. Questions submitted to the Assistant Secretary or his designee in writing by any interested party may, at the discretion of the Assistant Secretary or his designee, be posed to the witness for reply for the purpose of assisting the Assistant Secretary in obtaining the material facts with respect to the subject matter of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(5) The hearing will be stenographically reported. The Assistant Secretary will not cause transcripts of the record of the hearing to be distributed to the interested parties, but a transcript may be inspected at the Office of the Assistant Secretary (Enforcement, Operations, and Tariff Affairs), Department of the Treasury, in Washington, DC, or purchased from the reporter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 10898, Mar. 22, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 50717, Oct. 31, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.10.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.8   Emergency action.</HEAD>
<P>In emergency situations or when in his judgment national security interests require it, the Secretary may vary or dispense with any of the procedures set forth above and may formulate his views without following such procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 10898, Mar. 22, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.9" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.10.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.9   Report.</HEAD>
<P>A report will be made and published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> upon the disposition of each request, application or motion under § 9.3. Copies of the report will be available at the Office of the Assistant Secretary (Enforcement, Operations, and Tariff Affairs), Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 50718, Oct. 31, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="10" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 10—PRACTICE BEFORE THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 3, 23 Stat. 258, secs. 2-12, 60 Stat. 237 <I>et seq.;</I> 5 U.S.C. 301, 500, 551-559; 31 U.S.C. 321; 31 U.S.C. 330; Reorg. Plan No. 26 of 1950, 15 FR 4935, 64 Stat. 1280, 3 CFR, 1949-1953 Comp., p. 1017.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Department Circular 230, Revised, 31 FR 10773, Aug. 13, 1966, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 10 appear by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54544, Sept. 26, 2007.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 10.0" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.0   Scope of part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part contains rules governing the recognition of attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled agents, enrolled retirement plan agents, registered tax return preparers, and other persons representing taxpayers before the Internal Revenue Service. Subpart A of this part sets forth rules relating to the authority to practice before the Internal Revenue Service; subpart B of this part prescribes the duties and restrictions relating to such practice; subpart C of this part prescribes the sanctions for violating the regulations; subpart D of this part contains the rules applicable to disciplinary proceedings; and subpart E of this part contains general provisions relating to the availability of official records.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32300, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Rules Governing Authority to Practice</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48765, July 26, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 10.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.1   Offices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Establishment of office(s).</I> The Commissioner shall establish the Office of Professional Responsibility and any other office(s) within the Internal Revenue Service necessary to administer and enforce this part. The Commissioner shall appoint the Director of the Office of Professional Responsibility and any other Internal Revenue official(s) to manage and direct any office(s) established to administer or enforce this part. Offices established under this part include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) The Office of Professional Responsibility, which shall generally have responsibility for matters related to practitioner conduct and shall have exclusive responsibility for discipline, including disciplinary proceedings and sanctions; and
</P>
<P>(2) An office with responsibility for matters related to authority to practice before the Internal Revenue Service, including acting on applications for enrollment to practice before the Internal Revenue Service and administering competency testing and continuing education.
</P>
<P>(b) Officers and employees within any office established under this part may perform acts necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of their office(s) under this part or as otherwise prescribed by the Commissioner.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Acting.</I> The Commissioner will designate an officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service to perform the duties of an individual appointed under paragraph (a) of this section in the absence of that officer or employee or during a vacancy in that office.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011, except that paragraph (a)(1) is applicable beginning June 12, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32300, June 3, 2011, as amended by T.D. 9668, 79 FR 33692, June 12, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this part, except where the text provides otherwise—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Attorney</I> means any person who is a member in good standing of the bar of the highest court of any state, territory, or possession of the United States, including a Commonwealth, or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certified public accountant</I> means any person who is duly qualified to practice as a certified public accountant in any state, territory, or possession of the United States, including a Commonwealth, or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commissioner</I> refers to the Commissioner of Internal Revenue.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Practice before the Internal Revenue Service</I> comprehends all matters connected with a presentation to the Internal Revenue Service or any of its officers or employees relating to a taxpayer's rights, privileges, or liabilities under laws or regulations administered by the Internal Revenue Service. Such presentations include, but are not limited to, preparing documents; filing documents; corresponding and communicating with the Internal Revenue Service; rendering written advice with respect to any entity, transaction, plan or arrangement, or other plan or arrangement having a potential for tax avoidance or evasion; and representing a client at conferences, hearings, and meetings.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Practitioner</I> means any individual described in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f) of § 10.3.
</P>
<P>(6) A <I>tax return</I> includes an amended tax return and a claim for refund.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Service</I> means the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Tax return preparer</I> means any individual within the meaning of section 7701(a)(36) and 26 CFR 301.7701-15.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54544, Sept. 26, 2007, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32300, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.3   Who may practice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Attorneys.</I> Any attorney who is not currently under suspension or disbarment from practice before the Internal Revenue Service may practice before the Internal Revenue Service by filing with the Internal Revenue Service a written declaration that the attorney is currently qualified as an attorney and is authorized to represent the party or parties. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, attorneys who are not currently under suspension or disbarment from practice before the Internal Revenue Service are not required to file a written declaration with the IRS before rendering written advice covered under § 10.37, but their rendering of this advice is practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certified public accountants.</I> Any certified public accountant who is not currently under suspension or disbarment from practice before the Internal Revenue Service may practice before the Internal Revenue Service by filing with the Internal Revenue Service a written declaration that the certified public accountant is currently qualified as a certified public accountant and is authorized to represent the party or parties. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, certified public accountants who are not currently under suspension or disbarment from practice before the Internal Revenue Service are not required to file a written declaration with the IRS before rendering written advice covered under § 10.37, but their rendering of this advice is practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Enrolled agents.</I> Any individual enrolled as an agent pursuant to this part who is not currently under suspension or disbarment from practice before the Internal Revenue Service may practice before the Internal Revenue Service. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Enrolled actuaries.</I> (1) Any individual who is enrolled as an actuary by the Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries pursuant to 29 U.S.C. 1242 who is not currently under suspension or disbarment from practice before the Internal Revenue Service may practice before the Internal Revenue Service by filing with the Internal Revenue Service a written declaration stating that he or she is currently qualified as an enrolled actuary and is authorized to represent the party or parties on whose behalf he or she acts. 
</P>
<P>(2) Practice as an enrolled actuary is limited to representation with respect to issues involving the following statutory provisions in title 26 of the United States Code: sections 401 (relating to qualification of employee plans), 403(a) (relating to whether an annuity plan meets the requirements of section 404(a)(2)), 404 (relating to deductibility of employer contributions), 405 (relating to qualification of bond purchase plans), 412 (relating to funding requirements for certain employee plans), 413 (relating to application of qualification requirements to collectively bargained plans and to plans maintained by more than one employer), 414 (relating to definitions and special rules with respect to the employee plan area), 419 (relating to treatment of funded welfare benefits), 419A (relating to qualified asset accounts), 420 (relating to transfers of excess pension assets to retiree health accounts), 4971 (relating to excise taxes payable as a result of an accumulated funding deficiency under section 412), 4972 (relating to tax on nondeductible contributions to qualified employer plans), 4976 (relating to taxes with respect to funded welfare benefit plans), 4980 (relating to tax on reversion of qualified plan assets to employer), 6057 (relating to annual registration of plans), 6058 (relating to information required in connection with certain plans of deferred compensation), 6059 (relating to periodic report of actuary), 6652(e) (relating to the failure to file annual registration and other notifications by pension plan), 6652(f) (relating to the failure to file information required in connection with certain plans of deferred compensation), 6692 (relating to the failure to file actuarial report), 7805(b) (relating to the extent to which an Internal Revenue Service ruling or determination letter coming under the statutory provisions listed here will be applied without retroactive effect); and 29 U.S.C. 1083 (relating to the waiver of funding for nonqualified plans). 
</P>
<P>(3) An individual who practices before the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section is subject to the provisions of this part in the same manner as attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled agents, enrolled retirement plan agents, and registered tax return preparers.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Enrolled Retirement Plan Agents</I>—(1) Any individual enrolled as a retirement plan agent pursuant to this part who is not currently under suspension or disbarment from practice before the Internal Revenue Service may practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(2) Practice as an enrolled retirement plan agent is limited to representation with respect to issues involving the following programs: Employee Plans Determination Letter program; Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System; and Employee Plans Master and Prototype and Volume Submitter program. In addition, enrolled retirement plan agents are generally permitted to represent taxpayers with respect to IRS forms under the 5300 and 5500 series which are filed by retirement plans and plan sponsors, but not with respect to actuarial forms or schedules.
</P>
<P>(3) An individual who practices before the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section is subject to the provisions of this part in the same manner as attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled agents, enrolled actuaries, and registered tax return preparers.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Registered tax return preparers.</I> (1) Any individual who is designated as a registered tax return preparer pursuant to § 10.4(c) of this part who is not currently under suspension or disbarment from practice before the Internal Revenue Service may practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(2) Practice as a registered tax return preparer is limited to preparing and signing tax returns and claims for refund, and other documents for submission to the Internal Revenue Service. A registered tax return preparer may prepare all or substantially all of a tax return or claim for refund of tax. The Internal Revenue Service will prescribe by forms, instructions, or other appropriate guidance the tax returns and claims for refund that a registered tax return preparer may prepare and sign.
</P>
<P>(3) A registered tax return preparer may represent taxpayers before revenue agents, customer service representatives, or similar officers and employees of the Internal Revenue Service (including the Taxpayer Advocate Service) during an examination if the registered tax return preparer signed the tax return or claim for refund for the taxable year or period under examination. Unless otherwise prescribed by regulation or notice, this right does not permit such individual to represent the taxpayer, regardless of the circumstances requiring representation, before appeals officers, revenue officers, Counsel or similar officers or employees of the Internal Revenue Service or the Treasury Department. A registered tax return preparer's authorization to practice under this part also does not include the authority to provide tax advice to a client or another person except as necessary to prepare a tax return, claim for refund, or other document intended to be submitted to the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(4) An individual who practices before the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section is subject to the provisions of this part in the same manner as attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled agents, enrolled retirement plan agents, and enrolled actuaries.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Others.</I> Any individual qualifying under § 10.5(e) or § 10.7 is eligible to practice before the Internal Revenue Service to the extent provided in those sections.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Government officers and employees, and others.</I> An individual, who is an officer or employee of the executive, legislative, or judicial branch of the United States Government; an officer or employee of the District of Columbia; a Member of Congress; or a Resident Commissioner may not practice before the Internal Revenue Service if such practice violates 18 U.S.C. 203 or 205. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>State officers and employees.</I> No officer or employee of any State, or subdivision of any State, whose duties require him or her to pass upon, investigate, or deal with tax matters for such State or subdivision, may practice before the Internal Revenue Service, if such employment may disclose facts or information applicable to Federal tax matters. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> Paragraphs (a), (b), and (g) of this section are applicable beginning June 12, 2014. Paragraphs (c) through (f), (h), and (i) of this section are applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48765, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54545, Sept. 26, 2007; T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32300, June 3, 2011; T.D. 9668, 79 FR 33693, June 12, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.4   Eligibility to become an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Enrollment as an enrolled agent upon examination.</I> The Commissioner, or delegate, will grant enrollment as an enrolled agent to an applicant eighteen years of age or older who demonstrates special competence in tax matters by written examination administered by, or administered under the oversight of, the Internal Revenue Service, who possesses a current or otherwise valid preparer tax identification number or other prescribed identifying number, and who has not engaged in any conduct that would justify the suspension or disbarment of any practitioner under the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Enrollment as a retirement plan agent upon examination.</I> The Commissioner, or delegate, will grant enrollment as an enrolled retirement plan agent to an applicant eighteen years of age or older who demonstrates special competence in qualified retirement plan matters by written examination administered by, or administered under the oversight of, the Internal Revenue Service, who possesses a current or otherwise valid preparer tax identification number or other prescribed identifying number, and who has not engaged in any conduct that would justify the suspension or disbarment of any practitioner under the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Designation as a registered tax return preparer.</I> The Commissioner, or delegate, may designate an individual eighteen years of age or older as a registered tax return preparer provided an applicant demonstrates competence in Federal tax return preparation matters by written examination administered by, or administered under the oversight of, the Internal Revenue Service, or otherwise meets the requisite standards prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, possesses a current or otherwise valid preparer tax identification number or other prescribed identifying number, and has not engaged in any conduct that would justify the suspension or disbarment of any practitioner under the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Enrollment of former Internal Revenue Service employees.</I> The Commissioner, or delegate, may grant enrollment as an enrolled agent or enrolled retirement plan agent to an applicant who, by virtue of past service and technical experience in the Internal Revenue Service, has qualified for such enrollment and who has not engaged in any conduct that would justify the suspension or disbarment of any practitioner under the provisions of this part, under the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) The former employee applies for enrollment on an Internal Revenue Service form and supplies the information requested on the form and such other information regarding the experience and training of the applicant as may be relevant.
</P>
<P>(2) The appropriate office of the Internal Revenue Service provides a detailed report of the nature and rating of the applicant's work while employed by the Internal Revenue Service and a recommendation whether such employment qualifies the applicant technically or otherwise for the desired authorization.
</P>
<P>(3) Enrollment as an enrolled agent based on an applicant's former employment with the Internal Revenue Service may be of unlimited scope or it may be limited to permit the presentation of matters only of the particular specialty or only before the particular unit or division of the Internal Revenue Service for which the applicant's former employment has qualified the applicant. Enrollment as an enrolled retirement plan agent based on an applicant's former employment with the Internal Revenue Service will be limited to permit the presentation of matters only with respect to qualified retirement plan matters.
</P>
<P>(4) Application for enrollment as an enrolled agent or enrolled retirement plan agent based on an applicant's former employment with the Internal Revenue Service must be made within three years from the date of separation from such employment.
</P>
<P>(5) An applicant for enrollment as an enrolled agent who is requesting such enrollment based on former employment with the Internal Revenue Service must have had a minimum of five years continuous employment with the Internal Revenue Service during which the applicant must have been regularly engaged in applying and interpreting the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations relating to income, estate, gift, employment, or excise taxes.
</P>
<P>(6) An applicant for enrollment as an enrolled retirement plan agent who is requesting such enrollment based on former employment with the Internal Revenue Service must have had a minimum of five years continuous employment with the Internal Revenue Service during which the applicant must have been regularly engaged in applying and interpreting the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations relating to qualified retirement plan matters.
</P>
<P>(7) For the purposes of paragraphs (d)(5) and (6) of this section, an aggregate of 10 or more years of employment in positions involving the application and interpretation of the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, at least three of which occurred within the five years preceding the date of application, is the equivalent of five years continuous employment.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Natural persons.</I> Enrollment or authorization to practice may be granted only to natural persons.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32301, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.5   Application to become an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form; address.</I> An applicant to become an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer must apply as required by forms or procedures established and published by the Internal Revenue Service, including proper execution of required forms under oath or affirmation. The address on the application will be the address under which a successful applicant is enrolled or registered and is the address to which all correspondence concerning enrollment or registration will be sent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fee.</I> A reasonable nonrefundable fee may be charged for each application to become an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer. See 26 CFR part 300.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional information; examination.</I> The Internal Revenue Service may require the applicant, as a condition to consideration of an application, to file additional information and to submit to any written or oral examination under oath or otherwise. Upon the applicant's written request, the Internal Revenue Service will afford the applicant the opportunity to be heard with respect to the application.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compliance and suitability checks.</I> (1) As a condition to consideration of an application, the Internal Revenue Service may conduct a Federal tax compliance check and suitability check. The tax compliance check will be limited to an inquiry regarding whether an applicant has filed all required individual or business tax returns and whether the applicant has failed to pay, or make proper arrangements with the Internal Revenue Service for payment of, any Federal tax debts. The suitability check will be limited to an inquiry regarding whether an applicant has engaged in any conduct that would justify suspension or disbarment of any practitioner under the provisions of this part on the date the application is submitted, including whether the applicant has engaged in disreputable conduct as defined in § 10.51. The application will be denied only if the results of the compliance or suitability check are sufficient to establish that the practitioner engaged in conduct subject to sanctions under §§ 10.51 and 10.52.
</P>
<P>(2) If the applicant does not pass the tax compliance or suitability check, the applicant will not be issued an enrollment or registration card or certificate pursuant to § 10.6(b) of this part. An applicant who is initially denied enrollment or registration for failure to pass a tax compliance check may reapply after the initial denial if the applicant becomes current with respect to the applicant's tax liabilities.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Temporary recognition.</I> On receipt of a properly executed application, the Commissioner, or delegate, may grant the applicant temporary recognition to practice pending a determination as to whether status as an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer should be granted. Temporary recognition will be granted only in unusual circumstances and it will not be granted, in any circumstance, if the application is not regular on its face, if the information stated in the application, if true, is not sufficient to warrant granting the application to practice, or the Commissioner, or delegate, has information indicating that the statements in the application are untrue or that the applicant would not otherwise qualify to become an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer. Issuance of temporary recognition does not constitute either a designation or a finding of eligibility as an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer, and the temporary recognition may be withdrawn at any time.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Protest of application denial.</I> The applicant will be informed in writing as to the reason(s) for any denial of an application. The applicant may, within 30 days after receipt of the notice of denial of the application, file a written protest of the denial as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service in forms, guidance, or other appropriate guidance. A protest under this section is not governed by subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable to applications received on or after August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 63 FR 32302, June 3, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 49650, Aug. 11, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.6   Term and renewal of status as an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Term.</I> Each individual authorized to practice before the Internal Revenue Service as an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer will be accorded active enrollment or registration status subject to renewal of enrollment or registration as provided in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Enrollment or registration card or certificate.</I> The Internal Revenue Service will issue an enrollment or registration card or certificate to each individual whose application to practice before the Internal Revenue Service is approved. Each card or certificate will be valid for the period stated on the card or certificate. An enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer may not practice before the Internal Revenue Service if the card or certificate is not current or otherwise valid. The card or certificate is in addition to any notification that may be provided to each individual who obtains a preparer tax identification number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Change of address.</I> An enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer must send notification of any change of address to the address specified by the Internal Revenue Service within 60 days of the change of address. This notification must include the enrolled agent's, enrolled retirement plan agent's, or registered tax return preparer's name, prior address, new address, tax identification number(s) (including preparer tax identification number), and the date the change of address is effective. Unless this notification is sent, the address for purposes of any correspondence from the appropriate Internal Revenue Service office responsible for administering this part shall be the address reflected on the practitioner's most recent application for enrollment or registration, or application for renewal of enrollment or registration. A practitioner's change of address notification under this part will not constitute a change of the practitioner's last known address for purposes of section 6212 of the Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Renewal</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Enrolled agents, enrolled retirement plan agents, and registered tax return preparers must renew their status with the Internal Revenue Service to maintain eligibility to practice before the Internal Revenue Service. Failure to receive notification from the Internal Revenue Service of the renewal requirement will not be justification for the individual's failure to satisfy this requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Renewal period for enrolled agents.</I> (i) All enrolled agents must renew their preparer tax identification number as prescribed by forms, instructions, or other appropriate guidance.
</P>
<P>(ii) Enrolled agents who have a Social Security number or tax identification number that ends with the numbers 0, 1, 2, or 3, except for those individuals who received their initial enrollment after November 1, 2003, must apply for renewal between November 1, 2003, and January 31, 2004. The renewal will be effective April 1, 2004.
</P>
<P>(iii) Enrolled agents who have a social security number or tax identification number that ends with the numbers 4, 5, or 6, except for those individuals who received their initial enrollment after November 1, 2004, must apply for renewal between November 1, 2004, and January 31, 2005. The renewal will be effective April 1, 2005.
</P>
<P>(iv) Enrolled agents who have a social security number or tax identification number that ends with the numbers 7, 8, or 9, except for those individuals who received their initial enrollment after November 1, 2005, must apply for renewal between November 1, 2005, and January 31, 2006. The renewal will be effective April 1, 2006.
</P>
<P>(v) Thereafter, applications for renewal as an enrolled agent will be required between November 1 and January 31 of every subsequent third year as specified in paragraph (d)(2)(i), (d)(2)(ii), or (d)(2)(iii) of this section according to the last number of the individual's Social Security number or tax identification number. Those individuals who receive initial enrollment as an enrolled agent after November 1 and before April 2 of the applicable renewal period will not be required to renew their enrollment before the first full renewal period following the receipt of their initial enrollment.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Renewal period for enrolled retirement plan agents.</I> (i) All enrolled retirement plan agents must renew their preparer tax identification number as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service in forms, instructions, or other appropriate guidance.
</P>
<P>(ii) Enrolled retirement plan agents will be required to renew their status as enrolled retirement plan agents between April 1 and June 30 of every third year subsequent to their initial enrollment.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Renewal period for registered tax return preparers.</I> Registered tax return preparers must renew their preparer tax identification number and their status as a registered tax return preparer as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service in forms, instructions, or other appropriate guidance.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Notification of renewal.</I> After review and approval, the Internal Revenue Service will notify the individual of the renewal and will issue the individual a card or certificate evidencing current status as an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Fee.</I> A reasonable nonrefundable fee may be charged for each application for renewal filed. See 26 CFR part 300.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Forms.</I> Forms required for renewal may be obtained by sending a written request to the address specified by the Internal Revenue Service or from such other source as the Internal Revenue Service will publish in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see 26 CFR 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(<I>b</I>)) and on the Internal Revenue Service webpage (<I>http://www.irs.gov</I>).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Condition for renewal: continuing education.</I> In order to qualify for renewal as an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer, an individual must certify, in the manner prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, that the individual has satisfied the requisite number of continuing education hours.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Enrollment year</I> means January 1 to December 31 of each year of an enrollment cycle.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Enrollment cycle</I> means the three successive enrollment years preceding the effective date of renewal.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Registration year</I> means each 12-month period the registered tax return preparer is authorized to practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(iv) The <I>effective date of renewal</I> is the first day of the fourth month following the close of the period for renewal described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>For renewed enrollment as an enrolled agent or enrolled retirement plan agent</I>—(i) <I>Requirements for enrollment cycle.</I> A minimum of 72 hours of continuing education credit, including six hours of ethics or professional conduct, must be completed during each enrollment cycle.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Requirements for enrollment year.</I> A minimum of 16 hours of continuing education credit, including two hours of ethics or professional conduct, must be completed during each enrollment year of an enrollment cycle.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Enrollment during enrollment cycle</I>—(A) <I>In general.</I> Subject to paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B) of this section, an individual who receives initial enrollment during an enrollment cycle must complete two hours of qualifying continuing education credit for each month enrolled during the enrollment cycle. Enrollment for any part of a month is considered enrollment for the entire month.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Ethics.</I> An individual who receives initial enrollment during an enrollment cycle must complete two hours of ethics or professional conduct for each enrollment year during the enrollment cycle. Enrollment for any part of an enrollment year is considered enrollment for the entire year.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Requirements for renewal as a registered tax return preparer.</I> A minimum of 15 hours of continuing education credit, including two hours of ethics or professional conduct, three hours of Federal tax law updates, and 10 hours of Federal tax law topics, must be completed during each registration year.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Qualifying continuing education</I>—(1) <I>General</I>—(i) <I>Enrolled agents.</I> To qualify for continuing education credit for an enrolled agent, a course of learning must—
</P>
<P>(A) Be a qualifying continuing education program designed to enhance professional knowledge in Federal taxation or Federal tax related matters (programs comprised of current subject matter in Federal taxation or Federal tax related matters, including accounting, tax return preparation software, taxation, or ethics); and
</P>
<P>(B) Be a qualifying continuing education program consistent with the Internal Revenue Code and effective tax administration.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Enrolled retirement plan agents.</I> To qualify for continuing education credit for an enrolled retirement plan agent, a course of learning must—
</P>
<P>(A) Be a qualifying continuing education program designed to enhance professional knowledge in qualified retirement plan matters; and
</P>
<P>(B) Be a qualifying continuing education program consistent with the Internal Revenue Code and effective tax administration.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Registered tax return preparers.</I> To qualify for continuing education credit for a registered tax return preparer, a course of learning must—
</P>
<P>(A) Be a qualifying continuing education program designed to enhance professional knowledge in Federal taxation or Federal tax related matters (programs comprised of current subject matter in Federal taxation or Federal tax related matters, including accounting, tax return preparation software, taxation, or ethics); and
</P>
<P>(B) Be a qualifying continuing education program consistent with the Internal Revenue Code and effective tax administration.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Qualifying programs</I>—(i) <I>Formal programs.</I> A formal program qualifies as a continuing education program if it—
</P>
<P>(A) Requires attendance and provides each attendee with a certificate of attendance;
</P>
<P>(B) Is conducted by a qualified instructor, discussion leader, or speaker (in other words, a person whose background, training, education, and experience is appropriate for instructing or leading a discussion on the subject matter of the particular program);
</P>
<P>(C) Provides or requires a written outline, textbook, or suitable electronic educational materials; and
</P>
<P>(D) Satisfies the requirements established for a qualified continuing education program pursuant to § 10.9.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Correspondence or individual study programs (including taped programs).</I> Qualifying continuing education programs include correspondence or individual study programs that are conducted by continuing education providers and completed on an individual basis by the enrolled individual. The allowable credit hours for such programs will be measured on a basis comparable to the measurement of a seminar or course for credit in an accredited educational institution. Such programs qualify as continuing education programs only if they—
</P>
<P>(A) Require registration of the participants by the continuing education provider;
</P>
<P>(B) Provide a means for measuring successful completion by the participants (for example, a written examination), including the issuance of a certificate of completion by the continuing education provider;
</P>
<P>(C) Provide a written outline, textbook, or suitable electronic educational materials; and
</P>
<P>(D) Satisfy the requirements established for a qualified continuing education program pursuant to § 10.9.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Serving as an instructor, discussion leader or speaker.</I> (A) One hour of continuing education credit will be awarded for each contact hour completed as an instructor, discussion leader, or speaker at an educational program that meets the continuing education requirements of paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) A maximum of two hours of continuing education credit will be awarded for actual subject preparation time for each contact hour completed as an instructor, discussion leader, or speaker at such programs. It is the responsibility of the individual claiming such credit to maintain records to verify preparation time.
</P>
<P>(C) The maximum continuing education credit for instruction and preparation may not exceed four hours annually for registered tax return preparers and six hours annually for enrolled agents and enrolled retirement plan agents.
</P>
<P>(D) An instructor, discussion leader, or speaker who makes more than one presentation on the same subject matter during an enrollment cycle or registration year will receive continuing education credit for only one such presentation for the enrollment cycle or registration year.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Periodic examination.</I> Enrolled Agents and Enrolled Retirement Plan Agents may establish eligibility for renewal of enrollment for any enrollment cycle by—
</P>
<P>(i) Achieving a passing score on each part of the Special Enrollment Examination administered under this part during the three year period prior to renewal; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Completing a minimum of 16 hours of qualifying continuing education during the last year of an enrollment cycle.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Measurement of continuing education coursework.</I> (1) All continuing education programs will be measured in terms of contact hours. The shortest recognized program will be one contact hour.
</P>
<P>(2) A contact hour is 50 minutes of continuous participation in a program. Credit is granted only for a full contact hour, which is 50 minutes or multiples thereof. For example, a program lasting more than 50 minutes but less than 100 minutes will count as only one contact hour.
</P>
<P>(3) Individual segments at continuous conferences, conventions and the like will be considered one total program. For example, two 90-minute segments (180 minutes) at a continuous conference will count as three contact hours.
</P>
<P>(4) For university or college courses, each semester hour credit will equal 15 contact hours and a quarter hour credit will equal 10 contact hours.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Recordkeeping requirements.</I> (1) Each individual applying for renewal must retain for a period of four years following the date of renewal the information required with regard to qualifying continuing education credit hours. Such information includes—
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the sponsoring organization;
</P>
<P>(ii) The location of the program;
</P>
<P>(iii) The title of the program, qualified program number, and description of its content;
</P>
<P>(iv) Written outlines, course syllibi, textbook, and/or electronic materials provided or required for the course;
</P>
<P>(v) The dates attended;
</P>
<P>(vi) The credit hours claimed;
</P>
<P>(vii) The name(s) of the instructor(s), discussion leader(s), or speaker(s), if appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(viii) The certificate of completion and/or signed statement of the hours of attendance obtained from the continuing education provider.
</P>
<P>(2) To receive continuing education credit for service completed as an instructor, discussion leader, or speaker, the following information must be maintained for a period of four years following the date of renewal—
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the sponsoring organization;
</P>
<P>(ii) The location of the program;
</P>
<P>(iii) The title of the program and copy of its content;
</P>
<P>(iv) The dates of the program; and
</P>
<P>(v) The credit hours claimed.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Waivers.</I> (1) Waiver from the continuing education requirements for a given period may be granted for the following reasons—
</P>
<P>(i) Health, which prevented compliance with the continuing education requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Extended active military duty;
</P>
<P>(iii) Absence from the United States for an extended period of time due to employment or other reasons, provided the individual does not practice before the Internal Revenue Service during such absence; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Other compelling reasons, which will be considered on a case-by-case basis.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for waiver must be accompanied by appropriate documentation. The individual is required to furnish any additional documentation or explanation deemed necessary. Examples of appropriate documentation could be a medical certificate or military orders.
</P>
<P>(3) A request for waiver must be filed no later than the last day of the renewal application period.
</P>
<P>(4) If a request for waiver is not approved, the individual will be placed in inactive status. The individual will be notified that the waiver was not approved and that the individual has been placed on a roster of inactive enrolled agents, enrolled retirement plan agents, or registered tax return preparers.
</P>
<P>(5) If the request for waiver is not approved, the individual may file a protest as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service in forms, instructions, or other appropriate guidance. A protest filed under this section is not governed by subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(6) If a request for waiver is approved, the individual will be notified and issued a card or certificate evidencing renewal.
</P>
<P>(7) Those who are granted waivers are required to file timely applications for renewal of enrollment or registration.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Failure to comply.</I> (1) Compliance by an individual with the requirements of this part is determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The Internal Revenue Service will provide notice to any individual who fails to meet the continuing education and fee requirements of eligibility for renewal. The notice will state the basis for the determination of noncompliance and will provide the individual an opportunity to furnish the requested information in writing relating to the matter within 60 days of the date of the notice. Such information will be considered in making a final determination as to eligibility for renewal. The individual must be informed of the reason(s) for any denial of a renewal. The individual may, within 30 days after receipt of the notice of denial of renewal, file a written protest of the denial as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service in forms, instructions, or other appropriate guidance. A protest under this section is not governed by subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The continuing education records of an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer may be reviewed to determine compliance with the requirements and standards for renewal as provided in paragraph (f) of this section. As part of this review, the enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent or registered tax return preparer may be required to provide the Internal Revenue Service with copies of any continuing education records required to be maintained under this part. If the enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent or registered tax return preparer fails to comply with this requirement, any continuing education hours claimed may be disallowed.
</P>
<P>(3) An individual who has not filed a timely application for renewal, who has not made a timely response to the notice of noncompliance with the renewal requirements, or who has not satisfied the requirements of eligibility for renewal will be placed on a roster of inactive enrolled individuals or inactive registered individuals. During this time, the individual will be ineligible to practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(4) Individuals placed in inactive status and individuals ineligible to practice before the Internal Revenue Service may not state or imply that they are eligible to practice before the Internal Revenue Service, or use the terms enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer, the designations “EA” or “ERPA” or other form of reference to eligibility to practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(5) An individual placed in inactive status may be reinstated to an active status by filing an application for renewal and providing evidence of the completion of all required continuing education hours for the enrollment cycle or registration year. Continuing education credit under this paragraph (j)(5) may not be used to satisfy the requirements of the enrollment cycle or registration year in which the individual has been placed back on the active roster.
</P>
<P>(6) An individual placed in inactive status must file an application for renewal and satisfy the requirements for renewal as set forth in this section within three years of being placed in inactive status. Otherwise, the name of such individual will be removed from the inactive status roster and the individual's status as an enrolled agent, enrolled retirement plan agent, or registered tax return preparer will terminate. Future eligibility for active status must then be reestablished by the individual as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(7) Inactive status is not available to an individual who is the subject of a pending disciplinary matter before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Inactive retirement status.</I> An individual who no longer practices before the Internal Revenue Service may request to be placed in an inactive retirement status at any time and such individual will be placed in an inactive retirement status. The individual will be ineligible to practice before the Internal Revenue Service. An individual who is placed in an inactive retirement status may be reinstated to an active status by filing an application for renewal and providing evidence of the completion of the required continuing education hours for the enrollment cycle or registration year. Inactive retirement status is not available to an individual who is ineligible to practice before the Internal Revenue Service or an individual who is the subject of a pending disciplinary matter under this part.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Renewal while under suspension or disbarment.</I> An individual who is ineligible to practice before the Internal Revenue Service by virtue of disciplinary action under this part is required to conform to the requirements for renewal of enrollment or registration before the individual's eligibility is restored.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Enrolled actuaries.</I> The enrollment and renewal of enrollment of actuaries authorized to practice under paragraph (d) of § 10.3 are governed by the regulations of the Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries at 20 CFR 901.1 through 901.72.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable to enrollment or registration effective beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32302, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.7   Representing oneself; participating in rulemaking; limited practice; and special appearances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Representing oneself.</I> Individuals may appear on their own behalf before the Internal Revenue Service provided they present satisfactory identification. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Participating in rulemaking.</I> Individuals may participate in rulemaking as provided by the Administrative Procedure Act. <I>See</I> 5 U.S.C. 553. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limited practice</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Subject to the limitations in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, an individual who is not a practitioner may represent a taxpayer before the Internal Revenue Service in the circumstances described in this paragraph (c)(1), even if the taxpayer is not present, provided the individual presents satisfactory identification and proof of his or her authority to represent the taxpayer. The circumstances described in this paragraph (c)(1) are as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) An individual may represent a member of his or her immediate family. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A regular full-time employee of an individual employer may represent the employer. 
</P>
<P>(iii) A general partner or a regular full-time employee of a partnership may represent the partnership. 
</P>
<P>(iv) A bona fide officer or a regular full-time employee of a corporation (including a parent, subsidiary, or other affiliated corporation), association, or organized group may represent the corporation, association, or organized group. 
</P>
<P>(v) A regular full-time employee of a trust, receivership, guardianship, or estate may represent the trust, receivership, guardianship, or estate. 
</P>
<P>(vi) An officer or a regular employee of a governmental unit, agency, or authority may represent the governmental unit, agency, or authority in the course of his or her official duties. 
</P>
<P>(vii) An individual may represent any individual or entity, who is outside the United States, before personnel of the Internal Revenue Service when such representation takes place outside the United States. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Limitations.</I> (i) An individual who is under suspension or disbarment from practice before the Internal Revenue Service may not engage in limited practice before the Internal Revenue Service under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commissioner, or delegate, may, after notice and opportunity for a conference, deny eligibility to engage in limited practice before the Internal Revenue Service under paragraph (c)(1) of this section to any individual who has engaged in conduct that would justify a sanction under § 10.50.
</P>
<P>(iii) An individual who represents a taxpayer under the authority of paragraph (c)(1) of this section is subject, to the extent of his or her authority, to such rules of general applicability regarding standards of conduct and other matters as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special appearances.</I> The Commissioner, or delegate, may, subject to conditions deemed appropriate, authorize an individual who is not otherwise eligible to practice before the Internal Revenue Service to represent another person in a particular matter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Fiduciaries.</I> For purposes of this part, a fiduciary (for example, a trustee, receiver, guardian, personal representative, administrator, or executor) is considered to be the taxpayer and not a representative of the taxpayer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48765, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54544, 54547, Sept. 26, 2007; T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32305, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.8   Return preparation and application of rules to other individuals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preparing all or substantially all of a tax return.</I> Any individual who for compensation prepares or assists with the preparation of all or substantially all of a tax return or claim for refund must have a preparer tax identification number. Except as otherwise prescribed in forms, instructions, or other appropriate guidance, an individual must be an attorney, certified public accountant, enrolled agent, or registered tax return preparer to obtain a preparer tax identification number. Any individual who for compensation prepares or assists with the preparation of all or substantially all of a tax return or claim for refund is subject to the duties and restrictions relating to practice in subpart B, as well as subject to the sanctions for violation of the regulations in subpart C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparing a tax return and furnishing information.</I> Any individual may for compensation prepare or assist with the preparation of a tax return or claim for refund (provided the individual prepares less than substantially all of the tax return or claim for refund), appear as a witness for the taxpayer before the Internal Revenue Service, or furnish information at the request of the Internal Revenue Service or any of its officers or employees.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application of rules to other individuals.</I> Any individual who for compensation prepares, or assists in the preparation of, all or a substantial portion of a document pertaining to any taxpayer's tax liability for submission to the Internal Revenue Service is subject to the duties and restrictions relating to practice in subpart B, as well as subject to the sanctions for violation of the regulations in subpart C. Unless otherwise a practitioner, however, an individual may not for compensation prepare, or assist in the preparation of, all or substantially all of a tax return or claim for refund, or sign tax returns and claims for refund. For purposes of this paragraph, an individual described in 26 CFR 301.7701-15(f) is not treated as having prepared all or a substantial portion of the document by reason of such assistance.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32306, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.9" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.1.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.9   Continuing education providers and continuing education programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Continuing education providers</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Continuing education providers are those responsible for presenting continuing education programs. A continuing education provider must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be an accredited educational institution;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be recognized for continuing education purposes by the licensing body of any State, territory, or possession of the United States, including a Commonwealth, or the District of Columbia;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be recognized and approved by a qualifying organization as a provider of continuing education on subject matters within § 10.6(f) of this part. The Internal Revenue Service may, at its discretion, identify a professional organization, society or business entity that maintains minimum education standards comparable to those set forth in this part as a qualifying organization for purposes of this part in appropriate forms, instructions, and other appropriate guidance; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Be recognized by the Internal Revenue Service as a professional organization, society, or business whose programs include offering continuing professional education opportunities in subject matters within § 10.6(f) of this part. The Internal Revenue Service, at its discretion, may require such professional organizations, societies, or businesses to file an agreement and/or obtain Internal Revenue Service approval of each program as a qualified continuing education program in appropriate forms, instructions or other appropriate guidance.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Continuing education provider numbers</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> A continuing education provider is required to obtain a continuing education provider number and pay any applicable user fee.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Renewal.</I> A continuing education provider maintains its status as a continuing education provider during the continuing education provider cycle by renewing its continuing education provider number as prescribed by forms, instructions or other appropriate guidance and paying any applicable user fee.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Requirements for qualified continuing education programs.</I> A continuing education provider must ensure the qualified continuing education program complies with all the following requirements—
</P>
<P>(i) Programs must be developed by individual(s) qualified in the subject matter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Program subject matter must be current;
</P>
<P>(iii) Instructors, discussion leaders, and speakers must be qualified with respect to program content;
</P>
<P>(iv) Programs must include some means for evaluation of the technical content and presentation to be evaluated;
</P>
<P>(v) Certificates of completion bearing a current qualified continuing education program number issued by the Internal Revenue Service must be provided to the participants who successfully complete the program; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Records must be maintained by the continuing education provider to verify the participants who attended and completed the program for a period of four years following completion of the program. In the case of continuous conferences, conventions, and the like, records must be maintained to verify completion of the program and attendance by each participant at each segment of the program.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Program numbers</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> Every continuing education provider is required to obtain a continuing education provider program number and pay any applicable user fee for each program offered. Program numbers shall be obtained as prescribed by forms, instructions or other appropriate guidance. Although, at the discretion of the Internal Revenue Service, a continuing education provider may be required to demonstrate that the program is designed to enhance professional knowledge in Federal taxation or Federal tax related matters (programs comprised of current subject matter in Federal taxation or Federal tax related matters, including accounting, tax return preparation software, taxation, or ethics) and complies with the requirements in paragraph (a)(2)of this section before a program number is issued.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Update programs.</I> Update programs may use the same number as the program subject to update. An update program is a program that instructs on a change of existing law occurring within one year of the update program offering. The qualifying education program subject to update must have been offered within the two year time period prior to the change in existing law.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Change in existing law.</I> A change in existing law means the effective date of the statute or regulation, or date of entry of judicial decision, that is the subject of the update.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Failure to comply.</I> Compliance by a continuing education provider with the requirements of this part is determined by the Internal Revenue Service. A continuing education provider who fails to meet the requirements of this part will be notified by the Internal Revenue Service. The notice will state the basis for the determination of noncompliance and will provide the continuing education provider an opportunity to furnish the requested information in writing relating to the matter within 60 days of the date of the notice. The continuing education provider may, within 30 days after receipt of the notice of denial, file a written protest as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service in forms, instructions, or other appropriate guidance. A protest under this section is not governed by subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32306, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Duties and Restrictions Relating to Practice Before the Internal Revenue Service</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48771, July 26, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 10.20" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.20   Information to be furnished.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>To the Internal Revenue Service.</I> (1) A practitioner must, on a proper and lawful request by a duly authorized officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service, promptly submit records or information in any matter before the Internal Revenue Service unless the practitioner believes in good faith and on reasonable grounds that the records or information are privileged. 
</P>
<P>(2) Where the requested records or information are not in the possession of, or subject to the control of, the practitioner or the practitioner's client, the practitioner must promptly notify the requesting Internal Revenue Service officer or employee and the practitioner must provide any information that the practitioner has regarding the identity of any person who the practitioner believes may have possession or control of the requested records or information. The practitioner must make reasonable inquiry of his or her client regarding the identity of any person who may have possession or control of the requested records or information, but the practitioner is not required to make inquiry of any other person or independently verify any information provided by the practitioner's client regarding the identity of such persons. 
</P>
<P>(3) When a proper and lawful request is made by a duly authorized officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service, concerning an inquiry into an alleged violation of the regulations in this part, a practitioner must provide any information the practitioner has concerning the alleged violation and testify regarding this information in any proceeding instituted under this part, unless the practitioner believes in good faith and on reasonable grounds that the information is privileged.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interference with a proper and lawful request for records or information.</I> A practitioner may not interfere, or attempt to interfere, with any proper and lawful effort by the Internal Revenue Service, its officers or employees, to obtain any record or information unless the practitioner believes in good faith and on reasonable grounds that the record or information is privileged.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48771, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32307, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.21" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.21   Knowledge of client's omission.</HEAD>
<P>A practitioner who, having been retained by a client with respect to a matter administered by the Internal Revenue Service, knows that the client has not complied with the revenue laws of the United States or has made an error in or omission from any return, document, affidavit, or other paper which the client submitted or executed under the revenue laws of the United States, must advise the client promptly of the fact of such noncompliance, error, or omission. The practitioner must advise the client of the consequences as provided under the Code and regulations of such noncompliance, error, or omission. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.22" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.22   Diligence as to accuracy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A practitioner must exercise due diligence— 
</P>
<P>(1) In preparing or assisting in the preparation of, approving, and filing tax returns, documents, affidavits, and other papers relating to Internal Revenue Service matters; 
</P>
<P>(2) In determining the correctness of oral or written representations made by the practitioner to the Department of the Treasury; and 
</P>
<P>(3) In determining the correctness of oral or written representations made by the practitioner to clients with reference to any matter administered by the Internal Revenue Service. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reliance on others.</I> Except as modified by §§ 10.34 and 10.37, a practitioner will be presumed to have exercised due diligence for purposes of this section if the practitioner relies on the work product of another person and the practitioner used reasonable care in engaging, supervising, training, and evaluating the person, taking proper account of the nature of the relationship between the practitioner and the person.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section is applicable on September 26, 2007. Paragraph (b) of this section is applicable beginning June 12, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48765, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54547, Sept. 26, 2007; T.D. 9668, 79 FR 33693, June 12, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.23" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.23   Prompt disposition of pending matters.</HEAD>
<P>A practitioner may not unreasonably delay the prompt disposition of any matter before the Internal Revenue Service. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.24" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.24   Assistance from or to disbarred or suspended persons and former Internal Revenue Service employees.</HEAD>
<P>A practitioner may not, knowingly and directly or indirectly: 
</P>
<P>(a) Accept assistance from or assist any person who is under disbarment or suspension from practice before the Internal Revenue Service if the assistance relates to a matter or matters constituting practice before the Internal Revenue Service. 
</P>
<P>(b) Accept assistance from any former government employee where the provisions of § 10.25 or any Federal law would be violated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.25" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.25   Practice by former government employees, their partners and their associates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Assist</I> means to act in such a way as to advise, furnish information to, or otherwise aid another person, directly, or indirectly.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Government employee</I> is an officer or employee of the United States or any agency of the United States, including a special Government employee as defined in 18 U.S.C. 202(a), or of the District of Columbia, or of any State, or a member of Congress or of any State legislature.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Member of a firm</I> is a sole practitioner or an employee or associate thereof, or a partner, stockholder, associate, affiliate or employee of a partnership, joint venture, corporation, professional association or other affiliation of two or more practitioners who represent nongovernmental parties.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Particular matter involving specific parties</I> is defined at 5 CFR 2637.201(c), or superseding post-employment regulations issued by the U.S. Office of Government Ethics.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Rule</I> includes Treasury regulations, whether issued or under preparation for issuance as notices of proposed rulemaking or as Treasury decisions, revenue rulings, and revenue procedures published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see 26 CFR 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(<I>b</I>)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General rules.</I> (1) No former Government employee may, subsequent to Government employment, represent anyone in any matter administered by the Internal Revenue Service if the representation would violate 18 U.S.C. 207 or any other laws of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) No former Government employee who personally and substantially participated in a particular matter involving specific parties may, subsequent to Government employment, represent or knowingly assist, in that particular matter, any person who is or was a specific party to that particular matter.
</P>
<P>(3) A former Government employee who within a period of one year prior to the termination of Government employment had official responsibility for a particular matter involving specific parties may not, within two years after Government employment is ended, represent in that particular matter any person who is or was a specific party to that particular matter.
</P>
<P>(4) No former Government employee may, within one year after Government employment is ended, communicate with or appear before, with the intent to influence, any employee of the Treasury Department in connection with the publication, withdrawal, amendment, modification, or interpretation of a rule the development of which the former Government employee participated in, or for which, within a period of one year prior to the termination of Government employment, the former government employee had official responsibility. This paragraph (b)(4) does not, however, preclude any former employee from appearing on one's own behalf or from representing a taxpayer before the Internal Revenue Service in connection with a particular matter involving specific parties involving the application or interpretation of a rule with respect to that particular matter, provided that the representation is otherwise consistent with the other provisions of this section and the former employee does not utilize or disclose any confidential information acquired by the former employee in the development of the rule.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Firm representation.</I> (1) No member of a firm of which a former Government employee is a member may represent or knowingly assist a person who was or is a specific party in any particular matter with respect to which the restrictions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section apply to the former Government employee, in that particular matter, unless the firm isolates the former Government employee in such a way to ensure that the former Government employee cannot assist in the representation.
</P>
<P>(2) When isolation of a former Government employee is required under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a statement affirming the fact of such isolation must be executed under oath by the former Government employee and by another member of the firm acting on behalf of the firm. The statement must clearly identify the firm, the former Government employee, and the particular matter(s) requiring isolation. The statement must be retained by the firm and, upon request, provided to the office(s) of the Internal Revenue Service administering or enforcing this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Pending representation.</I> The provisions of this regulation will govern practice by former Government employees, their partners and associates with respect to representation in particular matters involving specific parties where actual representation commenced before the effective date of this regulation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54548, Sept. 26, 2007, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32307, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.26" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.26   Notaries.</HEAD>
<P>A practitioner may not take acknowledgments, administer oaths, certify papers, or perform any official act as a notary public with respect to any matter administered by the Internal Revenue Service and for which he or she is employed as counsel, attorney, or agent, or in which he or she may be in any way interested. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.27" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.27   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A practitioner may not charge an unconscionable fee in connection with any matter before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contingent fees.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2), (3), and (4) of this section, a practitioner may not charge a contingent fee for services rendered in connection with any matter before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(2) A practitioner may charge a contingent fee for services rendered in connection with the Service's examination of, or challenge to—
</P>
<P>(i) An original tax return; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An amended return or claim for refund or credit where the amended return or claim for refund or credit was filed within 120 days of the taxpayer receiving a written notice of the examination of, or a written challenge to the original tax return.
</P>
<P>(3) A practitioner may charge a contingent fee for services rendered in connection with a claim for credit or refund filed solely in connection with the determination of statutory interest or penalties assessed by the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(4) A practitioner may charge a contingent fee for services rendered in connection with any judicial proceeding arising under the Internal Revenue Code.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Contingent fee</I> is any fee that is based, in whole or in part, on whether or not a position taken on a tax return or other filing avoids challenge by the Internal Revenue Service or is sustained either by the Internal Revenue Service or in litigation. A contingent fee includes a fee that is based on a percentage of the refund reported on a return, that is based on a percentage of the taxes saved, or that otherwise depends on the specific result attained. A contingent fee also includes any fee arrangement in which the practitioner will reimburse the client for all or a portion of the client's fee in the event that a position taken on a tax return or other filing is challenged by the Internal Revenue Service or is not sustained, whether pursuant to an indemnity agreement, a guarantee, rescission rights, or any other arrangement with a similar effect.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Matter before the Internal Revenue Service</I> includes tax planning and advice, preparing or filing or assisting in preparing or filing returns or claims for refund or credit, and all matters connected with a presentation to the Internal Revenue Service or any of its officers or employees relating to a taxpayer's rights, privileges, or liabilities under laws or regulations administered by the Internal Revenue Service. Such presentations include, but are not limited to, preparing and filing documents, corresponding and communicating with the Internal Revenue Service, rendering written advice with respect to any entity, transaction, plan or arrangement, and representing a client at conferences, hearings, and meetings.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable for fee arrangements entered into after March 26, 2008.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54548, Sept. 26, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.28" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.28   Return of client's records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In general, a practitioner must, at the request of a client, promptly return any and all records of the client that are necessary for the client to comply with his or her Federal tax obligations. The practitioner may retain copies of the records returned to a client. The existence of a dispute over fees generally does not relieve the practitioner of his or her responsibility under this section. Nevertheless, if applicable state law allows or permits the retention of a client's records by a practitioner in the case of a dispute over fees for services rendered, the practitioner need only return those records that must be attached to the taxpayer's return. The practitioner, however, must provide the client with reasonable access to review and copy any additional records of the client retained by the practitioner under state law that are necessary for the client to comply with his or her Federal tax obligations. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, <I>Records of the client</I> include all documents or written or electronic materials provided to the practitioner, or obtained by the practitioner in the course of the practitioner's representation of the client, that preexisted the retention of the practitioner by the client. The term also includes materials that were prepared by the client or a third party (not including an employee or agent of the practitioner) at any time and provided to the practitioner with respect to the subject matter of the representation. The term also includes any return, claim for refund, schedule, affidavit, appraisal or any other document prepared by the practitioner, or his or her employee or agent, that was presented to the client with respect to a prior representation if such document is necessary for the taxpayer to comply with his or her current Federal tax obligations. The term does not include any return, claim for refund, schedule, affidavit, appraisal or any other document prepared by the practitioner or the practitioner's firm, employees or agents if the practitioner is withholding such document pending the client's performance of its contractual obligation to pay fees with respect to such document.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.29" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.29   Conflicting interests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided by paragraph (b) of this section, a practitioner shall not represent a client before the Internal Revenue Service if the representation involves a conflict of interest. A conflict of interest exists if—
</P>
<P>(1) The representation of one client will be directly adverse to another client; or
</P>
<P>(2) There is a significant risk that the representation of one or more clients will be materially limited by the practitioner's responsibilities to another client, a former client or a third person, or by a personal interest of the practitioner.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the existence of a conflict of interest under paragraph (a) of this section, the practitioner may represent a client if—
</P>
<P>(1) The practitioner reasonably believes that the practitioner will be able to provide competent and diligent representation to each affected client;
</P>
<P>(2) The representation is not prohibited by law; and
</P>
<P>(3) Each affected client waives the conflict of interest and gives informed consent, confirmed in writing by each affected client, at the time the existence of the conflict of interest is known by the practitioner. The confirmation may be made within a reasonable period after the informed consent, but in no event later than 30 days.
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of the written consents must be retained by the practitioner for at least 36 months from the date of the conclusion of the representation of the affected clients, and the written consents must be provided to any officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service on request.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable on September 26, 2007.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54549, Sept. 26, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.30" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.30   Solicitation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Advertising and solicitation restrictions.</I> (1) A practitioner may not, with respect to any Internal Revenue Service matter, in any way use or participate in the use of any form of public communication or private solicitation containing a false, fraudulent, or coercive statement or claim; or a misleading or deceptive statement or claim. Enrolled agents, enrolled retirement plan agents, or registered tax return preparers, in describing their professional designation, may not utilize the term “certified” or imply an employer/employee relationship with the Internal Revenue Service. Examples of acceptable descriptions for enrolled agents are “enrolled to represent taxpayers before the Internal Revenue Service,” “enrolled to practice before the Internal Revenue Service,” and “admitted to practice before the Internal Revenue Service.” Similarly, examples of acceptable descriptions for enrolled retirement plan agents are “enrolled to represent taxpayers before the Internal Revenue Service as a retirement plan agent” and “enrolled to practice before the Internal Revenue Service as a retirement plan agent.” An example of an acceptable description for registered tax return preparers is “designated as a registered tax return preparer by the Internal Revenue Service.”
</P>
<P>(2) A practitioner may not make, directly or indirectly, an uninvited written or oral solicitation of employment in matters related to the Internal Revenue Service if the solicitation violates Federal or State law or other applicable rule, e.g., attorneys are precluded from making a solicitation that is prohibited by conduct rules applicable to all attorneys in their State(s) of licensure. Any lawful solicitation made by or on behalf of a practitioner eligible to practice before the Internal Revenue Service must, nevertheless, clearly identify the solicitation as such and, if applicable, identify the source of the information used in choosing the recipient. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fee information.</I> (1)(i) A practitioner may publish the availability of a written schedule of fees and disseminate the following fee information— 
</P>
<P>(A) Fixed fees for specific routine services. 
</P>
<P>(B) Hourly rates. 
</P>
<P>(C) Range of fees for particular services. 
</P>
<P>(D) Fee charged for an initial consultation. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any statement of fee information concerning matters in which costs may be incurred must include a statement disclosing whether clients will be responsible for such costs. 
</P>
<P>(2) A practitioner may charge no more than the rate(s) published under paragraph (b)(1) of this section for at least 30 calendar days after the last date on which the schedule of fees was published. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Communication of fee information.</I> Fee information may be communicated in professional lists, telephone directories, print media, mailings, electronic mail, facsimile, hand delivered flyers, radio, television, and any other method. The method chosen, however, must not cause the communication to become untruthful, deceptive, or otherwise in violation of this part. A practitioner may not persist in attempting to contact a prospective client if the prospective client has made it known to the practitioner that he or she does not desire to be solicited. In the case of radio and television broadcasting, the broadcast must be recorded and the practitioner must retain a recording of the actual transmission. In the case of direct mail and e-commerce communications, the practitioner must retain a copy of the actual communication, along with a list or other description of persons to whom the communication was mailed or otherwise distributed. The copy must be retained by the practitioner for a period of at least 36 months from the date of the last transmission or use. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Improper associations.</I> A practitioner may not, in matters related to the Internal Revenue Service, assist, or accept assistance from, any person or entity who, to the knowledge of the practitioner, obtains clients or otherwise practices in a manner forbidden under this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under Control No. 1545-1726)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48765, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54549, Sept. 26, 2007; T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32307, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.31" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.31   Negotiation of taxpayer checks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A practitioner may not endorse or otherwise negotiate any check (including directing or accepting payment by any means, electronic or otherwise, into an account owned or controlled by the practitioner or any firm or other entity with whom the practitioner is associated) issued to a client by the government in respect of a Federal tax liability.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning June 12, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9668, 79 FR 33693, June 12, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.32" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.32   Practice of law.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in the regulations in this part may be construed as authorizing persons not members of the bar to practice law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.33" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.33   Best practices for tax advisors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Best practices.</I> Tax advisors should provide clients with the highest quality representation concerning Federal tax issues by adhering to best practices in providing advice and in preparing or assisting in the preparation of a submission to the Internal Revenue Service. In addition to compliance with the standards of practice provided elsewhere in this part, best practices include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Communicating clearly with the client regarding the terms of the engagement. For example, the advisor should determine the client's expected purpose for and use of the advice and should have a clear understanding with the client regarding the form and scope of the advice or assistance to be rendered.
</P>
<P>(2) Establishing the facts, determining which facts are relevant, evaluating the reasonableness of any assumptions or representations, relating the applicable law (including potentially applicable judicial doctrines) to the relevant facts, and arriving at a conclusion supported by the law and the facts.
</P>
<P>(3) Advising the client regarding the import of the conclusions reached, including, for example, whether a taxpayer may avoid accuracy-related penalties under the Internal Revenue Code if a taxpayer acts in reliance on the advice.
</P>
<P>(4) Acting fairly and with integrity in practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures to ensure best practices for tax advisors.</I> Tax advisors with responsibility for overseeing a firm's practice of providing advice concerning Federal tax issues or of preparing or assisting in the preparation of submissions to the Internal Revenue Service should take reasonable steps to ensure that the firm's procedures for all members, associates, and employees are consistent with the best practices set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicability date.</I> This section is effective after June 20, 2005.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48771, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9165, 69 FR 75841, Dec. 20, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.34" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.34   Standards with respect to tax returns and documents, affidavits and other papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tax returns.</I> (1) A practitioner may not willfully, recklessly, or through gross incompetence—
</P>
<P>(i) Sign a tax return or claim for refund that the practitioner knows or reasonably should know contains a position that—
</P>
<P>(A) Lacks a reasonable basis;
</P>
<P>(B) Is an unreasonable position as described in section 6694(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue code (Code) (including the related regulations and other published guidance); or
</P>
<P>(C) Is a willful attempted by the practitioner to understate the liability for tax or a reckless or intentional disregard of rules or regulations by the practitioner as described in section 6694(b)(2) of the Code (including the related regulations and other published guidance).
</P>
<P>(ii) Advise a client to take a position on a tax return or claim for refund, or prepare a portion off a tax return or claim for refund containing a position, that—
</P>
<P>(A) Lacks a reasonable basis;
</P>
<P>(B) Is an unreasonable position as described in section 6694(a)(2) of the Code (including the related regulations and other published guidance); or
</P>
<P>(C) Is a willful attempt by the practitioner to understate the liability for tax or a reckless or intentional disregard of rules or regulations by the practitioner as described in section 6694(b)(2) of the Code (including the related regulations and other published guidance).
</P>
<P>(2) A pattern of conduct is a factor that will be taken into account in determining whether a practitioner acted willfully, recklessly, or through gross incompetence.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Documents, affidavits and other papers.</I> (1) A practitioner may not advise a client to take a position on a document, affidavit or other paper submitted to the Internal Revenue Service unless the position is not frivolous.
</P>
<P>(2) A practitioner may not advise a client to submit a document, affidavit or other paper to the Internal Revenue Service—
</P>
<P>(i) The purpose of which is to delay or impede the administration of the Federal tax laws;
</P>
<P>(ii) That is frivolous; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That contains or omits information in a manner that demonstrates an intentional disregard of a rule or regulation unless the practitioner also advises the client to submit a document that evidences a good faith challenge to the rule or regulation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Advising clients on potential penalties.</I> (1) A practitioner must inform a client of any penalties that are reasonably likely to apply to the client with respect to—
</P>
<P>(i) A position taken on a tax return if—
</P>
<P>(A) The practitioner advised the client with respect to the position; or
</P>
<P>(B) The practitioner prepared or signed the tax return; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any document, affidavit or other paper submitted to the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(2) The practitioner also must inform the client of any opportunity to avoid any such penalties by disclosure, if relevant, and of the requirements for adequate disclosure.
</P>
<P>(3) This paragraph (c) applies even if the practitioner is not subject to a penalty under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the position or with respect to the document, affidavit or other paper submitted.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Relying on information furnished by clients.</I> A practitioner advising a client to take a position on a tax return, document, affidavit or other paper submitted to the Internal Revenue Service, or preparing or signing a tax return as a preparer, generally may rely in good faith without verification upon information furnished by the client. The practitioner may not, however, ignore the implications of information furnished to, or actually known by, the practitioner, and must make reasonable inquiries if the information as furnished appears to be incorrect, inconsistent with an important fact or another factual assumption, or incomplete.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section is applicable for returns or claims for refund filed, or advice provided, beginning August 2, 2011. Paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section are applicable to tax returns, documents, affidavits, and other papers filed on or after September 26, 2007.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54549, Sept. 26, 2007, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32307, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.35" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.35   Competence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A practitioner must possess the necessary competence to engage in practice before the Internal Revenue Service. Competent practice requires the appropriate level of knowledge, skill, thoroughness, and preparation necessary for the matter for which the practitioner is engaged. A practitioner may become competent for the matter for which the practitioner has been engaged through various methods, such as consulting with experts in the relevant area or studying the relevant law.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning June 12, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9668, 79 FR 33693, June 12, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.36" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.36   Procedures to ensure compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any individual subject to the provisions of this part who has (or individuals who have or share) principal authority and responsibility for overseeing a firm's practice governed by this part, including the provision of advice concerning Federal tax matters and preparation of tax returns, claims for refund, or other documents for submission to the Internal Revenue Service, must take reasonable steps to ensure that the firm has adequate procedures in effect for all members, associates, and employees for purposes of complying with subparts A, B, and C of this part, as applicable. In the absence of a person or persons identified by the firm as having the principal authority and responsibility described in this paragraph, the Internal Revenue Service may identify one or more individuals subject to the provisions of this part responsible for compliance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Any such individual who has (or such individuals who have or share) principal authority as described in paragraph (a) of this section will be subject to discipline for failing to comply with the requirements of this section if—
</P>
<P>(1) The individual through willfulness, recklessness, or gross incompetence does not take reasonable steps to ensure that the firm has adequate procedures to comply with this part, as applicable, and one or more individuals who are members of, associated with, or employed by, the firm are, or have, engaged in a pattern or practice, in connection with their practice with the firm, of failing to comply with this part, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(2) The individual through willfulness, recklessness, or gross incompetence does not take reasonable steps to ensure that firm procedures in effect are properly followed, and one or more individuals who are members of, associated with, or employed by, the firm are, or have, engaged in a pattern or practice, in connection with their practice with the firm, of failing to comply with this part, as applicable; or
</P>
<P>(3) The individual knows or should know that one or more individuals who are members of, associated with, or employed by, the firm are, or have, engaged in a pattern or practice, in connection with their practice with the firm, that does not comply with this part, as applicable, and the individual, through willfulness, recklessness, or gross incompetence fails to take prompt action to correct the noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning June 12, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9668, 79 FR 33693, June 12, 2014] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.37" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.37   Requirements for written advice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements.</I> (1) A practitioner may give written advice (including by means of electronic communication) concerning one or more Federal tax matters subject to the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. Government submissions on matters of general policy are not considered written advice on a Federal tax matter for purposes of this section. Continuing education presentations provided to an audience solely for the purpose of enhancing practitioners' professional knowledge on Federal tax matters are not considered written advice on a Federal tax matter for purposes of this section. The preceding sentence does not apply to presentations marketing or promoting transactions.
</P>
<P>(2) The practitioner must—
</P>
<P>(i) Base the written advice on reasonable factual and legal assumptions (including assumptions as to future events);
</P>
<P>(ii) Reasonably consider all relevant facts and circumstances that the practitioner knows or reasonably should know;
</P>
<P>(iii) Use reasonable efforts to identify and ascertain the facts relevant to written advice on each Federal tax matter;
</P>
<P>(iv) Not rely upon representations, statements, findings, or agreements (including projections, financial forecasts, or appraisals) of the taxpayer or any other person if reliance on them would be unreasonable;
</P>
<P>(v) Relate applicable law and authorities to facts; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Not, in evaluating a Federal tax matter, take into account the possibility that a tax return will not be audited or that a matter will not be raised on audit.
</P>
<P>(3) Reliance on representations, statements, findings, or agreements is unreasonable if the practitioner knows or reasonably should know that one or more representations or assumptions on which any representation is based are incorrect, incomplete, or inconsistent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reliance on advice of others.</I> A practitioner may only rely on the advice of another person if the advice was reasonable and the reliance is in good faith considering all the facts and circumstances. Reliance is not reasonable when—
</P>
<P>(1) The practitioner knows or reasonably should know that the opinion of the other person should not be relied on;
</P>
<P>(2) The practitioner knows or reasonably should know that the other person is not competent or lacks the necessary qualifications to provide the advice; or
</P>
<P>(3) The practitioner knows or reasonably should know that the other person has a conflict of interest in violation of the rules described in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Standard of review.</I> (1) In evaluating whether a practitioner giving written advice concerning one or more Federal tax matters complied with the requirements of this section, the Commissioner, or delegate, will apply a reasonable practitioner standard, considering all facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, the scope of the engagement and the type and specificity of the advice sought by the client.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of an opinion the practitioner knows or has reason to know will be used or referred to by a person other than the practitioner (or a person who is a member of, associated with, or employed by the practitioner's firm) in promoting, marketing, or recommending to one or more taxpayers a partnership or other entity, investment plan or arrangement a significant purpose of which is the avoidance or evasion of any tax imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, the Commissioner, or delegate, will apply a reasonable practitioner standard, considering all facts and circumstances, with emphasis given to the additional risk caused by the practitioner's lack of knowledge of the taxpayer's particular circumstances, when determining whether a practitioner has failed to comply with this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Federal tax matter.</I> A Federal tax matter, as used in this section, is any matter concerning the application or interpretation of—
</P>
<P>(1) A revenue provision as defined in section 6110(i)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code;
</P>
<P>(2) Any provision of law impacting a person's obligations under the internal revenue laws and regulations, including but not limited to the person's liability to pay tax or obligation to file returns; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any other law or regulation administered by the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable to written advice rendered after June 12, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9668, 79 FR 33693, June 12, 2014] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.38" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.2.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.38   Establishment of advisory committees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Advisory committees.</I> To promote and maintain the public's confidence in tax advisors, the Internal Revenue Service is authorized to establish one or more advisory committees composed of at least six individuals authorized to practice before the Internal Revenue Service. Membership of an advisory committee must be balanced among those who practice as attorneys, accountants, enrolled agents, enrolled actuaries, enrolled retirement plan agents, and registered tax return preparers. Under procedures prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, an advisory committee may review and make general recommendations regarding the practices, procedures, and policies of the offices described in § 10.1.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32308, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Sanctions for Violation of the Regulations</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48774, July 26, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 10.50" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.50   Sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority to censure, suspend, or disbar.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, after notice and an opportunity for a proceeding, may censure, suspend, or disbar any practitioner from practice before the Internal Revenue Service if the practitioner is shown to be incompetent or disreputable (within the meaning of § 10.51), fails to comply with any regulation in this part (under the prohibited conduct standards of § 10.52), or with intent to defraud, willfully and knowingly misleads or threatens a client or prospective client. Censure is a public reprimand.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authority to disqualify.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, after due notice and opportunity for hearing, may disqualify any appraiser for a violation of these rules as applicable to appraisers.
</P>
<P>(1) If any appraiser is disqualified pursuant to this subpart C, the appraiser is barred from presenting evidence or testimony in any administrative proceeding before the Department of Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service, unless and until authorized to do so by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to § 10.81, regardless of whether the evidence or testimony would pertain to an appraisal made prior to or after the effective date of disqualification.
</P>
<P>(2) Any appraisal made by a disqualified appraiser after the effective date of disqualification will not have any probative effect in any administrative proceeding before the Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service. An appraisal otherwise barred from admission into evidence pursuant to this section may be admitted into evidence solely for the purpose of determining the taxpayer's reliance in good faith on such appraisal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authority to impose monetary penalty</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> (i) The Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, after notice and an opportunity for a proceeding, may impose a monetary penalty on any practitioner who engages in conduct subject to sanction under paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the practitioner described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section was acting on behalf of an employer or any firm or other entity in connection with the conduct giving rise to the penalty, the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, may impose a monetary penalty on the employer, firm, or entity if it knew, or reasonably should have known, of such conduct.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Amount of penalty.</I> The amount of the penalty shall not exceed the gross income derived (or to be derived) from the conduct giving rise to the penalty.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Coordination with other sanctions.</I> Subject to paragraph (c)(2) of this section—
</P>
<P>(i) Any monetary penalty imposed on a practitioner under this paragraph (c) may be in addition to or in lieu of any suspension, disbarment or censure and may be in addition to a penalty imposed on an employer, firm or other entity under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any monetary penalty imposed on an employer, firm or other entity may be in addition to or in lieu of penalties imposed under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Authority to accept a practitioner's consent to sanction.</I> The Internal Revenue Service may accept a practitioner's offer of consent to be sanctioned under § 10.50 in lieu of instituting or continuing a proceeding under § 10.60(a).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Sanctions to be imposed.</I> The sanctions imposed by this section shall take into account all relevant facts and circumstances.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable to conduct occurring on or after August 2, 2011, except that paragraphs (a), (b)(2), and (e) apply to conduct occurring on or after September 26, 2007, and paragraph (c) applies to prohibited conduct that occurs after October 22, 2004.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54549, Sept. 26, 2007, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32308, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.51" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.51   Incompetence and disreputable conduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Incompetence and disreputable conduct.</I> Incompetence and disreputable conduct for which a practitioner may be sanctioned under § 10.50 includes, but is not limited to—
</P>
<P>(1) Conviction of any criminal offense under the Federal tax laws.
</P>
<P>(2) Conviction of any criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust.
</P>
<P>(3) Conviction of any felony under Federal or State law for which the conduct involved renders the practitioner unfit to practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(4) Giving false or misleading information, or participating in any way in the giving of false or misleading information to the Department of the Treasury or any officer or employee thereof, or to any tribunal authorized to pass upon Federal tax matters, in connection with any matter pending or likely to be pending before them, knowing the information to be false or misleading. Facts or other matters contained in testimony, Federal tax returns, financial statements, applications for enrollment, affidavits, declarations, and any other document or statement, written or oral, are included in the term “information.”
</P>
<P>(5) Solicitation of employment as prohibited under § 10.30, the use of false or misleading representations with intent to deceive a client or prospective client in order to procure employment, or intimating that the practitioner is able improperly to obtain special consideration or action from the Internal Revenue Service or any officer or employee thereof.
</P>
<P>(6) Willfully failing to make a Federal tax return in violation of the Federal tax laws, or willfully evading, attempting to evade, or participating in any way in evading or attempting to evade any assessment or payment of any Federal tax.
</P>
<P>(7) Willfully assisting, counseling, encouraging a client or prospective client in violating, or suggesting to a client or prospective client to violate, any Federal tax law, or knowingly counseling or suggesting to a client or prospective client an illegal plan to evade Federal taxes or payment thereof.
</P>
<P>(8) Misappropriation of, or failure properly or promptly to remit, funds received from a client for the purpose of payment of taxes or other obligations due the United States.
</P>
<P>(9) Directly or indirectly attempting to influence, or offering or agreeing to attempt to influence, the official action of any officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service by the use of threats, false accusations, duress or coercion, by the offer of any special inducement or promise of an advantage, or by the bestowing of any gift, favor or thing of value.
</P>
<P>(10) Disbarment or suspension from practice as an attorney, certified public accountant, public accountant or actuary by any duly constituted authority of any State, territory, or possession of the United States, including a Commonwealth, or the District of Columbia, any Federal court of record or any Federal agency, body or board.
</P>
<P>(11) Knowingly aiding and abetting another person to practice before the Internal Revenue Service during a period of suspension, disbarment or ineligibility of such other person.
</P>
<P>(12) Contemptuous conduct in connection with practice before the Internal Revenue Service, including the use of abusive language, making false accusations or statements, knowing them to be false or circulating or publishing malicious or libelous matter.
</P>
<P>(13) Giving a false opinion, knowingly, recklessly, or through gross incompetence, including an opinion which is intentionally or recklessly misleading, or engaging in a pattern of providing incompetent opinions on questions arising under the Federal tax laws. False opinions described in this paragraph (a)(13) include those which reflect or result from a knowing misstatement of fact or law, from an assertion of a position known to be unwarranted under existing law, from counseling or assisting in conduct known to be illegal or fraudulent, from concealing matters required by law to be revealed, or from consciously disregarding information indicating that material facts expressed in the opinion or offering material are false or misleading. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(13), reckless conduct is a highly unreasonable omission or misrepresentation involving an extreme departure from the standards of ordinary care that a practitioner should observe under the circumstances. A pattern of conduct is a factor that will be taken into account in determining whether a practitioner acted knowingly, recklessly, or through gross incompetence. Gross incompetence includes conduct that reflects gross indifference, preparation which is grossly inadequate under the circumstances, and a consistent failure to perform obligations to the client.
</P>
<P>(14) Willfully failing to sign a tax return prepared by the practitioner when the practitioner's signature is required by the Federal tax laws unless the failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.
</P>
<P>(15) Willfully disclosing or otherwise using a tax return or tax return information in a manner not authorized by the Internal Revenue Code, contrary to the order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or contrary to the order of an administrative law judge in a proceeding instituted under § 10.60.
</P>
<P>(16) Willfully failing to file on magnetic or other electronic media a tax return prepared by the practitioner when the practitioner is required to do so by the Federal tax laws unless the failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.
</P>
<P>(17) Willfully preparing all or substantially all of, or signing, a tax return or claim for refund when the practitioner does not possess a current or otherwise valid preparer tax identification number or other prescribed identifying number.
</P>
<P>(18) Willfully representing a taxpayer before an officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service unless the practitioner is authorized to do so pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54550, Sept. 26, 2007, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32308, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.52" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.52   Violations subject to sanction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A practitioner may be sanctioned under § 10.50 if the practitioner—
</P>
<P>(1) Willfully violates any of the regulations (other than § 10.33) contained in this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) Recklessly or through gross incompetence (within the meaning of § 10.51(a)(13)) violates § 10.34, § 10.35, § 10.36 or § 10.37.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable to conduct occurring on or after September 26, 2007.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54551, Sept. 26, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.53" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.53   Receipt of information concerning practitioner.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service.</I> If an officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service has reason to believe a practitioner has violated any provision of this part, the officer or employee will promptly make a written report of the suspected violation. The report will explain the facts and reasons upon which the officer's or employee's belief rests and must be submitted to the office(s) of the Internal Revenue Service responsible for administering or enforcing this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other persons.</I> Any person other than an officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service having information of a violation of any provision of this part may make an oral or written report of the alleged violation to the office(s) of the Internal Revenue Service responsible for administering or enforcing this part or any officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service. If the report is made to an officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service, the officer or employee will make a written report of the suspected violation and submit the report to the office(s) of the Internal Revenue Service responsible for administering or enforcing this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Destruction of report.</I> No report made under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section shall be maintained unless retention of the report is permissible under the applicable records control schedule as approved by the National Archives and Records Administration and designated in the Internal Revenue Manual. Reports must be destroyed as soon as permissible under the applicable records control schedule.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect on proceedings under subpart D.</I> The destruction of any report will not bar any proceeding under subpart D of this part, but will preclude the use of a copy of the report in a proceeding under subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32308, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Rules Applicable to Disciplinary Proceedings</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48774, July 26, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 10.60" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.60   Institution of proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever it is determined that a practitioner (or employer, firm or other entity, if applicable) violated any provision of the laws governing practice before the Internal Revenue Service or the regulations in this part, the practitioner may be reprimanded or, in accordance with § 10.62, subject to a proceeding for sanctions described in § 10.50.
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever a penalty has been assessed against an appraiser under the Internal Revenue Code and an appropriate officer or employee in an office established to enforce this part determines that the appraiser acted willfully, recklessly, or through gross incompetence with respect to the proscribed conduct, the appraiser may be reprimanded or, in accordance with § 10.62, subject to a proceeding for disqualification. A proceeding for disqualification of an appraiser is instituted by the filing of a complaint, the contents of which are more fully described in § 10.62.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 10.82, a proceeding will not be instituted under this section unless the proposed respondent previously has been advised in writing of the law, facts and conduct warranting such action and has been accorded an opportunity to dispute facts, assert additional facts, and make arguments (including an explanation or description of mitigating circumstances).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48765, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54544, 54551, Sept. 26, 2007; T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32309, June 3, 2011; 76 FR 49650, Aug. 11, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.61" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.61   Conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The Commissioner, or delegate, may confer with a practitioner, employer, firm or other entity, or an appraiser concerning allegations of misconduct irrespective of whether a proceeding has been instituted. If the conference results in a stipulation in connection with an ongoing proceeding in which the practitioner, employer, firm or other entity, or appraiser is the respondent, the stipulation may be entered in the record by either party to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Voluntary sanction</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> In lieu of a proceeding being instituted or continued under § 10.60(a), a practitioner or appraiser (or employer, firm or other entity, if applicable) may offer a consent to be sanctioned under § 10.50.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Discretion; acceptance or declination.</I> The Commissioner, or delegate, may accept or decline the offer described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. When the decision is to decline the offer, the written notice of declination may state that the offer described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section would be accepted if it contained different terms. The Commissioner, or delegate, has the discretion to accept or reject a revised offer submitted in response to the declination or may counteroffer and act upon any accepted counteroffer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54551, Sept. 26, 2007, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32309, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.62" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.62   Contents of complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Charges.</I> A complaint must name the respondent, provide a clear and concise description of the facts and law that constitute the basis for the proceeding, and be signed by an authorized representative of the Internal Revenue Service under § 10.69(a)(1). A complaint is sufficient if it fairly informs the respondent of the charges brought so that the respondent is able to prepare a defense.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specification of sanction.</I> The complaint must specify the sanction sought against the practitioner or appraiser. If the sanction sought is a suspension, the duration of the suspension sought must be specified.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Demand for answer.</I> The respondent must be notified in the complaint or in a separate paper attached to the complaint of the time for answering the complaint, which may not be less than 30 days from the date of service of the complaint, the name and address of the Administrative Law Judge with whom the answer must be filed, the name and address of the person representing the Internal Revenue Service to whom a copy of the answer must be served, and that a decision by default may be rendered against the respondent in the event an answer is not filed as required.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32309, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.63" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.63   Service of complaint; service of other papers; service of evidence in support of complaint; filing of papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Service of complaint</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The complaint or a copy of the complaint must be served on the respondent by any manner described in paragraphs (a)(2) or (3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Service by certified or first class mail.</I> (i) Service of the complaint may be made on the respondent by mailing the complaint by certified mail to the last known address (as determined under section 6212 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder) of the respondent. Where service is by certified mail, the returned post office receipt duly signed by the respondent will be proof of service. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the certified mail is not claimed or accepted by the respondent, or is returned undelivered, service may be made on the respondent, by mailing the complaint to the respondent by first class mail. Service by this method will be considered complete upon mailing, provided the complaint is addressed to the respondent at the respondent's last known address as determined under section 6212 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Service by other than certified or first class mail.</I> (i) Service of the complaint may be made on the respondent by delivery by a private delivery service designated pursuant to section 7502(f) of the Internal Revenue Code to the last known address (as determined under section 6212 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder) of the respondent. Service by this method will be considered complete, provided the complaint is addressed to the respondent at the respondent's last known address as determined under section 6212 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Service of the complaint may be made in person on, or by leaving the complaint at the office or place of business of, the respondent. Service by this method will be considered complete and proof of service will be a written statement, sworn or affirmed by the person who served the complaint, identifying the manner of service, including the recipient, relationship of recipient to respondent, place, date and time of service. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Service may be made by any other means agreed to by the respondent. Proof of service will be a written statement, sworn or affirmed by the person who served the complaint, identifying the manner of service, including the recipient, relationship of recipient to respondent, place, date and time of service. 
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this section, <I>respondent</I> means the practitioner, employer, firm or other entity, or appraiser named in the complaint or any other person having the authority to accept mail on behalf of the practitioner, employer, firm or other entity, or appraiser.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service of papers other than complaint.</I> Any paper other than the complaint may be served on the respondent, or his or her authorized representative under § 10.69(a)(2) by: 
</P>
<P>(1) Mailing the paper by first class mail to the last known address (as determined under section 6212 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder) of the respondent or the respondent's authorized representative, 
</P>
<P>(2) Delivery by a private delivery service designated pursuant to section 7502(f) of the Internal Revenue Code to the last known address (as determined under section 6212 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder) of the respondent or the respondent's authorized representative, or 
</P>
<P>(3) As provided in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (a)(3)(iii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service of papers on the Internal Revenue Service.</I> Whenever a paper is required or permitted to be served on the Internal Revenue Service in connection with a proceeding under this part, the paper will be served on the Internal Revenue Service's authorized representative under § 10.69(a)(1) at the address designated in the complaint, or at an address provided in a notice of appearance. If no address is designated in the complaint or provided in a notice of appearance, service will be made on the office(s) established to enforce this part under the authority of § 10.1, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20224.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service of evidence in support of complaint.</I> Within 10 days of serving the complaint, copies of the evidence in support of the complaint must be served on the respondent in any manner described in paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Filing of papers.</I> Whenever the filing of a paper is required or permitted in connection with a proceeding under this part, the original paper, plus one additional copy, must be filed with the Administrative Law Judge at the address specified in the complaint or at an address otherwise specified by the Administrative Law Judge. All papers filed in connection with a proceeding under this part must be served on the other party, unless the Administrative Law Judge directs otherwise. A certificate evidencing such must be attached to the original paper filed with the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48765, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54544, 54552, Sept. 26, 2007; T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32309, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.64" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.64   Answer; default.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> The respondent's answer must be filed with the Administrative Law Judge, and served on the Internal Revenue Service, within the time specified in the complaint unless, on request or application of the respondent, the time is extended by the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> The answer must be written and contain a statement of facts that constitute the respondent's grounds of defense. General denials are not permitted. The respondent must specifically admit or deny each allegation set forth in the complaint, except that the respondent may state that the respondent is without sufficient information to admit or deny a specific allegation. The respondent, nevertheless, may not deny a material allegation in the complaint that the respondent knows to be true, or state that the respondent is without sufficient information to form a belief, when the respondent possesses the required information. The respondent also must state affirmatively any special matters of defense on which he or she relies. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure to deny or answer allegations in the complaint.</I> Every allegation in the complaint that is not denied in the answer is deemed admitted and will be considered proved; no further evidence in respect of such allegation need be adduced at a hearing. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Default.</I> Failure to file an answer within the time prescribed (or within the time for answer as extended by the Administrative Law Judge), constitutes an admission of the allegations of the complaint and a waiver of hearing, and the Administrative Law Judge may make the decision by default without a hearing or further procedure. A decision by default constitutes a decision under § 10.76. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Signature.</I> The answer must be signed by the respondent or the respondent's authorized representative under § 10.69(a)(2) and must include a statement directly above the signature acknowledging that the statements made in the answer are true and correct and that knowing and willful false statements may be punishable under 18 U.S.C. 1001. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48774, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32309, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.65" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.65   Supplemental charges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Supplemental charges may be filed against the respondent by amending the complaint with the permission of the Administrative Law Judge if, for example—
</P>
<P>(1) It appears that the respondent, in the answer, falsely and in bad faith, denies a material allegation of fact in the complaint or states that the respondent has insufficient knowledge to form a belief, when the respondent possesses such information; or
</P>
<P>(2) It appears that the respondent has knowingly introduced false testimony during the proceedings against the respondent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hearing.</I> The supplemental charges may be heard with other charges in the case, provided the respondent is given due notice of the charges and is afforded a reasonable opportunity to prepare a defense to the supplemental charges.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54552, Sept. 26, 2007, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32309, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.66" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.66   Reply to answer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Internal Revenue Service may file a reply to the respondent's answer, but unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, no reply to the respondent's answer is required. If a reply is not filed, new matter in the answer is deemed denied.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32309, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.67" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.67   Proof; variance; amendment of pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>In the case of a variance between the allegations in pleadings and the evidence adduced in support of the pleadings, the Administrative Law Judge, at any time before decision, may order or authorize amendment of the pleadings to conform to the evidence. The party who would otherwise be prejudiced by the amendment must be given a reasonable opportunity to address the allegations of the pleadings as amended and the Administrative Law Judge must make findings on any issue presented by the pleadings as amended. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.68" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.68   Motions and requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motions</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> At any time after the filing of the complaint, any party may file a motion with the Administrative Law Judge. Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, motions must be in writing and must be served on the opposing party as provided in § 10.63(b). A motion must concisely specify its grounds and the relief sought, and, if appropriate, must contain a memorandum of facts and law in support.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Summary adjudication.</I> Either party may move for a summary adjudication upon all or any part of the legal issues in controversy. If the non-moving party opposes summary adjudication in the moving party's favor, the non-moving party must file a written response within 30 days unless ordered otherwise by the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Good Faith.</I> A party filing a motion for extension of time, a motion for postponement of a hearing, or any other non-dispositive or procedural motion must first contact the other party to determine whether there is any objection to the motion, and must state in the motion whether the other party has an objection.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response.</I> Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, the nonmoving party is not required to file a response to a motion. If the Administrative Law Judge does not order the nonmoving party to file a response, and the nonmoving party files no response, the nonmoving party is deemed to oppose the motion. If a nonmoving party does not respond within 30 days of the filing of a motion for decision by default for failure to file a timely answer or for failure to prosecute, the nonmoving party is deemed not to oppose the motion.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Oral motions; oral argument.</I> (1) The Administrative Law Judge may, for good cause and with notice to the parties, permit oral motions and oral opposition to motions.
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrative Law Judge may, within his or her discretion, permit oral argument on any motion.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Orders.</I> The Administrative Law Judge should issue written orders disposing of any motion or request and any response thereto.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable on September 26, 2007.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54552, Sept. 26, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.69" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.69   Representation; ex parte communication.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Representation.</I> (1) The Internal Revenue Service may be represented in proceedings under this part by an attorney or other employee of the Internal Revenue Service. An attorney or an employee of the Internal Revenue Service representing the Internal Revenue Service in a proceeding under this part may sign the complaint or any document required to be filed in the proceeding on behalf of the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(2) A respondent may appear in person, be represented by a practitioner, or be represented by an attorney who has not filed a declaration with the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to § 10.3. A practitioner or an attorney representing a respondent or proposed respondent may sign the answer or any document required to be filed in the proceeding on behalf of the respondent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ex parte communication.</I> The Internal Revenue Service, the respondent, and any representatives of either party, may not attempt to initiate or participate in ex parte discussions concerning a proceeding or potential proceeding with the Administrative Law Judge (or any person who is likely to advise the Administrative Law Judge on a ruling or decision) in the proceeding before or during the pendency of the proceeding. Any memorandum, letter or other communication concerning the merits of the proceeding, addressed to the Administrative Law Judge, by or on behalf of any party shall be regarded as an argument in the proceeding and shall be served on the other party.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32310, June 3, 2011, as amended by 76 FR 49650, Aug. 11, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.70" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.70   Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appointment.</I> Proceedings on complaints for the sanction (as described in § 10.50) of a practitioner, employer, firm or other entity, or appraiser will be conducted by an Administrative Law Judge appointed as provided by 5 U.S.C. 3105. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Powers of the Administrative Law Judge.</I> The Administrative Law Judge, among other powers, has the authority, in connection with any proceeding under § 10.60 assigned or referred to him or her, to do the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations; 
</P>
<P>(2) Make rulings on motions and requests, which rulings may not be appealed prior to the close of a hearing except in extraordinary circumstances and at the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge; 
</P>
<P>(3) Determine the time and place of hearing and regulate its course and conduct; 
</P>
<P>(4) Adopt rules of procedure and modify the same from time to time as needed for the orderly disposition of proceedings; 
</P>
<P>(5) Rule on offers of proof, receive relevant evidence, and examine witnesses; 
</P>
<P>(6) Take or authorize the taking of depositions or answers to requests for admission; 
</P>
<P>(7) Receive and consider oral or written argument on facts or law; 
</P>
<P>(8) Hold or provide for the holding of conferences for the settlement or simplification of the issues with the consent of the parties; 
</P>
<P>(9) Perform such acts and take such measures as are necessary or appropriate to the efficient conduct of any proceeding; and 
</P>
<P>(10) Make decisions. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable on September 26, 2007.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48765, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54552, Sept. 26, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.71" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.71   Discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Discovery may be permitted, at the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge, only upon written motion demonstrating the relevance, materiality and reasonableness of the requested discovery and subject to the requirements of § 10.72(d)(2) and (3). Within 10 days of receipt of the answer, the Administrative Law Judge will notify the parties of the right to request discovery and the timeframes for filing a request. A request for discovery, and objections, must be filed in accordance with § 10.68. In response to a request for discovery, the Administrative Law Judge may order—
</P>
<P>(1) Depositions upon oral examination; or
</P>
<P>(2) Answers to requests for admission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Depositions upon oral examination</I>—(1) A deposition must be taken before an officer duly authorized to administer an oath for general purposes or before an officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service who is authorized to administer an oath in Federal tax law matters.
</P>
<P>(2) In ordering a deposition, the Administrative Law Judge will require reasonable notice to the opposing party as to the time and place of the deposition. The opposing party, if attending, will be provided the opportunity for full examination and cross-examination of any witness.
</P>
<P>(3) Expenses in the reporting of depositions shall be borne by the party at whose instance the deposition is taken. Travel expenses of the deponent shall be borne by the party requesting the deposition, unless otherwise authorized by Federal law or regulation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requests for admission.</I> Any party may serve on any other party a written request for admission of the truth of any matters which are not privileged and are relevant to the subject matter of this proceeding. Requests for admission shall not exceed a total of 30 (including any subparts within a specific request) without the approval from the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limitations.</I> Discovery shall not be authorized if—
</P>
<P>(1) The request fails to meet any requirement set forth in paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) It will unduly delay the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(3) It will place an undue burden on the party required to produce the discovery sought;
</P>
<P>(4) It is frivolous or abusive;
</P>
<P>(5) It is cumulative or duplicative;
</P>
<P>(6) The material sought is privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure by law;
</P>
<P>(7) The material sought relates to mental impressions, conclusions, or legal theories of any party, attorney, or other representative, of a party prepared in anticipation of a proceeding; or
</P>
<P>(8) The material sought is available generally to the public, equally to the parties, or to the party seeking the discovery through another source.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Failure to comply.</I> Where a party fails to comply with an order of the Administrative Law Judge under this section, the Administrative Law Judge may, among other things, infer that the information would be adverse to the party failing to provide it, exclude the information from evidence or issue a decision by default.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Other discovery.</I> No discovery other than that specifically provided for in this section is permitted.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable to proceedings initiated on or after September 26, 2007.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54552, Sept. 26, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.72" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.72   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general</I>—(1) <I>Presiding officer.</I> An Administrative Law Judge will preside at the hearing on a complaint filed under § 10.60 for the sanction of a practitioner, employer, firm or other entity, or appraiser.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Time for hearing.</I> Absent a determination by the Administrative Law Judge that, in the interest of justice, a hearing must be held at a later time, the Administrative Law Judge should, on notice sufficient to allow proper preparation, schedule the hearing to occur no later than 180 days after the time for filing the answer.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Procedural requirements.</I> (i) Hearings will be stenographically recorded and transcribed and the testimony of witnesses will be taken under oath or affirmation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Hearings will be conducted pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 556.
</P>
<P>(iii) A hearing in a proceeding requested under § 10.82(g) will be conducted de novo.
</P>
<P>(iv) An evidentiary hearing must be held in all proceedings prior to the issuance of a decision by the Administrative Law Judge unless—
</P>
<P>(A) The Internal Revenue Service withdraws the complaint;
</P>
<P>(B) A decision is issued by default pursuant to § 10.64(d);
</P>
<P>(C) A decision is issued under § 10.82(e);
</P>
<P>(D) The respondent requests a decision on the written record without a hearing; or
</P>
<P>(E) The Administrative Law Judge issues a decision under § 10.68(d) or rules on another motion that disposes of the case prior to the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cross-examination.</I> A party is entitled to present his or her case or defense by oral or documentary evidence, to submit rebuttal evidence, and to conduct cross-examination, in the presence of the Administrative Law Judge, as may be required for a full and true disclosure of the facts. This paragraph (b) does not limit a party from presenting evidence contained within a deposition when the Administrative Law Judge determines that the deposition has been obtained in compliance with the rules of this subpart D.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prehearing memorandum.</I> Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, each party shall file, and serve on the opposing party or the opposing party's representative, prior to any hearing, a prehearing memorandum containing—
</P>
<P>(1) A list (together with a copy) of all proposed exhibits to be used in the party's case in chief;
</P>
<P>(2) A list of proposed witnesses, including a synopsis of their expected testimony, or a statement that no witnesses will be called;
</P>
<P>(3) Identification of any proposed expert witnesses, including a synopsis of their expected testimony and a copy of any report prepared by the expert or at his or her direction; and
</P>
<P>(4) A list of undisputed facts.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Publicity</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> All reports and decisions of the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, including any reports and decisions of the Administrative Law Judge, under this subpart D are, subject to the protective measures in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, public and open to inspection within 30 days after the agency's decision becomes final.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Request for additional publicity.</I> The Administrative Law Judge may grant a request by a practitioner or appraiser that all the pleadings and evidence of the disciplinary proceeding be made available for inspection where the parties stipulate in advance to adopt the protective measures in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Returns and return information</I>—(i) <I>Disclosure to practitioner or appraiser.</I> Pursuant to section 6103(l)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code, the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, may disclose returns and return information to any practitioner or appraiser, or to the authorized representative of the practitioner or appraiser, whose rights are or may be affected by an administrative action or proceeding under this subpart D, but solely for use in the action or proceeding and only to the extent that the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, determines that the returns or return information are or may be relevant and material to the action or proceeding.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Disclosure to officers and employees of the Department of the Treasury.</I> Pursuant to section 6103(l)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, may disclose returns and return information to officers and employees of the Department of the Treasury for use in any action or proceeding under this subpart D, to the extent necessary to advance or protect the interests of the United States.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Use of returns and return information.</I> Recipients of returns and return information under this paragraph (d)(3) may use the returns or return information solely in the action or proceeding, or in preparation for the action or proceeding, with respect to which the disclosure was made.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Procedures for disclosure of returns and return information.</I> When providing returns or return information to the practitioner or appraiser, or authorized representative, the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, will—
</P>
<P>(A) Redact identifying information of any third party taxpayers and replace it with a code;
</P>
<P>(B) Provide a key to the coded information; and
</P>
<P>(C) Notify the practitioner or appraiser, or authorized representative, of the restrictions on the use and disclosure of the returns and return information, the applicable damages remedy under section 7431 of the Internal Revenue Code, and that unauthorized disclosure of information provided by the Internal Revenue Service under this paragraph (d)(3) is also a violation of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Protective measures</I>—(i) <I>Mandatory protective order.</I> If redaction of names, addresses, and other identifying information of third party taxpayers may still permit indirect identification of any third party taxpayer, the Administrative Law Judge will issue a protective order to ensure that the identifying information is available to the parties and the Administrative Law Judge for purposes of the proceeding, but is not disclosed to, or open to inspection by, the public.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Authorized orders.</I> (A) Upon motion by a party or any other affected person, and for good cause shown, the Administrative Law Judge may make any order which justice requires to protect any person in the event disclosure of information is prohibited by law, privileged, confidential, or sensitive in some other way, including, but not limited to, one or more of the following—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That disclosure of information be made only on specified terms and conditions, including a designation of the time or place;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) That a trade secret or other information not be disclosed, or be disclosed only in a designated way.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Denials.</I> If a motion for a protective order is denied in whole or in part, the Administrative Law Judge may, on such terms or conditions as the Administrative Law Judge deems just, order any party or person to comply with, or respond in accordance with, the procedure involved.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Public inspection of documents.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, shall ensure that all names, addresses or other identifying details of third party taxpayers are redacted and replaced with the code assigned to the corresponding taxpayer in all documents prior to public inspection of such documents.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Location.</I> The location of the hearing will be determined by the agreement of the parties with the approval of the Administrative Law Judge, but, in the absence of such agreement and approval, the hearing will be held in Washington, D.C. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Failure to appear.</I> If either party to the proceeding fails to appear at the hearing, after notice of the proceeding has been sent to him or her, the party will be deemed to have waived the right to a hearing and the Administrative Law Judge may make his or her decision against the absent party by default. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48765, July 26, 2002. Redesignated and amended by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54552, 54553, Sept. 26, 2007; T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32310, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.73" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.73   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law and equity are not controlling in hearings or proceedings conducted under this part. The Administrative Law Judge may, however, exclude evidence that is irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious, 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Depositions.</I> The deposition of any witness taken pursuant to § 10.71 may be admitted into evidence in any proceeding instituted under § 10.60.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requests for admission.</I> Any matter admitted in response to a request for admission under § 10.71 is conclusively established unless the Administrative Law Judge on motion permits withdrawal or modification of the admission. Any admission made by a party is for the purposes of the pending action only and is not an admission by a party for any other purpose, nor may it be used against a party in any other proceeding.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Proof of documents.</I> Official documents, records, and papers of the Internal Revenue Service and the Office of Professional Responsibility are admissible in evidence without the production of an officer or employee to authenticate them. Any documents, records, and papers may be evidenced by a copy attested to or identified by an officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service or the Treasury Department, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Withdrawal of exhibits.</I> If any document, record, or other paper is introduced in evidence as an exhibit, the Administrative Law Judge may authorize the withdrawal of the exhibit subject to any conditions that he or she deems proper. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Objections.</I> Objections to evidence are to be made in short form, stating the grounds for the objection. Except as ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, argument on objections will not be recorded or transcribed. Rulings on objections are to be a part of the record, but no exception to a ruling is necessary to preserve the rights of the parties. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable on September 26, 2007.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48765, July 26, 2002. Redesignated and amended by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54552, 54554, Sept. 26, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.74" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.74   Transcript.</HEAD>
<P>In cases where the hearing is stenographically reported by a Government contract reporter, copies of the transcript may be obtained from the reporter at rates not to exceed the maximum rates fixed by contract between the Government and the reporter. Where the hearing is stenographically reported by a regular employee of the Internal Revenue Service, a copy will be supplied to the respondent either without charge or upon the payment of a reasonable fee. Copies of exhibits introduced at the hearing or at the taking of depositions will be supplied to the parties upon the payment of a reasonable fee (Sec. 501, Public Law 82-137)(65 Stat. 290)(31 U.S.C. 483a). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.75" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.75   Proposed findings and conclusions.</HEAD>
<P>Except in cases where the respondent has failed to answer the complaint or where a party has failed to appear at the hearing, the parties must be afforded a reasonable opportunity to submit proposed findings and conclusions and their supporting reasons to the Administrative Law Judge. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.76" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.76   Decision of Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general</I>—(1) <I>Hearings.</I> Within 180 days after the conclusion of a hearing and the receipt of any proposed findings and conclusions timely submitted by the parties, the Administrative Law Judge should enter a decision in the case. The decision must include a statement of findings and conclusions, as well as the reasons or basis for making such findings and conclusions, and an order of censure, suspension, disbarment, monetary penalty, disqualification, or dismissal of the complaint.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Summary adjudication.</I> In the event that a motion for summary adjudication is filed, the Administrative Law Judge should rule on the motion for summary adjudication within 60 days after the party in opposition files a written response, or if no written response is filed, within 90 days after the motion for summary adjudication is filed. A decision shall thereafter be rendered if the pleadings, depositions, admissions, and any other admissible evidence show that there is no genuine issue of material fact and that a decision may be rendered as a matter of law. The decision must include a statement of conclusions, as well as the reasons or basis for making such conclusions, and an order of censure, suspension, disbarment, monetary penalty, disqualification, or dismissal of the complaint.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Returns and return information.</I> In the decision, the Administrative Law Judge should use the code assigned to third party taxpayers (described in § 10.72(d)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standard of proof.</I> If the sanction is censure or a suspension of less than six months' duration, the Administrative Law Judge, in rendering findings and conclusions, will consider an allegation of fact to be proven if it is established by the party who is alleging the fact by a preponderance of the evidence in the record. If the sanction is a monetary penalty, disbarment or a suspension of six months or longer duration, an allegation of fact that is necessary for a finding against the practitioner must be proven by clear and convincing evidence in the record. An allegation of fact that is necessary for a finding of disqualification against an appraiser must be proven by clear and convincing evidence in the record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Copy of decision.</I> The Administrative Law Judge will provide the decision to the Internal Revenue Service's authorized representative, and a copy of the decision to the respondent or the respondent's authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When final.</I> In the absence of an appeal to the Secretary of the Treasury or delegate, the decision of the Administrative Law Judge will, without further proceedings, become the decision of the agency 30 days after the date of the Administrative Law Judge's decision.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54554, Sept. 26, 2007, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32310, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.77" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.77   Appeal of decision of Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appeal.</I> Any party to the proceeding under this subpart D may appeal the decision of the Administrative Law Judge by filing a notice of appeal with the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate deciding appeals. The notice of appeal must include a brief that states exceptions to the decision of Administrative Law Judge and supporting reasons for such exceptions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time and place for filing of appeal.</I> The notice of appeal and brief must be filed, in duplicate, with the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate deciding appeals, at an address for appeals that is identified to the parties with the decision of the Administrative Law Judge. The notice of appeal and brief must be filed within 30 days of the date that the decision of the Administrative Law Judge is served on the parties. The appealing party must serve a copy of the notice of appeal and the brief to any non-appealing party or, if the party is represented, the non-appealing party's representative.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response.</I> Within 30 days of receiving the copy of the appellant's brief, the other party may file a response brief with the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate deciding appeals, using the address identified for appeals. A copy of the response brief must be served at the same time on the opposing party or, if the party is represented, the opposing party's representative.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>No other briefs, responses or motions as of right.</I> Other than the appeal brief and response brief, the parties are not permitted to file any other briefs, responses or motions, except on a grant of leave to do so after a motion demonstrating sufficient cause, or unless otherwise ordered by the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate deciding appeals.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Additional time for briefs and responses.</I> Notwithstanding the time for filing briefs and responses provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate deciding appeals, may, for good cause, authorize additional time for filing briefs and responses upon a motion of a party or upon the initiative of the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate deciding appeals.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32310, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.78" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.78   Decision on review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Decision on review.</I> On appeal from or review of the decision of the Administrative Law Judge, the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, will make the agency decision. The Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, should make the agency decision within 180 days after receipt of the appeal.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standard of review.</I> The decision of the Administrative Law Judge will not be reversed unless the appellant establishes that the decision is clearly erroneous in light of the evidence in the record and applicable law. Issues that are exclusively matters of law will be reviewed de novo. In the event that the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, determines that there are unresolved issues raised by the record, the case may be remanded to the Administrative Law Judge to elicit additional testimony or evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Copy of decision on review.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate, will provide copies of the agency decision to the authorized representative of the Internal Revenue Service and the respondent or the respondent's authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54555, Sept. 26, 2007, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32310, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.79" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.79   Effect of disbarment, suspension, or censure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disbarment.</I> When the final decision in a case is against the respondent (or the respondent has offered his or her consent and such consent has been accepted by the Internal Revenue Service) and such decision is for disbarment, the respondent will not be permitted to practice before the Internal Revenue Service unless and until authorized to do so by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to § 10.81.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Suspension.</I> When the final decision in a case is against the respondent (or the respondent has offered his or her consent and such consent has been accepted by the Internal Revenue Service) and such decision is for suspension, the respondent will not be permitted to practice before the Internal Revenue Service during the period of suspension. For periods after the suspension, the practitioner's future representations may be subject to conditions as authorized by paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Censure.</I> When the final decision in the case is against the respondent (or the Internal Revenue Service has accepted the respondent's offer to consent, if such offer was made) and such decision is for censure, the respondent will be permitted to practice before the Internal Revenue Service, but the respondent's future representations may be subject to conditions as authorized by paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conditions.</I> After being subject to the sanction of either suspension or censure, the future representations of a practitioner so sanctioned shall be subject to specified conditions designed to promote high standards of conduct. These conditions can be imposed for a reasonable period in light of the gravity of the practitioner's violations. For example, where a practitioner is censured because the practitioner failed to advise the practitioner's clients about a potential conflict of interest or failed to obtain the clients' written consents, the practitioner may be required to provide the Internal Revenue Service with a copy of all consents obtained by the practitioner for an appropriate period following censure, whether or not such consents are specifically requested.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32310, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.80" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.80   Notice of disbarment, suspension, censure, or disqualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> On the issuance of a final order censuring, suspending, or disbarring a practitioner or a final order disqualifying an appraiser, notification of the censure, suspension, disbarment or disqualification will be given to appropriate officers and employees of the Internal Revenue Service and interested departments and agencies of the Federal government. The Internal Revenue Service may determine the manner of giving notice to the proper authorities of the State by which the censured, suspended, or disbarred person was licensed to practice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32311, June 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.81" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.81   Petition for reinstatement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A practitioner disbarred or suspended under § 10.60, or suspended under § 10.82, or a disqualified appraiser may petition for reinstatement before the Internal Revenue Service after the expiration of 5 years following such disbarment, suspension, or disqualification (or immediately following the expiration of the suspension or disqualification period, if shorter than 5 years). Reinstatement will not be granted unless the Internal Revenue Service is satisfied that the petitioner is not likely to engage thereafter in conduct contrary to the regulations in this part, and that granting such reinstatement would not be contrary to the public interest.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning June 12, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9668, 79 FR 33694, June 12, 2014] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.82" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.4.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.82   Expedited suspension.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When applicable.</I> Whenever the Commissioner, or delegate, determines that a practitioner is described in paragraph (b) of this section, the expedited procedures described in this section may be used to suspend the practitioner from practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>To whom applicable.</I> This section applies to any practitioner who, within 5 years prior to the date that a show cause order under this section's expedited suspension procedures is served:
</P>
<P>(1) Has had a license to practice as an attorney, certified public accountant, or actuary suspended or revoked for cause (not including failure to pay a professional licensing fee) by any authority or court, agency, body, or board described in § 10.51(a)(10).
</P>
<P>(2) Has, irrespective of whether an appeal has been taken, been convicted of any crime under title 26 of the United States Code, any crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust, or any felony for which the conduct involved renders the practitioner unfit to practice before the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(3) Has violated conditions imposed on the practitioner pursuant to § 10.79(d).
</P>
<P>(4) Has been sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction, whether in a civil or criminal proceeding (including suits for injunctive relief), relating to any taxpayer's tax liability or relating to the practitioner's own tax liability, for—
</P>
<P>(i) Instituting or maintaining proceedings primarily for delay;
</P>
<P>(ii) Advancing frivolous or groundless arguments; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Failing to pursue available administrative remedies.
</P>
<P>(5) Has demonstrated a pattern of willful disreputable conduct by—
</P>
<P>(i) Failing to make an annual Federal tax return, in violation of the Federal tax laws, during 4 of the 5 tax years immediately preceding the institution of a proceeding under paragraph (c) of this section and remains noncompliant with any of the practitioner's Federal tax filing obligations at the time the notice of suspension is issued under paragraph (f) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Failing to make a return required more frequently than annually, in violation of the Federal tax laws, during 5 of the 7 tax periods immediately preceding the institution of a proceeding under paragraph (c) of this section and remains noncompliant with any of the practitioner's Federal tax filing obligations at the time the notice of suspension is issued under paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Expedited suspension procedures.</I> A suspension under this section will be proposed by a show cause order that names the respondent, is signed by an authorized representative of the Internal Revenue Service under § 10.69(a)(1), and served according to the rules set forth in § 10.63(a). The show cause order must give a plain and concise description of the allegations that constitute the basis for the proposed suspension. The show cause order must notify the respondent—
</P>
<P>(1) Of the place and due date for filing a response;
</P>
<P>(2) That an expedited suspension decision by default may be rendered if the respondent fails to file a response as required;
</P>
<P>(3) That the respondent may request a conference to address the merits of the show cause order and that any such request must be made in the response; and
</P>
<P>(4) That the respondent may be suspended either immediately following the expiration of the period within which a response must be filed or, if a conference is requested, immediately following the conference.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Response.</I> The response to the show cause order described in this section must be filed no later than 30 calendar days following the date the show cause order is served, unless the time for filing is extended. The response must be filed in accordance with the rules set forth for answers to a complaint in § 10.64, except as otherwise provided in this section. The response must include a request for a conference, if a conference is desired. The respondent is entitled to the conference only if the request is made in a timely filed response.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Conference.</I> An authorized representative of the Internal Revenue Service will preside at a conference described in this section. The conference will be held at a place and time selected by the Internal Revenue Service, but no sooner than 14 calendar days after the date by which the response must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service, unless the respondent agrees to an earlier date. An authorized representative may represent the respondent at the conference.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Suspension</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The Commissioner, or delegate, may suspend the respondent from practice before the Internal Revenue Service by a written notice of expedited suspension immediately following:
</P>
<P>(i) The expiration of the period within which a response to a show cause order must be filed if the respondent does not file a response as required by paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The conference described in paragraph (e) of this section if the Internal Revenue Service finds that the respondent is described in paragraph (b) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The respondent's failure to appear, either personally or through an authorized representative, at a conference scheduled by the Internal Revenue Service under paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Duration of suspension.</I> A suspension under this section will commence on the date that the written notice of expedited suspension is served on the practitioner, either personally or through an authorized representative. The suspension will remain effective until the earlier of:
</P>
<P>(i) The date the Internal Revenue Service lifts the suspension after determining that the practitioner is no longer described in paragraph (b) of this section or for any other reason; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The date the suspension is lifted or otherwise modified by an Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary of the Treasury, or delegate deciding appeals, in a proceeding referred to in paragraph (g) of this section and instituted under § 10.60.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Practitioner demand for § 10.60 proceeding.</I> If the Internal Revenue Service suspends a practitioner under the expedited suspension procedures described in this section, the practitioner may demand that the Internal Revenue Service institute a proceeding under § 10.60 and issue the complaint described in § 10.62. The demand must be in writing, specifically reference the suspension action under § 10.82, and be made within 2 years from the date on which the practitioner's suspension commenced. The Internal Revenue Service must issue a complaint demanded under this paragraph (g) within 60 calendar days of receiving the demand. If the Internal Revenue Service does not issue such complaint within 60 days of receiving the demand, the suspension is lifted automatically. The preceding sentence does not, however, preclude the Commissioner, or delegate, from instituting a regular proceeding under § 10.60 of this part.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is generally applicable beginning June 12, 2014, except that paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section are applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48774, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54555, Sept. 26, 2007; T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32311, June 3, 2011; T.D. 9668, 79 FR 33694, June 12, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—General Provisions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48774, July 26, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 10.90" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.90   Records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Roster.</I> The Internal Revenue Service will maintain and make available for public inspection in the time and manner prescribed by the Secretary, or delegate, the following rosters—
</P>
<P>(1) Individuals (and employers, firms, or other entities, if applicable) censured, suspended, or disbarred from practice before the Internal Revenue Service or upon whom a monetary penalty was imposed.
</P>
<P>(2) Enrolled agents, including individuals—
</P>
<P>(i) Granted active enrollment to practice;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whose enrollment has been placed in inactive status for failure to meet the requirements for renewal of enrollment;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whose enrollment has been placed in inactive retirement status; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Whose offer of consent to resign from enrollment has been accepted by the Internal Revenue Service under § 10.61.
</P>
<P>(3) Enrolled retirement plan agents, including individuals—
</P>
<P>(i) Granted active enrollment to practice;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whose enrollment has been placed in inactive status for failure to meet the requirements for renewal of enrollment;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whose enrollment has been placed in inactive retirement status; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Whose offer of consent to resign from enrollment has been accepted under § 10.61.
</P>
<P>(4) Registered tax return preparers, including individuals—
</P>
<P>(i) Authorized to prepare all or substantially all of a tax return or claim for refund;
</P>
<P>(ii) Who have been placed in inactive status for failure to meet the requirements for renewal;
</P>
<P>(iii) Who have been placed in inactive retirement status; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Whose offer of consent to resign from their status as a registered tax return preparer has been accepted by the Internal Revenue Service under § 10.61.
</P>
<P>(5) Disqualified appraisers.
</P>
<P>(6) Qualified continuing education providers, including providers—
</P>
<P>(i) Who have obtained a qualifying continuing education provider number; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whose qualifying continuing education number has been revoked for failure to comply with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other records.</I> Other records of the Director of the Office of Professional Responsibility may be disclosed upon specific request, in accordance with the applicable law.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective/applicability date.</I> This section is applicable beginning August 2, 2011.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9359, 72 FR 54555, Sept. 26, 2007, as amended by T.D. 9527, 76 FR 32311, June 3, 2011; 76 FR 49650, Aug. 11, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.91" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.91   Saving provision.</HEAD>
<P>Any proceeding instituted under this part prior to June 12, 2014, for which a final decision has not been reached or for which judicial review is still available is not affected by these revisions. Any proceeding under this part based on conduct engaged in prior to June 12, 2014, which is instituted after that date, will apply subpart D and E of this part as revised, but the conduct engaged in prior to the effective date of these revisions will be judged by the regulations in effect at the time the conduct occurred.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9668, 79 FR 33695, June 12, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.92" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.92   Special orders.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the power to issue such special orders as he or she deems proper in any cases within the purview of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.93" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.11.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.93   Effective date.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in each section and subject to § 10.91, Part 10 is applicable on July 26, 2002.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[T.D. 9011, 67 FR 48771, July 26, 2002, as amended by T.D. 9165, 69 FR 75845, Dec. 20, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 11—OPERATION OF VENDING FACILITIES BY THE BLIND ON FEDERAL PROPERTY UNDER THE CONTROL OF THE DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 Stat. 1559, as amended by Act of Aug. 3, 1954, Pub. L. 83-565, 68 Stat. 663, as further amended by Pub. L. 93-516, 88 Stat. 1622, (20 U.S.C. 107).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 57560, Oct. 26, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 11.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.12.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains policy and procedures to ensure the priority of blind vendors in operating vending facilities on property controlled by the Department of the Treasury. The provisions of this part apply to all bureaus, the Departmental Offices and the Office of Inspector General.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.12.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.2   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>Blind vendors licensed by State licensing agencies designated by the Secretary of Education under the provisions of the Randolph-Sheppard Act (20 U.S.C. 107 <I>et seq.</I>) shall be given priority in the location and operation of vending facilities, including vending machines, on property controlled by the Department of the Treasury, provided the location or operation of such facility would not adversely affect the interests of the United States. Treasury bureaus shall ensure that the collection and distribution of vending machine income from vending machines on Treasury-controlled property shall be in compliance with the regulations set forth in 34 CFR 395.32. Blind vendors shall also be given priority on Treasury-controlled property in the operation of cafeterias according to 34 CFR 395.33.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.12.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Terms used are defined in 34 CFR 395.1, except that as used in this part, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Department of the Treasury controlled property</I> means any Federal building, land, or other real property owned, leased, or occupied by a bureau or office of the Department of the Treasury, of which the maintenance, operation, and protection is under the control of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>bureau</I> means any bureau or office of the Department of the Treasury and such comparable administrative units as may hereafter be created or made a part of the Department, and includes the Departmental Offices and the Office of Inspector General. The “head of the bureau” for the Departmental Offices is the Deputy Assistant Secretary (Administration).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.12.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.4   Establishing vending facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury bureaus shall not acquire a building by ownership, rent, or lease, or occupy a building to be constructed, substantially altered, or renovated unless it is determined that such buildings contain or will contain a “satisfactory site,” as defined in 34 CFR 395.1(q), for the location and operation of a blind vending facility.
</P>
<P>(b) In accordance with 34 CFR 395.31, Treasury bureaus shall provide the appropriate State licensing agency with written notice of the intention to acquire or otherwise occupy such building. Providing notification shall be the responsibility of the bureau on-site property management official.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.12.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.5   Application for permit.</HEAD>
<P>Applications for permits for the operation of vending facilities other than cafeterias shall be made in writing and submitted for the review and approval of the head of the appropriate Treasury bureau or that official's designee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.12.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.6   Terms of permit.</HEAD>
<P>Every permit shall describe the location of the vending facility, including any vending machines located on other than facility premises, and shall be subject to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(a) The permit shall be issued in the name of the applicant State licensing agency which shall perform the responsibilities set forth in 34 CFR 395.35 (a);
</P>
<P>(b) The permit shall be issued for an indefinite period of time subject to suspension or termination on the basis of compliance or noncompliance with agreed upon terms.
</P>
<P>(c) The permit shall provide that:
</P>
<P>(1) No charge shall be made to the State licensing agency for normal cleaning, maintenance, and repair of the building structure in and adjacent to the vending facility areas;
</P>
<P>(2) Cleaning necessary for sanitation; the maintenance of vending facilities and vending machines in an orderly condition at all times; the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement, servicing, and removal of vending facility equipment shall be without cost to the Department of the Treasury; and
</P>
<P>(3) Articles sold at vending facilities operated by blind licensees may consist of newspapers, periodicals, publications, confections, tobacco products, foods, beverages, chances for any lottery authorized by State law and conducted by an agency of a State within such State, and other articles or services as are determined by the State licensing agency, in consultation with the appropriate Treasury bureau, to be suitable for a particular location. Such articles and services may be dispensed automatically or manually and may be prepared on or off the premises.
</P>
<P>(d) The permit shall further provide that vending facilities shall be operated in compliance with applicable health, sanitation, and building codes or ordinances.
</P>
<P>(e) The permit shall further provide that installation, modification, relocation, removal, and renovation of vending facilities shall be subject to the prior approval and supervision of the bureau on-site property management officer of the appropriate Treasury bureau and the State licensing agency; that costs of relocations initiated by the State licensing agency shall be paid by the State licensing agency; that costs of relocations initiated by a Treasury bureau shall be paid by the Treasury bureau; and that all plumbing, electrical, and mechanical costs related to the renovation of existing facilities shall be paid by the appropriate Treasury bureau.
</P>
<P>(f) The operation of a cafeteria by a blind vendor shall be covered by a contractual agreement and not by a permit. The State licensing agency shall be expected to perform under the same contractual arrangement applicable to commercial cafeteria operators.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.12.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.7   Enforcement procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The State licensing agency shall attempt to resolve day-to-day problems pertaining to the operation of the vending facility in an informal manner with the participation of the blind vendor and the on-site property management officials of the respective Treasury bureaus who are responsible for the Treasury-controlled property.
</P>
<P>(b) Unresolved disagreements concerning the terms of the permit, the Act, or the regulations in this part and any other unresolved matters shall be reported in writing to the State licensing agency supervisory personnel by the bureau on-site supervisory property management official in an attempt to resolve the issue.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.12.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.8   Reports.</HEAD>
<P>This section establishes a Department of the Treasury reporting requirement to comply with 34 CFR 395.38. At the end of each fiscal year, each property managing bureau shall submit a report to the Director, Office of Management Support Systems, Departmental Offices, containing the elements set forth in 34 CFR 395.38. The Director, Office of Management Support Systems, shall submit a consolidated report to the Secretary of Education after the end of the fiscal year.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="12" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 12—RESTRICTION OF SALE AND DISTRIBUTION OF TOBACCO PRODUCTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 636, Pub. L. 104-52, 109 Stat. 507.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 25396, May 21, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 12.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.13.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains regulations implementing the “Prohibition of Cigarette Sales to Minors in Federal Buildings Act,” Public Law 104-52, Section 636, with respect to buildings under the jurisdiction of the Department of the Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.13.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Federal building under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Treasury</I> includes the real property on which such building is located;
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>minor</I> means an individual under the age of 18 years; and
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>tobacco product</I> means cigarettes, cigars, little cigars, pipe tobacco, smokeless tobacco, snuff, and chewing tobacco.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.13.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.3   Sale of tobacco products in vending machines prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>The sale of tobacco products in vending machines located in or around any Federal building under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Treasury is prohibited, except in areas designated pursuant to § 12.5 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.13.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.4   Distribution of free samples of tobacco products prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>The distribution of free samples of tobacco products in or around any Federal building under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Treasury is prohibited, except in areas designated pursuant to § 12.5 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.13.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.5   Prohibitions not applicable in areas designated by the Secretary of the Treasury.</HEAD>
<P>The prohibitions set forth in this part shall not apply in areas designated by the Secretary as exempt from the prohibitions, but all designated areas must prohibit the presence of minors.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="13" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 13—PROCEDURES FOR PROVIDING ASSISTANCE TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS IN PROTECTING FOREIGN DIPLOMATIC MISSIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 202 and 208, Title 3, U.S. Code, as amended and added, respectively by Pub. L. 94-196 (89 Stat. 1109); 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 55179, Dec. 17, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 13.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 13.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes the procedures governing protective and financial assistance to State and local governments when an extraordinary protective need requires the protection of foreign diplomatic missions as authorized by sections 202 and 208 of Title 3, U.S. Code, as amended and added, respectively, by Pub. L. 94-196 (89 Stat. 1109).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 13.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 13.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part, these terms shall have the following meaning:
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>Assistant Secretary</I> means the Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Enforcement and Operations).
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>extraordinary protective need</I> means a need for protection requiring measurable reinforcements of police personnel or equipment, or both, significantly beyond the ordinary deployment of the State or local government, arising out of actual or potential violence related to: (1) Confrontations between nationalist or other groups, (2) threats or acts of violence by terrorist or other groups, (3) a specific diplomatic event or visit, or (4) a specific international event.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>foreign diplomatic mission</I> means a mission (including foreign consular offices) of a foreign country located in the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>full time officers</I> means permanent officers whose duties as foreign diplomatic officers occupy their full time.
</P>
<P>(e) The term <I>international organization</I> means those international organizations designated by Presidential Executive Order as being entitled to the privileges, immunities, and exemptions accorded under the International Organization Immunities Act of December 29, 1945 (22 U.S.C. 288).
</P>
<P>(f) The term <I>metropolitan area</I> means a city in the United States (other than the District of Columbia) and those areas contiguous to it.
</P>
<P>(g) The term <I>observer mission</I> means a mission invited to participate in the work of an international organization by that organization. The invitation to participate shall be extended by the international organization pursuant to the same internal rules of the international organization as are applicable to any permanent mission.
</P>
<P>(h) The term <I>permanent mission</I> means a fixed continuing mission staffed by full time officers and maintained by a member state of an international organization.
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>temporary domicile</I> means a domicile of limited duration of a visiting foreign dignitary or officer in connection with a visit to a permanent or observer mission to an international organization in a metropolitan area.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 55179, Dec. 17, 1976, as amended at 45 FR 30621, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 13.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 13.3   Eligibility to receive protection or reimbursement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Protection, as determined by the Assistant Secretary, will be provided by the United States Secret Service Uniformed Division, pursuant to section 202 of Title 3, U.S. Code, as amended by Pub. L. 94-196, only to foreign diplomatic missions located in metropolitan areas (other than the District of Columbia) where there are located twenty or more such missions, as determined by the Secretary of State, which are headed by full time officers. According to present State Department figures, the following metropolitan areas have 20 or more such foreign diplomatic missions: Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles, Miami, New York City, New Orleans and San Francisco. The protection provided by State or local governments rather than the United States Secret Service Uniformed Division will be reimbursed pursuant to section 208(a) of Title 3, U.S. Code and §§ 13.6, 13.7 and 13.8 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Protection or reimbursement will be provided for the metropolitan areas described in paragraph (a) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The affected metropolitan area requests such protection or reimbursement;
</P>
<P>(2) The Assistant Secretary determines that an extraordinary protective need exists; and
</P>
<P>(3) The extraordinary need arises in association with a visit to or occurs at or, pursuant to § 13.6, in the vicinity of: (i) A permanent mission to an international organization of which the United States is a member, (ii) an observer mission invited to participate in the work of an international organization of which the United States is a member, or (iii) in the case of a visit by a foreign official or dignitary to participate in an activity of an international organization of which the United States is a member, a foreign diplomatic mission, including a consular office of the same country as the visitor.
</P>
<P>(c) Protection (or reimbursement) may be extended at places of temporary domicile in connection with a visit under paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Where an extraordinary protective need exists, protection (or reimbursement) may be extended to missions as described in §§ 13.3(b)(3) (i) and (ii) whether or not associated with a visit by a foreign dignitary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 30621, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 13.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 13.4   Requests for protection and advance notices of reimbursement requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In cases where they believe that an extraordinary protective need exists, the State or local governments may request that protection be provided by the United States Secret Service Uniformed Division; or they may give advance notice of their intention to provide, on a reimbursable basis, all or part of the protection themselves.
</P>
<P>(1) Requests for protection or advance notices of reimbursement requests shall be made to: Assistant Secretary (Enforcement and Operations), Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20220. Each government requesting the protection authorized pursuant to section 202 of Title 3, U.S. Code, as amended by Pub. L. 94-196, or which intends to seek reimbursement pursuant to section 208(a) of Title 3, U.S. Code and §§ 13.6 and 13.7 of this part, shall submit an application describing the extraordinary protective need. Applications made pursuant to this section shall be submitted to the Assistant Secretary 14 days before the extraordinary protective need arises. In association with a visit, the application shall include the name and title of the visiting foreign official or dignitary, the country he represents, and the name and location of the international organization or mission he will be visting. The application shall also include, if available, the temporary domicile of the visiting official or dignitary and his schedule, including dates and times of arrival and departure from the United States. If the extraordinary protective need occurs at a permanent mission to an international organization of which the United States is a member or an observer mission invited to participate in the work of such organization, or if another foreign diplomatic mission of the country qualifies under § 13.3 (b) or (d), the application shall include the name and location of the mission.
</P>
<P>(b) State and local governments shall also indicate on the application whether they are requesting the use of the United States Secret Service Uniformed Division or whether they are giving advance notice of their intention to provide, on a reimbursable basis, all or part of the protection themselves. In order to assist the Assistant Secretary in determining whether to utilize the United States Secret Service Uniformed Division to meet all or part of the extraordinary protective need, or to utilize, with their consent, the services, personnel, equipment, and facilities of the State or local government, or both, the application must include an estimate of the approximate number of personnel by grade and rank, the services, equipment, and facilities required, along with an estimate of the cost of such personnel, services, equipment and facilities. This application must be submitted in a format consistent with that illustrated in a

appendix I of this part.
</P>
<P>(1) Upon receipt of a request for protection pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section and for the purposes of reimbursement pursuant to §§ 13.6 and 13.7, the Assistant Secretary will determine whether an extraordinary protective need exists and whether the United States Secret Service Uniformed Division will be used for all, part or none of the protection. In making determinations, the Assistant Secretary may consult with appropriate Federal, State and local government agencies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 30621, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 13.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 13.5   Utilization of the services, personnel, equipment, and facilities of State and local governments.</HEAD>
<P>The Assistant Secretary may decide to utilize, on a reimbursable basis, the services, personnel, equipment, and facilities of State and local governments of the affected metropolitan area desiring to provide protection, or he may utilize the United States Secret Service Uniformed Division, or both. If the United States Secret Service Uniformed Division is utilized to meet all the extraordinary protective need, the governments of the affected metropolitan area will not be reimbursed. If the United States Secret Service Uniformed Division is utilized to meet part of the extraordinary protective needs, the governments of the affected metropolitan area will be reimbursed for that qualifying portion of the protection which is provided by State and local police authorities. If the Assistant Secretary decides to utilize, with their consent, the services, personnel, equipment, and facilities of such State and local governments to meet the extraordinary protective need, he will so notify the government as soon as possible after receipt of a request for protection or an advance notice of a reimbursement request made pursuant to § 13.4.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 30622, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 13.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 13.6   Reimbursement of State and local governments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) State and local governments providing services, personnel, equipment, or facilities to the affected metropolitan area pursuant to § 13.5 may forward to the Assistant Secretary a bill for reimbursement for the personnel, equipment, facilities, and services utilized in meeting the extraordinary protective need. The bill shall be in accordance with the format in appendix II of this part. The Assistant Secretary will reimburse only those costs directly related to the extraordinary protective need including personnel and equipment costs resulting from assignments made to assist in providing security at an otherwise qualified location in connection with the arrival, departure, or during the visit of a foreign dignitary. Reimbursable costs will also include the costs for establishing both fixed posts at a qualified location and protective perimeters outside of a qualified location when it is clearly established to the satisfaction of the Assistant Secretary that such assignments were necessary to assure the safety of the qualified location. Overhead and administrative costs associated with an extraordinary protective need are reimbursable as either a flat 18 percent of the total extraordinary protective need costs, or, if such costs can be clearly segregated from routine police costs, on a dollar-for-dollar basis. The jurisdiction seeking such reimbursement may select either method but may not use both. For the purposes of reimbursement the Assistant Secretary will, in all cases, determine when the extraordinary protective need began and terminated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 30622, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 13.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 13.7   Reimbursement when the Assistant Secretary makes no determination to utilize State and local government services, personnel, equipment and facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where events require the State or local governments of the affected metropolitan area to provide protection to meet an extraordinary protective need otherwise qualifying for reimbursement, such reimbursement may be made even if the provisions of §§ 13.4 and 13.5 have not been complied with fully. In such circumstances the provisions of § 13.6 shall apply.
</P>
<P>(b) In cases where State or local governments, or both, utilized their own services, personnel, equipment, and facilities to provide protection for an extraordinary protective need, and no request for protective assistance pursuant to § 13.4 was made because the extraordinary protective need occurred prior to the promulgation of this part but after July 1, 1974, an application by such government to the Assistant Secretary for reimbursement otherwise conforming to the requirements of this part will be considered.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 55179, Dec. 17, 1976, as amended at 45 FR 30622, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 13.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 13.8   Protection for motorcades and other places associated with a visit qualifying under section 202(7) of Title 3, U.S. Code.</HEAD>
<P>(a) State and local governments furnishing services, personnel, equipment, and facilities to provide protection for motorcades and at other places associated with a visit qualifying under section 202(7) of Title 3, U.S. Code may forward to the Assistant Secretary a bill for reimbursement for the personnel, equipment, facilities, and services utilized in providing such protection.
</P>
<P>(b) Requests for payments under this section shall conform to the procedures established elsewhere in this part governing reimbursements arising out of an extraordinary protective need.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 30622, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix I(F)" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.9.19" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix I(F) to Part 13—Estimated Overhead and Administrative Costs
</HEAD>
<FP-DASH>Date:
</FP-DASH>
<HD2>Select Only One Method
</HD2>
<FP1-2>___ 1. Reimbursement for overhead and administrative costs will be requested as a flat 18 percent of the total extraordinary protective need cost as provided in section 13.6 of these regulations.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>___ 2. Reimbursement for overhead and administrative costs will be requested on a dollar-for-dollar basis. Computation of these costs will be made using the below described method:
</FP1-2>
<FP>(Explain in detail how all of these costs can be directly and exclusively attributed to the extraordinary protective need.)
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 30622, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix II(F)" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.9.20" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix II(F) to Part 13—Overhead and Administrative Costs
</HEAD>
<FP-DASH>Date:
</FP-DASH>
<HD2>Select Only One Method
</HD2>
<FP1-2>___ 1. Reimbursement for overhead and administrative costs is requested as a flat 18 percent of the total extraordinary protective need costs as provided in section 13.6 of these regulations.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>___ 2. Reimbursement for overhead and administrative costs is requested on a dollar-for-dollar basis. Computation of these costs has been made using the below described method:
</FP1-2>
<FP>(Explain and show in detail how all of these costs have been directly and exclusively attributed extraordinary protective need costs).
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Dated:
</FP-DASH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 30622, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix I" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.9.21" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix I to Part 13—Form of Request for Assistance
</HEAD>
<P>I hereby request assistance from the Department of the Treasury pursuant to Section 202 of Title 3, U.S. Code, as amended by Pub. L. 94-196. This assistance is needed to enable the affected metropolitan area of ______ to meet an extraordinary protective need, which is expected to arise on ______ (date).
</P>
<P>The nature of the extraordinary protective need prompting this request is as follows:
</P>
<P>(If in association with a visit, include the name and title of the visiting foreign official or dignitary, the country represented and the name and location of the international organization involved and/or mission to be visited. The temporary domicile of the visiting official or dignitary and his schedule, including dates and times of arrival and departure from the United States, if available, must also be included. If the extraordinary protective need occurs at or, pursuant to § 13.6 of 31 CFR part 13, in the vicinity of, a permanent mission to an international organization of which the United States is a member or at an observer mission invited to participate in the work of the organization, the application shall include the name and location of the mission. If the extraordinary protective need occurs at a foreign diplomatic mission, including a consular office, in conjunction with a qualifying visit by a foreign official or dignitary of the same country as that mission, the application shall include the name and location of the mission or office. If, pursuant to § 13.8, the visiting foreign official is to travel by motorcade and/or visit locations other than his foreign mission or temporary domicile, the application shall include a description of the anticipated motorcade routes and all stops on the routes as well as the name (or description) and location of any other places to be visited.
</P>
<P>The ______ (Government entity) ______ (is or is not) ______ prepared to provide ______ (all or a portion of) the protection required to meet this need. Attached is an estimate of the appropriate number of personnel, by grade and rank, and the specific services, equipment and facilities which will be required to meet this extraordinary protective need, along with an estimate of the cost of such personnel, services, equipment, and facilities.
</P>
<FP-DASH>(Date)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(State or local government of the affected metropolitan area)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Title)
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 30622, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix II" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.14.0.1.9.22" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix II to Part 13—Form of Bill for Reimbursement
</HEAD>
<P>I hereby request that ______ (Governmental entity) be reimbursed by the Department of the Treasury pursuant to sections 202 and 208 of Title 3, U.S. Code, as amended and added, respectively, by Public Law 94-196 (89 Stat. 1109) (and/or pursuant to Public Law 96-74) for expenses incurred while providing an adequate level of protection during the extraordinary protective need arising in association with a visit of ______ (Official or dignitary's name and title) of ______ (Country) to participate in the work of ______ (International Organization) or occurring at the _______ (Permanent or observer mission) to ______ (International organization) during the period ______ (Date) through ______ (Date).
</P>
<P>I certify that the level of protection provided was both reasonable and necessary; that the costs herein billed are only those direct costs associated with meeting the extraordinary protective need; and that the costs herein billed are not costs of an indirect nature such as administrative costs, overhead, and depreciation, except as provided in § 13.6(a) of 31 CFR 13.
</P>
<P>Access to all records, accounts, receipts, etc., pertaining to the costs herein billed will be accorded to representatives of the Assistant Secretary (Enforcement and Operations) and the General Accounting Office at such reasonable times and places as may be mutually agreed upon by said representatives and ______ (Governmental entity).
</P>
<FP-DASH>Date:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Title)
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 30623, May 9, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="14" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 14—RIGHT TO FINANCIAL PRIVACY ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 1108, Right to Financial Privacy Act of 1978, 92 Stat. 3697 <I>et seq.,</I> 12 U.S.C. 3401 <I>et seq.;</I> (5 U.S.C. 301); and Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 16909, Mar. 20, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 14.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.15.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this regulation, the term:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Financial institution</I> means any office of a bank, savings bank, card issuer as defined in section 103 of the Consumer Credit Protection Act (15 U.S.C. 1602(n)), industrial loan company, trust company, savings and loan, building and loan, or homestead association (including cooperative bank), credit union, or consumer financial institution, located in any State or territory of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, or the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial record</I> means an original of, a copy of, or information known to have been derived from, any record held by a financial institution pertaining to a customer's relationship with the financial institution.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Person</I> means an individual or a partnership of five or fewer individuals.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Customer</I> means any person or authorized representative of that person who utilized or is utilizing any service of a financial institution, or for whom a financial institution is acting or has acted as a fiduciary, in relation to an account maintained in the person's name.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Law enforcement inquiry</I> means a lawful investigation or official proceeding inquiring into a violation of or failure to comply with any criminal or civil statute or any regulation, rule, or order issued pursuant thereto.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Departmental unit</I> means those offices, divisions, bureaus, or other components of the Department of the treasury authorized to conduct law enforcement inquiries.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Act</I> means the Right to Financial Privacy Act of 1978.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.15.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of these regulations is to authorize Departmental units to request financial records from a financial institution pursuant to the formal written request procedure authorized by section 1108 of the Act, and to set forth the conditions under which such requests may be made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.15.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.3   Authorization.</HEAD>
<P>Departmental units are hereby authorized to request financial records of any customer from a financial institution pursuant to a formal written request under the Act only if:
</P>
<P>(a) No administrative summons or subpoena authority reasonably appears to be available to the Departmental unit to obtain financial records for the purpose for which the records are sought;
</P>
<P>(b) There is reason to believe that the records sought are relevant to a legitimate law enforcement inquiry and will further that inquiry;
</P>
<P>(c) The request is issued by a supervisory official of a rank designated by the head of the requesting Departmental unit. Officials so designated shall not delegate this authority to others;
</P>
<P>(d) The request adheres to the requirements set forth in § 14.4; and
</P>
<P>(e) The notice requirements set forth in section 1108(4) of the Act, or the requirements pertaining to delay of notice in section 1109 of the Act are satisfied, except in situations where no notice is required. (e.g., section 1113(g))


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.15.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.4   Contents of request.</HEAD>
<P>The formal written request shall be in the form of a letter or memorandum to an appropriate official of the financial institution from which financial records are requested. The request shall be signed by an issuing official of the requesting Department unit. It shall set forth that official's name, title, business address and business phone number. The request shall also contain the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The identity of the customer or customers to whom the records pertain;
</P>
<P>(b) A reasonable description of the records sought;
</P>
<P>(c) Any other information that the issuing official deems appropriate, e.g., the date on which the requesting Departmental unit expects to present a certificate of compliance with the applicable provisions of the Act, the name and title of the individual to whom disclosure is to be made, etc.
</P>
<FP>In cases where customer notice is delayed by a court order, a copy of the court order shall be attached to the formal written request.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.15.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.5   Certification.</HEAD>
<P>Prior to obtaining the requested records pursuant to a formal written request, an official of a rank designated by the head of the requesting Departmental unit shall certify in writing to the financial institution that the Departmental unit has complied with the applicable provisions of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="15" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 15—POST EMPLOYMENT CONFLICT OF INTEREST
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>92 Stat. 1864 (18 U.S.C. 207), as amended.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 39842, June 12, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains rules governing discipline of a former officer or employee of the Department of the Treasury because of a post employment conflict of interest. Such discipline may include prohibition from practice before the Department or a separate statutory agency thereof as those terms are defined in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of this part—
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>Department</I> means the Department of the Treasury and includes the separate statutory agencies thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>Director</I> means the Director of Practice.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>General Counsel</I> means the General Counsel of the Department.
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>practice</I> means any informal or formal appearance before, or, with the intent to influence, any oral or written communication to the Department or, where applicable, to a separate statutory agency thereof on a pending matter of business on behalf of any other person (except the United States).
</P>
<P>(e) The term <I>separate statutory agency thereof</I> means an agency or bureau within the Department designated by rule by the Director, Office of Government Ethics, as a separate agency or bureau. The Internal Revenue Service, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, United States Secret Service, Bureau of the Mint, United States Customs Service, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, and Comptroller of the Currency were so designated effective July 1, 1979.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-3   Director of Practice.</HEAD>
<P>There is, in the Office of the Secretary of the Treasury, the Office of Director of Practice. The Director shall institute and provide for the conduct of disciplinary proceedings involving former employees of the Department as authorized by 18 U.S.C. 207(j), and perform such other duties as are necessary or appropriate to carry out his/her functions under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-4   Other discipline.</HEAD>
<P>For activity alleged to violate 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b) or (c), the Director may also bring a disciplinary proceeding pursuant to the regulations governing practice before the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms or the Internal Revenue Service as found in 31 CFR part 8 and 31 CFR part 10, respectively. Such proceeding may be consolidated with any proceeding brought pursuant to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-5   Records.</HEAD>
<P>There are made available to public inspection at the Office of Director of Practice the roster of all persons prohibited from practice before the Department. Other records may be disclosed upon specific request, in accordance with appropriate disclosure regulations of the Department.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Rules Applicable to Post Employment Practice by Officers and Employees of the Department</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-6   Interpretative standards.</HEAD>
<P>A determination that a former officer or employee of the Department violated 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b) or (c) will be made in conformance with the standards established in the interpretative regulations promulgated by the Office of Government Ethics and published at 5 CFR part 737.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Administrative Enforcement Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-7   Authority to prohibit practice.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 207(j), if the General Counsel finds, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, that a former officer or employee of the Department violated 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b) or (c), the General Counsel in his/her discretion may prohibit that person from engaging in practice before the Department or a separate statutory agency thereof for a period not to exceed five years, or may take other appropriate disciplinary action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-8   Special orders.</HEAD>
<P>The General Counsel may issue special orders as he/she may consider proper in any case within the purview of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-9" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-9   Receipt of information concerning former Treasury employee.</HEAD>
<P>If an officer or employee of the Department has reason to believe that a former officer or employee of the Department has violated 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b) or (c), or if any such officer or employee receives information to that effect, he/she shall promptly make a written report thereof, which report or a copy thereof shall be forwarded to the Inspector General, Department of the Treasury. If any other person has information of such violations, he/she may make a report thereof to the Inspector General or to any officer or employee of the Department. The Inspector General shall refer any information he/she deems warranted to the Director.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-10" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-10   Conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The Director may confer with a former officer or employee concerning allegations of misconduct irrespective of whether an administrative disciplinary proceeding has been instituted against him/her. If such conference results in a stipulation in connection with a proceeding in which such person is the respondent, the stipulation may be entered in the record at the instance of either party to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Voluntary suspension.</I> A former officer or employee, in order to avoid the institution or conclusion of a proceeding, may offer his/her consent to suspension from practice before the Department or a separate statutory agency thereof. The Director in his/her discretion, may suspend a former officer or employee in accordance with the consent offered.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-11   Institution of proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever the Director has reason to believe that any former officer or employee of the Department has violated 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b) or (c), he/she may reprimand such person or institute an administrative disciplinary proceeding for that person's suspension from practice before the Department or a separate statutory agency thereof. The proceeding shall be instituted by a complaint which names the respondent and is signed by the Director and filed in his/her office. Except in cases of willfulness, or where time, the nature of the proceeding, or the public interest does not permit, a proceeding will not be instituted under this section until facts or conduct which may warrant such action have been called to the attention of the proposed respondent in writing and he/she has been accorded the opportunity to provide his/her position on the matter.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director shall coordinate proceedings under this part with the Department of Justice in cases where it initiates criminal prosecution.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-12" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-12   Contents of complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Charges.</I> A complaint shall give a plain and concise description of the allegations which constitute the basis for the proceeding. A complaint shall be deemed sufficient if it fairly informs the respondent of the charges against him/her so that the respondent is able to prepare a defense.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Demand for answer.</I> In the complaint, or in a separate paper attached to the complaint, notification shall be given of the place and time within which the respondent shall file his/her answer, which time shall not be less than 15 days from the date of service of the complaint, and notice shall be given that a decision by default may be rendered against the respondent in the event he/she fails to file an answer as required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-13" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-13   Service of complaint and other papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Complaint.</I> The complaint or a copy thereof may be served upon the respondent by certified mail, or first-class mail as hereinafter provided; by delivering it to the respondent or his/her attorney or agent of record either in person or by leaving it at the office or place of business of the respondent, attorney or agent; or in any other manner which has been agreed to by the respondent. Where the service is by certified mail, the return post office receipt duly signed by or on behalf of the respondent shall be proof of service. If the certified mail is not claimed or accepted by the respondent and is returned undelivered, complete service may be made upon the respondent by mailing the complaint to him/her by first-class mail, addressed to him/her at the last address known to the Director. If service is made upon the respondent or his/her attorney or agent of record in person or by leaving the complaint at the office or place of business of the respondent, attorney or agent, the verified return by the person making service, setting forth the manner of service, shall be proof of such service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service of papers other than complaint.</I> Any paper other than the complaint may be served upon a respondent as provided in paragraph (a) of this section or by mailing the paper by first-class mail to the respondent at the last address known to the Director, or by mailing the paper by first-class mail to the respondent's attorney or agent of record. Such mailing shall constitute complete service. Notices may be served upon the respondent or his/her attorney or agent of record by telegraph.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing of papers.</I> Whenever the filing of a paper is required or permitted in connection with a proceeding, and the place of filing is not specified by this subpart or by rule or order of the Administrative Law Judge, the paper shall be filed with the Director of Practice, Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20220. All papers shall be filed in duplicate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-14" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-14   Answer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> The respondent's answer shall be filed in writing within the time specified in the complaint, unless on application the time is extended by the Director or the Administrative Law Judge. The answer shall be filed in duplicate with the Director.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> The answer shall contain a statement of facts which constitute the grounds of defense, and it shall specifically admit or deny each allegation set forth in the complaint, except that the respondent shall not deny a material allegation in the complaint which he/she knows to be true, or state that he/she is without sufficient information to form a belief when in fact he/she possesses such information. The respondent may also state affirmatively special matters of defense.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure to deny or answer allegations in the complaint.</I> Every allegation in the complaint which is not denied in the answer shall be deemed to be admitted and may be considered as proved, and no further evidence in respect of such allegation need be adduced at a hearing. Failure to file an answer within the time prescribed in the notice to the respondent, except as the time for answer is extended by the Director or the Administrative Law Judge, shall constitute an admission of the allegations of the complaint and a waiver of hearing, and the Administrative Law Judge may make his/her decision by default without a hearing or further procedure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-15" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-15   Reply to answer.</HEAD>
<P>No reply to the respondent's answer shall be required, and new matter in the answer shall be deemed to be denied, but the Director may file a reply in his/her discretion or at the request of the Administrative Law Judge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-16" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-16   Proof; variance; amendment of pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>In the case of a variance between the allegations in a pleading and the evidence adduced in support of the pleading, the Administrative Law Judge may order or authorize amendment of the pleading to conform to the evidence: <I>Provided,</I> That the party who would otherwise be prejudiced by the amendment is given reasonable opportunity to meet the allegations of the pleading as amended; and the Administrative Law Judge shall make findings on any issue presented by the pleadings as so amended.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-17" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-17   Motions and requests.</HEAD>
<P>Motions and requests may be filed with the Director or with the Administrative Law Judge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-18" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-18   Representation.</HEAD>
<P>A respondent or proposed respondent may appear in person or he/she may be represented by counsel or other representative. The Director may be represented by an attorney or other employee of the Department.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-19" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-19   Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appointment.</I> An Administrative Law Judge appointed as provided by 5 U.S.C. 3105 (1966), shall conduct proceedings upon complaints for the administrative disciplinary proceedings under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Power of Administrative Law Judge.</I> Among other powers, the Administrative Law Judge shall have authority, in connection with any proceeding assigned or referred to him/her, to do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Make rulings upon motions and requests, which rulings may not be appealed from prior to the close of a hearing except, at the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge, in extraordinary circumstances;
</P>
<P>(3) Determine the time and place of hearing and regulate its course and conduct;
</P>
<P>(4) Adopt rules of procedure and modify the same from time to time as occasion requires for the orderly disposition of proceedings;
</P>
<P>(5) Rule upon offers of proof, receive relevant evidence, and examine witnesses;
</P>
<P>(6) Take or authorize the taking of depositions;
</P>
<P>(7) Receive and consider oral or written argument on facts or law;
</P>
<P>(8) Hold or provide for the holding of conferences for the settlement or simplification of the issues by consent of the parties;
</P>
<P>(9) Assess the responsible party extraordinary costs attributable to the location of a hearing;
</P>
<P>(10) Perform such acts and take such measures as are necessary or appropriate to the efficient conduct of any proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(11) Make initial decisions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-20" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-20   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The Administrative Law Judge shall preside at the hearing on a complaint for the suspension of a former officer or employee from practice before the Department. Hearings shall be stenographically recorded and transcribed and the testimony of witnesses shall be taken under oath or affirmation. Hearings will be conducted pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 556.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public access to hearings.</I> Hearings will be closed unless an open hearing is requested by the respondent, except that if classified information or protected information of third parties (such as tax information) is likely to be adduced at the hearing, it will remain closed. A request for an open hearing must be included in the answer to be considered.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure to appear.</I> If either party to the proceeding fails to appear at the hearing, after due notice thereof has been sent to him/her, he/she shall be deemed to have waived the right to a hearing and the Administrative Law Judge may make a decision against the absent party by default.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-21" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-21   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law and equity are not controlling in hearings on complaints for the suspension of a former officer or employee from practice before the Department. However, the Administrative Law Judge shall exclude evidence which is irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Depositions.</I> The deposition of any witness taken pursuant to § 15.737-22 of this part may be admitted.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Proof of documents.</I> Official documents, records and papers of the Department shall be admissible in evidence without the production of an officer or employee to authenticate them. Any such documents, records, and papers may be evidenced by a copy attested or identified by an officer or employee of the Department.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exhibits.</I> If any document, record, or other paper is introduced in evidence as an exhibit, the Administrative Law Judge may authorize the withdrawal of the exhibit subject to any conditions which he/she deems proper.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Objections.</I> Objections to evidence shall be in short form, stating the grounds of objection relied upon, and the record shall not include argument thereon, except as ordered by the Administrative Law Judge. Rulings on such objections shall be a part of the record. No exception to the ruling is necessary to preserve the rights of the parties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-22" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-22   Depositions.</HEAD>
<P>Depositions for use at a hearing may, with the consent of the parties in writing or the written approval of the Administrative Law Judge, be taken by either the Director or the respondent or their duly authorized representatives. Depositions may be taken upon oral or written interrogatories, upon not less than 10 days' written notice to the other party before any officer duly authorized to administer an oath for general purposes or before an officer or employee of the Department who is authorized to administer an oath. Such notice shall state the names of the witnesses and the time and place where the depositions are to be taken. The requirement of 10 days' notice may be waived by the parties in writing, and depositions may then be taken from the persons and at the times and places mutually agreed to by the parties. When a deposition is taken upon written interrogatories, any cross-examination shall be upon written interrogatories. Copies of such written interrogatories shall be served upon the other party with the notice, and copies of any written cross-interrogation shall be mailed or delivered to the opposing party at least 5 days before the date of taking the depositions, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. A party upon whose behalf a deposition is taken must file it with the Administrative Law Judge and serve one copy upon the opposing party. Expenses in the reporting of depositions shall be borne by the party at whose instance the deposition is taken.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-23" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-23   Transcript.</HEAD>
<P>In cases where the hearing is stenographically reported by a Government contract reporter, copies of the transcript may be obtained from the reporter at rates not to exceed the maximum rates fixed by contract between the Government and the reporter or from the Department at actual cost of duplication. Where the hearing is stenographically reported by a regular employee of the Department, a copy thereof will be supplied to the respondent either without charge or upon payment of a reasonable fee. Copies of exhibits introducted at the hearing or at the taking of depositions will be supplied to the parties upon the payment of a reasonable fee (Sec. 501, Pub. L. 82-137, 65 Stat. 290 (31 U.S.C. 483a)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-24" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-24   Proposed findings and conclusions.</HEAD>
<P>Except in cases where the respondent has failed to answer the complaint or where a party has failed to appear at the hearing, the Administrative Law Judge prior to making his/her decision, shall afford the parties a reasonable opportunity to submit proposed findings and conclusions and supporting reasons therefor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-25" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-25   Decision of the Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>As soon as practicable after the conclusion of a hearing and the receipt of any proposed findings and conclusions timely submitted by the parties, the Administrative Law Judge shall make the initial decision in the case. The decision shall include (a) a statement of findings and conclusions, as well as the reasons or basis therefor, upon all the material issues of fact, law, or discretion presented on the record, and (b) an order of suspension from practice before the Department or separate statutory agency thereof or other appropriate disciplinary action, or an order of dismissal of the complaint. The Administrative Law Judge shall file the decision with the Director and shall transmit a copy thereof to the respondent or his/her attorney of record. In the absence of an appeal to the General Counsel or review of the decision upon motion of the General Counsel, the decision of the Administrative Law Judge shall without further proceedings become the decision of the General Counsel 30 days from the date of the Administrative Law Judge's decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-26" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-26   Appeal to the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>Within 30 days from the date of the Administrative Law Judge's decision, either party may appeal to the General Counsel. The appeal shall be filed with the Director in duplicate and shall include exceptions to the decision of the Administrative Law Judge and supporting reasons for such exceptions. If an appeal is filed by the Director, he/she shall transmit a copy thereof to the respondent. Within 30 days after receipt of an appeal or copy thereof, the other party may file a reply brief in duplicate with the Director. If the reply brief is filed by the Director, he/she shall transmit a copy of it to the respondent. Upon the filing of an appeal and a reply brief, if any, the Director shall transmit the entire record to the General Counsel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-27" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-27   Decision of the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>On appeal from or review of the initial decision of the Administrative Law Judge, the General Counsel will make the agency decision. In making his/her decision, the General Counsel will review the record or such portions thereof as may be cited by the parties to permit limiting of the issues. A copy of the General Counsel's decision shall be transmitted to the respondent by the Director.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-28" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.3.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-28   Notice of disciplinary action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon the issuance of a final order suspending a former officer or employee from practice before the Department or a separate statutory agency thereof, the Director shall give notice thereof to appropriate officers and employees of the Department. Officers and employees of the Department shall refuse to participate in any appearance by such former officer or employee or to accept any communication which constitutes the prohibited practice before the Department or separate statutory agency thereof during the period of suspension.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director shall take other appropriate disciplinary action as may be required by the final order.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Other Departmental Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.737-29" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.16.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.737-29   Review by the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>In my proceeding before the Department, if an initial decision is made with respect to the disqualification of a representative or attorney for a party on the grounds of 18 U.S.C. 207(a), (b) or (c), such decision may be appealed to the General Counsel, who will make the agency decision on the issue.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="16" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 16—REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING THE PROGRAM FRAUD CIVIL REMEDIES ACT OF 1986
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3801-3812.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 35071, Sept. 17, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 16.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.1   Basis and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Basis.</I> This part implements the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99-509, sections 6101-6104, 100 Stat. 1874 (October 21, 1986), to be codified at 31 U.S.C. 3801-3812. 31 U.S.C. 3809 requires each authority head to promulgate regulations necessary to implement the provisions of the statute.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> This part
</P>
<P>(1) Establishes administrative procedures for imposing civil penalties and assessments against persons who make, submit, or present, or cause to be made, submitted, or presented, false, fictitious, or fraudulent claims or written statements to authorities or to their agents, and
</P>
<P>(2) Specifies the hearing and appeal rights of persons subject to allegations of liability for such penalties and assessments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>ALJ</I> means an Administrative Law Judge in the authority appointed pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3105 or detailed to the authority pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3344.
</P>
<P><I>Authority</I> means the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Authority head</I> means the Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Management.
</P>
<P><I>Benefit,</I> when used in the context of false statements made with respect to a benefit, means anything of value including but not limited to any advantage, preference, privilege, license, permit, favorable decision, ruling, status, or loan guarantee. This definition should be distinguished from the limitations on coverage of these regulations with respect to beneficiaries of specific benefit programs which are found in § 16.3(c) of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Claim</I> means any request, demand, or submission—
</P>
<P>(a) Made to the authority for property, services, or money (including money representing grants, loans, insurance, or benefits);
</P>
<P>(b) Made to a recipient of property, services, or money from the authority or to a party to a contract with the authority—
</P>
<P>(1) For property or services if the United States—
</P>
<P>(i) Provided such property or services;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provided any portion of the funds for the purchase of such property or services; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Will reimburse such recipient or party for the purchase of such property or services; or
</P>
<P>(2) For the payment of money (including money representing grants, loans, insurance, or benefits) if the United States—
</P>
<P>(i) Provided any portion of the money requested or demanded; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Will reimburse such recipient or party for any portion of the money paid on such request or demand; or
</P>
<P>(c) Made to the authority which has the effect of decreasing an obligation to pay or account for property, services, or money, except that such term does not include any claim made in any return of tax imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.
</P>
<P><I>Complaint</I> means the administrative complaint served by the reviewing official on the defendant under § 16.7 of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Defendant</I> means any person alleged in a complaint under § 16.7 to be liable for a civil penalty or assessment under § 16.3.
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Government</I> means the United States Government.
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a natural person.
</P>
<P><I>Initial decision</I> means the written decision of the ALJ required by § 16.10 or § 16.37, and includes a revised initial decision issued following a remand or a motion for reconsideration.
</P>
<P><I>Investigating official</I> means any Inspector General, including any Special Inspector General, with investigatory authority over programs of the Department of the Treasury, as applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Knows or has reason to know,</I> means that a person, with respect to a claim or statement—
</P>
<P>(a) Has actual knowledge that the claim or statement is false, fictitious, or fraudulent;
</P>
<P>(b) Acts in deliberate ignorance of the truth or falsity of the claim or statement; or
</P>
<P>(c) Acts in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the claim or statement.
</P>
<P><I>Makes,</I> wherever it appears, shall include the terms “presents,” “submits,” and “causes to be made, presented,” or “submitted.” As the context requires, <I>making</I> or <I>made,</I> shall likewise include the corresponding forms of such terms.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, private organization, State, political subdivision of a State, municipality, county, district, and Indian tribe, and includes the plural of that term.
</P>
<P><I>Presiding officer</I> means an administrative law judge appointed in the authority pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3105 or detailed to the authority pursuant to section 3344 of such title.
</P>
<P><I>Representative</I> means an attorney designated in writing by a defendant to appear on his or her behalf in administrative hearings before the Department and to represent a defendant in all other legal matters regarding a complaint made pursuant to these regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Reviewing official</I> means the General Counsel, or another individual in the Legal Division of the Department designated by the General Counsel, who is—
</P>
<P>(a) Serving in a position for which the rate of basic pay is not less than the minimum rate of basic pay for grade GS-16; and
</P>
<P>(b) Is not subject to supervision by, or required to report to, the investigating official; and
</P>
<P>(c) Is not employed in the organization unit of the authority in which the investigating official is employed.
</P>
<P><I>Statement</I> means any representation, certification, affirmation, document, record, or accounting or bookkeeping entry made—
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to a claim or to obtain the approval or payment of a claim (including relating to eligibility to make a claim); or
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to (including relating to eligibility for)—
</P>
<P>(1) A contract with, or a bid or proposal for a contract with; or
</P>
<P>(2) A grant, loan, or benefit from, the authority, or any State, political subdivision of a State, or other party, if the United States Government provides any portion of the money or property under such contract or for such grant, loan, or benefit, or if the government will reimburse such State, political subdivision, or party of any portion of the money or property under such contract or for such grant, loan, or benefit, except that such term does not include any claim made in any return of tax imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 35071, Sept. 17, 1987, as amended at 87 FR 10309, Feb. 24, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.3   Basis for civil penalties and assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Claims.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any person who makes a claim that the person knows or has reason to know—
</P>
<P>(i) Is false, fictitious, or fraudulent;
</P>
<P>(ii) Includes or is supported by any written statement which asserts a material fact which is false, fictitious, or fraudulent;
</P>
<P>(iii) Includes or is supported by any written statement that—
</P>
<P>(A) Omits a material fact;
</P>
<P>(B) Is false, fictitious, or fraudulent as a result of such omission; and
</P>
<P>(C) Is a statement in which the person making such statement has a duty to include such material fact; or




</P>
<P>(iv) Is for payment for the provision of property or services which the person has not provided as claimed, shall be subject, in addition to any other remedy that may be prescribed by law, to a civil penalty of not more than $9,956 (2025) for each such claim.




</P>
<P>(2) Each voucher, invoice, claim form, or other individual request or demand for property, services, or money constitutes a separate claim.
</P>
<P>(3) A claim shall be considered made to an authority, recipient, or party when such claim is actually made to an agent, fiscal intermediary, or other entity, including any State or political subdivision thereof, acting for or on behalf of such authority, recipient, or party.
</P>
<P>(4) Each claim for property, services, or money is subject to a civil penalty under these regulations regardless of whether such property, services, or money is actually delivered or paid.
</P>
<P>(5) If the government has made any payment (including transferred property or provided services) on a claim, a person subject to a civil penalty under paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall also be subject to an assessment of not more than twice the amount of such claim or that portion thereof that is determined to be in violation of paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Such assessment shall be in lieu of damages sustained by the Government because of such claim.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Statements.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any person who makes a written statement that—
</P>
<P>(i) The person knows or has reason to know—
</P>
<P>(A) Asserts a material fact which is false, fictitious, or fraudulent; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is false, fictitious, or fraudulent because it omits a material fact that the person making the statement has a duty to include in such statement; and






</P>
<P>(ii) Includes or is accompanied by an express certification or affirmation of the truthfulness and accuracy of the content of the statement, shall be subject, in addition to any other remedy that may be prescribed by law, to a civil penalty of not more than $9,956 (2025) for each such statement.


</P>
<P>(2) Each written representation, certification, or affirmation constitutes a separate statement.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement shall be considered made to an authority when such statement is actually made to an agent, fiscal intermediary, or other entity, including any State or political subdivision thereof, acting for or on behalf of such authority.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) In the case of any claim or statement made by any individual relating to any of the benefits listed in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, received by such individual, such individual may be held liable for penalties and assessments under this section only if such claim or statement is made by such individual in making application for such benefits with respect to such individual's eligibility to receive such benefits.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph, the term <I>benefits</I> means—
</P>
<P>(i) Benefits under the food stamp program (as defined in section 3(h) of the Food Stamp Act of 1977);
</P>
<P>(ii) Benefits under Chapters 11, 13, 15, 17, and 21 of Title 38;
</P>
<P>(iii) Benefits under the Black Lung Benefits Act;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any authority or other benefit under the Railroad Retirement Act of 1974;
</P>
<P>(v) Benefits under the National School Lunch Act;
</P>
<P>(vi) Benefits under any housing assistance program for lower income families or elderly or handicapped persons which is administered by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of Agriculture;
</P>
<P>(vii) Benefits under the special supplemental food program for women, infants, and children established under section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966;
</P>
<P>(viii) Benefits under part A of the Energy Conservation in Existing Buildings Act of 1976;
</P>
<P>(ix) Benefits under the supplemental security income program under title XVI of the Social Security Act;
</P>
<P>(x) Old age, survivors, and disability insurance benefits under title II of the Social Security Act;
</P>
<P>(xi) Benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act;
</P>
<P>(xii) Aid to families with dependent children under a State plan approved under section 402(a) of the Social Security Act;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Medical assistance under a State plan approved under section 1902(a) of the Social Security Act;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Benefits under title XX of the Social Security Act;
</P>
<P>(xv) Benefits under section 336 of the Older Americans Act; or
</P>
<P>(xvi) Benefits under the Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Act of 1981, which are intended for the personal use of the individual who receives the benefits or for a member of the individual's family.
</P>
<P>(d) No proof of specific intent to defraud is required to establish liability under this section.
</P>
<P>(e) In any case in which it is determined that more than one person is liable for making a claim or statement under this section, each such person may be held liable for a civil penalty under this section.
</P>
<P>(f) In any case in which it is determined that more than one person is liable for making a claim under this section, and on which the Government has made payment (including transferred property or provided services), an assessment may be imposed against any such person or jointly and severally against any combination of such persons.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 35071, Sept. 17, 1987, as amended at 86 FR 12539, Mar. 4, 2021; 88 FR 16886, Mar. 21, 2023; 89 FR 4819, Jan. 25, 2024; 90 FR 25484, June 17, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.4   Investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an investigating official concludes that a subpoena pursuant to the authority conferred by 31 U.S.C. 3804(a) is warranted—
</P>
<P>(1) The subpoena so issued shall notify the person to whom it is addressed of the authority under which the subpoena is issued and shall identify the information, records, or documents sought;
</P>
<P>(2) The investigating official may designate a person to act on his behalf to receive the information, records, or documents sought; and
</P>
<P>(3) The person receiving such subpoena shall be required to tender to the investigating official or to the person designated to receive the information, records, or documents, a certification that the information, records, or documents sought have been produced, or that such information, records, or documents are not available and the reasons therefor, or that such information, records, or documents, suitably identified, have been withheld based upon the assertion of an identified legal privilege.
</P>
<P>(b) If the investigating official concludes that an action under the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act may be warranted, the investigating official shall report the findings and conclusions of such investigation to the reviewing official.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall preclude or limit the investigating official's discretion to refer allegations directly to the Department of Justice for suit under the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. 3729-3731, or for other civil relief, or to preclude or limit such official's discretion to defer or postpone a report or referral to avoid interference with an investigation into criminal misconduct or a criminal prosecution.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section modifies any responsibility of the investigating official to report violations of criminal law to the Attorney General.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.5   Review by the reviewing official.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If, based on the report of the investigating official under § 16.4(b), the reviewing official determines that there is adequate evidence to believe that a person is liable under § 16.3 of this part, the reviewing official shall transmit to the Attorney General a written notice of the reviewing official's intention to issue a complaint under § 16.7.
</P>
<P>(b) Such notice shall include—
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the reviewing official's reasons for issuing a complaint;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement specifying the evidence that supports the allegations of liability;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the claims or statements upon which the allegations of liability are based;
</P>
<P>(4) An estimate of the amount of money or the value, if any, of property, services, or other benefits requested or demanded in violation of § 16.3 of this part; or, if no monetary value can be put on the property, service or benefit, a statement regarding the non-monetary consequences to the agency of a false statement.
</P>
<P>(5) A statement of any exculpatory or mitigating circumstances that may relate to the claims or statements known by the reviewing official or the investigating official; and
</P>
<P>(6) A statement that there is a reasonable prospect of collecting an appropriate amount of penalties and assessments. Such a statement may be based upon information then known or an absence of any information indicating that the person may be unable to pay such an amount.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.6   Prerequisites for issuing a complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The reviewing official may issue a complaint under § 16.7 only if—
</P>
<P>(1) The Department of Justice approves the issuance of a complaint in a written statement described in 31 U.S.C. 3803(b)(l), and
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of allegations of liability under § 16.3(a) with respect to a claim, the reviewing official determines that, with respect to such claim or a group of related claims submitted at the same time such claim is submitted (as defined in paragraph (b) of this section), the amount of money or the value of property or services demanded or requested in violation of § 16.3(a) does not exceed $150,000.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, a related group of claims submitted at the same time shall include only those claims arising from the same transaction (e.g., grant, loan, application, or contract) that are submitted simultaneously as part of a single request, demand, or submission.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the reviewing official's authority to join in a single complaint against a person, claims that are unrelated or were not submitted simultaneously, regardless of the amount of money or the value of property or services demanded or requested, as long as the total amount for each claim does not exceed $150,000.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.7   Complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On or after the date the Attorney General or his designee approves the issuance of a complaint in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3803(b)(1), the reviewing official may serve a complaint on the defendant, as provided in § 16.8.
</P>
<P>(b) The complaint shall state—
</P>
<P>(1) The allegations of liability against the defendant, including the statutory basis for liability, an identification of the claims or statements that are the basis for the alleged liability, and the reasons why liability allegedly arises from such claims or statements;
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum amount of penalties and assessments for which the defendant may be held liable;
</P>
<P>(3) Instructions for filing an answer to request a hearing, including a specific statement of the defendant's right to request a hearing by filing an answer and to be represented by an attorney;
</P>
<P>(4) That the defendant has a right to review and obtain certain information pursuant to Section 16.20 herein; and
</P>
<P>(5) That failure to file an answer within 30 days of service of the complaint will result in the imposition of the maximum amount of penalties and assessments without right to appeal.
</P>
<P>(c) At the same time the reviewing official serves the complaint on the defendant(s), he or she shall serve the defendant with a copy of these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.8   Service of complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Service of a complaint must be made by a certified or registered mail or by delivery in any manner authorized by Rule 4(d) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
</P>
<P>(b) Proof of service, stating the name and address of the person on whom the complaint was served, and the manner and date of service, may be made by—
</P>
<P>(1) Affidavit of the individual making service;
</P>
<P>(2) An acknowledged United States Postal Service return receipt card; or
</P>
<P>(3) Written acknowledgement of the defendant or his representative.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.9" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.9   Answer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The defendant may request a hearing by filing an answer with the reviewing official within 30 days of service of the complaint. An answer shall be deemed to be a request for hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) In the answer, the defendant—
</P>
<P>(1) Shall admit or deny each of the allegations of liability made in the complaint;
</P>
<P>(2) Shall state any defense on which the defendant intends to rely;
</P>
<P>(3) May state any reasons why the defendant contends that the penalties and assessments should be less than the statutory maximum; and
</P>
<P>(4) Shall state whether the defendant has authorized an attorney to act as defendant's representative, and shall state the name, address, and telephone number of the representative.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.10" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.10   Default upon failure to file an answer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the defendant does not file an answer within the time prescribed in § 16.9(a), the reviewing official may refer the complaint to the ALJ for initial decision.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon the referral of the complaint, the ALJ shall promptly serve on defendant in the manner prescribed in § 16.8, a notice that an initial decision will be issued under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) If the defendant fails to file a timely answer, the ALJ shall assume the facts alleged in the complaint to be true and, if such facts eatablish liability under § 16.3, the ALJ shall issue an initial decision imposing the maximum amount of penalties and assessments allowed under the statute.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as otherwise provided in this section, by failing to file a timely answer, the defendant waives any right to further review of the penalties and assessments imposed under paragraph (c) of this section, and the initial decision shall become final and binding upon the parties 30 days after it is issued.
</P>
<P>(e) If, before such an initial decision becomes final, the defendant files a motion with the ALJ, and serves a copy on the agency, seeking to reopen on the grounds that extraordinary circumstances prevented the defendant from filing a timely answer, the initial decision shall be stayed pending the ALJ's decision on the motion. The ALJ shall permit the agency a reasonable amount of time, not less than 15 calendar days, to respond to the defendant's motion.
</P>
<P>(f) If, on such motion, the defendant can demonstrate extraordinary circumstances excusing the failure to file a timely answer, the ALJ shall withdraw the initial decision, if such a decision has been issued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, and shall grant the defendant an opportunity to answer the complaint.
</P>
<P>(g) A decision of the ALJ denying a defendant's motion under paragraph (e) of this section is not subject to reconsideration under § 16.38.
</P>
<P>(h) The defendant may appeal to the authority head the decision denying a motion to reopen by filing a notice of appeal with the authority head within 15 days after the ALJ denies the motion. The timely filing of a notice of appeal shall stay the initial decision until the authority head decides the issue.
</P>
<P>(i) If the defendant files a timely notice of appeal with the authority head, the ALJ shall forward the record of the proceeding to the authority head.
</P>
<P>(j) The authority head shall decide expeditiously, and based solely on the record before the ALJ, whether extraordinary circumstances excuse the defendant's failure to file a timely answer.
</P>
<P>(k) If the authority head decides that extraordinary circumstances excuse the defendant's failure to file a timely answer, the authority head shall remand the case to the ALJ with instructions to grant the defendant an opportunity to file an answer.
</P>
<P>(l) If the authority head decides that the defendant's failure to file a timely answer is not excused, the authority head shall reinstate the initial decision of the ALJ, which shall become final and binding upon the parties 30 days after the authority head issues such decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.11   Referral of complaint and answer to the ALJ.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of an answer, the reviewing official shall file the complaint and answer with the ALJ.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.12" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.12   Notice of hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the ALJ receives the complaint and answer, the ALJ shall promptly serve a notice of hearing upon the defendant and the agency representative in the manner prescribed by § 16.8.
</P>
<P>(b) Such notice shall include—
</P>
<P>(1) The tentative time and place, and the nature of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(2) The legal authority and jurisdiction under which the hearing is to be held;
</P>
<P>(3) The matters of fact and law to be asserted;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the procedures for the conduct of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(5) The names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the representatives of the Government and of the defendant, if any; and
</P>
<P>(6) Such other matters as the ALJ deems appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.13" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.13   Parties to the hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The parties to the hearing shall be the defendant and the authority.
</P>
<P>(b) Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3730(c)(5), a private plaintiff under the False Claims Act may participate in these proceedings to the extent authorized by the provisions of that Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.14" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.14   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The investigating official, the reviewing official, and any employee or agent of the authority who takes part in investigating, preparing, or presenting a particular case may not, in such case or a factually related case—
</P>
<P>(1) Participate in the hearing as the ALJ;
</P>
<P>(2) Participate or advise in the initial decision or the review of the initial decision by the authority head, except as a witness or a representative in public proceedings; or
</P>
<P>(3) Make the collection of penalties and assessments under 31 U.S.C. 3806.
</P>
<P>(b) The ALJ shall not be responsible to, or subject to the supervision or direction of the investigating official or the reviewing official.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, the representative for the Government may be an attorney employed anywhere in the Legal Division of the Department, or an attorney employed in the offices of either the investigating official or the reviewing official; however the representative of the Government may not participate or advise in the review of the initial decision by the authority head.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.15" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.15   Ex parte contacts.</HEAD>
<P>No party or person (except employees of the ALJ's office) shall communicate in any way with the ALJ on any matter at issue in a case, unless on notice and opportunity for all parties to participate. This provision does not prohibit a person or party from inquiring about the status of a case or asking routine questions concerning administrative functions or procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.16" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.16   Disqualification of reviewing official or ALJ.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A reviewing official or ALJ in a particular case may disqualify himself or herself at any time.
</P>
<P>(b) A party may file with the ALJ a motion for disqualification of a reviewing official or an ALJ. Such motion shall be accompanied by an affidavit alleging personal bias or other reason for disqualification.
</P>
<P>(c) Such motion and affidavit shall be filed promptly upon the party's discovery of reasons requiring disqualification, or such objections shall be deemed waived.
</P>
<P>(d) Such affidavit shall state specific facts that support the party's assertion that personal bias or other reason for disqualification exists and the time and circumstances of the party's discovery of such facts. It shall be accompanied by a certificate of the representative of record that it is made in good faith.
</P>
<P>(e) Upon the filing of such a motion and affidavit, the ALJ shall proceed no further in the case until he or she resolves the matter of disqualification in accordance with paragrpah (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) If the ALJ determines that a reviewing official is disqualified, the ALJ shall dismiss the complaint without prejudice.
</P>
<P>(2) If the ALJ disqualifies himself or herself, the agency shall seek to have the case promptly reassigned to another ALJ.
</P>
<P>(3) If the ALJ denies a motion to disqualify, the authority head may determine the matter only as part of his or her review of the initial decision upon appeal, if any.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.17" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.17   Rights of parties.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise limited by this part, all parties may—
</P>
<P>(a) Be accompanied, represented, and advised by an attorney;
</P>
<P>(b) Participate in any conference held by the ALJ;
</P>
<P>(c) Conduct discovery;
</P>
<P>(d) Agree to stipulations of fact or law, which shall be made part of the record;
</P>
<P>(e) Present evidence relevant to the issues at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(f) Present and cross-examine witnesses;
</P>
<P>(g) Present oral arguments at the hearing as permitted by the ALJ; and
</P>
<P>(h) Submit written beliefs and proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law after the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.18" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.18   Authority of the ALJ.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ shall conduct a fair and impartial hearing, avoid delay, maintain order, and assure that a record of the proceeding is made.
</P>
<P>(b) The ALJ has the authority to—
</P>
<P>(1) Set and change the date, time, and place of the hearing upon reasonable notice to the parties;
</P>
<P>(2) Continue or recess the hearing in whole or in part for a reasonable period of time;
</P>
<P>(3) Hold conferences to identify or simplify the issues, or to consider other matters that may aid in the expeditious disposition of the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(4) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(5) Issue subpoenas requiring the attendance of witnesses and the production of documents at depositions or at hearings;
</P>
<P>(6) Rule on motions and other procedural matters;
</P>
<P>(7) Regulate the scope and timing of discovery;
</P>
<P>(8) Regulate the course of the hearing and the conduct of representatives and parties;
</P>
<P>(9) Examine witnesses;
</P>
<P>(10) Receive, rule on, exclude, or limit evidence;
</P>
<P>(11) Upon motion of a party, take official notice of facts;
</P>
<P>(12) Upon motion of a party, decide cases, in whole or in part, by summary judgment where there is no disputed issue of material fact;
</P>
<P>(13) Conduct any conference, argument, or hearing on motions in person or by telephone; and
</P>
<P>(14) Exercise such other authority as is necessary to carry out the responsibilities of the ALJ under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The ALJ does not have the authority to make any determinations regarding the validity of Federal statutes or regulations, or Departmental orders, Directives, or other published rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.19" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.19   Prehearing conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ may schedule prehearing conferences as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon the motion of any party, the ALJ shall schedule at least one prehearing conference at a reasonable time in advance of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) The ALJ may use prehearing conferences to discuss the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Simplification of the issues;
</P>
<P>(2) The necessity or desirability of amendments to the pleadings, including the need for a more definite statement;
</P>
<P>(3) Stipulations, admissions of fact or the content and authenticity of documents;
</P>
<P>(4) Whether the parties can agree to submission of the case on a stipulated record;
</P>
<P>(5) Whether a party chooses to waive appearance at an oral hearing and to submit only documentary evidence (subject to the objection of other parties) and written argument;
</P>
<P>(6) Limitation of the number of witnesses;
</P>
<P>(7) Scheduling dates for the exchange of witness lists and of proposed exhibits;
</P>
<P>(8) Discovery;
</P>
<P>(9) The time and place for the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(10) Such other matters as may tend to expedite the fair and just disposition of the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(d) The ALJ may issue an order containing all matters agreed upon by the parties or ordered by the ALJ at a prehearing conference.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.20" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.20   Disclosure of documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon written request to the reviewing official, the defendant may review any relevant and material documents, transcripts, records, and other material that relate to the allegations set out in the complaint and upon which the findings and conclusions of the investigating official under § 16.4(b) are based unless such documents are subject to a privilege under Federal law. The Department shall schedule such review at a time and place convenient to it. Upon payment of fees for duplication, the defendant may obtain copies of such documents.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon written request to the reviewing official, the defendant also may obtian a copy of all exculpatory information in the possession of the reviewing official or investigating official relating to the allegations in the complaint, even if it is contained in a document that would otherwise be privileged. If the document would otherwise be privileged, only that portion containing exculpatory information must be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(c) The notice sent to the Attorney General from the reviewing official as described in § 16.5 is not discoverable under any circumstances.
</P>
<P>(d) The defendant may file a motion to compel disclosure of the documents subject to the provisions of this section. Such a motion may only be filed with the ALJ following the filing of an answer pursuant to § 16.9.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.21" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.21   Discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following types of discovery are authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) Requests for production of documents for inspection and copying;
</P>
<P>(2) Requests for admissions of the authenticity of any relevant document or of the truth of any relevant fact;
</P>
<P>(3) Written interrogatories; and
</P>
<P>(4) Depositions.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section and §§ 16.22 and 16.23, the term “documents” includes information, documents, reports, answers, records, accounts, papers, and other data, either paper or electronic, and other documentary evidence. Nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to require the creation of a document.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless mutually agreed to by the parties, discovery is available only as ordered by the ALJ. The ALJ shall regulate the timing of discovery.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motions for discovery.</I> (1) A party seeking discovery may file a motion with the ALJ if it is not made available by another party on an informal basis. Such a motion shall be accompanied by a copy of the requested discovery, or in the case of depositions, a summary of the scope of the proposed deposition, and a description of the efforts which have been made by the party to obtain discovery.
</P>
<P>(2) Within ten days of service, a party may file an opposition to the motion and/or a motion for protective order as provided in § 16.24.
</P>
<P>(3) The ALJ may grant a motion for discovery only if he or she finds that the discovery sought—
</P>
<P>(i) Is necessary for the expeditious, fair, and reasonable consideration of the issues;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not unduly costly or burdensome;
</P>
<P>(iii) Will not unduly delay the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Does not seek privileged information.
</P>
<P>(4) The burden of showing that discovery should be allowed is on the party seeking discovery.
</P>
<P>(5) The ALJ may grant discovery subject to a protective order under § 16.24.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Depositions.</I> (1) If a motion for deposition is granted, the ALJ shall issue a subpoena for the deponent, which may require the deponent to produce documents. The subpoena shall specify the time and place at which the deposition will be held.
</P>
<P>(2) The party seeking to depose shall serve the subpoena in the manner prescribed in § 16.8.
</P>
<P>(3) The deponent may file with the ALJ a motion to quash the subpoena or a motion for a protective order within ten days of service.
</P>
<P>(4) The party seeking to depose shall provide for the taking of a verbatim transcript of the deposition, which it shall make available to all other parties for inspection and copying.
</P>
<P>(f) Each party shall bear its own costs of discovery.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.22" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.22   Exchange of witness lists, statements, and exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At least 15 days before the hearing or at such other time as may be ordered by the ALJ, the parties shall exchange witness lists, copies of prior statements of proposed witnesses, and copies of proposed hearing exhibits, including copies of any written statements that the party intends to offer in lieu of live testimony in accordance with § 16.33(b). At the time the above documents are exchanged, any party that intends to rely on the transcript of deposition testimony in lieu of live testimony at the hearing, if permitted by the ALJ, shall provide each party with a copy of the specific pages of the transcript it intends to introduce into evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) If a party objects, the ALJ shall not admit into evidence the testimony of any witness whose name does not appear on the witness list or any exhibit not provided to the opposing party as provided above unless the ALJ finds good cause and that there is no prejudice to the objecting party.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless another party objects within the time set by the ALJ, documents exchanged in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, shall be deemed to be authentic for the purpose of admissibility at the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.23" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.23   Subpoenas for attendance at hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party wishing to procure the appearance and testimony of any individual at the hearing may request that the ALJ issue a subpoena.
</P>
<P>(b) A subpoena requiring the attendance and testimony of an individual may also require the individual to produce documents at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) A party seeking a subpoena shall file a written request therefor not less than 15 days before the date fixed for the hearing unless otherwise allowed by the ALJ for good cause shown. Such request shall specify any documents to be produced and shall designate the witnesses and describe the address and location thereof with sufficient particularity to permit such witnesses to be found.
</P>
<P>(d) The subpoena shall specify the time and place at which the witness is to appear and any documents the witness is to bring with him or her.
</P>
<P>(e) The party seeking the subpoena shall serve it in the manner prescribed in § 16.8. A subpoena on a party or upon an individual under the control of a party may be served by first class mail.
</P>
<P>(f) A party or the individual to whom the subpoena is directed may file with the ALJ a motion to quash the subpoena within ten days after service or on or before the time specified in the subpoena for compliance if it is less than ten days after service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.24" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.24   Protective order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party or a prospective witness or deponent may file a motion for a protective order with respect to discovery sought by an opposing party or with respect to the hearing, seeking to limit the availability or disclosure of evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) In issuing a protective order, the ALJ may make any order which justice requires to protect a party or person from annoyance, embarrassment, oppression, or undue burden or expense, including one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) That the discovery not be had;
</P>
<P>(2) That the discovery may be had only on specified terms and conditions, including a designation of the time or place;
</P>
<P>(3) That the discovery may be had only through a method of discovery other than that requested;
</P>
<P>(4) That certain matters not be inquired into, or that the scope of discovery be limited to certain matters;
</P>
<P>(5) That discovery be conducted with no one present except persons designated by the ALJ;
</P>
<P>(6) That the contents of discovery or evidence be sealed;
</P>
<P>(7) That a deposition after being sealed be opened only by order of the ALJ;
</P>
<P>(8) That a trade secret or other confidential research, development, commercial information, or facts pertaining to any criminal investigation, proceeding, or other administrative investigation not be disclosed or be disclosed only in a designated way; or
</P>
<P>(9) That the parties simultaneously file specified documents or information enclosed in sealed envelopes to be opened as directed by the ALJ.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.25" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.25   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>The party requesting a subpoena shall pay the cost of the fees and mileage of any witness subpoenaed in the amounts that would be payable to a witness in a proceeding in United States District Court. A check for witness fees and mileage shall accompany the subpoena when served, except that when a subpoena is issued on behalf of the authority, a check for witness fees and mileage need not accompany the subpoena.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.26" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.26   Form, filing and service of papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form.</I> (1) Documents filed with the ALJ shall include an original and two copies.
</P>
<P>(2) Every pleading and paper filed in the proceeding shall contain a caption setting forth the title of the action, the case number assigned by the ALJ, and a designation of the paper (e.g., motion to quash subpoena).
</P>
<P>(3) Every pleading and paper shall be signed by, and shall contain the address and telephone number of the party or the person on whose behalf the paper was filed, or his or her representative.
</P>
<P>(4) Papers are considered filed when they are mailed. Date of mailing may be etablished by a certificate from the party or its representative or by proof that the document was sent by certified or registered mail.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service.</I> A party filing a document with the ALJ shall, at the time of filing, serve a copy of such document on every other party. Service upon any party of any document other than the complaint or notice of hearing shall be made by delivering or mailing a copy to the party's last known address. When a party is represented by an attorney, service shall be made upon such representative in lieu of the actual party.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Proof of service.</I> A certificate of the individual serving the document by personal delivery or by mail, setting forth the manner of service, shall be proof of service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.27" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.27   Computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In computing any period of time under this part or in an order issued thereunder, the time begins with the day following the act, event, or default, and includes the last day of the period, unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday observed by the Federal Government, in which event it includes the next business day.
</P>
<P>(b) When the period of time allowed is less than seven days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays observed by the Federal Government shall be excluded from the computation. When the period of time allowed is more than seven days, all intervening calendar days are included in the computation.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a document has been served or issued by mail, an additional five days will be added to the time permitted for any response.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.28" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.28   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any application to the ALJ for an order or ruling shall be by motion. Motions shall state the relief sought, the authority relied upon, and the facts alleged, and shall be filed with the ALJ and served on all other parties.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for motions made during a prehearing conference or at the hearing, all motions shall be in writing. The ALJ may require that oral motions be reduced to writing.
</P>
<P>(c) Within 15 days after a written motion is served, or such other time as may be fixed by the ALJ, any party may file a response to such motion.
</P>
<P>(d) The ALJ may not grant a written motion before the time for filing responses thereto has expired, except upon consent of the parties or following a hearing on the motion, but may overrule or deny such motion without awaiting a response.
</P>
<P>(e) The ALJ shall make a reasonable effort to dispose of all outstanding motions prior to the beginning of the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.29" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.29   Sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ may sanction a person, including any party or representative for—
</P>
<P>(1) Failing to comply with an order, rule, or procedure governing the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) Failing to prosecute or defend an action; or
</P>
<P>(3) Engaging in other misconduct that interferes with the speedy, orderly, or fair conduct of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) Any such sanction, including but not limited to those listed in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section, shall reasonably relate to the nature of the failure or misconduct.
</P>
<P>(c) When a party fails to comply with an order, including an order for taking a deposition, the production of evidence within the party's control, or a request for admission, the ALJ may—
</P>
<P>(1) Draw an inference in favor of the requesting party with regard to the information sought;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of requests for admission, deem each matter of which an admission is requested to be admitted;
</P>
<P>(3) Prohibit the party failing to comply with such order from introducing evidence concerning, or otherwise relying upon testimony relating to the information sought; and
</P>
<P>(4) Strike any part of the pleadings or other submissions of the party failing to comply with such request.
</P>
<P>(d) If a party fails to prosecute or defend an action under this part commenced by service of a notice of hearing, the ALJ may dismiss the action or may issue an initial decision imposing penalties and assessments.
</P>
<P>(e) The ALJ may refuse to consider any motion, request, response, brief or other document which is not filed in a timely fashion.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.30" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.30   The hearing and burden of proof.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ shall conduct a hearing on the record in order to determine whether the defendant is liable for a civil penalty or assessment under § 16.3 and, if so, the appropriate amount of any such civil penalty or assessment considering any aggravating or mitigating factors.
</P>
<P>(b) The authority shall have the burden of proving defendant's liability and any aggravating factors by a preponderance of the evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) The defendant shall have the burden of proving any affirmative defenses and any mitigating factors by a preponderance of the evidence.
</P>
<P>(d) The hearing shall be open to the public unless otherwise ordered by the ALJ for good cause shown.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.31" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.31   Determining the amount of penalties and assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In determining an appropriate amount of civil penalties and assessements, the ALJ and upon appeal, the authority head, should evaluate any circumstances that mitigate or aggravate the violation and should articulate in their opinions the reasons that support the penalties and assessments they impose. Because of the intangible costs of fraud, the expense of investigating such conduct, and the need to deter others who might be similarly tempted, double damages and a significant civil penalty ordinarily should be imposed.
</P>
<P>(b) Although not exhaustive, the following factors are among those that may influence the ALJ and the authority head in determining the amount of penalties and assessments to impose with respect to the misconduct (<I>i.e.</I>, the false, fictitious, or fraudulent claims or statements) charged in the complaint:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of false, fictitious, or fraudulent claims or statements;
</P>
<P>(2) The time period over which such claims or statements were made;
</P>
<P>(3) The degree of the defendant's culpability with respect to the misconduct;
</P>
<P>(4) The amount of money or the value of the property, services, or benefit falsely claimed;
</P>
<P>(5) The value of the Government's actual loss as a result of the misconduct, including foreseeable consequential damages and the costs of investigation;
</P>
<P>(6) The relationship of the amount imposed as civil penalties to the amount of the Government's loss;
</P>
<P>(7) The potential or actual impact of the misconduct upon national defense, public health or safety, or public confidence in the management of Government programs and operations;
</P>
<P>(8) Whether the defendant has engaged in a pattern of the same or similar misconduct;
</P>
<P>(9) Whether the defendant attempted to conceal the misconduct;
</P>
<P>(10) The degree to which the defendant has involved others in the misconduct or in concealing it;
</P>
<P>(11) Where the misconduct of employees or agents is imputed to the defendant, the extent to which the defendant's practices fostered or attempted to preclude such misconduct;
</P>
<P>(12) Whether the defendant cooperated in or obstructed an investigation of the misconduct;
</P>
<P>(13) Whether the defendant assisted in identifying and prosecuting other wrongdoers;
</P>
<P>(14) The complexity of the program or transaction, and the degree of the defendant's sophistication with respect to it, including the extent of the defendant's prior participation in the program or in similar transactions;
</P>
<P>(15) Whether the defendant has been found, in any criminal, civil, or administrative proceeding to have engaged in similar misconduct or to have dealt dishonestly with the Government of the United States or of a State, directly or indirectly; and
</P>
<P>(16) The need to deter the defendant and others from engaging in the same or similar misconduct.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the ALJ or the authority head from considering any other factors that in any given case may mitigate or aggravate the offense for which penalties and assessments are imposed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.32" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.32   Location of hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hearing may be held—
</P>
<P>(1) In any judicial district of the United States in which the defendant resides or transacts business;
</P>
<P>(2) In any judicial district of the United States in which the claim or statement in issue was made; or
</P>
<P>(3) In such other place as may be agreed upon by the defendant and the ALJ.
</P>
<P>(b) Each party shall have the opportunity to present argument with respect to the location of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) The hearing shall be held at the place and at the time ordered by the ALJ.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.33" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.33   Witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, testimony at the hearing shall be given orally by witnesses under oath or affirmation.
</P>
<P>(b) At the discretion of the ALJ, testimony may be admitted in the form of a written statement or deposition. Any such written statement must be provided to all other parties along with the last known address of such witness, in a manner which allows sufficient time for other parties to subpoena such witness for cross-examination at the hearing. Prior written statements of witnesses proposed to testify at the hearing and deposition transcripts shall be exchanged as provided in § 16.22(a).
</P>
<P>(c) The ALJ shall exercise reasonable control over the mode and order of interrogating witnesses and presenting evidence so as to—
</P>
<P>(1) Make the interrogation and presentation effective for the ascertainment of the truth,
</P>
<P>(2) Avoid needless consumption of time, and
</P>
<P>(3) Protect witnesses from harassment or undue embarrassment.
</P>
<P>(d) The ALJ shall permit the parties to conduct such cross examination as may be required for a full and true disclosure of the facts.
</P>
<P>(e) At the discretion of the ALJ, a witness may be cross-examined on matters relevant to the proceeding without regard to the scope of his or her direct examination. To the extent permited by the ALJ, cross-examination on matters outside the scope of direct examination shall be conducted in the manner of direct examination and may proceed by leading questions only if the witness is a hostile witness, an adverse party, or a witness identified with an adverse party.
</P>
<P>(f) Upon motion of any party, the ALJ shall order witnesses excluded so that they cannot hear the testimony of other witnesses. This rule does not authorize exclusion of—
</P>
<P>(1) A party who is an individual;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a party that is not an individual, an officer or employee of the party designated by the party's representative; or
</P>
<P>(3) An individual whose presence is shown by a party to be essential to the presentation of its case, including an individual employed by the Government engaged in assisting the representative for the Government.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.34" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.34   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ shall determine the admissibility of evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided herein, the ALJ shall not be bound by the Federal Rules of Evidence. However, the ALJ may apply the Federal Rules of Evidence where appropriate, e.g., to exclude unreliable evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) The ALJ shall exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or incompetent evidence.
</P>
<P>(d) Although relevant, evidence may be excluded if its probative value is substantially outweighed by the danger of unfair prejudice, confusion of the issues, or by considerations of undue delay or needless presentation of cumulative evidence.
</P>
<P>(e) Although relevant, evidence may be excluded if it is privileged under Federal law.
</P>
<P>(f) Evidence concerning offers of compromise or settlement shall be inadmissible to the extent provided in Rule 408 of the Federal Rules of Evidence.
</P>
<P>(g) The ALJ shall permit the parties to introduce rebuttal witnesses and evidence.
</P>
<P>(h) All documents and other evidence offered or taken for the record shall be open to examination by all parties, unless otherwise ordered by the ALJ pursuant to § 16.24.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.35" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.35   The record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hearing will be recorded and transcribed. Transcripts may be obtained following the hearing from the ALJ at a cost not to exceed the actual cost of duplication.
</P>
<P>(b) The transcript of testimony, exhibits and other evidence admitted at the hearing, and all papers and requests filed in the proceeding constitute the record for the decision by the ALJ and the authority head.
</P>
<P>(c) The record may be inspected and copied (upon payment of a reasonable fee) by anyone, unless otherwise ordered by the ALJ pursuant to § 16.24.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.36" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.36   Post-hearing briefs.</HEAD>
<P>The ALJ may require the parties to file post-hearing briefs. The ALJ shall fix the time for filing such briefs, not to exceed 60 days from the date the parties receive the transcript of the hearing or, if applicable, the stipulated record. Such briefs may be accompanied by proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law. The ALJ may permit the parties to file reply briefs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.37" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.37   Initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ shall issue an initial decision, based solely on the record, which shall contain findings of fact, conclusion of law, and the amount of any penalties and assessments imposed.
</P>
<P>(b) The findings of fact shall include a finding on each of the following issues:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the claims or statements identified in the complaint, or any portions thereof, violate § 16.3;
</P>
<P>(2) If the person is liable for penalties of assessments, the appropriate amount of any such penalties or assessments considering any mitigating or aggravating factors that he or she finds in the case, such as those described in § 16.31.
</P>
<P>(c) The ALJ shall promptly serve the initial decision on all parties within 90 days after the time for submission of post-hearing briefs and reply briefs (if permitted) has expired. The ALJ shall at the same time serve all defendants with a statement describing the right of any defendant determined to be liable for a civil penalty or assessment to file a motion for reconsideration with the ALJ or a notice of appeal with the authority head. If the ALJ fails to meet the deadline contained in this paragraph, he or she shall notify the parties of the reason for the delay and shall set a new deadline.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless the initial decision of the ALJ is timely appealed to the authority head, or a motion for reconsideration of the initial decision is timely filed, the initial decision shall constitute the final decision of the authority head and shall be final and binding on the parties 30 days after it is issued by the ALJ.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.38" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.38   Reconsideration of initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, any party may file a motion for reconsideration of the initial decision within 20 days of receipt of the initial decision. If service was made by mail, receipt will be presumed to be five days from the date of mailing in the absence of contrary proof.
</P>
<P>(b) Every such motion must set forth the matters claimed to have been erroneously decided and the nature of the alleged errors. Such motion shall be accompanied by a supporting brief.
</P>
<P>(c) Responses to such motions shall be allowed only upon request of the ALJ.
</P>
<P>(d) No party may file a motion for reconsideration of an initial decision that has been revised in response to a previous motion for reconsideration.
</P>
<P>(e) The ALJ may dispose of a motion for reconsideration by denying it or by issuing a revised initial decision.
</P>
<P>(f) When a motion for reconsideration is made, the time periods for appeal to the authority head contained in § 16.38, and for finality of the initial decision in § 16.36(d), shall begin on the date the ALJ issues the denial of the motion for reconsideration or a revised initial decision, as appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.39" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.39   Appeal to authority head.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any defendant who has filed a timely answer and who is determined in an initial decision to be liable for a civil penalty or assessment may appeal such decision to the authority head by filing a notice of appeal with the authority head in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) No notice of appeal may be filed until the time period for filing a motion for reconsideration under § 16.38 has expired.
</P>
<P>(2) If a motion for reconsideration is timely filed, a notice of appeal must be filed within 30 days after the ALJ denies the motion or issues a revised initial decision, whichever applies.
</P>
<P>(3) If no motion for reconsideration is timely filed, a notice of appeal must be filed within 30 days after the ALJ issues the initial decision.
</P>
<P>(4) The authority head may extend the initial 30 days period for an additional 30 days if the defendant files with the authority head a request for extension within the initial 30 days period and shows good cause.
</P>
<P>(c) If the defendant files a timely notice of appeal with the authority head, the ALJ shall forward the notice of appeal and record of the proceeding to the authority head.
</P>
<P>(d) A notice of appeal shall be accompanied by a written brief specifying exceptions to the initial decision and reasons supporting the exceptions.
</P>
<P>(e) The representative for the agency may file a brief in opposition to exceptions within 30 days of receiving the notice of appeal and accompanying brief.
</P>
<P>(f) There is no right to appear personally before the authority head.
</P>
<P>(g) There is right to appeal any interlocutory ruling by the ALJ.
</P>
<P>(h) In reviewing the initial decision, the authority head shall not consider any objection that was not raised before the ALJ unless a demonstration is made of extraordinary circumstances causing the failure to raise the objection.
</P>
<P>(i) If any party demonstrates to the satisfaction of the authority head, prior to the issuance of the authority head's decision that additional evidence not presented at such hearing is material and that there were reasonable grounds for the failure to present such evidence at the hearing, the authority head shall remand the matter to the ALJ for consideration of such additional evidence.
</P>
<P>(j) The authority head may affirm, reduce, reverse, compromise, remand, or settle any penalty or assessment, determined by the ALJ in any initial decision.
</P>
<P>(k) The authority head shall promptly serve each party to the appeal to the ALJ with a copy of the decision of the authority head. At the same time the authority head shall serve the defendant with a statement describing the defendant's right to seek judicial review.
</P>
<P>(l) Unless a petition for judicial review is filed as provided in 31 U.S.C. 3805 after a defendant has exhausted all administrative remedies under this part and within 60 days after the date on which the authority head serves the defendant with a copy of the authority head's decision, a determination that a defendant is liable under § 16.3 is final and is not subject to judicial review.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.40" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.40   Stays ordered by the Department of Justice.</HEAD>
<P>If at any time the Attorney General or an Assistant Attorney General designated by the Attorney General transmits to the authority head a written finding that continuation of the administrative process described in this part with respect to a claim or statement may adversely affect any pending or potential criminal or civil action related to such claim or statement, the authority head shall stay the process immediately. In such a case, the authority head may order the process resumed only upon receipt of the written authorization of the Attorney General.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.41" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.41   Stay pending appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An initial decision is stayed automatically pending disposition of a motion for reconsideration or of an appeal to the authority head.
</P>
<P>(b) No administrative stay is available following a final decision of the authority head.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.42" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.42   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Section 3805 of title 31, United States Code, authorizes judicial review by an appropriate United States District Court of a final decision of the authority head imposing penalties or assessments under this part and specifies the procedures for such review.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.43" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.43   Collection of civil penalties and assessments.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 3806 and 3808(b) of title 31, United States Code, authorize actions for collection of civil penalties and assessments imposed under this part and specify the procedures for such actions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.44" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.44   Right to administrative offset.</HEAD>
<P>The amount of any penalty or assessment which has become final, or for which a judgment has been entered under § 16.42 or § 16.43, or any amount agreed upon in a compromise or settlement under § 16.46, may be collected by administrative offset under 31 U.S.C. 3716, except that an administrative offset may not be made under this subsection against a refund of an overpayment of Federal taxes, then or later owing by the United States to the defendant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.45" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.45   Deposit in Treasury of United States.</HEAD>
<P>All amounts collected pursuant to this part shall be deposited as miscellaneous receipts in the Treasury of the United States, except as provided in 31 U.S.C. 3806(g).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.46" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.46   Compromise or settlement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Parties may make offers of compromise or settlement at any time.
</P>
<P>(b) The reviewing official has the exclusive authority to compromise or settle a case under this part at any time after the date on which the reviewing official is permitted to issue a complaint and before the date on which the ALJ issues an initial decision.
</P>
<P>(c) The authority head has exclusive authority to compromise or settle a case under this part at any time after the date on which the ALJ issues an initial decision, except during the pendency of any review under § 16.42 or during the pendency of any action to collect penalties and assessments under § 16.43.
</P>
<P>(d) The Attorney General has exclusive authority to compromise or settle a case under this part during the pendency of any review under § 16.42 or of any action to recover penalties and assessments under 31 U.S.C. 3806.
</P>
<P>(e) The investigating official may recommend settlement terms to the reviewing official, the authority head, or the Attorney General, as appropriate. The reviewing official may recommend settlement terms to the authority head, or the Attorney General, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(f) Any compromise or settlement must be in writing and signed by all parties and their representatives.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.47" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.17.0.1.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.47   Limitations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The notice of hearing with respect to a claim or statement must be served in the manner specified in § 16.8 within 6 years after the date on which such claim or statement is made.
</P>
<P>(b) If the defendant fails to file a timely answer, service of a notice under § 16.10(b) shall be deemed a notice of hearing for purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The time limits of this statute of limitations may be extended by agreement of the parties.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="17" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 17—ENFORCEMENT OF NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF HANDICAP IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>29 U.S.C. 794.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 40788, Aug. 16, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 17.101" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.101   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to effectuate section 119 of the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978, which amended section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (“section 504”) to prohibit discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies or the United States Postal Service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.102" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.102   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all programs or activities conducted by the agency, except for programs or activities conducted outside the United States that do not involve individuals with handicaps in the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.103" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.103   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the term—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Agency</I> means the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Assistant Attorney General</I> means the Assistant Attorney General, Civil Rights Division, United States Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Auxiliary aids</I> means services or devices that enable persons with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills to have an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, programs or activities conducted by the agency. For example, auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired vision include readers, Brailled materials, audio recordings and other similar services and devices. Auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired hearing include telephone handset amplifiers, telephones compatible with hearing aids, telecommunications devices for deaf persons (TDD's), interpreters, notetakers, written materials and other similar services and devices.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Complete complaint</I> means a written statement that contains the complainant's name and address, and describes the agency's alleged discriminatory action in sufficient detail to inform the agency of the nature and date of the alleged violation of section 504. It shall be signed by the complainant or by someone authorized to do so on his or her behalf. Complaints filed on behalf of classes of individuals with handicaps shall also identify (where possible) the alleged victims of discrimination.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Facility</I> means all or any portion of a building, structure, equipment, road, walk, parking lot, rolling stock, or other conveyance, or other real or personal property.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Individual with handicaps</I> means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the individual's major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment. As used in this definition, the phrase: (1) <I>Physical or mental impairment</I> includes: (i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: Neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs, cardiovascular; reproductive, digestive; genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or (ii) any mental or psychological disorder such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term <I>physical or mental impairment</I> includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech and hearing impairments, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness, drug addiction and alcoholism.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Major life activities</I> includes functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Has a record of such an impairment</I> means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more of the individual's major life activities.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Is regarded as having an impairment</I> means—
</P>
<P>(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but is treated by the agency as constituting such a limitation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such impairment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in subparagraph (1) of this definition but is treated by the agency as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Qualified individual with handicaps</I> means (1) With respect to an agency program or activity under which a person is required to perform services or to achieve a level of accomplishment, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements and who can achieve the purpose of the program or activity without modifications in the program or activity that the agency can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of the program; and
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any other program or activity, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements for participation in, or receipt of benefits from, that program or activity; and
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of employment, “qualified handicapped person” is defined in 29 CFR 1613.702(f), which is made applicable to this part by § 17.140.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Section 504</I> means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394 (29 U.S.C. 794)), as amended. As used in this part, section 504 applies only to programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies and not to federally assisted programs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 17.104-17.109" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 17.104-17.109   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.110" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.110   Self-evaluation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The agency shall, by two years after the effective date of this part, evaluate its current policies and practices, and the effects thereof, to determine if they meet the requirements of this part. To the extent modification of any such policy and practice is required, the agency shall proceed to make the necessary modifications.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including individuals with handicaps or organizations representing individuals with handicaps, to participate in the self-evaluation process.
</P>
<P>(c) The agency shall, until three years following the completion of the self-evaluation, maintain on file and make available for public inspection:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of areas examined and any problems identified; and
</P>
<P>(2) A description of any modifications made; and
</P>
<P>(3) A list of participants in the self-evaluation process.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.111" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.111   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>The agency shall make available to all Treasury employees, and to all interested persons, as appropriate, information regarding the provisions of this part and its applicability to the programs or activities conducted by the agency, and make such information available to them in such a manner as is necessary to apprise them of the protections against discrimination assured them by section 504 and this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 17.112-17.129" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 17.112-17.129   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.130" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.130   General prohibitions against discrimination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No qualified individual with handicaps in the United States, shall, by reason of his or her handicap, be excluded from the participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The agency, in providing any aid, benefit, or service, may not directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangements, on the basis of handicap—
</P>
<P>(i) Deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service;
</P>
<P>(ii) Afford a qualified individual with handicaps an opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service that is not equal to that afforded others;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide a qualified individual with handicaps with an aid, benefit, or service that is not as effective in affording equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement as that provided to others;
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide different or separate aid, benefits or services to individuals with handicaps or to any class of individuals with handicaps than is provided to others unless such action is necessary to provide qualified individuals with handicaps with aid, benefits or services that are as effective as those provided to others;
</P>
<P>(v) Deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate as a member of planning or advisory boards; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Otherwise limit a qualified individual with handicaps in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity enjoyed by others receiving the aid, benefit, or service.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this part, aids, benefits, and services, to be equally effective, are not required to produce the identical result or level of achievement for individuals with handicaps and for nonhandicapped persons, but must afford individuals with handicaps equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement in the most integrated setting appropriate to the individual's needs.
</P>
<P>(3) Even if the agency is permitted, under paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section, to operate a separate or different program for individuals with handicaps or for any class of individuals with handicaps, the agency must permit any qualified individual with handicaps who wishes to participate in the program that is not separate or different to do so.
</P>
<P>(4) The agency may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, utilize criteria or methods of administration the purpose or effect of which would—
</P>
<P>(i) Subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to individuals with handicaps.
</P>
<P>(5) The agency may not, in determining the site or location of a facility, make selections the purpose or effect of which would—
</P>
<P>(i) Exclude individuals with handicaps from, deny them the benefits of, or otherwise subject them to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair the accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to individuals with handicaps.
</P>
<P>(6) The agency, in the selection of procurement contractors, may not use criteria that subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap.
</P>
<P>(7) The agency may not administer a licensing or certification program in a manner that subjects qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap, nor may the agency establish requirements for the programs or activities of licensees or certified entities that subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap. However, the programs or activities of entities that are licensed or certified by the agency are not, themselves, covered by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The exclusion of nonhandicapped persons from the benefits of a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to individuals with handicaps or the exclusion of a specific class of individuals with handicaps from a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to a different class of individuals with handicaps is not prohibited by this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The agency shall administer programs and activities in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of qualified individuals with handicaps.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 17.131-17.139" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 17.131-17.139   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.140" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.140   Employment.</HEAD>
<P>No qualified individual with handicaps shall, on the basis of handicap, be subjected to discrimination in employment under any program or activity conducted by the Department. The definitions, requirements and procedures of section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791), as established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613, shall apply to employment of federally conducted programs or activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 17.141-17.148" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 17.141-17.148   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.149" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.149   Program accessibility: Discrimination prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in § 17.150, no qualified individual with handicaps shall, because the agency's facilities are inaccessible to or unusable by individuals with handicaps, be denied the benefits of, be excluded from participation in, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.150" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.150   Program accessibility; Existing facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The agency shall operate each program or activity so that the program or activity, when viewed in its entirety, is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. This paragraph does not require the agency—
</P>
<P>(1) To make structural alterations in each of its existing facilities in order to make them accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps where other methods are effective in achieving compliance with this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) To take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with the § 17.150(a) would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that individuals with handicaps receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Methods.</I> The agency may comply with the requirements of this section through such means as redesign of equipment, reassignment of services to accessible buildings, assignment of aides to beneficiaries, home visits, delivery of services at alternate accessible sites, alteration of existing facilities and construction of new facilities, use of accessible rolling stock, or any other methods that result in making its programs or activities readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. The agency, in making alterations to existing buildings, shall meet accessibility requirements to the extent compelled by the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), and any regulations implementing it. In choosing among available methods for meeting the requirements of this section, the agency shall give priority to those methods that offer programs and activities to qualified individuals with handicaps in the most integrated setting appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time period for compliance.</I> The agency shall comply with the obligations established under this section within sixty (60) days of the effective date of this part except that where structural changes in facilities are undertaken, such changes in facilities are undertaken, such changes shall be made within three years of the effective date of this part, but in any event as expeditiously as possible.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Transition plan.</I> In the event that structural changes to facilities will be undertaken to achieve program accessibility, the agency shall develop within six months of the effective date of this part, a transition plan setting forth the steps necessary to complete such changes. The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including individuals with handicaps or organizations representing individuals with handicaps, to participate in the development of the transition plan by submitting comments (both telephonic and written). A copy of the transition plan shall be made available for public inspection. The plan shall at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify physical obstacles in the agency's facilities that limit the physical accessibility of its programs or activities to individuals with handicaps;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe in detail the methods that will be used to make the facilities accessible;
</P>
<P>(3) Specify the schedule for taking the steps necessary to achieve compliance with this section and, if the time period of the transition plan is longer than one year, identify steps that will be taken during each year of the transition period; and
</P>
<P>(4) Indicate the official responsible for implementation of the plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.151" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.151   Program accessibility: New construction and alterations.</HEAD>
<P>Each building or part of a building that is constructed or altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of the agency shall be designed, constructed, or altered so as to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. The definitions, requirements, and standards of the Architectural Barriers Act (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), as established in 41 CFR 101-19.600 through 101-19.607 apply to buildings covered by this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 17.152-17.159" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 17.152-17.159   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.160" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.160   Communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The agency shall take appropriate steps to effectively communicate with applicants, participants, personnel of other Federal entities, and members of the public.
</P>
<P>(1) The agency shall furnish appropriate auxiliary aids where necessary to afford an individual with handicaps an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, a program or activity conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(i) In determining what type of auxiliary aid is necessary, the agency shall give primary consideration to the requests of the individual with handicaps.
</P>
<P>(ii) The agency need not provide individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices of a personal nature to applicants or participants in programs.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the agency communicates with applicants and beneficiaries by telephone, the agency shall use telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's) or equally effective telecommunication systems to communicate with persons with impaired hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall make available to interested persons, including persons with impaired vision or hearing, information as to the existence and location of accessible services, activities, and facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) The agency shall post notices at a primary entrance to each of its inaccessible facilities, directing users to an accessible facility, or to a location at which they can obtain information about accessible facilities. The international symbol for accessibility shall be used at each primary entrance of an accessible facility.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens.
</P>
<P>In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 17.160 would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action required to comply with this section would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that, to the maxium extent possible, individuals with handicaps receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 17.161-17.169" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 17.161-17.169   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.170" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.170   Compliance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this section applies to all allegations of discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs and activities conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall process complaints alleging violations of section 504 with respect to employment according to the procedures established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613 pursuant to section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791).
</P>
<P>(c) All other complaints alleging violations of section 504 may be sent to the Director, Office of Equal Opportunity Program, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220. The Deputy Assistant Secretary for Departmental Finance and Management shall be responsible for coordinating implementation of this section.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Any person who believes that he or she has been subjected to discrimination prohibited by this part may by him or herself or by his or her authorized representative file a complaint. Any person who believes that any specific class of persons has been subjected to discrimination prohibited by this part and who is a member of that class or the authorized representative of a member of that class may file a complaint.
</P>
<P>(2) The agency shall accept and investigate all complete complaints over which it has jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(3) All complete complaints must be filed within 180 days of the alleged act of discrimination. The agency may extend this time period for good cause.
</P>
<P>(e) If the agency receive a complaint over which it does not have jurisdiction, it shall promptly notify the complainant and shall make reasonable efforts to refer the complaint to the appropriate government entity.
</P>
<P>(f) The agency shall notify the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board upon receipt of any complaint alleging that a building or facility that is subject to the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), is not readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Within 180 days of the receipt of a complete complaint over which it has jurisdiction, the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the investigation in a letter containing—
</P>
<P>(i) Findings of fact and conclusions of law;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of a remedy for each violation found; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A notice of the right to appeal.
</P>
<P>(2) Agency employees are required to cooperate in the investigation and attempted resolution of complaints. Employees who are required to participate in any investigation under this section shall do so as part of their official duties and during the course of regular duty hours.
</P>
<P>(3) If a complaint is resolved informally, the terms of the agreement shall be reduced to writing and made part of the complaint file, with a copy of the agreement provided to the complainant. The written agreement shall describe the subject matter of the complaint and any corrective action to which the parties have agreed.
</P>
<P>(h) Appeals of the findings of fact and conclusions of law or remedies must be filed by the complainant within 60 days of receipt from the agency of the letter required by § 17.170(g). The agency may extend this time for good cause.
</P>
<P>(i) Timely appeals shall be accepted and processed by the Director, Human Resources Directorate, or his or her designee, who will issue the final agency decision which may include appropriate corrective action to be taken by the agency.
</P>
<P>(j) The agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the appeal within 30 days of the receipt of the appeal. If the agency determines that it needs additional information from the complainant, it shall have 30 days from the date it received the additional information to make its determination on the appeal.
</P>
<P>(k) The time limits cited in paragraphs (g) and (j) of this section may be extended for an individual case when the Assistant Secretary for Departmental Finance and Management determines that there is good cause, based on the particular circumstances of that case, for the extension.
</P>
<P>(l) The agency may delegate its authority for conducting complaint investigations to other Federal agencies or may contract with a nongovernment investigator to perform the investigation, but the authority for making the final determination may not be delegated to another agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 17.171-17.999" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.18.0.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 17.171-17.999   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="18" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 18—OFFICIALS DESIGNATED TO PERFORM THE FUNCTIONS AND DUTIES OF CERTAIN OFFICES IN CASE OF ABSENCE, DISABILITY, OR VACANCY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 321.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 62112, Nov. 16, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 18.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.19.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 18.1   Designation of First Assistants.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 18.2, every office within the Department of the Treasury (including its bureaus) to which appointment is required to be made by the President with the advice and consent of the Senate (“PAS Office”) may have a First Assistant within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 3345-3349d.
</P>
<P>(a) Where there is a position of principal deputy to the PAS Office, the principal deputy shall be the First Assistant.
</P>
<P>(b) Where there is only one deputy position to the PAS Office, the official in that position shall be the First Assistant.
</P>
<P>(c) Where neither paragraph (a) nor (b) of this section is applicable to the PAS Office, the Secretary of the Treasury may designate in writing the First Assistant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 18.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.19.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 18.2   Exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Section 18.1 shall not apply:
</P>
<P>(1) When a statute which meets the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 3347(a) prescribes another means for authorizing an officer or employee to perform the functions and duties of a PAS Office in the Department temporarily in an acting capacity; and
</P>
<P>(2) To the office of a member of the Internal Revenue Service Oversight Board.
</P>
<P>(b) The Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury shall determine any arrangements for the temporary performance of the functions and duties of the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury when that office is vacant.
</P>
<P>(c) The Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration shall determine any arrangements for the temporary performance of the functions and duties of the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration when that office is vacant.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="19" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 19—GOVERNMENTWIDE DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION (NONPROCUREMENT)
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 2455, Pub. L. 103-355, 108 Stat. 3327 (31 U.S.C. 6101 note); E.O. 11738 (3 CFR, 1973 Comp., p. 799); E.O. 12549 (3 CFR, 1986 Comp., p. 189); E.O. 12689 (3 CFR, 1989 Comp., p. 235). 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 66544, 66605, 66607, Nov. 26, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 19.25" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.0.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.25   How is this part organized?</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part is subdivided into ten subparts. Each subpart contains information related to a broad topic or specific audience with special responsibilities, as shown in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">In subpart . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">You will find provisions related to . . . 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">general information about this rule. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the types of Department of the Treasury transactions that are covered by the Governmentwide nonprocurement suspension and debarment system. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the responsibilities of persons who participate in covered transactions. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the responsibilities of Department of the Treasury officials who are authorized to enter into covered transactions. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the responsibilities of Federal agencies for the <E T="03">Excluded Parties List System</E> (Disseminated by the General Services Administration). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the general principles governing suspension, debarment, voluntary exclusion and settlement. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">suspension actions. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">debarment actions. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">definitions of terms used in this part. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">J</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">[Reserved]</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) The following table shows which subparts may be of special interest to you, depending on who you are: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If you are . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">See subpart(s) . . . 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) a participant or principal in a nonprocurement transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C, and I. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) a respondent in a suspension action</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, F, G and I. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) a respondent in a debarment action</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, F, H and I. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) a suspending official</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, D, E, F, G and I. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) a debarring official</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, D, E, F, H and I. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(6) a (n) Department of the Treasury official authorized to enter into a covered transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, D, E and I. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(7) Reserved</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">J.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.50" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.0.4.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.50   How is this part written?</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part uses a “plain language” format to make it easier for the general public and business community to use. The section headings and text, often in the form of questions and answers, must be read together. 
</P>
<P>(b) Pronouns used within this part, such as “I” and “you,” change from subpart to subpart depending on the audience being addressed. The pronoun “we” always is the Department of the Treasury. 
</P>
<P>(c) The “Covered Transactions” diagram in the appendix to this part shows the levels or “tiers” at which the Department of the Treasury enforces an exclusion under this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.75" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.0.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.75   Do terms in this part have special meanings?</HEAD>
<P>This part uses terms throughout the text that have special meaning. Those terms are defined in subpart I of this part. For example, three important terms are— 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Exclusion or excluded,</I> which refers only to discretionary actions taken by a suspending or debarring official under this part or the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4); 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disqualification or disqualified,</I> which refers to prohibitions under specific statutes, executive orders (other than Executive Order 12549 and Executive Order 12689), or other authorities. Disqualifications frequently are not subject to the discretion of an agency official, may have a different scope than exclusions, or have special conditions that apply to the disqualification; and 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Ineligibility or ineligible,</I> which generally refers to a person who is either excluded or disqualified. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.100" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.100   What does this part do?</HEAD>
<P>This part adopts a governmentwide system of debarment and suspension for Department of the Treasury nonprocurement activities. It also provides for reciprocal exclusion of persons who have been excluded under the Federal Acquisition Regulation, and provides for the consolidated listing of all persons who are excluded, or disqualified by statute, executive order, or other legal authority. This part satisfies the requirements in section 3 of Executive Order 12549, “Debarment and Suspension” (3 CFR 1986 Comp., p. 189), Executive Order 12689, “Debarment and Suspension” (3 CFR 1989 Comp., p. 235) and 31 U.S.C. 6101 note (Section 2455, Public Law 103-355, 108 Stat. 3327). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.105" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1.4.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.105   Does this part apply to me?</HEAD>
<P>Portions of this part (see table at § 19.25(b)) apply to you if you are a(n)— 
</P>
<P>(a) Person who has been, is, or may reasonably be expected to be, a participant or principal in a covered transaction; 
</P>
<P>(b) Respondent (a person against whom the Department of the Treasury has initiated a debarment or suspension action); 
</P>
<P>(c) Department of the Treasury debarring or suspending official; or 
</P>
<P>(d) Department of the Treasury official who is authorized to enter into covered transactions with non-Federal parties. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.110" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.110   What is the purpose of the nonprocurement debarment and suspension system?</HEAD>
<P>(a) To protect the public interest, the Federal Government ensures the integrity of Federal programs by conducting business only with responsible persons. 
</P>
<P>(b) A Federal agency uses the nonprocurement debarment and suspension system to exclude from Federal programs persons who are not presently responsible. 
</P>
<P>(c) An exclusion is a serious action that a Federal agency may take only to protect the public interest. A Federal agency may not exclude a person or commodity for the purposes of punishment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.115" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1.4.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.115   How does an exclusion restrict a person's involvement in covered transactions?</HEAD>
<P>With the exceptions stated in §§ 19.120, 19.315, and 19.420, a person who is excluded by the Department of the Treasury or any other Federal agency may not: 
</P>
<P>(a) Be a participant in a(n) Department of the Treasury transaction that is a covered transaction under subpart B of this part; 
</P>
<P>(b) Be a participant in a transaction of any other Federal agency that is a covered transaction under that agency's regulation for debarment and suspension; or 
</P>
<P>(c) Act as a principal of a person participating in one of those covered transactions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.120" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1.4.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.120   May we grant an exception to let an excluded person participate in a covered transaction?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may grant an exception permitting an excluded person to participate in a particular covered transaction. If the Secretary of the Treasury grants an exception, the exception must be in writing and state the reason(s) for deviating from the governmentwide policy in Executive Order 12549. 
</P>
<P>(b) An exception granted by one agency for an excluded person does not extend to the covered transactions of another agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.125" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1.4.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.125   Does an exclusion under the nonprocurement system affect a person's eligibility for Federal procurement contracts?</HEAD>
<P>If any Federal agency excludes a person under its nonprocurement common rule on or after August 25, 1995, the excluded person is also ineligible to participate in Federal procurement transactions under the FAR. Therefore, an exclusion under this part has reciprocal effect in Federal procurement transactions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.130" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1.4.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.130   Does exclusion under the Federal procurement system affect a person's eligibility to participate in nonprocurement transactions?</HEAD>
<P>If any Federal agency excludes a person under the FAR on or after August 25, 1995, the excluded person is also ineligible to participate in nonprocurement covered transactions under this part. Therefore, an exclusion under the FAR has reciprocal effect in Federal nonprocurement transactions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.135" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1.4.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.135   May the Department of the Treasury exclude a person who is not currently participating in a nonprocurement transaction?</HEAD>
<P>Given a cause that justifies an exclusion under this part, we may exclude any person who has been involved, is currently involved, or may reasonably be expected to be involved in a covered transaction. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.140" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1.4.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.140   How do I know if a person is excluded?</HEAD>
<P>Check the <I>Excluded Parties List System (EPLS)</I> to determine whether a person is excluded. The General Services Administration (GSA) maintains the <I>EPLS</I> and makes it available, as detailed in subpart E of this part. When a Federal agency takes an action to exclude a person under the nonprocurement or procurement debarment and suspension system, the agency enters the information about the excluded person into the <I>EPLS.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.145" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.1.4.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.145   Does this part address persons who are disqualified, as well as those who are excluded from nonprocurement transactions?</HEAD>
<P>Except if provided for in subpart J of this part, this part— 
</P>
<P>(a) Addresses disqualified persons only to— 
</P>
<P>(1) Provide for their inclusion in the <I>EPLS;</I> and 
</P>
<P>(2) State responsibilities of Federal agencies and participants to check for disqualified persons before entering into covered transactions. 
</P>
<P>(b) Does not specify the— 
</P>
<P>(1) Department of the Treasury transactions for which a disqualified person is ineligible. Those transactions vary on a case-by-case basis, because they depend on the language of the specific statute, Executive order, or regulation that caused the disqualification; 
</P>
<P>(2) Entities to which the disqualification applies; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Process that the agency uses to disqualify a person. Unlike exclusion, disqualification is frequently not a discretionary action that a Federal agency takes. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Covered Transactions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.200" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.2.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.200   What is a covered transaction?</HEAD>
<P>A covered transaction is a nonprocurement or procurement transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of this part. It may be a transaction at— 
</P>
<P>(a) The primary tier, between a Federal agency and a person (see appendix to this part); or 
</P>
<P>(b) A lower tier, between a participant in a covered transaction and another person. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.205" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.2.4.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.205   Why is it important if a particular transaction is a covered transaction?</HEAD>
<P>The importance of a covered transaction depends upon who you are. 
</P>
<P>(a) As a participant in the transaction, you have the responsibilities laid out in subpart C of this part. Those include responsibilities to the person or Federal agency at the next higher tier from whom you received the transaction, if any. They also include responsibilities if you subsequently enter into other covered transactions with persons at the next lower tier. 
</P>
<P>(b) As a Federal official who enters into a primary tier transaction, you have the responsibilities laid out in subpart D of this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) As an excluded person, you may not be a participant or principal in the transaction unless— 
</P>
<P>(1) The person who entered into the transaction with you allows you to continue your involvement in a transaction that predates your exclusion, as permitted under § 19.310 or § 19.415; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A(n) Department of the Treasury official obtains an exception from the Secretary of the Treasury to allow you to be involved in the transaction, as permitted under § 19.120. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.210" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.2.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.210   Which nonprocurement transactions are covered transactions?</HEAD>
<P>All nonprocurement transactions, as defined in § 19.970, are covered transactions unless listed in § 19.215. (See appendix to this part.) 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.215" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.2.4.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.215   Which nonprocurement transactions are not covered transactions?</HEAD>
<P>The following types of nonprocurement transactions are not covered transactions: 
</P>
<P>(a) A direct award to— 
</P>
<P>(1) A foreign government or foreign governmental entity; 
</P>
<P>(2) A public international organization; 
</P>
<P>(3) An entity owned (in whole or in part) or controlled by a foreign government; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Any other entity consisting wholly or partially of one or more foreign governments or foreign governmental entities. 
</P>
<P>(b) A benefit to an individual as a personal entitlement without regard to the individual's present responsibility (but benefits received in an individual's business capacity are not excepted). For example, if a person receives social security benefits under the Supplemental Security Income provisions of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. 1301 <I>et seq.,</I> those benefits are not covered transactions and, therefore, are not affected if the person is excluded. 
</P>
<P>(c) Federal employment. 
</P>
<P>(d) A transaction that the Department of the Treasury needs to respond to a national or agency-recognized emergency or disaster. 
</P>
<P>(e) A permit, license, certificate, or similar instrument issued as a means to regulate public health, safety, or the environment, unless the Department of the Treasury specifically designates it to be a covered transaction. 
</P>
<P>(f) An incidental benefit that results from ordinary governmental operations. 
</P>
<P>(g) Any other transaction if the application of an exclusion to the transaction is prohibited by law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.220" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.2.4.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.220   Are any procurement contracts included as covered transactions?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Covered transactions under this part—
</P>
<P>(1) Do not include any procurement contracts awarded directly by a Federal agency; but 
</P>
<P>(2) Do include some procurement contracts awarded by non-Federal participants in nonprocurement covered transactions (see appendix to this part). 
</P>
<P>(b) Specifically, a contract for goods or services is a covered transaction if any of the following applies: 
</P>
<P>(1) The contract is awarded by a participant in a nonprocurement transaction that is covered under § 19.210, and the amount of the contract is expected to equal or exceed $25,000. 
</P>
<P>(2) The contract requires the consent of a(n) Department of the Treasury official. In that case, the contract, regardless of the amount, always is a covered transaction, and it does not matter who awarded it. For example, it could be a subcontract awarded by a contractor at a tier below a nonprocurement transaction, as shown in the appendix to this part. 
</P>
<P>(3) The contract is for federally-required audit services. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.225" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.2.4.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.225   How do I know if a transaction in which I may participate is a covered transaction?</HEAD>
<P>As a participant in a transaction, you will know that it is a covered transaction because the agency regulations governing the transaction, the appropriate agency official, or participant at the next higher tier who enters into the transaction with you, will tell you that you must comply with applicable portions of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Responsibilities of Participants Regarding Transactions</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.4" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Doing Business With Other Persons</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.300" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.300   What must I do before I enter into a covered transaction with another person at the next lower tier?</HEAD>
<P>When you enter into a covered transaction with another person at the next lower tier, you must verify that the person with whom you intend to do business is not excluded or disqualified. You do this by: 
</P>
<P>(a) Checking the <I>EPLS;</I> or 
</P>
<P>(b) Collecting a certification from that person if allowed by this rule; or 
</P>
<P>(c) Adding a clause or condition to the covered transaction with that person. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.305" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.4.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.305   May I enter into a covered transaction with an excluded or disqualified person?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You as a participant may not enter into a covered transaction with an excluded person, unless the Department of the Treasury grants an exception under § 19.120. 
</P>
<P>(b) You may not enter into any transaction with a person who is disqualified from that transaction, unless you have obtained an exception under the disqualifying statute, Executive order, or regulation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.310" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.310   What must I do if a Federal agency excludes a person with whom I am already doing business in a covered transaction?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You as a participant may continue covered transactions with an excluded person if the transactions were in existence when the agency excluded the person. However, you are not required to continue the transactions, and you may consider termination. You should make a decision about whether to terminate and the type of termination action, if any, only after a thorough review to ensure that the action is proper and appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(b) You may not renew or extend covered transactions (other than no-cost time extensions) with any excluded person, unless the Department of the Treasury grants an exception under § 19.120. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.315" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.4.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.315   May I use the services of an excluded person as a principal under a covered transaction?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You as a participant may continue to use the services of an excluded person as a principal under a covered transaction if you were using the services of that person in the transaction before the person was excluded. However, you are not required to continue using that person's services as a principal. You should make a decision about whether to discontinue that person's services only after a thorough review to ensure that the action is proper and appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(b) You may not begin to use the services of an excluded person as a principal under a covered transaction unless the Department of the Treasury grants an exception under § 19.120. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.320" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.4.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.320   Must I verify that principals of my covered transactions are eligible to participate?</HEAD>
<P>Yes, you as a participant are responsible for determining whether any of your principals of your covered transactions is excluded or disqualified from participating in the transaction. You may decide the method and frequency by which you do so. You may, but you are not required to, check the <I>EPLS.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.325" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.4.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.325   What happens if I do business with an excluded person in a covered transaction?</HEAD>
<P>If as a participant you knowingly do business with an excluded person, we may disallow costs, annul or terminate the transaction, issue a stop work order, debar or suspend you, or take other remedies as appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.330" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.4.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.330   What requirements must I pass down to persons at lower tiers with whom I intend to do business?</HEAD>
<P>Before entering into a covered transaction with a participant at the next lower tier, you must require that participant to— 
</P>
<P>(a) Comply with this subpart as a condition of participation in the transaction. You may do so using any method(s), unless § 19.440 requires you to use specific methods. 
</P>
<P>(b) Pass the requirement to comply with this subpart to each person with whom the participant enters into a covered transaction at the next lower tier. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.5" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Disclosing Information—Primary Tier Participants</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.335" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.335   What information must I provide before entering into a covered transaction with the Department of the Treasury?</HEAD>
<P>Before you enter into a covered transaction at the primary tier, you as the participant must notify the Department of the Treasury office that is entering into the transaction with you, if you know that you or any of the principals for that covered transaction:
</P>
<P>(a) Are presently excluded or disqualified; 
</P>
<P>(b) Have been convicted within the preceding three years of any of the offenses listed in § 19.800(a) or had a civil judgment rendered against you for one of those offenses within that time period; 
</P>
<P>(c) Are presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses listed in § 19.800(a); or 
</P>
<P>(d) Have had one or more public transactions (Federal, State, or local) terminated within the preceding three years for cause or default. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.340" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.340   If I disclose unfavorable information required under § 19.335, will I be prevented from participating in the transaction?</HEAD>
<P>As a primary tier participant, your disclosure of unfavorable information about yourself or a principal under § 19.335 will not necessarily cause us to deny your participation in the covered transaction. We will consider the information when we determine whether to enter into the covered transaction. We also will consider any additional information or explanation that you elect to submit with the disclosed information. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.345" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.345   What happens if I fail to disclose information required under § 19.335?</HEAD>
<P>If we later determine that you failed to disclose information under § 19.335 that you knew at the time you entered into the covered transaction, we may— 
</P>
<P>(a) Terminate the transaction for material failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the transaction; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Pursue any other available remedies, including suspension and debarment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.350" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.350   What must I do if I learn of information required under § 19.335 after entering into a covered transaction with the Department of the Treasury?</HEAD>
<P>At any time after you enter into a covered transaction, you must give immediate written notice to the Department of the Treasury office with which you entered into the transaction if you learn either that— 
</P>
<P>(a) You failed to disclose information earlier, as required by § 19.335; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Due to changed circumstances, you or any of the principals for the transaction now meet any of the criteria in § 19.335. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.6" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Disclosing Information—Lower Tier Participants</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.355" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.6.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.355   What information must I provide to a higher tier participant before entering into a covered transaction with that participant?</HEAD>
<P>Before you enter into a covered transaction with a person at the next higher tier, you as a lower tier participant must notify that person if you know that you or any of the principals are presently excluded or disqualified. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.360" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.6.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.360   What happens if I fail to disclose the information required under § 19.355?</HEAD>
<P>If we later determine that you failed to tell the person at the higher tier that you were excluded or disqualified at the time you entered into the covered transaction with that person, we may pursue any available remedies, including suspension and debarment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.365" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.3.6.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.365   What must I do if I learn of information required under § 19.355 after entering into a covered transaction with a higher tier participant?</HEAD>
<P>At any time after you enter into a lower tier covered transaction with a person at a higher tier, you must provide immediate written notice to that person if you learn either that— 
</P>
<P>(a) You failed to disclose information earlier, as required by § 19.355; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Due to changed circumstances, you or any of the principals for the transaction now meet any of the criteria in § 19.355. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Responsibilities of Department of the Treasury Officials Regarding Transactions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.400" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.400   May I enter into a transaction with an excluded or disqualified person?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You as an agency official may not enter into a covered transaction with an excluded person unless you obtain an exception under § 19.120. 
</P>
<P>(b) You may not enter into any transaction with a person who is disqualified from that transaction, unless you obtain a waiver or exception under the statute, Executive order, or regulation that is the basis for the person's disqualification. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.405" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.405   May I enter into a covered transaction with a participant if a principal of the transaction is excluded?</HEAD>
<P>As an agency official, you may not enter into a covered transaction with a participant if you know that a principal of the transaction is excluded, unless you obtain an exception under § 19.120. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.410" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.410   May I approve a participant's use of the services of an excluded person?</HEAD>
<P>After entering into a covered transaction with a participant, you as an agency official may not approve a participant's use of an excluded person as a principal under that transaction, unless you obtain an exception under § 19.120. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.415" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.415   What must I do if a Federal agency excludes the participant or a principal after I enter into a covered transaction?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You as an agency official may continue covered transactions with an excluded person, or under which an excluded person is a principal, if the transactions were in existence when the person was excluded. You are not required to continue the transactions, however, and you may consider termination. You should make a decision about whether to terminate and the type of termination action, if any, only after a thorough review to ensure that the action is proper. 
</P>
<P>(b) You may not renew or extend covered transactions (other than no-cost time extensions) with any excluded person, or under which an excluded person is a principal, unless you obtain an exception under § 19.120. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.420" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.420   May I approve a transaction with an excluded or disqualified person at a lower tier?</HEAD>
<P>If a transaction at a lower tier is subject to your approval, you as an agency official may not approve— 
</P>
<P>(a) A covered transaction with a person who is currently excluded, unless you obtain an exception under § 19.120; or 
</P>
<P>(b) A transaction with a person who is disqualified from that transaction, unless you obtain a waiver or exception under the statute, Executive order, or regulation that is the basis for the person's disqualification. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.425" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.425   When do I check to see if a person is excluded or disqualified?</HEAD>
<P>As an agency official, you must check to see if a person is excluded or disqualified before you— 
</P>
<P>(a) Enter into a primary tier covered transaction; 
</P>
<P>(b) Approve a principal in a primary tier covered transaction; 
</P>
<P>(c) Approve a lower tier participant if agency approval of the lower tier participant is required; or 
</P>
<P>(d) Approve a principal in connection with a lower tier transaction if agency approval of the principal is required. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.430" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.430   How do I check to see if a person is excluded or disqualified?</HEAD>
<P>You check to see if a person is excluded or disqualified in two ways: 
</P>
<P>(a) You as an agency official must check the <I>EPLS</I> when you take any action listed in § 19.425. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must review information that a participant gives you, as required by § 19.335, about its status or the status of the principals of a transaction. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.435" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.435   What must I require of a primary tier participant?</HEAD>
<P>You as an agency official must require each participant in a primary tier covered transaction to— 
</P>
<P>(a) Comply with subpart C of this part as a condition of participation in the transaction; and 
</P>
<P>(b) Communicate the requirement to comply with Subpart C of this part to persons at the next lower tier with whom the primary tier participant enters into covered transactions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.440" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.440   What method do I use to communicate those requirements to participants?</HEAD>
<P>To communicate the requirements, you must include a term or condition in the transaction requiring the participants' compliance with subpart C of this part and requiring them to include a similar term or condition in lower-tier covered transactions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 66607, Nov. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.445" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.445   What action may I take if a primary tier participant knowingly does business with an excluded or disqualified person?</HEAD>
<P>If a participant knowingly does business with an excluded or disqualified person, you as an agency official may refer the matter for suspension and debarment consideration. You may also disallow costs, annul or terminate the transaction, issue a stop work order, or take any other appropriate remedy. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.450" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.450   What action may I take if a primary tier participant fails to disclose the information required under § 19.335?</HEAD>
<P>If you as an agency official determine that a participant failed to disclose information, as required by § 19.335, at the time it entered into a covered transaction with you, you may— 
</P>
<P>(a) Terminate the transaction for material failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the transaction; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Pursue any other available remedies, including suspension and debarment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.455" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.4.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.455   What may I do if a lower tier participant fails to disclose the information required under § 19.355 to the next higher tier?</HEAD>
<P>If you as an agency official determine that a lower tier participant failed to disclose information, as required by § 19.355, at the time it entered into a covered transaction with a participant at the next higher tier, you may pursue any remedies available to you, including the initiation of a suspension or debarment action. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Excluded Parties List System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.500" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.500   What is the purpose of the Excluded Parties List System (EPLS)?</HEAD>
<P>The <I>EPLS</I> is a widely available source of the most current information about persons who are excluded or disqualified from covered transactions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.505" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.5.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.505   Who uses the EPLS?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Federal agency officials use the <I>EPLS</I> to determine whether to enter into a transaction with a person, as required under § 19.430. 
</P>
<P>(b) Participants also may, but are not required to, use the <I>EPLS</I> to determine if— 
</P>
<P>(1) Principals of their transactions are excluded or disqualified, as required under § 19.320; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Persons with whom they are entering into covered transactions at the next lower tier are excluded or disqualified. 
</P>
<P>(c) The <I>EPLS</I> is available to the general public. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.510" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.5.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.510   Who maintains the EPLS?</HEAD>
<P>In accordance with the OMB guidelines, the General Services Administration (GSA) maintains the <I>EPLS.</I> When a Federal agency takes an action to exclude a person under the nonprocurement or procurement debarment and suspension system, the agency enters the information about the excluded person into the <I>EPLS.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.515" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.5.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.515   What specific information is in the EPLS?</HEAD>
<P>(a) At a minimum, the <I>EPLS</I> indicates— 
</P>
<P>(1) The full name (where available) and address of each excluded or disqualified person, in alphabetical order, with cross references if more than one name is involved in a single action; 
</P>
<P>(2) The type of action; 
</P>
<P>(3) The cause for the action; 
</P>
<P>(4) The scope of the action; 
</P>
<P>(5) Any termination date for the action; 
</P>
<P>(6) The agency and name and telephone number of the agency point of contact for the action; and 
</P>
<P>(7) The Dun and Bradstreet Number (DUNS), or other similar code approved by the GSA, of the excluded or disqualified person, if available. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The database for the <I>EPLS</I> includes a field for the Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) (the social security number (SSN) for an individual) of an excluded or disqualified person. 
</P>
<P>(2) Agencies disclose the SSN of an individual to verify the identity of an individual, only if permitted under the Privacy Act of 1974 and, if appropriate, the Computer Matching and Privacy Protection Act of 1988, as codified in 5 U.S.C. 552(a). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.520" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.5.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.520   Who places the information into the EPLS?</HEAD>
<P>Federal officials who take actions to exclude persons under this part or officials who are responsible for identifying disqualified persons must enter the following information about those persons into the <I>EPLS</I>: 
</P>
<P>(a) Information required by § 19.515(a); 
</P>
<P>(b) The Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) of the excluded or disqualified person, including the social security number (SSN) for an individual, if the number is available and may be disclosed under law; 
</P>
<P>(c) Information about an excluded or disqualified person, generally within five working days, after— 
</P>
<P>(1) Taking an exclusion action; 
</P>
<P>(2) Modifying or rescinding an exclusion action; 
</P>
<P>(3) Finding that a person is disqualified; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Finding that there has been a change in the status of a person who is listed as disqualified. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.525" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.5.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.525   Whom do I ask if I have questions about a person in the EPLS?</HEAD>
<P>If you have questions about a person in the <I>EPLS,</I> ask the point of contact for the Federal agency that placed the person's name into the <I>EPLS.</I> You may find the agency point of contact from the <I>EPLS.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.530" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.5.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.530   Where can I find the EPLS?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may access the <I>EPLS</I> through the Internet, currently at <I>http://epls.arnet.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) As of November 26, 2003, you may also subscribe to a printed version. However, we anticipate discontinuing the printed version. Until it is discontinued, you may obtain the printed version by purchasing a yearly subscription from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, or by calling the Government Printing Office Inquiry and Order Desk at (202) 783-3238. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—General Principles Relating to Suspension and Debarment Actions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.600" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.600   How do suspension and debarment actions start?</HEAD>
<P>When we receive information from any source concerning a cause for suspension or debarment, we will promptly report and investigate it. We refer the question of whether to suspend or debar you to our suspending or debarring official for consideration, if appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.605" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.605   How does suspension differ from debarment?</HEAD>
<P>Suspension differs from debarment in that— 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A suspending official . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A debarring official . . . 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) Imposes suspension as a temporary status of ineligibility for procurement and nonprocurement transactions, pending completion of an investigation or legal proceedings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Imposes debarment for a specified period as a final determination that a person is not presently responsible. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) Must—
<br/>(1) Have <E T="03">adequate evidence</E> that there may be a cause for debarment of a person; and
<br/>(2) Conclude that <E T="03">immediate action</E> is necessary to protect the Federal interest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Must conclude, based on a <E T="03">preponderance of the evidence,</E> that the person has engaged in conduct that warrants debarment. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) Usually imposes the suspension <E T="03">first,</E> and then promptly notifies the suspended person, giving the person an opportunity to contest the suspension and have it lifted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Imposes debarment <E T="03">after</E> giving the respondent notice of the action and an opportunity to contest the proposed debarment.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.610" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.610   What procedures does the Department of the Treasury use in suspension and debarment actions?</HEAD>
<P>In deciding whether to suspend or debar you, we handle the actions as informally as practicable, consistent with principles of fundamental fairness. 
</P>
<P>(a) For suspension actions, we use the procedures in this subpart and subpart G of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) For debarment actions, we use the procedures in this subpart and subpart H of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.615" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.615   How does the Department of the Treasury notify a person of a suspension or debarment action?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The suspending or debarring official sends a written notice to the last known street address, facsimile number, or e-mail address of— 
</P>
<P>(1) You or your identified counsel; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Your agent for service of process, or any of your partners, officers, directors, owners, or joint venturers. 
</P>
<P>(b) The notice is effective if sent to any of these persons. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.620" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.620   Do Federal agencies coordinate suspension and debarment actions?</HEAD>
<P>Yes, when more than one Federal agency has an interest in a suspension or debarment, the agencies may consider designating one agency as the lead agency for making the decision. Agencies are encouraged to establish methods and procedures for coordinating their suspension and debarment actions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.625" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.625   What is the scope of a suspension or debarment?</HEAD>
<P>If you are suspended or debarred, the suspension or debarment is effective as follows: 
</P>
<P>(a) Your suspension or debarment constitutes suspension or debarment of all of your divisions and other organizational elements from all covered transactions, unless the suspension or debarment decision is limited— 
</P>
<P>(1) By its terms to one or more specifically identified individuals, divisions, or other organizational elements; or 
</P>
<P>(2) To specific types of transactions. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any affiliate of a participant may be included in a suspension or debarment action if the suspending or debarring official— 
</P>
<P>(1) Officially names the affiliate in the notice; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Gives the affiliate an opportunity to contest the action. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.630" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.630   May the Department of the Treasury impute conduct of one person to another?</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of actions taken under this rule, we may impute conduct as follows: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Conduct imputed from an individual to an organization.</I> We may impute the fraudulent, criminal, or other improper conduct of any officer, director, shareholder, partner, employee, or other individual associated with an organization, to that organization when the improper conduct occurred in connection with the individual's performance of duties for or on behalf of that organization, or with the organization's knowledge, approval or acquiescence. The organization's acceptance of the benefits derived from the conduct is evidence of knowledge, approval or acquiescence. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conduct imputed from an organization to an individual, or between individuals.</I> We may impute the fraudulent, criminal, or other improper conduct of any organization to an individual, or from one individual to another individual, if the individual to whom the improper conduct is imputed either participated in, had knowledge of, or reason to know of the improper conduct. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conduct imputed from one organization to another organization.</I> We may impute the fraudulent, criminal, or other improper conduct of one organization to another organization when the improper conduct occurred in connection with a partnership, joint venture, joint application, association or similar arrangement, or when the organization to whom the improper conduct is imputed has the power to direct, manage, control or influence the activities of the organization responsible for the improper conduct. Acceptance of the benefits derived from the conduct is evidence of knowledge, approval or acquiescence. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.635" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.635   May the Department of the Treasury settle a debarment or suspension action?</HEAD>
<P>Yes, we may settle a debarment or suspension action at any time if it is in the best interest of the Federal Government. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.640" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.640   May a settlement include a voluntary exclusion?</HEAD>
<P>Yes, if we enter into a settlement with you in which you agree to be excluded, it is called a voluntary exclusion and has governmentwide effect. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.645" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.6.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.645   Do other Federal agencies know if the Department of the Treasury agrees to a voluntary exclusion?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Yes, we enter information regarding a voluntary exclusion into the <I>EPLS.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) Also, any agency or person may contact us to find out the details of a voluntary exclusion. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Suspension</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.700" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.700   When may the suspending official issue a suspension?</HEAD>
<P>Suspension is a serious action. Using the procedures of this subpart and subpart F of this part, the suspending official may impose suspension only when that official determines that— 
</P>
<P>(a) There exists an indictment for, or other adequate evidence to suspect, an offense listed under § 19.800(a), or 
</P>
<P>(b) There exists adequate evidence to suspect any other cause for debarment listed under § 19.800(b) through (d); and 
</P>
<P>(c) Immediate action is necessary to protect the public interest. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.705" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.705   What does the suspending official consider in issuing a suspension?</HEAD>
<P>(a) In determining the adequacy of the evidence to support the suspension, the suspending official considers how much information is available, how credible it is given the circumstances, whether or not important allegations are corroborated, and what inferences can reasonably be drawn as a result. During this assessment, the suspending official may examine the basic documents, including grants, cooperative agreements, loan authorizations, contracts, and other relevant documents. 
</P>
<P>(b) An indictment, conviction, civil judgment, or other official findings by Federal, State, or local bodies that determine factual and/or legal matters, constitutes adequate evidence for purposes of suspension actions. 
</P>
<P>(c) In deciding whether immediate action is needed to protect the public interest, the suspending official has wide discretion. For example, the suspending official may infer the necessity for immediate action to protect the public interest either from the nature of the circumstances giving rise to a cause for suspension or from potential business relationships or involvement with a program of the Federal Government. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.710" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.710   When does a suspension take effect?</HEAD>
<P>A suspension is effective when the suspending official signs the decision to suspend. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.715" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.715   What notice does the suspending official give me if I am suspended?</HEAD>
<P>After deciding to suspend you, the suspending official promptly sends you a Notice of Suspension advising you— 
</P>
<P>(a) That you have been suspended; 
</P>
<P>(b) That your suspension is based on— 
</P>
<P>(1) An indictment; 
</P>
<P>(2) A conviction; 
</P>
<P>(3) Other adequate evidence that you have committed irregularities which seriously reflect on the propriety of further Federal Government dealings with you; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Conduct of another person that has been imputed to you, or your affiliation with a suspended or debarred person; 
</P>
<P>(c) Of any other irregularities in terms sufficient to put you on notice without disclosing the Federal Government's evidence; 
</P>
<P>(d) Of the cause(s) upon which we relied under § 19.700 for imposing suspension; 
</P>
<P>(e) That your suspension is for a temporary period pending the completion of an investigation or resulting legal or debarment proceedings; 
</P>
<P>(f) Of the applicable provisions of this subpart, subpart F of this part, and any other Department of the Treasury procedures governing suspension decision making; and 
</P>
<P>(g) Of the governmentwide effect of your suspension from procurement and nonprocurement programs and activities. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.720" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.720   How may I contest a suspension?</HEAD>
<P>If you as a respondent wish to contest a suspension, you or your representative must provide the suspending official with information in opposition to the suspension. You may do this orally or in writing, but any information provided orally that you consider important must also be submitted in writing for the official record. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.725" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.725   How much time do I have to contest a suspension?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a respondent you or your representative must either send, or make rrangements to appear and present, the information and argument to the suspending official within 30 days after you receive the Notice of Suspension. 
</P>
<P>(b) We consider the notice to be received by you— 
</P>
<P>(1) When delivered, if we mail the notice to the last known street address, or five days after we send it if the letter is undeliverable; 
</P>
<P>(2) When sent, if we send the notice by facsimile or five days after we send it if the facsimile is undeliverable; or 
</P>
<P>(3) When delivered, if we send the notice by e-mail or five days after we send it if the e-mail is undeliverable. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.730" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.730   What information must I provide to the suspending official if I contest a suspension?</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to any information and argument in opposition, as a respondent your submission to the suspending official must identify— 
</P>
<P>(1) Specific facts that contradict the statements contained in the Notice of Suspension. A general denial is insufficient to raise a genuine dispute over facts material to the suspension; 
</P>
<P>(2) All existing, proposed, or prior exclusions under regulations implementing E.O. 12549 and all similar actions taken by Federal, state, or local agencies, including administrative agreements that affect only those agencies; 
</P>
<P>(3) All criminal and civil proceedings not included in the Notice of Suspension that grew out of facts relevant to the cause(s) stated in the notice; and 
</P>
<P>(4) All of your affiliates. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you fail to disclose this information, or provide false information, the Department of the Treasury may seek further criminal, civil or administrative action against you, as appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.735" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.735   Under what conditions do I get an additional opportunity to challenge the facts on which the suspension is based?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You as a respondent will not have an additional opportunity to challenge the facts if the suspending official determines that— 
</P>
<P>(1) Your suspension is based upon an indictment, conviction, civil judgment, or other finding by a Federal, State, or local body for which an opportunity to contest the facts was provided; 
</P>
<P>(2) Your presentation in opposition contains only general denials to information contained in the Notice of Suspension; 
</P>
<P>(3) The issues raised in your presentation in opposition to the suspension are not factual in nature, or are not material to the suspending official's initial decision to suspend, or the official's decision whether to continue the suspension; or 
</P>
<P>(4) On the basis of advice from the Department of Justice, an office of the United States Attorney, a State attorney general's office, or a State or local prosecutor's office, that substantial interests of the government in pending or contemplated legal proceedings based on the same facts as the suspension would be prejudiced by conducting fact-finding. 
</P>
<P>(b) You will have an opportunity to challenge the facts if the suspending official determines that— 
</P>
<P>(1) The conditions in paragraph (a) of this section do not exist; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Your presentation in opposition raises a genuine dispute over facts material to the suspension. 
</P>
<P>(c) If you have an opportunity to challenge disputed material facts under this section, the suspending official or designee must conduct additional proceedings to resolve those facts. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.740" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.740   Are suspension proceedings formal?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Suspension proceedings are conducted in a fair and informal manner. The suspending official may use flexible procedures to allow you to present matters in opposition. In so doing, the suspending official is not required to follow formal rules of evidence or procedure in creating an official record upon which the official will base a final suspension decision. 
</P>
<P>(b) You as a respondent or your representative must submit any documentary evidence you want the suspending official to consider. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.745" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.745   How is fact-finding conducted?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If fact-finding is conducted— 
</P>
<P>(1) You may present witnesses and other evidence, and confront any witness presented; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The fact-finder must prepare written findings of fact for the record. 
</P>
<P>(b) A transcribed record of fact-finding proceedings must be made, unless you as a respondent and the Department of the Treasury agree to waive it in advance. If you want a copy of the transcribed record, you may purchase it. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.750" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.750   What does the suspending official consider in deciding whether to continue or terminate my suspension?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The suspending official bases the decision on all information contained in the official record. The record includes— 
</P>
<P>(1) All information in support of the suspending official's initial decision to suspend you; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any further information and argument presented in support of, or opposition to, the suspension; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Any transcribed record of fact-finding proceedings. 
</P>
<P>(b) The suspending official may refer disputed material facts to another official for findings of fact. The suspending official may reject any resulting findings, in whole or in part, only after specifically determining them to be arbitrary, capricious, or clearly erroneous. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.755" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.755   When will I know whether the suspension is continued or terminated?</HEAD>
<P>The suspending official must make a written decision whether to continue, modify, or terminate your suspension within 45 days of closing the official record. The official record closes upon the suspending official's receipt of final submissions, information and findings of fact, if any. The suspending official may extend that period for good cause. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.760" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.7.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.760   How long may my suspension last?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If legal or debarment proceedings are initiated at the time of, or during your suspension, the suspension may continue until the conclusion of those proceedings. However, if proceedings are not initiated, a suspension may not exceed 12 months. 
</P>
<P>(b) The suspending official may extend the 12 month limit under paragraph (a) of this section for an additional 6 months if an office of a U.S. Assistant Attorney General, U.S. Attorney, or other responsible prosecuting official requests an extension in writing. In no event may a suspension exceed 18 months without initiating proceedings under paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) The suspending official must notify the appropriate officials under paragraph (b) of this section of an impending termination of a suspension at least 30 days before the 12 month period expires to allow the officials an opportunity to request an extension. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Debarment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.800" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.800   What are the causes for debarment?</HEAD>
<P>We may debar a person for— 
</P>
<P>(a) Conviction of or civil judgment for— 
</P>
<P>(1) Commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public or private agreement or transaction; 
</P>
<P>(2) Violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes, including those proscribing price fixing between competitors, allocation of customers between competitors, and bid rigging; 
</P>
<P>(3) Commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, receiving stolen property, making false claims, or obstruction of justice; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Commission of any other offense indicating a lack of business integrity or business honesty that seriously and directly affects your present responsibility; 
</P>
<P>(b) Violation of the terms of a public agreement or transaction so serious as to affect the integrity of an agency program, such as— 
</P>
<P>(1) A willful failure to perform in accordance with the terms of one or more public agreements or transactions; 
</P>
<P>(2) A history of failure to perform or of unsatisfactory performance of one or more public agreements or transactions; or 
</P>
<P>(3) A willful violation of a statutory or regulatory provision or requirement applicable to a public agreement or transaction; 
</P>
<P>(c) Any of the following causes: 
</P>
<P>(1) A nonprocurement debarment by any Federal agency taken before October 1, 1988, or a procurement debarment by any Federal agency taken pursuant to 48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4, before August 25, 1995; 
</P>
<P>(2) Knowingly doing business with an ineligible person, except as permitted under § 19.120; 
</P>
<P>(3) Failure to pay a single substantial debt, or a number of outstanding debts (including disallowed costs and overpayments, but not including sums owed the Federal Government under the Internal Revenue Code) owed to any Federal agency or instrumentality, provided the debt is uncontested by the debtor or, if contested, provided that the debtor's legal and administrative remedies have been exhausted; 
</P>
<P>(4) Violation of a material provision of a voluntary exclusion agreement entered into under § 19.640 or of any settlement of a debarment or suspension action; or 
</P>
<P>(5) Violation of the provisions of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 (41 U.S.C. 701); or 
</P>
<P>(d) Any other cause of so serious or compelling a nature that it affects your present responsibility. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.805" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.805   What notice does the debarring official give me if I am proposed for debarment?</HEAD>
<P>After consideration of the causes in § 19.800 of this subpart, if the debarring official proposes to debar you, the official sends you a Notice of Proposed Debarment, pursuant to § 19.615, advising you— 
</P>
<P>(a) That the debarring official is considering debarring you; 
</P>
<P>(b) Of the reasons for proposing to debar you in terms sufficient to put you on notice of the conduct or transactions upon which the proposed debarment is based; 
</P>
<P>(c) Of the cause(s) under § 19.800 upon which the debarring official relied for proposing your debarment; 
</P>
<P>(d) Of the applicable provisions of this subpart, Subpart F of this part, and any other Department of the Treasury procedures governing debarment; and 
</P>
<P>(e) Of the governmentwide effect of a debarment from procurement and nonprocurement programs and activities. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.810" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.810   When does a debarment take effect?</HEAD>
<P>A debarment is not effective until the debarring official issues a decision. The debarring official does not issue a decision until the respondent has had an opportunity to contest the proposed debarment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.815" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.815   How may I contest a proposed debarment?</HEAD>
<P>If you as a respondent wish to contest a proposed debarment, you or your representative must provide the debarring official with information in opposition to the proposed debarment. You may do this orally or in writing, but any information provided orally that you consider important must also be submitted in writing for the official record. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.820" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.820   How much time do I have to contest a proposed debarment?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a respondent you or your representative must either send, or make arrangements to appear and present, the information and argument to the debarring official within 30 days after you receive the Notice of Proposed Debarment. 
</P>
<P>(b) We consider the Notice of Proposed Debarment to be received by you— 
</P>
<P>(1) When delivered, if we mail the notice to the last known street address, or five days after we send it if the letter is undeliverable; 
</P>
<P>(2) When sent, if we send the notice by facsimile or five days after we send it if the facsimile is undeliverable; or 
</P>
<P>(3) When delivered, if we send the notice by e-mail or five days after we send it if the e-mail is undeliverable. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.825" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.825   What information must I provide to the debarring official if I contest a proposed debarment?</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to any information and argument in opposition, as a respondent your submission to the debarring official must identify— 
</P>
<P>(1) Specific facts that contradict the statements contained in the Notice of Proposed Debarment. Include any information about any of the factors listed in § 19.860. A general denial is insufficient to raise a genuine dispute over facts material to the debarment; 
</P>
<P>(2) All existing, proposed, or prior exclusions under regulations implementing E.O. 12549 and all similar actions taken by Federal, State, or local agencies, including administrative agreements that affect only those agencies; 
</P>
<P>(3) All criminal and civil proceedings not included in the Notice of Proposed Debarment that grew out of facts relevant to the cause(s) stated in the notice; and 
</P>
<P>(4) All of your affiliates. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you fail to disclose this information, or provide false information, the Department of the Treasury may seek further criminal, civil or administrative action against you, as appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.830" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.830   Under what conditions do I get an additional opportunity to challenge the facts on which a proposed debarment is based?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You as a respondent will not have an additional opportunity to challenge the facts if the debarring official determines that— 
</P>
<P>(1) Your debarment is based upon a conviction or civil judgment; 
</P>
<P>(2) Your presentation in opposition contains only general denials to information contained in the Notice of Proposed Debarment; or 
</P>
<P>(3) The issues raised in your presentation in opposition to the proposed debarment are not factual in nature, or are not material to the debarring official's decision whether to debar. 
</P>
<P>(b) You will have an additional opportunity to challenge the facts if the debarring official determines that— 
</P>
<P>(1) The conditions in paragraph (a) of this section do not exist; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Your presentation in opposition raises a genuine dispute over facts material to the proposed debarment. 
</P>
<P>(c) If you have an opportunity to challenge disputed material facts under this section, the debarring official or designee must conduct additional proceedings to resolve those facts. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.835" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.835   Are debarment proceedings formal?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Debarment proceedings are conducted in a fair and informal manner. The debarring official may use flexible procedures to allow you as a respondent to present matters in opposition. In so doing, the debarring official is not required to follow formal rules of evidence or procedure in creating an official record upon which the official will base the decision whether to debar. 
</P>
<P>(b) You or your representative must submit any documentary evidence you want the debarring official to consider. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.840" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.840   How is fact-finding conducted?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If fact-finding is conducted— 
</P>
<P>(1) You may present witnesses and other evidence, and confront any witness presented; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The fact-finder must prepare written findings of fact for the record. 
</P>
<P>(b) A transcribed record of fact-finding proceedings must be made, unless you as a respondent and the Department of the Treasury agree to waive it in advance. If you want a copy of the transcribed record, you may purchase it. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.845" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.845   What does the debarring official consider in deciding whether to debar me?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The debarring official may debar you for any of the causes in § 19.800. However, the official need not debar you even if a cause for debarment exists. The official may consider the seriousness of your acts or omissions and the mitigating or aggravating factors set forth at § 19.860. 
</P>
<P>(b) The debarring official bases the decision on all information contained in the official record. The record includes— 
</P>
<P>(1) All information in support of the debarring official's proposed debarment; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any further information and argument presented in support of, or in opposition to, the proposed debarment; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Any transcribed record of fact-finding proceedings. 
</P>
<P>(c) The debarring official may refer disputed material facts to another official for findings of fact. The debarring official may reject any resultant findings, in whole or in part, only after specifically determining them to be arbitrary, capricious, or clearly erroneous. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.850" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.850   What is the standard of proof in a debarment action?</HEAD>
<P>(a) In any debarment action, we must establish the cause for debarment by a preponderance of the evidence. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the proposed debarment is based upon a conviction or civil judgment, the standard of proof is met. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.855" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.855   Who has the burden of proof in a debarment action?</HEAD>
<P>(a) We have the burden to prove that a cause for debarment exists. 
</P>
<P>(b) Once a cause for debarment is established, you as a respondent have the burden of demonstrating to the satisfaction of the debarring official that you are presently responsible and that debarment is not necessary. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.860" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.860   What factors may influence the debarring official's decision?</HEAD>
<P>This section lists the mitigating and aggravating factors that the debarring official may consider in determining whether to debar you and the length of your debarment period. The debarring official may consider other factors if appropriate in light of the circumstances of a particular case. The existence or nonexistence of any factor, such as one of those set forth in this section, is not necessarily determinative of your present responsibility. In making a debarment decision, the debarring official may consider the following factors: 
</P>
<P>(a) The actual or potential harm or impact that results or may result from the wrongdoing. 
</P>
<P>(b) The frequency of incidents and/or duration of the wrongdoing. 
</P>
<P>(c) Whether there is a pattern or prior history of wrongdoing. For example, if you have been found by another Federal agency or a State agency to have engaged in wrongdoing similar to that found in the debarment action, the existence of this fact may be used by the debarring official in determining that you have a pattern or prior history of wrongdoing. 
</P>
<P>(d) Whether you are or have been excluded or disqualified by an agency of the Federal Government or have not been allowed to participate in State or local contracts or assistance agreements on a basis of conduct similar to one or more of the causes for debarment specified in this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) Whether you have entered into an administrative agreement with a Federal agency or a State or local government that is not governmentwide but is based on conduct similar to one or more of the causes for debarment specified in this part. 
</P>
<P>(f) Whether and to what extent you planned, initiated, or carried out the wrongdoing. 
</P>
<P>(g) Whether you have accepted responsibility for the wrongdoing and recognize the seriousness of the misconduct that led to the cause for debarment. 
</P>
<P>(h) Whether you have paid or agreed to pay all criminal, civil and administrative liabilities for the improper activity, including any investigative or administrative costs incurred by the government, and have made or agreed to make full restitution. 
</P>
<P>(i) Whether you have cooperated fully with the government agencies during the investigation and any court or administrative action. In determining the extent of cooperation, the debarring official may consider when the cooperation began and whether you disclosed all pertinent information known to you. 
</P>
<P>(j) Whether the wrongdoing was pervasive within your organization. 
</P>
<P>(k) The kind of positions held by the individuals involved in the wrongdoing. 
</P>
<P>(l) Whether your organization took appropriate corrective action or remedial measures, such as establishing ethics training and implementing programs to prevent recurrence. 
</P>
<P>(m) Whether your principals tolerated the offense. 
</P>
<P>(n) Whether you brought the activity cited as a basis for the debarment to the attention of the appropriate government agency in a timely manner. 
</P>
<P>(o) Whether you have fully investigated the circumstances surrounding the cause for debarment and, if so, made the result of the investigation available to the debarring official. 
</P>
<P>(p) Whether you had effective standards of conduct and internal control systems in place at the time the questioned conduct occurred. 
</P>
<P>(q) Whether you have taken appropriate disciplinary action against the individuals responsible for the activity which constitutes the cause for debarment. 
</P>
<P>(r) Whether you have had adequate time to eliminate the circumstances within your organization that led to the cause for the debarment. 
</P>
<P>(s) Other factors that are appropriate to the circumstances of a particular case. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.865" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.865   How long may my debarment last?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the debarring official decides to debar you, your period of debarment will be based on the seriousness of the cause(s) upon which your debarment is based. Generally, debarment should not exceed three years. However, if circumstances warrant, the debarring official may impose a longer period of debarment. 
</P>
<P>(b) In determining the period of debarment, the debarring official may consider the factors in § 19.860. If a suspension has preceded your debarment, the debarring official must consider the time you were suspended. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the debarment is for a violation of the provisions of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988, your period of debarment may not exceed five years. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.870" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.870   When do I know if the debarring official debars me?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The debarring official must make a written decision whether to debar within 45 days of closing the official record. The official record closes upon the debarring official's receipt of final submissions, information and findings of fact, if any. The debarring official may extend that period for good cause. 
</P>
<P>(b) The debarring official sends you written notice, pursuant to § 19.615 that the official decided, either—
</P>
<P>(1) Not to debar you; or 
</P>
<P>(2) To debar you. In this event, the notice: 
</P>
<P>(i) Refers to the Notice of Proposed Debarment; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Specifies the reasons for your debarment; 
</P>
<P>(iii) States the period of your debarment, including the effective dates; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Advises you that your debarment is effective for covered transactions and contracts that are subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR chapter 1), throughout the executive branch of the Federal Government unless an agency head or an authorized designee grants an exception. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.875" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.875   May I ask the debarring official to reconsider a decision to debar me?</HEAD>
<P>Yes, as a debarred person you may ask the debarring official to reconsider the debarment decision or to reduce the time period or scope of the debarment. However, you must put your request in writing and support it with documentation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.880" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.880   What factors may influence the debarring official during reconsideration?</HEAD>
<P>The debarring official may reduce or terminate your debarment based on—
</P>
<P>(a) Newly discovered material evidence; 
</P>
<P>(b) A reversal of the conviction or civil judgment upon which your debarment was based; 
</P>
<P>(c) A bona fide change in ownership or management; 
</P>
<P>(d) Elimination of other causes for which the debarment was imposed; or 
</P>
<P>(e) Other reasons the debarring official finds appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.885" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.8.7.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.885   May the debarring official extend a debarment?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Yes, the debarring official may extend a debarment for an additional period, if that official determines that an extension is necessary to protect the public interest. 
</P>
<P>(b) However, the debarring official may not extend a debarment solely on the basis of the facts and circumstances upon which the initial debarment action was based. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the debarring official decides that a debarment for an additional period is necessary, the debarring official must follow the applicable procedures in this subpart, and subpart F of this part, to extend the debarment.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.900" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.900   Adequate evidence.</HEAD>
<P><I>Adequate evidence</I> means information sufficient to support the reasonable belief that a particular act or omission has occurred. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.905" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.905   Affiliate.</HEAD>
<P>Persons are <I>affiliates</I> of each other if, directly or indirectly, either one controls or has the power to control the other or a third person controls or has the power to control both. The ways we use to determine control include, but are not limited to—
</P>
<P>(a) Interlocking management or ownership; 
</P>
<P>(b) Identity of interests among family members; 
</P>
<P>(c) Shared facilities and equipment; 
</P>
<P>(d) Common use of employees; or 
</P>
<P>(e) A business entity which has been organized following the exclusion of a person which has the same or similar management, ownership, or principal employees as the excluded person. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.910" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.910   Agency.</HEAD>
<P><I>Agency</I> means any United States executive department, military department, defense agency, or any other agency of the executive branch. Other agencies of the Federal government are not considered “agencies” for the purposes of this part unless they issue regulations adopting the governmentwide Debarment and Suspension system under Executive orders 12549 and 12689. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.915" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.915   Agent or representative.</HEAD>
<P><I>Agent or representative</I> means any person who acts on behalf of, or who is authorized to commit, a participant in a covered transaction. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.920" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.920   Civil judgment.</HEAD>
<P><I>Civil judgment</I> means the disposition of a civil action by any court of competent jurisdiction, whether by verdict, decision, settlement, stipulation, other disposition which creates a civil liability for the complained of wrongful acts, or a final determination of liability under the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1988 (31 U.S.C. 3801-3812). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.925" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.925   Conviction.</HEAD>
<P><I>Conviction</I> means—
</P>
<P>(a) A judgment or any other determination of guilt of a criminal offense by any court of competent jurisdiction, whether entered upon a verdict or plea, including a plea of nolo contendere; or
</P>
<P>(b) Any other resolution that is the functional equivalent of a judgment, including probation before judgment and deferred prosecution. A disposition without the participation of the court is the functional equivalent of a judgment only if it includes an admission of guilt.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.930" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.930   Debarment.</HEAD>
<P><I>Debarment</I> means an action taken by a debarring official under subpart H of this part to exclude a person from participating in covered transactions and transactions covered under the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR chapter 1). A person so excluded is debarred.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.935" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.935   Debarring official.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Debarring official</I> means an agency official who is authorized to impose debarment. A debarring official is either—
</P>
<P>(1) The agency head; or
</P>
<P>(2) An official designated by the agency head. 
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.940" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.940   Disqualified.</HEAD>
<P><I>Disqualified</I> means that a person is prohibited from participating in specified Federal procurement or nonprocurement transactions as required under a statute, Executive order (other than Executive Orders 12549 and 12689) or other authority. Examples of disqualifications include persons prohibited under—
</P>
<P>(a) The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276(a));
</P>
<P>(b) The equal employment opportunity acts and Executive orders; or 
</P>
<P>(c) The Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7606), Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1368) and Executive Order 11738 (3 CFR, 1973 Comp., p. 799).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.945" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.945   Excluded or exclusion.</HEAD>
<P><I>Excluded or exclusion</I> means—
</P>
<P>(a) That a person or commodity is prohibited from being a participant in covered transactions, whether the person has been suspended; debarred; proposed for debarment under 48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4; voluntarily excluded; or 
</P>
<P>(b) The act of excluding a person. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.950" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.950   Excluded Parties List System.</HEAD>
<P><I>Excluded Parties List System (EPLS)</I> means the list maintained and disseminated by the General Services Administration (GSA) containing the names and other information about persons who are ineligible. The <I>EPLS</I> system includes the printed version entitled, “List of Parties Excluded or Disqualified from Federal Procurement and Nonprocurement Programs,” so long as published. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.955" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.955   Indictment.</HEAD>
<P><I>Indictment</I> means an indictment for a criminal offense. A presentment, information, or other filing by a competent authority charging a criminal offense shall be given the same effect as an indictment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.960" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.960   Ineligible or ineligibility.</HEAD>
<P><I>Ineligible or ineligibility</I> means that a person or commodity is prohibited from covered transactions because of an exclusion or disqualification. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.965" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.965   Legal proceedings.</HEAD>
<P><I>Legal proceedings</I> means any criminal proceeding or any civil judicial proceeding, including a proceeding under the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act (31 U.S.C. 3801-3812), to which the Federal Government or a State or local government or quasi-governmental authority is a party. The term also includes appeals from those proceedings. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.970" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.970   Nonprocurement transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Nonprocurement transaction</I> means any transaction, regardless of type (except procurement contracts), including, but not limited to the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Grants. 
</P>
<P>(2) Cooperative agreements. 
</P>
<P>(3) Scholarships. 
</P>
<P>(4) Fellowships. 
</P>
<P>(5) Contracts of assistance. 
</P>
<P>(6) Loans. 
</P>
<P>(7) Loan guarantees. 
</P>
<P>(8) Subsidies. 
</P>
<P>(9) Insurances. 
</P>
<P>(10) Payments for specified uses. 
</P>
<P>(11) Donation agreements. 
</P>
<P>(b) A nonprocurement transaction at any tier does not require the transfer of Federal funds. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.975" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.975   Notice.</HEAD>
<P><I>Notice</I> means a written communication served in person, sent by certified mail or its equivalent, or sent electronically by e-mail or facsimile. (See § 19.615.) 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.980" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.980   Participant.</HEAD>
<P><I>Participant</I> means any person who submits a proposal for or who enters into a covered transaction, including an agent or representative of a participant. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.985" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.985   Person.</HEAD>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, unit of government, or legal entity, however organized. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.990" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.990   Preponderance of the evidence.</HEAD>
<P><I>Preponderance of the evidence</I> means proof by information that, compared with information opposing it, leads to the conclusion that the fact at issue is more probably true than not.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.995" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.995   Principal.</HEAD>
<P><I>Principal</I> means— 
</P>
<P>(a) An officer, director, owner, partner, principal investigator, or other person within a participant with management or supervisory responsibilities related to a covered transaction; or 
</P>
<P>(b) A consultant or other person, whether or not employed by the participant or paid with Federal funds, who— 
</P>
<P>(1) Is in a position to handle Federal funds; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is in a position to influence or control the use of those funds; or,
</P>
<P>(3) Occupies a technical or professional position capable of substantially influencing the development or outcome of an activity required to perform the covered transaction. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.1000" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.1000   Respondent.</HEAD>
<P><I>Respondent</I> means a person against whom an agency has initiated a debarment or suspension action. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.1005" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.1005   State.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>State</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) Any of the states of the United States; 
</P>
<P>(2) The District of Columbia; 
</P>
<P>(3) The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; 
</P>
<P>(4) Any territory or possession of the United States; or 
</P>
<P>(5) Any agency or instrumentality of a state. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this part, <I>State</I> does not include institutions of higher education, hospitals, or units of local government.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.1010" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.1010   Suspending official.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Suspending official</I> means an agency official who is authorized to impose suspension. The suspending official is either: 
</P>
<P>(1) The agency head; or 
</P>
<P>(2) An official designated by the agency head. 
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved] 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.1015" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.1015   Suspension.</HEAD>
<P><I>Suspension</I> is an action taken by a suspending official under subpart G of this part that immediately prohibits a person from participating in covered transactions and transactions covered under the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR chapter 1) for a temporary period, pending completion of an agency investigation and any judicial or administrative proceedings that may ensue. A person so excluded is suspended. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.1020" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.9.7.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.1020   Voluntary exclusion or voluntarily excluded.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Voluntary exclusion</I> means a person's agreement to be excluded under the terms of a settlement between the person and one or more agencies. Voluntary exclusion must have governmentwide effect. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Voluntarily excluded</I> means the status of a person who has agreed to a voluntary exclusion. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.20.11.7.1.23" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Part 19—Covered Transactions 

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er26no03.000.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="20" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 20—GOVERNMENTWIDE REQUIREMENTS FOR DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE (FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE) 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>41 U.S.C. 701, <I>et seq.</I>
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 66557, 66607, Nov. 26, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Purpose and Coverage</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.100" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.100   What does this part do?</HEAD>
<P>This part carries out the portion of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 (41 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.,</I> as amended) that applies to grants. It also applies the provisions of the Act to cooperative agreements and other financial assistance awards, as a matter of Federal Government policy. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.105" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.105   Does this part apply to me?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Portions of this part apply to you if you are either— 
</P>
<P>(1) A recipient of an assistance award from the Department of the Treasury; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A(n) Department of the Treasury awarding official. (See definitions of award and recipient in §§ 20.605 and 20.660, respectively.) 
</P>
<P>(b) The following table shows the subparts that apply to you:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If you are . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">see subparts . . . 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) A recipient who is not an individual</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B and E. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) A recipient who is an individual</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, C and E. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) A(n) Department of the Treasury awarding official</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, D and E.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.110" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.110   Are any of my Federal assistance awards exempt from this part?</HEAD>
<P>This part does not apply to any award that the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the application of this part would be inconsistent with the international obligations of the United States or the laws or regulations of a foreign government.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.115" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.115   Does this part affect the Federal contracts that I receive?</HEAD>
<P>It will affect future contract awards indirectly if you are debarred or suspended for a violation of the requirements of this part, as described in § 20.510(c). However, this part does not apply directly to procurement contracts. The portion of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 that applies to Federal procurement contracts is carried out through the Federal Acquisition Regulation in chapter 1 of Title 48 of the Code of Federal Regulations (the drug-free workplace coverage currently is in 48 CFR part 23, subpart 23.5). 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Requirements for Recipients Other Than Individuals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.200" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.200   What must I do to comply with this part?</HEAD>
<P>There are two general requirements if you are a recipient other than an individual. 
</P>
<P>(a) First, you must make a good faith effort, on a continuing basis, to maintain a drug-free workplace. You must agree to do so as a condition for receiving any award covered by this part. The specific measures that you must take in this regard are described in more detail in subsequent sections of this subpart. Briefly, those measures are to—
</P>
<P>(1) Publish a drug-free workplace statement and establish a drug-free awareness program for your employees (see §§ 20.205 through 20.220); and 
</P>
<P>(2) Take actions concerning employees who are convicted of violating drug statutes in the workplace (see § 20.225). 
</P>
<P>(b) Second, you must identify all known workplaces under your Federal awards (see § 20.230). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.205" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.205   What must I include in my drug-free workplace statement?</HEAD>
<P>You must publish a statement that—
</P>
<P>(a) Tells your employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in your workplace; 
</P>
<P>(b) Specifies the actions that you will take against employees for violating that prohibition; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Lets each employee know that, as a condition of employment under any award, he or she: 
</P>
<P>(1) Will abide by the terms of the statement; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Must notify you in writing if he or she is convicted for a violation of a criminal drug statute occurring in the workplace and must do so no more than five calendar days after the conviction. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.210" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.210   To whom must I distribute my drug-free workplace statement?</HEAD>
<P>You must require that a copy of the statement described in § 20.205 be given to each employee who will be engaged in the performance of any Federal award. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.215" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.215   What must I include in my drug-free awareness program?</HEAD>
<P>You must establish an ongoing drug-free awareness program to inform employees about— 
</P>
<P>(a) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; 
</P>
<P>(b) Your policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace; 
</P>
<P>(c) Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs; and 
</P>
<P>(d) The penalties that you may impose upon them for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.220" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.220   By when must I publish my drug-free workplace statement and establish my drug-free awareness program?</HEAD>
<P>If you are a new recipient that does not already have a policy statement as described in § 20.205 and an ongoing awareness program as described in § 20.215, you must publish the statement and establish the program by the time given in the following table: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">then you . . . 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) The performance period of the award is less than 30 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">must have the policy statement and program in place as soon as possible, but before the date on which performance is expected to be completed. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) The performance period of the award is 30 days or more</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">must have the policy statement and program in place within 30 days after award. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) You believe there are extraordinary circumstances that will require more than 30 days for you to publish the policy statement and establish the awareness program</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">may ask the Department of the Treasury awarding official to give you more time to do so. The amount of additional time, if any, to be given is at the discretion of the awarding official.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.225" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.225   What actions must I take concerning employees who are convicted of drug violations in the workplace?</HEAD>
<P>There are two actions you must take if an employee is convicted of a drug violation in the workplace: 
</P>
<P>(a) First, you must notify Federal agencies if an employee who is engaged in the performance of an award informs you about a conviction, as required by § 20.205(c)(2), or you otherwise learn of the conviction. Your notification to the Federal agencies must_ 
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing; 
</P>
<P>(2) Include the employee's position title; 
</P>
<P>(3) Include the identification number(s) of each affected award; 
</P>
<P>(4) Be sent within ten calendar days after you learn of the conviction; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Be sent to every Federal agency on whose award the convicted employee was working. It must be sent to every awarding official or his or her official designee, unless the Federal agency has specified a central point for the receipt of the notices. 
</P>
<P>(b) Second, within 30 calendar days of learning about an employee's conviction, you must either_ 
</P>
<P>(1) Take appropriate personnel action against the employee, up to and including termination, consistent with the requirements of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794), as amended; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Require the employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for these purposes by a Federal, State or local health, law enforcement, or other appropriate agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.230" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.230   How and when must I identify workplaces?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must identify all known workplaces under each Department of the Treasury award. A failure to do so is a violation of your drug-free workplace requirements. You may identify the workplaces_ 
</P>
<P>(1) To the Department of the Treasury official that is making the award, either at the time of application or upon award; or 
</P>
<P>(2) In documents that you keep on file in your offices during the performance of the award, in which case you must make the information available for inspection upon request by Department of the Treasury officials or their designated representatives. 
</P>
<P>(b) Your workplace identification for an award must include the actual address of buildings (or parts of buildings) or other sites where work under the award takes place. Categorical descriptions may be used (e.g., all vehicles of a mass transit authority or State highway department while in operation, State employees in each local unemployment office, performers in concert halls or radio studios). 
</P>
<P>(c) If you identified workplaces to the Department of the Treasury awarding official at the time of application or award, as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and any workplace that you identified changes during the performance of the award, you must inform the Department of the Treasury awarding official. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Requirements for Recipients Who Are Individuals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.300" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.300   What must I do to comply with this part if I am an individual recipient?</HEAD>
<P>As a condition of receiving a(n) Department of the Treasury award, if you are an individual recipient, you must agree that— 
</P>
<P>(a) You will not engage in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance in conducting any activity related to the award; and 
</P>
<P>(b) If you are convicted of a criminal drug offense resulting from a violation occurring during the conduct of any award activity, you will report the conviction: 
</P>
<P>(1) In writing. 
</P>
<P>(2) Within 10 calendar days of the conviction. 
</P>
<P>(3) To the Department of the Treasury awarding official or other designee for each award that you currently have, unless § 20.301 or the award document designates a central point for the receipt of the notices. When notice is made to a central point, it must include the identification number(s) of each affected award. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.301" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.301   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Responsibilities of Department of the Treasury Awarding Officials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.400" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.400   What are my responsibilities as a(n) Department of the Treasury awarding official?</HEAD>
<P>As a(n) Department of the Treasury awarding official, you must obtain each recipient's agreement, as a condition of the award, to comply with the requirements in— 
</P>
<P>(a) Subpart B of this part, if the recipient is not an individual; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Subpart C of this part, if the recipient is an individual. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Violations of this Part and Consequences</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.500" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.500   How are violations of this part determined for recipients other than individuals?</HEAD>
<P>A recipient other than an individual is in violation of the requirements of this part if the Secretary of the Treasury determines, in writing, that— 
</P>
<P>(a) The recipient has violated the requirements of subpart B of this part; or 
</P>
<P>(b) The number of convictions of the recipient's employees for violating criminal drug statutes in the workplace is large enough to indicate that the recipient has failed to make a good faith effort to provide a drug-free workplace. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.505" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.5.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.505   How are violations of this part determined for recipients who are individuals?</HEAD>
<P>An individual recipient is in violation of the requirements of this part if the Secretary of the Treasury determines, in writing, that— 
</P>
<P>(a) The recipient has violated the requirements of subpart C of this part; or 
</P>
<P>(b) The recipient is convicted of a criminal drug offense resulting from a violation occurring during the conduct of any award activity. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.510" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.5.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.510   What actions will the Federal Government take against a recipient determined to have violated this part?</HEAD>
<P>If a recipient is determined to have violated this part, as described in § 20.500 or § 20.505, the Department of the Treasury may take one or more of the following actions— 
</P>
<P>(a) Suspension of payments under the award; 
</P>
<P>(b) Suspension or termination of the award; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Suspension or debarment of the recipient under 22 CFR part 19, for a period not to exceed five years. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.515" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.5.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.515   Are there any exceptions to those actions?</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may waive with respect to a particular award, in writing, a suspension of payments under an award, suspension or termination of an award, or suspension or debarment of a recipient if the Secretary of the Treasury determines that such a waiver would be in the public interest. This exception authority cannot be delegated to any other official. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.605" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.605   Award.</HEAD>
<P><I>Award</I> means an award of financial assistance by the Department of the Treasury or other Federal agency directly to a recipient. 
</P>
<P>(a) The term award includes: 
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal grant or cooperative agreement, in the form of money or property in lieu of money. 
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) The term award does not include: 
</P>
<P>(1) Technical assistance that provides services instead of money. 
</P>
<P>(2) Loans. 
</P>
<P>(3) Loan guarantees. 
</P>
<P>(4) Interest subsidies. 
</P>
<P>(5) Insurance. 
</P>
<P>(6) Direct appropriations. 
</P>
<P>(7) Veterans' benefits to individuals (<I>i.e.,</I> any benefit to veterans, their families, or survivors by virtue of the service of a veteran in the Armed Forces of the United States). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.610" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.610   Controlled substance.</HEAD>
<P><I>Controlled substance</I> means a controlled substance in schedules I through V of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812), and as further defined by regulation at 21 CFR 1308.11 through 1308.15. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.615" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.615   Conviction.</HEAD>
<P><I>Conviction</I> means a finding of guilt (including a plea of nolo contendere) or imposition of sentence, or both, by any judicial body charged with the responsibility to determine violations of the Federal or State criminal drug statutes. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.620" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.620   Cooperative agreement.</HEAD>
<P><I>Cooperative agreement</I> means an award of financial assistance that, consistent with 31 U.S.C. 6305, is used to enter into the same kind of relationship as a grant (see definition of grant in § 20.650), except that substantial involvement is expected between the Federal agency and the recipient when carrying out the activity contemplated by the award. The term does not include cooperative research and development agreements as defined in 15 U.S.C. 3710a. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.625" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.625   Criminal drug statute.</HEAD>
<P><I>Criminal drug statute</I> means a Federal or non-Federal criminal statute involving the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, use, or possession of any controlled substance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.630" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.630   Debarment.</HEAD>
<P><I>Debarment</I> means an action taken by a Federal agency to prohibit a recipient from participating in Federal Government procurement contracts and covered nonprocurement transactions. A recipient so prohibited is debarred, in accordance with the Federal Acquisition Regulation for procurement contracts (48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4) and the common rule, Government-wide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement), that implements Executive Order 12549 and Executive Order 12689. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.635" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.635   Drug-free workplace.</HEAD>
<P><I>Drug-free workplace</I> means a site for the performance of work done in connection with a specific award at which employees of the recipient are prohibited from engaging in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.640" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.640   Employee.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Employee</I> means the employee of a recipient directly engaged in the performance of work under the award, including— 
</P>
<P>(1) All direct charge employees; 
</P>
<P>(2) All indirect charge employees, unless their impact or involvement in the performance of work under the award is insignificant to the performance of the award; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Temporary personnel and consultants who are directly engaged in the performance of work under the award and who are on the recipient's payroll. 
</P>
<P>(b) This definition does not include workers not on the payroll of the recipient (e.g., volunteers, even if used to meet a matching requirement; consultants or independent contractors not on the payroll; or employees of subrecipients or subcontractors in covered workplaces). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.645" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.645   Federal agency or agency.</HEAD>
<P><I>Federal agency or agency</I> means any United States executive department, military department, government corporation, government controlled corporation, any other establishment in the executive branch (including the Executive Office of the President), or any independent regulatory agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.650" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.650   Grant.</HEAD>
<P><I>Grant</I> means an award of financial assistance that, consistent with 31 U.S.C. 6304, is used to enter into a relationship— 
</P>
<P>(a) The principal purpose of which is to transfer a thing of value to the recipient to carry out a public purpose of support or stimulation authorized by a law of the United States, rather than to acquire property or services for the Federal Government's direct benefit or use; and 
</P>
<P>(b) In which substantial involvement is not expected between the Federal agency and the recipient when carrying out the activity contemplated by the award. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.655" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.655   Individual.</HEAD>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a natural person. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.660" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.660   Recipient.</HEAD>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, unit of government (except a Federal agency) or legal entity, however organized, that receives an award directly from a Federal agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.665" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.665   State.</HEAD>
<P><I>State</I> means any of the States of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or any territory or possession of the United States. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.670" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.21.6.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.670   Suspension.</HEAD>
<P><I>Suspension</I> means an action taken by a Federal agency that immediately prohibits a recipient from participating in Federal Government procurement contracts and covered nonprocurement transactions for a temporary period, pending completion of an investigation and any judicial or administrative proceedings that may ensue. A recipient so prohibited is suspended, in accordance with the Federal Acquisition Regulation for procurement contracts (48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4) and the common rule, Government-wide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement), that implements Executive Order 12549 and Executive Order 12689. Suspension of a recipient is a distinct and separate action from suspension of an award or suspension of payments under an award. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="21" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 21—NEW RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 319, Pub. L. 101-121 (31 U.S.C. 1352); 31 U.S.C. 321.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 6737, 6751, Feb. 26, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>See also Office of Management and Budget notice published at 54 FR 52306, December 20, 1989.</P></CROSSREF>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.100" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.100   Conditions on use of funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No appropriated funds may be expended by the recipient of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative ageement to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any of the following covered Federal actions: the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person who requests or receives from an agency a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement shall file with that agency a certification, set forth in appendix A, that the person has not made, and will not make, any payment prohibited by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Each person who requests or receives from an agency a Federal contract, grant, loan, or a cooperative agreement shall file with that agency a disclosure form, set forth in appendix B, if such person has made or has agreed to make any payment using nonappropriated funds (to include profits from any covered Federal action), which would be prohibited under paragraph (a) of this section if paid for with appropriated funds.
</P>
<P>(d) Each person who requests or receives from an agency a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan shall file with that agency a statement, set forth in appendix A, whether that person has made or has agreed to make any payment to influence or attempt to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with that loan insurance or guarantee.
</P>
<P>(e) Each person who requests or receives from an agency a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan shall file with that agency a disclosure form, set forth in appendix B, if that person has made or has agreed to make any payment to influence or attempt to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with that loan insurance or guarantee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.105" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.105   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Agency,</I> as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552(f), includes Federal executive departments and agencies as well as independent regulatory commissions and Government corporations, as defined in 31 U.S.C. 9101(1).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Covered Federal action</I> means any of the following Federal actions:
</P>
<P>(1) The awarding of any Federal contract;
</P>
<P>(2) The making of any Federal grant;
</P>
<P>(3) The making of any Federal loan;
</P>
<P>(4) The entering into of any cooperative agreement; and,
</P>
<P>(5) The extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
</P>
<FP>Covered Federal action does not include receiving from an agency a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan. Loan guarantees and loan insurance are addressed independently within this part.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Federal contract</I> means an acquisition contract awarded by an agency, including those subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), and any other acquisition contract for real or personal property or services not subject to the FAR.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Federal cooperative agreement</I> means a cooperative agreement entered into by an agency.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Federal grant</I> means an award of financial assistance in the form of money, or property in lieu of money, by the Federal Government or a direct appropriation made by law to any person. The term does not include technical assistance which provides services instead of money, or other assistance in the form of revenue sharing, loans, loan guarantees, loan insurance, interest subsidies, insurance, or direct United States cash assistance to an individual.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Federal loan</I> means a loan made by an agency. The term does not include loan guarantee or loan insurance.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Indian tribe</I> and <I>tribal organization</I> have the meaning provided in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450B). Alaskan Natives are included under the definitions of Indian tribes in that Act.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Influencing or attempting to influence</I> means making, with the intent to influence, any communication to or appearance before an officer or employee or any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any covered Federal action.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Loan guarantee</I> and <I>loan insurance</I> means an agency's guarantee or insurance of a loan made by a person.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Local government</I> means a unit of government in a State and, if chartered, established, or otherwise recognized by a State for the performance of a governmental duty, including a local public authority, a special district, an intrastate district, a council of governments, a sponsor group representative organization, and any other instrumentality of a local government.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Officer or employee of an agency</I> includes the following individuals who are employed by an agency:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual who is appointed to a position in the Government under title 5, U.S. Code, including a position under a temporary appointment;
</P>
<P>(2) A member of the uniformed services as defined in section 101(3), title 37, U.S. Code;
</P>
<P>(3) A special Government employee as defined in section 202, title 18, U.S. Code; and,
</P>
<P>(4) An individual who is a member of a Federal advisory committee, as defined by the Federal Advisory Committee Act, title 5, U.S. Code appendix 2.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Person</I> means an individual, corporation, company, association, authority, firm, partnership, society, State, and local government, regardless of whether such entity is operated for profit or not for profit. This term excludes an Indian tribe, tribal organization, or any other Indian organization with respect to expenditures specifically permitted by other Federal law.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Reasonable compensation</I> means, with respect to a regularly employed officer or employee of any person, compensation that is consistent with the normal compensation for such officer or employee for work that is not furnished to, not funded by, or not furnished in cooperation with the Federal Government.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Reasonable payment</I> means, with respect to perfessional and other technical services, a payment in an amount that is consistent with the amount normally paid for such services in the private sector.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Recipient</I> includes all contractors, subcontractors at any tier, and subgrantees at any tier of the recipient of funds received in connection with a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. The term excludes an Indian tribe, tribal organization, or any other Indian organization with respect to expenditures specifically permitted by other Federal law.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Regularly employed</I> means, with respect to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan, an officer or employee who is employed by such person for at least 130 working days within one year immediately preceding the date of the submission that initiates agency consideration of such person for receipt of such contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, loan insurance commitment, or loan guarantee commitment. An officer or employee who is employed by such person for less than 130 working days within one year immediately preceding the date of the submission that initiates agency consideration of such person shall be considered to be regularly employed as soon as he or she is employed by such person for 130 working days.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, a territory or possession of the United States, an agency or instrumentality of a State, and a multi-State, regional, or interstate entity having governmental duties and powers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.110" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.110   Certification and disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person shall file a certification, and a disclosure form, if required, with each submission that initiates agency consideration of such person for:
</P>
<P>(1) Award of a Federal contract, grant, or cooperative agreement exceeding $100,000; or
</P>
<P>(2) An award of a Federal loan or a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan exceeding $150,000.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person shall file a certification, and a disclosure form, if required, upon receipt by such person of:
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal contract, grant, or cooperative agreement exceeding $100,000; or
</P>
<P>(2) A Federal loan or a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan exceeding $150,000, unless such person previously filed a certification, and a disclosure form, if required, under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Each person shall file a disclosure form at the end of each calendar quarter in which there occurs any event that requires disclosure or that materially affects the accuracy of the information contained in any disclosure form previously filed by such person under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section. An event that materially affects the accuracy of the information reported includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A cumulative increase of $25,000 or more in the amount paid or expected to be paid for influencing or attempting to influence a covered Federal action; or
</P>
<P>(2) A change in the person(s) or individual(s) influencing or attempting to influence a covered Federal action; or,
</P>
<P>(3) A change in the officer(s), employee(s), or Member(s) contacted to influence or attempt to influence a covered Federal action.
</P>
<P>(d) Any person who requests or receives from a person referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A subcontract exceeding $100,000 at any tier under a Federal contract;
</P>
<P>(2) A subgrant, contract, or subcontract exceeding $100,000 at any tier under a Federal grant;
</P>
<P>(3) A contract or subcontract exceeding $100,000 at any tier under a Federal loan exceeding $150,000; or,
</P>
<P>(4) A contract or subcontract exceeding $100,000 at any tier under a Federal cooperative agreement, shall file a certification, and a disclosure form, if required, to the next tier above.
</P>
<P>(e) All disclosure forms, but not certifications, shall be forwarded from tier to tier until received by the person referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section. That person shall forward all disclosure forms to the agency.
</P>
<P>(f) Any certification or disclosure form filed under paragraph (e) of this section shall be treated as a material representation of fact upon which all receiving tiers shall rely. All liability arising from an erroneous representation shall be borne solely by the tier filing that representation and shall not be shared by any tier to which the erroneous representation is forwarded. Submitting an erroneous certification or disclosure constitutes a failure to file the required certification or disclosure, respectively. If a person fails to file a required certification or disclosure, the United States may pursue all available remedies, including those authorized by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code.
</P>
<P>(g) For awards and commitments in process prior to December 23, 1989, but not made before that date, certifications shall be required at award or commitment, covering activities occurring between December 23, 1989, and the date of award or commitment. However, for awards and commitments in process prior to the December 23, 1989 effective date of these provisions, but not made before December 23, 1989, disclosure forms shall not be required at time of award or commitment but shall be filed within 30 days.
</P>
<P>(h) No reporting is required for an activity paid for with appropriated funds if that activity is allowable under either subpart B or C.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Activities by Own Employees</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.200" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.200   Agency and legislative liaison.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibition on the use of appropriated funds, in § 21.100 (a), does not apply in the case of a payment of reasonable compensation made to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement if the payment is for agency and legislative liaison activities not directly related to a covered Federal action.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, providing any information specifically requested by an agency or Congress is allowable at any time.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the following agency and legislative liaison activities are allowable at any time only where they are not related to a specific solicitation for any covered Federal action:
</P>
<P>(1) Discussing with an agency (including individual demonstrations) the qualities and characteristics of the person's products or services, conditions or terms of sale, and service capabilities; and,
</P>
<P>(2) Technical discussions and other activities regarding the application or adaptation of the person's products or services for an agency's use.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the following agencies and legislative liaison activities are allowable only where they are prior to formal solicitation of any covered Federal action:
</P>
<P>(1) Providing any information not specifically requested but necessary for an agency to make an informed decision about initiation of a covered Federal action;
</P>
<P>(2) Technical discussions regarding the preparation of an unsolicited proposal prior to its official submission; and,
</P>
<P>(3) Capability presentations by persons seeking awards from an agency pursuant to the provisions of the Small Business Act, as amended by Pub. L. 95-507 and other subsequent amendments.
</P>
<P>(e) Only those activities expressly authorized by this section are allowable under this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.205" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.205   Professional and technical services.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibition on the use of appropriated funds, in § 21.100 (a), does not apply in the case of a payment of reasonable compensation made to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or an extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement if payment is for professional or technical services rendered directly in the preparation, submission, or negotiation of any bid, proposal, or application for that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or for meeting requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, “professional and technical services” shall be limited to advice and analysis directly applying any professional or technical discipline. For example, drafting of a legal document accompanying a bid or proposal by a lawyer is allowable. Similarly, technical advice provided by an engineer on the performance or operational capability of a piece of equipment rendered directly in the negotiation of a contract is allowable. However, communications with the intent to influence made by a professional (such as a licensed lawyer) or a technical person (such as a licensed accountant) are not allowable under this section unless they provide advice and analysis directly applying their professional or technical expertise and unless the advice or analysis is rendered directly and solely in the preparation, submission or negotiation of a covered Federal action. Thus, for example, communications with the intent to influence made by a lawyer that do not provide legal advice or analysis directly and solely related to the legal aspects of his or her client's proposal, but generally advocate one proposal over another are not allowable under this section because the lawyer is not providing professional legal services. Similarly, communications with the intent to influence made by an engineer providing an engineering analysis prior to the preparation or submission of a bid or proposal are not allowable under this section since the engineer is providing technical services but not directly in the preparation, submission or negotiation of a covered Federal action.
</P>
<P>(c) Requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving a covered Federal award include those required by law or regulation, or reasonably expected to be required by law or regulation, and any other requirements in the actual award documents.
</P>
<P>(d) Only those services expressly authorized by this section are allowable under this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.210" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.210   Reporting.</HEAD>
<P>No reporting is required with respect to payments of reasonable compensation made to regularly employed officers or employees of a person.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Activities by Other Than Own Employees</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.300" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.300   Professional and technical services.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibition on the use of appropriated funds, in § 21.100 (a), does not apply in the case of any reasonable payment to a person, other than an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a covered Federal action, if the payment is for professional or technical services rendered directly in the preparation, submission, or negotiation of any bid, proposal, or application for that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or for meeting requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) The reporting requirements in § 21.110 (a) and (b) regarding filing a disclosure form by each person, if required, shall not apply with respect to professional or technical services rendered directly in the preparation, submission, or negotiation of any commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, “professional and technical services” shall be limited to advice and analysis directly applying any professional or technical discipline. For example, drafting or a legal document accompanying a bid or proposal by a lawyer is allowable. Similarly, technical advice provided by an engineer on the performance or operational capability of a piece of equipment rendered directly in the negotiation of a contract is allowable. However, communications with the intent to influence made by a professional (such as a licensed lawyer) or a technical person (such as a licensed accountant) are not allowable under this section unless they provide advice and analysis directly applying their professional or technical expertise and unless the advice or analysis is rendered directly and solely in the preparation, submission or negotiation of a covered Federal action. Thus, for example, communications with the intent to influence made by a lawyer that do not provide legal advice or analysis directly and solely related to the legal aspects of his or her client's proposal, but generally advocate one proposal over another are not allowable under this section because the lawyer is not providing professional legal services. Similarly, communications with the intent to influence made by an engineer providing an engineering analysis prior to the preparation or submission of a bid or proposal are not allowable under this section since the engineer is providing technical services but not directly in the preparation, submission or negotiation of a covered Federal action.
</P>
<P>(d) Requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving a covered Federal award include those required by law or regulation, or reasonably expected to be required by law or regulation, and any other requirements in the actual award documents.
</P>
<P>(e) Persons other than officers or employees of a person requesting or receiving a covered Federal action include consultants and trade associations.
</P>
<P>(f) Only those services expressly authorized by this section are allowable under this section.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Penalties and Enforcement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.400" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.400   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who makes an expenditure prohibited herein shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such expenditure.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who fails to file or amend the disclosure form (see Appendix B) to be filed or amended if required herein, shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
</P>
<P>(c) A filing or amended filing on or after the date on which an administrative action for the imposition of a civil penalty is commenced does not prevent the imposition of such civil penalty for a failure occurring before that date. An administrative action is commenced with respect to a failure when an investigating official determines in writing to commence an investigation of an allegation of such failure.
</P>
<P>(d) In determining whether to impose a civil penalty, and the amount of any such penalty, by reason of a violation by any person, the agency shall consider the nature, circumstances, extent, and gravity of the violation, the effect on the ability of such person to continue in business, any prior violations by such person, the degree of culpability of such person, the ability of the person to pay the penalty, and such other matters as may be appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) First offenders under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section shall be subject to a civil penalty of $10,000, absent aggravating circumstances. Second and subsequent offenses by persons shall be subject to an appropriate civil penalty between $10,000 and $100,000, as determined by the agency head or his or her designee.
</P>
<P>(f) An imposition of a civil penalty under this section does not prevent the United States from seeking any other remedy that may apply to the same conduct that is the basis for the imposition of such civil penalty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.405" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.405   Penalty procedures.</HEAD>
<P>Agencies shall impose and collect civil penalties pursuant to the provisions of the Program Fraud and Civil Remedies Act, 31 U.S.C. sections 3803 (except subsection (c)), 3804, 3805, 3806, 3807, 3808, and 3812, insofar as these provisions are not inconsistent with the requirements herein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.410" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.410   Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>The head of each agency shall take such actions as are necessary to ensure that the provisions herein are vigorously implemented and enforced in that agency.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.500" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.500   Secretary of Defense.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary of Defense may exempt, on a case-by-case basis, a covered Federal action from the prohibition whenever the Secretary determines, in writing, that such an exemption is in the national interest. The Secretary shall transmit a copy of each such written exemption to Congress immediately after making such a determination.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department of Defense may issue supplemental regulations to implement paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Agency Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.600" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.6.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.600   Semi-annual compilation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head of each agency shall collect and compile the disclosure reports (see appendix B) and, on May 31 and November 30 of each year, submit to the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives a report containing a compilation of the information contained in the disclosure reports received during the six-month period ending on March 31 or September 30, respectively, of that year.
</P>
<P>(b) The report, including the compilation, shall be available for public inspection 30 days after receipt of the report by the Secretary and the Clerk.
</P>
<P>(c) Information that involves intelligence matters shall be reported only to the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate, the Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives, and the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives in accordance with procedures agreed to by such committees. Such information shall not be available for public inspection.
</P>
<P>(d) Information that is classified under Executive Order 12356 or any successor order shall be reported only to the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives or the Committees on Armed Services of the Senate and the House of Representatives (whichever such committees have jurisdiction of matters involving such information) and to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives in accordance with procedures agreed to by such committees. Such information shall not be available for public inspection.
</P>
<P>(e) The first semi-annual compilation shall be submitted on May 31, 1990, and shall contain a compilation of the disclosure reports received from December 23, 1989 to March 31, 1990.
</P>
<P>(f) Major agencies, designated by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), are required to provide machine-readable compilations to the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives no later than with the compilations due on May 31, 1991. OMB shall provide detailed specifications in a memorandum to these agencies.
</P>
<P>(g) Non-major agencies are requested to provide machine-readable compilations to the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives.
</P>
<P>(h) Agencies shall keep the originals of all disclosure reports in the official files of the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.605" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.6.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.605   Inspector General report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Inspector General, or other official as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, of each agency shall prepare and submit to Congress each year, commencing with submission of the President's Budget in 1991, an evaluation of the compliance of that agency with, and the effectiveness of, the requirements herein. The evaluation may include any recommended changes that may be necessary to strengthen or improve the requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of an agency that does not have an Inspector General, the agency official comparable to an Inspector General shall prepare and submit the annual report, or, if there is no such comparable official, the head of the agency shall prepare and submit the annual report.
</P>
<P>(c) The annual report shall be submitted at the same time the agency submits its annual budget justifications to Congress.
</P>
<P>(d) The annual report shall include the following: All alleged violations relating to the agency's covered Federal actions during the year covered by the report, the actions taken by the head of the agency in the year covered by the report with respect to those alleged violations and alleged violations in previous years, and the amounts of civil penalties imposed by the agency in the year covered by the report.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.8.7.1.24" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 21—Certification Regarding Lobbying
</HEAD>
<HD2>Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans, and Cooperative Agreements
</HD2>
<P>The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
</P>
<P>(1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
</P>
<P>(2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instructions.
</P>
<P>(3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
</P>
<P>This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
</P>
<HD2>Statement for Loan Guarantees and Loan Insurance
</HD2>
<P>The undersigned states, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
</P>
<P>If any funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instructions.
</P>
<P>Submission of this statement is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required statement shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.



</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.22.8.7.1.25" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 21—Disclosure Form To Report Lobbying

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/ec21oc91.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec21oc91.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec21oc91.004.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="22" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 22—NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF RACE, COLOR, OR NATIONAL ORIGIN IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES RECEIVING FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 2000d-2000d-7.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 89855, Dec. 13, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 22.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to effectuate the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (Title VI) to the end that no person in the United States shall, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance from the Department of the Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.2   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to any program for which federal financial assistance is authorized under a law administered by the Department, including the types of federal financial assistance listed in appendix A to this part. It also applies to money paid, property transferred, or other federal financial assistance extended after the effective date of this part pursuant to an application approved before that effective date. This part does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Any federal financial assistance by way of insurance or guaranty contracts;
</P>
<P>(2) Any assistance to any individual who is the ultimate beneficiary; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any employment practice, under any such program, of any employer, employment agency, or labor organization, except to the extent described in § 22.4(c). The fact that a type of federal financial assistance is not listed in appendix A to this part shall not mean, if Title VI is otherwise applicable, that a program is not covered. Other types of federal financial assistance under statutes now in force or hereinafter enacted may be added to appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) In any program receiving federal financial assistance in the form, or for the acquisition, of real property or an interest in real property, to the extent that rights to space on, over, or under any such property are included as part of the program receiving that assistance, the nondiscrimination requirement of this part shall extend to any facility located wholly or in part in that space.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means a person who submits an application, request, or plan required to be approved by an official of the Department of the Treasury, or designee thereof, or by a primary recipient, as a condition to eligibility for federal financial assistance, and <I>application</I> means such an application, request, or plan.
</P>
<P><I>Designated agency official</I> means the Assistant Secretary for Management and his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Facility</I> includes all or any part of structures, equipment, or other real or personal property or interests therein, and the provision of facilities includes the construction, expansion, renovation, remodeling, alteration, or acquisition of facilities.
</P>
<P><I>Federal financial assistance</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Grants and loans of federal funds;
</P>
<P>(2) The grant or donation of federal property and interests in property;
</P>
<P>(3) The detail of federal personnel;
</P>
<P>(4) The sale and lease of, and the permission to use (on other than a casual or transient basis), federal property or any interest in such property without consideration or at a nominal consideration, or at a consideration which is reduced for the purpose of assisting the recipient, or in recognition of the public interest to be served by such sale or lease to the recipient; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any federal agreement, arrangement, or other contract which has as one of its purposes the provision of assistance.
</P>
<P><I>Primary recipient</I> means any recipient that is authorized or required to extend federal financial assistance to another recipient.
</P>
<P><I>Program or activity</I> and <I>program</I> mean all of the operations of any entity described in the following paragraphs (1) through (4) of this definition, any part of which is extended federal financial assistance:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The entity of such state or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A local educational agency (as defined in 20 U.S.C. 7801), system of vocational education, or other school system;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) An entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship—
</P>
<P>(A) If assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or
</P>
<P>(B) Which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization or sole proprietorship; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any other entity which is established by two or more of the entities described in the preceding paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> may mean any State, territory, possession, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico, or any political subdivision thereof, or instrumentality thereof, any public or private agency, institution, or organization, or other entity, or any individual, in any State, territory, possession, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico, to whom federal financial assistance is extended, directly or through another recipient, including any successor, assignee, or transferee thereof, but such term does not include any ultimate beneficiary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.4   Discrimination prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No person in the United States shall, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination under, any program to which this part applies.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specific discriminatory actions prohibited.</I> (1) A recipient to which this part applies may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin:
</P>
<P>(i) Deny a person any service, financial aid, or other benefit provided under the program;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide any service, financial aid, or other benefit to a person which is different, or is provided in a different manner, from that provided to others under the program;
</P>
<P>(iii) Subject a person to segregation or separate treatment in any matter related to his receipt of any service, financial aid, or other benefit under the program;
</P>
<P>(iv) Restrict a person in any way in the enjoyment of any advantage or privilege enjoyed by others receiving any service, financial aid, or other benefit under the program;
</P>
<P>(v) Treat a person differently from others in determining whether he satisfies any admission, enrollment, quota, eligibility, membership, or other requirement or condition which persons must meet in order to be provided any service, financial aid, or other benefit provided under the program;
</P>
<P>(vi) Deny a person an opportunity to participate in the program through the provision of services or otherwise to afford him an opportunity to do so which is different from that afforded others under the program (including the opportunity to participate in the program as a volunteer or as an employee, but only to the extent set forth in paragraph (c) of this section); or
</P>
<P>(vii) Deny a person the opportunity to participate as a member of a planning, advisory, or similar body which is an integral part of the program.
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient, in determining the types of services, financial aid, or other benefits, or facilities which will be provided under any such program, or the class of persons to whom, or the situations in which, such services, financial aid, other benefits, or facilities will be provided under any such program, or the class of persons to be afforded an opportunity to participate in any such program, may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, use criteria or methods of administration which have the effect of subjecting persons to discrimination because of their race, color, or national origin or have the effect of defeating or substantially impairing accomplishment of the objectives of the program with respect to individuals of a particular race, color, or national origin.
</P>
<P>(3) In determining the site or location of facilities, a recipient or applicant may not make selections with the purpose or effect of excluding persons from, denying them the benefits of, or subjecting them to discrimination under any program to which this regulation applies, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin; or with the purpose or effect of defeating or substantially impairing the accomplishment of the objectives of Title VI or this part.
</P>
<P>(4) As used in this section the services, financial aid, or other benefits provided under a program receiving federal financial assistance include any service, financial aid, or other benefit provided in or through a facility provided with the aid of federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(5) The enumeration of specific forms of prohibited discrimination in this paragraph does not limit the generality of the prohibition in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) This part does not prohibit the consideration of race, color, or national origin if the purpose and effect are to remove or overcome the consequences of practices or impediments which have restricted the availability of, or participation in, the program or activity receiving federal financial assistance, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. Where prior discriminatory practice or usage tends, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin to exclude individuals from participation in, to deny them the benefits of, or to subject them to discrimination under any program or activity to which this part applies, the applicant or recipient must take affirmative action to remove or overcome the effects of the prior discriminatory practice or usage. Even in the absence of prior discriminatory practice or usage, a recipient in administering a program or activity to which this part applies, may take affirmative action to assure that no person is excluded from participation in or denied the benefits of the program or activity on the grounds of race, color, or national origin.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Employment practices.</I> (1) Where a primary objective of the federal financial assistance to a program to which this part applies is to provide employment, a recipient subject to this part shall not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, subject a person to discrimination on the ground of race, color, or national origin in its employment practices under such program (including recruitment or recruitment advertising, hiring, firing, upgrading, promotion, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation or benefits, selection for training or apprenticeship, and use of facilities). Such recipient shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, or national origin. The requirements applicable to construction employment under any such program shall be those specified in or pursuant to Part III of Executive Order 11246 or any Executive Order which supersedes it.
</P>
<P>(2) Where a primary objective of the federal financial assistance is not to provide employment, but discrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the employment practices of the recipient or other persons subject to the regulation tends, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, to exclude individuals from participation in, deny them the benefits of, or subject them to discrimination under any program to which this regulation applies, the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall apply to the employment practices of the recipient or other persons subject to the regulation, to the extent necessary to assure equality of opportunity to, and nondiscriminatory treatment of, beneficiaries.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.5   Assurances required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Either at the application stage or the award stage, federal agencies must ensure that applications for federal financial assistance or awards of federal financial assistance contain, be accompanied by, or be covered by a specifically identified assurance from the applicant or recipient, satisfactory to the designated agency official, that each program or activity operated by the applicant or recipient and to which these Title VI regulations apply will be operated in compliance with these Title VI regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration of obligation.</I> (1) In the case where the federal financial assistance is to provide or is in the form of personal property, or real property or interest therein or structures thereon, the assurance shall obligate the recipient, or, in the case of a subsequent transfer, the transferee, for the period during which the property is used for a purpose for which the federal financial assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits, or for as long as the recipient retains ownership or possession of the property, whichever is longer. In all other cases the assurance shall obligate the recipient for the period during which federal financial assistance is extended to the program.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case where federal financial assistance is provided in the form of a transfer of real property, structures, or improvements thereon, or interest therein, from the federal Government, the instrument effecting or recording the transfer shall contain a covenant running with the land assuring nondiscrimination for the period during which the real property is used for a purpose for which the federal financial assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits. Where no transfer of property or interest therein from the federal government is involved, but property is acquired or improved with federal financial assistance, the recipient shall agree to include such covenant in any subsequent transfer of such property. When the property is obtained from the federal government, such covenant may also include a condition coupled with a right to be reserved by the Department to revert title to the property in the event of a breach of the covenant where, in the discretion of the designated agency official, such a condition and right of reverter is appropriate to the statute under which the real property is obtained and to the nature of the grant and the grantee. In such event if a transferee of real property proposes to mortgage or otherwise encumber the real property as security for financing construction of new, or improvement of existing, facilities on such property for the purposes for which the property was transferred, the designated agency official may agree, upon request of the transferee and if necessary to accomplish such financing, and upon such conditions as the designated agency official deems appropriate, to subordinate such right of reversion to the lien of such mortgage or other encumbrance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Continuing federal financial assistance.</I> Every application by a State or a State agency for continuing federal financial assistance to which this part applies (including the types of federal financial assistance listed in appendix A to this part) shall as a condition to its approval and the extension of any federal financial assistance pursuant to the application:
</P>
<P>(1) Contain, be accompanied by, or be covered by a statement that the program is (or, in the case of a new program, will be) conducted in compliance with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Provide, be accompanied by, or be covered by provision for such methods of administration for the program as are found by the designated agency official to give reasonable guarantee that the applicant and all recipients of federal financial assistance under such program will comply with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Assurance from institutions.</I> (1) In the case of any application for federal financial assistance to an institution of higher education (including assistance for construction, for research, for special training projects, for student loans or for any other purpose), the assurance required by this section shall extend to admission practices and to all other practices relating to the treatment of students.
</P>
<P>(2) The assurance required with respect to an institution of higher education, hospital, or any other institution, insofar as the assurance relates to the institution's practices with respect to admission or other treatment of individuals as students, patients, or clients of the institution or to the opportunity to participate in the provision of services or other benefits to such individuals, shall be applicable to the entire institution.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form.</I> (1) The assurances required by paragraph (a) of this section, which may be included as part of a document that addresses other assurances or obligations, shall include that the applicant or recipient will comply with all applicable federal statutes relating to nondiscrimination. This includes but is not limited to Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 2000d, <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) The designated agency official will specify the extent to which such assurances will be required of the applicant's or recipient's subgrantees, contractors, subcontractors, transferees, or successors in interest. Any such assurance shall include provisions which give the United States a right to seek its judicial enforcement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.6   Compliance information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cooperation and assistance.</I> The designated Agency official shall to the fullest extent practicable seek the cooperation of recipients in obtaining compliance with this part and shall provide assistance and guidance to recipients to help them comply voluntarily with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compliance reports.</I> Each recipient shall keep such records and submit to the designated Agency official timely, complete, and accurate compliance reports at such times, and in such form and containing such information, as the designated Agency official may determine to be necessary to enable the designated Agency official to ascertain whether the recipient has complied or is complying with this part. In the case in which a primary recipient extends federal financial assistance to any other recipient, such other recipient shall also submit such compliance reports to the primary recipient as may be necessary to enable the primary recipient to carry out its obligations under this part. In general recipients should have available for the designated Agency official racial and ethnic data showing the extent to which members of minority groups are beneficiaries of programs receiving Federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Access to sources of information.</I> Each recipient shall permit access by the designated Agency official during normal business hours to such of its books, records, accounts, and other sources of information, and its facilities as may be pertinent to ascertain compliance with this part. Where any information required of a recipient is in the exclusive possession of any other agency, institution, or person and this agency, institution, or person fails or refuses to furnish this information, the recipient shall so certify in its report and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information to beneficiaries and participants.</I> Each recipient shall make available to participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of this part and its applicability to the program for which the recipient receives federal financial assistance, and make such information available to them in such manner, as the designated Agency official finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by Title VI and this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.7   Conduct of investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Periodic compliance reviews.</I> The designated Agency official shall from time to time review the practices of recipients to determine whether they are complying with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complaints.</I> Any person who believes that he or she, or any specific class of persons, has been subjected to discrimination prohibited by this part may by himself or herself, or by a representative, file with the designated Agency official a written complaint. A complaint must be filed not later than 180 days after the date of the alleged discrimination, unless the time for filing is extended by the designated Agency official.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Investigations.</I> The designated Agency official will make a prompt investigation whenever a compliance review, report, complaint, or any other information indicates a possible failure to comply with this part. The investigation will include, where appropriate, a review of the pertinent practices and policies of the recipient, the circumstances under which the possible noncompliance with this part occurred, and other factors relevant to a determination as to whether the recipient has failed to comply with this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Resolution of matters.</I> (1) If an investigation pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section indicates a failure to comply with this part, the designated Agency official will so inform the recipient and the matter will be resolved by informal means whenever possible. If it has been determined that the matter cannot be resolved by informal means, action will be taken as provided for in § 22.8.
</P>
<P>(2) If an investigation does not warrant action pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section the designated Agency official will so inform the recipient and the complainant, if any, in writing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Intimidatory or retaliatory acts prohibited.</I> No recipient or other person shall intimidate, threaten, coerce, or discriminate against any individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by section 601 of Title VI or this part, or because the individual has made a complaint, testified, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation, proceeding, or hearing under this part. The identity of complainants shall be kept confidential except to the extent necessary to carry out the purposes of this part, including the conduct of any investigation, hearing, or judicial proceeding arising thereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.8   Procedure for effecting compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If there appears to be a failure or threatened failure to comply with this part, and if the noncompliance or threatened noncompliance cannot be corrected by informal means, compliance with this part may be effected by the suspension or termination of or refusal to grant or to continue federal financial assistance or by any other means authorized by law. Such other means may include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) A referral to the Department of Justice with a recommendation that appropriate proceedings be brought to enforce any rights of the United States under any law of the United States (including other titles of the Civil Rights Act of 1964), or any assurance or other contractual undertaking; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any applicable proceeding under State or local law.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Noncompliance with § 22.5.</I> If an applicant fails or refuses to furnish an assurance required under § 22.5 or otherwise fails or refuses to comply with a requirement imposed by or pursuant to that section, federal financial assistance may be suspended, terminated, or refused in accordance with the procedures of paragraph (c) of this section. The Agency shall not be required to provide assistance in such a case during the pendency of the administrative proceedings under such paragraph. However, subject to § 22.12, the Agency shall continue assistance during the pendency of such proceedings where such assistance is due and payable pursuant to an application approved prior to the effective date of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Termination of or refusal to grant or to continue federal financial assistance.</I> (1) No order suspending, terminating, or refusing to grant or continue federal financial assistance shall become effective until:
</P>
<P>(i) The designated Agency official has advised the applicant or recipient of the applicant's or recipient's failure to comply and has determined that compliance cannot be secured by voluntary means;
</P>
<P>(ii) There has been an express finding on the record, after opportunity for hearing, of a failure by the applicant or recipient to comply with a requirement imposed by or pursuant to this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) The action has been approved by the designated Agency official pursuant to § 22.10(e); and
</P>
<P>(iv) The expiration of 30 days after the designated Agency official has filed with the committee of the House and the committee of the Senate having legislative jurisdiction over the program involved, a full written report of the circumstances and the grounds for such action.
</P>
<P>(2) Any action to suspend or terminate or to refuse to grant or to continue federal financial assistance shall be limited to the particular political entity, or part thereof, or other applicant or recipient as to whom such a finding has been made and shall be limited in its effect to the particular program, or part thereof, in which such noncompliance has been so found.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other means authorized by law.</I> No action to effect compliance with Title VI by any other means authorized by law shall be taken by the Department of the Treasury until:
</P>
<P>(1) The designated Agency official has determined that compliance cannot be secured by voluntary means;
</P>
<P>(2) The recipient or other person has been notified of its failure to comply and of the action to be taken to effect compliance; and
</P>
<P>(3) The expiration of at least 10 days from the mailing of such notice to the recipient or other person. During this period of at least 10 days, additional efforts shall be made to persuade the recipient or other person to comply with the regulation and to take such corrective action as may be appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.9" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.9   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opportunity for hearing.</I> Whenever an opportunity for a hearing is required by § 22.8(c), reasonable notice shall be given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the affected applicant or recipient. This notice shall advise the applicant or recipient of the action proposed to be taken, the specific provision under which the proposed action against it is to be taken, and the matters of fact or law asserted as the basis for this action, and either:
</P>
<P>(1) Fix a date not less than 20 days after the date of such notice within which the applicant or recipient may request of the designated agency official that the matter be scheduled for hearing; or
</P>
<P>(2) Advise the applicant or recipient that the matter in question has been set for hearing at a stated place and time. The time and place so fixed shall be reasonable and shall be subject to change for cause. The complainant, if any, shall be advised of the time and place of the hearing. An applicant or recipient may waive a hearing and submit written information and argument for the record. The failure of an applicant or recipient to request a hearing under this paragraph or to appear at a hearing for which a date has been set shall be deemed to be a waiver of the right to a hearing under section 602 of Title VI and § 22.8(c) and consent to the making of a decision on the basis of such information as is available.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time and place of hearing.</I> Hearings shall be held at the offices of the Department of the Treasury component administering the program, at a time fixed by the designated Agency official unless the designated Agency official determines that the convenience of the applicant or recipient or of the Agency requires that another place be selected. Hearings shall be held before the designated Agency official, or at designated Agency official's discretion, before a hearing examiner appointed in accordance with section 3105 of title 5, United States Code, or detailed under section 3344 of title 5, United States Code.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Right to counsel.</I> In all proceedings under this section, the applicant or recipient and the Agency shall have the right to be represented by counsel.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedures, evidence, and record.</I> (1) The hearing, decision, and any administrative review thereof shall be conducted in conformity with sections 554 through 557 of title 5, United States Code, and in accordance with such rules of procedure as are proper (and not inconsistent with this section) relating to the conduct of the hearing, giving of notices subsequent to those provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, taking of testimony, exhibits, arguments and briefs, requests for findings, and other related matters. Both the designated Agency official and the applicant or recipient shall be entitled to introduce all relevant evidence on the issues as stated in the notice for hearing or as determined by the officer conducting the hearing at the outset of or during the hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) Technical rules of evidence do not apply to hearings conducted pursuant to this part, but rules or principles designed to assure production of the most credible evidence available and to subject testimony to test by cross-examination shall be applied where determined reasonably necessary by the officer conducting the hearing. The hearing officer may exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence. All documents and other evidence offered or taken for the record shall be open to examination by the parties and opportunity shall be given to refute facts and arguments advanced on either side of the issues. A transcript shall be made of the oral evidence except to the extent the substance thereof is stipulated for the record. All decisions shall be based upon the hearing record and written findings shall be made.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Consolidated or joint hearings.</I> In cases in which the same or related facts are asserted to constitute noncompliance with this part with respect to two or more federal statutes, authorities, or other means by which federal financial assistance is extended and to which this part applies, or noncompliance with this part and the regulations of one or more other federal departments or agencies issued under Title VI, the designated Agency official may, by agreement with such other departments or agencies, where applicable, provide for the conduct of consolidated or joint hearings, and for the application to such hearings of rules or procedures not inconsistent with this part. Final decisions in such cases, insofar as this regulation is concerned, shall be made in accordance with § 22.10.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.10" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.10   Decisions and notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure on decisions by hearing examiner.</I> If the hearing is held by a hearing examiner, the hearing examiner shall either make an initial decision, if so authorized, or certify the entire record including his recommended findings and proposed decision to the designated agency official for a final decision, and a copy of such initial decision or certification shall be mailed to the applicant or recipient. Where the initial decision is made by the hearing examiner the applicant or recipient may, within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of initial decision, file with the designated Agency official the applicant's or recipient's exceptions to the initial decision, with the reasons therefor. In the absence of exceptions, the designated Agency official may, on his or her own motion, within 45 days after the initial decision, serve on the applicant or recipient a notice that the designated Agency official will review the decision. Upon the filing of such exceptions or of notice of review, the designated Agency official shall review the initial decision and issue his or her own decision thereon including the reasons therefor. In the absence of either exceptions or a notice of review the initial decision shall, subject to paragraph (e) of this section, constitute the final decision of the designated Agency official.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Decisions on record or review by the designated Agency official.</I> Whenever a record is certified to the designated Agency official for decision or he or she reviews the decision of a hearing examiner pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or whenever the designated Agency official conducts the hearing, the applicant or recipient shall be given reasonable opportunity to file with the designated Agency official briefs or other written statements of its contentions, and a written copy of the final decision of the designated Agency official shall be sent to the applicant or recipient and to the complainant, if any.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Decisions on record where a hearing is waived.</I> Whenever a hearing is waived pursuant to § 22.9, a decision shall be made by the designated Agency official on the record and a written copy of such decision shall be sent to the applicant or recipient, and to the complainant, if any.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rulings required.</I> Each decision of a hearing examiner or the designated Agency official shall set forth his or her ruling on each finding, conclusion, or exception presented, and shall identify the requirement or requirements imposed by or pursuant to this part with which it is found that the applicant or recipient has failed to comply.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Approval by designated Agency official.</I> Any final decision by an official of the Agency, other than the designated Agency official personally, which provides for the suspension or termination of, or the refusal to grant or continue federal financial assistance, or the imposition of any other sanction available under this part or Title VI, shall promptly be transmitted to the designated Agency official personally, who may approve such decision, may vacate it, or remit or mitigate any sanction imposed.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Content of orders.</I> The final decision may provide for suspension or termination of, or refusal to grant or continue federal financial assistance, in whole or in part, to which this regulation applies, and may contain such terms, conditions, and other provisions as are consistent with and will effectuate the purposes of Title VI and this part, including provisions designed to assure that no federal financial assistance to which this regulation applies will thereafter be extended to the applicant or recipient determined by such decision to be in default in its performance of an assurance given by it pursuant to this part, or to have otherwise failed to comply with this part, unless and until it corrects its noncompliance and satisfies the designated Agency official that it will fully comply with this part.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Post termination proceedings.</I> (1) An applicant or recipient adversely affected by an order issued under paragraph (f) of this section shall be restored to full eligibility to receive federal financial assistance if it satisfies the terms and conditions of that order for such eligibility or if it brings itself into compliance with this part and provides reasonable assurance that it will fully comply with this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Any applicant or recipient adversely affected by an order entered pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section may at any time request the designated Agency official to restore fully its eligibility to receive federal financial assistance. Any such request shall be supported by information showing that the applicant or recipient has met the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section. If the designated Agency official determines that those requirements have been satisfied, he or she shall restore such eligibility.
</P>
<P>(3) If the designated Agency official denies any such request, the applicant or recipient may submit a request for a hearing in writing, specifying why it believes such official to have been in error. It shall thereupon be given an expeditious hearing, with a decision on the record in accordance with rules or procedures issued by the designated Agency official. The applicant or recipient will be restored to such eligibility if it proves at such a hearing that it satisfied the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section. While proceedings under this paragraph are pending, the sanctions imposed by the order issued under paragraph (f) of this section shall remain in effect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.11   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Action taken pursuant to section 602 of the Title VI is subject to judicial review as provided in section 603 of the Title VI.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.12" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.12   Effect on other regulations, forms, and instructions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Effect on other regulations.</I> All regulations, orders, or like directions issued before the effective date of this part by any officer of the Department of the Treasury which impose requirements designed to prohibit any discrimination against individuals on the grounds of race, color, or national origin under any program to which this part applies, and which authorize the suspension or termination of or refusal to grant or to continue federal financial assistance to any applicant for a recipient of such assistance for failure to comply with such requirements, are hereby superseded to the extent that such discrimination is prohibited by this part, except that nothing in this part may be considered to relieve any person of any obligation assumed or imposed under any such superseded regulation, order, instruction, or like direction before the effective date of this part. Nothing in this part, however, supersedes any of the following (including future amendments thereof):
</P>
<P>(1) Executive Order 11246 (3 CFR, 1965 Supp., p. 167) and regulations issued thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any other orders, regulations, or instructions, insofar as such orders, regulations, or instructions prohibit discrimination on the ground of race, color, or national origin in any program or situation to which this part is inapplicable, or prohibit discrimination on any other ground.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Forms and instructions.</I> The designated Agency official shall issue and promptly make available to all interested persons forms and detailed instructions and procedures for effectuating this part as applied to programs to which this part applies and for which the designated Agency official is responsible.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supervision and coordination.</I> The designated Agency official may from time to time assign to officials of the Agency, or to officials of other departments or agencies of the Government with the consent of such departments or agencies, responsibilities in connection with the effectuation of the purposes of Title VI and this part (other than responsibility for final decision as provided in § 22.10), including the achievement of effective coordination and maximum uniformity within the Agency and within the Executive Branch of the Government in the application of Title VI and this part to similar programs and in similar situations. Any action taken, determination made or requirement imposed by an official of another department or agency acting pursuant to an assignment of responsibility under this paragraph shall have the same effect as though such action had been taken by the designated Agency official of the Department.



</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.23.0.7.13.26" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 22—Activities to Which This Part Applies
</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Failure to list a type of federal assistance in this appendix A shall not mean, if Title VI is otherwise applicable, that a program is not covered.</P></NOTE>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Component
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Program or activity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Authority
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Departmental Offices, Office of Domestic Finance, Office of Financial Institutions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Community Development Financial Institutions Fund—Financial Component</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, 12 U.S.C. 4701 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Departmental Offices, Office of Domestic Finance, Office of Financial Institutions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Community Development Financial Institutions Fund—Technical Assistance Component</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, 12 U.S.C. 4701 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Departmental Offices, Office of Domestic Finance, Office of Financial Institutions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bank Enterprise Award Program</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 sec. 114, 12 U.S.C. 4713.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Departmental Offices, Office of Domestic Finance, Office of Financial Institutions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Native American Community Development Financial Institutions Assistance Program, Financial Assistance (FA) Awards</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Riegle Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994, 12 U.S.C. 4701 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Departmental Offices, Office of Domestic Finance, Office of Financial Institutions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Native American Community Development Financial Institutions Assistance (NACA) Program, Technical Assistance Grants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Riegle Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994, 12 U.S.C. 4701 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Departmental Offices, Office of Domestic Finance, Office of Financial Institutions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, Capital Magnet Fund</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 sec. 1339, 12 U.S.C. 4569.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Departmental Offices, Office of Domestic Finance, Office of Small Business, Community Development, and Housing Policy</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State Small Business Credit Initiative</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, 12 U.S.C. 5701 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Internal Revenue Service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tax Counseling for the Elderly Grant Program</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenue Act of 1978 sec. 163, Public Law 95-600, 92 Stat 2763, 2810-2811.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Internal Revenue Service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Volunteer Income Tax Assistance Program</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tax Reform Act of 1969, Public Law 91-172, 83 Stat. 487.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Internal Revenue Service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Volunteer Income Tax Assistance Grant Program</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidated Appropriations Act, Public Law 110-161, 121 Stat. 1844, 1975-76 (2007).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Internal Revenue Service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Low Income Taxpayer Clinic Grant Program</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 sec. 3601, 26 U.S.C. 7526.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">United States Mint</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U.S. Commemorative Coin Programs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specific acts of Congress that authorize United States commemorative coin and medal programs provide assistance. <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E> the Louis Braille Bicentennial—Braille Literacy Commemorative Coin Act, Public Law 109-247 (2006); the Boy Scouts of America Centennial Commemorative Coin Act, Public Law 110-363 (2008); the American Veterans Disabled for Life Commemorative Coin Act, Public Law 110-277 (2008); and the National September 11 Memorial &amp; Museum Commemorative Medal Act of 2010, Public Law 111-221 (2010).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Departmental Offices, Treasury Executive Office for Asset Forfeiture</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Equitable sharing program (transfer of forfeited property to state and local law enforcement agencies)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18 U.S.C. 981(e)(2); 21 U.S.C. 881(e)(1)(A); 31 U.S.C. 9703.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Various Treasury Bureaus and Offices (including the Internal Revenue Service)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unreimbursed detail of Federal Employees through the Intergovernmental Personnel Act</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 U.S.C. 3371 through 3376.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Departmental Offices, Office of the Fiscal Assistant Secretary</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grants under the RESTORE Act's Direct Component and Centers of Excellence program and supplemental compliance responsibilities for its Comprehensive Plan and Spill Impact Components</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Resources and Ecosystems Sustainability, Tourist Opportunities, and Revived Economies of the Gulf Coast States Act of 2012, Public Law 112-141.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="23" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 23—NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF AGE IN PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES RECEIVING FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 6101 <I>et seq.</I> (45 CFR part 90)


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 47108, Oct. 11, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.1   What is the purpose of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975?</HEAD>
<P>The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, is designed to prohibit discrimination on the basis of age in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance. The Act also permits federally assisted programs and activities, and recipients of Federal funds, to continue to use certain age distinctions and factors other than age that meet the requirements of the Act and these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.2   What is the purpose of Treasury's age discrimination regulations?</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of these regulations is to set out Treasury's policies and procedures under the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 and the general age discrimination regulations at 45 CFR part 90. The Act and the general regulations prohibit discrimination on the basis of age in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance. The Act and the general regulations permit federally assisted programs and activities, and recipients of Federal funds, to continue to use age distinctions and factors other than age that meet the requirements of the Act and its implementing regulations. These regulations do not apply to actions arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, Public Law 90-202, 29 U.S.C. 621 through 634 (ADEA), and do not in any way affect the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission's regulations implementing the ADEA at 29 CFR 1625, 1626, and 1627.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.3   To what programs does this part apply?</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance from Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations in this part do not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) An age distinction contained in that part of a Federal, State, or local statute or ordinance adopted by an elected, general purpose legislative body that:
</P>
<P>(i) Provides any benefits or assistance to persons based on age; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Establishes criteria for participation in age-related terms; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Describes intended beneficiaries to target groups in age-related terms; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any employment practice of any employer, employment agency, labor organization, or any labor-management joint apprenticeship training program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.4   Definition of terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>As used in these regulations, the term:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 6101-6107.
</P>
<P><I>Action</I> means any act, activity, policy, rule, standard, or method of administration; or the use of any policy, rule, standard, or method of administration.
</P>
<P><I>ADEA</I> means the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, which forbids employment discrimination against anyone 40 years of age or older.
</P>
<P><I>Age</I> means how old a person is, or the number of years from the date of a person's birth.
</P>
<P><I>Age distinction</I> means any action using age or an age-related term.
</P>
<P><I>Age-related term</I> means a word or words that necessarily imply a particular age or range of ages (for example, “children,” “adult,” “older persons,” but not “student”).
</P>
<P><I>Federal financial assistance</I> means any grant, entitlement, loan, cooperative agreement, contract (other than a procurement contract or a contract of insurance or guaranty), or any other arrangement by which Treasury provides assistance in the form of:
</P>
<P>(1) Funds; or
</P>
<P>(2) Services of Federal personnel; or
</P>
<P>(3) Real and personal property or any interest in or use or property, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Transfers or leases of property for less than fair market value or for reduced consideration; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Proceeds from a subsequent transfer or lease of property if the federal share of its fair market value is not returned to the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Program or activity</I> means all of the operations of any entity described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this definition, any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A local educational agency (as defined in 20 U.S.C. 7801), system of vocational education, or other school system;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) An entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship—
</P>
<P>(A) If assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or
</P>
<P>(B) That is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any other entity that is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means any State or its political subdivision, any instrumentality of a State or its political subdivision, any public or private agency, institution, organization, or other entity, or any person to which Federal financial assistance is extended, directly or through another recipient. Recipient includes any successor, assignee, or transferee, but excludes the ultimate beneficiary of the assistance.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury, or his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Subrecipient</I> means any of the entities in the definition of <I>recipient</I> to which a recipient extends or passes on Federal financial assistance. A subrecipient is generally regarded as a recipient of Federal financial assistance and has all the duties of a recipient in these regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury</I> means the United States Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means the fifty states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, Wake Island, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, the Northern Marianas, and the territories and possessions of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Standards for Determining Age Discrimination</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.11   Rules against age discrimination.</HEAD>
<P>The rules stated in this section are limited by the exceptions contained in §§ 23.13 and 23.14.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> No person in the United States shall, on the basis of age, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under, any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specific rules.</I> A recipient may not, in any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance, directly or through contractual licensing, or other arrangements, use age distinctions or take any other actions that have the effect, on the basis of age, of:
</P>
<P>(1) Excluding individuals from, denying them the benefits of, or subjecting them to discrimination under, a program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance; or
</P>
<P>(2) Denying or limiting individuals in their opportunity to participate in any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Non-exhaustive list.</I> The specific forms of age discrimination listed in paragraph (b) of this section do not necessarily constitute a complete list.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.12" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.12   Definitions of “normal operation” and “statutory objective.”</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of §§ 23.13 and 23.14, the terms “normal operation” and “statutory objective” shall have the following meaning:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Normal operation</I> means the operation of a program or activity without significant changes that would impair its ability to meet its objectives.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Statutory objective</I> means any purpose of a program or activity expressly stated in any Federal statute, State statute, or local statute or ordinance adopted by an elected, general purpose legislative body.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.13" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.13   Exceptions to the rules against age discrimination: Normal operation or statutory objective of any program or activity.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient is permitted to take an action, otherwise prohibited by § 23.11, if the action reasonably takes into account age as a factor necessary to the normal operation or the achievement of any statutory objective of a program or activity. An action reasonably takes into account age as a factor necessary to the normal operation or the achievement of any statutory objective of a program or activity, if:
</P>
<P>(a) Age is used as a measure or approximation of one or more other characteristics; and
</P>
<P>(b) The other characteristic(s) must be measured or approximated for the normal operation of the program or activity to continue, or to achieve any statutory objective of the program or activity; and
</P>
<P>(c) The other characteristic(s) can be reasonably measured or approximated by the use of age; and
</P>
<P>(d) The other characteristic(s) are impractical to measure directly on an individual basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.14" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.14   Exceptions to the rules against age discrimination: Reasonable factors other than age.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient is permitted to take an action otherwise prohibited by § 23.11 that is based on a factor other than age, even though that action may have a disproportionate effect on persons of different ages. An action may be based on a factor other than age only if the factor bears a direct and substantial relationship to the normal operation of the program or activity or to the achievement of a statutory objective.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.15" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.15   Burden of proof.</HEAD>
<P>The burden of proving that an age distinction or other action falls within the exceptions outlined in §§ 23.13 and 23.14 is on the recipient of Federal financial assistance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.16" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.16   Affirmative action by recipient.</HEAD>
<P>Even in the absence of a finding of discrimination, a recipient may take affirmative action to overcome the effects of conditions that resulted in limited participation in the recipient's program or activity on the basis of age.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.17" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.17   Special benefits for children and the elderly.</HEAD>
<P>If a recipient's operation of a program or activity provides special benefits to the elderly or to children, such use of age distinctions shall be presumed to be necessary to the normal operation of the program or activity, notwithstanding the provisions of § 23.13.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.18" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.2.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.18   Age distinctions contained in Treasury regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Any age distinctions contained in a rule or regulation issued by Treasury shall be presumed to be necessary to the achievement of a statutory objective of the program or activity to which the rule or regulation applies, notwithstanding the provisions of § 23.13.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Duties of Treasury Recipients</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.31" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.31   General responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>Each Treasury recipient has primary responsibility to ensure that its programs and activities are in compliance with the Act and these regulations, and shall take steps to eliminate violations of the Act. A recipient also has responsibility to maintain records, provide information, and afford Treasury access to its records to the extent Treasury finds necessary to determine whether the recipient is in compliance with the Act and these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.32" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.32   Notice to subrecipients and beneficiaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where a recipient passes on Federal financial assistance from Treasury to subrecipients, the recipient shall provide the subrecipients written notice of their obligations under the Act and these regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) Each recipient shall make necessary information about the Act and these regulations available to its program beneficiaries to inform them about the protections against discrimination provided by the Act and these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.33" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.33   Assurance of compliance and recipient assessment of age distinctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Written assurance.</I> Each recipient of Federal financial assistance from Treasury shall sign a written assurance as specified by Treasury that it will comply with the Act and these regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recipient assessment of age distinctions.</I> (1) As part of a compliance review under § 23.41 or a complaint investigation under § 23.44, Treasury may require a recipient employing the equivalent of 15 or more employees to complete a written self-evaluation, in a manner specified by the responsible Department official, of any age distinction imposed in its program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance from Treasury to assess the recipient's compliance with the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever an assessment indicates a violation of the Act or the Treasury regulations, the recipient shall take corrective action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.34" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.34   Information requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Each recipient shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Keep records in a form and containing information that Treasury determines may be necessary to ascertain whether the recipient is complying with the Act and these regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) Provide to Treasury, upon request, information and reports that Treasury determines are necessary to ascertain whether the recipient is complying with the Act and these regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) Permit reasonable access by Treasury to the books, records, accounts, and other recipient facilities and sources of information to the extent Treasury determines is necessary to ascertain whether the recipient is complying with the Act and these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Investigation, Conciliation, and Enforcement Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.41" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.41   Compliance reviews.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury may conduct compliance reviews and pre-award reviews or use other similar procedures that will permit it to investigate and correct violations of the Act and these regulations. Treasury may conduct these reviews even in the absence of a complaint against a recipient. The reviews may be as comprehensive as necessary to determine whether a violation of the Act or these regulations has occurred.
</P>
<P>(b) If a compliance review or pre-award review indicates a violation of the Act or these regulations, Treasury will attempt to achieve voluntary compliance. If voluntary compliance cannot be achieved, Treasury will arrange for enforcement as described in § 23.46.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.42" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.42   Complaints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person, individually or as a member of a class or on behalf of others, may file a complaint with Treasury, alleging discrimination prohibited by the Act or these regulations based on an action occurring on or after July 1, 1979. A complainant shall file a complaint within 180 days from the date the complainant first had knowledge of the alleged act of discrimination. However, for good cause shown, Treasury may extend this time limit.
</P>
<P>(b) Treasury will consider the date a complaint is filed to be the date upon which the complaint is sufficient to be processed.
</P>
<P>(c) Treasury will attempt to facilitate the filing of complaints wherever possible, including taking the following measures:
</P>
<P>(1) Accepting as a sufficient complaint any written statement that identifies the parties involved and the date the complainant first had knowledge of the alleged violation, describes generally the action or practice complained of, and is signed by the complainant.
</P>
<P>(2) Freely permitting a complainant to add information to the complaint to meet the requirements of a sufficient complaint.
</P>
<P>(3) Notifying the complainant and the recipient of their rights and obligations under the complaint procedure, including the right to have a representative at all stages of the complaint resolution process.
</P>
<P>(4) Notifying the complainant and the recipient (or their representatives) of their right to contact Treasury for information and assistance regarding the complaint resolution process.
</P>
<P>(d) Treasury will notify the complainant when the complaint falls outside the jurisdiction of these regulations, and will state the reason(s) why it is outside the jurisdiction of these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.43" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.43   Mediation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury will promptly refer to a mediation agency designated by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) all sufficient complaints that:
</P>
<P>(1) Fall within the jurisdiction of the Act and these regulations, unless the age distinction complained of is clearly within an exception; and,
</P>
<P>(2) Contain all information necessary for further processing.
</P>
<P>(b) Both the complainant and the recipient shall participate in the mediation process to the extent necessary to reach an agreement or make an informed judgment that an agreement is not possible.
</P>
<P>(c) If the complainant and the recipient reach an agreement, the mediator shall prepare a written statement of the agreement and have the complainant and the recipient sign it. The mediator shall send a copy of the agreement to Treasury. Treasury will take no further action on the complaint unless the complainant or the recipient fails to comply with the agreement.
</P>
<P>(d) The mediator shall protect the confidentially of all information obtained in the course of the mediation process. No mediator shall testify in any adjudicative proceeding, produce any document, or otherwise disclose any information obtained in the course of the mediation process without prior approval of the head of the mediation agency.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The mediation will proceed for a maximum of 60 days after a complaint is filed with Treasury. Mediation ends if:
</P>
<P>(i) 60 days elapse from the time the complaint is filed; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Prior to the end of that 60-day period, an agreement is reached; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Prior to the end of that 60-day period, the mediator determines that an agreement cannot be reached.
</P>
<P>(2) This 60-day period may be extended by the mediator, with the concurrence of Treasury, for not more than 30 days if the mediator determines that agreement likely will be reached during such extended period.
</P>
<P>(f) The mediator shall notify Treasury when mediation is not successful and Treasury will continue processing the complaint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.44" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.44   Investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Informal investigation.</I> (1) Treasury will investigate complaints that are unresolved after mediation or are reopened because of a violation of a mediation agreement.
</P>
<P>(2) As part of the initial investigation, Treasury will use informal fact finding methods, including joint or separate discussions with the complainant and recipient, to establish the facts and, if possible, settle the complaint on terms that are mutually agreeable to the parties. Treasury may seek the assistance of any involved State agency.
</P>
<P>(3) Any settlement agreement will be put in writing and the parties will sign it.
</P>
<P>(4) The settlement shall not affect the operation of any other enforcement effort of Treasury, including compliance reviews and investigation of other complaints that may involve the recipient.
</P>
<P>(5) The settlement is not a finding of discrimination against a recipient.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Formal investigation.</I> If Treasury cannot resolve the complaint through informal investigation, it will begin to develop formal findings through further investigation of the complaint. If the investigation indicates a violation of these regulations, Treasury will attempt to obtain voluntary compliance. If Treasury cannot obtain voluntary compliance, it will begin enforcement as described in § 23.46


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.45" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.45   Prohibition against intimidation or retaliation.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient may not engage in acts of intimidation or retaliation against any person who:
</P>
<P>(a) Attempts to assert a right protected by the Act or these regulations; or
</P>
<P>(b) Cooperates in any mediation, investigation, hearing, or other part of Treasury's investigation, conciliation, and enforcement process.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.46" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.46   Compliance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury may enforce the Act and these regulations through:
</P>
<P>(1) Termination of a recipient's Federal financial assistance from Treasury under the program or activity involved where the recipient has violated the Act or these regulations. The determination of the recipient's violation may be made only after a recipient has had an opportunity for a hearing on the record before an administrative law judge.
</P>
<P>(2) Any other means authorized by law, including but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Referral to the Department of Justice for proceedings to enforce any rights of the United States or obligations of the recipient created by the Act or these regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) Referral to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, Department of Labor, the Department of Health and Human Services, or the Department of Education, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Use of any requirement of or referral to any Federal, State, or local government agency that will have the effect of correcting a violation of the Act or these regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) Treasury will limit any termination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section to the particular recipient and particular program or activity or part of such program or activity Treasury finds in violation of these regulations. Treasury will not base any part of a termination on a finding with respect to any program or activity of the recipient that does not receive Federal financial assistance from Treasury.
</P>
<P>(c) Treasury will take no action under paragraph (a) of this section until:
</P>
<P>(1) The Secretary has advised the recipient of its failure to comply with the

Act and these regulations and has determined that voluntary compliance cannot be obtained.
</P>
<P>(2) Thirty days have elapsed after the Secretary has sent a written report of the circumstances and grounds of the action to the committees of Congress having legislative jurisdiction over the Federal program or activity involved. The Secretary will file a report whenever any action is taken under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Treasury also may defer granting new Federal financial assistance to a recipient when a hearing under paragraph (a)(1) of this section is initiated.
</P>
<P>(1) New Federal financial assistance from Treasury includes all assistance for which Treasury requires an application or approval, including renewal or continuation of existing activities, or authorization of new activities, during the deferral period. New Federal financial assistance from Treasury does not include increases in funding as a result of changed computation of formula awards or assistance approved prior to the beginning of a hearing under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Treasury will not begin a deferral until the recipient has received a notice of an opportunity for a hearing under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Treasury will not continue a deferral for more than 60 days unless a hearing has begun within that time or the time for beginning the hearing has been extended by mutual consent of the recipient and the Secretary. Treasury will not continue a deferral for more than 30 days after the close of the hearing, unless the hearing results in a finding against the recipient.
</P>
<P>(3) Treasury will limit any deferral to the particular recipient and particular program or activity or part of such program or activity Treasury finds in violation of these regulations. Treasury will not base any part of a deferral on a finding with respect to any program or activity of the recipient that does not, and would not in connection with the new funds, receive Federal financial assistance from Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.47" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.47   Hearings, decisions, post-termination proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury procedural provisions for hearings, decisions, and post-termination proceedings applicable to Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and its implementing regulations within Title 31 of the CFR shall apply to Treasury enforcement of these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.48" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.48   Remedial action by recipient.</HEAD>
<P>Where Treasury finds a recipient has discriminated on the basis of age in violation of the Act or this part, the recipient shall take any remedial action that Treasury may require to overcome the effects of the discrimination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.49" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.49   Alternate funds disbursal procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When Treasury withholds funds from a recipient under these regulations, the Secretary may disburse the withheld funds directly to an alternate recipient, where appropriate: Any public or non-profit private organization or agency, or State or political subdivision of the State.
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary will require any alternate recipient to demonstrate:
</P>
<P>(1) The ability to comply with these regulations; and
</P>
<P>(2) The ability to achieve the goals of the Federal statute authorizing the Federal financial assistance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.50" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.24.4.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.50   Exhaustion of administrative remedies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A complainant may file a civil action following the exhaustion of administrative remedies under the Act. Administrative remedies are exhausted if:
</P>
<P>(1) 180 days have elapsed since the complainant filed the complaint and Treasury has made no finding with regard to the complainant; or
</P>
<P>(2) Treasury issues any finding in favor of the recipient.
</P>
<P>(b) If Treasury fails to make a finding within 180 days or issues a finding in favor of the recipient, Treasury shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly advise the complainant of this fact; and
</P>
<P>(2) Advise the complainant of his or her right to bring a civil action for injunctive relief; and
</P>
<P>(3) Inform the complainant:
</P>
<P>(i) That the complainant may bring a civil action only in a United States district court for the district in which the recipient is found or transacts business;
</P>
<P>(ii) That a complainant prevailing in a civil action has the right to be awarded the costs of the action, including reasonable attorney's fee, but that the complainant must demand these costs in the complaint.
</P>
<P>(iii) That before commencing the action the complainant shall give 30 days notice by registered mail to the Secretary, the Secretary of HHS, the Attorney General of the United States, and the recipient.
</P>
<P>(iv) That the notice must state: The alleged violation of the Act; the relief requested; the court in which the complainant is bringing the action; and whether or not attorney's fees are demanded in the event the complainant prevails; and
</P>
<P>(v) That the complainant may not bring an action if the same alleged violation of the Act by the same recipient is the subject of a pending action in any court of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="25" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 25—PREPAYMENT OF FOREIGN MILITARY SALES LOANS MADE BY THE DEFENSE SECURITY ASSISTANCE AGENCY AND FOREIGN MILITARY SALES LOANS MADE BY THE FEDERAL FINANCING BANK AND GUARANTEED BY THE DEFENSE SECURITY ASSISTANCE AGENCY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Title III, Pub. L. 100-202; 31 U.S.C. 321.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 25426, July 6, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.100" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.100   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In this part, unless the context indicates otherwise:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Act</I> means the provisions entitled “Foreign Military Sales Debt Reform,” of Title III, entitled “Military Assistance,” of an act entitled “Foreign Operations, Export Financing and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1988” (Pub. L. 100-202), enacted December 22, 1987.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>AECA</I> means the Arms Export Control Act, as amended (22 U.S.C. 2751 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Borrower</I> means the obligor on an FMS Advance.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Closing date</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to the prepayment of the amounts permitted by this part to be prepaid of FMS Loans held by DSAA, the date designated by the mutual agreement of both the Borrower and DSAA on which the Guaranty will be attached to the Private Loan Note or the Private Loan Portion Notes, as the case may be, the Private Loan will be funded, and the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, will be prepaid; and
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to the prepayment of the amounts permitted by this part to be prepaid of FMS Loans held by the FFB and guaranteed by DSAA, the date designated by the mutual agreement of the Borrower, the FFB, and DSAA on which the Guaranty will be attached to the Private Loan Note or the Private Loan Portion Notes, as the case may be, the Private Loan will be funded, and the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or Portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, will be prepaid.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Derivative</I> means any right, interest, instrument or security issued or traded on the credit of the Private Loan or any Private Loan Portion, including but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Any participation share of, or undivided ownership or other equity interest in, the Private Loan or any Private Loan Portion;
</P>
<P>(2) Any note, bond or other debt instrument or obligation which is collateralized or otherwise secured by a pledge of, or secruity interest in, the Private Loan or any Private Loan Portion; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any such interest in such an interest or any such instrument secured by such an instrument.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>DSAA</I> means the Defense Security Assistance Agency, an agency within the Department of Defense.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Eligible FMS advance</I> means any FMS Advance which:
</P>
<P>(1) Was outstanding on December 22, 1987;
</P>
<P>(2) Has principal amounts becoming due and payable after September 30, 1989; and
</P>
<P>(3) Bears interest at a rate equal to or greater than 10 percentum per annum.
</P>
<FP><I>Eligible FMS Advance</I> may include FMS Advances meeting the criteria of Eligible FMS Advance which are made on account of FMS Loans even when such FMS Loans do not, in themselves, meet the criteria of Eligible FMS Loan.
</FP>
<P>(h) <I>Eligible FMS loan</I> means any FMS Loan which:
</P>
<P>(1) Was outstanding on December 22, 1987;
</P>
<P>(2) Has principal amounts becoming due and payable after September 30, 1989; and
</P>
<P>(3) Bears interest pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement relating thereto at a consolidated rate equal to or greater than 10 percentum per annum.
</P>
<FP><I>Eligible FMS Loans</I> may include FMS Advances which are made on account of FMS Loans meeting the criteria of Eligible FMS Loan even when such FMS Advances do not, in themselves, meet the criteria of Eligible FMS Advance.
</FP>
<P>(i) <I>Eligible private lender</I> means either:
</P>
<P>(1) Any of the following entities:
</P>
<P>(i) Any banking, savings, or lending institution, or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, chartered or otherwise lawfully organized under the laws of any State, the District of Columbia, the United States or any territory or possession of the United States, including, but not limited to, any bank, trust company, industrial bank, investment banking company, savings association, savings and loan association, building and loan association, savings bank, credit union, or finance company, which is doing business in the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any company lawfully organized as an insurance company, and which is subject to supervision by the insurance commissioner or a similar official or agency of a State; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any United States pension fund; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any trust or other special purpose financing entity which is funded initially by an entity or entities of the type described in paragraph (i)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>FFB</I> means the Federal Financing Bank, and instrumentality and wholly-owned corporation of the United States.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>FMS</I> means Foreign Military Sales.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>FMA advance</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A disbursement of funds made pursuant to a loan agreement between the Borrower and DSAA, which loan agreement provides for making of an FMS Loan; or
</P>
<P>(2) A disbursement of funds made pursuant to a loan agreement between the Borrower and the FFB, which loan agreement provides for the making of an FMS Loan.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>FMS loan</I> means either:
</P>
<P>(1) A loan made directly by the Secretary of Defense pursuant to section 23 of AECA; or
</P>
<P>(2) A loan made by the FFB and guaranteed by the Secretary of Defense pursuant to section 24 of AECA; and “FMS Loans” mean the aggregate of such loans made to or for the account of a Borrower.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Guaranteed-amount debt derivative</I> means any note, bond or other debt instrument or obligation which is collateralized or otherwise secured by a pledge of, or security interest in, the Private Loan Note or any Private Loan Portion Note or any Derivative, as the case may be, which has an exclusive or preferred claim to the Guaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Guaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Guaranteed-amount equity derivative</I> means any participation share of, or undivided ownership or other equity interest in, the Private Loan or any Private Loan Portion or any Derivative, as the case may be, which has an exclusive or preferred claim to the Guaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Guaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Guaranteed-amount equivalent</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to any Derivative which is equal in principal amount to the Private Loan or any Private Loan Portion, that amount of payment on account of such Derivative which is equal to the Guaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount, as the case may be; or
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any Derivatives which in the aggregate are equal in principal amount to the Private Loan or any Private Loan Portion, that amount of payment on account of such derivatives which is equal to the Guaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Guaranteed loan amount</I> means that amount of payment on account of the Private Loan which is guaranteed under the terms of the Guaranty.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Guaranteed loan portion amount</I> means that amount of payment on account of any Private Loan Portion which is guaranteed under the terms of the Guaranty.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Guaranty</I> means either a new guaranty of the United States issued by DSAA or an existing guaranty of the United States transferred by DSAA, in the form of guaranty set forth in § 25.405, which guaranty will be attached to a Private Loan Note or Private Loan Portion Note.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Interest rate difference</I> means the difference between:
</P>
<P>(1) The cost of funds to the Borrower for the Private Loan (expressed in terms of the true rate of interest applicable to the Private Loan) if paragraph (a) of § 25.404 applies to the Private Loan; and
</P>
<P>(2) The cost of funds to the Borrower for the Private Loan (expressed in terms of the true rate of interest applicable to the Private Loan) if paragraph (a) of § 25.404 does not apply to the Private Loan.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Non-registered obligation</I> means a bearer obligation which does not comply with all of the registration requirements of the Internal Revenue Code.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Permitted arrears prepayment amount</I> means the sum of all arrears, if any, on all FMS Loans, which arrears are outstanding on the Closing Date.
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Permitted guaranty holder</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual domiciled in the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) A corporation incorporated, chartered or otherwise organized in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(3) A partnership or other juridical entity doing business in the United States.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Permitted P&amp;I prepayment amount</I> means, with respect to each Eligible FMS Loan or Eligible FMS Advance, as the case may be, the sum of:
</P>
<P>(1) All principal amounts which become due and payable after September 30, 1989, on the respective Eligible FMS Loan or Eligible FMS Advance; and
</P>
<P>(2) All unpaid interest, if any, on the respective Eligible FMS Loan or Eligible FMS Advance accrued as of the Closing Date.
</P>
<P>(y) <I>Private loan</I> means, collectively, the loan or loans that is or are obtained by the Borrower from an Eligible Private Lender to prepay the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay.
</P>
<P>(z) <I>Private loan note</I> means, collectively, the note or notes executed and delivered by the Borrower to evidence the Private Loan.
</P>
<P>(aa) <I>Private loan portion</I> means any portion of the Private Loan.
</P>
<P>(bb) <I>Private loan portion note</I> means any note executed and delivered by the Borrower to evidence a Private Loan Portion.
</P>
<P>(cc) <I>Total permitted prepayment amount</I> means the sum of:
</P>
<P>(1) The aggregate of the respective Permitted P&amp;I Prepayment amount for all Eligible FMS Loans and all Eligible FMS Advances on account of FMS Loans which FMS Loans do not, in themselves, meet the criteria of Eligible FMS Loans; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Permitted Arrears Prepayment Amount.
</P>
<P>(dd) <I>Unguaranteed-amount equivalent</I> means all amounts of payment on account of any Derivative other than the respective Guaranteed-Amount Equivalent.
</P>
<P>(ee) <I>Unguaranteed loan amount</I> means all amounts of payment on account of the Private Loan other than the Guaranteed Amount.
</P>
<P>(ff) <I>Unguaranteed loan portion amount</I> means all amounts of payment on account of any Private Loan Portion other than the respective Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.101" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.101   OMB control number.</HEAD>
<P>The reporting requirements in this part have been approved under the Office of Management and Budget control number 1505-0109.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Qualifications for Prepayment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.200" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.200   General rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To qualify for a loan prepayment at par pursuant to subsection (a) of the Act, a Borrower must have an Eligible FMS Loan or an Eligible FMS Advance.
</P>
<P>(b) A Borrower may prepay the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount in portions using more than one closing; however, all prepayments of the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount must have a Closing Date that is not later than September 30, 1991.
</P>
<P>(c) A Borrower may prepay all or a portion of the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount; however, if a Borrower selects to prepay any Permitted P&amp;I Prepayment Amount of an FMS Advance, the Borrower must prepay the entire Permitted P&amp;I Prepayment Amount of such FMS Advance.
</P>
<P>(d) If the payment billings of an FMS Loan have been consolidated in accordance with the terms of the respective loan agreement, and if any principal payments have been made on account of the FMS Loan, then the outstanding principal balances of any Eligible FMS Advances shall be determined in accordance with the principal of “first disbursed, first repaid,” that is, advances on account of the FMS Loan shall be deemed to have been repaid in the chronological order in which they were disbursed.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.300" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.300   Application procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Borrower that wishes to prepay at par the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or any portion thereof, must submit a written prepayment application. To be considered complete, a prepayment application must contain the following information and materials:
</P>
<P>(1) Part I of the prepayment application shall be the identification of each Eligible FMS Loan or Eligible FMS Advance, as the case may be, with respect to which the Borrower has selected to prepay the amount thereof permitted by this part to be prepaid, setting forth with respect to each such Eligible FMS Loan or Eligible FMS Advance:
</P>
<P>(i) The date on which the Eligible FMS Advance was made or the date on which the Eligible FMS Loan was signed;
</P>
<P>(ii) The original amount of the Eligible FMS Loan or Eligible FMS Advance;
</P>
<P>(iii) The principal and interest payment schedule of the Eligible FMS Loan or Eligible FMS Advance; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The maturity of the Eligible FMS Loan or Eligible FMS Advance.
</P>
<P>(2) Part II of the prepayment application shall be the Borrower's estimate of the Permitted Arrears Prepayment Amount calculated as of the date of the application;
</P>
<P>(3) Part III of the prepayment application shall be a description of each Private Loan, 90 percent of which the Borrower seeks to have guaranteed, setting forth with respect to each Private Loan:
</P>
<P>(i) The total amount of the Private Loan,
</P>
<P>(ii) The proposed principal and interest payment schedule of the Private Loan,
</P>
<P>(iii) The proposed maturity of the Private Loan, and
</P>
<P>(iv) The identity of each Eligible FMS Loan or Eligible FMS Advance with respect to which amount thereof permitted by this part to be prepaid is to be prepaid with the proceeds of the Private Loan;
</P>
<P>(4) Part IV of the prepayment application shall be all material transaction documents, in substantially final form, relating to the prepayment of the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, with the proceeds of the Private Loan; and
</P>
<P>(5) Part V of the prepayment application shall be the name, address, and telephone number of the Borrower's contact person with whom the FFB or DSAA will communicate to arrange for prepayment and closing.
</P>
<P>(b) Each prepayment application shall be submitted in triplicate to DSAA at the following address: Defense Security Assistance Agency, The Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-2800, Attention: Deputy Comptroller.
</P>
<P>(c) A Borrower wishing to obtain preliminary, nonbinding review of a plan to prepay at par the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or any portion thereof, may, at the Borrower's option, prior to submitting a prepayment application in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, submit to DSAA, at the address set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, a written plan of prepayment. To qualify for review, a plan of prepayment must include a detailed description of the proposed financing structure clearly addressing the terms and conditions of the proposed Private Loan. DSAA will review each plan of prepayment submitted by Borrowers and may engage in informal, non-binding discussions with each Borrower that submitted a plan of prepayment to assist such Borrower in preparing a prepayment application.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.301" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.301   Approval procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Distribution, Review, and Processing by DSAA.</I> (1) Upon receipt of three copies of a completed prepayment application from a Borrower, DSAA will promptly deliver one copy of Parts I and II of the prepayment application to the State Department and one copy of Parts I, II, and V of the prepayment application to the Treasury Department.
</P>
<P>(2) DSAA will review each completed prepayment application to ensure that the Private Loan complies with the requirements of this part, including without limitation the requirements of § 25.400. DSAA will also review each completed prepayment application to ensure that the provisions of subsection (d) of the Act (Purposes and Reports) are considered. DSAA will process each completed prepayment application within 16 days after receipt by DSAA of the respective completed application from a Borrower.
</P>
<P>(3) After DSAA has processed a completed prepayment application, DSAA will either:
</P>
<P>(i) Return the application to the Borrower; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Deliver to the State Department written evidence of the approval of the prepayment application by DSAA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Review and Processing by the State Department.</I> (1) The State Department will review Parts I and II of each prepayment application received by the State Department from DSAA to ensure that the provisions of subsection (d) of the Act (Purposes and Reports) are considered. The State Department will process Parts I and II of each prepayment application within 7 days after receipt by the State Department of written evidence of the approval of the prepayment application by DSAA.
</P>
<P>(2) After the State Department has processed Parts I and II of a prepayment application, the State Department will either:
</P>
<P>(i) Return the parts of the application to DSAA for return to the Borrower; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Deliver to the Treasury Department written evidence of the approvals of the prepayment application by DSAA and the State Department.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Processing by the Treasury Department</I>—(1) <I>FMS Loans held by DSAA.</I> (i) The Treasury Department will process Parts I and II of each prepayment application regarding an Eligible FMS Loan made by DSAA or an Eligible FMS Advance on account of an FMS Loan made by DSAA, as the case may be, within 7 days after receipt by the Treasury Department of written evidence of the approvals of the prepayment application by DSAA and the State Department;
</P>
<P>(ii) After the Treasury Department has processed Parts I and II of a prepayment application, the Treasury Department will return the parts of the application to DSAA, and thereupon DSAA will commence the Closing Procedures described in § 25.303(a) with respect to the application.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>FMS Loans held by the FFB.</I> (i) The Treasury Department will process Parts I and II of each prepayment application regarding an Eligible FMS Loan made by the FFB and guaranteed by DSAA or an Eligible FMS Advance on account of an FMS Loan made by the FFB and guaranteed by DSAA, as the case may be, within 7 days after receipt by the Treasury Department from the State Department of written evidence of the approvals of the prepayment application by DSAA and the State Department; and
</P>
<P>(ii) After the Treasury Department has processed Parts I and II of a prepayment application, the Treasury Department will commence the Closing Procedures described in § 25.303(b) with respect to the application.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.302" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.302   Application withdrawal; effect of approval.</HEAD>
<P>A Borrower that submits a prepayment application may withdraw the prepayment application at any time prior to its approval. Even after a Borrower's prepayment application has been approved, the Borrower is not obligated to prepay its Eligible FMS Loans or Eligible FMS Advances.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.303" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.303   Closing procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>FMS loans held by DSAA.</I> (1) After the Treasury has processed Parts I and II of a prepayment application regarding an Eligible FMS Loan made by DSAA or an Eligible FMS Advance on account of an FMS Loan made by DSAA, as the case may be, DSAA will communicate with the Borrower's contact person identified in Part V of the prepayment application to establish a Closing Date mutually agreeable to the Borrower and DSAA. DSAA will inform the Borrower of the final amount of the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, as of the Closing Date established. The determination by DSAA of the final amount of the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, shall be conclusive.
</P>
<P>(2) On the Closing Date, the Guaranty will be attached to the Private Loan Note or the Private Loan Portion Notes, as the case may be, the Private Loan shall be funded, and the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, will be prepaid.
</P>
<P>(3) The attachment of the Guaranty to the Private Loan Note or the Private Loan Portion Notes, as the case may be, will take place at such location as may be designated by the mutual agreement of the Borrower and DSAA.
</P>
<P>(4) Prior to 1:00 p.m. prevailing local time in New York, New York, on the Closing Date, immediately available funds in amounts sufficient to prepay the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, shall be transferred by electronic funds transfer to DSAA at the Treasury Department account at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The funds transfer message must include the following credit information:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>United States Treasury, New York, New York, 021030004, TREAS NYC/ (5037).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>For credit to the Defense Security Assistance Agency, The Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-2800.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP>This information must be <I>exactly</I> in this form (including spacing between words and numbers) to insure timely receipt by the DSAA. Checks, drafts, and other orders for payment will not be accepted.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>FMS Loans held by the FFB.</I> (1) After the Treasury Department has processed Parts I and II of a prepayment application regarding an Eligible FMS Loan made by the FFB and guaranteed by DSAA or an Eligible FMS Advance on account of an FMS Loan made by the FFB and guaranteed by DSAA, as the case may be, the FFB will communicate with the Borrower's contact person identified in Part V of the prepayment application to establish a Closing Date mutually agreeable to the Borrower, the FFB, and DSAA. The FFB will inform the Borrower of the final amount of the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, as of the Closing Date established. The determination by the FFB of the final amount of the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, shall be conclusive.
</P>
<P>(2) On the Closing Date, the Guaranty will be attached to the Private Loan Note or the Private Loan Portion Notes, as the case may be, the Private Loan will be funded, and the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, will be prepaid.
</P>
<P>(3) The attachment of the Guaranty to the Private Loan Note or the Private Loan Portion Notes, as the case may be, will take place at such location as may be designated by the mutual agreement of the Borrower and DSAA.
</P>
<P>(4) Prior to 1:00 p.m. prevailing local time in New York, New York, on the Closing Date, immediately available funds in amounts sufficient to prepay at par the Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, shall be transferred by electronic funds transfer to the Treasury Department account at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The funds transfer message must include the following credit information:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>United States Treasury, New York, New York, 021030004, TREAS NYC/ (20180006).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>For credit to the Federal Financing Bank, Room 143, Liberty Center Building, 401 14th Street SW., Washington, DC 20227.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP>This information must be <I>exactly</I> in this form (including spacing between words and numbers) to insure timely receipt by the FFB. Checks, drafts, and others for payment will not be accepted.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Changes in the closing date.</I> If a Borrower does not prepay the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, on the mutually agreed upon Closing Date, the Borrower may prepay the Total Permitted Prepayment Amount, or the portion thereof which the Borrower has selected to prepay, on a new Closing Date, <I>provided</I> that the new Closing Date is mutually agreeable to all interested parties, and <I>provided, further,</I> that the Borrower prepays such amount in accordance with the approved prepayment application, adjusted for changes in accrued interest.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Form of Private Loan</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.400" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.400   Loan provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, the principal and interest payment schedule and maturity of the Private Loan must be the same as the payment schedules and maturities of the Eligible FMS Loans or Eligible FMS Advances, as the case may be, which the Borrower has selected to prepay with the proceeds of the Private Loan.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, an Eligible Private Lender that proposes to make a Private Loan, the proceeds of which will be used to prepay Eligible FMS Loans or Eligible FMS Advances, as the case may be, having differing payment structures and maturities, may:
</P>
<P>(1) Consolidate the differing payment structures of the Eligible FMS Loans or the Eligible FMS Advances, as the case may be, into a single payment structure which complies with the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) The Private Loan shall have one set of semi-annual payment dates;
</P>
<P>(ii) Interest on and principal of the Private Loan shall be payable semi-annually; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of principal to be paid each year on account of the Private Loan shall be equal (rounded to the nearest $1,000.00 if desired, except for the final payment) to the aggregate amount of principal that is scheduled to be paid in such year on account of the respective Eligible FMS Loans or Eligible FMS Advances; or
</P>
<P>(2) Consolidate the differing payment structures and maturities of the Eligible FMS Loans or the Eligible FMS Advances, as the case may be, into a single payment structure and maturity complying with the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) The final maturity date of the Private Loan shall be the approximate weighted average of the final maturity dates of the Eligible FMS Loans or the Eligible FMS Advances with respect to which the Borrower has selected to prepay amounts thereof permitted by this part to be prepaid;
</P>
<P>(ii) The initial principal payment date of the Private Loan shall occur no later than the earliest scheduled principal payment date of the Eligible FMS Loans or the Eligible FMS Advances with respect to which the Borrower has selected to prepay amounts thereof permitted by this part to be prepaid;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Private Loan shall have one set of semi-annual payment dates;
</P>
<P>(iv) Interest on the Private Loan shall be payable semi-annually; and
</P>
<P>(v) The principal of the Private Loan shall be payable in equal installments (rounded to the nearest $1,000.00 if desired, except for the final payment) and shall be payable either semi-annually or annually.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.401" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.401   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>The interest rate on the Private Loan may include compensation for costs at prevailing market rates with the agreement of the Borrower and the Eligible Private Lender selected by the Borrower.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.402" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.402   Transferability.</HEAD>
<P>Each Private Loan Note, with the Guaranty attached, shall be fully and freely transferable to any Permitted Guaranty Holder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.403" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.4.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.403   Registration.</HEAD>
<P>The Guaranty shall cease to be effective with respect to the Private Loan or any Private Loan Portion or any Derivative to the extent that the Private Loan or the respective Private Loan Portion or the respective Derivative, as the case may be, is used to provide significant support for a Non-Registered Obligation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.404" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.4.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.404   Non-separability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Guaranty shall cease to be effective with respect to any Guaranteed Loan Amount or any Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount or any Guaranteed-Amount Equivalent to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(1) The Guaranteed Amount or the respective Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Guaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, is separated at any time from the Unguaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Unguaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Unguaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, in any way, directly or through the issuance of any Guaranteed-Amount Equity Derivative or any Guaranteed-Amount Debt Derivative; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any holder of the Private Loan Note or any Private Loan Portion Note or any Derivative, as the case may be, having a claim to payments on the Private Loan receives more than 90 percent of any payment due to such holder from payments made under the Guaranty at any time during the term of the Private Loan.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if any Guaranteed-Amount Debt Derivative is issued, the Guaranty shall not cease to be effective with respect to any Guaranteed Loan Amount or any Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount or any Guaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, if both of the circumstances described in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) A Borrower shall have delivered to the Secretary of the treasury evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to the Secretary of the Treasury, that the Interest Rate Difference will be substantial.
</P>
<P>(i) To be considered, the evidence must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) The Borrower must show that the Interest Rate Difference is directly attributable to paragraph (a) of this section being applied to the Private Loan, that is, that the Interest Rate Difference will exist even when all other financing terms of the Private Loan, including any collateralization of the Unguaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Unguaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Unguaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, are identical;
</P>
<P>(B) When calculating the Interest Rate Difference, the Borrower must assume that the Unguaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Unguaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Unguaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, will be collateralized by securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, unless the Borrower is legally prohibited from so collateralizing the Unguaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Unguaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Unguaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, or the Borrower has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Treasury that the Borrower is unable to so collateralize the Unguaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Unguaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Unguaranteed-Amount Equivalent;
</P>
<P>(C) If the Borrower is legally prohibited from collateralizing the Unguaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Loan Guaranteed Portion Amount or the respective Unguaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, with securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Treasury that the Borrower is unable to so collateralize the Unguaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Unguaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Unguaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, then the Borrower may calculate the Interest Rate Difference using whatever collateralization assumptions the Borrower elects;
</P>
<P>(D) If the Borrower delivers evidence to the Secretary of the Treasury respecting the Interest Rate Difference, which evidence assumes either that the Unguaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Unguaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Unguaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, will not be collateralized at all or that the Unguaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Unguaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Unguaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, will be collateralized, but not by securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, then the Borrower must also deliver to the Secretary of the Treasury the written agreement of the Borrower, which agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Secretary of the Treasury, that the Borrower will not collateralize the Unguaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Unguaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Unguaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be, at any time during the term of the Private Loan in any way different from the assumptions used in calculating the Interest Rate Difference; and
</P>
<P>(E) The Borrower must deliver to the Secretary of the Treasury the evidence pertaining to the Interest Rate Difference at the time that the Borrower submits to DSAA its plan for prepayment, if any, if no plan of prepayment is submitted, then no later than 10 days prior to the time that the Borrower submits to DSAA its prepayment application.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the evidence submitted by the Borrower pertaining to the Interest Rate Difference is satisfactory in form and in substance, and that the Interest Rate Difference is substantial, a modified version of the Guaranty (deleting therefrom the provision that the Guaranty shall cease to be effective if any Guaranteed-Amount Debt Derivative is issued) will be attached to the Private Loan Note or the Private Loan Portion Notes, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(2) The Secretary of the Treasury shall have determined, in the sole discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, that the respective Borrower's loan prepayment at par pursuant to subsection (a) of the Act through the issuance of any Guaranteed-Amount Debt Derivative is necessary to achieve the international economic policy interests of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.405" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.4.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.405   Form of guaranty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Guaranty that will be attached to the Private Loan Note on the Closing Date shall be in the following form (except that the bracketed words shall be deleted if the conditions specified in § 25.404(b) shall have occurred):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>For Value Received, the Defense Security Assistance Agency of the Department of Defense (“DSAA”), hereby guarantees to (Name of Lender) (“Lender”), incorporated under the laws of (U.S. State or other U.S. jurisdiction) or if not so incorporated or organized, then the principal place of doing business is (U.S. location, address, and zip code), under the authority of Section 24 of the Arms Export Control Act, as amended (“Act”), the due and punctual payment of ninety percent (90%) of amounts due: (1) on the promissory note (“Note”) in the principal amount of up to $___ dated ___ issued to the Lender by the Government of (Name of Borrower) (“Borrower”) pursuant to the Loan Agreement between the Lender and the Borrower dated the __th day of ___ (“Agreement”); and (2) the Lender from the Borrower pursuant to the Agreement.
</P>
<P>This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment covering all political and credit risks of nonpayment, including any nonpayment arising out of any claim which the Borrower may now or hereafter have against any person, corporation, or other entity (including without limitation, the United States, the Lender, and any supplier of defense items) in connection with any transaction, for any reason whatsoever. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the Lender and any Permitted Guaranty Holder (as hereinafter defined). This Guaranty shall not be impaired by any law, regulation or decree of the Borrower now or hereafter in effect which might in any manner change any of the terms of the Note or Agreement. The obligation of DSAA hereunder shall be binding irrespective of the irregularity, invalidity or unenforceability under any laws, regulations or decrees of the Borrower of the Note, the Agreement or other instruments related thereto.
</P>
<P>DSAA hereby waives diligence, demand, protest, presentment and any requirement that the Lender exhaust any right or power to take any action against the Borrower and any notice of any kind whatsoever other than the demand for payment required to be given to DSAA hereunder in the event of default on a payment due under the Note.
</P>
<P>In the event of failure of the Borrower to make payment, when and as due, of any installment of principal or interest under the Note, the DSAA shall make payment immediately to the Lender upon demand to the DSAA after the Borrower's failure to pay has continued for 10 calendar days. The amount payable under this Guaranty shall be ninety percent (90%) of the amount of the overdue installment of principal and interest, plus ninety percent (90%) of any and all late charges and interest thereon as provided in the Agreement. Upon payment by DSAA to the Lender, the Lender will assign to DSAA, without recourse or warranty, ninety percent (90%) of all of its rights in the Note and the Agreement with respect to such payment.
</P>
<P>In the event of a default under the Agreement or the Note by the Borrower and so long as this Guaranty is in effect and the DSAA is not in default hereunder:
</P>
<P>(i) The Lender or other Permitted Guaranty Holder shall not accelerate or reschedule payment of the principal or interest on the Note or any other note of the Borrower guaranteed by DSAA except with the written approval of DSAA; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Lender or other Permitted Guaranty Holder shall, if so directed by DSAA, invoke the default provisions of the Agreement.
</P>
<P>Subject to the limitations set forth below, the Lender's rights under this Guaranty may be assigned to any “Permitted Guaranty Holder,” that is: (1) An individual domiciled in the United States; (2) a corporation incorporated, chartered or otherwise organized in the United States; or (3) a partnership or other juridical entity doing business in the United States. In the event of such assignment DSAA shall be promptly notified. The Lender will not agree to any material amendment of the Agreement or Note or consent to any material deviation from the provisions thereof without the prior written consent of DSAA.
</P>
<P>Permitted Guaranty Holders shall be severally bound by, and shall be severally entitled to, the rights and obligations of the Lender under the Note, the Agreement, and this Guaranty. The Lender shall maintain a current, accurate written record of the names, addresses, amount of financial interest in the Note and Agreement, and date of acquisition of such interest of each Permitted Guaranty Holder and shall furnish DSAA a copy of such record on its demand without charge. No assignment by the Lender or by any Permitted Guaranty Holder shall be effective for purposes of this Guaranty unless and until so recorded by the Lender.
</P>
<P>The total amount of this Guaranty shall not at any time exceed ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding principal, unpaid accrued interest and arrearages, if any, under the Agreement and the Note, including any portion of the Note, or any derivative of the Note or any portion of the Note.
</P>
<P>This Guaranty shall cease to be effective with respect to the guaranteed amount of the total amount of the Note (the “Guaranteed Loan Amount”) or with respect to the guaranteed amount of any portion of the Note (the “Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount”) [or with respect to the amount of any derivative or derivatives of the Note or any portion of the Note equal, or in the aggregate equal, in principal amount to the total amount of the Note or such portion of the Note, as the case may be, which amount of such derivative or derivatives is equal to the respective Guaranteed Loan Amount or Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount, as the case may be (the “Guaranteed-Amount Equivalent”)] to the extent that (1) the Guaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount [or the respective Guaranteed-Amount Equivalent], as the case may be, is at any time separated from the unguaranteed amount of the total amount of the Note or the unguaranteed amount of the respective portion of the Note [or the amount of such derivative or derivatives of the Note which is not the amount which is equal to the Guaranteed Loan Amount or Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount, as the case may be], in any way, (a) directly, or (b) through the issuance of participation shares of, or undivided ownership or other equity interests in, the Note, or any portion of the Note, or any derivative of the Note or any portion of the Note, which have an exclusive or preferred claim to the Guaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount [or the respective Guaranteed-Amount Equivalent], as the case may be [or (c) through the issuance of notes, bonds or other debt instruments or obligations which are collateralized or otherwise secured by a pledge of, or security interest in, the Note, or any portion of the Note or any derivative of the Note or any portion of the Note, which has an exclusive or preferred claim to the Guaranteed Loan Amount or the respective Guaranteed Loan Portion Amount or the respective Guaranteed-Amount Equivalent, as the case may be]; or (2) any holder of the Note, or any portion of the Note, or any derivative of the Note or any portion of the Note, as the case may be, having claim to payment made on the Note, receives more than ninety percent of any payment due to such holder from payments made under this Guaranty at any time during the term of the Note or the Agreement.
</P>
<P>This Guaranty is fully and freely transferable to any Permitted Guaranty Holder, except that it shall cease to be effective with respect to the Agreement or the Note, or any portion of the Note, or any derivative of the Note or any portion of the Note, to the extent that the Agreement or the Note, or the respective portion of the Note, or the respective derivative of the Note or any portion of the Note, as the case may be, is used to provide significant support for any non-registered obligation.
</P>
<P>The full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the performance of this Guaranty. No claim which the United States may now or hereafter have against the Lender or any Permitted Guaranty Holder for any reason whatsoever shall affect in any way the right of the Lender or any Permitted Guaranty Holder to receive full and prompt payment of any amount otherwise due under this Guaranty. The United States represents and warrants that (a) it has full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Guaranty, (b) this Guaranty has been executed in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions of section 24 of the Act, the provisions of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1988, under the hearing “Foreign Military Sales Debt Reform,” and title 31, part 25, of the Code of Federal Regulations, (c) this Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative of DSAA, and (d) this Guaranty constitutes the valid and legally binding obligations of the United States, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof.
</P>
<P>Any notice, demand, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been given if in writing and actually delivered to the Comptroller, DSAA, the Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-2800, or the successor, or such other place as may be designated in writing by the Comptroller, DSAA or the successor thereof.
</P>
<P>By acceptance of the Note, the Lender agrees to the terms and conditions of this Guaranty.
</P>
<FP-DASH>Dated:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>By:
</FP-DASH>
<P><I>Director, DSAA.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The obligations of DSAA under the Guaranty are expressly limited to those obligations contained in the form of Guaranty set forth in paragraph (a) of this section. Any provisions of any agreement relating to the Private Loan purporting to create obligations on the part of DSAA which are inconsistent with the terms of the Guaranty or any other provision of this part be unenforceable against DSAA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.406" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.25.4.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.406   Savings clause.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in this rule is intended to authorize any person or entity to engage in any activity not otherwise authorized or permitted for such person or entity under any applicable laws of the United States, any territory or possession of the United States, any State, or the District of Columbia.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="26" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 26—ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW OF ACTIONS BY MULTILATERAL DEVELOPMENT BANDS (MDBs)
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>22 U.S.C. 262m-7, 31 U.S.C. 321.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>57 FR 24545, June 10, 1992, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 26.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.26.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes procedures for the environmental review of, and comment by Federal agencies and the public on, proposed projects of multilateral development banks (MDBs).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.26.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.2   Availability of project listings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Office of Multilateral Development Banks of the Department of the Treasury (hereinafter “MDB Office”) will ensure that the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ), the Department of State, the Agency for International Development (AID), the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), and the Bank Information Center (BIC) (which is a private, nongovernmental organization located in Washington, DC), receive copies from each multilateral development bank (MDB) of project listings describing future MDB projects and assigning environmental categories based on the environmental impact of each project. If an MDB has not provided a project listing to one of these entities, these entities may obtain the project listing by contacting the MDB Office, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220, (202) 622-0765.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Members of the public may obtain copies of project listings from the BIC, 2025 Eye Street NW., suite 522, Washington, DC 20006 ((202) 466-8191, not a toll-free call).
</P>
<P>(2) If a copy is not available from the BIC, members of the public may arrange to review and/or copy a project listing by contacting the MDB Office which will make a copy available at the Department of the Treasury Library, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC ((202) 622-0990, not a toll-free call). Members of the public are advised that they must make an appointment with the Treasury Library before they visit and that a charge (currently 15 cents per page) is imposed for the use of the library photocopier.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.26.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.3   Availability of Environmental Impact Assessment Summaries (EIA Summaries) and Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>EIA summaries.</I> (1) The MDB Office will provide for the distribution of EIA Summaries to the entities identified in section 26.2(a).
</P>
<P>(2) (i) Members of the public may obtain copies of EIA Summaries from the BIC, 2025 Eye Street, NW., suite 522, Washington, DC 20006 ((202) 466-8191, not a toll-free call).
</P>
<P>(ii) If a copy of an EIA Summary is not available from the BIC, members of the public may arrange to review and/or copy an EIA Summary by contacting the MDB Office at (202) 622-0765 (not a toll-free call), which will make a copy available at the Department of the Treasury Library, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washingon, DC. Members of the public are advised that they must make an appointment with the Treasury Library (202) 622-0990) before they visit, and that a charge (currently 15 cents per page) is imposed for the use of the library photocopier. To the extent possible, EIA Summaries will be available for review and copying at least 120 days before scheduled consideration of a project by the MDB Executive Directors.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>EIAs</I>—(1) <I>The African Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the Asian Development Bank.</I> Arrangements to review an EIA may be made by contacting the MDB Office ((202) 622-0765 (not a toll-free call)), which will obtain a copy of the EIA through the Office of the United States Executive Director of the appropriate MDB and make it available for review and copying in the Department of the Treasury Library. Members of the public are advised that they must make an appointment with the Treasury Library, ((202) 622-0900 (not a toll-free call), before they visit, and that a charge (currently 15 cents per page) is imposed for the use of the library photocopier.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, and the Inter-American Development Bank.</I> (i) Members of the public may review EIAs at the public reading room of the concerned MDB.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a particular MDB does not have a public reading room, members of the public may arrange to review and/or copy an EIA by contacting the MDB Office ((202) 622-0765 (not a toll-free call)), which will obtain a copy through the Office of the United States Executive Director of the concerned MDB and make it available in the Department of the Treasury Library, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC. Members of the public are advised that they must make an appointment with the Treasury Library ((202) 622-0990 not a toll-free call) before they visit, and that a charge (currently 15 cents per page) is imposed for the use of the library photocopier.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.26.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.4   Comments on MDB projects.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Public comments</I>—(1) <I>Written comments</I> (i) A member of the public wishing to provide written comments on a MDB project must provide 2 copies of the comments to the Office of Multilateral Development Banks, U.S. Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., room 5400, Washington, DC 20220. Written comments should be submitted not later than two weeks after the member of the public has access to the particular document on which it wishes to offer comments—either the project listing, the EIA Summary, or the EIA for a particular project. Written public comments will be provided by the MDB Office to the U.S. Government agencies participating in meetings of the Working Group for Multilateral Assistance (WGMA), which meetings are described in § 26.4(c). The WGMA is an intergovernmental subcommittee of the Development Coordination Committee whose functions are set forth in the Presidential announcement of May 19, 1978, Vol. 14, No. 20, p. 932 of the Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents. The WGMA meets to discuss the U.S. position on upcoming MDB projects.
</P>
<P>(ii) All written comments will be available for inspection and copying in their entirety in the Department of the Treasury Library, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC ((202) 622-0990). Members of the public are advised that they must make an appointment with the Treasury Library before they visit, and that a charge (currently 15 cents per page) is imposed for the use of the library photocopier.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Oral comments.</I> Oral comments from a member of the public may be made in periodic meetings convened by the BIC. Information concerning these meetings may be obtained by contacting the BIC or the MDB Office. The MDB Office will summarize and present such comments in the WGMA meetings described in § 26.4(c).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>U.S. agency comments.</I> Comments from U.S. agencies shall be provided through the WGMA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Consideration of comments.</I> The WGMA will consider all comments made by the public and U.S. agencies. The WGMA may review a project up to three times. The first review will consider whether the project has been assigned the appropriate environmental category by the MDB. This review will take place as far in advance as possible of Board consideration of the project. The second review will consider the EIA Summary or the EIA (or information discussed in § 26.5(b)(1)), and comments received from the public on such documentation. The third WGMA review, which will take place shortly before Board consideration of the project, will consider the position of the U.S. Government on the project.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.26.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.5   Upgrades and additional environmental information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Environmental category upgrades.</I> If the WGMA and the Department of the Treasury determine that a project would have a significant impact on the human environment, but that the level of environmental analysis planned by the MDB is insufficient, the Department of the Treasury will instruct the United States Executive Director of the concerned MDB to request that the MDB upgrade the project to an environmental category requiring additional environmental analysis. Members of the public may call the MDB Office to inquire about upgrade requests for specific projects.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional environmental information.</I> (1) If the WGMA and the Department of the Treasury determine on the basis of the first WGMA review that:
</P>
<P>(i) A MDB project would have a significant impact on the human environment, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The MDB appears to have made an appropriate decision that such project merits environmental analysis, but less than a full-fledged environmental impact assessment as defined by that MDB's own procedures, the Department of the Treasury will obtain, through the United States Executive Director of the concerned MDB, such environmental information from the MDB (e.g., environmental chapters from project feasibility studies or environmental data sheets) which contains this environmental analysis. The MDB Office will provide this environmental information to the entities described in § 26.2(a).
</P>
<P>(2) If such environmental information is insufficient to provide an adequate basis for analyzing the environmental impact of the proposed project and alternatives to the proposed project, the Department of the Treasury will instruct the United States Executive Director of the concerned MDB not to vote in favor of the project.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="27" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 27—CIVIL PENALTY ASSESSMENT FOR MISUSE OF DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY NAMES, SYMBOLS, ETC. 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 321, 333. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 42213, Aug. 6, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 27.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.27.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this part implement the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 333(c), which authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to assess a civil penalty against any person who has misused the words, titles, abbreviations, initials, symbols, emblems, seals, or badges of the Department of the Treasury or any subdivision thereof in violation of 31 U.S.C. 333(a), in accordance with that section and this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations in this part do not apply to the extent that the Secretary or his/her designee has specifically authorized the person to manufacture, produce, sell, possess, or use the words, titles, abbreviations, initials, symbols, emblems, seals, or badges by written contract, agreement, or letter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.27.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term “assessing official” means: 
</P>
<P>(1) The head of a bureau or other subdivision of the Department of the Treasury who has been delegated the authority to assess civil penalties under 31 U.S.C. 333(c); or 
</P>
<P>(2) An officer or employee of a bureau or subdivision at the grade of GS-15 or above to whom such authority has been redelegated by the head of such bureau or subdivision. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term “broadcast” or “telecast” mean widespread dissemination by electronic transmission or method, whether audio and/or visual. 
</P>
<P>(c) The term “civil penalty” means:
</P>
<P>(1) A civil monetary penalty; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Any other civil or equitable remedy deemed necessary to rectify the potential for a continued misuse or harm from an activity found to have been in violation of 31 U.S.C. 333 or this part. 
</P>
<P>(d) The term “date of offense” means the later of—
</P>
<P>(1) The date that the misuse occurred;
</P>
<P>(2) The date that the misuse had the effect of conveying the false impression that the activity was associated with or approved, endorsed, sponsored or authorized by the Department or any of its subdivisions or officers or employees; or 
</P>
<P>(3) If the violation is a continuing one, the date on which the misuse of the words, titles, abbreviations, initials, symbols, emblems, seals, or badges protected by this part last occurred. 
</P>
<P>(e) The term “days” means calendar days, unless otherwise stated. 
</P>
<P>(f) The term “person” means an individual, partnership, association, corporation, company, business, firm, manufacturer, or any other organization or institution. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.27.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.3   Assessment of civil penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> An assessing official may impose a civil penalty on any person—
</P>
<P>(1) Who uses in connection with, or as a part of, any advertisement, solicitation, business activity, or product, whether alone or with other words, letters, symbols, or emblems; 
</P>
<P>(i) The words “Department of the Treasury,” “Internal Revenue Service,” “Bureau of the Fiscal Service,” “Bureau of Engraving and Printing,” “Comptroller of the Currency,” “Financial Crimes Enforcement Network,” “United States Mint,” “Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau,” or the name of any other service, bureau, office, or subdivision of the Department of the Treasury;
</P>
<P>(ii) The titles “Secretary of the Treasury,” “Treasurer of the United States,” “Commissioner of Internal Revenue,” “Commissioner of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service,” “Director of the Bureau of Engraving and Printing,” “Comptroller of the Currency,” “Director of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network,” “Director of the United States Mint,” “Administrator of the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau,” or the title of any other officer or employee of the Department of the Treasury or subdivision thereof;
</P>
<P>(iii) The abbreviations or initials of any entity or title referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section, including but not limited to “IRS,” “BFS,” “TTB,” and “FINCEN” or “FinCEN”;
</P>
<P>(iv) The words “United States Savings Bond,” including any variation thereof, or the name of any other security, obligation, or financial instrument issued by the Department of the Treasury or any subdivision thereof; 
</P>
<P>(v) Any symbol, emblem, seal, or badge of an entity referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section (including the design of any envelope, stationery, or identification card used by such an entity); or 
</P>
<P>(vi) Any colorable imitation of any such words, titles, abbreviations, initials, symbol, emblem, seal, or badge; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Where such use is in a manner that could reasonably be interpreted or construed as conveying the false impression that such advertisement, solicitation, business activity, or product is in any manner approved, endorsed, sponsored, or authorized by, or associated with the Department of the Treasury or any entity referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, or any officer, or employee thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclaimers.</I> Any determination of whether a person has violated the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall be made without regard to any use of a disclaimer of affiliation with the United States Government or any particular agency or instrumentality thereof. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Civil penalty.</I> An assessing official may impose a civil penalty on any person who violates the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section. The amount of a civil monetary penalty shall not exceed $9,956 (2025) for each and every use of any material in violation of paragraph (a), except that such penalty shall not exceed $49,772 for each and every use if such use is in a broadcast or telecast.












</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time limitations.</I> (1) Civil penalties imposed under this part must be assessed before the end of the three year period beginning on the date of offense charged. 
</P>
<P>(2) An assessing official may commence a civil action to recover or enforce any civil penalty imposed in a Final Notice of Assessment issued pursuant to § 27.7 at any time before the end of the two year period beginning on the date of the Final Notice of Assessment. If judicial review of the Final Notice of Assessment is sought, the two year period begins to run from the date that a final and unappealable court order is issued. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Criminal proceeding.</I> No civil penalty may be imposed under this part with respect to any violation of paragraph (a) of this section after a criminal proceeding on the same violation has been commenced by indictment or information under 31 U.S.C. 333(d). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 42213, Aug. 6, 1997, as amended at 84 FR 3106, Feb. 11, 2019; 84 FR 15956, Apr. 17, 2019; 85 FR 10064, Feb. 21, 2020; 86 FR 12539, Mar. 4, 2021; 88 FR 16886, Mar. 21, 2023; 89 FR 4819, Jan. 25, 2024; 90 FR 25484, June 17, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.27.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.4   Factors to be considered.</HEAD>
<P>The assessing official will consider relevant factors when determining whether to assess or impose a civil penalty under this part, and the amount of a civil monetary penalty. Those factors may include, but are not limited to, the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) The scope of the misuse; 
</P>
<P>(b) The purpose and/or nature of the misuse; 
</P>
<P>(c) The extent of the harm caused by the misuse; 
</P>
<P>(d) The circumstances of the misuse; and
</P>
<P>(e) The benefit intended to be derived from the misuse. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.27.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.5   Initial Notice of Assessment.</HEAD>
<P>The assessing official shall serve an Initial Notice of Assessment by United States mail or other means upon any person believed to be in violation of § 27.3 and otherwise subject to a civil penalty. The notice shall provide the name and telephone number of an agency officer or employee who can provide information concerning the notice and the provisions of this part, and shall include the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) A specific reference to the provisions of § 27.3 violated; 
</P>
<P>(b) A concise statement of the facts that support the conclusion that such a violation occurred; 
</P>
<P>(c) The amount of the penalty proposed, and/or any other proposed civil or equitable remedy; 
</P>
<P>(d) A notice informing the person alleged to be in violation of § 27.3 that he/she: 
</P>
<P>(1) May, within 30 days of the date of the notice, pay the proposed civil monetary penalty and consent to each proposed civil or equitable remedy, thereby waiving the right to make a written response under § 27.6 and to seek judicial review under § 27.8: 
</P>
<P>(i) By electronic funds transfer (EFT) in accordance with instructions provided in the notice, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) By means other than EFT only with the written approval of the assessing official; 
</P>
<P>(2) May make a written response within 30 days of the date of the notice asserting, as appropriate: 
</P>
<P>(i) Why a civil monetary penalty and/or other civil or equitable remedy should not be imposed; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Why a civil monetary penalty should be in a lesser amount than proposed; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Why the terms of a proposed civil or equitable remedy should be modified; 
</P>
<P>(3) May be represented by an attorney or other representative, provided that a designation of representative signed by the person alleged to be in violation is received by the assessing official; and 
</P>
<P>(4) May request, within 20 days of the date of the notice, a copy of or opportunity to review any documents and/or other evidence compiled and relied on by the agency in determining to issue the notice (the assessing official reserves the right to assert privileges available under law and may decline to disclose certain documents and/or other evidence); and 
</P>
<P>(e) The Initial Notice of Assessment shall also inform the person that: 
</P>
<P>(1) If no written response is received within the time allowed in § 27.6(b), a Final Notice of Assessment may be issued without a presentation by the person; 
</P>
<P>(2) If a written response has been made and it is deemed necessary, the assessing official may request, orally or in writing, additional information from the respondent; 
</P>
<P>(3) A Final Notice of Assessment may be issued in accordance with § 27.7 requiring that the civil monetary penalty be paid and compliance with the terms of any other civil or equitable remedy; 
</P>
<P>(4) A Final Notice of Assessment is subject to judicial review in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.;</I> and 
</P>
<P>(5) All submissions sent in response to the Initial 
</P>
<P>Notice of Assessment must be transmitted to the address specified in the notice and include the name, address, and telephone number of the respondent. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.27.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.6   Written response.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A person served with an Initial Notice of Assessment may make a written response explaining why the civil penalty should not be imposed, explaining why a civil monetary penalty should be in a lesser amount than proposed and/or explaining why the terms of a proposed civil or equitable remedy should be modified. The written response must provide: 
</P>
<P>(i) A reference to and specifically identify the Initial Notice of Assessment involved; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The full name of the person charged; 
</P>
<P>(iii) If not a natural person, the name and title of the head of the organization charged; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) If a representative of the person charged is filing the written response, a copy of the duly executed designation as representative. 
</P>
<P>(2) The written response must admit or deny each violation of § 27.3 charged in the Initial Notice of Assessment. Any charge not specifically denied will be presumed to be admitted. Where a charge is denied, the respondent shall specifically set forth the legal or factual basis upon which the charge is denied. If the basis of the written response is that the person charged is not the person responsible for the misuse(s) charged, the written response must set forth sufficient information to allow the agency to determine the truth of such an assertion. The written response should include any and all documents and/or other information that the respondent believes should be a part of the administrative record on the matter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, any written response made under this paragraph must be received not later than 30 days after the date of the Initial Notice of Assessment. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a request for documents or other evidence is made pursuant to § 27.5(d)(4), the written response must be received not later than 20 days after the date of the Department's response to the request.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) In computing the number of days allowed for filing a written response under this paragraph, the first day counted is the day after the date of the Initial Notice of Assessment. If the last date on which the response is required to be filed by this paragraph is a Saturday, Sunday or Federal holiday, the response will be due on the next weekday after that date. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If a response is transmitted by United States mail, it will be deemed timely filed if postmarked on or before the due date. 
</P>
<P>(4) The assessing official may extend the period for making a written response under paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) for good cause shown. Generally, failure to obtain representation in a timely manner will not be considered good cause. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing.</I> A written response will be considered filed on the date received at the address specified in the Initial Notice of Assessment. The response may be sent by personal delivery, United States mail or commercial delivery. At the discretion of the assessing official, filing may be accomplished by facsimile or any other method deemed appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(d) The assessing official will fully consider the facts and arguments submitted by the respondent in the written response and any other documents filed pursuant to this paragraph in determining whether to issue a Final Notice of Assessment under § 27.7, the appropriate amount of the civil monetary penalty imposed and the terms of any other appropriate civil or equitable remedy. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.27.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.7   Final Notice of Assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In making a final determination whether to impose a penalty, the assessing official shall take into consideration all available information in the administrative record on the matter, including all information provided in or with a written response timely filed by the respondent and any additional information provided pursuant to § 27.5(e)(2). The assessing official will determine whether: 
</P>
<P>(1) The facts warrant a conclusion that no violation has occurred; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The facts warrant a conclusion that one or more violations have occurred; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The facts and violations found justify the conclusion that a civil penalty should be imposed. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the assessing official determines that no violation has occurred, the official shall promptly send a letter indicating that determination to the person served with an Initial Notice of Assessment and to any designated representative of such person.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) If it has been determined that a violation has occurred, the assessing official shall issue a Final Notice of Assessment to the person served with an Initial Notice of Assessment and to any designated representative of such person. 
</P>
<P>(2) The assessing official may, in his/her discretion: 
</P>
<P>(i) Impose a civil monetary penalty and/or any civil or equitable remedy deemed necessary to rectify the potential for a continued misuse or harm from the violation(s); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Not impose a civil monetary penalty and/or civil or equitable remedy; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Impose a civil monetary penalty and/or civil or equitable remedy and condition payment of the civil monetary penalty on the violator's future compliance with 31 U.S.C. 333, this part and any civil or equitable remedy contained in the Final Notice of Assessment. If a civil monetary penalty is imposed, the assessing official shall determine the appropriate amount of the penalty in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 333(c)(2). 
</P>
<P>(3) The Final Notice of Assessment shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Include: 
</P>
<P>(A) A specific reference to the provisions of § 27.3 found to have been violated; 
</P>
<P>(B) A concise statement of the facts warranting a conclusion that a violations has occurred; 
</P>
<P>(C) An analysis of how the facts and violation(s) justify the conclusion that a civil monetary penalty and/or civil or equitable remedy should be imposed; and 
</P>
<P>(D) The amount of each civil monetary penalty imposed, a statement as to how the amount of each penalty was determined, and the terms of any civil or equitable remedy deemed necessary to rectify the potential for a continued misuse or harm from the violation(s); and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Inform the person that: 
</P>
<P>(A) Payment of a civil monetary penalty imposed by the Final Notice of Assessment must be made within 30 days of the date of the notice, and that any civil or equitable remedy imposed must be complied with as provided in the Final Notice of Assessment; 
</P>
<P>(B) Payment of a civil monetary penalty imposed by the Final Notice of Assessment shall be by EFT in accordance with instructions provided in the notice, unless the assessing official has given written approval to have payment made by other means; 
</P>
<P>(C) payment of a civil monetary penalty imposed by the Final Notice of Assessment constitutes consent by the person to comply with the terms of any civil or equitable remedy contained in the notice; 
</P>
<P>(D) If payment of a civil monetary penalty imposed by the Final Notice of Assessment has been waived on the condition that the person comply with the terms of any civil or equitable remedy contained in the notice or comply in the future with 31 U.S.C. 333 and this part, failure by the person to so comply will make the civil monetary penalty payable on demand; 
</P>
<P>(E) If a civil monetary penalty is not paid within 30 days of the date of the Final Notice of Assessment (or on demand under paragraph (C)(3)(ii)(D) of this sectiion), or if a civil or equitable remedy is not complied with in accordance with the terms of the notice, a civil action to collect the penalty or enforce compliance may be commenced at any time within two years of the date of the Final Notice of Assessment; and 
</P>
<P>(F) Any civil monetary penalty and civil or equitable remedy imposed by the Final Notice of Assessment may be subject to judicial review in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.</I> 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 42213, Aug. 6, 1997; 62 FR 44036, Aug. 18, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.27.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.8   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>A final Notice of Assessment issued under this party may be subject to judicial review pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="28" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 28—NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF SEX IN EDUCATION PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES RECEIVING FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>20 U.S.C. 1681, 1682, 1683, 1685, 1686, 1687, 1688. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 52865, 52881, Aug. 30, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Introduction</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.100" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.100   Purpose and effective date.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of these Title IX regulations is to effectuate Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended (except sections 904 and 906 of those Amendments) (20 U.S.C. 1681, 1682, 1683, 1685, 1686, 1687, 1688), which is designed to eliminate (with certain exceptions) discrimination on the basis of sex in any education program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance, whether or not such program or activity is offered or sponsored by an educational institution as defined in these Title IX regulations. The effective date of these Title IX regulations shall be September 29, 2000. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.105" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.105   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in these Title IX regulations, the term: 
</P>
<P><I>Administratively separate unit</I> means a school, department, or college of an educational institution (other than a local educational agency) admission to which is independent of admission to any other component of such institution. 
</P>
<P><I>Admission</I> means selection for part-time, full-time, special, associate, transfer, exchange, or any other enrollment, membership, or matriculation in or at an education program or activity operated by a recipient. 
</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means one who submits an application, request, or plan required to be approved by an official of the Federal agency that awards Federal financial assistance, or by a recipient, as a condition to becoming a recipient. 
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Designated agency official</I> means Assistant Secretary for Management and Chief Financial Officer. 
</P>
<P><I>Educational institution</I> means a local educational agency (LEA) as defined by 20 U.S.C. 8801(18), a preschool, a private elementary or secondary school, or an applicant or recipient that is an institution of graduate higher education, an institution of undergraduate higher education, an institution of professional education, or an institution of vocational education, as defined in this section. 
</P>
<P><I>Federal financial assistance</I> means any of the following, when authorized or extended under a law administered by the Federal agency that awards such assistance: 
</P>
<P>(1) A grant or loan of Federal financial assistance, including funds made available for: 
</P>
<P>(i) The acquisition, construction, renovation, restoration, or repair of a building or facility or any portion thereof; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Scholarships, loans, grants, wages, or other funds extended to any entity for payment to or on behalf of students admitted to that entity, or extended directly to such students for payment to that entity. 
</P>
<P>(2) A grant of Federal real or personal property or any interest therein, including surplus property, and the proceeds of the sale or transfer of such property, if the Federal share of the fair market value of the property is not, upon such sale or transfer, properly accounted for to the Federal Government. 
</P>
<P>(3) Provision of the services of Federal personnel. 
</P>
<P>(4) Sale or lease of Federal property or any interest therein at nominal consideration, or at consideration reduced for the purpose of assisting the recipient or in recognition of public interest to be served thereby, or permission to use Federal property or any interest therein without consideration. 
</P>
<P>(5) Any other contract, agreement, or arrangement that has as one of its purposes the provision of assistance to any education program or activity, except a contract of insurance or guaranty. 
</P>
<P><I>Institution of graduate higher education</I> means an institution that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Offers academic study beyond the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree, whether or not leading to a certificate of any higher degree in the liberal arts and sciences; 
</P>
<P>(2) Awards any degree in a professional field beyond the first professional degree (regardless of whether the first professional degree in such field is awarded by an institution of undergraduate higher education or professional education); or
</P>
<P>(3) Awards no degree and offers no further academic study, but operates ordinarily for the purpose of facilitating research by persons who have received the highest graduate degree in any field of study. 
</P>
<P><I>Institution of professional education</I> means an institution (except any institution of undergraduate higher education) that offers a program of academic study that leads to a first professional degree in a field for which there is a national specialized accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary of Education. 
</P>
<P><I>Institution of undergraduate higher education</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) An institution offering at least two but less than four years of college-level study beyond the high school level, leading to a diploma or an associate degree, or wholly or principally creditable toward a baccalaureate degree; or
</P>
<P>(2) An institution offering academic study leading to a baccalaureate degree; or 
</P>
<P>(3) An agency or body that certifies credentials or offers degrees, but that may or may not offer academic study. 
</P>
<P><I>Institution of vocational education</I> means a school or institution (except an institution of professional or graduate or undergraduate higher education) that has as its primary purpose preparation of students to pursue a technical, skilled, or semiskilled occupation or trade, or to pursue study in a technical field, whether or not the school or institution offers certificates, diplomas, or degrees and whether or not it offers full-time study. 
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means any State or political subdivision thereof, or any instrumentality of a State or political subdivision thereof, any public or private agency, institution, or organization, or other entity, or any person, to whom Federal financial assistance is extended directly or through another recipient and that operates an education program or activity that receives such assistance, including any subunit, successor, assignee, or transferee thereof. 
</P>
<P><I>Reviewing authority</I> means that component of the Department delegated authority to review the decisions of hearing officers in cases arising under these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Student</I> means a person who has gained admission. 
</P>
<P><I>Title IX</I> means Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Public Law 92-318, 86 Stat. 235, 373 (codified as amended at 20 U.S.C. 1681-1688) (except sections 904 and 906 thereof), as amended by section 3 of Public Law 93-568, 88 Stat. 1855, by section 412 of the Education Amendments of 1976, Public Law 94-482, 90 Stat. 2234, and by Section 3 of Public Law 100-259, 102 Stat. 28, 28-29 (20 U.S.C. 1681, 1682, 1683, 1685, 1686, 1687, 1688). 
</P>
<P><I>Title IX regulations</I> means the provisions set forth at §§ 28.100 through 28.635. 
</P>
<P><I>Transition plan</I> means a plan subject to the approval of the Secretary of Education pursuant to section 901(a)(2) of the Education Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. 1681(a)(2), under which an educational institution operates in making the transition from being an educational institution that admits only students of one sex to being one that admits students of both sexes without discrimination. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 52865, 52881, 52882, Aug. 30, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.110" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.110   Remedial and affirmative action and self-evaluation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Remedial action.</I> If the designated agency official finds that a recipient has discriminated against persons on the basis of sex in an education program or activity, such recipient shall take such remedial action as the designated agency official deems necessary to overcome the effects of such discrimination. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Affirmative action.</I> In the absence of a finding of discrimination on the basis of sex in an education program or activity, a recipient may take affirmative action consistent with law to overcome the effects of conditions that resulted in limited participation therein by persons of a particular sex. Nothing in these Title IX regulations shall be interpreted to alter any affirmative action obligations that a recipient may have under Executive Order 11246, 3 CFR, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339; as amended by Executive Order 11375, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 684; as amended by Executive Order 11478, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 803; as amended by Executive Order 12086, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 230; as amended by Executive Order 12107, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 264. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Self-evaluation.</I> Each recipient education institution shall, within one year of September 29, 2000: 
</P>
<P>(1) Evaluate, in terms of the requirements of these Title IX regulations, its current policies and practices and the effects thereof concerning admission of students, treatment of students, and employment of both academic and non-academic personnel working in connection with the recipient's education program or activity; 
</P>
<P>(2) Modify any of these policies and practices that do not or may not meet the requirements of these Title IX regulations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Take appropriate remedial steps to eliminate the effects of any discrimination that resulted or may have resulted from adherence to these policies and practices. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Availability of self-evaluation and related materials.</I> Recipients shall maintain on file for at least three years following completion of the evaluation required under paragraph (c) of this section, and shall provide to the designated agency official upon request, a description of any modifications made pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section and of any remedial steps taken pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.115" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.115   Assurance required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Either at the application stage or the award stage, Federal agencies must ensure that applications for Federal financial assistance or awards of Federal financial assistance contain, be accompanied by, or be covered by a specifically identified assurance from the applicant or recipient, satisfactory to the designated agency official, that each education program or activity operated by the applicant or recipient and to which these Title IX regulations apply will be operated in compliance with these Title IX regulations. An assurance of compliance with these Title IX regulations shall not be satisfactory to the designated agency official if the applicant or recipient to whom such assurance applies fails to commit itself to take whatever remedial action is necessary in accordance with § 28.110(a) to eliminate existing discrimination on the basis of sex or to eliminate the effects of past discrimination whether occurring prior to or subsequent to the submission to the designated agency official of such assurance. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration of obligation.</I> (1) In the case of Federal financial assistance extended to provide real property or structures thereon, such assurance shall obligate the recipient or, in the case of a subsequent transfer, the transferee, for the period during which the real property or structures are used to provide an education program or activity. 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of Federal financial assistance extended to provide personal property, such assurance shall obligate the recipient for the period during which it retains ownership or possession of the property. 
</P>
<P>(3) In all other cases such assurance shall obligate the recipient for the period during which Federal financial assistance is extended. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form.</I> (1) The assurances required by paragraph (a) of this section, which may be included as part of a document that addresses other assurances or obligations, shall include that the applicant or recipient will comply with all applicable Federal statutes relating to nondiscrimination. These include but are not limited to: Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended (20 U.S.C. 1681-1683, 1685-1688). 
</P>
<P>(2) The designated agency official will specify the extent to which such assurances will be required of the applicant's or recipient's subgrantees, contractors, subcontractors, transferees, or successors in interest. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.120" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.120   Transfers of property.</HEAD>
<P>If a recipient sells or otherwise transfers property financed in whole or in part with Federal financial assistance to a transferee that operates any education program or activity, and the Federal share of the fair market value of the property is not upon such sale or transfer properly accounted for to the Federal Government, both the transferor and the transferee shall be deemed to be recipients, subject to the provisions of §§ 28.205 through 28.235(a). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.125" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.125   Effect of other requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Effect of other Federal provisions.</I> The obligations imposed by these Title IX regulations are independent of, and do not alter, obligations not to discriminate on the basis of sex imposed by Executive Order 11246, 3 CFR, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339; as amended by Executive Order 11375, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 684; as amended by Executive Order 11478, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 803; as amended by Executive Order 12087, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 230; as amended by Executive Order 12107, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 264; sections 704 and 855 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 295m, 298b-2); Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000e <I>et seq.</I>); the Equal Pay Act of 1963 (29 U.S.C. 206); and any other Act of Congress or Federal regulation. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effect of State or local law or other requirements.</I> The obligation to comply with these Title IX regulations is not obviated or alleviated by any State or local law or other requirement that would render any applicant or student ineligible, or limit the eligibility of any applicant or student, on the basis of sex, to practice any occupation or profession. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of rules or regulations of private organizations.</I> The obligation to comply with these Title IX regulations is not obviated or alleviated by any rule or regulation of any organization, club, athletic or other league, or association that would render any applicant or student ineligible to participate or limit the eligibility or participation of any applicant or student, on the basis of sex, in any education program or activity operated by a recipient and that receives Federal financial assistance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.130" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.130   Effect of employment opportunities.</HEAD>
<P>The obligation to comply with these Title IX regulations is not obviated or alleviated because employment opportunities in any occupation or profession are or may be more limited for members of one sex than for members of the other sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.135" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.135   Designation of responsible employee and adoption of grievance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Designation of responsible employee.</I> Each recipient shall designate at least one employee to coordinate its efforts to comply with and carry out its responsibilities under these Title IX regulations, including any investigation of any complaint communicated to such recipient alleging its noncompliance with these Title IX regulations or alleging any actions that would be prohibited by these Title IX regulations. The recipient shall notify all its students and employees of the name, office address, and telephone number of the employee or employees appointed pursuant to this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complaint procedure of recipient.</I> A recipient shall adopt and publish grievance procedures providing for prompt and equitable resolution of student and employee complaints alleging any action that would be prohibited by these Title IX regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.140" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.140   Dissemination of policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification of policy.</I> (1) Each recipient shall implement specific and continuing steps to notify applicants for admission and employment, students and parents of elementary and secondary school students, employees, sources of referral of applicants for admission and employment, and all unions or professional organizations holding collective bargaining or professional agreements with the recipient, that it does not discriminate on the basis of sex in the educational programs or activities that it operates, and that it is required by Title IX and these Title IX regulations not to discriminate in such a manner. Such notification shall contain such information, and be made in such manner, as the designated agency official finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by Title IX and these Title IX regulations, but shall state at least that the requirement not to discriminate in education programs or activities extends to employment therein, and to admission thereto unless §§ 28.300 through 28.310 do not apply to the recipient, and that inquiries concerning the application of Title IX and these Title IX regulations to such recipient may be referred to the employee designated pursuant to § 28.135, or to the designated agency official. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each recipient shall make the initial notification required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section within 90 days of September 29, 2000 or of the date these Title IX regulations first apply to such recipient, whichever comes later, which notification shall include publication in: 
</P>
<P>(i) Newspapers and magazines operated by such recipient or by student, alumnae, or alumni groups for or in connection with such recipient; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Memoranda or other written communications distributed to every student and employee of such recipient. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Publications.</I> (1) Each recipient shall prominently include a statement of the policy described in paragraph (a) of this section in each announcement, bulletin, catalog, or application form that it makes available to any person of a type, described in paragraph (a) of this section, or which is otherwise used in connection with the recruitment of students or employees. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient shall not use or distribute a publication of the type described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section that suggests, by text or illustration, that such recipient treats applicants, students, or employees differently on the basis of sex except as such treatment is permitted by these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Distribution.</I> Each recipient shall distribute without discrimination on the basis of sex each publication described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and shall apprise each of its admission and employment recruitment representatives of the policy of nondiscrimination described in paragraph (a) of this section, and shall require such representatives to adhere to such policy. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Coverage</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.200" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.200   Application.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in §§ 28.205 through 28.235(a), these Title IX regulations apply to every recipient and to each education program or activity operated by such recipient that receives Federal financial assistance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.205" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.205   Educational institutions and other entities controlled by religious organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption.</I> These Title IX regulations do not apply to any operation of an educational institution or other entity that is controlled by a religious organization to the extent that application of these Title IX regulations would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemption claims.</I> An educational institution or other entity that wishes to claim the exemption set forth in paragraph (a) of this section shall do so by submitting in writing to the designated agency official a statement by the highest-ranking official of the institution, identifying the provisions of these Title IX regulations that conflict with a specific tenet of the religious organization. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.210" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.210   Military and merchant marine educational institutions.</HEAD>
<P>These Title IX regulations do not apply to an educational institution whose primary purpose is the training of individuals for a military service of the United States or for the merchant marine. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.215" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.215   Membership practices of certain organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Social fraternities and sororities.</I> These Title IX regulations do not apply to the membership practices of social fraternities and sororities that are exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, 26 U.S.C. 501(a), the active membership of which consists primarily of students in attendance at institutions of higher education. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>YMCA, YWCA, Girl Scouts, Boy Scouts, and Camp Fire Girls.</I> These Title IX regulations do not apply to the membership practices of the Young Men's Christian Association (YMCA), the Young Women's Christian Association (YWCA), the Girl Scouts, the Boy Scouts, and Camp Fire Girls. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Voluntary youth service organizations.</I> These Title IX regulations do not apply to the membership practices of a voluntary youth service organization that is exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, 26 U.S.C. 501(a), and the membership of which has been traditionally limited to members of one sex and principally to persons of less than nineteen years of age.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.220" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.220   Admissions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Admissions to educational institutions prior to June 24, 1973, are not covered by these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administratively separate units.</I> For the purposes only of this section, §§ 28.225 and 28.230, and §§ 28.300 through 28.310, each administratively separate unit shall be deemed to be an educational institution. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application of §§ 28.300 through .310.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, §§ 28.300 through 28.310 apply to each recipient. A recipient to which §§ 28.300 through 28.310 apply shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in admission or recruitment in violation of §§ 28.300 through 28.310. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Educational institutions.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section as to recipients that are educational institutions, §§ 28.300 through 28.310 apply only to institutions of vocational education, professional education, graduate higher education, and public institutions of undergraduate higher education. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Public institutions of undergraduate higher education.</I> §§ 28.300 through 28.310 do not apply to any public institution of undergraduate higher education that traditionally and continually from its establishment has had a policy of admitting students of only one sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.225" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.225   Educational institutions eligible to submit transition plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to each educational institution to which §§ 28.300 through 28.310 apply that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Admitted students of only one sex as regular students as of June 23, 1972; or
</P>
<P>(2) Admitted students of only one sex as regular students as of June 23, 1965, but thereafter admitted, as regular students, students of the sex not admitted prior to June 23, 1965. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Provision for transition plans.</I> An educational institution to which this section applies shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in admission or recruitment in violation of §§ 28.300 through 28.310. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.230" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.230   Transition plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission of plans.</I> An institution to which § 28.225 applies and that is composed of more than one administratively separate unit may submit either a single transition plan applicable to all such units, or a separate transition plan applicable to each such unit. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of plans.</I> In order to be approved by the Secretary of Education, a transition plan shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) State the name, address, and Federal Interagency Committee on Education Code of the educational institution submitting such plan, the administratively separate units to which the plan is applicable, and the name, address, and telephone number of the person to whom questions concerning the plan may be addressed. The person who submits the plan shall be the chief administrator or president of the institution, or another individual legally authorized to bind the institution to all actions set forth in the plan. 
</P>
<P>(2) State whether the educational institution or administratively separate unit admits students of both sexes as regular students and, if so, when it began to do so. 
</P>
<P>(3) Identify and describe with respect to the educational institution or administratively separate unit any obstacles to admitting students without discrimination on the basis of sex. 
</P>
<P>(4) Describe in detail the steps necessary to eliminate as soon as practicable each obstacle so identified and indicate the schedule for taking these steps and the individual directly responsible for their implementation. 
</P>
<P>(5) Include estimates of the number of students, by sex, expected to apply for, be admitted to, and enter each class during the period covered by the plan. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nondiscrimination.</I> No policy or practice of a recipient to which § 28.225 applies shall result in treatment of applicants to or students of such recipient in violation of §§ 28.300 through 28.310 unless such treatment is necessitated by an obstacle identified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section and a schedule for eliminating that obstacle has been provided as required by paragraph (b)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effects of past exclusion.</I> To overcome the effects of past exclusion of students on the basis of sex, each educational institution to which § 28.225 applies shall include in its transition plan, and shall implement, specific steps designed to encourage individuals of the previously excluded sex to apply for admission to such institution. Such steps shall include instituting recruitment programs that emphasize the institution's commitment to enrolling students of the sex previously excluded. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.235" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.2.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.235   Statutory amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section, which applies to all provisions of these Title IX regulations, addresses statutory amendments to Title IX. 
</P>
<P>(b) These Title IX regulations shall not apply to or preclude: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any program or activity of the American Legion undertaken in connection with the organization or operation of any Boys State conference, Boys Nation conference, Girls State conference, or Girls Nation conference; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any program or activity of a secondary school or educational institution specifically for: 
</P>
<P>(i) The promotion of any Boys State conference, Boys Nation conference, Girls State conference, or Girls Nation conference; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The selection of students to attend any such conference; 
</P>
<P>(3) Father-son or mother-daughter activities at an educational institution or in an education program or activity, but if such activities are provided for students of one sex, opportunities for reasonably comparable activities shall be provided to students of the other sex; 
</P>
<P>(4) Any scholarship or other financial assistance awarded by an institution of higher education to an individual because such individual has received such award in a single-sex pageant based upon a combination of factors related to the individual's personal appearance, poise, and talent. The pageant, however, must comply with other nondiscrimination provisions of Federal law. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Program or activity</I> or <I>program</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) All of the operations of any entity described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section, any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance: 
</P>
<P>(i)(A) A department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government; 
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) A college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or 
</P>
<P>(B) A local educational agency (as defined in section 8801 of title 20), system of vocational education, or other school system; 
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) An entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship— 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) If assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or
</P>
<P>(B) The entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other entity that is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) <I>Program or activity</I> does not include any operation of an entity that is controlled by a religious organization if the application of 20 U.S.C. 1681 to such operation would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For example, all of the operations of a college, university, or other postsecondary institution, including but not limited to traditional educational operations, faculty and student housing, campus shuttle bus service, campus restaurants, the bookstore, and other commercial activities are part of a “program or activity” subject to these Title IX regulations if the college, university, or other institution receives Federal financial assistance. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Nothing in these Title IX regulations shall be construed to require or prohibit any person, or public or private entity, to provide or pay for any benefit or service, including the use of facilities, related to an abortion. Medical procedures, benefits, services, and the use of facilities, necessary to save the life of a pregnant woman or to address complications related to an abortion are not subject to this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit a penalty to be imposed on any person or individual because such person or individual is seeking or has received any benefit or service related to a legal abortion. Accordingly, subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, no person shall be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any academic, extracurricular, research, occupational training, employment, or other educational program or activity operated by a recipient that receives Federal financial assistance because such individual has sought or received, or is seeking, a legal abortion, or any benefit or service related to a legal abortion. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Discrimination on the Basis of Sex in Admission and Recruitment Prohibited</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.300" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.300   Admission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No person shall, on the basis of sex, be denied admission, or be subjected to discrimination in admission, by any recipient to which §§ 28.300 through 28.310 apply, except as provided in §§ 28.225 and 28.230. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specific prohibitions.</I> (1) In determining whether a person satisfies any policy or criterion for admission, or in making any offer of admission, a recipient to which §§ 28.300 through 28.310 apply shall not: 
</P>
<P>(i) Give preference to one person over another on the basis of sex, by ranking applicants separately on such basis, or otherwise; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Apply numerical limitations upon the number or proportion of persons of either sex who may be admitted; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Otherwise treat one individual differently from another on the basis of sex. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient shall not administer or operate any test or other criterion for admission that has a disproportionately adverse effect on persons on the basis of sex unless the use of such test or criterion is shown to predict validly success in the education program or activity in question and alternative tests or criteria that do not have such a disproportionately adverse effect are shown to be unavailable. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prohibitions relating to marital or parental status.</I> In determining whether a person satisfies any policy or criterion for admission, or in making any offer of admission, a recipient to which §§ 28.300 through 28.310 apply: 
</P>
<P>(1) Shall not apply any rule concerning the actual or potential parental, family, or marital status of a student or applicant that treats persons differently on the basis of sex; 
</P>
<P>(2) Shall not discriminate against or exclude any person on the basis of pregnancy, childbirth, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom, or establish or follow any rule or practice that so discriminates or excludes; 
</P>
<P>(3) Subject to § 28.235(d), shall treat disabilities related to pregnancy, childbirth, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom in the same manner and under the same policies as any other temporary disability or physical condition; and
</P>
<P>(4) Shall not make pre-admission inquiry as to the marital status of an applicant for admission, including whether such applicant is “Miss” or “Mrs.” A recipient may make pre-admission inquiry as to the sex of an applicant for admission, but only if such inquiry is made equally of such applicants of both sexes and if the results of such inquiry are not used in connection with discrimination prohibited by these Title IX regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.305" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.305   Preference in admission.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient to which §§ 28.300 through 28.310 apply shall not give preference to applicants for admission, on the basis of attendance at any educational institution or other school or entity that admits as students only or predominantly members of one sex, if the giving of such preference has the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of §§ 28.300 through 28.310. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.310" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.310   Recruitment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Nondiscriminatory recruitment.</I> A recipient to which §§ 28.300 through 28.310 apply shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in the recruitment and admission of students. A recipient may be required to undertake additional recruitment efforts for one sex as remedial action pursuant to § 28.110(a), and may choose to undertake such efforts as affirmative action pursuant to § 28.110(b). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recruitment at certain institutions.</I> A recipient to which §§ 28.300 through 28.310 apply shall not recruit primarily or exclusively at educational institutions, schools, or entities that admit as students only or predominantly members of one sex, if such actions have the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of §§ 28.300 through 28.310. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Discrimination on the Basis of Sex in Education Programs or Activities Prohibited</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.400" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.400   Education programs or activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided elsewhere in these Title IX regulations, no person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any academic, extracurricular, research, occupational training, or other education program or activity operated by a recipient that receives Federal financial assistance. Sections 28.400 through 28.455 do not apply to actions of a recipient in connection with admission of its students to an education program or activity of a recipient to which §§ 28.300 through 28.310 do not apply, or an entity, not a recipient, to which §§ 28.300 through 28.310 would not apply if the entity were a recipient. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specific prohibitions.</I> Except as provided in §§ 28.400 through 28.455, in providing any aid, benefit, or service to a student, a recipient shall not, on the basis of sex: 
</P>
<P>(1) Treat one person differently from another in determining whether such person satisfies any requirement or condition for the provision of such aid, benefit, or service; 
</P>
<P>(2) Provide different aid, benefits, or services or provide aid, benefits, or services in a different manner; 
</P>
<P>(3) Deny any person any such aid, benefit, or service; 
</P>
<P>(4) Subject any person to separate or different rules of behavior, sanctions, or other treatment; 
</P>
<P>(5) Apply any rule concerning the domicile or residence of a student or applicant, including eligibility for in-state fees and tuition; 
</P>
<P>(6) Aid or perpetuate discrimination against any person by providing significant assistance to any agency, organization, or person that discriminates on the basis of sex in providing any aid, benefit, or service to students or employees; 
</P>
<P>(7) Otherwise limit any person in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Assistance administered by a recipient educational institution to study at a foreign institution.</I> A recipient educational institution may administer or assist in the administration of scholarships, fellowships, or other awards established by foreign or domestic wills, trusts, or similar legal instruments, or by acts of foreign governments and restricted to members of one sex, that are designed to provide opportunities to study abroad, and that are awarded to students who are already matriculating at or who are graduates of the recipient institution; <I>Provided,</I> that a recipient educational institution that administers or assists in the administration of such scholarships, fellowships, or other awards that are restricted to members of one sex provides, or otherwise makes available, reasonable opportunities for similar studies for members of the other sex. Such opportunities may be derived from either domestic or foreign sources. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Aids, benefits or services not provided by recipient.</I> (1) This paragraph (d) applies to any recipient that requires participation by any applicant, student, or employee in any education program or activity not operated wholly by such recipient, or that facilitates, permits, or considers such participation as part of or equivalent to an education program or activity operated by such recipient, including participation in educational consortia and cooperative employment and student-teaching assignments. 
</P>
<P>(2) Such recipient: 
</P>
<P>(i) Shall develop and implement a procedure designed to assure itself that the operator or sponsor of such other education program or activity takes no action affecting any applicant, student, or employee of such recipient that these Title IX regulations would prohibit such recipient from taking; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall not facilitate, require, permit, or consider such participation if such action occurs. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.405" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.405   Housing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> A recipient shall not, on the basis of sex, apply different rules or regulations, impose different fees or requirements, or offer different services or benefits related to housing, except as provided in this section (including housing provided only to married students). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Housing provided by recipient.</I> (1) A recipient may provide separate housing on the basis of sex. 
</P>
<P>(2) Housing provided by a recipient to students of one sex, when compared to that provided to students of the other sex, shall be as a whole: 
</P>
<P>(i) Proportionate in quantity to the number of students of that sex applying for such housing; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Comparable in quality and cost to the student. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other housing.</I> (1) A recipient shall not, on the basis of sex, administer different policies or practices concerning occupancy by its students of housing other than that provided by such recipient. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A recipient which, through solicitation, listing, approval of housing, or otherwise, assists any agency, organization, or person in making housing available to any of its students, shall take such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure itself that such housing as is provided to students of one sex, when compared to that provided to students of the other sex, is as a whole: 
</P>
<P>(A) Proportionate in quantity; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Comparable in quality and cost to the student. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A recipient may render such assistance to any agency, organization, or person that provides all or part of such housing to students of only one sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.410" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.410   Comparable facilities.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient may provide separate toilet, locker room, and shower facilities on the basis of sex, but such facilities provided for students of one sex shall be comparable to such facilities provided for students of the other sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.415" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.415   Access to course offerings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient shall not provide any course or otherwise carry out any of its education program or activity separately on the basis of sex, or require or refuse participation therein by any of its students on such basis, including health, physical education, industrial, business, vocational, technical, home economics, music, and adult education courses. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) With respect to classes and activities in physical education at the elementary school level, the recipient shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than one year from September 29, 2000. With respect to physical education classes and activities at the secondary and post-secondary levels, the recipient shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than three years from September 29, 2000. 
</P>
<P>(2) This section does not prohibit grouping of students in physical education classes and activities by ability as assessed by objective standards of individual performance developed and applied without regard to sex. 
</P>
<P>(3) This section does not prohibit separation of students by sex within physical education classes or activities during participation in wrestling, boxing, rugby, ice hockey, football, basketball, and other sports the purpose or major activity of which involves bodily contact. 
</P>
<P>(4) Where use of a single standard of measuring skill or progress in a physical education class has an adverse effect on members of one sex, the recipient shall use appropriate standards that do not have such effect. 
</P>
<P>(5) Portions of classes in elementary and secondary schools, or portions of education programs or activities, that deal exclusively with human sexuality may be conducted in separate sessions for boys and girls. 
</P>
<P>(6) Recipients may make requirements based on vocal range or quality that may result in a chorus or choruses of one or predominantly one sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.420" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.420   Access to schools operated by LEAs.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient that is a local educational agency shall not, on the basis of sex, exclude any person from admission to: 
</P>
<P>(a) Any institution of vocational education operated by such recipient; or
</P>
<P>(b) Any other school or educational unit operated by such recipient, unless such recipient otherwise makes available to such person, pursuant to the same policies and criteria of admission, courses, services, and facilities comparable to each course, service, and facility offered in or through such schools. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.425" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.425   Counseling and use of appraisal and counseling materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Counseling.</I> A recipient shall not discriminate against any person on the basis of sex in the counseling or guidance of students or applicants for admission. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of appraisal and counseling materials.</I> A recipient that uses testing or other materials for appraising or counseling students shall not use different materials for students on the basis of their sex or use materials that permit or require different treatment of students on such basis unless such different materials cover the same occupations and interest areas and the use of such different materials is shown to be essential to eliminate sex bias. Recipients shall develop and use internal procedures for ensuring that such materials do not discriminate on the basis of sex. Where the use of a counseling test or other instrument results in a substantially disproportionate number of members of one sex in any particular course of study or classification, the recipient shall take such action as is necessary to assure itself that such disproportion is not the result of discrimination in the instrument or its application. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disproportion in classes.</I> Where a recipient finds that a particular class contains a substantially disproportionate number of individuals of one sex, the recipient shall take such action as is necessary to assure itself that such disproportion is not the result of discrimination on the basis of sex in counseling or appraisal materials or by counselors. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.430" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.430   Financial assistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, in providing financial assistance to any of its students, a recipient shall not: 
</P>
<P>(1) On the basis of sex, provide different amounts or types of such assistance, limit eligibility for such assistance that is of any particular type or source, apply different criteria, or otherwise discriminate; 
</P>
<P>(2) Through solicitation, listing, approval, provision of facilities, or other services, assist any foundation, trust, agency, organization, or person that provides assistance to any of such recipient's students in a manner that discriminates on the basis of sex; or
</P>
<P>(3) Apply any rule or assist in application of any rule concerning eligibility for such assistance that treats persons of one sex differently from persons of the other sex with regard to marital or parental status. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial aid established by certain legal instruments.</I> (1) A recipient may administer or assist in the administration of scholarships, fellowships, or other forms of financial assistance established pursuant to domestic or foreign wills, trusts, bequests, or similar legal instruments or by acts of a foreign government that require that awards be made to members of a particular sex specified therein; <I>Provided,</I> that the overall effect of the award of such sex-restricted scholarships, fellowships, and other forms of financial assistance does not discriminate on the basis of sex. 
</P>
<P>(2) To ensure nondiscriminatory awards of assistance as required in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, recipients shall develop and use procedures under which: 
</P>
<P>(i) Students are selected for award of financial assistance on the basis of nondiscriminatory criteria and not on the basis of availability of funds restricted to members of a particular sex; 
</P>
<P>(ii) An appropriate sex-restricted scholarship, fellowship, or other form of financial assistance is allocated to each student selected under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) No student is denied the award for which he or she was selected under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section because of the absence of a scholarship, fellowship, or other form of financial assistance designated for a member of that student's sex. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Athletic scholarships.</I> (1) To the extent that a recipient awards athletic scholarships or grants-in-aid, it must provide reasonable opportunities for such awards for members of each sex in proportion to the number of students of each sex participating in interscholastic or intercollegiate athletics. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient may provide separate athletic scholarships or grants-in-aid for members of each sex as part of separate athletic teams for members of each sex to the extent consistent with this paragraph (c) and § 28.450. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.435" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.435   Employment assistance to students.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Assistance by recipient in making available outside employment.</I> A recipient that assists any agency, organization, or person in making employment available to any of its students: 
</P>
<P>(1) Shall assure itself that such employment is made available without discrimination on the basis of sex; and
</P>
<P>(2) Shall not render such services to any agency, organization, or person that discriminates on the basis of sex in its employment practices. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employment of students by recipients.</I> A recipient that employs any of its students shall not do so in a manner that violates §§ 28.500 through 28.550. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.440" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.440   Health and insurance benefits and services.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to § 28.235(d), in providing a medical, hospital, accident, or life insurance benefit, service, policy, or plan to any of its students, a recipient shall not discriminate on the basis of sex, or provide such benefit, service, policy, or plan in a manner that would violate §§ 28.500 through 28.550 if it were provided to employees of the recipient. This section shall not prohibit a recipient from providing any benefit or service that may be used by a different proportion of students of one sex than of the other, including family planning services. However, any recipient that provides full coverage health service shall provide gynecological care. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.445" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.445   Marital or parental status.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Status generally.</I> A recipient shall not apply any rule concerning a student's actual or potential parental, family, or marital status that treats students differently on the basis of sex. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pregnancy and related conditions.</I> (1) A recipient shall not discriminate against any student, or exclude any student from its education program or activity, including any class or extracurricular activity, on the basis of such student's pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom, unless the student requests voluntarily to participate in a separate portion of the program or activity of the recipient. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient may require such a student to obtain the certification of a physician that the student is physically and emotionally able to continue participation as long as such a certification is required of all students for other physical or emotional conditions requiring the attention of a physician. 
</P>
<P>(3) A recipient that operates a portion of its education program or activity separately for pregnant students, admittance to which is completely voluntary on the part of the student as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, shall ensure that the separate portion is comparable to that offered to non-pregnant students. 
</P>
<P>(4) Subject to § 28.235(d), a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy and recovery therefrom in the same manner and under the same policies as any other temporary disability with respect to any medical or hospital benefit, service, plan, or policy that such recipient administers, operates, offers, or participates in with respect to students admitted to the recipient's educational program or activity. 
</P>
<P>(5) In the case of a recipient that does not maintain a leave policy for its students, or in the case of a student who does not otherwise qualify for leave under such a policy, a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, and recovery therefrom as a justification for a leave of absence for as long a period of time as is deemed medically necessary by the student's physician, at the conclusion of which the student shall be reinstated to the status that she held when the leave began. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.450" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.450   Athletics.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, be treated differently from another person, or otherwise be discriminated against in any interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics offered by a recipient, and no recipient shall provide any such athletics separately on such basis. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Separate teams.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, a recipient may operate or sponsor separate teams for members of each sex where selection for such teams is based upon competitive skill or the activity involved is a contact sport. However, where a recipient operates or sponsors a team in a particular sport for members of one sex but operates or sponsors no such team for members of the other sex, and athletic opportunities for members of that sex have previously been limited, members of the excluded sex must be allowed to try out for the team offered unless the sport involved is a contact sport. For the purposes of these Title IX regulations, contact sports include boxing, wrestling, rugby, ice hockey, football, basketball, and other sports the purpose or major activity of which involves bodily contact. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Equal opportunity.</I> (1) A recipient that operates or sponsors interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics shall provide equal athletic opportunity for members of both sexes. In determining whether equal opportunities are available, the designated agency official will consider, among other factors: 
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the selection of sports and levels of competition effectively accommodate the interests and abilities of members of both sexes; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The provision of equipment and supplies; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Scheduling of games and practice time; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Travel and per diem allowance; 
</P>
<P>(v) Opportunity to receive coaching and academic tutoring; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Assignment and compensation of coaches and tutors; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Provision of locker rooms, practice, and competitive facilities; 
</P>
<P>(viii) Provision of medical and training facilities and services; 
</P>
<P>(ix) Provision of housing and dining facilities and services; 
</P>
<P>(x) Publicity. 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, unequal aggregate expenditures for members of each sex or unequal expenditures for male and female teams if a recipient operates or sponsors separate teams will not constitute noncompliance with this section, but the designated agency official may consider the failure to provide necessary funds for teams for one sex in assessing equality of opportunity for members of each sex. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Adjustment period.</I> A recipient that operates or sponsors interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics at the elementary school level shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than one year from September 29, 2000. A recipient that operates or sponsors interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics at the secondary or postsecondary school level shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than three years from September 29, 2000. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.455" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.4.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.455   Textbooks and curricular material.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in these Title IX regulations shall be interpreted as requiring or prohibiting or abridging in any way the use of particular textbooks or curricular materials. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Discrimination on the Basis of Sex in Employment in Education Programs or Activities Prohibited</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.500" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.500   Employment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) No person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination in employment, or recruitment, consideration, or selection therefor, whether full-time or part-time, under any education program or activity operated by a recipient that receives Federal financial assistance. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient shall make all employment decisions in any education program or activity operated by such recipient in a nondiscriminatory manner and shall not limit, segregate, or classify applicants or employees in any way that could adversely affect any applicant's or employee's employment opportunities or status because of sex. 
</P>
<P>(3) A recipient shall not enter into any contractual or other relationship which directly or indirectly has the effect of subjecting employees or students to discrimination prohibited by §§ 28.500 through 28.550, including relationships with employment and referral agencies, with labor unions, and with organizations providing or administering fringe benefits to employees of the recipient. 
</P>
<P>(4) A recipient shall not grant preferences to applicants for employment on the basis of attendance at any educational institution or entity that admits as students only or predominantly members of one sex, if the giving of such preferences has the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> The provisions of §§ 28.500 through 28.550 apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Recruitment, advertising, and the process of application for employment; 
</P>
<P>(2) Hiring, upgrading, promotion, consideration for and award of tenure, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, application of nepotism policies, right of return from layoff, and rehiring; 
</P>
<P>(3) Rates of pay or any other form of compensation, and changes in compensation; 
</P>
<P>(4) Job assignments, classifications, and structure, including position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists; 
</P>
<P>(5) The terms of any collective bargaining agreement; 
</P>
<P>(6) Granting and return from leaves of absence, leave for pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, leave for persons of either sex to care for children or dependents, or any other leave; 
</P>
<P>(7) Fringe benefits available by virtue of employment, whether or not administered by the recipient; 
</P>
<P>(8) Selection and financial support for training, including apprenticeship, professional meetings, conferences, and other related activities, selection for tuition assistance, selection for sabbaticals and leaves of absence to pursue training; 
</P>
<P>(9) Employer-sponsored activities, including social or recreational programs; and
</P>
<P>(10) Any other term, condition, or privilege of employment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.505" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.505   Employment criteria.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient shall not administer or operate any test or other criterion for any employment opportunity that has a disproportionately adverse effect on persons on the basis of sex unless: 
</P>
<P>(a) Use of such test or other criterion is shown to predict validly successful performance in the position in question; and 
</P>
<P>(b) Alternative tests or criteria for such purpose, which do not have such disproportionately adverse effect, are shown to be unavailable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.510" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.510   Recruitment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Nondiscriminatory recruitment and hiring.</I> A recipient shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in the recruitment and hiring of employees. Where a recipient has been found to be presently discriminating on the basis of sex in the recruitment or hiring of employees, or has been found to have so discriminated in the past, the recipient shall recruit members of the sex so discriminated against so as to overcome the effects of such past or present discrimination. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recruitment patterns.</I> A recipient shall not recruit primarily or exclusively at entities that furnish as applicants only or predominantly members of one sex if such actions have the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of §§ 28.500 through 28.550. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.515" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.515   Compensation.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient shall not make or enforce any policy or practice that, on the basis of sex: 
</P>
<P>(a) Makes distinctions in rates of pay or other compensation; 
</P>
<P>(b) Results in the payment of wages to employees of one sex at a rate less than that paid to employees of the opposite sex for equal work on jobs the performance of which requires equal skill, effort, and responsibility, and that are performed under similar working conditions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.520" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.520   Job classification and structure.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient shall not: 
</P>
<P>(a) Classify a job as being for males or for females; 
</P>
<P>(b) Maintain or establish separate lines of progression, seniority lists, career ladders, or tenure systems based on sex; or 
</P>
<P>(c) Maintain or establish separate lines of progression, seniority systems, career ladders, or tenure systems for similar jobs, position descriptions, or job requirements that classify persons on the basis of sex, unless sex is a bona fide occupational qualification for the positions in question as set forth in § 28.550. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.525" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.525   Fringe benefits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>“Fringe benefits” defined.</I> For purposes of these Title IX regulations, <I>fringe benefits</I> means: Any medical, hospital, accident, life insurance, or retirement benefit, service, policy or plan, any profit-sharing or bonus plan, leave, and any other benefit or service of employment not subject to the provision of § 28.515. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibitions.</I> A recipient shall not: 
</P>
<P>(1) Discriminate on the basis of sex with regard to making fringe benefits available to employees or make fringe benefits available to spouses, families, or dependents of employees differently upon the basis of the employee's sex; 
</P>
<P>(2) Administer, operate, offer, or participate in a fringe benefit plan that does not provide for equal periodic benefits for members of each sex and for equal contributions to the plan by such recipient for members of each sex; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Administer, operate, offer, or participate in a pension or retirement plan that establishes different optional or compulsory retirement ages based on sex or that otherwise discriminates in benefits on the basis of sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.530" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.530   Marital or parental status.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A recipient shall not apply any policy or take any employment action: 
</P>
<P>(1) Concerning the potential marital, parental, or family status of an employee or applicant for employment that treats persons differently on the basis of sex; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Which is based upon whether an employee or applicant for employment is the head of household or principal wage earner in such employee's or applicant's family unit. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pregnancy.</I> A recipient shall not discriminate against or exclude from employment any employee or applicant for employment on the basis of pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pregnancy as a temporary disability.</I> Subject to § 28.235(d), a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, recovery therefrom, and any temporary disability resulting therefrom as any other temporary disability for all job-related purposes, including commencement, duration, and extensions of leave, payment of disability income, accrual of seniority and any other benefit or service, and reinstatement, and under any fringe benefit offered to employees by virtue of employment. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Pregnancy leave.</I> In the case of a recipient that does not maintain a leave policy for its employees, or in the case of an employee with insufficient leave or accrued employment time to qualify for leave under such a policy, a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, and recovery therefrom as a justification for a leave of absence without pay for a reasonable period of time, at the conclusion of which the employee shall be reinstated to the status that she held when the leave began or to a comparable position, without decrease in rate of compensation or loss of promotional opportunities, or any other right or privilege of employment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.535" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.535   Effect of state or local law or other requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibitory requirements.</I> The obligation to comply with §§ 28.500 through 28.550 is not obviated or alleviated by the existence of any State or local law or other requirement that imposes prohibitions or limits upon employment of members of one sex that are not imposed upon members of the other sex. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Benefits.</I> A recipient that provides any compensation, service, or benefit to members of one sex pursuant to a State or local law or other requirement shall provide the same compensation, service, or benefit to members of the other sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.540" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.540   Advertising.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient shall not in any advertising related to employment indicate preference, limitation, specification, or discrimination based on sex unless sex is a bona fide occupational qualification for the particular job in question. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.545" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.545   Pre-employment inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Marital status.</I> A recipient shall not make pre-employment inquiry as to the marital status of an applicant for employment, including whether such applicant is “Miss” or “Mrs.” 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sex.</I> A recipient may make pre-employment inquiry as to the sex of an applicant for employment, but only if such inquiry is made equally of such applicants of both sexes and if the results of such inquiry are not used in connection with discrimination prohibited by these Title IX regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.550" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.5.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.550   Sex as a bona fide occupational qualification.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient may take action otherwise prohibited by §§ 28.500 through 28.550 provided it is shown that sex is a bona fide occupational qualification for that action, such that consideration of sex with regard to such action is essential to successful operation of the employment function concerned. A recipient shall not take action pursuant to this section that is based upon alleged comparative employment characteristics or stereotyped characterizations of one or the other sex, or upon preference based on sex of the recipient, employees, students, or other persons, but nothing contained in this section shall prevent a recipient from considering an employee's sex in relation to employment in a locker room or toilet facility used only by members of one sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.600" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.6.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.600   Notice of covered programs.</HEAD>
<P>Within 60 days of September 29, 2000, each Federal agency that awards Federal financial assistance shall publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice of the programs covered by these Title IX regulations. Each such Federal agency shall periodically republish the notice of covered programs to reflect changes in covered programs. Copies of this notice also shall be made available upon request to the Federal agency's office that enforces Title IX.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.605" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.6.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.605   Compliance information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cooperation and assistance.</I> The designated agency official shall to the fullest extent practicable seek the cooperation of recipients in obtaining compliance with these Title IX regulations and shall provide assistance and guidance to recipients to help them comply voluntarily with these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compliance reports.</I> Each recipient shall keep such records and submit to the designated agency official (or designee) timely, complete, and accurate compliance reports at such times, and in such form and containing such information, as the designated agency official (or designee) may determine to be necessary to enable the official to ascertain whether the recipient has complied or is complying with these Title IX regulations. In the case of any program under which a primary recipient extends Federal financial assistance to any other recipient, such other recipient shall also submit such compliance reports to the primary recipient as may be necessary to enable the primary recipient to carry out its obligations under these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Access to sources of information.</I> Each recipient shall permit access by the designated agency official (or designee) during normal business hours to such of its books, records, accounts, and other sources of information, and its facilities as may be pertinent to ascertain compliance with these Title IX regulations. Where any information required of a recipient is in the exclusive possession of any other agency, institution or person and this agency, institution or person shall fail or refuse to furnish this information the recipient shall so certify in its report and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. Asserted considerations of privacy or confidentiality may not operate to bar the Department from evaluating or seeking to enforce compliance with these Title IX regulations. Information of a confidential nature obtained in connection with compliance evaluation or enforcement shall not be disclosed except where necessary in formal enforcement proceedings or where otherwise required by law.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information to beneficiaries and participants.</I> Each recipient shall make available to participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of these Title IX regulations and their applicability to the program for which the recipient receives Federal financial assistance, and make such information available to them in such manner, as the designated agency official finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by Title IX and these Title IX regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 52882, Aug. 30, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.610" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.6.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.610   Conduct of investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Periodic compliance reviews.</I> The designated agency official (or designee) shall from time to time review the practices of recipients to determine whether they are complying with these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complaints.</I> Any person who believes himself or herself or any specific class of individuals to be subjected to discrimination prohibited by these Title IX regulations may by himself or herself or by a representative file with the designated agency official (or designee) a written complaint. A complaint must be filed not later than 180 days from the date of the alleged discrimination, unless the time for filing is extended by the designated agency official (or designee). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Investigations.</I> The designated agency official (or designee) will make a prompt investigation whenever a compliance review, report, complaint, or any other information indicates a possible failure to comply with these Title IX regulations. The investigation should include, where appropriate, a review of the pertinent practices and policies of the recipient, the circumstances under which the possible noncompliance with these Title IX regulations occurred, and other factors relevant to a determination as to whether the recipient has failed to comply with these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Resolution of matters.</I> (1) If an investigation pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section indicates a failure to comply with these Title IX regulations, the designated agency official (or designee) will so inform the recipient and the matter will be resolved by informal means whenever possible. If it has been determined that the matter cannot be resolved by informal means, action will be taken as provided for in § 28.615. 
</P>
<P>(2) If an investigation does not warrant action pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section the designated agency official (or designee) will so inform the recipient and the complainant, if any, in writing. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Intimidatory or retaliatory acts prohibited.</I> No recipient or other person shall intimidate, threaten, coerce, or discriminate against any individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by Title IX or these Title IX regulations, or because he or she has made a complaint, testified, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation, proceeding or hearing under these Title IX regulations. The identity of complainants shall be kept confidential except to the extent necessary to carry out the purposes of these Title IX regulations, including the conduct of any investigation, hearing, or judicial proceeding arising under these Title IX regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 52882, Aug. 30, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.615" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.6.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.615   Procedure for effecting compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If there appears to be a failure or threatened failure to comply with these Title IX regulations, and if the noncompliance or threatened noncompliance cannot be corrected by informal means, compliance with these Title IX regulations may be effected by the suspension or termination of or refusal to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance or by any other means authorized by law. Such other means may include, but are not limited to: 
</P>
<P>(1) A reference to the Department of Justice with a recommendation that appropriate proceedings be brought to enforce any rights of the United States under any law of the United States, or any assurance or other contractual undertaking; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Any applicable proceeding under State or local law. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Noncompliance with § 28.115.</I> If an applicant fails or refuses to furnish an assurance or otherwise fails or refuses to comply with a requirement imposed by or pursuant to § 28.115, Federal financial assistance may be refused in accordance with the procedures of paragraph (c) of this section. The Department shall not be required to provide assistance in such a case during the pendency of the administrative proceedings under paragraph (c) of this section except that the Department shall continue assistance during the pendency of such proceedings where such assistance is due and payable pursuant to an application therefor approved prior to September 29, 2000. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Termination of or refusal to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance.</I> (1) No order suspending, terminating or refusing to grant or continue Federal financial assistance shall become effective until: 
</P>
<P>(i) The designated agency official has advised the applicant or recipient of its failure to comply and has determined that compliance cannot be secured by voluntary means; 
</P>
<P>(ii) There has been an express finding on the record, after opportunity for hearing, of a failure by the applicant or recipient to comply with a requirement imposed by or pursuant to these Title IX regulations; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The expiration of 30 days after the Secretary has filed with the committee of the House, and the committee of the Senate having legislative jurisdiction over the program involved, a full written report of the circumstances and the grounds for such action. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any action to suspend or terminate or to refuse to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance shall be limited to the particular political entity, or part thereof, or other applicant or recipient as to whom such a finding has been made and shall be limited in its effect to the particular program, or part thereof, in which such noncompliance has been so found. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other means authorized by law.</I> (1) No action to effect compliance by any other means authorized by law shall be taken until: 
</P>
<P>(i) The designated agency official has determined that compliance cannot be secured by voluntary means; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The recipient has been notified of its failure to comply and of the action to be taken to effect compliance; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The expiration of at least 10 days from the mailing of such notice to the recipient. 
</P>
<P>(2) During this period of at least 10 days additional efforts shall be made to persuade the recipient to comply with these Title IX regulations and to take such corrective action as may be appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 52883, Aug. 30, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.620" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.6.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.620   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opportunity for hearing.</I> Whenever an opportunity for a hearing is required by § 28.615(c), reasonable notice shall be given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the affected applicant or recipient. This notice shall advise the applicant or recipient of the action proposed to be taken, the specific provision under which the proposed action against it is to be taken, and the matters of fact or law asserted as the basis for this action, and either: 
</P>
<P>(1) Fix a date not less than 20 days after the date of such notice within which the applicant or recipient may request of the designated agency official that the matter be scheduled for hearing; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Advise the applicant or recipient that the matter in question has been set down for hearing at a stated place and time. The time and place so fixed shall be reasonable and shall be subject to change for cause. The complainant, if any, shall be advised of the time and place of the hearing. An applicant or recipient may waive a hearing and submit written information and argument for the record. The failure of an applicant or recipient to request a hearing for which a date has been set shall be deemed to be a waiver of the right to a hearing under 20 U.S.C. 1682 and § 28.615(c) and consent to the making of a decision on the basis of such information as may be filed as the record. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time and place of hearing.</I> Hearings shall be held at the offices of the Department in Washington, DC, at a time fixed by the designated agency official unless the official determines that the convenience of the applicant or recipient or of the Department requires that another place be selected. Hearings shall be held before a hearing officer designated in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 556(b). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Right to counsel.</I> In all proceedings under this section, the applicant or recipient and the Department shall have the right to be represented by counsel. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedures, evidence, and record.</I> (1) The hearing, decision, and any administrative review thereof shall be conducted in conformity with 5 U.S.C. 554-557 (sections 5-8 of the Administrative Procedure Act), and in accordance with such rules of procedure as are proper (and not inconsistent with this section) relating to the conduct of the hearing, giving of notices subsequent to those provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, taking of testimony, exhibits, arguments and briefs, requests for findings, and other related matters. Both the Department and the applicant or recipient shall be entitled to introduce all relevant evidence on the issues as stated in the notice for hearing or as determined by the hearing officer at the outset of or during the hearing. Any person (other than a Government employee considered to be on official business) who, having been invited or requested to appear and testify as a witness on the Government's behalf, attends at a time and place scheduled for a hearing provided for by these Title IX regulations, may be reimbursed for his or her travel and actual expenses of attendance in an amount not to exceed the amount payable under the standardized travel regulations to a Government employee traveling on official business. 
</P>
<P>(2) Technical rules of evidence shall not apply to hearings conducted pursuant to these Title IX regulations, but rules or principles designed to assure production of the most credible evidence available and to subject testimony to test by cross-examination shall be applied where reasonably necessary by the hearing officer. The hearing officer may exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence. All documents and other evidence offered or taken for the record shall be open to examination by the parties and opportunity shall be given to refute facts and arguments advanced on either side of the issues. A transcript shall be made of the oral evidence except to the extent the substance thereof is stipulated for the record. All decisions shall be based upon the hearing record and written findings shall be made. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Consolidated or Joint Hearings.</I> In cases in which the same or related facts are asserted to constitute noncompliance with these Title IX regulations with respect to two or more programs to which these Title IX regulations apply, or noncompliance with these Title IX regulations and the regulations of one or more other Federal departments or agencies issued under Title IX, the designated agency official may, by agreement with such other departments or agencies where applicable, provide for the conduct of consolidated or joint hearings, and for the application to such hearings of rules of procedures not inconsistent with these Title IX regulations. Final decisions in such cases, insofar as these Title IX regulations are concerned, shall be made in accordance with § 28.625.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 52883, Aug. 30, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.625" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.6.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.625   Decisions and notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Decisions by hearing officers.</I> After a hearing is held by a hearing officer such hearing officer shall either make an initial decision, if so authorized, or certify the entire record including recommended findings and proposed decision to the reviewing authority for a final decision, and a copy of such initial decision or certification shall be mailed to the applicant or recipient and to the complainant, if any. Where the initial decision referred to in this paragraph or in paragraph (c) of this section is made by the hearing officer, the applicant or recipient or the counsel for the Department may, within the period provided for in the rules of procedure issued by the designated agency official, file with the reviewing authority exceptions to the initial decision, with the reasons therefor. Upon the filing of such exceptions the reviewing authority shall review the initial decision and issue its own decision thereof including the reasons therefor. In the absence of exceptions the initial decision shall constitute the final decision, subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Decisions on record or review by the reviewing authority.</I> Whenever a record is certified to the reviewing authority for decision or it reviews the decision of a hearing officer pursuant to paragraph (a) or (c) of this section, the applicant or recipient shall be given reasonable opportunity to file with it briefs or other written statements of its contentions, and a copy of the final decision of the reviewing authority shall be given in writing to the applicant or recipient and to the complainant, if any. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Decisions on record where a hearing is waived.</I> Whenever a hearing is waived pursuant to § 28.620, the reviewing authority shall make its final decision on the record or refer the matter to a hearing officer for an initial decision to be made on the record. A copy of such decision shall be given in writing to the applicant or recipient, and to the complainant, if any. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rulings required.</I> Each decision of a hearing officer or reviewing authority shall set forth a ruling on each finding, conclusion, or exception presented, and shall identify the requirement or requirements imposed by or pursuant to these Title IX regulations with which it is found that the applicant or recipient has failed to comply. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Review in certain cases by the Secretary of the Treasury.</I> If the Secretary has not personally made the final decision referred to in paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section, a recipient or applicant or the counsel for the Department may request the Secretary to review a decision of the reviewing authority in accordance with rules of procedure issued by the designated agency official. Such review is not a matter of right and shall be granted only where the Secretary determines there are special and important reasons therefor. The Secretary may grant or deny such request, in whole or in part. The Secretary also may review such a decision upon his own motion in accordance with rules of procedure issued by the designated agency official. In the absence of a review under this paragraph (e), a final decision referred to in paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section shall become the final decision of the Department when the Secretary transmits it as such to congressional committees with the report required under 20 U.S.C. 1682. Failure of an applicant or recipient to file an exception with the reviewing authority or to request review under this paragraph (e) shall not be deemed a failure to exhaust administrative remedies for the purpose of obtaining judicial review. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Content of orders.</I> The final decision may provide for suspension or termination of, or refusal to grant or continue Federal financial assistance, in whole or in part, to which these Title IX regulations apply, and may contain such terms, conditions, and other provisions as are consistent with and will effectuate the purposes of Title IX and these Title IX regulations, including provisions designed to assure that no Federal financial assistance to which these Title IX regulations apply will thereafter be extended under such law or laws to the applicant or recipient determined by such decision to be in default in its performance of an assurance given by it pursuant to these Title IX regulations, or to have otherwise failed to comply with these Title IX regulations unless and until it corrects its noncompliance and satisfies the designated agency official that it will fully comply with these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Post-termination proceedings.</I> (1) An applicant or recipient adversely affected by an order issued under paragraph (f) of this section shall be restored to full eligibility to receive Federal financial assistance if it satisfies the terms and conditions of that order for such eligibility or if it brings itself into compliance with these Title IX regulations and provides reasonable assurance that it will fully comply with these Title IX regulations. An elementary or secondary school or school system that is unable to file an assurance of compliance shall be restored to full eligibility to receive Federal financial assistance if it files a court order or a plan for desegregation that meets the applicable requirements and provides reasonable assurance that it will comply with the court order or plan. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any applicant or recipient adversely affected by an order entered pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section may at any time request the designated agency official to restore fully its eligibility to receive Federal financial assistance. Any such request shall be supported by information showing that the applicant or recipient has met the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section. If the designated agency official determines that those requirements have been satisfied, the official shall restore such eligibility. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the designated agency official denies any such request, the applicant or recipient may submit a request for a hearing in writing, specifying why it believes such official to have been in error. It shall thereupon be given an expeditious hearing, with a decision on the record, in accordance with rules of procedure issued by the designated agency official. The applicant or recipient will be restored to such eligibility if it proves at such hearing that it satisfied the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section. While proceedings under this paragraph (g) are pending, the sanctions imposed by the order issued under paragraph (f) of this section shall remain in effect.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 52884, Aug. 30, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.630" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.6.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.630   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Action taken pursuant to 20 U.S.C. 1682 is subject to judicial review as provided in 20 U.S.C. 1683.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 52885, Aug. 30, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.635" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.28.6.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.635   Forms and instructions; coordination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Forms and instructions.</I> The designated agency official shall issue and promptly make available to interested persons forms and detailed instructions and procedures for effectuating these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supervision and coordination.</I> The designated agency official may from time to time assign to officials of the Department, or to officials of other departments or agencies of the Government with the consent of such departments or agencies, responsibilities in connection with the effectuation of the purposes of Title IX and these Title IX regulations (other than responsibility for review as provided in § 28.625(e)), including the achievements of effective coordination and maximum uniformity within the Department and within the Executive Branch of the Government in the application of Title IX and these Title IX regulations to similar programs and in similar situations. Any action taken, determination made, or requirement imposed by an official of another department or agency acting pursuant to an assignment of responsibility under this section shall have the same effect as though such action had been taken by the designated official of this Department.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 52885, Aug. 30, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="29" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 29—FEDERAL BENEFIT PAYMENTS UNDER CERTAIN DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA RETIREMENT PROGRAMS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Subtitle A and Chapter 3 of Subtitle H, of Pub. L. 105-33, 111 Stat. 712-731 and 786-787; as amended.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 77501, Dec. 12, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.101" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.1.14.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.101   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part contains the Department's regulations implementing Subtitle A, Subchapter B of Chapter 4 of Subtitle C, and Chapter 3 of Subtitle H, of Title XI of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, Public Law 105-33, 111 Stat. 251, 712-731, 756-759, enacted August 5, 1997, as amended.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart contains general information to assist in the use of this part including— 
</P>
<P>(1) Information about related regulations (§ 29.102), 
</P>
<P>(2) Definitions of terms used in more than one subpart of this part (§ 29.103), and 
</P>
<P>(3) The Department's general rules and procedures, applicable to the retirement plans for District of Columbia teachers, police and fire fighters, and judges that concern the administration of Federal Benefit Payments (§§ 29.104-29.106). 
</P>
<P>(c) This part applies to Federal Benefit Payments.
</P>
<P>(d) This part does not apply to the program of annuities, other retirement benefits, or medical benefits for members and officers, retired members and officers, and survivors thereof, of the United States Park Police force, the United States Secret Service, or the United States Secret Service Uniformed Division. 
</P>
<P>(e) This part does not apply to the District of Columbia replacement plan, which covers payments based on service accrued after June 30, 1997, pursuant to section 11042 of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 77501, Dec. 12, 2000, as amended at 70 FR 60004, Oct. 14, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.102" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.1.14.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.102   Related regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part contains the following subparts: 
</P>
<P>(1) General Provisions (Subpart A); 
</P>
<P>(2) Coordination with the District Government (Subpart B); 
</P>
<P>(3) Split Benefits (Subpart C); 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The effective date for section 29.102(a)(3) and Subpart C, originally scheduled for March 31, 2001, has been postponed indefinitely.</P></FTNT>
<P>(4) Claims and Appeals Procedures (Subpart D); and 
</P>
<P>(5) Debt Collection and Waivers of Collection (Subpart E).
</P>
<P>(b) Part 581 of Title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, contains information about garnishment of certain Federal payments to enforce awards of alimony or child support. 
</P>
<P>(c) Part 831 of Title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, contains information about benefits under the Civil Service Retirement System. 
</P>
<P>(d) Part 870 of Title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, contains information about benefits under the Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Program. 
</P>
<P>(e) Part 890 of Title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, contains information about benefits under the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program. 
</P>
<P>(f) Parts 835 and 845 and subparts M, N, and R of part 831 of title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, contain information about debt collection and waiver of collection under the Civil Service Retirement System and the Federal Employees Retirement System.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 77501, Dec. 12, 2000, as amended at 65 FR 80753, Dec. 22, 2000; 66 FR 36705, July 13, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.103" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.1.14.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.103   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In this part—
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means Subtitle A, Subchapter B of Chapter 4 of Subtitle C, and Chapter 3 of Subtitle H, of Title XI of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, Public Law 105-33, 111 Stat. 251, 712-731, 756-759, as amended.
</P>
<P><I>Benefits Administrator</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For the Teachers Plan and the Police and Firefighters Plan under section 11041(a) of the Act:
</P>
<P>(i) During the interim benefits administration period, the District of Columbia government; or
</P>
<P>(ii) After the end of the interim benefits administration period:
</P>
<P>(A) The Trustee selected by the Department under sections 11035(a) or 11085(a) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(B) The Department, if a determination is made under sections 11035(d) or 11085(d) of the Act that, in the interest of economy and efficiency, the function of the Trustee shall be performed by the Department rather than the Trustee; or
</P>
<P>(C) Any other agent of the Department designated to make initial benefit determinations and/or to recover or recoup or waive recovery or recoupment of overpayments of Federal Benefit Payments, or to recover or recoup debts owed to the Federal Government by annuitants; or
</P>
<P>(2) For the Judges Plan under section 11252(b) of the Act:
</P>
<P>(i) During the interim benefits administration period, the District of Columbia government; or
</P>
<P>(ii) After the end of the interim benefits administration period for the Judges Plan:
</P>
<P>(A) The Trustee selected by the Department under section 11251(a) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(B) The Department, if a determination is made under section 11251(a) of the Act that, in the interest of economy and efficiency, the function of the Trustee shall be performed by the Department rather than the Trustee; or
</P>
<P>(C) Any other agent of the Department designated to make initial benefit determinations and/or to recover or recoup or waive recovery or recoupment of overpayments of Federal Benefit Payments, or to recover or recoup debts owed to the Federal Government by annuitants.
</P>
<P><I>District government</I> means the government of the District of Columbia. 
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the United States Department of the Treasury. 
</P>
<P><I>Federal Benefit Payment</I> means a payment for which the Department is responsible under the Act, to which an individual is entitled under the Judges Plan, the Police and Firefighters Plan, or the Teachers Plan, in such amount and under such terms and conditions as may apply under such plans, including payments made under these plans before, on, or after the October 1, 1997, effective date of the Act. Service after June 30, 1997, shall not be credited for purposes of determining the amount of any Federal Benefit Payment under the Teachers Plan and the Police and Firefighters Plan.
</P>
<P><I>Freeze date</I> means June 30, 1997. 
</P>
<P><I>Judges Plan</I> means the retirement program (under subchapter III of chapter 15 of title 11 of the D.C. Code) for judges of the District of Columbia Court of Appeals or Superior Court or with judicial service with the former Juvenile Court of the District of Columbia, District of Columbia Tax Court, police court, municipal court, Municipal Court of Appeals, or District of Columbia Court of General Sessions. 
</P>
<P><I>OPM</I> means the United States Office of Personnel Management. 
</P>
<P><I>Police and Firefighters Plan</I> means any of the retirement programs (under chapter 6 of title 4 of the D.C. Code) for members of the Metropolitan Police Force and Fire Department in effect on June 29, 1997. 
</P>
<P><I>Reconsideration</I> means the process of reexamining an individual's entitlement to benefits or liability for a debt to determine whether—
</P>
<P>(1) The law and regulations were properly applied; and/or 
</P>
<P>(2) The mathematical computation of the benefit or liability is correct. 
</P>
<P><I>Retirement Funds</I> means the District of Columbia Teachers, Police Officers, and Firefighters Federal Pension Fund established under section 11081 of the Act, the District of Columbia Judicial Retirement and Survivors Annuity Fund established under section 11252 of the Act, and their predecessor funds.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the United States Department of the Treasury or his or her designee. 
</P>
<P><I>Teachers Plan</I> means any of the retirement programs for teachers (under chapter 12 of title 31 of the D.C. Code) in effect on June 29, 1997. 
</P>
<P>(b) In this subpart— 
</P>
<P><I>Legal process</I> means— 
</P>
<P>(1) Any document that qualifies as legal process as defined in § 581.103 of Title 5, Code of Federal Regulations; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Any court order that Federal or District of Columbia law permits to cause all or any portion of a payment under the Judges Plan, the Police and Firefighters Plan, or the Teachers Plan to be made to a former spouse under chapter 30 of title 1 of the D.C. Code (1997). 
</P>
<P><I>Representative payee</I> means a fiduciary to whom a payment under the Judges Plan, the Police and Firefighters Plan, or the Teachers Plan is made for the benefit of a plan participant or a survivor. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 77501, Dec. 12, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 36705, July 13, 2001; 70 FR 60004, Oct. 14, 2005] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.104" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.1.14.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.104   Schedule for Federal Benefit Payments.</HEAD>
<P>Federal Benefit Payments are payable on the first business day of the month following the month in which the benefit accrues. (See § 29.105(b).) 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.105" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.1.14.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.105   Computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>For filing documents.</I> In computing the number of days allowed for filing a document, the first day counted is the day after the action or event from which the period begins to run. If the date that ordinarily would be the last day for filing falls on a Saturday, a Sunday, a Federal holiday, or a District holiday, the period runs until the end of the next day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday, or a Federal or a District holiday. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>For benefit accrual.</I> (1) Annuity accrues on a daily basis; one-thirtieth of the monthly rate constitutes the daily rate. 
</P>
<P>(2) Annuity does not accrue on the 31st day of any month except that annuity accrues on the 31st day of the initial month if the employee's annuity commences on the 31st day of a 31-day month. 
</P>
<P>(3) For accrual purposes the last day of a 28-day month counts as 3 days and the last day of a 29-day month counts as 2 days. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>For counting unused sick leave.</I> (1) For annuity computation purposes— 
</P>
<P>(i) The service of a participant under the Police and Firefighters Plan who retires on an immediate annuity is increased by the number of days of unused sick leave to the participant's credit under a formal leave system; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The service of a participant under the Teachers Plan who retires on an immediate annuity or dies leaving a survivor entitled to an annuity is increased by the number of days of unused sick leave to the participant's credit under a formal leave system. 
</P>
<P>(2) In general, 8 hours of unused sick leave increases total service by 1 day. In cases where more or less than 8 hours of sick leave would be charged for a day's absence, total service is increased by the number of days in the period between the date of separation and the date that the unused sick leave would have expired had the employee used it (except that holidays falling within the period are treated as work days, and no additional leave credit is earned for that period). 
</P>
<P>(3) If an employee's tour of duty changes from part time to full time or full time to part time within 180 days before retirement, the credit for unused sick leave is computed as though no change had occurred. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>For counting leave without pay (LWOP) that is creditable service.</I> (1) Under the Police and Firefighters Plan, credit is allowed for no more than 6 months of LWOP in each calendar year. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Under the Teachers Plan, credit is allowed for no more than 6 months of LWOP in each fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) For years prior to fiscal year 1976, each fiscal year started on July 1 and ended on the following June 30. 
</P>
<P>(B) Fiscal year 1976 started on July 1, 1975, and ended on September 30, 1976. 
</P>
<P>(C) For years starting in fiscal year 1977, each fiscal year starts on October 1 and ends on the following September 30.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.106" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.1.14.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.106   Representative payees.</HEAD>
<P>For Federal Benefit Payments, representative payees will be authorized to the same extent and under the same circumstances as each plan permits for non-Federal Benefit Payments under the plan. (See e.g., section 4-629(b) of the D.C. Code (1997) (applicable to the Police and Firefighters Plan).) 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Coordination With the District Government</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.201" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.2.14.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.201   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains information concerning the relationship between the Department and the District government in the administration of the Act and the functions of each in the administration of that Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 60005, Oct. 14, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.202" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.2.14.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.202   Definitions. [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.203" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.2.14.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.203   Service of Process.</HEAD>
<P>To affect Federal Benefit Payments— 
</P>
<P>(a) Service must be made upon the Department at the address provided in appendix A to this subpart for— 
</P>
<P>(1) Legal process under section 659 of title 42, United States Code, and part 581 of Title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, or 
</P>
<P>(2) Any request for or notice of appointment of a custodian, guardian, or other fiduciary to receive Federal Benefit Payments as representative payees under § 29.106; 
</P>
<P>(b) All other process regarding Federal Benefit Payments (including requests for judicial review under § 29.406) must be served upon the United States in accordance with applicable law.
</P>
<P>(c) All other process regarding Federal Benefit Payments must be served upon the United States in accordance with applicable law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.2.14.4.27" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart B of Part 29—Addresses for Service Under § 29.203 
</HEAD>
<P>1. The mailing address for delivery of documents described in § 29.203(a) by the United States Postal Service is: Office of DC Pensions, Department of the Treasury, Metropolitan Square Building, Room 6250, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220. 
</P>
<P>2. The address for delivery of documents described in § 29.203(a) by process servers, express carriers, or other forms of handcarried delivery is: Office of DC Pensions, Department of the Treasury, Metropolitan Square Building, Room 6250, 655 15th Street (F Street side), NW., Washington, DC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 77501, Dec. 12, 2000, as amended at 65 FR 80753, Dec. 22, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Split Benefits</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 64225, Oct. 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 29.301" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.301   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to addresses the legal and policy issues that affect the calculation of the Federal and District of Columbia portions of benefits under subtitle A of Title XI of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, Public Law 105-33, 111 Stat. 251, 712-731, and 786-787 enacted August 5, 1997, as amended.
</P>
<P>(1) This subpart states general principles for the calculation of Federal Benefit Payments in cases in which the Department and the District government are both responsible for paying a portion of an employee's total retirement benefits under the Police and Firefighters Plan or the Teachers Plan.
</P>
<P>(2) This subpart provides illustrative examples of sample computations to show the application of the general principles to specific problems.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) This subpart applies only to benefits under the Police and Firefighters Plan or the Teachers Plan for individuals who have performed service creditable under these programs on or before June 30, 1997.
</P>
<P>(2) This subpart addresses only those issues that affect the split of fiscal responsibility for retirement benefits (that is, the calculation of Federal Benefit Payments).
</P>
<P>(3) Issues relating to determination and review of eligibility and payments, and financial management, are beyond the scope of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) This subpart does not apply to benefit calculations under the Judges Plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.302" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.302   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In this subpart (including appendix A of this subpart)—
</P>
<P><I>Deferred retirement</I> means retirement under section 4-623 of the D.C. Code (1997) (under the Police and Firefighters Plan) or section 31-1231(a) of the D.C. Code (1997) (under the Teachers Plan).
</P>
<P><I>Deferred retirement age</I> means the age at which a deferred annuity begins to accrue, that is, age 55 under the Police and Firefighters Plan and age 62 under the Teachers Plan.
</P>
<P><I>Department service</I> or <I>departmental service</I> means any period of employment in a position covered by the Police and Firefighters Plan or Teachers Plan. Department service or departmental service may include certain periods of military service that interrupt a period of employment under the Police and Firefighters Plan or the Teachers Plan.
</P>
<P><I>Disability retirement</I> means retirement under section 4-615 or section 4-616 of the D.C. Code (1997) (under the Police and Firefighters Plan) or section 31-1225 of the D.C. Code (1997) (under the Teachers Plan), regardless of whether the disability was incurred in the line of duty.
</P>
<P><I>Enter on duty</I> means commencement of employment in a position covered by the Police and Firefighters Plan or the Teachers Plan.
</P>
<P><I>Excess leave without pay</I> or <I>excess LWOP</I> means a period of time in a non-pay status that in any year is greater than the amount creditable as service under § 29.105(d).
</P>
<P><I>Hire date</I> means the date the employee entered on duty.
</P>
<P><I>Military service</I> means-
</P>
<P>(1) For the Police and Firefighters Plan, military service as defined in section 4-607 of the D.C. Code (1997) that is creditable as other service under section 4-602 or section 4-610 of the D.C. Code (1997); and
</P>
<P>(2) For the Teachers Plan, military service as described in section 31-1230(a)(4) of the D.C. Code (1997).
</P>
<P><I>Optional retirement</I> means regular longevity retirement under section 4-618 of the D.C. Code (1997) (under the Police and Firefighters Plan) or section 31-1224(a) of the D.C. Code (1997) (under the Teachers Plan).
</P>
<P><I>Other service</I> means any period of creditable service other than departmental service or unused sick leave. Other service includes service that becomes creditable upon payment of a deposit, such as service in another school system (under section 31-1208 of the D.C. Code (1997)) (under the Teachers Plan) or prior governmental service (under the Teachers Plan and the Police and Firefighters Plan); and service that is creditable without payment of a deposit, such as military service occurring prior to employment (under the Teachers Plan and the Police and Firefighters Plan).
</P>
<P><I>Pre-80 hire</I> means an individual whose annuity is computed using the formula under the Police and Firefighters Plan applicable to individuals hired before February 15, 1980.
</P>
<P><I>Pre-96 hire</I> means an individual whose annuity is computed using the formula under the Teachers Plan applicable to individuals hired before November 1, 1996.
</P>
<P><I>Sick leave</I> means unused sick leave, which is creditable in a retirement computation, as calculated under § 29.105(c).
</P>
<HD1>General Principles for Determining Service Credit To Calculate Federal Benefit Payments


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.311" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.311   Credit only for service performed on or before June 30, 1997.</HEAD>
<P>Only service performed on or before June 30, 1997, is credited toward Federal Benefit Payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.312" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.312   All requirements for credit must be satisfied by June 30, 1997.</HEAD>
<P>Service is counted toward Federal Benefit Payments only if all requirements for the service to be creditable are satisfied as of June 30, 1997.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.313" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.313   Federal Benefit Payments are computed based on retirement eligibility as of the separation date and service creditable as of June 30, 1997.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the amount of Federal Benefit Payments is computed based on retirement eligibility as of the separation date and service creditable as of June 30, 1997.
</P>
<HD1>Service Performed After June 30, 1997


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.321" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.321   General principle.</HEAD>
<P>Any service performed after June 30, 1997, may never be credited toward Federal Benefit Payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.322" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.322   Disability benefits.</HEAD>
<P>If an employee separates for disability retirement after June 30, 1997, and, on the date of separation, the employee—
</P>
<P>(a) Satisfies the age and service requirements for optional retirement, the Federal Benefit Payment commences immediately, that is, the Federal Benefit Payment is calculated as though the employee retired under optional retirement rules using only service through June 30, 1997 (See examples 7A and 7B of appendix A of this subpart); or
</P>
<P>(b) Does not satisfy the age and service requirements for optional retirement, the Federal Benefit Payment begins when the disability retiree reaches deferred retirement age. (See § 29.343.)
</P>
<HD1>All Requirements for Credit Must Be Satisfied by June 30, 1997


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.331" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.331   General principle.</HEAD>
<P>To determine whether service is creditable for the computation of Federal Benefit Payments under this subpart, the controlling factor is whether all requirements for the service to be creditable under the Police and Firefighters Plan or the Teachers Plan were satisfied as of June 30, 1997.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.332" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.332   Unused sick leave.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For employees separated for retirement as of June 30, 1997, Federal Benefit Payments include credit for any unused sick leave that is creditable under the applicable plan.
</P>
<P>(b) For employees separated for retirement after June 30, 1997, no unused sick leave is creditable toward Federal Benefit Payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.333" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.333   Military service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For employees who entered on duty on or before June 30, 1997, and whose military service was performed prior to that date, credit for military service is included in Federal Benefit Payments under the terms and conditions applicable to each plan.
</P>
<P>(b) For employees who enter on duty after June 30, 1997, military service is not creditable toward Federal Benefit Payments, even if performed as of June 30, 1997.
</P>
<P>(c) For employees who entered on duty on or before June 30, 1997, but who perform military service after that date, the credit for military service is not included in Federal Benefit Payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.334" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.334   Deposit service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Teachers Plan.</I> (1) Periods of civilian service that were not subject to retirement deductions at the time they were performed are creditable for Federal Benefit Payments under the Teachers Plan if the deposit for the service was paid in full to the Teachers Plan as of June 30, 1997.
</P>
<P>(2) No credit is allowed for Federal Benefit Payments under the Teachers Plan for any period of civilian service that was not subject to retirement deductions at the time it was performed if the deposit for the service was not paid in full as of June 30, 1997.
</P>
<P>(3) If the deposit for the service was paid in installments, but was not paid in full as of June 30, 1997, Treasury shall transfer to the District an amount equal to the portion of the deposit completed prior to June 30, 1997.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Police and Firefighters Plan.</I> No credit is allowed for Federal Benefit Payments under the Police and Firefighters Plan for any period of civilian service that was not subject to retirement deductions at the time that the service was performed. (See definition of “governmental service” at D.C. Code section 4-607(15) (1997).)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.335" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.335   Refunded service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Periods of civilian service that were subject to retirement deductions but for which the deductions were refunded to the employee are creditable for Federal Benefit Payments if the redeposit for the service was paid in full to the District government as of June 30, 1997.
</P>
<P>(b) No credit is allowed for Federal Benefit Payments for any period of civilian service that was subject to retirement deductions but for which the deductions were refunded to the employee if the redeposit for the service was not paid in full to the District government as of June 30, 1997.
</P>
<P>(c) If the redeposit for the service was paid in installments, but was not paid in full as of June 30, 1997, Treasury shall transfer to the District an amount equal to the portion of the redeposit completed prior to June 30, 1997.
</P>
<HD1>Calculation of the Amount of Federal Benefit Payments


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.341" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.341   General principle.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where service is creditable both before and after June 30, 1997, Federal Benefit Payments are computed under the rules of the applicable plan as though—
</P>
<P>(1) The employee were eligible to retire effective July 1, 1997, under the same conditions as the actual retirement (that is, using the annuity computation formula that applies under the plan in effect on June 29, 1997, and the retirement age, including any applicable age reduction, based on the age at actual retirement);
</P>
<P>(2) The service that became creditable after June 30, 1997, did not exist; and
</P>
<P>(3) The average salary is the average salary at separation.
</P>
<P>(b) Exceptions to the general principle apply where:
</P>
<P>(1) Congress amends the terms of the District Retirement Program in effect on June 29, 1997. For example, see section 11012(e) &amp; (f) of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, as amended by Public Laws 106-554, 107-290, and 108-133 (codified at D.C. Code section 1-803.02(e) and (f));
</P>
<P>(2) The retirement is based on disability after June 30, 1997 (see 29.343); or
</P>
<P>(3) The benefit is based on the death of an employee after June 30, 1997 and the survivor benefit is not based on years of service (see 29.344).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 29.341:</HED>
<P>See examples 7B, 9, and 13 of appendix A of this subpart.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.342" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.342   Computed annuity exceeds the statutory maximum.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In cases in which the total computed annuity exceeds the statutory maximum:
</P>
<P>(1) Federal Benefit Payments may equal total benefits even if the employee had service after June 30, 1997.
</P>
<P>(2) If the employee had sufficient service as of June 30, 1997, to qualify for the maximum annuity under the plan, the Federal Benefit Payment is the maximum annuity under the plan. This will be the entire benefit except for any amount in excess of the normal maximum due to unused sick leave, which is the responsibility of the District. (See example 3, of appendix A of this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(b) If the employee did not perform sufficient service as of June 30, 1997, to reach the statutory maximum benefit, but has sufficient service at actual retirement to exceed the statutory maximum, the Federal Benefit Payment is the amount earned through June 30, 1997. The District benefit payment is the amount by which the total benefit payable exceeds the Federal Benefit Payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.343" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.343   Disability benefits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The general rule that Federal Benefit Payments are calculated under the applicable retirement plan as though the employee were eligible for optional retirement and separated on June 30, 1997, does not apply to disability benefits prior to optional retirement age.
</P>
<P>(b) In cases involving disability benefits prior to optional retirement age, no Federal Benefit Payment is payable until the retiree reaches the age of eligibility to receive a deferred annuity (age 55 under the Police and Firefighters Plan and age 62 under the Teachers Plan). When the age for deferred annuity is reached, the Federal Benefit Payment is paid using creditable service accrued as of June 30, 1997, and average salary (computed under the rules for the applicable plan) as of the date of separation. (See examples 6 and 7 of appendix A of this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(c) In no case will the amount of the Federal Benefit Payment exceed the amount of the total disability annuity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.344" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.344   Survivor benefits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The general rule that Federal Benefit Payments are calculated under the applicable retirement plan as though the employee were eligible for optional retirement and separated on June 30, 1997, applies to death benefits that are determined by length of service. In these cases, the survivor's Federal Benefit Payment is calculated by multiplying the survivor's total benefit by the ratio of the deceased retiree or employee's Federal Benefit Payment to the deceased retiree or employee's total annuity. (See examples 13A and B of appendix A of this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(b) The general rule that Federal Benefit Payments are calculated under the applicable retirement plan as though the employee were eligible for optional retirement and separated on June 30, 1997, does not apply to death benefits that are not determined by length of service. In these cases, the survivor's Federal Benefit Payment is calculated by multiplying the survivor's total benefit by the deceased retiree or employee's number of full months of service through June 30, 1997, and then dividing by the retiree or employee's number of months of total service at retirement. (See examples 13C-F of appendix A of this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(c) In cases involving a disability or early voluntary retiree who dies before reaching the age at which a Federal Benefit Payment is payable, the survivor's Federal Benefit Payment is calculated as though the employee had not retired from service, but had separated from service with eligibility to receive a deferred annuity. (See examples 13G and 13H of appendix A of this subpart.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.345" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.345   Annuity adjustments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In cases in which the total annuity and the Federal Benefit Payment are equally impacted by a cost-of-living adjustment, the new Federal Benefit Payment is determined by applying the federal percentage of the total annuity to the new total annuity. (See examples 14A-G of appendix A of this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(b) In cases in which the total annuity and the Federal Benefit Payment are not equally impacted by a change, such as a new plan provision or service-based adjustment, the Federal Benefit Payment is recalculated where applicable, and the federal percentage of the total annuity used to determine subsequent Federal Benefit Payments is recalculated. (See example 14H of appendix A of this subpart.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.346" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.346   Reduction for survivor benefits.</HEAD>
<P>If a retiree elects a reduction for a survivor annuity, the ratio of the unreduced Federal Benefit Payment to the unreduced total annuity is multiplied by the reduced total annuity to determine the reduced Federal Benefit Payment. (See example 10 of appendix A of this subpart.)
</P>
<HD1>Calculation of the Split of Refunds of Employee Contributions and Deposits


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.351" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.351   General principle.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury will fund refunds of employee contributions and purchase of service deposits paid by or on behalf of a covered employee to the District of Columbia Police Officers' and Firefighters' Retirement Fund or District of Columbia Teachers' Retirement Fund on or before June 30, 1997.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.352" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.352   Refunded contributions.</HEAD>
<P>For any given pay period, employee contributions are considered to have been made before the freeze date if the pay date was on or before June 30, 1997. As a result, for calendar year 1997, Treasury will fund refunds of employee contributions made by teachers through pay period 12 and fund refunds of employee contributions made by police officers and firefighters through pay period 13. If pay period records are unavailable for calendar year 1997, and the participant separated on or before June 30, 1997, Treasury will fund 100 percent of the refund of retirement contributions. If pay period records are unavailable for calendar year 1997, and the participant was hired before January 1, 1997, and separated after December 31, 1997, Treasury will fund 50 percent of the refund of retirement contributions made to teachers in calendar year 1997, and 48 percent of the retirement contributions made to police officers or firefighters in calendar year 1997. Otherwise, if the participant separated after June 30, 1997, the percent of contributions made in calendar year 1997 funded by Treasury is assumed to be the ratio where the numerator is the number of days before July 1 the participant was employed in calendar year 1997 and the denominator is the number of days the participant was employed in calendar year 1997.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.353" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.353   Refunded deposits.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury will fund refunds of purchase of service deposits made by employees by lump sum payment or by installment payments on or before June 30, 1997.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.3.14.22.28" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 29—Examples
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix contains sample calculations of Federal Benefit Payments in a variety of situations.
</P>
<HD1>Optional Retirement Examples
</HD1>
<HD1>Example 1: No Unused Sick Leave
</HD1>
<P>A. In this example, an individual covered by the Police and Firefighters Plan hired before 1980 retires in October 1997. At retirement, he is age 51 with 20 years and 3 days of departmental service plus 3 years, 4 months, and 21 days of military service that preceded the departmental service. The Federal Benefit Payment begins at retirement. It is based on the 19 years, 8 months, and 22 days of departmental service and 3 years, 4 months, and 21 days of military service performed as of June 30, 1997. Thus, the Federal Benefit Payment is based on 23 years and 1 month of service, all at the 2.5 percent accrual rate. The total annuity is based on 23 years and 4 months of service, all at the 2.5 percent accrual rate.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 1A—Police Optional
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-80 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/10/46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/09/77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 10/11/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 20/00/03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/04/21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 23.333333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $45,680.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $26,647.12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,221.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 9/10/46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/09/77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 19/08/22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/04/21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 23.083333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $45,680.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $26,361.61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,197.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.989194</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>B. In this example, the individual covered by the Police and Firefighters Plan was hired earlier than in example 1A and thus performed more service as of both June 30, 1997, and retirement in October 1997. At retirement, he is age 51 with 21 years, 11 months and 29 days of departmental service plus 3 years, 4 months, and 21 days of military service that preceded the departmental service. The Federal Benefit Payment begins at retirement. It is based on the 21 years, 8 months, and 18 days of departmental service and 3 years, 4 months, and 21 days of military service performed as of June 30, 1997. Thus, the Federal Benefit Payment is based on 25 years and 1 month of service, 1 year and 8 months at the 3.0 percent accrual rate and 23 years and 5 months at the 2.5 percent accrual rate (including 1 month consisting of 18 days of departmental service and 21 days of other service). The total annuity is based on 25 years and 4 months of service, 1 year and 11 months at the 3.0 percent accrual rate and 23 years and 5 months at the 2.5 percent accrual rate (including 1 month consisting of 29 days of departmental service and 21 days of other service).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 1B—Police Optional
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-80 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/10/46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/13/75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 10/11/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 21/11/29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/04/21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 23.416667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 1.916667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $45,680.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $29,368.96
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month $2,447.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/10/46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/13/75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 21/08/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/04/21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 23.416667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 1.666667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $45,680.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $29,026.36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,419.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.988557</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Example 2: Unused Sick Leave Credit
</HD1>
<P>In this example, an individual covered by the Police and Firefighters Plan and hired before 1980 retires in March 1998. At retirement, she is age 48 with 24 years, 8 months, and 6 days of departmental service plus 6 months and 4 days of other service (deposit paid before June 30, 1997) and 11 months and 11 days of unused sick leave. For a police officer (or a non-firefighting division firefighter) such an amount of sick leave would be 1968 hours (246 days, based on a 260-day year, times 8 hours per day). For a firefighting division firefighter, such an amount would be 2,069 hours (341 days divided by 360 days per year times 2,184 hours per year). The Federal Benefit Payment begins at retirement. It is based on the 23 years, 11 months, and 23 days of departmental service performed as of June 30, 1997, and 6 months and 4 days of other service. Thus, the Federal Benefit Payment is based on 20 years departmental and 6 months of other service at the 2.5 percent accrual rate and 3 years and 11 months of service at the 3.0 percent accrual rate. The total annuity is based on 20 years and 6 months of service at the 2.5 percent accrual rate and 5 years and 7 months of service at the 3 percent accrual rate.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 2—Police Optional
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-80 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 05/01/49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 07/08/73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 03/13/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 24/08/06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 00/06/04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave: 00/11/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 20.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 5.583333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $61,264.24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $41,659.68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $3,472.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 05/01/49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 07/08/73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 23/11/23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 00/06/04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 20.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 3.916667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $61,264.24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $38,596.47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $3,216.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.926267</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Example 3: Calculated Benefit Exceeds Statutory Maximum
</HD1>
<P>A. In this example, an individual covered by the Police and Firefighters Plan hired before 1980 retires in March 1998. At retirement, he is age 55 with 32 years and 17 days of departmental service. The Federal Benefit Payment begins at retirement. It is based on the 31 years, 3 months, and 17 days of departmental service performed as of June 30, 1997. Thus, the Federal Benefit Payment is based on 20 years of service at the 2.5 percent accrual rate and 11 years and 3 months of service at the 3.0 percent accrual rate. However, the annuity is limited to 80 percent of the average salary at time of retirement. (This limitation does not apply to the unused sick leave credit.) The annuity computed as of June 30, 1997, equals the full benefit payable; therefore, the Federal Benefit Payment is the total benefit.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 3A—Police Optional
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-80 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 06/12/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 03/14/66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 03/30/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 32/00/17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $75,328.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $64,782.34
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $5,399.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum: $60,262.64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum/month: $5,022.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 06/12/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 03/14/66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 03/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 31/03/17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 11.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $75,328.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $63,087.45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $5,257.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum: $60,262.64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum/month: $5,022.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 1.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>B. In this example, the individual in example 3A also has 6 months of unused sick leave at retirement. The sick leave credit is not subject to the 80% limitation and does not become creditable service until the date of separation. For a police officer (or a non-firefighting division firefighter) such an amount of sick leave would be 1040 hours (130 days, based on a 260-day year, times 8 hours per day). For a firefighting division firefighter, such an amount would be 1092 hours (180 days divided by 360 days per year times 2184 hours per year). Six months of unused sick leave increases the annual total benefit by 1.5 percent of the average salary, or in the example by $94 per month. The District is responsible for the portion of the annuity attributable to the unused sick leave because it became creditable at retirement, that is, after June 30, 1997.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 3B—Police Optional
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-80 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 06/12/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 03/14/66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 03/30/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 32/00/17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave: 00/06/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $75,328.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total wo/sl credit: $64,782.34
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $5,399.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Max wo/sl credit: $60,262.64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Max w/sl credit: $61,392.57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Monthly benefit: $5,116.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 06/12/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 03/14/66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 31/03/17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave: none
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 11.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $75,328.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $63,087.45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $5,257.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum: $60,262.64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Monthly benefit: $5,022.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.981626</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Example 4: Excess Leave Without Pay
</HD1>
<P>In this example, an individual covered by the Teachers Plan hired before 1996 retires in February 1998. At retirement, she is age 64 with 27 years of departmental service and 6 years, 7 months, and 28 days of other service (creditable before June 30, 1997). However, only 6 months of leave in a fiscal year without pay may be credited toward retirement under the Teachers Plan. She had 3 months and 18 days of excess leave without pay as of June 30, 1997. Since the excess leave without pay occurred before June 30, 1997, the time attributable to the excess leave without pay is subtracted from the service used in both the Federal Benefit Payment and the total benefit computations. The Federal Benefit Payment begins at retirement. It is based on the 32 years and 8 months of service (32 years, 11 months, and 28 days minus 3 months and 18 days and the partial month dropped); 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate, and 22 years and 8 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate. The total annuity is based on 33 years and 4 months of service (33 years, 7 months and 28 days minus 3 months and 18 days and the partial month dropped) 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate and 23 years and 4 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For the Teachers Plan, section 1230(a) of title 31 of the D.C. Code (1997) allows for 6 months leave without pay in any fiscal year. For the Police and Firefighters Plan, section 610(d) of title 4 of the D.C. Code (1997) allows for 6 months leave without pay in any calendar year.</P></NOTE>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 4—Teachers Optional
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/04/33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 03/01/71
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 02/28/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 27/00/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 06/07/28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excess LWOP: 00/03/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 23.333333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $53,121.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $33,421.98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,785.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/04/33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 03/01/71
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 26/04/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 06/07/28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excess LWOP: 00/03/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 22.666667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $53,121.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $32,713.66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,726.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.978815</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Example 5: Service Credit Deposits
</HD1>
<P>A. An individual covered by the Teachers Plan hired before 1996 retires in October 1997. At retirement, he is age 61 with 30 years and 3 days of departmental service plus 3 years, 4 months, and 21 days of other service that preceded the departmental service for which the deposit was fully paid on or before June 30, 1997. The Federal Benefit Payment begins at retirement. It is based on the 29 years, 8 months, and 22 days of departmental service and 3 years, 4 months, and 21 days of service performed as of June 30, 1997. Thus, the Federal Benefit Payment is based on 33 years and 1 month of service; 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate, and 23 years and 1 month of service at the 2 percent accrual rate. The total annuity is based on 33 years and 4 months of service; 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate and 23 years and 4 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 5A—Teachers Optional
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/10/36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/09/67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 10/11/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department Service: 30/00/03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/04/21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Deposit paid before freeze date:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service credit allowed:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 23.333333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $45,680.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $28,740.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,395.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/10/36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/09/67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 29/08/22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/04/21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Deposit paid before freeze date:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service credit allowed:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick Leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 23.08333; 13 days
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">dropped
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $45,680.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $28,512.45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,376.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.992067</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>B. In this example, the employee in example 5A did not pay any of the deposit to obtain credit for the 3 years, 4 months, and 21 days of other service as of June 30, 1997. Thus, none of the other service is used in the computation of the Federal Benefit Payment. An individual covered by the Teachers Plan hired before 1996 retires in October 1997. At retirement, he is age 61 with 30 years and 3 days of departmental service plus 3 years, 4 months, and 21 days of other service that preceded the departmental service for which the deposit was paid in full in October 1997 (at retirement). The Federal Benefit Payment begins at retirement. It is based on only the 29 years, 8 months, and 22 days of departmental service performed as of June 30, 1997; 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate, and 19 years and 8 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate. The total annuity is based on 33 years and 4 months of service; 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate and 23 years and 4 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 5B—Teachers Optional
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/10/36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/09/67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 10/11/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$0.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 30/00/03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/04/21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total deposit paid after 6/30/97:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 23.333333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $45,680.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $28,740.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,395.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/10/36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/09/67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 29/08/22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: none
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total deposit paid after 6/30/97:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 19.666667; 22 days dropped
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $45,680.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $25,390.90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,116.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.883507</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>C. In this example, the employee in examples 5A and B began installment payments on the deposit to obtain credit for the 3 years, 4 months, and 21 days of other service as of June 30, 1997, but did not complete the deposit until October 1997 (at retirement). The other service is not used in the computation of the Federal Benefit Payment because the payment was not completed as of June 30, 1997. Thus, the result is the same as in example 5B.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 5C—Teachers Optional
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/10/36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/09/67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 10/11/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 30/00/03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/04/21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Partial deposit paid as of 6/30/97:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Deposit completed after 6/30/97:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 23.333333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $45,680.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $28,740.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,395.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/10/36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/09/67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 29/08/22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: none
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Partial deposit paid as of 6/30/97:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Deposit completed after 6/30/97:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 19.666667; 22 days dropped
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $45,680.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $25,390.90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,116.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.883507</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Disability Retirement Examples
</HD1>
<HD1>Example 6: Disability Occurs Before Eligibility for Optional Retirement
</HD1>
<P>A. In this example, an individual covered by the Police and Firefighters Plan hired before 1980 retires based on a disability in the line of duty in October 1997. At retirement, he is age 45 with 18 years, 5 months, and 11 days of departmental service. Since he had performed less than 20 years of service and had not reached the age of eligibility for an optional retirement, the Federal Benefit Payment does not begin at retirement. When the disability annuitant reaches age 55, he satisfies the age and service requirements for deferred retirement. At that time (August 20, 2007), the Federal Benefit Payment begins. It is based on the 18 years, 1 month, and 17 days of departmental service performed as of June 30, 1997, all at the 2.5 percent accrual rate.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 6A—Police Disability in Line of Duty, Age 45
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-80 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 08/20/52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 05/14/79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 10/24/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 18/05/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 18.416667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $47,788.64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final salary: $50,938.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $22,002.70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,834.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2/3 of average pay: $31,859.11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Monthly: $2,655.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 08/20/52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 05/14/79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 18/01/17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 18.083333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $47,788.64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final salary: $50,938.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $21,604.43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,800.00; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.0 (at time of retirement)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>B. In this example, an individual covered by the Teachers Plan hired before 1996 retires based on a disability in December 1997. At retirement, she is age 49 with 27 years and 4 months of departmental service which includes 3 years, 3 months and 14 days of excess leave without pay (prior to June 30, 1997). Since she does not qualify for optional retirement at separation, the Federal Benefit Payment does not begin at separation. When the disability annuitant reaches age 62, she will satisfy the age and service requirements for deferred retirement. At that time (March 9, 2010), the Federal Benefit Payment begins. The time attributable to the excess leave without pay is subtracted from the service used to compute the Federal Benefit Payment. Since the excess leave without pay occurred before June 30, 1997, the deferred Federal Benefit Payment is based on the 23 years and 6 months of service; 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate, and 13 and 6 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 6B—Teachers Disability Age 49
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 03/09/48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 09/01/70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 12/31/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 27/04/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excess LWOP: 03/03/14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $53,121.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $23,506.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,959.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 03/09/48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 09/01/70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 26/10/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excess LWOP: 03/03/14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 13.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $53,121.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $22,974.83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,915.00; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.0 (at time of retirement)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Example 7: Disability Occurs After Eligibility for Optional Retirement
</HD1>
<P>A. In this example, an individual covered by the Police and Firefighters Plan hired before 1980 retires based on a disability in the line of duty in October 1997. At retirement, she is age 55 with 24 years, 5 months, and 11 days of departmental service. Since she was also eligible for optional retirement at the time of separation, the Federal Benefit Payment commences at retirement. It is based on the 24 years, 1 month, and 17 days of departmental service performed as of June 30, 1997. Thus, the Federal Benefit Payment is based on 20 years of service at the 2.5 percent accrual rate and 4 years and 1 month of service at the 3 percent accrual rate. The total annuity is based on the disability formula and is equal to two-thirds of average pay because that amount is higher than the 63.25 percent payable based on total service.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 7A—Police Disability in Line of Duty Age 55
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-80 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 10/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 05/14/73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 10/24/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 24/05/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 4.416667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $47,788.64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final salary: $50,938.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $30,226.31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,519.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2/3 of average pay: $31,859.11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Monthly: $2,655.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 10/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 05/14/73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 24/01/17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 4.083333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $47,788.64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final salary: $50,938.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $29,748.43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,479.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.984121</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>B. In this example, an individual covered by the Teachers Plan hired before 1996 retires based on a disability in December 1997. At retirement, he is age 60 with 27 years and 4 months of departmental service which includes 3 years, 3 months and 14 days of excess leave without pay (prior to June 30, 1997). Since he qualifies for optional retirement at separation, the Federal Benefit Payment begins at retirement. Since the excess leave without pay occurred before June 30, 1997, and the total annuity is based on actual service (that is, exceeds the guaranteed disability minimum), the time attributable to the excess leave without pay is subtracted from the service used to compute the Federal Benefit Payment and total benefit. The Federal Benefit Payment is based on 23 years and 6 months of service; 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate, and 13 years and 6 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate. The total annuity payable is based on 24 years of service; 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate, and 14 years of service at the 2 percent accrual rate.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 7B—Teachers Disability Age 60
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 03/09/37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 09/01/70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 12/31/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 27/04/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excess LWOP: 03/03/14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $53,121.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $23,506.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,959.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 03/09/37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 09/01/70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 26/10/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excess LWOP: 03/03/14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 13.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $53,121.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $22,974.83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,915.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.977540</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Deferred Retirement Examples
</HD1>
<HD1>Example 8: All Service Before June 30, 1997
</HD1>
<P>In this example, an individual covered by the Police and Firefighters Plan hired before 1980 separated in March 1986 with title to a deferred annuity. In November 1997, he reaches age 55 and becomes eligible for the deferred annuity based on his 15 years, 9 months, and 8 days of departmental service, all at the 2.5 percent accrual rate. The total annuity is based on the same 15 years, 9 months, and 8 days of service all at the 2.5 percent accrual rate. Since all the service is creditable as of June 30, 1997, the Federal Benefit Payment equals the total annuity.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 8—Police Deferred
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-80 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/20/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 06/01/70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 03/08/86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 15/09/08
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 15.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $30,427.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final salary: $45,415.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $11,980.69; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $998.00; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/20/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 06/01/70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 03/08/86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 15/09/08
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 15.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $30,427.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final salary: $45,415.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $11,980.69; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $998.00; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 1.0; deferred</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Example 9: Service Straddles June 30, 1997
</HD1>
<P>In this example, an individual covered by the Police and Firefighters Plan hired before 1980 separated in December 1997 with title to a deferred annuity. In November 2007, he will reach age 55 and becomes eligible to receive a deferred annuity. At that time, the Federal Benefit Payment begins. It is based on the 18 years and 1 month of departmental service performed as of June 30, 1997, all at the 2.5 percent accrual rate. The total annuity begins at the same time, based on his 18 years, 6 months, and 8 days of departmental service, all at the 2.5 percent accrual rate.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 9—Police Deferred
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-80 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/20/52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 06/01/79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 12/08/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 18/06/08
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 18.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $30,427.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final salary: $45,415.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $14,072.55; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,173.00; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/20/52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 06/01/79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 18/01/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.025 service: 18.083333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03 service: 0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $30,427.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final salary: $45,415.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $13,755.60; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,146.00; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.976982; deferred</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Reduction To Provide a Survivor Annuity Examples
</HD1>
<HD1>Example 10: Survivor Reduction Calculations
</HD1>
<P>Both of the following examples involve a former teacher who elected a reduced annuity to provide a survivor benefit:
</P>
<P>A. In this example, the employee elects to provide full survivor benefits of 55% of the employee's unreduced annuity. The total annuity is reduced by 2
<FR>1/2</FR> percent of the first $3600 and 10 percent of the balance. The reduced Federal Benefit Payment is determined by multiplying the reduced total annuity (rounded) by the ratio of the unreduced Federal Benefit Payment to the unreduced total annuity. Military service occurred prior to June 30, 1997 and purchase of other service was completed prior to June 30, 1997.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 10A—Teachers Optional W/Survivor Reduction
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 11/01/68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 12/31/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 29/02/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/09/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Military: 00/09/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 23.666667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $66,785.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced: $42,464.13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced/month: $3,539.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reduction: $3,976.41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $38,487.72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $3,207.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 11/01/68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 28/08/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/09/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Military: 00/09/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 23.166667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $66,785.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal unreduced: $41,796.28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal unreduced/month: $3,483.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal unreduced/month ÷ total unreduced/month: 0.984176
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month: $3,156.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>B. In this example, the employee elects to provide a partial survivor annuity of 26% of the employee's unreduced annuity. The total annuity is reduced by 2
<FR>1/2</FR> percent of the first $3,600 of $20,073.95 and 10 percent of the balance. The reduced Federal Benefit Payment is determined by multiplying the reduced total annuity (rounded) by the ratio of the unreduced Federal Benefit Payment to the unreduced total annuity.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 10B—Teachers Optional W/Survivor Reduction
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 11/01/68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 12/31/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 29/02/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/09/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Military: 00/09/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 23.666667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $66,785.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced: $42,464.13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced/month: $3,539.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reduction: $1,737.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total reduced: $40,726.73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total reduced/month: $3,394.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire Date: 11/01/68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 28/08/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/09/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Military: 00/09/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 23.166667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $66,785.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal unreduced: $41,796.28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal unreduced/month: $3,483.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal unreduced/month ÷ total unreduced/month: 0.984176
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal reduced/month: $3,340.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Early Optional or Involuntary Retirement Examples
</HD1>
<HD1>Example 11: Early Optional With Age Reduction
</HD1>
<P>In this example, an individual covered by the Teachers Plan hired before 1996 retires voluntarily in February 1998, under a special program that allows early retirement with at least 20 years of service at age 50 older, or at least 25 years of service at any age. At retirement, she is 6 full months short of age 55. She has 25 years and 5 months of departmental service; 6 years, 2 months, and 19 days of other service (creditable before June 30, 1997); and 2 months and 9 days of unused sick leave. Since she is not eligible for optional retirement and she is eligible to retire voluntarily only because of the District-approved special program, the Federal Benefit Payment is calculated similar to a disability retirement. It does not begin until she becomes eligible for a deferred annuity at age 62. When it commences the Federal Benefit Payment will be based on the service creditable as of June 30, 1997: 30 years and 11 months of service; 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate, and 20 years and 11 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate. The total annuity is based on 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate and 21 years and 9 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate (including the unused sick leave). Because the Federal Benefit Payment is based on the deferred annuity, rather than the early voluntary retirement, it is not reduced by the age reduction factor used to compute the total benefit.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 11—Teachers Early Out W/Age Reduction
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/20/43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/01/72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 02/28/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 25/05/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 06/02/19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave: 00/02/09
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 21.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $69,281.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced: $41,395.48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Age reduction factor: 0.990000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total reduced: $40,981.53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $3,415.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/20/43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/01/72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 24/09/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 06/02/19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 20.916667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $69,281.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced: $40,240.80; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reduction factor: 1.000000 no reduction
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total reduced: $40,240.80; deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $3,353.00 deferred
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal unreduced/month ÷ Total unreduced/month: 0.0 (at time of retirement)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Example 12: Involuntary With Age Reduction
</HD1>
<P>In this example, an individual covered by the Teachers Plan hired before 1996 retires involuntarily in February 1998. At retirement, she is 6 full months short of age 55. She has 25 years and 5 months of departmental service; 6 years, 2 months, and 19 days of other service (creditable before June 30, 1997); and 2 months and 9 days of unused sick leave. The Federal Benefit Payment begins at retirement. It is based on the 30 years and 11 months of service; 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate, and 20 years and 11 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate. The total annuity is based on 5 years of service at the 1.5 percent accrual rate, 5 years of service at the 1.75 percent accrual rate and 21 years and 9 months of service at the 2 percent accrual rate (including the unused sick leave). Both the Federal Benefit Payment and the total benefit are reduced by the age reduction factor.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 12—Teachers Involuntary W/Age Reduction
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/20/43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/01/72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 02/28/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 25/05/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 06/02/19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sick leave: 00/02/09
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 21.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $69,281.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced: $41,395.48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Age reduction factor: 0.990000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total reduced: $40,981.53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $3,415.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 09/20/43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/01/72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 24/09/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 06/02/19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 20.916667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $69,281.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced: $40,240.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Age reduction factor: 0.990000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total reduced: $39,838.39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $3,320.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.972182</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Death Benefits Example
</HD1>
<HD1>Example 13: Death Benefits Calculation
</HD1>
<P>Examples A and B involve service-based death benefits calculations. Examples C-F involve non-service-based death benefits calculations. Examples G and H involve disability death benefit calculations.
</P>
<P>A. In this example, an individual covered by the Teachers Plan retires in December 1997 and elects to provide a full survivor annuity. He dies in June 1998. The survivor's Federal Benefit Payment is 98.4 percent ($3,483 ÷ $3,539) of the total survivor benefit.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 13A—Teachers Death Benefits
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 11/01/68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 12/31/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 06/24/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 29/02/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/09/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Military: 00/09/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $66,785.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced/month (retiree): $3,539.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month (survivor): $1,946.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 11/01/68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 06/24/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 28/08/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/09/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Military: 00/09/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $66,785.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal unreduced/month (retiree): $3,483.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal unreduced/month (retiree) ÷ total unreduced/month (retiree): 0.984176
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month (survivor): $1,915.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>B. In this example, a teacher dies in service on June 30, 1998 after 31 years of departmental service. Since the survivor annuity is based on actual service, the Federal Benefit Payment is 96.5 percent ($1,818 ÷ $1,883) of the total survivor benefit.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 13B—Teachers Death Benefits
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 07/01/39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 07/01/67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 06/30/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 06/30/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 31/00/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $38,787.88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total (retiree): $22,593.94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month (retiree): $1,883.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month (survivor): $1,036.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 07/01/39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 07/01/67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 06/30/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 30/00/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $38,787.88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal (retiree): $21,818.18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month (retiree): $1,818.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month (retiree) ÷ total/month (retiree): 0.965481
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month (survivor): $1,000.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>C. In this example, as in Example A, an individual covered by the Teachers Plan retires in December 1997 but elects to provide a survivor annuity of $12,000. He dies in June 1998. Because the amount of the survivor annuity is not service-based, the Federal Benefit Payment is a prorated portion of the total benefit. Since the teacher had 398 months of service as of the freeze date and 404 months of service, at retirement, the Federal Benefit Payment equals 398/404ths of the total benefit.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 13C—Teachers Death Benefits
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 11/01/68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 12/31/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 06/24/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 29/02/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/09/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Military: 00/09/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Months of service: 404
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $12,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 11/01/68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 06/24/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 28/08/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service: 03/09/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Military: 00/09/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Months of service: 398
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal service ÷ total service: 0.985149
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $11,820.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $985.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>D. In this example, a teacher dies in service on April 1, 1998 after 14 years and 6 months of departmental service. Because the survivor annuity is based on the guaranteed minimum, the Federal Benefit Payment is a prorated portion of the total benefit. Since the teacher had 165 months of service as of the freeze date and 180 months of service, including unused sick leave, at death, the Federal Benefit Payment equals 165/180ths of the total benefit.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 13D—Teachers Death Benefits
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 04/01/61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 10/01/83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 04/01/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 04/01/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 14/06/01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unused Sick Leave: 00/06/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $36,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Months of service: 180
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $7,920.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $660.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 04/01/61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 04/01/83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 04/01/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department Service: 13/09/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $36,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Months of service: 165
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal service ÷ total service: 0.916667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $7,260.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $605.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>E. In this example, as in the prior example, a teacher dies in service on April 1, 1998 after 15 years of departmental service. However, in this example, the teacher was age 40 on the hire date. The amount of service used in the survivor annuity calculation equals the amount of service that the teacher would have had if the teacher continued covered employment until age 60. Because the survivor annuity is based on projected service, a form of the guaranteed minimum, the Federal Benefit Payment is a prorated portion of the total benefit. Since the teacher had 171 months of service as of the freeze date and 180 months of service at death, the Federal Benefit Payment equals 171/180ths of the total benefit.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 13E—Teachers Death Benefits
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 04/01/43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 04/01/83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 04/01/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 04/01/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 15/00/01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Departmental Service projected to age 60: 20/00/01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $36,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Months of service: 180
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $7,177.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $598.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 04/01/43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 04/01/83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 04/01/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 14/03/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $36,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Months of service: 171
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal service ÷ total service: 0.950000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $6,818.63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $568.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>F. In this example, a police officer dies in the line of duty on July 31, 2001 after 18 years of departmental service. The survivor annuity is equal to 100 percent of the officer's pay at the time of death, as provided by District legislation effective October 1, 2000. However, the Federal Benefit Payment is calculated based on plan provisions in effect on June 29, 1997, which provided for a survivor annuity equal to 40 percent of the officer's pay at the time of death. Because the Federal Benefit Payment is not service-based and the officer had 167 months of service as of the freeze date and 216 months of service, including unused sick leave, at death, the Federal Benefit Payment equals 167/216ths of the total benefit calculated according to plan provisions in effect on July 1, 1997. The difference between the total benefit paid and the Federal Benefit Payment calculated according to plan provisions in effect on June 29, 1997 is the responsibility of the District government.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 13F—Police Death Benefits
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 07/13/62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 08/01/83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 07/31/2001
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 18/00/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $54,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final salary: $56,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Months of service: 216
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $56,004.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $4,667.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total based on July 1, 1997 provisions: $21,600.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month based on July 1, 1997 provisions: $1,800.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 07/13/62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 08/01/83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 07/31/2001
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 13/11/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Months of service: 167
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal service ÷ total service: 0.773148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $16,704.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,392.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>G. In this example, a firefighter dies on July 1, 1999 at age 47 after retiring based on a disability in the line of duty in November 1997. At separation, the firefighter was not eligible for optional retirement but was eligible to receive a deferred retirement annuity at age 55. Therefore, the survivor's Federal Benefit Payment is calculated based on the plan rules for deferred retirees. Under the Police and Firefighters Plan, if a separated police officer or firefighter eligible for deferred retirement dies before reaching age 55, the survivor is eligible to receive an annuity. The survivor annuity is based on the firefighter's adjusted average pay. Therefore, the survivor's Federal Benefit Payment is a prorated portion of the survivor annuity. Since the firefighter had 217 months of service as of the freeze date and 222 months of service at retirement, the survivor's Federal Benefit Payment equals 217/222nds of the total survivor benefit.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 13G—Firefighters Disability/Early Voluntary Death Benefits
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 08/20/52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 05/14/79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 11/28/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 07/01/99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 18/06/15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Adjusted average salary: $45,987.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Months of service: 222
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $18,396.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,533.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 08/20/52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 05/14/79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 07/01/99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 18/01/17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Adjusted average salary: $45,987.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Months of service: 217
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal service ÷ total service: .977477
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $17,976.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,498.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>H. In this example, a teacher dies on August 3, 1999 at age 58 after retiring based on a disability in April 1998. At separation, the teacher was not eligible for optional retirement but was eligible to receive a deferred retirement annuity at age 62. Therefore, the survivor's Federal Benefit Payment is calculated based on the plan rules for deferred retirees. Under the Teachers Plan, if a separated teacher eligible for deferred retirement dies before reaching age 62, the survivor is not eligible to receive an annuity. Therefore, the survivor's Federal Benefit Payment is zero and the survivor annuity is the full responsibility of the District.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 13H—Teachers Disability/Early Voluntary Death Benefits
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 08/01/41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 07/01/76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 04/30/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 08/03/99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $21,888.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,824.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 08/01/41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 07/01/76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 04/30/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Death date: 08/03/99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $0.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $0.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Cost of Living Adjustment (COLA) Examples
</HD1>
<HD1>Example 14: Application of Cost of Living Adjustments
</HD1>
<P>In cases in which the District plan applies the same cost of living adjustment that is provided for the Federal Benefit Payment, the federal percentage is applied to the new total benefit after the adjustment to determine the new Federal Benefit Payment after the adjustment.
</P>
<P>A. In this example, a teacher retiree receives a cost of living adjustment that is the same for the federal and District portions of the total benefit. The federal percentage for the retiree is applied to the new total benefit after the adjustment to determine the new Federal Benefit Payment after the adjustment.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 14A—Teachers COLA—Retiree W/Survivor Reduction
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Benefit Computation (at retirement)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced: $42,464.13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total unreduced/month: $3,539.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $3,207.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal unreduced: $41,796.28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal unreduced/month: $3,483.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal percentage = federal unreduced/month ÷ total unreduced/month: 0.984176
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">COLA Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">District and Federal COLA rate 5%:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total COLA: $160.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New total/month: $3,367.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal benefit/month = new total benefit/month × federal percentage = $3,314.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>B. In this example, a survivor of a deceased teacher retiree receives a cost of living adjustment that is the same for the federal and District portions of the total benefit. Since the survivor benefit is service related, the federal percentage for the retiree is applied to the new total benefit of the survivor after the adjustment to determine the new Federal Benefit Payment after the adjustment.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 14B—Teachers COLA—Survivor of Retiree
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Benefit Computation (at death of retiree whose annuity was based on service—percentage survivor election)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,043.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal percentage (retiree): 0.984176
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal/month: $2,011.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">COLA Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">District and Federal COLA rate 4.5%:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total COLA: $92.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New total/month: $2,135.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal benefit/month = new total benefit/month × federal percentage = $2,101.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>C. In this example, a survivor of a deceased teacher retiree receives a cost of living adjustment that is the same for the federal and District portions of the total benefit. Since the survivor annuity is non-service related, the federal percentage for the survivor is applied to the new total benefit of the survivor after the adjustment to determine the new Federal Benefit Payment after the adjustment.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 14C—Teachers COLA—Survivor of Retiree
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Benefit Computation (at death of retiree—flat amount survivor election)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total months of service: 404
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal months of service: 398
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal percentage = federal service ÷ total service: 0.985149
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal/month: $985.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">COLA Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">District and Federal COLA rate 4.5%:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total COLA: $45.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New total/month: $1,045.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal benefit/month = new total benefit/month × federal percentage = $1,029.00
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note:</E> This method also applies to a percentage survivor election by a retiree whose annuity was based on a guaranteed minimum.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>D. In this example, a survivor of a deceased teacher receives a cost of living adjustment that is the same for the federal and District portions of the total benefit. Since the survivor annuity is service related, the federal percentage based on the deceased teacher's service is applied to the new total benefit of the survivor after the adjustment to determine the new Federal Benefit Payment after the adjustment.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 14D—Teachers COLA—Survivor of Employee
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Benefit Computation (at death—based on service)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,036.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal/month: $1,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal percentage = federal/month ÷ total/month: 0.965251
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">COLA Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">District and Federal COLA rate: 5%
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total COLA: $52.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New total benefit/month: $1,088.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal benefit/month = new total benefit/month × federal percentage = $1,050.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>E. In this example, a survivor of a deceased teacher receives a cost of living adjustment that is the same for the federal and District portions of the total benefit. Since the survivor annuity is non-service related, the federal percentage for the survivor is applied to the new total benefit of the survivor after the adjustment to determine the new Federal Benefit Payment after the adjustment.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 14E—Teachers COLA—Survivor of Employee
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Benefit Computation (at death—guaranteed minimum)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total months of service: 180
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal months of service: 171
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $598.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal percentage = federal service ÷ total service: 0.950000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal/month: $568.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">COLA Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">District and Federal COLA rate 5%:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total COLA: $30.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New total/month: $628.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal benefit/month: = new total benefit/month × federal percentage = $597.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>F. In this example, a survivor of a deceased retired police officer receives a cost of living adjustment that is the same for the federal and District portions of the total benefit. Since the survivor annuity is non-service related, the federal percentage for the survivor is applied to the new total benefit of the survivor after the adjustment to determine the new Federal Benefit Payment after the adjustment.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 14F—Police COLA—Survivor of Retiree
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Benefit Computation (at death of retiree)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total months of service: 240
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal months of service: 236
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,614.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal percentage = federal service ÷ total service: 0.983333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal/month: $1,587.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">COLA Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">District and Federal COLA rate 5%:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total COLA: $81.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New total/month: $1,695.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal benefit/month = new total benefit/month × federal percentage = $1,667.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>G. In this example, a survivor of a deceased firefighter receives a cost of living adjustment that is the same for the federal and District portions of the total benefit. Since the survivor annuity is non-service related, the federal percentage for the survivor is applied to the new total benefit of the survivor after the adjustment to determine the new Federal Benefit Payment after the adjustment.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 14G—Firefighter COLA—Survivor of Employee
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Benefit Computation (at death of employee in the line of duty)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $4,667.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal/month: $1,867.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal percentage = federal/month 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> ÷ Total/month: 0.400043
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">COLA Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">District and Federal COLA rate 4.5%:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total COLA: $210.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New total benefit/month: $4,877.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal benefit/month = New total benefit/month × federal percentage = $1,951.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>H. In this example, a new District plan provision applies a different cost of living adjustment than is provided for the Federal Benefit Payment. In Variation 1, the federal cost of living adjustment is applied to the Federal Benefit Payment and the District cost of living adjustment is applied to the total benefit. In Variation 2, the federal cost of living adjustment is applied to the Federal Benefit Payment and the District cost of living adjustment is applied to the District benefit payment. A new federal percentage equal to the ratio of the Federal Benefit Payment to the total benefit is established after the adjustments.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 14H—Teachers COLA
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Benefit Computation (at retirement)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/04/48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 03/01/86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 02/28/2013
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 27/00/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service paid in 1995: 06/07/28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excess LWOP in 1990: 00/03/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 23.333333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $53,121.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $33,421.96
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $2,785.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Benefit Computation (at retirement)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/04/48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 03/01/86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/1997
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 11/04/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other service paid in 1995: 06/07/28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excess LWOP in 1990: 00/03/18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 7.666667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $53,121.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $16,777.38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $1,398.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal percentage: 0.501975
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">COLA Computation Variations Variation 1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">District COLA rate 5% applied to total benefit:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total COLA: $139.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New total benefit/month: $2,924.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal COLA rate 4%
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal COLA: $56.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal benefit/month: $1,454.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal percentage: 0.497264
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Variation 2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">District COLA rate 5% applied to District benefit:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Old District benefit/month: $1,387.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">District COLA: $69.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New District benefit/month: $1,456.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal COLA rate 4%:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal COLA: $56.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal benefit/month: $1,454.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New total benefit/month: $2,910.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New federal percentage: 0.499656</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Retroactive Payment of Accrued Annuity Example
</HD1>
<HD1>Example 15: Accrual of Federal Benefit Payment
</HD1>
<P>The Federal Benefit Payment begins to accrue on the annuity commencing date, regardless of whether the employee is added to the annuity roll in time for the regular payment cycle. If the employee is due a retroactive payment of accrued annuity, the portion of the retroactive payment that would have been a Federal Benefit Payment (if it were made in the regular payment cycle) is still a Federal Benefit Payment. In this example, a teacher retired effective September 11, 1998. She was added to the retirement rolls on the pay date November 1, 1998 (October 1 to October 31 accrual cycle). Her Federal Benefit Payment is $3000 per month and her total benefit payment is $3120 per month. Her initial check is $5200 because it includes a prorated payment for 20 days (September 11 to September 30). The Federal Benefit Payment is $5000 of the initial check ($3000 for the October cycle and $2000 for the September cycle).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 15—Teachers Accrued Benefit
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Pre-96 hire]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Total Annuity Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 09/01/66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separation date: 09/10/98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 32/00/10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.015 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $62,150.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $37,445.38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $3,120.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sept 11-30: $2,080.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oct 1-31: $3,120.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov 1-30: $3,120.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Federal Benefit Payment Computation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Birth date: 11/01/42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire date: 09/01/66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freeze date: 06/30/97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Department service: 30/10/00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.15 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.0175 service: 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02 service: 20.833333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Average salary: $62,150.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total: $35,995.21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total/month: $3,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sept 11-30: $2,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oct 1-31: $3,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov 1-30: $3,000.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Claims and Appeals Procedures</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 80753, Dec. 22, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 29.401" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.4.14.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.401   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart explains— 
</P>
<P>(1) The procedures that participants and beneficiaries in the Judges Plan, Police and Firefighters Plan, and the Teachers Plan must follow in applying for Federal Benefit Payments; 
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures for determining an individual's eligibility for a Federal Benefit Payment and the amount and form of an individual's Federal Benefit Payment as required by sections 11021 and 11251(a) (codified at DC Official Code section 11-1570(c)(2)(a)) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(3) The appeal rights available under section 11022(a) of the Act and section 3 of the 2004 Act (codified at DC Official Code section 11-1570(c)(3)) to claimants whose claim for Federal Benefit Payments is denied in whole or in part; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The special rules for processing competing claimant cases. 
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to processing collection of debts due to the United States. 
</P>
<P>(c) This part does not apply to claims and appeals filed before October 1, 1997. Such claims must be pursued with the District of Columbia.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 80753, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 70 FR 60005, Oct. 14, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.402" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.4.14.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.402   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Beneficiary</I> means an individual designated by a participant, or by the terms of the Judges Plan, Police and Firefighters Plan, or Teachers Plan, who is or may become entitled to a benefit under those plans.
</P>
<P><I>Claimant</I> means any person seeking a benefit for themselves or another under the Judges Plan, Police and Firefighters Plan, or Teachers Plan. 
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury or a designee authorized to exercise the Secretary's authority with respect to Federal Benefit Payments under the Act. 
</P>
<P><I>Participant</I> means an individual who is or may become eligible to receive a benefit under the Police and Firefighters Plan or the Teachers Plan based on credit for service accrued as of June 30, 1997, or under the Judges Plan, or whose beneficiaries may be eligible to receive any such benefit. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 80753, Dec. 22, 2000, as amended at 70 FR 60005, Oct. 14, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.403" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.4.14.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.403   Applications filed with the Benefits Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>All claimants for Federal Benefit Payments must file applications for benefits (including applications for retirement, refunds of contributions, and death benefits) with the Benefits Administrator. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.404" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.4.14.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.404   Initial benefit determinations and reconsideration by the Benefits Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial benefit determinations.</I> The Benefits Administrator will process applications for Federal Benefit Payments and determine the eligibility for and the amount and form of Federal Benefit Payments. All initial benefit determination decisions which may reasonably be construed as a denial (in whole or part) of a claim for Federal Benefit Payments must be in writing, must advise claimants of their right to request reconsideration under paragraph (b), of this section and must state the time limits applicable to such a request. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Claimant's right to reconsideration of benefit denials.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, claimants who disagree with the amount or form of a Federal Benefit Payment determination and wish to contest the determination must first request the Benefits Administrator to reconsider its determination. 
</P>
<P>(2) A decision to collect a debt is not a denial of a benefit claim under this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form and timing of requests for reconsideration.</I> (1) A request for reconsideration must be in writing, must include the claimant's name, address, date of birth and claim number, if applicable, and must state the basis for the request. 
</P>
<P>(2) A request for reconsideration must be received by the Benefits Administrator within 30 calendar days from the date of the written notice of the initial benefit determination. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reconsideration decisions.</I> A reconsideration decision by the Benefits Administrator denying (in whole or part) a claim for a Federal Benefit Payment must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing; 
</P>
<P>(2) Provide adequate notice of such denial, setting forth the specific reason for the denial in a manner calculated to be understood by the average participant; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Provide notice of the right to appeal the Benefit Administrator's decision to the Department, the address to which such an appeal must be submitted, and the time limits applicable to such an appeal.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Appeal of reconsideration decisions.</I> The Department will review an appeal of a reconsideration decision under § 29.405. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.405" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.4.14.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.405   Appeals to the Department.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Who may file.</I> Any claimant whose claim for a Federal Benefit Payment has been denied (in whole or part) by the Benefits Administrator in a reconsideration decision under § 29.404(d) may appeal that decision to the Department. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form of appeal.</I> An appeal must be in writing, must include the claimant's name, address, date of birth and claim number, if applicable, and must state the basis for the appeal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time limits on Appeals.</I> (1) An appeal must be received by the Department within 30 calendar days from the date of the reconsideration decision under § 29.404(d). 
</P>
<P>(2) The Department may extend the time limit for filing when the claimant shows that he or she was not notified of the time limit and was not otherwise aware of it, or that he or she was prevented by circumstances beyond his or her control from making the request within the time limit, or for other good and sufficient reason. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final decision.</I> After consideration of the appeal, the Department will issue a final decision. The Department's decision must be in writing, must fully set forth the Department's findings and conclusions on the appeal, and must contain notice of the right to judicial review provided in § 29.406. Copies of the final decision must be sent to the claimant seeking appeal, to any competing claimants (<I>see</I> § 29.407) and to the Benefits Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.406" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.4.14.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.406   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>An individual whose claim for a Federal Benefit Payment has been denied (in whole or part) in a final decision by the Department under § 29.405 may, within 180 days of the date of the final decision, file a civil action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia. Any such civil action must be filed in accordance with the rules of that court. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.407" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.4.14.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.407   Competing claimants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Competing claimants</I> are applicants for survivor benefits based on the service of a participant when—
</P>
<P>(1) A benefit is payable based on the service of the participant; 
</P>
<P>(2) Two or more claimants have applied for benefits based on the service of the participant; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A decision in favor of one claimant will adversely affect another claimant(s). 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) When a competing claimant files a request for reconsideration under this section, the other competing claimants shall be notified of the request and given an opportunity to submit written substantiation of their claim.
</P>
<P>(2) When the Benefits Administrator receives an application from a competing claimant(s) before any payments are made based upon the service of the participant, and an initial determination of benefits in favor of one claimant adversely affects another claimant, all known claimants concerned will be notified in writing of that decision and those adversely affected will be given an opportunity to request reconsideration under the procedures and time limitations set forth in § 29.404(c). The Benefits Administrator must not execute its decision until the time limit for filing a request for reconsideration has expired, or, if a reconsideration decision is made, until the time limit for filing an appeal to the Department has expired or the Department has issued a final decision on a timely appeal, whichever is later. 
</P>
<P>(3) When the Benefits Administrator does not receive an application from a competing claimant(s) until after another person has begun to receive payments based upon the service of the participant, the payments will continue until the time limit for filing a request for reconsideration has expired, or, if a reconsideration decision is made, until the time limit for filing an appeal to the Department has expired or the Department has issued a final decision on a timely appeal, whichever is later.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Debt Collection and Waivers of Collection</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 36705, July 13, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 29.501" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.501   Purpose; incorporation by reference; scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart regulates—
</P>
<P>(1) The recovery of overpayments of Federal Benefit Payments; 
</P>
<P>(2) The standards for waiver of recovery of overpayments of Federal Benefit Payments; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The use of Federal Benefit Payments to recover certain other debts due the United States. 
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations of this subpart incorporate by this reference all provisions of the Federal Claims Collection Standards (FCCS) (parts 900-904 of Title 31, Code of Federal Regulations), and supplement those regulations by the prescription of procedures and directives necessary and appropriate for the operation and administration of the Retirement Funds. To the extent they are not inconsistent with the regulations contained in this subpart, the regulations in part 5 of title 31, Code of Federal Regulations, also apply to the collection of debts under this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Debts based on fraud, misrepresentation, or the presentation of a false claim.</I> This subpart does not apply to any overpayments of Federal Benefit Payments which arose, in whole or in part, due to fraud, misrepresentation, or the presentation of a false claim by the debtor or any party having an interest in the claim. Such debts should be referred by the Benefits Administrator immediately to the U.S. Justice Department for action pursuant to 31 CFR 900.3. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Tax debts.</I> This subpart does not apply to tax debts. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Sections 29.501 through 29.506 state the rules of general applicability to this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(2) Sections 29.511 through 29.520 prescribe procedures to be followed by the Benefits Administrator which are consistent with the FCCS in the collection of debts owed to the Retirement Funds. 
</P>
<P>(3) Sections 29.521 through 29.526 prescribe the standards that the Department will apply in decisions to waive recoupment or recovery of overpayments from the Retirement Funds under sections 11021(3) and 11251(c)(2)(B) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(e) This part does not apply to debt collection claims asserted and requests for waivers of collection initiated before October 1, 1997. Such debt collection claims must be pursued by the District of Columbia and such requests for waivers of collection must be pursued with the District of Columbia.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 36705, July 13, 2001, as amended at 70 FR 60005, Oct. 14, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.502" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.502   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Additional charges</I> means interest, penalties, and/or administrative costs owed on a debt. 
</P>
<P><I>Administrative offset,</I> as defined in 31 U.S.C. 3701(a)(1), means withholding funds payable by the United States to, or held by the United States for, a person to satisfy a debt the person owes the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) An Executive agency as defined in section 105 of title 5, United States Code, including the U.S. Postal Service and the U.S. Postal Rate Commission; 
</P>
<P>(2) A military department, as defined in section 102 of title 5, United States Code; 
</P>
<P>(3) An agency or court in the judicial branch, including a court as defined in section 610 of title 28, United States Code, the District Court for the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation; 
</P>
<P>(4) An agency of the legislative branch, including the U.S. Senate and the U.S. House of Representatives; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Other independent establishments that are entities of the Federal Government. 
</P>
<P><I>Annuitant</I> means a retired participant, former spouse, spouse, widow(er), child or other beneficiary receiving recurring Federal Benefit Payments. 
</P>
<P><I>Annuity</I> means the monthly benefit (including a retirement salary under the Judges Plan) of indefinite duration payable to an annuitant. 
</P>
<P><I>Anticipated expenses</I> means expenditures which are expected to occur and for which the debtor can provide documentation of the estimated cost. 
</P>
<P><I>Beneficiary</I> means an individual designated by a participant, or by the terms of the Judges Plan, Police Officers and Firefighters Plan, or Teachers Plan, who is or may become entitled to a benefit under those plans. 
</P>
<P><I>Change of position for the worse</I> means an individual would be left in a worse financial position after recovery of the overpayment than prior to the receipt of the overpayment because the individual reasonably relied on the amount of the overpayment to his or her detriment. For example, an individual has “changed position for the worse” if he or she made expenditures or assumed new liabilities that he or she would not have otherwise done, and he or she is unable to withdraw from the commitment without incurring significant financial loss. 
</P>
<P><I>Compromise</I> means accepting less than payment in full in satisfaction of a debt. 
</P>
<P><I>Consent</I> means the debtor has agreed in writing to administrative offset of one or more Federal Benefit Payments after receiving notice of the available rights under 31 U.S.C. 3716 and this subpart; to Federal salary offset after receiving notice of the available rights under 5 U.S.C. 5514 and 31 CFR part 5; and to judgment offset under section 124 of Public Law 97-276, 96 Stat. 1195-1196. 
</P>
<P><I>Credit bureau</I> has the same meaning as the definition of “consumer reporting agency” provided in 31 U.S.C. 3701(a)(3). 
</P>
<P><I>Creditor agency</I> means the agency to which a debt is owed. 
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> has the same meaning as the definition of “debt” provided in 31 U.S.C. 3701(b)(1), and includes an overpayment of Federal Benefit Payments. 
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> means a person who owes a debt or from whom a debt is to be recovered, including an annuitant. 
</P>
<P><I>Delinquent</I> means delinquent as defined in 31 CFR 900.2(b). 
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury or a designee authorized to exercise the Secretary's authority with respect to Federal Benefit Payments under the Act. 
</P>
<P><I>FCCS</I> means the Federal Claims Collection Standards (parts 900-904 of Title 31, Code of Federal Regulations). 
</P>
<P><I>Liquid asset</I> means cash or other property readily convertible into cash with little or no loss of value. 
</P>
<P><I>Lump-sum credit</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Under the Judges Plan, the Police Officers and Firefighters Plan, and the Teachers Plan, the unrefunded amount consisting of— 
</P>
<P>(i) Retirement contributions from the basic salary of a participant; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Amounts deposited covering earlier creditable service; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Such interest as authorized by statute to be included in the payment of refunds of retirement contributions; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Under the Judges Plan, “lump-sum credit for survivor annuity” is defined in section 11-1561(10) of the D.C. Code. 
</P>
<P><I>Offset</I> means to withhold the amount of a debt, or a portion of that amount, from one or more payments due the debtor. Offset also means the amount withheld in this manner. 
</P>
<P><I>Ordinary and necessary living expenses</I> means such expenses as rent, mortgage payments, utilities, maintenance, food (including expenses for dining out), clothing, insurance (life, health, and accident), taxes, installment payments, medical expenses, reasonable expenses for recreation and vacations, expenses for support of a dependent when the debtor holds primary or joint legal responsibility for such support, and other miscellaneous expenses that the debtor can establish as being ordinary and necessary. 
</P>
<P><I>Overpayment</I> or <I>overpayment debt</I> means a payment of one or more Federal Benefit Payments to an individual in the absence of entitlement or in excess of the amount to which an individual is properly entitled. 
</P>
<P><I>Participant</I> means an individual who is or may become eligible to receive a benefit under the Police Officers and Firefighters Plan or Teachers Plan based on credit for service accrued as of June 30, 1997, or under the Judges Plan, or whose beneficiaries may be eligible to receive any such benefit. 
</P>
<P><I>Refund</I> means the payment of a lump-sum credit to an individual who meets all requirements for payment and files an application for it. 
</P>
<P><I>Relinquish a valuable right</I> means the individual has relinquished a valuable privilege, claim, entitlement, or benefit having monetary worth because of the overpayment or because of notice that such a payment would be made. 
</P>
<P><I>Repayment schedule</I> means the amount of each payment and the number of payments to be made to liquidate the debt as determined by the Department or the Benefits Administrator. 
</P>
<P><I>Salary offset</I> means any offset authorized by 5 U.S.C. 5514 and 31 U.S.C. 3716. 
</P>
<P><I>Substantially all,</I> as used in § 29.524, means that a debtor's income is less than or equal to his or her ordinary and necessary expenses plus a reasonable monthly allowance for unexpected or emergency expenses and does not allow for the deduction of a reasonable monthly installment payment to recover the debt. 
</P>
<P><I>Voluntary repayment agreement</I> means an agreement wherein the debtor makes installment payments to repay an overpayment debt in accordance with a repayment schedule agreed to by the Benefits Administrator or the Department. 
</P>
<P><I>Waiver</I> means a decision not to recover all or part of an overpayment debt owed to the Retirement Funds under authority of sections 11021(3) or 11251(c)(2)(B) of the Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.503" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.503   Prohibition against collection of debts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Debts may be collected from Federal Benefit Payments only to the extent expressly authorized by Federal debt collection statutes and any other applicable Federal law. 
</P>
<P>(b) When collection of a debt from Federal Benefit Payments is authorized under paragraph (a) of this section, the collection will be made in accordance with this subpart and other applicable federal law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.504" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.504   Status of debts.</HEAD>
<P>A payment of a Federal Benefit Payment to a debtor because of an error on the part of the Department or Benefits Administrator, or the failure of the creditor agency to properly and/or timely submit a debt claim, does not erase the debt or affect the validity of the claim by the creditor agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.505" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.505   Compromise of debts; termination and suspension of collection actions.</HEAD>
<P>The procedures for compromise of a claim for an overpayment or the termination or suspension of a collection action seeking to recover an overpayment, other than waiver of an overpayment under §§ 29.521 through 29.526, are controlled exclusively by the FCCS and 31 CFR part 5. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.506" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.506   Recovery of other debts owed to the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedures for Creditor Agencies.</I> Agencies seeking to recover a debt by offset of Federal Benefit Payments payable to the debtor must comply with the offset procedures set forth in 31 U.S.C. 3716 and the FCCS. A creditor agency may seek to collect a debt through offset of Federal Benefit Payments pursuant to the Department's procedures for administrative offset set forth in 31 CFR part 5. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Offset by the Benefits Administrator.</I> As required by 31 U.S.C. 3716(c), the Benefits Administrator must compare payment records of the Retirement Funds with records of debts submitted to the Financial Management Service for collection by administrative offset, and must offset payments to satisfy, in whole or in part, debts owed by any annuitant. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="14" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Collection of Overpayments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.511" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.511   Demand letters.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 29.516(e), before starting collection action to recover an overpayment, the Benefits Administrator must send a demand letter that informs the debtor in writing—
</P>
<P>(a) That an overpayment has occurred, the amount of the overpayment, and the facts giving rise to the overpayment; 
</P>
<P>(b) The date by which payment of the debt should be made to avoid additional charges (<I>i.e.</I>, interest, penalties and administrative costs) permitted by the FCCS and enforced collection; 
</P>
<P>(c) The requirement that any overpayment debt delinquent for more than 180 days be transferred to the Department of the Treasury's Financial Management Service for collection; 
</P>
<P>(d) The name, address, and phone number of the appropriate person or office the debtor may contact about the debt; 
</P>
<P>(e) The remedies which may be used to enforce payment of the debt, including assessment of interest, administrative costs and penalties; administrative wage garnishment; the use of collection agencies; Federal salary offset; tax refund offset; administrative offset; and litigation. 
</P>
<P>(f) Whether offset is available and, if so, the types of payment(s) to be offset or eligible for offset, the repayment schedule (if any), the right to request an adjustment in the repayment schedule, and the right to request a voluntary repayment agreement in lieu of offset; 
</P>
<P>(g) An explanation of the Department's policy on interest, penalties, and administrative costs as set forth in 31 CFR part 5, the FCCS, and 31 U.S.C. 3717, including a statement that such assessments must be made unless excused in accordance with the FCCS; 
</P>
<P>(h) The debtor's opportunity to request repayment in installments if the debtor can show an inability to repay the debt in one lump sum; 
</P>
<P>(i) The debtor's opportunity to inspect and/or receive a copy of the records relating to the overpayment; 
</P>
<P>(j) The method and time period (60 calendar days) for requesting reconsideration, waiver, and/or compromise of the overpayment; 
</P>
<P>(k) That all requests for waiver or compromise must be accompanied by a disclosure of the debtor's financial condition and ability to pay the debt; 
</P>
<P>(l) The standards used by the Department in deciding requests for waiver (set forth in §§ 29.521 through 29.526) and compromise (set forth in 31 CFR 902.2); and 
</P>
<P>(m) The fact that a timely filing of a request for reconsideration, waiver and/or compromise, or a subsequent timely appeal of a reconsideration decision, will stop collection proceedings, unless— 
</P>
<P>(1) Failure to take the offset would substantially prejudice the Federal Government's ability to collect the debt; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The time before the payment is to be made does not reasonably permit the completion of these procedures. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.512" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.512   Reconsideration by the Benefits Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Right to reconsideration of overpayment determinations.</I> Individuals who receive a demand letter and who wish to contest the existence or amount of the overpayment may ask the Benefits Administrator to reconsider the determination. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for waiver or compromise.</I> Individuals who wish to seek waiver or compromise of the overpayment may file such requests with the Department under § 29.514. An individual may file a request for reconsideration in addition to a request for waiver or compromise. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form and timing of requests for reconsideration.</I> (1) A request for reconsideration must be in writing and must state the basis for the request. Individuals requesting reconsideration will be given a full opportunity to present any pertinent information and documentation supporting their position and should, to the extent possible, include such information and documentation in their request. 
</P>
<P>(2) A request for reconsideration must be received by the Benefits Administrator within 60 calendar days of the date of the demand letter. The Department may extend the time limit for filing when the individual shows that he or she was not notified of the time limit and was not otherwise aware of it, or that he or she was prevented by circumstances beyond his or her control from making the request within the time limit, or for other good and sufficient reason. 
</P>
<P>(3) When a request for reconsideration covered by this subpart is properly filed before the death of the debtor, it will be processed to completion unless the relief sought is nullified by the debtor's death. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reconsideration decisions.</I> (1) The Benefits Administrator's decision on a request for reconsideration will be based upon the individual's written submissions, evidence of record, and other pertinent available information. 
</P>
<P>(2) A reconsideration decision by the Benefits Administrator must— 
</P>
<P>(i) Be in writing; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide notice of the extent of the individual's liability for the overpayment, if any; 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the individual is determined to be liable for all or a portion of the overpayment, reaffirm or modify the conditions for the collection of the overpayment previously proposed in the demand letter; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide notice of the right to appeal the Benefits Administrator's decision to the Department, the address to which such an appeal must be submitted, and the time limits applicable to such an appeal; and 
</P>
<P>(v) State that a timely appeal of the Benefits Administrator's decision to the Department will suspend action to collect the debt. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Appeal of reconsideration decisions.</I> The Department will review an appeal of a reconsideration decision under § 29.513.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.513" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.513   Appeals to the Department.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form of appeal.</I> An appeal of a reconsideration decision under § 29.512 must be in writing and must state the basis for the appeal. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time limits on appeals.</I> (1) An appeal must be received by the Department within 60 calendar days from the date of the reconsideration decision. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Department may extend the time limit for filing when the individual shows that he or she was not notified of the time limit and was not otherwise aware of it, or that he or she was prevented by circumstances beyond his or her control from making the request within the time limit, or for other good and sufficient reason. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Final decision.</I> After consideration of the appeal, the Department will issue a final decision. The Department's decision will be in writing, will fully set forth the Department's findings and conclusions on the appeal, and will contain notice of the right to judicial review provided in § 29.515. If the Department determines that the individual is liable for all or a portion of the overpayment, the decision also will contain the conditions for the collection of the overpayment. Copies of the final decision will be sent to the individual seeking appeal and to the Benefits Administrator. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.514" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.514   Requests for waiver and/or compromise.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Right to request waiver and/or compromise.</I> Individuals who receive a demand letter regarding an overpayment may ask the Department to waive and/or compromise, in whole or part, the amount of the overpayment. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for reconsideration.</I> Individuals who have filed a request for reconsideration under § 29.512 may also request a waiver and/or compromise under this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form and timing of requests for waiver and/or compromise.</I> (1) A request for waiver and/or compromise must be in writing and must state the basis for the request. Individuals making such requests will be given a full opportunity to present any pertinent information and documentation supporting their position and should, to the extent possible, include such information and documentation in their request. Individuals seeking waiver or compromise of an overpayment must also submit required financial information identified in the demand letter. 
</P>
<P>(2) A request for waiver or compromise must be filed with the Department. If the request is sent by mail, it must be postmarked within 60 calendar days of the date of the demand letter. If the request is hand delivered or delivered electronically, it must be received within 60 calendar days of the date of the demand letter. The Department may extend the time limit for filing when the individual shows that he or she was not notified of the time limit and was not otherwise aware of it, or that he or she was prevented by circumstances beyond his or her control from making the request within the time limit, or for other good and sufficient reason. 
</P>
<P>(3) When a request for waiver and/or compromise under this section is properly filed before the death of the debtor, it will be processed to completion unless the relief sought is nullified by the debtor's death. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Waiver and/or compromise decisions.</I> (1) The Department's decision on a request for waiver and/or compromise will be based upon the individual's written submissions, evidence of record, and other pertinent available information. An individual's request for waiver will be evaluated by the standards set forth in §§ 29.521 through 29.526. An individual's request for compromise will be evaluated by the standards set forth in the FCCS in 31 CFR part 902. 
</P>
<P>(2) A waiver or compromise decision by the Department will— 
</P>
<P>(i) Be in writing; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide notice of whether the overpayment will be waived or compromised, and the extent to which the individual is still liable for the overpayment, if at all; 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the individual is determined to be liable for all or a portion of the overpayment, reaffirm or modify the conditions for the collection of the overpayment previously proposed in the demand letter; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Be issued within 120 calendar days from the Department's receipt of a timely request for waiver and/or compromise. This time limit does not apply to requests for compromise that are referred to the Department of Justice for consideration pursuant to 31 CFR 902.1(b). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.515" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.515   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>An individual whose request for reconsideration has been denied (in whole or part) in a final decision by the Department under § 29.513 may, within 180 days of the date of the final decision, file a civil action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia. Any such civil action must be filed in accordance with the rules of that court. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.516" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.516   Collection of overpayments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Means of collection.</I> Collection of an overpayment may be made by means of offset under § 29.517, or under any statutory provision providing for offset of money due the debtor from the Federal Government including, but not limited to, Federal Benefit Payments. Collection may also be effected by referral to the Justice Department for litigation, as provided in § 29.520, or referral to a collection agency as provided in § 29.519, or by other means authorized by federal law. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional charges.</I> Interest, penalties, and administrative costs will be assessed on the overpayment in accordance with standards established in 31 U.S.C. 3717 and 31 CFR 901.9. Additional charges will be waived when required by the FCCS. The Department will waive the collection of interest on the overpayment pending the Benefits Administrator's consideration of a request for reconsideration and the Department's consideration of a request for waiver and/or compromise or the appeal of a reconsideration decision. In addition, such charges may be waived when the Department determines— 
</P>
<P>(1) Collection of those charges would be against equity and good conscience under the standards prescribed in §§ 29.523 through 29.525; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Waiver of those charges would be in the best interest of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Collection in installments.</I> (1) Whenever feasible, overpayments will be collected in one lump sum. 
</P>
<P>(2) However, installment payments may be effected when— 
</P>
<P>(i) The debtor establishes that he or she is financially unable to pay in one lump sum; or 
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The benefit payable is insufficient to make collection in one lump sum; 
</P>
<P>(B) The debtor fails to respond to a demand for full payment; and 
</P>
<P>(C) Offset is available. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Offset Amount.</I> (1) The amount offset from a monthly Federal Benefit Payment will be the lesser of: 
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of the debt, including any interest, penalties and administrative costs; 
</P>
<P>(ii) An amount equal to 15 percent of the monthly Federal Benefit Payment; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount, if any, by which the monthly Federal Benefit Payment exceeds $750. 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this subsection, the “monthly Federal Benefit Payment” is the amount of the gross monthly benefit after any reductions or deductions required under law, including reductions made to recover overpayments of Federal Benefit Payments. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Commencement of collection.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, collection will begin after the time limits for requesting further rights stated in §§ 29.512 through 29.514 expire and no such requests have been made, or after the Benefits Administrator and/or the Department have issued decisions on all timely requests for or appeals of those rights, unless failure to make an offset would substantially prejudice the Department's ability to collect the overpayment and the time before the payment is to be made does not reasonably permit the completion of the proceedings in §§ 29.511 through 29.514 or litigation. When offset begins without completion of the administrative review process, these procedures will be completed promptly, and amounts recovered by offset but later found not owed will be refunded promptly. 
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures identified in §§ 29.511 through 29.514 will not be applied when the overpayment is caused by—
</P>
<P>(i) A retroactive adjustment in the periodic rate of annuity or any deduction taken from annuity when the adjustment is a result of the annuitant's election of different entitlements under law, if the adjustment is made within 120 days of the effective date of the election; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) interim estimated payments made before the formal determination of entitlement to annuity, if the amount is recouped from the total annuity payable on the first day of the month following the later of—
</P>
<P>(A) The last interim payment or 
</P>
<P>(B) The date the formal determination is made. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Collection of delinquent debts</I>—(1) <I>Debts delinquent over 180 days.</I> The Benefits Administrator must refer all overpayment debts that are over 180 days delinquent to the Secretary for collection pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3711(g) and 3716, and 31 CFR part 901. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Debts delinquent less than 180 days.</I> Once an overpayment debt becomes delinquent, the Benefits Administrator should refer it to the Secretary for collection by centralized administrative offset pursuant to 31 CFR 901.3, unless collection of the debt by some other means is likely to occur in a more timely and efficient manner. 
</P>
<P>(3) Once a debt is referred under this subsection, the Benefits Administrator has no further obligation to collect the debt. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.517" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.517   Collection by offset.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Offset from retirement payments.</I> An overpayment may be collected in whole or in part from any refund payment or recurring Federal Benefit Payments. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Offset from other payments</I>—(1) <I>Administrative offset.</I> When offset under subsection (a) is not available, an overpayment may be offset from other Federal payments due the debtor from other agencies under the procedures set forth in 31 CFR part 5 and 31 CFR 901.3(c). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Salary offset.</I> When the debtor is an employee of the Federal Government, the Department may effect collection of an overpayment by offset of the debtor's pay in accordance with regulations published to implement such offsets under 5 U.S.C. 5514 (see 5 CFR part 550, subpart K; 31 CFR 285.7; and 31 CFR part 5). Due process described in the federal salary offset regulations of 31 CFR part 5 will apply. When the debtor did not receive a hearing under those regulations and requests such a hearing, one will be conducted in accordance with 5 CFR part 550, subpart K and 31 CFR part 5. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Tax refund offset.</I> The Department may effect collection of an overpayment by offset of the debtor's tax refund in accordance with the Department's tax refund offset regulations found at 31 CFR part 5.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.518" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.518   Reporting delinquent debts to credit bureaus.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> If a debtor's response to the demand letter does not result in payment in full, payment by offset, or payment in accordance with a voluntary repayment agreement or other repayment schedule acceptable to the Benefits Administrator, and the debtor's rights under §§ 29.512 through 29.514 have been exhausted, the Benefits Administrator must report the debtor to a credit bureau. In addition, a debtor's failure to make subsequent payments in accordance with a repayment schedule must result in a report to a credit bureau. Before making a report to a credit bureau, the Benefits Administrator must notify the debtor in writing that—
</P>
<P>(1) The payment is overdue; 
</P>
<P>(2) The Benefits Administrator intends, after 60 days, to make a report as described in paragraph (b) of this section to a credit bureau; 
</P>
<P>(3) The debtor's right to dispute the liability has been exhausted under §§ 29.512 through 29.514; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The debtor may avoid having the Benefits Administrator report the debtor to a credit bureau by paying the debt in one lump sum or making payments current under a repayment schedule. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Report.</I> If, after being sent the notice described in paragraph (a) of this section, the debtor does not pay the overpayment debt or make payments current under a repayment schedule or fails to respond to the notice, and 60 days have elapsed since the notice was mailed, the Benefits Administrator will report to a credit bureau that the debtor is responsible for an unpaid debt and provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The debtor's name, address, taxpayer identification number, and any other information necessary to establish the identity of the individual; 
</P>
<P>(2) The amount, status, and history of the debt; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The fact that the debt arose in connection with the administration of Federal Benefit Payments under a District Retirement Fund. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Subsequent reports.</I> The Benefits Administrator must update its report to the credit bureau whenever it has knowledge of events that substantially change the status or the amount of the liability.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other reporting of delinquent debts.</I> Pursuant to 31 CFR 901.4, delinquent overpayment debts should be reported to the Department of Housing and Urban Development's Credit Alert Interactive Voice Response System (CAIVRS). 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Privacy Act considerations.</I> A delinquent debt may not be reported under this section unless a notice issued pursuant to the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4), authorizes the disclosure of information about the debtor to a credit bureau or CAIVRS. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.519" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.519   Referral to a collection agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department retains the responsibility for resolving disputes, compromising debts, referring overpayment debts for litigation, and suspending or terminating collection action. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Department may not refer overpayment debts to commercial collection agencies until all procedures required by or requested under §§ 29.511 through 29.514 have been completed. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.520" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.14.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.520   Referral for litigation.</HEAD>
<P>The Department may refer to the Justice Department for litigation overpayment debts which cannot be compromised or waived, or on which collection activity cannot be suspended or terminated, and which the Department has been unable to recover pursuant to the collection activity described in §§ 29.511 through 29.519. (See 31 CFR part 904.) Such debts should be referred to the Justice Department as early as possible, but at least within 1 year of the date such debts last became delinquent. In the case of overpayments arising from fraud, misrepresentation, or the presentation of a false claim, referral should be made to the Justice Department immediately. (See 31 CFR 900.3(a).) Referral of a debt to the Justice Department will suspend processing under §§ 29.511 through 29.519 of this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="15" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.15" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Standards for Waiver of Overpayments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.521" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.15.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.521   Conditions for waiver and other adjustments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Overpayments made from the Retirement Funds will be recovered unless there is substantial evidence that the individual from whom recovery is to be made is eligible for waiver.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Waiver.</I> The Department may waive an overpayment from the Retirement Funds (provided there is no indication of fraud, misrepresentation, or lack of good faith on the part of the debtor) under sections 11021(3) or 11251(c)(2)(B) of the Act when it is established by substantial evidence that the individual from whom recovery is to be made—
</P>
<P>(1) Is not at fault in causing or contributing to the overpayment, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Recovery would be against equity and good conscience. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Adjustment in the installment schedule.</I> (1)(i) An overpayment will not be waived because of financial hardship if a reasonable installment schedule can be established for repayment of the debt by adjusting the installment schedule originally established. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For example, if the Department finds that the original installment schedule—24 installments at $125 each—causes the debtor financial hardship, but that repayment in 60 installments at $50 each does not, it may adjust the installments and recover the debt in full.
</P>
<P>(2) Where it has been determined that an individual is ineligible for a waiver, but the individual has shown that collection action pursuant to the original installment schedule would cause him or her financial hardship, the Department may—
</P>
<P>(i) Adjust the installment schedule if the individual shows that it would cause him or her financial hardship to make payments at the rate initially scheduled by the Department; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Terminate the collection action under 31 CFR 903.3 if the costs of collecting the debt are anticipated to exceed the amount recoverable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.522" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.15.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.522   Fault.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> A debtor is considered to be at fault if he or she, or any other person having an interest in obtaining a waiver of the claim, caused or contributed to the accrual of the overpayment. The Department considers a debtor or any other person having an interest in obtaining a waiver of the claim to have caused or contributed to the accrual of an overpayment if—
</P>
<P>(1) Payment resulted from the individual's incorrect but not fraudulent statement, which the individual knew or should have known to be incorrect; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Payment resulted from the individual's failure to disclose facts in his or her possession which the individual knew or should have known were material, when the Department has identified that the individual has a duty to report and has clearly notified the individual of this reporting requirement.
</P>
<P>(3) The following factors may affect the decision as to whether the debtor is or is not at fault where the debtor submitted an incorrect statement, or the debtor failed to disclose material facts in his or her possession—
</P>
<P>(i) The debtor's age; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The debtor's physical and/or mental condition; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The availability and nature of the information provided to the debtor by the Department.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Knowledge of an overpayment.</I> (1) Individuals who are aware that they are not entitled to a payment or are aware that a payment is higher than the payment to which they are entitled are not considered to have contributed to the overpayment if they promptly contact the Benefits Administrator and question the correctness of the payment and take no further action in reliance of the overpayment. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any contact made with the Benefits Administrator concerning the overpayment within 60 days of receipt (if the overpayment is a recurring payment, contact must be made within 60 days of the initial payment) will satisfy the prompt notification requirement. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reasonable person standard.</I> The Department will use a reasonable person standard to determine whether an individual should have known that a statement was incorrect or that material facts in the individual's possession should have been disclosed. The reasonable person standard will take into account the objective factors set forth is paragraph (a)(3) of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.523" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.15.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.523   Equity and good conscience.</HEAD>
<P>Recovery is against equity and good conscience when there is substantial evidence that—
</P>
<P>(a) It would cause financial hardship to the person from whom it is sought no matter what the amount and length of the proposed installment; 
</P>
<P>(b) The recipient of the overpayment can show (regardless of his or her financial circumstances) that due to the notice that such payment would be made or because of the incorrect payment he or she either has relinquished a valuable right or has changed positions for the worse; or 
</P>
<P>(c) Recovery would be unconscionable under the circumstances.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.524" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.15.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.524   Financial hardship.</HEAD>
<P>Financial hardship may be deemed to exist when the debtor needs substantially all of his or her current and anticipated income and liquid assets to meet current and anticipated ordinary and necessary living expenses during the projected period of collection. Financial hardship will not be found to exist when the debtor merely establishes that the repayment causes a financial burden, <I>i.e.</I>, when it is inconvenient to repay the debt. If there are anticipated changes in income or expenses that would allow for the recovery of the overpayment at a later date, the Department may suspend collection action until a future date. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Considerations.</I> Pertinent considerations in determining whether recovery would cause financial hardship include the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The debtor's financial ability to pay at the time collection is scheduled to be made, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Income to other family member(s), if such member's ordinary and necessary living expenses are included in expenses reported by the debtor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.525" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.15.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.525   Ordinary and necessary living expenses.</HEAD>
<P>An individual's ordinary and necessary living expenses include rent, mortgage payments, utilities, maintenance, transportation, food, clothing, insurance (life, health, and accident), taxes, installment payments for which the individual is already liable, medical expenses, support expenses for which the individual is legally responsible, and other miscellaneous expenses that the individual can establish as being ordinary and necessary. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.526" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.29.5.15.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.526   Waiver precluded.</HEAD>
<P>Waivers will not be offered or granted when—
</P>
<P>(1) The overpayment was obtained by fraud, misrepresentation, or by improper negotiation of checks or withdrawal of electronic fund transfer payments after the death of the payee; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The overpayment was made to an estate and a timely demand for repayment is made prior to the final disbursement by the administrator or executor of the estate.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="31" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 31—TROUBLED ASSET RELIEF PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 321; Pub. L. 110-343; 122 Stat. 3765.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 61049, Oct. 3, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 31.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.30.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth regulations to implement and administer the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-343; 122 Stat. 3765).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.30.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.30.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Conflicts of Interest</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.200" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.30.2.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.200   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This regulation sets forth standards to address and manage or to prohibit conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with the administration and execution of the authorities under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP), established under sections 101 and 102 of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> This regulation addresses actual and potential conflicts of interest, or circumstances that give rise to the appearance of a conflict of interest, that may arise from contracts and financial agency agreements between private sector entities and the Treasury for services under the TARP, other than administrative services identified by the TARP Chief Compliance Officer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.201" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.30.2.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.201   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Arrangement</I> means a contract or financial agency agreement between a private sector entity and the Treasury for services under the TARP, other than administrative services identified by the TARP Chief Compliance Officer.
</P>
<P><I>Dependent child</I> means a son, daughter, stepson or stepdaughter who is either (a) Unmarried, under age 21, and living in the individual's house, or (b) considered a “dependent” of the individual under the U.S. tax code.
</P>
<P><I>EESA</I> means the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended.
</P>
<P><I>Key individual</I> means an individual providing services to a private sector entity who participates personally and substantially, through, for example, decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation, or the rendering of advice, in the negotiation or performance of, or monitoring for compliance under, the arrangement with the Treasury. For purposes of the definition of key individual, the words “personally and substantially” shall have the same meaning and interpretation as such words have in 5 CFR 2635.402(b)(4).
</P>
<P><I>Organizational conflict of interest</I> means a situation in which the retained entity has an interest or relationship that could cause a reasonable person with knowledge of the relevant facts to question the retained entity's objectivity or judgment to perform under the arrangement, or its ability to represent the Treasury. Without limiting the scope of this definition, organizational conflicts of interest may include the following situations:
</P>
<P>(1) A prior or current arrangement between the Treasury and the retained entity that may give the retained entity an unfair competitive advantage in obtaining a new arrangement with Treasury.
</P>
<P>(2) The retained entity is, or represents, a party in litigation against the Treasury relating to activities under the EESA.
</P>
<P>(3) The retained entity provides services for Treasury relating to the acquisition, valuation, disposition, or management of troubled assets at the same time it provides those services for itself or others.
</P>
<P>(4) The retained entity gains, or stands to gain, an unfair competitive advantage in private business arrangements or investments by using information provided under an arrangement or obtained or developed pursuant to an arrangement with Treasury.
</P>
<P>(5) The retained entity is a potential candidate for relief under EESA, is currently participating in an EESA program, or has a financial interest that could be affected by its performance of the arrangement.
</P>
<P>(6) The retained entity maintains a business or financial relationship with institutions that have received funds from Treasury pursuant to the EESA.
</P>
<P><I>Personal conflict of interest</I> means a personal, business, or financial interest of an individual, his or her spouse or any dependent child that could adversely affect the individual's ability to perform under the arrangement, his or her objectivity or judgment in such performance, or his or her ability to represent the interests of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Related entity</I> means the parent company and subsidiaries of a retained entity, any entity holding a controlling interest in the retained entity, and any entity in which the retained entity holds a controlling interest.
</P>
<P><I>Retained entity</I> means the individual or entity seeking an arrangement with the Treasury or having such an arrangement with the Treasury, but does not include special government employees. A “retained entity” includes the subcontractors and consultants it hires to perform services under the arrangement.
</P>
<P><I>Special government employee</I> means an officer or employee serving the Treasury, serving with or without compensation, for a period not to exceed 130 days during any 365-day period on a full-time or intermittent basis.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury</I> means the United States Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury employee</I> means an officer or employee of the Treasury, including a special government employee, or an employee of any other government agency who is properly acting on behalf of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Troubled assets,</I> for purposes of this rule, shall have the same meaning as set forth in 12 U.S.C. 5202(9).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 31.211-31.216" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.30.2.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 31.211-31.216   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.217" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.30.2.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.217   Confidentiality of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Nonpublic information defined.</I> Any information that Treasury provides to a retained entity under an arrangement, or that the retained entity obtains or develops pursuant to the arrangement, shall be deemed nonpublic until the Treasury determines otherwise in writing, or the information becomes part of the body of public information from a source other than the retained entity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibitions.</I> The retained entity shall not:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclose nonpublic information to anyone except as required to perform the retained entity's obligations pursuant to the arrangement, or pursuant to a lawful court order or valid subpoena after giving prior notice to Treasury.
</P>
<P>(2) Use or allow the use of any nonpublic information to further any private interest other than as contemplated by the arrangement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Retained entity's responsibility.</I> A retained entity shall take appropriate measures to ensure the confidentiality of nonpublic information and to prevent its inappropriate use. The retained entity shall document these measures in sufficient detail to demonstrate compliance, and shall maintain this documentation for three years after the arrangement has terminated. The retained entity shall notify the TARP Chief Compliance Officer in writing within five business days of detecting a violation of the prohibitions in paragraph (b), above. The security measures required by this paragraph shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Security measures to prevent unauthorized access to facilities and storage containers where nonpublic information is stored.
</P>
<P>(2) Security measures to detect and prevent unauthorized access to computer equipment and data storage devices that store or transmit nonpublic information.
</P>
<P>(3) Periodic training to ensure that persons receiving nonpublic information know their obligation to maintain its confidentiality and to use it only for purposes contemplated by the arrangement.
</P>
<P>(4) Programs to ensure compliance with federal securities laws, including laws relating to insider trading, when the arrangement relates to the acquisition, valuation, management, or disposition of troubled assets.
</P>
<P>(5) A certification from each key individual stating that he or she will comply with the requirements in section 31.217(b). The retained entity shall obtain this certification, in the form of a nondisclosure agreement, before a key individual performs work under the arrangement, and then annually thereafter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certification.</I> No later than ten business days after the effective date of the arrangement, the retained entity shall certify to the Treasury that it has received a certification form from each key individual stating that he or she will comply with the requirements in § 31.217(b). In making this certification, the retained entity may rely on the information obtained pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, unless the retained entity knows or should have known that the information provided is false or inaccurate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.218" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.30.2.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.218   Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Compliance with these rules concerning conflicts of interest is of the utmost importance. In the event a retained entity or any individual or entity providing information pursuant to 31 U.S.C. part 31 violates any of these rules, Treasury may impose or pursue one or more of the following sanctions:
</P>
<P>(1) Rejection of work tainted by an organizational conflict of interest or a personal conflict of interest and denial of payment for that work.
</P>
<P>(2) Termination of the arrangement for default.
</P>
<P>(3) Debarment of the retained entity for Federal government contracting and/or disqualification of the retained entity from future financial agency agreements.
</P>
<P>(4) Imposition of any other remedy available under the terms of the arrangement or at law.
</P>
<P>(5) In the event of violation of a criminal statute, referral to the Department of Justice for prosecution of the retained entity and/or its officers or employees. In such cases, the Department of Justice may make direct and derivative use of any statements and information provided by any entity, its representatives and employees or any individual, to the extent permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(b) To the extent Treasury has discretion in selecting or imposing a remedy, it will give significant consideration to a retained entity's prompt disclosure of any violation of these rules.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="32" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 32—PAYMENTS IN LIEU OF LOW INCOME HOUSING TAX CREDITS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Public Law 111-5.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 32.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.31.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.1   Timing of disbursements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) State housing credit agencies that receive funds under section 1602 of Division B of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 must make subawards to subawardees to finance the construction or acquisition and rehabilitation of low-income housing no later than December 31, 2010. Any funds that are not used to make subawards by December 31, 2010, must be returned to the Treasury by January 1, 2011.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirement in subsection (a) above does not prevent State housing credit agencies from continuing to disburse funds to subawardees after December 31, 2010 provided:
</P>
<P>(1) A subaward has been made to the subawardee on or before December 31, 2010;
</P>
<P>(2) The subawardee has, by the close of 2010, paid or incurred at least 30 percent of the subawardee's total adjusted basis in land and depreciable property that is reasonably expected to be part of the low-income housing project; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any funds not disbursed to the subawardee by December 31, 2011, must be returned to the Treasury by January 1, 2012.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 44752, Aug. 31, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="33" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 33—WAIVERS FOR STATE INNOVATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 1332, Pub. L. 111-148, 124 Stat. 119.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 11715, Feb. 27, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 33.100" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.100   Basis and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory basis.</I> This part implements provisions of section 1332 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Affordable Care Act), Public Law 111-148, relating to Waivers for State Innovation, which the Secretary may authorize for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act requires the Secretary to issue regulations that provide for all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A process for public notice and comment at the State level, including public hearings, sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input.
</P>
<P>(2) A process for the submission of an application that ensures the disclosure of all of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The provisions of law that the State involved seeks to waive.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specific plans of the State to ensure that the waiver will meet all requirements specified in section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act.
</P>
<P>(3) A process for the provision of public notice and comment after a waiver application is received by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, that is sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input and that does not impose requirements that are in addition to, or duplicative of, requirements imposed under the Administrative Procedures Act, or requirements that are unreasonable or unnecessarily burdensome with respect to State compliance.
</P>
<P>(4) A process for the submission of reports to the Secretary by a State relating to the implementation of a waiver.
</P>
<P>(5) A process for the periodic evaluation by the Secretary of programs under waivers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> This part sets forth certain procedural requirements for Waivers for State Innovation under section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.102" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.102   Coordinated waiver process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Coordination with applications for waivers under other Federal laws.</I> A State may submit a single application to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for a waiver under section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act and a waiver under one or more of the existing waiver processes applicable under titles XVIII, XIX, and XXI of the Social Security Act, or under any other Federal law relating to the provision of health care items or services, provided that such application is consistent with the procedures described in this part, the procedures for demonstrations under section 1115 of the Social Security Act, if applicable, and the procedures under any other applicable Federal law under which the State seeks a waiver.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Coordinated process for section 1332 waivers.</I> A State seeking a section 1332 waiver must submit a waiver application to the Secretary of Health and Human Services. Any application submitted to the Secretary of Health and Human Services that requests to waive sections 36B, 4980H, or 5000A of the Internal Revenue Code, in accordance with section 1332(a)(2)(D) of the Affordable Care Act, shall upon receipt be transmitted by the Secretary of Health and Human Services to the Secretary to be reviewed in accordance with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.104" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.104   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Complete application</I> means an application that has been submitted and for which the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services have made a preliminary determination that it includes all required information and satisfies all requirements that are described in § 33.108(f).
</P>
<P><I>Public notice</I> means a notice issued by a government agency or legislative body that contains sufficient detail to notify the public at large of a proposed action consistent with § 33.112.
</P>
<P><I>Section 1332 waiver</I> means a Waiver for State Innovation under section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.108" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.108   Application procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Acceptable formats for applications.</I> Applications for initial approval of a section 1332 waiver shall be submitted in electronic format to the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application timing.</I> Applications for initial approval of a section 1332 waiver must be submitted sufficiently in advance of the requested effective date to allow for an appropriate implementation timeline.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Preliminary review.</I> Each application for a section 1332 waiver will be subject to a preliminary review by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, who will make a preliminary determination that the application is complete. A submitted application will not be deemed received until the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services have made the preliminary determination that the application is complete.
</P>
<P>(1) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will complete the preliminary review of the application within 45 days after it is submitted.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services determine that the application is not complete, the Secretary of Health and Human Services will send the State a written notice of the elements missing from the application.
</P>
<P>(3) The preliminary determination that an application is complete does not preclude a finding during the 180-day Federal decision-making period that a necessary element of the application is missing or insufficient.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification of preliminary determination.</I> Upon making the preliminary determination that an application is complete, as defined in this part, the Secretary of Health and Human Services will send the State a written notice informing the State that the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services have made such a preliminary determination. That date will also mark the beginning of the Federal public notice process and the 180-day Federal decision-making period.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Public notice of completed application.</I> Upon receipt of a complete application for an initial section 1332 waiver, the Secretary of Health and Human Services will—
</P>
<P>(1) Make available to the public the application, and all related State submissions, including all supplemental information received from the State following the receipt of a complete application for a section 1332 waiver.
</P>
<P>(2) Indicate the status of the application.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Criteria for a complete application.</I> An application for initial approval of a section 1332 waiver will not be considered complete unless the application meets all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Complies with paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Provides written evidence of the State's compliance with the public notice requirements set forth in § 33.112, including a description of the key issues raised during the State public notice and comment period.
</P>
<P>(3) Provides all of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A comprehensive description of the State legislation and program to implement a plan meeting the requirements for a waiver under section 1332 of PPACA. In analyzing whether the State has satisfied the requirement under section 1332(b)(2)(A) of PPACA that the State enact a law authorizing a waiver under section 1332 of PPACA, the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, as applicable, may consider existing State legislation combined with duly-enacted State regulation or an executive order so long as the State legislation provides statutory authority to enforce PPACA provisions or the State plan;
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the enacted State legislation that provides the State with authority to implement the proposed waiver, as required under section 1332(a)(1)(C) of the Affordable Care Act;
</P>
<P>(iii) A list of the provisions of law that the State seeks to waive, including a description of the reason for the specific requests; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The analyses, actuarial certifications, data, assumptions, targets, and other information set forth in paragraph (f)(4) of this section sufficient to provide the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, as applicable, with the necessary data to determine that the State's proposed waiver satisfies the general requirements for approval under section 1332(b)(1) of the Affordable Care Act consistent with the provisions of this paragraph (f)(3)(iv):
</P>
<P>(A) As required under section 1332(b)(1)(A) of the Affordable Care Act (the comprehensive coverage requirement), will provide coverage that is at least as comprehensive as the coverage defined in section 1302(b) of the Affordable Care Act and offered through Exchanges established under the Affordable Care Act as certified by the Office of the Actuary of the Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services based on sufficient data from the State and from comparable States about their experience with programs created by the Affordable Care Act and the provisions of the Affordable Care Act that the State seeks to waive. To satisfy the comprehensive coverage requirement, the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, as applicable, must determine that the coverage under the State plan is forecasted to be at least as comprehensive overall for residents of the State as coverage absent the waiver;
</P>
<P>(B) As required under section 1332(b)(1)(B) of the Affordable Care Act (the affordability requirement), will provide coverage and cost sharing protections against excessive out-of-pocket spending that are at least as affordable as the provisions of Title I of the Affordable Care Act would provide. To satisfy the affordability requirement, the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, as applicable, must determine that the coverage under the State plan is forecasted to be as affordable overall for State residents as coverage absent the waiver;
</P>
<P>(C) As required under section 1332(b)(1)(C) of the Affordable Care Act (the scope of coverage requirement), will provide coverage to at least a comparable number of its residents as the provisions of Title I of the Affordable Care Act would provide. To satisfy the scope of coverage requirement, the Secretary and the Secretary of the Health and Human Services, as applicable, must determine that the State plan will provide coverage to a comparable number of State residents under the waiver as would have coverage absent the waiver; and
</P>
<P>(D) As prohibited under section 1332(b)(1)(D) of the Affordable Care Act (the Federal deficit requirement), will not increase the Federal deficit.
</P>
<P>(4) Contains the following supporting information:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Actuarial analyses and actuarial certifications.</I> Actuarial analyses and actuarial certifications to support the State's estimates that the proposed waiver will comply with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, and the scope of coverage requirement.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Economic analyses.</I> Economic analyses to support the State's estimates that the proposed waiver will comply with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement and the Federal deficit requirement, including:
</P>
<P>(A) A detailed 10-year budget plan that is deficit neutral to the Federal government, as prescribed by section 1332(a)(1)(B)(ii) of the Affordable Care Act, and includes all costs under the waiver, including administrative costs and other costs to the Federal government, if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(B) A detailed analysis regarding the estimated impact of the waiver on health insurance coverage in the State.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Data and assumptions.</I> The data and assumptions used to demonstrate that the State's proposed waiver is in compliance with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement and the Federal deficit requirement, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Information on the age, income, health expenses and current health insurance status of the relevant State population; the number of employers by number of employees and whether the employer offers insurance; cross-tabulations of these variables; and an explanation of data sources and quality; and
</P>
<P>(B) An explanation of the key assumptions used to develop the estimates of the effect of the waiver on coverage and the Federal budget, such as individual and employer participation rates, behavioral changes, premium and price effects, and other relevant factors.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Implementation timeline.</I> A detailed draft timeline for the State's implementation of the proposed waiver.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Additional information.</I> Additional information supporting the State's proposed waiver, including:
</P>
<P>(A) An explanation as to whether the waiver increases or decreases the administrative burden on individuals, insurers, and employers, and if so, how and why;
</P>
<P>(B) An explanation of how the waiver will affect the implementation of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act which the State is not requesting to waive in the State and at the Federal level;
</P>
<P>(C) An explanation of how the waiver will affect residents who need to obtain health care services out-of-State, as well as the States in which such residents may seek such services;
</P>
<P>(D) If applicable, an explanation as to how the State will provide the Federal government with all information necessary to administer the waiver at the Federal level; and
</P>
<P>(E) An explanation of how the State's proposal will address potential individual, employer, insurer, or provider compliance, waste, fraud and abuse within the State or in other States.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Reporting targets.</I> Quarterly, annual, and cumulative targets for the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement, and the Federal deficit requirement.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Other information.</I> Other information consistent with guidance provided by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional supporting information.</I> (1) During the Federal review process, the Secretary may request additional supporting information from the State via the Secretary of Health and Human Services as needed to address public comments or to address issues that arise in reviewing the application.
</P>
<P>(2) Requests for additional information, and responses to such requests, will be made available to the public in the same manner as information described in § 33.116(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 11715, Feb. 27, 2012, as amended at 86 FR 6176, Jan. 19, 2021; 86 FR 53501, Sept. 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.112" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.112   State public notice requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Prior to submitting an application for a new section 1332 waiver to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for review and consideration, a State must provide a public notice and comment period sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input for the application for a section 1332 waiver.
</P>
<P>(2) Such public notice and comment period shall include, for a State with one or more Federally-recognized Indian tribes within its borders, a separate process for meaningful consultation with such tribes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public notice and comment period.</I> The State shall make available at the beginning of the public notice and comment period, through its Web site or other effective means of communication, and shall update as appropriate, a public notice that includes all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A comprehensive description of the application for a section 1332 waiver to be submitted to the Secretary of Health and Human Services including information and assurances related to all statutory requirements and other information consistent with guidance provided by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
</P>
<P>(2) Information relating to where copies of the application for a section 1332 waiver are available for public review and comment.
</P>
<P>(3) Information relating to how and where written comments may be submitted and reviewed by the public, and the timeframe during which comments will be accepted.
</P>
<P>(4) The location, date, and time of public hearings that will be convened by the State to seek public input on the application for a section 1332 waiver.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public hearings.</I> (1) After issuing the public notice and prior to submitting an application for a new section 1332 waiver, a State must conduct public hearings regarding the State's application.
</P>
<P>(2) Such public hearings shall provide an interested party the opportunity to learn about and comment on the contents of the application for a section 1332 waiver.
</P>
<P>(3) Such public hearings shall be conducted in an in-person, virtual (that is, one that uses telephonic, digital, and/or web-based platforms), or hybrid (that is, one that provides for both in-person and virtual attendance) format.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Submission of initial application.</I> After the State public notice and comment period has concluded, the State may submit an application to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for an initial waiver in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 33.108.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 11715, Feb. 27, 2012, as amended at 89 FR 26418, Apr. 15, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.116" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.116   Federal public notice and approval process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Federal public notice and approval process begins on the first business day after the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services determine that all elements for a complete application were documented and submitted to the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public notice and comment period.</I> (1) Following a determination that a State's application for a section 1332 waiver is complete, the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will provide for a public notice and comment period that is sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input and that does not impose requirements that are in addition to, or duplicative of, requirements imposed under the Administrative Procedures Act, or requirements that are unreasonable or unnecessarily burdensome with respect to State compliance.
</P>
<P>(2) At the beginning of the Federal notice and comment period, the Secretary of Health and Human Services will make available through its Web site and otherwise, and shall update as appropriate, public notice that includes all of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The complete application for a section 1332 waiver, updates for the status of the State's application, and any supplemental materials received from the State prior to and during the Federal public notice and comment period.
</P>
<P>(ii) Information relating to where copies of the application for a section 1332 waiver are available for public review and comment.
</P>
<P>(iii) Information relating to how and where written comments may be submitted and reviewed by the public, and the timeframe during which comments will be accepted.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any public comments received during the Federal public notice and comment period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Approval of a section 1332 waiver application.</I> The final decision of the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services on a State application for a section 1332 waiver will be issued by the Secretary of Health and Human Services no later than 180 days after the determination by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services that a complete application was received in accordance with § 33.108.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.118" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.118   Modification from the normal public notice requirements during an emergent situation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services may modify, in part, the State public notice requirements under § 33.112(a)(1), (b), (c), and (d) and the Federal public notice procedures under § 33.116(b) to expedite a decision on a proposed section 1332 waiver request during an emergent situation, when a delay would undermine or compromise the purpose of the proposed waiver request and be contrary to the interests of consumers. These flexibilities are limited to emergent situations, including natural disasters; public health emergencies; or other emergent situations that threaten consumers' access to comprehensive coverage, consumers' access to health care, or human life.
</P>
<P>(b) A State must meet all of the following criteria to request a modification under paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The State must request a modification under paragraph (a) of this section, in the form and manner specified by the Secretaries.
</P>
<P>(2) The State must have acted in good faith, and in a diligent, timely, and prudent manner in the preparation of the request for a modification under paragraph (a) of this section, and the waiver application request, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) The State must, as applicable, detail in its request for a modification from State-level notice procedures under paragraph (a) of this section the justification for the request as it relates to the emergent situation and the alternative public notice procedures it proposes to implement at the State level, including public hearings, that are designed to provide the greatest opportunity and level of meaningful public input from impacted stakeholders that is practicable given the emergency circumstances underlying the State's request for a modification.
</P>
<P>(4) The State must, as applicable, detail in its request for a modification from Federal-level notice procedures under paragraph (a) of this section the justification for the request as it relates to the public health emergency and the alternative public notice procedures it requests to be implemented at the Federal level.
</P>
<P>(5) The State must explain in its request for a modification from State-level notice procedures under paragraph (a) of this section how the emergent circumstances underlying its request results from a natural disaster; public health emergency; or other emergent situations that threaten consumers' access to comprehensive coverage, consumers' access to health care, or human life could not reasonably have been foreseen and how a delay would undermine or compromise the purpose of the waiver and be contrary to the interests of consumers.
</P>
<P>(c) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will evaluate a State's request for a modification under paragraph (a) of this section and issue their exemption determination within approximately 15 calendar days after the request is received.
</P>
<P>(d) The Secretary of Health and Human Services will publish on the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) website any modification determinations within 15 calendar days of the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services making such a determination, as well as the approved revised timeline for public comment under the approved alternative State or Federal public notice procedures, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(e) The State must publish on its website any modification requests and determinations within 15 calendar days of receipt of the determination, as well as the approved revised timeline for public comment under the alternative State or Federal public notice procedures, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(f) The State must, as applicable, implement the alternative public notice procedures at the State level if the State's exemption request is approved and, if required, amend the waiver application request.
</P>
<P>(g) The Departments will consider circumstances to be emergent when they could not have been reasonably foreseen. The Departments will assess “reasonable foreseeability” based on the specific issues that a section 1332 waiver proposes to address and other relevant factors, and will not make this assessment based solely on the number of days a State may have been aware of such issues.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 71196, Nov. 6, 2020, as amended at 86 FR 53501, Sept. 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.120" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.120   Monitoring and compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Following the issuance of a final decision to approve a section 1332 waiver by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, as applicable, a State must comply with all applicable Federal laws and regulations, unless expressly waived. A State must, within the timeframes specified in law and regulation come into compliance with any changes in Federal law and regulation affecting section 1332 waivers, unless the provision being changed is expressly waived.
</P>
<P>(2) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will examine compliance with Federal and regulatory requirements consistent with § 155.1308(f)(3)(iv) when conducting implementation reviews under paragraph (b) of this section.






</P>
<P>(b) <I>Implementation reviews.</I> (1) The terms and conditions of an approved section 1332 waiver will provide that the State will perform periodic reviews of the implementation of the section 1332 waiver.
</P>
<P>(2) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will review documented complaints that a State is failing to comply with requirements specified in the terms and conditions of any approved section 1332 waiver.
</P>
<P>(3) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will promptly share with a State any complaint that the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services has received and will also provide notification of any applicable monitoring and compliance issues.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Post award.</I> Within at least 6 months after the implementation date of a section 1332 waiver and annually thereafter, a State must hold a public forum to solicit comments on the progress of a section 1332 waiver. The State must hold the public forum at which members of the public have an opportunity to provide comments and must provide a summary of the forum to the Secretary as part of the quarterly report specified in § 33.124(a) that is associated with the quarter in which the forum was held, as well as in the annual report specified in § 33.124(b) that is associated with the year in which the forum was held. The public forum shall be conducted in an in-person, virtual (that is, one that uses telephonic, digital, and/or web-based platforms), or hybrid (that is, one that provides for both in-person and virtual attendance) format.




</P>
<P>(1) <I>Notification requirements for public forum.</I> The State must publish the date, time, and location of the public forum in a prominent location on the State's public Web site, at least 30 days prior to the date of the planned public forum.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Modification from the normal post-award requirements during the public health emergency.</I> (i) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services may modify, in part, State post award requirements under this paragraph (c)(2) for an approved section 1332 waiver request during an emergent situation, when the application of the post award public notice requirements would be contrary to the interests of consumers. These flexibilities are limited to emergent situations, including natural disasters; public health emergencies; or other emergent situations that threaten consumers' access to comprehensive coverage, consumers' access to health care, or human life.
</P>
<P>(ii) A State must meet all of the following criteria to request a modification under paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) The State must request a modification under this paragraph (c)(2), in the form and manner specified by the Secretaries.
</P>
<P>(B) The State must have acted in good faith, and in a diligent, timely, and prudent manner to comply with the monitoring and compliance requirement under the waiver and the terms and conditions of the agreement between the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, as applicable, and the State to implement a section 1332 waiver and to submit and prepare the request for a modification under this paragraph (c)(2).
</P>
<P>(C) The State must detail in its request for a modification under this paragraph (c)(2) the alternative post award public notice procedures it proposes to implement at the State level, including public hearings, that are designed to provide the greatest opportunity and level of meaningful public input from impacted stakeholders that is practicable given the emergency circumstances underlying the State's request for a modification.
</P>
<P>(D) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will evaluate a State's request for a modification under this paragraph (c)(2) and issue their modification determination within approximately 15 calendar days after the request is received.
</P>
<P>(E) The State must publish on its website any modification requests and determinations within 15 calendar days of the receipt of the determination as well as information on the approved revised timeline for the state's post award public notice procedures, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(F) The State must explain in its request for modification under this paragraph (c)(2) how the emergent circumstances underlying its request results from a natural disaster; public health emergency; or other emergent situations that threaten consumers' access to comprehensive coverage, consumers' access to health care, or human life and could not reasonably have been foreseen and how the application of the post-award public notice requirements would be contrary to the interests of consumers.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will consider circumstances to be emergent when they could not have been reasonably foreseen. The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will assess “reasonable foreseeability” based on the specific issues that a section 1332 waiver proposes to address and other relevant factors, and will not make this assessment based solely on the number of days a State may have been aware of such issues.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Terminations and suspensions.</I> The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services reserve the right to suspend or terminate a section 1332 waiver in whole or in part, at any time before the date of expiration, whenever the Secretaries determine that a State has materially failed to comply with the terms of a section 1332 waiver.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Closeout costs.</I> If all or part of a section 1332 waiver is terminated or suspended, or if a portion of a section 1332 waiver is withdrawn, Federal funding is limited to normal closeout costs associated with an orderly termination, suspension, or withdrawal, including service costs during any approved transition period, and administrative costs of disenrolling participants.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Federal evaluators.</I> (1) A State must fully cooperate with the Secretary, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, or an independent evaluator selected by the Secretary or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to undertake an independent evaluation of any component of a section 1332 waiver.
</P>
<P>(2) As part of this required cooperation, a State must submit all requested data and information to the Secretary, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, or the independent evaluator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 11715, Feb. 27, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 71196, Nov. 6, 2020; 86 FR 53502, Sept. 27, 2021; 89 FR 26418, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.122" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.122   Pass-through funding for approved waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pass-through funding.</I> With respect to a State's approved section 1332 waiver, under which, due to the structure of the approved State waiver plan, individuals and small employers in the State would not qualify for or would qualify for a reduced amount of premium tax credit under section 36B of the Internal Revenue Code, small business tax credit under section 45R of the Internal Revenue Code, or cost-sharing reductions under ACA part I of subtitle E for which they would otherwise be eligible, the Secretary and the Secretary of the Health and Human Services shall provide for an alternative means by which the aggregate amount of such credits or reductions that would have been paid on behalf of participants in the Exchanges had the State not received such waiver shall be paid to the State for purposes of implementing the approved State waiver plan. Such amount shall be determined annually by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, taking into consideration the experience of other States with respect to participation in an Exchange and credits and reductions provided under such provisions to residents of the other States. This amount can be updated to reflect applicable changes in Federal or State law.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 53502, Sept. 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.124" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.124   State reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Quarterly reports.</I> A State must submit quarterly reports to the Secretary of Health and Human Services in accordance with the terms and conditions of the State's section 1332 waiver. These quarterly reports must include, but are not limited to, reports of any ongoing operational challenges and plans for and results of associated corrective actions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Annual reports.</I> A State must submit an annual report to the Secretary of Health and Human Services documenting all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The progress of the section 1332 waiver.
</P>
<P>(2) Data on compliance with section 1332(b)(1)(A) through (D) of the Affordable Care Act.
</P>
<P>(3) A summary of the annual post-award public forum, held in accordance with § 33.120(c), including all public comments received at such forum regarding the progress of the section 1332 waiver and action taken in response to such concerns or comments.
</P>
<P>(4) Other information consistent with the State's approved terms and conditions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Submitting and publishing annual reports.</I> A State must submit a draft annual report to the Secretary of Health and Human Services no later than 90 days after the end of each waiver year, or as specified in the waiver's terms and conditions.
</P>
<P>(1) Within 60 days of receipt of comments from the Secretary of Health and Human Services, a State must submit to the Secretary of Health and Human Services a final annual report for the waiver year.
</P>
<P>(2) The draft and final annual reports are to be published on a State's public Web site within 30 days of submission to and approval by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, respectively.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.128" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.128   Periodic evaluation requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, as applicable, shall periodically evaluate the implementation of a program under a section 1332 waiver consistent with § 33.108(f)(3)(iv) and any terms and conditions governing the section 1332 waiver.
</P>
<P>(b) Each periodic evaluation must include a review of the annual report or reports submitted by the State in accordance with § 33.124 that relate to the period of time covered by the evaluation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 11715, Feb. 27, 2012, as amended at 86 FR 53502, Sept. 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.130" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.130   Waiver amendment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Amendment to an approved section 1332 waiver.</I> A State may request an amendment to an approved section 1332 waiver from the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services. A section 1332 waiver amendment is considered a change to an approved section 1332 waiver plan that is not otherwise allowable under the terms and conditions of an approved waiver, a change that could impact any of the section 1332 statutory guardrails or a change to the program design for an approved waiver. A State is not authorized to implement any aspect of the proposed amendment without prior approval by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 53502, Sept. 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.132" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.32.0.16.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.132   Waiver extension.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Extension.</I> A State may request continuation of an approved section 1332 waiver, and such request shall be deemed granted unless the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, within 90 days after the date of submission of a complete waiver extension request to the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, either denies such request in writing or informs the State in writing with respect to any additional information that is needed in order to make a final determination with respect to the request.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 53502, Sept. 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="34" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 34—RESOURCES AND ECOSYSTEMS SUSTAINABILITY, TOURIST OPPORTUNITIES, AND REVIVED ECONOMIES OF THE GULF COAST STATES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 321; 33 U.S.C. 1251 <I>et seq.</I>


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 77243, Dec. 14, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.1.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part describes policies and procedures applicable to the following programs authorized under the Resources and Ecosystems Sustainability, Tourist Opportunities, and Revived Economies of the Gulf Coast States Act of 2012 (RESTORE Act).
</P>
<P>(a) The Gulf RESTORE Program is authorized under section 311(t) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1321(t)), as amended by the RESTORE Act, and includes the following components:
</P>
<P>(1) Direct Component (subpart D of this part), administered by the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(2) Comprehensive Plan Component (subpart E of this part), administered by the Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council.
</P>
<P>(3) Spill Impact Component (subpart F of this part), administered by the Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council.
</P>
<P>(b) NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program (subpart G of this part) is administered by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and authorized by the RESTORE Act, section 1604, 33 U.S.C. 1321 note.
</P>
<P>(c) Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program (subpart H of this part) is administered by the Department of the Treasury, and authorized by the RESTORE Act, section 1605, 33 U.S.C. 1321 note.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.1.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> or <I>RESTORE Act</I> means the Resources and Ecosystems Sustainability, Tourist Opportunities, and Revived Economies of the Gulf Coast States Act of 2012.
</P>
<P><I>Activity</I> means an activity, project, or program, including research and monitoring, eligible for funding under the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Administrative costs</I> means those indirect costs for administration incurred by the Gulf Coast States, coastal political subdivisions, and coastal zone parishes that are allocable to activities authorized under the Act. Administrative costs do not include indirect costs that are identified specifically with, or readily assignable to, facilities as defined in 2 CFR 200.414.
</P>
<P><I>Administrative expenses</I> means those expenses incurred for administration by the Council or NOAA, including expenses for general management functions, general ledger accounting, budgeting, human resource services, general procurement services, and general legal services. Administrative expenses do not include expenses that are identified specifically with, or readily assignable to:
</P>
<P>(1) Facilities;
</P>
<P>(2) Eligible projects, programs, or planning activities;
</P>
<P>(3) Activities related to grant applications, awards, audit requirements, or post-award management, including payments and collections;
</P>
<P>(4) The Council's development, publication, and implementation of the Comprehensive Plan and any subsequent amendments;
</P>
<P>(5) The Council's development and publication of regulations and procedures for implementing the Spill Impact Component, and the review of State Expenditure Plans submitted under the Spill Impact Component;
</P>
<P>(6) Preparation of reports required by the Act;
</P>
<P>(7) Establishment and operation of advisory committees; or
</P>
<P>(8) Collection and consideration of scientific and other research associated with restoration of the Gulf Coast ecosystem.
</P>
<P><I>Alabama Gulf Coast Recovery Council</I> means the entity identified in section 311(t)(1)(F)(i) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the RESTORE Act.
</P>
<P><I>Assignee</I> means a member of the Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council who has been assigned primary authority and responsibility for a project or program included in the Comprehensive Plan through a grant or interagency agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Best available science</I> means science that maximizes the quality, objectivity, and integrity of information, including statistical information; uses peer-reviewed and publicly available data; and clearly documents and communicates risks and uncertainties in the scientific basis for such projects.
</P>
<P><I>Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program</I> means the program authorized by section 1605 of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Coastal political subdivision</I> means any local political jurisdiction that is immediately below the state level of government, including a county, parish, or borough, with a coastline that is contiguous with any portion of the United States Gulf of Mexico. The term includes any of the disproportionately affected counties and nondisproportionately impacted counties in Florida, as defined below.
</P>
<P><I>Coastal zone parishes</I> means the parishes of Ascension, Assumption, Calcasieu, Cameron, Iberia, Jefferson, Lafourche, Livingston, Orleans, Plaquemines, St. Bernard, St. Charles, St. James, St. John the Baptist, St. Martin, St. Mary, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa, Terrebonne, and Vermilion in the State of Louisiana.
</P>
<P><I>Comprehensive Plan Component</I> means the component of the Gulf RESTORE Program authorized by section 311(t)(2) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as added by section 1603 of the Act, in which funds are provided through the Council, in accordance with a plan developed by the Council, to entities to carry out the purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Council</I> means the Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council, an independent entity in the Federal Government whose members are the Governors of the Gulf Coast States; the Secretaries of Agriculture, the Army, Commerce, and the Interior; the head of the department in which the Coast Guard is operating, and the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency (or their designees at the level of Assistant Secretary or the equivalent).
</P>
<P><I>Deepwater Horizon oil spill</I> means the blowout and explosion of the mobile offshore drilling unit <I>Deepwater Horizon</I> that occurred on April 20, 2010, and resulting hydrocarbon releases into the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Direct Component</I> means the component of the Gulf RESTORE Program authorized by section 311(t)(1) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as added by section 1603 of the Act, in which Gulf Coast States, coastal zone parishes, disproportionately affected counties, and nondisproportionately impacted counties are provided funds directly by Treasury through grants to carry out the purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Disproportionately affected counties</I> means the counties of Bay, Escambia, Franklin, Gulf, Okaloosa, Santa Rosa, Wakulla, and Walton in the State of Florida.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Water Pollution Control Act</I> means 33 U.S.C. 1251 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Gulf Coast Region</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) In the Gulf Coast States, the coastal zones defined under section 304 of the Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 that border the Gulf of Mexico;
</P>
<P>(2) Land within the coastal zones described in paragraph (1) of this definition that is held in trust by, or the use of which is by law subject solely to the discretion of, the Federal Government or officers or agents of the Federal Government;
</P>
<P>(3) Any adjacent land, water, and watersheds, that are within 25 miles of the coastal zone described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition; and
</P>
<P>(4) All Federal waters in the Gulf of Mexico.
</P>
<P><I>Gulf Coast State</I> means any of the States of Alabama, Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Texas.
</P>
<P><I>Gulf Coast State entity</I> means a party that carries out the duties of a state for the Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program under § 34.702.
</P>
<P><I>Infrastructure</I> means the public facilities or systems needed to support commerce and economic development. These installations and facilities span a wide range, including highways, airports, roads, buildings, transit systems, port facilities, railways, telecommunications, water and sewer systems, public electric and gas utilities, levees, seawalls, breakwaters, major pumping stations, and flood gates. Infrastructure encompasses new construction, upgrades and repairs to existing facilities or systems, and associated land acquisition and planning.
</P>
<P><I>Multiyear Implementation Plan</I> means the plan submitted by entities eligible for funding directly from Treasury under the Direct Component, and described at § 34.303.
</P>
<P><I>NOAA</I> means the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
</P>
<P><I>NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program</I> means the program authorized by section 1604 of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Nondisproportionately impacted counties</I> means the counties of Charlotte, Citrus, Collier, Dixie, Hernando, Hillsborough, Jefferson, Lee, Levy, Manatee, Monroe, Pasco, Pinellas, Sarasota, and Taylor in the State of Florida.
</P>
<P><I>Pass-through entity</I> means a non-Federal entity that provides a subaward to a subrecipient to carry out part of a program under the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Planning assistance</I> means data gathering, studies, modeling, analysis and other tasks required to prepare plans for eligible activities under § 34.201(a) through (i), including environmental review and compliance tasks and architectural and engineering studies. Planning assistance also means one-time preparations that will allow the recipient to establish systems and processes needed to review grant applications, award grants, monitor grants after award, and audit compliance with respect to eligible activities under § 34.201 in a Multiyear Implementation Plan or State Expenditure Plan.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means a non-Federal entity that receives a Federal award directly from a Federal awarding agency to carry out an activity under the Act. As used in these regulations, a recipient also includes a pass-through entity. The term recipient does not include subrecipients.
</P>
<P><I>Spill Impact Component</I> means the component of the Gulf RESTORE Program authorized by section 311(t)(3) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as added by section 1603 of the Act, in which Gulf Coast States are provided funds by the Council according to a formula that the Council establishes by regulation, using criteria listed in the Act.
</P>
<P><I>State Expenditure Plan</I> means the plan that each Gulf Coast State must submit to the Council for the expenditure of amounts disbursed under the Spill Impact Component, and described at § 34.503.
</P>
<P><I>Subrecipient</I> means a non-Federal entity that receives a subaward from a recipient to carry out an activity under the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury</I> means the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Secretary of the Treasury, or his/her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Trust Fund</I> means the Gulf Coast Restoration Trust Fund.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Trust Fund</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.100" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.2.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.100   The Trust Fund.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury will deposit into the Trust Fund an amount equal to 80 percent of all administrative and civil penalties paid after July 6, 2012 by responsible parties in connection with the explosion on, and sinking of, the mobile offshore drilling unit <I>Deepwater Horizon</I> pursuant to a court order, negotiated settlement, or other instrument under section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act. After these administrative and civil penalties have been deposited into the Trust Fund, the Trust Fund will terminate on the date all amounts owed to the Trust Fund have been returned to the Trust Fund, and all amounts in the Trust Fund have been expended.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.101" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.2.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.101   Investments.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury will invest such amounts in the Trust Fund that are not, in the judgment of the Secretary, required to meet needs for current withdrawals. The Secretary may invest in interest-bearing obligations of the United States, having maturities suitable to the needs of the Trust Fund as determined by the Secretary. These obligations will bear interest at rates described in 31 U.S.C. 9702, unless the Secretary determines that such rates are unavailable for obligations with suitable maturities. In that event, the Secretary will select obligations of the United States bearing interest at rates determined by the Secretary, taking into consideration current market yields on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States of comparable maturities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.102" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.2.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.102   Interest earned.</HEAD>
<P>Interest earned on Trust Fund investments will be available as described in § 34.103(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.103" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.2.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.103   Allocation of funds.</HEAD>
<P>The amounts in the Trust Fund are allocated among the programs in § 34.1.
</P>
<P>(a) Available funds in the Trust Fund, other than interest, are allocated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Thirty-five percent in equal shares for the Gulf Coast States to be used for the Direct Component of the Gulf RESTORE Program. Section 34.302 describes the allocation for each Gulf Coast State.
</P>
<P>(2) Thirty percent for the Council to be used for the Comprehensive Plan Component of the Gulf RESTORE Program.
</P>
<P>(3) Thirty percent for formula distribution to Gulf Coast States to be used for the Spill Impact Component of the Gulf RESTORE Program.
</P>
<P>(4) Two and one-half percent to be used for the NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program.
</P>
<P>(5) Two and one-half percent in equal shares for the Gulf Coast States to be used for the Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program.
</P>
<P>(b) Within ten days of the close of a Federal fiscal year, available funds equal to the interest earned on the Trust Fund investments will be allocated, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Twenty-five percent to be used for the NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program.
</P>
<P>(2) Twenty-five percent for the Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program.
</P>
<P>(3) Fifty percent for the Comprehensive Plan Component of the Gulf RESTORE Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.104" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.2.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.104   Expenditures.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to limitations in the Act and these regulations, amounts in the Trust Fund will be available for the direct and indirect expenses of eligible activities without fiscal year limitation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.105" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.2.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.105   Waiver.</HEAD>
<P>To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, Treasury may waive or modify a requirement in the regulations in this part in a single case or class of cases if the Secretary determines, in his or her sole discretion, that the requirement is not necessary for the deposit of amounts into, or the expenditure of amounts from, the Trust Fund. Treasury will provide public notice of any waivers or modifications granted that materially change a regulatory requirement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Eligible Activities for the Section 311(t) Gulf RESTORE Program Components</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.200" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.3.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.200   General.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes policies and procedures regarding eligible activities applicable to the Direct Component, Comprehensive Plan Component, and Spill Impact Component of the Gulf RESTORE Program. Subparts D, E, F, and I of this part describe additional requirements that must be met before an activity can receive funding.
</P>
<P>(a) Trust Fund amounts may be used to carry out an activity in whole or in part only if the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(1) Costs must comply with administrative requirements and cost principles in applicable Federal laws and policies on grants.
</P>
<P>(2) The activity must meet the eligibility requirements of the Gulf RESTORE Program as defined in § 34.201, § 34.202, or § 34.203, according to component.
</P>
<P>(3) Activities funded through the Direct Component, Comprehensive Plan Component, and Spill Impact Component must not be included in any claim for compensation presented after July 6, 2012, to the Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund authorized by 26 U.S.C. 9509.
</P>
<P>(b) A Gulf Coast State, coastal political subdivision, and coastal zone parish may use funds available under the Direct Component or Spill Impact Component to satisfy the non-Federal cost-share of an activity that is eligible under §§ 34.201 and 34.203 and authorized by Federal law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.201" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.3.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.201   Eligible activities for the Direct Component.</HEAD>
<P>The following activities are eligible for funding under the Direct Component. Activities in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section are eligible for funding to the extent they are carried out in the Gulf Coast Region. Direct Component activities are carried out in the Gulf Coast Region when, in the reasonable judgment of the entity applying to Treasury for a grant, each severable part of the activity is primarily designed to restore or protect that geographic area. Applicants must demonstrate that the activity will be carried out in the Gulf Coast Region when they apply for a grant. Activities designed to protect or restore natural resources must be based on the best available science. All Direct Component activities must be included in and conform to the description in the Multiyear Implementation Plan required by § 34.303.
</P>
<P>(a) Restoration and protection of the natural resources, ecosystems, fisheries, marine and wildlife habitats, beaches, and coastal wetlands of the Gulf Coast Region.
</P>
<P>(b) Mitigation of damage to fish, wildlife, and natural resources.
</P>
<P>(c) Implementation of a Federally-approved marine, coastal, or comprehensive conservation management plan, including fisheries monitoring.
</P>
<P>(d) Workforce development and job creation.
</P>
<P>(e) Improvements to or on state parks located in coastal areas affected by the <I>Deepwater Horizon</I> oil spill.
</P>
<P>(f) Infrastructure projects benefitting the economy or ecological resources, including port infrastructure.
</P>
<P>(g) Coastal flood protection and related infrastructure.
</P>
<P>(h) Promotion of tourism in the Gulf Coast Region, including promotion of recreational fishing.
</P>
<P>(i) Promotion of the consumption of seafood harvested from the Gulf Coast Region.
</P>
<P>(j) Planning assistance. Eligible entities under § 34.302 may apply for planning assistance grants to fund preparation and amendment of the Multiyear Implementation Plan.
</P>
<P>(k) Administrative costs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.202" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.3.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.202   Eligible activities for the Comprehensive Plan Component.</HEAD>
<P>The Council may expend funds that are available under the Comprehensive Plan Component for eligible activities under 33 U.S.C. 1321(t)(2) and (3), including the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The Council may expend funds to carry out activities in the Gulf Coast Region that are included in the Comprehensive Plan, as described in 33 U.S.C. 1321(t)(2). An activity selected by the Council is carried out in the Gulf Coast Region when, in the reasonable judgment of the Council, each severable part of the activity is primarily designed to restore or protect that geographic area. The Council must document the basis for its judgment when it selects the activity.
</P>
<P>(b) The Council may expend funds to develop and publish the proposed and initial Comprehensive Plans, and to implement, amend, and update the Comprehensive Plan as required by the Act or as necessary.
</P>
<P>(c) The Council may expend funds to prepare annual reports to Congress, and other reports and audits required by the Act, these regulations, and other Federal law.
</P>
<P>(d) The Council may expend funds to establish and operate one or more advisory committees as may be necessary to assist the Council.
</P>
<P>(e) The Council may expend funds to collect and consider scientific and other research associated with restoration of the Gulf Coast ecosystem, including research, observation, and monitoring.
</P>
<P>(f) Administrative expenses.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.203" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.3.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.203   Eligible activities for the Spill Impact Component.</HEAD>
<P>Activities eligible for funding under the Spill Impact Component must meet the eligibility criteria in § 34.201(a) through (k), as well as the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The activities must be included in and conform to the description in a State Expenditure Plan required in § 34.503 and approved by the Council. State entities may apply for a grant from the total amount allocated to that state under the Spill Impact Component before the Council has approved the State Expenditure Plan to fund eligible activities that are necessary to develop and submit that plan.
</P>
<P>(b) The activities included in the State Expenditure Plan must contribute to the overall economic and ecological recovery of the Gulf Coast.
</P>
<P>(c) Activities listed in § 34.201(a) through (g) are eligible for funding from the Spill Impact Component to the extent they are carried out in the Gulf Coast Region. For purposes of this component, an activity is carried out in the Gulf Coast Region when, in the reasonable judgment of the entity developing the State Expenditure Plan under § 34.503, each severable part of the activity is primarily designed to restore or protect that geographic area. State Expenditure Plans must include a demonstration that activities in the plan will be carried out in the Gulf Coast Region.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.204" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.3.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.204   Limitations on administrative costs and administrative expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Of the amounts received by a Gulf Coast State, coastal political subdivision, or coastal zone parish from Treasury under the Direct Component, or from the Council under the Comprehensive Plan Component or Spill Impact Component, not more than three percent may be used for administrative costs. The three percent limit on administrative costs may be applied to the total amount of funds received by a recipient under each of the three components either on a grant-by-grant basis or on an aggregate basis. For the latter method, amounts used for administrative costs under each of the three components may not at any time exceed three percent of the aggregate of:
</P>
<P>(i) The amounts received under a component by a recipient, beginning with the first grant through the most recent grant, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The amounts in the Trust Fund that are allocated to, but not yet received under such component by a Gulf Coast State, coastal political subdivision, or coastal zone parish under § 34.103, consistent with the definition of administrative costs in § 34.2.
</P>
<P>(2) The three percent limit does not apply to the administrative costs of subrecipients. All recipient and subrecipient costs are subject to the cost principles in Federal laws and policies on grants.
</P>
<P>(3) Treasury will conduct a retrospective analysis of this provision no later than seven years after the date it becomes effective. This review will consider whether the revision ensures that the Gulf Coast States, coastal political subdivisions, and coastal zone parishes have the necessary funding to efficiently and effectively oversee and manage projects and programs for ecological and economic restoration of the Gulf Coast Region while ensuring compliance with the statutory three percent administrative cost cap.
</P>
<P>(b) Of the amounts received by the Council under the Comprehensive Plan Component, not more than three percent may be used for administrative expenses. The three percent limit is applied to the amounts it receives under the Comprehensive Plan Component before termination of the Trust Fund. Amounts used for administrative expenses may not at any time exceed three percent of the total of the amounts received by the Council and the amounts in the Trust Fund that are allocated to, but not yet received by, the Council under § 34.103.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 77243, Dec. 14, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 66530, Sept. 28, 2016; 84 FR 12932, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.205" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.3.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.205   Council's audited financial statements and audits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Not later than December 1, 2014, and each year thereafter, the Council must prepare and submit to the Secretary of the Treasury an audited financial statement for the preceding Federal fiscal year, covering all accounts and associated activities of the Council.
</P>
<P>(b) Each audited financial statement under this section must reflect:
</P>
<P>(1) The overall financial position of the accounts and activities covered by the statement, including assets and liabilities thereof.
</P>
<P>(2) Results of operations of the Council.
</P>
<P>(c) The financial statements must be prepared in accordance with the form and content of the financial statements prescribed by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget for executive agencies pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3515, consistent with applicable accounting and financial reporting principles, standards, and requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) The Treasury Inspector General may conduct audits and reviews of the Council's accounts and activities as the Inspector General deems appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Gulf RESTORE Program—Direct Component</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.300" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.4.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.300   General.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes the policies and procedures applicable to the Direct Component of the Gulf RESTORE Program. The funds made available under this subpart will be in the form of a grant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.301" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.4.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.301   Responsibility for administration—Direct Component.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury is responsible for awarding and administering grants and grant agreements under this subpart. Treasury will develop and apply policies and procedures consistent with the Act and Federal laws and policies on grants. Treasury also will establish and implement a program to monitor compliance with its grant agreements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.302" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.4.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.302   Allocation of funds—Direct Component.</HEAD>
<P>The amounts made available in any fiscal year from the Trust Fund and allocated to this component will be available in equal shares for the Gulf Coast States for expenditure on eligible activities. The following entities are eligible to receive Direct Component grants.
</P>
<P>(a) The amounts available to Alabama will be provided directly to the Alabama Gulf Coast Recovery Council, or such administrative agent as it may designate. All administrative duties of the Alabama Gulf Coast Recovery Council must be performed by public officials and employees that are subject to the ethics laws of the State of Alabama.
</P>
<P>(b) Of the amounts available to Florida, 75 percent of funding will be provided directly to the eight disproportionately affected counties. Each disproportionately affected county's share is as follows: Bay County, 15.101453044%; Escambia County, 25.334760043%; Franklin County, 8.441253238%; Gulf County, 6.743202296%; Okaloosa County, 15.226456794%; Santa Rosa County, 10.497314919%; Wakulla County, 4.943148294%; and Walton County, 13.712411372%.
</P>
<P>(c) Of the amounts available to Florida, 25 percent of funding will be provided directly to the nondisproportionately impacted counties. Each nondisproportionately impacted county's share is as follows: Charlotte County, 5.162%; Citrus County, 4.692%; Collier County, 7.019%; Dixie County, 3.484%; Hernando County, 4.982%; Hillsborough County, 13.339%; Jefferson County, 3.834%; Lee County, 8.776%; Levy County, 3.894%; Manatee County, 6.809%; Monroe County, 8.297%; Pasco County, 7.079%; Pinellas County, 11.002%; Sarasota County, 7.248%; and Taylor County, 4.383%.
</P>
<P>(d) Of the amounts available to Louisiana, 70 percent will be provided directly to the Coastal Protection and Restoration Authority Board of Louisiana, through the Coastal Protection and Restoration Authority of Louisiana.
</P>
<P>(e) Of the amounts available to Louisiana, 30 percent will be provided directly to the coastal zone parishes. Each coastal zone parish's share is as follows: Ascension, 2.42612%; Assumption, 0.93028%; Calcasieu, 5.07063%; Cameron, 2.10096%; Iberia, 2.55018%; Jefferson, 11.95309%; Lafourche, 7.86746%; Livingston, 3.32725%; Orleans, 7.12875%; Plaquemines, 17.99998%; St. Bernard, 9.66743%; St. Charles, 1.35717%; St. James, 0.75600%; St. John the Baptist, 1.11915%; St. Martin, 2.06890%; St. Mary, 1.80223%; St. Tammany, 5.53058%; Tangipahoa, 3.40337%; Terrebonne, 9.91281%; and Vermilion, 3.02766%.
</P>
<P>(f) No parish will receive funds until the parish chief executive has certified to the Governor of Louisiana, in a form satisfactory to the Governor or the Governor's designee, that the parish has completed a comprehensive land use plan that is consistent with, or complementary to, the most recent version of the state's Coastal Master Plan approved by the Louisiana legislature.
</P>
<P>(g) The amounts available to Mississippi will be provided directly to the Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality.
</P>
<P>(h) The amounts available to Texas will be provided directly to the Office of the Governor or to an appointee of the Office of the Governor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.303" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.4.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.303   Application procedure—Direct Component.</HEAD>
<P>The entities identified in § 34.302 are eligible to apply for their allocation as a grant. Treasury has developed an application process for grants available under this subpart that is consistent with the Act and Federal laws and policies on grants. The application process includes the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) Before an eligible entity may receive a Direct Component activity grant, the grant applicant must submit a Multiyear Implementation Plan describing each activity for which it seeks funding under the Direct Component. Applications to fund preparation and amendment of the Multiyear Implementation Plan are exempt from this requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) For each activity, the Multiyear Implementation Plan must include a narrative description demonstrating:
</P>
<P>(1) The need for, purpose, and objectives of the activity;
</P>
<P>(2) How the activity is eligible for funding and meets all requirements;
</P>
<P>(3) Location of the activity;
</P>
<P>(4) Budget for the activity;
</P>
<P>(5) Milestones for the activity;
</P>
<P>(6) Projected completion dates for the activity;
</P>
<P>(7) Criteria the applicant will use to evaluate the success of each activity in helping to restore and protect the Gulf Coast Region impacted by the <I>Deepwater Horizon</I> oil spill;
</P>
<P>(8) The plan was made available for public review and comment for a minimum of 45 days in a manner calculated to obtain broad-based participation from individuals, businesses, Indian tribes, and non-profit organizations; and
</P>
<P>(9) Each activity in the plan was approved after consideration of meaningful input from the public. Treasury may require a standard format and additional information in the plans. Plans can be phased and incremental and may be modified later by the applicant. If the applicant has requested or anticipates requesting funding for any part of the activity from other sources, including other components in the Act, the applicant must identify the source, state the amount of funding, and provide the current status of the request. For the State of Louisiana parishes, the applicant must submit information demonstrating compliance with § 34.302(f).
</P>
<P>(c) Material modifications to a Multiyear Implementation Plan are subject to all applicable requirements in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The applicant must include supporting information in each grant application that:
</P>
<P>(1) Proposed activities meet the statutory requirements for eligibility; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each activity designed to protect or restore natural resources is based on best available science.
</P>
<P>(e) An applicant may satisfy some or all of the requirements in this section and § 34.802(a) through (e) if it can demonstrate in its application to Treasury that before July 6, 2012:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant established conditions to carry out activities that are substantively the same as the requirements in this section and § 34.802(a) through (e).
</P>
<P>(2) The applicable activity qualified as one or more of the eligible activities in § 34.201.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.304" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.4.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.304   Grant award process—Direct Component.</HEAD>
<P>Upon determining that the Multiyear Implementation Plan and the grant application meet the requirements of these regulations and the Act, Treasury will execute a grant agreement with the recipient that complies with subpart I of this part, the Act, and other Federal laws and policies on grants.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.305" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.4.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.305   Use of funds—Direct Component.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An activity may be funded in whole or in part if the applicable requirements of subparts C and D of this part are met.
</P>
<P>(b) When awarding contracts to carry out an activity under the Direct Component, a Gulf Coast State, coastal political subdivision, or coastal zone parish may give preference to individuals and companies that reside in, are headquartered in, or are principally engaged in business in the state of project execution consistent with Federal laws and policies on grants.
</P>
<P>(c) A Gulf Coast State, coastal political subdivision, or coastal zone parish may propose to issue subawards for eligible activities. Recipients that propose to issue subawards must demonstrate their ability to conduct subrecipient monitoring and management, as required by Federal laws and policies on grants.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.306" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.4.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.306   Reports—Direct Component.</HEAD>
<P>Recipients must submit reports as prescribed by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.307" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.4.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.307   Recordkeeping—Direct Component.</HEAD>
<P>Recipients must maintain records as prescribed by Treasury, and make the records available to Treasury, including the Treasury Inspector General.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.308" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.4.16.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.308   Audits—Direct Component.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury, including the Treasury Inspector General, may conduct audits and reviews of recipient's accounts and activities relating to the Act as deemed appropriate by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Gulf RESTORE Program—Comprehensive Plan Component</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.400" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.5.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.400   General.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes the policies and procedures applicable to the Comprehensive Plan Component. The Comprehensive Plan is developed by the Council in accordance with 33 U.S.C. 1321(t)(2) and will include activities the Council intends to carry out, subject to available funding. When selecting activities to carry out in the first three years, except for certain projects and programs that were authorized prior to July 6, 2012, the Council will give highest priority to projects meeting one or more of the criteria in 33 U.S.C. 1321(t)(2)(D)(iii).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.401" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.5.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.401   Responsibility for administration—Comprehensive Plan Component.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After selecting Comprehensive Plan projects and programs to be funded, the Council must assign primary authority and responsibility for overseeing and implementing projects and programs to a Gulf Coast State or Federal agency represented on the Council, which are called <I>assignees</I> in these regulations. In assigning responsibility, the Council must enter into a grant agreement with the Gulf Coast State or an interagency agreement with the Federal agency. Any grant agreement must be consistent with applicable Federal laws and policies on grants. The Council must specify whether any part of an assignee's responsibility may be further assigned to another entity and under what terms.
</P>
<P>(b) When an assignee's grant or subaward to, or cooperative agreement with, a nongovernmental entity would equal or exceed ten percent of the total amount provided to the assignee for that activity, the Council must publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and deliver to the following Congressional Committees at least 30 days prior to the assignee entering into an agreement the name of the recipient or subrecipient; a brief description of the activity, including its purpose; and the amount of the award.
</P>
<P>(1) House of Representatives committees: Committee on Science, Space, and Technology; Committee on Natural Resources; Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure; Committee on Appropriations.
</P>
<P>(2) Senate committees: Committee on Environment and Public Works; Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation; Committee on Energy and Natural Resources; Committee on Appropriations.
</P>
<P>(c) The Council must establish and implement a program to monitor compliance with its grant agreements and interagency agreements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.402" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.5.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.402   Grant administration—Comprehensive Plan Component.</HEAD>
<P>The Council must publish policies and procedures for administration of Comprehensive Plan Component grants that are consistent with applicable Federal laws and policies on grants. These grant policies and procedures must include uniform guidelines for assignees to use when selecting subrecipients, awarding grants and subawards, and monitoring compliance. The Council must also establish and implement a program to monitor compliance with its grant agreements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.403" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.5.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.403   Use of funds—Comprehensive Plan Component.</HEAD>
<P>An activity may be funded in whole or in part if the applicable requirements of subparts C and E of this part are met.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.404" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.5.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.404   Reports—Comprehensive Plan Component.</HEAD>
<P>Assignees must submit reports as prescribed by the Council or Treasury. In addition, the Council must submit reports as prescribed by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.405" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.5.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.405   Recordkeeping—Comprehensive Plan Component.</HEAD>
<P>Assignees must maintain records as prescribed by the Council and Treasury, and make the records available to the Council and Treasury, including the Treasury Inspector General. In addition, the Council must make its records concerning the activities of assignees available to Treasury, including the Treasury Inspector General.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.406" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.5.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.406   Audits—Comprehensive Plan Component.</HEAD>
<P>The Council and Treasury, including the Treasury Inspector General, may conduct audits and reviews of assignee's accounts and activities relating to the Act as any of them deems appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Gulf RESTORE Program—Spill Impact Component</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.500" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.6.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.500   General.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes the policies and procedures applicable to the Spill Impact Component of the Gulf RESTORE Program. The funds made available under this subpart will be in the form of grants.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.501" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.6.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.501   Responsibility for administration—Spill Impact Component.</HEAD>
<P>The Council is responsible for awarding and administering grants under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.502" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.6.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.502   Allocation of funds—Spill Impact Component.</HEAD>
<P>The Council will allocate amounts to the Gulf Coast States based on the Act and regulations promulgated by the Council. The Council will make allocated funds available through grants for activities described in a State Expenditure Plan approved by the Council.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.503" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.6.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.503   State Expenditure Plans—Spill Impact Component.</HEAD>
<P>Each Gulf Coast State, through its Governor or the Governor's designee, must submit a State Expenditure Plan to the Council for its approval that describes each activity for which the state seeks funding. The Council must develop requirements for these plans, including the requirements below.
</P>
<P>(a) The State Expenditure Plan must be developed by:
</P>
<P>(1) In Alabama, the Alabama Gulf Coast Recovery Council.
</P>
<P>(2) In Florida, a consortium of local political subdivisions that includes, at a minimum, one representative of each county affected by the <I>Deepwater Horizon</I> oil spill.
</P>
<P>(3) In Louisiana, the Coastal Protection and Restoration Authority of Louisiana, as approved by the Board.
</P>
<P>(4) In Mississippi, the Office of the Governor or an appointee of the Office of the Governor.
</P>
<P>(5) In Texas, the Office of the Governor or an appointee of the Office of the Governor.
</P>
<P>(b) The State Expenditure Plan must describe how it takes into consideration the Comprehensive Plan and is consistent with the goals and objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. In addition, the State Expenditure Plan must describe the processes used:
</P>
<P>(1) To evaluate and select activities included in the plan;
</P>
<P>(2) To assess the capability of third party entities that will implement activities in the plan;
</P>
<P>(3) To prevent conflicts of interest in the development and implementation of the plan;
</P>
<P>(4) To obtain public review and comment in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(5) To verify compliance with the requirements of § 34.203 and this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) For each activity in the State Expenditure Plan, the plan must include a narrative description demonstrating:
</P>
<P>(1) The need for, purpose, and objectives of the activity;
</P>
<P>(2) How the activity is eligible for funding and meets all requirements of § 34.203 and this subpart;
</P>
<P>(3) Location of the activity;
</P>
<P>(4) Budget for the activity;
</P>
<P>(5) Milestones for the activity;
</P>
<P>(6) Projected completion dates for the activity; and
</P>
<P>(7) Criteria the applicant will use to evaluate the success of each activity in helping to restore and protect the Gulf Coast Region. Plans can be phased or incremental and may be modified with the Council's approval. If funding has been requested from other sources, including other components of the Act, the plan must identify the source, state how much funding was requested, and provide the current status of the request.
</P>
<P>(d) The State Expenditure Plan must demonstrate how the activities in the plan will contribute to the overall economic and ecological recovery of the Gulf Coast, and how each activity that would restore and protect natural resources, ecosystems, fisheries, marine and wildlife habitats, beaches, coastal wetlands or the economy of the Gulf Coast is based on the best available science.
</P>
<P>(e) The State Expenditure Plan must demonstrate that activities described in § 34.201(a) through (g) will be carried out in the Gulf Coast Region, as described in § 34.203(c).
</P>
<P>(f) No more than 25 percent of funding under the Spill Impact Component is available to a Gulf Coast State under this subpart to pay for infrastructure, unless the Governor or the Governor's representative on the Council certifies that:
</P>
<P>(1) The ecosystem restoration needs in the state will be addressed by the activities in the proposed plan; and
</P>
<P>(2) Additional investment in infrastructure is required to mitigate the impacts of the <I>Deepwater Horizon</I> Oil Spill to the ecosystem or economy.
</P>
<P>(g) Before being submitted to the Council for approval, a State Expenditure Plan must be available for public review and comment for a minimum of 45 days, in a manner calculated to obtain broad-based participation from individuals, businesses, Indian tribes, and non-profit organizations.
</P>
<P>(h) If the Council disapproves a State Expenditure Plan, the Council must notify the impacted state in writing and consult with the state to address any identified deficiencies with the plan. If the Council fails to approve or take action within 60 days after the date on which the Council receives the plan, the state may obtain expedited judicial review within 90 days in a United States district court located in the state seeking the review.
</P>
<P>(i) The Council must publish guidelines explaining when modifications to a State Expenditure Plan require the Council's approval. Material modifications to a State Expenditure Plan are subject to the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (g) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.504" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.6.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.504   Grant administration—Spill Impact Component.</HEAD>
<P>The Council must publish policies and procedures for administration of the Spill Impact Component grants that are consistent with applicable Federal laws and policies on grants. The Council must also establish and implement a program to monitor compliance with its grant agreements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.505" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.6.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.505   Use of funds—Spill Impact Component.</HEAD>
<P>An activity may be funded in whole or in part if the applicable requirements of subparts C and F of this part are met.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.506" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.6.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.506   Reports—Spill Impact Component.</HEAD>
<P>Recipients must submit reports as prescribed by the Council or Treasury. In addition, the Council must submit reports as prescribed by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.507" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.6.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.507   Recordkeeping—Spill Impact Component.</HEAD>
<P>Recipients must maintain records as prescribed by the Council and make the records available to the Council, and Treasury, including the Treasury Inspector General. In addition, the Council must make its records concerning the activities of recipients available to Treasury, including the Treasury Inspector General.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.508" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.6.16.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.508   Audits—Spill Impact Component.</HEAD>
<P>The Council and Treasury, including the Treasury Inspector General, may conduct audits and reviews of a recipient's accounts and activities relating to the Act as any of them deem appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.600" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.7.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.600   General.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes policies and procedures applicable to the NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program. The program's purpose is to carry out research, observation, and monitoring to support, to the maximum extent practicable, the long-term sustainability of the ecosystem, fish stocks, fish habitat, and the recreational, commercial, and charter fishing industries in the Gulf of Mexico.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.601" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.7.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.601   Responsibility for administration—NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program.</HEAD>
<P>NOAA is responsible for establishing and administering this program, in consultation with the United States Fish and Wildlife Service. NOAA must develop, publish, and apply policies and procedures for the NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program consistent with the Act, this subpart, and Federal laws and policies on grants. NOAA must monitor compliance with its grant agreements, cooperative agreements, contracts, and agreements funded through the Trust Fund. NOAA and the United States Fish and Wildlife Service will consult with the Regional Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council and the Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commission in carrying out the program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.602" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.7.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.602   Use of funds and eligible activities—NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Amounts made available to NOAA may be expended to carry out a program comprised of activities described in section 1604 of the Act. These activities include coordination of science and technology programs and stakeholder engagement, in accordance with section 1604(f) of the Act, as well as the following activities with respect to the Gulf of Mexico:
</P>
<P>(1) Marine and estuarine research.
</P>
<P>(2) Marine and estuarine ecosystem monitoring and ocean observation.
</P>
<P>(3) Data collection and stock assessments.
</P>
<P>(4) Pilot programs for fishery independent data and reduction of exploitation of spawning aggregations.
</P>
<P>(5) Cooperative research.
</P>
<P>(b) NOAA may also expend amounts made available from the Trust Fund for administrative expenses connected with the program. All funds must be expended in compliance with the Act, these regulations, and other applicable law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.603" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.7.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.603   Limitations on activities—NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program.</HEAD>
<P>None of the Trust Fund amounts may be used for the following activities:
</P>
<P>(a) For any existing or planned research led by NOAA, unless agreed to in writing by the grant recipient.
</P>
<P>(b) To implement existing regulations or initiate new regulations promulgated or proposed by NOAA.
</P>
<P>(c) To develop or approve a new limited access privilege program (as that term is used in section 303A of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act [16 U.S.C. 1853(a)]) for any fishery under the jurisdiction of the South Atlantic, Mid-Atlantic, New England, or Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Councils.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.604" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.7.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.604   Limitations on administrative expenses—NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Of the amounts received by NOAA under the NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program, not more than three percent may be used for administrative expenses.
</P>
<P>(b) The three percent limit is applied to the total amount of funds received by NOAA, beginning with the first fiscal year it receives funds through the end of the fourth, or most recent fiscal year, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(c) NOAA may seek reimbursement of administrative expenses incurred after the first deposit into the Trust Fund, to the extent permitted by Federal law. Administrative expenses incurred prior to the first deposit into the Trust Fund are not reimbursable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.605" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.7.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.605   Reports—NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program.</HEAD>
<P>NOAA must submit reports as prescribed by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.606" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.7.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.606   Recordkeeping—NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program.</HEAD>
<P>Recipients and other entities receiving funds under the NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program must maintain records as prescribed by NOAA and make the records available to NOAA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.607" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.7.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.607   Audits—NOAA RESTORE Act Science Program.</HEAD>
<P>NOAA and the Treasury Inspector General may conduct audits and reviews of recipient's accounts and activities relating to the Act as either of them deems appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.700" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.8.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.700   General.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes the policies and procedures applicable to the Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program. The program's purpose is to establish centers of excellence to conduct research only on the Gulf Coast Region. The funds made available to the Gulf Coast States under this subpart will be in the form of a grant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.701" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.8.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.701   Responsibility for administration—Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury is responsible for awarding grants to the Gulf Coast States, which will use the amounts made available to award grants to nongovernmental entities and consortia in the Gulf Coast Region for the establishment of Centers of Excellence. Treasury will develop and apply policies and procedures consistent with this Act and Federal laws and policies on grants. Each Gulf Coast State entity issuing grants must establish and implement a program to monitor compliance with its subaward agreements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.702" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.8.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.702   Allocation of funds—Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program.</HEAD>
<P>An equal share of funds will be available to each Gulf Coast State to carry out eligible activities. The duties of a Gulf Coast State will be carried out by the following entities:
</P>
<P>(a) In Alabama, the Alabama Gulf Coast Recovery Council, or such administrative agent as it may designate.
</P>
<P>(b) In Florida, the Florida Institute of Oceanography.
</P>
<P>(c) In Louisiana, the Coastal Protection and Restoration Authority Board of Louisiana, through the Coastal Protection and Restoration Authority of Louisiana.
</P>
<P>(d) In Mississippi, the Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality.
</P>
<P>(e) In Texas, the Office of the Governor or an appointee of the Office of the Governor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.703" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.8.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.703   Application procedure—Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury has developed an application process for grants available to the Gulf Coast States under this subpart that is consistent with the Act and Federal laws and policies on grants. The process includes the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) Each Gulf Coast State must describe the competitive process that the state will use to select one or more Centers of Excellence. The competitive process must allow nongovernmental entities and consortia in the Gulf Coast Region, including public and private institutions of higher education, to compete. The process must give priority to entities and consortia that demonstrate the ability to establish the broadest cross-section of participants in the grant with interest and expertise in science, technology, and monitoring in the discipline(s) on which the proposal is focused. The process must also guard against conflicts of interest.
</P>
<P>(b) Each Gulf Coast State must describe in its application the state rules and policies applying to subawards it will issue under this subpart. At a minimum, these state rules and policies must include the competitive selection process and measures to guard against conflicts of interest.
</P>
<P>(c) Each Gulf Coast State must demonstrate in its application that the state rules and policies applying to subawards it will issue under this subpart were published and available for public review and comment for a minimum of 45 days, and that they were approved after consideration of meaningful input from the public, including broad-based participation from individuals, businesses, Indian tribes, and non-profit organizations. These requirements do not apply to state statutes and regulations, or to policies that were in effect prior to August 15, 2014.
</P>
<P>(d) Each application must state the amount of funding requested and the purposes for which the funds will be used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.704" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.8.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.704   Use of funds and eligible activities—Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Gulf Coast State receiving funds under this subpart must establish a grant program that complies with the Act and Federal laws and policies on grants.
</P>
<P>(b) Gulf Coast States may use funds available under this subpart to award competitive subawards for the establishment of Centers of Excellence that focus on science, technology, and monitoring in at least one of the following disciplines:
</P>
<P>(1) Coastal and deltaic sustainability, restoration, and protection, including solutions and technology that allow citizens to live in a safe and sustainable manner in a coastal delta in the Gulf Coast Region.
</P>
<P>(2) Coastal fisheries and wildlife ecosystem research and monitoring in the Gulf Coast Region.
</P>
<P>(3) Offshore energy development, including research and technology to improve the sustainable and safe development of energy resources in the Gulf of Mexico.
</P>
<P>(4) Sustainable and resilient growth and economic and commercial development in the Gulf Coast Region.
</P>
<P>(5) Comprehensive observation, monitoring, and mapping of the Gulf of Mexico.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.705" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.8.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.705   Ineligible activities—Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program.</HEAD>
<P>Any activity that is not authorized under the provisions of § 34.704 is ineligible for funding under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.706" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.8.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.706   Reports—Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program.</HEAD>
<P>Each Gulf Coast State entity must submit the following reports:
</P>
<P>(a) An annual report to the Council in a form prescribed by the Council that includes information on subrecipients, subaward amounts, disciplines addressed, and any other information required by the Council. When the subrecipient is a consortium, the annual report must also identify the consortium members. This information will be included in the Council's annual report to Congress.
</P>
<P>(b) Reports as prescribed by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.707" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.8.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.707   Recordkeeping—Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program.</HEAD>
<P>Recipients must maintain records as prescribed by Treasury and make the records available to Treasury, including the Treasury Inspector General.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.708" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.8.16.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.708   Audits—Centers of Excellence Research Grants Program.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury, including the Treasury Inspector General, may conduct audits and reviews of each recipient's accounts and activities relating to the Act as deemed appropriate by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Agreements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.800" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.9.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.800   General.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes procedures applicable to grant agreements used by Treasury, the Council (including Federal agencies carrying out responsibilities for the Council), NOAA, Gulf Coast States, coastal political subdivisions, and coastal zone parishes in making awards under subparts D, E, F, G, and H of this part. It also describes Treasury's authority to inspect records and the Treasury Inspector General's authority under the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.801" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.9.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.801   Grant agreements.</HEAD>
<P>The grant agreements used must conform to the Act and Federal laws and policies on grants, including audit requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.802" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.9.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.802   Certifications.</HEAD>
<P>At a minimum, grant applications and agreements for the Direct Component, Comprehensive Plan Component, and Spill Impact Component must contain the following certifications. The certification must be signed by an authorized senior official of the entity receiving grant funds who can legally bind the organization or entity, and who has oversight for the administration and use of the funds in question. The certification in paragraph (c) of this section does not apply to planning assistance funds for the preparation and amendment of the Multiyear Implementation Plan.
</P>
<P>(a) I certify that each activity funded under this Agreement has been designed to plan for or undertake activities to restore and protect the natural resources, ecosystems, fisheries, marine and wildlife habitats, beaches, coastal wetlands, or economy of the Gulf Coast Region.
</P>
<P>(b) I certify that each activity funded under this Agreement is designed to carry out one or more of the eligible activities for this component.
</P>
<P>(c) I certify that each activity funded under this Agreement was part of a plan made available for public review and comment in a manner calculated to obtain broad-based participation from individuals, businesses, Indian tribes, and nonprofit organizations, and that the activity was selected after consideration of meaningful input from the public, as described in the grant application.
</P>
<P>(d) I certify that each activity funded under this Agreement that protects or restores natural resources is based on the best available science, as that term is defined in 31 CFR part 34.
</P>
<P>(e) I certify that this recipient has procedures in place for procuring property and services under this award that are consistent with the procurement standards applying to Federal grants. This recipient agrees that it will not request funds under this award for any contract unless this certification remains true and accurate.
</P>
<P>(f) I certify that a conflict of interest policy is in effect and covering each activity funded under this Agreement.
</P>
<P>(g) I make each of these certifications based on my personal knowledge and belief after reasonable and diligent inquiry, and I affirm that this recipient maintains written documentation sufficient to support each certification made above, and that this recipient's compliance with each of these certifications is a condition of this recipient's initial and continuing receipt and use of the funds provided under this Agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.803" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.9.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.803   Conditions.</HEAD>
<P>At a minimum, each grant agreement under subparts D, E, F, G, and H of this part must contain the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) The recipient must immediately report any indication of fraud, waste, abuse, or potentially criminal activity pertaining to grant funds to Treasury and the Treasury Inspector General.
</P>
<P>(b) The recipient must maintain detailed records sufficient to account for the receipt, obligation, and expenditure of grant funds. The recipient must track program income.
</P>
<P>(c) Prior to disbursing funds to a subrecipient, the recipient must execute a legally binding written agreement with the entity receiving the subaward. The written agreement will extend all the applicable program requirements to the subrecipient.
</P>
<P>(d) The recipient must use the funds only for the purposes identified in the agreement.
</P>
<P>(e) The recipient must report at the conclusion of the grant period, or other period specified by the Federal agency administering the grant, on the use of funds pursuant to the agreement.
</P>
<P>(f) Trust Fund amounts may only be used to acquire land or interests in land by purchase, exchange, or donation from a willing seller.
</P>
<P>(g) None of the Trust Fund amounts may be used to acquire land in fee title by the Federal Government unless the land is acquired by exchange or donation or the acquisition is necessary for the restoration and protection of the natural resources, ecosystems, fisheries, marine and wildlife habitats, beaches, and coastal wetlands of the Gulf Coast Region and has the concurrence of the Governor of the state in which the acquisition will take place.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.804" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.9.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.804   Noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If Treasury determines that a Gulf Coast State, coastal political subdivision, or coastal zone parish has expended funds received under the Direct Component, Comprehensive Plan Component, or Spill Impact Component on an ineligible activity, Treasury will make no additional funds available to that recipient from any part of the Trust Fund until the recipient has deposited in the Trust Fund an amount equal to the amount expended for an ineligible activity, or Treasury has authorized the recipient to expend an equal amount from the recipient's own funds for an activity that meets the requirements of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) If Treasury determines that a Gulf Coast State, coastal political subdivision, or coastal zone parish has materially violated a grant agreement under the Direct Component, Comprehensive Plan Component, or Spill Impact Component, Treasury will make no additional funds available to that recipient from any part of the Trust Fund until the recipient corrects the violation.
</P>
<P>(c) As a condition of receiving funds, recipients and subrecipients shall make available their records and personnel to Treasury in order to carry out the purposes of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.805" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.33.9.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.805   Treasury Inspector General.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to other authorities available under the Act, the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury is authorized to conduct, supervise, and coordinate audits and investigations of activities funded through grants under the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="35" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 35—PANDEMIC RELIEF PROGRAMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 802(f); 42 U.S.C. 803(f); 31 U.S.C. 321; 12 U.S.C. 5701-5710; Division N, Title V, Subtitle B, Pub. L. 116-260, 134 Stat. 1182 (12 U.S.C. 4703a); Section 104A, Pub. L. 103-325, 108 Stat. 2160, as amended (12 U.S.C. 4701 <I>et seq.</I>); Pub. L. 117-2, 135 Stat. 4 (42 U.S.C. 802 <I>et seq.</I>).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>86 FR 13455, Mar. 9, 2021, unless otherwise noted.






</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 802(f); 42 U.S.C. 803(f); section 102(c) of Division LL of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023 (Pub. L. 117-328).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>88 FR 65026, Sept. 20, 2023, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 35.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part implements sections 602 and 603 of the Social Security Act, as added by section 9901 of the American Rescue Plan Act (Subtitle M of Title IX of Pub. L. 117-2) and amended by section 102 of Division LL of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023 (Pub. L. 117-328).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to states, territories, Tribal governments, metropolitan cities, nonentitlement units of local government, counties, and units of general local government that accept a payment or transfer of funds made under section 602 or 603 of the Social Security Act.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Baseline</I> means tax revenue of the recipient for its fiscal year ending in 2019, adjusted for inflation in each reporting year using the Bureau of Economic Analysis's Implicit Price Deflator for the gross domestic product of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Capital expenditures</I> has the same meaning given in 2 CFR 200.1.
</P>
<P><I>County</I> means a county, parish, or other equivalent county division (as defined by the Census Bureau).
</P>
<P><I>Covered benefits</I> include, but are not limited to, the costs of all types of leave (vacation, family-related, sick, military, bereavement, sabbatical, jury duty), employee insurance (health, life, dental, vision), retirement (pensions, 401(k)), unemployment benefit plans (Federal and State), workers' compensation insurance, and Federal Insurance Contributions Act taxes (which includes Social Security and Medicare taxes).
</P>
<P><I>Covered change</I> means a change in law, regulation, or administrative interpretation that reduces any tax (by providing for a reduction in a rate, a rebate, a deduction, a credit, or otherwise) or delays the imposition of any tax or tax increase. A change in law includes any final legislative or regulatory action, a new or changed administrative interpretation, and the phase-in or taking effect of any statute or rule if the phase-in or taking effect was not prescribed prior to the start of the covered period.
</P>
<P><I>Covered period</I> means, with respect to a state or territory, the period that:
</P>
<P>(1) Begins on March 3, 2021; and
</P>
<P>(2) Ends on the last day of the fiscal year of such State or territory in which all funds received by the State or territory from a payment made under section 602 or 603 of the Social Security Act have been expended or returned to, or recovered by, the Secretary.
</P>
<P><I>COVID-19</I> means the Coronavirus Disease 2019.
</P>
<P><I>COVID-19 public health emergency</I> means the period beginning on January 27, 2020, and lasting until the termination of the national emergency concerning the COVID-19 outbreak declared pursuant to the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Delivery sequence</I> means the order in which disaster relief agencies and organizations provide assistance pursuant to 44 CFR 206.191.
</P>
<P><I>Deposit</I> means an extraordinary payment of an accrued, unfunded liability. The term deposit does not refer to routine contributions made by an employer to pension funds as part of the employer's obligations related to payroll, such as either a pension contribution consisting of a normal cost component related to current employees or a component addressing the amortization of unfunded liabilities calculated by reference to the employer's payroll costs.
</P>
<P><I>Disaster loss</I> means a loss suffered as a result of a major disaster or emergency declared under section 401 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5170).
</P>
<P><I>Eligible employer</I> means an employer of an eligible worker who performs essential work.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible workers</I> means workers needed to maintain continuity of operations of essential critical infrastructure sectors, including health care; emergency response; sanitation, disinfection, and cleaning work; maintenance work; grocery stores, restaurants, food production, and food delivery; pharmacy; biomedical research; behavioral health work; medical testing and diagnostics; home- and community-based health care or assistance with activities of daily living; family or childcare; social services work; public health work; vital services to Tribes; any work performed by an employee of a State, local, or Tribal government; educational work, school nutrition work, and other work required to operate a school facility; laundry work; elections work; solid waste or hazardous materials management, response, and cleanup work; work requiring physical interaction with patients; dental care work; transportation and warehousing; work at hotel and commercial lodging facilities that are used for COVID-19 mitigation and containment; work in a mortuary; and work in critical clinical research, development, and testing necessary for COVID-19 response.
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to a recipient that is a metropolitan city, nonentitlement unit of local government, or county, workers in any additional non-public sectors as each chief executive officer of such recipient may designate as critical to protect the health and well-being of the residents of their metropolitan city, nonentitlement unit of local government, or county; or
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a State, territory, or Tribal government, workers in any additional non-public sectors as each Governor of a State or territory, or each Tribal government, may designate as critical to protect the health and well-being of the residents of their State, territory, or Tribal government.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency relief</I> means assistance that is needed to save lives and to protect property and public health and safety, or to lessen or avert the threat of catastrophe.
</P>
<P><I>Essential work</I> means work that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is not performed while teleworking from a residence; and
</P>
<P>(2) Involves:
</P>
<P>(i) Regular in-person interactions with patients, the public, or coworkers of the individual that is performing the work; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Regular physical handling of items that were handled by, or are to be handled by patients, the public, or coworkers of the individual that is performing the work.
</P>
<P><I>Funds</I> means, with respect to a recipient, amounts provided to the recipient pursuant to a payment made under section 602(b) or 603(b) of the Social Security Act or transferred to the recipient pursuant to section 603(c)(4) of the Social Security Act.
</P>
<P><I>General revenue</I> means money that is received from tax revenue, current charges, and miscellaneous general revenue, excluding refunds and other correcting transactions and proceeds from issuance of debt or the sale of investments, agency or private trust transactions, and intergovernmental transfers from the Federal Government, including transfers made pursuant to section 9901 of the American Rescue Plan Act. General revenue also includes revenue from liquor stores that are owned and operated by state and local governments. General revenue does not include revenues from utilities, except recipients may choose to include revenue from utilities that are part of their own government as general revenue provided the recipient does so consistently over the remainder of the period of performance. Revenue from Tribal business enterprises must be included in general revenue.
</P>
<P><I>Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act</I> means the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, Public Law 117-58, 135 Stat. 429 (Nov. 15, 2021).
</P>
<P><I>Intergovernmental transfers</I> means money received from other governments, including grants and shared taxes.
</P>
<P><I>Low-income household</I> means a household with:
</P>
<P>(1) Income at or below 185 percent of the Federal Poverty Guidelines for the size of its household based on the poverty guidelines published most recently by the Department of Health and Human Services; or
</P>
<P>(2) Income at or below 40 percent of the Area Median Income for its county and size of household based on data published most recently by the Department of Housing and Urban Development.
</P>
<P><I>Micro-business</I> means a small business that has five or fewer employees, one or more of whom owns the small business.
</P>
<P><I>Moderate-income household</I> means a household with:
</P>
<P>(1) Income at or below 300 percent of the Federal Poverty Guidelines for the size of its household based on poverty guidelines published most recently by the Department of Health and Human Services; or
</P>
<P>(2) Income at or below 65 percent of the Area Median Income for its county and size of household based on data published most recently by the Department of Housing and Urban Development.
</P>
<P><I>Metropolitan city</I> has the meaning given that term in section 102(a)(4) of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5302(a)(4)) and includes cities that relinquish or defer their status as a metropolitan city for purposes of receiving allocations under section 106 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 5306) for fiscal year 2021.
</P>
<P><I>Natural disaster</I> means any hurricane, tornado, storm, flood, high water, wind-driven water, tidal wave, tsunami, earthquake, volcanic eruption, landslide, mudslide, snowstorm, drought, or fire, in each case attributable to natural causes, that causes or may cause substantial damage, injury, or imminent threat to civilian property or persons. “Natural disaster” may also include another type of natural catastrophe, attributable to natural causes, that causes or may cause substantial damage, injury, or imminent threat to civilian property or persons.
</P>
<P><I>Net reduction in total spending</I> is measured as the State or territory's total spending for a given reporting year excluding its spending of funds, subtracted from its total spending for its fiscal year ending in 2019, adjusted for inflation using the Bureau of Economic Analysis's Implicit Price Deflator for the gross domestic product of the United States for that reporting year.
</P>
<P><I>Nonentitlement unit of local government</I> means a “city,” as that term is defined in section 102(a)(5) of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5302(a)(5)), that is not a metropolitan city.
</P>
<P><I>Nonprofit</I> means a nonprofit organization that is exempt from Federal income taxation and that is described in section 501(c)(3) or 501(c)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code.
</P>
<P><I>Obligation</I> means an order placed for property and services and entering into contracts, subawards, and similar transactions that require payment. An obligation also means a requirement under federal law or regulation or provision of the award terms and conditions to which a recipient becomes subject as a result of receiving or expending funds.


</P>
<P><I>Operating expenses</I> means costs necessary to operate and manage a public transportation system, including driver salaries, fuel, and items having a useful life of less than one year. Operating expenses do not include preventive maintenance activities.
</P>
<P><I>Pension fund</I> means a defined benefit plan and does not include a defined contribution plan.
</P>
<P><I>Period of performance</I> means the time period described in § 35.5 during which a recipient may obligate and expend funds in accordance with sections 602(c)(1), 602(c)(5)(E), 603(c)(1), and 603(c)(6)(D) of the Social Security Act and this subpart.
</P>
<P><I>Premium pay</I> means an amount of up to $13 per hour that is paid to an eligible worker, in addition to wages or remuneration the eligible worker otherwise receives, for all work performed by the eligible worker during the COVID-19 public health emergency. Such amount may not exceed $25,000 in total over the period of performance with respect to any single eligible worker. Premium pay may be awarded to non-hourly and part-time eligible workers performing essential work. Premium pay will be considered to be in addition to wages or remuneration the eligible worker otherwise receives if, as measured on an hourly rate, the premium pay is:
</P>
<P>(1) With regard to work that the eligible worker previously performed, pay and remuneration equal to the sum of all wages and remuneration previously received plus up to $13 per hour with no reduction, substitution, offset, or other diminishment of the eligible worker's previous, current, or prospective wages or remuneration; or
</P>
<P>(2) With regard to work that the eligible worker continues to perform, pay of up to $13 per hour that is in addition to the eligible worker's regular rate of wages or remuneration, with no reduction, substitution, offset, or other diminishment of the worker's current and prospective wages or remuneration.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified census tract</I> has the same meaning given in 26 U.S.C. 42(d)(5)(B)(ii)(I).
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means a State, territory, Tribal government, metropolitan city, nonentitlement unit of local government, county, or unit of general local government that receives a payment made under section 602(b) or 603(b) of the Social Security Act or transfer pursuant to section 603(c)(4) of the Social Security Act.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting year</I> means a single year or partial year within the covered period, aligned to the current fiscal year of the State or territory during the covered period.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means each of the 50 States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Small business</I> means a business concern or other organization that:
</P>
<P>(1) Has no more than 500 employees or, if applicable, the size standard in number of employees established by the Administrator of the Small Business Administration for the industry in which the business concern or organization operates, and
</P>
<P>(2) Is a small business concern as defined in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632).
</P>
<P><I>Surface Transportation project</I> means any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 117;
</P>
<P>(2) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 119;
</P>
<P>(3) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 124, as added by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act;
</P>
<P>(4) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 133;
</P>
<P>(5) An activity to carry out 23 U.S.C. 134;
</P>
<P>(6) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 148;
</P>
<P>(7) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 149;
</P>
<P>(8) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 151(f), as added by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act;
</P>
<P>(9) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 165;
</P>
<P>(10) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 167;
</P>
<P>(11) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 173, as added by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act;
</P>
<P>(12) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 175, as added by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act;
</P>
<P>(13) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 176, as added by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act;
</P>
<P>(14) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 202;
</P>
<P>(15) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 203;
</P>
<P>(16) A project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 204;
</P>
<P>(17) A project eligible under the program for national infrastructure investments commonly known as the “Rebuilding American Infrastructure with Sustainability and Equity” grant program;
</P>
<P>(18) A project eligible for credit assistance under the Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act program under 23 U.S.C. chapter 6;
</P>
<P>(19) A project that furthers the completion of a designated route of the Appalachian Development Highway System under 40 U.S.C. 14501;
</P>
<P>(20) A project eligible under 49 U.S.C. 5307;
</P>
<P>(21) A project eligible under 49 U.S.C. 5309;
</P>
<P>(22) A project eligible under 49 U.S.C. 5311;
</P>
<P>(23) A project eligible under 49 U.S.C. 5337;
</P>
<P>(24) A project eligible under 49 U.S.C. 5339;
</P>
<P>(25) A project eligible under 49 U.S.C. 6703, as added by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act;
</P>
<P>(26) A project eligible under the bridge replacement, rehabilitation, preservation, protection, and construction program under paragraph (1) under the heading 'HIGHWAY INFRASTRUCTURE PROGRAM' under the heading 'FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION' under the heading 'DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION' under title VIII of division J of the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act; and
</P>
<P>(27) A project eligible under 49 U.S.C. 6701 for the purpose set forth in § 35.6(h)(1)(i)(C).
</P>
<P><I>Tax revenue</I> means revenue received from a compulsory contribution that is exacted by a government for public purposes excluding refunds and corrections and, for purposes of § 35.8, intergovernmental transfers. Tax revenue does not include payments for a special privilege granted or service rendered, employee or employer assessments and contributions to finance retirement and social insurance trust systems, or special assessments to pay for capital improvements.
</P>
<P><I>Territory</I> means the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, or American Samoa.
</P>
<P><I>Title I eligible schools</I> means schools eligible to receive services under section 1113 of Title I, Part A of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (20 U.S.C. 6313), including schools served under section 1113(b)(1)(C) of that Act.
</P>
<P><I>Title I project</I> means an activity eligible under section 105(a) of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5305(a)).
</P>
<P><I>Tribal enterprise</I> means a business concern:
</P>
<P>(1) That is wholly owned by one or more Tribal governments, or by a corporation that is wholly owned by one or more Tribal governments; or
</P>
<P>(2) That is owned in part by one or more Tribal governments, or by a corporation that is wholly owned by one or more Tribal governments, if all other owners are either United States citizens or small business concerns, as these terms are used and consistent with the definitions in 15 U.S.C. 657a(b)(2)(D).
</P>
<P><I>Tribal government</I> means the recognized governing body of any Indian or Alaska Native Tribe, band, nation, pueblo, village, community, component band, or component reservation, individually identified (including parenthetically) in the list published on January 29, 2021, pursuant to section 104 of the Federally Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 5131).
</P>
<P><I>Unemployment rate</I> means the U-3 unemployment rate provided by the Bureau of Labor Statistics as part of the Local Area Unemployment Statistics program, measured as total unemployment as a percentage of the civilian labor force.
</P>
<P><I>Unemployment trust fund</I> means an unemployment trust fund established under section 904 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1104).
</P>
<P><I>Unit of general local government</I> has the meaning given to that term in section 102(a)(1) of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5302(a)(1)).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 65026, Sept. 20, 2023, as amended at 88 FR 80589, Nov. 20, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.4   Reservation of authority, reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reservation of authority.</I> Nothing in this part shall limit the authority of the Secretary to take action to enforce conditions or violations of law, including actions necessary to prevent evasions of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Extensions or accelerations of timing.</I> The Secretary may extend or accelerate any deadline or compliance date of this part, including reporting requirements that implement this subpart, if the Secretary determines that such extension or acceleration is appropriate. In determining whether an extension or acceleration is appropriate, the Secretary will consider the period of time that would be extended or accelerated and how the modified timeline would facilitate compliance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting and requests for other information.</I> During the period of performance, recipients shall provide to the Secretary or her delegate, as applicable, periodic reports providing detailed accounting of the uses of funds, modifications to a State or Territory's tax revenue sources, and such other information as the Secretary or her delegate, as applicable, may require for the administration of this section. In addition to regular reporting requirements, the Secretary may request other additional information as may be necessary or appropriate, including as may be necessary to prevent evasions of the requirements of this subpart. False statements or claims made to the Secretary may result in criminal, civil, or administrative sanctions, including fines, imprisonment, civil damages and penalties, debarment from participating in Federal awards or contracts, and/or any other remedy available by law.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.5   Use of funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A recipient may only use funds for the purposes enumerated in § 35.6 (b) through (f) to cover costs incurred during the period beginning March 3, 2021, and ending December 31, 2024, subject to the restrictions set forth in sections 602(c)(2) and 603(c)(2) of the Social Security Act, as applicable. A recipient may only use funds for the purposes enumerated in § 35.6 (g) through (h) to cover costs incurred during the period beginning December 29, 2022, and ending December 31, 2024, subject to the restrictions set forth in sections 602(c)(2), 602(c)(5)(C), 603(c)(2), and 603(c)(6)(B) of the Social Security Act, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Costs incurred.</I> A cost shall be considered to have been incurred for purposes of paragraph (a) of this section if the recipient has incurred an obligation with respect to such cost by December 31, 2024.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Return of funds.</I> A recipient must return any funds that have not been obligated by December 31, 2024, pursuant to orders placed for property and services or entry into contracts, subawards, and similar transactions that require payment other than funds in the amount reported to Treasury by April 30, 2024, as the estimate of funds that the recipient will expend to comply with a requirement under federal law or regulation or provision of the award terms and conditions to which a recipient becomes subject as a result of receiving or expending funds. A recipient must return funds obligated for a use identified in § 35.6(b) through (g) by December 31, 2024, but not expended by December 31, 2026. A recipient must return funds obligated for a use identified in § 35.6(h) by December 31, 2024, but not expended by September 30, 2026. A recipient must return funds in the amount reported to Treasury by April 30, 2024, as referenced above, but not expended by December 31, 2026, other than administrative expenses necessary to close out the award.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 65026, Sept. 20, 2023, as amended at 88 FR 80589, Nov. 20, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.6   Eligible uses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Subject to §§ 35.7 and 35.8, a recipient may use funds for one or more of the purposes described in paragraphs (b) through (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responding to the public health emergency or its negative economic impacts.</I> A recipient may use funds to respond to the public health emergency or its negative economic impacts if the use meets the criteria provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or is enumerated in paragraph (b)(3) of this section; provided that, in the case of a use of funds for a capital expenditure under paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(3) of this section, the use of funds must also meet the criteria provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section. Treasury may also articulate additional eligible programs, services, or capital expenditures from time to time that satisfy the eligibility criteria of this paragraph (b), which shall be eligible under this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Identifying eligible responses to the public health emergency or its negative economic impacts.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) A program, service, or capital expenditure is eligible under this paragraph (b)(1) if a recipient identifies a harm or impact to a beneficiary or class of beneficiaries caused or exacerbated by the public health emergency or its negative economic impacts and the program, service, or capital expenditure responds to such harm.
</P>
<P>(ii) A program, service, or capital expenditure responds to a harm or impact experienced by an identified beneficiary or class of beneficiaries if it is reasonably designed to benefit the beneficiary or class of beneficiaries that experienced the harm or impact and is related and reasonably proportional to the extent and type of harm or impact experienced.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Identified harms: presumptions of impacted and disproportionately impacted beneficiaries.</I> A recipient may rely on the following presumptions to identify beneficiaries presumptively impacted or disproportionately impacted by the public health emergency or its negative economic impacts for the purpose of providing a response under paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Households or populations that experienced unemployment; experienced increased food or housing insecurity; qualify for the Children's Health Insurance Program (42 U.S.C. 1397aa <I>et seq.</I>), Childcare Subsidies through the Child Care and Development Fund Program (42 U.S.C. 9857 <I>et seq.</I> and 42 U.S.C. 618), or Medicaid (42 U.S.C. 1396 <I>et seq.</I>); if funds are to be used for affordable housing programs, qualify for the National Housing Trust Fund (12 U.S.C. 4568) or the Home Investment Partnerships Program (42 U.S.C. 12721 <I>et seq.</I>); if funds are to be used to address impacts of lost instructional time for students in kindergarten through twelfth grade, any student who did not have access to in-person instruction for a significant period of time; and low- and moderate-income households and populations are presumed to be impacted by the public health emergency or its negative economic impacts;
</P>
<P>(ii) The general public is presumed to be impacted by the public health emergency for the purposes of providing the uses set forth in paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) and (b)(3)(i)(C) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The following households, communities, small businesses, and nonprofit organizations are presumed to be disproportionately impacted by the public health emergency or its negative economic impacts:
</P>
<P>(A) Households and populations residing in a qualified census tract; households and populations receiving services provided by Tribal governments; households and populations residing in the territories; households and populations receiving services provided by territorial governments; low-income households and populations; households that qualify for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (42 U.S.C. 601 <I>et seq.</I>), the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (7 U.S.C. 2011 <I>et seq.</I>), Free and Reduced Price School Lunch and/or Breakfast programs (42 U.S.C. 1751 <I>et seq.</I> and 42 U.S.C. 1773), Medicare Part D Low-income Subsidies (42 U.S.C. 1395w-114), Supplemental Security Income (42 U.S.C. 1381 <I>et seq.</I>), Head Start (42 U.S.C. 9831 <I>et seq.</I>), Early Head Start (42 U.S.C. 9831 <I>et seq.</I>), the Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children (42 U.S.C. 1786), Section 8 Vouchers (42 U.S.C. 1437f), the Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Program (42 U.S.C. 8621 <I>et seq.</I>), Pell Grants (20 U.S.C. 1070a), and, if SLFRF funds are to be used for services to address educational disparities, Title I eligible schools;
</P>
<P>(B) Small businesses operating in a qualified census tract, operated by Tribal governments or on Tribal lands, or operating in the territories; and
</P>
<P>(C) Nonprofit organizations operating in a qualified census tract, operated by Tribal governments or on Tribal lands, or operating in the territories.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Enumerated eligible uses: responses presumed reasonably proportional.</I> A recipient may use funds to respond to the public health emergency or its negative economic impacts on a beneficiary or class of beneficiaries for one or more of the following purposes unless such use is grossly disproportionate to the harm caused or exacerbated by the public health emergency or its negative economic impacts:
</P>
<P>(i) Responding to the public health impacts of the public health emergency for purposes including:
</P>
<P>(A) COVID-19 mitigation and prevention in a manner that is consistent with recommendations and guidance from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, including vaccination programs and incentives; testing programs; contact tracing; isolation and quarantine; mitigation and prevention practices in congregate settings; acquisition and distribution of medical equipment for prevention and treatment of COVID-19, including personal protective equipment; COVID-19 prevention and treatment expenses for public hospitals or health care facilities, including temporary medical facilities; establishing or enhancing public health data systems; installation and improvement of ventilation systems in congregate settings, health facilities, or other public facilities; and assistance to small businesses, nonprofits, or impacted industries to implement mitigation measures;
</P>
<P>(B) Medical expenses related to testing and treating COVID-19 that are provided in a manner consistent with recommendations and guidance from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, including emergency medical response expenses, treatment of long-term symptoms or effects of COVID-19, and costs to medical providers or to individuals for testing or treating COVID-19;
</P>
<P>(C) Behavioral health care, including prevention, treatment, emergency or first-responder programs, harm reduction, supports for long-term recovery, and behavioral health facilities and equipment; and
</P>
<P>(D) Preventing and responding to increased violence resulting from the public health emergency, including community violence intervention programs, or responding to increased gun violence resulting from the public health emergency, including payroll and covered benefits associated with community policing strategies; enforcement efforts to reduce gun violence; and investing in technology and equipment;
</P>
<P>(ii) Responding to the negative economic impacts of the public health emergency for purposes including:
</P>
<P>(A) Assistance to households and individuals, including:
</P>
<P><I>(1)</I> Assistance for food; emergency housing needs; burials, home repairs, or weatherization; internet access or digital literacy; cash assistance; and assistance accessing public benefits;
</P>
<P><I>(2)</I> Paid sick, medical, or family leave programs, or assistance to expand access to health insurance;
</P>
<P><I>(3)</I> Childcare, early learning services, home visiting, or assistance for child welfare-involved families or foster youth;
</P>
<P><I>(4)</I> Programs to address the impacts of lost instructional time for students in kindergarten through twelfth grade;
</P>
<P><I>(5)</I> Development, repair, and operation of affordable housing and services or programs to increase long-term housing security;
</P>
<P><I>(6)</I> Financial services that facilitate the delivery of Federal, State, or local benefits for unbanked and underbanked individuals;
</P>
<P><I>(7)</I> Benefits for the surviving family members of individuals who have died from COVID-19, including cash assistance to surviving spouses or dependents of individuals who died of COVID-19;
</P>
<P><I>(8)</I> Assistance for individuals who want and are available for work, including those who are unemployed, have looked for work sometime in the past 12 months, who are employed part time but who want and are available for full-time work, or who are employed but seeking a position with greater opportunities for economic advancement;
</P>
<P><I>(9)</I> Facilities and equipment related to the provision of services to households provided in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>) through(<I>8</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P><I>(10)</I> The following expenses related to Unemployment Trust Funds:
</P>
<P><I>(i)</I> Contributions to a recipient Unemployment Trust Fund and repayment of principal amounts due on advances received under Title XII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1321) up to an amount equal to (a) the difference between the balance in the recipient's Unemployment Trust Fund as of January 27, 2020, and the balance of such account as of May 17, 2021, plus (b) the principal amount outstanding as of May 17, 2021, on any advances received under Title XII of the Social Security Act between January 27, 2020, and May 17, 2021; provided that if a recipient repays principal on Title XII advances or makes a contribution to an Unemployment Trust Fund after April 1, 2022, such recipient shall not reduce average weekly benefit amounts or maximum benefit entitlements prior to December 31, 2024; and
</P>
<P><I>(ii)</I> Any interest due on such advances received under Title XII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1321); and
</P>
<P><I>(11)</I> A program, service, capital expenditure, or other assistance that is provided to a disproportionately impacted household, population, or community, including:
</P>
<P><I>(i)</I> Services to address health disparities of the disproportionately impacted household, population, or community;
</P>
<P><I>(ii)</I> Housing vouchers and relocation assistance;
</P>
<P><I>(iii)</I> Investments in communities to promote improved health outcomes and public safety such as parks, recreation facilities, and programs that increase access to healthy foods;
</P>
<P><I>(iv)</I> Capital expenditures and other services to address vacant or abandoned properties;
</P>
<P><I>(v)</I> Services to address educational disparities; and
</P>
<P><I>(vi)</I> Facilities and equipment related to the provision of these services to the disproportionately impacted household, population, or community.
</P>
<P>(B) Assistance to small businesses, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Programs, services, or capital expenditures that respond to the negative economic impacts of the COVID-19 public health emergency, including loans or grants to mitigate financial hardship such as declines in revenues or impacts of periods of business closure, or providing technical assistance; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A program, service, capital expenditure, or other assistance that responds to disproportionately impacted small businesses, including rehabilitation of commercial properties; storefront and façade improvements; technical assistance, business incubators, and grants for start-ups or expansion costs for small businesses; and programs or services to support micro-businesses;
</P>
<P>(C) Assistance to nonprofit organizations including programs, services, or capital expenditures, including loans or grants to mitigate financial hardship such as declines in revenues or increased costs, or technical assistance;
</P>
<P>(D) Assistance to tourism, travel, hospitality, and other impacted industries for programs, services, or capital expenditures, including support for payroll costs and covered benefits for employees, compensating returning employees, support for operations and maintenance of existing equipment and facilities, and technical assistance; and
</P>
<P>(E) Expenses to support public sector capacity and workforce, including:
</P>
<P><I>(1)</I> Payroll and covered benefit expenses for public safety, public health, health care, human services, and similar employees to the extent that the employee's time is spent mitigating or responding to the COVID-19 public health emergency;
</P>
<P><I>(2)</I> Payroll, covered benefit, and other costs associated with programs or services to support the public sector workforce and with the recipient:
</P>
<P><I>(i)</I> Hiring or rehiring staff to fill budgeted full-time equivalent positions that existed on January 27, 2020, but that were unfilled or eliminated as of March 3, 2021; or
</P>
<P><I>(ii)</I> Increasing the number of its budgeted full-time equivalent employees by up to the difference between the number of its budgeted full-time equivalent employees on January 27, 2020, multiplied by 1.075, and the number of its budgeted full-time equivalent employees on March 3, 2021, provided that funds shall only be used for additional budgeted full-time equivalent employees above the recipient's number of budgeted full-time equivalent employees as of March 3, 2021;
</P>
<P><I>(3)</I> Costs to improve the design and execution of programs responding to the COVID-19 pandemic and to administer or improve the efficacy of programs addressing the public health emergency or its negative economic impacts; and
</P>
<P><I>(4)</I> Costs associated with addressing administrative needs of recipient governments that were caused or exacerbated by the pandemic.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Capital expenditures.</I> A recipient, other than a Tribal government, must prepare a written justification for certain capital expenditures according to Table 1 of paragraph (b) of this section. Such written justification must include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(i) Describe the harm or need to be addressed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Explain why a capital expenditure is appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Compare the proposed capital expenditure to at least two alternative capital expenditures and demonstrate why the proposed capital expenditure is superior.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If a project has total expected


<br/>capital expenditures of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">and the use is enumerated in (b)(3), then
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">and the use is not enumerated in (b)(3), then
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than $1 million</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No Written Justification required</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No Written Justification required.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than or equal to $1 million, but less than $10 million</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Written Justification required but recipients are not required to submit as part of regular reporting to Treasury</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Written Justification required and recipients must submit as part of regular reporting to Treasury.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$10 million or more</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Written Justification required and recipients must submit as part of regular reporting to Treasury</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Providing premium pay to eligible workers.</I> A recipient may use funds to provide premium pay to eligible workers of the recipient who perform essential work or to provide grants to eligible employers that have eligible workers who perform essential work, provided that any premium pay or grants provided under this paragraph (c) must respond to eligible workers performing essential work during the COVID-19 public health emergency. A recipient uses premium pay or grants provided under this paragraph (c) to respond to eligible workers performing essential work during the COVID-19 public health emergency if:
</P>
<P>(1) The eligible worker's total wages and remuneration, including the premium pay, is less than or equal to 150 percent of the greater of such eligible worker's residing State's or county's average annual wage for all occupations as defined by the Bureau of Labor Statistics' Occupational Employment and Wage Statistics;
</P>
<P>(2) The eligible worker is not exempt from the Fair Labor Standards Act overtime provisions (29 U.S.C. 207); or
</P>
<P>(3) The recipient has submitted to the Secretary a written justification that explains how providing premium pay to the eligible worker is responsive to the eligible worker performing essential work during the COVID-19 public health emergency (such as a description of the eligible workers' duties, health, or financial risks faced due to COVID-19, and why the recipient determined that the premium pay was responsive despite the worker's higher income).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Providing government services.</I> A recipient may use funds for the provision of government services up to an amount equal to the greater of:
</P>
<P>(1) $10,000,000; or
</P>
<P>(2) the amount of the reduction in the recipient's general revenue due to the COVID-19 public health emergency, which equals the sum of the reduction in revenue, calculated as of each date identified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section and according to the formula in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) A recipient must make a one-time election to calculate the reduction in its general revenue using information as of either:
</P>
<P>(A) December 31, 2020, December 31, 2021, December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2023; or
</P>
<P>(B) The last day of each of the recipient's fiscal years ending in 2020, 2021, 2022, and 2023.
</P>
<P>(ii) A reduction in a recipient's general revenue for each date identified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) equals:
</P>
<FP-2><I>Max {[Base Year Revenue*</I> (1 + <I>Growth Adjustment</I>)^(<I>n</I><E T="52">t</E><I>/12)]−Actual General Revenue;</I> 0}
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<P>(A) Base Year Revenue is the recipient's general revenue for the most recent full fiscal year prior to the COVID-19 public health emergency;
</P>
<P>(B) Growth Adjustment is equal to the greater of 5.2 percent (or 0.052) and the recipient's average annual revenue growth over the three full fiscal years prior to the COVID-19 public health emergency;
</P>
<P>(C) n equals the number of months elapsed from the end of the base year to the calculation date;
</P>
<P>(D) Subscript t denotes the specific calculation date; and
</P>
<P>(E) Actual General Revenue is a recipient's actual general revenue collected during the 12-month period ending on each calculation date identified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, except:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) For purposes of all calculation dates on or after April 1, 2022, in the case of any change made after January 6, 2022, to any law, regulation, or administrative interpretation that reduces any tax (by providing for a reduction in a rate, a rebate, a deduction, a credit, or otherwise) or delays the imposition of any tax or tax increase and that the recipient assesses has had the effect of decreasing the amount of tax revenue collected during the 12-month period ending on the calculation date relative to the amount of tax revenue that would have been collected in the absence of such change, the recipient must add to actual general revenue the amount of such decrease in tax revenue;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For purposes of any calculation date on or after April 1, 2022, in the case of any change made after January 6, 2022, to any law, regulation, or administrative interpretation that increases any tax (by providing for an increase in a rate, the reduction of a rebate, a deduction, or a credit, or otherwise) or accelerates the imposition of any tax or tax increase and that the recipient assesses has had the effect of increasing the amount of tax revenue collected during the 12-month period ending on the calculation date relative to the amount of tax revenue that would have been collected in the absence of such change, the recipient must subtract from actual general revenue the amount of such increase in tax revenue; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If the recipient makes a one-time election to adjust general revenue to reflect tax changes made during the period beginning on January 27, 2020 and ending on January 6, 2022, for purposes of each calculation date identified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) In the case of any change made during such prior period to any law, regulation, or administrative interpretation that reduces any tax (by providing for a reduction in a rate, a rebate, a deduction, a credit, or otherwise) or delays the imposition of any tax or tax increase and that the recipient assesses has had the effect of decreasing the amount of tax revenue collected during the 12-month period ending on the calculation date relative to the amount of tax revenue that would have been collected in the absence of such change, the recipient must add to actual general revenue the amount of such decrease in tax revenue; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) In the case of any change made during such prior period to any law, regulation, or administrative interpretation that increases any tax (by providing for an increase in a rate, the reduction of a rebate, a deduction, or a credit, or otherwise) or accelerates the imposition of any tax or tax increase and that the recipient assesses has had the effect of increasing the amount of tax revenue collected during the 12-month period ending on the calculation date relative to the amount of tax revenue that would have been collected in the absence of such change, the recipient must subtract from actual general revenue the amount of such increase in tax revenue; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) With respect to any calculation date during the period beginning on January 6, 2022, and ending on March 31, 2022, if the recipient makes the election in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the recipient must also make the adjustments referenced in paragraph (d)(3) of this section with respect to any such changes in law, regulation, or administrative interpretation during the period beginning on January 6, 2022, and ending on such calculation date.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Making necessary investments in water, sewer, and broadband infrastructure.</I> A recipient may use funds to make the following investments in water, sewer, and broadband infrastructure.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Water and sewer investments</I>—(i) <I>Clean Water State Revolving Fund projects.</I> Projects or activities of the type that meet the eligibility requirements of section 603(c) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1383(c));
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Additional stormwater projects.</I> Projects to manage, reduce, treat, or recapture stormwater or subsurface drainage water regardless of whether such projects would improve water quality if such projects would otherwise meet the eligibility requirements of section 603(c)(5) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1383(c)(5));
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Drinking Water State Revolving Fund projects.</I> Projects or activities of the type that meet the eligibility requirements of section 1452 of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300j-12) as implemented by the regulations adopted by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under 40 CFR 35.3520, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The recipient is not required to comply with the limitation under 40 CFR 35.3520(c)(2) to acquisitions of land from willing sellers or the prohibition under 40 CFR 35.3520(e)(6) on uses of funds for certain Tribal projects; and
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of lead service line replacement projects, the recipient must replace the full length of the service line and may not replace only a partial portion of the service line.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Additional lead remediation and household water quality testing.</I> Projects or activities to address lead in drinking water or provide household water quality testing that are within the scope of the programs the EPA is authorized to establish under sections 1459A(b)(2), 1459B(b)(1), 1464(d)(2), and 1465 of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300j-19a(b)(2), 300j-19b(b)(1), 300j-24(d)(2), and 300j-25), provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) In the case of lead service line replacement projects, the recipient must replace the full length of the service line and may not replace only a partial portion of the service line; and
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of projects within the scope of the program the EPA is authorized to establish under section 1459B(b)(1) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, the recipient may determine the income eligibility of homeowners served by lead service line replacement projects in its discretion.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Drinking water projects to support increased population.</I> Projects of the type that meet the eligibility requirements of 40 CFR 35.3520 other than the requirement of 40 CFR 35.3520(b)(1) to address present or prevent future violations of health-based drinking water standards, if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(A) The project is needed to support increased population, with need assessed as of the time the project is undertaken;
</P>
<P>(B) The project is designed to support no more than a reasonable level of projected increased need, whether due to population growth or otherwise;
</P>
<P>(C) The project is a cost-effective means for achieving the desired level of service; and
</P>
<P>(D) The project is projected to continue to provide an adequate level of drinking water over its estimated useful life.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Dams and reservoirs.</I> Rehabilitation of dams and reservoirs if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(A) The project meets the requirements of 40 CFR 35.3520 other than the following requirements:
</P>
<P><I>(1)</I> The prohibition on the rehabilitation of dams and reservoirs in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(3) of 40 CFR 35.3520; and
</P>
<P><I>(2)</I> The requirement in paragraph (b)(1) of 40 CFR 35.3520 that the project is needed to address present or prevent future violations of health-based drinking water standards, provided that if the dam or reservoir project does not meet this requirement, the project must be needed to support increased population, with need assessed as of the time the project is undertaken, and the project must be projected to continue to provide an adequate level of drinking water over its estimated useful life;
</P>
<P>(B) The primary purpose of the dam or reservoir is for drinking water supply;
</P>
<P>(C) The project is needed for the provision of drinking water supply, with need assessed as of the time the project is initiated;
</P>
<P>(D) The project is designed to support no more than a reasonable level of projected increased need, whether due to population growth or otherwise; and
</P>
<P>(E) The project is a cost-effective means for achieving the desired level of service.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Private wells.</I> Rehabilitation of private wells, testing initiatives to identify contaminants in private wells, and treatment activities and remediation projects that address contamination in private wells, if the project meets the requirements of 40 CFR 35.3520 other than the limitation to certain eligible systems under paragraph (a) of 40 CFR 35.3520.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Broadband investments</I>—(i) <I>General.</I> Broadband infrastructure if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(A) The broadband infrastructure is designed to provide service to households and businesses with an identified need, as determined by the recipient, for such infrastructure;
</P>
<P>(B) The broadband infrastructure is designed to, upon completion:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Reliably meet or exceed symmetrical 100 Mbps download speed and upload speeds; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) In cases where it is not practicable, because of the excessive cost of the project or geography or topography of the area to be served by the project, to provide service reliably meeting or exceeding symmetrical 100 Mbps download speed and upload speeds:
</P>
<P><I>(i)</I> Reliably meet or exceed 100 Mbps download speed and between at least 20 Mbps and 100 Mbps upload speed; and
</P>
<P><I>(ii)</I> Be scalable to a minimum of 100 Mbps download speed and 100 Mbps upload speed; and
</P>
<P>(C) The service provider for a completed broadband infrastructure investment project that provides service to households is required, for as long as the SLFRF-funded broadband infrastructure is in use, by the recipient to:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Participate in the Federal Communications Commission's Affordable Connectivity Program (ACP) through the lifetime of the ACP; or 


</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Otherwise provide access to a broad-based affordability program to low-income consumers in the proposed service area of the broadband infrastructure that provides benefits to households commensurate with those provided under the ACP through the lifetime of the ACP.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Cybersecurity infrastructure investments.</I> Cybersecurity infrastructure investments that are designed to improve the reliability and resiliency of new and existing broadband infrastructure. Such investments may include the addition or modernization of network security hardware and software tools designed to strengthen cybersecurity for the end-users of these networks.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Meeting the non-Federal matching requirements for Bureau of Reclamation projects.</I> A recipient may use funds to meet the non-Federal matching requirements of any authorized Bureau of Reclamation project.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Natural Disaster Emergency Relief.</I> Subject to paragraph (g)(3) of this section, a recipient may use funds to provide emergency relief from the physical impacts or negative economic impacts of a natural disaster, including the forms of emergency relief identified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, if the use meets the criteria provided in paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Identifying emergency relief from the physical or negative economic impacts of a natural disaster.</I> A recipient provides emergency relief from the physical impacts or negative economic impacts of a natural disaster when the recipient:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifies either:
</P>
<P>(A) a natural disaster that has occurred or is expected to occur imminently and that has been the subject of an emergency declaration or designation applicable to the recipient's geography and jurisdiction in the form of:
</P>
<P><I>(1)</I> an emergency declaration pursuant to the Stafford Act;
</P>
<P><I>(2)</I> an emergency declaration by the Governor of a state pursuant to state law;
</P>
<P><I>(3)</I> an emergency declaration made by a Tribal government; or
</P>
<P><I>(4)</I> a designation as a natural disaster by the chief executive (or equivalent) of the recipient, provided that the chief executive (or equivalent) documents that the event meets the definition of natural disaster; or
</P>
<P>(B) a natural disaster that is threatened to occur in the future, provided that the recipient documents evidence of historical patterns or predictions of natural disasters that would reasonably demonstrate the likelihood of the future occurrence of a natural disaster in the recipient's jurisdiction; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides emergency relief that responds to and is related and reasonably proportional to:
</P>
<P>(A) the physical or negative economic impacts of the natural disaster identified in paragraph (g)(1)(i)(A) of this section, or
</P>
<P>(B) the potential physical or negative economic impacts of the natural disaster identified in paragraph (g)(1)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Enumerated eligible uses.</I> A recipient may use funds to provide emergency relief from
</P>
<P>(i) the physical or negative economic impacts of natural disasters identified under paragraph (g)(1)(i)(A) of this section by engaging in one of the following activities, provided that the emergency relief is related and reasonably proportional to the physical or negative economic impacts of the natural disaster identified:
</P>
<P>(A) Temporary emergency housing, food assistance, and financial assistance for lost wages;
</P>
<P>(B) Emergency protective measures, including assistance for emergency access, medical care and transport, emergency operations center related costs, and other activities traditionally undertaken as part of emergency response;
</P>
<P>(C) Debris removal activities, including the clearance, removal, and disposal of vegetative debris, construction and demolition debris, sand, mud, silt, gravel, rocks, boulders, white goods, and vehicle and vessel wreckage;
</P>
<P>(D) Restoration of public infrastructure damaged by a natural disaster, including roads, bridges, and utilities;
</P>
<P>(E) Increased operational costs, including payroll costs and costs for government facilities and government services;
</P>
<P>(F) Cash assistance for uninsured or underinsured expenses, and cash assistance serving low-income households; or
</P>
<P>(G) Home repairs for uninhabitable primary residences; or
</P>
<P>(ii) the potential physical or negative economic impacts of natural disasters identified under paragraph (g)(1)(i)(B) of this section by using funds for mitigation activities, provided that the emergency relief is related and reasonably proportional to the potential physical or negative economic impacts of the natural disaster identified, and provided further that if funds are used for capital expenditures under this paragraph, a recipient, other than a Tribal government, must prepare a written justification for activities under this paragraph (g)(2)(ii) with total capital expenditures of $1 million or greater. Such written justification must include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(A) Describe the emergency relief provided by the mitigation activity and why it is needed to lessen or avert the potential impacts of the natural disaster that is threatened to occur in the future;
</P>
<P>(B) Explain why the capital expenditure is appropriate to address the need for emergency relief; and
</P>
<P>(C) Compare the proposed capital expenditure to at least two alternative capital expenditures and demonstrate why the proposed capital expenditure is superior.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Duplication of benefits.</I> (A) A recipient may not provide financial assistance under this paragraph (g) to a person, business concern, or other entity with respect to disaster losses for which such beneficiary will receive financial assistance under any other program or from insurance or any other source.
</P>
<P>(B) A recipient may provide assistance with respect to disaster losses to a person, business concern, or other entity that is or may be entitled to receive assistance for those losses from another source, if such person, business concern, or other entity has not received the other benefits by the time of application for assistance and the person, business concern, or other entity agrees to repay any duplicative assistance to the recipient. A recipient providing assistance with respect to disaster losses shall coordinate with the relevant Regional Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency and state disaster-assistance administrator. Recipients shall notify subrecipients and contractors that, when providing assistance with respect to disaster losses, those entities are responsible for ensuring that beneficiaries disclose any other assistance received for the same disaster losses prior to receiving assistance under this paragraph (g).
</P>
<P>(C) Funds shall be used last in the delivery sequence unless the recipient, in consultation with the appropriate Regional Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency or state disaster-assistance administrator, determines that another sequence is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Certain infrastructure projects.</I> A recipient may use funds for Surface Transportation projects as set forth in paragraph (h)(1) of this section and for Title I projects as set forth in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, subject to the requirements set forth in paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Surface Transportation projects.</I> A recipient may use funds for Surface Transportation projects in the manner set forth in paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section, subject to the requirements and limitations set forth in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i)(A) A recipient may use funds to expand the scope of, to cover additional costs associated with, or to otherwise supplement funding for a project receiving funding from the Department of Transportation at the time that the funds are obligated and expended for the project.
</P>
<P>(B) A recipient may use funds for a Surface Transportation project that is not funded by the Department of Transportation at the time the funds are obligated and expended.
</P>
<P>(C) A recipient may use funds to satisfy non-Federal share requirements for a project eligible under the provisions identified in paragraphs (1), (18), (21), and (27) of the definition of “Surface Transportation project” in § 35.3 or to repay a loan provided under the Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act program under 23 U.S.C. chapter 6.
</P>
<P>(ii) The following limitations and requirements apply to funds used for Surface Transportation projects under paragraphs (h)(1)(i)(A) and (h)(1)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) Funds used for Surface Transportation projects eligible under the provisions set forth in paragraphs (20) through (24) of the definition of “Surface Transportation projects” in § 35.3 shall not be used for operating expenses of such a project.
</P>
<P>(B) Except as otherwise determined by the Secretary or the head of the Federal agency to which the Secretary has delegated authority, the requirements of titles 23, 40, and 49 of the U.S. Code, and the associated implementing regulations, apply to Surface Transportation projects, including but not limited to the following:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Project eligibility requirements;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Project approval requirements, provided that such requirements shall not apply to Surface Transportation projects undertaken pursuant to paragraph (h)(1)(i)(B) of this section that meet the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The project qualifies as an “eligible project” under the program described in paragraph (17) of the definition of Surface Transportation project set forth in § 35.3;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The recipient does not use more than $10 million in funds for the project; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The entire project scope, including for avoidance of doubt any portion of the project funded through other sources, is limited to the actions or activities listed under 23 CFR 771.116(c)(1) through(22), 23 CFR 771.117(c)(1) through(30), and 23 CFR 771.118(c)(1) through(16), provided that the actions or activities do not involve unusual circumstances, as described in 23 CFR 771.116(b), 23 CFR 771.117(b), and 23 CFR 771.118(b).
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Wage and employee protection requirements, including the requirements set forth at 23 U.S.C. 113 and 49 U.S.C. 5333(a) and (b);
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Domestic preference procurement requirements, including the requirements set forth at 23 U.S.C. 313, 49 U.S.C. 5323(j), 49 CFR part 661, and 23 CFR 635.410, provided that such requirements shall not apply to Surface Transportation projects undertaken pursuant to paragraph (h)(1)(i)(B) of this section that meet the criteria set forth in paragraph (h)(1)(ii)(B)(<I>2</I>)(<I>i</I>) through (<I>iii</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Project design, planning, construction, operation, maintenance, vehicle weight limit, and toll requirements, provided that the requirement to include Surface Transportation projects in a state transportation improvement program or transportation improvement program shall not apply to Surface Transportation projects undertaken pursuant to paragraph (h)(1)(i)(B) of this section except in circumstances when the project is regionally significant and requires action by an office of the Department of Transportation pursuant to 23 CFR 450.218.
</P>
<P>(C) Except as otherwise determined by the Secretary or the head of the Federal agency to which the Secretary has delegated authority, the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 <I>et seq.</I>), and the associated implementing regulations, apply to Surface Transportation projects.
</P>
<P>(D) When a State uses funds for a Surface Transportation project eligible under title 23 of the U.S. Code or that otherwise would be subject to the requirements of title 23, the project must either:
</P>
<P><I>(1)</I> Demonstrate progress in achieving a state of good repair as required by the State's asset management plan under 23 U.S.C. 119(e), or
</P>
<P><I>(2)</I> Support the achievement of one or more performance targets of the State established under 23 U.S.C. 150.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Title I projects.</I> A recipient may use funds for Title I projects, subject to the following limitations and requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) Except as otherwise determined by the Secretary or the head of the Federal agency to which the Secretary has delegated authority, the requirements of Title I of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5301 <I>et seq.</I>), and the associated implementing regulations, apply to Title I projects, including:
</P>
<P>(A) At least 70 percent of funds used for such projects, in the aggregate, must be used for projects that principally benefit low- and moderate-income persons, in accordance with the definitions and requirements set forth at 24 CFR 570.3, 24 CFR 570.200(a)(3), and 24 CFR 570.208(a) for recipients that are not Tribal governments, and at 24 CFR 1003.4 and 1003.208 for Tribal government recipients; provided, however, that Tribal governments may demonstrate that beneficiaries of Title I assistance are “low and moderate income beneficiaries,” as defined at 24 CFR 1003.4, based on an attestation by the Tribal government that these beneficiaries are receiving or are eligible to receive services administered by the Tribal government on the basis of an individual's income.
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of recipients that are not Tribal governments, funds used for projects must satisfy at least one of the national objectives as set forth in 24 CFR 570.208.
</P>
<P>(C) Not more than 15 percent of funds used for such projects, in the aggregate, may be used for public services activities and projects eligible under 42 U.S.C. 5305(a)(8).
</P>
<P>(D) Not more than 20 percent of funds used for such projects, in the aggregate, may be used for planning and administrative costs, as described at 24 CFR 570.200(g), 570.205, and 570.206 with respect to recipients that are not Tribal governments, and as described at 24 CFR 1003.205 and 1003.206 with respect to recipients that are Tribal governments.
</P>
<P>(E) In the case of recipients that are not Tribal governments, funds used for such projects must satisfy the requirements set forth at 42 U.S.C. 5310 and 24 CFR 570.603.
</P>
<P>(F) Prior to commencing a Title I project, a recipient must comply with the environmental protection measures set forth at 42 U.S.C. 5304(g) and the implementing regulations set forth at 24 CFR 570.604, 24 CFR 1003.605, and 24 CFR part 58, provided that the certification contemplated by 42 U.S.C. 5304(g) shall be submitted to the Secretary and not the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development.
</P>
<P>(ii) To the extent a Title I project relates to broadband infrastructure, the requirements of section 60102 of the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act shall apply.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Requirements applicable to Surface Transportation projects and Title I projects.</I> (i) The total amount of funds that a recipient may use for costs incurred for projects set forth in paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this section, taken together, shall not exceed the greater of $10,000,000 and 30 percent of the recipient's total award received pursuant to payment or transfer of funds made under section 602 or 603 of the Social Security Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) Funds used for the projects set forth in paragraph (h) of this section must supplement, and not supplant, other Federal, State, territorial, Tribal, and local government funds (as applicable) that
</P>
<P>(A) in the case of non-Federal funds, have been obligated for activities or projects that are eligible as part of any Surface Transportation project or Title I project, as applicable, or
</P>
<P>(B) in the case of Federal funds, a Federal agency has committed to a particular project pursuant to an award agreement or otherwise.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.7   Pensions.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient (other than a Tribal government) may not use funds for deposit into any pension fund.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.8   Tax.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Restriction.</I> A State or Territory shall not use funds to either directly or indirectly offset a reduction in the net tax revenue of the State or Territory resulting from a covered change during the covered period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Violation.</I> Treasury will consider a State or Territory to have used funds to offset a reduction in net tax revenue if, during a reporting year:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Covered change.</I> The State or Territory has made a covered change that, either based on a reasonable statistical methodology to isolate the impact of the covered change in actual revenue or based on projections that use reasonable assumptions and do not incorporate the effects of macroeconomic growth to reduce or increase the projected impact of the covered change, the State or Territory assesses has had or predicts to have the effect of reducing tax revenue relative to current law;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exceeds the de minimis threshold.</I> The aggregate amount of the measured or predicted reductions in tax revenue caused by covered changes identified under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the aggregate, exceeds 1 percent of the State's or Territory's baseline;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reduction in net tax revenue.</I> The State or Territory reports a reduction in net tax revenue, measured as the difference between actual tax revenue and the State's or Territory's baseline, each measured as of the end of the reporting year; and
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Consideration of other changes.</I> The aggregate amount of measured or predicted reductions in tax revenue caused by covered changes is greater than the sum of the following, in each case, as calculated for the reporting year:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate amount of the expected increases in tax revenue caused by one or more covered changes that, either based on a reasonable statistical methodology to isolate the impact of the covered change in actual revenue or based on projections that use reasonable assumptions and do not incorporate the effects of macroeconomic growth to reduce or increase the projected impact of the covered change, the State or Territory assesses has had or predicts to have the effect of increasing tax revenue; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Reductions in spending, up to the amount of the State's or Territory's net reduction in total spending, that are in:
</P>
<P>(A) Departments, agencies, or authorities in which the State or Territory is not using funds; and
</P>
<P>(B) Departments, agencies, or authorities in which the State or Territory is using funds, in an amount equal to the value of the spending cuts in those departments, agencies, or authorities, minus funds used.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amount and revenue reduction cap.</I> If a State or Territory is considered to be in violation pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the amount used in violation of paragraph (a) of this section is equal to the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(1) The reduction in net tax revenue of the State or Territory for the reporting year, measured as the difference between the State's or Territory's baseline and its actual tax revenue, each measured as of the end of the reporting year; and,
</P>
<P>(2) The aggregate amount of the reductions in tax revenues caused by covered changes identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, minus the sum of the amounts in identified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.9" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.9   Compliance with applicable laws.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient must comply with all other applicable Federal statutes, regulations, and executive orders, and a recipient shall provide for compliance with the American Rescue Plan Act, this subpart, and any interpretive guidance by other parties in any agreements it enters into with other parties relating to these funds.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.10" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.10   Recoupment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Identification of violations</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Any amount used in violation of § 35.5, § 35.6, or § 35.7 may be identified at any time prior to December 31, 2026.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Annual reporting of amounts of violations.</I> On an annual basis, a recipient that is a State or territory must calculate and report any amounts used in violation of § 35.8.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Calculation of amounts subject to recoupment</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the Secretary will calculate any amounts subject to recoupment resulting from a violation of § 35.5, § 35.6 or § 35.7 as the amounts used in violation of such restrictions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Violations of § 35.8.</I> The Secretary will calculate any amounts subject to recoupment resulting from a violation of § 35.8, equal to the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount set forth in § 35.8(c); and,
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of funds received by such recipient.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initial notice.</I> If the Secretary calculates an amount subject to recoupment under paragraph (b) of this section, Treasury will provide the recipient an initial written notice of the amount subject to recoupment along with an explanation of such amounts.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Request for reconsideration.</I> Unless the Secretary extends or accelerates the time period, within 60 calendar days of receipt of an initial notice of recoupment provided under paragraph (c) of this section, a recipient may submit a written request to the Secretary requesting reconsideration of any amounts subject to recoupment under paragraph (b) of this section. To request reconsideration of any amounts subject to recoupment, a recipient must submit to the Secretary a written request that includes:
</P>
<P>(1) An explanation of why the recipient believes all or some of the amount should not be subject to recoupment; and
</P>
<P>(2) A discussion of supporting reasons, along with any additional information.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Final amount subject to recoupment.</I> Unless the Secretary extends or accelerates the time period, within 60 calendar days of receipt of the recipient's request for reconsideration provided pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section or the expiration of the period for requesting reconsideration provided under paragraph (d) of this section, the recipient will be notified of the Secretary's decision to affirm, withdraw, or modify the notice of recoupment. Such notification will include an explanation of the decision, including responses to the recipient's supporting reasons and consideration of additional information provided. A recipient must invoke and exhaust the procedures available under this subpart prior to seeking judicial review of a decision under § 35.10.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Repayment of funds.</I> Unless the Secretary extends or accelerates the time period, a recipient shall repay to the Secretary any amounts subject to recoupment in accordance with instructions provided by the Secretary:
</P>
<P>(1) Within 120 calendar days of receipt of the notice of recoupment provided under paragraph (c) of this section, in the case of a recipient that does not submit a request for reconsideration in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Within 120 calendar days of receipt of the Secretary's decision under paragraph (e) of this section, in the case of a recipient that submits a request for reconsideration in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Other remedial actions.</I> Prior to seeking recoupment or taking other appropriate action pursuant to paragraphs (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this section, the Secretary may notify the recipient of potential violations and provide the recipient an opportunity for informal consultation and remediation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.11   Payments to States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> With respect to any State or Territory that has an unemployment rate as of the date that it submits an initial certification for payment of funds pursuant to section 602(d)(1) of the Social Security Act that is less than two percentage points above its unemployment rate in February 2020, the Secretary will withhold 50 percent of the amount of funds allocated under section 602(b) of the Social Security Act to such State or territory until at least May 10, 2022 and not more than twelve months from the date such initial certification is provided to the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment of withheld amount.</I> In order to receive the amount withheld under paragraph (a) of this section, the State or Territory must submit to the Secretary the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A certification, in the form provided by the Secretary, that such State or Territory requires the payment to carry out the activities specified in section 602(c) of the Social Security Act and will use the payment in compliance with section 602(c) of the Social Security Act; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any reports required to be filed by that date pursuant to this part that have not yet been filed.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.12" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.1.16.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.12   Distributions to nonentitlement units of local government and units of general local government.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Nonentitlement units of local government.</I> Each State or Territory that receives a payment from the Secretary pursuant to section 603(b)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act shall distribute the amount of the payment to nonentitlement units of local government in such State or Territory in accordance with the requirements set forth in section 603(b)(2)(C) of the Social Security Act and without offsetting any debt owed by such nonentitlement units of local governments against such payments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Budget cap.</I> A State or Territory may not make a payment to a nonentitlement unit of local government pursuant to section 603(b)(2)(C) of the Social Security Act and paragraph (a) of this section in excess of the amount equal to 75 percent of the most recent budget for the nonentitlement unit of local government as of January 27, 2020. For purposes of this section 35.12, a nonentitlement unit of local government's most recent budget shall mean the nonentitlement unit of local government's total annual budget, including both operating and capital expenditure budgets, in effect as of January 27, 2020. A State or Territory shall permit a nonentitlement unit of local government without a formal budget as of January 27, 2020, to provide a certification from an authorized officer of the nonentitlement unit of local government of its most recent annual expenditures as of January 27, 2020, and a State or Territory may rely on such certification for purposes of complying with this section 35.12.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Units of general local government.</I> Each State or Territory that receives a payment from the Secretary pursuant to section 603(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Social Security Act, in the case of an amount to be paid to a county that is not a unit of general local government, shall distribute the amount of the payment to units of general local government within such county in accordance with the requirements set forth in section 603(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Social Security Act and without offsetting any debt owed by such units of general local government against such payments.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional conditions.</I> A State or Territory may not place additional conditions or requirements on distributions to nonentitlement units of local government or units of general local government beyond those required by section 603 of the Social Security Act or this subpart A.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Compensation and Capital Distributions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.20" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.2.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.20   Purpose, applicability, and general provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> Pursuant Section 104A of the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994 (Act), as added by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (Pub. L. 116-260), this subpart establishes restrictions on executive compensation, dividend payments, and share buybacks for recipients of capital investments under the Department of the Treasury's Emergency Capital Investment Program (ECIP or Program), as well as additional criteria for participation in the Program that the Secretary has determined are appropriate in furtherance of the Program goals.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability.</I> This subpart applies on a consolidated basis to any insured depository institution, bank holding company, savings and loan holding company, or federally insured credit union that issues preferred stock or a subordinated debt instrument to the Department of the Treasury under the Program (an ECIP recipient, as defined in § 35.21 of this subpart). An ECIP recipient must comply with the requirements of this subpart during the ECIP period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitation of authority.</I> Nothing in this subpart shall be interpreted to limit the authority of the appropriate Federal banking agency to take action under other provisions of law, including action to address unsafe or unsound practices or conditions, deficient capital levels, or violations of law or regulation, under section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, section 8 of the Bank Holding Company Act, or section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act, or the Federal Credit Union Act, as may be applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.21" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.2.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.21   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Except as modified in this regulation or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used in this regulation have the same meaning as set forth in the relevant statutes. For purposes of this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994, as amended (12 U.S.C. 4701 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Appropriate Federal banking agency</I> has the same meaning as in 12 U.S.C. 1813 and also includes the NCUA with respect to a federally insured credit union.
</P>
<P><I>Capital distributions</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Dividends, including discretionary dividends, on non-senior securities and any other payments on a share of stock or other equity or equivalent interest;
</P>
<P>(2) Payments, including interest payments, on non-senior securities, that the issuer has full discretion to permanently or temporarily suspend without triggering a default;
</P>
<P>(3) Redemptions or repurchases of non-senior securities; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any similar transaction that the Department of the Treasury determines to be in substance a capital distribution;
</P>
<P>(5) Provided, that a “capital distribution” does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Redemptions or repurchases of shares that are part of an employee stock ownership plan for an ECIP recipient that is not publicly traded, provided that the repurchase is required solely by virtue of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of federally insured credit unions:
</P>
<P>(A) Payments of dividends and interest (as defined by 12 CFR 707.2(h) and (o)) on accounts held by their members; provided that this exclusion does not apply to any extraordinary or special dividend by a credit union; or
</P>
<P>(B) Redemptions of membership share interests upon voluntary or involuntary terminations of membership by a credit union or its members, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Solely in the case of § 35.23(b) (Limit on amount of capital distributions), redemptions or repurchases of non-senior securities if the issuer of the non-senior securities being repurchased or redeemed fully funds the redemption or repurchase by issuing at least a corresponding amount of new non-senior securities that rank equally in liquidation with, receive the same capital treatment as and, if applicable, have a stated maturity date no earlier than the non-senior securities being redeemed or repurchased.
</P>
<P><I>ECIP</I> means the Emergency Capital Investment Program established under Section 104A of the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994, as amended.
</P>
<P><I>ECIP investment</I> means any preferred stock, subordinated debt, or other instrument (including any successor to any such instrument) issued by an ECIP recipient to the Department of the Treasury under the ECIP.
</P>
<P><I>ECIP investment agreement</I> means the agreement between an ECIP recipient and the Department of the Treasury with respect to the ECIP investment in that ECIP recipient.
</P>
<P><I>ECIP investment date</I> means the date on which an ECIP recipient first issued an ECIP investment.
</P>
<P><I>ECIP period</I> means the period from the ECIP investment date until the earliest of:
</P>
<P>(1) The date on which the ECIP recipient has fully redeemed or repaid the ECIP investment received under ECIP;
</P>
<P>(2) The date on which the investment the ECIP recipient received under the ECIP is no longer held, in full or in part, by the Department of the Treasury or any affiliate thereof; and
</P>
<P>(3) Ten years after the ECIP investment date.
</P>
<P><I>ECIP recipient</I> means any entity that has received a capital investment under the ECIP.
</P>
<P><I>Excessive or luxury expenditures</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Excessive expenditures on any of the following to the extent such expenditures are not reasonable expenditures for staff development, reasonable performance incentives, or other similar reasonable measures conducted in the normal course of the ECIP recipient's business operations:
</P>
<P>(i) Entertainment or events;
</P>
<P>(ii) Office and facility renovations;
</P>
<P>(iii) Aviation or other transportation services;
</P>
<P>(iv) Tax gross-ups; and
</P>
<P>(v) Other similar items, activities, or events for which the ECIP recipient may reasonably anticipate incurring expenses, or reimbursing an employee for incurring expenses;
</P>
<P>(2) Provided, that reasonable capital investments in technology, equipment, and similar items that expand the long-term capability of an ECIP recipient to provide products and services to its customers and community are not excessive or luxury expenditures.
</P>
<P><I>Excessive or luxury expenditures policy</I> means written standards applicable to the ECIP recipient and its employees that address the five categories of expenses set forth in the definition of “excessive or luxury expenditures,” and that are reasonably designed to eliminate excessive and luxury expenditures. Such written standards must:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the types or categories of expenditures which are prohibited (which may include a threshold expenditure amount per item, activity, or event or a threshold expenditure amount per employee receiving the item or participating in the activity or event);
</P>
<P>(2) Identify the types or categories of expenditures for which prior approval is required (which may include a threshold expenditure amount per item, activity, or event or a threshold expenditure amount per employee receiving the item or participating in the activity or event);
</P>
<P>(3) Provide reasonable approval procedures for expenditures requiring prior approval;
</P>
<P>(4) Require the ECIP recipient to deliver a certification, executed by two senior executive officers (one of which must be its principal executive officer or principal financial officer) certifying that the approval of any expenditure requiring the prior approval of any senior executive officer, any executive officer of a substantially similar level of responsibility, or the ECIP recipient's board of directors (or a committee of such board of directors), was properly obtained with respect to each such expenditure;
</P>
<P>(5) Require the prompt internal reporting of violations to an appropriate person or persons identified in this policy; and
</P>
<P>(6) Mandate accountability for adherence to the policy.
</P>
<P><I>FDIC</I> means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Board</I> means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
</P>
<P><I>NCUA</I> means the National Credit Union Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Non-senior security</I> means any equity interest or equivalent interest (including but not limited to membership share interests in the case of a credit union) or any other interest in, or instrument issued by, an ECIP recipient that is <I>pari passu</I> with, or junior to, the ECIP investment with respect to capital distributions or ranking in liquidation, including but not limited to the common stock (or equivalent equity interest) of the ECIP recipient, or any equity interest or equivalent interest or any other interest in or instrument issued by a depository institution holding company of which the ECIP recipient is a subsidiary.
</P>
<P><I>OCC</I> means the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
</P>
<P><I>Principal executive officer</I> means the chief executive officer of an ECIP recipient (or individual performing a similar function).
</P>
<P><I>Principal financial officer</I> means the chief financial officer of an ECIP recipient (or individual performing a similar function).
</P>
<P><I>Senior executive officer</I> means an ECIP recipient's president, any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function, any other officer who performs a policy making function, or any other person who performs similar policy making functions.
</P>
<P><I>Severance payment</I> means any payment or benefit provided to an officer or employee of an ECIP recipient in connection with any termination of such officer or employee's employment with the ECIP recipient (including resignation, severance, retirement, or constructive termination), except for payment for services performed or benefits accrued. A severance payment includes cash payments, health care benefits, perquisites, the enhancement or acceleration of any payment or vesting of any payment or benefit, or any other in-kind benefit payable or provided in connection with any termination of an officer or employee of the ECIP recipient.
</P>
<P><I>Total compensation</I> means all compensation, other than any severance payment, provided by an ECIP recipient to an officer or employee, including salary, wages, bonuses, awards of stock, deferred compensation, and other financial benefits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.22" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.2.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.22   Restrictions on compensation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Restriction on executive compensation.</I> An ECIP recipient must ensure that the total compensation paid to its senior executive officers is appropriate and not excessive. Unless informed otherwise by the Department of the Treasury, an ECIP recipient is considered to have satisfied the requirements regarding executive compensation in this section if it, and, if applicable, all insured depository institution subsidiaries of the ECIP recipient, maintains compliance with the following (or any successor requirement, as applicable):
</P>
<P>(1) For an ECIP recipient or subsidiary of an ECIP recipient that is an insured depository institution, except for federally insured credit unions, the Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness as issued by the appropriate Federal banking agency for the ECIP recipient or subsidiary (<I>i.e.,</I> for national banks and Federal savings associations, 12 CFR part 30, appendix A; state member banks, 12 CFR part 208, appendix D-1; insured state nonmember banks and state savings associations, 12 CFR part 364, appendix A);
</P>
<P>(2) For an ECIP recipient that is a bank holding company, the requirements for corporate practices of bank holding companies as issued by the Federal Reserve Board at 12 CFR 225.4;
</P>
<P>(3) For an ECIP recipient that is a savings and loan holding company, the requirements regarding safe and sound operations of savings and loan holding companies as issued by the Federal Reserve Board at 12 CFR 238.8; and
</P>
<P>(4) For an ECIP recipient that is a federally insured credit union, the requirements on compensation and benefits for federally insured credit unions as issued by the NCUA at 12 CFR 701.19(a); 12 CFR 701.21(c)(8); 12 CFR 702.203(b)(10); and 12 CFR 702.204(b)(10).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Restriction on severance payments.</I> An ECIP recipient shall not make excessive severance payments to any senior executive officer. Unless informed otherwise by the Department of the Treasury, an ECIP is considered to have satisfied the requirements regarding severance payments in this section if it maintains compliance with the following (or any successor requirement, as applicable):
</P>
<P>(1) For an ECIP recipient that is an insured depository institution, a bank holding company or a savings and loan holding company, the limits and prohibitions to enter into contracts to pay and to make golden parachute and indemnification payments to institution-affiliated parties to the extent applicable to the ECIP recipient, as issued by the FDIC at 12 CFR part 359; and
</P>
<P>(2) For an ECIP recipient that is a federally insured credit union, the limits and prohibitions on the ability of federally insured credit unions to enter into contracts to pay and to make golden parachute and indemnification payments to institution-affiliated parties as issued by the NCUA at 12 CFR 750.1.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Excessive or luxury expenditures.</I> (1) Ninety days after an ECIP investment date with respect to an ECIP recipient, the board of directors of the ECIP recipient must adopt an excessive or luxury expenditures policy, provide such policy to the Department of the Treasury and the ECIP recipient's appropriate Federal banking agency, and post the text of such policy on its internet website, if the ECIP recipient maintains an internet website.
</P>
<P>(2) If, after adopting an excessive or luxury expenditures policy, the board of directors of the ECIP recipient makes any material amendments to such policy, within ninety days of the adoption of the amended policy the board of directors must provide the amended policy to the Department of the Treasury and the ECIP recipient's appropriate Federal banking agency and post the amended policy on its internet website, if the ECIP recipient maintains an internet website.
</P>
<P>(3) The ECIP recipient must maintain, and continue the disclosure of any material amendments to, the excessive or luxury expenditures policy during the ECIP period, unless the Department of the Treasury determines that discontinuation of the policy would not be contrary to the public interest.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Material changes in policies or procedures.</I> An ECIP recipient must obtain prior approval from the Department of the Treasury before making any material change to the policies or procedures that it maintains for purposes of compliance with paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section. A change to the compensation, severance pay, or excessive or luxury expenditures policies or procedures will be considered material for purposes of this section if the change is likely to have a negative effect on the financial condition of the ECIP recipient, limit the ability of the ECIP recipient to make payments under the terms of an ECIP instrument, or otherwise impair the ECIP recipient's ability to meet its obligations to the Department of the Treasury under the ECIP.
</P>
<P>(1) A request to make a material change to compensation, severance pay or excessive luxury expenditures policies or procedures, must be submitted by an ECIP recipient in writing and received by the Department of the Treasury at least thirty days prior to the effective date of the policy change. The request should describe the change, reason for the change, and anticipated financial or other impact of the change on the condition of the ECIP recipient.
</P>
<P>(2) The request will be deemed approved thirty days after the ECIP recipient has provided a complete request to the Department of the Treasury, unless, prior to the expiration of the thirty-day period, the Department of the Treasury objects to the proposed change or notifies the ECIP recipient that additional time is required in order to complete review of the proposed change to policy or procedures


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.23" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.2.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.23   Restrictions on dividends, share buybacks, and other capital distributions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Restriction on capital distributions due to nonpayment.</I> An ECIP recipient shall not make any capital distribution on a non-senior security, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) If the ECIP investment is in the form of preferred stock, the ECIP recipient has paid in full the dividends for the last completed dividend period on the preferred stock; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the ECIP investment is in a form other than preferred stock (including, subordinated debt), the ECIP recipient has paid in full the principal, interest, and other amounts due and payable under the terms of the ECIP investment, and no amount that has been deferred remains unpaid.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limit on amount of capital distributions.</I> (1) If an ECIP recipient is an insured depository institution, bank holding company, or savings and loan holding company, the ECIP recipient shall obtain the approval of the Department of the Treasury prior to making any capital distribution if the total of capital distributions made during the calendar year, including the proposed capital distribution, exceeds its eligible distributable income; provided, however, that any prior approval of a capital distribution by the Department of the Treasury does not supersede any applicable regulatory requirements of the ECIP recipient's appropriate Federal banking agency, or other actions taken by such agency. For purposes of this paragraph, “eligible distributable income” means the sum of the ECIP recipient's reported year-to-date net income as of the end of the most recent calendar quarter, plus net income for the two preceding calendar years, less any dividends or distributions for the year to date as of the end of the most recent calendar quarter and the two preceding calendar years, where each amount is calculated in accordance with the instructions to the Call Report or applicable reporting form.
</P>
<P>(2) If the ECIP recipient is federally insured credit union, the ECIP recipient shall obtain the Department of the Treasury's prior approval to make any capital distributions if the distribution would:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a dividend, be payable from retained earnings (as defined in 12 CFR 702.2(f)) other than undivided earnings; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Cause the ECIP recipient's net worth classification to fall below “adequately capitalized” (as defined in 12 CFR 702.102(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception for Subchapter S Corporations and other pass-through entities.</I> Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, any ECIP recipient that is an S corporation, as defined in 26 U.S.C. 1361(a), or other pass-through entity may make capital distributions, to the extent reasonably required to cover its owners' tax obligations in respect to the entity's earnings. Such distributions shall be subject to an annual reconciliation, with any surplus or deficiency to be deducted or added to distributions, as applicable, in the following year. Any tax-related distributions permitted under this paragraph (c) must also comply with any applicable limitations or determinations established by an ECIP recipient's Federal regulators.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.24" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.2.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.24   Annual certification.</HEAD>
<P>On an annual basis an ECIP recipient shall, in accordance with the terms and conditions of its ECIP investment agreement, submit to the Department of the Treasury a certification executed by two senior executive officers (one of which must be either its principal executive officer or principal financial officer) that the ECIP recipient is in compliance with each of the excessive compensation, severance pay, and excessive or luxury expenditures requirements and restrictions on capital distributions set forth in §§ 35.22 and 35.23.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.25" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.2.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.25   Exemptive relief.</HEAD>
<P>The Department of the Treasury may grant exemptions or waivers from some or all of the restrictions on share buybacks and dividend payments under this part if such exemption or waiver is necessary or appropriate to effectuate the goals of the ECIP or to protect the public interest. Such exemptions or waivers may be subject to such terms and conditions as deemed necessary or appropriate by the Department of the Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—State Small Business Credit Initiative Small Business Owners Demographics Data Collection</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 13633, Mar. 10, 2022, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 35.26" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.3.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.26   Authority, scope, and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority and scope.</I> This subpart is issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury pursuant to Sections 3007 and 3010 of the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, as amended by the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (12 U.S.C. 5706, 5709).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> The U.S. Department of the Treasury is collecting demographics-related data regarding those who own or control businesses that receive a loan, investment, other credit or equity support, or technical assistance under the State Small Business Credit Initiative for purposes of implementation, compliance, and understanding program outcomes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.27" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.3.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.27   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In this subpart:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Controlling influence over a business</I> means having the power to control, manage, or direct the business. A person is presumed to have a controlling influence over a business if the person is a senior executive officer or senior manager of the business (e.g., Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer), or any other individual who regularly performs similar functions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Jurisdiction</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) One of the fifty states of the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) The District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the United States Virgin Islands;
</P>
<P>(3) When designated by one of the fifty states of the United States, a political subdivision of that state that the U.S. Department of the Treasury determines has the capacity to participate in the State Small Business Credit Initiative;
</P>
<P>(4) Under the circumstances described in 12 U.S.C. 5703(d), a municipality of one of the fifty states of the United States to which the U.S. Department of the Treasury has given a special permission under 12 U.S.C. 5703(d); and
</P>
<P>(5) A Tribal government or a group of Tribal governments that jointly apply to be approved by the U.S. Department of Treasury to participate in the State Small Business Credit Initiative as a single participating jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Minority individual</I> means a natural person who identifies as American Indian or Alaska Native; Asian; Black or African American; Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander; or Hispanic or Latino/a; or one or more than one of these groups.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Minority-owned or controlled business</I> means a business that:
</P>
<P>(1) If privately owned, 51 percent or more is owned by minority individuals;
</P>
<P>(2) If publicly owned, 51 percent or more of the stock is owned by minority individuals;
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a mutual institution, a majority of the board of directors, account holders, and the community which the institution services is predominantly comprised of minority individuals; or
</P>
<P>(4) One or more minority individuals have the power to exercise a controlling influence over the business.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Participating jurisdiction</I> means a jurisdiction that has been approved by the U.S. Department of the Treasury for participation in the State Small Business Credit Initiative.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Principal owner</I> of a business means a natural person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, owns 25 percent or more of the equity interests of the business. If a trust owns, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, 25 percent or more of the equity interests of the business, the trustee is a principal owner.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Socially and economically disadvantaged individual (SEDI) demographics-related business</I> means a business owned and controlled by individuals who have had their access to credit on reasonable terms diminished compared to others in comparable economic circumstances, due to their:
</P>
<P>(1) Membership of a group that has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society;
</P>
<P>(2) Gender;
</P>
<P>(3) Veteran status;
</P>
<P>(4) Limited English proficiency;
</P>
<P>(5) Disability;
</P>
<P>(6) Long-term residence in an environment isolated from the mainstream of American society;
</P>
<P>(7) Membership of a federally or state-recognized Indian Tribe;
</P>
<P>(8) Long-term residence in a rural community;
</P>
<P>(9) Residence in a U.S. territory;
</P>
<P>(10) Residence in a community undergoing economic transitions (including communities impacted by the shift towards a net-zero economy or deindustrialization); or
</P>
<P>(11) Membership of an <I>underserved community.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Underserved communities</I> are populations sharing a particular characteristic, as well as geographic communities, that have been systematically denied a full opportunity to participate in aspects of economic, social, and civic life, as exemplified by the list in the definition of <I>equity</I> in paragraph (g)(11)(ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Equity</I> is consistent and systematic fair, just, and impartial treatment of all individuals, including individuals who belong to underserved communities that have been denied such treatment, such as Black, Latino, and Indigenous and Native American persons, Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders, and other persons of color; members of religious minorities; lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ+) persons; persons with disabilities; persons who live in rural areas; and persons otherwise adversely affected by persistent poverty or inequality.
</P>
<P>(12) For purposes of this paragraph (g), a business is “owned and controlled” by applicable individuals:
</P>
<P>(i) If privately owned, 51 percent or more is owned by such individuals;
</P>
<P>(ii) If publicly owned, 51 percent more or of the stock is owned by such individuals; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a mutual institution, if a majority of the board of directors, account holders, and the community which the institution services is predominantly comprised of such individuals.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Veteran-owned or controlled business</I> means a business that:
</P>
<P>(1) If privately owned, 51 percent or more is owned by veterans;
</P>
<P>(2) If publicly owned, 51 percent or more of the stock is owned by veterans;
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a mutual institution, a majority of the board of directors, account holders, and the community which the institution services is predominantly comprised of veterans; or
</P>
<P>(4) One or more individuals who are veterans have the power to exercise a controlling influence over the business.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Women-owned or controlled business</I> means a business that:
</P>
<P>(1) If privately owned, 51 percent or more is owned by females;
</P>
<P>(2) If publicly owned, 51 percent or more of the stock is owned by females;
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a mutual institution, a majority of the board of directors, account holders, and the community which the institution services is predominantly comprised of females; or
</P>
<P>(4) One or more individuals who are females have the power to exercise a controlling influence over the business.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.28" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.3.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.28   Annual report requirements.</HEAD>
<P>By March 31 of each year beginning March 31, 2023, and ending with the report to be submitted on March 31, 2028, each participating jurisdiction shall submit to the U.S. Department of the Treasury an annual report that includes, with respect to the previous calendar year, the following data for each business that receives a loan, investment, other credit or equity support, or technical assistance as part of the State Small Business Credit Initiative. For each business that receives a loan, investment, or other credit or equity support under the State Small Business Credit Initiative, the reported data shall be based on the ownership and control of the business immediately before the consummation of such loan, investment, or other credit or equity support-related transaction. For each business that receives technical assistance under the State Small Business Credit Initiative, the reported data shall be based on the ownership and control of the business at the time it receives such technical assistance.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Self-certified SEDI demographics-related business status.</I> (1) Indicate which one or more of the following categories apply: Self-certified due to membership of a group that has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society; self-certified due to gender; self-certified due to veteran status; self-certified due to limited English proficiency; self-certified due to disability; self-certified due to long-term residence in an environment isolated from the mainstream of American society; self-certified due to membership of a federally or state-recognized Indian Tribe; self-certified due to long-term residence in a rural community; self-certified due to residence in a U.S. territory; self-certified due to residence in a community undergoing economic transitions (including communities impacted by the shift towards a net-zero economy or deindustrialization); self-certified due to membership of an “underserved community” as defined in § 35.27(g)(11)(i); none of the preceding categories are applicable; prefer not to respond; or the business did not answer.
</P>
<P>(2) The participating jurisdiction must permit each business to identify all of the categories that apply in the definition of SEDI demographics-related business, and the participating jurisdiction must report to Treasury all categories identified by the business.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minority-owned or controlled business status.</I> Indicate whether the business is a minority-owned or controlled business. The participating jurisdiction must indicate yes; no; prefer not to respond; or that the business did not answer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Women-owned or controlled business status.</I> Indicate whether the business is a women-owned or controlled business. The participating jurisdiction must indicate yes; no; prefer not to respond; or that the business did not answer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Veteran-owned or controlled business status.</I> Indicate whether the business is a veteran-owned or controlled business. The participating jurisdiction must indicate yes; no; prefer not to respond; or that the business did not answer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Race of principal owners.</I> (1) For each principal owner of the business, indicate which one or more of the following race categories (including the Office of Management and Budget's minimum categories and the relevant disaggregated categories) with which the principal owner identifies: American Indian or Alaska Native; Asian; Asian disaggregated categories: Indian, Chinese, Filipino, Japanese, Korean, Vietnamese, Asian (Other); Black or African American; Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander; Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander disaggregated categories: Guamanian or Chamorro, Native Hawaiian, Samoan, Pacific Islander (Other); White; prefer not to respond; or that the business did not answer.
</P>
<P>(2) The participating jurisdiction must permit each business to identify all of the Office of Management and Budget's minimum categories and disaggregated categories in paragraph (e)(1) of this section with which each principal owner of the business identifies, and the participating jurisdiction must report to Treasury all categories identified by the business.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Ethnicity of principal owners.</I> For each principal owner of the business, indicate which of the following ethnicity categories the principal owner identifies with: Hispanic or Latino/a; not Hispanic or Latino/a; prefer not to respond; or that the business did not answer.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Middle Eastern or North African Ancestry of principal owners.</I> For each principal owner of the business, indicate which of the following ancestry categories the principal owner identifies with: Middle Eastern or North African; not Middle Eastern or North African; prefer not to respond; or that the business did not answer.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Gender of principal owners.</I> For each principal owner of the business, indicate which of the following gender categories the principal owner identifies with: Female; male; nonbinary; prefer to self-describe, prefer not to respond; or that the business did not answer. If the “prefer to self-describe” option is chosen, the participating jurisdiction must provide an option for the business to write in the gender and must report what the business writes in.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Sexual orientation of principal owners.</I> For each principal owner of the business, indicate which of the following sexual orientation categories the principal owner identifies with: Gay or lesbian; bisexual; straight, that is, not gay, lesbian, or bisexual; something else; prefer not to respond; or that the business did not answer.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Veteran status of principal owners.</I> For each principal owner of the business, indicate which of the following categories the principal owner identifies with: Veteran; non-veteran; prefer not to respond; or that the business did not answer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 35.29" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.3.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.29   Format.</HEAD>
<P>Participating jurisdictions must submit the information required under § 35.28 using the formats specified from time to time on the U.S. Department of the Treasury's website.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.34.3.16.5.29" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 35—Emergency Capital Investment Program Model Excessive or Luxury Expenditures Policy
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. Introduction
</HD1>
<P>A participant in the Emergency Capital Investment Program (ECIP recipient, as defined at 31 CFR 35.21) is required to establish and maintain policies designed to eliminate excessive or luxury expenditures. The term “excessive or luxury expenditures” means excessive expenditures on any of the following to the extent such expenditures are not reasonable expenditures for staff development, reasonable performance incentives, or other similar reasonable measures conducted in the normal course of the ECIP recipient's business operations: (1) Entertainment or events; (2) office and facility renovations; (3) aviation or other transportation services; (4) tax gross-ups; and (5) other similar items, activities, or events for which the ECIP recipient may reasonably anticipate incurring expenses, or reimbursing an employee for incurring expenses.
</P>
<P>(1) To facilitate compliance with this requirement, the Department of the Treasury is making available a model excessive or luxury expenditures policy. An ECIP recipient may refer to this model policy for guidance in satisfying the requirement at 31 CFR 35.22(c) to adopt and maintain an excessive or luxury expenditures policy. Alternatively, ECIP recipients may use other forms of, or existing policies relating to, excessive or luxury expenditures, provided that such other forms or policies satisfy all the requirements of the regulation at 31 CFR 35.22(c).
</P>
<P>(2) An ECIP recipient's luxury or excessive expenditure policy should be posted on the ECIP recipient's website. Any material amendments to an ECIP recipient's excessive or luxury expenditures policy must made in accordance with the provisions set forth in 31 CFR 35.22(d) (Material changes in policies or procedures). If the ECIP recipient makes any material amendments to this policy, then the ECIP recipient must submit a copy of the amended policy to the Department of the Treasury and post the amended policy on the ECIP recipient's website. ECIP recipients should refer to 31 CFR part 35, subpart B for additional information regarding definitions of terms used in the model policy, disclosure, material changes, certification, and other compliance requirements.
</P>
<HD1>II. Model Excessive or Luxury Expenditures Policy
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Purpose
</HD2>
<P>The purpose of this policy is to establish parameters and internal controls governing the expenditures of [NAME OF ECIP RECIPIENT] (together with its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates, referred to hereafter as the Organization). Expenditures of the Organization should be customary, prudent, consistent with applicable laws and regulations, and reasonably related to the Organization's business objectives and needs. This policy identifies expenditures that are excessive or luxury expenditures, creates processes that are reasonably designed to eliminate such expenditures, and establishes accountability for compliance. Routine operating expenses, capital expenditures, and other reasonable expenses are not prohibited by this policy.
</P>
<HD2>B. Authority
</HD2>
<P>The Organization has authority to provide compensation and benefits that are reasonable. This policy establishes a prohibition on expenditures that are excessive or luxury expenditures as required by the Department of the Treasury's Emergency Capital Investment Program regulations (31 CFR part 35), and as may be required by other statutes and regulations.
</P>
<HD2>C. Responsibility
</HD2>
<P>This policy is the responsibility of the Organization's board of directors (board). The board has approved this policy and will review compliance with this policy no less frequently than annually, and summary data on excessive or luxury expenditures will be reported to the board as part of the compliance review.
</P>
<HD2>D. Scope
</HD2>
<P>This policy applies to all employees, officers, and directors of the Organization with regard to any expenditure of the Organization. In making any expenditure on behalf of the Organization, employees, officers, and directors should consider whether the expenditure is an excessive or luxury expenditure that is prohibited under this policy.
</P>
<HD2>E. Excessive or Luxury Expenditures
</HD2>
<P>“Excessive or luxury expenditures” means excessive expenditures on any of the following to the extent not reasonable or appropriate expenditures for business development, staff development, reasonable performance incentives, or other similar reasonable measures conducted in the normal course of the Organization's business operations:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Entertainment or events.</I> This category includes fees, dues, tickets costs related to social, athletic, artistic and dining clubs, activities, celebrations or other events, and similar expenditures. Expenditures for charitable contributions and charitable events are not prohibited under this policy. Entertainment or events expenditures in an amount less than $___ per instance, and $___ on an annual aggregate basis per individual, are exempt from this policy.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Office and facility renovations.</I> This category includes costs and allowances for office renovation, including expenditures related to furniture, art, office personalization, interior finishing, design and decoration, and similar expenditures. Office and facility renovations expenditures in an amount less than $___ per instance, and $___ on an annual aggregate basis per individual, are exempt from this policy.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Aviation or other transportation services.</I> (i) This category includes charter fees, tickets, slip or docking fees, vehicle installment payments, reservation and travel agent expenses, and similar expenditures associated with transportation services (<I>e.g.,</I> airline, train, rental cars, or vans). Mileage reimbursable according to current Internal Revenue Service mileage rates is exempt from this policy. Transportation services in an amount less than $___ per instance, and $___ on an annual aggregate basis per individual, are exempt from this policy.
</P>
<P>(ii) The principal executive officer may establish or delegate to an appropriate executive officer the authority to establish processes for reimbursement of reasonable travel expenditures, which processes must be reviewed by executive management no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Tax gross-ups.</I> This category includes any reimbursement of taxes owed with respect to any compensation. This category does not apply to tax equalization agreements for employees subject to tax from a non-U.S. jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Other similar items, activities, or events for which the Organization may reasonably anticipate incurring expenses or reimbursing an employee for incurring expenses.</I> (i) Expenditures related to other items not listed in the preceding categories are exempt from this policy in an amount less than $___ per instance, and together with all expenditures permitted under this policy, may not exceed $___ on an annual aggregate basis per individual.
</P>
<P>(ii) For the avoidance of doubt, reasonable capital investments in technology, equipment, and similar items that expand the long-term capability of an ECIP recipient to provide products and services to its customers and community are not excessive or luxury expenditures.
</P>
<P>(iii) The principal executive officer may establish or delegate to an appropriate executive officer the authority to establish processes for the evaluation and approval of expenditures in the preceding categories that are not luxury or excessive expenditures and that are not otherwise exempt from this policy. These processes must be reviewed by executive management no less frequently than annually, as well as any additional threshold expenditure amounts per item, activity, or event, or a threshold expenditure amount per employee receiving the item or participating in the activity or event under this policy. Such approvals must be reported to the board of directors (which may be in an appropriate summary form) no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<HD2>F. Exceptions or Violations
</HD2>
<P>(1) Any exception or violation of this policy must be promptly reported to the Organization's (i) principal executive officer, (ii) officer with primary responsibility for the Organization's compliance function, or (iii) officer designated with primary responsibility for overseeing the administration, monitoring, and compliance with this policy. Exceptions and violations must be reported to the board of directors no less frequently than annually, or more frequently as the nature and severity of violation may warrant. All employees, officers, and directors of the Organization must adhere to this policy and will be held accountable for compliance. Any employee or officer who violates this policy may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.
</P>
<P>(2) Any employee or officer that is aware of any circumstance that may indicate a violation of this policy is required to report such circumstance to their supervisor or the Organization's principal compliance officer or compliance group. The Organization prohibits retaliation against any employee or officer for making a good faith report of actual or suspected violations of the Organization's code of conduct, laws, regulations, or other Organization policies, including this policy. A finding of retaliation against any such employee or officer may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination. Failure to promptly report known violations by others may also be deemed a violation of the Organization's code of conduct.
</P>
<P>(3) Employees and officers may ask questions, raise concerns, or report instances of non-compliance with this policy and/or any of the existing underlying relevant policies by contacting the following: [COMPLIANCE HELP LINE OR E-MAIL].
</P>
<HD2>G. Certification
</HD2>
<P>On an annual basis, the ECIP recipient will deliver to the Department of the Treasury a certification, executed by two senior executive officers (one of which must be either the ECIP recipient's principal executive officer or principal financial officer) certifying that (i) the Organization is in compliance with this policy and (ii) the approval of any expenditure requiring the prior approval of any senior executive officer, any executive officer of a substantially similar level of responsibility, or the board of directors (or a committee of such board), was properly obtained with respect to each such expenditure.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="50" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 50—TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 321; Title I, Pub. L. 107-297, 116 Stat. 2322, as amended by Pub. L. 109-144, 119 Stat. 2660, Pub. L. 110-160, 121 Stat. 1839, Pub. L. 114-1, 129 Stat. 3, and Pub. L. 116-94, 133 Stat. 2534 (15 U.S.C. 6701 note); Pub. L. 114-74, 129 Stat. 601, Title VII (28 U.S.C. 2461 note).












</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.1" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.1.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.1   Authority, purpose, and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority.</I> This part is issued pursuant to authority in Title I of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, Public Law 107-297, 116 Stat. 2322, as amended by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension Act of 2005, Public Law 109-144, 119 Stat. 2660, the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007, Public Law 110-160, 121 Stat. 1839, the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2015, Public Law 114-1, 129 Stat. 3, and the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2019, Public Law 116-94, 133 Stat. 2534.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> This part contains rules prescribed by the Department of the Treasury to implement and administer the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Scope.</I> This part applies to insurers subject to the Act and their policyholders and claimants.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 30540, June 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.2" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.1.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.2   Responsible office.</HEAD>
<P>The office responsible for the administration of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act in the Department of the Treasury is the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Office within the Federal Insurance Office. The Treasury Assistant Secretary for Financial Institutions prescribes the regulations under the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.3" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.1.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.3   Mandatory participation in program.</HEAD>
<P>Any entity that meets the definition of an insurer under the Act is required to participate in the Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.4" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.1.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Act</I> means the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (as amended).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Act of terrorism</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The term <I>act of terrorism</I> means any act that is certified by the Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General of the United States and the Secretary of Homeland Security:
</P>
<P>(i) To be an act of terrorism;
</P>
<P>(ii) To be a violent act or an act that is dangerous to human life, property, or infrastructure;
</P>
<P>(iii) To have resulted in damage within the United States, or outside of the United States in the case of:
</P>
<P>(A) An air carrier (as defined in 49 U.S.C. 40102) or a United States flag vessel (or a vessel based principally in the United States, on which United States income tax is paid and whose insurance coverage is subject to regulation in the United States); or
</P>
<P>(B) The premises of a United States mission; and
</P>
<P>(iv) To have been committed by an individual or individuals as part of an effort to coerce the civilian population of the United States or to influence the policy or affect the conduct of the United States Government by coercion.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Limitations.</I> The Secretary is not authorized to certify an act as an act of terrorism if:
</P>
<P>(i) The act is committed as part of the course of a war declared by the Congress (except with respect to any coverage for workers' compensation); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Property and casualty insurance losses resulting from the act, in the aggregate, do not exceed $5,000,000. For these purposes, property and casualty insurance losses include any amounts subject to payment under a property and casualty insurance policy, even if the policyholder declined to obtain terrorism risk insurance under the policy or is otherwise ultimately responsible for the payment.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Judicial review precluded.</I> The Secretary's certification of an act of terrorism, or determination not to certify an act as an act of terrorism, is final and is not subject to judicial review.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Affiliate</I> means, with respect to an insurer, any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the insurer. An affiliate must itself meet the definition of insurer to participate in the Program.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) For purposes of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, an insurer has control over another insurer for purposes of the Program if:
</P>
<P>(A) The insurer directly or indirectly or acting through one or more other persons owns, controls, or has power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the other insurer;
</P>
<P>(B) The insurer controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors or trustees of the other insurer; or
</P>
<P>(C) The Secretary determines, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that an insurer directly or indirectly exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the other insurer, even if there is no control as defined in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) or (c)(2)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) An entity, including any affiliate thereof, does not have control or exercise controlling influence over a reciprocal insurer under this section if, as of January 12, 2015, the entity, including any affiliate thereof, was acting as an attorney-in-fact for the reciprocal insurer, provided that the entity does not, for reasons other than activities it may perform under the attorney-in-fact relationship, have control over the reciprocal insurer as otherwise defined under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) An insurer described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section is conclusively deemed to have control.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of a determination of controlling influence under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C) of this section, if an insurer is not described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section, the following rebuttable presumptions will apply:
</P>
<P>(i) If an insurer controls another insurer under the laws of a state, and at least one of the factors listed in paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section applies, there is a rebuttable presumption that the insurer that has control under state law exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the other insurer for purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an insurer provides 25 percent or more of another insurer's capital (in the case of a stock insurer), policyholder surplus (in the case of a mutual insurer), or corporate capital (in the case of other entities that qualify as insurers), and at least one of the factors listed in paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section applies, there is a rebuttable presumption that the insurer providing such capital, policyholder surplus, or corporate capital exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the receiving insurer for purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) If an insurer, at any time during a calendar year, supplies 25 percent or more of the underwriting capacity for that year to an insurer that is a syndicate consisting of one or more incorporated or individual unincorporated underwriters, and at least one of the factors in paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section applies, there is a rebuttable presumption that the insurer exercises a controlling influence over the syndicate for purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) If paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section are not applicable, but two or more of the following factors apply to an insurer, with respect to another insurer, there is a rebuttable presumption that the insurer exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the other insurer for purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) The insurer is one of the two largest shareholders of any class of voting stock;
</P>
<P>(B) The insurer holds more than 35 percent of the combined debt securities and equity of the other insurer;
</P>
<P>(C) The insurer is party to an agreement pursuant to which the insurer possesses a material economic stake in the other insurer resulting from a profit-sharing arrangement, use of common names, facilities or personnel, or the provision of essential services to the other insurer;
</P>
<P>(D) The insurer is party to an agreement that enables the insurer to influence a material aspect of the management or policies of the other insurer;
</P>
<P>(E) The insurer would have the ability, other than through the holding of revocable proxies, to direct the votes of more than 25 percent of the other insurer's voting stock in the future upon the occurrence of an event;
</P>
<P>(F) The insurer has the power to direct the disposition of more than 25 percent of a class of voting stock of the other insurer in a manner other than a widely dispersed or public offering;
</P>
<P>(G) The insurer and/or the insurer's representative or nominee constitute more than one member of the other insurer's board of directors; or
</P>
<P>(H) The insurer or its nominee or an officer of the insurer serves as the chairman of the board, chairman of the executive committee, chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer or in any position with similar policymaking authority in the other insurer.
</P>
<P>(5) An insurer that is not described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section may request a hearing in which the insurer may rebut a presumption of controlling influence under paragraph (c)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section or otherwise request a determination of controlling influence by presenting and supporting its position through written submissions to Treasury, and in Treasury's discretion, through informal oral presentations, in accordance with the procedure in § 50.7.
</P>
<P>(6) An insurer's affiliates for a calendar year, for purposes of subpart H of this part, shall be determined in accordance with the timing requirements laid out in § 50.75 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Aggregate Federal share of compensation</I> means the aggregate amount paid by Treasury for the Federal share of compensation for insured losses in a calendar year.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Assessment period</I> means a period, established by Treasury, during which policyholders of property and casualty insurance policies must pay, and insurers must collect, the Federal terrorism policy surcharge for remittance to Treasury.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Attorney-in-fact</I> means a person or entity appointed by the subscribers or members of a reciprocal insurer to act for and bind the reciprocal insurer under relevant state law for the benefit of its subscribers or members.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Captive insurer</I> means an insurer licensed under the captive insurance laws or regulations of any state.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Direct earned premium</I> means direct earned premium for all property and casualty insurance issued by any insurer for insurance against all losses, including losses from an act of terrorism, occurring at the locations described in section 102(5)(A) and (B) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>State-licensed or admitted insurers.</I> For a state licensed or admitted insurer that reports to the NAIC, direct earned premium is the premium information for property and casualty insurance reported by the insurer on column 2 of the Exhibit of Premiums and Losses of the NAIC Annual Statement (commonly known as Statutory Page 14).
</P>
<P>(i) Premium information as reported to state regulators through the NAIC should be included in the calculation of direct earned premiums for purposes of the Program only to the extent it reflects premiums for property and casualty insurance issued by the insurer against losses occurring at the locations described in section 102(5)(A) and (B) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) Premiums for personal property and casualty lines of insurance (insurance primarily designed to cover personal, family or household risk exposures, with the exception of insurance written to insure 1 to 4 family rental dwellings owned for the business purpose of generating income for the property owner), or premiums for any other insurance coverage that does not meet the definition of property and casualty insurance, should be excluded in the calculation of direct earned premiums for purposes of the Program.
</P>
<P>(iii) Personal property and casualty lines of insurance coverage that includes incidental coverage for commercial purposes are primarily personal coverage, and therefore premiums may be fully excluded by an insurer from the calculation of direct earned premium. For purposes of this section, commercial coverage is incidental if less than 25 percent of the total direct earned premium is attributable to commercial coverage. Property and casualty insurance against losses occurring at locations other than the locations described in section 102(5)(A) and (B) of the Act, or other insurance coverage that does not meet the definition of property and casualty insurance, but that includes incidental coverage for commercial risk exposures at such locations, is primarily not commercial, and therefore premiums for such insurance may also be fully excluded by an insurer from the calculation of direct earned premium. For purposes of this section, property and casualty insurance for losses occurring at the locations described in section 102(5)(A) and (B) of the Act is incidental if less than 25 percent of the total direct earned premium for the insurance policy is attributable to coverage at such locations. Also for purposes of this section, coverage for commercial risk exposures is incidental if it is combined with coverages that otherwise do not meet the definition of property and casualty insurance and less than 25 percent of the total direct earned premium for the insurance policy is attributable to the coverage for commercial risk exposures.
</P>
<P>(iv) If an insurance policy covers both commercial and personal property and casualty exposures, insurers may allocate the premiums in accordance with the proportion of risk between commercial and personal components in order to ascertain direct earned premium. If a policy includes insurance coverage that meets the definition of property and casualty insurance for losses occurring at the locations described in section 102(5)(A) and (B) of the Act, but also includes other coverage, insurers may allocate the premiums in accordance with the proportion of risk attributable to the components in order to ascertain direct earned premium.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Insurers that do not report to NAIC.</I> An insurer that does not report to the NAIC, but that is licensed or admitted by any state (such as certain farm or county mutual insurers), should use the guidance provided in paragraph (h)(1) of this section to assist in ascertaining its direct earned premium.
</P>
<P>(i) Direct earned premium may be ascertained by adjusting data maintained by such insurer or reported by such insurer to its state regulator to reflect a breakdown of premiums for commercial and personal property and casualty exposure risk as described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section and, if necessary, re-stated to reflect the accrual method of determining direct earned premium versus direct premium.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such an insurer should consider other types of payments that compensate the insurer for risk of loss (contributions, assessments, etc.) as part of its direct earned premium.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certain eligible surplus line carrier insurers.</I> An eligible surplus line carrier insurer listed on the NAIC Quarterly Listing of Alien Insurers must ascertain its direct earned premium by pricing separately its premium for insurance that meets the definition of property and casualty insurance for losses occurring at the locations described in section 102(5)(A) and (B) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Federally approved insurers.</I> A federally approved insurer, defined under section 102(6)(A)(iii) of the Act, should use a methodology similar to that specified for eligible surplus line carrier insurers in paragraph (h)(3) of this section to calculate its direct earned premium. Such calculation should be adjusted to reflect the limitations on scope of insurance coverage under the Program (<I>i.e.,</I> to the extent of Federal approval of property and casualty insurance in connection with maritime, energy or aviation activities).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Direct written premium</I> means the premium information for property and casualty insurance that is included by an insurer in column 1 of the Exhibit of Premiums and Losses of the NAIC Annual Statement or in an equivalent reporting requirement. The Federal terrorism policy surcharge is not included in amounts reported as direct written premium.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Discretionary recoupment amount</I> means such amount of the aggregate Federal share of compensation in excess of the mandatory recoupment amount that the Secretary has determined will be recouped pursuant to section 103(e)(7)(D) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Federal Insurance Office</I> means the Federal Insurance Office within the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Federal terrorism policy surcharge</I> means the amount established by Treasury under subpart J of this part that is imposed as a policy surcharge on property and casualty insurance policies, expressed as a percentage of the written premium.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Insurance marketplace aggregate retention amount</I> means an amount for a calendar year as calculated under section 103(e)(6) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(1) For calendar years beginning with 2015 through 2019, such amount is the lesser of the aggregate amount, for all insurers, of insured losses once there has been a Program Trigger Event during the calendar year and:
</P>
<P>(i) For calendar year 2015: $29,500,000,000;
</P>
<P>(ii) For calendar year 2016: $31,500,000,000;
</P>
<P>(iii) For calendar year 2017: $33,500,000,000;
</P>
<P>(iv) For calendar year 2018: $35,500,000,000; and
</P>
<P>(v) For calendar year 2019: $37,500,000,000.
</P>
<P>(2) For calendar years beginning with 2020 and any calendar year thereafter as may be necessary, such amount is the lesser of the aggregate amount, for all insurers, of insured losses once there has been a Program Trigger Event during the calendar year and the annual average of the sum of insurer deductibles for all insurers for the prior 3 years, to be calculated by taking:
</P>
<P>(i) The total amount of direct earned premium reported by insurers to Treasury pursuant to § 50.51 in the three calendar years prior to the calendar year in question, and then dividing that figure by three; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Multiplying the resulting three-year average figure by 20%.
</P>
<P>(3) For calendar year 2020 and each subsequent calendar year, Treasury shall publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the insurance marketplace aggregate retention amount no later than December 31 of the prior calendar year.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Insured loss.</I> (1) The term insured loss means any loss resulting from an act of terrorism (including an act of war, in the case of workers' compensation) that is covered by primary or excess property and casualty insurance issued by an insurer if the loss:
</P>
<P>(i) Occurs within the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Occurs to an air carrier (as defined in 49 U.S.C. 40102), or to a United States flag vessel (or a vessel based principally in the United States, on which United States income tax is paid and whose insurance coverage is subject to regulation in the United States), regardless of where the loss occurs; however, to the extent a loss occurs to such an air carrier or vessel outside the United States, the insured loss does not include losses covered by third party insurance contracts that are separate from the insurance coverage provided to the air carrier or vessel; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Occurs at the premises of any United States mission.
</P>
<P>(2) The term insured loss includes reasonable loss adjustment expenses, incurred by an insurer in connection with insured losses, that are allocated and identified by claim file in insurer records, including expenses incurred in the investigation, adjustment, and defense of claims, but excluding staff salaries, overhead, and other insurer expenses that would have been incurred notwithstanding the insured loss.
</P>
<P>(3) The term insured loss does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Punitive or exemplary damages awarded or paid in connection with the Federal cause of action specified in section 107(a)(1) of the Act. The term “punitive or exemplary damages” means damages that are not compensatory but are an award of money made to a claimant solely to punish or deter; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Extra-contractual damages awarded against, or paid by, an insurer; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Payments by an insurer in excess of policy limits; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Amounts paid by a policyholder as required under the terms and conditions of property and casualty insurance issued by an insurer.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Insurer</I> means any entity, including any affiliate of the entity, that meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The entity must fall within at least one of the following categories:
</P>
<P>(A) It is licensed or admitted to engage in the business of providing primary or excess insurance in any state (including, but not limited to, state licensed captive insurance companies, state licensed or admitted risk retention groups, and state licensed or admitted farm and county mutuals) and, if a joint underwriting association, pooling arrangement, or other similar entity, then the entity must:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Have gone through a process of being licensed or admitted to engage in the business of providing primary or excess insurance that is administered by the state's insurance regulator, which process generally applies to insurance companies or is similar in scope and content to the process applicable to insurance companies;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Be generally subject to State insurance regulation, including financial reporting requirements, applicable to insurance companies within the State; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Be managed independently from other insurers participating in the program;
</P>
<P>(B) It is not licensed or admitted to engage in the business of providing primary or excess insurance in any state, but is an eligible surplus line carrier listed on the NAIC Quarterly Listing of Alien Insurers;
</P>
<P>(C) It is approved or accepted for the purpose of offering property and casualty insurance by a Federal agency in connection with maritime, energy, or aviation activity, but only to the extent of such Federal approval of property and casualty insurance coverage offered by the insurer in connection with maritime, energy, or aviation activity;
</P>
<P>(D) It is a state residual market insurance entity or state workers' compensation fund; or
</P>
<P>(E) As determined by the Secretary, it falls within any of the classes or types of captive insurers or other self-insurance arrangements by municipalities and other entities.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an entity falls within more than one category described in paragraph (o)(1)(i) of this section, the entity is considered to fall within the first category within which it falls for purposes of the program.
</P>
<P>(2) The entity must receive direct earned premium, except in the case of:
</P>
<P>(i) State residual market insurance entities and state workers' compensation funds, to the extent provided in subpart D of this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Other classes or types of captive insurers and other self-insurance arrangements by municipalities and other entities to the extent provided for in subpart E of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) The entity must meet any other criteria as prescribed by Treasury.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Insurer deductible</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For an insurer that has had a full year of operations during the calendar year immediately preceding the applicable calendar year, the value of an insurer's direct earned premiums during the immediately preceding calendar year, multiplied by 20 percent; and
</P>
<P>(2) For an insurer that has not had a full year of operations during the immediately preceding calendar year, the insurer deductible will be based on data for direct earned premiums for the applicable calendar year multiplied by 20 percent. If the insurer does not have a full year of operations during the applicable calendar year, the direct earned premiums for the applicable calendar year will be annualized to determine the insurer deductible.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Mandatory recoupment amount</I> means the difference between the insurance marketplace aggregate retention amount for a calendar year and the uncompensated insured losses during such calendar year.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>NAIC</I> means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Person</I> means any individual, business or nonprofit entity (including those organized in the form of a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or association), trust or estate, or a State or political subdivision of a state or other governmental unit.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Professional liability insurance</I> means insurance coverage for liability arising out of the performance of professional or business duties related to a specific occupation, with coverage being tailored to the needs of the specific occupation. Examples include abstracters, accountants, insurance adjusters, architects, engineers, insurance agents and brokers, lawyers, real estate agents, stockbrokers, and veterinarians. For purposes of this definition, professional liability insurance does not include directors and officers liability insurance.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Program</I> means the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program established by the Act.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Program Trigger Event</I> means a certified act of terrorism within a calendar year that results in aggregate industry insured losses, either on its own or in combination with any other certified act(s) of terrorism having previously taken place in the same calendar year, exceeding:
</P>
<P>(1) $100,000,000 with respect to calendar year 2015 insured losses;
</P>
<P>(2) $120,000,000 with respect to calendar year 2016 insured losses;
</P>
<P>(3) $140,000,000 with respect to calendar year 2017 insured losses;
</P>
<P>(4) $160,000,000 with respect to calendar year 2018 insured losses;
</P>
<P>(5) $180,000,000 with respect to calendar year 2019 insured losses; or
</P>
<P>(6) $200,000,000 with respect to calendar year 2020 insured losses and with respect to any calendar year thereafter.
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Property and casualty insurance</I> means commercial lines of property and casualty insurance, including excess insurance, workers' compensation insurance, and directors and officers liability insurance, and:
</P>
<P>(1) Means commercial lines within only the following lines of insurance from the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14): Line 1—Fire; Line 2.1—Allied Lines; Line 5.1—Commercial Multiple Peril (non-liability portion); Line 5.2—Commercial Multiple Peril (liability portion); Line 8—Ocean Marine; Line 9—Inland Marine; Line 16—Workers' Compensation; Line 17—Other Liability; Line 18—Products Liability; Line 22—Aircraft (all perils); and Line 27—Boiler and Machinery; a stand-alone cyber liability policy falling within Line 17—Other Liability, is property and casualty insurance, so long as it is not otherwise identified for state reporting purposes as a policy that is not property and casualty insurance, such as professional liability insurance.
</P>
<P>(2) Property and casualty insurance does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Federal crop insurance issued or reinsured under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501 <I>et seq.</I>), or any other type of crop or livestock insurance that is privately issued or reinsured (including crop insurance reported under either Line 2.1—Allied Lines or Line 2.2—Multiple Peril (Crop) of the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14);
</P>
<P>(ii) Private mortgage insurance (as defined in section 2 of the Homeowners Protection Act of 1998) (12 U.S.C. 4901) or title insurance;
</P>
<P>(iii) Financial guaranty insurance issued by monoline financial guaranty insurance corporations;
</P>
<P>(iv) Insurance for medical malpractice;
</P>
<P>(v) Health or life insurance, including group life insurance;
</P>
<P>(vi) Flood insurance provided under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 4001 <I>et seq.</I>) or earthquake insurance reported under Line 12 of the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14);
</P>
<P>(vii) Reinsurance or retrocessional reinsurance;
</P>
<P>(viii) Commercial automobile insurance, including insurance reported under Lines 19.3 (Commercial Auto No-Fault (personal injury protection)), 19.4 (Other Commercial Auto Liability) and 21.2 (Commercial Auto Physical Damage) of the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14);
</P>
<P>(ix) Burglary and theft insurance, including insurance reported under Line 26 (Burglary and Theft) of the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14);
</P>
<P>(x) Surety insurance, including insurance reported under Line 24 (Surety) of the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14);
</P>
<P>(xi) Professional liability insurance as defined in paragraph (t) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(xii) Farm owners multiple peril insurance, including insurance reported under Line 3 (Farmowners Multiple Peril) of the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14).
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Reciprocal insurer</I> means an insurer organized under relevant state law as a reciprocal or interinsurance exchange.
</P>
<P>(y) <I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(z) <I>Small insurer</I> means an insurer (or an affiliated group of insurers in the case of affiliates within the meaning of paragraph (c) of this section) whose policyholder surplus for the immediately preceding year (as reported on its Annual Statement for state regulatory purposes at Page 3, Line 37, Column 1, or as calculated in similar fashion by participating insurers that do not file an Annual Statement) is less than five times the Program Trigger amount for the current year and whose direct earned premium for the preceding year is also less than five times the Program Trigger amount for the current year. An insurer that has not had a full year of operations during the immediately preceding calendar year is a small insurer if its policyholder surplus in the current year is less than five times the Program Trigger amount for the current year. A captive insurer is not a small insurer, regardless of the size of its policyholder surplus or direct earned premium.
</P>
<P>(aa) <I>State</I> means any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, each of the United States Virgin Islands, and any territory or possession of the United States.
</P>
<P>(bb) <I>Surcharge</I> means the Federal terrorism policy surcharge as defined in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(cc) <I>Surcharge effective date</I> means the date established by Treasury that begins the assessment period.
</P>
<P>(dd) <I>Treasury</I> means the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(ee) <I>Uncompensated insured losses</I> means the aggregate amount of insured losses of all insurers in a calendar year, once there has been a Program Trigger Event, that is not compensated by the Federal Government because such losses:
</P>
<P>(1) Are within the insurer deductibles of insurers, or
</P>
<P>(2) Are within the portions of losses in excess of insurer deductibles that are not compensated through payments made as a result of claims for the Federal share of compensation.
</P>
<P>(ff) <I>United States</I> means the several states, and includes the territorial sea and the continental shelf of the United States, as those terms are defined in the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994 (18 U.S.C. 2280 and 2281).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, as amended at 84 FR 62452, Nov. 15, 2019; 86 FR 30540, June 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.5" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.1.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.5   Rule of construction for dates.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise expressly provided in the regulation, any date in these regulations is intended to be applied so that the day begins at 12:01 a.m. and ends at midnight on that date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.6" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.1.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.6   Special rules for Interim Guidance safe harbors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An insurer will be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of the Act to the extent the insurer reasonably relied on Interim Guidance prior to the effective date of applicable regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, any Interim Guidance will be posted by Treasury at <I>https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/financial-markets-financial-institutions-and-fiscal-service/federal-insurance-office/terrorism-risk-insurance-program.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 30540, June 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.7" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.1.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.7   Procedure for requesting determinations of controlling influence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An insurer or insurers not having control over another insurer under § 50.4(c)(2)(i) or (ii) may make a written submission to Treasury to rebut a presumption of controlling influence under § 50.4(c)(4)(i) through (iv) or otherwise to request a determination of controlling influence. Such submissions shall be made to the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Office, Department of the Treasury, Room 1410, 1500 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20220. The submission should be entitled, “Controlling Influence Submission,” and should provide the full name and address of the submitting insurer(s) and the name, title, address and telephone number of the designated contact person(s) for such insurer(s).
</P>
<P>(b) Treasury will review submissions and determine whether Treasury needs additional written or orally presented information. In its discretion, Treasury may schedule a date, time, and place for an oral presentation by the insurer(s).
</P>
<P>(c) An insurer or insurers must provide all relevant facts and circumstances concerning the relationship(s) between or among the affected insurers and the control factors in § 50.4(c)(4)(i) through (iv); and must explain in detail any basis for why the insurer believes that no controlling influence exists (if a presumption is being rebutted) in light of the particular facts and circumstances, as well as the Act's language, structure and purpose. Any confidential business or trade secret information submitted to Treasury should be clearly marked. Treasury will handle any subsequent request for information designated by an insurer as confidential business or trade secret information in accordance with Treasury's Freedom of Information Act regulations at 31 CFR part 1.
</P>
<P>(d) Treasury will review and consider the insurer submission and other relevant facts and circumstances. Unless otherwise extended by Treasury, within 60 days after receipt of a complete submission, including any additional information requested by Treasury, and including any oral presentation, Treasury will issue a final determination of whether one insurer has a controlling influence over another insurer for purposes of the Program. The determination shall set forth Treasury's basis for its determination.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management &amp; Budget under control number 1505-0190)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.8" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.1.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.8   Procedure for requesting general interpretations of statute.</HEAD>
<P>Persons actually or potentially affected by the Act or regulations in this Part may request an interpretation of the Act or regulations by writing to the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Office, Room 1410, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20220, giving a detailed explanation of the facts and circumstances and the reason why an interpretation is needed. A requester should segregate and mark any confidential business or trade secret information clearly. Treasury in its discretion will provide written responses to requests for interpretation. Treasury reserves the right to decline to provide a response in any case. Except in the case of any confidential business or trade secret information, Treasury will make written requests for interpretations and responses publicly available at the Treasury Department Library, on the Treasury Web site, or through other means as soon as practicable after the response has been provided. Treasury will handle any subsequent request for information that had been designated by a requester as confidential business or trade secret information in accordance with Treasury's Freedom of Information Act regulations at 31 CFR part 1.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Disclosures as Conditions for Federal Payment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.10" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.2.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.10   General disclosure requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Content of disclosure.</I> As a condition for Federal payments under section 103(b) of the Act, the Act requires that an insurer provide clear and conspicuous disclosure to the policyholder of:
</P>
<P>(1) The premium charged for insured losses covered by the Program; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Federal share of compensation for insured losses under the Program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and timing of disclosure.</I> The disclosure required by the Act must be made on a separate line item in the policy, at the time of offer and of renewal of the policy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.11" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.2.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.11   Definition.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this Subpart, unless the context indicates otherwise, the term “disclosure” or “disclosures” refers to the disclosure described in section 103(b)(2) of the Act and § 50.10. The term “cap disclosure” refers to the disclosure required by section 103(b)(3) of the Act and § 50.15.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.12" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.2.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.12   Clear and conspicuous disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Whether a disclosure is clear and conspicuous depends on the totality of the facts and circumstances of the disclosure. See § 50.16 for model forms.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Description of premium.</I> An insurer may describe the premium charged for insured losses covered by the Program as a portion or percentage of a policy premium, if consistent with standard business practice and provided that the amount of policy premium or the method of determining the policy premium is also stated. An insurer may not describe the premium in a manner that is misleading in the context of the Program, such as by characterizing the premium as a “surcharge.”
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Method of disclosure.</I> Subject to § 50.10(b), an insurer may provide disclosures using normal business practices, including forms and methods of communication used to communicate similar policyholder information to policyholders.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Use of producer.</I> If an insurer normally communicates with a policyholder through an insurance producer or other intermediary, an insurer may provide disclosures through such producer or other intermediary. If an insurer elects to make the disclosures through an insurance producer or other intermediary, the insurer remains responsible for ensuring that the disclosures are provided by the insurance producer or other intermediary to policyholders in accordance with the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Demonstration of compliance.</I> An insurer may demonstrate that it has satisfied the requirement to provide clear and conspicuous disclosure as described in § 50.10 through use of appropriate systems and normal business practices that demonstrate a practice of compliance.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Certification of compliance.</I> An insurer must certify that it has complied with the requirement to provide disclosure to the policyholder on all policies that form the basis for any claim that is submitted by an insurer for Federal payment under the Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.13" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.2.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.13   Offer and renewal.</HEAD>
<P>An insurer is deemed to be in compliance with the requirement of providing disclosure “at the time of offer and of renewal of the policy” under § 50.10(b) if the insurer makes the disclosure no later than the time the insurer first formally offers to provide insurance coverage or renew a policy for a current policyholder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.14" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.2.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.14   Separate line item.</HEAD>
<P>An insurer is deemed to be in compliance with the requirement of providing disclosure on a “separate line item in the policy” under § 50.10(b) if the insurer makes the disclosure:
</P>
<P>(a) On the declarations page of the policy;
</P>
<P>(b) Elsewhere within the policy itself; or
</P>
<P>(c) In any rider or endorsement, or other document that is made a part of the policy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.15" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.2.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.15   Cap disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Under section 103(e)(2) of the Act, if the aggregate insured losses exceed $100,000,000,000 during any calendar year, the Secretary shall not make any payment for any portion of the amount of such losses that exceeds $100,000,000,000, and no insurer that has met its insurer deductible shall be liable for the payment of any portion of the amount of such losses that exceeds $100,000,000,000.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other requirements.</I> As a condition for Federal payments under section 103(b) of the Act, an insurer must provide clear and conspicuous disclosure to the policyholder of the existence of the $100,000,000,000 cap under section 103(e)(2). The cap disclosure must be made at the time of offer, purchase, and renewal of the policy.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Offer, purchase, and renewal.</I> An insurer is deemed to be in compliance with the requirement of providing disclosure “at the time of offer, purchase, and renewal of the policy” under § 50.15(b) if the insurer:
</P>
<P>(1) Makes the disclosure no later than the time the insurer first formally offers to provide insurance coverage or renew a policy for a current policyholder; and
</P>
<P>(2) If terrorism risk coverage is purchased, the insurer makes clear and conspicuous reference back to that disclosure, as well as the final terms of terrorism insurance coverage, at the time the transaction is completed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other applicable rules.</I> The cap disclosure is covered by the rules in § 50.12(a), (c), (d), (e), and (f) (relating to clear and conspicuous disclosure).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.16" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.2.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.16   Use of model forms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An insurer that is required to make the disclosure under § 50.10(b) or § 50.15(b) is deemed to be in compliance with the disclosure requirements if the insurer uses NAIC Model Disclosure Form No. 1 or NAIC Model Disclosure Form No. 2, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Not exclusive means of compliance.</I> An insurer is not required to use NAIC Model Disclosure Form No. 1 or NAIC Model Disclosure Form No. 2 to satisfy the disclosure requirements. An insurer may use other means to comply with the disclosure requirements, as long as the disclosures comport with the requirements of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, references to NAIC Model Disclosure Form No. 1 and NAIC Model Disclosure Form No. 2 refer to such forms as revised in March 2020, or as subsequently modified by the NAIC, provided Treasury has stated that usage by insurers of the subsequently modified forms is deemed to satisfy the disclosure requirements of the Act and the insurer uses the most current forms, so approved by Treasury, that are available at the time of disclosure. These forms may be found on the Treasury website at <I>https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/financial-markets-financial-institutions-and-fiscal-service/federal-insurance-office/terrorism-risk-insurance-program.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 30540, June 9, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.17" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.2.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.17   General disclosure requirements for State residual market insurance entities and State workers' compensation funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Residual market mechanism disclosure.</I> A state residual market insurance entity or state workers' compensation fund may provide the disclosures required by this subpart B to policyholders using normal business practices, including forms and methods of communication used to communicate similar information to policyholders. The disclosures may be made by the state residual market insurance entity or state workers' compensation fund itself, the individual insurers that participate in the state residual market insurance entity or state workers' compensation fund, or its servicing carriers. The ultimate responsibility for ensuring that the disclosure requirements have been met rests with the insurer filing a claim under the Program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other requirements.</I> Except as provided in this section, all other disclosure requirements set out in this subpart B apply to state residual insurance market entities and state workers' compensation funds.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Mandatory Availability</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.20" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.3.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.20   General mandatory availability requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Under section 103(c) of the Act, an insurer must:
</P>
<P>(1) Make available, in all of its property and casualty insurance policies, coverage for insured losses; and
</P>
<P>(2) Make available property and casualty insurance coverage for insured losses that does not differ materially from the terms, amounts, and other coverage limitations applicable to losses arising from events other than acts of terrorism.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compliance through 2027.</I> Under section 108(a) of the Act, an insurer must comply with paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section through calendar year 2027.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Beyond 2027.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(2) of this section and § 50.22(a), property and casualty insurance coverage for insured losses does not have to be made available beyond December 31, 2027, even if the policy period of insurance coverage for losses from events other than acts of terrorism extends beyond that date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 30540, June 9, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.21" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.3.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.21   Make available.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The requirement to make available coverage as provided in § 50.20 applies at the time an insurer makes the initial offer of coverage as well as at the time an insurer makes an initial offer of renewal of an existing policy.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Offer consistent with definition of act of terrorism.</I> An insurer must make available coverage for insured losses in a policy of property and casualty insurance consistent with the definition of an act of terrorism as defined in § 50.4(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Changes negotiated subsequent to initial offer.</I> If an insurer satisfies the requirement to make available coverage as described in § 50.20 by first making an offer with coverage for insured losses that does not differ materially from the terms, amounts, and other coverage limitations applicable to losses arising from events other than acts of terrorism, which the policyholder or prospective policyholder declines, the insurer may negotiate with the policyholder or prospective policyholder an option of partial coverage for insured losses at a lower amount of coverage if permitted by any applicable state law. An insurer is not required by the Act to offer partial coverage if the policyholder or prospective policyholder declines full coverage. See § 50.23.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Demonstrations of compliance.</I> If an insurer makes an offer of insurance but no contract of insurance is concluded, the insurer may demonstrate that it has satisfied the requirement to make available coverage as described in § 50.20 through use of appropriate systems and normal business practices that demonstrate a practice of compliance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.22" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.3.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.22   No material difference from other coverage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Terms, amounts, and other coverage limitations.</I> As provided in § 50.20(a)(2), an insurer must offer coverage for insured losses arising from an act of terrorism that does not differ materially from the terms, amounts, and other coverage limitations (including deductibles) applicable to losses arising from events other than acts of terrorism. For purposes of this requirement, “terms” excludes price.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitations on types of risk.</I> An insurer is not required to cover risks that it typically excludes or does not write to satisfy the requirement to make available coverage for losses resulting from an act of terrorism that does not differ materially from the terms, amounts, and other coverage limitations applicable to losses arising from events other than acts of terrorism. For example, if an insurer does not cover all types of risks, either because the insurer is outside of direct state regulatory oversight, or because a state permits certain exclusions for certain types of losses, such as nuclear, biological, or chemical events, then the insurer is not required to make such coverage available.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.23" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.3.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.23   Applicability of State law requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> After satisfying the requirement to make available coverage for insured losses that does not differ materially from the terms, amounts, and other coverage limitations applicable to losses arising from events other than acts of terrorism, if coverage is rejected an insurer may then offer coverage that is on different terms, amounts, or coverage limitations, as long as such an offer does not violate any applicable state law requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples.</I> (1) If an insurer subject to state regulation first makes available coverage in accordance with § 50.20 and the state has a requirement that an insurer offer full coverage without any exclusion, then the requirement would continue to apply and the insurer may not subsequently offer less than full coverage or coverage with exclusions.
</P>
<P>(2) If an insurer subject to state regulation first makes available coverage in accordance with § 50.20 and the state permits certain exclusions or allows for other limitations, or an insurance policy is not governed by state law requirements, then the insurer may subsequently offer limited coverage or coverage with exclusions.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—State Residual Market Insurance Entities; State Workers' Compensation Funds</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.30" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.4.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.30   General participation requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Insurers.</I> As defined in § 50.4(o), all state residual market insurance entities and state workers' compensation funds are insurers under the Program even if such entities do not receive direct earned premiums.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mandatory participation.</I> State residual market insurance entities and State workers' compensation funds are mandatory participants in the Program subject to the rules issued in this Subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification.</I> Treasury maintains a list of state residual market insurance entities and state workers' compensation funds at <I>https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/financial-markets-financial-institutions-and-fiscal-service/federal-insurance-office/terrorism-risk-insurance-program.</I> Procedures for providing comments and updates to that list are posted with the list.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 30540, June 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.31" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.4.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.31   Entities that do not share profits and losses with private sector insurers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Treatment.</I> A state residual market insurance entity or a state workers' compensation fund that does not share profits and losses with a private sector insurer is deemed to be a separate insurer under the Program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Premium calculation.</I> A state residual market insurance entity or a state workers' compensation fund that is deemed to be a separate insurer should follow the guidelines specified in § 50.4(h)(1) or (2) for the purposes of calculating the appropriate measure of direct earned premium.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.32" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.4.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.32   Entities that share profits and losses with private sector insurers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Treatment.</I> A State residual market insurance entity or a State workers' compensation fund that shares profits and losses with a private sector insurer is deemed not to be a separate insurer under the Program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Premium and loss calculation.</I> A state residual market insurance entity or a State workers' compensation fund that is deemed not to be a separate insurer should continue to report, in accordance with normal business practices, to each participant insurer its share of premium income and insured losses, which shall then be included respectively in the participant insurer's direct earned premium or insured loss calculations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.33" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.4.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.33   Allocation of premium income associated with entities that do share profits and losses with private sector insurers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Servicing carriers.</I> For purposes of this subpart, a servicing carrier is an insurer that enters into an agreement to place and service insurance contracts for a state residual market insurance entity or a state workers' compensation fund and to cede premiums associated with such insurance contracts to the State residual market insurance entity or State workers' compensation fund. Premiums written by a servicing carrier on behalf of a state residual market insurance entity or State workers' compensation fund that are ceded to such an entity or fund shall not be included as direct earned premium (as described in § 50.4(h)(1) or (2)) of the servicing carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Participant insurers.</I> For purposes of this Subpart, a participant insurer is an insurer that shares in the profits and losses of a state residual market insurance entity or a state workers' compensation fund. Premium income that is distributed to or assumed by participant insurers in a state residual market insurance entity or state workers' compensation fund (whether directly or as quota share insurers of risks written by servicing carriers), shall be included in direct earned premium (as described in § 50.4(h)(1) or (2)) of the participant insurer.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Data Collection</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.50" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.6.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.50   General.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury may request from insurers such data and information as may be reasonably required in support of Treasury's administration of the Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.51" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.6.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.51   Annual data reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No later than May 15 of each calendar year, all insurers shall provide specified data and information respecting their Program participation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> Except as otherwise provided by Treasury, the information to be provided shall address: the lines of property and casualty insurance subject to the Program, the premiums earned for terrorism risk insurance within those lines and for those lines generally, the geographical location of exposures covered under terrorism risk insurance, the pricing of terrorism risk insurance, the take-up rate for terrorism risk insurance, the amount of private reinsurance obtained by participating insurers in connection with such policies, and other matters concerning the Program as may be identified by Treasury.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Method of reporting.</I> (1) Treasury will promulgate forms defining the specific data and information that each insurer must submit and make these forms available on its Web site. Treasury may adopt different data reporting forms for different types of insurers that participate in the Program, which modify the requested information by each different category of participating insurer based upon the manner and scope of the participation of those insurers in the Program. Each insurer shall submit the required data and information by electronic submission through the forms and data portal(s) identified on Treasury's Web site. All data and information provided as part of such electronic submission shall be certified by the insurer as a full and true statement of the information provided to the best of its knowledge, information and belief.
</P>
<P>(2) The data and information required to be provided under this subsection may be modified annually by Treasury. Any modification shall be made during the prior calendar year, and Treasury shall provide insurers at least 90 days before requiring collection of any newly specified data or information.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Supplemental requests.</I> Treasury may issue supplemental requests, to some or all participating insurers, in connection with the annual data request provided for under this section, to the extent Treasury determines that it requires additional or clarifying information in order to analyze the effectiveness of the Program. Insurers shall respond to any such supplemental requests as may be made within the timeframe and in the manner specified by Treasury.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Small insurer exception.</I> The Secretary may exempt a small insurer that meets the definition in § 50.4(z) from any or all data calls under this section, or may modify the requests as applicable to such small insurer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.52" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.6.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.52   Small insurer data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Secretary may collect information relating to small insurers, as defined in § 50.4(z), in order to conduct a study of small insurers participating in the Program, and identify any competitive challenges small insurers face in the terrorism risk insurance marketplace.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> Information collected concerning small insurers may include information necessary for Treasury to identify:
</P>
<P>(1) Changes to the market share, premium volume, and policyholder surplus of small insurers relative to large insurers;
</P>
<P>(2) How the property and casualty insurance market for terrorism risk differs between small and large insurers, and whether such a difference exists within other perils;
</P>
<P>(3) The impact on small insurers of the Program's mandatory availability requirement under section 103(c) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(4) The effect on small insurers of increasing the trigger amount for the Program under section 103(e)(1)(B) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(5) The availability and cost of private reinsurance for small insurers; and
</P>
<P>(6) The impact that state workers compensation laws have on small insurers and workers compensation carriers in the terrorism risk insurance marketplace.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.53" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.6.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.53   Collection of claims data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Subsequent to any certification by the Secretary of an act of terrorism, insurers shall report to Treasury information respecting insured losses arising from the act of terrorism.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of periodic reporting.</I> Reporting under this subsection shall be by a form prescribed by Treasury and made available on the Treasury Web site, which provides basic information about each claim established by an insurer that involves or potentially involves an insured loss. Information to be reported for any claims by or against a policyholder shall identify paid and reserved amounts associated with the claim. In the case of an affiliated group of insurers, the form required by this subsection shall be submitted by a single insurer designated within the affiliated group, which shall report on a consolidated basis. Data and information reported under this subsection will include:
</P>
<P>(1) A listing of each claim by name of insured, catastrophe code, line of business, and in the case of an affiliated group of insurers, the particular insurer or insurers within the group associated with each claim;
</P>
<P>(2) Amounts paid, both loss and loss adjustment expenses, in connection with the claim as of the effective date of the report; and
</P>
<P>(3) Amounts reserved, both loss and loss adjustment expenses, in connection with the claim as of the effective date of the report.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Timing of reporting.</I> To the extent that an insurer has established one or more claims that it believes involve insured losses arising from an act of terrorism, the insurer shall submit its first report within 60 days of establishing the first of such claims. An updated report shall be submitted each month thereafter, reporting data as of the prior month, until all claims arising from the act of terrorism have been resolved.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Interrelationship with other reporting requirements.</I> The reporting requirements under this subsection are independent of the Initial Notice of Deductible Erosion, Initial Certification of Loss, and Supplementary Certifications of Loss requirements in subpart H.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other sources of information.</I> Subsequent to any certification of an act of terrorism, Treasury may also seek information respecting loss estimates and projections from one or more organizations that are not participants in the Program, such as state insurance regulators, insurance modeling organizations, rating agencies, insurance brokers and producers, and insurance data aggregators. A data request may also be directed to insurers identified in connection with such inquiries. An insurer subject to such a data call shall respond to this request within the time frame specified in the request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.54" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.6.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.54   Handling of data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All nonpublic information submitted to the Secretary under subparts F and G of this part shall be considered proprietary information and shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be handled and stored by Treasury in an appropriately secure manner;
</P>
<P>(2) Be considered, where appropriate, to be trade secrets or commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential; and
</P>
<P>(3) Not be publicly released in any unaggregated form in which a consumer, policyholder, or insurer is identifiable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of insurance statistical aggregator.</I> To the extent Treasury utilizes an insurance statistical aggregator in connection with any data collection under subparts F and G, such insurance statistical aggregator shall keep any nonpublic information that it collects confidential, consistent with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confidentiality.</I> (1) The submission of any non-publicly available data and information to the Secretary under subparts F and G of this part, and the sharing of any non-publicly available data with or by the Secretary among other Federal agencies, the state insurance regulatory authorities, or any other entities shall not constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect, any privilege or immunity arising under Federal or state law (including the rules of any Federal or state court) to which the data or information is otherwise subject.
</P>
<P>(2) Any requirement under Federal or state law to the extent otherwise applicable, or any requirement pursuant to a written agreement in effect between the original source of any non-publicly available data or information and the source of such data or information to the Secretary, regarding privacy or confidentiality of any data or information in the possession of the source to the Secretary, shall continue to apply to such data or information after the data or information has been provided pursuant to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(3) Any data or information obtained by the Secretary under subparts F or G of this part may be made available to state insurance regulatory authorities, individually or collectively through an information-sharing agreement that:
</P>
<P>(i) Shall comply with applicable Federal law; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall not constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect, any privilege or immunity under Federal or state law (including any privilege referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and the rules of any Federal or State court) to which the data or information is otherwise subject.
</P>
<P>(4) Section 552 of title 5, United States Code, including any exceptions thereunder, shall apply to any data or information submitted under this Subpart by an insurer or affiliate of an insurer.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Certification</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.60" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.7.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.60   Certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Certification decision.</I> The Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General of the United States and the Secretary of Homeland Security, is responsible for determining whether to certify an act as an act of terrorism.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timeline for eligibility.</I> An act is eligible for certification as an act of terrorism at the end of the following timeline:
</P>
<P>(1) The Secretary commences review of whether an act satisfies the definition in § 50.4(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Within 30 days of the Secretary commencing review, Treasury publishes the notice required by § 50.61(a). During such review, the schedule of public notifications in § 50.61(b) shall apply, as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(3) The Secretary's review finds that the act satisfies the elements for certification under § 50.4(b)(1)(i) through (iv), and that it is not otherwise precluded from certification by § 50.4(b)(2); and
</P>
<P>(4) Within 30 days or as soon as otherwise practicable after the review identified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section concludes that the act satisfies the necessary criteria, the Secretary consults with the Attorney General of the United States and the Secretary of Homeland Security pursuant to section 102(1)(A) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other consultation.</I> Nothing in this section shall prevent the Secretary from consulting and coordinating with the Attorney General of the United States, the Secretary of Homeland Security, or any other government official prior to the consultation identified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Finality.</I> Any decision by the Secretary to certify, or determination not to certify, an act as an act of terrorism under this subpart shall be final, and shall not be subject to judicial review.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Nondelegation.</I> The Secretary may not delegate or designate to any other officer, employee, or person, the determination of whether to certify an act as an act of terrorism.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.61" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.7.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.61   Public communication.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial notification.</I> After the Secretary commences review of whether an act may satisfy the definition in § 50.4(b), Treasury shall publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 30 days of the Secretary commencing review notifying the public that the act is under review for certification as an act of terrorism. Treasury may also announce that an act is not under review for certification.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Update notification.</I> Not later than 30 days following the publication of a notice under paragraph (a) of this section that an act is under review for certification, and not later than every 60 days thereafter until the Secretary determines whether to certify an act as an act of terrorism, Treasury shall publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notifying the public whether the act is still under review for certification as an act of terrorism.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of notification.</I> Nothing in this section shall require Treasury to provide any information other than whether the act is under review for certification as an act of terrorism (or is no longer under such review) or shall limit Treasury from providing further information of relevance.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rules of construction.</I> Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the Secretary from certifying or determining not to certify an act as an act of terrorism before notifying the public that the act is under review for certification. If, in the discretion of the Secretary, circumstances relating to an act render timely notification under this section by Treasury impracticable, Treasury shall provide the notification as soon as practicable, in a manner the Secretary determines is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Nonbinding decision.</I> A notification made under this section shall not be construed to be a final determination by the Secretary of whether to certify an act as an act of terrorism.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.62" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.7.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.62   Certification data collection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) The Secretary, when evaluating an act for certification as an act of terrorism, may at any time direct one or more insurers to submit information regarding projected and actual losses in connection with an act and any other information the Secretary determines appropriate. The information sought by the Secretary shall be specified in the data request, and any insurer subject to the data request shall respond to the request within the time frame specified by the Secretary at the time of the request. The data requested may include actual loss reserves established by insurers in connection with the act under consideration, loss estimates generated by insurers in connection with the act under consideration which have not yet been established as actual loss reserves, and information respecting an insurer's property and casualty exposures in a particular geographic area associated with the act under consideration.
</P>
<P>(2) An insurer not required by Treasury to submit information under paragraph (a)(1) of this section may voluntarily submit information to the Secretary as specified in public notifications issued by Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other sources of information.</I> The Secretary may request information with respect to loss estimates and likely affected insurers from organizations, including state insurance regulators, insurance modeling organizations, rating agencies, insurance brokers and producers, and insurance data aggregators.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.63" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.7.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.63   Notification of certification determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Public notification.</I> Not later than 5 business days after the Secretary determines whether to certify an act as an act of terrorism, Treasury shall publish a statement and submit a notice to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notifying the public of the Secretary's decision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Insurance supervisor notification.</I> Not later than 5 business days after the Secretary determines whether to certify an act as an act of terrorism, Treasury shall notify in writing any relevant supervisory officials of the Secretary's decision.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Congressional notification.</I> Not later than 5 business days after the Secretary determines whether to certify an act as an act of terrorism, Treasury shall notify in writing the President of the U.S. Senate and the Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives of the Secretary's decision.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rule of construction.</I> If, in the discretion of the Secretary, circumstances relating to an act render timely notification by Treasury under this section impracticable, Treasury shall provide the notification as soon as practicable, in a manner the Secretary determines is appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Claims Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.70" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.8.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.70   Federal share of compensation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Treasury will pay the Federal share of compensation for insured losses as provided in section 103 of the Act once a Certification of Loss required by § 50.73 is deemed sufficient. The Federal share of compensation under the Program shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) 85 percent of that portion of the insurer's aggregate insured losses that exceeds its insurer deductible during calendar year 2015;
</P>
<P>(ii) 84 percent of that portion of the insurer's aggregate insured losses that exceeds its insurer deductible during calendar year 2016;
</P>
<P>(iii) 83 percent of that portion of the insurer's aggregate insured losses that exceeds its insurer deductible during calendar year 2017;
</P>
<P>(iv) 82 percent of that portion of the insurer's aggregate insured losses that exceeds its insurer deductible during calendar year 2018;
</P>
<P>(v) 81 percent of that portion of the insurer's aggregate insured losses that exceeds its insurer deductible during calendar year 2019; and
</P>
<P>(vi) 80 percent of that portion of the insurer's aggregate insured losses that exceeds its insurer deductible during calendar year 2020 and any calendar year thereafter.
</P>
<P>(2) The percentages in paragraph (a)(1) of this section are subject to any adjustments described in § 50.71 and to the cap of $100 billion as provided in section 103(e)(2) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Program Trigger amounts.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section or anything in this subpart to the contrary, Federal compensation will not be paid by Treasury unless the aggregate industry insured losses resulting from one or more certified acts of terrorism exceed the following amounts:
</P>
<P>(1) For insured losses resulting from acts of terrorism taking place in calendar year 2015: $100 million;
</P>
<P>(2) For insured losses resulting from acts of terrorism taking place in calendar year 2016: $120 million;
</P>
<P>(3) For insured losses resulting from acts of terrorism taking place in calendar year 2017: $140 million;
</P>
<P>(4) For insured losses resulting from acts of terrorism taking place in calendar year 2018: $160 million;
</P>
<P>(5) For insured losses resulting from acts of terrorism taking place in calendar year 2019: $180 million;
</P>
<P>(6) For insured losses resulting from acts of terrorism taking place in calendar year 2020 and any calendar year thereafter: $200 million.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditions for payment of Federal share.</I> Subject to paragraph (d) of this section, Treasury shall pay the appropriate amount of the Federal share of compensation for an insured loss to an insurer upon a determination that:
</P>
<P>(1) The insurer is an entity, including an affiliate thereof, that meets the requirements of § 50.4(o);
</P>
<P>(2) The insurer's insured losses, as defined in § 50.4(n) and limited by paragraph (d) of this section (including the allocated dollar value of the insurer's proportionate share of insured losses from a state residual market insurance entity or a state workers' compensation fund as described in § 50.33), have exceeded its insurer deductible as defined in § 50.4(p);
</P>
<P>(3) The insurer has paid or is prepared to pay an insured loss, based on a filed claim for the insured loss;
</P>
<P>(4) Neither the insurer's claim for Federal payment nor any underlying claim for an insured loss is fraudulent, collusive, made in bad faith, dishonest or otherwise designed to circumvent the purposes of the Act and regulations;
</P>
<P>(5) The insurer has provided a clear and conspicuous disclosure as required by §§ 50.10 through 50.14 and a cap disclosure as required by § 50.15;
</P>
<P>(6) The insurer offered coverage for insured losses and the offer was accepted by the insured prior to the act which results in the insured loss;
</P>
<P>(7) The insurer took all steps reasonably necessary to properly and carefully investigate the insured loss and otherwise processed the insured loss using practices appropriate for the business of insurance;
</P>
<P>(8) The insured loss is within the scope of coverage issued by the insurer under the terms and conditions of one or more policies for commercial property and casualty insurance as defined in § 50.4(w); and
</P>
<P>(9) The procedures specified in this Subpart have been followed and all conditions for payment have been met.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Adjustments.</I> Treasury may subsequently adjust, including requiring repayment of, any payment made under paragraph (c) of this section in accordance with its authority under the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Suspension of payment for other insured losses.</I> Upon a determination by Treasury that an insurer has failed to meet any of the requirements for payment specified in paragraph (c) of this section for a particular insured loss, Treasury may suspend payment of the Federal share of compensation for all other insured losses of the insurer pending investigation and audit of the insurer's insured losses.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Aggregate industry losses.</I> Treasury will determine the amount of aggregate industry insured losses resulting from a certified act of terrorism. If aggregate industry insured losses in a calendar year resulting from one or more certified acts of terrorism exceed the applicable Program Trigger amounts specified in paragraph (b) of this section, Treasury will publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of a Program Trigger Event.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.71" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.8.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.71   Adjustments to the Federal share of compensation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Aggregate amount of insured losses.</I> The aggregate amount of insured losses of an insurer in a calendar year used to calculate the Federal share of compensation shall be reduced by any amounts recovered by the insurer as salvage or subrogation for its insured losses in the calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amount of Federal share of compensation.</I> The Federal share of compensation shall be adjusted as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>No excess recoveries.</I> For any calendar year, the sum of the Federal share of compensation paid by Treasury to an insurer and the insurer's recoveries for insured losses from other sources shall not be greater than the insurer's aggregate amount of insured losses for acts of terrorism in that calendar year. Amounts recovered for insured losses in excess of an insurer's aggregate amount of insured losses for acts of terrorism in a calendar year shall be repaid to Treasury within 45 days after the end of the month in which total recoveries of the insurer, from all sources, become excess. For purposes of this paragraph, amounts recovered from a reinsurer pursuant to an agreement whereby the reinsurer's right to any excess recovery has priority over the rights of Treasury shall not be considered a recovery subject to repayment to Treasury.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reduction of amount payable.</I> The Federal share of compensation for insured losses under the Program shall be reduced by the amount of other compensation provided by other Federal programs to an insured or a third party to the extent such other compensation duplicates the insurance indemnification for those insured losses.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Other Federal program compensation.</I> For purposes of this section, compensation provided by other Federal programs for insured losses means compensation that is provided by Federal programs established for the purpose of compensating persons for losses in the event of emergencies, disasters, acts of terrorism, or similar events. Compensation provided by Federal programs for insured losses excludes benefit or entitlement payments, such as those made under the Social Security Act, under laws administered by the Secretary of Veteran Affairs, railroad retirement benefit payments, and other similar types of benefit payments.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Insurer due diligence.</I> With respect to any underlying claim for insured losses, each insurer shall inquire of all involved policyholders, insureds, and claimants whether the person receiving insurance proceeds for an insured loss has received, expects to receive, or is entitled to receive compensation from another Federal program for the insured loss, and if so, the source and the amount of the compensation received or expected. The response, source, and such amounts shall be reported with each underlying claim on the form specified in § 50.73(b)(1).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.72" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.8.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.72   Notice of deductible erosion.</HEAD>
<P>Each insurer shall submit to Treasury a Notice on a form prescribed by Treasury whenever the insurer's aggregate insured losses (including reserves for “incurred but not reported” losses) within a calendar year exceed an amount equal to 50 percent of the insurer's deductible as specified in § 50.4(p). Insurers are advised that the form for the Notice of Deductible Erosion will include an initial estimate of aggregate insured losses for the calendar year, the amount of the insurer deductible, and an estimate of the Federal share of compensation for the insurer's aggregate insured losses. In the case of an affiliated group of insurers, the Notice will include the name and address of a single designated insurer within the affiliated group that will serve as the single point of contact for the purpose of providing loss and compliance certifications as required in § 50.73 and for receiving, disbursing, and distributing payments of the Federal share of compensation in accordance with § 50.74. An insurer, at its option, may elect to include with its Notice of Deductible Erosion the certification of direct earned premium required by § 50.73(b)(3).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.73" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.8.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.73   Loss certifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> When an insurer has paid aggregate insured losses that exceed its insurer deductible for a calendar year, the insurer may make claim upon Treasury for the payment of the Federal share of compensation for its insured losses. The insurer shall file an Initial Certification of Loss, on a form prescribed by Treasury, and thereafter such Supplementary Certifications of Loss, on a form prescribed by Treasury, as may be necessary to receive payment for the Federal share of compensation for its insured losses.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial certification of loss.</I> An insurer shall use its best efforts to file with the Program the Initial Certification of Loss within 45 days following the last calendar day of the month when an insurer has paid aggregate insured losses that exceed its insurer deductible. The Initial Certification of Loss will include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Basic information, on a form prescribed by Treasury, about each insured loss paid (or to be paid pursuant to § 50.73(b)(2)(i)) by the insurer. The form will include:
</P>
<P>(i) A listing of each insured loss paid (or to be paid pursuant to § 50.73(b)(2)(i)) by the insurer by catastrophe code and line of business;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total amount of reinsurance recovered from other sources;
</P>
<P>(iii) A calculation of the aggregate insured losses sustained by the insurer above its insurer deductible for the calendar year; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The amount the insurer claims as the Federal share of compensation for its aggregate insured losses.
</P>
<P>(2) A certification that the insurer is in compliance with the provisions of section 103(b) of the Act and this part, including certifications that:
</P>
<P>(i) The underlying insured losses reported pursuant to § 50.73(b)(1) either: Have been paid by the insurer; or will be paid by the insurer upon receipt of an advance payment of the Federal share of compensation as soon as possible, consistent with the insurer's normal business practices, but not longer than five business days after receipt of the Federal share of compensation;
</P>
<P>(ii) The underlying claims for insured losses were filed by persons who suffered an insured loss, or by persons acting on behalf of such persons;
</P>
<P>(iii) The underlying claims for insured losses were processed in accordance with appropriate business practices and the procedures specified in this subpart;
</P>
<P>(iv) The insurer has complied with the disclosure requirements of §§ 50.10 through 50.14, and the cap disclosure requirement of § 50.15, for each underlying insured loss that is included in the amount of the insurer's aggregate insured losses; and
</P>
<P>(v) The insurer has complied with the mandatory availability requirements of subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) A certification of the amount of the insurer's direct earned premium, together with the calculation of its insurer deductible (provided this certification was not submitted previously with the Notice of Deductible Erosion).
</P>
<P>(4) A certification that the insurer will disburse payment of the Federal share of compensation in accordance with this Subpart.
</P>
<P>(5) A certification that if Treasury has determined a <I>Pro Rata</I> Loss Percentage (PRLP) (see § 50.112), the insurer has complied with applying the PRLP to insured loss payments, where required.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supplementary certifications of loss.</I> If the total amount of the Federal share of compensation due an insurer for insured losses under the Act has not been determined at the time an Initial Certification of Loss has been filed, the insurer shall file monthly, or on a schedule otherwise determined by Treasury, Supplementary Certifications of Loss updating the amount of the Federal share of compensation due for the insurer's insured losses. Supplementary Certifications of Loss will include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A form as described in § 50.73(b)(1); and
</P>
<P>(2) A certification as described in § 50.73(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Supplementary information.</I> In addition to the information required in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, Treasury may require such additional supporting documentation as required to ascertain the Federal share of compensation for the insured losses of any insurer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>State Residual Market Insurance Entities and State Workers' Compensation Funds.</I> A state residual market insurance entity or a state workers' compensation fund described in § 50.32 shall provide the Certifications of Loss described in § 50.73(b) and (c) for all of its insured losses to each participating insurer at the time it provides the allocated dollar value of the participating insurer's proportionate share of insured losses. In addition, at such time the state residual market insurance entity or state workers' compensation fund shall provide the certification described in § 50.73(b)(2) to Treasury. Participating insurers shall treat the allocated dollar value of their proportionate share of insured losses from a state residual market insurance entity or state workers' compensation fund as an insured loss for the purpose of their own reporting to Treasury in seeking the Federal share of compensation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.74" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.8.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.74   Payment of Federal share of compensation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Timing.</I> Treasury will promptly pay to an insurer the Federal share of compensation due the insurer for its insured losses. Payment shall be made in such installments and on such conditions as determined by the Treasury to be appropriate. Any overpayments by Treasury of the Federal share of compensation will be offset from future payments to the insurer or returned to Treasury within 45 days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment process.</I> Payment of the Federal Share of Compensation for insured losses will be made to the insurer designated on the Notice of Deductible Erosion required by § 50.72. An insurer that requests payment of the Federal Share of Compensation for insured losses must receive payment through electronic funds transfer. The insurer must establish either an account for reimbursement as described in paragraph (c) of this section (if the insurer only seeks reimbursement) or a segregated account as described in paragraph (d) of this section (if the insurer seeks advance payments or a combination of advance payments and reimbursement). Applicable procedures will be posted at <I>https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/financial-markets-financial-institutions-and-fiscal-service/federal-insurance-office/terrorism-risk-insurance-program</I> or otherwise will be made publicly available.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Account for reimbursement.</I> An insurer shall designate an account for the receipt of reimbursement of the Federal share of compensation at an institution eligible to receive payments through the Automated Clearing House (ACH) network.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Segregated account for advance payments.</I> An insurer that seeks advance payments of the Federal share of compensation as certified according to § 50.73(b)(2)(i) shall establish a segregated account into which Treasury will make advance payments as well as reimbursements to the insurer.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Definition of segregated account.</I> For purposes of this section, a segregated account is an interest-bearing separate account established by an insurer at a financial institution eligible to receive payments through the ACH network. Such an account is limited to the purposes of:
</P>
<P>(i) Receiving payments of the Federal share of compensation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Disbursing payments to insureds and claimants; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Transferring payments to the insurer or affiliated insurers for insured losses reported as already paid.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Remittance of interest.</I> All interest earned on advance payments in the segregated account must be remitted at least quarterly to Treasury's Bureau of the Fiscal Service or as otherwise prescribed in applicable procedures.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Denial or withholding of advance payment.</I> Treasury may deny or withhold advance payments of the Federal share of compensation to an insurer if Treasury determines that the insurer has not properly disbursed previous advances of the Federal share of compensation or otherwise has not complied with the requirements for advance payment as provided in this Subpart.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Affiliated group.</I> In the case of an affiliated group of insurers, Treasury will make payment of the Federal share of compensation for the insured losses of the affiliated group to the insurer designated in the Notice of Deductible Erosion to receive payment on behalf of the affiliated group. The designated insurer receiving payment from Treasury must distribute payment to affiliated insurers in a manner that ensures that each insurer in the affiliated group is compensated for its share of insured losses, taking into account a reasonable and fair allocation of the group deductible among affiliated insurers. Upon payment of the Federal share of compensation to the designated insurer, Treasury's payment obligation to the insurers in the affiliated group with respect to any insured losses covered is discharged to the extent of the payment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 30540, June 9, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.75" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.8.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.75   Determination of affiliations.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this subpart, an insurer's affiliates for any calendar year shall be determined by the circumstances existing on the date of the act which is the Program Trigger Event for that calendar year.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.76" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.8.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.76   Final netting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Pursuant to section 103(e)(4) of the Act, the Secretary shall have sole discretion to determine the time at which claims relating to any insured loss or act of terrorism shall become final.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Final Netting Date.</I> The Secretary may determine a Final Netting Date for a calendar year, which for purposes of this part is the date on or before which an insurer must report to Treasury on the insurer's Certifications of Loss (both Initial Certification of Loss and any Supplemental Certifications of Loss) all insured losses that have been reported by its policyholders for the calendar year.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Criteria for Final Netting Date.</I> The establishment of a Final Netting Date will be based on factors and considerations including:
</P>
<P>(i) Amounts of case reserves reported by insurers to Treasury for open underlying insured losses;
</P>
<P>(ii) The rate at which claims for the Federal share of compensation for insured losses are being made by insurers to Treasury;
</P>
<P>(iii) The rate at which new underlying insured losses are being added by insurers to their Supplementary Certifications of Loss and reported;
</P>
<P>(iv) The predominant lines of business for which underlying insured losses are being reported;
</P>
<P>(v) Tort and contract statutes of limitations relevant to insured losses and the manner in which they are being applied by the Federal courts;
</P>
<P>(vi) Common business practices;
</P>
<P>(vii) Issues that are delaying final resolution of insured losses;
</P>
<P>(viii) The application of the liability limitations and procedures under the Support Anti-terrorism by Fostering Effective Technologies Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 441 <I>et seq.</I>) that may affect final resolution of insured losses;
</P>
<P>(ix) Issues related to the cap on annual liability for insurer losses, including whether a projection that the cap on annual liability will be reached in connection with any calendar year indicates that no Final Netting Date should be set for that calendar year;
</P>
<P>(x) Treasury's claims administration costs; and
</P>
<P>(xi) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(xii) Such other factors as the Secretary considers appropriate to take into account.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice of Final Netting Date.</I> Treasury shall announce and publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice of a proposed Final Netting Date and its application to a specific calendar year, and will solicit comments from the public regarding the appropriateness of the proposed Final Netting Date. After receipt and evaluation of comments respecting its proposed Final Netting Date, Treasury will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a Final Netting Date, which is at least 180 days after the date of publication. The Secretary's determination of a Final Netting Date is final and not subject to judicial review.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Post-Final Netting Date claims.</I> After the Final Netting Date, insurers may only make further claims for the Federal share of compensation for insured losses by submission of Supplemental Certifications of Loss with updated information on underlying insured losses previously reported to Treasury. Such updated information may reflect a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction concerning a limitation of liability under the Support Anti-terrorism by Fostering Effective Technologies Act of 2002. In the case of workers' compensation losses, the insurer may provide updated information based on the number of workers' compensation claimants previously reported. An insurer may not report any new underlying insured losses, or increased workers' compensation loss amounts based on an increase in the number of workers' compensation claimants, to Treasury after a Final Netting Date, except as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commutation.</I> A commutation is the payment by Treasury of a lump sum present value of future payments to an insurer in lieu of making payments in the future, as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(1) In lieu of continued submission of Supplemental Certifications of Loss after the Final Netting Date as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, Treasury may require, or consider an insurer's request for, a commutation of an insurer's future claims for the Federal share of compensation based on estimates for the underlying insured losses reported to Treasury on or before the Final Netting Date. The payment by Treasury of a final commuted amount to an insurer will discharge Treasury from all future liabilities to the insurer for the Federal share of compensation for insured losses for the applicable calendar year. In the case of an affiliated group of insurers, the requirements of § 50.74(f) apply, and payment of the final commuted amount to the designated insurer of the affiliated group discharges Treasury's payment obligation to the insurers in the affiliated group for insured losses for the applicable calendar year.
</P>
<P>(2) If future claims are to be commuted, Treasury may require additional information from the insurer, including an insurer's justification for a final payment amount with necessary actuarial factors and methodology, and pertinent information regarding the insurer's business relationships and other reinsurance recoverables. Insurers will be required to justify discount and other factors from which final payment amounts are derived. If Treasury notifies an insurer of a requirement to submit additional information to inform its commutation decision, the insurer will be provided (depending upon the complexity of the material sought) no less than 90 days from the date of notification to submit material required in the notice. If the insurer fails to provide the requested information, it will forfeit the right to future payments from Treasury. Treasury will evaluate such information in order to determine a final payment amount or (if applicable) an amount to be repaid to Treasury. Treasury may determine that it will not consider commutation until it has completed an audit of an insurer's insured losses pursuant to the authority set forth in subpart I of these regulations.
</P>
<P>(3) Payments of commuted amounts are not considered to be advance payments requiring a segregated account as described in § 50.74(d).
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding § 50.70(d), a payment by Treasury of a final commuted amount to an insurer is final unless:
</P>
<P>(i) Treasury is put on notice that an insurer's claim was fraudulent or that other conditions for Federal payment were not met, in which case the insurer will be required to repay amounts that were not due; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The exception in paragraph (e) of this section applies, in which case Treasury may make additional payments for insured losses, but only under the conditions described in paragraph (e).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exception.</I> If within one year after the Final Netting Date, and regardless of commutation, an insurer has additional underlying reported insured losses that, in the absence of a Final Netting Date, would result in an increase of the Federal share of compensation to that insurer by 20% of the total amount already paid to that insurer, the insurer may request Treasury to allow those underlying insured losses to be submitted as part of a certification of loss. Under such circumstances and provided that all other conditions for payment have been met, Treasury may reopen or extend the insurer's claim for the Federal share of compensation for insured losses for the pertinent calendar year.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Audit and Investigative Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.80" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.9.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.80   Audit authority.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury, or an authorized representative, shall have, upon reasonable notice, access to all books, documents, papers and records of an insurer that are pertinent to amounts paid to the insurer as the Federal share of compensation for insured losses, or pertinent to any Federal terrorism policy surcharge that is imposed pursuant to subpart J of this part, for the purposes of investigation, confirmation, audit, and examination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.81" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.9.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.81   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each insurer that seeks payment of a Federal share of compensation under subpart H of this part shall retain such records as are necessary to fully disclose all material matters pertinent to insured losses and the Federal share of compensation sought under the Program, including, but not limited to, records regarding premiums and insured losses for all commercial property and casualty insurance issued by the insurer and information relating to any adjustment in the amount of the Federal share of compensation payable. Insurers shall maintain detailed records for not less than five (5) years from the termination dates of all reinsurance agreements involving property and casualty insurance subject to the Act. Records relating to premiums shall be retained and available for review for not less than three (3) years following the conclusion of the policy year. Records relating to underlying claims shall be retained for not less than five (5) years following the final adjustment of the claim.
</P>
<P>(b) Each insurer that collects a Federal terrorism policy surcharge as required by subpart J of this part shall retain records related to such surcharge, including records of the property and casualty insurance premiums subject to the surcharge, the amount of the surcharge imposed on each policy, aggregate Federal terrorism policy surcharges collected, and aggregate Federal terrorism policy surcharges remitted to Treasury during each assessment period. Such records shall be retained and kept available for review for not less than three (3) years following the conclusion of the assessment period or settlement of accounts with Treasury, whichever is later.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.82" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.9.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.82   Civil penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Secretary may assess a civil monetary penalty, in an amount not exceeding the amount specified under § 50.83, against any insurer that the Secretary determines, on the record after opportunity for a hearing:
</P>
<P>(1) Has failed to charge, collect, or remit the Federal terrorism policy surcharge under subpart J;
</P>
<P>(2) Has intentionally provided to Treasury erroneous information regarding premium or loss amounts;
</P>
<P>(3) Submits to Treasury fraudulent claims under the Program for insured losses;
</P>
<P>(4) Has failed to provide any disclosures or other information required by Treasury; or
</P>
<P>(5) Has otherwise failed to comply with provisions of the Act or these regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recovery of amount in dispute.</I> A penalty under this section for any failure to pay, charge, collect, or remit amounts in accordance with the Act or under these regulations shall be in addition to any such amounts recovered by Treasury.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedure.</I> Treasury shall notify in writing any insurer that it believes has committed one or more of the acts identified in paragraph (a) of this section. In that notification, Treasury shall identify the act or acts that it believes has been violated, and its basis for that belief, and shall set a schedule for further proceedings which shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The opportunity for a written submission by the insurer that provides all relevant facts and circumstances concerning the alleged conduct, including any information that the insurer wishes Treasury to consider in connection with the alleged conduct; and
</P>
<P>(2) A hearing on the record, unless waived by the insurer, during which Treasury and the insurer may present further information respecting the conduct in question.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other remedies preserved.</I> Treasury's assessment and collection of a civil monetary penalty under this section shall be in addition and without prejudice to any other civil remedies or criminal penalties that may arise on account of the conduct in question under any other laws or regulations of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.83" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.9.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.83   Adjustment of civil monetary penalty amount.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Inflation adjustment.</I> Any penalty under the Act and these regulations may not exceed the greater of $1,741,100 and, in the case of any failure to pay, charge, collect or remit amounts in accordance with the Act or these regulations such amount in dispute.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Annual adjustment.</I> The maximum penalty amount that may be assessed under this section will be adjusted in accordance with the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015, 28 U.S.C. 2461 note, by January 15 of each year and the updated amount will be posted in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and on the Treasury website at <I>https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/financial-markets-financial-institutions-and-fiscal-service/federal-insurance-office/terrorism-risk-insurance-program.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 30540, June 9, 2021; 88 FR 16887, Mar. 21, 2023; 89 FR 4820, Jan. 25, 2024; 90 FR 25484, June 17, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Recoupment and Surcharge Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.90" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.10.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.90   Mandatory and discretionary recoupment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to section 103(e) of the Act, the Secretary shall impose, and insurers shall collect, such Federal terrorism policy surcharges as needed to recover 140 percent of the mandatory recoupment amount for any calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) In the Secretary's discretion, the Secretary may recover any portion of the aggregate Federal share of compensation that exceeds the mandatory recoupment amount through a Federal terrorism policy surcharge based on the factors set forth in section 103(e)(7)(D) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Secretary imposes a federal terrorism policy surcharge as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, then the required amounts, based upon the extent to which payments for the Federal Share of Compensation have been made by the collection deadlines in section 103(e)(7)(E) of the Act, shall be collected in accordance with such deadlines:
</P>
<P>(1) For any act of terrorism that occurs on or before December 31, 2022, the Secretary shall collect all required amounts by September 30, 2024;
</P>
<P>(2) For any act of terrorism that occurs between January 1, 2023 and December 31, 2023, the Secretary shall collect 35% of any required amounts by September 30, 2024, and the remainder by September 30, 2029; and
</P>
<P>(3) For any act of terrorism that occurs on or after January 1, 2024, the Secretary shall collect all required amounts by September 30, 2029.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 30541, June 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.91" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.10.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.91   Determination of recoupment amounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If payments for the Federal share of compensation have been made for a calendar year, and Treasury determines that insured loss information is sufficiently developed and credible to serve as a basis for calculating recoupment amounts, Treasury will make an initial determination of any mandatory or discretionary recoupment amounts for that calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Within 90 days after certification of an act of terrorism, the Secretary shall publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> an estimate of aggregate insured losses which shall be used as the basis for initially determining whether mandatory recoupment will be required.
</P>
<P>(2) If at any time Treasury projects that payments for the Federal share of compensation will be made for a calendar year, and that in order to meet the collection timing requirements of section 103(e)(7)(E) of the Act it is necessary to use an estimate of such payments as a basis for calculating recoupment amounts, Treasury will make an initial determination of any mandatory recoupment amounts for that calendar year.
</P>
<P>(c) Following the initial determination of recoupment amounts for a calendar year, Treasury will recalculate any mandatory or discretionary recoupment amount as necessary and appropriate, and at least annually, until a final recoupment amount for the calendar year is determined. Treasury will compare any recalculated recoupment amount to amounts already remitted and/or to be remitted to Treasury for a Federal terrorism policy surcharge previously established to determine whether any additional amount will be recouped by Treasury.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purpose of determining initial or recalculated recoupment amounts, Treasury may issue a data call to insurers for insurer deductible and insured loss information by calendar year. Treasury's determination of the aggregate amount of insured losses from Program Trigger Events of all insurers for a calendar year will be based on the amounts reported in response to a data call and any other information Treasury in its discretion considers appropriate. Submission of data in response to a data call shall be on a form promulgated by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.92" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.10.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.92   Establishment of Federal terrorism policy surcharge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury will establish the Federal terrorism policy surcharge based on the following factors and considerations:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a mandatory recoupment amount, the requirement to collect 140 percent of that amount;
</P>
<P>(2) The total dollar amount to be recouped as a percentage of the latest available annual aggregate industry direct written premium information;
</P>
<P>(3) The adjustment factors for terrorism loss risk-spreading premiums described in section 103(e)(8)(D) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(4) The annual 3 percent limitation on terrorism loss risk-spreading premiums collected on a discretionary basis as provided in section 103(e)(8)(C) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(5) A preferred minimum initial assessment period of one full year and subsequent extension periods in full year increments;
</P>
<P>(6) The collection timing requirements of section 103(e)(8)(E) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(7) The likelihood that the amount of the Federal terrorism policy surcharge may result in the collection of an aggregate recoupment amount in excess of the planned recoupment amount; and
</P>
<P>(8) Such other factors as the Secretary considers appropriate to take into account.
</P>
<P>(b) The Federal terrorism policy surcharge shall be the obligation of the policyholder and is payable to the insurer with the premium for a property and casualty insurance policy in effect during the assessment period established by Treasury. See § 50.94(c).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.93" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.10.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.93   Notification of recoupment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury will provide notifications of recoupment through publication of notices in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or in another manner Treasury deems appropriate, based upon the circumstances of the certified act(s) of terrorism under consideration.
</P>
<P>(b) Treasury will provide reasonable advance notice to insurers of any initial Federal terrorism policy surcharge effective date. This effective date shall be January 1 of the calendar year following publication of the notice, unless such date would not provide for sufficient notice of implementation while meeting the collection timing requirements of section 103(e)(8)(E) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) Treasury will provide reasonable advance notice to insurers of any modification or cessation of the Federal terrorism policy surcharge.
</P>
<P>(d) Treasury will provide notification to insurers annually as to the continuation of the Federal terrorism policy surcharge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.94" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.10.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.94   Collecting the surcharge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Insurers shall collect a Federal terrorism policy surcharge from policyholders as required by Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) Policies subject to the Federal terrorism policy surcharge are those for which direct written premium is reported on commercial lines of business on the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses of the NAIC Annual Statement (commonly known as Statutory Page 14) as provided in § 50.4(w)(1), or equivalently reported.
</P>
<P>(c) For policies subject to the Federal terrorism policy surcharge, the surcharge shall be imposed and collected on a written premium basis for policies that become effective or renew during the assessment period. All new, renewal, mid-term, and audit premiums for a policy term are subject to the surcharge in effect on the policy term effective date. Notwithstanding this paragraph, if the premium for a policy term that would otherwise be subject to the surcharge is revised after the end of the reporting period described in § 50.95(e), then any additional premium attributable to such revision is not subject to the Surcharge. For purposes of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) Written premium basis means the premium amount charged a policyholder by an insurer for property and casualty insurance, including all premiums, policy expense constants and fees defined as premium pursuant to the Statements of Statutory Accounting Principles established by the NAIC, as adopted by the state for which the premium will be reported.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a policy providing multiple insurance coverages, if an insurer cannot identify the premium amount charged a policyholder specifically for property and casualty insurance under the policy, then:
</P>
<P>(i) If the insurer estimates that the portion of the premium amount charged for coverage other than property and casualty insurance is <I>de minimis</I> to the total premium for the policy, the insurer may impose and collect from the policyholder a surcharge amount based on the total premium for the policy, but
</P>
<P>(ii) If the insurer estimates that the portion of the premium amount charged for coverage other than property and casualty insurance is not <I>de minimis,</I> the insurer shall impose and collect from the policyholder a Surcharge amount based on a reasonable estimate of the premium amount for the property and casualty insurance coverage under the policy.
</P>
<P>(3) The Federal terrorism policy surcharge is not considered premium.
</P>
<P>(d) A policyholder must pay the applicable Federal terrorism policy surcharge when due. The insurer shall have such rights and remedies to enforce the collection of the surcharge that are the equivalent to those that exist under applicable state or other law for nonpayment of premium.
</P>
<P>(e) When an insurer returns an unearned premium, or otherwise refunds premium to a policyholder, it shall also return any Federal terrorism policy surcharge collected that is attributable to the refunded unearned premium. Notwithstanding this paragraph, if the written premium for a policy is revised and refunded after the end of the reporting period described in § 50.95(e), then the insurer is not required to refund any Surcharge that is attributable to the refunded premium.
</P>
<P>(f) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, if the expense of collecting the Federal terrorism policy surcharge from all policyholders of an insurer during an assessment period exceeds the amount of the Surcharges anticipated to be collected, such insurer may satisfy its obligation to collect by omitting actual collection and instead remitting to Treasury the amount otherwise due.
</P>
<P>(g) The Federal terrorism policy surcharge is repayment of Federal financial assistance in an amount required by law. No fee or commission shall be charged on the Federal terrorism policy surcharge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.95" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.10.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.95   Remitting the surcharge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each insurer shall report direct written premium and Federal terrorism policy surcharges to Treasury on a monthly and annual basis during the assessment period. Reporting will be on a form prescribed by Treasury and will be due according to the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Monthly:</I> From the beginning of the assessment period through November, on the last business day of the calendar month following the month for which premium is reported, and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Annually:</I> March 1 for the prior calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) The monthly statements provided to Treasury will include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Cumulative calendar year direct written premium adjusted for premium not subject to the Federal terrorism policy surcharge, summarized by policy year.
</P>
<P>(2) The aggregate Federal terrorism policy surcharge amount calculated by applying the established surcharge percentage to the insurer's adjusted direct written premium by policy year.
</P>
<P>(3) Insurer certification of the submission.
</P>
<P>(c) The annual statements to be provided to Treasury will include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Direct written premium, adjusted for premium not subject to the Federal terrorism policy surcharge, summarized by policy year and by commercial line of insurance as specified in § 50.4(w).
</P>
<P>(2) The aggregate Federal terrorism policy surcharge amount calculated by applying the established surcharge percentage to the insurer's adjusted direct written premium by policy year.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of an insurer that has chosen not to collect the Federal terrorism policy surcharge from its policyholders as provided in § 50.94(f), a certification that the expense of collecting the Surcharge during the assessment period would have exceeded the amount of the surcharges collected over the assessment period.
</P>
<P>(4) Insurer certification of the submission.
</P>
<P>(d) The calculated aggregate Federal terrorism policy surcharge amount, as described in paragraphs (b)(2) and (c)(2) of this section, shall be remitted to Treasury upon submission of each monthly and annual statement. Through its submitted statements, an insurer obtains credit for a refund of any Federal terrorism policy surcharge previously remitted to Treasury that was subsequently returned by the insurer to a policyholder as attributable to refunded premium under § 50.94(e). A negative calculated amount in a monthly or annual statement indicates payment from Treasury is due to the insurer.
</P>
<P>(e) Reporting shall continue for the one-year period following the end of the assessment period established by Treasury, unless otherwise permitted by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.96" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.10.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.96   Insurer responsibility.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding § 50.4(o), for purposes of the collection, reporting and remittance of Federal terrorism policy surcharges to Treasury, the definition of insurer shall not include any affiliate of the insurer.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Federal Cause of Action; Approval of Settlements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.100" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.11.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.100   Federal cause of action and remedy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If the Secretary certifies an act as an act of terrorism pursuant to subpart G of this part, there shall exist a Federal cause of action for property damage, personal injury, or death arising out of or resulting from such act of terrorism, pursuant to section 107 of the Act, which shall be the exclusive cause of action and remedy for claims for property damage, personal injury, or death arising out of or relating to such act of terrorism, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Jurisdiction.</I> For each determination described in paragraph (a) of this section, not later than 90 days after the Secretary certifies an act as an act of terrorism, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation shall designate a single district court or, if necessary, multiple district courts of the United States that shall have original and exclusive jurisdiction over all actions for any claim (including any claim for loss of property, personal injury, or death) relating to or arising out of an act of terrorism subject to section 107 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective period.</I> The exclusive Federal cause of action and remedy described in paragraph (a) of this section shall exist only for causes of action for property damage, personal injury, or death that arise out of or result from acts of terrorism during the effective period of the Program.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rights not affected.</I> Nothing in section 107 of the Act or this subpart shall in any way:
</P>
<P>(1) Limit the liability of any government, organization, or person who knowingly participates in, conspires to commit, aids and abets, or commits any act of terrorism;
</P>
<P>(2) Affect any party's contractual right to arbitrate a dispute; or
</P>
<P>(3) Affect any provision of the Air Transportation Safety and System Stabilization Act (Pub. L. 107-42; 49 U.S.C. 40101 note).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.101" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.11.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.101   State causes of action preempted.</HEAD>
<P>All State causes of action of any kind for property damage, personal injury, or death arising out of or resulting from an act of terrorism that are otherwise available under state law are preempted, except that, pursuant to section 107(b) of the Act, nothing in this section shall limit in any way the liability of any government, organization, or person who knowingly participates in, conspires to commit, aids and abets, or commits the act of terrorism certified by the Secretary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.102" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.11.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.102   Advance approval of settlements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Mandatory submission of settlements for advance approval.</I> Pursuant to section 107(a)(6) of the Act, an insurer shall submit to Treasury for advance approval any proposed agreement to settle or compromise any Federal cause of action for property damage, personal injury, or death, asserted by a third-party or parties against an insured, involving an insured loss, all or part of the payment of which the insurer intends to include in its aggregate insured losses for purposes of calculating the insurer deductible or the Federal share of compensation of its insured losses under the Program, when:
</P>
<P>(1) Any portion of the proposed settlement amount that is attributable to an insured loss or losses involving personal injury or death in the aggregate is $2 million or more per third-party claimant, regardless of the number of causes of action or insured losses being settled; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any portion of the proposed settlement amount that is attributable to an insured loss or losses involving property damage (including loss of use) in the aggregate is $10 million or more per third-party claimant, regardless of the number of causes of action or insured losses being settled.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Discretionary review of other settlements.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, Treasury may require that an insurer submit for review and advance approval any proposed agreement to settle or compromise any Federal cause of action for property damage, personal injury, or death, asserted by a third-party or parties against an insured, involving an insured loss, all or part of the payment of which the insurer intends to include in its aggregate insured losses for purposes of calculating the insurer deductible or the Federal share of compensation of its insured losses where the settlement amounts are below the applicable monetary thresholds identified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Factors.</I> In determining whether to approve a proposed settlement, Treasury will consider the nature of the loss, the facts and circumstances surrounding the loss, and other factors such as whether:
</P>
<P>(1) The proposed settlement compensates for a third-party's loss, the liability for which is an insured loss under the terms and conditions of the underlying commercial property and casualty insurance policy, as certified by the insurer pursuant to § 50.103(d)(2);
</P>
<P>(2) Any amount of the proposed settlement is attributable to punitive or exemplary damages intended to punish or deter (whether or not specifically so described as such damages);
</P>
<P>(3) The settlement amount offsets amounts received from the United States pursuant to any other Federal program;
</P>
<P>(4) The settlement amount does not include any items such as fees and expenses of attorneys, experts, and other professionals that have caused the insured losses under the underlying commercial property and casualty insurance policy to be overstated; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any other criteria that Treasury may consider appropriate, depending on the facts and circumstances surrounding the settlement, including the information contained in § 50.103.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Settlement without seeking advance approval or despite disapproval.</I> If an insurer settles a cause of action or agrees to the settlement of a cause of action without submitting the proposed settlement for Treasury's advance approval in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, and in accordance with § 50.103 or despite Treasury's disapproval of the proposed settlement, the insurer will not be entitled to include the paid settlement amount (or portion of the settlement amount, to the extent partially disapproved) in its aggregate insured losses for purposes of calculating the Federal share of compensation of its insured losses, unless the insurer can demonstrate, to the satisfaction of Treasury, extenuating circumstances.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.103" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.11.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.103   Procedure for requesting approval of proposed settlements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission of notice.</I> Insurers must request advance approval of a proposed settlement by submitting a notice of the proposed settlement and other required information in writing to the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Office or its designated representative. The address where notices are to be submitted will be available at <I>https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/financial-markets-financial-institutions-and-fiscal-service/federal-insurance-office/terrorism-risk-insurance-program</I> following any certification of an act of terrorism pursuant to section 102(1) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complete notice.</I> Treasury will review requests for advance approval and determine whether additional information is needed to complete the notice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Treasury response or deemed approval.</I> Within 30 days after Treasury's receipt of a complete notice, or as extended in writing by Treasury, Treasury may issue a written response and indicate its partial or full approval or rejection of the proposed settlement. If Treasury does not issue a response within 30 days after Treasury's receipt of a complete notice, unless extended in writing by Treasury, the request for advance approval is deemed approved by Treasury. Any settlement is still subject to review under the claim procedures pursuant to § 50.80.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice format.</I> A notice of a proposed settlement should be entitled, “Notice of Proposed Settlement—Request for Approval,” and should provide the full name and address of the submitting insurer and the name, title, address, and telephone number of the designated contact person. An insurer must provide all relevant information, including the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) A brief description of the claim against the insured, the amount of the claim, the operative policy terms, and defenses to coverage;
</P>
<P>(2) A certification by the insurer that the settlement is for a third-party's loss, the liability for which is an insured loss under the terms and conditions of the underlying commercial property and casualty insurance policy;
</P>
<P>(3) A brief description of all damages allegedly sustained and an itemized statement of all damages by category (<I>i.e.,</I> actual, economic and non-economic loss, punitive damages, etc.);
</P>
<P>(4) A statement from the insurer or its attorney in support of the settlement;
</P>
<P>(5) The total dollar amount of the proposed settlement and the amount of the proposed settlement which is an insured loss;
</P>
<P>(6) Indication as to whether the settlement was negotiated by counsel;
</P>
<P>(7) The amount to be paid that will compensate for any items such as fees and expenses of attorneys, experts, and other professionals for their services and expenses related to the insured loss and/or settlement and the net amount to be received by the third-party after such payment;
</P>
<P>(8) The amount(s) received from the United States pursuant to any other Federal program(s) for compensation of insured losses related to an act of terrorism;
</P>
<P>(9) The proposed terms of the written settlement agreement, including release language and subrogation terms;
</P>
<P>(10) Other relevant agreements, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Admissions of liability or insurance coverage;
</P>
<P>(ii) Determinations of the number of occurrences under a commercial property and casualty insurance policy;
</P>
<P>(iii) The allocation of paid amounts or amounts to be paid to certain policies, or to a specific policy, coverage and/or aggregate limits;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other agreement that may affect the payment or amount of the Federal share of compensation to be paid to the insurer; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any other relevant agreement requested by Treasury.
</P>
<P>(11) A statement indicating whether the proposed settlement has been approved by the Federal court or is subject to such approval and whether such approval is expected or likely; and
</P>
<P>(12) Such other information that is related to the insured loss as may be requested by Treasury that it deems necessary to evaluate the proposed settlement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 93765, Dec. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 30541, June 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.104" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.11.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.104   Subrogation.</HEAD>
<P>An insurer shall not waive its rights of subrogation under its property and casualty insurance policy with respect to any losses the payment of which the insurer intends to include in its insurer deductible or the aggregate insured losses for purposes of calculating the Federal share of compensation of its insured losses and shall, unless upon request the United States agrees in writing to forbear from exercising such right, preserve the subrogation right of the United States as provided by section 107(c) of the Act by not taking any action that would prejudice the subrogation right of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Cap on Annual Liability</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.110" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.12.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.110   Cap on annual liability.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to section 103 of the Act, if the aggregate insured losses exceed $100,000,000,000 during a calendar year:
</P>
<P>(a) The Secretary shall not make any payment for any portion of the amount of such losses that exceeds $100,000,000,000;
</P>
<P>(b) An insurer that has met its insurer deductible shall not be liable for the payment of any portion of the amount of such losses that exceeds $100,000,000,000; and
</P>
<P>(c) The Secretary shall determine the <I>pro rata</I> share of insured losses to be paid by each insurer that incurs insured losses under the Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.111" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.12.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.111   Notice to Congress.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to section 103(e)(3) of the Act, the Secretary shall provide an initial notice to Congress within 15 days of the certification of an act of terrorism, stating whether the Secretary estimates that aggregate insured losses will exceed $100,000,000,000 for the calendar year in which the event occurs. Such initial estimate may be based on insured loss amounts as compiled by insurance industry statistical organizations, data previously collected by the Secretary, and any other information the Secretary in his or her discretion considers appropriate. The Secretary shall also notify Congress if estimated or actual aggregate insured losses exceed $100,000,000,000 during any calendar year.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.112" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.12.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.112   Determination of <E T="0714">pro rata</E> share.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pro rata loss percentage (PRLP)</I> is the percentage determined by the Secretary to be applied by an insurer against the amount that would otherwise be paid by the insurer under the terms and conditions of an insurance policy providing property and casualty insurance under the Program if there were no cap on annual liability under section 103(e)(2)(A) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, if Treasury estimates that aggregate insured losses may exceed the cap on annual liability for a calendar year, then Treasury will determine a PRLP. The PRLP applies to insured loss payments by insurers for insured losses incurred in the subject calendar year, as specified in § 50.113, from the effective date of the PRLP, as established by Treasury, until such time as Treasury provides notice that the PRLP is revised. Treasury will determine the PRLP based on the following considerations:
</P>
<P>(1) Estimates of insured losses from insurance industry statistical organizations;
</P>
<P>(2) Any data calls issued by Treasury (see § 50.114);
</P>
<P>(3) Expected reliability and accuracy of insured loss estimates and likelihood that insured loss estimates could increase;
</P>
<P>(4) Estimates of insured losses and expenses not included in available statistical reporting;
</P>
<P>(5) Such other factors as the Secretary considers important.
</P>
<P>(c) Treasury shall provide notice of the determination of the PRLP through publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> or in another manner Treasury deems appropriate, based upon the circumstances of the act of terrorism under consideration.
</P>
<P>(d) As appropriate, Treasury will determine any revision to a PRLP based on the same considerations listed in paragraph (b) of this section, and will provide notice for its application to insured loss payments.
</P>
<P>(e) If Treasury estimates based on an initial act of terrorism or subsequent act of terrorism within a calendar year that aggregate insured losses may exceed the cap on annual liability, but an appropriate PRLP cannot yet be determined, Treasury will provide notification advising insurers of this circumstance and, after consulting with the relevant state authorities, may initiate the action described in either paragraph (e)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Hiatus in payments.</I> Call a hiatus in insurer loss payments for insured losses of up to two weeks. In such a circumstance, Treasury will determine a PRLP as quickly as possible. The PRLP, as later determined, will be effective retroactively as of the start of the hiatus. Any insured losses submitted in support of an insurer's claim for the Federal share of compensation will be reviewed for the insurer's compliance with <I>pro rata</I> payments in accordance with the effective date of the PRLP.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Determine an interim PRLP.</I> (i) An interim PRLP is an amount determined without the availability of information necessary for consideration of all factors listed in § 50.112(b). It is a conservatively low percentage amount determined in order to facilitate initial partial claim payments by insurers after an act of terrorism and prior to the time that information becomes available to determine a PRLP based on consideration of the factors listed in § 50.112(b).
</P>
<P>(ii) In such a circumstance, Treasury will determine a PRLP to replace the interim PRLP as quickly as possible. The PRLP, as later determined, will be effective retroactively as of the effective date of the interim PRLP. Any insured losses submitted in support of an insurer's claim for the Federal share of compensation will be reviewed for the insurer's compliance with <I>pro rata</I> payments in accordance with the effective date of the interim PRLP, or as later replaced by the PRLP as appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.113" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.12.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.113   Application of <E T="0714">pro rata</E> share.</HEAD>
<P>An insurer shall apply the PRLP to determine the <I>pro rata</I> share of each insured loss to be paid by the insurer on all insured losses in the absence of an agreement on a complete and final settlement as evidenced by a signed settlement agreement or other means reviewable by a third party as of the effective date established by Treasury. Payments based on the application of the PRLP and determination of the <I>pro rata</I> share satisfy the insurer's liability for payment under the Program. Application of the PRLP and the determination of the <I>pro rata</I> share are the exclusive means for calculating the amount of insured losses for Program purposes. The <I>pro rata</I> share is subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The <I>pro rata</I> share is determined based on the estimated or actual final claim settlement amount that would otherwise be paid.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>All policies.</I> If partial payments have already been made as of the effective date of the PRLP, then the <I>pro rata</I> share for that loss is the greater of the amount already paid as of the effective date of the PRLP or the amount computed by applying the PRLP to the estimated or actual final claim settlement amount that would otherwise be paid.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certain workers' compensation insurance policies.</I> If an insurer's payments under a workers' compensation policy cumulatively exceed the amount computed by applying the PRLP to the estimated or actual final claim settlement amount that would otherwise be paid because such estimated or actual final settlement amount is reduced from a previous estimate, then the insurer may request a review and adjustment by Treasury in the calculation of the Federal share of compensation. In requesting such a review, the insurer must submit information to supplement its Certification of Loss demonstrating a reasonable estimate invalidated by unexpected conditions differing from prior assumptions including, but not limited to, an explanation and the basis for the prior assumptions.
</P>
<P>(d) If an insurer has not yet made payments in excess of its insurer deductible, the rules in this paragraph apply.
</P>
<P>(1) If the insurer estimates that it will exceed its insurer deductible making payments based on the application of the PRLP to its insured losses, then the insurer shall apply the PRLP as of the effective date specified in § 50.112(b).
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If the insurer estimates that it will not exceed its insurer deductible making payments based on the application of the PRLP to its insured losses, then the insurer may make payments on the same basis as prior to the effective date of the PRLP. The insurer may also make payments on the basis of applying some other <I>pro rata</I> amount it determines that is greater than the PRLP, where the insurer estimates that application of such other <I>pro rata</I> amount will result in it not exceeding its insurer deductible. The insurer remains liable for losses in accordance with § 50.115(c).
</P>
<P>(ii) If an insurer estimates that it will not exceed its insurer deductible and has made payments on the basis provided in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, but thereafter reaches its insurer deductible, then the insurer shall apply the PRLP to any remaining insured losses. When such an insurer submits a claim for the Federal share of compensation, the amount of the insurer's losses will be deemed to be the amount it would have paid if it had applied the PRLP as of the effective date, and the Federal share of compensation will be calculated on that amount. However, an insurer may request an exception if it can demonstrate that its estimate was invalidated as a result of insured losses from a subsequent act of terrorism.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.114" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.12.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.114   Data call authority.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of determining initial or recalculated PRLPs, Treasury may issue a data call to insurers for insured loss information, seeking information in addition to any information provided to Treasury under subparts F and H of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.115" NODE="31:1.1.1.1.35.12.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.115   Final amount.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury shall determine if, as a final proration, remaining insured loss payments, as well as adjustments to previous insured loss payments, can be made by insurers based on an adjusted PLRP, and aggregate insured losses still remain within the cap on annual liability. In such a circumstance, Treasury will notify insurers as to the final PRLP and its application to insured losses.
</P>
<P>(b) If paragraph (a) of this section applies, Treasury may require, as part of the insurer submission for the Federal share of compensation for insured losses, a supplementary explanation regarding how additional payments will be provided on previously settled insured losses.
</P>
<P>(c) An insurer that has prorated its insured losses, but that has not met its insurer deductible, remains liable for loss payments that in the aggregate bring the insurer's total insured loss payments up to an amount equal to the lesser of its insured losses without proration or its insurer deductible.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>

</DIV2>

<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="31:1.2" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Regulations Relating to Money and Finance


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="I" NODE="31:1.2.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER I—MONETARY OFFICES, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="51-55" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 51-55 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="56" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 56—DOMESTIC GOLD AND SILVER OPERATIONS SALE OF SILVER
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 209, 79 Stat. 257; 31 U.S.C. 405a-1.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 56.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.2.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 56.1   Conditions upon which silver will be sold.</HEAD>
<P>The General Services Administration, as agent for the Treasury Department, will conduct periodic sales of silver as agreed upon between GSA and the Treasury Department. Sales will be under competitive bidding procedures established by agreement between GSA and the Treasury Department. Details of the bidding and selling procedures are obtainable by telephone or by writing to General Services Administration, Property Management and Disposal Service, Industry Materials Division, Metals Project, Washington, DC 20405.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 13380, Sept. 22, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 56.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.2.0.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 56.2   Sales price.</HEAD>
<P>Sales of silver will be at prices offered through the competitive bidding procedures referred to in § 56.1, and accepted by the GSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 13380, Sept. 22, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="82" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 82—5-CENT AND ONE-CENT COIN REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 5111(d).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 61055, Oct. 29, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 82.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.3.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 82.1   Prohibitions.</HEAD>
<P>Except as specifically authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury (or designee) or as otherwise provided in this part, no person shall export, melt, or treat:
</P>
<P>(a) Any 5-cent coin of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(b) Any one-cent coin of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 82.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.3.0.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 82.2   Exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibition contained in § 82.1 against the exportation of 5-cent coins and one-cent coins of the United States shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) The exportation in any one shipment of 5-cent coins and one-cent coins having an aggregate face value of not more than $100 that are to be legitimately used as money or for numismatic purposes. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to authorize export for the purpose of sale or resale of coins for melting or treatment by any person.
</P>
<P>(2) The exportation of 5-cent coins and one-cent coins carried on an individual, or in the personal effects of an individual, departing from a place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, when the aggregate face value is not more than $5, or when the aggregate face value is not more than $25 and it is clear that the purpose for exporting such coins is for legitimate personal numismatic, amusement, or recreational use.
</P>
<P>(b) The prohibition contained in § 82.1 against the treatment of 5-cent coins and one-cent coins shall not apply to the treatment of these coins for educational, amusement, novelty, jewelry, and similar purposes as long as the volumes treated and the nature of the treatment makes it clear that such treatment is not intended as a means by which to profit solely from the value of the metal content of the coins.
</P>
<P>(c) The prohibition contained in § 82.1 against the exportation, melting, or treatment of 5-cent and one-cent coins of the United States shall not apply to coins exported, melted, or treated incidental to the recycling of other materials so long as—
</P>
<P>(1) Such 5-cent and one-cent coins were not added to the other materials for their metallurgical value;
</P>
<P>(2) The volumes of the 5-cent coins and one-cent coins, relative to the volumes of the other materials recycled, makes it clear that the presence of such coins is merely incidental; and
</P>
<P>(3) The separation of the 5-cent and one-cent coins from the other materials would be impracticable or cost prohibitive.
</P>
<P>(d) The prohibition contained in § 82.1 against the exportation, melting, or treatment of 5-cent coins shall not apply to 5-cent coins inscribed with the years 1942, 1943, 1944, or 1945 that are composed of an alloy comprising copper, silver and manganese.
</P>
<P>(e) The prohibition contained in § 82.1 against the exportation of 5-cent coins and one-cent coins shall not apply to 5-cent coins and one-cent coins exported by a Federal Reserve Bank or a domestic depository institution, or to a foreign central bank, when the exportation of such 5-cent coins and one-cent coins is for use as circulating money.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) The prohibition contained in § 82.1 against exportation, melting, or treatment of 5-cent coins and one-cent coins of the United States shall not apply to coins exported, melted, or treated under a written license issued by the Secretary of the Treasury (or designee).
</P>
<P>(2) Applications for licenses should be transmitted to the Director, United States Mint, 801 9th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20220.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 82.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.3.0.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 82.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>5-cent coin of the United States</I> means a 5-cent coin minted and issued by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 5112(a)(5).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>One-cent coin of the United States</I> means a one-cent coin minted and issued by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 5112(a)(6).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Export</I> means to remove, send, ship, or carry, or to take any action with the intent to facilitate a person's removing, sending, shipping, or carrying, from the United States or any place subject to the jurisdiction thereof, to any place outside of the United States or to any place not subject to the jurisdiction thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Person</I> means any individual, partnership, association, corporation, or other organization, but does not include an agency of the Government of the United States.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Treat</I> or <I>treatment</I> means to smelt, refine, or otherwise treat by heating, or by a chemical, electrical, or mechanical process.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 82.4" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.3.0.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 82.4   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who exports, melts, or treats 5-cent coins or one-cent coins of the United States in violation of § 82.1 shall be subject to the penalties specified in 31 U.S.C. 5111(d), including a fine of not more than $10,000 and/or imprisonment of not more than 5 years.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the penalties prescribed by 31 U.S.C. 5111(d), a person violating the prohibitions of this part may be subject to other penalties provided by law, including 18 U.S.C. 1001(a).
</P>
<P> 
</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="91" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 91—REGULATIONS GOVERNING CONDUCT IN OR ON THE BUREAU OF THE MINT BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301, by delegation from the Administrator of General Services, 35 FR 14426, and Treasury Department Order 177-25 (Revision 2), 38 FR 21947.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>34 FR 503, Jan. 14, 1969, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 91.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.1   Authority.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part governing conduct in and on the Bureau of the Mint buildings and grounds located as follows: U.S. Mint, Colfax, and Delaware Streets, Denver, Colorado; U.S. Bullion Depository, Fort Knox, Kentucky; U.S. Assay Office, 32 Old Slip New York, New York; U.S. Mint, 5th and Arch Streets, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; U.S. Assay Office, 155 Hermann Street, and the Old U.S. Mint Building, 88 Fifth Street, San Francisco, California; and U.S. Bullion Depository, West Point, New York; are promulgated pursuant to the authority vested in the Secretary of the Treasury, including 5 U.S.C. 301, and that vested in him by delegation from the Administrator of General Services, 38 FR 20650 (1973), and in accordance with the authority vested in the Director of the Mint by Treasury Department Order No. 177-25 Revision 2), dated August 8, 1973, 38 FR 21947 (1973).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 24897, Sept. 11, 1973]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part apply to the buildings and grounds of the Bureau of the Mint located as follows: U.S. Mint, Colfax and Delaware Streets, Denver, Colorado; U.S. Bullion Depository, Fort Knox, Kentucky; U.S. Assay Office, 32 Old Slip, New York, New York; U.S. Mint, Fifth and Arch Streets, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; U.S. Assay Office, 155 Hermann Street, and the Old U.S. Mint Building, 88 Fifth Street, San Francisco, California; and U.S. Bullion Depository, West Point, New York; and to all persons entering in or on such property. Unless otherwise stated herein, the Bureau of the Mint buildings and grounds shall be referred to in these regulations as the “property”.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 24897, Sept. 11, 1973]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.3   Recording presence.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise ordered, the property shall be closed to the public during other than normal working hours. The property shall also be closed to the public when, in the opinion of the senior supervising official of any Bureau of the Mint establishment covered by these regulations, or his delegate, an emergency situation exists, and at such other times as may be necessary for the orderly conduct of the Government's business. Admission to the property during periods when such property is closed to the public will be limited to authorized individuals who will be required to sign the register and/or display identification documents when requested by the guard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.4" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.4   Preservation of property.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any person without proper authority to wilfully destroy, damage, deface, or remove property or any part thereof or any furnishings therein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.5" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.5   Compliance with signs and directions.</HEAD>
<P>Persons in and on the property shall comply with the instructions of uniformed Bureau of the Mint guards (U.S. Special Policemen), other authorized officials, and official signs of a prohibitory or directory nature.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.6" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.6   Nuisances.</HEAD>
<P>The use of loud, abusive, or profane language, unwarranted loitering, unauthorized assembly, the creation of any hazard to persons or things, improper disposal of rubbish, spitting, prurient prying, the commission of any obscene or indecent act, or any other disorderly conduct on the property is prohibited. The throwing of any articles of any kind in, upon, or from the property and climbing upon any part thereof, is prohibited. The entry, without specific permission, upon any part of the property to which the public does not customarily have access, is prohibited.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.7" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.7   Gambling.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Participating in games for money or other property, the operation of gambling devices, the conduct of a lottery or pool, the selling or purchasing of numbers tickets, or any other gambling in or on the property, is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) Possession in or on the property of any numbers slip or ticket, record, notation, receipt, or other writing of a type ordinarily used in any illegal form of gambling such as a tip sheet or dream book, unless explained to the satisfaction of the head of the bureau or his delegate, shall be prima facie evidence that there is participation in an illegal form of gambling in or on such property.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 503, Jan. 14, 1969, as amended at 36 FR 3523, Feb. 26, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.8" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.8   Alcoholic beverages, narcotics, hallucinogenic and dangerous drugs.</HEAD>
<P>Entering or being on the property, or operating a motor vehicle thereon by a person under the influence of alcoholic beverages, narcotics, hallucinogenic or dangerous drugs is prohibited. The use of any narcotic, hallucinogenic or dangerous drug in or on the property is prohibited. The use of alcoholic beverages in or on the property is prohibited except on occasions and on property upon which the Director of the Mint has for appropriate official uses granted and exemption permit in writing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 24898, Sept. 11, 1973]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.9" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.9   Soliciting, vending, debt collection, and distribution of handbills.</HEAD>
<P>The unauthorized soliciting of alms and contributions, the commercial soliciting and vending of all kinds, the display or distribution of commercial advertising, or the collecting of private debts, in or on the property, is prohibited. This rule does not apply to Bureau of the Mint concessions or notices posted by authorized employees on the bulletin boards. Distribution of material such as pamphlets, handbills, and flyers is prohibited without prior approval from the Director of the Mint, or the delegate of the Director.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.10" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.10   Photographs.</HEAD>
<P>The taking of photographs on the property is prohibited, without the written permission of the Director of the Mint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.11" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.11   Dogs and other animals.</HEAD>
<P>Dogs and other animals, except seeing-eye dogs, shall not be brought upon the property for other than official purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.12" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.12   Vehicular and pedestrian traffic.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Drivers of all vehicles in or on the property shall drive in a careful and safe manner at all times and shall comply with the signals and directions of guards and all posted traffic signs.
</P>
<P>(b) The blocking of entrances, driveways, walks, loading platforms, or fire hydrants in or on the property is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(c) Parking in or on the property is not allowed without a permit or specific authority. Parking without authority, parking in unauthorized locations or in locations reserved for other persons or continuously in excess of 8 hours without permission, or contrary to the direction of a uniformed Bureau of the Mint guard, or of posted signs, is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(d) This paragraph may be supplemented from time to time with the approval of the Director of the Mint, or the delegate of the Director, by the issuance and posting of such specific traffic directives as may be required and when so issued and posted such directives shall have the same force and effect as if made a part hereof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.13" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.13   Weapons and explosives.</HEAD>
<P>No person while on the property shall carry firearms, other dangerous or deadly weapons, or explosives, either openly or concealed, except for official purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.14" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.4.0.16.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.14   Penalties and other law.</HEAD>
<P>Whoever shall be found guilty of violating any of the regulations in this part while on the property is subject to a fine of not more than $50, or imprisonment of not more than 30 days, or both (40 U.S.C. 318c). Nothing contained in the regulations in this part shall be construed to abrogate any other Federal laws or regulations or those of any State or municipality applicable to the property referred to in § 91.2 and governed by the regulations in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="92" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 92—UNITED STATES MINT OPERATIONS AND PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301, 31 U.S.C. 321 and 333.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 56353, Dec. 16, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Numismatic Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.1.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.1   Manufacture of medals.</HEAD>
<P>With the approval of the Director of the Mint, dies for medals of a national character designated by Congress may be executed at the Philadelphia Mint, and struck in such field office of the Mints and Assay Offices as the Director shall designate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.1.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.2   Sale of “list” medals.</HEAD>
<P>Medals on the regular Mint list, when available, are sold to the public at a charge sufficient to cover their cost, and to include mailing cost when mailed. Copies of the list of medals available for sale and their selling prices may be obtained from the Director of the Mint, Washington, DC.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.1.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.3   Manufacture and sale of “proof” coins.</HEAD>
<P>“Proof” coins, <I>i.e.</I>, coins prepared from blanks specially polished and struck, are made as authorized by the Director of the Mint and are sold at a price sufficient to cover their face value plus the additional expense of their manufacture and sale. Their manufacture and issuance are contingent upon the demands of regular operations. Information concerning availability and price may be obtained from the Director of the Mint, Treasury Department, Washington, DC 20220.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.4" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.1.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.4   Uncirculated Mint Sets.</HEAD>
<P>Uncirculated Mint Sets, <I>i.e.</I>, specially packaged coin sets containing one coin of each denomination struck at the Mints at Philadelphia and Denver, and the Assay Office at San Francisco, will be made as authorized by the Director of the Mint and will be sold at a price sufficient to cover their face value plus the additional expense of their processing and sale. Their manufacture and issuance are contingent upon demands of regular operations. Information concerning availability and price may be obtained from the Director of the Mint, Treasury Department, Washington, DC 20220.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Availability of Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.5" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.2.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.5   Procedure governing availability of Bureau of the Mint records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Regulations of the Office of the Secretary adopted.</I> The regulations on the Disclosure of Records of the Office of the Secretary and other bureaus and offices of the Department issued under 5 U.S.C. 301 and 552 and published as part 1 of this title, 32 FR No. 127, July 1, 1967, except for § 1.7 of this title entitled “Appeal,” shall govern the availability of Bureau of the Mint records.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination of availability.</I> The Director of the Mint delegates authority to the following Mint officials to determine, in accordance with part 1 of this title, which of the records or information requested is available, subject to the appeal provided in § 92.6: The Deputy Director of the Mint, Division Heads in the Office of the Director, and the Superintendent or Officer in Charge of the field office where the record is located.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requests for identifiable records.</I> A written request for an identifiable record shall be addressed to the Director of the Mint, Washington, DC 20220. A request presented in person shall be made in the public reading room of the Treasury Department, 15th Street and Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Washington, DC, or in such other office designated by the Director of the Mint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.6" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.2.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.6   Appeal.</HEAD>
<P>Any person denied access to records requested under § 92.5 may file an appeal to the Director of the Mint within 30 days after notification of such denial. The appeal shall provide the name and address of the appellant, the identification of the record denied, and the date of the original request and its denial. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Assessment of Civil Penalties for Misuse of Words, Letters, Symbols, or Emblems of the United States Mint</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 60776, Oct. 26, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 92.11" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.3.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.11   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The procedures in this subpart implement the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 333(c), which authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to assess a civil penalty against any person who has misused the words, titles, abbreviations, initials, symbols, emblems, seals, or badges of the United States Mint in violation of 31 U.S.C. 333(a).
</P>
<P>(b) The procedures in this subpart do not apply to the extent that the Secretary of the Treasury, the Director of the United States Mint, or their authorized designees have specifically granted to the person express permission, in writing, to manufacture, produce, sell, possess, or use the words, titles, abbreviations, initials, symbols, emblems, seals, or badges in a contract, agreement, license, letter, memorandum, or similar document.
</P>
<P>(c) The procedures in this subpart are limited to actions initiated by the United States Mint to enforce the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 333. The procedures herein do not affect the provisions of 31 CFR part 27. Therefore, this subpart shall not be construed as the exclusive means for the Secretary of the Treasury to enforce 31 U.S.C. 333 insofar as a covered misuse affects the United States Mint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.12" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.3.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.12   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Assessing official</I> means the Director of the United States Mint or his designee.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examining official</I> means an employee of the United States Mint appointed by the Director of the United States Mint (or an employee of the Treasury Department appointed by the Director of the United States Mint with the concurrence of the head of that employee's organization), to administer the procedures in this subpart in a particular case and to propose findings and recommendations in that case to the assessing official. The examining official must be:
</P>
<P>(1) An employee of the Treasury Department in the grade of GS-15 or higher; and
</P>
<P>(2) Capable of examining the matter without actual or apparent conflict of interest.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Broadcast</I> or <I>telecast</I> means widespread dissemination by electronic transmission or method, whether audio and/or visual.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Civil penalty</I> means a civil monetary penalty
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Date of offense</I> means the later of:
</P>
<P>(1) The date that the misuse occurred;
</P>
<P>(2) The date that the misuse had the effect of conveying the false impression that the activity was associated with or approved, endorsed, sponsored or authorized by the United States Mint or its officers or employees; or
</P>
<P>(3) If the violation is a continuing one, the date on which the misuse of the words, titles, abbreviations, initials, symbols, emblems, seals, or badges protected by 31 U.S.C. 333 or the procedures in this subpart last occurred.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Days</I> means calendar days, unless otherwise stated.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Person</I> means an individual, partnership, association, corporation, company, business, firm, manufacturer, or any other organization, entity, or institution.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Respondent</I> means a person named in an Initial Notice of Assessment.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Symbol</I> means any design or graphic used by the United States Mint or the Treasury Department to represent themselves or their products. A design or graphic may include
</P>
<P>(1) A trademark, designation of origin, or mark of identification, or
</P>
<P>(2) A stylized depiction comprising letters, words, or numbers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.13" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.3.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.13   Assessment of civil penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> The assessing official may impose a civil penalty on any person when the following two conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) That person uses in connection with, or as a part of, any advertisement, solicitation, business activity, or product, whether alone or with other words, letters, symbols, or emblems—
</P>
<P>(i) The words “Department of the Treasury,” “United States Mint,” or “U.S. Mint”;
</P>
<P>(ii) The titles “Secretary of the Treasury,” “Treasurer of the United States,” “Director of the United States Mint,” or “Director of the U.S. Mint”;
</P>
<P>(iii) The abbreviations or initials of any entity or title referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any symbol, emblem, seal, or badge of an entity referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section (including the design of any envelope, stationery, or identification card used by such an entity); or
</P>
<P>(v) Any colorable imitation of any such words, titles, abbreviations, initials, symbols, emblems, seals, or badges; and
</P>
<P>(2) That person's use is in a manner that could reasonably be interpreted or construed as conveying the false impression that such advertisement, solicitation, business activity, or product is in any manner approved, endorsed, sponsored, authorized by, or associated with the United States Mint, or any officer, or employee thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclaimers.</I> Any determination of whether a person has violated the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall be made without regard to any use of a disclaimer of affiliation with the United States Government or any particular agency or instrumentality thereof.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Civil penalty.</I> The assessing official may impose a civil penalty on any person who violates the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section. The amount of a civil penalty shall not exceed $5,000 for each and every use of any material in violation of paragraph (a) of this section, except that such penalty shall not exceed $25,000 for each and every use if such use is in a broadcast or telecast.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time limitations.</I> (1) Civil penalties imposed under the procedures in this subpart must be assessed before the end of the three-year period beginning on the date of offense.
</P>
<P>(2) The assessing official may commence a civil action to recover or enforce any civil penalty imposed in a Final Notice of Assessment issued pursuant to § 92.17 at any time before the end of the two-year period beginning on the date of the Final Notice of Assessment. If judicial review of the Final Notice of Assessment is sought, the two-year period begins to run from the date that a final and unappealable court order is issued.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Criminal Proceeding.</I> No civil penalty may be imposed under the procedures in this subpart with respect to any violation of paragraph (a) of this section after a criminal proceeding on the same violation has been commenced by indictment or information under 31 U.S.C. 333(d).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.14" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.3.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.14   Initiation of action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When an employee of the United States Mint learns of or discovers a potential violation of 31 U.S.C. 333 or this subpart, he or she will refer the matter, with all available evidence, to the assessing official.
</P>
<P>(b) The assessing official will consider relevant factors when determining whether to initiate an action to impose a civil penalty under the procedures in this subpart. Those factors may include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The scope of the misuse;
</P>
<P>(2) The purpose and/or nature of the misuse;
</P>
<P>(3) The extent of the harm caused by the misuse;
</P>
<P>(4) The circumstances of the misuse;
</P>
<P>(5) The commercial benefit intended to be derived from the misuse; and
</P>
<P>(6) The repeated nature of the misuse.
</P>
<P>(c) If the assessing official decides to initiate an action to impose a civil penalty under the procedures in this subpart, he or she will, in writing:
</P>
<P>(1) Appoint an examining official; and
</P>
<P>(2) Delegate to the examining official the authority to prepare, sign, and serve an Initial Notice of Assessment on behalf of the assessing official.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.15" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.3.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.15   Initial notice of assessment.</HEAD>
<P>The examining official shall review all immediately available evidence on the matter; determine a proposed civil penalty based on the factors listed under § 92.16(d)(2)(iii); and prepare and serve an Initial Notice of Assessment by United States mail or other means upon the person believed to be in violation of § 92.13 and otherwise subject to a civil penalty. The notice shall provide the name and telephone number of the examining official, who can provide information concerning the notice and the procedures in this subpart. The notice shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) A specific reference to the provisions of § 92.13 violated;
</P>
<P>(b) A concise statement of the facts that support the conclusion that such a violation occurred;
</P>
<P>(c) The amount of the civil penalty proposed and the maximum amount of the potential civil penalty that the assessing official could impose;
</P>
<P>(d) A notice informing the person alleged to be in violation of § 92.13 that he or she:
</P>
<P>(1) May, within 30 days of the date of the notice, pay the proposed civil penalty, thereby waiving the right to make a written response under § 92.16 and to seek judicial review under § 92.18:
</P>
<P>(i) By electronic funds transfer (EFT) in accordance with instructions provided by the examining official in the Initial Notice of Assessment; or
</P>
<P>(ii) By means other than EFT only with the written approval of the assessing official;
</P>
<P>(2) May make a written response in accordance with § 92.16 within 30 days of the date of the notice addressing, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) Why a civil penalty should not be imposed; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Why a civil penalty should be in a lesser amount than proposed.
</P>
<P>(3) May be represented by an attorney or other representative, provided that a designation of representative signed by the person alleged to be in violation is received by the examining official; and
</P>
<P>(4) May request, within 20 days of the date of the notice, a copy of or opportunity to review any documents and/or other evidence that the United States Mint compiled and relied on in determining to issue the notice (the assessing official reserves the right to assert privileges available under law and may decline to disclose certain documents and/or other evidence protected by such privileges; however, any documents or other evidence withheld from disclosure shall be expunged from the record and shall not be considered by the examining and assessing officials in arriving at their respective recommendations and decisions); and
</P>
<P>(e) An advisement of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If no written response is received within the time allowed in § 92.16(b), a Final Notice of Assessment may be issued without a presentation by the person;
</P>
<P>(2) If a written response has been made and the examining official deems it necessary, the examining official may request, orally or in writing, additional information from the respondent;
</P>
<P>(3) A Final Notice of Assessment may be issued in accordance with § 92.17 requiring that the proposed civil penalty be paid;
</P>
<P>(4) A Final Notice of Assessment is subject to judicial review in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.;</I> and
</P>
<P>(5) All submissions sent in response to the Initial Notice of Assessment must be transmitted to the address specified in the notice and include the name, address, and telephone number of the respondent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.16" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.3.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.16   Written response.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form and contents.</I> (1) The written response submitted by a person pursuant to § 92.15(d)(2) must provide the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A reference to and specific identification of the Initial Notice of Assessment involved;
</P>
<P>(ii) The full name of the person against whom the Initial Notice of Assessment has been made;
</P>
<P>(iii) If the respondent is not a natural person, the name and title of the officer authorized to act on behalf of the respondent; and
</P>
<P>(iv) If a representative of the person named in the Initial Notice of Assessment is filing the written response, a copy of the duly executed designation as representative.
</P>
<P>(2) The written response must admit or deny each violation of § 92.13 set forth in the Initial Notice of Assessment. Any violation not specifically denied will be presumed to be admitted. Where a violation is denied, the respondent shall specifically set forth the legal or factual basis upon which the allegation is denied. If the basis of the written response is that the respondent is not the person responsible for the alleged violation, the written response must set forth sufficient information to allow the examining and assessing officials to determine the truth of such an assertion. The written response should include any and all documents and other information that the respondent believes should be a part of the administrative record on the matter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, any written response made under this section must be submitted not later than 30 days after the date of the Initial Notice of Assessment.
</P>
<P>(2) If a request for documents or other evidence is made pursuant to § 92.15(d)(4), the written response must be submitted not later than 20 days after the date of the United States Mint's response to the request.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) In computing the number of days allowed for filing a written response under this paragraph, the first day counted is the day after the date of the Initial Notice of Assessment is issued. If the last date on which the response is required to be filed by this paragraph is a Saturday, Sunday or Federal holiday, the response will be due on the next business day after that date.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a response is transmitted by United States mail, it will be deemed timely filed if postmarked on or before the due date.
</P>
<P>(4) The examining official may extend the period for making a written response under paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section for up to ten days for good cause shown. Requests for extensions beyond ten days must be approved by the assessing official and must be based on good cause shown. Generally, failure to obtain representation in a timely manner will not be considered good cause.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing.</I> The response may be sent by personal delivery, United States mail or commercial delivery. A written response transmitted by means other than United States mail will be considered filed on the date received at the address specified in the Initial Notice of Assessment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Review and Recommendation.</I> The examining official will fully consider the facts and arguments submitted by the respondent in the written response, any other documents filed by the respondent pursuant to this subpart, and the evidence in the United States Mint's record on the matter. If the respondent waives the right to submit a written response in accordance with § 92.15(d)(1), or declines to submit a written response by the end of the 30-day response period, the examining official will fully consider the evidence in the United States Mint's record on the matter.
</P>
<P>(1) In fully considering the matter, the examining official will not consider any evidence introduced into the record by the United States Mint after the date of the Initial Notice of Assessment unless and until the respondent has been notified that such additional evidence will be considered, and has had an opportunity to request, review and comment on such evidence.
</P>
<P>(2) The examining official will prepare a concise report, addressed to the assessing official, which will contain the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The entire administrative record on the matter, including all information provided in or with a written response timely filed by the respondent and any additional information provided pursuant to § 92.15(e)(2), as well as all evidence upon which the Initial Notice of Assessment was based, and any additional evidence as provided for in § 92.16(d)(1).
</P>
<P>(ii) A finding, based on the preponderance of the evidence, as to each alleged violation specified in the Initial Notice of Assessment;
</P>
<P>(iii) For each violation that the examining official determines to have occurred, a recommendation as to the appropriate amount of a civil penalty to be imposed which, upon additional consideration of the evidence, may be the same as, more than, or less than the amount initially proposed by the examining official pursuant to § 92.15. In making this recommendation, the examining official will consider all relevant factors including, but not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The scope of the misuse;
</P>
<P>(B) The purpose and/or nature of the misuse;
</P>
<P>(C) The extent of the harm caused by the misuse;
</P>
<P>(D) The circumstances of the misuse;
</P>
<P>(E) The commercial benefit intended to be derived from the misuse; and
</P>
<P>(F) The repeated nature of the misuse.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the examining official determines that a violation has occurred, a proposed Final Notice of Assessment that incorporates his or her findings and recommendations.
</P>
<P>(v) Any additional information or considerations that the assessing officer should consider in a decision whether to issue a Final Notice of Assessment under § 92.17.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.17" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.3.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.17   Final action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In making a final determination whether to impose a penalty, the assessing official shall take into consideration the entire report prepared by the examining official. Although the assessing official should accord appropriate weight to the findings and recommendations of the examining official, the assessing official is not bound by them. The assessing official may approve, disapprove, modify, or substitute any or all of the examining official's findings and recommendations if, in his or her judgment, the evidence in the record supports such a decision. The assessing official will determine whether:
</P>
<P>(1) The facts warrant a conclusion that no violation has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The facts warrant a conclusion that one or more violations have occurred; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The facts and violations found justify the conclusion that a civil penalty should be imposed.
</P>
<P>(b) If the assessing official determines that no violation has occurred, the official shall promptly send a letter indicating that determination to the person served with an Initial Notice of Assessment and to any designated representative of such person.
</P>
<P>(c) If the assessing official determines that a violation has occurred:
</P>
<P>(1) The assessing official shall issue a Final Notice of Assessment to the person served with an Initial Notice of Assessment and to any designated representative of such person.
</P>
<P>(2) The assessing official may, in his or her discretion:
</P>
<P>(i) Impose a civil penalty;
</P>
<P>(ii) Not impose a civil penalty; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Impose a civil penalty and suspend the payment of all or some of the civil penalty, conditioned on the violator's future compliance with 31 U.S.C. 333.
</P>
<P>(3) If a civil penalty is imposed under § 92.17(c)(2)(i) or (iii), the assessing official shall determine the appropriate amount of the penalty in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 333(c)(2). In determining the amount of a civil penalty, the assessing official will consider relevant factors including, but not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The scope of the misuse;
</P>
<P>(ii) The purpose and/or nature of the misuse;
</P>
<P>(iii) The extent of the harm caused by the misuse;
</P>
<P>(iv) The circumstances of the misuse;
</P>
<P>(v) The commercial benefit intended to be derived from the misuse; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The repeated nature of the misuse.
</P>
<P>(4) The Final Notice of Assessment shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Include the following:
</P>
<P>(A) A specific reference to each provision of § 92.13 found to have been violated;
</P>
<P>(B) A concise statement of the facts supporting a conclusion that each violation has occurred;
</P>
<P>(C) An analysis of how the facts and each violation justifies the conclusion that a civil penalty should be imposed; and
</P>
<P>(D) The amount of each civil penalty imposed and a statement as to how the amount of each penalty was determined; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Inform the person of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Payment of a civil penalty imposed by the Final Notice of Assessment must be made within 30 days of the date of the notice;
</P>
<P>(B) Payment of a civil penalty imposed by the Final Notice of Assessment shall be paid by EFT in accordance with instructions provided in the notice, unless the assessing official has given written approval to have payment made by other means;
</P>
<P>(C) If payment of a civil penalty imposed by the Final Notice of Assessment has been suspended on the condition that the person comply in the future with 31 U.S.C. 333 and this subpart, the failure by the person to so comply will make the civil penalty payable on demand;
</P>
<P>(D) If a civil penalty is not paid within 30 days of the date of the Final Notice of Assessment (or on demand under paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(D) of this section), a civil action to collect the penalty or enforce compliance may be commenced at any time within two years of the date of the Final Notice of Assessment; and
</P>
<P>(E) Any civil penalty imposed by the Final Notice of Assessment may be subject to judicial review in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.18" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.5.3.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.18   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>A Final Notice of Assessment issued under the procedures in this subpart may be subject to judicial review pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="100" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 100—EXCHANGE OF PAPER CURRENCY AND COIN
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 321.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 32044, July 23, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 100.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.2   Scope of regulations; transactions effected through Federal Reserve banks and branches; distribution of coin and currencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this part govern the exchange of the coin and paper currency of the United States (including national bank notes and Federal Reserve bank notes in process of retirement and Federal Reserve notes). Under authorization in the Act approved May 29, 1920, 41 Stat. 655 (31 U.S.C. 476), the Secretary of the Treasury transferred to the Federal Reserve banks and branches the duties and functions performed by the former Assistant Treasurers of the United States in connection with the exchange of paper currency and coin of the United States. Except for the duties in this respect to be performed by the Treasurer of the United States and the Director of the Mint, as may be indicated from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury, exchanges of the paper currency and coin of the United States and the distribution and replacement thereof will, so far as practicable, be effected through the Federal Reserve banks and branches. The Federal Reserve banks and branches are authorized to distribute available supplies of coin and currency to depository institutions, as that term is defined in section 103 of the Monetary Control Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-221). As authorized by section 107 of the Act, transportation of coin and currency and coin wrapping services will be provided according to a schedule of fees established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Inquiries by depository institutions regarding distribution and related services should be addressed to the Federal Reserve bank of the district where the institution is located.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department of the Treasury has authorized amendments to this part by the following bureaus and offices:
</P>
<P>(1) This section—Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(2) Subpart A—Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(3) Subpart B—Bureau of Engraving and Printing.
</P>
<P>(4) Subpart C—United States Mint.
</P>
<P>(5) Subpart D—Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 32044, July 23, 1982, as amended at 82 FR 60310, Dec. 20, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—In General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.1.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.3   Lawfully held coin and currencies in general.</HEAD>
<P>The official agencies of the Department of the Treasury will continue to exchange lawfully held coins and currencies of the United States, dollar for dollar, for other coins and currencies which may be lawfully acquired and are legal tender for public and private debts. Paper currency of the United States which has been falsely altered and coins altered to render them for use as other denominations will not be redeemed since such currency and coins are subject to forfeiture under Title 18, United States Code, section 492. Persons receiving such currency and coins should notify immediately the nearest local office of the U.S. Secret Service of the Department of the Treasury, and hold the same pending advice from the Service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.4" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.1.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.4   Gold coin and gold certificates in general.</HEAD>
<P>Gold coins, and gold certificates of the type issued before January 30, 1934, are exchangeable, as provided in this part, into other currency or coin which may be lawfully issued.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Request for Examination of Mutilated Currency for Possible Redemption</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 30725, May 29, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 100.5" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.2.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.5   Mutilated paper currency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Lawfully held mutilated paper currency of the United States may be submitted for examination in accord with the provisions in this subpart. Such currency may be redeemed at face amount if sufficient remnants of any relevant security feature and clearly more than one-half of the original note remains. Fragments of such mutilated currency which are not clearly more than one-half of the original whole note or are lacking sufficient remnants of any relevant security feature will be redeemed at face value only if the Director, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the Treasury, is satisfied that the missing portions have been totally destroyed. The Director's judgment shall be based on such evidence of total destruction as is necessary and shall be final. Any submission under this subpart shall be deemed an acceptance of all provisions contained herein.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions are used in this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Mutilated currency</I> is currency which has been damaged to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) One-half or less of the original note remains; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Its condition is such that its value is questionable and the currency must be forwarded to the Department of the Treasury for the examination by trained experts before any redemption is made.
</P>
<P><I>Unfit currency</I> is currency which is unfit for further circulation because of its physical condition such as torn, dirty, limp, worn or defaced. Unfit currency should not be forwarded to the Department of the Treasury, but may be exchanged at commercial banks.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.6" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.2.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.6   Destroyed paper currency.</HEAD>
<P>No relief will be granted on account of lawfully held paper currency which has been totally destroyed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.7" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.2.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.7   Treasury's redemption process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Lawful holders of mutilated currency may receive a redemption at full value when:
</P>
<P>(1) Clearly more than 50% of a note identifiable as United States currency is present along with sufficient remnants of any relevant security feature; or
</P>
<P>(2) Fifty percent or less of a note identifiable as United States currency is present and the method of mutilation and supporting evidence demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Treasury that the missing portions have been totally destroyed.
</P>
<P>(b) No redemption will be made when:
</P>
<P>(1) A submission, or any portion thereof, demonstrates a pattern of intentional mutilation or an attempt to defraud the United States. In such instances, the entire submission will be destroyed or retained as evidence.
</P>
<P>(2) A submission appears to be part of, or intended to further, any criminal scheme. In such instances, the entire submission will be destroyed or retained as evidence.
</P>
<P>(3) A submission contains a material misrepresentation of facts.
</P>
<P>(4) Fragments and remnants presented are not identifiable as United States currency; or
</P>
<P>(5) Fragments and remnants presented which represent 50% or less of a note are identifiable as United States currency but the method of destruction and supporting evidence do not satisfy the Treasury that the missing portion has been totally destroyed.
</P>
<P>(c) Lawfully held mutilated currency in a submission that also contains counterfeit currency may be destroyed or retained as evidence, at the discretion of the Director of the Bureau of Engraving and Printing.
</P>
<P>(d) All cases will be handled under proper procedures to safeguard the funds and interests of the submitter of lawfully held mutilated currency. In some cases, the amount redeemed will be less than the amount estimated by the submitter. In other cases, the amount redeemed may be greater. The amount redeemed will be determined by an examination made by trained mutilated currency examiners and governed by the above criteria.
</P>
<P>(e) The Director of the Bureau of Engraving and Printing shall have final authority with respect to redemptions of mutilated currency submissions.
</P>
<P>(f) All submissions for review shall include an estimate of the value of the currency and an explanation of how it came to be mutilated. The submission should also contain the bank account number and routing number for an account of a United States bank since all redemptions of $500 or more shall be made through Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.8" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.2.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.8   Packaging and shipping of mutilated currency.</HEAD>
<P>Mutilated currency examiners are best able to determine the value of the currency when it has been carefully packed and boxed as described below. As a result, failure to follow the directions in this section may result in a denial of redemption:
</P>
<P>(a) Regardless of the condition of the currency, do not disturb the fragments more than is absolutely necessary.
</P>
<P>(b) If the currency is brittle or inclined to fall apart, pack it carefully in cotton and box it as found, without disturbing the fragments, if possible.
</P>
<P>(c) If the currency was in a purse, box, or other container when mutilated, it should be left therein, if possible, in order to prevent further deterioration of the fragments or from their being lost.
</P>
<P>(d) If it is absolutely necessary to remove the fragments from the container, send the container with the currency and any other contents found, except as noted in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) If the currency was flat when mutilated, do not roll, fold, laminate, tape, glue or in any other way alter the currency in an attempt to preserve it.
</P>
<P>(f) If the currency was in a roll when mutilated, do not attempt to unroll or straighten.
</P>
<P>(g) If coin or any other metal is mixed with the currency, remove carefully. Do not send coin or other metal in the same package with mutilated paper currency, as the metal will break up the currency. Coin should be exchanged in accordance with subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(h) Mutilated currency shipments must be addressed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) USPS Delivery—Department of the Treasury, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, MCD/OFM, Room 344A, Post Office Box 37048, Washington, DC 20013.
</P>
<P>(2) Non Postal Courier (FEDEX/UPS)—Department of the Treasury, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, MCD/OFM, Room 344-A, 14th &amp; C Streets SW., Washington, DC 20228.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.9" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.2.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.9   Notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Director may provide information pertaining to any mutilated currency submission to law enforcement officials or other third parties for purposes of investigation of related criminal activity or for purposes of seeking a civil judgment.
</P>
<P>(b) Whoever mutilates currency with the intent to render it unfit to be reissued may be fined and/or imprisoned. 18 U.S.C. 333.
</P>
<P>(c) Whoever intentionally files a false claim seeking reimbursement for mutilated currency may be held criminally liable under a number of statutes including 18 U.S.C. 287 and 18 U.S.C. 1341 and may be held civilly liable under 31 U.S.C. 3729, <I>et seq.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Request for Examination of Coin for Possible Redemption</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 60311, Dec. 20, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 100.10" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.3.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.10   Request for examination of uncurrent coin for possible redemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> Uncurrent coins are whole U.S. coins which are merely worn or reduced in weight by natural abrasion yet are readily and clearly recognizable as to genuineness and denomination and which are machine countable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Redemption process.</I> The United States Mint will not accept uncurrent coins for redemption. Members of the public wishing to redeem lawfully held uncurrent coins must deposit the uncurrent coins with a bank or other financial institution that will accept them, or with a depository institution that has established a direct customer relationship with a Federal Reserve Bank. A Federal Reserve Bank will redeem uncurrent coins, based on the policies described in the Federal Reserve's Operating Circular 2.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Criteria for acceptance.</I> Depository institutions that redeem uncurrent coins must sort the coins by denomination into packages in accordance with the Federal Reserve's Operating Circular 2. The Federal Reserve Banks have the right to reject any shipment containing objects that are not U.S. coins or any contaminant that could render the uncurrent coins unsuitable for coinage metal.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Redemption sites.</I> The Federal Reserve Banks and branches listed in § 100.17 are the only authorized redemption sites at which a depository institution that has established a direct customer relationship with a Federal Reserve Bank may redeem uncurrent coins.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.11" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.3.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.11   ]Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.12" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.3.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.12   Exchange of fused or mixed coin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) Fused coins are U.S. coins which are melted to the extent that they are bonded together.
</P>
<P>(2) Mixed coins are U.S. coins of several alloy categories which are presented together, but are readily and clearly identifiable as U.S. coins.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fused and mixed coins.</I> The United States Mint will not accept fused or mixed coins for redemption.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 60311, Dec. 20, 2017, as amended at 89 FR 78245, Sept. 25, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.13" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.3.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.13   Notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Criminal penalties connected with the defacement or mutilation of U.S. coins are provided in 18 U.S.C. 331.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the United States Mint may provide information pertaining coin submissions to law enforcement officials or other third parties for purposes of investigating related criminal activity or for purposes of seeking a civil judgment.
</P>
<P>(c) Whoever intentionally files a false claim seeking reimbursement for uncurrent, bent or partial coins may be held criminally liable under a number of statutes including 18 U.S.C. 287 and 18 U.S.C. 1341 and may be held civilly liable under 31 U.S.C. 3729, <I>et seq.</I>


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 60311, Dec. 20, 2017, as amended at 89 FR 78245, Sept. 25, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Other Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.16" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.4.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.16   Exchange of paper and coin to be handled through Federal Reserve banks and branches.</HEAD>
<P>Other than as provided in this document all transactions including the exchange of paper currency and coin shall be handled through the Federal Reserve banks and branches.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.17" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.4.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.17   Location of Federal Reserve banks and branches.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Federal Reserve Bank and Address
</HD2>
<FP-1>Boston—600 Atlantic Avenue, Boston, MA 02106
</FP-1>
<FP-1>New York—33 Liberty Street (Federal Reserve P.O. Station), New York, NY 10045
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Buffalo Branch—160 Delaware Avenue (P.O. Box 961), Buffalo, NY 14240
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Philadelphia—Ten Independence Mall (P.O. Box 66), Philadelphia, PA 19105
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cleveland—1455 East Sixth Street (P.O. Box 6387), Cleveland, OH 44101
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cincinnati Branch—150 East Fourth Street (P.O. Box 999), Cincinnati, OH 45201
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pittsburgh Branch—717 Grant Street (P.O. Box 867), Pittsburgh, PA 15230
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Richmond—701 East Byrd Avenue (P.O. Box 27622), Richmond, VA 23261
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Baltimore Branch—114-120 East Lexington Street (P.O. Box 1378), Baltimore, MD 21203
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Charlotte Branch—530 East Trade Street (P.O. Box 30248), Charlotte, NC 28230
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Atlanta—104 Marietta Street, NW., Atlanta, GA 30303
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Birmingham Branch—1801 Fifth Avenue, North (P.O. Box 830447), Birmingham, AL 35283-0447
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Jacksonville Branch—800 Water Street (P.O. Box 929) Jacksonville, FL 32231-0044
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Miami Branch—9100 NW., 36th Street (P.O. Box 520847), Miami, FL 33152
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Nashville Branch—301 Eighth Avenue, North, Nashville, TN 37203
</FP-1>
<FP-1>New Orleans Branch—525 St. Charles Avenue (P.O. Box 61630), New Orleans, LA 70161
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago—230 South LaSalle Street (P.O. Box 834), Chicago, IL 60690
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Detroit Branch—160 Fort Street, West (P.O. Box 1059), Detroit, MI 48231
</FP-1>
<FP-1>St. Louis—411 Locust Street (P.O. Box 442), St. Louis, MO 63166
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Little Rock Branch—325 West Capitol Avenue (P.O. Box 1261), Little Rock, AR 72203
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Louisville Branch—410 South Fifth Street (P.O. Box 32710), Louisville, KY 40232
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Memphis Branch—200 North Main Street (P.O. Box 407), Memphis, TN 38101
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Minneapolis—250 Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55480
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Helena Branch—400 North Park Avenue, Helena, MT 59601
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Kansas City—925 Grand Avenue (Federal Reserve Station), Kansas City, MO 64198
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Denver Branch—1020 16th Street (P.O. Box 5228, Terminal Annex), Denver, CO 80217
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Oklahoma City Branch—226 Dean A. McGee Street (P.O. Box 25129), Oklahoma City, OK 73125
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Omaha Branch—2201 Farnam Street (P.O. Box 3958), Omaha, NB 68103
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dallas—400 South Akard Street (Station K), Dallas, TX 75222
</FP-1>
<FP-1>El Paso Branch—301 East Main Street (P.O. Box 100), El Paso, TX 79999
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Houston Branch—1701 San Jacinto Street (P.O. Box 2578), Houston, TX 77001
</FP-1>
<FP-1>San Antonio Branch—126 East Nueva Street (P.O. Box 1471), San Antonio, TX 78295
</FP-1>
<FP-1>San Francisco—400 Sansome Street (P.O. Box 7702), San Francisco, CA 94120
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Los Angeles Branch—950 South Grand Avenue (Terminal Annex, P.O. Box 2077), Los Angeles CA 90051
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Portland Branch—915 SW Stark Street (P.O. Box 3436), Portland, OR 97208
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Salt Lake City Branch—120 South State Street (P.O. Box 30780), Salt Lake City, UT 84125
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Seattle Branch—1015 Second Avenue (P.O. Box 3567), Seattle, WA 98124</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 32044, July 23, 1982, as amended at 56 FR 10170, Mar. 11, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.18" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.4.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.18   Counterfeit notes to be marked; “redemption” of notes wrongfully so marked.</HEAD>
<P>The Act of June 30, 1876 (19 Stat. 4; 31 U.S.C. 424), provides that all U.S. Officers charged with the receipt or disbursement of public moneys, and all officers of national banks, shall stamp or write in plain letters the word “counterfeit,” “altered,” or “worthless” upon all fraudulent notes issued in the form of, and intended to circulate as money, which shall be presented at their places of business; and if such officers shall wrongfully stamp any genuine note of the United States, or of the national bank, they shall, upon presentation, “redeem” such notes at the face amount thereof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 100.19" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.6.4.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.19   Disposition of counterfeit notes and coins.</HEAD>
<P>All counterfeit notes and coin found in remittances are cancelled and delivered to the U.S. Secret Service of the Department of the Treasury or to the nearest local office of that Service, a receipt for the same being forwarded to the sender. Communications with respect thereto should be addressed to the Director, U.S. Secret Service, Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20223.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="101" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 101—MITIGATION OF FORFEITURE OF COUNTERFEIT GOLD COINS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>18 U.S.C. 492.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 1472, Jan. 7, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 101.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.7.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 101.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to establish a policy whereby certain purchasers or holders of gold coins who have forfeited them to the United States because they were counterfeit may, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, recover the gold bullion from the coins. This part sets forth the procedures to be followed in implementing this policy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 101.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.7.0.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 101.2   Petitions for mitigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Who may file.</I> Any person may petition the Secretary of the Treasury for return of the gold bullion of counterfeit gold coins forfeited to the United States, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The petitioner innocently purchased or received the coins and held them without the knowledge that they were counterfeit; and,
</P>
<P>(2) The petitioner voluntarily submitted the coins to the Treasury Department for a determination of whether they were legitimate or counterfeit; and,
</P>
<P>(3) The coins were determined to be counterfeit and were seized by the Treasury Department and forfeited to the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>To whom addressed.</I> Petitions for mitigation of the forfeiture of counterfeit gold coins should be addressed to the Assistant Secretary, Enforcement, Operations, Tariff Affairs, Department of Treasury, 15th and Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form.</I> The petition need not be in any particular form, but must be under oath, and set forth at least the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The full name and address of the petitioner;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the coin or coins involved;
</P>
<P>(3) The name and address of the person from whom the coins were received or purchased by the petitioner;
</P>
<P>(4) The date and place where they were voluntarily submitted for examination;
</P>
<P>(5) Any other circumstances relied upon by the petitioner to justify the mitigation;
</P>
<P>(6) A statement that the petitioner purchased or received and held the coins without the knowledge that they were counterfeit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 101.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.7.0.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 101.3   Petitions reviewed by Assistant Secretary, Enforcement, Operations, Tariff Affairs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Assistant Secretary will receive and review all petitions for mitigation of the forfeiture of counterfeit gold coins. He shall conduct such further investigation, and may request such further information from the petitioner as he deems necessary. Petitions will be approved if the Assistant Secretary determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The gold coins have not been previously disposed of by normal procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) The petitioner was an innocent purchaser or holder of the gold coins and is not under investigation in connection with the coins at the time of submission or thereafter;
</P>
<P>(3) The coins are not needed and will not be needed in the future in any investigation or as evidence in legal proceedings; and
</P>
<P>(4) Mitigation of the forfeiture is in the best interest of the Government.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 101.4" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.7.0.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 101.4   Extraction of gold bullion from the counterfeit coins.</HEAD>
<P>If the petition is approved, the Assistant Secretary shall then forward the gold coins to the Bureau of the Mint where, if economically feasible, the gold bullion will be extracted from the counterfeit coins. The Bureau of the Mint will then return the bullion to the Assistant Secretary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 101.5" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.7.0.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 101.5   Payment of smelting costs.</HEAD>
<P>The petitioner shall be required to pay all reasonable costs incurred in extracting the bullion from the counterfeit coins, as shall be determined by the Assistant Secretary. Payment must be made prior to the return of the gold bullion to the petitioner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 101.6" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.7.0.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 101.6   Return of the bullion.</HEAD>
<P>After receiving the gold bullion from the Bureau of the Mint, the Assistant Secretary shall notify the petitioner that his petition has been approved and that payment of the smelting costs in an amount set forth in such notice must be made prior to the return of the bullion.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 101.7" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.7.0.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 101.7   Exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part shall not apply where the cost of smelting the gold coins exceeds the value of the gold bullion to be returned.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 101.8" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.7.0.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 101.8   Discretion of the Secretary.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury retains complete discretion to deny any claim of any petitioner when the Secretary believes it is not in the best interest of the Government to return the bullion to the petitioner or when the Secretary is not convinced that the petitoner was an innocent purchaser or holder without knowledge that the gold coins were counterfeit.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="123" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 123 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="128" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 128—REPORTING OF INTERNATIONAL CAPITAL AND FOREIGN-CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS AND POSITIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>22 U.S.C. 286f and 3101 <I>et seq.;</I> 31 U.S.C. 5315 and 5321.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 58495, Nov. 2, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.1.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.1   General reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>International capital transactions and positions.</I> (1) In order to implement the International Investment and Trade in Services Survey Act, as amended (22 U.S.C. 3101 <I>et seq.</I>); and E.O. 11961, and to obtain information requested by the International Monetary Fund under the articles of agreement of the Fund pursuant to section 8(a) of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act (22 U.S.C. 286f) and E.O. 10033, persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States are required to report information pertaining to—
</P>
<P>(i) United States claims on, and liabilities to, foreigners;
</P>
<P>(ii) Transactions in securities and other financial assets with foreigners; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The monetary reserves of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) Data pertaining to direct investment transactions are not required to be reported under this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Reports shall be made in such manner and at such intervals as specified by the Secretary of the Treasury. See subpart B of this part for additional requirements concerning these reports.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Foreign currency positions.</I> (1) In order to provide data on the nature and source of flows of mobile capital, including transactions by large United States business enterprises (as determined by the Secretary) and their foreign affiliates as required by 31 U.S.C. 5315, persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States are required to report information pertaining to—
</P>
<P>(i) Transactions in foreign exchange;
</P>
<P>(ii) Transfers of credit that are, in whole or part, denominated in a foreign currency; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The creation or acquisition of claims that reference transactions, holdings, or evaluations of foreign exchange.
</P>
<P>(2) Reports shall be made in such manner and at such intervals as specified by the Secretary. See subpart C of this part for additional requirements concerning these reports.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice of reports.</I> Notice of reports required by this part, specification of persons required to file report, and forms to be used to file reports will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Persons currently required to file reports shall continue to file such reports using existing Treasury International Capital Forms BL-1/BL-1(SA), BL-2/BL-2(SA), BL-3, BC/BC(SA), BQ-1, BQ-2, CM, CQ-1, CQ-2, S, and existing Treasury Foreign Currency Forms FC-1, FC-2, FC-3, and FC-4 until further notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.1.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.2   Manner of reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Methods of reporting</I>—(1) <I>Prescribed forms.</I> (i) Except as provided in § 128.2(a)(2), reports required by this part shall be made on forms prescribed by the Secretary. The forms and accompanying instructions will be published in accordance with § 128.1(c).
</P>
<P>(ii) Copies of forms and instructions prescribed by the Secretary for reporting under this Part may be obtained from any Federal Reserve Bank, or from the Office of the Assistant Secretary (Economic Policy), Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Alternative methods of reporting.</I> In lieu of reporting on forms prescribed by the Secretary pursuant to this part, reports may be filed on magnetic tape or other media acceptable to, and approved in writing by, the Federal Reserve district bank with which the report is filed, or by the Assistant Secretary (Economic Policy) in the case of a special exception filing pursuant to § 128.2(b)(3). The Secretary may require that magnetic tape or other machine-readable media, or other rapid means of communication be used for filing special survey reports under subpart B or C of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing of periodic reports</I>—(1) <I>Banks and other depository institutions, International Banking Facilities, and bank holding companies.</I> Except as provided in § 128.2(b)(3), each bank, depository institution, International Banking Facility, and bank holding company in the United States required to file periodic reports under subpart B or C of this part shall file such reports with the Federal Reserve bank of the district in which such bank, depository institution, International Banking Facility or bank holding company has its principal place of business in the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nonbanking enterprises and other persons.</I> Except as provided in § 128.2(b)(3), nonbanking enterprises and other persons in the United States required to file periodic reports under subpart B or C of this part shall file such reports with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Special exceptions.</I> If a respondent described in § 128.2(b)(1) or (2) is unable to file with a Federal Reserve district bank, such respondent shall file periodic reports with the Office of the Assistant Secretary (Economic Policy), Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20220, or as otherwise provided in the instructions to the periodic report forms.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing of special survey reports.</I> All respondents required to file special survey reports under subpart B or C of this part file such reports as provided in § 128.2(b) unless otherwise provided in the instructions to the special survey reports.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.1.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.3   Use of information reported.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for use in violation and enforcement proceedings pursuant to the International Investment and Trade in Services Survey Act, 22 U.S.C. 3101 <I>et seq.,</I> information submitted by any individual respondent on reports required under subpart B of this part may be used only for analytical and statistical purposes within the United States Government and will not be disclosed publicly by the Department of the Treasury, or by any other Federal agency or Federal Reserve district bank having access to the information as provided herein. Aggregate data derived from these forms may be published or otherwise publicly disclosed only in a manner which will not reveal the amounts reported by any individual respondent. The Department may furnish information from these forms to the Federal Reserve Board and to Federal agencies to the extent permitted by applicable law.
</P>
<P>(b) The information submitted by any individual respondent on reports required under subpart C of this part will not be disclosed publicly. Aggregated data may be published or disclosed only in a manner which will not reveal the information reported by any individual respondent. The Department may furnish to Federal agencies, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and to Federal Reserve district banks data reported pursuant to subpart C of this part to the extent permitted by applicable law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.4" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.1.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.4   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whoever fails to file a report required by subpart B of this part shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $2,500 and not more than $25,000
</P>
<P>(b) Whoever willfully fails to file a report required by subpart B of this part may be criminally prosecuted and upon conviction fined not more than $10,000 and, if an individual (including any officer, director, employee, or agent of any corporation who knowingly participates in such violation), may be imprisoned for not more than one year, or both.
</P>
<P>(c) Whoever fails to file a report required by subpart C of this part shall be subject to a civil penalty of not more than $10,000.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.5" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.1.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.5   Recordkeeping requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Banks, other depository institutions, International Banking Facilities, bank holding companies, brokers and dealers, and nonbanking enterprises subject to the jurisdiction of the United States shall maintain all information necessary to make a complete report pursuant to this Part for not less than three years from the date such report is required to be filed or was filed, whichever is later, or for such shorter period as may be specified in the instructions to the applicable report form.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1505-0149) 


</APPRO>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Reports on International Capital Transactions and Positions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.11" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.2.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.11   Purpose of reports.</HEAD>
<P>Reports on international capital transactions and positions provide timely and reliable information on international portfolio capital movements by U.S. persons. This information is needed for preparation of the capital accounts of the United States balance of payments and the international investment position of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.12" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.2.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.12   Periodic reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>International capital positions.</I> (1) Banks and other depository institutions, International Banking Facilities, bank holding companies, and brokers and dealers in the United States shall file monthly, quarterly and semiannual reports with respect to specified claims and liabilities positions with foreigners held for their own account and for the accounts of their customers.
</P>
<P>(2) Nonbanking enterprises in the United States not described in § 128.12(a)(1) shall file monthly and quarterly reports with respect to deposits and certificates of deposit with banks outside the United States and specified claims and liabilities positions with unaffiliated foreigners.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transactions in certain domestic and foreign long-term securities.</I> Banks and nonbanking enterprises in the United States shall file monthly reports on their transactions in domestic and foreign long-term securities or other financial assets with foreign residents.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice of periodic reports.</I> Notice of periodic reports will be published in accordance with § 128.1(c).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.13" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.2.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.13   Special survey reports.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary may prescribe special survey reports at such times as the Secretary determines there is a need for detailed information on the aggregate data derived from current periodic reports or to provide additional qualitative information with respect to such data. Notice of special survey reports will be published in accordance with § 128.1(c).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Reports on Foreign Currency Positions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.21" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.3.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.21   Purpose of reports.</HEAD>
<P>Reports by respondents on foreign currency positions provide data on the nature and source of flows of mobile capital, including transactions by large United States business enterprises (as determined by the Secretary) and their foreign affiliates as required by 31 U.S.C. 5315.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.22" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.3.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.22   Periodic reports.</HEAD>
<P>Respondents shall file reports weekly, monthly and quarterly on the value of such items as outstanding foreign exchange contracts, dealing positions, derivative foreign currency instruments, and other assets and liabilities denominated in the currencies specified on the forms. Notice of periodic reports will be published in accordance with § 128.1(c).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 128.23" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.3.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 128.23   Special survey reports.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary may prescribe special survey reports with respect to foreign exchange positions and related information at such times as the Secretary determines that there is a need for prompt or expanded information on current conditions in the foreign exchange markets. Notice of special survey reports will be published in accordance with § 128.1(c).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.9.3.16.4.30" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 128—Determination Made by National Advisory Council Pursuant to Section 2 (<E T="01">a</E>) and (<E T="01">b</E>) of E.O. 10033
</HEAD>
<HD2>I. Determination of the National Advisory Council pursuant to E.O. 10033
</HD2>
<P>In an action dated September 7, 1965, the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems made the following determination pursuant to section 2(a) of E.O. 10033 of February 8, 1949.
</P>
<P><I>Action 65 (E.O.)-49.</I> The National Advisory Council, having consulted with the Director of the Bureau of the Budget, determines the current information with respect to international capital movements, derived from data on U.S. liabilities to and claims on foreigners and transactions in securities with foreigners, and current information with respect to U.S. gold holdings, foreign-currency holdings, and dollar liabilities to foreigners, are essential in order that the United States may comply with official requests of the International Monetary Fund for information with respect to the U.S. balance of payments and monetary reserves.
</P>
<P>Action No. 320, March 17, 1949 is superseded by this determination and is hereby revoked.
</P>
<P>II. Designation of the Treasury Department by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget pursuant to section 2(b) of E.O. 10033.
</P>
<P>On December 1, 1965, the Treasury Department was designated, pursuant to section 2(b) of E.O. 10033 of February 8, 1949, to collect information for the International Monetary Fund under the National Advisory Council determination of September 7, 1965. The letter containing the designation reads as follows:
</P>
<HD3>December 1, 1965.
</HD3>
<FP>Hon. Henry H. Fowler,
</FP>
<FP-1><I>Secretary of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20220.</I>
</FP-1>
<P>Dear Mr. Secretary: On September 7, 1965, the National Advisory Council after consultation with this Bureau in accordance with section 2(a) of Executive Order 10033, made the following determination (Action 65 (E.O.)-49:
</P>
<P>“The National Advisory Council, having consulted with the Director of the Bureau of the Budget, determines that current information with respect to international capital movements, derived from data on U.S. liabilities to claims on foreigners and transactions in securities with foreigners, and current information with respect to U.S. gold holdings, foreign-currency holdings, and dollar liabilities to foreigners, are essential in order that the United States may comply with official requests of the International Monetary Fund for information with respect to the U.S. balance of payments and monetary reserves.”
</P>
<P>It is hereby determined pursuant to section 2(b) of Executive Order 10033, that the Treasury Department shall collect information pertaining to capital movements between the United States and foreign countries and pertaining to the monetary reserves of the United States, except information pertaining to direct-investment transactions, U.S. Government foreign lending operations, and claims and liabilities of U.S. Government agencies (other than public debt obligations), which is collected by the Department of Commerce.
</P>
<P>This letter supersedes the earlier determination as to the responsibilities of the Treasury Department in this area, dated April 21, 1949, as amended May 4, 1950.
</P>
<HD3>Sincerely yours,
</HD3>
<FP>Raymond T. Bowman,
</FP>
<FP-1><I>Assistant Director for Statistical Standards.</I>


</FP-1>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="129" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 129—PORTFOLIO INVESTMENT SURVEY REPORTING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>22 U.S.C. 3101 <I>et seq.;</I> E.O. 11961, 42 FR 4321, 3 CFR, 1977 Comp., p. 86.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 30707, May 27, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 129.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.10.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 129.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to provide general information on portfolio investment survey data collection programs and analyses under the International Investment and Trade in Services Survey Act ((formerly the International Investment Survey Act of 1976) (the “Act”)). The purpose of the Act is to provide for the collection of comprehensive and reliable information concerning international investment, including portfolio investment. The Act specifies that regular data collection programs and surveys specified by the Act or deemed necessary by the Secretary of the Treasury shall be conducted to secure information on international capital flows and other information related to international portfolio investment, including information that may be necessary for computing and analyzing the United States balance of payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 129.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.10.0.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 129.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of the Act and for reporting requirements under this Part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>United States,</I> when used in a geographic sense, means the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the territories and possessions of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Foreign,</I> when used in a geographic sense, means that which is situated outside the United States or which belongs to or is characteristic of a country other than the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Person</I> means any individual, branch, partnership, associated group, association, estate, trust, corporation, or other organization (whether or not organized under the laws of any State), and any government (including a foreign government, the United States Government, a State or local government, and any agency, corporation, financial institution, or other entity or instrumentality thereof, including a government-sponsored agency).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>United States person</I> means any person resident in the United States or subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Foreign person</I> means any person resident outside the United States or subject to the jurisdiction of a country other than the United States.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Foreign parent</I> means any foreign person who owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 10 percent or more of the voting securities of an incorporated United States business enterprise, or an equivalent interest in an unincorporated United States business enterprise.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Reporter</I> means a United States person required to file a report.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Foreign official institution</I> means central governments of foreign countries and their possessions, including recognized central banks of issue.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 129.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.10.0.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 129.3   Reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notice of specific reporting requirements, including who is required to report, the information to be reported, the manner of reporting, and the time and place of filing reports, will be published by the Secretary of the Treasury in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> prior to the implementation of each survey or study.
</P>
<P>(b) Written responses are required from all reporters.
</P>
<P>(c) Information required from reporters shall be furnished under oath.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 129.4" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.10.0.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 129.4   Recordkeeping requirement.</HEAD>
<P>Reporters shall maintain all information used in preparing a report under this part for the period specified in the notice published by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to section 129.3, and shall make this information available for review and inspection at the request of the Department of the Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 129.5" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.10.0.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 129.5   Confidentiality.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Information collected pursuant to the Act will be kept in confidence.
</P>
<P>(b) Access to information collected pursuant to the Act shall be available only to officials and employees (including consultants and contractors and their employees) designated by the Secretary of the Treasury to perform functions under the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this part shall be construed to require any Federal agency to disclose information otherwise protected by law.
</P>
<P>(d) No person can compel the submission or disclosure of reports, or constituent parts thereof, or copies of such reports or constituents parts thereof, prepared pursuant to this part, without the prior written consent of the person who maintained or who furnished the report and the customer of the person who furnished the report, where the information supplied is identifiable as being derived from the records of the customer. As required by the Act, any published reports issued by the Treasury based upon information pursuant to this part will only contain data aggregated in such a way that neither the person supplying the information nor the investor can be identified.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 129.6" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.10.0.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 129.6   Penalties specified by law.</HEAD>
<P>Reporters are advised that the Act provides the following penalties:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Civil Penalties.</I> Whoever fails to furnish any information required under the Act, whether required to be furnished in the form of a report or otherwise, or to comply with any other rule, regulation, order, or instruction promulgated under the Act, shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $2,500 and not more than $25,000.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Criminal Penalties.</I> Whoever willfully violates any rule, regulation, order, or instruction promulgated under the Act, upon conviction, shall be fined not more than $10,000 and, if an individual, may be imprisoned for not more than one year, or both, and any officer, director, employee, or agent of any corporation who knowingly participates in such violation, upon conviction, may be punished by a like fine, imprisonment or both.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="130-131" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 130-131 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="132" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 132—PROHIBITION ON FUNDING OF UNLAWFUL INTERNET GAMBLING 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 321 and 5364.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 69405, Nov. 18, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 132.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.12.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 132.1   Authority, purpose, collection of information, and incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority.</I> This part is issued jointly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) and the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury (Treasury) under section 802 of the Unlawful Internet Gambling Enforcement Act of 2006 (Act) (enacted as Title VIII of the Security and Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006, Pub. L. No. 109-347, 120 Stat. 1884, and codified at 31 U.S.C. 5361-5367). The Act states that none of its provisions shall be construed as altering, limiting, or extending any Federal or State law or Tribal-State compact prohibiting, permitting, or regulating gambling within the United States. <I>See</I> 31 U.S.C. 5361(b). In addition, the Act states that its provisions are not intended to change which activities related to horseracing may or may not be allowed under Federal law, are not intended to change the existing relationship between the Interstate Horseracing Act of 1978 (IHA) (15 U.S.C. 3001 <I>et seq.</I>) and other Federal statutes in effect on October 13, 2006, the date of the Act's enactment, and are not intended to resolve any existing disagreements over how to interpret the relationship between the IHA and other Federal statutes. <I>See</I> 31 U.S.C. 5362(10)(D)(iii). This part is intended to be consistent with these provisions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this part is to issue implementing regulations as required by the Act. The part sets out necessary definitions, designates payment systems subject to the requirements of this part, exempts certain participants in designated payment systems from certain requirements of this part, provides nonexclusive examples of policies and procedures reasonably designed to identify and block, or otherwise prevent and prohibit, restricted transactions, and sets out the Federal entities that have exclusive regulatory enforcement authority with respect to the designated payments systems and non-exempt participants therein.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Collection of information.</I> The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has approved the collection of information requirements in this part for the Department of the Treasury and assigned OMB control number 1505-0204. The Board has approved the collection of information requirements in this part under the authority delegated to the Board by OMB, and assigned OMB control number 7100-0317.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Incorporation by reference—relevant definitions from ACH rules.</I> (1) This part incorporates by reference the relevant definitions of ACH terms as published in the “2008 ACH Rules: A Complete Guide to Rules &amp; Regulations Governing the ACH Network” (the “ACH Rules”). The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the “2008 ACH Rules” are available from the National Automated Clearing House Association, Suite 100, 13450 Sunrise Valley Drive, Herndon, Virginia 20171, <I>http://nacha.org</I>, (703) 561-1100. Copies also are available for public inspection at the Department of Treasury Library, Room 1428, Main Treasury Building, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220, and the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Before visiting the Treasury library, you must call (202) 622-0990 for an appointment. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html 20002.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) Any amendment to definitions of the relevant ACH terms in the ACH Rules shall not apply to this part unless the Treasury and the Board jointly accept such amendment by publishing notice of acceptance of the amendment to this part in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> An amendment to the definition of a relevant ACH term in the ACH Rules that is accepted by the Treasury and the Board shall apply to this part on the effective date of the rulemaking specified by the Treasury and the Board in the joint <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice expressly accepting such amendment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 132.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.12.0.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 132.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply solely for purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Actual knowledge</I> with respect to a transaction or commercial customer means when a particular fact with respect to that transaction or commercial customer is known by or brought to the attention of:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual in the organization responsible for the organization's compliance function with respect to that transaction or commercial customer; or
</P>
<P>(2) An officer of the organization.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Automated clearing house system</I> or <I>ACH system</I> means a funds transfer system, primarily governed by the ACH Rules, which provides for the clearing and settlement of batched electronic entries for participating financial institutions. When referring to ACH systems, the terms in this regulation (such as “originating depository financial institution,” “operator,” “originating gateway operator,” “receiving depository financial institution,” “receiving gateway operator,” and “third-party sender”) are defined as those terms are defined in the ACH Rules.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bet or wager.</I> (1) Means the staking or risking by any person of something of value upon the outcome of a contest of others, a sporting event, or a game subject to chance, upon an agreement or understanding that the person or another person will receive something of value in the event of a certain outcome;
</P>
<P>(2) Includes the purchase of a chance or opportunity to win a lottery or other prize (which opportunity to win is predominantly subject to chance);
</P>
<P>(3) Includes any scheme of a type described in 28 U.S.C. 3702;
</P>
<P>(4) Includes any instructions or information pertaining to the establishment or movement of funds by the bettor or customer in, to, or from an account with the business of betting or wagering (which does not include the activities of a financial transaction provider, or any interactive computer service or telecommunications service); and
</P>
<P>(5) Does not include—
</P>
<P>(i) Any activity governed by the securities laws (as that term is defined in section 3(a)(47) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(47)) for the purchase or sale of securities (as that term is defined in section 3(a)(10) of that act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(10));
</P>
<P>(ii) Any transaction conducted on or subject to the rules of a registered entity or exempt board of trade under the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(iii) Any over-the-counter derivative instrument;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other transaction that—
</P>
<P>(A) Is excluded or exempt from regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>); or
</P>
<P>(B) Is exempt from State gaming or bucket shop laws under section 12(e) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 16(e)) or section 28(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78bb(a));
</P>
<P>(v) Any contract of indemnity or guarantee;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any contract for insurance;
</P>
<P>(vii) Any deposit or other transaction with an insured depository institution;
</P>
<P>(viii) Participation in any game or contest in which participants do not stake or risk anything of value other than—
</P>
<P>(A) Personal efforts of the participants in playing the game or contest or obtaining access to the Internet; or
</P>
<P>(B) Points or credits that the sponsor of the game or contest provides to participants free of charge and that can be used or redeemed only for participation in games or contests offered by the sponsor; or
</P>
<P>(ix) Participation in any fantasy or simulation sports game or educational game or contest in which (if the game or contest involves a team or teams) no fantasy or simulation sports team is based on the current membership of an actual team that is a member of an amateur or professional sports organization (as those terms are defined in 28 U.S.C. 3701) and that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) All prizes and awards offered to winning participants are established and made known to the participants in advance of the game or contest and their value is not determined by the number of participants or the amount of any fees paid by those participants.
</P>
<P>(B) All winning outcomes reflect the relative knowledge and skill of the participants and are determined predominantly by accumulated statistical results of the performance of individuals (athletes in the case of sports events) in multiple real-world sporting or other events.
</P>
<P>(C) No winning outcome is based—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) On the score, point-spread, or any performance or performances of any single real-world team or any combination of such teams, or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Solely on any single performance of an individual athlete in any single real-world sporting or other event.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Block</I> means to reject a particular transaction before or during processing, but it does not require freezing or otherwise prohibiting subsequent transfers or transactions regarding the proceeds or account.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Card issuer</I> means any person who issues a credit card, debit card, pre-paid card, or stored value card, or the agent of such person with respect to such card.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Card system</I> means a system for authorizing, clearing and settling transactions in which credit cards, debit cards, pre-paid cards, or stored value cards (such cards being issued or authorized by the operator of the system), are used to purchase goods or services or to obtain a cash advance. The term includes systems both in which the merchant acquirer, card issuer, and system operator are separate entities and in which more than one of these roles are performed by the same entity.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Check clearing house</I> means an association of banks or other payors that regularly exchange checks for collection or return.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Check collection system</I> means an interbank system for collecting, presenting, returning, and settling for checks or intrabank system for settling for checks deposited in and drawn on the same bank. When referring to check collection systems, the terms in this regulation (such as “paying bank,” “collecting bank,” “depositary bank,” “returning bank,” and “check”) are defined as those terms are defined in 12 CFR 229.2. For purposes of this part, “check” also includes an electronic representation of a check that a bank agrees to handle as a check.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Commercial customer</I> means a person that is not a consumer and that contracts with a non-exempt participant in a designated payment system to receive, or otherwise accesses, payment transaction services through that non-exempt participant.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Consumer</I> means a natural person.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Designated payment system</I> means a system listed in § 132.3.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Electronic fund transfer</I> has the same meaning given the term in section 903 of the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (15 U.S.C. 1693a), except that such term includes transfers that would otherwise be excluded under section 903(6)(E) of that act (15 U.S.C. 1693a(6)(E)), and includes any funds transfer covered by Article 4A of the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in any State.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Financial institution</I> means a State or national bank, a State or Federal savings and loan association, a mutual savings bank, a State or Federal credit union, or any other person that, directly or indirectly, holds an account belonging to a consumer. The term does not include a casino, sports book, or other business at or through which bets or wagers may be placed or received.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Financial transaction provider</I> means a creditor, credit card issuer, financial institution, operator of a terminal at which an electronic fund transfer may be initiated, money transmitting business, or international, national, regional, or local payment network utilized to effect a credit transaction, electronic fund transfer, stored value product transaction, or money transmitting service, or a participant in such network, or other participant in a designated payment system.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Foreign banking office</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any non-U.S. office of a financial institution; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any non-U.S. office of a foreign bank as described in 12 U.S.C. 3101(7).
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Interactive computer service</I> means any information service, system, or access software provider that provides or enables computer access by multiple users to a computer server, including specifically a service or system that provides access to the Internet and such systems operated or services offered by libraries or educational institutions.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Internet</I> means the international computer network of interoperable packet switched data networks.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Internet gambling business</I> means the business of placing, receiving or otherwise knowingly transmitting a bet or wager by any means which involves the use, at least in part, of the Internet, but does not include the performance of the customary activities of a financial transaction provider, or any interactive computer service or telecommunications service.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Intrastate transaction</I> means placing, receiving, or otherwise transmitting a bet or wager where—
</P>
<P>(1) The bet or wager is initiated and received or otherwise made exclusively within a single State;
</P>
<P>(2) The bet or wager and the method by which the bet or wager is initiated and received or otherwise made is expressly authorized by and placed in accordance with the laws of such State, and the State law or regulations include—
</P>
<P>(i) Age and location verification requirements reasonably designed to block access to minors and persons located out of such State; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Appropriate data security standards to prevent unauthorized access by any person whose age and current location has not been verified in accordance with such State's law or regulations; and
</P>
<P>(3) The bet or wager does not violate any provision of—
</P>
<P>(i) The Interstate Horseracing Act of 1978 (15 U.S.C. 3001 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(ii) 28 U.S.C. chapter 178 (professional and amateur sports protection);
</P>
<P>(iii) The Gambling Devices Transportation Act (15 U.S.C. 1171 <I>et seq.</I>); or
</P>
<P>(iv) The Indian Gaming Regulatory Act (25 U.S.C. 2701 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Intratribal transaction</I> means placing, receiving or otherwise transmitting a bet or wager where—
</P>
<P>(1) The bet or wager is initiated and received or otherwise made exclusively—
</P>
<P>(i) Within the Indian lands of a single Indian tribe (as such terms are defined under the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act (25 U.S.C. 2703)); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Between the Indian lands of two or more Indian tribes to the extent that intertribal gaming is authorized by the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act (25 U.S.C. 2701 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(2) The bet or wager and the method by which the bet or wager is initiated and received or otherwise made is expressly authorized by and complies with the requirements of—
</P>
<P>(i) The applicable tribal ordinance or resolution approved by the Chairman of the National Indian Gaming Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to class III gaming, the applicable Tribal-State compact;
</P>
<P>(3) The applicable tribal ordinance or resolution or Tribal-State compact includes—
</P>
<P>(i) Age and location verification requirements reasonably designed to block access to minors and persons located out of the applicable Tribal lands; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Appropriate data security standards to prevent unauthorized access by any person whose age and current location has not been verified in accordance with the applicable tribal ordinance or resolution or Tribal-State Compact; and
</P>
<P>(4) The bet or wager does not violate any provision of—
</P>
<P>(i) The Interstate Horseracing Act of 1978 (15 U.S.C. 3001 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(ii) 28 U.S.C. chapter 178 (professional and amateur sports protection);
</P>
<P>(iii) The Gambling Devices Transportation Act (15 U.S.C. 1171 <I>et seq.</I>); or
</P>
<P>(iv) The Indian Gaming Regulatory Act (25 U.S.C. 2701 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Money transmitting business</I> has the meaning given the term in 31 U.S.C. 5330(d)(1) (determined without regard to any regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury thereunder).
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Operator</I> of a designated payment system means an entity that provides centralized clearing and delivery services between participants in the designated payment system and maintains the operational framework for the system. In the case of an automated clearinghouse system, the term “operator” has the same meaning as provided in the ACH Rules.
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Participant in a designated payment system</I> means an operator of a designated payment system, a financial transaction provider that is a member of, or has contracted for financial transaction services with, or is otherwise participating in, a designated payment system, or a third-party processor. This term does not include a customer of the financial transaction provider, unless the customer is also a financial transaction provider otherwise participating in the designated payment system on its own behalf.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Reasoned legal opinion</I> means a written expression of professional judgment by a State-licensed attorney that addresses the facts of a particular client's business and the legality of the client's provision of its services to relevant customers in the relevant jurisdictions under applicable federal and State law, and, in the case of intratribal transactions, applicable tribal ordinances, tribal resolutions, and Tribal-State compacts. A written legal opinion will not be considered “reasoned” if it does nothing more than recite the facts and express a conclusion.
</P>
<P>(y) <I>Restricted transaction</I> means any of the following transactions or transmittals involving any credit, funds, instrument, or proceeds that the Act prohibits any person engaged in the business of betting or wagering (which does not include the activities of a financial transaction provider, or any interactive computer service or telecommunications service) from knowingly accepting, in connection with the participation of another person in unlawful Internet gambling—
</P>
<P>(1) Credit, or the proceeds of credit, extended to or on behalf of such other person (including credit extended through the use of a credit card);
</P>
<P>(2) An electronic fund transfer, or funds transmitted by or through a money transmitting business, or the proceeds of an electronic fund transfer or money transmitting service, from or on behalf of such other person; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any check, draft, or similar instrument that is drawn by or on behalf of such other person and is drawn on or payable at or through any financial institution.
</P>
<P>(z) <I>State</I> means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, or any commonwealth, territory, or other possession of the United States, including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P>(aa) <I>Third-party processor</I> means a service provider that—
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a debit transaction payment, such as an ACH debit entry or card system transaction, has a direct relationship with the commercial customer that is initiating the debit transfer transaction and acts as an intermediary between the commercial customer and the first depository institution to handle the transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a credit transaction payment, such as an ACH credit entry, has a direct relationship with the commercial customer that is to receive the proceeds of the credit transfer and acts as an intermediary between the commercial customer and the last depository institution to handle the transaction; and
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a cross-border ACH debit or check collection transaction, is the first service provider located within the United States to receive the ACH debit instructions or check for collection.
</P>
<P>(bb) <I>Unlawful Internet gambling</I> means to place, receive, or otherwise knowingly transmit a bet or wager by any means which involves the use, at least in part, of the Internet where such bet or wager is unlawful under any applicable Federal or State law in the State or Tribal lands in which the bet or wager is initiated, received, or otherwise made. The term does not include placing, receiving, or otherwise transmitting a bet or wager that is excluded from the definition of this term by the Act as an intrastate transaction or an intra-tribal transaction, and does not include any activity that is allowed under the Interstate Horseracing Act of 1978 (15 U.S.C. 3001 <I>et seq.;</I> <I>see</I> § 132.1(a)). The intermediate routing of electronic data shall not determine the location or locations in which a bet or wager is initiated, received, or otherwise made.
</P>
<P>(cc) <I>Wire transfer system</I> means a system through which an unconditional order to a bank to pay a fixed or determinable amount of money to a beneficiary upon receipt, or on a day stated in the order, is transmitted by electronic or other means through the network, between banks, or on the books of a bank. When referring to wire transfer systems, the terms in this regulation (such as “bank,” “originator's bank,” “beneficiary's bank,” and “intermediary bank”) are defined as those terms are defined in 12 CFR part 210, appendix B.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 132.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.12.0.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 132.3   Designated payment systems.</HEAD>
<P>The following payment systems could be used by participants in connection with, or to facilitate, a restricted transaction:
</P>
<P>(a) Automated clearing house systems;
</P>
<P>(b) Card systems;
</P>
<P>(c) Check collection systems;
</P>
<P>(d) Money transmitting businesses solely to the extent they
</P>
<P>(1) Engage in the transmission of funds, which does not include check cashing, currency exchange, or the issuance or redemption of money orders, travelers' checks, and other similar instruments; and
</P>
<P>(2) Permit customers to initiate transmission of funds transactions remotely from a location other than a physical office of the money transmitting business; and
</P>
<P>(e) Wire transfer systems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 132.4" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.12.0.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 132.4   Exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Automated clearing house systems.</I> The participants processing a particular transaction through an automated clearing house system are exempt from this regulation's requirements for establishing written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent or prohibit restricted transactions with respect to that transaction, except for—
</P>
<P>(1) The receiving depository financial institution and any third-party processor receiving the transaction on behalf of the receiver in an ACH credit transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) The originating depository financial institution and any third-party processor initiating the transaction on behalf of the originator in an ACH debit transaction; and
</P>
<P>(3) The receiving gateway operator and any third-party processor that receives instructions for an ACH debit transaction directly from a foreign sender (which could include a foreign banking office, a foreign third-party processor, or a foreign originating gateway operator).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Check collection systems.</I> The participants in a particular check collection through a check collection system are exempt from this regulation's requirements for establishing written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent or prohibit restricted transactions with respect to that check collection, except for the depositary bank.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Money transmitting businesses.</I> The participants in a money transmitting business are exempt from this regulation's requirements for establishing written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent or prohibit restricted transactions, except for the operator.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Wire transfer systems.</I> The participants in a particular wire transfer through a wire transfer system are exempt from this regulation's requirements for establishing written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent or prohibit restricted transactions with respect to that transaction, except for the beneficiary's bank.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 132.5" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.12.0.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 132.5   Policies and procedures required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All non-exempt participants in designated payment systems shall establish and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to identify and block or otherwise prevent or prohibit restricted transactions.
</P>
<P>(b) A non-exempt financial transaction provider participant in a designated payment system shall be considered to be in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section if—
</P>
<P>(1) It relies on and complies with the written policies and procedures of the designated payment system that are reasonably designed to—
</P>
<P>(i) Identify and block restricted transactions; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Otherwise prevent or prohibit the acceptance of the products or services of the designated payment system or participant in connection with restricted transactions; and
</P>
<P>(2) Such policies and procedures of the designated payment system comply with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of paragraph (b)(2) in this section, a participant in a designated payment system may rely on a written statement or notice by the operator of that designated payment system to its participants that states that the operator has designed or structured the system's policies and procedures for identifying and blocking or otherwise preventing or prohibiting restricted transactions to comply with the requirements of this part as conclusive evidence that the system's policies and procedures comply with the requirements of this part, unless the participant is notified otherwise by its Federal functional regulator or, in the case of participants that are not directly supervised by a Federal functional regulator, the Federal Trade Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) As provided in the Act, a person that identifies and blocks a transaction, prevents or prohibits the acceptance of its products or services in connection with a transaction, or otherwise refuses to honor a transaction, shall not be liable to any party for such action if—
</P>
<P>(1) The transaction is a restricted transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) Such person reasonably believes the transaction to be a restricted transaction; or
</P>
<P>(3) The person is a participant in a designated payment system and blocks or otherwise prevents the transaction in reliance on the policies and procedures of the designated payment system in an effort to comply with this regulation.
</P>
<P>(e) Nothing in this part requires or is intended to suggest that designated payment systems or participants therein must or should block or otherwise prevent or prohibit any transaction in connection with any activity that is excluded from the definition of “unlawful Internet gambling” in the Act as an intrastate transaction, an intratribal transaction, or a transaction in connection with any activity that is allowed under the Interstate Horseracing Act of 1978 (15 U.S.C. 3001 <I>et seq.;</I> see § 132.1(a)).
</P>
<P>(f) Nothing in this part modifies any requirement imposed on a participant by other applicable law or regulation to file a suspicious activity report to the appropriate authorities.
</P>
<P>(g) The requirement of this part to establish and implement written policies and procedures applies only to the U.S. offices of participants in designated payment systems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 132.6" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.12.0.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 132.6   Non-exclusive examples of policies and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The examples of policies and procedures to identify and block or otherwise prevent or prohibit restricted transactions set out in this section are non-exclusive. In establishing and implementing written policies and procedures to identify and block or otherwise prevent or prohibit restricted transactions, a non-exempt participant in a designated payment system is permitted to design and implement policies and procedures tailored to its business that may be different than the examples provided in this section. In addition, non-exempt participants may use different policies and procedures with respect to different business lines or different parts of the organization.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Due diligence.</I> If a non-exempt participant in a designated payment system establishes and implements procedures for due diligence of its commercial customer accounts or commercial customer relationships in order to comply, in whole or in part, with the requirements of this regulation, those due diligence procedures will be deemed to be reasonably designed to identify and block or otherwise prevent or prohibit restricted transactions if the procedures include the steps set out in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(3) of this section and subject to paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) At the establishment of the account or relationship, the participant conducts due diligence of a commercial customer and its activities commensurate with the participant's judgment of the risk of restricted transactions presented by the customer's business.
</P>
<P>(2) Based on its due diligence, the participant makes a determination regarding the risk the commercial customer presents of engaging in an Internet gambling business and follows either paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (b)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The participant determines that the commercial customer presents a minimal risk of engaging in an Internet gambling business.
</P>
<P>(ii) The participant cannot determine that the commercial customer presents a minimal risk of engaging in an Internet gambling business, in which case it obtains the documentation in either paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) or (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section—
</P>
<P>(A) Certification from the commercial customer that it does not engage in an Internet gambling business; or
</P>
<P>(B) If the commercial customer does engage in an Internet gambling business, each of the following—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Evidence of legal authority to engage in the Internet gambling business, such as—
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) A copy of the commercial customer's license that expressly authorizes the customer to engage in the Internet gambling business issued by the appropriate State or Tribal authority or, if the commercial customer does not have such a license, a reasoned legal opinion that demonstrates that the commercial customer's Internet gambling business does not involve restricted transactions; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) A written commitment by the commercial customer to notify the participant of any changes in its legal authority to engage in its Internet gambling business.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A third-party certification that the commercial customer's systems for engaging in the Internet gambling business are reasonably designed to ensure that the commercial customer's Internet gambling business will remain within the licensed or otherwise lawful limits, including with respect to age and location verification.
</P>
<P>(3) The participant notifies all of its commercial customers, through provisions in the account or commercial customer relationship agreement or otherwise, that restricted transactions are prohibited from being processed through the account or relationship.
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to the determination in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, participants may deem the following commercial customers to present a minimal risk of engaging in an Internet gambling business—
</P>
<P>(i) An entity that is directly supervised by a Federal functional regulator as set out in § 132.7(a); or
</P>
<P>(ii) An agency, department, or division of the Federal government or a State government.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Automated clearing house system examples.</I> (1) The policies and procedures of the originating depository financial institution and any third party processor in an ACH debit transaction, and the receiving depository financial institution and any third party processor in an ACH credit transaction, are deemed to be reasonably designed to identify and block or otherwise prevent or prohibit restricted transactions if they—
</P>
<P>(i) Address methods to conduct due diligence in establishing a commercial customer account or relationship as set out in § 132.6(b);
</P>
<P>(ii) Address methods to conduct due diligence as set out in § 132.6(b)(2)(ii)(B) in the event that the participant has actual knowledge that an existing commercial customer of the participant engages in an Internet gambling business; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Include procedures to be followed with respect to a commercial customer if the originating depository financial institution or third-party processor has actual knowledge that its commercial customer has originated restricted transactions as ACH debit transactions or if the receiving depository financial institution or third-party processor has actual knowledge that its commercial customer has received restricted transactions as ACH credit transactions, such as procedures that address—
</P>
<P>(A) The circumstances under which the commercial customer should not be allowed to originate ACH debit transactions or receive ACH credit transactions; and
</P>
<P>(B) The circumstances under which the account should be closed.
</P>
<P>(2) The policies and procedures of a receiving gateway operator and third-party processor that receives instructions to originate an ACH debit transaction directly from a foreign sender are deemed to be reasonably designed to prevent or prohibit restricted transactions if they include procedures to be followed with respect to a foreign sender if the receiving gateway operator or third-party processor has actual knowledge, obtained through notification by a government entity, such as law enforcement or a regulatory agency, that such instructions included instructions for restricted transactions. Such procedures may address sending notification to the foreign sender, such as in the form of the notice contained in appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Card system examples.</I> The policies and procedures of a card system operator, a merchant acquirer, third-party processor, or a card issuer, are deemed to be reasonably designed to identify and block or otherwise prevent or prohibit restricted transactions, if the policies and procedures—
</P>
<P>(1) Provide for either—
</P>
<P>(i) Methods to conduct due diligence—
</P>
<P>(A) In establishing a commercial customer account or relationship as set out in § 132.6(b); and
</P>
<P>(B) As set out in § 132.6(b)(2)(ii)(B) in the event that the participant has actual knowledge that an existing commercial customer of the participant engages in an Internet gambling business; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Implementation of a code system, such as transaction codes and merchant/business category codes, that are required to accompany the authorization request for a transaction, including—
</P>
<P>(A) The operational functionality to enable the card system operator or the card issuer to reasonably identify and deny authorization for a transaction that the coding procedure indicates may be a restricted transaction; and
</P>
<P>(B) Procedures for ongoing monitoring or testing by the card system operator to detect potential restricted transactions, including—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Conducting testing to ascertain whether transaction authorization requests are coded correctly; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Monitoring and analyzing payment patterns to detect suspicious payment volumes from a merchant customer; and
</P>
<P>(2) For the card system operator, merchant acquirer, or third-party processor, include procedures to be followed when the participant has actual knowledge that a merchant has received restricted transactions through the card system, such as—
</P>
<P>(i) The circumstances under which the access to the card system for the merchant, merchant acquirer, or third-party processor should be denied; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The circumstances under which the merchant account should be closed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Check collection system examples.</I> (1) The policies and procedures of a depositary bank are deemed to be reasonably designed to identify and block or otherwise prevent or prohibit restricted transactions, if they—
</P>
<P>(i) Address methods for the depositary bank to conduct due diligence in establishing a commercial customer account or relationship as set out in § 132.6(b);
</P>
<P>(ii) Address methods for the depositary bank to conduct due diligence as set out in § 132.6(b)(2)(ii)(B) in the event that the depositary bank has actual knowledge that an existing commercial customer engages in an Internet gambling business; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Include procedures to be followed if the depositary bank has actual knowledge that a commercial customer of the depositary bank has deposited checks that are restricted transactions, such as procedures that address—
</P>
<P>(A) The circumstances under which check collection services for the customer should be denied; and
</P>
<P>(B) The circumstances under which the account should be closed.
</P>
<P>(2) The policies and procedures of a depositary bank that receives checks for collection from a foreign banking office are deemed to be reasonably designed to identify and block or otherwise prevent or prohibit restricted transactions if they include procedures to be followed by the depositary bank when it has actual knowledge, obtained through notification by a government entity, such as law enforcement or a regulatory agency, that a foreign banking office has sent checks to the depositary bank that are restricted transactions. Such procedures may address sending notification to the foreign banking office, such as in the form of the notice contained in the appendix to this part.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Money transmitting business examples.</I> The policies and procedures of an operator of a money transmitting business are deemed to be reasonably designed to identify and block or otherwise prevent or prohibit restricted transactions if they—
</P>
<P>(1) Address methods for the operator to conduct due diligence in establishing a commercial customer relationship as set out in § 132.6(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Address methods for the operator to conduct due diligence as set out in § 132.6(b)(2)(ii)(B) in the event that the operator has actual knowledge that an existing commercial customer engages in an Internet gambling business;
</P>
<P>(3) Include procedures regarding ongoing monitoring or testing by the operator to detect potential restricted transactions, such as monitoring and analyzing payment patterns to detect suspicious payment volumes to any recipient; and
</P>
<P>(4) Include procedures when the operator has actual knowledge that a commercial customer of the operator has received restricted transactions through the money transmitting business, that address—
</P>
<P>(i) The circumstances under which money transmitting services should be denied to that commercial customer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The circumstances under which the commercial customer account should be closed.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Wire transfer system examples.</I> The policies and procedures of the beneficiary's bank in a wire transfer are deemed to be reasonably designed to identify and block or otherwise prevent or prohibit restricted transactions if they—
</P>
<P>(1) Address methods for the beneficiary's bank to conduct due diligence in establishing a commercial customer account as set out in § 132.6(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Address methods for the beneficiary's bank to conduct due diligence as set out in § 132.6(b)(2)(ii)(B) in the event that the beneficiary's bank has actual knowledge that an existing commercial customer of the bank engages in an Internet gambling business;
</P>
<P>(3) Include procedures to be followed if the beneficiary's bank obtains actual knowledge that a commercial customer of the bank has received restricted transactions through the wire transfer system, such as procedures that address
</P>
<P>(i) The circumstances under which the beneficiary bank should deny wire transfer services to the commercial customer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The circumstances under which the commercial customer account should be closed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 132.7" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.12.0.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 132.7   Regulatory enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements under this part are subject to the exclusive regulatory enforcement of—
</P>
<P>(a) The Federal functional regulators, with respect to the designated payment systems and participants therein that are subject to the respective jurisdiction of such regulators under section 505(a) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C. 6805(a)) and section 5g of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7b-2); and
</P>
<P>(b) The Federal Trade Commission, with respect to designated payment systems and participants therein not otherwise subject to the jurisdiction of any Federal functional regulators (including the Commission) as described in paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.12.0.16.8.31" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 132—Model Notice 
</HEAD>
<FP-1>[Date] 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name of foreign sender or foreign banking office] 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Address] 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Re: <I>U.S. Unlawful Internet Gambling Enforcement Act Notice</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dear [Name of foreign counterparty]:
</FP-1>
<P>On [date], U.S. government officials informed us that your institution processed payments through our facilities for Internet gambling transactions restricted by U.S. law on [dates, recipients, and other relevant information if available].
</P>
<P>We provide this notice to comply with U.S. Government regulations implementing the Unlawful Internet Gambling Enforcement Act of 2006 (Act), a U.S. federal law. Our policies and procedures established in accordance with those regulations provide that we will notify a foreign counterparty if we learn that the counterparty has processed payments through our facilities for Internet gambling transactions restricted by the Act. This notice ensures that you are aware that we have received information that your institution has processed payments for Internet gambling restricted by the Act.
</P>
<P>The Act is codified in subchapter IV, chapter 53, title 31 of the U.S. Code (31 U.S.C. 5361 <I>et seq.</I>). Implementing regulations that duplicate one another can be found at part 233 of title 12 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (12 CFR part 233) and part 132 of title 31 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (31 CFR part 132).


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="133-147" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 133-147 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="148" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 148—QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS RECORDKEEPING RELATED TO THE FDIC ORDERLY LIQUIDATION AUTHORITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 321(b) and 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(H).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 75658, Oct. 31, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 148.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.14.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.1   Scope, purpose, effective date, and compliance dates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This part applies to each financial company that is a records entity and, with respect to § 148.3(a), a top-tier financial company of a corporate group as defined in § 148.2.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> This part establishes recordkeeping requirements with respect to QFCs of records entities in order to assist the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as receiver for a covered financial company (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 5381(a)(8)) in being able to exercise its rights and fulfill its obligations under 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8), (9), or (10).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective Date.</I> This part shall become effective December 30, 2016.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compliance</I>—(1) <I>Initial compliance dates.</I> (i) A records entity subject to this part on the effective date must comply with § 148.3(a)(2) on the date that is 90 days after the effective date and with all other applicable requirements of this part on:
</P>
<P>(A) March 31, 2019 for a records entity that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has total assets equal to or greater than $1 trillion; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Is a member of the corporate group of any such records entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) June 30, 2019 for any records entity that is not subject to the compliance date set forth in paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of this section and:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has total assets equal to or greater than $500 billion; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Is a member of the corporate group of any such records entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i)(B)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) June 30, 2020 for any records entity that is not subject to the compliance dates set forth in paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) or (B) of this section and:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has total assets equal to or greater than $250 billion; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Is a member of the corporate group of any such records entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(D) June 30, 2021 for any records entity that is not subject to the compliance dates set forth in paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A), (B), or (C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A financial company that becomes a records entity after the effective date must comply with § 148.3(a)(2) within 90 days of becoming a records entity and with all other applicable requirements of this part within 540 days of becoming a records entity or within the remainder of the applicable period provided under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, whichever period is longer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Subsequent compliance dates.</I> If a financial company that at one time met the definition of records entity later ceases to meet the definition of records entity and thereafter, on any subsequent date, again meets the definition of a records entity, such financial company must comply with all applicable requirements of this part within 365 days after such subsequent date, or within the remainder of the applicable period provided under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, whichever period is longer.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Extensions of time to comply.</I> The Secretary, in consultation with the FDIC, may grant one or more extensions of time for compliance with this part. A records entity may request an extension of time by submitting a written request to the Department of the Treasury and the FDIC at least 30 days prior to the deadline for its compliance provided under paragraph (d)(1) of this section. The written request for an extension must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of the reasons why the records entity cannot comply by the deadline; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A plan for achieving compliance during the requested extension period.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Compliance by top-tier financial company.</I> A top-tier financial company must comply with § 148.3(a)(1)(ii) on the same date as the date on which the records entity members of the corporate group of which it is the top-tier financial company are required to comply with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 75658, Oct. 31, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 17621, Apr. 23, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.14.0.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliate</I> means any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another entity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Control.</I> An entity “controls” another entity if:
</P>
<P>(1) The entity directly or indirectly or acting through one or more other persons owns, controls, or has the power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the other entity;
</P>
<P>(2) The entity controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors or trustees of the other entity; or
</P>
<P>(3) The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has determined, after notice and opportunity for hearing in accordance with 12 CFR 225.31, that the entity directly or indirectly exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the other entity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Corporate group</I> means an entity and all affiliates of that entity.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Counterparty</I> means any natural person or entity (or separate foreign branch or division of any entity) that is a party to a QFC with a records entity.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Derivative liabilities</I> means the fair value of derivative instruments in a negative position as of the end of the most recent fiscal year end, as recognized and measured in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or other applicable accounting standards. Such value shall be adjusted for the effects of master netting agreements and cash collateral held with the same counterparty on a net basis to the extent such adjustments are reflected on the audited consolidated statement of financial condition of the applicable financial company filed with its primary financial regulatory agency or agencies or, for financial companies not required to file such statements, on the consolidated balance sheet of the financial company prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or other applicable accounting standards.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Excluded entity</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) An insured depository institution as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(c)(2);
</P>
<P>(2) A subsidiary of an insured depository institution that is not:
</P>
<P>(i) A functionally regulated subsidiary as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(5);
</P>
<P>(ii) A security-based swap dealer as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71); or
</P>
<P>(iii) A major security-based swap participant as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67); or
</P>
<P>(3) An insurance company.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Financial company</I> has the meaning set forth in 12 U.S.C. 5381(a)(11).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Insurance company</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) An insurance company as defined in 12 U.S.C. 5381(a)(13); and
</P>
<P>(2) A mutual insurance holding company that meets the conditions set forth in 12 CFR 380.11 for being treated as an insurance company for the purpose of section 203(e) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5383(e).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Legal Entity Identifier</I> or <I>LEI</I> for an entity shall mean the global legal entity identifier maintained for such entity by a utility accredited by the Global LEI Foundation or by a utility endorsed by the Regulatory Oversight Committee. As used in this definition:
</P>
<P>(1) Regulatory Oversight Committee means the Regulatory Oversight Committee (of the Global LEI System), whose charter was set forth by the Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors of the Group of Twenty and the Financial Stability Board, or any successor thereof; and
</P>
<P>(2) Global LEI Foundation means the not-for-profit organization organized under Swiss law by the Financial Stability Board in 2014, or any successor thereof.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Parent entity</I> with respect to an entity is an entity that controls that entity.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Position</I> means an individual transaction under or evidenced by a QFC and includes the rights and obligations of a party to an individual transaction under or evidenced by a QFC.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Primary financial regulatory agency</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to any financial company, the primary financial regulatory agency as specified for such financial company in subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (E) of 12 U.S.C. 5301(12); and
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a financial market utility that is subject to a designation pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5463 for which there is no primary financial regulatory agency under § 148.2(l)(1), the Supervisory Agency for that financial market utility as defined in 12 U.S.C. 5462(8).
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Qualified financial contract</I> or <I>QFC</I> means any qualified financial contract defined in 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D), including without limitation, any “swap” defined in section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)) and in any rules or regulations issued by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission pursuant to such section; any “security-based swap” defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)) and in any rules or regulations issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to such section; and any securities contract, commodity contract, forward contract, repurchase agreement, swap agreement, and any similar agreement that the FDIC determines by regulation, resolution, or order to be a qualified financial contract as provided in 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Records entity</I>—
</P>
<P>(1) Records entity means any financial company that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is not an excluded entity as defined in § 148.2(f);
</P>
<P>(ii) Is a party to an open QFC; and
</P>
<P>(iii) (A) Is subject to a determination that the company shall be subject to Federal Reserve supervision and enhanced prudential standards pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5323;
</P>
<P>(B) Is subject to a designation as, or as likely to become, systemically important pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5463;
</P>
<P>(C) Is identified as a global systemically important bank holding company pursuant to 12 CFR part 217;
</P>
<P>(D)(<I>1</I>) Has total assets on a consolidated basis equal to or greater than $50 billion; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) On a consolidated basis has:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Total gross notional derivatives outstanding equal to or greater than $250 billion; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Derivative liabilities equal to or greater than $3.5 billion; or
</P>
<P>(E)(<I>1</I>) Is a member of a corporate group in which at least one financial company meets the criteria under one or more of paragraphs (n)(1)(iii)(A), (B), (C), or (D) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>)(<I>i</I>) Consolidates, is consolidated by, or is consolidated with such financial company on financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or other applicable accounting standards; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) For financial companies not subject to such principles or standards, would consolidate, be consolidated by, or be consolidated with such financial company if such principles or standards applied.
</P>
<P>(2) A financial company that qualifies as a records entity pursuant to paragraph (n)(1)(iii)(D) will remain a records entity until one year after it ceases to meet the criteria set forth in paragraph (n)(1)(iii)(D) of this section.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary's designee.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Subsidiary</I> means any company that is controlled by another company.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Top-tier financial company</I> means a financial company that is a member of a corporate group consisting of multiple records entities and that is not itself controlled by another financial company.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Total assets</I> means the total assets reported on the audited consolidated statement of financial condition of the applicable financial company for the most recent year end filed with its primary financial regulatory agency or agencies or, for financial companies not required to file such statements, the total assets shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the financial company for the most recent fiscal year end as prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or other applicable accounting standards.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Total gross notional derivatives outstanding</I> means the gross notional value of all derivative instruments that are outstanding as of the most recent fiscal year end, as recognized and measured in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or other applicable accounting standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.14.0.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.3   Form, availability and maintenance of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form and availability</I>—(1) <I>Electronic records.</I> (i) Except to the extent of any relevant exemption provided under paragraph (c) of this section, a records entity is required to maintain the records described in § 148.4 in electronic form and, as applicable, in the format set forth in the tables in the appendix to this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) A top-tier financial company must be capable of generating a single, compiled set of the records required to be maintained by § 148.4(a)-(h), in a format that allows for aggregation and disaggregation of such data by records entity and counterparty, for all records entities in its corporate group that are consolidated by or consolidated with such top-tier financial company on financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or other applicable accounting standards or, for financial companies not subject to such principles or standards, that would be consolidated by or consolidated with such financial company if such principles or standards applied.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Point of contact.</I> Each records entity and top-tier financial company must provide a point of contact who is responsible for recordkeeping under this part by written notice to its primary financial regulatory agency or agencies and the FDIC and must provide written notice to its primary financial regulatory agency or agencies and the FDIC within 30 days of any change in its point of contact.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Access to records.</I> Except to the extent of any relevant exemption provided under paragraph (c) of this section, a records entity and a top-tier financial company that are regulated by a primary financial regulatory agency shall be capable of providing electronically to such primary financial regulatory agency and the FDIC, within 24 hours of request by the primary financial regulatory agency:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a records entity, the records specified in § 148.4, and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a top-tier financial company, the set of records referenced in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maintenance and updating</I>—(1) <I>Daily updating.</I> Except to the extent of any relevant exemption provided under paragraph (c) of this section, the records maintained under § 148.4 shall be based on values and information that are no less current than previous end-of-day values and information.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Records maintenance.</I> The records required under § 148.4 and the capability of generating the set of records required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section may be maintained on behalf of the records entity or top-tier financial company, as applicable, by any affiliate of such records entity or top-tier financial company, as applicable, or any third-party service provider; provided that such records entity shall itself maintain records under this part in the event that such affiliate or service provider shall fail to maintain such records and such top-tier financial company shall itself maintain the capability of generating the set of records required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section in the event that such affiliate or service provider shall fail to maintain the capability of doing so.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Record retention.</I> A records entity shall retain records maintained under § 148.4 based on end-of-day values and information for the five preceding business days.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemptions</I>—(1) <I>De minimis exemption.</I> A records entity that is a party to 50 or fewer open QFC positions is not required to maintain the records described in § 148.4, other than the records described in § 148.4(i).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Clearing organizations.</I> A records entity that is a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) or a clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) is not required to maintain the records described in § 148.4 if it is:
</P>
<P>(i) In compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission, as applicable, including its maintenance of records pertaining to all QFCs cleared by such records entity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Capable of and not restricted from, whether by law, regulation, or agreement, transmitting electronically to the FDIC the records maintained under such recordkeeping requirements within 24 hours of request of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Requests for exemptions.</I> One or more records entities may request an exemption from one or more of the requirements of this part by writing to the Department of the Treasury, the FDIC, and its primary financial regulatory agency or agencies, if any. The written request for an exemption must:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify the records entity or records entities or the types of records entities to which the exemption should apply;
</P>
<P>(ii) Specify the requirement(s) under this part from which the identified records entities should be exempt;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide details as to the size, risk, complexity, leverage, frequency and dollar amount of qualified financial contracts, and interconnectedness to the financial system of each records entity identified in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, to the extent appropriate, and any other relevant factors; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Specify the reason(s) why granting the exemption will not impair or impede the FDIC's ability to exercise its rights or fulfill its statutory obligations under 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8), (9), and (10).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Granting exemptions.</I> (i) Upon receipt of a written recommendation from the FDIC, prepared in consultation with the primary financial regulatory agency or agencies for the applicable records entity or entities, that takes into consideration each of the factors referenced in 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(H)(iv) and any other factors the FDIC considers appropriate, the Secretary may grant, in whole or in part, a conditional or unconditional exemption from compliance with one or more of the requirements of this part by issuing an exemption to one or more records entities.
</P>
<P>(ii) In determining whether to grant an exemption to one or more records entities, including whether to grant a conditional or unconditional exemption, the Secretary will consider any factors deemed appropriate by the Secretary, including whether application of one or more requirements of this part is not necessary to achieve the purpose of this part as described in § 148.1(b).
</P>
<P>(iii) If the FDIC does not submit, within 90 days of the date on which the FDIC and the Department of the Treasury received the exemption request, a written recommendation to the Secretary as to whether to grant or deny an exemption request, the Secretary will nevertheless determine whether to grant or deny the exemption request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.4" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.14.0.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.4   Content of records.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to § 148.3(c), a records entity must maintain the following records:
</P>
<P>(a) The position level data listed in Table A-1 in appendix A to this part with respect to each QFC to which it is a party.
</P>
<P>(b) The counterparty netting set data listed in Table A-2 in appendix A to this part for each netting set with respect to each QFC to which it is a party.
</P>
<P>(c) The legal agreements information listed in Table A-3 in appendix A to this part with respect to each QFC to which it is a party.
</P>
<P>(d) The collateral detail data listed in Table A-4 in appendix A to this part with respect to each QFC to which it is a party.
</P>
<P>(e) The corporate organization master data lookup table in appendix A to this part for the records entity and each of its affiliates.
</P>
<P>(f) The counterparty master data lookup table in appendix A to this part for each non-affiliated counterparty with respect to QFCs to which it is a party.
</P>
<P>(g) The booking location master data lookup table in appendix A to this part for each booking location used with respect to QFCs to which it is a party.
</P>
<P>(h) The safekeeping agent master data lookup table in the appendix to this part for each safekeeping agent used with respect to QFCs to which it is a party.
</P>
<P>(i) All documents that govern QFC transactions between the records entity and each counterparty, including, without limitation, master agreements and annexes, schedules, netting agreements, supplements, or other modifications with respect to the agreements, confirmations for each open QFC position of the records entity that has been confirmed and all trade acknowledgments for each open QFC position that has not been confirmed, all credit support documents including, but not limited to, credit support annexes, guarantees, keep-well agreements, or net worth maintenance agreements that are relevant to one or more QFCs, and all assignment or novation documents, if applicable, including documents that confirm that all required consents, approvals, or other conditions precedent for such assignment or novation have been obtained or satisfied.
</P>
<P>(j) A list of vendors directly supporting the QFC-related activities of the records entity and the vendors' contact information.



</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.14.0.16.5.32" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 148—File Structure for Qualified Financial Contract Records

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A-1—Position-Level Data
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Instructions and data application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Definition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Validation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As of date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-01-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide data extraction date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Records entity identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide LEI for records entity. Information needed to review position-level data by records entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against CO.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Position identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20058953</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide a position identifier. Should be used consistently across all record entities within the corporate group. Use the unique transaction identifier if available. Information needed to readily track and distinguish positions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(100).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide a counterparty identifier. Use LEI if counterparty has one. Should be used consistently by all record entities within the corporate group. Information needed to identify counterparty by reference to Counterparty Master Table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Internal booking location identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide office where the position is booked. Information needed to determine system on which the trade is booked and settled</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Combination A1.2 + A1.5 + A1.6 should have a corresponding unique combination BL.2 + BL.3 + BL.4 entry in Booking Location Master Table.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unique booking unit or desk identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">xxxxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide an identifier for unit or desk at which the position is booked. Information needed to help determine purpose of position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Combination A1.2 + A1.5 + A1.6 should have a corresponding unique combination BL.2 + BL.3 + BL.4 entry in Booking Location Master Table.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type of QFC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Credit, equity, foreign exchange, interest rate (including cross-currency), other commodity, securities repurchase agreement, securities lending, loan repurchase agreement, guarantee or other third party credit enhancement of a QFC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide type of QFC. Use unique product identifier if available. Information needed to determine the nature of the QFC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar (100).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.7.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type of QFC covered by guarantee or other third party credit enhancement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Credit, equity, foreign exchange, interest rate (including cross-currency), other commodity, securities repurchase agreement, securities lending, or loan repurchase agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If QFC type is guarantee or other third party credit enhancement, provide type of QFC of the QFC that is covered by such guarantee or other third party credit enhancement. Use unique product identifier if available. If multiple asset classes are covered by the guarantee or credit enhancement, enter the asset classes separated by comma. If all the QFCs of the underlying QFC obligor identifier are covered by the guarantee or other third party credit enhancement, enter “All”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(500)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Only required if QFC type (A1.7) is a guarantee or other third party credit enhancement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.7.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Underlying QFC obligor identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If QFC type is guarantee or other third party credit enhancement, provide an identifier for the QFC obligor whose obligation is covered by the guarantee or other third party credit enhancement. Use LEI if underlying QFC obligor has one. Complete the counterparty master table with respect to a QFC obligor that is a non-affiliate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Only required if QFC asset type (A1.7) is a guarantee or other third party credit enhancement. Validated against CO.2 if affiliate or CP.2 if non-affiliate.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Agreement identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">xxxxxxxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide an identifier for the primary governing documentation, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> the master agreement or guarantee agreement, as applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against A3.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Netting agreement identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">xxxxxxxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide an identifier for netting agreement. If this agreement is the same as provided in A1.8, use same identifier. Information needed to identify unique netting sets</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against A3.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Netting agreement counterparty identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">xxxxxxxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide a netting agreement counterparty identifier. Use same identifier as provided in A1.4 if counterparty and netting agreement counterparty are the same. Use LEI if netting agreement counterparty has one. Information needed to identify unique netting sets</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trade date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2014-12-20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide trade or other commitment date for the QFC. Information needed to determine when the entity's rights and obligations regarding the position originated</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Termination date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2014-03-31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide date the QFC terminates or is expected to terminate, expire, mature, or when final performance is required. Information needed to determine when the entity's rights and obligations regarding the position are expected to end</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Next call, put, or cancellation date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-01-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide next call, put, or cancellation date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Next payment date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-01-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide next payment date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Local Currency Of Position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">USD</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide currency in which QFC is denominated. Use ISO currency code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(3).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Current market value of the position in local currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">995000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide current market value of the position in local currency. In the case of a guarantee or other third party credit enhancements, provide the current mark-to-market expected value of the exposure. Information needed to determine the current size of the obligation or benefit associated with the QFC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Current market value of the position in U.S. dollars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">995000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">In the case of a guarantee or other third party credit enhancements, provide the current mark-to-market expected value of the exposure. Information needed to determine the current size of the obligation/benefit associated with the QFC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Asset Classification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide fair value asset classification under GAAP, IFRS, or other accounting principles or standards used by records entity. Provide “1” for Level 1, “2” for Level 2, or “3” for Level 3. Information needed to assess fair value of the position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notional or principal amount of the position in local currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1000000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide the notional or principal amount, as applicable, in local currency. In the case of a guarantee or other third party credit enhancement, provide the maximum possible exposure. Information needed to help evaluate the position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notional or principal amount of the position In U.S. dollars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1000000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide the notional or principal amount, as applicable, in U.S. dollars. In the case of a guarantee or other third party credit enhancements, provide the maximum possible exposure. Information needed to help evaluate the position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Covered by third-party credit enhancement agreement (for the benefit of the records entity)?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate whether QFC is covered by a guarantee or other third-party credit enhancement. Information needed to determine credit enhancement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.21.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third-party credit enhancement provider identifier (for the benefit of the records entity)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If QFC is covered by a guarantee or other third-party credit enhancement, provide an identifier for provider. Use LEI if available. Complete the counterparty master table with respect to a provider that is a non-affiliate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A1.21 is “Y”. Validated against CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.21.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third-party credit enhancement agreement identifier (for the benefit of the records entity)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4444444</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If QFC is covered by a guarantee or other third-party credit enhancement, provide an identifier for the agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A1.21 is “Y.” Validated against A3.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.21.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Covered by third-party credit enhancement agreement (for the benefit of the counterparty)?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate whether QFC is covered by a guarantee or other third-party credit enhancement. Information needed to determine credit enhancement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.21.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third-party credit enhancement provider identifier (for the benefit of the counterparty)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If QFC is covered by a guarantee or other third-party credit enhancement, provide an identifier for provider. Use LEI if available. Complete the counterparty master table with respect to a provider that is a non-affiliate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A1.21.3 is “Y”. Validated against CO.2 or CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.21.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third-party credit enhancement agreement identifier (for the benefit of the counterparty)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4444444</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If QFC is covered by a guarantee or other third-party credit enhancement, provide an identifier for agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A1.21.3 is “Y”. Validated against A3.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Related position of records entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3333333</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use this field to link any related positions of the records entity. All positions that are related to one another should have same designation in this field</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(100).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reference number for any related loan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide a unique reference number for any loan held by the records entity or a member of its corporate group related to the position (with multiple entries delimited by commas)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(500).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A1.24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Identifier of the lender of the related loan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any loan recorded in A1.23, provide identifier for records entity or member of its corporate group that holds any related loan. Use LEI if entity has one</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(500).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A-2—Counterparty Netting Set Data
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Instructions and data application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Definition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Validation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As of date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-01-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Data extraction date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Records entity identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide the LEI for the records entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against CO.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Netting agreement counterparty identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide an identifier for the netting agreement counterparty. Use LEI if counterparty has one</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Netting agreement identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">xxxxxxxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide an identifier for the netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against A3.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Underlying QFC obligor identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide identifier for underlying QFC obligor if netting agreement is associated with a guarantee or other third party credit enhancement. Use LEI if available</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against CO.2 or CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Covered by third-party credit enhancement agreement (for the benefit of the records entity)?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate whether the positions subject to the netting set agreement are covered by a third-party credit enhancement agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.“
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third-party credit enhancement provider identifier (for the benefit of the records entity)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use LEI if available. Information needed to identity third-party credit enhancement provider</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A2.5 is “Y”. Validated against CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.5.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third-party credit enhancement agreement identifier (for the benefit of the records entity)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4444444</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A2.5 is “Y”. Validated against A3.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.5.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Covered by third-party credit enhancement agreement (for the benefit of the counterparty)?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to determine credit enhancement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third-party credit enhancement provider identifier (for the benefit of the counterparty)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use LEI if available. Information needed to identity third-party credit enhancement provider</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A2.5.3 is “Y”. Should be a valid entry in the Counterparty Master Table. Validated against CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.5.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third-party credit enhancement agreement identifier (for the benefit of the counterparty)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4444444</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information used to determine guarantee or other third-party credit enhancement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A2.5.3 is “Y”. Validated against A3.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aggregate current market value in U.S. dollars of all positions under this netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−1000000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to help evaluate the positions subject to the netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Market value of all positions in A1 for the given netting agreement identifier should be equal to this value. A2.6 = A2.7 + A2.8.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Current market value in U.S. dollars of all positive positions, as aggregated under this netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3000000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to help evaluate the positions subject to the netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Market value of all positive positions in A1 for the given netting agreement identifier should be equal to this value. A2.6 = A2.7 + A2.8.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Current market value in U.S. dollars of all negative positions, as aggregated under this netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−4000000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to help evaluate the positions subject to the netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Market value of all negative positions in A1 for the given Netting Agreement Identifier should be equal to this value. A2.6 = A2.7 + A2.8.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Current market value in U.S. dollars of all collateral posted by records entity, as aggregated under this netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">950000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to determine the extent to which collateral has been provided by records entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Market value of all collateral posted by records entity for the given netting agreement Identifier should be equal to sum of all A4.9 for the same netting agreement identifier in A4.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Current market value in U.S. dollars of all collateral posted by counterparty, as aggregated under this netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to determine the extent to which collateral has been provided by counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Market value of all collateral posted by counterparty for the given netting agreement identifier should be equal to sum of all A4.9 for the same netting agreement identifier in A4.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Current market value in U.S. dollar of all collateral posted by records entity that is subject to re-hypothecation, as aggregated under this netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">950000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to determine the extent to which collateral has been provided by records entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Current market value in U.S. dollars of all collateral posted by counterparty that is subject to re-hypothecation, as aggregated under this netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">950000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to determine the extent to which collateral has been provided by records entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Records entity collateral—net</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">950000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide records entity's collateral excess or deficiency with respect to all of its positions, as determined under each applicable agreement, including thresholds and haircuts where applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be less than or equal to A2.9.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty collateral—net</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">950000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide counterparty's collateral excess or deficiency with respect to all of its positions, as determined under each applicable agreement, including thresholds and haircuts where applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be less than or equal to A2.10.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Next margin payment date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-11-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide next margin payment date for position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Next margin payment amount in U.S. dollars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use positive value if records entity is due a payment and use negative value if records entity has to make the payment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Safekeeping agent identifier for records entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide an identifier for the records entity's safekeeping agent, if any. Use LEI if safekeeping agent has one</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against SA.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2.18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Safekeeping agent identifier for counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide an identifier for the counterparty's safekeeping agent, if any. Use LEI if safekeeping agent has one</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against SA.2.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A-3—Legal Agreements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Instructions and data application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Definition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Validation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As Of Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-01-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Data extraction date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Records entity identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide LEI for records entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against CO.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Agreement identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">xxxxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide identifier for each master agreement, governing document, netting agreement or third-party credit enhancement agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Name of agreement or governing document</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISDA Master 1992 or Guarantee Agreement or Master Netting Agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide name of agreement or governing document</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Agreement date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2010-01-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide the date of the agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Agreement counterparty identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use LEI if counterparty has one. Information needed to identify counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against field CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Underlying QFC obligor identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide underlying QFC obligor identifier if document identifier is associated with a guarantee or other third party credit enhancement. Use LEI if underlying QFC obligor has one</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against CO.2 or CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Agreement governing law</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide law governing contract disputes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cross-default provision?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specify whether agreement includes default or other termination event provisions that reference an entity not a party to the agreement (“cross-default Entity”). Information needed to determine exposure to affiliates or other entities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Identity of cross-default entities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">777777777</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide identity of any cross-default entities referenced in A3.8. Use LEI if entity has one. Information needed to determine exposure to other entities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(500)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A3.8 is “Y”. ID should be a valid entry in Corporate Org Master Table or Counterparty Master Table, if applicable. Multiple entries comma separated.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Covered by third-party credit enhancement agreement (for the benefit of the records entity)?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to determine credit enhancement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.”
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third-party credit enhancement provider identifier (for the benefit of the records entity)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use LEI if available. Information needed to identity Third-Party Credit Enhancement Provider</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A3.10 is “Y”. Should be a valid entry in the Counterparty Master Table. Validated against CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Associated third-party credit enhancement agreement document identifier (for the benefit of the records entity)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33333333</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to determine credit enhancement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A3.10 is “Y”. Validated against field A3.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.12.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Covered by third-party credit enhancement agreement (for the benefit of the counterparty)?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to determine credit enhancement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.”
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.12.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Third-party credit enhancement provider identifier (for the benefit of the counterparty)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use LEI if available. Information needed to identity Third-Party Credit Enhancement Provider</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A3.12.1 is “Y”. Should be a valid entry in the Counterparty Master. Validated against CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.12.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Associated third-party credit enhancement agreement document identifier (for the benefit of the counterparty)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33333333</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to determine credit enhancement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required if A3.12.1 is “Y”. Validated against field A3.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty contact information: name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">John Doe &amp; Co</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide contact name for counterparty as provided under notice section of agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(200).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty contact information: address</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">123 Main St, City, State Zip code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide contact address for counterparty as provided under notice section of agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(100).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty contact information: phone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-999-999-9999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide contact phone number for counterparty as provided under notice section of agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A3.16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty's contact information: email address</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Jdoe@JohnDoe.com</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide contact email address for counterparty as provided under notice section of agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(100).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A-4—Collateral Detail Data
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Instructions and data application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Definition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Validation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As of date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-01-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Data extraction date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Records entity identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide LEI for records entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against CO.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Collateral posted/collateral received flag</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Enter “P” if collateral has been posted by the records entity. Enter “R” for collateral received by Records Entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide identifier for counterparty. Use LEI if counterparty has one</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against CP.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Netting agreement identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">xxxxxxxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide identifier for applicable netting agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Validated against field A3.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unique collateral item identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CUSIP/ISIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide identifier to reference individual collateral posted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Original face amount of collateral item in local currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1500000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to evaluate collateral sufficiency and marketability</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Local currency of collateral item</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">USD</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use ISO currency code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(3).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Market value amount of collateral item in U.S. dollars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">850000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to evaluate collateral sufficiency and marketability and to permit aggregation across currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (25,5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Market value of all collateral posted by Records Entity or Counterparty A2.9 or A2.10 for the given netting agreement identifier should be equal to sum of all A4.9 for the same netting agreement identifier in A4.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Description of collateral item</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U.S. Treasury Strip, maturity 2020/6/30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to evaluate collateral sufficiency and marketability</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(200).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Asset classification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide fair value asset classification for the collateral item under GAAP, IFRS, or other accounting principles or standards used by records entity. Provide “1” for Level 1, “2” for Level 2, or “3” for Level 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “1” or “2” or “3.”
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Collateral or portfolio segregation status</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specify whether the specific item of collateral or the related collateral portfolio is segregated from assets of the safekeeping agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.”
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Collateral location</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ABC broker-dealer (in safekeeping account of counterparty)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide location of collateral posted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(200).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Collateral jurisdiction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide jurisdiction of location of collateral posted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A4.15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Is collateral re-hypothecation allowed?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to evaluate exposure of the records entity to the counterparty or vice-versa for re-hypothecated collateral</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.”</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Corporate Organization Master Table 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Instructions and data application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Definition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Validation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As of date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-01-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Data extraction date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Entity identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide unique identifier. Use LEI if available. Information needed to identify entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be unique across all record entities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Has LEI been used for entity identifier?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specify whether the entity identifier provided is an LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.”
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal name of entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">John Doe &amp; Co</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide legal name of entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(200).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Immediate parent entity identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">77777777</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use LEI if available. Information needed to complete org structure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Has LEI been used for immediate parent entity identifier?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specify whether the immediate parent entity identifier provided is an LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.”
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal name of immediate parent entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">John Doe &amp; Co</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to complete org structure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(200).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Percentage ownership of immediate parent entity in the entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to complete org structure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Num (5,2).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Entity type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Subsidiary, foreign branch,
<br/>foreign division</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to complete org structure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Domicile</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Enter as city, state or city, foreign country</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jurisdiction under which incorporated or organized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Enter as state or foreign jurisdiction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO.12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reporting status</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">REN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate one of the following, as appropriate, given status of entity under the this part. Information needed to validate compliance with the requirements of this part
<br/>REN = Records entity (reporting).
<br/>NFC= Non-financial company (not reporting)
<br/>EXC = Excluded entity (not reporting)
<br/>ZER = Records entity with 0 QFCs (not reporting)
<br/>DEM = Records entity de minimis exemption (not reporting)
<br/>OTH = Records entity using another exemption (not reporting)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “REN” or “NFC” or “EXC” or “DEM” or “ZER” or “OTH.”
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Foreign branches and divisions shall be separately identified to the extent they are identified in an entity's reports to its PFRAs.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Counterparty Master Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Instructions and data application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Definition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Validation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As of date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-01-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Data extraction date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use LEI if counterparty has one. Should be used consistently across all records entities within a corporate group. The counterparty identifier shall be the global legal entity identifier if one has been issued to the entity. If a counterparty transacts with the records entity through one or more separate foreign branches or divisions and any such branch or division does not have its own unique global legal entity identifier, the records entity must include additional identifiers, as appropriate to enable the FDIC to aggregate or disaggregate the data for each counterparty and for each entity with the same ultimate parent entity as the counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Has LEI been used for counterparty identifier?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate whether the counterparty identifier is an LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.”
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal name of counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">John Doe &amp; Co</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to identify and, if necessary, communicate with counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(200).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Domicile</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Enter as city, state or city, foreign country</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jurisdiction under which incorporated or organized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Enter as state or foreign jurisdiction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Immediate parent entity identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">77777777</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide an identifier for the parent entity that directly controls the counterparty. Use LEI if immediate parent entity has one</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Has LEI been used for immediate parent entity identifier?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate whether the immediate parent entity identifier is an LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.”
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal name of immediate parent entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">John Doe &amp; Co</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to identify and, if necessary, communicate with counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(200).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ultimate parent entity identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">666666666</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide an identifier for the parent entity that is a member of the corporate group of the counterparty that is not controlled by another entity. Information needed to identify counterparty. Use LEI if ultimate parent entity has one</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Has LEI been used for ultimate parent entity identifier?</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Y/N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate whether the ultimate parent entity identifier is an LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Char(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be “Y” or “N.”
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CP.12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal name of ultimate parent entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">John Doe &amp; Co</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to identify and, if necessary, communicate with counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(100).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Booking Location Master Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Instructions and data application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Definition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Validation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BL.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As of date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-01-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Data extraction date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BL.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Records entity identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">999999999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Should be a valid entry in the Corporate Org Master Table.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BL.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Internal booking location identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide office where the position is booked. Information needed to determine the headquarters or branch where the position is booked, including the system on which the trade is booked, as well as the system on which the trade is settled</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BL.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unique booking unit or desk identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">xxxxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide unit or desk at which the position is booked. Information needed to help determine purpose of position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BL.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unique booking unit or desk description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">North American trading desk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Additional information to help determine purpose of position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BL.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Booking unit or desk contact—phone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-999-999-9999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to communicate with the booking unit or desk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BL.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Booking unit or desk contact—email</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Desk@Desk.com</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to communicate with the booking unit or desk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(100).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Safekeeping Agent Master Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Instructions and data application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Definition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Validation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As of date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-01-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Data extraction date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY-MM-DD
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Safekeeping agent identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888888888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide an identifier for the safekeeping agent. Use LEI if safekeeping agent has one</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal name of safekeeping agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">John Doe &amp; Co</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to identify and, if necessary, communicate with the safekeeping agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(200).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Point of contact—name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">John Doe</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to identify and, if necessary, communicate with the safekeeping agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(200).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Point of contact—address</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">123 Main St, City, State Zip Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to identify and, if necessary, communicate with the safekeeping agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(100).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Point of contact—phone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-999-999-9999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to identify and, if necessary, communicate with the safekeeping agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(50).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Point of contact—email</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Jdoe@JohnDoe.com</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Information needed to identify and, if necessary, communicate with the safekeeping agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Varchar(100).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Details of Formats
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Format
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Content in brief
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Additional explanation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Examples
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">YYYY-MM-DD</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YYYY = four digit date, MM = 2 digit month, DD = 2 digit date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2015-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Num (25,5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Up to 25 numerical characters including 5 decimals</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Up to 20 numerical characters before the decimal point and up to 5 numerical characters after the decimal point. The dot character is used to separate decimals</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1352.67
<br/>12345678901234567890.12345
<br/>0
<br/>−20000.25
<br/>−0.257
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Char(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 alphanumeric characters</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The length is fixed at 3 alphanumeric characters</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">USD
<br/>X1X
<br/>999
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Varchar(25)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Up to 25 alphanumeric characters</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The length is not fixed but limited at up to 25 alphanumeric characters</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">asgaGEH3268EFdsagtTRCF543</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="149" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 149—CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM OBLIGATION LIMITATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 321 and 12 U.S.C. 5390.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 37558, June 22, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 149.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.15.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.1   Authority and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority.</I> This part is issued by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury (Treasury) under section 210(n)(7) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Act).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this part is to issue implementing regulations as required by the Act. The part governs the calculation of the maximum obligation limitation which limits the aggregate amount of outstanding obligations the FDIC may issue or incur in connection with the orderly liquidation of a covered financial company.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.15.0.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Fair value.</I> The term “fair value” means the expected total aggregate value of each asset, or group of assets that are managed within a portfolio of a covered financial company on a consolidated basis if such asset, or group of assets, was sold or otherwise disposed of in an orderly transaction.
</P>
<P><I>Most recent financial statement available.</I> (1) The term “most recent financial statement available” means a covered financial company's—
</P>
<P>(i) Most recent financial statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body;
</P>
<P>(ii) Most recent financial statement audited by an independent CPA firm; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Other available financial statements.
</P>
<P>(2) The FDIC and the Treasury will jointly determine the most pertinent of the above financial statements, taking into consideration the timeliness and reliability of the statements being considered.
</P>
<P><I>Obligation.</I> The term “obligation” means, with respect to any covered financial company—
</P>
<P>(1) Any guarantee issued by the FDIC on behalf of the covered financial company;
</P>
<P>(2) Any amount borrowed pursuant to section 210(n)(5)(A) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any other obligation with respect to the covered financial company for which the FDIC has a direct or contingent liability to pay any amount.
</P>
<P><I>Total consolidated assets of each covered financial company that are available for repayment.</I> The term “total consolidated assets of each covered financial company that are available for repayment” means the difference between:
</P>
<P>(1) The total assets of the covered financial company on a consolidated basis that are available for liquidation during the operation of the receivership; and
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent included in paragraph (1) of this definition, all assets that are separated from, or made unavailable to, the covered financial company by a statutory or regulatory barrier that prevents the covered financial company from possessing or selling assets and using the proceeds from the sale of such assets.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.15.0.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.3   Maximum obligation limitation.</HEAD>
<P>The FDIC shall not, in connection with the orderly liquidation of a covered financial company, issue or incur any obligation, if, after issuing or incurring the obligation, the aggregate amount of such obligations outstanding for each covered financial company would exceed—
</P>
<P>(a) An amount that is equal to 10 percent of the total consolidated assets of the covered financial company, based on the most recent financial statement available, during the 30-day period immediately following the date of appointment of the FDIC as receiver (or a shorter time period if the FDIC has calculated the amount described under paragraph (b) of this section); and
</P>
<P>(b) The amount that is equal to 90 percent of the fair value of the total consolidated assets of each covered financial company that are available for repayment, after the time period described in paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="150" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 150—FINANCIAL RESEARCH FUND


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 5345; 31 U.S.C. 321; 12 U.S.C. 5365 <I>note</I> (Section 401(d), Pub. L. 115-174, 132 Stat. 1358; Section 401(f), Pub. L. 115-174, 132 Stat. 1359).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 15380, Mar. 18, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 150.1" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.16.0.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The assessments contained in this part are made pursuant to the authority contained in 12 U.S.C. 5345.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.2" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.16.0.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Assessed company</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A bank holding company that has $250 billion or more in total assessable assets; or
</P>
<P>(2) A bank holding company, regardless of asset size, that has been identified as a global systemically important bank holding company under § 217.402 of title 12, Code of Federal Regulations; or
</P>
<P>(3) A nonbank financial company that the Council has determined under section 113 of the Dodd-Frank Act shall be supervised by the Board.
</P>
<P><I>Assessment basis</I> means, for a given assessment period, an estimate of the total expenses that are necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of the Office of Financial Research (OFR) and the Council as set out in the Dodd-Frank Act (including an amount necessary to reimburse reasonable implementation expenses of the Corporation that shall be treated as expenses of the Council pursuant to section 210(n)(10) of the Dodd-Frank Act).
</P>
<P><I>Assessment fee rate,</I> with regard to a particular assessment period, means the rate published by the Department for the calculation of assessment fees for that period.
</P>
<P><I>Assessment payment date</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For any assessment period ending on March 31 of a given calendar year, September 15 of the prior calendar year; and
</P>
<P>(2) For any assessment period ending on September 30 of a given calendar year, March 15 of the same year.
</P>
<P><I>Assessment period</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any period of time beginning on October 1 and ending on March 31 of the following calendar year; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any period of time beginning on April 1 and ending on September 30 of the same calendar year.
</P>
<P><I>Bank holding company</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A bank holding company as defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841); or
</P>
<P>(2) A foreign banking organization.
</P>
<P><I>Board</I> means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
</P>
<P><I>Corporation</I> means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Council</I> means the Financial Stability Oversight Council.
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Determination date</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For any assessment period ending on March 31 of a given calendar year, April 30 of the prior calendar year; and
</P>
<P>(2) For any assessment period ending on September 30 of a given calendar year, October 31 of the prior calendar year.
</P>
<P><I>Dodd-Frank Act</I> means the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign banking organization</I> means a foreign bank or company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, pursuant to section 8(a) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106(a)).
</P>
<P><I>OFR</I> means the Office of Financial Research established by section 152 of the Dodd-Frank Act.
</P>
<P><I>Total assessable assets</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For a bank holding company other than a foreign banking organization, the average of the company's total consolidated assets for the four quarters preceding the relevant determination date, as reported on the bank holding company's four most recent Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies—FR Y-9C filings;
</P>
<P>(2) For any foreign banking organization, the average of the company's total assets of combined U.S. operations for the four quarters preceding the relevant determination date, as reported on the foreign banking organization's four most recent quarterly Capital and Asset Report for Foreign Banking Organizations—FR Y-7Q filings, or, if the foreign banking organization only files such form annually, the average of the two most recent annual filings on such form; or
</P>
<P>(3) For a nonbank financial company that the Council has determined under section 113 of the Dodd-Frank Act shall be supervised by the Board, either the average of the company's total consolidated assets for the four quarters preceding the relevant determination date, if the company is a U.S. company, or the average of the total assets of the company's combined U.S. operations for the four quarters preceding the relevant determination date, if the company is a non-U.S. company.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.3" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.16.0.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.3   Determination of assessed companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The determination that a bank holding company or a nonbank financial company is an assessed company will be made by the Department.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department will apply the following principles in determining whether a company is an assessed company:
</P>
<P>(1) For tiered bank holding companies for which a holding company owns or controls, or is owned or controlled by, other holding companies, the assessed company shall be the top-tier, regulated holding company.
</P>
<P>(2) In situations where more than one top-tier, regulated bank holding company has a legal authority for control of a U.S. bank, each of the top-tier regulated holding companies shall be designated as an assessed company.
</P>
<P>(3) In situations where a company has not filed four consecutive quarters of the financial reports referenced above for the most recent quarters (or two consecutive years for annual filers of the FR Y-7Q or successor form), such as may be true for companies that recently converted to a bank holding company, the Department will use, at its discretion, other financial or annual reports filed by the company, such as Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings, to determine a company's total consolidated assets.
</P>
<P>(4) In situations where a company does not report total consolidated assets in its public reports or where a company uses a financial reporting methodology other than U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to report on its U.S. operations, the Department will use, at its discretion, any comparable financial information that the Department may require from the company for this determination.
</P>
<P>(c) Any company that the Department determines is an assessed company on a given determination date will be an assessed company for the entire assessment period related to such determination date, and will be subject to the full assessment fee for that assessment period, regardless of any changes in the company's assets or other attributes that occur after the determination date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.4" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.16.0.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.4   Calculation of assessment basis.</HEAD>
<P>For each assessment period, the Department will calculate an assessment basis that shall be sufficient to replenish the Financial Research Fund to a level equivalent to the sum of:
</P>
<P>(a) Budgeted operating expenses for the OFR for the applicable assessment period;
</P>
<P>(b) Budgeted operating expenses for the Council for the applicable assessment period;
</P>
<P>(c) Budgeted capital expenses for the OFR for the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the applicable assessment period;
</P>
<P>(d) Budgeted capital expenses for the Council for the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the applicable assessment period; and
</P>
<P>(e) An amount necessary to reimburse reasonable implementation expenses of the Corporation as provided under section 210(n)(10) of the Dodd-Frank Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.5" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.16.0.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.5   Calculation of assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each assessed company, the Department will calculate the total assessable assets in accordance with the definition in § 150.2.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department will allocate the assessment basis to the assessed companies in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) Based on the sum of all assessed companies' total assessable assets, the Department will calculate the assessment fee rate necessary to collect the assessment basis for the applicable assessment period.
</P>
<P>(2) The assessment payable by an assessed company for each assessment period shall be equal to the assessment fee rate for that assessment period multiplied by the total assessable assets of such assessed company.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.6" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.16.0.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.6   Notice and payment of assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No later than fifteen calendar days after the determination date, the Department will send to each assessed company a statement that:
</P>
<P>(1) Confirms that such company has been determined by the Department to be an assessed company; and
</P>
<P>(2) States the total assessable assets that the Department has determined will be used for calculating the company's assessment.
</P>
<P>(b) If a company that is required to make an assessment payment for a given assessment period believes that the statement referred to in paragraph (a) of this section contains an error, the company may provide the Department with a written request for a revised statement. Such request must be received by the Department via email within 30 calendar days and must include all facts that the company requests the Department to consider. The Department will respond to all such requests within 21 calendar days of receipt thereof.
</P>
<P>(c) No later than the 14 calendar days prior to the payment date for a given assessment period, the Department will send an electronic billing notification to each assessed company, containing the final assessment that is required to be paid by such assessed company.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purpose of making the payments described in § 150.5, each assessed company shall designate a deposit account for direct debit by the Department through <I>www.pay.gov</I> or successor website. No later than the later of 30 days prior to the payment date for an assessment period, or April 17, 2020, each such company shall provide notice to the Department of the account designated, including all information and authorizations required by the Department for direct debit of the account. After the initial notice of the designated account, no further notice is required unless the company designates a different account for assessment debit by the Department, in which case the requirements of the preceding sentence apply.
</P>
<P>(e) Each assessed company shall take all actions necessary to allow the Department to debit assessments from such company's designated deposit account. Each such company shall, prior to each assessment payment date, ensure that funds in an amount at least equal to the amount on the relevant electronic billing notification are available in the designated deposit account for debit by the Department. Failure to take any such action or to provide such funding of the account shall be deemed to constitute nonpayment of the assessment. The Department will cause the amount stated in the applicable electronic billing notification to be directly debited on the appropriate payment date from the deposit account so designated.
</P>
<P>(f) In the event that, for a given assessment period, an assessed company materially misstates or misrepresents any information that is used by the Department in calculating that company's total assessable assets, the Department may at any time re-calculate the assessment payable by that company for that assessment period, and the assessed company shall take all actions necessary to allow the Department to immediately debit any additional payable amounts from such assessed company's designated deposit account.
</P>
<P>(g) If a due date under this section falls on a date that is not a business day, the applicable date shall be the next business day.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="151-199" NODE="31:1.2.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 151-199 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV3>

</DIV2>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>May 6, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="2" NODE="31:2" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 31—Money and Finance: Treasury--Volume 2</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Regulations Relating to Money and Finance (Continued)</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter ii</E>—Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury
</SUBJECT>
<PG>202
</PG>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter iv</E>—Secret Service, Department of the Treasury
</SUBJECT>
<PG>401


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="31:2.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Regulations Relating to Money and Finance (Continued)


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="II" NODE="31:2.1.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER II—FISCAL SERVICE, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</HEAD>

<DIV4 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER A—BUREAU OF THE FISCAL SERVICE
</HEAD>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to subchapter A appear at 78 FR 60697, Oct. 2, 2013.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV5 N="200-201" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 200-201 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="202" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 202—DEPOSITARIES AND FINANCIAL AGENTS OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</HEAD>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The regulations, which previously appeared in this part, governing payment of checks drawn on the United States Treasury now appear in revised form in part 240 of this chapter (Department Circular 21 (Second Revision)).</P></FTNT>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 90, 265-266, 391, 1452(d), 1464(k), 1789a, 2013, 2122 and 3101-3102; 31 U.S.C. 3303 and 3336.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 202.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.2.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.1   Scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part govern the designation of Depositaries and Financial Agents of the Federal Government (hereinafter referred to as depositaries), and their authorization to accept deposits of public money and to perform other services as may be required of them. Public money includes, but is not limited to, revenue and funds of the United States, and any funds the deposit of which is subject to the control or regulation of the United States or any of its officers, agents, or employees. The designation and authorization of Treasury Tax and Loan depositaries for the receipt of deposits representing Federal taxes are governed by the regulations in part 203 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 45520, Aug. 27, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.2.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.2   Designations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Financial institutions of the following classes are designated as Depositaries and Financial Agents of the Government if they meet the eligibility requirements stated in paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Financial institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
</P>
<P>(2) Credit unions insured by the National Credit Union Administration.
</P>
<P>(3) Banks, savings banks, savings and loan, building and loan, and homestead associations, credit unions created under the laws of any State, the deposits or accounts of which are insured by a State or agency thereof or by a corporation chartered by a State for the sole purpose of insuring deposits or accounts of such financial institutions, United States branches of foreign banking corporations authorized by the State in which they are located to transact commercial banking business, and Federal branches of foreign banking corporations, the establishment of which has been approved by the Comptroller of the Currency.
</P>
<P>(b) In order to be eligible for designation, a financial institution is required to possess, under its charter and the regulations issued by its chartering authority, either general or specific authority to perform the services outlined in § 202.3(b). A financial institution is required also to possess the authority to pledge collateral to secure public funds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 53066, Sept. 11, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 28152, May 26, 1981; 62 FR 45521, Aug. 27, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.2.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.3   Authorization.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>To accept deposits covered by the appropriate Federal or State insurer.</I> Every depositary is authorized to accept a deposit of public money in an official account, other than an account in the name of the United States Treasury, in which the maximum balance does not exceed the “Recognized Insurance Coverage.” “Recognized Insurance Coverage” means the insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, and by insurance organizations specifically qualified by the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>To perform other services.</I> (1) The Secretary of the Treasury may authorize a depositary to perform other services including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) The maintenance of official accounts in which balances will be in excess of the applicable Federal or State insurance coverage;
</P>
<P>(ii) The maintenance of accounts in the name of the United States Treasury;
</P>
<P>(iii) The acceptance of deposits for credit of the United States Treasury;
</P>
<P>(iv) The furnishing of bank drafts in exchange for collections.
</P>
<P>(2) To obtain authorization to perform services, a depositary must:
</P>
<P>(i) File with the Secretary of the Treasury an appropriate agreement and resolution of its board of directors authorizing the agreement (both on forms prescribed by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service and available from Federal Reserve Banks), and
</P>
<P>(ii) Pledge collateral security as provided for in § 202.6.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 14215, Oct. 13, 1967, as amended at 44 FR 53066, Sept. 11, 1979; 49 FR 47001, Nov. 30, 1984; 62 FR 45521, Aug. 27, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.2.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.4   Agreement of deposit.</HEAD>
<P>A depositary which accepts a deposit under this part enters into an agreement of deposit with the Treasury Department. The terms of this agreement include:
</P>
<P>(a) All of the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any instructions issued pursuant to this part by the Treasury or by Federal Reserve Banks as Fiscal Agents of the United States or by any other Government agency.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions prescribed in Executive Order 11246, entitled “Equal Employment Opportunity,” as amended by Executive Orders 11375 and 12086, and regulations issued thereunder at 41 CFR chapter 60, as amended.
</P>
<P>(d) The requirements of section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder at 41 CFR part 60-741, requiring Federal contractors to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements of section 503 of the Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Assistance Act of 1972, as amended, 38 U.S.C. 4212, Executive Order 11701, and the regulations issued thereunder at 41 CFR parts 60-250 and 61-250, requiring Federal contractors to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified special disabled and Vietnam Era veterans.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 53067, Sept. 11, 1979, as amended at 62 FR 45521, Aug. 27, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.2.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.5   Previously designated depositaries.</HEAD>
<P>A depositary previously designated will, by the acceptance or retention of deposits, be presumed to have assented to all the terms and provisions of this part and to the retention of collateral security theretofore pledged.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 14215, Oct. 13, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.2.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.6   Collateral security.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement.</I> Prior to receiving deposits of public money, a depositary authorized to perform services under § 202.3(b) must pledge collateral security in the amount required by the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable security.</I> Types and valuations of acceptable collateral security are addressed in 31 CFR part 380. For a current list of acceptable classes of securities and instruments described in 31 CFR part 380 and their valuations, see the Bureau of the Fiscal Service's web site at <I>www.publicdebt.treas.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Deposits of securities.</I> Unless the Secretary of the Treasury provides otherwise, collateral security under this part must be deposited with the Federal Reserve Bank or Branch of the district in which the depositary is located (depositaries located in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands will be considered as being located in the New York Federal Reserve district), or with a custodian or custodians within the United States designated by the Federal Reserve Bank, under terms and conditions prescribed by the Federal Reserve Bank. Securities deposited with a Federal Reserve Bank must be accompanied by a letter stating specifically the purpose for which the securities are being deposited.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Assignment.</I> A depository that pledges securities which are not negotiable without its endorsement or assignment may, in lieu of placing its unqualified endorsement on each security, furnish an appropriate resolution and irrevocable power of attorney authorizing the Federal Reserve Bank to assign the securities. The resolution and power of attorney shall conform to such terms and conditions as the Federal Reserve Banks shall prescribe.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disposition of principal and interest payments of the pledged securities after a depositary is declared insolvent</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> In the event of the depositary's insolvency or closure, or in the event of the appointment of a receiver, conservator, liquidator, or other similar officer to terminate its business, the depositary agrees that all principal and interest payments on any security pledged to protect public money due as of the date of the insolvency or closure, or thereafter becoming due, shall be held separate and apart from any other assets and shall constitute a part of the pledged security available to satisfy any claim of the United States, including those not arising out of the depositary relationship.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Payment procedures.</I> (i) Subject to the waiver in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section, each depositary (including, with respect to such depositary, an assignee for the benefit of creditors, a trustee in bankruptcy, or a receiver in equity) shall immediately remit each payment of principal and/or interest received by it with respect to collateral pledged pursuant to this section to the Federal Reserve Bank of the district, as fiscal agent of the United States, and in any event shall so remit no later than ten days after receipt of such a payment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Subject to the waiver in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section, each obligor on a security pledged by a depositary pursuant to this section shall make each payment of principal and/or interest with respect to such security directly to the Federal Reserve Bank of the district, as fiscal agent of the United States.
</P>
<P>(iii) The requirements of paragraphs (e)(2) (i) and (ii) of this section are hereby waived for only so long as a pledging depositary remains solvent. The foregoing waiver is terminated without further action immediately upon the insolvency of a pledging depositary or, if earlier, upon notice by the Treasury of such termination. For purposes of this paragraph, a depositary is insolvent when, voluntarily or by action of competent authority, it is closed because of present or prospective inability to meet the demands of its depositors or shareholders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 14216, Oct. 13, 1967, as amended at 36 FR 6748, Apr. 8, 1971; 36 FR 17995, Sept. 8, 1971; 39 FR 30832, Aug. 26, 1974; 44 FR 53067, Sept. 11, 1979; 46 FR 28152, May 26, 1981; 62 FR 45521, Aug. 27, 1997; 65 FR 55428, Sept. 13, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.2.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.7   Maintenance of balances within authorizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Federal Government agencies shall contact the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, before making deposits with a financial institution insured by a State or agency thereof or by a corporation chartered by a State for the sole purpose of insuring deposits or accounts. The contact should be directed to the Cash Management Policy and Planning Division, Federal Finance, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20227.
</P>
<P>(b) Government agencies having control or jurisdiction over public money on deposit in accounts with depositaries are responsible for the maintenance of balances in such accounts within the limits of the authorizations specified by the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 53067, Sept. 11, 1979, as amended at 49 FR 47001, Nov. 30, 1984; 62 FR 45521, Aug. 27, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="203" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 203—PAYMENT OF FEDERAL TAXES AND THE TREASURY TAX AND LOAN PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 90,265-266, 332, 391, 1452(d), 1464(k), 1767, 1789a, 2013, 2122, and 3102; 26 U.S.C. 6302; 31 U.S.C. 321, 323, and 3301-3304.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 59181, Oct. 19, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part govern the processing by financial institutions of electronic and paper-based deposits and payments of Federal taxes; the operation of the Treasury Tax and Loan (TT&amp;L) program; the designation of TT&amp;L depositaries; and the operation of the investment program. A financial institution may participate in the TT&amp;L program by participating in the investment program or by accepting Federal tax payments, or both. A financial institution that accepts Federal tax payments may do so through the paper tax system (PATAX), or Electronic Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS), or both. However, a financial institution is not designated as a TT&amp;L depositary if it only processes EFTPS payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Advice of credit (AOC)</I> means the paper or electronic form depositaries use to summarize and report Federal Tax Deposit (FTD) coupon deposits to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB).
</P>
<P><I>Automated Clearing House (ACH) credit entry</I> means a credit transaction originated by a financial institution, at the direction of the taxpayer, in accordance with applicable ACH formats and applicable laws, regulations, and procedural instructions.
</P>
<P><I>ACH debit entry</I> means a debit transaction originated by the Treasury Financial Agent (TFA), at the direction of the taxpayer, in accordance with applicable ACH formats and applicable laws, regulations, and instructions.
</P>
<P><I>Balance limit</I> means the highest amount a depositary has stated it will accept in its Treasury Investment Program (TIP) main account.
</P>
<P><I>Borrower-In-Custody (BIC) collateral</I> means an arrangement by which a financial institution pledging collateral to secure special direct investments and certain term investments is permitted to retain possession of that collateral, subject to terms and conditions agreed upon between the FRB and the financial institution.
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means any day on which a financial institution's FRB is open.
</P>
<P><I>Capacity</I> means a TT&amp;L depositary's ability to accept additional investments in its TIP main account balance and/or its Special Direct Investment (SDI) account balance. With respect to a TT&amp;L depositary's TIP main account balance, capacity means the balance limit or current collateral value, whichever is lower, minus the total of: the depositary's current TIP main account balance and any pending investments, plus any pending withdrawals. With respect to an SDI account balance, capacity means the dollar amount of collateral that the depositary has pledged for SDIs under a BIC arrangement minus the total of: the depositary's current SDI account balance and any pending investments, plus any pending withdrawals.
</P>
<P><I>Collector depositary</I> means a TT&amp;L depositary that accepts paper tax payments from business customers and that may also process electronic tax payments from customers, but that does not retain any such deposits as investments or accept dynamic, direct, or special direct investments. A collector depositary may accept term investments.
</P>
<P><I>Direct investment</I> means the Department of the Treasury's (Treasury's) placement of funds with a TT&amp;L depositary, which results in an increase to the depositary's TIP main account balance and a credit to its reserve account.
</P>
<P><I>Dynamic investment</I> means Treasury's placement of funds with a TT&amp;L depositary throughout the day, which results in an increase to the depositary's TIP main account balance and a credit to its reserve account.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS)</I> means the system through which taxpayers remit Federal tax payments electronically.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Bank (FRB)</I> means the FRB of the district where the financial institution is located, or such other FRB that may be designated in an FRB operating circular, or such other FRB that may be designated by the Treasury. A financial institution is deemed located in the same district it would be deemed located for purposes of Regulation D (12 CFR 204.3(b)(2)), even if the financial institution is not otherwise subject to Regulation D.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Tax Deposit (FTD)</I> means a Federal tax deposit made using an FTD coupon.
</P>
<P><I>FTD coupon</I> means a paper form supplied to a taxpayer by Treasury to accompany deposits of Federal taxes made through PATAX.
</P>
<P><I>Federal taxes</I> means those Federal taxes or other payments specified by the Secretary of the Treasury as eligible for payment through the procedures described in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Fedwire</I> ®<I>1</I> means the funds transfer system owned and operated by the FRBs.
</P>
<P><I>Fedwire</I> ® <I>non-value transaction</I> means the same-day Federal tax payment information transmitted by a financial institution to an FRB using a Fedwire@ type 1090 message to authorize a payment.
</P>
<P><I>Fedwire</I> ® <I>value transfer</I> means a Federal tax payment made by a financial institution using a Fedwire ® type 1000 message.
</P>
<P><I>Financial institution</I> means any bank, savings bank, savings association, credit union, or similar institution.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal agent</I> means the FRB acting as agent for Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Investment program</I> is the all-inclusive name given to the programs by which Treasury invests excess operating cash.
</P>
<P><I>Investor depositary</I> means a TT&amp;L depositary that is authorized to participate in the investment program by accepting funds from Treasury via direct investments, special direct investments, dynamic investments, or term investments. In addition, an investor depositary may accept electronic or paper Federal tax payments from its business customers and retain a portion of those tax deposits, depending on the capacity of its TIP main account balance.
</P>
<P><I>Paper Tax System (PATAX)</I> means the paper-based system through which taxpayers remit Federal tax payments by presenting an FTD coupon and payment to a TT&amp;L depositary.
</P>
<P><I>Procedural instructions</I> means the procedures contained in the Treasury Financial Manual, Volume IV (IV TFM), other Treasury instructions issued by Treasury or through Treasury's Financial Agents and FRB operating circulars, and agreements issued consistent with this part.
</P>
<P><I>Recognized insurance coverage</I> means the insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, and insurance organizations specifically qualified by the Secretary.
</P>
<P><I>Reserve account</I> means an account at an FRB with reserve or clearing balances held by a financial institution or its designated correspondent financial institution, if applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Retainer depositary</I> means a TT&amp;L depositary that accepts electronic and/or paper Federal tax payments from its business customers and retains a portion of the Federal tax deposits in its TIP main account balance, depending on its balance limit, account balance, and collateral value. A retainer depositary may also accept term investments.
</P>
<P><I>Same-day payment</I> means a payment made by a Fedwire ® non-value transaction or a Fedwire ® value transaction.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury, or the Secretary's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Special Direct Investment (SDI)</I> means the placement by Treasury of funds with an investor depositary secured by collateral pledged under a BIC arrangement.
</P>
<P><I>SDI account balance</I> means an open-ended, interest-bearing note maintained on the books of the Treasury Support Center representing the amount of SDIs held by an investor depositary and secured by collateral pledged under a BIC arrangement.
</P>
<P><I>Tax due date</I> means the day on which a Federal tax payment is due to Treasury, as determined by statute and IRS regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Term Investments</I> means Treasury's excess operating funds that have been offered for a predetermined period of time and accepted by depositaries participating in the Term Investment Option.
</P>
<P><I>Term Investment Option (TIO)</I> means the program available to depositaries that offers the ability to borrow excess Treasury operating funds for a predetermined period of time.
</P>
<P><I>TIO account balance</I> means an interest-bearing note maintained on the books of the Treasury Support Center for a predetermined period of time.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury Financial Agent (TFA)</I> means a financial institution designated as an agent of Treasury for processing EFTPS enrollments, consolidating EFTPS tax payment information, and originating ACH debit entries on behalf of Treasury as authorized by the taxpayer.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury General Account (TGA)</I> means an account maintained in the name of the United States Treasury at an FRB.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury Investment Program (TIP)</I> means the automated system under the TT&amp;L program that receives tax collections, invests funds, and monitors collateral pledged to secure public money.
</P>
<P><I>TIP main account balance</I> means an open-ended interest-bearing note maintained on the books of the Treasury Support Center (TSC) representing a retainer or investor depositary's current net amount of (i) Federal tax deposits retained by the depositary and/or (ii) Treasury investments made under the Direct investment program.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury Support Center (TSC)</I> means the office at the FRB that, as Treasury's Fiscal agent, monitors collateral pledged to secure Treasury funds, manages TT&amp;L program participation for depositaries, and/or carries on its books depositaries' TIP main account balances, SDI account balances, and/or Term Investment Option (TIO) account balances.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury Tax and Loan (TT&amp;L) account</I> means a record of transactions on the books of a TT&amp;L depositary reflecting paper tax deposits received by the depositary.
</P>
<P><I>TT&amp;L depositary or depositary</I> means a financial institution designated as a depositary by Treasury or the FRB of St. Louis acting as Treasury's Fiscal agent, for the purpose of participating in the investment program and/or PATAX. There are three kinds of TT&amp;L depositaries: investor depositaries, retainer depositaries, and collector depositaries.
</P>
<P><I>TT&amp;L program</I> means the program for collecting Federal taxes and investing the Government's excess operating funds.
</P>
<P><I>TT&amp;L rate of interest</I> means the interest charged on the TIP main account balance and the SDI account balance. The TT&amp;L rate of interest is the rate prescribed by the Secretary taking into consideration prevailing market interest rates. The rate and any rate changes will be announced through a TT&amp;L Special Notice to Depositaries and will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and on a Web site maintained by Treasury's Bureau of the Fiscal Service at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.3   TT&amp;L depositaries.</HEAD>
<P>A financial institution that participates in PATAX and/or the investment program must be a TT&amp;L depositary. There are three kinds of TT&amp;L depositaries. A collector depositary is a TT&amp;L depositary that accepts paper Federal tax payments and also may accept electronic Federal tax payments, but does not accept direct investments or SDIs. A retainer depositary is a TT&amp;L depositary that accepts electronic and/or paper Federal tax payments and retains a portion ofthe tax deposits in its TIP main account balance. An investor depositary is a TT&amp;L depositary that accepts direct investments, SDIs, or dynamic investments and may accept electronic and/or paper Federal tax payments and retain a portion of those tax deposits. Collector, retainer, and investor depositaries may accept term investments. Retainer and investor depositaries do not have to participate in PATAX.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.4   Financial institution eligibility for designation as a TT&amp;L depositary.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be designated as a TT&amp;L depositary, a financial institution must be insured as a national banking association, state bank, savings bank, savings association, building and loan, homestead association, Federal home loan bank, credit union, trust company, or a U.S. branch of a foreign banking corporation, the establishment of which has been approved by the Comptroller of the Currency.
</P>
<P>(b) A financial institution must possess the authority to pledge collateral to secure TT&amp;L account balances, a TIP main account balance, an SDI account balance, or a no account balance as applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) In order to be designated as a TT&amp;L depositary for the purposes of processing Federal tax deposits through PATAX, a financial institution must possess under its charter either general or specific authority permitting the maintenance of the TT&amp;L account, the balance of which is payable on demand without previous notice of intended withdrawal. In addition, investor depositaries and retainer depositaries must possess either general or specific authority permitting the maintenance of a TIP main account 27 balance or an SDI account balance. Investor, retainer, and collector depositaries that accept term investments must possess either general or specific authority permitting the maintenance of a TIO account balance. In the case of investor and retainer depositaries maintaining a TIP main account balance or an SDI account balance, the authority must perm it the maintenance of a TIP main account balance or an SDI account balance which is payable on demand without previous notice of intended withdrawal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.5   Designation of financial institutions as TT&amp;L depositaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Parties to the agreement.</I> To be designated as a TT&amp;L depositary, a financial institution must enter into a depositary agreement with Treasury or Treasury's Fiscal agent. By entering into this agreement, the financial institution agrees to be bound by this part, and procedural instructions issued pursuant to this part. Treasury will not compensate depositaries for servicing and maintaining a TT&amp;L account, or for processing tax payments through EFTPS or PATAX, unless otherwise provided for in procedural instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application procedures.</I> (1) An eligible financial institution seeking designation as a TT&amp;L depositary must file the forms specified in the procedural instructions with the TSC. A TT&amp;L depositary must elect to be one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A collector depositary;
</P>
<P>(ii) A retainer depositary;
</P>
<P>(iii) An investor depositary.
</P>
<P>(2) A financial institution is not authorized to maintain a TT&amp;L account, TIP main account balance, SDI account balance, or TIO account balance until the TSC designates it as a TT&amp;L depository.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.6   Obligations of TT&amp;L depositaries.</HEAD>
<P>A TT&amp;L depositary must:
</P>
<P>(a) Administer a TIP main account balance, SDI account balance, or TIO account balance, as applicable, if participating in the investment program.
</P>
<P>(b) Administer a TT&amp;L account, if participating in PATAX.
</P>
<P>(c) Comply with the requirements of Section 202 of Executive Order 11246, entitled “Equal Employment Opportunity” (3 CFR, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339) as amended by Executive Orders 11375 and 12086 (3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 684; 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 230), and the regulations issued thereunder at 41 CFR chapter 60.
</P>
<P>(d) Comply with the requirements of Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder at 41 CFR part 60-741, requiring Federal contractors to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(e) Comply with the requirements of Section 503 of the Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Assistance Act of 1972, as amended, 38 U.S.C. 4212, Executive Order 11701 (3 CFR 1971-1975 Comp., p. 752), and the regulations issued thereunder at 41 CFR parts 60-250 and 61-250, requiring Federal contractors to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified special disabled veterans and Vietnam-era veterans.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.7   Termination of agreement or change of election or option.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Termination by Treasury.</I> The Secretary may terminate the agreement of a TT&amp;L depositary at any time upon notice to that effect to that depositary, effective on the date set forth in the notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Termination or change of election or option by the depositary.</I> A TT&amp;L depositary may terminate its depositary agreement, or change its option or election, consistent with this part and the procedural instructions, by prior written notice to the TSC.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.8   Application of part and procedural instructions.</HEAD>
<P>The terms of this part and the procedural instructions issued pursuant to this part will be binding on financial institutions that process Federal tax payments or maintain a TT&amp;L account, TIP main account balance, SDI account balance, or a TIO account balance under this part. By accepting or originating Federal tax payments, the financial institution agrees to be bound by this part and by procedural instructions issued pursuant to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Electronic Federal Tax Payments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.9   Scope of the subpart.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes the rules that financial institutions must follow when they process electronic Federal tax payment transactions. A financial institution is not required to be designated as a TT&amp;L depositary in order to process electronic Federal tax payments. In addition, a financial institution does not become a TT&amp;L depositary by processing electronic Federal tax payments under this subpart and may not represent itself as a TT&amp;L depositary because it does so.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.10   Electronic payment methods.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Electronic payment methods for Federal tax payments available under this subpart include ACH debit entries, ACH credit entries, and same-day payments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions to making an electronic payment.</I> This part does not affect the authority of financial institutions to enter into contracts with their customers regarding the terms and conditions for processing payments, as long as the terms and conditions of those contracts are not inconsistent with this part and with any laws that apply to the particular transactions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Payment of interest for time value of funds held.</I> Treasury will not pay interest on any payment that a financial institution erroneously originates and that subsequently is refunded.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.11   Same-day reporting and payment mechanisms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A financial institution or its authorized correspondent may initiate same-day reporting and payment transactions on behalf of taxpayers. A same-day payment must be received by the FRB by the deadline established by Treasury in the procedural instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fedwire</I> ® <I>non-value transaction.</I> By initiating a Fedwire ® non-value transaction, a financial institution authorizes the TSC to debit its reserve account for the amount of the Federal tax payment specified in the transaction.
</P>
<P>(1) For an investor or retainer depositary using a Fedwire ® non-value transaction, the TSC will credit the Federal tax payment amount, up to the depositary's available TIP main account balance capacity, to the depositary's TIP main account balance on the day of the transaction. Throughout the course of the day, the TSC will debit from the depositary's reserve account, and credit to the TGA, any portion of a tax payment amount that would exceed the institution's available TIP main account balance capacity.
</P>
<P>(2) For a collector depositary or a non-TT&amp;L depositary financial institution using a Fedwire ® non-value transaction, the TSC will debit the financial institution's reserve account for the Federal tax payment amount and credit that amount to the TGA on the day of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cancellations and reversals.</I> In addition to cancellations due to insufficient funds in the financial institution's reserve account, the FRB may reverse a same-day transaction:
</P>
<P>(1) If the transaction:
</P>
<P>(i) Is originated by a financial institution after the deadline established by Treasury in the procedural instructions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has an unenrolled taxpayer identification number; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Does not meet the edit and format requirements set forth in the procedural instructions; or
</P>
<P>(2) At the direction of the IRS, for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(i) Incorrect taxpayer name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Overpayment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Unidentified payment; or
</P>
<P>(3) At the request of the financial institution that sent the same-day transaction, if the request is made prior to the payment day deadline established by Treasury in the procedural instructions.
</P>
<P>(d) Other than as stated in paragraph (c) of this section, Treasury is not obligated to reverse all or any part of a payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.12   EFTPS interest assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Circumstances subject to interest assessments.</I> Treasury may assess interest on a financial institution in instances where a taxpayer that failed to meet a tax due date proves to the IRS that the delivery of Federal tax payment instructions to the financial institution was timely and that the taxpayer satisfied the conditions imposed by the financial institution pursuant to § 203.10(b). Treasury also may assess interest where a financial institution fails to respond to an ACH prenotification entry on an ACH debit as required under part 210 of this title, or fails to originate an ACH prenotification or zero dollar entry on an ACH credit at a taxpayer's request, which then results in a late payment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Calculation of interest assessment.</I> Any interest assessed under this section will be at the TT&amp;L rate of interest. Treasury will assess the interest from the day the taxpayer specified that its payment should settle to the Treasury until the day Treasury receives the payment, subject to the following limitations: for ACH debit transactions, interest will be limited to no more than seven calendar days; For ACH credit and same-day transactions, interest will be limited to no more than 45 calendar days. The limitation of liability in this paragraph does not apply to any interest assessment in which there is an indication of fraud, the presentation of a false claim, or misrepresentation or embezzlement on the part of the financial institution or any employee or agent of the financial institution.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authorization to assess interest.</I> A financial institution that processes Federal tax payments made electronically under this subpart is deemed to authorize the TSC to debit its reserve account for any interest assessed under this section. Upon the direction of Treasury, the TSC will debit the financial institution's reserve account for the amount of the assessed interest.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Circumstances not resulting in the assessment of interest.</I> (1) Treasury will not assess interest on a taxpayer's financial institution if a taxpayer fails to meet a tax due date because the taxpayer has not satisfied conditions imposed by the financial institution pursuant to § 203.10(b) and the financial institution has not contributed to the delay. The burden is on the financial institution to establish, pursuant to the procedures in § 203.13, that the taxpayer has not satisfied the conditions and that the financial institution has not caused or contributed to the delay.
</P>
<P>(2) Treasury will not assess interest on a financial institution if a taxpayer fails to meet a tax due date because the FRB or the TFA caused a delay and the financial institution did not contribute to the delay. The burden is on the financial institution to establish, pursuant to the procedures in § 203.13, that it did not cause or contribute to the delay.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.13   Appeal and dispute resolution.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contest.</I> A financial institution may contest any interest assessed under § 203.12 or any late fees assessed under § 203.17. To do so, the financial institution must submit information supporting its position and the relief sought. The information must be received, in writing, by the Treasury officer or Fiscal agent identified in the procedural instructions, no later than 90 calendar days after the date the TSC debits the Federal reserve account of the financial institution under § 203.12 or § 203.17. The Treasury officer or Fiscal agent will make a decision to: Uphold, reverse, or modify the assessment, or mandate other action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Appeal.</I> The financial institution may appeal the decision referenced in subsection (a) to Treasury as set forth in the procedural instructions. No further administrative review of Treasury's decision is available under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Recoveries.</I> In the event of an over or under recovery of interest, principal, or late fees, Treasury will instruct the TSC to credit or debit the financial institution's reserve account.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—PATAX</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.14   Scope of the subpart.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to all TT&amp;L depositaries that accept FTD coupons and governs the acceptance and processing of those coupons.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.15   Tax deposits using FTD coupons.</HEAD>
<P>A TT&amp;L depositary processing FTD coupons may choose to be designated as a retainer depositary, an investor depositary, or a collector depositary. A TT&amp;L depositary that accepts FTD coupons through any of its offices that accept demand and/or savings deposits must:
</P>
<P>(a) Accept from a taxpayer that presents an FTD coupon: cash, a postal money order drawn to the order of the depositary, or a check or draft drawn on and to the order of the depositary, covering an amount to be deposited as Federal taxes. A TT&amp;L depositary may accept, at its discretion, a check drawn on another financial institution, but it does so at its option and absorbs for its own account any float and other costs involved.
</P>
<P>(b) Place a stamp impression on the face of each FTD coupon in the space provided. The stamp must reflect the date on which the TT&amp;L depositary received the tax deposit and the name and location of the depositary. The IRS will determine whether the tax payment is on time by referring to the date stamped on the FTD coupon.
</P>
<P>(c) Forward, each day, to the IRS Service Center serving the geographical area in which the TT&amp;L depositary is located, the FTD coupons for all FTD deposits received that day and a copy of the AOC reflecting the total amount of all FTD coupons.
</P>
<P>(d) Establish an adequate record of all FTD deposits prior to transmitting them to 36 the IRS Service Center so that the TT&amp;L depositary will be able to identify deposits in the event the FTD coupons are lost in shipment. To be adequate, the record must show, at a minimum for each deposit, the date of the deposit, the taxpayer identification number, the amount of the deposit, the tax period ending date, the type of tax deposited, and the employer name. Alternatively, the TT&amp;L depositary may retain a copy of each FTD coupon forwarded to the IRS Service Center.
</P>
<P>(e) On the business day following receipt of an FTD coupon, submit the AOC information electronically to the TSC.
</P>
<P>(f) Not accept compensation from taxpayers for accepting FTDs and handling them as required by this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.16   Retainer and investor depositaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Credit to TIP main account balance.</I> On the business day that the TSC receives an AOC from a retainer or investor depositary, the TSC will credit the depositary's TIP main account balance for the amount reported on the AOC unless there isn't sufficient capacity. In that case, any amount in excess of the capacity will be debited to the reserve account and credited to the TGA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Late delivery of AOC.</I> If an AOC does not arrive at the TSC before the designated cutoff time for receipt, the TSC will credit the amount of funds to the depositary's TIP main account balance as of the date of receipt of the AOC. However, the date on which funds will begin to earn interest for Treasury is the next business day after the AOC date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.17" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.17   Collector depositaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Debit to reserve account.</I> On the business day that the TSC receives an AOC from a collector depositary, the TSC will debit the depositary's reserve account for the amount reported on the AOC and credit that amount to Treasury's account.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Late delivery of AOC.</I> If an AOC does not arrive at the TSC before the designated cutoff time on the first business day after the AOC date, an FTD late fee in the form of interest at the TT&amp;L rate of interest will.be assessed for each day's delay in receipt of the AOC. Upon the direction of Treasury, the TSC will debit the depositary's reserve account for the amount of the late fee.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Investment Program and Collateral Security Requirements for TT&amp;L Depositaries</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.18" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.18   Scope of the subpart.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart governs the operation of the investment program, including the rules that TT&amp;L depositaries must follow in crediting and debiting TIP main account balances, SDI account balances, and TIO account balances, and pledging collateral security.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.19" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.19   Sources of balances.</HEAD>
<P>A financial institution must be a collector depositary that accepts term investments, an investor depositary, or a retainer depositary to participate in the investment program. Depositaries electing to participate in the investment program can receive Treasury's investments in obligations of the depositary from the following sources:
</P>
<P>(a) FTDs that have been credited to the depositary's TIP main account balance pursuant to subpart C of this part;
</P>
<P>(b) EFTPS ACH credit and debit transactions, Fedwire ® non-value transactions, and Fedwire ® value transfers pursuant to subpart B of this part;
</P>
<P>(c) Direct investments, SDIs, dynamic investments, and term investments pursuant to subpart D of this part; and
</P>
<P>(d) Other excess Treasury operating funds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.20   Investment account requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Additions.</I> Treasury will invest funds in obligations of collector depositaries that accept term investments, investor depositaries, or retainer depositaries. Such obligations will be in the form of open-ended interest-bearing notes, or in the case of term investments, interest-bearing notes maintained for a predetermined period of time, and additions and reductions will be reflected on the books of the TSC.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>PATAX.</I> The TSC will credit the TIP main account balance as stated in § 203.16(a) for an investor or retainer depositary processing tax deposits through PATAX.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>EFTPS</I>—(i) <I>ACH debit and ACH credit.</I> The TSC will credit a depositary's TIP main account balance, and credit the depositary's reserve account if capacity exists, for the amount of EFTPS ACH debit and credit entries on the day such entries settle.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Fedwire</I> ® <I>value and non-value transactions.</I> The TSC will credit a depositary's TIP main account balance if capacity exists, throughout the day on the day of settlement, for the amount of Fedwire ® value and non-value transactions. In the case of Fedwire ® value transactions, the depositary's reserve account will also be credited.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional offerings.</I> Other funds from Treasury may be offered from time to time to depositaries participating in the investment program through direct investments, SDIs, term investments, or other investment programs.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Withdrawals.</I> The amount of a TIP main account balance or SDI account balance is payable on demand without prior notice. The TSC will make calls for payment at the direction of the Secretary. On behalf of Treasury, the TSC will debit the depositary's reserve account on the day specified in the call for payment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Interest.</I> The TIP main account balance and the SDI account balance bear interest at the TT&amp;L rate of interest. Such interest is payable by a charge to the depositary's reserve account in the manner prescribed in the procedural instructions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Balance limits</I>—(1) <I>Retainer and investor depositaries.</I> A retainer or investor depositary must establish an initial balance limit for its TIP main account balance by providing notice to that effect in writing to the TSC. The balance limit is the amount of funds for which a retainer or investor depositary is willing to provide collateral in accordance with § 203.21(c)(1). The depositary must follow the procedural instructions before reducing the established balance limit unless the reduction results from a collateral revaluation as determined by the FRB. That portion of any PATAX or EFTPS tax payment which, when posted at the FRB, would cause the TIP main account balance to exceed the balance limit specified by the depositary, will be withdrawn by the FRB that day.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Direct investments.</I> An investor depositary that participates in direct investments must set a balance limit for direct investment purposes which is higher than the peak balance normally generated by the depositary's PATAX and EFTPS tax payment inflow. The depositary must follow the procedural instructions before reducing the established balance limit.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>SDIs.</I> SDIs are credited to the SDI account balance and are not considered in setting the amount of the TIP main account balance limit or in determining the amounts to be withdrawn where a depositary exceeds its TIP main account balance limit.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>TIO.</I> Treasury may, from time to time, invest excess operating funds in obligations of depositaries awarded funds under TIO. Such obligations will be in the form of interest-bearing notes payable upon a predetermined period of time not to exceed 90 days. Such notes will bear interest at a rate prescribed by the Secretary by auction or otherwise taking into consideration prevailing market interest rates.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.3.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.21   Collateral security requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Financial institutions that process EFTPS tax payments, but that are not TT&amp;L depositaries, have no collateral requirements under this part. Financial institutions that are TT&amp;L depositaries have collateral security requirements, as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Investor and retainer depositaries</I>—(1) <I>PATAX and EFTPS tax payments.</I> Investor and retainer depositaries must pledge collateral security in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(l), (d), and (e) of this section in an amount that is sufficient to cover the TIP main account balance and the balance in the TT&amp;L account that exceeds the recognized insurance coverage.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Direct investments.</I> An investor depositary is required to pledge collateral in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section no later than the day before a direct investment is placed. However, each investor depositary participating in same-day direct investments must pledge, prior to the announcement, collateral up to its balance limit to obtain the depositary's maximum portion of the same-day direct investment.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>SDIs.</I> The day before SDIs are credited to an investor depositary's SDI account balance, the depositary must pledge collateral security, in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(2), (d), and (e) of this section, to cover the total of the SDIs to be received.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>TIO.</I> Each depositary participating in the term investment program must pledge, prior to the time the term investment is placed, collateral in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2) for certain term investments as determined by Treasury, (d), and (e) of this section sufficient to cover the total TIO account balance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Collector depositaries.</I> Prior to crediting FTD deposits to the TT&amp;L account, a collector depositary must pledge collateral security, in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1), (d), and (e) of this section, in an amount which is sufficient to cover the balance in the TT&amp;L account that exceeds the recognized insurance coverage.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Deposits of securities.</I> (1) Collateral security required under paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (4) (except as provided in subparagraph (2) below), and (b) of this section must be deposited with the depositary's FRB, or with a custodian or custodians within the United States designated by the TSC or FRB, under terms and conditions prescribed by the TSC or FRB.
</P>
<P>(2) A depositary pledging collateral security as required under paragraph (a)(3) or paragraph (a)(4) (when permitted) of this section must pledge the collateral under a written security agreement on a form provided by the FRB. The collateral security pledged to satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) (when permitted) of this section may remain in the pledging depositary's possession provided that the pledging is evidenced by advices of custody incorporated by reference in the written security agreement. The depositary must provide the written security agreement and all advices of custody covering collateral security pledged under that agreement to the FRB. Collateral security pledged under the agreement may not be substituted for or released without the advance approval of the FRB, and any collateral security subject to the security agreement will remain so subject until an approved substitution is made. No substitution or release will be approved until an advice of custody containing the description required by the written security agreement is received by the FRB.
</P>
<P>(3) Treasury's security interest in collateral security pledged by a depositary in accordance with paragraphs (c)(2) of this section to secure SDIs and certain term investments is perfected without Treasury taking possession of the collateral security by filing or, absent filing, for a period not to exceed 20 calendar days from the day of the depositary's receipt of the special direct or term investment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Acceptable collateral.</I> The types of securities that may be used as collateral, and how those securities are valued, are set forth in 31 CFR part 380.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Assignment of securities.</I> By pledging acceptable securities which are not negotiable without the depositary's endorsement or assignment, a TT&amp;L depositary, in lieu of placing its unqualified endorsement on each security, appoints the FRB or its assigns as the depositary's attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority to endorse, assign or transfer the securities, and represents and warrants that an appropriate resolution authorizing the granting of such irrevocable power of attorney has been executed and adopted. The powers of attorney so granted are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable, and full power of substitution is granted to the assignee or holder.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effecting payments of principal and interest on securities or instruments pledged as collateral</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Treasury, without notice or demand, may sell or otherwise collect the proceeds of all or part of the collateral, including additions, substitutions, interest, and distribution of principal, and apply the proceeds to satisfy any claims of the United States against the depositary, if any of the following events occur:
</P>
<P>(i) The depositary fails to pay, when due, the whole or any part of the funds received by it for credit to the TT&amp;L account and, if applicable, its TIP main account balance, SDI account balance, or TIO account balance;
</P>
<P>(ii) The depositary fails to pay when due amounts owed to the United States or the United States Treasury;
</P>
<P>(iii) The depositary otherwise violates or fails to perform any of the terms of this part or any of the procedural instructions entered into hereunder; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The depositary is closed for business by regulatory action or by proper corporate action, or a receiver, conservator, liquidator, or any other officer is appointed for the depositary. All principal and interest payments on any security pledged to protect the TIP main account balance, the SDI account balance, the TIO account balance or the TT&amp;L account, as applicable, due as of the date of the insolvency or closure or thereafter becoming due, will be held separate and apart from any other assets and will constitute a part of the pledged security available to satisfy any claim of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Payment procedures.</I> (i) Subject to the waiver in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, each depositary (including, with respect to such depositary, an assignee for the benefit of creditors, a trustee in bankruptcy, or a receiver in equity) will, as soon as possible, remit to the FRB, as Fiscal agent, each payment of principal and/or interest received by it with respect to collateral pledged pursuant to this section. The remittance will be made no later than 10 days after receipt of such a payment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Subject to the waiver in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, each obligor on a security pledged by a depositary pursuant to this section, upon notification that Treasury is entitled to any payment associated with that pledged security, must make each payment of principal and/or interest due with respect to such security directly to the FRB, as Fiscal agent of the United States.
</P>
<P>(iii) The requirements of paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section are hereby waived for only so long as a pledging depositary avoids both termination from the program under § 203.7 and also those circumstances identified in paragraph (f)(1) which may lead to the collection of the proceeds of collateral or the waiver is otherwise terminated by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="204" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 204 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="205" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 205—RULES AND PROCEDURES FOR EFFICIENT FEDERAL-STATE FUNDS TRANSFERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 321, 3332, 3335, 6501, 6503. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 31885, May 10, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 205.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.1   What Federal assistance programs are covered by this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes rules for transferring funds between the Federal government and States for Federal assistance programs. This part applies to: 
</P>
<P>(1) All States as defined in § 205.2; and 
</P>
<P>(2) All Federal program agencies, except the Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) and its Federal assistance programs. 
</P>
<P>(b) Only programs listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance, as established by Chapter 61 of Title 31, United States Code (U.S.C) are covered by this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) This part does not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Payments made to States acting as vendors on Federal contracts, which are subject to the Prompt Payment Act of 1982, as amended, 31 U.S.C. 3901 <I>et seq.,</I> 5 CFR part 1315, and 48 CFR part 32; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Direct loans from the Federal government to States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.2   What definitions apply to this part?</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part: 
</P>
<P><I>Administrative costs</I> means expenses incurred by a State associated with managing a Federal assistance program. This term includes indirect costs. 
</P>
<P><I>Auditable</I> means records must be retained to allow for calculations outlined in the Treasury-State agreements to be reviewed and replicated for compliance purposes. States must maintain these records to be readily available, fully documented, and verifiable. 
</P>
<P><I>Authorized State official</I> means a person with the authority under the laws of a State to make commitments on behalf of the State for the purposes of this part, or that person's official designee as certified in writing. 
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means a day when Federal Reserve Banks are open. 
</P>
<P><I>Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA)</I> means the government-wide list of Federal assistance programs, projects, services, and activities which provide assistance or benefits to the American public. The listing includes financial and non-financial Federal assistance programs administered by agencies of the Federal government. 
</P>
<P><I>Clearance pattern</I> means a projection showing the daily amount subtracted from a State's bank account each day after the State makes a disbursement. For example, a State mailing out benefit checks may project that the percentage of checks cashed each day will be 0% for the first day, 10% for the second day, 80% on the third day, and 10% on the fourth day following issuance. Clearance patterns are used to schedule the transfer of funds with various funding techniques and to support interest calculations. 
</P>
<P><I>Compensating balance</I> means funds maintained in State bank accounts and/or State Treasurer bank accounts to offset the costs of bank services. 
</P>
<P><I>Current project cost</I> means a cost for which the State has recorded a liability on or after the day that the State last requested funds for the project. 
</P>
<P><I>Day</I> means a calendar day unless otherwise specified. 
</P>
<P><I>Default procedures</I> means efficient cash management practices that we prescribe for Federal funds transfers to a State if a Treasury-State agreement is not in place. 
</P>
<P><I>Disburse</I> means to issue a check or initiate an electronic funds transfer payment, or to provide access to benefits through an electronic benefits transfer. 
</P>
<P><I>Discretionary grant project</I> means a project for which a Federal Program Agency is authorized by law to exercise judgment in awarding a grant and in selecting a grantee, generally through a competitive process. 
</P>
<P><I>Dollar-weighted average day of clearance</I> means the day when, on a cumulative basis, 50 percent of funds have been paid out. To calculate the dollar-weighted average day of clearance for a clearance pattern: 
</P>
<P>(1) For each day, multiply the percentage of dollars paid out that day by the number of days that have elapsed since the payments were issued. For example, on the first day payments were issued, multiply the percentage of dollars paid out on that day by zero, since zero days have elapsed. On the day after payments were issued, multiply the percentage of dollars paid out on that day by one, since one day has elapsed; and so forth. 
</P>
<P>(2) Total the results from paragraph (1) of this definition. Round to the nearest whole number. This is the dollar-weighted average day of clearance. 
</P>
<P><I>Draw down</I> (verb) means a process in which a State requests and receives Federal funds. 
</P>
<P><I>Drawdown</I> (noun) means Federal funds requested and received by a State. 
</P>
<P><I>Electronic Funds Transfer</I> (EFT) means any transfer of funds, other than a transaction originated by cash, check, or similar paper instrument, that is initiated through an electronic terminal, telephone, computer, or magnetic tape, for the purpose of ordering, instructing, or authorizing a financial institution to debit or credit an account. 
</P>
<P><I>Estimate</I> means a projection of the needs of a Federal Assistance Program. 
</P>
<P><I>Federal assistance program</I> means a program included in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance where funds are transferred from the Federal government to a State. Federal assistance programs include cooperative agreements, but do not include vendor payments or direct loans. 
</P>
<P><I>Federal Program Agency</I> means an executive agency as defined by 31 U.S.C. 102, except the Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA), that issues and administers Federal assistance programs to States or cooperative agreements with States. 
</P>
<P><I>Federal-State agreement</I> means an agreement between a State and a Federal Program Agency specifying terms and conditions for carrying out a Federal assistance program or group of programs. This is different than a Treasury-State agreement. 
</P>
<P><I>Bureau of the Fiscal Service (we or us)</I> means the Bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury responsible for implementation of this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal year</I> means the twelve-month period that a State designates as its budget year.
</P>
<P><I>Grant</I> means, for purposes of this part, a funds transfer by the Federal government associated with a Federal assistance program listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance. 
</P>
<P><I>Indirect cost rate</I> means a formula that identifies the amount of indirect costs based on the amount of accrued direct costs. The applicable indirect cost rate shall be described in the Treasury-State agreement. 
</P>
<P><I>Indirect costs</I> means costs a State incurs that are necessary to the operation and performance of its Federal assistance programs, but that are not readily identifiable with a particular project or Federal assistance program. 
</P>
<P><I>Interest calculation costs</I> means those costs a State incurs in performing the actual calculation of interest liabilities, including those costs a State incurs in developing and maintaining clearance patterns in support of interest calculations. 
</P>
<P><I>Maintenance-of-effort</I> means a requirement that a State spend at least a specified amount of State funds for Federal assistance program purposes. 
</P>
<P><I>Major Federal assistance program</I> means a Federal assistance program which receives Federal funding in excess of the dollar thresholds found in Table A to § 205.5. 
</P>
<P><I>Obligational authority</I> means the existence of a definite commitment on the part of the Federal government to provide appropriated funds to a State to carry out specified programs, whether the commitment is executed before or after a State pays out funds for Federal assistance program purposes. 
</P>
<P><I>Pay out</I> means to debit the State's bank account. 
</P>
<P><I>Pay out funds for Federal Assistance Program Purposes</I> means, in the context of State payments, to debit a State account for the purpose of making a payment to: 
</P>
<P>(1) A person or entity that is not considered part of the State pursuant to the definition of “State” in this section; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A State entity that provides goods or services for the direct benefit or use of the payor State entity or the Federal government to further Federal assistance program goals. 
</P>
<P><I>Rebate</I> means funds returned to a State by third parties after a State has paid out those funds for Federal assistance program purposes. 
</P>
<P><I>Refund</I> means funds that a State recovers that it previously paid out for Federal assistance program purposes. Refunds include rebates received from third parties. 
</P>
<P><I>Refund transaction</I> means an entry to the record of a State bank account representing a single deposit of refunds. A refund transaction may consist of a single check or item, or a bundle of accumulated checks. 
</P>
<P><I>Related banking costs</I> means separately identified costs which are necessary and customary for maintaining an account in a financial institution, whether a commercial account or a State Treasurer account. Investment service fees and fees for credit-related services are not related banking costs. 
</P>
<P><I>Request for funds</I> means a State's request for funds that the State completes and submits in accordance with Federal Program Agency guidelines. 
</P>
<P><I>Reverse flow program</I> means a Federal assistance program, such as Supplemental Security Income (SSI), for which the Federal government makes payments to recipients on behalf of a State. 
</P>
<P><I>Revolving loan fund</I> means a pool of program funds managed by a State. States may loan funds from the pool to other entities in support of Federal assistance program goals. Investment income is earned on the funds that remain in the pool and on loans made from pool funds. A Federal Program Agency may require that all income derived from a revolving loan fund be used for Federal assistance program purposes. 
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the United States Department of the Treasury. We are the Secretary's representative in all matters concerning this part, unless otherwise specified. 
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, and the Virgin Islands. It includes any agency, instrumentality, or fiscal agent of a State that is legally and fiscally dependent on the State Executive, State Treasurer, or State Comptroller. 
</P>
<P>(1) A State agency or instrumentality is any organization of the primary government of the State financial reporting entity, as defined by generally accepted accounting principles. 
</P>
<P>(2) A fiscal agent of a State is an entity that pays, collects, or holds Federal funds on behalf of the State in furtherance of a Federal assistance program, excluding private nonprofit community organizations. 
</P>
<P>(3) Local governments, Indian Tribal governments, institutions of higher education, hospitals, and nonprofit organizations are excluded from the definition of State. 
</P>
<P><I>Treasury-State agreement</I> means a document describing the accepted funding techniques and methods for calculating interest and identifying the Federal assistance programs governed by this subpart A. 
</P>
<P><I>Trust fund for which the Secretary is the trustee</I> means a trust fund administered by the Secretary. 
</P>
<P><I>Vendor payment</I> means a funds transfer by a Federal Program Agency to a State to compensate the State for acting as a vendor on a Federal contract. 
</P>
<P><I>We</I> and <I>Us</I> means Bureau of the Fiscal Service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Rules Applicable to Federal Assistance Programs Included in a Treasury-State Agreement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.3   What Federal assistance programs are subject to this subpart A?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Generally, this subpart prescribes the rules that apply to Federal assistance programs which: 
</P>
<P>(1) Are listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance; 
</P>
<P>(2) Meet the funding threshold for a major Federal assistance program; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Are included in a Treasury-State agreement or default procedures. 
</P>
<P>(b) Upon a State's request, we will make additional Federal assistance programs subject to subpart A by lowering the funding threshold in the Treasury-State agreement. All of a State's programs that meet this lower threshold would be subject to this subpart A. 
</P>
<P>(c) We may make additional Federal assistance programs subject to subpart A if a State or Federal Program Agency fails to comply with subpart B of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.4   Are there any circumstances where a Federal assistance program that meets the criteria of § 205.3 would not be subject to this subpart A?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Federal assistance program that meets or exceeds the threshold for major Federal assistance programs in a State is not subject to this subpart A until it is included in a Treasury-State agreement or in default procedures. 
</P>
<P>(b) We and a State may agree to exclude components of a major Federal assistance program from interest calculations if the State administers the program through several State agencies and meets the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) The dollar amount of the exempted cash flow does not exceed 5% of the State's major Federal assistance program threshold and the total amount excluded under a single program by all State agencies administering the program does not exceed 10% of that Federal assistance program's total expenditures; 
</P>
<P>(2) If less than the total amount of Federal assistance program funding is subject to interest calculation procedures, the interest liabilities should be pro-rated to 100% of the Federal assistance program funding; 
</P>
<P>(3) A State may not use this exclusion if a Federal assistance program is administered by only one State agency; and 
</P>
<P>(4) We may request Federal assistance program specific data on funding levels to determine exemptions. 
</P>
<P>(c) We and a State may exclude a Federal assistance program from this subpart A if the Federal assistance program has been discontinued since the most recent Single Audit and the remaining funding is below the threshold, or if the Federal assistance program is funded by an award not limited to one fiscal year and the remaining Federal assistance program funding is below the State's threshold. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.5   What are the thresholds for major Federal assistance programs?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Table A of this section defines major Federal assistance programs based on the dollar amount of an individual Federal assistance program and the dollar amount of all Federal assistance being received by a State for all Federal assistance programs including non-cash programs. A State must locate the appropriate row in Column A based upon the total amount of Federal assistance received. In that same row, a State must apply the percentage from Column B to the dollar value of all its Federal assistance programs to determine the State's threshold for major Federal assistance programs. For example, if the total amount received by a State for all Federal assistance programs is $50 million, then that State's threshold for major Federal assistance programs is 6% of $50 million or $3 million. A State which receives more than $10 billion under Federal assistance programs will have a minimum default threshold of $60 million. 
</P>
<P>(b) To ensure adequate coverage of all State programs, a State must, on an annual basis, compare its program coverage using the percentage obtained from Table A to the program coverage which would result using a percentage which is half of the percentage obtained from Table A. For example, a State receiving $1 billion in Federal Assistance would use Table A to learn that its threshold level would be .60 percent of $1 billion. A State would compare program coverage at .60 percent of $1 billion to program coverage at .30 percent of $1 billion. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the comparison conducted under paragraph (b) of this section results in a reduction of program coverage that is greater than 10%, a State must lower its threshold, or add programs, until the difference is less than or equal to 10%. 
</P>
<P>(d) In accordance with § 205.3(b), a State may lower its threshold to include additional programs. All of a State's programs that meet this lower threshold would be subject to this subpart A. 
</P>
<P>(e) Unless specified otherwise, major Federal assistance programs must be determined from the most recent Single Audit data available.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A to § 205.5 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column A
<br/>Total amount of Federal Assistance for all programs per State: 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column B
<br/>Major Federal Assistance Program means any Federal assistance program that exceed these levels: 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Between zero and $100 million inclusive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.00 percent of the total amount of Federal assistance.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over $100 million but less than or equal to $10 billion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.60 percent of the total amount of Federal assistance.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over $10 billion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The greater of 0.30 percent of the total Federal assistance of $60 million.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.6   What is a Treasury-State agreement?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Treasury-State agreement documents the accepted funding techniques and methods for calculating interest agreed upon by us and a State and identifies the Federal assistance programs governed by this subpart A. If anything in a Treasury-State agreement is inconsistent with this subpart A, that part of the Treasury-State agreement will not have any effect and this subpart A will govern. 
</P>
<P>(b) A Treasury-State agreement will be effective until terminated unless we and a State agree to a specific termination date. We or a State may terminate a Treasury-State agreement on 30 days written notice. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.7   Can a Treasury-State agreement be amended?</HEAD>
<P>(a) We or a State may amend a Treasury-State agreement at any time if both we and the State agree in writing. 
</P>
<P>(b) The effective date of an amendment shall be the date both parties agree to the amendment in writing unless otherwise agreed to by both parties. 
</P>
<P>(c) We and a State must amend a Treasury-State agreement as needed to change or clarify its language when the terms of the existing agreement are either no longer correct or no longer applicable. A State must notify us in writing within 30 days of the time the State becomes aware of a change, describing the Federal assistance program change. The notification must include a proposed amendment for our review and a current list of all programs included in the Treasury-State agreement. Amendments may address, but are not limited to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Additions or deletions of Federal assistance programs subject to this subpart A; 
</P>
<P>(2) Changes in funding techniques; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Changes in clearance patterns. 
</P>
<P>(d) Additions or deletions to the list of Federal assistance programs subject to this subpart A take effect when a Treasury-State agreement is amended, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. 
</P>
<P>(e) Federal assistance programs that are to be added to a Treasury-State agreement are not subject to this subpart A until the Treasury-State agreement is amended, except when a Federal assistance program subject to this subpart A is being replaced by a Federal assistance program governed by subpart B of this part, in which case the replacement program is immediately subject to this subpart A. 
</P>
<P>(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, if no changes to the Treasury-State agreement are required, States must notify us annually. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.8   What if there is no Treasury-State agreement in effect?</HEAD>
<P>When a State does not have a Treasury-State agreement in effect, we will prescribe default procedures to implement this subpart A. The default procedures will prescribe efficient funds transfer procedures consistent with State and Federal law and identify the covered Federal assistance programs and designated funding techniques. When we and a State reach agreement on some but not all Federal assistance programs administered by the State, we and the State may enter into a Treasury-State agreement for all programs on which we are in agreement and we may prescribe default procedures governing those programs on which we are unable to reach agreement. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.9   What is included in a Treasury-State agreement?</HEAD>
<P>We will prescribe a uniform format for all Treasury-State agreements. A Treasury-State agreement must include, but is not limited to, the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) State agencies, instrumentalities, and fiscal agents that administer the Federal assistance programs subject to this subpart A. 
</P>
<P>(b) Federal assistance programs subject to this subpart A, consistent with §§ 205.3 and 205.4. A State must use its most recent Single Audit report as a basis for determining the funding thresholds for major Federal assistance programs, unless otherwise specified in the Treasury-State agreement. A State may use budget or appropriations data for a more recent period instead of Single Audit data, if specified in the Treasury-State agreement. 
</P>
<P>(c) Funding techniques to be applied to Federal assistance programs subject to this subpart A. 
</P>
<P>(d) Methods the State will use to develop and maintain clearance patterns and estimates, consistent with § 205.11. The method must include, at a minimum, a clear indication of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The data used; 
</P>
<P>(2) The sources of the data; 
</P>
<P>(3) The development process;
</P>
<P>(4) For estimates, when and how the State will update the estimate to reflect the most recent data available; 
</P>
<P>(5) For estimates, when and how the State will make adjustments, if any, to reconcile the difference between the estimate and the State's actual cash needs; and 
</P>
<P>(6) Any assumptions, standards, or conventions used in converting the data into the clearance pattern or estimate. 
</P>
<P>(e) Federal Program Agency provisions requiring reconciliation of estimates to actual outlays may be included in a Treasury-State agreement. The supporting documentation must be retained by the State for three years. 
</P>
<P>(f) States must include the results of the clearance pattern process in the Treasury-State agreement for programs where the timing of drawdowns is based on clearance patterns. For programs where the timing of drawdowns is not based on clearance patterns, the results of the clearance pattern process may be provided with the annual report required under § 205.26. The supporting documentation must be retained by the State for three years. 
</P>
<P>(g) Methods used by the State and Federal agencies to calculate interest liabilities pursuant to this subpart A. The method must include, but is not limited to, a clear indication of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The data used; 
</P>
<P>(2) The sources of the data; 
</P>
<P>(3) The calculation process; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Any assumptions, standards, or conventions used in converting the data into the interest liability amounts. 
</P>
<P>(h) Treasury-State agreements must include language describing how a State and Federal Program Agency will address a State request for supplemental funding. This language must include, but is not limited to, the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(1) What constitutes a timely request for supplemental funds for Federal assistance program purposes by a State; and 
</P>
<P>(2) What constitutes a timely transfer of supplemental funds for Federal assistance program purposes from a Federal Program Agency to a State. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.10   How do you document funding techniques?</HEAD>
<P>The Treasury-State agreement must include a concise description for each funding technique that a State will use. The description must include the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) What constitutes a timely request for funds; 
</P>
<P>(b) How the State determines the amount of funds to request; 
</P>
<P>(c) What procedures are used to project or reconcile estimates with actual and immediate cash needs; 
</P>
<P>(d) What constitutes the timely receipt of funds; and 
</P>
<P>(e) Whether a State or Federal interest liability accrues when the funding technique, including any associated procedure for projection or reconciliation, is properly applied. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.11   What requirements apply to funding techniques?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State and a Federal Program Agency must minimize the time elapsing between the transfer of funds from the United States Treasury and the State's payout of funds for Federal assistance program purposes, whether the transfer occurs before or after the payout of funds. 
</P>
<P>(b) A State and a Federal Program Agency must limit the amount of funds transferred to the minimum required to meet a State's actual and immediate cash needs. 
</P>
<P>(c) A State must not draw down funds from its account in the Unemployment Trust Fund (UTF) or from a Federal account in the UTF in advance of actual immediate cash needs for any purpose including maintaining a compensating balance. 
</P>
<P>(d) A Federal Program Agency must allow a State to submit requests for funds daily. This requirement should not be construed as a change to Federal Program Agency guidelines defining a properly completed request for funds. 
</P>
<P>(e) In accordance with the electronic funds transfer provisions of the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (31 U.S.C. 3332), a Federal Program Agency must use electronic funds transfer methods to transfer funds to States unless a waiver is available. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.12   What funding techniques may be used?</HEAD>
<P>(a) We and a State may negotiate the use of mutually agreed upon funding techniques. We may deny interest liability if a State does not use a mutually agreed upon funding technique. Funding techniques should be efficient and minimize the exchange of interest between States and Federal agencies. 
</P>
<P>(b) We and a State may base our agreement on the sample funding techniques listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) of this section, or any other technique upon which both parties agree. 
</P>
<P>(1) Zero balance accounting means that a Federal Program Agency transfers the actual amount of Federal funds to a State that are paid out by the State each day. 
</P>
<P>(2) Projected clearance means that a Federal Program Agency transfers to a State the projected amount of funds that the State pays out each day. The projected amount paid out each day is determined by applying a clearance pattern to the total amount the State will disburse. 
</P>
<P>(3) Average clearance means that a Federal Program Agency, on the dollar-weighted average day of clearance of a disbursement, transfers to a State a lump sum equal to the actual amount of funds that the State is paying out. The dollar-weighted average day of clearance is the day when, on a cumulative basis, 50 percent of the funds have been paid out. The dollar-weighted average day of clearance is calculated from a clearance pattern, consistent with § 205.20. 
</P>
<P>(4) Cash advance (pre-issuance or post-issuance) funding means that a Federal Program Agency transfers the actual amount of Federal funds to a State that will be paid out by the State, in a lump sum, not more than three business days prior to the day the State issues checks or initiates EFT payments. 
</P>
<P>(5) Reimbursable funding means that a Federal Program Agency transfers Federal funds to a State after that State has already paid out the funds for Federal assistance program purposes. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.13   How do you determine when State or Federal interest liability accrues?</HEAD>
<P>(a) State or Federal interest liability may or may not accrue when mutually agreed to funding techniques are applied, depending on the terms of the Treasury-State agreement. 
</P>
<P>(b) We and a State may agree in a Treasury-State agreement that no State or Federal interest liability will accrue for indirect costs or indirect allocated costs based on an indirect cost rate. This indirect cost must be consistent with OMB Circular A-87 (For availability, see 5 CFR 1310.3.) and be in accordance with this subpart A. The indirect cost rate may be a Statewide indirect cost rate or a public assistance cost rate, where appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.14   When does Federal interest liability accrue?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Federal interest liabilities may accrue in accordance with the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Federal Program Agency incurs interest liability if a State pays out its own funds for Federal assistance program purposes with valid obligational authority under Federal law, Federal regulation, or Federal-State agreement. A Federal interest liability will accrue from the day a State pays out its own funds for Federal assistance program purposes to the day Federal funds are credited to a State bank account. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a State pays out its own funds for Federal assistance program purposes without obligational authority, the Federal Program Agency will incur an interest liability if obligational authority subsequently is established. However, if the lack of obligational authority is the result of the failure of the State to comply with a Federal Program Agency requirement established by statute, regulation, or agreement, interest liability may be denied. A Federal interest liability will accrue from the day a State pays out its own funds for Federal assistance program purposes to the day Federal funds are credited to a State bank account.
</P>
<P>(3) If a State pays out its own funds prior to the day a Federal Program Agency officially notifies the State in writing that a discretionary grant project is approved, the Federal Program Agency does not incur an interest liability, notwithstanding any other provision of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) If a State pays out its own funds prior to the availability of Federal funds authorized or appropriated for a future Federal fiscal year, the Federal Program Agency does not incur an interest liability, notwithstanding any other provision of this section. 
</P>
<P>(5) If a State fails to request funds timely as set forth in § 205.29, or otherwise fails to apply a funding technique properly, we may deny any resulting Federal interest liability, notwithstanding any other provision of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Federal Program Agency programs that have specific payment dates set by the Federal Program Agency that create interest liabilities are subject to this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) States must adhere to Federal Program Agency disbursement schedules when requesting funds. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, we may deny a State's claim for Federal interest liability for the period prior to a late drawdown request. States must time their funds drawdown so that it does not create Federal interest liability. The drawdown request must allow the Federal Program Agency sufficient time to meet its disbursement schedule. If the Federal Program Agency does not make a timely payout in accordance with the terms of the Treasury-State agreement, a State may submit a claim for interest liability. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.15   When does State interest liability accrue?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> State interest liability may accrue if Federal funds are received by a State prior to the day the State pays out the funds for Federal assistance program purposes. State interest liability accrues from the day Federal funds are credited to a State account to the day the State pays out the Federal funds for Federal assistance program purposes. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Refunds.</I> (1) A State incurs interest liability on refunds of Federal funds from the day the refund is credited to a State account to the day the refund is either paid out for Federal assistance program purposes or credited to the Federal government. 
</P>
<P>(2) We and a State may agree, in a Treasury-State agreement, that a State does not incur an interest liability on refunds in refund transactions under $50,000. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception to the general rule.</I> A State does not incur an interest liability to the Federal government if a Federal statute requires the State to retain or use for Federal assistance program purposes the interest earned on Federal funds, notwithstanding any other provision in this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Mandatory matching of Federal funds.</I> In programs utilizing mandatory matching of Federal funds with State funds, a State must not arbitrarily assign its earliest costs to the Federal government. A State incurs interest liabilities if it draws Federal funds in advance and/or in excess of the required proportion of agreed upon levels of State contributions in programs utilizing mandatory matching of Federal funds with State funds. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.16   What special rules apply to Federal assistance programs and projects funded by the Federal Highway Trust Fund?</HEAD>
<P>The following applies to Federal assistance programs and projects funded out of the Federal Highway Trust Fund, notwithstanding any other provision of this part: 
</P>
<P>(a) A State must request funds at least weekly for current project costs, or Federal interest liability will not accrue prior to the day a State submits a request for funds. 
</P>
<P>(b) If a State pays out its own funds in the absence of a project agreement or in excess of the Federal obligation in a project agreement, the Federal Program Agency will not incur an interest liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.17" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.17   Are funds transfers delayed by automated payment systems restrictions based on the size and timing of the drawdown request subject to this part?</HEAD>
<P>Funds transfers delayed due to payment processes that automatically reject drawdown requests that fall outside a pre-determined set of parameters are subject to this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.18" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.18   Are administrative costs subject to this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State and Fiscal Service may agree, in a Treasury-State agreement, to the following funding conventions for indirect costs and administrative costs: 
</P>
<P>(1) The State will draw down a prorated amount of administrative costs on the date of the State payday. For example, the State would draw one-third of its quarterly administrative costs if payroll is monthly, or one-sixth of its quarterly administrative costs if payroll is semi-monthly. 
</P>
<P>(2) If an indirect cost rate is applied to a program, the State will include a proportionate share of the indirect cost allowance on each drawdown by applying the indirect cost rate to the appropriate direct costs on each drawdown. 
</P>
<P>(3) If costs must be allocated to various programs pursuant to a labor distribution or other system under an approved cost allocation plan, the State will draw down funds to meet cash outlay requirements based on the most recent, certified cost allocations, with subsequent adjustments made pursuant to the actual allocation of costs. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, no interest liabilities will be incurred or calculated for indirect costs and administrative costs, provided the funding conventions described in paragraph (a) of this section are properly applied. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.19" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.19   How is interest calculated?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State must calculate Federal interest liabilities and State interest liabilities for each Federal assistance program subject to this subpart A. 
</P>
<P>(b) The interest rate for all interest liabilities for each Federal assistance program subject to this subpart A is the annualized rate equal to the average equivalent yields of 13-week Treasury Bills auctioned during a State's fiscal year. We provide this rate to each State. 
</P>
<P>(c) A State must calculate and report interest liabilities on the basis of its fiscal year. A State must ensure that its interest calculations are auditable and retain a record of the calculations. 
</P>
<P>(d) As set forth in § 205.9, a Treasury-State agreement must include the method a State uses to calculate and document interest liabilities. 
</P>
<P>(e) A State may use actual data, a clearance pattern, or statistical sampling to calculate interest. A clearance pattern used to calculate interest must meet the standards of § 205.20. If a State uses statistical sampling to calculate interest, the State must sample transactions separately for each Federal assistance program subject to this subpart A. Each sample must be representative of the pool of transactions and be of sufficient size to accurately represent the flow of Federal funds under the Federal assistance program, including seasonal or other periodic variations. 
</P>
<P>(f) For the first year in which a Federal assistance program is covered in a Treasury-State agreement, funds transfers that occur prior to the first day of the State's fiscal year must not be included in interest calculations and are not subject to the interest liability provisions of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.20   What is a clearance pattern?</HEAD>
<P>States use clearance patterns to project when funds are paid out, given a known dollar amount and a known date of disbursement. A State must ensure that clearance patterns meet the following standards: 
</P>
<P>(a) A clearance pattern must be auditable. 
</P>
<P>(b) A clearance pattern must accurately represent the flow of Federal funds under the Federal assistance programs to which it is applied. 
</P>
<P>(c) A clearance pattern must include seasonal or other periodic variations in clearance activity. 
</P>
<P>(d) A clearance pattern must be based on at least three consecutive months of disbursement data, unless additional data is required to accurately represent the flow of Federal funds. 
</P>
<P>(e) If a State uses statistical sampling to develop a clearance pattern, the sample size must be sufficient to ensure a 96 percent confidence interval no more than plus or minus 0.25 weighted days above or below the estimated mean. 
</P>
<P>(f) A clearance pattern must extend, at a minimum, until 99 percent of the dollars in a disbursement have been paid out for Federal assistance program purposes. 
</P>
<P>(g) We and a State may agree to other procedures, such as estimates to project when funds are paid out when the dollar amount and/or the timing of disbursements are not known. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.21   When may clearance patterns be used?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State may develop a clearance pattern for: 
</P>
<P>(1) An individual Federal assistance program; 
</P>
<P>(2) A logical group of Federal assistance programs that have the same disbursement method and type of payee;
</P>
<P>(3) A bank account; 
</P>
<P>(4) A specific type of payment, such as payroll or vendor payments; or 
</P>
<P>(5) Anything that is agreed upon by us and a State. If a clearance pattern is used for multiple Federal assistance programs, a State must apply the clearance pattern separately to each Federal assistance program when scheduling funds transfers or calculating interest. 
</P>
<P>(b) As set forth in § 205.9, a Treasury-State agreement must include the method a State uses to develop and maintain clearance patterns. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.22   How are accurate clearance patterns maintained?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a State has knowledge, at any time, that a clearance pattern no longer reflects a Federal assistance program's actual clearance activity, or if a Federal assistance program undergoes operational changes that may affect clearance activity, the State must notify us, develop a new clearance pattern, and certify that the new pattern corresponds to the Federal assistance program's clearance activity. Clearance patterns will remain in effect until a new clearance pattern is certified. 
</P>
<P>(b) An authorized State official must certify that a clearance pattern corresponds to the clearance activity of the Federal assistance program to which it is applied. An authorized State official must re-certify the accuracy of a clearance pattern at least every five years. If a State develops a clearance pattern for a bank account or a specific type of payment, or on another basis, as set forth in § 205.21, we may prescribe other requirements for re-certifying the accuracy of the clearance pattern. A State can begin to use a new clearance pattern on the date the new clearance pattern is certified. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.23   What requirements apply to estimates?</HEAD>
<P>The following requirements apply when we and a State negotiate a mutually agreed upon funds transfer procedure based on an estimate of the State's immediate cash needs: 
</P>
<P>(a) The State must ensure that the estimate reasonably represents the flow of Federal funds under the Federal assistance program or program component to which the estimate applies. The estimate must take into account seasonal or other periodic variations in activity throughout the period for which the Federal funds are available. 
</P>
<P>(b) As set forth in §§ 205.9 and 205.10, a Treasury-State agreement must include the method a State uses to develop, maintain, and document the estimate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.24   How are accurate estimates maintained?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a State has knowledge that an estimate does not reasonably correspond to the State's cash needs for a Federal assistance program or program component, or if a Federal assistance program undergoes operational changes that may affect cash needs, the State must immediately notify us in writing. We and the State will amend the funding technique provisions in the Treasury-State agreement or take other mutually agreed upon corrective action. 
</P>
<P>(b) When estimates are properly updated and applied, a State or Federal interest liability may or may not accrue, depending on the terms of the Treasury-State agreement. 
</P>
<P>(c) We may require a State to justify in writing that it is not feasible to use a more efficient basis for determining the amount of funds to be transferred under the Federal assistance program or program component to which an estimate is applied. We may prescribe requirements for certifying the reasonableness of an estimate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.25   How does this part apply to certain Federal assistance programs or funds?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Special rules apply to certain Federal assistance programs or funds described in this section. To the extent the provisions of this section are inconsistent with other provisions of this part, this section applies. 
</P>
<P>(b) A State's interest liability on funds withdrawn from its account in the UTF equals the actual interest earned on such funds less the related banking costs. Actual interest earned does not include non-cash bank earnings. If funds withdrawn from the State account in the UTF are commingled with other funds, a proportionate share of interest earnings and banking costs must be allocated to the funds withdrawn from the State account. Interest liabilities on funds withdrawn from a Federal account in the UTF, except the Federal Unemployment Account, are calculated in accordance with § 205.19. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supplemental Security Income.</I> (1) Except as provided in 42 U.S.C. 1382e(d), the Federal government incurs an interest liability from the day State funds are credited to the Federal government's account to the day a Federal Program Agency pays out the State funds for Federal assistance program purposes. A State incurs an interest liability from the day a Federal Program Agency pays out Federal funds for Federal assistance program purposes to the day State funds are credited to the Federal government's account. 
</P>
<P>(2) Interest liability must be calculated on the difference between a State's monthly Supplemental Security Income payment and the State's actual liability for the month.
</P>
<P>(3) The Federal government will not incur interest liabilities on refunds of State funds under the Supplemental Security Income Program. 
</P>
<P>(4) Administrative fees charged by the Social Security Administration to States under the Supplemental Security Income program are not subject to this part. 
</P>
<P>(5) Supplemental State payments made in conjunction with Supplemental Security Income are not subject to this part. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Funds collected under the Child Support Enforcement Program.</I> (1) Funds collected by States from absent parents pursuant to Title IV-D of the Social Security Act are not subject to this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) Interest earned by States on undistributed collections must be treated as Federal assistance program income under 45 CFR 304.50(b) and is not subject to this part. 
</P>
<P>(3) Late payment fees collected by States from absent parents are not subject to interest liabilities under this part and are not subject to this part. However, such fees must be treated as Federal assistance program income in accordance with 45 CFR 302.75(b)(6). 
</P>
<P>(e) A State that earns interest on Special Supplemental Food Program for Women, Infants, and Children rebates is not subject to interest liability if the funds earned are used for Federal assistance program purposes. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Revolving Loan Funds.</I> (1) This part applies to any transfer of funds from the Federal Program Agency to the State for the Revolving Loan Fund. 
</P>
<P>(2) This part does not apply to interest a State earns on Revolving Loan Funds when Federal Program Agency regulations require that all interest earned on invested funds be used for Federal assistance program purposes. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.26   What are the requirements for preparing Annual Reports?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State must submit to us an Annual Report accounting for State and Federal interest liabilities of the State's most recently completed fiscal year. Adjustments to the Annual Report must be limited to the two State fiscal years prior to the State fiscal year covered by the report. The authorized State official must certify the accuracy of a State's Annual Report. A signed original of the Annual Report must be received by December 31 of the year in which the State's fiscal year ends. We will provide copies of Annual Reports to Federal agencies. We will prescribe the format of the Annual Report, and may prescribe that the Annual Report be submitted by electronic means. 
</P>
<P>(b) A State must submit a description and supporting documentation for liability claims greater than $5,000. This information must include the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The amount of funds requested; 
</P>
<P>(2) The date the funds were requested; 
</P>
<P>(3) The date the funds were paid out for Federal assistance program purposes; 
</P>
<P>(4) The date the funds were received by the State; and 
</P>
<P>(5) The date of award. 
</P>
<P>(c) A State claiming reimbursement of Interest Calculation Costs must submit its claim with its Annual Report in accordance with § 205.27. An authorized State official must certify the accuracy of a State's claim for Interest Calculation Costs. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.27   How are Interest Calculation Costs calculated?</HEAD>
<P>(a) We will compensate a State annually for the costs of calculating interest, including the cost of developing and maintaining clearance patterns in support of interest calculations, pursuant to this subpart A, subject to the conditions and limitations of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) We may deny an interest calculation cost claim if a State does not: 
</P>
<P>(1) Have a Treasury-State agreement with us, as set forth in §§ 205.6 through 205.9; 
</P>
<P>(2) Submit timely a Treasury-State agreement, as set forth in §§ 205.6 through 205.9; 
</P>
<P>(3) Submit timely an updated list of Federal assistance programs subject to this subpart A, as set forth in §§ 205.6 through 205.9; 
</P>
<P>(4) Submit timely a claim for Interest Calculation Costs with its Annual Report, as set forth in § 205.26; or 
</P>
<P>(5) Submit timely its Annual Report, as set forth in § 205.26. 
</P>
<P>(c) A State must maintain documentation to substantiate its claim for Interest Calculation Costs. We may require a State to provide documentation to support its interest calculation cost claims. We will review all interest calculation cost claims for reasonableness. If we determine that a cost claim is unreasonable, we will not reimburse a State for that cost, notwithstanding any other provision of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Eligibility and treatment of Interest Calculation Costs.</I> (1) Interest Calculation Costs do not include expenses for normal disbursing services, such as processing checks or maintaining records for accounting and reconciliation of cash accounts, or expenses for upgrading or modernizing accounting systems.
</P>
<P>(2) Interest Calculation Costs in excess of $50,000 in any year are not eligible for reimbursement, unless a State can justify to us that the State is unable to develop and maintain clearance patterns in support of interest calculations, or perform the actual calculation of interest, without incurring such costs. Supporting documentation must accompany State requests for reimbursement in excess of $50,000. 
</P>
<P>(3) Interest Calculation Costs that a State incurs in fiscal years prior to its most recently completed Annual Report are not eligible for reimbursement. 
</P>
<P>(4) A State must not include Interest Calculation Costs in its Statewide cost allocation plan, as defined and provided for in OMB Circular A-87. All costs incurred by a State to implement this subpart A, other than Interest Calculation Costs, are subject to the procedures and principles of OMB Circular A-87. 
</P>
<P>(e) The payments from the Federal government to individual States to offset Interest Calculation Costs incurred are funded from the aggregate interest payments States make to the Federal government. The following limitations apply: 
</P>
<P>(1) We will not reduce or adjust interest liabilities for Federal assistance programs funded out of trust funds for which the Secretary is trustee. These programs include, but are not limited to, Unemployment Insurance Trust Fund (CFDA 17.225); Highway &amp; Planning Trust Fund (CFDA 20.205); Airport Improvement Trust Fund (CFDA 20.106); Federal Transit Capital Improvement Trust Fund (CFDA 20.500); Federal Transit Capital &amp; Operating Assistance Trust Fund (CFDA 20.507); and Social Security—Disability Insurance Trust Fund (CFDA 96.001); and 
</P>
<P>(2) The aggregate payments from the Federal government to States to offset Interest Calculation Costs will not be greater than the aggregate interest payments States make to the Federal government. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.28" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.28   How are interest payments exchanged?</HEAD>
<P>(a) We offset the adjusted total State interest liability and the adjusted total Federal interest liability for each State to determine the net interest payable to or from each specific State. The payment of net interest and any Interest Calculation Costs, as set forth in § 205.27, for the most recently completed fiscal year must occur no later than March 31. We will notify a State of the final net interest liability. A State must submit a claim to receive payment. 
</P>
<P>(b) A State may appeal a decision by us on interest liabilities and interest calculation cost claims in accordance with § 205.31. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a State appeals the amount of interest payable in accordance with the provisions of § 205.31, payment must occur by March 31 for any portions not subject to the appeal. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Federal government will not be liable for interest on any payment of interest to a State. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.29" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.29   What are the State oversight and compliance responsibilities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State must designate an official representative with the statutory or administrative authority to coordinate all interaction with the Federal government concerning this subpart A, and must notify us in writing of the representative's name and title. A State must notify us immediately of any change in the official representative. 
</P>
<P>(b) A State must maintain records supporting interest calculations, clearance patterns, Interest Calculation Costs, and other functions directly pertinent to the implementation and administration of this subpart A for audit purposes. A State must retain the records for each fiscal year for three years from the date the State submits its Annual Report, or until any pending dispute or action involving the records and documents is completed, whichever is later. We, the Comptroller General, and the Inspector General or other representative of a Federal Program Agency must have the right of access to, and may require submission of, all records for the purpose of verifying interest calculations, clearance patterns, interest calculation cost claims, and the State's accounting for Federal funds. 
</P>
<P>(c) A State's implementation of this subpart A is subject to audit in accordance with 31 U.S.C. Chapter 75, “Requirements for Single Audits.” 
</P>
<P>(d) If a State repeatedly or deliberately fails to request funds in accordance with the procedures established for its funding techniques, as set forth in § 205.11, § 205.12, or a Treasury-State agreement, we may deny the State payment or credit for the resulting Federal interest liability, notwithstanding any other provision of this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) If a State materially fails to comply with this subpart A, we may, in addition to the action described in paragraph (d) of this section, take one or more of the following actions, as appropriate under the circumstances: 
</P>
<P>(1) Deny the reimbursement of all or a part of the State's interest calculation cost claim; 
</P>
<P>(2) Send notification of the non-compliance to the affected Federal Program Agency for appropriate action, including, where appropriate, a determination regarding the impact of non-compliance on program funding; 
</P>
<P>(3) Request a Federal Program Agency or the General Accounting Office to conduct an audit of the State to determine interest owed to the Federal government, and to implement procedures to recover such interest; 
</P>
<P>(4) Initiate a debt collection process to recover claims owed to the United States; or 
</P>
<P>(5) Take other remedies legally available. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.30" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.30   What are the Federal oversight and compliance responsibilities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Federal Program Agency must designate an official representative to coordinate all interaction with us and the States concerning this subpart A, and must notify us in writing of the representative's name and title. A Federal Program Agency must notify us immediately of any change in the official representative. 
</P>
<P>(b) A Federal Program Agency's implementation of this subpart A is subject to review pursuant to procedural instructions that we issue. 
</P>
<P>(c) We will consult with Federal agencies as necessary and appropriate before entering into or amending a Treasury-State agreement. 
</P>
<P>(d) We will distribute Annual Reports to Federal agencies, as set forth in § 205.26. Upon our request, a Federal Program Agency must review a State's Annual Report for reasonableness and must report its findings to us within 30 days. 
</P>
<P>(e) A Federal Program Agency must notify us in writing if the program agency has knowledge, at any time, that:
</P>
<P>(1) A State's clearance pattern does not correspond to a Federal assistance program's clearance activity; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Corrective action needs to be taken by a State, us, or another Federal Program Agency, with respect to the implementation of this subpart. We will notify the State or Federal Program Agency as appropriate in writing with a description of the Federal Program Agency's assertion. 
</P>
<P>(f) A Federal Program Agency must notify us in writing of new Federal assistance programs listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance. 
</P>
<P>(g) If a Federal Program Agency causes an interest liability by failing to comply with this subpart A, we may collect a charge from the Federal Program Agency. A Federal interest liability resulting from circumstances beyond the control of a Federal Program Agency does not constitute noncompliance. We will determine the charge using the following procedures: 
</P>
<P>(1) We will issue a Notice of Assessment to the Federal Program Agency, indicating the nature of the noncompliance, the amount of the charge, the manner in which it was calculated, and the right to file an appeal. 
</P>
<P>(2) To the maximum extent practicable, a Federal Program Agency must pay a charge for noncompliance out of appropriations available for the Federal Program Agency's operations and not from the Federal Program Agency's program funds. 
</P>
<P>(3) If a Federal Program Agency does not pay a charge for noncompliance within 45 days after receiving a Notice of Assessment, we will debit the appropriate Federal Program Agency account. 
</P>
<P>(4) In the event a Federal Program Agency appeals a charge imposed under the Notice of Assessment, we will defer the charge until we decide the appeal. If we deny the appeal, the effective date of the charge may be retroactive to the date indicated in the Notice of Assessment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.31" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.1.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.31   How does a State or Federal Program Agency appeal a determination made by us and resolve disputes?</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section documents the procedures for: 
</P>
<P>(1) A State to appeal the net interest charge that we have assessed; 
</P>
<P>(2) A State to appeal a determination we have made regarding the State's claim for Interest Calculation Costs in accordance with § 205.27; 
</P>
<P>(3) A Federal Program Agency to appeal a charge for noncompliance that we have assessed in accordance with § 205.30; or 
</P>
<P>(4) A State or a Federal Program Agency to resolve other disputes with us or between or among each other concerning the implementation of this subpart A. 
</P>
<P>(b) A State or Federal Program Agency must submit a written petition (Petition) to the Assistant Commissioner, Federal Finance, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, (Assistant Commissioner), within 90 days of the date of the notice of assessment or the event that initiated the appeal or dispute. The Petition must include a concise factual statement, not to exceed 15 pages, with supporting documentation in the appendices, of the conditions forming the basis of the Petition and the action requested of the Assistant Commissioner. In the case of a dispute, the party submitting the petition to us must concurrently provide a copy of the petition to the other concerned parties. The other concerned parties may submit to the Assistant Commissioner a rebuttal within 90 days of the date of the petition. The rebuttal must include a concise factual statement, not to exceed 15 pages, with supporting documentation in the appendices. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Assistant Commissioner will review the Petition, any rebuttal, and all supporting documentation. As part of the review process, the Assistant Commissioner may request to meet with any or all parties and may request additional information. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Assistant Commissioner will issue a written decision within the later of 120 days of the date of the Petition or the rebuttal, in case of a dispute, or 120 days from receipt of any additional information. The Assistant Commissioner's decision will be the final program agency action on our part for purposes of judicial review procedures under the Administrative Procedures Act, 5 U.S.C. 701-706 (APA), unless either the State or Federal Program Agency invokes the provisions of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1990 (ADRA), 5 U.S.C. 581-593. 
</P>
<P>(e) Either a State or Federal Program Agency may seek to invoke the provisions of the ADRA within 45 days after the date of the Assistant Commissioner's written decision. 
</P>
<P>(1) The party invoking the ADRA must notify the Assistant Commissioner and any other concerned parties in writing. If all parties, including the Assistant Commissioner, agree in writing, a neutral party appointed under the provisions of the ADRA may assist in resolving the dispute through the use of alternate means of dispute resolution as defined in the ADRA. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the party invoking the ADRA is unable to reach a satisfactory resolution, the Assistant Commissioner's decision will be the final agency action on our part for purposes of the judicial review procedures under the APA. 
</P>
<P>(f) Any amount due as a result of an appeal or dispute must be paid within 30 days of the date of the decision of the Assistant Commissioner or the date of the resolution under the ADRA. If a State fails to pay, the State will be subject to collection techniques under 31 U.S.C. 3701 <I>et seq.,</I> including accrual of interest on outstanding balances and administrative offset. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Rules Applicable to Federal Assistance Programs Not Included in a Treasury-State Agreement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.32" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.32   What Federal assistance programs are subject to this subpart B?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart B applies to all Federal assistance programs listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance that are not subject to subpart A of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.33" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.33   How are funds transfers processed?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State must minimize the time between the drawdown of Federal funds from the Federal government and their disbursement for Federal program purposes. A Federal Program Agency must limit a funds transfer to a State to the minimum amounts needed by the State and must time the disbursement to be in accord with the actual, immediate cash requirements of the State in carrying out a Federal assistance program or project. The timing and amount of funds transfers must be as close as is administratively feasible to a State's actual cash outlay for direct program costs and the proportionate share of any allowable indirect costs. States should exercise sound cash management in funds transfers to subgrantees in accordance with OMB Circular A-102 (For availability, see 5 CFR 1310.3.). 
</P>
<P>(b) Neither a State nor the Federal government will incur an interest liability under this part on the transfer of funds for a Federal assistance program subject to this subpart B. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.34" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.34   What are the Federal oversight and compliance responsibilities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Federal Program Agency must review the practices of States as necessary to ensure compliance with this subpart B. 
</P>
<P>(b) A Federal Program Agency must notify us if a State demonstrates an unwillingness or inability to comply with this subpart B. 
</P>
<P>(c) A Federal Program Agency must formulate procedural instructions specifying the methods for carrying out the responsibilities of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.35   What is the result of Federal Program Agency or State non-compliance?</HEAD>
<P>We may require a State and a Federal Program Agency to make the affected Federal assistance programs subject to subpart A of this part, consistent with Federal assistance program purposes and regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of this part, if: 
</P>
<P>(a) A State demonstrates an unwillingness or inability to comply with this subpart B; or 
</P>
<P>(b) A Federal Program Agency demonstrates an unwillingness or inability to make Federal funds available to a State as needed to carry out a Federal assistance program. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.5.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="206" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 206—MANAGEMENT OF FEDERAL AGENCY RECEIPTS, DISBURSEMENTS, AND OPERATION OF THE CASH MANAGEMENT IMPROVEMENTS FUND
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 321, 3301, 3302, 3321, 3327, 3328, 3332, 3335, 3720, and 6503.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>59 FR 4538, Jan. 31, 1994, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 206.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 206.1   Scope and application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart applies to all Government departments and agencies in the executive branch (except the Tennessee Valley Authority) and all monies collected and disbursed by these departments and agencies. This subpart does not apply to interagency transfers of funds, except that agencies are to use the Treasury's On-Line Payment and Collection (OPAC) system for interagency payments between executive agencies, when cost-effective.
</P>
<P>(b) Policies and guidelines are prescribed for promoting efficient, effective cash management through improved billing, collection, deposit, and payment of funds. These objectives seek to improve funds availability and the efficiency and effectiveness with which funds are transferred.
</P>
<P>(c) Authority to implement this regulation has been delegated within the Department of the Treasury (hereinafter, “Treasury”) to the Commissioner (hereinafter, “the Commissioner”) of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service (hereinafter, “the Service).” The Service maintains the final authority as granted under the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984 to specify use of a particular method or mechanism of collection and deposit and to recover costs that result from noncompliance. Authority is also granted to the Service, under the Cash Management Improvement Act of 1990, as amended by the Cash Management Improvement Act Amendments of 1992, to provide for the timely disbursement of funds. An agency will require the collection or disbursement of funds by the agency via EFT as a provision of new contractual agreements or renewal of existing contracts that impact agency collection or payment mechanisms.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 206.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 206.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of this part, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means any department, instrumentality, office, commission, board, service, Government corporation, or other establishment in the executive branch, except the Tennessee Valley Authority.
</P>
<P><I>Billing</I> means any of a variety of means by which the Government places a demand for payment against an entity that is indebted to the Government. The term encompasses invoices, notices, initial demand letters, and other forms of notification.
</P>
<P><I>Cash management</I> means practices and techniques designed to accelerate and control collections, ensure prompt deposit of receipts, improve control over disbursement methods, and eliminate idle cash balances. “Cash Management Review Process” means periodic examinations of collection and disbursement cash flows to ensure that the most effective mechanisms are used to process the funds.
</P>
<P><I>Collection</I> means the transfer of monies from a source outside the Federal Government to an agency or to a financial institution acting as an agent of the Government.
</P>
<P><I>Collection mechanism</I> means any one of a number of tools or systems by which monies are transferred to the Government from a source outside the Government.
</P>
<P><I>Cutoff time</I> means a time predesignated by a financial institution beyond which transactions presented or actions requested will be considered the next banking day's business.
</P>
<P><I>Day</I> means a calendar day unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P><I>Deposit</I> means as a noun, money that is being or has been presented for credit to the Treasury. Deposits can be made by an agency or directly by the remitter. All such transfers are effected through a Federal Reserve Bank or other financial institution. As a verb, deposit means the act of presenting monies for credit to the Treasury by an official of an agency.
</P>
<P><I>Depositary</I> means a bank or other financial institution that has been authorized by the Treasury to receive monies for credit to the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Disburse</I> means the initiation of an Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) transaction or other methods of drawing funds from accounts maintained by the Government.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic funds transfer (EFT)</I> means any transfer of funds, other than a transaction originated by cash, check or similar paper instrument, that is initiated through an electronic terminal, telephone, computer, or magnetic tape, for the purpose of ordering, instructing, or authorizing a financial institution to debit or credit an account. The term includes, but is not limited to, Fed Wire transfers, Automated Clearing House (ACH) transfers, transfers made at automatic teller machines (ATM) and Point-of-Sale (POS) terminals (to include use of the Government small purchase card), and other means of credit card transactions.
</P>
<P><I>Fund</I> means the Cash Management Improvements Fund.
</P>
<P><I>Monies</I> (or “receipts”) means EFT transactions, currency, negotiable instruments, and/or demand deposits owed to or collected by an agency.
</P>
<P><I>Next-day deposit</I> means a deposit made before the cutoff time on the day following the day on which the funds were received by an agency. For example, if an agency receives funds for deposit at 3 p.m. on Monday and transmits the deposits to the depositary by 2 p.m. on Tuesday (the depositary's next cutoff time), then next-day deposit requirements are met.
</P>
<P><I>Payment</I> means a sum of money transferred to a recipient in satisfaction of an obligation. A payment includes any Federal Government benefit or nonbenefit payment.
</P>
<P>(1) A benefit payment is a disbursement for a Federal Government entitlement program or annuity. Benefit payments may be one-time or recurring payments including, but not limited to, payments for Social Security, Supplemental Security Income, Black Lung, Civil Service Retirement, Railroad Retirement Board Retirement/Annuity, Department of Veterans Affairs Compensation/Pension, Central Intelligence Agency Annuity, Military Retirement Annuity, Coast Guard Retirement, and Worker's Compensation.
</P>
<P>(2) A nonbenefit payment is a Federal Government disbursement other than a benefit payment. Nonbenefit payments may be one-time or recurring payments including, but not limited to, payments for vendors, Internal Revenue Service tax refunds, Federal salaries and allotments therefrom, grants, travel disbursements and reimbursements, loans, principal and/or interest related to U.S. savings bonds, notes, and other savings-type securities, and payments of service fees to organizations qualified to issue and/or redeem savings bonds.
</P>
<P><I>Point-of-sale (POS) terminal</I> means an automated credit card or debit card transaction device.
</P>
<P><I>Presumed EFT</I> means that agencies will presume that new payment recipients will elect EFT as the means of payment delivery. Enrollment forms for use in establishing routine payments will be designed with this approach in mind, to obtain the required written consent of the recipient.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means a person, corporation, or other public or private entity receiving benefit or nonbenefit payments from the Government.
</P>
<P><I>Same-day deposit</I> means a deposit made before the cutoff time on the day on which the funds were received by an agency. For example, if an agency receives funds for deposit at 10 a.m. on Monday and transmits the deposits by 2 p.m. on Monday (the depositary's cutoff time), then a same-day deposit has been achieved.
</P>
<P><I>Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury Financial Manual (TFM)</I> means the manual issued by the Service containing procedures to be observed by all Government departments and agencies in relation to central accounting, financial reporting, and other Governmentwide fiscal responsibilities of the Department of the Treasury. Volume I, Chapter 6-8000 (I TFM 6-8000) contains agency cash management procedures to be followed pertaining to these regulations.
</P>
<FP>Copies of the TFM are available free to Government agencies. Others who are interested in ordering a copy may call (202) 208-1819 or write the Directives Management Branch, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury, Liberty Center (UCP-741), Washington, DC 20227 for further information.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 206.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 206.3   Billing policy and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>The billing process is considered an integral part of an effective cash management collection program. In those situations where bills are required and the failure to bill would affect the cash flow, bills will be prepared and transmitted within 5 business days after goods have been shipped or released, services have been rendered, or payment is otherwise due. An agency may prepare and transmit bills later than the 5-day timeframe if it can demonstrate that it is cost-effective to do so. In addition, the bill must include the terms and dates of payments, and late payment provisions, if applicable. Terms and dates of payments will be consistent with industry practices. I TFM 6-8000 describes detailed billing policies, procedures, and industry standards for agencies.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 206.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 206.4   Collection and payment mechanisms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All funds are to be collected and disbursed by EFT when cost-effective, practicable, and consistent with current statutory authority.
</P>
<P>(b) Collections and payments will be made by EFT when cost- effective, practicable, and consistent with current statutory authority. When consistent with these criteria, specific cash flows will utilize EFT as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fees/fines.</I> EFT will be adopted as the presumed method of collecting fees and fines, especially when these collection cash flows are recurring or of large dollar amounts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Tax collections.</I> EFT will be adopted as the primary method for collecting taxes. EFT mechanisms may include ACH credit or debit cards.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Salary payment.</I> Presumed EFT will be adopted as the method for paying employees, and entrance enrollment forms for establishing regular payments will be designed to use this approach.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Vendor and miscellaneous payments.</I> Each department and agency will exercise its authority under the Federal Acquisition Regulation to require that all contractors are paid by EFT, unless a determination is made that it is not in the best interest of the Federal Government to do so. EFT will be adopted as the standard method of payment for all Federal program payments originated by agencies or their agents.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Benefit payments.</I> EFT will be presented to new beneficiaries as the presumed method for receiving benefits. EFT payment methods, such as Electronic Benefit Transfer, will be adopted and implemented to make EFT accessible to all benefit recipients.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Selection of the best collection and payment mechanism is a joint responsibility of an agency and the Service. An agency has responsibility for conducting cash management reviews; gathering volume and dollar data relative to the operation of the systems; and funding any implementation and operational costs above those normally funded by Treasury. The Service is the required approval authority when an agency desires to convert from one collection mechanism to another. The Service's written approval is required prior to an agency entering into new contractual agreements or renewing existing contracts for agency collections or payments systems. Agencies will follow guidelines for the cost-effective usage of collection and payment mechanisms, published in the TFM, Volume I, Part 6-8000, in their selection and recommendation to the Service of an appropriate funds transfer mechanism. The agency will provide the Service with a recommended mechanism for any new or modified cash flows. The Service will review the recommendations, approve a mechanism, and assist with implementation.
</P>
<P>(2) If an agency proposes a collection or payment mechanism other than EFT, it may be required to provide a cost-benefit analysis to justify its use. Cost/benefit analyses must include, at a minimum, known or estimated agency personnel costs, costs of procurement, recurring operational costs, equipment and system implementation and maintenance costs, costs to payment recipients, and costs to remitters. Agencies should consult with Treasury to determine the need to include interest costs associated with float in their computations of benefits and costs.
</P>
<P>(d) An agency will require the collection of funds by the agency to be made via EFT and the disbursement of funds by the agency to be made via EFT as a provision of new contractual agreements or renewal of existing contracts that impact agency collection or payment mechanisms, when cost-effective, practicable, and consistent with current statutory authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 206.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 206.5   Collection and deposit procedure exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following collection and deposit timeframe requirements are to be followed in exception cases where EFT mechanisms are not utilized:
</P>
<P>(1) An agency will achieve same-day deposit of monies. Where same day deposit is not cost-effective or is impracticable, next day deposit of monies must be achieved except in those cases covered by I TFM 6-8000.
</P>
<P>(2) Deposits will be made at a time of the day prior to the depositary's specified cutoff time, but as late as possible in order to maximize daily deposit amounts.
</P>
<P>(3) When cost-beneficial to the Government, an agency may make multiple deposits.
</P>
<P>(b) Any additional exceptions to the above policies are listed in I TFM 6-8000.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 206.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 206.6   Cash management planning and review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An agency shall periodically perform cash management reviews to identify areas needing improvement.
</P>
<P>(b) As part of its cash management review process, an agency is expected to document cash flows in order to provide an overview of its cash management activities and to identify areas that will yield savings after cash management initiatives are implemented. The Service will evaluate an agency's EFT policy and application, to include mitigating circumstances that may prevent the use of EFT, as part of the cash management reviews.
</P>
<P>(c) An agency's cash management reviews will provide the basis for identification of improvements and preparation of cash flow reports for submission to the Service as prescribed by I TFM 6-8000. That Chapter provides requirements for an agency in performing periodic cash management reviews, identifying improvements, and preparing cash flow reports. In addition, the Chapter describes the timing and content of periodic reports that must be submitted by an agency to the Service on progress made in implementing cash management initiatives and associated savings.
</P>
<P>(d) The Service will periodically review an agency's cash management program to ensure that adequate progress is being made to improve overall cash management at an agency. As part of its oversight authority, the Service may visit an agency and review all or specific cash management activities of an agency. An agency will be notified in advance of the Service's review and will be required to provide the Service with documentation of the agency cash management review within the timeframes required by I TFM 6-8000.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 206.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 206.7   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Service will monitor agency cash management performance. Part of the monitoring process will include establishing implementation end dates for conversion to, or expansion of, EFT mechanisms, as well as the identification of mitigating circumstances that may prevent the use of EFT.
</P>
<P>(b) In cases where an agency fails to meet a scheduled date within its control, or where an agency converts to a less cost-effective transfer mechanism without prior, written Service approval as determined in accordance with § 206.4(c), the Service will send a formal Notice of Deficiency to an agency's designated cash management official. A separate Notice will be sent for each initiative.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Collections cash flows.</I> For collections cash flows, the Notice of Deficiency will include the nature of the deficiency, the amount of the proposed charge, the method of calculation, the right to file an appeal, and the date the charge will be imposed in the absence of an appeal. The amount of the charge will be equal to the cost of such noncompliance to the Treasury's General Fund.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Payments cash flows.</I> [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 206.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 206.8   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An agency that chooses to file an appeal must submit the appeal in writing to the Commissioner within 45 days of the date of the Notice of Deficiency. In the event of an appeal, the charge imposed under Notice of Deficiency will be deferred pending the results of the appeal. If an appeal is not submitted (<I>i.e.</I>, received by the Commissioner) within 45 days, the amount indicated in the Notice of Deficiency will be charged per § 206.9(a).
</P>
<P>(b) The appeal will contain the elements and follow the submission procedures specified in I TFM 6-8000. The appeal will include the background leading to the Notice of Deficiency, the basis of the appeal, and the action requested by an agency. An agency should state its disagreements with the Notice of Deficiency which may include cost-benefit factors, the amount of the charge, and other items.
</P>
<P>(c) An agency must state what action it requests in its appeal. An agency may request that the Notice of Deficiency be completely overturned for cost-benefit or other considerations. Alternatively, an agency may request a reduced charge, deferral of the charge, an alternative solution to cash management improvement, or a combination of these actions.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Appeals Board.</I> The Commissioner will refer the appeal to an Appeals Board. The Appeals Board will consist of three members—two permanent members and one temporary member. The permanent members will be the Deputy Chief Financial Officer, Department of the Treasury, and the Assistant Commissioner, Federal Finance, of the Service. The temporary board member will be a cash management official from an agency other than the agency appealing the Notice of Deficiency. The Board will be convened on an as-needed basis. The order of agency assignment to the Board will be published by Treasury in Volume I, Chapter 6-8000 of the TFM. The Deputy Chief Financial Officer, Department of the Treasury, the Assistant Commissioner, Federal Finance, and the designated agency cash management official may delegate their responsibility to a staff subordinate having sufficient experience in cash management matters. The Assistant Commissioner's designee may be from any area other than that which issued the Notice of Deficiency.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Appeal review process.</I> The Appeals Board will review the Notice of Deficiency, any additional information submitted by the Service, and the written appeal from an agency. Based on this review, the Board may decide additional investigation is required. The Board may request an agency and/or the Service to meet with the Board as part of the review process.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Appeal finding.</I> A written majority decision will be rendered by the Appeals Board within 30 days of receipt of the appeal. The Board may extend this period for an additional period, not to exceed 30 days, if required. The Appeals Board will notify the Commissioner and the agency of the decision. The decision of the Board whether to uphold the Notice of Deficiency, to overturn the Notice of Deficiency, or to mandate some other action will be stated in the finding. Other action mandated may include a reduced charge, a deferral of the charge, an alternate solution to cash management improvement, or a combination of these actions. The basis of the decision, the amount of the charge, and the effective date of the charge will be stated in the finding. The effective date of the charge may be retroactive to the date indicated in the Notice of Deficiency.
</P>
<P>(g) Any terms related to charge deferral shall be stated; the Service and an agency will be required to submit evidence of compliance to such terms at a future specified date. At this future time, the Appeals Board will review the evidence of compliance. Based on this evidence, the Board will decide whether to impose a charge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 206.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 206.9   Charges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 days of the effective date of the charge or the appeals decision, an agency must submit appropriate accounting information to the Service's Assistant Commissioner, Federal Finance. The charge will be calculated following procedures outlined in I TFM 6-8000, and will be assessed for each month that noncompliance continues.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Collection noncompliance.</I> In the case of cash management collection noncompliance, an agency will absorb the charge from amounts appropriated or otherwise made available to carry out the program to which the collections relate. Charges collected from an executive agency in the case of cash management collection noncompliance will be deposited in the Cash Management Improvements Fund as outlined in § 206.10.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Payment noncompliance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) If an agency does not voluntarily pay the charge assessed under § 206.9(a), the Service will debit the appropriate account automatically. By failing to pay voluntarily the charges as required by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984, an agency will be deemed to authorize the automatic debit to its account.
</P>
<P>(e) The Commissioner will formally terminate the charge when the Commissioner has determined that an agency has complied. In addition, on an annual basis, the Commissioner will review an agency's performance and calculation of the charge, and will notify an agency in writing of any changes to the amount being charged.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 206.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.6.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 206.10   Operation of and payments from the Cash Management Improvements Fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Cash Management Improvements Fund (Fund) will be operated as a revolving fund by the Service. Charges assessed under § 206.9(a) for cash management collection noncompliance will be deposited into the Fund according to the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984. The Service will also disburse any payments from the Fund based on projects selected by a project selection and approval committee.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Committee composition.</I> The committee will consist of three members—two permanent members and one temporary member. The permanent members will be the Commissioner and the Assistant Commissioner, Federal Finance, of the Service. The temporary committee member will be a cash management official from an agency other than an agency being considered for funds. The order of agency assignment to the Committee will be published in a TFM Bulletin, when funds are first deposited to the Fund. Decisions of the project selection and approval committee cannot be appealed. Agencies will be notified of any available amounts in the Fund and requirements to apply for such monies through a TFM bulletin.
</P>
<P>(c) As provided by 31 U.S.C. 3720, sums in the Fund will be available without fiscal year limitation for the payment of expenses incurred in developing improved methods of collection and deposit and the expenses incurred in carrying out collections and deposits using such methods, including the costs of personal services and the costs of the lease or purchase of equipment and operating facilities.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition to all reports required by law and regulation, for each fiscal year during which there is a balance in Fund, the Service will prepare and publish, by the 60th day following the close of the fiscal year, a full report on payments, receipts, disbursements, balances of the Fund, and full disclosure on projects financed by the Fund.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="208" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 208—MANAGEMENT OF FEDERAL AGENCY DISBURSEMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 90, 265, 266, 1767, 1789a; 31 U.S.C. 321, 3122, 3301, 3302, 3303, 3321, 3325, 3327, 3328, 3332, 3335, 3336, 6503.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 25291, May 1, 2020, unless otherwise noted.






</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 208.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.1   Scope and application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all Federal payments made by an agency. Except as specified in § 208.4, this part requires payments, other than payments made under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, to be made by electronic funds transfer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 208.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government, or a corporation owned or controlled by the Government of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Authorized payment agent</I> means any individual or entity that is appointed or otherwise selected as a representative payee or fiduciary, under regulations of the Social Security Administration, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Railroad Retirement Board, or other agency making Federal payments, to act on behalf of an individual entitled to a Federal payment.
</P>
<P><I>Direct Express® card</I> means the prepaid debit card issued to recipients of Federal benefits by a Financial Agent pursuant to requirements established by Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Disbursement</I> means, in the context of payments delivered to Treasury-sponsored accounts, the performance of the following duties by a Financial Agent acting as agent of the United States:
</P>
<P>(1) The establishment of an account for the recipient that meets the requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the National Credit Union Administration Board for deposit or share insurance;
</P>
<P>(2) The maintenance of such an account;
</P>
<P>(3) The receipt of Federal payments through the Automated Clearing House system or other electronic means and crediting of Federal payments to the account; and
</P>
<P>(4) The provision of recipient access to funds in the account on the terms specified by Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic benefits transfer (EBT)</I> means the provision of Federal benefit, wage, salary, and retirement payments electronically, through disbursement by a financial institution acting as a Financial Agent. For purposes of this part and Public Law 104-208, EBT includes, but is not limited to, disbursement through a Treasury-sponsored account or a Federal/State EBT program.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic funds transfer</I> means any transfer of funds, other than a transaction originated by cash, check, or similar paper instrument that is initiated through an electronic terminal, telephone, computer, or magnetic tape, for the purpose of ordering, instructing, or authorizing a financial institution to debit or credit an account. The term includes, but is not limited to, Automated Clearing House transfers, Fedwire transfers, and transfers made at automated teller machines and point-of-sale terminals. For purposes of this part only, the term electronic funds transfer includes a credit card transaction.
</P>
<P><I>Federal payment</I> means any payment made by an agency. The term includes, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Federal wage, salary, and retirement payments;
</P>
<P>(2) Vendor and expense reimbursement payments;
</P>
<P>(3) Benefit payments;
</P>
<P>(4) Miscellaneous payments including, but not limited to: Interagency payments; grants; loans; fees; principal, interest, and other payments related to U.S. marketable and nonmarketable securities; overpayment reimbursements; and payments under Federal insurance or guarantee programs for loans; and
</P>
<P>(5) Payments under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C.).
</P>
<P><I>Federal/State EBT program</I> means any program that provides access to Federal benefit, wage, salary, and retirement payments and to State-administered benefits through a single delivery system and in which Treasury designates a Financial Agent to disburse the Federal payments.
</P>
<P><I>Federally-insured financial institution</I> means any financial institution, the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under 12 U.S.C. Chapter 16 or, in the case of a credit union, the member accounts of which are insured by the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund under 12 U.S.C. Chapter 14, Subchapter II.
</P>
<P><I>Financial Agent</I> means a financial institution that has been designated by Treasury as a Financial Agent for the provision of electronic funds transfer or EBT services under any provision of Federal law, including 12 U.S.C. 90, 265, 266, 1767, and 1789a, and 31 U.S.C. 3122 and 3303, as amended by the Omnibus Consolidated Appropriations Act, 1997, Section 664, Public Law 104-208.
</P>
<P><I>Financial institution</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any insured bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(2) Any mutual savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(3) Any savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(4) Any insured credit union as defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752) or any credit union which is eligible to make application to become an insured credit union under section 201 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1781);
</P>
<P>(5) Any savings association as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) which is an insured depository institution (as defined in such Act) (12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.</I>) or is eligible to apply to become an insured depository institution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.</I>); and
</P>
<P>(6) Any agency or branch of a foreign bank as defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 3101).
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a natural person.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means an individual, corporation, or other public or private entity that is authorized to receive a Federal payment from an agency.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury</I> means the United States Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury-sponsored account</I> means a Direct Express card account, a U.S. Debit Card account, or another account established pursuant to § 208.5 or § 208.11.
</P>
<P><I>U.S. Debit Card</I> means the prepaid debit card issued to recipients of certain Federal payments by a Financial Agent pursuant to requirements established by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 208.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.3   Payment by electronic funds transfer.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to § 208.4, and notwithstanding any other provision of law, all Federal payments made by an agency shall be made by electronic funds transfer. This requirement does not apply to payments under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 208.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.4   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Payment by electronic funds transfer is not required in the following cases:
</P>
<P>(1) Where an individual:
</P>
<P>(i) Was born prior to May 1, 1921, and was receiving payment by check on March 1, 2013;
</P>
<P>(ii) Receives a type of payment for which Treasury does not offer delivery to a Treasury-sponsored account. In such cases, those payments are not required to be made by electronic funds transfer, unless and until such payments become eligible for deposit to a Treasury-sponsored account. However, if Treasury provides an agency with an option to begin delivering a type of Federal benefit payment to a Treasury-sponsored account, the agency must file a waiver request with Treasury to make Federal benefit payments of that type by any means other than by electronic funds transfer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is ineligible for a Treasury-sponsored account because of suspension or cancellation of the individual's Treasury-sponsored account by the Financial Agent;
</P>
<P>(iv) Has filed a waiver request with Treasury certifying that payment by electronic funds transfer would impose a hardship because of the individual's inability to manage an account at a financial institution or a Treasury-sponsored account due to a mental impairment, and Treasury has not rejected the request; or
</P>
<P>(v) Has filed a waiver request with Treasury certifying that payment by electronic funds transfer would impose a hardship because of the individual's inability to manage an account at a financial institution or a Treasury-sponsored account due to the individual living in a remote geographic location lacking the infrastructure to support electronic financial transactions, and Treasury has not rejected the request;
</P>
<P>(2) Where the political, financial, or communications infrastructure in a foreign country does not support payment by electronic funds transfer;
</P>
<P>(3) Where the payment is in a foreign currency and Treasury does not support electronic payment in that currency.
</P>
<P>(4) Where the payment is to a recipient within an area designated by the President or an authorized agency administrator as a disaster area. This waiver is limited to payments made within 120 days after the disaster is declared. An agency must file a waiver request with Treasury (which must be approved by Treasury) to extend this waiver beyond 120 days after the disaster is declared.
</P>
<P>(5) Where either:
</P>
<P>(i) A military operation is designated by the Secretary of Defense in which uniformed services undertake military actions against an enemy; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A call or order to, or retention on, active duty of members of the uniformed services is made during a war or national emergency declared by the President or Congress;
</P>
<P>(6) Where a threat may be posed to national security, the life or physical safety of any individual may be endangered, or a law enforcement action may be compromised;
</P>
<P>(7) Where the agency does not expect to make multiple payments to the same recipient within a one-year period on a regular, recurring basis but only if the payments are made to an individual or a small business concern where “small business concern” has the meaning given the term in section 3 of the Small Business Act at 15 U.S.C. 632 and its implementing regulations; and
</P>
<P>(8) Where an agency's need for goods and services is of such unusual and compelling urgency that the Government would be seriously injured unless payment is made by a method other than electronic funds transfer; or, where there is only one source for goods or services and the Government would be seriously injured unless payment is made by a method other than electronic funds transfer. An agency must file a waiver request with Treasury (which must be approved by Treasury) to utilize this waiver.
</P>
<P>(b) An individual who requests a waiver under paragraphs (a)(1)(iv) and (v) or an agency who requests a waiver under paragraphs (a)(1)(ii), (a)(4), or (a)(8) of this section shall provide, in writing, to Treasury a certification supporting that request, in such form that Treasury may prescribe. The individual shall attest to the certification before a notary public, or otherwise file the certification in such form that Treasury may prescribe. Treasury reserves the right to reject any waiver request it receives.
</P>
<P>(c) If application of an agency's waiver, together with any waiver request previously granted under paragraphs (a)(1)(ii), (a)(4), or (a)(8), would, in Treasury's determination, lead to the agency initiating an unusually large number or proportion of payments by means other than electronic funds transfer, Treasury reserves the right to nullify the waiver in this class of cases and require the agency to work with Treasury to identify and implement ways to make the payments by electronic funds transfer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 25291, May 1, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 12960, Feb. 21, 2024; 89 FR 18543, Mar. 22, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 208.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.5   Accounts for disbursement of Federal payments.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury may designate a Financial Agent to establish and administer Treasury-sponsored accounts for individuals for the disbursement of Federal payments, including benefit, retirement, salary, miscellaneous, vendor, expense reimbursement and tax payments. Such accounts may be established upon terms and conditions that the Secretary considers appropriate or necessary and shall be made available at a reasonable cost and with the same consumer protections provided to other account holders at the financial institution. Treasury may deliver payments to such accounts and the maintenance of accounts and the provision of account-related services under this section shall constitute reasonable duties of a Financial Agent of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 208.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.6   Availability of Treasury-sponsored accounts.</HEAD>
<P>An individual who receives a Federal payment shall be eligible to open a Treasury-sponsored account under terms and conditions established by Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 208.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.7   Agency responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An agency shall put into place procedures that allow recipients to provide the information necessary for the delivery of payments to the recipient by electronic funds transfer to an account at the recipient's financial institution or a Treasury-sponsored account.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon request from Treasury, an agency shall provide Treasury with a list of the employer identification numbers (EINs) assigned to the agency that the agency has used to make or receive a Federal intragovernmental payment during the 12- month period preceding the request from Treasury as well as a list of the EINs for all Federal agencies to whom the agency has made a Federal intragovernmental payment during the same 12-month period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 12960, Feb. 21, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 208.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.8   Recipient responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>Each recipient who is required to receive payment by electronic funds transfer shall provide the information necessary to effect payment by electronic funds transfer. For recipients who do not designate a bank account for the receipt of payments, Treasury may disburse payments to a Treasury-sponsored account or to an account to which the recipient is receiving other Federal payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 208.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.9   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury will monitor agencies' compliance with this part. Treasury may require agencies to provide information about their progress in converting payments to electronic funds transfer.
</P>
<P>(b) If an agency fails to make payment by electronic funds transfer as prescribed under this part, Treasury will consider that payment to be not timely pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3335, as electronic funds transfer payments are processed, disbursed, and settled more quickly than checks and, accordingly, Treasury may assess a charge to the agency pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3335.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 25291, May 1, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 12960, Feb. 21, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 208.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.10   Reservation of rights.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary reserves the right, in the Secretary's discretion, to waive any provision(s) of this part in any case or class of cases.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 208.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.7.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 208.11   Accounts for disaster victims.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury may establish and administer accounts at any financial institution designated as a Financial Agent for disaster victims in order to allow for the delivery by electronic funds transfer of one or more Federal payments. Such accounts may be established upon terms and conditions that the Secretary considers appropriate or necessary in light of the circumstances. Treasury may deliver payments to these accounts notwithstanding any other payment instructions from the recipient and without regard to the requirements of §§ 208.4 and 208.7 and § 210.5 of this chapter. For purposes of this section, “disaster victim” means an individual or entity located within an emergency area, or an individual or entity that has relocated or been displaced from an emergency area as a result of a major disaster or emergency. “Emergency area” means a geographical area in which there exists an emergency or disaster declared by the President pursuant to the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 <I>et seq.</I>) or the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 <I>et seq.</I>). The maintenance of accounts and the provision of account-related services under this section shall constitute reasonable duties of a Financial Agent of the United States.










</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="210" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 210—FEDERAL GOVERNMENT PARTICIPATION IN THE AUTOMATED CLEARING HOUSE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 5525; 12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 321, 3301, 3302, 3321, 3332, 3335, and 3720.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 17487, Apr. 9, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 210.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.1   Scope; relation to other regulations.</HEAD>
<P>This part governs all entries and entry data originated or received by an agency through the Automated Clearing House (ACH) network, except as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. This part also governs reclamations of benefit payments.
</P>
<P>(a) Federal tax payments received by the Federal Government through the ACH system that are governed by part 203 of this title shall not be subject to any provision of this part that is inconsistent with part 203.
</P>
<P>(b) ACH credit or debit entries for the purchase of, or payment of principal and interest on, United States securities that are governed by part 370 of this title shall not be subject to any provision of this part that is inconsistent with part 370.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the following definitions apply. Any term that is not defined in this part shall have the meaning set forth in the ACH Rules.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>ACH Rules</I> means the 2021 Operating Rules &amp; Guidelines, including Supplement #1-2021, (both incorporated by reference, see § 210.3(b)) published by Nacha, a national association of regional member clearing house associations, ACH Operators, and participating financial institutions located in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Actual or constructive knowledge,</I> when used in reference to an RDFI's or agency's knowledge of the death or incapacity of a recipient or death of a beneficiary, means that the RDFI or agency received information, by whatever means, of the death or incapacity and has had a reasonable opportunity to act on such information or that the RDFI or agency would have learned of the death or incapacity if it had followed commercially reasonable business practices. For purposes of subpart B of this part, an agency is presumed to have constructive knowledge of death or incapacity at the time it stops certifying recurring payments to a recipient if the agency:
</P>
<P>(1) Does not re-initiate payments to the recipient; and
</P>
<P>(2) Subsequently initiates a reclamation for one or more payments made to the recipient.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Agency</I> means any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government, or a corporation owned or controlled by the Government of the United States. The term agency does not include a Federal Reserve Bank.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Applicable ACH Rules</I> means the ACH Rules, except:
</P>
<P>(1) Subsections 1.2.2, 1.2.3, 1.2.4, 1.2.5 and 1.2.6; Appendix Seven; Appendix Eight; and Appendix Nine (governing the enforcement of the ACH Rules and claims for compensation);
</P>
<P>(2) Section 1.14 (governing the Participating DFI Contact registry);
</P>
<P>(3) Section 2.10 and section 3.6 (governing the reclamation of benefit payments);
</P>
<P>(4) The requirement in Appendix Three that the Effective Entry Date of a credit entry be no more than two Banking Days following the date of processing by the Originating ACH Operator (see definition of “Effective Entry Date” in Appendix Three);
</P>
<P>(5) Section 2.2 (setting forth ODFI obligations to enter into agreements with, and perform risk management relating to, Originators and Third-Party Senders) and section 1.6 (Security Requirements);
</P>
<P>(6) Section 2.17.2.2-2.17.2.6 (requiring reduction of high rates of entries returned as unauthorized);
</P>
<P>(7) The requirements of Section 2.5.8 (International ACH Transactions) shall not apply to entries representing the payment of a Federal tax obligation by a taxpayer; and
</P>
<P>(8) Until March 19, 2022, the requirement of section 2.5.17.4(a) that the Originator utilize a fraudulent transaction detection system that validates an account to be debited for the first use of such account number and for any subsequent change(s) to the account number.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Authorized payment agent</I> means any individual or entity that is appointed or otherwise selected as a representative payee or fiduciary, under regulations of the Social Security Administration, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Railroad Retirement Board, or other agency making Federal payments, to act on behalf of an individual entitled to a Federal payment.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Automated Clearing House or ACH</I> means a funds transfer system governed by the ACH Rules which provides for the interbank clearing of electronic entries for participating financial institutions.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Beneficiary</I> means a natural person other than a recipient who is entitled to receive the benefit of all or part of a benefit payment.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Benefit payment</I> is a payment for a Federal entitlement program or for an annuity, including, but not limited to, payments for Social Security, Supplemental Security Income, Black Lung, Civil Service Retirement, Railroad Retirement annuity and Railroad Unemployment and Sickness benefits, Department of Veterans Affairs Compensation and Pension, and Worker's Compensation.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Federal payment</I> means any payment made by an agency. The term includes, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Federal wage, salary, and retirement payments;
</P>
<P>(2) Vendor and expense reimbursement payments;
</P>
<P>(3) Benefit payments; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Miscellaneous payments including, but not limited to, interagency payments; grants; loans; fees; principal, interest, and other payments related to United States marketable and nonmarketable securities; overpayment reimbursements; and payments under Federal insurance or guarantee programs for loans. 
</P>
<P>(j)(1) <I>Financial institution</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any insured bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to apply to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(ii) Any mutual savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to apply to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(iii) Any savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to apply to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(iv) Any insured credit union as defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752) or any credit union which is eligible to apply to become an insured credit union pursuant to section 201 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1781);
</P>
<P>(v) Any savings association as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) which is an insured depository institution as defined in such Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.</I>) or is eligible to apply to become an insured depository institution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.</I>); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any agency or branch of a foreign bank as defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 3101).
</P>
<P>(2) In this part, a financial institution may be referred to as an Originating Depository Financial Institution (ODFI) if it transmits entries to its ACH Operator for transmittal to a Receiving Depository Financial Institution (RDFI), or it may be referred to as an RDFI if it receives entries from its ACH Operator for debit or credit to the accounts of its customers.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Government entry</I> means an ACH credit or debit entry or entry data originated or received by an agency.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Green Book</I> means the manual issued by the Service which provides financial institutions with procedures and guidelines for processing Government entries.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Notice of reclamation</I> means notice sent by electronic, paper, or other means by the Federal Government to an RDFI which identifies the benefit payments that should have been returned by the RDFI because of the death or legal incapacity of a recipient or death of a beneficiary.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Outstanding total</I> means the sum of all benefit payments received by an RDFI from an agency after the death or legal incapacity of a recipient or the death of a beneficiary, minus any amount returned to, or recovered by, the Federal Government.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Recipient</I> means a natural person, corporation, or other public or private entity that is authorized to receive a Federal payment from an agency.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Treasury</I> means the United States Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Treasury Financial Manual</I> means the manual issued by the Service containing procedures to be observed by all agencies and Federal Reserve Banks with respect to central accounting, financial reporting, and other Federal Government-wide fiscal responsibilities of the Treasury.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 17478, Apr. 9, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 18869, Apr. 7, 2000; 66 FR 10580, Feb. 16, 2001; 67 FR 17902, Apr. 11, 2002; 68 FR 33829, June 5, 2003; 70 FR 67366, Nov. 7, 2005; 73 FR 52584, Sept. 10, 2008; 76 FR 59030, Sept. 23, 2011; 79 FR 42980, July 24, 2014; 82 FR 42608, Sept. 11, 2017; 85 FR 15720, Mar. 19, 2020; 87 FR 46, Jan. 3, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3   Governing law.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal law.</I> The rights and obligations of the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks with respect to all Government entries, and the rights of any person or recipient against the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks in connection with any Government entry, are governed by this part, which has the force and effect of Federal law.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service must publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material must be available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, 401 14th Street SW, Room 400A, Washington, DC 20227, ph. (202) 874-6680 and from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov</I> or go to <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Nacha, 2550 Wasser Terrace, Suite 400, Herndon, Virginia 20171, tel. 703-561-1100, <I>info@nacha.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) 2021 Nacha Operating Rules &amp; Guidelines: The Guide to the Rules Governing the ACH Network, copyright 2021; into § 210.2.
</P>
<P>(ii) Supplement #1-2021, Notice of Amendment to the 2021 Nacha Operating Rules, dated April 8, 2021; into § 210.2.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application of this part.</I> Any person or entity that originates or receives a Government entry agrees to be bound by this part and to comply with all instructions and procedures issued by the Service under this part, including the Treasury Financial Manual and the Green Book. The Treasury Financial Manual is available for downloading at the Service's web site at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/</I> or by calling (202) 874-9940 or writing the Directives Management Branch, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury, 3700 East West Highway, Room 500C, Hyattsville, MD 20782. The Green Book is available for downloading at the Service's web site at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/fmsnews.html</I> or by calling (202) 874-6540 or writing the Product Promotion Division, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury, 401 14th Street, SW., Room 309, Washington, DC 20227.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 17478, Apr. 9, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 18869, Apr. 7, 2000; 66 FR 10580, Feb. 16, 2001; 67 FR 17903, Apr. 11, 2002; 68 FR 33830, June 5, 2003; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 70 FR 67367, Nov. 7, 2005; 73 FR 52584, Sept. 10, 2008; 76 FR 59030, Sept. 23, 2011; 79 FR 42980, July 24, 2014; 82 FR 42608, Sept. 11, 2017; 85 FR 15721, Mar. 19, 2020; 87 FR 46, Jan. 3, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.4   Authorizations and revocations of authorizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements for authorization.</I> Each debit and credit entry subject to this part shall be authorized in accordance with the applicable ACH Rules and the following additional requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The agency or the RDFI that accepts the recipient's authorization shall verify the identity of the recipient and, in the case of a written authorization requiring the recipient's signature, the validity of the recipient's signature.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless authorized in writing, or similarly authenticated, by an agency, no person or entity shall initiate or transmit a debit entry to that agency, other than a reversal of a credit entry previously sent to the agency.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Terms of authorizations.</I> By executing an authorization for an agency to initiate entries, a recipient agrees:
</P>
<P>(1) To the provisions of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) To provide accurate information;
</P>
<P>(3) To verify the recipient's identity to the satisfaction of the RDFI or agency, whichever has accepted the authorization;
</P>
<P>(4) That any new authorization inconsistent with a previous authorization shall supersede the previous authorization; and
</P>
<P>(5) That the Federal Government may reverse any duplicate or erroneous entry or file as provided in § 210.6(f) of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Termination and revocation of authorizations.</I> An authorization shall remain valid until it is terminated or revoked by:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to a recipient of benefit payments, a change in the recipient's ownership of the deposit account as reflected in the deposit account records, including the removal of the name of the recipient, the addition of a power of attorney, or any action which alters the interest of the recipient;
</P>
<P>(2) The death or legal incapacity of a recipient of benefit payments or the death of a beneficiary;
</P>
<P>(3) The closing of the recipient's account at the RDFI by the recipient or by the RDFI. With respect to a recipient of benefit payments, if an RDFI closes an account to which benefit payments currently are being sent, it shall provide 30 calendar days written notice to the recipient prior to closing the account, except in cases of fraud; or
</P>
<P>(4) The RDFI's insolvency, closure by any state or Federal regulatory authority or by corporate action, or the appointment of a receiver, conservator, or liquidator for the RDFI. In any such event, the authorization shall remain valid if a successor is named. The Federal Government may temporarily transfer authorizations to a consenting RDFI. The transfer is valid until either a new authorization is executed by the recipient, or 120 calendar days have elapsed since the insolvency, closure, or appointment, whichever occurs first.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.5   Account requirements for Federal payments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding ACH Rules 2.1.2, 4.1.3, and Appendix Two, section 2.2 (listing general ledger and loan accounts as permissible transaction codes), an ACH credit entry representing a Federal payment other than a vendor payment shall be deposited into a deposit account at a financial institution. For all payments other than vendor payments, the account at the financial institution shall be in the name of the recipient, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Where an authorized payment agent has been selected, the Federal payment shall be deposited into an account titled in accordance with the regulations governing the authorized payment agent.
</P>
<P>(2) Where a Federal payment is to be deposited into an investment account established through a securities broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or an investment account established through an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or its transfer agent, such payment may be deposited into an account designated by such broker or dealer, investment company, or transfer agent.
</P>
<P>(3) Where an agency is issuing part or all of an employee's travel reimbursement payment to the official travel card issuing bank, as authorized or required by Office of Management and Budget guidance or the Federal Travel Regulation, the ACH credit entry representing the payment may be deposited to the account of the travel card issuing bank for credit to the employee's travel card account at the bank.
</P>
<P>(4) Where a Federal payment is to be disbursed through a debit card, stored value card, prepaid card or similar payment card program established by the Service, the Federal payment may be deposited to an account at a financial institution designated by the Service as a financial or fiscal agent. The account title, access terms and other account provisions may be specified by the Service.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) Where a Federal payment is to be deposited to a prepaid account that meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) The account is held at an insured financial institution;
</P>
<P>(B) The account is set up to meet the requirements for pass-through deposit or share insurance such that the funds accessible through the card are insured for the benefit of the recipient by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund in accordance with applicable law (12 CFR part 330 or 12 CFR part 745);
</P>
<P>(C) The account is not attached to a line of credit or loan agreement under which repayment from the account is triggered upon delivery of the Federal payments; and
</P>
<P>(D) The issuer of the account complies with all of the requirements, and provides the holder of the account with all of the consumer protections, that apply to a prepaid account under the rules implementing the Electronic Fund Transfer Act and the Truth in Lending Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) No person or entity may issue a prepaid account that receives Federal payments in violation of this paragraph (b)(5), and no financial institution may maintain a prepaid account that receives Federal payments if the issuer violates this paragraph (b)(5).
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purposes of this paragraph (b)(5), the term—
</P>
<P>(A) “Prepaid account” means a prepaid account as defined for purposes of regulations implementing the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, as amended; and
</P>
<P>(B) “Issuer” means a person or entity that issues a prepaid account.
</P>
<P>(6) Where a Federal payment is disbursed to a resident of a nursing facility, as defined in 42 U.S.C. 1396r, the payment may be deposited into a resident trust or patient fund account established by the nursing facility pursuant to requirements under Federal law relating to the protection of such funds.
</P>
<P>(7) Where a Federal payment is disbursed to a member of a religious order who has taken a vow of poverty, the payment may be deposited to an account established by the religious order. As used in this paragraph, the phrase “member of a religious order who has taken a vow of poverty” is defined as it would be by the Internal Revenue Service for Federal tax purposes.
</P>
<P>(8) The Secretary of the Treasury may waive the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section in any case or class of cases.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 17478, Apr. 9, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 18869, Apr. 7, 2000; 73 FR 52584, Sept. 10, 2008; 75 FR 80339, Dec. 22, 2010; 76 FR 59031, Sept. 23, 2011; 82 FR 42609, Sept. 11, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6   Agencies.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any provision of the ACH Rules, including Subsections 2.4.5, 2.8.4, 4.3.5, 2.9.2, 3.2.2, and 3.13.3, agencies shall be subject to the obligations and liabilities set forth in this section in connection with Government entries.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Receiving entries.</I> An agency may receive ACH debit or credit entries only with the prior written authorization of the Service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Liability to a recipient.</I> An agency will be liable to the recipient for any loss sustained by the recipient as a result of the agency's failure to originate a credit or debit entry in accordance with this part. The agency's liability shall be limited to the amount of the entry(ies).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Liability to an originator.</I> An agency will be liable to an Originator or an ODFI for any loss sustained by the originator or ODFI as a result of the agency's failure to credit an ACH entry to the agency's account in accordance with this part. The agency's liability shall be limited to the amount of the entry(ies).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liability to an RDFI or ACH association.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this part, an agency will be liable to an RDFI for losses sustained in processing duplicate or erroneous credit and debit entries originated by the agency. An agency's liability shall be limited to the amount of the entry(ies), and shall be reduced by the amount of the loss resulting from the failure of the RDFI to exercise due diligence and follow standard commercial practices in processing the entry(ies). This section does not apply to credits received by an RDFI after the death or legal incapacity of a recipient of benefit payments or the death of a beneficiary as governed by subpart B of this part. An agency shall not be liable to any ACH association.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Acquittance of the agency.</I> The final crediting of the amount of an entry to a recipient's account shall constitute full acquittance of the Federal Government.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reversals.</I> An agency may reverse any duplicate or erroneous entry, and the Federal Government may reverse any duplicate or erroneous file. In initiating a reversal, an agency shall certify to the Service that the reversal complies with applicable law related to the recovery of the underlying payment. An agency that reverses an entry shall indemnify the RDFI as provided in the applicable ACH Rules, but the agency's liability shall be limited to the amount of the entry. If the Federal Government reverses a file, the Federal Government shall indemnify the RDFI as provided in the applicable ACH Rules, but the extent of such liability shall be limited to the amount of the entries comprising the duplicate or erroneous file. Reversals under this section shall comply with the time limitations set forth in the applicable ACH Rules.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Point-of-purchase debit entries.</I> An agency may originate a Point-of-Purchase (POP) entry using a check drawn on a consumer or business account and presented at a point-of-purchase. The requirements of the applicable ACH Rules, incorporated by reference, see § 210.3(b), shall be met for such an entry if the Receiver presents the check at a location where the agency has posted the notice required by the ACH Rules and has provided the Receiver with a copy of the notice.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Return Fee Entry.</I> An agency that has authority to collect returned item service fees may do so by originating a Return Fee Entry if the agency provides notice to the Receiver in accordance with the ACH Rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 42609, Sept. 11, 2017, as amended at 85 FR 15721, Mar. 19, 2020; 87 FR 47, Jan. 3, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.7   Federal Reserve Banks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Fiscal Agents.</I> Each Federal Reserve Bank serves as Fiscal Agent of the Treasury in carrying out its duties as the Federal Government's ACH Operator under this part. As Fiscal Agent, each Federal Reserve Bank shall be responsible only to the Treasury and not to any other party for any loss resulting from the Federal Reserve Bank's action, notwithstanding Section 11.5 and Article 8 of the ACH Rules. Each Federal Reserve Bank may issue operating circulars not inconsistent with this part which shall be binding on financial institutions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Routing numbers.</I> All routing numbers issued by a Federal Reserve Bank to an agency require the prior approval of the Service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.8   Financial institutions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Status as a Treasury depositary.</I> The origination or receipt of an entry subject to this part does not render a financial institution a Treasury depositary. A financial institution shall not advertise itself as a Treasury depositary on such basis.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Liability.</I> Notwithstanding ACH Rules Subsections 2.4.5, 2.8.4, 4.3.5, 2.9.2, 3.2.2, and 3.13.3, if the Federal Government sustains a loss as a result of a financial institution's failure to handle an entry in accordance with this part, the financial institution shall be liable to the Federal Government for the loss, up to the amount of the entry, except as otherwise provided in this section. A financial institution shall not be liable to any third party for any loss or damage resulting directly or indirectly from an agency's error or omission in originating an entry. Nothing in this section shall affect any obligation or liability of a financial institution under Regulation E, 12 CFR part 1005, or the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, 12 U.S.C. 1693 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Acquittance of the financial institution.</I> The final crediting of the correct amount of an entry received and processed by the Federal Reserve Bank and posted to the TGA shall constitute full acquittance of the ODFI and the originator for the amount of the entry. Full acquittance shall not occur if the entries do not balance, are incomplete, are incorrect, or are incapable of being processed. In the case of funds collected by an agency through origination of a debit entry, full acquittance shall not occur until the underlying payment becomes final.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of misdirected payment.</I> If an RDFI becomes aware that an agency has originated an ACH credit entry to an account that is not owned by the payee whose name appears in the ACH payment information, the RDFI shall promptly notify the agency. An RDFI that originates a Notification of Change (NOC) entry with the correct account and/or Routing and Transit Number information, or returns the original ACH credit entry to the agency with an appropriate return reason code, shall be deemed to have satisfied this requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 17487, Apr. 9, 1999, as amended at 69 FR 13189, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 67367, Nov. 7, 2005; 79 FR 42981, July 24, 2014; 79 FR 73841, Dec. 12, 2014; 82 FR 42609, Sept. 11, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Reclamation of Benefit Payments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.9   Parties to the reclamation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Agreement of RDFI.</I> An RDFI's acceptance of a benefit payment pursuant to this part shall constitute its agreement to this subpart. By accepting a benefit payment subject to this part, the RDFI authorizes the debiting of the Federal Reserve Bank account utilized by the RDFI in accordance with the provisions of § 210.10(e).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>The Federal Government.</I> In processing reclamations pursuant to this subpart, the Service shall act pursuant to the direction of the agency that certified the benefit payment(s) being reclaimed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.10   RDFI liability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Full liability.</I> An RDFI shall be liable to the Federal Government for the total amount of all benefit payments received after the death or legal incapacity of a recipient or the death of a beneficiary unless the RDFI has the right to limit its liability under § 210.11 of this part. An RDFI shall return any benefit payments received after the RDFI becomes aware of the death or legal incapacity of a recipient or the death of a beneficiary, regardless of the manner in which the RDFI discovers such information. If the RDFI learns of the death or legal incapacity of a recipient or death of a beneficiary from a source other than notice from the agency issuing payments to the recipient, the RDFI shall immediately notify the agency of the death or incapacity. The proper use of the R15 or R14 return reason code shall be deemed to constitute such notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Actual or Constructive Knowledge of Death.</I> Actual or constructive knowledge, when used in reference to an RDFI's or agency's knowledge of the death or incapacity of a recipient or death of a beneficiary, means that the RDFI or agency received information, by whatever means, of the death or incapacity and has had a reasonable opportunity to act on such information or that the RDFI or agency would have learned of the death or incapacity if it had followed commercially reasonable business practices. For purposes of this subpart, an agency is presumed to have constructive knowledge of death or incapacity at the time it stops certifying recurring payments to a recipient if the agency:
</P>
<P>(1) Does not re-initiate payments to the recipient; and
</P>
<P>(2) Subsequently initiates a reclamation for one or more payments made to the recipient.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception to liability rule.</I> An RDFI shall not be liable for post-death benefit payments sent to a recipient acting as a representative payee or fiduciary on behalf of a beneficiary, if the beneficiary was deceased at the time the authorization was executed and the RDFI did not have actual or constructive knowledge of the death of the beneficiary.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time limits.</I> An agency that initiates a request for a reclamation must do so within 120 calendar days after the date that the agency first has actual or constructive knowledge of the death or legal incapacity of a recipient or the death of a beneficiary. An agency may not reclaim any post-death or post-incapacity payment made more than six years prior to the date of the notice of reclamation; provided, however, that if the account balance at the time the RDFI receives the notice of reclamation exceeds the total amount of post-death or post-incapacity payments made by the agency during such six-year period, this limitation shall not apply and the RDFI shall be liable for the total amount of all post-death or post-incapacity payments made, up to the amount in the account at the time the RDFI receives the notice of reclamation and has had a reasonable opportunity to act on the notice (not to exceed one business day).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Debit of RDFI's account.</I> If an RDFI does not return the full amount of the outstanding total or any other amount for which the RDFI is liable under this subpart in a timely manner, the Federal Government will collect the amount outstanding by instructing the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank to debit the account utilized by the RDFI. The Federal Reserve Bank will provide advice of the debit to the RDFI.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 17487, Apr. 9, 1999, as amended at 69 FR 13189, Mar. 19, 2004; 85 FR 15721, Mar. 19, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.11   Limited liability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Right to limit its liability.</I> If an RDFI does not have actual or constructive knowledge of the death or legal incapacity of a recipient or the death of a beneficiary at the time it receives one or more benefit payments on behalf of the recipient, the RDFI's liability to the agency for those payments shall be limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) An amount equal to: 
</P>
<P>(i) The amount in the account at the time the RDFI receives the notice of reclamation and has had a reasonable opportunity (not to exceed one business day) to act on the notice, plus any additional benefit payments made to the account by the agency before the RDFI responds in full to the notice of reclamation, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The outstanding total, whichever is less; plus
</P>
<P>(2) If the agency is unable to collect the entire outstanding total, an additional amount equal to:
</P>
<P>(i) The benefit payments received by the RDFI from the agency within 45 days after the death or legal incapacity of the recipient or death of the beneficiary, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The balance of the outstanding total, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Qualification for limited liability.</I> In order to limit its liability as provided in this section, an RDFI shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Certify that at the time the benefit payments were credited to or withdrawn from the account, the RDFI had no actual or constructive knowledge of the death or legal incapacity of the recipient or death of the beneficiary;
</P>
<P>(2) Certify the date the RDFI first had actual or constructive knowledge of the death or legal incapacity of the recipient or death of the beneficiary, regardless of how and where such information was obtained;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Provide the name, last known address and phone number, as shown on the RDFI's records, of the following person(s):
</P>
<P>(A) The recipient and any co-owner(s) of the recipient's account;
</P>
<P>(B) All other person(s) authorized to withdraw funds from the recipient's account; and
</P>
<P>(C) All person(s) who withdrew funds from the recipient's account after the death or legal incapacity of the recipient or death of the beneficiary.
</P>
<P>(ii) If persons are not identified for any of these subcategories, the RDFI must certify that no such information is available and why no such information is available; and
</P>
<P>(4) Fully and accurately complete all certifications on the notice of reclamation and comply with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Payment of limited liability amount.</I> If the RDFI qualifies for limited liability under this subpart, it shall immediately return to the Federal Government the amount specified in § 210.11(a)(1). The agency will then attempt to collect the amount of the outstanding total not returned by the RDFI. If the agency is unable to collect that amount, the Federal Government will instruct the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank to debit the account utilized by the RDFI at that Federal Reserve Bank for the amount specified in § 210.11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Violation of subpart B.</I> An RDFI that fails to comply with any provision of this subpart in a timely and accurate manner, including but not limited to the certification requirements at § 210.11(b) and the notice requirements at § 210.13, shall be liable to the Federal Government for any loss resulting from its act or omission. Any such liability shall be in addition to the amount(s) for which the RDFI is liable under § 210.10 or § 210.11, as applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 17487, Apr. 9, 1999, as amended at 69 FR 13189, Mar. 19, 2004; 76 FR 59031, Sept. 23, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12   RDFI's rights of recovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Matters between the RDFI and its customer.</I> This subpart does not authorize or direct an RDFI to debit or otherwise affect the account of a recipient. Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to affect the right an RDFI has under state law or the RDFI's contract with a recipient to recover any amount from the recipient's account.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Liability unaffected.</I> The liability of the RDFI under this subpart is not affected by actions taken by the RDFI to recover any portion of the outstanding total from any party.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.13   Notice to account owners.</HEAD>
<P><I>Provision of notice by RDFI.</I> Upon receipt by an RDFI of a notice of reclamation, the RDFI immediately shall mail to the last known address of the account owner(s) or otherwise provide to the account owner(s) a copy of any notice required by the Service to be provided to account owners as specified in the Green Book. Proof that this notice was sent may be required by the Service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.8.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.14   Erroneous death information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification of error to the agency.</I> If, after the RDFI responds fully to the notice of reclamation, the RDFI learns that the recipient or beneficiary is not dead or legally incapacitated or that the date of death is incorrect, the RDFI shall inform the agency that certified the underlying payment(s) and directed the Service to reclaim the funds in dispute.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Resolution of dispute.</I> The agency that certified the underlying payment(s) and directed the Service to reclaim the funds will attempt to resolve the dispute with the RDFI in a timely manner. If the agency determines that the reclamation was improper, in whole or in part, the agency shall notify the RDFI and shall return the amount of the improperly reclaimed funds to the RDFI. Upon certification by the agency of an improper reclamation, the Service may instruct the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank to credit the account utilized by the RDFI at the Federal Reserve Bank in the amount of the improperly reclaimed funds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 17487, Apr. 9, 1999, as amended at 69 FR 13189, Mar. 19, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="211" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 211—DELIVERY OF CHECKS AND WARRANTS TO ADDRESSES OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, ITS TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 321 and 3329.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 211.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.9.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.1   Withholding delivery of checks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It is hereby determined that postal, transportation or banking facilities in general or local conditions in the Republic of Cuba and the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (North Korea) are such that there is not a reasonable assurance that a payee in those areas will actually receive checks or warrants drawn against funds of the United States, or agencies or instrumentalities thereof, and be able to negotiate the same for full value.
</P>
<P>(b) A check or warrant intended for delivery in any of the areas named in paragraph (a) of this section shall be withheld unless the check or warrant is specifically released by the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(c) Before a check or warrant drawn against funds blocked pursuant to the provisions of Executive Order No. 8389 (3 CFR, 1943 Cum. Supp.), as amended, and which remain blocked under the proviso clause of General License No. 101 of the Foreign Funds Control Regulations (31 CFR 520.101) may be released, it will be necessary for a license authorizing the release to be issued by the Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control, pursuant to E.O. 8389, as amended. In this regard, attention is also directed to the following regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury:
</P>
<P>(1) The Foreign Assets Control Regulations issued on December 17, 1950 (31 CFR part 500), pursuant to Executive Order 9193 (3 CFR, 1943 Cum. Supp.), which prohibit transactions involving payments to nationals of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (North Korea), the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, and Democratic Kampuchea, except to the extent that any such payments have been authorized by appropriate license,
</P>
<P>(2) The Cuban Assets Control Regulations issued on July 8, 1963 (31 CFR part 515), pursuant to the same authority, which prohibit similar transactions with nationals of Cuba unless licensed, and
</P>
<P>(3) The Iranian Assets Control Regulations issued on November 14, 1979 (31 CFR part 535), as amended on April 17, 1980, pursuant to Executive Orders 12170 and 12211, which prohibit transactions in property of the Iranian Government or its instrumentalities and transfers of funds to persons in Iran, except as authorized by appropriate license.
</P>
<P>(d) Powers of attorney for the receipt or collection of checks or warrants or for the proceeds of checks or warrants included within the determination of the Secretary of the Treasury set forth in paragraph (a) of this section will not be recognized.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 15847, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended at 44 FR 51568, Sept. 4, 1979; 45 FR 47678, July 16, 1980; 61 FR 41739, Aug. 12, 1996; 66 FR 63623, Dec. 10, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.9.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.2   Claims for the release of withheld checks or for the proceeds thereof.</HEAD>
<P>Claims for the release of checks or warrants withheld from delivery or for the proceeds thereof, shall be filed with the administrative agency which would have originally authorized such issuance, e.g., claims arising out of checks or warrants representing payments under laws administered by the Department of Veterans Affairs shall be filed with the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, Department of Veterans Affairs, Washington, DC 20420.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 41739, Aug. 12, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.9.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.3   Exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations of this part do not apply to payments to foreign governments, nor to checks or warrants issued in payment of salaries or wages, or for goods or services purchased by the Government of the United States in foreign countries, unless such payments are subject to the Foreign Funds Control Regulations (31 CFR part 520), the Foreign Assets Control Regulations (31 CFR part 500), the Cuban Assets Control Regulations (31 CFR part 515), or the Iranian Assets Control Regulations (31 CFR part 535).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 47678, July 16, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.9.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.4   Implementing instructions.</HEAD>
<P>Implementing instructions will be issued in Part IV, “Disbursing,” of the Treasury Fiscal Requirements Manual for Guidance of Departments and Agencies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 15847, Apr. 15, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="212" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 212—GARNISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS CONTAINING FEDERAL BENEFIT PAYMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 8346; 5 U.S.C. 8470; 5 U.S.C. 1103; 31 U.S.C. 321; 31 U.S.C. 3321; 31 U.S.C. 3332; 38 U.S.C. 5301(a); 38 U.S.C. 501(a); 42 U.S.C. 405(a); 42 U.S.C. 407; 42 U.S.C. 659; 42 U.S.C. 1383(d)(1); 45 U.S.C. 231f(b); 45 U.S.C. 231m; 45 U.S.C. 352(e); 45 U.S.C. 362(1).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 9955, Feb. 23, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 212.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to implement statutory provisions that protect Federal benefits from garnishment by establishing procedures that a financial institution must follow when served a garnishment order against an account holder into whose account a Federal benefit payment has been directly deposited.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.2   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Entities.</I> All financial institutions, as defined in § 212.3.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Funds.</I> Federal benefit payments protected from garnishment pursuant to the following authorities:
</P>
<P>(1) SSA benefit payments protected under 42 U.S.C. 407 and 42 U.S.C. 1383(d)(1);
</P>
<P>(2) VA benefit payments protected under 38 U.S.C. 5301(a);
</P>
<P>(3) RRB benefit payments protected under 45 U.S.C. 231m(a) and 45 U.S.C. 352(e); and
</P>
<P>(4) OPM benefit payments protected under 5 U.S.C. 8346 and 5 U.S.C. 8470.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part, the following definitions apply.
</P>
<P><I>Account</I> means an account, including a master account or sub account, at a financial institution and to which an electronic payment may be directly routed.
</P>
<P><I>Account holder</I> means a natural person against whom a garnishment order is issued and whose name appears in a financial institution's records as the direct or beneficial owner of an account.
</P>
<P><I>Account review</I> means the process of examining deposits in an account to determine if a benefit agency has deposited a benefit payment into the account during the lookback period.
</P>
<P><I>Benefit agency</I> means the Social Security Administration (SSA), the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), the Office of Personnel Management (OPM), or the Railroad Retirement Board (RRB).
</P>
<P><I>Benefit payment</I> means a Federal benefit payment referred to in § 212.2(b) paid by direct deposit to an account with the character “XX” encoded in positions 54 and 55 of the Company Entry Description field and the number “2” encoded in the Originator Status Code field of the Batch Header Record of the direct deposit entry.
</P>
<P><I>Federal banking agency</I> means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the National Credit Union Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Financial institution</I> means a bank, savings association, credit union, or other entity chartered under Federal or State law to engage in the business of banking.
</P>
<P><I>Freeze</I> or <I>account freeze</I> means an action by a financial institution to seize, withhold, or preserve funds, or to otherwise prevent an account holder from drawing on or transacting against funds in an account, in response to a garnishment order.
</P>
<P><I>Garnish</I> or <I>garnishment</I> means execution, levy, attachment, garnishment, or other legal process.
</P>
<P><I>Garnishment fee</I> means any service or legal processing fee, charged by a financial institution to an account holder, for processing a garnishment order or any associated withholding or release of funds.
</P>
<P><I>Garnishment order</I> or <I>order</I> means a writ, order, notice, summons, judgment, levy or similar written instruction issued by a court, a State or State agency, a municipality or municipal corporation, or a State child support enforcement agency, including a lien arising by operation of law for overdue child support or an order to freeze the assets in an account, to effect a garnishment against a debtor.
</P>
<P><I>Lookback period</I> means the two month period that begins on the date preceding the date of account review and ends on the corresponding date of the month two months earlier, or on the last date of the month two months earlier if the corresponding date does not exist. Examples illustrating the application of this definition are included in appendix C to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Protected amount</I> means the lesser of the sum of all benefit payments posted to an account between the close of business on the beginning date of the lookback period and the open of business on the ending date of the lookback period, or the balance in an account when the account review is performed. Examples illustrating the application of this definition are included in Appendix C to this part.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or the United States Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P><I>State child support enforcement agency</I> means the single and separate organizational unit in a State that has the responsibility for administering or supervising the State's plan for child and spousal support pursuant to Title IV, Part D, of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. 654.
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal corporation,
</P>
<P>(2) An agency, department, commission, board, or other entity of the United States, or
</P>
<P>(3) An instrumentality of the United States, as set forth in 28 U.S.C. 3002(15).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 9955, Feb. 23, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 32109, May 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.4   Initial action upon receipt of a garnishment order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Examination of order for Notice of Right to Garnish Federal Benefits.</I> Prior to taking any other action related to a garnishment order issued against a debtor, and no later than two business days following receipt of the order, a financial institution shall examine the order to determine if the United States or a State child support enforcement agency has attached or included a Notice of Right to Garnish Federal Benefits, as set forth in Appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of Right to Garnish Federal Benefits is attached to or included with the order.</I> If a Notice of Right to Garnish Federal Benefits is attached to or included with the garnishment order, then the financial institution shall follow its otherwise customary procedures for handling the order and shall not follow the procedures in § 212.5 and § 212.6.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>No Notice of Right to Garnish Federal Benefits.</I> If a Notice of Right to Garnish Federal Benefits is not attached to or included with the garnishment order, then the financial institution shall follow the procedures in § 212.5 and § 212.6.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.5   Account review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Timing of account review.</I> When served a garnishment order issued against a debtor, a financial institution shall perform an account review:
</P>
<P>(1) No later than two business days following receipt of (A) the order, and (B) sufficient information from the creditor that initiated the order to determine whether the debtor is an account holder, if such information is not already included in the order; or
</P>
<P>(2) In cases where the financial institution is served a batch of a large number of orders, by a later date that may be permitted by the creditor that initiated the orders, consistent with the terms of the orders. The financial institution shall maintain records on such batches and creditor permissions, consistent with § 212.11(b),
</P>
<P>(b) <I>No benefit payment deposited during lookback period.</I> If the account review shows that a benefit agency did not deposit a benefit payment into the account during the lookback period, then the financial institution shall follow its otherwise customary procedures for handling the garnishment order and shall not follow the procedures in § 212.6.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Benefit payment deposited during lookback period.</I> If the account review shows that a benefit agency deposited a benefit payment into the account during the lookback period, then the financial institution shall follow the procedures in § 212.6.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Uniform application of account review.</I> The financial institution shall perform an account review without consideration for any other attributes of the account or the garnishment order, including but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) The presence of other funds, from whatever source, that may be commingled in the account with funds from a benefit payment;
</P>
<P>(2) The existence of a co-owner on the account;
</P>
<P>(3) The existence of benefit payments to multiple beneficiaries, and/or under multiple programs, deposited in the account;
</P>
<P>(4) The balance in the account, provided the balance is above zero dollars on the date of account review;
</P>
<P>(5) Instructions to the contrary in the order; or
</P>
<P>(6) The nature of the debt or obligation underlying the order.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Priority of account review.</I> The financial institution shall perform the account review prior to taking any other actions related to the garnishment order that may affect funds in the account.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Separate account reviews.</I> The financial institution shall perform the account review separately for each account in the name of an account holder against whom a garnishment order has been issued. In performing account reviews for multiple accounts in the name of one account holder, a financial institution shall not trace the movement of funds between accounts by attempting to associate funds from a benefit payment deposited into one account with amounts subsequently transferred to another account.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.6   Rules and procedures to protect benefits.</HEAD>
<P>The following provisions apply if an account review shows that a benefit agency deposited a benefit payment into an account during the lookback period.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Protected amount.</I> The financial institution shall immediately calculate and establish the protected amount for an account. The financial institution shall ensure that the account holder has full and customary access to the protected amount, which the financial institution shall not freeze in response to the garnishment order. An account holder shall have no requirement to assert any right of garnishment exemption prior to accessing the protected amount in the account.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Separate protected amounts.</I> The financial institution shall calculate and establish the protected amount separately for each account in the name of an account holder, consistent with the requirements in § 212.5(f) to conduct distinct account reviews.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>No challenge of protection.</I> A protected amount calculated and established by a financial institution pursuant to this section shall be conclusively considered to be exempt from garnishment under law.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Funds in excess of the protected amount.</I> For any funds in an account in excess of the protected amount, the financial institution shall follow its otherwise customary procedures for handling garnishment orders, including the freezing of funds, but consistent with paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice.</I> The financial institution shall issue a notice to the account holder named in the garnishment order, in accordance with § 212.7.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>One-time account review process.</I> The financial institution shall perform the account review only one time upon the first service of a given garnishment order. The financial institution shall not repeat the account review or take any other action related to the order if the same order is subsequently served again upon the financial institution. If the financial institution is subsequently served a new or different garnishment order against the same account holder, the financial institution shall perform a separate and new account review.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>No continuing or periodic garnishment responsibilities.</I> The financial institution shall not continually garnish amounts deposited or credited to the account following the date of account review, and shall take no action to freeze any funds subsequently deposited or credited, unless the institution is served with a new or different garnishment order, consistent with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Impermissible garnishment fee.</I> The financial institution may not charge or collect a garnishment fee against a protected amount. The financial institution may charge or collect a garnishment fee up to five business days after the account review if funds other than a benefit payment are deposited to the account within this period, provided that the fee may not exceed the amount of the non-benefit deposited funds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 9955, Feb. 23, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 32109, May 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.7   Notice to the account holder.</HEAD>
<P>A financial institution shall issue the notice required by § 212.6(e) in accordance with the following provisions.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Notice requirement.</I> The financial institution shall send the notice in cases where:
</P>
<P>(1) A benefit agency deposited a benefit payment into an account during the lookback period;
</P>
<P>(2) The balance in the account on the date of account review was above zero dollars and the financial institution established a protected amount; and
</P>
<P>(3) There are funds in the account in excess of the protected amount.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice content.</I> The financial institution shall notify the account holder named in the garnishment order of the following facts and events in readily understandable language.
</P>
<P>(1) The financial institution's receipt of an order against the account holder.
</P>
<P>(2) The date on which the order was served.
</P>
<P>(3) A succinct explanation of garnishment.
</P>
<P>(4) The financial institution's requirement under Federal regulation to ensure that account balances up to the protected amount specified in § 212.3 are protected and made available to the account holder if a benefit agency deposited a benefit payment into the account in the last two months.
</P>
<P>(5) The account subject to the order and the protected amount established by the financial institution.
</P>
<P>(6) The financial institution's requirement pursuant to State law to freeze other funds in the account to satisfy the order and the amount frozen, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(7) The amount of any garnishment fee charged to the account, consistent with § 212.6.
</P>
<P>(8) A list of the Federal benefit payments subject to this part, as identified in § 212.2(b).
</P>
<P>(9) The account holder's right to assert against the creditor that initiated the order a further garnishment exemption for amounts above the protected amount, by completing exemption claim forms, contacting the court of jurisdiction, or contacting the creditor, as customarily applicable for a given jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(10) The account holder's right to consult an attorney or legal aid service in asserting against the creditor that initiated the order a further garnishment exemption for amounts above the protected amount.
</P>
<P>(11) The name of the creditor, and, if contact information is included in the order, means of contacting the creditor.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Optional notice content.</I> The financial institution may notify the account holder named in the garnishment order of the following facts and events in readily understandable language.
</P>
<P>(1) Means of contacting a local free attorney or legal aid service.
</P>
<P>(2) Means of contacting the financial institution,
</P>
<P>(3) By issuing the notice required by this part, the financial institution is not providing legal advice.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amending notice content.</I> The financial institution may amend the content of the notice to integrate information about a State's garnishment rules and protections, for the purposes of avoiding potential confusion or harmonizing the notice with State requirements, or providing more complete information about an account.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice delivery.</I> The financial institution shall issue the notice directly to the account holder, or to a fiduciary who administers the account and receives communications on behalf of the account holder, and only information and documents pertaining to the garnishment order, including other notices or forms that may be required under State or local government law, may be included in the communication.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Notice timing.</I> The financial institution shall send the notice to the account holder within 3 business days from the date of account review.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>One notice for multiple accounts.</I> The financial institution may issue one notice with information related to multiple accounts of an account holder.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Not legal advice.</I> By issuing a notice required by this part, a financial institution creates no obligation to provide, and shall not be deemed to be offering, legal advice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 9955, Feb. 23, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 32109, May 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.8   Other rights and authorities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exempt status.</I> Nothing in this part shall be construed to limit an individual's right under Federal law to assert against a creditor a further exemption from garnishment for funds in excess of the protected amount, or to alter the exempt status of funds that may be protected from garnishment under Federal law.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Account agreements.</I> Nothing in this part shall be construed to invalidate any term or condition of an account agreement between a financial institution and an account holder that is not inconsistent with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.9   Preemption of State law.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Inconsistent law preempted.</I> Any State or local government law or regulation that is inconsistent with a provision of this part is preempted to the extent of the inconsistency. A State law or regulation is inconsistent with this part if it requires a financial institution to take actions or make disclosures that contradict or conflict with the requirements of this part or if a financial institution cannot comply with the State law or regulation without violating this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Consistent law not preempted.</I> This regulation does not annul, alter, affect, or exempt any financial institution from complying with the laws of any State with respect to garnishment practices, except to the extent of an inconsistency. A requirement under State law to protect benefit payments in an account from freezing or garnishment at a higher protected amount than is required under this part is not inconsistent with this part if the financial institution can comply with both this part and the State law requirement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.10   Safe harbor.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Protection during examination and pending review.</I> A financial institution that complies in good faith with this part shall not be liable to a creditor that initiates a garnishment order, or for any penalties under State law, contempt of court, civil procedure, or other law for failing to honor a garnishment order, for account activity during:
</P>
<P>(1) The two business days following the financial institution's receipt of a garnishment order during which the financial institution must determine if the United States or a State child support enforcement agency has attached or included a Notice of Right to Garnish Federal Benefits, as set forth in § 212.4; or
</P>
<P>(2) The time between the financial institution's receipt of the garnishment order and the date by which the financial institution must perform the account review, as set forth in § 212.5.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Protection when protecting or freezing funds.</I> A financial institution that complies in good faith with this part shall not be liable to a creditor that initiates a garnishment order for any protected amounts, to an account holder for any frozen amounts, or for any penalties under State law, contempt of court, civil procedure, or other law for failing to honor a garnishment order in cases where:
</P>
<P>(1) A benefit agency has deposited a benefit payment into an account during the lookback period, or
</P>
<P>(2) The financial institution has determined that the order was obtained by the United States or issued by a State child support enforcement agency by following the procedures in § 212.4.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Protection for providing additional information to account holder.</I> A financial institution shall not be liable for providing in good faith any optional information in the notice to the account holder, as set forth in § 212.7(c) and (d).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Protection for financial institutions from other potential liabilities.</I> A financial institution that complies in good faith with this part shall not be liable for:
</P>
<P>(1) Bona fide errors that occur despite reasonable procedures maintained by the financial institution to prevent such errors in complying with the provisions of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Customary clearing and settlement adjustments that affect the balance in an account, including a protected amount, such as deposit reversals caused by the return of unpaid items, or debit card transactions settled for amounts higher than the amounts originally authorized; or
</P>
<P>(3) Honoring an account holder's express written instruction, that is both dated and provided by the account holder to the financial institution following the date on which it has been served a particular garnishment order, to use an otherwise protected amount to satisfy the order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.11   Compliance and record retention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Enforcement.</I> Federal banking agencies will enforce compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Record retention.</I> A financial institution shall maintain records of account activity and actions taken in response to a garnishment order, sufficient to demonstrate compliance with this part, for a period of not less than two years from the date on which the financial institution receives the garnishment order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.12   Amendment of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part may be amended only by a rulemaking issued jointly by Treasury and all of the benefit agencies as defined in § 212.3.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.2.1.1.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 212—Model Notice to Account Holder
</HEAD>
<P>A financial institution may use the following model notice to meet the requirements of § 212.7. Although use of the model notice is not required, a financial institution using it properly is deemed to be in compliance with § 212.7.
</P>
<P>Information in brackets should be completed by the financial institution. Where the bracketed information indicates a choice of words, as indicated by a slash, the financial institution should either select the appropriate words or provide substitute words suitable to the garnishment process in a given jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>Parenthetical wording in italics represents instructions to the financial institution and should not be printed with the notice. In most cases, this wording indicates that the model language either is optional for the financial institution, or should only be included if some condition is met.
</P>
<HD1>MODEL NOTICE:
</HD1>
<P>[Financial institution name, city, and State, shown as letterhead or otherwise printed at the beginning of the notice]
</P>
<HD1>IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR ACCOUNT
</HD1>
<P>Date:
</P>
<P>Notice to:
</P>
<P>Account Number:
</P>
<HD2>Why am I receiving this notice?
</HD2>
<P>On [date on which garnishment order was served], [Name of financial institution] received a garnishment order from a court to [freeze/remove] funds in your account. The amount of the garnishment order was for $[amount of garnishment order]. We are sending you this notice to let you know what we have done in response to the garnishment order.
</P>
<HD2>What is garnishment?
</HD2>
<P>Garnishment is a legal process that allows a creditor to remove funds from your [bank]/[credit union] account to satisfy a debt that you have not paid. In other words, if you owe money to a person or company, they can obtain a court order directing your [bank]/[credit union] to take money out of your account to pay off your debt. If this happens, you cannot use that money in your account.
</P>
<HD2>What has happened to my account?
</HD2>
<P>On [date of account review], we researched your account and identified one or more Federal benefit payments deposited in the last 2 months. In most cases, Federal benefit payments are protected from garnishment. As required by Federal regulations, therefore, we have established a “protected amount” of funds that will remain available to you and that will not be [frozen/removed] from your account in response to the garnishment order.
</P>
<P>(<I>Conditional paragraph if funds have been frozen</I>) Your account contained additional money that may not be protected from garnishment. As required by law, we have [placed a hold on/removed] these funds in the amount of $[amount frozen] and may have to turn these funds over to your creditor as directed by the garnishment order.
</P>
<P>The chart below summarizes this information about your account(s):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Account Summary as of [date of account review]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount in
<br/>account
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount protected
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount subject to garnishment (now [frozen/removed])
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Garnishment fee charged
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">(<E T="03">If the account holder has multiple accounts, add a row for each account.</E>)</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>Please note that these amount(s) may be affected by deposits or withdrawals after the protected amount was calculated on [date of account review].
</P>
<HD2>Do I need to do anything to access my protected funds?
</HD2>
<P>You may use the “protected amount” of money in your account as you normally would. <I>There is nothing else that you need to do to make sure that the “protected amount” is safe.</I>
</P>
<HD2>Who garnished my account?
</HD2>
<P>The creditor who obtained a garnishment order against you is [name of creditor].
</P>
<HD2>What types of Federal benefit payments are protected from garnishment?
</HD2>
<P>In most cases, you have protections from garnishment if the funds in your account include one or more of the following Federal benefit payments:
</P>
<FP-1>• Social Security benefits
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Supplemental Security Income benefits
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Veterans benefits
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Railroad retirement benefits
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Railroad Unemployment Insurance benefits
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Civil Service Retirement System benefits
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Federal Employees Retirement System benefits
</FP-1>
<P>(<I>Conditional section if funds have been frozen</I>) What should I do if I think that additional funds in my account are from Federal benefit payments?
</P>
<P>If you believe that additional funds in your account(s) are from Federal benefit payments and should not have been [frozen/removed], there are several things you can do.
</P>
<P>(<I>Conditional sentence if applicable for the jurisdiction</I>) You can fill out a garnishment exemption form and submit it to the court.
</P>
<P>You may contact the creditor that garnished your account and explain that additional funds are from Federal benefit payments and should be released back to you. (<I>Conditional sentence if contact information is in the garnishment order</I>) The creditor may be contacted at [contact information included in the garnishment order].
</P>
<P>You may also consult an attorney (lawyer) to help you prove to the creditor who garnished your account that additional funds are from Federal benefit payments and cannot be taken. If you cannot afford an attorney, you can seek assistance from a free attorney or a legal aid society. (<I>Optional sentences)</I> [Name of State, local, or independent legal aid service] is an organization that provides free legal aid and can be reached at [contact information]. You can find information about other free legal aid programs at [insert “<I>http://www.lawhelp.org</I>” or other legal aid programs website].
</P>
<P>(<I>Optional section</I>) How to contact [name of financial institution].
</P>
<P>This notice contains all the information that we have about the garnishment order. However, if you have a question about your account, you may contact us at [contact number].


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.2.1.1.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 212—Form of Notice of Right to Garnish Federal Benefits
</HEAD>
<P>The United States, or a State child support enforcement agency, certifying its right to garnish Federal benefits shall attach or include with a garnishment order the following Notice, on official organizational letterhead.
</P>
<P>Information in brackets should be completed by the United States or a State child support enforcement agency, as applicable. Where the bracketed information indicates a choice of words, as indicated by a slash, the appropriate words should be selected from the options.
</P>
<HD1>Notice of Right to Garnish Federal Benefits
</HD1>
<FP-DASH>Date:
</FP-DASH>
<FP>[Garnishment Order Number]/[State Case ID]: ______
</FP>
<P>The attached garnishment order was [obtained by the United States, pursuant to the Federal Debt Collection Procedures Act, 28 U.S.C. § 3205, or the Mandatory Victims Restitution Act, 18 U.S.C. § 3613, or other Federal statute]/[issued by (name of the State child support enforcement agency), pursuant to authority to attach or seize assets of noncustodial parents in financial institutions in the State of (name of State), 42 U.S.C. § 666].
</P>
<P>Accordingly, the garnishee is hereby notified that the procedures established under 31 CFR part 212 for identifying and protecting Federal benefits deposited to accounts at financial institutions do not apply to this garnishment order.
</P>
<P>The garnishee should comply with the terms of this order, including instructions for withholding and retaining any funds deposited to any account(s) covered by this order, pending further order of [name of the court]/[the name of the State child support enforcement agency].


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.10.2.1.1.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 212—Examples of the Lookback Period and Protected Amount
</HEAD>
<P>The following examples illustrate this definition of <I>lookback period.</I>
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1: Account review performed same day garnishment order is served.</HED><PSPACE>A financial institution receives garnishment order on Wednesday, March 17. The financial institution performs account review the same day on Wednesday, March 17. The lookback period begins on Tuesday, March 16, the date preceding the date of account review. The lookback period ends on Saturday, January 16, the corresponding date two months earlier.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2: Account review performed the day after garnishment order is served.</HED><PSPACE>A financial institution receives garnishment order on Wednesday, November 17. The financial institution performs account review next business day on Thursday, November 18. The lookback period begins on Wednesday, November 17, the date preceding the date of account review. The lookback period ends on Friday, September 17, the corresponding date two months earlier.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3: No corresponding date two months earlier.</HED><PSPACE>A financial institution receives garnishment order on Tuesday, August 30. The financial institution performs the account review two business days later on Thursday, September 1. The lookback period begins on Wednesday, August 31, the date preceding the date of account review. The lookback period ends on Wednesday, June 30, the last date of the month two months earlier, since June 31 does not exist to correspond with August 31.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 4: Weekend between receipt of garnishment order and account review.</HED><PSPACE>A financial institution receives garnishment order on Friday, December 10. The financial institution performs the account review two business days later on Tuesday, December 14. The lookback period begins on Monday, December 13, the date preceding the date of account review. The lookback period ends on Wednesday, October 13, the corresponding date two months earlier.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>The following examples illustrate the definition of <I>protected amount.</I>
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1: Account balance less than sum of benefit payments.</HED><PSPACE>A financial institution receives a garnishment order against an account holder for $2,000 on May 20. The date of account review is the same day, May 20, and the balance in the account when the review is performed is $1,000. The lookback period begins on May 19, the date preceding the date of account review, and ends on March 19, the corresponding date two months earlier. The account review shows that two Federal benefit payments were deposited to the account during the lookback period totaling $2,500, one for $1,250 on Friday, April 30 and one for $1,250 on Tuesday, April 1. Since the $1,000 balance in the account when the account review is performed is less than the $2,500 sum of benefit payments posted to the account during the lookback period, the financial institution establishes the protected amount at $1,000. The financial institution is not required to send a notice to the account holder.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2: Three benefit payments during lookback period.</HED><PSPACE>A financial institution receives a garnishment order against an account holder for $8,000 on December 2. The date of account review is the same day, December 2, and the balance in the account when the account review is performed is $5,000. The lookback period begins on December 1, the date preceding the date of account review, and ends on October 1, the corresponding date two months earlier. The account review shows that three Federal benefit payments were deposited to the account during the lookback period totaling $4,500, one for $1,500 on December 1, another for $1,500 on November 1, and a third for $1,500 on October 1. Since the $4,500 sum of the three benefit payments posted to the account during the lookback period is less than the $5,000 balance in the account when the account review is performed, the financial institution establishes the protected amount at $4,500 and seizes the remaining $500 in the account consistent with State law. The financial institution is required to send a notice to the account holder.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3: Intraday transactions.</HED><PSPACE>A financial institution receives a garnishment order against an account holder for $4,000 on Friday, September 10. The date of account review is Monday, September 13, when the opening balance in the account is $6,000. A cash withdrawal for $1,000 is processed after the open of business on September 13, but before the financial institution has performed the account review, so that the balance in the account is $5,000 when the financial institution initiates an automated program to conduct the account review. The lookback period begins on Sunday, September 12, the date preceding the date of account review, and ends on Monday, July 12, the corresponding date two months earlier. The account review shows that two Federal benefit payments were deposited to the account during the lookback period totaling $3,000, one for $1,500 on Wednesday, July 21, and the other for $1,500 on Wednesday, August 18. Since the $3,000 sum of the two benefit payments posted to the account during the lookback period is less than the $5,000 balance in the account when the account review is performed, the financial institution establishes the protected amount at $3,000 and, consistent with State law, freezes the $2,000 remaining in the account after the cash withdrawal. The financial institution is required to send a notice to the account holder.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 4: Benefit payment on date of account review.</HED><PSPACE>A financial institution receives a garnishment order against an account holder for $5,000 on Thursday, July 1. The date of account review is the same day, July 1, when the opening balance in the account is $3,000, and reflects a Federal benefit payment of $1,000 posted that day. The lookback period begins on Wednesday, June 30, the date preceding the date of account review, and ends on Friday, April 30, the corresponding date two months earlier. The account review shows that two Federal benefit payments were deposited to the account during the lookback period totaling $2,000, one for $1,000 on Friday, April 30 and one for $1,000 on Tuesday, June 1. Since the $2,000 sum of the two benefit payments posted to the account during the lookback period is less than the $3,000 balance in the account when the account review is performed, the financial institution establishes the protected amount at $2,000 and places a hold on the remaining $1,000 in the account in accordance with State law. The financial institution is required to send a notice to the account holder.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 5: Account co-owners with benefit payments.</HED><PSPACE>A financial institution receives a garnishment order against an account holder for $3,800 on March 22. The date of account review is the same day, March 22, and the balance in the account is $7,000. The lookback period begins on March 21, the date preceding the date of account review, and ends on January 21, the corresponding date two months earlier. The account review shows that four Federal benefit payments were deposited to the account during the lookback period totaling $7,000. Two of these benefit payments, totaling $3,000, were made to the account holder against whom the garnishment order was issued. The other two payments, totaling $4,000, were made to a co-owner of the account. Since the financial institution must perform the account review based only on the presence of benefit payments, without regard to the existence of co-owners on the account or payments to multiple beneficiaries or under multiple programs, the financial institution establishes the protected amount at $7,000, equal to the sum of the four benefit payments posted to the account during the lookback period. Since $7,000 is also the balance in the account at the time of the account review, there are no additional funds in the account which can be frozen. The financial institution is not required to send a notice to the account holder.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 9955, Feb. 23, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 32109, May 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="215" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 215—WITHHOLDING OF DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA, STATE, CITY AND COUNTY INCOME OR EMPLOYMENT TAXES BY FEDERAL AGENCIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 5516, 5517, 5520; E.O. 11997, 42 FR 31759.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 33731, July 1, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.1   Scope of part.</HEAD>
<P>This part relates to agreements between the Secretary of the Treasury and States (including the District of Columbia), cities or counties for withholding of State, city or county income or employment taxes from the compensation of civilian Federal employees, and for the withholding of State income taxes from the compensation of members of the Armed Forces. Subpart A contains general information and definitions. Subpart B prescribes the procedures to be followed in entering into an agreement for the withholding of State, city or county income or employment taxes. Subpart C is the Withholding Agreement which the Secretary will enter into with any State, city or county which qualifies to have the tax withheld.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Agency</I> means each of the executive agencies and military departments (as defined in 5 U.S.C. 105 and 102, respectively) and the United States Postal Service; and in addition, for city or county withholding purposes only, all elements of the judicial branch.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>City</I> means any unit of general local government.
</P>
<P>(1) Which:
</P>
<P>(A) Is classified as a municipality by the United States Bureau of the Census, or
</P>
<P>(B) Is a town or township which, in the determination of the Secretary of the Treasury,
</P>
<P>(i) Possesses powers and performs functions comparable to those associated with municipalities,
</P>
<P>(ii) Is closely settled, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Contains within its boundaries no incorporated places as defined by the United States Bureau of the Census; and
</P>
<P>(2) Within the political boundaries of which five hundred or more persons are regularly employed by all agencies of the Federal Government.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>City income or employment taxes</I> means any form of tax for which, under a city ordinance:
</P>
<P>(1) Collection is provided by imposing on employers generally the duty of withholding sums from the pay of employees and making returns of the sums to a designated city officer, department, or instrumentality; and
</P>
<P>(2) The duty to withhold generally is imposed on the payment of compensation earned within the jurisdiction of the city in the case of employees whose regular place of employment is within such jurisdiction. Whether the tax is described as an income, wage, payroll, earnings, occupational license, or otherwise, is immaterial.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compensation</I> as applied to employees of an agency and members of the Armed Forces means <I>wages</I> as defined in 26 U.S.C. 3401(a) and regulations issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>County</I> means any unit of local general Government which is classified as a county by the Bureau of the Census and within the political boundaries of which 500 or more persons are regularly employed by all agencies of the Federal Government.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>County income or employment taxes</I> means any form of tax for which, under a county ordinance:
</P>
<P>(1) Collection is provided by imposing on employers generally the duty of withholding sums from the pay of employees and making returns of the sums to a designated county officer, department, or instrumentality; and
</P>
<P>(2) The duty to withhold generally is imposed on the payment of compensation earned within the jurisdiction of the country in the case of employees whose regular place of employment is within such jurisdiction. Whether the tax is described as an income, wage, payroll, earnings, occupational license, or otherwise, is immaterial.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>District of Columbia income tax</I> means the income tax imposed under 47 District of Columbia Code, chapter 15, subchapter II.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) <I>Employees</I> for the purpose of State income tax withholding, means all employees of an agency, other than members of the armed forces. For city and county income or employment tax withholding, it means:
</P>
<P>(i) Employees of an agency;
</P>
<P>(ii) Members of the National Guard, participating in exercises or performing duty under 32 U.S.C. 502; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Members of the Ready Reserve, participating in scheduled drills or training periods, or serving on active duty for training under 10 U.S.C. 270(a).
</P>
<FP>The term does not include retired personnel, pensioners, annuitants, or similar beneficiaries of the Federal Government, who are not performing active civilian service or persons receiving remuneration for services on a contract-fee basis.
</FP>
<P>(2) <I>Employees</I> for purposes of District of Columbia income tax withholding, means employees as defined in 47 District of Columbia Code 1551c(z).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Members of the Armed Forces</I> means (1) individuals in active duty status (as defined in 10 U.S.C. 101(d)(1)) in regular and reserve components of the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard, and (2) members of the National Guard while participating in exercises or performing duty under 32 U.S.C. 502 and members of the Ready Reserve while participating in scheduled drills or training periods or serving on active duty for training under 10 U.S.C. 10147.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Ordinance</I> means an ordinance, order, resolution, or similar instrument which is duly adopted and approved by a city or county in accordance with the constitution and statutes of the state in which it is located and which has the force of law within such city or county.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Regular place of Federal employment</I> means the official duty station, or other place, where an employee actually and normally (<I>i.e. </I>, other than in a travel or temporary duty status) performs services, irrespective of residence.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Secretary</I> means Secretary of the Treasury or his designee.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>State</I> means a State, territory, possession, or commonwealth of the United States, or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>State income tax</I> means any form of tax for which, under a State status:
</P>
<P>(1) Collection is provided, either by imposing on employers generally the duty of withholding sums from the compensation of employees and making returns of such sums to the State or by granting to employers generally the authority to withhold sums from the compensation of employees, if any employee voluntarily elects to have such sums withheld; and
</P>
<P>(2) The duty to withhold generally is imposed, or the authority to withhold generally is granted, with respect to the compensation of employees who are residents of such State.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33731, July 1, 1977, as amended at 55 FR 3590, Feb. 2, 1990; 55 FR 7494, Mar. 2, 1990; 71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.3   Procedures for entering into a Withholding Agreement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subpart C of this part is the Withholding Agreement which the Secretary will enter into with a State, city or county. A State, city or county which does not have an existing withholding agreement with the Secretary and wishes to enter into such an agreement shall indicate in a letter its consent to be bound by the provisions of subpart C. The letter shall be sent to the Secretary by addressing the request to: Assistant Commissioner, Payment Management, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury, 401 14th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20227. The letter shall be signed by an officer authorized to bind contractually the State, city or county. Copies of all applicable State laws, city or county ordinances and implementing regulations, instructions, and forms shall be enclosed. The letter shall also indicate the title and address of the official whom Federal agencies may contact to obtain forms and other information necessary to implement withholding.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 120 days of the receipt of the letter from the State, city or county official, the Secretary will, by letter, notify the State, city or county:
</P>
<P>(1) That a Withholding Agreement has been entered into as of the date of the Secretary's letter, or
</P>
<P>(2) That a Withholding Agreement cannot be entered into with the State, city or county and the reason for that determination.
</P>
<P>(c) The withholding of the State, city or county income or employment tax shall commence within 90 days after the effective date of the agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006, as amended at 75 FR 51374, Aug. 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.4   Relationship of Withholding Agreement to prior agreements.</HEAD>
<P>Jurisdictions which requested from Treasury an agreement other than the Withholding Agreement set forth in subpart C (formerly known as the Standard Agreement) within 90 days after July 1, 1977, which request Treasury subsequently approved, will continue to be governed by such agreement. For all other jurisdictions, the Withholding Agreement set forth in subpart C replaced all prior agreements between the Secretary and a taxing jurisdiction for the withholding of income or employment taxes from the compensation of Federal employees, and any jurisdiction which was a party to a prior agreement is presumed to have consented to be bound by the Withholding Agreement set forth in subpart C.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Withholding Agreement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.5   In general.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart is the text of the Withholding Agreement between the Secretary and the State, city or county. The terms used in this agreement are defined in § 215.2 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33731, July 1, 1977. Redesignated and amended at 71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.6   Parties.</HEAD>
<P>The parties to this agreement are the Secretary and the State, city or county which has entered into this agreement pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5516, 5517, or 5520 and Executive Order 11997 (June 22, 1977).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33731, July 1, 1977. Redesignated at 71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.7   Compliance by agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the case of an agreement with a State, the head of each agency is required to withhold State income taxes from the compensation of:
</P>
<P>(1) Employees of such agency who are subject to such taxes and whose regular place of Federal employment is within the State, and
</P>
<P>(2) Members of the Armed Forces who are subject to such taxes and who are legal residents of the State.
</P>
<FP>The foregoing is also applicable with respect to a State whose statutes permit but do not require withholding by employers, provided the employee voluntarily elects to have such tax withheld.
</FP>
<P>(b) In the case of an agreement with a city or county, the head of each agency is required to withhold city or county income or employment taxes from the compensation of any employee of the agency who is subject to the tax, and
</P>
<P>(1) Whose regular place of Federal employment is within the city or county, or
</P>
<P>(2) Is a resident of the city or county.
</P>
<P>(c) In withholding taxes, the head of each agency, except as otherwise provided in this agreement, shall comply with the withholding provisions of the State, city or county income or employment tax statute, regulations, procedural instructions and reciprocal agreements related thereto.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Pub. L. 95-365, 92 Stat. 599 (5 U.S.C. 5520))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33731, July 1, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 4670, Jan. 23, 1979. Redesignated at 71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.8   Withholding certificates.</HEAD>
<P>Each agency may require employees or members of the Armed Forces under its jurisdiction to complete a withholding certificate in order to calculate the amount to be withheld. The agency shall use the withholding certificate which the State, city or county has prescribed. Where the State, city or county has not prescribed a certificate, the agency may use a certificate approved by the Department of the Treasury. The agency may rely on the information in the certificate. Copies of completed certificates shall be provided to the taxing authority by agencies upon request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33731, July 1, 1977. Redesignated at 71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.9   Change of legal residence by members of the Armed Forces.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In determining the legal residence of a member of the Armed Forces for tax withholding purposes, the head of an agency at all times may rely on the agency's current records, which may include a certificate of legal residence. The form of the certificate of legal residence shall be approved by the Department of the Treasury. A change of legal residence of a member of the Armed Forces shall become effective for tax withholding purposes only after a member of the Armed Forces completes a certificate indicating a new legal residence and delivers it to the agency.
</P>
<P>(b) Heads of agencies shall notify the State of prior legal residence of the member of the Armed Forces involved on a monthly basis concerning the change of the member's legal residence. The notification shall include the name, social security number, current mailing address and the new legal residence of such member of the Armed Forces. The effective date of the change in legal residence shall also be included in the notification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33731, July 1, 1977. Redesignated at 71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.10   Agency withholding procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) State income tax shall be withheld only on the entire compensation of Federal employees and members of the Armed Forces. Nonresident employees, who under the State income tax law are required to allocate at least three-fourths of their compensation to the State, shall be subject to withholding on their entire compensation. Nonresident employees, who under the State income tax law are required to allocate less than three-fourths of their compensation to the State, may elect to:
</P>
<P>(1) Have State income tax withheld on their entire compensation, or
</P>
<P>(2) Have no income tax withheld on their compensation.
</P>
<P>(b) In calculating the amount to be withheld from an employee's or a member's compensation, each agency shall use the method prescribed by the State income tax statute or city or county ordinance or a method which produces approximately the tax required to be withheld:
</P>
<P>(1) By the State income tax statute from the compensation of each employee or member of the Armed Forces subject to such income tax, or
</P>
<P>(2) By the city or county ordinance from the compensation of each employee subject to such income or employment tax.
</P>
<P>(c) Where it is the practice of a Federal agency under Federal tax withholding procedure to make returns and payment of the tax on an estimated basis, subject to later adjustment based on audited figures, this practice may be applied with respect to the State, city of county income or employment tax where the agency has made appropriate arrangements with the State, city or county income tax authorities.
</P>
<P>(d) Copies of Federal Form W-2, “Wage and Tax Statement”, may be used for reporting withheld taxes to the State, city or county.
</P>
<P>(e) Withholding shall not be required on wages earned but unpaid at the date of an employee's or member's death.
</P>
<P>(f) Withholding of District of Columbia income tax shall not apply to pay of employees who are not residents of the District of Columbia as defined in 47 District of Columbia Code, chapter 15, subchapter II.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33731, July 1, 1977. Redesignated at 71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.11   Miscellaneous provisions.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in this agreement shall be deemed:
</P>
<P>(a) To require collection by agencies of the United States of delinquent tax liabilities of Federal employees or members of the Armed Forces, or
</P>
<P>(b) To consent to the application of any provision of law of the State, city or county which has the effect of:
</P>
<P>(1) Imposing more burdensome requirements upon the United States than it imposes on other employers, or
</P>
<P>(2) Subjecting the United States or any of its officers or employees to any penalty or liability, or
</P>
<P>(c) To consent to procedures for withholding, filing of returns, and payment of the withheld taxes to a State, city or county that do not conform to the usual fiscal practices of agencies, or
</P>
<P>(d) To permit withholding of a city or county tax from the pay of a Federal employee who is not a resident of, or whose regular place of Federal employment is not within, the State in which the city or county is located, unless the employee consents to the withholding, or
</P>
<P>(e) To permit the withholding of city or county income or employment taxes from the pay of members of the Armed Forces of the United States, or
</P>
<P>(f) To allow agencies to accept compensation from a State, city or county for services performed in withholding of State or city or county income or employment taxes.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Pub. L. 95-365, 92 Stat. 599 (5 U.S.C. 5520))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33731, July 1, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 4670, Jan. 23, 1979. Redesignated at 71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.11.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.12   Supersession, amendment and termination provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This agreement supersedes any prior agreement between the Secretary of the Treasury and a State or city pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5516, 5517, or 5520.
</P>
<P>(b) This agreement shall be subject to any amendment of 5 U.S.C. 5516, 5517, 5520 or Executive Order 11997, and any rules and regulations issued prusuant to them and amendments thereto.
</P>
<P>(c) This agreement may be terminated as to a specific State or city or county which is a party to this agreement by providing written notice to that effect to the Secretary at least 90 days prior to the proposed termination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 33731, July 1, 1977. Redesignated at 71 FR 2150, Jan. 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="223" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 223—SURETY COMPANIES DOING BUSINESS WITH THE UNITED STATES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 9304-9308.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 223.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.1   Certificate of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this part govern the issuance, renewal, and revocation by the Secretary of the Treasury, acting through the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Treasury), of certificates of authority to bonding companies to do business with the United States as sureties on, or reinsurers of, Federal surety bonds (hereinafter “bonds” or “obligations”) under the authority of 31 U.S.C. 9304-9308 and this part, and the acceptance of such obligations.
</P>
<P>(b) A company applying for authority to write surety bonds in favor of the United States must be engaged in the business of writing surety or fidelity contracts at the time of its application to Treasury, whether or not also making contracts in other classes of insurance, but shall not be engaged in any type or class of business not authorized by its charter or the laws of the state in which the company is incorporated. It must be the intention of the company to engage actively in the execution of surety bonds or fidelity contracts in favor of the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) A company is not eligible for a certificate of authority if it only insures or reinsures risks of its parent, affiliated, or controlled unaffiliated business, or is deemed by Treasury to be primarily engaged in self-insurance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48831, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.2   Application for certificate of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for issuance of certificate of authority.</I> Every company not currently holding a certificate of authority wishing to apply for a certificate of authority shall submit an application to Treasury, c/o Surety Bonds Program, to the location, and in the manner, specified online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/.</I> The company shall file the following data with Treasury, and shall transmit therewith the fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22:
</P>
<P>(1) Payment of the application fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22;
</P>
<P>(2) A written request for a certificate of authority, signed by an officer of the company. This request must indicate:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the company has previously applied for a certificate of authority from Treasury and, if so, the date and disposition of the previous application; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether Treasury has ever previously issued the company a certificate of authority, the reason for termination of its certificate of authority, and the applicable dates;
</P>
<P>(3) A certified copy of its charter or articles of incorporation showing that it is duly authorized to conduct the business referenced under 31 U.S.C. 9304(a)(2) and a statement from an officer of the company certifying that:
</P>
<P>(i) The company is authorized to transact surety business; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If granted a certificate of authority, there are no restrictions upon the company preventing it from being able to execute and guarantee bonds and undertakings in judicial proceedings, and guarantee contracts to which the United States is a party;
</P>
<P>(4) A listing of the names of the company's current officers and directors as of the date of application, including a biographical affidavit of each officer and director per instructions online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/</I>;
</P>
<P>(5) A memorandum setting forth:
</P>
<P>(i) A comprehensive statement of the company's method of operation, including, but not limited to, underwriting guidelines, claims adjustment procedures, reinsurance philosophy, control over collateral, and significant changes in operations or corporate structure that impact its financial statements;
</P>
<P>(ii) The classes of business in which it engages;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any special underwriting agreements, management agreements, or pooling agreements in force. Copies of such agreements must be included with the memorandum; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Present plans of the company as to the types of Federal bonds it intends to write, the anticipated annual premium volume of the Federal bonds, and the geographical areas in which it intends to write the Federal bonds;
</P>
<P>(6) A certified copy of a license from its state of incorporation and a completed Surety License Form (Form No. FS 2208);
</P>
<P>(7) A copy of the latest available report of its examination by its domiciliary State Insurance Department including a copy of company responses to any significant findings or recommendations;
</P>
<P>(8) The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) annual statement form with all Schedules and Exhibits completed, including copies of the NAIC File Upload, showing the last two full calendar years of the company's financial condition, including proof that the company has paid-up capital of at least $250,000 in cash or its equivalent, in the case of a stock insurance company, or has net assets of not less than $500,000 over and above all liabilities, in the case of a mutual insurance company. The annual financial statement's Jurat Page (only) is to be signed (facsimile or electronic signatures are acceptable) by the company President, Secretary, and a Notary Public who shall also affix a notary seal;
</P>
<P>(9) The Insurance Regulatory Information System (IRIS) ratio results, and an explanation for any ratios outside the normal ranges as established by the NAIC for the last two full calendar years preceding the date of application;
</P>
<P>(10) A written statement signed by the Insurance Commissioner or other proper financial officer of any state attesting that the company maintains on deposit legal investments having a current market value of not less than $100,000 for the protection of claimants, including all of its policyholders in the U.S.;
</P>
<P>(11) A completed Treasury Schedule F (Form No. TFS 6314), as referenced in § 223.9(c) for the last two full calendar years preceding the date of application;
</P>
<P>(12) Copies of all reinsurance treaties currently in force along with a completed Summary of Reinsurance Treaties, per instructions provided online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/</I>;
</P>
<P>(13) A completed Schedule of Excess Risks form (Form No. FS 285-A) as of the date of the application;
</P>
<P>(14) A Statement of Actuarial Opinion as of the close of the last two full calendar years preceding the date of application provided by a qualified actuary, as defined by the NAIC, on the adequacy of all loss reserves with the scope and format of the statement also conforming to the requirements of the NAIC; and
</P>
<P>(15) Such other evidence as Treasury may, in its discretion, request to establish that the company is solvent, willing, and able to meet the continuing obligation to carry out its contracts. Additionally, Treasury will publish supplemental guidance annually regarding evidence it may require, submission methods, and format of the data listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (14) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applications for renewal of certificate of authority.</I> Every company wishing to apply for the annual renewal of its certificate of authority shall submit an application to Treasury, c/o Surety Bonds Program, to the location, and in the manner, specified online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/.</I> The company shall file the following data with Treasury, and shall transmit therewith the fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22:
</P>
<P>(1) Payment of the application fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22;
</P>
<P>(2) A completed Surety License Form (Form No. FS 2208) and a certified copy of the licenses from any states indicated on the Surety License Form that were not indicated on the company's most recent form;
</P>
<P>(3) A copy of the latest available report of its examination by its domiciliary State Insurance Department including a copy of company responses to any significant findings or recommendations;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of its financial condition, as of the close of the preceding year, on the annual statement form of the NAIC with all Schedules and Exhibits completed, including copies of the NAIC File Upload, showing that it has paid-up capital of at least $250,000 in cash or its equivalent, in the case of a stock insurance company, or has net assets of not less than $500,000 over and above all liabilities, in the case of a mutual insurance company. The Annual Financial Statement's Jurat Page (only) is to be signed (facsimile or electronic signatures are acceptable) by the company President, Secretary, and a Notary Public who shall also affix a notary seal;
</P>
<P>(5) IRIS ratio results, and an explanation for any ratios outside the normal ranges as established by the NAIC, as of the close of the preceding year;
</P>
<P>(6) A completed Treasury Schedule F (Form No. TFS 6314), as referenced in § 223.9(c) as of the close of the preceding year;
</P>
<P>(7) A completed Schedule of Excess Risks form (Form No. FS 285-A) as of the close of the preceding quarter;
</P>
<P>(8) A Statement of Actuarial Opinion as of the close of the preceding year provided by a qualified actuary, as defined by the NAIC, on the adequacy of all loss reserves with the scope and format of the statement also conforming to the requirements of the NAIC;
</P>
<P>(9) A listing of the names of the company's current officers and directors as of the close of the preceding year, including a biographical affidavit of any new officer and director for whom a biographical affidavit was not previously provided, per instructions online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/</I>;
</P>
<P>(10) A Report of Federal Business Written and/or Outstanding as of the close of the preceding year, per instructions provided online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/</I>; and
</P>
<P>(11) Such other evidence as Treasury may request to establish that the company is solvent, willing, and able to meet the continuing obligation to carry out its contracts. Additionally, Treasury will publish supplemental guidance annually regarding evidence it may require, submission methods, and format of the data listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (10) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48831, June 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.3   Issuance of certificates of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In determining whether to issue or renew a certificate of authority, Treasury will evaluate the whole application package under § 223.2, the financial condition of the company as determined under § 223.9, the history of the company, and any further evidence or information that Treasury may, in its discretion, require the company to submit.
</P>
<P>(b) A certificate of authority will be effective for a term that expires on the last day of the next July. All statutory requirements and regulatory requirements under this part are continuing obligations, and any certificate issued is expressly subject to continuing compliance with such requirements. The certificate of authority will be renewed annually on the first day of August, <I>provided that</I> the company remains qualified under the law, the regulations in this part, and other relevant Treasury requirements, and the company submits the fee required under § 223.22 by March 1st of each year.
</P>
<P>(c) If a company meets the requirements for a certificate of authority as an acceptable surety on Federal bonds in all respects except that it is limited to reinsurance business only, it may be issued a certificate of authority as a reinsuring company on Federal bonds. The fees for initial application and renewal of a certificate as a reinsuring company are the same as the fees for an initial application and renewal of a certificate of authority as an acceptable surety on Federal bonds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48832, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.5   Business.</HEAD>
<P>A company holding a certificate of authority, or its agent, may only execute (sign or otherwise validate) a surety bond in favor of the United States in a state where it is licensed to do surety business. It need not be licensed in the state or other area in which the principal resides or where the contract is to be performed. The term <I>other area</I> includes the District of Columbia, American Samoa, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48832, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.7   Notification of changes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every company certified under this part or recognized as an admitted reinsurer pursuant to § 223.12(h) must notify Treasury of changes that have a significant impact on its financial statements or solvency during the term of such certification or admission. Paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section are not intended to be an exhaustive list of all such changes that Treasury may require to be reported and may evaluate as part of its ongoing analysis of the company. Additionally, Treasury will publish supplemental guidance on additional information that may be required. Every company certified under this part or recognized as an admitted reinsurer pursuant to § 223.12(h) must notify Treasury of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Capital changes.</I> Companies must forward to Treasury, when available, approvals by the insurance authorities of the company's state regulator when changes in paid-up capital or contributions or withdrawals to surplus have occurred;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Changes in stock ownership.</I> Stock insurance companies must provide a statement signed and sworn to by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the company each time any person (whether an individual, corporation, or organization of any kind) becomes owner of more than 5 percent of any class of outstanding stock issued by the company;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Mergers, transfer, assumption, and group/pool restructuring.</I> Companies must notify Treasury at least six months prior to any merger, consolidation, transfer, assumption, material group or pool restructuring, or name changes in which the reporting company is involved. The company must furnish to Treasury copies or agreements or documents pertaining to the same, as approved by the insurance authorities of the company's state regulator; and
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Charters and bylaws amendments.</I> Whenever a company amends its charter or bylaws it must submit a certified copy of the amended charter or bylaws to Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) Noncompliance with this section may result in Treasury denying a company's application for its certificate of authority, its recognition as an admitted reinsurer, renewal of its certificate of authority, or renewal of its recognition as an admitted reinsurer; or in Treasury revoking a company's certificate of authority or recognition as an admitted reinsurer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48832, June 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.8   Quarterly financial reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Every company certified under this part is required to file the following each quarter with Treasury, c/o Surety Bonds Program, to the location, and in the manner, specified online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/</I>:
</P>
<P>(a) A statement of its financial condition, as of the close of the preceding quarter, on the quarterly statement form of the NAIC with all Schedules and Exhibits completed, including copies of the NAIC File Upload, showing that it has paid-up capital of at least $250,000 in cash or its equivalent, in the case of a stock insurance company, or has net assets of not less than $500,000 over and above all liabilities, in the case of a mutual insurance company. The Quarterly Financial Statement's Jurat Page (only) is to be signed (facsimile or electronic signatures are acceptable) by the company President, Secretary, and a Notary Public who shall also affix a notary seal;
</P>
<P>(b) A completed Schedule of Excess Risks form (Form No. FS 285-A) as of the close of the preceding quarter;
</P>
<P>(c) A Report of Federal Business Written and/or Outstanding as of the close of the preceding quarter, per instructions provided online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/</I>;
</P>
<P>(d) A copy of the latest available report of its examination by its domiciliary State Insurance Department including a copy of company responses to any significant findings or recommendations;
</P>
<P>(e) A listing of the names of the company's current officers and directors as of the close of the preceding quarter, including a biographical affidavit of each new officer and director per instructions online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/</I>; and
</P>
<P>(f) Such other evidence as Treasury may request to establish that the company is solvent, willing, and able to meet the continuing obligation to carry out its contracts. Additionally, Treasury will publish supplemental guidance annually regarding evidence it may require, submission methods, and format of the data listed in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section along with the due dates for quarterly reporting.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48833, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.9   Determination of financial condition and other required information.</HEAD>
<P>In determining the financial condition of every company applying for a certificate of authority or renewal of a certificate of authority under this part, Treasury will generally compute the company's assets and liabilities in accordance with paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section, provided that Treasury may exercise discretion in valuing the assets and liabilities of such companies. While paragraphs (a) through (f) specify how Treasury will value certain classes of assets and liabilities and the analysis that Treasury will perform, they are not intended to be an exhaustive list of all assets and liabilities that Treasury may require to be reported and may evaluate as part of this analysis. Additionally, Treasury will annually publish supplemental guidance on the financial analysis performed by Treasury, including applicable ratios and acceptable ranges for ratios.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Assets</I>—(1) <I>General criteria for admissibility.</I> The cash capital and other funds included in the financial statement must be safely invested in accordance with the laws of the state in which the company is incorporated. Admissible assets must be reported in U.S. Dollars and are generally limited to investments in cash, cash equivalents, short term investments, mortgage loans (within certain limits), and real property necessary for the conduct of a company's business. In cases where an investment (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of affiliates or subsidiaries) exceeds 10 percent of the total admitted assets, Treasury may require additional supporting documentation as needed on a case-by-case basis in order for the asset to be admissible. Additionally, Treasury considers normal account balances (such as, but not limited to, investment income due and accrued, agents' balances and premiums receivables, reinsurance recoverables on paid losses, and funds held by or deposited with ceding reinsuring companies) to be admissible provided they meet Treasury's standards. In order to be admissible, normal account balances may be evaluated for transactional substance, quality, and liquidity. Some assets that may be admissible under codification and/or certain state permitted practices may require supporting documentation as needed on a case-by-case basis in order to be admissible under Treasury's criteria. Assets resulting from reinsurance transactions must meet the credit for reinsurance standards listed under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Securities.</I> Bonds, unaffiliated common stocks, and unaffiliated preferred stocks must be valued and reported in accordance with the NAIC's Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (as updated or amended from time to time) and the NAIC Securities Valuation Office (SVO). Those with an investment grade designation will be admissible and those with a non-investment grade designation will be considered on a case-by-case basis.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>All other securities.</I> The value of all other securities should be valued as of December 31 and reported in U.S. Dollars. For securities that do not have a SVO designation or have a SVO non-investment grade designation and are significant for Treasury purposes, Treasury may consider, if it deems appropriate, other relevant data (e.g., prospectus, marketability/liquidity information, internal investment strategies/philosophies) and perform an analysis to determine whether the securities meet Treasury's criteria for admissibility.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Securities of controlled companies.</I> Investments in subsidiaries, controlled entities, and affiliated entities must be reported in accordance with the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (as updated or amended from time to time).
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Other insurance companies.</I> Companies owning securities of other insurance companies, which are under the same direction and control as the reporting company, must furnish copies of the NAIC File Upload of the subsidiaries. The assets of these subsidiaries will be analyzed according to the criteria set forth in this section.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Non-insurance companies.</I> Companies owning securities of non-insurance companies, which are under the same direction and control as the reporting company, must furnish copies of independently audited financial statements of such companies as of the reporting date.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Real estate and mortgages.</I> Only real estate essential to the operating needs of the company for conducting its business, and conventional first mortgage loans on unencumbered, improved, or productive real estate located within the United States, are admissible. These must be reported in accordance with the NAIC's Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (as updated or amended from time to time). The real estate and mortgaged property must be supported by an appraisal report that includes the information and computations normally used in arriving at a competent appraised value. In instances where the aggregate values exceed 20 percent of the policyholders' surplus, Treasury may, if it deems appropriate, require additional supporting documentation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum bail reserve requirements.</I> Companies transacting surety bail business must submit a schedule showing bail premiums in force, bail liability, and the amount of any associated unearned premium reserve.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reinsurance.</I> (1) Companies are required to submit Treasury Schedule F (Treasury Form No. TFS 6314) reflecting information in the company's annual statements. Credit for reinsurance may be taken (to the extent specified in the referenced provisions of § 223.12) for reinsurance in all classes of risk provided that it is ceded to the following companies:
</P>
<P>(i) Companies holding a current certificate of authority from Treasury;
</P>
<P>(ii) U.S. domiciled non-Treasury certified or recognized parents, subsidiaries, and/or affiliates if Treasury determines that the parent, subsidiary, and/or affiliate is financially solvent;
</P>
<P>(iii) Admitted reinsurers as defined under § 223.12(h);
</P>
<P>(iv) Complementary reinsurers as defined under § 223.12(i);
</P>
<P>(v) Alien reinsurers as defined under § 223.12(j), up to the extent credit is allowed for reinsurance ceded to the alien reinsurer by the ceding company's state of domicile (subject to paragraph (c)(3) of this section); and
</P>
<P>(vi) An instrumentality or agency of the United States that is permitted by Federal law or regulation to execute reinsurance contracts.
</P>
<P>(2) Treasury may give credit for reinsurance not covered in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, to the extent of funds withheld or letters of credit or trust agreements from such reinsurers, provided the company advises Treasury and provides sufficient documentation of the amount of funds held, letters of credit posted or funds secured in trust for each company. Treasury may also give credit for trust account assets associated with multi-beneficiary trust agreements established and maintained in the United States by overseas accredited or trusteed reinsurers listed online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/,</I> to the extent the relevant ceded business is covered by these trust account assets.
</P>
<P>(3) If, after its review of the financial documentation submitted by an alien reinsurer recognized pursuant to § 223.12(j) and of the financial documentation submitted by the ceding company, Treasury determines that either company may be unable to carry out its obligations, Treasury may require additional collateral for the ceding company to receive credit for reinsurance to the extent credit is given for reinsurance ceded to the alien reinsurer by the ceding company's state of domicile.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Risk based capital (RBC).</I> Treasury uses RBC in determining the financial solvency of companies, together with such companies' overall financial results, ratios, and trends. Companies must maintain RBC results that fall within acceptable ranges as established by the NAIC or provide a satisfactory explanation for results that do not.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Financial ratios.</I> Treasury uses the NAIC IRIS ratios to measure companies' solvency, profitability, and liquidity. Companies must maintain results for these ratios that fall within acceptable ranges as established by the NAIC or provide a satisfactory explanation for results that do not.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Financial results and trends.</I> Treasury analyzes financial results from annual and quarterly financial statements required under this part for evidence of negative financial results or trends. Treasury may require companies to submit additional documentation or explanation regarding financial statements with evidence of negative financial results or trends such as decreasing policyholders' surplus, large underwriting losses, negative cashflows, or unsatisfactory IRIS ratio results.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Noncompliance.</I> Noncompliance with paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section may result in Treasury denying a company's application for its certificate of authority, or renewal of its certificate, or in Treasury revoking a company's certificate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48833, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.10   Limitation of risk.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 223.11, no company holding a certificate of authority shall underwrite any single risk on any bond or policy on behalf of any individual, firm, association, or corporation, whether or not the United States is interested as a party thereto, the amount of which is greater than 10 percent of the paid-up capital and surplus of such company, as determined by Treasury. Such figure (<I>i.e.,</I> 10 percent of a company's paid-up capital and surplus as determined by Treasury) is hereinafter referred to as the underwriting limitation. For purposes of this part, <I>single risk</I> means the total risk under one bond or policy regardless of the number of individual risks under that bond or policy.
</P>
<P>(b) In determining the underwriting limitation, the full penalty of any surety and fidelity obligation will be regarded as the liability, and no offset will be allowed on account of any estimate of risk that is less than such full penalty, except in the following cases:
</P>
<P>(1) Appeal bonds; in which case the liability will be regarded as the amount of the judgment appealed from, plus 10 percent of said amount to cover interest and costs;
</P>
<P>(2) Bonds of executors, administrators, trustees, guardians, and other fiduciaries, where the penalty of the bond or other obligation is fixed in excess of the estimated value of the estate; in which cases the estimated value of the estate, upon which the penalty of the bond was fixed, will be regarded as the liability;
</P>
<P>(3) Indemnifying agreements executed by sole heirs or beneficiaries of an estate releasing the surety from liability;
</P>
<P>(4) Contract bonds given in excess of the amount of the contract; in which cases the amount of the contract will be regarded as the liability; or
</P>
<P>(5) Bonds for banks or trust companies as principals, conditioned to repay moneys on deposit, whereby pursuant to any law or decree of a court, the amount to be deposited shall be less than the penalty of the bond; in which cases the maximum amount on deposit at any one time will be regarded as the liability.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48834, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.11   Limitation of risk: Protective methods.</HEAD>
<P>In the case of risks otherwise in excess of a company's limitation of risk prescribed in § 223.10, compliance may be achieved by the following methods:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Coinsurance.</I> Two or more companies holding a certificate of authority may underwrite a single risk on any bond or policy, the amount of which does not exceed their aggregate underwriting limitations. Each company must limit its liability upon the face of the bond or policy to an amount which must be within its respective underwriting limitation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reinsurance</I>—(1) <I>Bonds running to the United States.</I> (i) With respect to all bonds running to the United States to the extent that its excess liability is not addressed through another protective method specified in this section, a company writing such bonds must reinsure liability in excess of the underwriting limitation with one or more companies holding a certificate of authority from Treasury within 45 days from the date of execution and delivery of the bond. Such reinsurance shall not be in excess of the underwriting limitation of the reinsuring company. Federal agencies may accept a bond from the direct writing company in satisfaction of the total bond requirement even though it may exceed the direct writing company's underwriting limitation. Within the 45-day period, the direct writing company shall furnish to the Federal agency any requested reinsurance agreements. However, a Federal agency may, in its discretion, require that the direct writing company obtain reinsurance within a lesser period than 45 days, and may require the direct writing company to provide completely executed reinsurance agreements before making a final determination that any bond is acceptable.
</P>
<P>(ii) For bonds required to be furnished to the United States by the Miller Act (40 U.S.C. 3131, as amended), in addition to complying with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, the direct writing company must execute the following reinsurance agreement forms: Standard Form 273 (Reinsurance Agreement for a Bonds Statute Performance Bond), Standard Form 274 (Reinsurance Agreement for a Bonds Statute Payment Bond), and Standard Form 275 (Reinsurance Agreement in Favor of the United States). These forms are available on the General Services Administration website at <I>www.gsa.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bonds not running to the United States.</I> A company holding a certificate of authority from Treasury writing risks covered by bonds or policies not running to the United States, to the extent that its excess liability is not addressed through another protective method specified in this section, must reinsure liability in excess of its underwriting limitation within 45 days from the date of execution and delivery of the bond or policy with any of:
</P>
<P>(i) One or more companies holding a certificate of authority from Treasury;
</P>
<P>(ii) One or more companies recognized as a reinsurer in accordance with § 223.12, except for any reinsurer who is required by a U.S. state to post 100 percent collateral;
</P>
<P>(iii) A pool, association, etc., to the extent that it is composed of such companies; or
</P>
<P>(iv) An instrumentality or agency of the United States that is permitted by Federal law or regulation to execute reinsurance contracts.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Limitation.</I> No certificate-holding company may cede to a reinsuring company recognized under § 223.12 any single risk in excess of 10 percent of the latter company's paid-up capital and surplus.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other methods.</I> With respect to all risks other than bonds required to be furnished to the United States by the Miller Act (40 U.S.C. 3131, as amended), which must be either coinsured or reinsured in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b)(1)(ii) of this section respectively, the excess liability may be protected:
</P>
<P>(1) By the deposit with the company in pledge, or by conveyance to it in trust for its protection, of assets admitted by Treasury, the current market value of which is at least equal to the liability in excess of its underwriting limitation. Treasury may, on a case-by-case basis, consider a letter of credit provided by a financial institution to be adequate security under this paragraph (c) if Treasury can verify that the assets referenced in the letter of credit are pledged exclusively to secure the excess risk, and if the letter of credit meets other requirements Treasury might prescribe. Assets used to protect excess liability pursuant to this paragraph (c) cannot also be used to obtain credit for reinsurance pursuant to § 223.9(c).; or
</P>
<P>(2) If such obligation was incurred on behalf of or on account of a fiduciary holding property in a trust capacity, by a joint control agreement providing that the whole or a sufficient portion of the property so held may not be disposed of or pledged in any way without the consent of the insuring company.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48834, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.12   Recognition as reinsurer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Use of recognized reinsurers.</I> Companies holding a certificate of authority may:
</P>
<P>(1) Receive credit for reinsurance ceded to a reinsurer recognized pursuant to this section, as described in § 223.9(c); and
</P>
<P>(2) Protect liability in excess of their underwriting limit on risks not running to the United States by reinsuring excess liability with a reinsurer recognized pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> Every company applying for recognition by Treasury as one of the categories of reinsurers in paragraphs (c) through (j) of this section, or annual renewal of such recognition, shall submit an application to Treasury, c/o Surety Bonds Program, to the location, and in the manner, specified online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/.</I> The applicant company must submit the documentation and must meet the requirements as outlined in this section and in supplemental guidance published by Treasury on its website.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Treasury recognition.</I> Recognition by Treasury will be effective for a term that expires on the last day of the following October. A list of reinsuring companies so recognized by Treasury will be published online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/.</I>
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice to Treasury.</I> Each company recognized pursuant to this section shall immediately notify Treasury if a U.S. state takes action to suspend or revoke the company's license or its status or eligibility as an Accredited Reinsurer, Certified Reinsurer, or Reciprocal Jurisdiction Reinsurer, or if the company notifies a U.S. state that a supervisory authority in its domiciliary jurisdiction takes regulatory action against it for serious noncompliance with applicable law (as determined by the supervisory authority in its domiciliary jurisdiction).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Eligibility.</I> A company is not eligible for recognition under this section if it only insures or reinsures risks of its parent, affiliated, or controlled unaffiliated business, or is deemed by Treasury to be primarily engaged in self-insurance.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Guidance.</I> Treasury may issue supplemental guidance regarding the timing, form, content, and its analysis of the submissions required pursuant to this section. Such guidance will be posted on its website.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Noncompliance.</I> Noncompliance with the requirements of this section may result in a company's application for recognition, or for renewal of its recognition, being denied.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Admitted reinsurers</I>—(1) <I>Application for recognition by U.S. company.</I> Any company organized under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, wishing to apply for recognition as an admitted reinsurer of surety companies doing business with the United States, shall submit an application to Treasury, c/o Surety Bonds Program, to the location, and in the manner, specified online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/.</I> The company shall file the following data with Treasury and shall transmit therewith the fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22:
</P>
<P>(i) Payment of the application fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22;
</P>
<P>(ii) A written request for recognition as an admitted reinsurer, signed by an officer of the company. This request must indicate:
</P>
<P>(A) The reason for applying for recognition;
</P>
<P>(B) Whether the company has ever previously applied for recognition as an admitted reinsurer, whether Treasury approved the application, and the applicable dates; and
</P>
<P>(C) If Treasury previously approved the company for recognition as an admitted reinsurer, the reason for termination of its recognition and the applicable date;
</P>
<P>(iii) A certified copy of its charter or articles of incorporation with all amendments as of the date of application showing the legal name of the company and that it is authorized to write reinsurance;
</P>
<P>(iv) A listing of the names of the company's current officers and directors as of the date of application, including a biographical affidavit of each officer and director per instructions online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/;</I>
</P>
<P>(v) A certified copy of a license from any one state in which it has been authorized to do business showing its authority to write reinsurance and/or other lines of insurance;
</P>
<P>(vi) A copy of the latest available report of its examination by its domiciliary State Insurance Department including a copy of company responses to any significant findings or recommendations;
</P>
<P>(vii) Annual statements of its financial condition, as of the close of the last two full years preceding the date of application, on the annual statement form of the NAIC with all Schedules and Exhibits completed, including copies of the NAIC File Upload, showing that it has paid-up capital of at least $250,000 in cash or its equivalent, in the case of a stock insurance company, or has net assets of not less than $500,000 over and above all liabilities, in the case of a mutual insurance company. The Annual Financial Statement's Jurat Page (only) is to be signed (facsimile signatures are acceptable) by the company President, Secretary, and a Notary Public who shall also affix a notary seal;
</P>
<P>(viii) IRIS ratio results, and an explanation for any ratios outside the normal ranges as established by the NAIC for the last two years preceding the date of application;
</P>
<P>(ix) A memorandum setting forth the company's method of operation, including lines of business written, the company's underwriting and claims philosophy, and significant changes in the company's operations or corporate structure that impact its financial statements;
</P>
<P>(x) A completed Treasury Schedule F (Form No. TFS 6314), as referenced in § 223.9(c) for two years preceding the date of application;
</P>
<P>(xi) A Statement of Actuarial Opinion as of the close of the last two years preceding the date of application provided by a qualified actuary, as defined by the NAIC, on the adequacy of all loss reserves with the scope and format of the statement also conforming to the requirements of the NAIC; and
</P>
<P>(xii) Such other evidence as Treasury may request to establish that the company is solvent and able to meet the continuing obligation to carry out its contracts. Treasury will publish supplemental guidance annually regarding evidence it may require, submission methods, and format of the data listed in paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (xi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application by a U.S. branch.</I> A U.S. branch of a non-U.S. company applying for recognition as an admitted reinsurer must file the following data with Treasury, and shall transmit therewith the fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22:
</P>
<P>(i) The submissions listed in paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (xii) of this section, except that the financial statement of such branch shall show that it has net assets of not less than $250,000 over and above all liabilities; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Evidence satisfactory to Treasury to establish that it has on deposit in the United States not less than $250,000 available to its policyholders and creditors in the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Application for renewal of recognition as an admitted reinsurer.</I> Any company recognized pursuant to paragraph (h)(1) or (2) of this section wishing to apply for renewal of its recognition shall submit an application to Treasury, c/o Surety Bonds Program, to the location, and in the manner, specified online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/.</I> The company must file the following data with Treasury and shall transmit therewith the fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22:
</P>
<P>(i) Payment of the application fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22;
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the latest available report of its examination by its domiciliary State Insurance Department including a copy of company responses to any significant findings or recommendations;
</P>
<P>(iii) Annual statements of its financial condition, as of the close of the preceding year, on the annual statement form of the NAIC with all Schedules and Exhibits completed, including copies of the NAIC File Upload, showing that it has paid-up capital of at least $250,000 in cash or its equivalent, in the case of a stock insurance company, or has net assets of not less than $500,000 over and above all liabilities, in the case of a mutual insurance company. The Annual Financial Statement's Jurat Page (only) is to be signed (facsimile signatures are acceptable) by the company President, Secretary, and a Notary Public who shall also affix a notary seal;
</P>
<P>(iv) IRIS ratio results, and an explanation for any ratios outside the normal ranges as established by the NAIC as of the close of the preceding year;
</P>
<P>(v) A completed Treasury Schedule F (Form No. TFS 6314), as referenced in § 223.9(c) as of the close of the preceding year;
</P>
<P>(vi) A Statement of Actuarial Opinion as of the close of the preceding year provided by a qualified actuary, as defined by the NAIC, on the adequacy of all loss reserves with the scope and format of the statement also conforming to the requirements of the NAIC;
</P>
<P>(vii) A listing of the names of the company's current officers and directors as of the close of the preceding year, including a biographical affidavit of each new officer and director per instructions online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/;</I> and
</P>
<P>(viii) Such other evidence as Treasury may request to establish that the company is solvent and able to meet the continuing obligation to carry out its contracts. Treasury will publish supplemental guidance annually regarding evidence it may require, submission methods, and format of the data listed in paragraphs (h)(3)(i) through (vii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Complementary reinsurers.</I> Any company may apply for recognition as a complementary reinsurer or annual renewal of such recognition provided the company is licensed to write reinsurance by and has its head office in (or is domiciled in) a non-U.S. jurisdiction that is subject to an in-force Covered Agreement entered into with the United States pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 313-314, which Covered Agreement addresses the elimination, under specified conditions, of collateral requirements as a condition for entering into any reinsurance agreement with a ceding insurer domiciled in a U.S. state or for allowing the ceding insurer to recognize credit for reinsurance. To obtain recognition as a complementary reinsurer, the company must submit to Treasury the fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22 and must:
</P>
<P>(1) Meet and maintain all capital and surplus, solvency, and market conduct requirements under the applicable Covered Agreement;
</P>
<P>(2) Be recognized by at least one U.S. state as a Reciprocal Jurisdiction Reinsurer, as defined by the state's credit for reinsurance law or regulation based on the NAIC's Credit for Reinsurance Model Law and Regulation, and submit proof of such recognition; and
</P>
<P>(3) Submit to Treasury:
</P>
<P>(i) For initial applications for recognition, all information provided by the company or by the supervisory authority of the company's domiciliary jurisdiction to any U.S. state regulator in the two most recently completed calendar years.
</P>
<P>(ii) For applications for renewal of recognition, all semi-annual and annual filing information provided by the company or by the supervisory authority of the company's domiciliary jurisdiction to any U.S. state regulator in the most recently completed calendar year.
</P>
<P>(iii) Payment of the application fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Alien reinsurers.</I> Any company may apply for recognition or annual renewal of such recognition as an alien reinsurer, provided it is licensed to write reinsurance by, and has its head office or domicile in, a non-U.S. jurisdiction that is recognized by a U.S. state as a Qualified Jurisdiction or as a Reciprocal Jurisdiction, provided that the Reciprocal Jurisdiction is not party to an in-force Covered Agreement as described in paragraph (i) of this section. Treasury may also consider, if it deems appropriate, the lists of Qualified and Reciprocal Jurisdictions most recently published through the relevant NAIC committee when determining a company's eligibility for recognition pursuant to this paragraph (j). To obtain such recognition, the company must submit to Treasury the fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22 and must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be recognized by at least one U.S. state as an “Accredited Reinsurer,” “Certified Reinsurer,” or a “Reciprocal Jurisdiction Reinsurer,” as defined by the state's credit for reinsurance law or regulation based on the NAIC's Credit for Reinsurance Model Law and Regulation, and submit proof of such recognition;
</P>
<P>(2) Meet and maintain all capital and surplus, market conduct, and other requirements for eligibility as an “Accredited Reinsurer,” “Certified Reinsurer,” or “Reciprocal Jurisdiction Reinsurer” in accordance with the law and regulation of all U.S. states granting it such recognition; and
</P>
<P>(3) Submit to Treasury:
</P>
<P>(i) For initial applications for recognition, all information provided to any U.S. state regulator in the two most recently completed calendar years.
</P>
<P>(ii) For applications for renewal of such recognition, all annual filing information provided to any U.S. state regulator in the most recently completed calendar year.
</P>
<P>(iii) Payment of the application fee in accordance with the provisions of § 223.22.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48835, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 223.13-223.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 223.13-223.14   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.15   Paid-up capital and surplus for Treasury rating purposes; how determined.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury determines the amount of paid-up capital and surplus of any company holding or seeking a certificate of authority or recognized (or seeking recognition) as an admitted reinsurer pursuant to § 223.12(h) on an insurance accounting basis under the regulations in this part, from the company's financial statements and other information, or by such examination of the company at its own expense as Treasury may deem appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48837, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.16   List of certificate holding companies.</HEAD>
<P>A list of certificate holding companies is published annually as of August 1 in Department Circular No. 570, Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies, with information as to underwriting limitations, areas in which listed sureties are licensed to transact surety business, and other details. If Treasury shall take any exceptions to the financial statements submitted by a company or other information pertinent to the company's financial solvency, before issuing Department Circular 570, Treasury shall give a company due notice of such exceptions. Copies of the Circular are available at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/list-certified-companies.html,</I> or from the Surety Bonds Program, upon request. Bonds underwritten by certified companies on the Department Circular No. 570 list may be presented to an agency bond-approving official for acceptance. Selection of a particular qualified company from among all companies holding certificates of authority is discretionary with the principal required to furnish the bond, but the acceptance of a bond by an agency bond-approving official is subject to § 223.17.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 62001, Oct. 16, 2014, as amended at 89 FR 48837, June 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.17" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.17   Acceptance and non-acceptance of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Acceptance of bonds.</I> A bond underwritten by a certified company on the § 223.16 Department Circular No. 570 list may be presented to any agency-bond approving official for acceptance, and such agency bond-approving official may accept such bonds.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-acceptance of bonds.</I> (1) An agency bond-approving official may decline to accept bonds underwritten by a certified company for cause, but only if the company has been given advance written notice by such agency. The advance written notice shall:
</P>
<P>(i) State the intention of the agency to decline bonds underwritten by the company;
</P>
<P>(ii) State the reasons for or cause of the proposed declination of such bonds;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide the company with an opportunity to rebut the stated reasons or cause; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide the company with an opportunity to cure the stated reasons or cause.
</P>
<P>(2) The agency may decline to accept bonds underwritten by the company if, after consideration of any submission by the company or failure of the company to respond to the agency's notice, the agency issues a written determination that the bonds should not be accepted, consistent with agency authorities.
</P>
<P>(3) The agency shall articulate its procedures and for cause standards for declining to accept bonds in an agency regulation prior to declining any bonds in specific cases. The agency regulation should be subject to notice and comment rulemaking. “For cause” includes, but is not limited to, circumstances when a surety has not paid or satisfied an administratively final bond obligation due the agency. The agency regulation should define when a bond obligation becomes administratively final under the agency's procedures. Existing agency rules or regulations that substantially comply with, or that are consistent with, the requirement to articulate procedures and standards in advance meet the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(4) Agencies that decline bonds under this section are encouraged to use best efforts to ensure that persons conducting business with the agency are aware that bonds underwritten by the particular certified company will not be accepted.
</P>
<P>(5) The agency's authority to decline bonds under this section does not apply:
</P>
<P>(i) When the underlying obligation or other for cause reason that forms the basis for the agency's written determination to decline bonds under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or the agency written determination to decline bonds, has been stayed or enjoined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or
</P>
<P>(ii) To otherwise acceptable payment and performance contract bonds, when the agency has already accepted a project bid bond on a contract before making the written determination under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) Notwithstanding any provision of this section, an agency bond-approving official may decline a bond from a Treasury-certified surety without advance notice if the bond is not executed in proper form, or is not in the correct penal sum amount, or is otherwise technically deficient on its face.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 62001, Oct. 16, 2014, as amended at 89 FR 48837, June 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.18" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.18   Revocation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Treasury may initiate a revocation proceeding against a Treasury-certified company in one of two ways:
</P>
<P>(1) Treasury, of its own accord, under § 223.19, may initiate revocation proceedings against the company when it has reason to believe that the company is not complying with 31 U.S.C. 9304-9308 and/or the regulations under this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) Treasury, under § 223.20, may initiate revocation proceedings against the company upon receipt of a complaint from an agency that the company has not paid or satisfied one or more administratively final bond obligations due the agency.
</P>
<P>(b) A revocation of a company's certificate of authority under § 223.19 or § 223.20 precludes the company from underwriting or reinsuring additional bonds for any agency, and therefore revokes the company's opportunity to have its bonds presented to any agency bond-approving official for acceptance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 62001, Oct. 16, 2014, as amended at 89 FR 48837, June 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.19" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.19   Treasury-initiated revocation proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever Treasury has reason to believe that a company is not complying with the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 9304-9308 and/or the regulations under this part, including but not limited to a failure to satisfy corporate and financial standards, Treasury shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Notify the company of the facts or conduct which indicate such non-compliance, and provide the company an opportunity to respond, and
</P>
<P>(b) Revoke a company's certificate of authority after providing notice to the company if:
</P>
<P>(1) The company does not respond satisfactorily to Treasury's notification of non-compliance, or
</P>
<P>(2) The company responded, was provided an opportunity to demonstrate or achieve compliance, and failed to do so.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 62001, Oct. 16, 2014, as amended at 89 FR 48837, June 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.20   Revocation proceedings initiated by Treasury upon receipt of an agency complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Agency complaint.</I> If an agency determines that a company has not promptly made full payment or fully satisfied one or more bond obligations naming the agency as obligee, the head of the agency, or his or her designee, may submit a written complaint to the designated Treasury official (with executive oversight over the Treasury surety program, at the Assistant Commissioner level or equivalent), requesting that the company's certificate of authority be revoked for nonperformance. Under such complaint, the agency shall certify that:
</P>
<P>(1) The bond obligations that are the subject of the complaint are administratively final under the agency's regulations or other authorities;
</P>
<P>(2) The company has not paid or satisfied those bond obligations; and
</P>
<P>(3) The company's obligation to pay or satisfy the bond obligations has not been stayed or enjoined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Documentation of complaint.</I> The agency shall include in its complaint copies of the bonds, and documentation indicating that, for each such bond provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The agency has determined, consistent with agency authorities, the principal is in default on the obligation covered by the bond. Alternatively, if the default has been litigated, documentation indicating a court of competent jurisdiction has determined the principal is in default;
</P>
<P>(2) The agency made a written demand with the company on the bond requesting payment or satisfaction on its own behalf, consistent with agency authorities, or on behalf of laborers, materialmen, or suppliers (on payment bonds), based on the default status of the principal;
</P>
<P>(3) The agency afforded the company the opportunity to request administrative review within the agency contesting the agency's demand on the bond;
</P>
<P>(4) The agency made a final administrative determination that the bond obligation was due after the completion of such administrative review, or after the time period for the company to request administrative review within the agency has expired;
</P>
<P>(5) The agency provided the company the opportunity to enter into a written agreement to pay or satisfy the bond; and
</P>
<P>(6) The company has not made full payment or fully satisfied the demand, and the claim on the bond is past due.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice to company.</I> On receipt of a complaint meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, Treasury will notify the company of the agency complaint. The notice will require the company to submit a written explanatory response to Treasury within 20 business days of the date of the notice. The notice will advise the company of the facts and conduct referenced in the complaint. Treasury will attach a copy of the incoming complaint to the notice. The notice will afford the company the opportunity to address the complaint and demonstrate its qualifications to retain its certificate of authority.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reviewing official and deciding official.</I> The designated Treasury official (with executive oversight over the Treasury surety program, at the Assistant Commissioner level or equivalent) will appoint a Treasury Reviewing Official to conduct a review of the agency complaint referenced in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, and the company response referenced in paragraph (c) of this section, to determine whether revocation of the company's certificate of authority is warranted. To ensure appropriate consideration of relevant factual or legal issues, the Reviewing Official is authorized to require the submission of additional documentation from the complaining agency and the company. Upon completion of such review, the Reviewing Official shall prepare a written Recommendation Memorandum addressed to the designated Treasury official setting forth findings and a recommended disposition. The designated Treasury official will be the Deciding Official who will make the final decision whether the company's certificate of authority to write and reinsure bonds should be revoked based on the administrative record. The administrative record consists of the agency complaint referenced in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the company response referenced in paragraph (c) of this section, any other documentation submitted to, or considered by, the Reviewing Official, and the Reviewing Official's Recommendation Memorandum.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Final decision.</I> (1) If the Deciding Official's final decision is that revocation is not warranted, the company and the agency will be notified of the basis of this decision and the complaint against the company will be dismissed.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Deciding Official's final decision is that the company's certificate of authority shall be revoked, the Deciding Official will notify the company and the agency of the revocation decision and the basis for such decision. Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, the notice will afford the company an opportunity to cure its noncompliance by paying or satisfying the bonds (including payment of any interest, penalties, and fees) forming the basis of the final decision within 20 business days. If the company cures its noncompliance within 20 business days, the complaint against the company will be deemed moot and the company will retain its certificate of authority to write Federal bonds. If the company does not cure its noncompliance within 20 business days, the company's certificate of authority shall be revoked by Treasury without further notice.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Standard of review.</I> In reviewing whether the revocation of the company's certificate of authority is warranted under this section, the Reviewing Official will recommend, and the Deciding Official will determine, whether the default is clear and whether the company's failure to pay or satisfy the bonds is based on inadequate grounds.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Consideration of willful conduct.</I> The company is not entitled to an opportunity to cure its noncompliance if its conduct in failing to carry out its contracts is willful. For purposes of this regulation, “willful” means a careless or reckless disregard of a known legal obligation to satisfy an administratively final bond obligation. In considering whether a company's conduct is willful, the Deciding Official may consider whether:
</P>
<P>(1) An agency has filed a prior complaint with Treasury requesting that the company's certificate be revoked for a substantially similar bond obligation;
</P>
<P>(2) The company asserted substantially similar defenses to such bond obligation;
</P>
<P>(3) Such defenses were considered by the agency under pertinent authorities and dismissed;
</P>
<P>(4) Treasury made a final decision that revocation of the company's certificate was justified; and
</P>
<P>(5) Other pertinent factors.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Informal hearing.</I> (1) If a company that is the subject of a complaint under paragraph (a) and (b) of this section believes the opportunity to make known its views, as provided for under paragraph (c) of this section, is inadequate, it may, within 20 business days of the date of the notice required by paragraph (c), request, in writing, that an informal hearing be convened.
</P>
<P>(2) As soon as possible after a written request for an informal hearing is received, the Reviewing Official shall convene an informal hearing, at such time and place as he or she deems appropriate, for the purpose of determining whether the company's certificate of authority should be revoked.
</P>
<P>(3) The company shall be advised, in writing, of the time and place of the informal hearing and shall be directed to bring all documents, records and other information as it may find necessary and relevant to support its position.
</P>
<P>(4) The company may be represented by counsel and shall have a fair opportunity to present any relevant material and to examine the administrative record.
</P>
<P>(5) The complaining agency may be requested by the Reviewing Official to send a representative to the hearing to present any relevant material, and the agency representative may examine the administrative record.
</P>
<P>(6) The Reviewing Official is authorized to require the submission of additional documentation from the complaining agency and the company to ensure appropriate consideration of relevant factual or legal issues.
</P>
<P>(7) Formal rules of evidence will not apply at the informal hearing.
</P>
<P>(8) The formal adjudication standards under the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 554, 556, and 557, do not apply to the informal hearing or adjudication process.
</P>
<P>(9) Treasury may promulgate additional procedural guidance governing the conduct of informal hearings.
</P>
<P>(10) Upon completion of the informal hearing, the Reviewing Official shall prepare a written Recommendation Memorandum addressed to the Deciding Official setting forth findings and a recommended disposition. The Deciding Official will make the final decision whether the company's certificate of authority to write and reinsure Federal bonds should be revoked based on the administrative record. The administrative record consists of the Federal agency complaint referenced in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the company response referenced in paragraph (c), any other documentation submitted to, considered by, or entered into the administrative record by the Reviewing Official, the hearing transcript, and the Reviewing Official's Recommendation Memorandum.
</P>
<P>(11) The provisions of paragraphs (e), (f), and (g) of this section shall apply to the adjudication of the agency complaint when an informal hearing is conducted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 62002, Oct. 16, 2014, as amended at 89 FR 48838, June 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.21   Reinstatement.</HEAD>
<P>If, after one year from the date that Treasury notifies the company of its decision to decline to renew or revoke the certificate of authority of a company under this part, the company can demonstrate that the basis for the non-renewal or revocation has been cured, as determined by Treasury in its discretion, and that it can comply with, and does meet, all continuing requirements for certification under 31 U.S.C. 9304-9308 and this part, the company may submit an application to Treasury for reinstatement or reissuance of a certificate of authority, which will be granted without prejudice if all such requirements are met. Treasury may waive the one year waiting period for good cause shown, as determined by Treasury in its sole discretion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48838, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.12.0.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.22   Fees for service of the Treasury Department.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Fees shall be imposed and collected, for the services listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section that are performed by Treasury, regardless of whether the action requested is granted or denied. An online payment portal is provided at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/surety-bonds/.</I> The amount of the fee will be based on which of the following categories of service is requested:
</P>
<P>(1) Examination of a company's application for a certificate of authority as an acceptable surety on Federal bonds or for a certificate of authority as an acceptable reinsuring company on such bonds (see § 223.2(a));
</P>
<P>(2) Examination of a company's application for recognition as an admitted reinsurer of surety companies doing business with the United States (see § 223.12(h));
</P>
<P>(3) Examination of a company's application for recognition as a complementary reinsurer of surety companies doing business with the United States (see § 223.12(i));
</P>
<P>(4) Examination of a company's application for recognition as an alien reinsurer of surety companies doing business with the United States (see § 223.12(j));
</P>
<P>(5) Determination of a company's continuing qualifications for annual renewal of its certificate of authority (see § 223.2(b)); or
</P>
<P>(6) Determination of a company's continuing qualifications for annual renewal of its recognition as an admitted reinsurer, complementary reinsurer, or alien reinsurer (see § 223.12).
</P>
<P>(b) In a given year a uniform fee will be collected from every company requesting a particular category of service, e.g., determination of a company's continuing qualifications for annual renewal of its certificate of authority. However, Treasury reserves the right to redetermine the amounts of fees annually. Fees are determined in accordance with Office of Management and Budget Circular A-25, as amended.
</P>
<P>(c) Specific fee information may be obtained from the Surety Bonds Program, or online at <I>https://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/files/surety-bonds/user-fees.pdf.</I> In addition, a notice of the amount of a fee referred to in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as each change in such fee is made.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 48838, June 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="224" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 224—FEDERAL PROCESS AGENTS OF SURETY CORPORATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 9306 and 9307.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>71 FR 60848, Oct. 7, 2006, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 224.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.13.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.1   What does this part cover?</HEAD>
<P>This part provides guidance on when a surety corporation must appoint a service of process agent and how the surety corporation complies with this requirement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.13.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this regulation:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Principal</I> means the person or entity required to provide a surety bond.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Process agent</I> means a resident agent for service of process.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>State</I> means a State, the District of Columbia, or a territory or possession of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.13.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.3   When may a surety corporation provide a bond without appointing a process agent?</HEAD>
<P>A surety corporation may provide a bond without appointing a process agent when the State where the bond is filed, the State where the principal resides, and the State where the surety corporation is incorporated are the same.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.13.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.4   When must a surety corporation appoint a process agent?</HEAD>
<P>A surety corporation must appoint a process agent when either the State where the bond is filed or the State where the principal resides is different from the State where the surety corporation is incorporated. In such a case, the surety corporation must appoint a process agent in each such State that is different from the State where the surety is incorporated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.13.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.5   Who may a surety corporation appoint to be a process agent?</HEAD>
<P>A surety corporation may appoint either of the following as process agent—(a) An official of the State who is authorized or appointed under the law of that jurisdiction to receive service of process on the surety corporation; or
</P>
<P>(b) An individual who resides in the jurisdiction of the district court for the district in which a surety bond is filed and who is appointed by the surety corporation by means of a power of attorney. A certified copy of the power of attorney must be filed with the clerk of the district court for the district in which a surety bond is to be provided. In addition, the surety corporation must provide the clerk of the United States District Court at the main office in each judicial district with the required number of authenticated copies of the power of attorney for each divisional office of the court within that judicial district.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.13.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.6   Where can I find a sample power of attorney form?</HEAD>
<P>The Surety Bond Branch provides a sample form on its Web page located at: <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/c570.</I> While use of the sample form is not required, any power of attorney provided should be substantially the same as the sample form.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.13.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.7   Where can I find a list of United States district court offices?</HEAD>
<P>A list of the divisional offices of the court in each judicial district may be obtained from the Federal Judiciary, U.S. Courts Web page at <I>http://www.uscourts.gov</I>, or by mail by writing to: Office of Public Affairs, Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts, Washington, DC 20544.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.13.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.8   When must a surety corporation appoint a new process agent?</HEAD>
<P>The surety corporation must immediately appoint a new process agent whenever the authority of a process agent is terminated by reason of revocation, disability, removal from the district, or any other cause.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="225" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 225—ACCEPTANCE OF BONDS SECURED BY GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS IN LIEU OF BONDS WITH SURETIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 321, 9301 and 9303. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 4763, Jan. 29, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 225.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The regulation in this part applies to Government agencies accepting bonds secured by Government obligations in lieu of bonds with sureties. The Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Fiscal Service) is the representative of the Secretary of the Treasury (Secretary) in all matters concerning this part unless otherwise specified. The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service may issue procedural instructions implementing this regulation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government.
</P>
<P><I>Authenticate instructions</I> means to verify that the instructions received are from a bond official.
</P>
<P><I>Bearer</I> means that ownership of a Government obligation is not recorded. Title to such an obligation passes by delivery without endorsement and without notice. A bearer obligation is payable on its face to the holder at either maturity or call.
</P>
<P><I>Bond</I> means an executed written instrument, which guarantees the fulfillment of an obligation to the United States and sets forth the terms, conditions, and stipulations of the obligation.
</P>
<P><I>Bond official</I> means an agency official having authority under Federal law or regulation to approve a bond with surety or sureties and to approve a bond secured by Government obligations.
</P>
<P><I>Book-entry</I> means that the issuance and maintenance of a Government obligation is represented by an accounting entry or electronic record and not by a certificate.
</P>
<P><I>Custodian</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank or an entity within the United States designated by such Federal Reserve Bank under terms and conditions prescribed by such Federal Reserve Bank, a depositary specifically designated by the Secretary of the Treasury for purposes of this part, or such other entities as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate for purposes of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Definitive</I> means that a Government obligation is issued in engraved or printed form.
</P>
<P><I>Depositary</I> includes, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Any insured bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(2) Any mutual savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(3) Any savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(4) Any insured credit union as defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752) or any credit union which is eligible to make application to become an insured credit union under section 201 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1781);
</P>
<P>(5) Any savings association as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) which is an insured depository institution (as defined in such Act) (12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.</I>) or is eligible to apply to become an insured depository institution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.</I>); and
</P>
<P>(6) Any agency or branch of a foreign bank as defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 3101).
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank and its branches.
</P>
<P><I>Government obligation</I> means a public debt obligation of the United States Government and an obligation whose principal and interest is unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government.
</P>
<P><I>Obligor</I> includes, but is not limited to, an individual, a trust, an estate, a partnership, a corporation, and a sole proprietor.
</P>
<P><I>Officer authorized to certify assignment</I> means the individual identified as a certifying individual at part 306, subpart F of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, a trust, an estate, a partnership, and a corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Pledge</I> means a transfer of security interest in a Government obligation to a bond official's agency as collateral in lieu of a bond with a surety or sureties.
</P>
<P><I>Procedural instructions</I> means the Treasury Financial Manual, as amended, published by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P><I>Registered</I> means that ownership of a definitive Government obligation is listed in the issuer's records, and that the obligation is payable at maturity or call to the person in whose name the obligation is inscribed or to that person's assignee.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.3   Pledge of Government obligations in lieu of a bond with surety or sureties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An obligor required by Federal law or regulation to furnish a bond with surety or sureties may give in lieu thereof to a bond official any security acceptable under 31 U.S.C. 9301, as amended. The Secretary will designate classes of Government obligations acceptable under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bond.</I> The bond, at a minimum, shall irrevocably authorize the bond official to collect, sell, assign, or transfer such Government obligations and any interest retained therefrom in the event of the obligor's default in performing any of the terms, conditions, or stipulations of such bond. Unless otherwise provided by law, the bond shall authorize the bond official to apply the proceeds from the sale, assignment, or transfer of such Government obligations, in whole or in part, to satisfy any costs incurred by the United States related to the default, and to apply any excess proceeds to satisfy any other claim of the United States against the obligor. The bond shall not include any obligations on custodians which are inconsistent with, or in addition to, the obligations in this part. The bond will provide that the bond official may retain any interest accruing upon any Government obligations, or direct that such interest be retained by the custodian.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amount of Government obligations.</I> The obligor shall pledge to the bond official Government obligations valued as required by 31 U.S.C. 9303, as amended.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Avoiding frequent substitutions.</I> To avoid the frequent substitution of Government obligations, the bond official may reject Government obligations which mature, or are redeemable, within one year from the date they are pledged to the bond official.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Acceptable Government obligations.</I> Types and valuations of acceptable collateral security are addressed in 31 CFR part 380. For a current list of acceptable classes of securities and instruments described in 31 CFR part 380 and their valuations, see the Bureau of the Fiscal Service's web site at <I>www.publicdebt.treas.gov.</I> 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 4763, Jan. 29, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 55430, Sept. 13, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.4   Pledge of book-entry Government obligations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as otherwise provided by the Secretary in procedural instructions, an obligor, or a depositary acting as agent or sub-agent for the obligor, or the bond official, shall arrange a pledge pursuant to the prior agreement and approval of the bond official, of book-entry Government obligations. The Government obligations must be transferred to an account for the benefit of the bond official. The custodian holding the Government obligations is not required to establish that the agreement and approval of the bond official has been obtained prior to such a transfer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Receipt.</I> Upon the transfer of Government obligations to an account for the benefit of the bond official, the custodian will promptly issue a receipt or an activity statement, or both, to the bond official and to the obligor or a depositary acting as agent or sub-agent for the obligor.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of the transfer.</I> Book-entry Government obligations credited to an account for the benefit of the bond official shall have the effect as provided in part 357 of this title, or in other applicable regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.5   Pledge of definitive Government obligations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type and assignment.</I> Definitive Government obligations may be in bearer or registered form, and shall be owned by the obligor.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Bearer Government obligations.</I> The obligor shall pledge bearer Government obligations to the bond official with all unmatured interest coupons attached.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Registered Government obligations; assignment.</I> The obligor shall pledge registered Government obligations in the obligor's name to the bond official by assignment in accordance with subpart F of part 306 of this title and other codified procedures for issuers that apply to assignment of the registered Government obligations, except that, when so authorized under such procedures, all assignments shall be made in blank.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delivery to bond official; receipt.</I> All deliveries of definitive Government obligations from the obligor to the bond official under this part shall be made at the risk and expense of the obligor. Upon receipt of definitive Government obligations, the bond official will issue the obligor a receipt.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Risk of loss; safekeeping.</I> All definitive Government obligations held by the bond official will be held at the risk of the bond official. The bond official will keep safe all definitive Government obligations and may place them with a custodian.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Delivery to custodian; receipt.</I> If the bond official is in receipt of definitive Government obligations, and then places those obligations with a custodian, the expense and risk of loss in delivery will rest with the bond official. Upon the placement of definitive Government obligations with a custodian, the custodian will issue the bond official a receipt. All definitive Government obligations held by the custodian will be held at the risk of the custodian.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Conversion to book-entry.</I> (1) Treasury bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, or bills deposited with a Federal Reserve Bank under this part may be converted into book-entry Treasury obligations in accordance with part 306 of this title, and the pertinent provisions of that part shall apply to such Treasury obligations.
</P>
<P>(2) When converting definitive Government obligations to book-entry form, a Federal Reserve Bank will act pursuant to, and in accordance with, book-entry procedures for issuers that apply to the definitive Government obligations pledged to the bond official's agency, including those set forth in part 306 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.6   Payment of interest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this section and § 225.7(b), interest accruing upon Government obligations pledged to a bond official's agency in accordance with this part will be remitted to the obligor or a depositary acting as agent or sub-agent for the obligor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Default.</I> If the bond official determines that the obligor has defaulted, the bond official will retain any interest accruing upon Government obligations pledged to the bond official's agency or direct the custodian, in accordance with this part, to retain such interest. Unless otherwise provided by law, such interest will be available to satisfy any costs incurred by the United States related to the default, and any excess proceeds will be available to satisfy any other claim of the United States against the obligor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.7   Custodian duties and responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A custodian shall authenticate instructions received from a bond official and shall act in accordance with such authenticated instructions. The custodian assumes no liability and is without liability of any kind for acting in accordance with such authenticated instructions, except for the custodian's failure to exercise ordinary care. By providing a bond secured by Government obligations in lieu of a bond with surety or sureties, an obligor agrees not to hold either the custodian or the Secretary liable or responsible for the actions or inactions of a bond official or for carrying out a bond official's authenticated instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interest.</I> Absent authenticated instructions from the bond official to retain interest, interest received by the custodian on Government obligations pledged to the bond official's agency in accordance with this part will be remitted in the regular course of business to the obligor or to a depositary acting as agent or sub-agent for the obligor.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Principal.</I> Absent authenticated instructions from the bond official to retain the proceeds of matured Government obligations, a custodian will release to the obligor proceeds from matured Government obligations only if the obligor has deposited Government obligations acceptable under 31 U.S.C. 9301, as amended, in substitution for those which have matured.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liquidation of Government obligations.</I> A custodian will collect, sell, assign, or transfer Government obligations, including any interest therefrom, only in accordance with a bond official's authenticated instructions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Application of proceeds of liquidated Government obligations.</I> A custodian will apply the proceeds from the collection, sale, assignment, or transfer of Government obligations only in accordance with a bond official's authenticated instructions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.8   Bond official duties and responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>The bond official's duties and responsibilities are as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Approving the bond secured by Government obligations after determining its sufficiency;
</P>
<P>(b) Verifying ownership of any registered definitive Government obligations given, and ensuring that those Government obligations are properly assigned;
</P>
<P>(c) Approving establishment of a book-entry account for the benefit of the bond official;
</P>
<P>(d) Providing the custodian, when appropriate, with clear and concise instructions;
</P>
<P>(e) Taking all reasonable and appropriate steps to ensure that all procedures or transactions conform with the provisions of this part; and
</P>
<P>(f) Notifying the Secretary of the Treasury, or his designee, upon an obligor's default, and, unless otherwise provided by law, applying any part of the proceeds in excess of the amount required to assure payment of any costs incurred by the United States related to the default to satisfy any claim of the United States against the obligor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.9   Return of Government obligations to obligor.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section or as otherwise provided in this part, the bond official will return the Government obligations, and any interest retained therefrom, to the obligor, without written application from the obligor, when the bond official determines that the Government obligations are no longer required under the terms of the bond.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Miller Act payment bonds.</I> The bond official will not return Government obligations to an obligor who has furnished to the bond official a payment bond if:
</P>
<P>(1) A person, who supplied the obligor with labor or materials and whom the obligor has not paid, files with the United States Government the application and affidavit provided for in the Miller Act (Act), as amended (40 U.S.C. 270a-270d), and the time provided in the Act for the person to commence suit against the obligor on the payment bond has not expired; or
</P>
<P>(2) A person commences a suit against the obligor within the time provided for in the Act, in which case the bond official will hold the Government obligations subject to the order of the court having jurisdiction of the suit; or
</P>
<P>(3) The bond official has actual knowledge of a claim against the obligor on the basis of the payment bond, in which case the bond official may return the Government obligations to the obligor when the bond official deems it appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Claim of the United States unaffected.</I> Nothing in this section shall affect or impair the priority of any claim of the United States against Government obligations, or any right or remedy granted by the Miller Act or by this part to the United States in the event of an obligor's default on any term, condition, or stipulation of a bond.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Return of definitive Government obligations; risk of loss.</I> Definitive Government obligations to be returned to the obligor will be forwarded at the obligor's risk and expense, either by the bond official, or by a custodian upon receipt of a bond official's authenticated instructions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.10   Other agency practices and authorities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Agency practices.</I> Nothing in this part shall be construed as modifying the existing practices or duties of agencies in handling bonds, except to the extent made necessary under the terms of this part by reason of the acceptance of bonds secured by Government obligations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Agency authorities.</I> Nothing contained in this part shall affect the authority of agencies to receive Government obligations for security in cases authorized by other provisions of law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.14.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.11   Courts.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing contained in this part shall affect the authority of a court over a Government obligation given as security in a civil action.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="226" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 226—RECOGNITION OF INSURANCE COVERING TREASURY TAX AND LOAN DEPOSITARIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 2 and 3, Pub. L. 95-147. 91 Stat. 1227 (31 U.S.C. 1038).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>43 FR 18972, May 2, 1978, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 226.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.15.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 226.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part apply to insurance covering public money of the United States held by banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, building and loan associations, homestead associations, or credit unions designated as Treasury tax and loan depositaries under 31 CFR part 203. Approval of the adequacy of the insurance coverage provided to Treasury tax and loan funds shall be governed by the regulations contained herein, which will be supplemented by guidelines issued by the Treasury and updated from time to time to meet changing conditions in the industry.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 226.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.15.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 226.2   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Deposit or account insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, and the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund, is hereby recognized. Deposits or accounts which are insured by a State or agency thereof, or by a corporation chartered by a State for the sole purpose of insuring deposits or accounts of financial institutions eligible to be Treasury tax and loan depositaries (hereinafter referred to as Insurance Arrangement), shall be approved as provided herein. Such approval constitutes recognition for the purpose of reducing the amount of collateral required of a tax and loan depositary by the amount of recognized insurance coverage pursuant to 31 CFR 203.15.
</P>
<P>(b) Generally, these regulations and their associated guidelines require that an organization providing insurance maintain a corpus of sufficient value and liquidity, and/or that it have sufficient State borrowing authority, in relation to its liabilities and total insured savings (or deposits) to provide adequate security to the Government's deposits and that adequate monitoring of the financial condition of the insured institutions is conducted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 226.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.15.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 226.3   Application—termination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every Insurance Organization applying for recognition as a qualified insurer of financial institutions designated as Treasury tax and loan depositaries shall address a written request to the Assistant Commissioner, Comptroller, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20226, who will notify the applicant of the data which is necessary to make application. If the Secretary of the Treasury is satisfied that:
</P>
<P>(1) One or more institutions insured by the applicant otherwise meet the Secretary's requirements for designation as a Treasury tax and loan depositary or Federal tax depositary,
</P>
<P>(2) The insurance provided by the applicant covers public money of the United States, and
</P>
<P>(3) The insurance coverage provided affords adequate security to the Government's deposits, the Secretary shall recognize the applicant as a qualified insurer of financial institutions designated as Treasury tax and loan depositaries.
</P>
<P>(b) If and when the Secretary of the Treasury determines that a qualified insurance organization's financial condition is such that it no longer provides adequate security or that it is not complying with the regulations of this part, the Secretary will notify the Insurance Organization of the facts or conduct which cause him to make such determination, and in those cases where the safety of the Government's funds allows, provide the Insurance Organization with an opportunity to correct the deficiency. When any deficiency has not been corrected to his satisfaction or, where the safety of Government funds makes immediate revocation imperative, the Secretary will revoke the recognition previously granted.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For a delegation of authority to perform the functions described in §§ 226.3 and 226.4, see 44 FR 19406 of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of April 3, 1979.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 18972, May 2, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 19406, Apr. 3, 1979; 49 FR 47002, Nov. 30, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 226.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.15.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 226.4   Adequacy of security—how computed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In qualifying Insurance Organizations, the Treasury will use a ratio (equity (net worth) of the insurance organization divided by insured accounts or deposits) to determine if the security is adequate. The ratio will be computed as determined by the Treasury, and is required to equal 0.0045 or greater for an Insurance Organization to be recognized (<I>i.e.</I>, net worth is required to equal 0.45 of 1 percent of insured accounts or deposits).
</P>
<P>(b) If, in the judgment of the Secretary of the Treasury, any of the Insurance Organization's assets which cannot be liquidated promptly or are subject to restriction, encumbrance, or discredit, all or part of the value of such assets may be deducted from equity in making the computation. The Secretary of the Treasury may value the assets and liabilities in his discretion.
</P>
<P>(c) An Insurance Organization's unqualified borrowing authority from its sponsoring State will be added to its equity in making the computation because such authority is equivalent to additional capitalization. An Insurance Organization's commercial borrowing authority and its reinsurance will be disregarded in making the computation, because these are not adequate substitutes for undercapitalization.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For a delegation of authority to perform the functions described in §§ 226.3 and 226.4, see 44 FR 19406 of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of April 3, 1979.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 18972, May 2, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 19406, Apr. 3, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 226.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.15.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 226.5   Examinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Examinations by State regulatory authorities or audits by CPA firms of Insurance Organizations shall be performed in accordance with, and at intervals prescribed by, State regulatory procedures. Copies of the reports shall be submitted to the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) Examinations by State regulatory authorities or audits by CPA firms of insured financial institutions shall be performed in accordance with, and at intervals prescribed by, State regulatory procedures. In addition, an adequate monitoring system shall be employed to detect those institutions with financial problems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 226.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.15.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 226.6   Financial reports.</HEAD>
<P>Financial reports of Insurance Organizations shall be submitted to the Treasury at the same intervals they are submitted to State regulatory authorities. However, they need not be submitted more frequently than quarterly but, as a minimum, shall be submitted annually. The Treasury may prescribe the format of such reports.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 226.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.15.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 226.7   Effective date.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part become effective November 2, 1978.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 47506, Oct. 16, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="235" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 235—ISSUANCE OF SETTLEMENT CHECKS FOR FORGED CHECKS DRAWN ON DESIGNATED DEPOSITARIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3343.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>40 FR 6785, Feb. 14, 1975, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 235.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.16.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.1   Scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>This part governs the issuance of settlement checks for checks drawn on designated depositaries of the United States by accountable officers of the United States, that have been negotiated and paid on a forged or unauthorized indorsement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 6785, Feb. 14, 1975, as amended at 54 FR 35642, Aug. 29, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.16.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.2   Definition.</HEAD>
<P><I>Accountable Officers of the United States,</I> as used in these regulations, means disbursing officers authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury to maintain official accounts of the United States in depositary banks located in the United States, its territories, and foreign countries, and to draw checks thereon in dollars or in foreign currencies.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.16.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.3   Settlement of claims.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of a claim by a payee or special indorsee on a check determined to have been paid on a forged indorsement under conditions satisfying the provisions set forth in 31 U.S.C. 3343, accountable officers of the United States, with respect to a check drawn on designated depositaries of the United States, in dollars or in foreign currency, shall cause to be issued a settlement check in the appropriate currency to the payee or special indorsee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 6785, Feb. 14, 1975, as amended at 49 FR 47001, 47002, Nov. 30, 1984; 54 FR 35642, Aug. 29, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.16.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.4   Check Forgery Insurance Fund.</HEAD>
<P>The Check Forgery Insurance Fund, established pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3343, shall be available for use by the Commissioner, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, and accountable officers of the United States for the purpose of providing funding for settlements made to a payee or special indorsee pursuant to these regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 6785, Feb. 14, 1975, as amended at 49 FR 47001, 47002, Nov. 30, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.16.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.5   Reclamation amounts.</HEAD>
<P>Amounts received by way of reclamation on forged checks shall be deposited to the credit of the Check Forgery Insurance Fund or to the appropriate foreign currency fund or other account charged for the settlement payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.16.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.6   Implementing instructions.</HEAD>
<P>Procedural instructions implementing these regulations will be issued by the Commissioner of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service in volume I, part 4 of the Treasury Financial Manual.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 35642, Aug. 29, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="240" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 240—INDORSEMENT AND PAYMENT OF CHECKS DRAWN ON THE UNITED STATES TREASURY 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 321, 3327, 3328, 3331, 3334, 3343, 3711, 3712, 3716, 3717; 332 U.S. 234 (1947); 318 U.S. 363 (1943).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 61568, Oct. 19, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV7 N="1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.1   Scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this part prescribe the requirements for indorsement and the conditions for payment of checks drawn on the United States Treasury. These regulations also establish procedures for collection of amounts due the United States Treasury based on claims arising from the breach of presentment guarantees by presenting banks and other indorsers of Treasury checks when checks bearing material defects or alterations or forged disbursing officer (drawer) signatures are presented for payment and are paid.
</P>
<P>(b) Standards contained in this regulation supersede existing Federal common law to the extent that they are inconsistent with Federal common law rules relating to counterfeit checks. Under the provisions of this regulation, the risk of loss on certain counterfeit checks is placed on presenting banks and other indorsers unless Treasury fails to timely reclaim on a check payment in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3712(a) and § 240.8 of this regulation. Treasury will reclaim on counterfeit checks that are deemed paid under § 240.6(d) of this regulation when a presenting bank or other indorser fails to make all reasonable efforts to ensure that a check is an authentic Treasury check.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this regulation supercedes the rights or obligations of Treasury or any other person that are set forth in Regulation CC, 12 CFR part 229, with respect to substitute checks, as defined therein.
</P>
<P>(d) A financial institution's indorsement or presentment of a U.S. Treasury check shall constitute its agreement to this part. The financial institution hereby authorizes its servicing Federal Reserve Bank to debit the financial institution's Federal Reserve Master Account for the amount of the reclamation and any accrued interest, penalties and/or administrative costs in accordance with the provisions of § 240.9.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 61568, Oct. 19, 2004, as amended at 76 FR 57909, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Administrative offset</I> or <I>offset,</I> for purposes of this part, has the same meaning as defined in 31 U.S.C. 3701(a)(1) and 31 CFR part 285.
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means any agency, department, instrumentality, office, commission, board, service, or other establishment of the United States authorized to issue Treasury checks or for which checks drawn on the United States Treasury are issued.
</P>
<P><I>Cancellation</I> or <I>canceled</I> means that a Treasury check is no longer a valid instrument, due to the one-year limitation on negotiability and payment described in § 240.5(a), or the placement of a stop payment on the check by Treasury or the certifying agency.
</P>
<P><I>Certifying agency</I> means an agency authorizing the issuance of a payment by a disbursing official in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3325.
</P>
<P><I>Check</I> or <I>checks</I> means an original check or checks; an electronic check or checks; or a substitute check or checks.
</P>
<P><I>Check payment</I> means the amount paid to a presenting bank by a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P><I>Counterfeit check</I> means a document that purports to be an authentic check drawn on the United States Treasury, but in fact is not an authentic check.
</P>
<P><I>Days</I> means calendar days. For purposes of computation, the last day of the period will be included unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday; the first day is not included. For example, if a reclamation was issued on July 1, the 90-day protest period under § 240.9(b) would begin on July 2. If the 90th day fell on a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, the protest would be accepted if received on the next business day.
</P>
<P><I>Declination</I> means the process by which Treasury refuses to make final payment on a check, <I>i.e.,</I> declines payment, by instructing a Federal Reserve Bank to reverse its provisional credit to a presenting bank.
</P>
<P><I>Declination date</I> means the date on which Treasury issues the declination.
</P>
<P><I>Disbursing official</I> means an official, including an official of the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Defense, any Government corporation (as defined in 31 U.S.C. 9101), or any official of the United States designated by the Secretary of the Treasury, authorized to disburse public money pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3321 or another law.
</P>
<P><I>Drawer's signature</I> means the signature of a disbursing official placed on the front of a Treasury check as the drawer of the check.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic check</I> means an electronic image of a check drawn on the United States Treasury, together with information describing that check, that meets the technical requirements for sending electronic items to a Federal Reserve Bank as set forth in the Federal Reserve Banks' operating circulars.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Bank</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank or a branch of a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Processing Center</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank center that images Treasury checks for archiving check information and transmitting such information to Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Financial institution</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any insured bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(2) Any mutual savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(3) Any savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(4) Any insured credit union as defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752) or any credit union which is eligible to make application to become an insured credit union under section 201 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1781);
</P>
<P>(5) Any savings association as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) which is an insured depositary institution (as defined in such Act) (12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.</I>) or is eligible to apply to become an insured depositary institution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.</I>); and
</P>
<P>(6) Any financial institution outside of the United States if it has been designated by the Secretary of the Treasury as a depositary of public money and has been permitted to charge checks to the General Account of the United States Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>First examination</I> means Treasury's initial review of a check that has been presented for payment. The initial review procedures, which establish the authenticity and integrity of a check presented to Treasury for payment, may include reconciliation; retrieval and inspection of the check or the best available image thereof; and other procedures Treasury deems appropriate to specific circumstances.
</P>
<P><I>Forged or unauthorized drawer's signature</I> means a drawer's signature that has been placed on the front of a Treasury check by a person other than:
</P>
<P>(1) A disbursing official; or
</P>
<P>(2) A person authorized to sign on behalf of a disbursing official.
</P>
<P><I>Forged or unauthorized indorsement</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) An indorsement of the payee's name by another person who is not authorized to sign for the payee; or
</P>
<P>(2) An indorsement of the payee's name made by another person who has been authorized by the payee, but who has not indorsed the check in accordance with §§ 240.4 and 240.13 through 240.17; or
</P>
<P>(3) An indorsement added by a financial institution where the financial institution had no authority to supply the indorsement; or
</P>
<P>(4) A check bearing an altered payee name that is indorsed using the payee name as altered.
</P>
<P><I>Guarantor</I> means a financial institution that presents a check for payment and any prior indorser(s) of a check.
</P>
<P><I>Master Account</I> means the record of financial rights and obligations of an account holder and the Federal Reserve Bank with respect to each other, where opening, intraday, and closing balances are determined.
</P>
<P><I>Material defect or alteration</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) The counterfeiting of a check; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any physical change on a check, including, but not limited to, a change in the amount, date, payee name, or other identifying information printed on the front or back of the check (but not including a forged or unauthorized drawer's signature); or
</P>
<P>(3) Any forged or unauthorized indorsement appearing on the back of the check.
</P>
<P><I>Minor</I> means the term minor as defined under applicable State law.
</P>
<P><I>Monthly statement</I> means a statement prepared by Treasury that includes the following information regarding each outstanding reclamation:
</P>
<P>(1) The reclamation date;
</P>
<P>(2) The reclamation number;
</P>
<P>(3) Check identifying information; and
</P>
<P>(4) The balance due, including interest, penalties, and administrative costs.
</P>
<P><I>Original check</I> means the first paper check drawn on the United States Treasury with respect to a particular payment transaction.
</P>
<P><I>Payee</I> means the person that the certifying agency designated to receive payment pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3528.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, institution, including a financial institution, or any other type of entity; the singular includes the plural.
</P>
<P><I>Presenting bank</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A financial institution which, either directly or through a correspondent banking relationship, presents checks to and receives provisional credit from a Federal Reserve Bank; or
</P>
<P>(2) A depositary which is authorized to charge checks directly to Treasury's General Account and present them to Treasury for payment through a designated Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P><I>Provisional credit</I> means the initial credit provided to a presenting bank by a Federal Reserve Bank. Treasury may reverse a provisional credit until Treasury deems completion of first examination or final payment made pursuant to § 240.6(d).
</P>
<P><I>Reasonable efforts</I> means, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Confirming the validity of a check by obtaining the check return information prior to making the funds from the check available for withdrawal (except when the check return information has not been provided within the applicable timeframe prescribed by Regulation CC, and making funds available for withdrawal is necessary to comply with Regulation CC; however, this exception does not apply if the presenting bank is otherwise subject to liability due to the presentment guarantees found in § 240.4); and
</P>
<P>(2) Confirming the authenticity of the check such as by verifying the existence of the Treasury watermark on an original check.
</P>
<P>(3) Acceptance of a check by electronic image or other non-physical means does not impact reasonable efforts requirements. Based upon the facts at hand, including whether a check is an original check, a substitute check, or an electronic check, reasonable efforts may require the verification of other security features.
</P>
<P><I>Reclamation</I> means a demand for the amount of a check for which Treasury has requested an immediate refund.
</P>
<P><I>Reclamation date</I> means the date on which Treasury issues a reclamation. Normally, Treasury sends demands to presenting banks or other indorsers within two business days of the reclamation date.
</P>
<P><I>Reclamation debt</I> means the amount owed as a result of Treasury's demand for refund of a check payment, and includes interest, penalties and administrative costs assessed in accordance with § 240.8.
</P>
<P><I>Reclamation debtor</I> means a presenting bank or other indorser of a check from whom Treasury has demanded a refund in accordance with §§ 240.8 and 240.9. The reclamation debtor does not include a presenting bank or other indorser who may be liable for a reclamation debt, but from which Treasury has not demanded a refund.
</P>
<P><I>Recurring benefit payment</I> includes but is not limited to a payment of money for any Federal Government entitlement program or annuity.
</P>
<P><I>Stop payment</I> means that Treasury or a certifying agency has indicated that a Treasury check should not be paid and instead should be canceled. A stop payment could be placed on a Treasury check for reasons including that the check was reported lost or stolen; the check was determined to have been issued improperly; the payee was deceased prior to the issuance of the check; or any other allowable reason.
</P>
<P><I>Substitute check</I> means a paper reproduction of a check drawn on the United States Treasury that meets the definitional requirements set forth at 12 CFR 229.2(aaa).
</P>
<P><I>Treasury</I> means the United States Department of the Treasury, or when authorized, an agent designated by the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegee.
</P>
<P><I>Treasury Check Offset</I> means the collection of an amount owed by a presenting bank in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3712(e).
</P>
<P><I>Truncate</I> means to remove a paper check from the forward collection or return process and send to a recipient, in lieu of such paper check, a substitute check or an electronic check.
</P>
<P><I>U.S. securities</I> means securities of the United States and securities of Federal agencies and Government corporations for which Treasury acts as the transfer agent.
</P>
<P><I>Validity</I> or <I>valid check</I> means an authentic Treasury check that is a payable instrument and has not been previously negotiated or canceled.
</P>
<P><I>Writing</I> includes electronic communications when specifically authorized by Treasury in implementing instructions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 74888, Nov. 1, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3   Electronic checks and substitute checks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Legal equivalence of electronic checks.</I> An electronic check for which a presenting bank has provided the guarantees described in § 240.4 is the legal equivalent of an original or substitute check for purposes of this part if the electronic check accurately represents all of the information on the front and back of the check that the presenting bank truncated. If a financial institution presents an electronic check for payment and the check is subject to return, Treasury may effect the return using an electronic check, but this part does not create any right for the presenting bank to return the check to the payee or any other person using an electronic check.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safekeeping of original checks.</I> Any financial institution that creates a substitute check or electronic check shall prevent unauthorized access to the original or substitute check that was truncated by storing the check, until it is destroyed, in a manner consistent with federal banking agency guidelines for safeguarding customer information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.4   Presentment guarantees.</HEAD>
<P>The guarantors of a check presented to the Treasury for payment are deemed to guarantee to the Treasury all of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Indorsements.</I> That all prior indorsements are genuine, whether or not an express guarantee is placed on the check. When the first indorsement has been made by one other than the payee personally, the presenting bank and the indorsers are deemed to guarantee to the Treasury, in addition to other guarantees, that the person who so indorsed had unqualified capacity and authority to indorse the check on behalf of the payee.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alterations.</I> That the check has not been materially altered.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Drawer's signature.</I> That the guarantors have no knowledge that the signature of the drawer is forged or unauthorized.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Authenticity and validity.</I> That the guarantors have made all reasonable efforts to ensure that a check is both an authentic Treasury check (<I>i.e.,</I> it is not a counterfeit check) and a valid Treasury check (<I>i.e.,</I> it has not been previously negotiated or canceled).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Electronic check.</I> If the check is an electronic check, that—
</P>
<P>(1) The check accurately represents all of the information on the front and back of the original or substitute check that was truncated and meets the technical requirements for sending electronic items to a Federal Reserve Bank as set forth in the Federal Reserve Banks' operating circulars;
</P>
<P>(2) Treasury will not receive presentment of, or otherwise be charged for, the electronic check, the original check, or a substitute check (or a paper or electronic reproduction of any of the foregoing) such that Treasury will be asked to make payment based on a check it already has paid; and
</P>
<P>(3) Treasury's receipt of the electronic check instead of the original or substitute check will not result in the loss of Treasury's ability to determine whether the check contains a material defect or alteration.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Substitute check.</I> If the check is a substitute check, that the guarantors make the warranties set forth at 12 CFR 229.52(a)(1) and (2) and the indemnity set forth at 12 CFR 229.53.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 61568, Oct. 19, 2004, as amended at 88 FR 74889, Nov. 1, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.5   Limitations on payment; cancellation and distribution of proceeds of checks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Limitations on payment.</I> (1) Treasury shall not be required to pay any check that is not negotiated to a financial institution within 12 months after the date on which the check was issued.
</P>
<P>(2) All checks shall bear a legend, stating “Void After One Year.” The legend is notice to payees and indorsers of a general limitation on the payment of checks. The legend, or the inadvertent lack thereof, does not limit, or otherwise affect, the rights of Treasury under the law.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cancellation and distribution of proceeds of checks.</I> (1) Any check that has not been paid and remains outstanding for more than 12 months after the issue date will be canceled by Treasury.
</P>
<P>(2) The proceeds from checks canceled pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section will be returned to the payment certifying or authorizing agency for ultimate credit to the appropriation or fund account initially charged for the payment.
</P>
<P>(3) On a monthly basis, Treasury will provide to each agency that authorizes the issuance of checks a list of those checks issued for such agency which were canceled during the preceding month pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.6   Provisional credit; first examination; declination; final payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any credit issued by a Federal Reserve Bank to a financial institution shall be a provisional credit until Treasury completes first examination of the check, or as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Treasury shall have the right as a drawee to complete first examination of checks presented for payment, to reconcile checks, and, when appropriate, to make a declination on any check.
</P>
<P>(c) Treasury will decline payment on a check when first examination by Treasury establishes that:
</P>
<P>(1) The check has a material defect or alteration;
</P>
<P>(2) The check bears a forged or unauthorized drawer's signature;
</P>
<P>(3) Treasury has already received presentment of a substitute check, electronic check, or original check relating to the check being presented, such that Treasury is being requested to make payment on a check it has already paid; or Treasury is being requested to make payment on a check that is not valid due to a stop payment or other cancellation.
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of an electronic check, Treasury cannot determine whether the check contains a material defect or alteration without examining the original check or a better quality image of the check and Treasury is on notice of a question of law or fact about whether the check is properly payable; or
</P>
<P>(5) In the case of a substitute check, Treasury has a warranty or indemnity claim arising under 12 CFR 229.52 or 229.53.
</P>
<P>(d) Treasury shall have a reasonable amount of time to complete first examination. However, except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, if Treasury has not declined payment on a check within 60 days after the check is presented to a Federal Reserve Processing Center for payment, Treasury will be deemed to have made final payment on the check.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section, in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3328(a)(2), if, upon presentment for payment, Treasury is on notice of a question of law or fact about whether a check is properly payable, Treasury may defer final payment until the question is settled.
</P>
<P>(f) If a Federal Reserve Bank debits a financial institution's reserve account as a result of an erroneous declination, Treasury will promptly refund the amount of the payment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 61568, Oct. 19, 2004, as amended at 88 FR 74889, Nov. 1, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.7   Declination protest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Who may protest.</I> Only a presenting bank may protest the declination of a check that it has presented to a Federal Reserve Bank for payment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Basis for protest.</I> Where Treasury, in accordance with § 240.6, has made a declination of a check presented for payment and a Federal Reserve Bank has reversed its provisional credit to the presenting bank, the presenting bank may file a protest challenging the factual basis for such declination. Protests may be filed challenging the following determinations:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Counterfeit checks.</I> The presenting bank may offer evidence that the check is not a counterfeit.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Altered checks.</I> The presenting bank may offer evidence that the check is not altered.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Checks bearing forged or unauthorized drawer's signatures.</I> The presenting bank may offer evidence that the drawer's signature was authentic or was authorized.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Checks bearing a forged or unauthorized indorsement.</I> The presenting bank may offer evidence that an indorsement on the back of the check was not forged or was otherwise authorized in accordance with the requirements of §§ 240.13 through 240.17.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Prior presentment.</I> The presenting bank may offer evidence that the check or a paper or electronic representation thereof has not already been presented to, and paid by, Treasury.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Adequacy of substitute check or electronic check.</I> The presenting bank may offer an original check or a copy of the check that is sufficient to support a determination that the check does not contain a material defect or alteration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedures for filing a protest.</I> A declination protest must be in writing, and must be sent to: Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Branch Manager, Financial Processing Division, Check Reconciliation Branch, Room 700-A, 3700 East-West Highway, Hyattsville, MD 20782, or to such other address as Treasury may publish in the Treasury Financial Manual, which can be found at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov.</I> Treasury will not consider any protest unless it is received within 90 days from the declination date.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Review of a declination protest.</I> The responsible Fiscal Service Director, or an authorized designee, will make every effort to decide any protest properly submitted under this section within 60 days, and will notify the presenting bank of Treasury's decision. In those cases where it is not possible to render a decision within 60 days, the responsible Fiscal Service Director, or an authorized designee, will notify the presenting bank of the delay. Neither the responsible Fiscal Service Director, nor an authorized designee, will have any involvement in the decision to deny payment of a check under § 240.6 of this part.
</P>
<P>(1) If, based on the evidence provided, the responsible Fiscal Service Director, or an authorized designee, finds that the presenting bank has met, by a preponderance of the evidence, the criteria in paragraph (b) of this section, Treasury will reverse its decision to decline payment on the check by directing a Federal Reserve Bank to provide credit in the amount of the check to the presenting bank.
</P>
<P>(2) If, based on the evidence provided, the responsible Fiscal Service Director, or an authorized designee, finds that the presenting bank has failed to meet, by a preponderance of the evidence, the criteria in paragraph (b) of this section, the declination will not be reversed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 61568, Oct. 19, 2004, as amended at 76 FR 57909, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.8   Reclamation of amounts of paid checks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If, after making final payment in accordance with § 240.6, Treasury determines that any guarantor has breached a presentment guarantee listed in § 240.4, the guarantor shall be liable to Treasury for the full amount of the check payment. Treasury may reclaim the amount of the check payment from any such guarantor prior to:
</P>
<P>(1) The end of the 1-year period beginning on the date that a check is processed for payment by a Federal Reserve Processing Center; or
</P>
<P>(2) The expiration of the 180-day period beginning on the close of the period described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section if a timely claim under 31 U.S.C. 3702 is presented to the certifying agency.
</P>
<P>(b) Treasury will not reclaim on a check that bears a forged or unauthorized drawer's signature unless it has evidence that the reclamation debtor had knowledge of the forged or unauthorized drawer's signature.
</P>
<P>(c) Treasury will not reclaim on a counterfeit check unless the reclamation debtor has failed to make all reasonable efforts to ensure that a check is an authentic check and not a counterfeit check. Guidance on the key security features found on U.S. Treasury checks is available on the Fiscal Service website at: <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/checkclaims/check_security_new.pdf.</I> Institutions may contact the Fiscal Service Questioned Documents Branch at (202) 874-7640 for additional information about these security features or to request training.
</P>
<P>(d) Reclamation debts are due to be paid upon receipt of the reclamation by the reclamation debtor. Interest, penalties, and administrative costs associated with unpaid balances will accrue as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Interest.</I> Treasury will assess interest on the unpaid principal of the reclamation debt beginning on the 61st day following the reclamation date, and will calculate interest based on the rate published annually by Treasury in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717. Interest will continue to accrue until the full amount of the reclamation is paid or Treasury determines that payment is not required.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Penalties.</I> Treasury will assess a penalty beginning on the 91st day following the reclamation date. The penalty will be assessed in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717 on the unpaid principal of the reclamation debt, and will continue to accrue until the full amount of the reclamation debt is paid or Treasury determines that payment is not required.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Administrative costs.</I> Treasury will assess administrative costs associated with the unpaid reclamation debt beginning on the 61st day following the reclamation date. Administrative costs will continue to accrue until the full amount of the reclamation debt is paid or Treasury determines that payment is not required.
</P>
<P>(e) If Treasury is unable to fully collect a reclamation debt from a reclamation debtor, after pursuing all appropriate means of collection (including, but not limited to, administrative offset in accordance with § 240.10 and Treasury Check Offset in accordance with § 240.11), Treasury will discharge the unpaid reclamation debt. See 31 CFR 903.5 (Discharge of indebtedness; reporting requirements). Treasury or the certifying agency will report the amount of the unpaid reclamation debt to the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 6050P and 26 CFR 1.6050P-1.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.9   Reclamation procedures; reclamation protests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reclamation procedures.</I> (1) Treasury will send a “NOTICE OF DIRECT DEBIT (RECLAMATION)” to the reclamation debtor in accordance with § 240.8(a). This notice will advise the reclamation debtor of the amount demanded and the reason for the demand. Treasury will provide notice to the reclamation debtor that:
</P>
<P>(i) If the reclamation debt is not paid within 30 days after the reclamation date, Treasury intends to collect the amount outstanding by instructing the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank to debit on the 31st day the Master Account used by the reclamation debtor. The Federal Reserve Bank will provide advice of the debit to the reclamation debtor;
</P>
<P>(ii) The reclamation debtor has an opportunity to inspect and copy Treasury's records with respect to the reclamation debt;
</P>
<P>(iii) The reclamation debtor may, by filing a protest in accordance with § 240.9(b), request Treasury to review its decision that the reclamation debtor is liable for the reclamation debt. If such a protest is filed within 30 days after the reclamation date, Treasury will not instruct the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank to debit the Master Account used by the reclamation debtor while the protest is still pending; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The reclamation debtor has an opportunity to enter into a written agreement with Treasury for the repayment of the reclamation debt. A request for a repayment agreement must be accompanied by documentary proof that satisfies Treasury that the reclamation debtor is unable to repay the entire amount owed when due.
</P>
<P>(2) Requests by a reclamation debtor for an appointment to inspect and copy Treasury's records with respect to a reclamation debt and requests to enter into repayment agreements must be sent in writing to the address provided on the Check Claims Web site at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/checkclaims</I> or to such other address as Treasury may publish in the Goldbook: The Check Reclamation Guide, which can be found at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) If Treasury determines a reclamation debt is due and the Federal Reserve Bank is unable to debit the financial institution's Master Account, Fiscal Service will assess interest, penalties, and administrative costs in accordance with § 240.8. Additionally, Treasury will proceed to collect the reclamation debt through offset in accordance with § 240.10 and Treasury Check Offset in accordance with § 240.11.
</P>
<P>(4) If Treasury determines a reclamation has been made in error, Treasury will abandon the reclamation. If Treasury already has collected the amount of the reclamation from the reclamation debtor, Treasury will promptly refund to the reclamation debtor the amount of its payment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reclamation protests</I>—(1) <I>Who may protest.</I> Only a reclamation debtor may protest a reclamation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Basis for protest.</I> Where Treasury, in accordance with § 240.8 and paragraph (a) of this section, reclaims the amount of a check payment, the reclamation debtor may file a protest challenging such reclamation. Protests may be filed challenging the following determinations:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Counterfeit checks.</I> The reclamation debtor may offer evidence that it made all reasonable efforts to ensure that a check is authentic. The reclamation debtor must include evidence that the check was examined for a watermark as required under §§ 240.2(bb) and 240.4. Depending on the circumstances, Fiscal Service may require evidence that the reclamation debtor also examined the check for evidence of additional security features as described in guidance provided by Treasury or on Treasury's behalf.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Altered checks.</I> The reclamation debtor may offer evidence that the check is not altered.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Checks bearing forged or unauthorized drawer's signatures.</I> The reclamation debtor may offer evidence that the reclamation debtor did not have knowledge of the forged or unauthorized drawer's signature.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Checks bearing a forged or unauthorized indorsement.</I> The reclamation debtor may offer evidence that the indorsement was not forged or was otherwise authorized in accordance with the requirements of §§ 240.13 through 240.17.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Prior presentment.</I> The presenting bank may offer evidence that the check or a paper or electronic representation thereof has not already been presented to, and paid by, Treasury.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Adequacy of substitute check or electronic check.</I> The presenting bank may offer an original check or a copy of the check that is sufficient to support a determination that the check does not contain a material defect or alteration.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Procedures for filing a protest.</I> A reclamation protest must be sent in writing to the address provided on the Check Claims Web site at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/checkclaims</I> or to such other address as Treasury may publish in the Goldbook: The Check Reclamation Guide, which can be found at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The reclamation protest must include supporting documentation (including, but not limited to, affidavits, account agreements, and signature cards) for the purpose of establishing that the reclamation debtor is not liable for the reclamation debt.
</P>
<P>(ii) Treasury will not consider reclamation protests received more than 60 days after the reclamation date.
</P>
<P>(iii) Treasury may, at its discretion, consider information received from a guarantor other than the reclamation debtor. However, in so doing, Treasury does not waive any of its rights under this part, nor does Treasury grant rights to any guarantor that are not otherwise provided in this part.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Review of a reclamation protest.</I> The responsible Fiscal Service Director, or an authorized designee, will make every effort to decide any protest properly submitted under this section within 60 days, and will notify the reclamation debtor of Treasury's decision. In those cases where it is not possible to render a decision within 60 days, the responsible Fiscal Service Director, or an authorized designee, will notify the reclamation debtor of the delay. Neither the responsible Fiscal Service Director, nor an authorized designee, will have any involvement in the process of making determinations under § 240.8(a) of this part or sending a “REQUEST FOR REFUND (CHECK RECLAMATION)” under § 240.9(a) of this part.
</P>
<P>(i) Treasury will refrain from the collection activities identified in §§ 240.10 and 240.11 while a timely protest is being considered. However, interest, penalties, and administrative costs will continue to accrue and will be added to the reclamation debt until a final determination on the protest has been made.
</P>
<P>(ii) If, based on the evidence provided, the responsible Fiscal Service Director, or an authorized designee, finds that the reclamation debtor has met, by a preponderance of the evidence, the criteria in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, Treasury will notify the reclamation debtor, in writing, of his or her decision to terminate collection and will refund any amounts previously collected for the reclamation debt. Treasury may refund the amount either by applying the amount to another reclamation debt owed by the reclamation debtor in accordance with this part or other applicable law, or by returning the amount to the reclamation debtor.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the responsible Fiscal Service Director, or an authorized designee, finds, by a preponderance of the evidence, the reclamation debtor is liable for the reclamation debt, Treasury will notify the reclamation debtor of his or her decision in writing. If the reclamation debtor has not paid the reclamation in full, Treasury will direct the Federal Reserve Bank to debit the financial institution's Master Account immediately, provided at least 30 days have passed after the date of the NOTICE OF DIRECT DEBIT (RECLAMATION). If at least 30 days have not yet passed after the date of the NOTICE OF DIRECT DEBIT (RECLAMATION), Treasury will direct the Federal Reserve Bank to debit the financial institution's Master Account on the 31st day after the date of the NOTICE OF DIRECT DEBIT (RECLAMATION). The Federal Reserve Bank will provide advice of the debit to the reclamation debtor. If the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank is unable to debit a reclamation debtor's Master Account, Treasury will proceed to collect the reclamation debt through offset in accordance with §§ 240.10 and 240.11.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Effect of protest decision.</I> The notice provided to the reclamation debtor under paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section shall serve as the final agency determination under the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 701, <I>et seq.</I>). No civil suit may be filed until the reclamation debtor has filed a protest under this section, and Treasury has provided notice of its final determination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 61568, Oct. 19, 2004, as amended at 76 FR 57909, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10   Offset.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a reclamation debt remains unpaid for 120 days after the reclamation date, Treasury will refer the reclamation debt, if eligible, to Treasury's centralized offset program (see 31 CFR part 285) or another Federal agency for offset in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3716. Prior to making a referral for offset, Treasury, in accordance with § 240.9(a)(3), will send at least one monthly statement to the reclamation debtor informing the reclamation debtor that Treasury intends to collect the reclamation debt by administrative offset and Treasury Check Offset.
</P>
<P>(b) If a reclamation debtor wishes to make payment on a reclamation debt referred for offset, the reclamation debtor should contact Treasury at the address listed in § 240.9(b) to resolve the debt and avoid offset.
</P>
<P>(c) If Treasury is unable to collect a reclamation debt by use of the offset described in paragraph (a) of this section, Treasury shall take such action against the reclamation debtor as may be necessary to protect the interests of the United States, including, but not limited to, Treasury Check Offset in accordance with § 240.11, or referral to the Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(d) If Treasury effects offset under this section and it is later determined that the reclamation debtor already had paid the amount of the reclamation debt, or that a reclamation debtor which had timely filed a protest was not liable for the amount of the reclamation, Treasury will promptly refund to the reclamation debtor the amount of its payment. Treasury may refund the amount either by applying the amount to another reclamation debt owed by the reclamation debtor in accordance with this part or other applicable law, or by returning the amount to the reclamation debtor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11   Treasury Check Offset.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If Treasury is unable to effect collection pursuant to § 240.8, § 240.9, or § 240.10, of this part, Treasury will collect the amount of the reclamation debt through Treasury Check Offset. Treasury Check Offset occurs when, at the direction of the Treasury, a Federal Reserve Bank withholds, that is, offsets, credit from a presenting bank. The amount of credit offset is applied to the reclamation debt owed by the presenting bank. By presenting Treasury checks for payment, the presenting bank is deemed to authorize Treasury Check Offset.
</P>
<P>(b) If Treasury effects offset under this section and it is later determined that the presenting bank paid the reclamation debt in full, or that a presenting bank was not liable for the amount of the reclamation debt, Treasury will promptly refund to the presenting bank the amount of its overpayment. Treasury may refund the amount either by applying the amount to another reclamation debt in accordance with this part or other applicable law, or by returning the amount to the presenting bank.
</P>
<P>(c) Treasury Check Offset is used for the purpose of collecting debt owed by a presenting bank to the Federal Government. As a consequence, presenting banks shall not be able to use the fact that Treasury checks have not been paid as the basis for a claim against Treasury, a Federal Reserve Bank, or other persons or entities, including payees or other indorsers of checks, for the amount of the credit offset pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3712(e) and this section.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not apply to a claim based upon a reclamation that has been outstanding for more than 10 years from the date of delinquency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12   Processing of checks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal Reserve Banks.</I> (1) Federal Reserve Banks must cash checks for Government disbursing officials when such checks are drawn by the disbursing officials to their own order, except that payment of such checks must be refused if:
</P>
<P>(i) A check bears a material defect or alteration;
</P>
<P>(ii) A check was issued more than one year prior to the date of presentment;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Federal Reservice Bank has been notified by Treasury, in accordance with § 240.15(c), that a check was issued to a deceased payee; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The Federal Reserve Bank has been notified by Treasury that a check is not valid.
</P>
<P>(2) Federal Reserve Banks are not required to cash checks presented directly to them by the general public.
</P>
<P>(3) As a depositary of public funds, each Federal Reserve Bank shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Receive checks from its member banks, nonmember clearing banks, or other depositors, when indorsed by such banks or depositors who guarantee all prior indorsements thereon;
</P>
<P>(ii) Give immediate provisional credit therefore in accordance with their current Time Schedules and charge the amount of the checks cashed or otherwise received to the General Account of the United States Treasury, subject to first examination and payment by Treasury;
</P>
<P>(iii) Forward payment records and requested checks to Treasury; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Release the original checks and substitute checks to a designated Regional Records Services Facility upon notification from Treasury.
</P>
<P>(4) If a check is to be declined under § 240.6, Treasury will provide the Federal Reserve Bank with notice of declination upon the completion of first examination. Federal Reserve Banks must give immediate credit therefor to Treasury's General Account, thereby reversing the previous charge to the General Account for such check.
</P>
<P>(5) Treasury authorizes each Federal Reserve Bank to release a copy of the check to the presenting bank when payment is declined.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Treasury General Account (TGA) designated depositaries outside the United States.</I> (1) Financial institutions outside the United States designated by Treasury as depositaries of public money in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3303 and permitted to charge checks to the General Account of the United States Treasury in accordance with Treasury implementing instructions shall be governed by the operating instructions contained in the letter of authorization to them from Treasury and are, as presenting banks, subject to the provisions of §§ 240.4, 240.8, and 240.9.
</P>
<P>(2) If a check is to be declined under § 240.6, Treasury will provide the presenting bank with notice of declination upon the completion of first examination and will provide the presenting bank with a copy or image of the check. Such presenting bank must give immediate credit therefore to the General Account of the United States Treasury, thereby reversing the previous charge to the Account for such check. Treasury authorizes the designated Federal Reserve Bank to return to such presenting bank the original check when payment is declined in accordance with § 240.5(a) or § 240.15(c).
</P>
<P>(3) To ensure complete recovery of the amount due, reclamation refunds require payment in United States dollars with checks drawn on or payable through United States financial institutions located in the United States. Reclamation refunds initiated by financial institutions outside of the United States must be sent through their headquarters or U.S. correspondent financial institution only. The payments should be accompanied by documentation identifying the check that was the subject of the reclamation (such as a copy of the reclamation notice or the current monthly statement). Reclamation refunds shall not be deposited to Treasury's General Account.
</P>
<P>(4) Additional information relating to designated depositaries outside the United States may be found in Volume VI, Chapter 2000, of the Treasury Financial Manual, which can be found at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 61568, Oct. 19, 2004, as amended at 88 FR 74889, Nov. 1, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.2" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Indorsement of Checks</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.2.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13   Indorsement by payees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Checks shall be indorsed by the named payee or by another on behalf of such named payee as set forth in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable indorsements.</I> (1) A check is properly indorsed when:
</P>
<P>(i) The check is indorsed by the payee in a form recognized by general principles of law and commercial usage for negotiation, transfer or collection of negotiable instruments.
</P>
<P>(ii) The check is indorsed by another on behalf of the named payee, and sufficiently indicates that the indorser has indorsed the check on behalf of the payee pursuant to authority expressly conferred by or under law or other regulation. An example would be: “John Jones by Mary Jones.” This example states the minimum indication acceptable. However, §§ 240.14, 240.15, and 240.17(f) specify the addition of an indication in specified situations of the actual capacity in which the person other than the named payee is indorsing.
</P>
<P>(iii) Absent a signature, the check is indorsed “for collection” or “for deposit only to the credit of the within named payee or payees.” The presenting bank shall be deemed to guarantee good title to checks without signatures to all subsequent indorsers and to Treasury.
</P>
<P>(iv) The check is indorsed by a financial institution under the payee's authorization.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Indorsement of checks by a duly authorized fiduciary or representative.</I> The individual or institution accepting a check from a person other than the named payee is responsible for determining whether such person is authorized and has the capacity to indorse and negotiate the check. Evidence of the basis for such a determination may be required by Treasury in the event of a dispute.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Indorsement of checks by a financial institution under the payee's authorization.</I> When a check is credited by a financial institution to the payee's account under the payee's authorization, the financial institution may use an indorsement substantially as follows: “Credit to the account of the within-named payee in accordance with the payee's instructions. XYZ [Name of financial institution].” A financial institution using this form of indorsement will be deemed to guarantee to all subsequent indorsers and to the Treasury that it is acting as an attorney-in-fact for the payee, under the payee's authorization, and that this authority is currently in force and has neither lapsed nor been revoked either in fact or by the death or incapacity of the payee.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Indorsement of checks drawn in favor of financial institutions.</I> All checks drawn in favor of a financial institution, for credit to the account of a person designating payment so to be made, must be indorsed in the name of the financial institution as payee in the usual manner. However, no check drawn in favor of a financial institution for credit to the account of a payee may be negotiated by the financial institution after the death of the payee.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Unacceptable indorsements.</I> (1) A check is not properly indorsed when the check is signed or otherwise is indorsed by a person without the payee's consent or authorization.
</P>
<P>(2) Failure to include the signature of the person signing the check as required by paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section will create a rebuttable presumption that the indorsement is a forgery and is unacceptable.
</P>
<P>(3) Failure to include sufficient indication of the indorser's authority to act on behalf of the payee as required by paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section will create a rebuttable presumption that the indorsing person is not authorized to indorse a check for the payee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.2.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14   Checks issued to incompetent payees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Handling of checks when a guardian or other fiduciary has been appointed.</I> (1) A guardian appointed in accordance with applicable State law, or a fiduciary appointed in accordance with other applicable law, may indorse checks issued for the following classes of payments the right to which under law does not terminate with the death of the payee: payments for the redemption of currencies or for principal and/or interest on U.S. securities; payments for tax refunds; and payments for goods and services.
</P>
<P>(i) A guardian or other fiduciary indorsing any such check on behalf of an incompetent payee, must include, as part of the indorsement, an indication of the capacity in which the guardian or fiduciary is indorsing. An example would be: “John Jones by Mary Jones, guardian of John Jones.”
</P>
<P>(ii) When a check indorsed in this fashion is presented for payment by a financial institution, it will be paid by Treasury without submission of documentary proof of the authority of the guardian or other fiduciary, with the understanding that evidence of such claimed authority to indorse may be required by Treasury in the event of a dispute.
</P>
<P>(2) A guardian or other fiduciary may not indorse a check issued for any class of payment other than one specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. When a check other than one specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section is received by a guardian or other fiduciary, the check must be returned to the certifying agency with information as to the incompetence of the payee and documentary evidence showing the appointment of the guardian or other fiduciary in order that a replacement check, and future checks, may be drawn in favor of the guardian or other fiduciary.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Handling of checks when a guardian or other fiduciary has not been appointed.</I> If a guardian or other fiduciary has not been appointed, all checks issued to an incompetent payee must be returned to the certifying agency for determination as to whether, under applicable law, payment is due and to whom it may be made.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Handling of certain checks by an attorney-in-fact.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(2) of this section, if a check was issued for a class of payments the right to which under law terminates upon the death of the beneficiary, such as a recurring benefit payment or annuity, the check may be negotiated under a durable special power of attorney or springing durable special power of attorney subject to the restrictions enumerated in § 240.17. After the end of the six-month period provided in §§ 240.17(d) and (e), such checks must be handled in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.2.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15   Checks issued to deceased payees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Handling of checks when an executor or administrator has been appointed.</I> (1) An executor or administrator of an estate that has been appointed in accordance with applicable State law may indorse checks issued for the following classes of payments the right to which under law does not terminate with the death of the payee: payments for the redemption of currencies or for principal and/or interest on U.S. securities; payments for tax refunds; and payments for goods and services.
</P>
<P>(i) An executor or administrator indorsing any such check must include, as part of the indorsement, an indication of the capacity in which the executor or administrator is indorsing. An example would be: “John Jones by Mary Jones, executor of the estate of John Jones.”
</P>
<P>(ii) When a check indorsed in this fashion is presented for payment by a financial institution, it will be paid by Treasury without the submission of documentary proof of the authority of the executor or administrator, with the understanding that evidence of such claimed authority to indorse may be required by Treasury in the event of a dispute.
</P>
<P>(2) An executor or administrator of an estate may not indorse a check issued for any class of payment other than one specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Other checks, such as recurring benefit payments and annuity payments, may not be negotiated after the death of the payee. Such checks must be returned to the certifying agency for determination as to whether, under applicable law, payment is due and to whom it may be made.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Handling of checks when an executor or administrator has not been appointed.</I> If an executor or administrator has not been appointed, all checks issued to a deceased payee must be returned to the certifying agency for determination as to whether, under applicable law, payment is due and to whom it may be made.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Handling of checks when a certifying agency learns, after the issuance of a recurring benefit payment check, that the payee died prior to the date of issuance.</I> (1) A recurring benefit payment check, issued after a payee's death, is not payable. As a consequence, when a certifying agency learns that a payee has died, the certifying agency must give immediate notice to Treasury, as prescribed at Volume I, Part 4, Chapter 7000 of the Treasury Financial Manual, which can be found at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov.</I> Upon receipt of such notice from a certifying agency, Treasury will instruct the Federal Reserve Bank to refuse payment of the check upon presentment. Upon receipt of such instruction from Treasury, the Federal Reserve Bank will make every appropriate effort to intercept the check. If the check is successfully intercepted, the Federal Reserve Bank will refuse payment, and will return the check unpaid to the presenting bank with an annotation that the payee is deceased. If a financial institution learns that a date of death triggering action under this section is erroneous, the financial institution must advise the payee to contact the payment certifying agency.
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in this section shall limit the right of Treasury to institute reclamation proceedings under the provisions of §§ 240.8 and 240.9 with respect to a check issued to a deceased payee that has been negotiated and paid over a forged or unauthorized indorsement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.2.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16   Checks issued to minor payees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Checks in payment of principal and/or interest on U.S. securities that are issued to minors may be indorsed by:
</P>
<P>(1) Either parent with whom the minor resides; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the minor does not reside with either parent, by the person who furnishes the minor's chief support.
</P>
<P>(b) The parent or other person indorsing on behalf of the minor must present with the check the indorser's signed statement giving the minor's age, and stating that the payee either resides with the parent or receives his or her chief support from the person indorsing on the minor's behalf and that the proceeds of the check will be used for the minor's benefit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.2.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17   Powers of attorney.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Specific powers of attorney.</I> Any check may be negotiated under a specific power of attorney executed in accordance with applicable State or Federal law after the issuance of the check and describing the check in full (check serial and symbol numbers, date of issue, amount, and name of payee).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General powers of attorney.</I> Checks may be negotiated under a general power of attorney executed, in accordance with applicable State or Federal law, in favor of a person for the following classes of payments:
</P>
<P>(1) Payments for the redemption of currencies or for principal and/or interest on U.S. securities;
</P>
<P>(2) Payments for tax refunds, but subject to the limitations concerning the mailing of Internal Revenue refund checks contained in 26 CFR 601.506(c); and
</P>
<P>(3) Payments for goods and services.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special powers of attorney.</I> Checks issued for classes of payments other than those specified in paragraph (b) of this section, such as a recurring benefit payment, may be negotiated under a special power of attorney executed in accordance with applicable State or Federal law, which describes the purpose for which the checks are issued, names a person as attorney-in-fact, and recites that the special power of attorney is not given to carry into effect an assignment of the right to receive such payment, either to the attorney-in-fact or to any other person.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Durable special powers of attorney.</I> A durable special power of attorney is a special power of attorney that continues despite the principal's later incompetency, and is created by the principal's use of words explicitly stating such intent. Classes of checks other than those specified in paragraph (b) of this section may be negotiated under a durable special power of attorney executed in accordance with applicable State or Federal law, which describes the purpose for which the checks are issued, names a person as attorney-in-fact, and recites that the special power of attorney is not given to carry into effect an assignment of the right to receive such payment, either to the attorney-in-fact or to any other person. For the purpose of negotiating Treasury checks, durable special powers of attorney are effective only during the six-month period following a determination that the named payee is incompetent.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Springing durable special powers of attorney.</I> A springing durable special power of attorney is similar to a durable power of attorney except that its terms do not become effective until the principal's subsequent incompetence. As with a durable special power of attorney, a springing durable special power of attorney is created by the principal's use of language explicitly stating that its terms become effective at such time as the principal is determined to be incompetent. Classes of checks other than those specified in paragraph (b) of this section may be negotiated under a springing durable special power of attorney executed in accordance with applicable State or Federal law, which describes the purpose for which the checks are issued, names a person as attorney-in-fact, and recites that the springing durable special power of attorney is not given to carry into effect an assignment of the right to receive payment, either to the attorney-in-fact or to any other person. For the purpose of negotiating Treasury checks, springing durable special powers of attorney are effective only during the six-month period following a determination that the named payee is incompetent.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Proof of authority.</I> Checks indorsed by an attorney-in-fact must include, as part of the indorsement, an indication of the capacity in which the attorney-in-fact is indorsing. An example would be: “John Jones by Paul Smith, attorney-in-fact for John Jones.” Such checks when presented for payment by a financial institution, will be paid by Treasury without the submission of documentary proof of the claimed authority, with the understanding that evidence of such claimed authority to indorse may be required by Treasury in the event of a dispute.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Revocation of powers of attorney.</I> Notwithstanding any other law, for purposes of negotiating Treasury checks, all powers of attorney are deemed revoked by the death of the principal and may also be deemed revoked by notice from the principal to the parties known, or reasonably expected, to be acting on the power of attorney.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Optional use forms.</I> Optional use power of attorney forms are listed in the appendix to this part. These forms are available on the Fiscal Service website at: <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/ checkclaims/ regulations.html.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.2.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18   Lack of authority to shift liability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part neither authorizes nor directs a financial institution to debit the account of any person or to deposit any funds from any account into a suspense account or escrow account or the equivalent. Nothing in this part shall be construed to affect a financial institution's contract with its depositor(s) under authority of state law.
</P>
<P>(b) A financial institution's liability under this part is not affected by any action taken by it to recover from any person the amount of the financial institution's liability to the Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.2.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19   Reservation of rights.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right, in the Secretary's discretion, to waive any provision(s) of this regulation not otherwise required by law.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.17.0.3.20.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 240—Optional Forms for Powers of Attorney and Their Application
</HEAD>
<P>Fiscal Service Form 231—General Power of Attorney (Individual). This general power of attorney form may be executed by an individual, unincorporated partnership, or sole owner, for checks drawn on the United States Treasury, in payment: (1) For redemption of currencies or for principal or interest on U.S. securities; (2) for tax refunds; and (3) for goods and services.
</P>
<P>Fiscal Service Form 232—Specific Power of Attorney (Individual). This specific power of attorney form may be executed by an individual, unincorporated partnership, or sole owner to authorize the indorsement of any class of check drawn on the United States Treasury. To be valid, the form must be executed after the issuance of the check and must describe the check in full, including the check serial and symbol numbers, date of issue, amount, and name of the payee.
</P>
<P>Fiscal Service Form 233—Special Power of Attorney (Individual). This special power of attorney form may be executed by an individual, unincorporated partnership, or sole owner, to authorize the indorsement of payments other than those listed under Fiscal Service Form 231, such as recurring benefit payments. It may name any person (as the term person is defined in 31 CFR part 240) as attorney-in-fact, but must describe the purpose for which the checks are issued and recite that it is not given to carry into effect an assignment of the right to receive payment, either to the attorney-in-fact or to any other person. A special power of attorney is not effective for purposes of negotiating checks issued after the payee is determined to be incompetent, unless the payee has indicated that the special power of attorney is to: (1) Remain effective following a determination that the principal is incompetent (a durable special power of attorney); or (2) become effective following a determination that the principal is incompetent (a springing durable special power of attorney). In no instance may a special power of attorney be used as the basis for negotiation of a check drawn on the United States Treasury more than six months after a determination that the principal is incompetent.
</P>
<P>Fiscal Service Form 234—Specific Power of Attorney (Corporation). This general power of attorney form may be executed by a corporation to authorize the indorsement by an attorney-in-fact for the classes of payments listed under Fiscal Service Form 231. When authority is given to an officer of the corporation to execute a power of attorney authorizing a third person to indorse and collect checks drawn on the United States Treasury in the name of the corporation, the power of attorney on Fiscal Service Form 234 should be accompanied by Fiscal Service Form 235 (Resolution by Corporation Conferring Authority Upon an Officer to Execute a Power of Attorney for the Collection of Checks Drawn on the Treasurer of the United States), executed by the officer authorized herein to execute such a power.
</P>
<P>Fiscal Service Form 236—Specific Power of Attorney (Corporation). This specific power of attorney form may be executed by a corporation to authorize the indorsement by an attorney-in-fact of any class of check drawn on the United States Treasury. To be valid, the form must be executed after the issuance of the check and must describe the check in full, including the check serial and symbol numbers, date of issue, amount, and name of the payee. When authority is given to an officer of the corporation to execute a power of attorney authorizing a third person to indorse and collect checks drawn on the United States Treasury in the name of the corporation, the power of attorney on Fiscal Service Form 236 should be accompanied by Fiscal Service Form 235 (Resolution by Corporation Conferring Authority Upon an Officer to Execute a Power of Attorney for the Collection of Checks Drawn on the Treasurer of the United States), executed by the officer authorized herein to execute such a power.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="245" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 245—CLAIMS ON ACCOUNT OF TREASURY CHECKS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>R.S. 3646, as amended; 31 U.S.C. 3328; 31 U.S.C. 3331.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 35647, Aug. 29, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 245.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.1   Introductory.</HEAD>
<P>This part governs the issuance of replacement checks for checks drawn on the United States Treasury, when
</P>
<P>(a) The original check has been lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated or defaced to such an extent that it is rendered non-negotiable;
</P>
<P>(b) The original check has been negotiated and paid on a forged or unauthorized indorsement, and
</P>
<P>(c) The original check has been cancelled pursuant to § 204.4 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18.0.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Agency</I> means each authority of the United States for which the Treasury of the United States issues checks or for which checks drawn on the Treasury of the United States are issued.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Check</I> means a check drawn on the United States Treasury.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certifying Agency</I> means an agency for whom a Treasury disbursing officer or a non-Treasury disbursing officer makes payment in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3325. The responsibilities of a certifying official are set forth at 31 U.S.C. 3528.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commissioner</I> means the Commissioner of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury, 401 14th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20227.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Person</I> means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a labor organization, a government or a subdivision or instrumentality thereof, and any other entity to which a check may be issued.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Replacement check</I> means a check issued pursuant to the recertification of payment by a certifying official.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18.0.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.3   Time limit for check claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any claim on account of a Treasury check must be presented to the agency that authorized the issuance of such check within one year after the date of issuance of the check or within one year after October 1, 1989, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(b) Any claim by an indorser under § 245.6 will be considered timely if presented to the Commissioner within one year after the date of issuance of the check or within one year after October 1, 1989, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this subsection affects the underlying obligation of the United States, or any agency thereof, for which a Treasury check was issued.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18.0.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.4   Advice of nonreceipt or loss.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the event of the nonreceipt, loss or destruction of a check drawn on the United States Treasury, or the mutilation or defacement of such a check to an exent which renders it nonnegotiable, the claimant should immediately notify the agency that authorized the issuance of such check, describing the check, stating the purpose for which it was issued and giving, if possible, its date, amount, Treasury symbol and number.
</P>
<P>(b) In cases involving mutiliated or defaced checks, the claimant should enclose the mutilated or defaced check with his communication to the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18.0.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.5   Recertification of payment.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of a claim concerning the nonreceipt, loss, destruction, mutilation or defacement of a check, or the cancellation of a check pursuant to § 240.4 of this chapter, the certifying agency may certify a new payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18.0.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.6   Claim by an indorser.</HEAD>
<P>When one or more Treasury checks are lost, stolen or destroyed in a single incident while in the possession of a person to whom the checks have been negotiated by the payee, and if the checks have not been paid, the Commissioner may issue a replacement check to the person to whom the checks had been negotiated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18.0.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.7   Check status inquiry.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner will provide the status and a copy of the check if available, upon request, to the agency which authorized the issuance of the check.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18.0.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.8   Receipt or recovery of original check.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the original check is received or recovered by the claimant after he has requested the agency to issue a replacement check, but before a replacement check has been received, he should immediately advise the agency and hold such check until receipt of instructions with respect to the negotiability of such check.
</P>
<P>(b) If the original check is received or recovered by the claimant after a replacement check has been received by him, the original shall not be cashed, but shall be forwarded immediately to the agency that authorized the issuance of such check. Under no circumstances should both the original and replacement checks be cashed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18.0.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.9   Procedural instructions.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service may issue procedural instructions, implementing these regulations, in Volume I, Part 4 of the Treasury Financial Manual.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.18.0.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.10   Performance of functions of the Commissioner.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Bureau of the Fiscal Services may authorize any officer of the Treasury Department to perform any of his functions under this part and to redelegate such authority within such limits as the Commissioner may prescribe.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1510-0058) 


</APPRO>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="248" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 248—ISSUE OF SUBSTITUTES OF LOST, STOLEN, DESTROYED, MUTILATED AND DEFACED CHECKS OF THE UNITED STATES DRAWN ON ACCOUNTS MAINTAINED IN DEPOSITARY BANKS IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES OR UNITED STATES TERRITORIES OR POSSESSIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3331.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>25 FR 10869, Nov. 16, 1960, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 39 FR 20969, June 17, 1974.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 248.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.1   Introductory.</HEAD>
<P>This part governs the issuance of substitutes for checks of the United States drawn on United States dollar or foreign currency accounts, maintained with designated depositaries in foreign countries or territories or possessions of the United States. Checks of the United States drawn on such depositaries are hereafter referred to as “depositary checks.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 35647, Aug. 29, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.3" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Delegation of Authority</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.2   Delegation of authority to issue substitute checks.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to authority contained in section 3646 of the Revised Statutes, as amended, and subject to such procedural requirements as may be prescribed by the Treasury Department, there is hereby delegated to heads of departments and agencies whose disbursing officers issue depositary checks, authority to authorize officers or employees of their respective departments or agencies to issue substitutes of such checks, prior to the close of the fiscal year next following the fiscal year in which the checks are issued, and to receive and approve undertakings to indemnify the United States in such cases. The Commissioner of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Treasury Department, is hereby delegated authority to issue substitutes of depositary checks drawn by the Director, Operations Group, Treasury Department, or by officers disbursing under delegation from the Director, Operations Group, and to receive and approve undertakings of indemnity in such cases. The authority delegated to the Commissioner of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service may be redelegated by him to such disbursing officers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 20969, June 17, 1974, as amended at 49 FR 47001, 47002, Nov. 30, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.4" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Action To Be Taken by Claimants</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.3   Advice of nonreceipt or loss.</HEAD>
<P>The payee or owner of a depositary check which is not received, or which has been lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated or defaced to such an extent that it is rendered non-negotiable, should immediately notify the disbursing officer who issued such check or the administrative agency exercising jurisdiction over such disbursing officer, over his signature and current address, giving information as to the circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction of the check and whether it was endorsed, and also requesting that payment of the check be stopped. A claimant who is one other than the payee of the check, should present a statement in support of his ownership of the check. If the check has been mutilated or defaced, it should be forwarded to the issuing disbursing officer with request for the issuance of a substitute.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.4.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.4   Undertaking of indemnity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the check is found to be outstanding and unpaid and it appears that the proceeds are due the claimant, the disbursing officer will request the claimant to execute an undertaking of indemnity, Form 2244, in a penal sum equal to the amount of the check (or checks).
</P>
<P>(b) Except in the circumstances set forth below, a corporate surety authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury to act as an acceptable surety on bonds in favor of the United States or two responsible individual sureties will be required on the undertaking of indemnity. It will be the responsibility of the claimant in a foreign country to secure a certification as to the financial sufficiency of the individual sureties executed by one of the persons listed in, and in the manner prescribed by, the instruction appearing under the Certificate as to Sureties on the face of Form 2244.
</P>
<P>(c) Where the amount of the original check (or checks) is $200 or less, or the equivalent in foreign currency, one financially responsible individual surety may be accepted.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless it is determined that the requirement of sureties is essential in the public interest, sureties will not be required under the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) If the officer authorized to issue a substitute check is satisfied that the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation or defacement of the original check occurred without fault of the owner or holder and while the check was in the custody or control of the United States or of a person duly authorized as an agent of the United States when performing services in connection with an official function of the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) If substantially the entire check is presented and surrendered by the owner or holder and the disbursing officer is satisfied as to the identity of the check presented and that any missing portions are not sufficient to form the basis of a valid claim against the United States;
</P>
<P>(3) If the owner or holder is the United States or an officer or employee thereof in his official capacity, a State, the District of Columbia, a territory or possession of the United States, a municipal corporation or political subdivision of any of the foregoing, a corporation the entire capital of which is owned by the United States, a foreign government or agency thereof, a foreign central bank, or a Federal Reserve Bank.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.4.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.5   Exception to requirement of undertaking of indemnity Form 2244.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding the provisions of § 248.4, if in any case involving a financially responsible claimant it is impracticable to obtain the execution of Standard Form 2244, with or without sureties, the officer or employee responsible for handling the claim, in his discretion, may accept an undertaking of indemnity in the form of a written statement or letter, substantially as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P-DASH>In consideration of the issuance of a substitute check in lieu of
</P-DASH>
<FRP>(Check description)
</FRP>
<FP>and the payment of the substitute check, the undersigned undertakes and agrees to save harmless and indemnify the United States of America, its officers and agents, of and from any and all liability, loss, expense, claim, and demand whatsoever, arising in any manner by reason of or on account of said original check (or checks) or the stoppage or payment thereof, or the issue or payment of the substitute check (or checks), to replace the same.</FP></EXTRACT>
<FP>The undertaking of indemnity should be appropriately witnessed, and if it is executed on behalf of a corporation or other business organization, the individual executing the same should furnish proof of this authority to so act. In appropriate cases, a foreign language translation of the foregoing letter of indemnity may be accepted.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[25 FR 10869, Nov. 16, 1960. Redesignated at 39 FR 20969, June 17, 1974, as amended at 54 FR 35648, Aug. 29, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.4.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.6   Recovery of original check.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the claimant recovers an original check after he has furnished advice of non-receipt but before receipt of a substitute check, he should immediately notify the disbursing officer or agency concerned and hold the check until receipt of advice from the disbursing officer or agency concerned regarding the negotiability of such original check.
</P>
<P>(b) In the event the substitute check has been received prior to the recovery of the original check, the original check should be returned immediately to the disbursing officer.
</P>
<P>(c) Under no circumstances should the claimant attempt to cash both the original and substitute check.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.4.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.7   Claims requiring settlement action.</HEAD>
<P>There are certain types of claims on which the disbursing officer will not be authorized to take final action. These include:
</P>
<P>(a) Claims on original checks which have been outstanding more than one full fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the checks were issued, and
</P>
<P>(b) Claims involving doubtful questions of law and fact.
</P>
<FP>In such cases the disbursing officer will obtain information and supporting papers, including an undertaking of indemnity, from the claimant and transmit such data to the Claims Division, General Accounting Office, for settlement action.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.4.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.8   Inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>Claimants should direct any inquiries regarding the application of these regulations to the department or agency or disbursing officer concerned.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.19.0.4.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.9   Amendments and waivers.</HEAD>
<P>The Treasury Department may waive, withdraw or amend at any time or from time to time any or all of the foregoing regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="250" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 250—PAYMENT ON ACCOUNT OF AWARDS OF THE FOREIGN CLAIMS SETTLEMENT COMMISSION OF THE UNITED STATES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 7, 64 Stat. 16, sec. 310, 69 Stat. 573, sec. 413, 72 Stat. 530, sec. 213, 76 Stat. 1111; 22 U.S.C. 1626, 1641i, 1642<I>l,</I> 50 U.S.C. App. 2017<I>l.</I>


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 250.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.20.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.1   Scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part govern payment by the Department of the Treasury on awards made and certified to the Secretary of the Treasury by the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission under the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949, as amended (22 U.S.C. 1621 <I>et seq.</I>), and Title II of the War Claims Act of 1948 (50 U.S.C. App. 2017 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 1897, Feb. 8, 1969]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 250.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.20.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.2   Forms.</HEAD>
<P>The forms referred to in §§ 250.3 and 250.4 shall be used in connection with the payment of awards hereunder. Voucher applications for all payments will be mailed to awardees by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Treasury Department, Hyattsville, MD 20782, without request therefor by awardees.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[31 FR 9418, July 9, 1966, as amended at 49 FR 47001, Nov. 30, 1984; 58 FR 4578, Jan. 15, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 250.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.20.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.3   Voucher applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Execution of voucher by person named.</I> No payment of any part of the amount due on account of an award will be made unless a voucher application therefor properly executed (preferably in ink or indelible pencil) is received by the Treasury Department. A voucher application for each payment on account of an award must be signed by each person whose name appears on such voucher application as payee exactly as his name appears thereon, with the following two exceptions:
</P>
<P>(1) If only the name of the payee, and not his identity, has changed, the payee shall sign the voucher application with his changed name and return it to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Treasury Department, Hyattsville, MD 20782; the voucher application shall be accompanied by an explanatory affidavit and appropriate supporting documents, e.g., a copy of a marriage certificate or court order of change of name.
</P>
<P>(2) If the identity of the payee has changed, paragraph (b) of this section shall apply. A signature by mark (X) must be witnessed by two persons; the signature and address of each must appear on the voucher application. In the case of a corporation the voucher application must be signed by an appropriate officer thereof having authority to do so, whose authority to sign on behalf of the corporation must be duly certified to thereon over the seal of the corporation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Execution of voucher by other person.</I> If the person named in the voucher application as payee is no longer the proper person to receive the payment by reason of assignment, incompetency or death, or of termination of a partnership or corporation named, the voucher shall be executed by the person entitled to payment as provided in 250.4 and returned to the Credit Accounting Branch with the relevant information and the appropriate supporting documents required by that section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[31 FR 9418, July 9, 1966, as amended at 49 FR 47001, Nov. 30, 1984; 58 FR 4578, Jan. 15, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 250.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.20.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.4   Payment on awards.</HEAD>
<P>Payment will be made only to the person or persons on behalf of whom the award is made, except in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(a) If such person is incompetent, payment will be made to his guardian, committee, or other equivalent legal representative. The law of the residence of the incompetent will determine whether the legal representative must be court appointed. If court appointment is required, the legal representative shall submit a certificate of the clerk of the appointing court, under its seal, dated within 6 months of the date of the voucher application for payment, showing that his appointment is in full force and effect. If court appointment is not required, the legal representative shall submit a notarized statement showing:
</P>
<P>(1) His relationship to the incompetent;
</P>
<P>(2) The name and address of the person having care and custody of the incompetent;
</P>
<P>(3) That any money received will be applied to the use and benefit of the incompetent, and
</P>
<P>(4) That there was no appointment of a guardian or committee.
</P>
<P>(b) If such person is deceased, payment will be made to his legal representative.
</P>
<P>(1) If any payment to be made is not over $1,000 and there is no qualified executor or administrator, the legal representative will be the person found by the Comptroller General to be entitled thereto, without the necessity of compliance with the requirements of law with respect to the administration of estates, upon execution and submission of Standard Form No. 1055 to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service for transmittal to the Comptroller General. That form is available from the Credit Accounting Branch.
</P>
<P>(2) In all other cases, the term legal representative shall include court-appointed or statutory administrators or executors, and successors in interest of the decedent, e.g., his legatees or heirs as determined by an appropriate court or by the law of his residence. If administration of the decedent's estate is closed, the legal representative shall submit a copy of the appropriate court's final order of distribution or other pertinent order, identifying the distributees and their addresses. If administration continues and the legal representative is court-appointed, he shall submit a certificate of the clerk of the appointing court, under its seal, dated within 6 months of the date of the voucher application for payment, showing that such appointment is in full force and effect. If the legal representative is not court-appointed, he shall submit evidence sufficient to prove his interest and authority to apply for payment. If that evidence is a copy of the decedent's will, it shall show on its face or by attachments thereto that it has been offered for probate, and that the appropriate court has affixed its seal and attached its certification of authenticity that the will is in fact the decedent's last will and testament.
</P>
<P>(c)-(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) In the case of a partnership or corporation, the existence of which has been terminated, if a receiver or trustee has been duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States and has not been discharged prior to the date of payment, payment will be made to such receiver or trustee in accordance with the order of the court. In the event a receiver or trustee duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States makes an assignment of the claim or any part thereof with respect to which an award is made, or makes an assignment of such award or any part thereof, payment will be made to the assignee as his interest may appear. In the latter circumstance, certified copies of the court orders showing the authority of the receiver or trustee to make the assignment shall be submitted with the assignment. No particular form of assignment is prescribed, but the original assignment must be submitted to, and will be retained by the Treasury Department.
</P>
<P>(f) In the case of a partnership or corporation, the existence of which has been terminated, if no receiver or trustee has been duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, or if such a receiver or trustee has been discharged prior to the date of payment without having made an assignment, payment may be made to the person or persons found by the Comptroller General of the United States to be entitled thereto. In this circumstance, the person or persons claiming payment shall submit to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Treasury Department, Hyattsville, MD 20782, such documentary evidence as is appropriate to show his or their right to the payment.
</P>
<P>(g) In the case of an assignment of an award or any part thereof which is made in writing and duly acknowledged and filed after such award is certified to the Secretary of the Treasury, payment may in the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury be made to the assignee as his interest may appear. No particular form of assignment is prescribed, but the original assignment must be submitted to, and will be retained by the Treasury Department.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[31 FR 9418, July 9, 1966, as amended at 34 FR 1897, Feb. 8, 1969; 49 FR 47001, Nov. 30, 1984; 58 FR 4578, Jan. 15, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 250.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.20.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.5   Manner of payment.</HEAD>
<P>Payment will be made by check drawn on the United States Treasury. Checks will be mailed to the payee at the address indicated on the voucher application, unless subsequent to the issue of the voucher application the Treasury Department receives a written request from the payee to deliver the check to him at some other address. Where the award has been entered in favor of more than one person, only one check will be drawn in making payment unless the payees specify the share of each and request separate checks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[31 FR 9418, July 9, 1966]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 250.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.20.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.6   Powers of attorney.</HEAD>
<P>No power of attorney to sign a voucher application will be recognized but a power of attorney executed subsequent to the certification of an award to the Secretary of the Treasury to receive, endorse and collect a check given in payment on an award may be recognized. An appropriate form for such a power of attorney may be obtained from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Treasury Department, Hyattsville, MD 20782.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[31 FR 9418, July 9, 1966, as amended at 49 FR 47001, Nov. 30, 1984; 58 FR 4578, Jan. 15, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 250.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.20.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.7   Additional evidence.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury or the Comptroller General of the United States may in any case require such additional information and evidence as may be deemed necessary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[31 FR 9418, July 9, 1966]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="256" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 256—OBTAINING PAYMENTS FROM THE JUDGMENT FUND AND UNDER PRIVATE RELIEF BILLS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 1304, 3728; 41 U.S.C. 612; 5 U.S.C. 2301 note.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>71 FR 60849, Oct. 17, 2006, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.0   What does this part cover?</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to payments made by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (Treasury) pursuant to the Judgment Fund statute, 31 U.S.C. 1304.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.1   What is Treasury's role in paying awards and settlements from the Judgment Fund?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Judgment Fund is a permanent, indefinite appropriation which is available to pay many judicially and administratively ordered monetary awards against the United States. In addition, amounts owed under compromise agreements negotiated by the U.S. Department of Justice in settlement of claims arising under actual or imminent litigation are normally paid from the Judgment Fund, if a judgment on the merits would be payable from the Judgment Fund. Treasury's Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Fiscal Service) certifies payments from the Judgment Fund when the following four tests have been met: 
</P>
<P>(1) Awards or settlements are final; 
</P>
<P>(2) Awards or settlements are monetary; 
</P>
<P>(3) One of the authorities specified in 31 U.S.C. 1304(a)(3) provides for payment of the award or settlement; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Payment may not legally be made from any other source of funds.
</P>
<P>(b) Additionally, Fiscal Service requires that requests for payment identify the statute that forms the basis of the underlying claim. The award or settlement must comply with the statutory and regulatory requirements that authorize the award or settlement. For example, interest is payable on Judgment Fund awards only if there is an express statutory provision, contractual agreement or constitutional waiver of sovereign immunity authorizing the assessment of interest against the United States. Also, a tort under the Federal Tort Claims Act (FTCA) is payable from the Judgment Fund only when the award amount exceeds $2,500 (for administrative awards) and is in compliance with the regulatory requirements at 28 CFR part 14.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.2   Where can I find more information about, and forms for, Judgment Fund payments?</HEAD>
<P>Detailed information related to Judgment Fund payments, including copies of all forms, can be found in the Treasury Financial Manual (TFM), Volume I, Part 6, Chapter 3100. The TFM is available on the Judgment Fund Web site at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/judgefund.</I> Contact information for the Judgment Fund Branch is also available on the Web site.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Requesting Payments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.10   Who may request payment from the Judgment Fund?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Court judgments and settlements of litigation.</I> The Department of Justice must normally submit the request for payment from the Judgment Fund. Agencies that have independent litigating authority may submit a request for payment themselves if the Department of Justice is not responsible for the case.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administrative awards.</I> The program agency that is authorized to approve the award must submit the request for payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.11   How do agencies request payments?</HEAD>
<P>Agencies must submit requests for payments from the Judgment Fund on Fiscal Service's Judgment Fund payment request forms or by using other approved methods as provided for on the Judgment Fund Web site at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/judgefund.</I> Fiscal Service provides forms and detailed information about Judgment Fund payments in the TFM, Volume I, Part 6, Chapter 3100. The TFM is also available on the Judgment Fund Web site. The submitting agency must complete and sign all required Judgment Fund forms and must attach all required supporting documents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.12   What supporting documentation must agencies submit to Fiscal Service when requesting a payment from the Judgment Fund?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>All payments.</I> The submitting agency must submit a copy of the judgment or settlement agreement, as applicable, in addition to the request for payment from the Judgment Fund. The request for payment must be on the appropriate Judgment Fund payment request forms.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Awards to minors.</I> For awards to claimants that are minors, the submitting agency must include in its submission to Fiscal Service documentation establishing that the payee, if different from the claimant, is legally authorized to act on behalf of the claimant. Documentation of court approvals (Federal, State, or foreign) that are legally required for payment must be submitted along with the request for payment from the Judgment Fund. State law typically specifies when money awards to minors require the appointment of a guardian. Agencies must list the appropriate controlling state law citation on the payment request forms.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Awards of costs.</I> For awards of costs, the submitting agency must include a copy of the “bill of costs” or the Court's order awarding costs. Only those items expressly enumerated under the cost statute, 28 U.S.C. 1920, or other governing statute specific to the award, are payable from the Judgment Fund.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Payments to multiple claimants/payees in a single award.</I> For awards where multiple payees are to receive separate payments, the submitting agency must complete separate Judgment Fund Vouchers for Payment for each payee. When there are multiple claimants in an administrative tort matter, each claimant's award must independently exceed the mandatory $2,500 threshold in order for payment to be made from the Judgment Fund. A claimant's threshold can be satisfied by combining amounts awarded for personal and property damage under the FTCA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Awards of back pay.</I> For awards of back pay where the judgment does not specifically state the principal amounts to be paid and withholdings to be made, the submitting agency must include a spreadsheet indicating precisely which amounts are allocable to net pay, deductions, and interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.2.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.13   Are agencies required to supply a taxpayer identification number (TIN) when submitting a request for payment?</HEAD>
<P>Yes, agencies must include a valid TIN on all requests for payments, unless the situation meets one of the exceptions listed in the Fiscal Service TIN Policy, which may be found on the Fiscal Service Web site at: <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/tinpolicy/regulations.html.</I> For an individual, the TIN is the Social Security Number. For a business, the TIN is the Employer Identification Number issued by IRS. The TIN provided must be for the party entitled to the payment, whether or not that party is the payee. Failure to include a required TIN results in an incomplete request for payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.2.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.14   What happens if I submit an incomplete request for payment?</HEAD>
<P>Fiscal Service may return, without action, any request for payment that is incomplete. If a request for payment is returned for lack of necessary information, the submitting agency may resubmit the request for payment once all the required information is available.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Debt Collection</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.3.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.20   How does an agency indicate that a debt is to be offset from a Judgment Fund payment?</HEAD>
<P>The submitting agency must identify on the appropriate Judgment Fund form any known debt owed to the United States that Fiscal Service is expected to collect by setoff against the award. Such a debt will be offset pursuant to the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3728.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.3.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.21   Are Judgment Fund payments offset to collect administrative debts?</HEAD>
<P>Yes, separate and apart from its role as administrator of the Judgment Fund, Fiscal Service, in its capacity as disbursing official for the executive branch, offsets Judgment Fund payments to collect delinquent, nontax Federal debts through the Treasury Offset Program (TOP). This rule applies only to the setoff of Judgment Fund payments prior to payment certification, pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3728, and not to disbursing official offsets pursuant to other authorities. (See 31 CFR 285.5 for requirements for disbursing official offset of past-due delinquent, nontax debts pursuant to the authority set forth in 31 U.S.C. 3716.) 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.3.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.22   How does Fiscal Service set off an award under 31 U.S.C. 3728?</HEAD>
<P>The setoff statute establishes a two-step process to collect debts that are owed to the United States. If an agency notifies Fiscal Service of a debt for which a court has issued a judgment against a debtor in favor of the United States, or for which the IRS has issued a tax levy pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 6331, then Fiscal Service will automatically set off the debt from the payment. If the debt owed to the United States has not been judicially determined, then Fiscal Service must notify the claimant of the debt and request the debtor's consent to a setoff. If the debtor consents, then Fiscal Service will set off the debt. If the debtor does not consent, then Fiscal Service will withhold from payment an amount equal to the debt. Fiscal Service also may withhold an amount sufficient to pay the cost of litigating the debt to judgment. Fiscal Service then will consult with the underlying agency and the Department of Justice regarding the necessity for a civil action to reduce the debt to judgment. If litigation proceeds and is successful, Fiscal Service will set off the debt. If the suit is unsuccessful, Fiscal Service will pay the withheld amount with interest accruing from the date when payment would have been made.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Interest and Litigation Costs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.30" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.4.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.30   When does the Judgment Fund pay interest?</HEAD>
<P>Interest is paid when it is ordered in the judgment pursuant to a statutory, contractual or constitutional waiver of sovereign immunity. Such waivers may include interest as set forth under 41 U.S.C. 611 (Contract Disputes Act), 5 U.S.C. 5596 (Back Pay Act), or Title VII, 42 U.S.C. 2000e-16 (Civil Rights Act of 1991). In addition, post-judgment interest is paid on awards eligible for interest under 31 U.S.C. 1304(b) (unsuccessful appeal by the Government).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.31" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.4.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.31   How does Fiscal Service compute interest on payments?</HEAD>
<P>Fiscal Service computes interest according to the terms of the statute that waives sovereign immunity for interest to be awarded against the Federal government. The statute that allows interest must be cited on the appropriate Judgment Fund form.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.32" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.4.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.32   What documentation must be submitted to the Judgment Fund Branch to preserve the right to seek interest under 31 U.S.C. 1304(b) in a case where the government has taken an appeal?</HEAD>
<P>31 U.S.C. 1304(b) specifies that a “transcript of the judgment” must be filed with the Secretary of the Treasury. This means that a copy of the judgment must be filed with the Judgment Fund Branch for interest to accrue on a judgment of a federal district court, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, or the United States Court of Federal Claims. By practice, the successful plaintiff files a copy of the judgment. Whoever submits the judgment should include a cover letter explaining that it is being submitted to preserve interest rights under 31 U.S.C. 1304. A copy of the judgment and cover letter must be sent to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Judgment Fund Branch, at the address indicated on the Judgment Fund Web site at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/judgefund.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.33" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.4.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.33   For what period of time is interest computed under 31 U.S.C. 1304(b)?</HEAD>
<P>Interest is computed from the date that Fiscal Service receives the copy of the judgment until the date preceding the appellate court's affirmative ruling. If the United States files a Notice of Appeal which it later withdraws, interest is paid on the award through the date before the withdrawal of the Notice of Appeal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.34" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.4.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.34   Does the Judgment Fund pay all litigation costs?</HEAD>
<P>Fiscal Service certifies for payment only those costs that are enumerated in the cost statute, 28 U.S.C. 1920, or as set forth under a statute that specifically governs payment of the award.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Reimbursements to the Judgment Fund</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.5.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.40   When must an agency reimburse the Judgment Fund?</HEAD>
<P>Agencies are required to reimburse the Judgment Fund for payments made pursuant to the Contract Disputes Act (CDA), 41 U.S.C. 612, and payments made pursuant to the Notification and Federal Employees Antidiscrimination and Retaliation Act of 2002 (No FEAR), 5 U.S.C. 2301 note. The TFM, available on the Judgment Fund Web site at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/judgefund</I>, contains more information about how Fiscal Service bills agencies and collects such reimbursements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.41" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.5.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.41   When is reimbursement due for CDA and No FEAR payments?</HEAD>
<P>Reimbursement for a CDA or No FEAR payment should be made promptly upon notification from Fiscal Service of the amount due. If the agency is unable to timely reimburse Fiscal Service, the agency must contact Fiscal Service to establish a reimbursement plan. Under Office of Personnel Management (OPM) regulations, No FEAR reimbursements or payment reimbursement plans must be made within 45 days of the request for reimbursement. See 5 CFR part 724. Agencies that do not meet this requirement will be listed on Fiscal Service's public Web site.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Additional Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.50" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.6.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.50   How does Fiscal Service process back pay awards?</HEAD>
<P>The submitting agency may request one of two methods to process back pay awards.
</P>
<P>(a) One method has three parts. The first part is a payment of net back pay (and interest if authorized), which is sent to the plaintiff or to the plaintiff's attorney, as directed by the submitting agency. The second part is a payment to the agency of deductions from the net back pay. The third part is a payment of attorney fees, which is sent directly to the attorney.
</P>
<P>(b) Under the second method, Fiscal Service pays the entire back pay award to the agency out of whose actions the claim arose. The agency then issues amounts representing back pay (and interest if authorized) to the plaintiff and retains amounts representing deductions. Fiscal Service pays the attorney fees directly to the attorney.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 60849, Oct. 17, 2006; 71 FR 62050, Oct. 20, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.51" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.6.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.51   Does Fiscal Service report Judgment Fund payments to the IRS as income to the payee on IRS Form 1099?</HEAD>
<P>No, Fiscal Service does not report Judgment Fund payments as potential taxable income to the IRS. Fiscal Service does not have sufficient information about the payment to determine if a Form 1099 must be issued or to prepare such a form when required. To the extent any Form 1099 needs to be issued, it is the responsibility of the agency submitting the payment request to do so.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.52" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.6.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.52   How does Fiscal Service issue a payment?</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to 31 CFR part 208, Judgment Fund payments are to be made by electronic funds transfer (EFT). Fiscal Service will issue an electronic payment to the payee's account as specified on the appropriate Judgment Fund form. If a submitting agency determines that a waiver (in accordance with 31 CFR part 208) to the requirement for payment by EFT is appropriate, Fiscal Service will issue a payment by check. The Voucher for Payment must direct payment to the payee designated in the judgment or settlement agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.53" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.6.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.53   How does the submitting agency know when payment is made?</HEAD>
<P>Fiscal Service will e-mail the agency contact when payment is disbursed, if the agency contact has provided an email address on the appropriate Judgment Fund form. Also, Fiscal Service maintains an on-line payment status system that the submitting agency can access to determine the status of a payment. The payment reporting system can be accessed from the Judgment Fund Web site at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/judgefund.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.54" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.6.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.54   What happens if Fiscal Service denies a request for payment?</HEAD>
<P>Fiscal Service must deny any request for payment that fails to satisfy the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 1304. The submitting agency may request reconsideration of a payment denial. The submitting agency must provide an explanation of how the request for payment meets the four tests contained in section 256.1 of this part. If applicable, requests for reconsideration must contain a reference to the agency's program authority and include specific funding provisions that pertain to the program activity that resulted in the claim. If, upon reconsideration, Fiscal Service determines that payment from the Judgment Fund is appropriate, and the agency has already made payment to the plaintiff or claimant, Fiscal Service will reimburse the agency from the Judgment Fund.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Private Relief Bills</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.60" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.21.7.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.60   How do I get paid for a Private Relief Bill?</HEAD>
<P>You may apply for payment by sending a request letter along with supporting documentation, to include a copy of the private relief act and proof of your identity, to the address specified on the Fiscal Service Web site at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/privaterelief.</I>




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="270" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 270 [RESERVED]
</HEAD>
</DIV5>

<P> 


</P>

<DIV5 N="281" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 281—FOREIGN EXCHANGE OPERATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 114, 64 Stat. 836, sec. 613, 75 Stat. 443; 31 U.S.C. 66b, 22 U.S.C. 2363, E.O. 10488, 18 FR 5699, 3 CFR, 1949-1953 Comp., p. 972, E.O. 10900, 26 FR 143, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 429.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>26 FR 10054, Oct. 26, 1961, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 281.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.23.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 281.1   Authority.</HEAD>
<P>By virtue of the authority vested in the Secretary of the Treasury by section 114 of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950, 64 Stat. 836, 31 U.S.C. 66b; section 613 of the Act of September 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 443; Executive Order No. 10488, 18 FR 5699, 3 CFR 1949-1953 Comp.; and Executive Order No. 10900, 26 FR 143, the following regulations are prescribed for administration of the purchase custody, deposit, transfer, sale and reporting of foreign exchange (including credits and currencies) by executive departments and agencies (hereinafter referred to as agencies).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 281.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.23.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 281.2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 281.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.23.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 281.3   Collections.</HEAD>
<P>Foreign exchange collected by agencies shall be delivered promptly into the custody of accountable officers for credit to accounts of the Secretary of the Treasury (hereinafter referred to as the Secretary) unless otherwise directed by the Secretary. The term “collections,” for the purpose of these regulations in this part, does not include foreign exchange acquired by the United States by purchase with dollars. The accountable officer shall maintain records, showing the collections, by source, and indicating the miscellaneous receipt accounts or other accounts in the Treasury to be credited with dollar proceeds from sale of the foreign exchange, and such further classifications as may be needed to indicate exchange which can be used only for restricted purposes. Accountable officers shall be advised by the collecting agencies of the source of collections and any restrictions on the use of the foreign exchange in order that the foregoing records may be maintained.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 281.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.23.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 281.4   Guaranty funds.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part are applicable to all foreign exchange acquired by the United States under guaranty provisions of section 1011 of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, as amended (22 U.S.C. 1442), except that receipts of such foreign exchange shall be deposited in the foreign exchange accounts of the United States Treasury referred to in § 281.5(c).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 281.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.23.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 281.5   Depositaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, foreign exchange which is held by accountable officers for account of the Secretary and foreign exchange acquired by accountable officers by purchase or otherwise, which is not immediately disbursed but is held by such officers for their own account or for the account of any agency, shall be maintained only in depositaries designated by the Secretary. Unless otherwise directed by the Secretary, accountable officers are not required to have separate depositary accounts for foreign exchange held for the Secretary's account.
</P>
<P>(b) Accountable officers may carry foreign exchange as cash outside depositaries only pursuant to authority granted in accordance with Treasury Department Circular No. 1030 dated July 24, 1959, as amended.
</P>
<P>(c) Deposits in and withdrawals from foreign exchange accounts maintained with depositaries in the name of the United States Treasury will be made only as directed by the Secretary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 281.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.23.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 281.6   Withdrawals from Treasury accounts.</HEAD>
<P>Foreign exchange shall be withdrawn from accounts of the Secretary on the books of accountable officers or from the foreign exchange accounts carried with depositaries in the name of the United States Treasury, only for the purpose of sale for dollars or transfer to agencies for authorized purposes, without reimbursement to the Treasury, as provided by or pursuant to law. Such transfers, as well as transfers between foreign exchange accounts of the Secretary and between foreign exchange accounts in the name of the United States Treasury, shall be made only by direction of the Secretary. An agency requiring foreign exchange from the Treasury Department shall make request of the Secretary, indicating the amount of exchange required, in units of foreign currency, and the name and location of the accountable officer to receive the exchange. To the extent practicable and desirable, standing authorizations will be given for withdrawals from accounts of the Secretary. The following conditions apply to the sale of foreign exchange and to the requisition of foreign exchange without dollar payment:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Sales.</I> With respect to the sale of foreign exchange held in accounts of the Secretary, the payment in dollars shall be calculated at the rate of exchange that would otherwise be available to the United States for the acquisition of the foreign exchange for its official disbursements unless otherwise determined by the Treasury Department in consultation with the agencies concerned. When the rate that would otherwise be available to the United States is not readily ascertainable, the Treasury Department shall be consulted. The dollar proceeds realized from the sale of exchange shall be credited to the appropriate receipt, appropriation or refund account on the books of the Treasury. The dollar payment for foreign exchange purchased shall not be charged as an appropriation expenditure until the foreign exchange is disbursed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transfers without reimbursement.</I> When foreign exchange is to be obtained from the Treasury Department without payment of dollars, the agency concerned shall furnish written certification that the exchange may be used without reimbursement to the Treasury, citing the relevant legal authority. In cases where international agreements or Bureau of the Budget allocations specify the programs for which foreign exchange may be used, the Secretary may transfer exchange to agencies without requiring a certification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[26 FR 10054, Oct. 26, 1961, as amended at 29 FR 11497, Aug. 11, 1964]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 281.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.23.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 281.7   Limitations.</HEAD>
<P>The following limitations apply to the purchase and holding of foreign exchange:
</P>
<P>(a) Unless otherwise authorized by the Secretary, no agency or accountable officer shall purchase, or direct the purchase of, foreign exchange from any source outside the Government of the United States, except when exchange for the purpose intended is not available for purchase from within the Government.
</P>
<P>(b) All foreign exchange acquired by agencies by transfer from the Treasury Department, without payment of dollars, for the purpose of making authorized expenditures, shall be placed with accountable officers for account of the agencies concerned.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless otherwise authorized by the Secretary, no accountable officer shall purchase foreign exchange which, together with the balance on hand at the time of purchase, would exceed estimated requirements for a thirty-day period.
</P>
<P>(d) To the maximum extent possible, foreign exchange accounts which are earmarked for specific programs shall be maintained on an unfunded basis. Each agency responsible for administering international agreements pertaining to the use of foreign exchange held in funded accounts shall review the agreement and other considerations relevant to each such account at least annually to determine if the account can be placed on an unfunded basis, and shall initiate appropriate action to accomplish the objective of minimizing the number of funded program accounts and the amounts therein. The resulting determinations and the status of actions undertaken shall be furnished in writing to the Treasury Department within 60 days from the date of this regulation and each time thereafter that there is a change of status of a particular account, or as requested by the Treasury Department. Exchange which becomes eligible for removal from a funded status either as a result of the foregoing determinations, or because of the expiration of the period of availability for restricted use under the terms of international agreements, or for other reasons, shall be released promptly by the program agency for transfer to a nonrestricted Treasury sales account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[26 FR 10054, Oct. 26, 1961, as amended at 29 FR 11497, Aug. 11, 1964]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 281.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.23.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 281.8   Reporting and accounting.</HEAD>
<P>The Treasury Department will maintain a system of central accounting and reporting for the purpose of providing information on foreign exchange operations to the President, the Congress, and the public. The Treasury Department will also prescribe rules to enhance consistency in reporting of foreign exchange operations by all agencies. Agencies shall furnish such reports and information as may be required for the administration of the provisions of this circular.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 281.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.23.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 281.9   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nothing contained in this part shall be construed as having the effect of superseding or amending the provisions of any regulations issued or approved by the Secretary pursuant to the Act of December 23, 1944, as amended (67 Stat. 61).
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary may waive, withdraw, or amend at any time or from time to time any or all of the provisions of the regulations of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Implementing regulations within the framework of this circular will be issued by the Fiscal Assistant Secretary of the Treasury. All communications pertaining to the administration of the provisions of this part shall be directed to the Fiscal Assistant Secretary.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="285" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 285—DEBT COLLECTION AUTHORITIES UNDER THE DEBT COLLECTION IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1996
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 5514; 26 U.S.C. 6402; 31 U.S.C. 321, 3701, 3711, 3716, 3719, 3720A, 3720B, 3720D; 42 U.S.C. 664; E.O. 13019, 61 FR 51763, 3 CFR, 1996 Comp., p. 216.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 34179, June 25, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Disbursing Official Offset</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.1   Collection of past-due support by administrative offset.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Administrative offset</I> means withholding funds payable by the United States (including funds payable by the United States on behalf of a State government) to, or held by the United States for, a person to satisfy a debt.
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> as used in this section is synonymous with the term past-due support.
</P>
<P><I>Disbursing official</I> includes an official who has authority to disburse public money pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3321 or another Federal law.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury. Fiscal Service is the designee of the Secretary of the Treasury for all matters concerning this section, unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P><I>HHS</I> means the Department of Health and Human Services, Office of Child Support Enforcement.
</P>
<P><I>Past-due support</I> means the amount of support determined under a court order, or an order of an administrative procedure established under State law, for support and maintenance of a child, or of a child and the parent with whom the child is living, which has not been paid. The term child as used in this definition is not limited to minor children.
</P>
<P><I>Past-due support being enforced by the State</I> means there has been an assignment of the support rights to the State, or the State making the request for offset is providing services to individuals pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 654(5) (section 454(5) of the Social Security Act), or the State is enforcing support pursuant to a cooperative agreement with or by an Indian tribal government.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means the several States of the United States. The term State also includes the District of Columbia, American Samoa, Guam, the United States Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General rule.</I> Fiscal Service may enter into a reciprocal agreement with a State for the collection of past-due support being enforced by the State by administrative offset from certain Federal payments. Upon notification of past-due support either directly from a State which has entered into such an agreement or from HHS, disbursing officials of Fiscal Service or any other disbursing official of the United States shall offset Federal payments which are subject to offset under this section, to collect past-due support. The amount offset, minus the offset fee, shall be forwarded to the State to be distributed in accordance with applicable laws and procedures.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Agreements.</I> Fiscal Service may enter into reciprocal agreements with States for disbursing officials of Fiscal Service and any other Federal disbursing official to offset certain Federal payments to collect past-due support being enforced by the State. The agreement shall contain any requirements which Fiscal Service considers appropriate to facilitate the offset and prevent duplicative efforts and shall require States to prescribe procedures governing the collection of past-due support by Federal administrative offset. For purposes of this section, reciprocal means of mutual benefit. An agreement between Fiscal Service and a State to collect past-due support by offsetting Federal payments will be considered of mutual benefit and it is not required that States conduct administrative offsets to collect debts owed to the Federal Government. States which have entered into an agreement with Fiscal Service pursuant to this section may thereafter request, in the manner prescribed herein, that an offset be performed. Such requests shall be made by the appropriate State disbursing official which, for purposes of this section, means an appropriate official of the State agency which administers or supervises the administration of the State plan under Title IV-D of the Social Security Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification to Fiscal Service of past-due support.</I> (1) States notifying Fiscal Service of past-due support must do so in the manner and format prescribed by Fiscal Service. States notifying HHS of past-due support must do so in the manner and format prescribed by HHS. HHS shall notify Fiscal Service of all past-due support referred to HHS by States for collection by administrative offset provided that the requirements of paragraphs (d)(3) and (h) of this section have been met.
</P>
<P>(2) When a State has knowledge that past-due support is being enforced by more than one State, the State notifying Fiscal Service or HHS of the past-due support must inform any other State involved in enforcing the past-due support when it refers the debt for offset and when it receives the offset amount.
</P>
<P>(3) The notification of past-due support must be accompanied by a certification that the debt is past-due, legally enforceable, and that the State has complied with all the requirements as set forth in paragraph (h) of this section and with any requirements imposed by State law or procedure. For debts so certified, the Secretary may waive sections 552a (o) and (p) of Title 5, United States Code, where applicable, in accordance with the Secretary's authority under 31 U.S.C. 3716(f).
</P>
<P>(4) Fiscal Service may reject a notification of past-due support which does not comply with the requirements of this section. The State will be notified of the rejection along with the reason for the rejection.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Minimum amount of past-due support.</I> Fiscal Service will reject a notification of past-due support where the past-due support owed is less than $25.00. This amount may be adjusted from time to time by Fiscal Service to ensure that the cost of collection does not exceed the debt.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Limitations.</I> Debts properly submitted to Fiscal Service for administrative offset will remain subject to collection by administrative offset until withdrawn by the State provided the debt remains past-due and legally enforceable.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notification of changes in status of debt.</I> The State notifying Fiscal Service or HHS of past-due support shall, in the manner and in the time frames provided by Fiscal Service or HHS, notify Fiscal Service or HHS of deletions or decreases in the amount of a debt referred for collection by administrative offset. The State may notify Fiscal Service or HHS of any increases in the amount of a debt referred for collection by administrative offset provided the State has complied with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section with regard to those amounts.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Advance notification of intent to collect by administrative offset.</I> (1) The State, or Fiscal Service or HHS on behalf of the State, if the State requests and Fiscal Service or HHS agrees, shall send a written notification, at least 30 days in advance of referral of the debt for offset, to the individual owing past-due support, informing the individual that the State intends to refer the debt for collection by administrative offset against Federal payments. The notice must also inform the individual of:
</P>
<P>(i) The nature and amount of the debt; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The right to an administrative review by the State referring the debt or, upon the request of the individual, by the State with the order upon which the referral was based, of the determination of the State with respect to the debt and of the procedures and time frames established by the State for such reviews.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to referring a debt to Fiscal Service for collection by administrative offset, States must provide individuals with a reasonable opportunity to exercise the rights enumerated in paragraph (h)(1) of this section in accordance with procedures prescribed by the State.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Payments subject to offset.</I> Federal payments subject to offset under this section include all Federal payments except:
</P>
<P>(1) Payments due to an individual under
</P>
<P>(i) Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Social Security Act;
</P>
<P>(iii) Part B of the Black Lung Benefits Act;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any law administered by the Railroad Retirement Board;
</P>
<P>(2) Payments which the Secretary determines are exempt from offset in accordance with paragraph (k) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Payments from which collection of past-due support by administrative offset is expressly prohibited by law;
</P>
<P>(4) Payments made under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (except that tax refund payments are subject to offset under separate authority); and
</P>
<P>(5) Payments made under the tariff laws of the United States.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Special provisions applicable to Federal salary payments.</I> (1) Unless a lower maximum offset limitation is provided by applicable State law, the maximum part of a Federal salary payment per pay period subject to offset to collect past-due support shall not exceed those amounts set forth at section 1673(b)(2) (A) and (B) of Title 15, United States Code, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Fifty (50%) percent of the debtor's aggregate disposable earnings for any pay period, where the debtor asserts by affidavit, or by other acceptable evidence, that he/she is supporting a spouse and/or dependent child, other than the former spouse and/or child for whom support is being collected, except that an additional five (5%) percent will apply if it appears that such earnings are to enforce past-due support for a period which is twelve (12) weeks or more prior to the pay period to which the offset applies. A debtor shall be considered to be supporting a spouse and/or dependent child only if the debtor provides over half of the spouse's and/or dependent child's support.
</P>
<P>(ii) Sixty (60%) percent of the debtor's aggregate disposable earnings for any pay period where the debtor fails to assert by affidavit or establish by other acceptable evidence that he/she is supporting a spouse and/or dependent child, other than a former spouse and/or child for whom support is being collected, except that an additional five (5%) percent will apply if it appears that such earnings are to enforce past-due support for a period which is twelve (12) weeks or more prior to the pay period to which the offset applies.
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum allowable offset amount shall be reduced by the amount of any deductions in pay resulting from a garnishment order for support. Nothing in this rule is intended to alter rules applicable to processing garnishment orders for child support and/or alimony.
</P>
<P>(3) Federal salary payments subject to offset for the collection of past-due support include current basic pay, special pay, incentive pay, retainer pay, overtime, or in the case of an employee not entitled to basic pay, other authorized pay. Aggregate disposable earnings for purposes of determining the maximum amounts which may be offset under paragraph (j)(1) of this section is Federal salary pay remaining after the deduction of:
</P>
<P>(i) Any amount required by law to be withheld;
</P>
<P>(ii) Amounts properly withheld for Federal, State or local income tax purposes;
</P>
<P>(iii) Amounts deducted as health insurance premiums;
</P>
<P>(iv) Amounts deducted as normal retirement contributions, not including amounts deducted for supplementary coverage; and
</P>
<P>(v) Amounts deducted as normal life insurance premiums not including amounts deducted for supplementary coverage.
</P>
<P>(4) At least 30 days in advance of offset, the disbursing official shall send written notice to the debtor of the maximum offset limitations described in paragraph (j)(1) of this section. The notice shall include a request that the debtor submit supporting affidavits or other documentation necessary to determine the applicable offset percentage limitation. The notice shall also inform the debtor of the percentage that will be deducted if he/she fails to submit the requested documentation.
</P>
<P>(5) At the time the past-due support debt is submitted for offset, the State shall advise Fiscal Service or HHS if the maximum amount of a Federal salary payment that may be offset is less than the amount described under this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Payments exempt from administrative offset to collect past-due support being enforced by a State.</I> The Secretary will exempt from administrative offset under this part payments made under means-tested programs when requested by the head of the Federal agency which administers the program. For purposes of this section, means-tested programs are programs for which eligibility is based on a determination that income and/or assets of the beneficiary are inadequate to provide the beneficiary with an adequate standard of living without program assistance. The Secretary may exempt from administrative offset under this section any other class or type of payment upon the written request of the head of the agency which authorizes the payments. In determining whether or not to grant such exemptions, the Secretary shall give due consideration to whether administrative offset would tend to interfere substantially with or defeat the purposes of the payment agency's program.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Fees.</I> A fee which Fiscal Service has determined to be sufficient to reimburse Fiscal Service for the full cost of the offset procedure, shall be deducted from each offset amount. Fiscal Service will notify the States, annually and in advance, of the amount of the fee to be charged for each offset.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Offsetting payments</I>—(1) <I>Conducting the offset.</I> Disbursing officials of the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Defense, the United States Postal Service, or any other Government corporation, any disbursing official of the United States designated by the Secretary, or any disbursing official of an executive department or agency that disburses Federal payments shall offset payments subject to offset under this section to satisfy, in whole or part, a debt owed by the payee. Disbursing officials shall compare payment certification records with records of debts submitted to Fiscal Service for collection by administrative offset. A match will occur when the taxpayer identifying number and name control of a payment record are the same as the taxpayer identifying number and name control of a debt record. The taxpayer identifying number for an individual is the individual's social security number. When a match occurs and all other requirements for offset have been met, the disbursing official shall offset the payment to satisfy, in whole or part, the debt. Any amounts not offset shall be paid to the payee. The amount that can be offset from a single payment is the lesser of the amount of the debt (including interest, penalties, and administrative costs); the amount of the payment; or the amount of the payment available for offset if a statute or regulation prohibits offset of the entire amount. Debts remain subject to collection by offset until paid in full.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disposition of amounts collected.</I> Fiscal Service will transmit amounts collected for debts, less fees charged under paragraph (l) of this section, to HHS or to the appropriate State. If Fiscal Service learns that an erroneous offset payment has been made to HHS or any State, Fiscal Service will notify HHS or the appropriate State that an erroneous offset payment has been made. Fiscal Service may deduct the amount of the erroneous offset payment from amounts payable to HHS or the State, as the case may be. Alternatively, upon Fiscal Service' request, the State shall return promptly to the affected payee or Fiscal Service an amount equal to the amount of the erroneous payment (unless the State previously has paid such amounts, or any portion of such amounts, to the affected payee). HHS and States shall notify Fiscal Service any time HHS or a State returns an erroneous offset payment to an affected payee. Fiscal Service and HHS, or the appropriate State, will adjust their debtor records accordingly.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Administrative offset priorities.</I> (1) A levy pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall take precedence over deductions under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Offsets will be applied first to past-due support being enforced by the State before any other offsets under this part.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Notification of offset.</I> (1) Disbursing officials of Fiscal Service or any other disbursing official which conducts an offset will notify the payee in writing of the occurrence of the offset to satisfy past-due support. The notice shall inform the payee of the type and amount of the payment that was offset; the identity of the State which requested the offset; and a contact point within the State that will handle concerns regarding the offset. Disbursing officials shall not be liable for failure to provide this notice.
</P>
<P>(2) Disbursing officials of Fiscal Service or any other disbursing official which conducts an offset under this section will share with HHS, upon request by the Secretary of HHS, information contained in payment certification records of persons who are delinquent in child support obligations that would assist in the collection of such debts. When no offset is conducted, disbursing officials of Fiscal Service or any other disbursing official, will provide such information to HHS to the extent such information is available from offset activities conducted by Fiscal Service and other disbursing officials.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Liability of disbursing officials and payment agencies.</I> Neither the disbursing official nor the agency authorizing the payment shall be liable for the amount of the administrative offset on the basis that the underlying obligation, represented by the payment before the administrative offset was taken, was not satisfied. Disbursing officials will notify the agency authorizing the payment that the offset has occurred so that the agency authorizing the payment may direct any inquiries concerning the offset to the appropriate State.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Social Security numbers.</I> Fiscal Service will ensure that an individual's Social Security number will not be visible on the outside of any package it sends by mail. In addition, Fiscal Service generally will redact or partially redact Social Security numbers in documents it sends by mail; however, to administer administrative offset, Fiscal Service (and other disbursing officials) may include Social Security numbers in mailed documents, including, for example:
</P>
<P>(1) In interoffice and interagency communications;
</P>
<P>(2) In notices, including notices to the debtor or payee that an offset has or will occur, when the Social Security number is (or is embedded in) a creditor agency's account number, debt identification number, or debtor identification number;
</P>
<P>(3) In response to a request of a debtor or a debtor's representative for records of Fiscal Service's offset activities; and
</P>
<P>(4) When required by law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 36210, July 7, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 46145, Aug. 28, 1998; 74 FR 27433, June 10, 2009; 87 FR 50248, Aug. 16, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.2   Offset of tax refund payments to collect past-due, legally enforceable nontax debt.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Creditor agency</I> means a Federal agency owed a claim that seeks to collect that claim through tax refund offset.
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> or <I>claim</I> refers to an amount of money, funds, or property which has been determined by an agency official to be due the United States from any person, organization, or entity, except another Federal agency. For the purposes of this section, the terms “claim” and “debt” are synonymous and interchangeable and includes debt administered by a third party acting as an agent for the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> means a person who owes a debt or claim. The term “person” includes any individual, organization or entity, except another Federal agency.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>IRS</I> means the Internal Revenue Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Tax refund offset</I> means withholding or reducing a tax refund payment by an amount necessary to satisfy a debt owed by the payee(s) of a tax refund payment.
</P>
<P><I>Tax refund payment</I> means any overpayment of Federal taxes to be refunded to the person making the overpayment after the IRS makes the appropriate credits as provided in 26 U.S.C. 6402(a) and 26 CFR 6402-3(a)(6)(i) for any liabilities for any tax on the part of the person who made the overpayment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General rule.</I> (1) A Federal agency (as defined in 26 U.S.C. 6402(g)) that is owed by a person a past-due, legally enforceable nontax debt shall notify Fiscal Service of the amount of such debt for collection by tax refund offset. However, any agency subject to section 9 of the Act of May 18, 1933 (16 U.S.C. 831h) owed such a debt may, but is not required to, notify Fiscal Service of the amount of such debt for collection by tax refund offset.
</P>
<P>(2) Fiscal Service will compare tax refund payment records, as certified by the IRS, with records of debts submitted to Fiscal Service. A match will occur when the taxpayer identifying number (as that term is used in 26 U.S.C. 6109) and name (or derivation of the name, known as a “name control”) of a payment certification record are the same as the taxpayer identifying number and name control of a debtor record. When a match occurs and all other requirements for tax refund offset have been met, Fiscal Service will reduce the amount of any tax refund payment payable to a debtor by the amount of any past-due, legally enforceable debt owed by the debtor. Any amounts not offset will be paid to the payee(s) listed in the payment certification record.
</P>
<P>(3) This section does not apply to any debt or claim arising under the Internal Revenue Code.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) This section applies to Federal Old Age, Survivors and Disability Insurance (OASDI) overpayments provided the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3720A(f)(1) and (2) are met with respect to such overpayments.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this section, <I>OASDI overpayment</I> means any overpayment of benefits made to an individual under title II of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 401 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(5) A creditor agency is not precluded from using debt collection procedures, such as wage garnishment, to collect debts that have been submitted to Fiscal Service for purposes of offset under this part. Such debt collection procedures may be used separately or in conjunction with offset collection procedures.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regulations.</I> Prior to submitting debts to Fiscal Service for collection by tax refund offset, Federal agencies shall promulgate temporary or final regulations under 31 U.S.C. 3716 and 31 U.S.C. 3720A, governing the agencies' authority to collect debts by administrative offset, in general, and offset of tax refund payments, in particular.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Agency certification and referral of debt</I>—(1) <I>Past-due, legally enforceable debt eligible for tax refund offset.</I> For purposes of this section, when a Federal agency refers a past-due, legally enforceable debt to Fiscal Service for tax refund offset, the agency will certify to Fiscal Service that:
</P>
<P>(i) The debt is past-due and legally enforceable in the amount submitted to Fiscal Service and that the agency will ensure that collections are properly credited to the debt;
</P>
<P>(ii) The creditor agency has made reasonable efforts to obtain payment of the debt in that the agency has:
</P>
<P>(A) Submitted the debt to Fiscal Service for collection by administrative offset and complied with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3716(a) and related regulations, to the extent that collection of the debt by administrative offset is not prohibited by statute;
</P>
<P>(B) Notified, or has made a reasonable attempt to notify, the debtor that the debt is past-due, and unless repaid within 60 days after the date of the notice, will be referred to Fiscal Service for tax refund offset;
</P>
<P>(C) Given the debtor at least 60 days to present evidence that all or part of the debt is not past-due or legally enforceable, considered any evidence presented by the debtor, and determined that the debt is past-due and legally enforceable; and
</P>
<P>(D) Provided the debtor with an opportunity to make a written agreement to repay the amount of the debt;
</P>
<P>(iii) The debt is at least $25; and
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of an OASDI overpayment—
</P>
<P>(A) The individual is not currently entitled to monthly insurance benefits under title II of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 401 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(B) The notice describes conditions under which the Commissioner of Social Security is required to waive recovery of the overpayment, as provided under 42 U.S.C. 404(b); and
</P>
<P>(C) If the debtor files a request for a waiver under 42 U.S.C. 404(b) within the 60-day notice period, the agency has considered the debtor's request.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pre-offset notice and consideration of evidence for past-due, legally enforceable debt.</I> (i) For purposes of paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(B) of this section, a creditor agency has made a reasonable attempt to notify the debtor if the agency uses the current address information contained in the agency's records related to the debt. Agencies may, but are not required to, obtain address information from the IRS pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 6103(m)(2), (4), or (5).
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(C) of this section, if the evidence presented by the debtor is considered by an agent of the creditor agency, or other entities or persons acting on the agency's behalf, the debtor must be accorded at least 30 days from the date the agent or other entity or person determines that all or part of the debt is past-due and legally enforceable to request review by an officer or employee of the agency of any unresolved dispute. The agency must then notify the debtor of its decision.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Referral of past-due, legally enforceable debt.</I> A Federal agency will submit past-due, legally enforceable debt information for tax refund offset to Fiscal Service in the time and manner prescribed by Fiscal Service. For each debt, the creditor agency will include the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and taxpayer identifying number (as defined in 26 U.S.C. 6109) of the debtor who is responsible for the debt;
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of such past-due and legally enforceable debt;
</P>
<P>(iii) The date on which the debt became past-due;
</P>
<P>(iv) The designation of the Federal agency or subagency referring the debt; and
</P>
<P>(v) In the case of an OASDI overpayment, a certification by the Commissioner of Social Security designating whether the amount payable to the agency is to be deposited in either the Federal Old-Age and Survivors Insurance Trust Fund or the Federal Disability Insurance Trust Fund, but not both.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Correcting and updating referral.</I> If, after referring a past-due, legally enforceable debt to Fiscal Service as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, a creditor agency determines that an error has been made with respect to the information transmitted to Fiscal Service, or if an agency receives a payment or credits a payment to the account of a debtor referred to Fiscal Service for offset, or if the debt amount is otherwise incorrect, the agency shall promptly notify Fiscal Service and make the appropriate correction of the agency's records. Creditor agencies will provide certification as required under paragraph (d)(1) of this section for any increases to amounts owed.
</P>
<P>(5) Fiscal Service may reject a certification which does not comply with the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section. Upon notification of the rejection and the reason for the rejection, a creditor agency may resubmit the debt with a corrected certification.
</P>
<P>(6)(i) Creditor agencies may submit debts to Fiscal Service for collection by tax refund offset irrespective of the amount of time the debt has been outstanding. Accordingly, all nontax debts, including debts that were delinquent for ten years or longer prior to December 28, 2009 may be collected by tax refund offset.
</P>
<P>(ii) For debts outstanding more than ten years on or before December 28, 2009, creditor agencies must certify to Fiscal Service that the notice of intent to offset described in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(B) of this section was sent to the debtor after the debt became ten years delinquent. This requirement will apply even in a case where notice was also sent prior to the debt becoming ten years delinquent, but does not apply to any debt that could be collected by offset without regard to any time limitation prior to December 28, 2009.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Post-offset notice to the debtor, the creditor agency, and the IRS.</I> (1)(i) Fiscal Service will notify the payee(s) to whom the tax refund payment is due, in writing of:
</P>
<P>(A) The amount and date of the offset to satisfy a past-due, legally enforceable nontax debt;
</P>
<P>(B) The creditor agency to which this amount has been paid or credited; and
</P>
<P>(C) A contact point within the creditor agency that will handle concerns or questions regarding the offset.
</P>
<P>(ii) The notice in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section will also advise any non-debtor spouse who may have filed a joint tax return with the debtor of the steps which a non-debtor spouse may take in order to secure his or her proper share of the tax refund. See paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Fiscal Service will advise each creditor agency of the names, mailing addresses, and identifying numbers of the debtors from whom amounts of past-due, legally enforceable debt were collected and of the amounts collected from each debtor for that agency. Fiscal Service will not advise the creditor agency of the source of payment from which such amounts were collected. If a payment from which an amount of past-due, legally enforceable debt is to be withheld is payable to two individual payees, Fiscal Service will notify the creditor agency and furnish the name and address of each payee to whom the payment was payable.
</P>
<P>(3) At least weekly, Fiscal Service will notify the IRS of the names and taxpayer identifying numbers of the debtors from whom amounts of past-due, legally enforceable debt were collected and the amounts collected from each debtor.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Offset made with regard to a tax refund payment based upon joint return.</I> If the person filing a joint return with a debtor owing the past-due, legally enforceable debt takes appropriate action to secure his or her proper share of a tax refund from which an offset was made, the IRS will pay the person his or her share of the refund and request that Fiscal Service deduct that amount from amounts payable to the creditor agency. Fiscal Service and the creditor agency will adjust their debtor records accordingly.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disposition of amounts collected.</I> Fiscal Service will transmit amounts collected for past-due, legally enforceable debts, less fees charged under paragraph (h) of this section, to the creditor agency's account. If an erroneous payment is made to any agency, Fiscal Service will notify the creditor agency that an erroneous payment has been made. The agency shall pay promptly to Fiscal Service an amount equal to the amount of the erroneous payment (without regard to whether any other amounts payable to such agency have been paid).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Fees.</I> The creditor agency will reimburse Fiscal Service and the IRS for the full cost of administering the tax refund offset program. Fiscal Service will deduct the fees from amounts collected prior to disposition and transmit a portion of the fees deducted to reimburse the IRS for its share of the cost of administering the tax refund offset program. To the extent allowed by law, creditor agencies may add the offset fees to the debt.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Review of tax refund offsets.</I> Any reduction of a taxpayer's refund made pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 6402(d) shall not be subject to review by any court of the United States or by the Secretary of the Treasury, Fiscal Service or IRS in an administrative proceeding. No action brought against the United States to recover the amount of this reduction shall be considered to be a suit for refund of tax. Any legal, equitable, or administrative action by any person seeking to recover the amount of the reduction of the overpayment must be taken against the Federal creditor agency to which the amount of the reduction was paid. Any action which is otherwise available with respect to recoveries of overpayments of benefits under 42 U.S.C. 404 must be taken against the Commissioner of Social Security.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Access to and use of confidential tax information.</I> Access to and use of confidential tax information in connection with the tax refund offset program are restricted by 26 U.S.C. 6103. Generally, agencies will not receive confidential tax information from Fiscal Service. To the extent such information is received, agencies are subject to the safeguard, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of 26 U.S.C. 6103(p)(4) and the regulations thereunder. The agency shall inform its officers and employees who access or use confidential tax information of the restrictions and penalties under the Internal Revenue Code for misuse of confidential tax information.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Effective date.</I> This section applies to tax refund payments payable under 26 U.S.C. 6402 after January 1, 1998.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 34179, June 25, 1997, as amended at 74 FR 27433, June 10, 2009; 74 FR 68538, Dec. 28, 2009; 75 FR 746, Jan. 4, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.3   Offset of tax refund payments to collect past-due support.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> as used in this section is synonymous with the term past-due support unless otherwise indicated.
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> as used in this section means a person who owes past-due support.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>HHS</I> means the Department of Health and Human Services, Office of Child Support Enforcement.
</P>
<P><I>IRS</I> means the Internal Revenue Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Past-due support</I> means the amount of support, determined under a court order, or an order of an administrative process established under State law, for support and maintenance of a child, or of a child and the parent with whom the child is living, which has not been paid, as defined in 42 U.S.C. 664(c).
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means the several States of the United States. The term “State” also includes the District of Columbia, American Samoa, Guam, the United States Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P><I>Tax refund offset</I> means withholding or reducing a tax refund payment by an amount necessary to satisfy a debt owed by the payee(s) of a tax refund payment.
</P>
<P><I>Tax refund payment</I> means any overpayment of Federal taxes to be refunded to the person making the overpayment after the IRS makes the appropriate credits as provided in 26 U.S.C. 6402(a) and 26 CFR 6402-3(a)(6)(i) for any liabilities for any Federal tax on the part of the person who made the overpayment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General rule.</I> (1) Past-due support will be collected by tax refund offset upon notification to Fiscal Service in accordance with 26 U.S.C. 6402(c), 42 U.S.C. 664 and this section. Collection by offset under 26 U.S.C. 6402(c) is a collection procedure separate from the collection procedures provided by 26 U.S.C. 6305 and 26 CFR 301.6305-1, relating to the assessment and collection of certain child and spousal support liabilities. Tax refund offset may be used separately or in conjunction with the collection procedures provided in 26 U.S.C. 6305, as well as other collection procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) Fiscal Service will compare tax refund payment records, as certified by the IRS, with records of debts submitted to Fiscal Service. A match will occur when the taxpayer identifying number (as that term is used in 26 U.S.C. 6109) and name of a payment certification record are the same as the taxpayer identifying number and name of a delinquent debtor record. When a match occurs and all other requirements for tax refund offset have been met, Fiscal Service will reduce the amount of any tax refund payment payable to a debtor by the amount of any past-due support debt owed by the debtor. Any amounts not offset will be paid to the payee(s) listed in the payment certification record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notification of past-due support</I>—(1) <I>Past-due support eligible for tax refund offset.</I> Past-due support qualifies for tax refund offset if:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) There has been an assignment of the support obligation to a State and the amount of past-due support is not less than $25.00, or such higher amount as HHS rules may allow, whichever is greater; or
</P>
<P>(B) A State agency is providing support collection services under 42 U.S.C. 654(4) and the amount of the past-due support is not less than $500.00; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A notification of liability for past-due support has been received by Fiscal Service as prescribed by paragraphs (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notification of liability for past-due support and transmission of information to Fiscal Service by HHS.</I> States notifying HHS of past-due support shall do so in the manner and format prescribed by HHS. The notification of liability shall be accompanied by a certification that the State has complied with the requirements contained in paragraph (c)(4) of this section and with any requirements applicable to the offset of Federal tax refunds to collect past-due support imposed by State law or procedures. HHS shall consolidate and transmit to Fiscal Service the information contained in the notifications of liability for past-due support submitted by the States provided that the State has certified that the requirements of paragraph (c)(4) of this section have been met.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notification of liability for past-due support transmitted directly to Fiscal Service by States.</I> States must notify HHS of past-due support in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section unless HHS rules authorize notification to Fiscal Service directly. If authorized by HHS rules, States may notify Fiscal Service directly of past-due support. States notifying Fiscal Service directly of past-due support shall do so in the manner and format prescribed by Fiscal Service. The notification of liability shall be accompanied by a certification that the State has complied with the requirements contained in paragraph (c)(4) of this section and with any requirements applicable to the offset of Federal tax refunds to collect past-due support imposed by State law or procedures. Fiscal Service may reject a notification of past-due support which does not comply with the requirements of this section. Upon notification of the rejection and the reason for rejection, the State may resubmit a corrected notification.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Advance notification to debtor of intent to collect by tax refund offset.</I> The State, or HHS if the State requests and HHS agrees, is required to provide a written notification to the debtor, pursuant to the provisions of 42 U.S.C. 664(a)(3) and 45 CFR 303.72(e), informing the debtor that the State intends to refer the debt for collection by tax refund offset. The notice also shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Instruct the debtor of the steps which may be taken to contest the State's determination that past-due support is owed or the amount of the past-due support;
</P>
<P>(ii) Advise any non-debtor who may file a joint tax return with the debtor of the steps which a non-debtor spouse may take in order to secure his or her proper share of the tax refund; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In cases when a debt is being enforced by more than one State, advise the debtor of his or her opportunities to request a review with the State enforcing collection or the State issuing the support order as prescribed by the provisions of 45 CFR 303.72(g).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Correcting and updating notification.</I> The State shall, in the manner and in the time frames provided by Fiscal Service or HHS, notify Fiscal Service or HHS of any deletion or net decrease in the amount of past-due support referred to Fiscal Service, or HHS as the case may be, for collection by tax refund offset. The State may notify Fiscal Service or HHS of any increases in the amount of the debt referred to Fiscal Service for collection by tax refund offset provided that the State has complied with the requirements of paragraph (c)(4) of this section with regard to those debts.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Collection of past-due support enforced by multiple States.</I> When a State has knowledge that the debt is being enforced by more than one State, the State notifying Fiscal Service, or HHS as the case may be, of the debt shall inform any such other State involved in enforcing the debt when it receives the offset amount.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Priorities for offset.</I> (1) As provided in 26 U.S.C. 6402, a tax refund payment shall be reduced in the following order of priority:
</P>
<P>(i) First, by the amount of any past-due support which is to be offset under 26 U.S.C. 6402(c) and 42 U.S.C. 464;
</P>
<P>(ii) Second, by the amount of any past-due, legally enforceable debt owed to a Federal agency which is to be offset under 26 U.S.C. 6402(d), 31 U.S.C. 3720A and § 285.2 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Third, by the amount of any past-due, legally enforceable debt owed to States (other than past-due support) which is to be offset under 26 U.S.C. 6402(e) or 26 U.S.C. 6402(f).
</P>
<P>(2) Reduction of the tax refund payment pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 6402(a), (c), (d), and (e) shall occur prior to crediting the overpayment to any future liability for an internal revenue tax. Any amount remaining after tax refund offset under 26 U.S.C. 6402(a), (c), (d), and (e) shall be refunded to the taxpayer, or applied to estimated tax, if elected by the taxpayer pursuant to IRS regulations.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Post-offset notice.</I> (1)(i) Fiscal Service shall notify the debtor in writing of:
</P>
<P>(A) The amount and date of the offset to satisfy past-due support;
</P>
<P>(B) The State to which this amount has been paid or credited; and
</P>
<P>(C) A contact point within the State that will handle concerns or questions regarding the offset.
</P>
<P>(ii) The notice in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section also will advise any non-debtor who may have filed a joint tax return with the debtor of the steps which a non-debtor spouse may take in order to secure his or her proper share of the tax refund. See paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Fiscal Service will advise HHS of the names, mailing addresses, and identifying numbers of the debtors from whom amounts of past-due support were collected, of the amounts collected from each debtor through tax refund offset, the names of any non-debtor spouses who may have filed a joint return with the debtor, and of the State on whose behalf each collection was made. Alternatively, Fiscal Service will provide such information to each State that refers debts directly to Fiscal Service. Fiscal Service will inform HHS and each State that the payment source is a tax refund payment.
</P>
<P>(3) At least weekly, Fiscal Service will notify the IRS of the names and taxpayer identifying numbers of the debtors from whom amounts owed for past-due support were collected from tax refund offsets and the amounts collected from each debtor.
</P>
<P>(4) At such time and in such manner as Fiscal Service and HHS agree, but no less than annually, Fiscal Service will advise HHS of the States which have furnished notices of past-due support, the number of cases in each State with respect to which such notices have been furnished, the amount of past-due support sought to be collected by each State, and the amount of such tax refund offset collections actually made in the case of each State. As Fiscal Service and HHS may agree, Fiscal Service may provide additional offset-related information about States which have furnished notices of past-due support.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Offset made with regard to a tax refund payment based upon joint return.</I> If the person filing a joint return with a debtor owing the past-due support takes appropriate action to secure his or her proper share of a tax refund from which an offset was made, the IRS will pay the person his or her share of the refund and request that Fiscal Service deduct that amount from amounts payable to HHS or the State, as the case may be. Fiscal Service and HHS, or the appropriate State, will adjust their debtor records accordingly.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disposition of amounts collected.</I> Fiscal Service will transmit amounts collected for debts, less fees charged under paragraph (i) of this section, to HHS or to the appropriate State. If IRS notifies Fiscal Service that a tax refund payment that was offset was erroneous or otherwise not due to the taxpayer, Fiscal Service will notify HHS or the appropriate State that the tax refund payment was not eligible for offset. Subject to paragraph (h) of this section, Fiscal Service may deduct the amount of the erroneous offset funds from amounts payable to HHS or the State, as the case may be; or, upon Fiscal Service's request, the State shall return promptly to the affected taxpayer or Fiscal Service an amount equal to the amount of the erroneous funds (unless the State previously has forwarded such amounts, or any portion of such amounts, to the affected taxpayer). HHS and States shall notify Fiscal Service any time HHS or a State returns an erroneous offset payment to an affected taxpayer. Fiscal Service and HHS, or the appropriate State, will adjust their debtor records accordingly.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Time limitation.</I> If IRS notifies Fiscal Service on or after January 1, 2016, that a tax refund payment that was offset was erroneous or otherwise not due to the taxpayer, Fiscal Service shall not deduct the amount of the erroneous offset funds from amounts due to HHS or the State, or otherwise demand return of the offset funds from the State pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, if the date of IRS's notification to Fiscal Service in paragraph (g) is more than six months after the date the tax refund was offset (<I>i.e.,</I> the tax refund payment date); and the State has already forwarded the funds as required or authorized by 42 U.S.C. 657. This paragraph does not apply to paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Fees.</I> The State will pay a fee to Fiscal Service for the full cost of administering the tax refund offset program. The fee (not to exceed $25 per case submitted) will be established annually in such amount as Fiscal Service and HHS agree to be sufficient to reimburse Fiscal Service for the full cost of the offset procedure. Fiscal Service will deduct the fees from amounts collected prior to disposition and transmit a portion of the fees deducted to reimburse the IRS for its share of the cost of administering the tax refund offset program. Fees will be charged only for actual tax refund offsets completed.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Review of tax refund offsets.</I> In accordance with 26 U.S.C. 6402(f), any reduction of a taxpayer's refund made pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 6402(c), (d), or (e) shall not be subject to review by any court of the United States or by the Secretary of the Treasury, Fiscal Service or IRS in an administrative proceeding. No action brought against the United States to recover the amount of this reduction shall be considered to be a suit for refund of tax.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Access to and use of confidential tax information.</I> Access to and use of confidential tax information in connection with the tax refund offset program is permitted to the extent necessary in establishing appropriate agency records, locating any person with respect to whom a reduction under 26 U.S.C. 6402(c) is sought for purposes of collecting the debt, and in the defense of any litigation or administrative procedure ensuing from a reduction made under section 6402(c).
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Effective date.</I> This section applies to tax refund payments payable under 26 U.S.C. 6402 after January 1, 1999.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Social Security numbers.</I> Fiscal Service will ensure that an individual's Social Security number will not be visible on the outside of any package it sends by mail. In addition, Fiscal Service generally will redact or partially redact Social Security numbers in documents it sends by mail; however, to administer the tax refund offset program, Fiscal Service (and other disbursing officials) may include Social Security numbers in mailed documents, including, for example:
</P>
<P>(1) In interoffice and interagency communications;
</P>
<P>(2) In notices, including notices to the debtor or payee that an offset has or will occur, when the Social Security number is (or is embedded in) a creditor agency's account number, debt identification number, or debtor identification number;
</P>
<P>(3) In response to a request of a debtor or a debtor's representative for records of Fiscal Service's offset activities; and
</P>
<P>(4) When required by law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 72094, Dec. 30, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 59480, Oct. 22, 2007; 74 FR 27433, June 10, 2009; 80 FR 81465, Dec. 30, 2015; 87 FR 50248, Aug. 16, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.1.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.4   Offset of Federal benefit payments to collect past-due, legally enforceable nontax debt.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> (1) This section sets forth special rules applicable to the offset of Federal benefit payments payable to an individual under the Social Security Act (other than Supplemental Security Income (SSI) payments), part B of the Black Lung Benefits Act, or any law administered by the Railroad Retirement Board (other than payments that such Board determines to be tier 2 benefits) to collect delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) As used in this section, benefit payments “due to” an individual, “payable to” an individual, and/or benefit payments “received by” an individual, refer to those benefit payments expected to be paid to an individual before any amounts are offset to satisfy the payee's delinquent debt owed to the United States. Nothing in these phrases, similar phrases, or this section is intended to imply or confer any new or additional rights or benefits on an individual with respect to his or her entitlement to benefit payments. The Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Fiscal Service), the Social Security Administration, the Railroad Retirement Board, and other payment agencies are not liable for the amount offset from an individual's benefit payment on the basis that the underlying obligation, represented by the payment before the offset was taken, was not satisfied. See 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(2)(A).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section:
</P>
<P><I>Administrative offset</I> or <I>offset</I> means withholding funds payable by the United States (including funds payable by the United States on behalf of a State government) to, or held by the United States for, a person to satisfy a debt.
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> or <I>Federal agency</I> means a department, agency, court, court administrative office, or instrumentality in the executive, judicial, or legislative branch of the Federal Government, including government corporations.
</P>
<P><I>Covered benefit payment</I> means a Federal benefit payment payable to an individual under the Social Security Act (other than SSI payments), part B of the Black Lung Benefits Act, or any law administered by the Railroad Retirement Board (other than payments that such Board determines to be tier 2 benefits). The amount of the covered benefit payment payable to a debtor for purposes of this section will be the amount after reduction or deduction required under the laws authorizing the program. Reductions to recover benefit overpayments are excluded from the covered benefit payment when calculating amounts available for offset.
</P>
<P><I>Creditor agency</I> means a Federal agency owed a debt that seeks to collect that debt through administrative offset.
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> or <I>claim</I> means an amount of money, funds, or property which has been determined by an agency official to be due the United States from any person, organization, or entity except another Federal agency. Debt or claim does not include a debt or claim arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or the tariff laws of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> means a person who owes a debt. The term “person” includes any individual, organization or entity, except another Federal agency.
</P>
<P><I>Disbursing official</I> means an official who has authority to disburse public money pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3321 or another law, including an official of the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Defense, the United States Postal Service, or any other government corporation, or any official of the United States designated by the Secretary of the Treasury to disburse public money.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Monthly covered benefit payment</I> means a covered benefit payment payable to a payee on a recurring basis at monthly intervals that is not expressly limited in duration, at the time the first payment is made, to a period of less than 12 months.
</P>
<P><I>Payee</I> means a person who is due a payment from a disbursing official. For purposes of this section, a “payee” is a person who is entitled to the benefit of all or part of a payment from a disbursing official.
</P>
<P><I>Taxpayer identifying number</I> means the identifying number described under section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 6109). For an individual, the taxpayer identifying number generally is the individual's social security number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Administrative offset, generally.</I> Disbursing officials shall offset payments to satisfy, in whole or in part, debts owed by the payee. Disbursing officials shall compare payment records with records of debts submitted to Fiscal Service for collection by administrative offset. A match will occur when the taxpayer identifying number and name of the payee (as defined in paragraph (b) of this section) on a payment record are the same as the taxpayer identifying number and name of the debtor on a debt record. When a match occurs and all other requirements for offset have been met, the disbursing official shall offset the payment to satisfy, in whole or in part, the debt. Any amounts not offset shall be paid to the payee. Covered benefit payments, i.e., payments made to individuals under the Social Security Act (other than Supplemental Security Income (SSI) payments), part B of the Black Lung Benefits Act, or any law administered by the Railroad Retirement Board (RRB) (other than tier 2 benefit payments) are among the types of payments which may be offset to collect debts owed to the United States. Offset of covered benefit payments are subject to the limitations contained in this section. Offsets of covered benefit payments will occur only if the name and taxpayer identifying number of the person who is entitled to the benefit of all or a part of the payment matches the name and taxpayer identifying number of the debtor.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Submission of debts to Fiscal Service for collection by administrative offset.</I> Creditor agencies must notify Fiscal Service of all past-due, legally enforceable debt delinquent for more than 120 days for purposes of collection by administrative offset. Creditor agencies may notify Fiscal Service of all debt delinquent for less than 120 days for purposes of collection by administrative offset. Prior to such notification, creditor agencies must certify to Fiscal Service that the debt is past-due, legally enforceable, and that the creditor agency has provided the debtor with notice and an opportunity for a review in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3716(a) and other applicable law.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Offset amount.</I> (1) The amount offset from a monthly covered benefit payment shall be the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of the debt, including any interest, penalties and administrative costs;
</P>
<P>(ii) An amount equal to 15% of the monthly covered benefit payment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount, if any, by which the monthly covered benefit payment exceeds $750.
</P>
<P>(2) A debtor shall not receive a refund of any amounts offset if the debtor's monthly covered benefit payments are reduced, suspended, terminated, or otherwise not received for a period of 12 months.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Examples.</I> (i) A debtor receives monthly Social Security benefits of $850. The amount offset is the lesser of $127.50 (15% of $850) or $100 (the amount by which $850 exceeds $750). In this example, the amount offset is $100 (assuming the debt is $100 or more).
</P>
<P>(ii) A debtor receives monthly Social Security benefits of $1250. The amount offset is the lesser of $187.50 (15% of $1250) or $500 (the amount by which $1250 exceeds $750). In this example, the amount offset is $187.50 (assuming the debt is $187.50 or more).
</P>
<P>(iii) A debtor receives monthly Social Security payments of $650. No amount will be offset because $650 is less than $750.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Notification of offset.</I> (1) Before offsetting a covered benefit payment, the disbursing official will notify the payee in writing of the date offset will commence. The notice shall inform the payee of the type of payment that will be offset; the identity of the creditor agency which requested the offset; and a contact point within the creditor agency that will handle concerns regarding the offset.
</P>
<P>(2) The disbursing official conducting the offset will notify the payee in writing of the occurrence of the offset to satisfy, in whole or in part, a delinquent debt owed to the United States. The notice shall inform the payee of the type and amount of the payment that was offset; the identity of the creditor agency which requested the offset; and a contact point within the creditor agency that will handle concerns regarding the offset.
</P>
<P>(3) Non-receipt by the debtor of the notices described in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section shall not impair the legality of the administrative offset.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Fees.</I> A fee which Fiscal Service has determined to be sufficient to cover the full cost of the offset procedure, shall be deducted from each offset amount. Creditor agencies may add this fee to the debt if not otherwise prohibited by law.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Disposition of amounts collected.</I> The disbursing official conducting the offset will transmit amounts collected for debts, less fees charged under paragraph (g) of this section, to the appropriate creditor agency. If an erroneous offset payment is made to a creditor agency, the disbursing official will notify the creditor agency that an erroneous offset payment has been made. The disbursing official may deduct the amount of the erroneous offset payment from future amounts payable to the creditor agency. Alternatively, upon the disbursing official's request, the creditor agency shall return promptly to the disbursing official or the affected payee an amount equal to the amount of the erroneous payment. The disbursing official and the creditor agency shall adjust the debtor records appropriately.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 44988, Aug. 21, 1998, as amended at 81 FR 1319, Jan. 12, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.1.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.5   Centralized offset of Federal payments to collect nontax debts owed to the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> (1) This section governs the centralized offset of Federal payments to collect delinquent, nontax debts owed to Federal agencies in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3716, 3720A and 26 U.S.C. 6402 and applicable regulations. The Department of the Treasury's Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Fiscal Service) administers centralized offset through the Treasury Offset Program. Offset occurs when the Federal government withholds part or all of a debtor's Federal payment to satisfy the debtor's delinquent debt owed to the government. 
</P>
<P>(2) Special rules apply to the collection of delinquent, nontax debts through the centralized offset of certain types of Federal payments, including tax refunds (31 CFR 285.2), Federal benefit payments (31 CFR 285.4), and Federal salary payments (31 CFR 285.7). While this rule applies to such payments, nothing in this rule is intended to contradict any provision of those more specific sections. To the extent any provision of this rule is inconsistent with a more specific provision of § 285.2, § 285.4 or § 285.7 of this part, the more specific provision shall apply. 
</P>
<P>(3) The receipt of collections pursuant to this section does not preclude a Federal agency from pursuing other debt collection remedies in conjunction with centralized offset. Nothing in this section precludes an agency from pursuing all available debt collection remedies simultaneously, provided that collections do not exceed the amount of the debt, including any interest, penalties, and administrative costs. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section: 
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> or <I>Federal agency</I> means a department, agency or subagency, court, court administrative office, or instrumentality in the executive, judicial, or legislative branch of the Federal Government, including government corporations. 
</P>
<P><I>Centralized offset</I> means the offset of Federal payments through the Treasury Offset Program to collect debts which creditor agencies have certified pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716(c), 3720A(a) and applicable regulations. The term “centralized offset” includes the Treasury Offset Program's processing of offsets of Federal payments disbursed by disbursing officials other than Fiscal Service. 
</P>
<P><I>Creditor agency</I> has the same meaning as found at 31 U.S.C. 3701(e)(1) and means any Federal agency that is owed a claim or debt that seeks to collect that claim or debt through offset of Federal payments. 
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> or <I>claim</I> has the meaning contained in 31 U.S.C. 3701(b) and means any amount of money, funds, or property that has been determined by an appropriate official of the Federal government to be owed to the United States by a person, organization, or entity, except another Federal agency. The terms “debt” and “claim” are synonymous and include debt administered by a third party acting as an agent for the Federal Government. For purposes of this section, the term “debt” does not include debts arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>), the tariff laws of the United States, or the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301 <I>et seq.</I>), except to the extent provided in sections 204(f) and 1631(b)(4) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 404(f) and 1383(b)(4)(A), respectively) and 31 U.S.C. 3716(c). 
</P>
<P><I>Debt collection center</I> means a Federal agency or a unit or subagency within a Federal agency that has been designated by the Secretary to collect debt owed to the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> means a person who owes a debt to the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Delinquent</I> or <I>past-due</I> refers to the status of a debt and means a debt has not been paid by the date specified in the agency's initial written demand for payment, or applicable agreement or instrument (including a post-delinquency payment agreement), unless other payment arrangements satisfactory to the creditor agency have been made. Nothing in this section is intended to define whether a debt is delinquent or past-due for purposes other than offset under this section. 
</P>
<P><I>Delinquent debt record</I> means information about a past-due, legally enforceable debt submitted by a creditor agency to Fiscal Service for purposes of offset in accordance with the provisions of this section. Information about a past-due, legally enforceable debt includes, but is not limited to, the amount of the debt and the debtor's name, address, and taxpayer identifying number. 
</P>
<P><I>Disbursing official</I> means an official who has authority to disburse public money pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3321 or another law, including an official of the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Defense, the United States Postal Service, or any other government corporation, or any official of the United States designated by the Secretary of the Treasury to disburse public money. 
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury and its disbursing office. Fiscal Service is responsible for administering centralized offset. 
</P>
<P><I>Legally enforceable</I> refers to a characteristic of a debt and means there has been a final agency determination that the debt, in the amount stated, is due, and there are no legal bars to collection by offset. Debts that are not legally enforceable for purposes of this section include, but are not limited to, debts subject to the automatic stay in bankruptcy proceedings or debts covered by a statute that prohibits collection of such debt by offset. For example, if a delinquent debt is the subject of a pending administrative review process required by statute or regulation, and if collection action during the review process is prohibited, the debt is not considered legally enforceable for purposes of this section. Nothing in this section is intended to define whether a debt is legally enforceable for purposes other than offset under this section. 
</P>
<P><I>Match</I> means the taxpayer identifying number and name (or derivative thereof) of the payee on a payment record are the same as the taxpayer identifying number and name of the debtor on a delinquent debt record. 
</P>
<P><I>Offset</I> means withholding funds payable by the United States to, or held by the United States for, a person to satisfy a debt owed by the payee. 
</P>
<P><I>Past-due</I> has the same meaning as “delinquent”, as defined above. 
</P>
<P><I>Payee</I> means a person who is due a payment from a disbursing official as certified by the payment agency. For purposes of this section, a “payee” is a person who is entitled to the benefit of all or part of a payment from a disbursing official. 
</P>
<P><I>Payment agency</I> means any agency that transmits payment requests, in the form of certified payment vouchers or other similar forms, to a disbursing official for disbursement. 
</P>
<P><I>Payment record</I> means information contained on a payment request, in the form of a certified payment voucher or other similar form, that has been transmitted to a disbursing official for disbursement in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3325 and 3528 or other applicable law. For purposes of matching, “payment record” may include information extracted from a payment request. Such information could include, but is not limited to, the amount and type of payment and the payee's name, address, and taxpayer identifying number. 
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, organization, State or local government, or any other type of entity other than a Federal agency. 
</P>
<P><I>Recurring payment</I> means a payment to an individual that is expected to be payable to a payee at regular intervals, at least four times annually. The term “recurring payment” does not include payments made pursuant to a Federal contract, grant or cooperative agreement. 
</P>
<P><I>Representative payee</I> means a person named as payee on the payment voucher certified by the payment agency who is acting on behalf of a person entitled to receive the benefit of all or part of the payment. 
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury. 
</P>
<P><I>Taxpayer identifying number</I> means the identifying number described under section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 6109). For an individual, the taxpayer identifying number is generally the individual's social security number. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General rule.</I> (1) Creditor agencies shall submit delinquent debts to Fiscal Service for purposes of offset in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Disbursing officials shall compare payment records with delinquent debt records submitted to Fiscal Service for collection by offset. When a match occurs, and all other requirements for offset have been met, the disbursing official shall offset the payment to satisfy, in whole or part, the payee's debt to the extent allowed by law. The disbursing official shall pay any amounts not offset to the payee. See paragraphs (e), (f), (g), and (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requirements for creditor agencies</I>—(1) <I>Mandatory notification of delinquent debts.</I> As required by 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(6), and in accordance with the provisions of this section, a creditor agency shall notify Fiscal Service of all legally enforceable debts over 120 days delinquent that are owed to the creditor agency. By complying with this requirement, creditor agencies will satisfy the requirement of 31 U.S.C. 3720A(a) to notify the Secretary of past due, legally enforceable debt for purposes of tax refund offset. If a debt which is over 120 days delinquent is considered not legally enforceable solely because it is under review as described in paragraph (d)(6)(ii)(C) of this section, the agency must submit the debt to Fiscal Service for collection by offset within 30 days of completing the review. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Discretionary notification of delinquent debts.</I> Creditor agencies may notify Fiscal Service of any debt that is less than 120 days delinquent, so long as the requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this section are met. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Debt eligibility.</I> (i) A debt submitted to Fiscal Service for collection by centralized offset must be: 
</P>
<P>(A) Past-due in the amount stated by the creditor agency; 
</P>
<P>(B) Legally enforceable; 
</P>
<P>(C) More than $25, or such other amount as Fiscal Service may prescribe; and 
</P>
<P>(D) Not secured by collateral subject to a pending foreclosure action, unless the creditor agency certifies that offset will not affect the Government's rights to the secured collateral. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The creditor agency must certify that the debt is eligible for collection by offset, as required in paragraph (d)(6) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Debts owed by foreign sovereigns may be referred to Treasury Offset Program at the discretion of the creditor agency to the extent allowed by law, but are excluded from mandatory referral under paragraph (d)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iv) In accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3719 and the procedures promulgated thereunder, creditor agencies must report to Treasury the amount of debt over 120 days delinquent eligible for the Treasury Offset Program. The procedures require that such report include the amount of debt over 120 days delinquent that the creditor agency has determined is not eligible for the Treasury Offset Program and the reasons for such determination. 
</P>
<P>(v) Creditor agencies may submit nontax debts to Fiscal Service for collection by centralized offset irrespective of the amount of time the debt has been outstanding. Accordingly, all nontax debts, including debts that were outstanding for ten years or longer prior to June 11, 2009 may be collected by centralized offset.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Creditor agency regulations.</I> Prior to submitting a debt to Fiscal Service for purposes of offset, Federal agencies shall prescribe regulations in accordance with the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3716(b), 31 CFR 901.3(b)(4), 31 U.S.C. 3720A(a), and 31 CFR 285.2(c). Before submitting debts to Fiscal Service for purposes of offsetting Federal salary payments, creditor agencies must also publish regulations pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5514, 31 CFR 285.7(d)(2), and 5 CFR 550.1104. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Delinquent debt information requirements.</I> For each debt submitted to Fiscal Service for offset, the creditor agency shall provide the following information: 
</P>
<P>(i) Name and taxpayer identifying number of the person who owes the debt; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Debtor's address last known to the creditor agency; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of the debt (including, as applicable, interest, penalties and administrative costs) and the date on which the debt became delinquent; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The address and telephone number of the contact point within the creditor agency who will handle questions, concerns or communications regarding the debt;
</P>
<P>(v) Written certification as required in paragraph (d)(6) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Other information as may be requested by Fiscal Service. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Creditor agency certification.</I> At the time the creditor agency notifies Fiscal Service of a debt for purposes of collection by offset, the creditor agency shall provide, in the manner required by Fiscal Service, written certification to Fiscal Service that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The debt meets the requirements described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) In compliance with 31 U.S.C. 3716, 3720A, 26 U.S.C. 6402, and applicable regulations, the creditor agency has made a reasonable attempt to provide each debtor with: 
</P>
<P>(A) Written notification, at least sixty days prior to submitting the debt and at the debtor's most current address known to the agency, of the nature and the amount of the debt, the intention of the creditor agency to collect the debt through offset, and an explanation of the rights of the debtor; 
</P>
<P>(B) An opportunity to inspect and copy the records of the creditor agency with respect to the debt; 
</P>
<P>(C) An opportunity for a review within the creditor agency of the determination of indebtedness, including the opportunity to present evidence that all or part of the debt is not past-due or legally enforceable; 
</P>
<P>(D) An opportunity to enter into a written repayment agreement with the creditor agency; and 
</P>
<P>(E) In the case of Federal employees, an opportunity for a hearing prior to submitting the debt for Federal salary offset. See 5 U.S.C. 5514 and 5 CFR 550.1104. (See 31 CFR 285.7(d), which describes the authority to waive the salary offset certification as a prerequisite to referring the debt for other types of offsets.) 
</P>
<P>(iii) For debts outstanding more than ten years on or before June 11, 2009, the notice of intent to offset described in paragraph (d)(6)(ii)(A) of this section was sent to the debtor after the debt was outstanding for more than ten years, and that the debtor was afforded the rights described in paragraphs (d)(6)(ii)(B) through (E). This requirement will apply even in a case where notice was also sent prior to the debt being outstanding for ten years but does not apply to any debt that could be collected by offset without regard to any time limitation prior to June 11, 2009.
</P>
<P>(iv) The creditor agency has complied with all statutes, regulations, and policies applicable to the creditor agency's assessment of interest, penalties and administrative costs (including, as applicable, 31 U.S.C. 3717), and that the creditor agency has provided a written notice to debtors explaining the creditor agency's requirements concerning any such charges assessed against those debtors; 
</P>
<P>(v) The individual signing the certification has the delegated authority to execute the certification on behalf of the head of the creditor agency; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) Such additional information that Fiscal Service may from time to time require in compliance with law, regulation or policy. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Updating certification.</I> After a debt has been submitted to Fiscal Service for purposes of collection by offset, the creditor agency shall provide, at least annually, in the manner and time frames required by Fiscal Service, written certification to Fiscal Service that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The debt continues to meet the requirements described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The creditor agency has properly credited all collections to the debt balance (other than collections received through centralized offset). 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Fiscal Service instructions to creditor agencies.</I> Agencies will provide the certification in a form and manner prescribed by Fiscal Service. Fiscal Service will instruct agencies as to the form such written certifications will take and how certifications can be delivered to Fiscal Service, including, but not limited to, the use of electronic data transmission. 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Agencies which are both creditor and disbursing officials.</I> A creditor agency that also designates disbursing officials pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3321(c) is not required to certify debts arising out of its operations to Fiscal Service before such agency's disbursing officials offset to collect such claims. This paragraph (d)(9) does not apply to Fiscal Service when it submits debts which it is servicing pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3711(g). 
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Correcting and updating debt information.</I> (i) When submitting debts for offset, the creditor agency must properly credit all collections, other than collections received from centralized offset. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The creditor agency shall update delinquent debt records, in the manner and time frames required by Fiscal Service, to reflect any amounts credited by the creditor agency to the debtor's account after submission of the debt to Fiscal Service (other than credits for amounts collected by centralized offset). 
</P>
<P>(iii) The creditor agency may update delinquent debt records to reflect any increases in the amount of the debt submitted to Fiscal Service for collection by offset provided that the creditor agency has complied with the requirements of paragraph (d)(6) of this section with regard to the increased amounts. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The creditor agency shall notify Fiscal Service immediately of any change in the status of the legal enforceability of the debt—for example, if the creditor agency receives notice that the debtor has filed for bankruptcy protection. 
</P>
<P>(v) The creditor agency shall notify Fiscal Service if it has returned any monies to the debtor/payee.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Debts at Fiscal Service, a debt collection center, or the Department of Justice.</I> If a creditor agency has transferred a debt to Fiscal Service or a Treasury-designated debt collection center pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3711(g) and 31 CFR 285.12, or if a creditor agency has referred a debt to the Department of Justice for enforced collection, then Fiscal Service, the debt collection center, or the Department of Justice, as the case may be, is responsible for submitting the debt information to Fiscal Service to satisfy the creditor agency's obligations under 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(6) and this section. 
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Certification of amount to be offset if different than maximum allowed by law.</I> Generally, the amount of an offset will be calculated as set forth in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. If the creditor agency certifies to Fiscal Service that the creditor agency has determined the offset amount allowed by law would result in financial hardship to the debtor and that a lesser offset amount (specified either in dollar amount or as a percentage of the payment) is reasonable and appropriate based on the debtor's financial circumstances, then the disbursing official shall offset such lesser amount specified by the creditor agency. 
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Duplication of notices not required.</I> Nothing in this section requires any creditor agency to duplicate any notice or opportunity for hearing or review provided to the debtor prior to offset. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Payments made by the United States</I>—(1) <I>Payments eligible for offset.</I> Except as set forth in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, all Federal payments are eligible for offset under this section. Eligible Federal payments include, but are not limited to, Federal wage, salary, and retirement payments, vendor and expense reimbursement payments, certain benefit payments, travel advances and reimbursements, grants, fees, refunds, judgments (including those certified for payment pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1304), tax refunds, and other payments made by Federal agencies. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Payments excluded from offset under this section.</I> This section does not apply to the following payments: 
</P>
<P>(i) Black Lung Part C benefit payments, or Railroad Retirement tier 2 payments; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Payments made under the tariff laws of the United States; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Veterans Affairs benefit payments to the extent such payments are exempt from offset pursuant to 38 U.S.C. 5301; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Payments made under any program administered by the Secretary of Education under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 for which payments are certified by the Department of Education; 
</P>
<P>(v) Payments made under any other Federal law if offset is expressly prohibited by Federal statute; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Payments made under any program for which the Secretary has granted an exemption in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(3)(B) and paragraph (e)(7) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(vii) Federal loan payments other than travel advances. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Specific rules for certain payment types.</I> (i) Specific rules apply with respect to the offset of the following types of payments: 
</P>
<P>(A) Social Security benefit payments (excluding Supplemental Security Income payments), Black Lung (part B) payments, and Railroad Retirement (other than tier 2) payments to the extent such payments are subject to offset under 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(3)(A) (see 31 CFR 285.4); 
</P>
<P>(B) Federal salary payments (see 31 CFR 285.7; 5 CFR 550.1101 through 550.1108); and 
</P>
<P>(C) Tax refund payments (see 31 CFR 285.2). 
</P>
<P>(ii) This section governs the offset of such payments to the extent that this section is not inconsistent with the special rules that apply for a particular type of payment. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Payments made to joint payees.</I> If a payment is certified to more than one payee (<I>i.e. </I>, joint payees), the entire payment (including a tax refund payment) will be subject to offset for a debt of either payee, unless otherwise prohibited by law or regulation. See 31 CFR 285.2(g) regarding offset of joint tax refunds and claims to return offset funds to the non-debtor, joint payee. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Payments made to representative payees.</I> If a payment is made to a person solely in that person's capacity as a representative payee for another person having the beneficial interest in a payment, the disbursing official shall offset that payment only to collect debts owed by the person having the beneficial interest in the payment. Payment agencies are responsible for identifying representative payees. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Assigned payments.</I> (i) If a person, including a Federal contractor, assigns the right to receive a Federal payment to a third party (the “assignee”), the assigned payment will be subject to offset to collect a delinquent debt owed by the assignee. 
</P>
<P>(ii) An assigned payment will also be subject to offset to collect delinquent debts owed by the assignor unless: 
</P>
<P>(A) In accordance with 41 U.S.C. 15(e)-(f), the payment has been properly assigned to a financial institution pursuant to a Federal contract, the contract contains provisions prohibiting the payment from being reduced or offset for debts owed by the contractor, and the debt arose independently of the contract; or 
</P>
<P>(B) pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3727, the payment is being made to the assignee as settlement or satisfaction of a claim brought by the assignee against the creditor agency based upon the contract, and the debt of the contractor arises independently of the contract; or 
</P>
<P>(C) the debtor has properly assigned the right to such payments and the debt arose after the effective date of the assignment. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Payment agency requests for exemptions from centralized offset pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(3)(B)</I>—(i) <I>Means-tested payments.</I> The Secretary will exempt from centralized offset payments made under means-tested programs when requested by the head of the agency making such payments. For purposes of this section “means-tested programs” are those which base eligibility on a determination that the income and/or assets of the beneficiary are inadequate to provide the beneficiary with an adequate standard of living without program assistance. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Payments made under programs which are not means-tested.</I> Upon written request from the payment agency, the Secretary may exempt classes of payments which are not means-tested. Payment agencies may request that the Secretary exempt 100% of each payment in a payment class or that the Secretary exempt a specific lesser percentage. The Secretary will consider such requests under standards prescribed by the Secretary and published on the Fiscal Service Web site. <I>See www.fiscal.treasury.gov/debt.</I>
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Procedures for requesting exemptions.</I> The head of the payment agency must make a request for exemption in writing. The request must comply with the procedures published by Fiscal Service and made available at its Web site. <I>See www.fiscal.treasury.gov/debt.</I> 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Exemptions apply to classes of payments.</I> The Secretary will only exempt classes of payments. Requests for exemption of individual payments will not be considered. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Payment agency responsibilities.</I> (i) Payment agencies shall prepare and submit payment vouchers in the manner prescribed by the disbursing official to ensure that all payments legally eligible for offset will be offset and all payments not eligible will not be offset. Payment agencies shall notify the disbursing agency, in the manner prescribed by Fiscal Service, that a payment is a recurring payment. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Payment agencies shall also review the nature of payments the agency certifies and notify Fiscal Service of any legal bars to centralized offset of payments. 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Payment and disbursing officials have satisfied the obligation underlying the payment.</I> When an offset occurs, the debtor has received payment in full for the underlying obligation represented by the payment. Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(2)(A), neither the disbursing official nor the payment agency shall be liable for the amount of the offset on the basis that the underlying obligation was not satisfied. For example, if an agency certifies a payment to a Federal contractor for work completed or services provided, and that payment is offset to collect a delinquent debt that the contractor owes to another Federal agency, the contractor has been paid in full for its services. When the creditor agency credits the offset amount to the contractor's delinquent debt, the contractor has received full value for the services performed under the contract. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Offset</I>—(1) <I>When offset occurs.</I> When a match occurs and all other requirements for offset under 31 U.S.C. 3716(c), 3720A, and applicable regulations have been met, the disbursing official shall offset the payee's Federal payment to satisfy, in whole or part, the debt owed by the debtor. Offsets will continue until the debt, including any interest, penalties, and administrative costs, is paid in full or otherwise resolved to the satisfaction of the creditor agency. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Offset amount.</I> (i) Except as otherwise provided in 31 CFR 285.4(e) and 285.7(g) (addressing centralized offset of certain Federal benefit payments and salary payments, respectively), the disbursing official shall offset the lesser of: 
</P>
<P>(A) The amount of the payment as shown on the payment record; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The amount of the debt, including any interest, penalties and administrative costs; or 
</P>
<P>(C) In the case of retirement annuity payments certified by the Office of Personnel Management, up to twenty-five percent of the amount of the payment as shown on the payment record. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, if a creditor agency has specified another amount, either in dollars or as a percentage of the payment, pursuant to paragraph (d)(15) of this section, the disbursing official shall offset the amount specified by the creditor agency. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Priorities for collecting multiple debts owed by the payee.</I> (i) A levy pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall take precedence over deductions under this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) When a payment may be offset to collect more than one debt, amounts offset will be applied:
</P>
<P>(A) First, to satisfy any past-due support that that the State is collecting under section 464 of the Social Security Act (see 285.1 and 285.3 of this part);
</P>
<P>(B) Second, to satisfy any debts owed to Federal agencies, as described in this § 285.5; and
</P>
<P>(C) Third, to any debts owed to States for debts other than past-due support (see §§ 285.6 and 285.8 of this part).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notices</I>—(1) <I>Warning notice by disbursing official to payee/debtor.</I> Before offsetting a recurring payment, the disbursing official, or Fiscal Service on behalf of the disbursing official, will notify the payee in writing when offsets will begin (which may be stated as a number of days or number of payments from the time of the notice) and the anticipated amount of such offset (which may be stated as a percentage of the payment). Such notice shall also provide the information contained in paragraph (g)(3) of this section. Failure to send such notice does not affect the validity of the offset.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>No additional warning notice when collections are suspended and resumed.</I> As described in paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section, Fiscal Service may suspend or reduce the application of collections from a recurring payment for one debt when another debt, which is owed by the same debtor and has a higher legal priority, is submitted to Fiscal Service for collection. The disbursing official is not required to send additional warning notices when collections for the lower priority debt resume; however, pursuant to paragraph (g)(3) of this section, each offset will be accompanied by an offset notice, which explains how the offset amounts were applied. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Offset notice.</I> When an offset occurs under this section, the disbursing official, or Fiscal Service on behalf of the disbursing official, shall notify the payee in writing that an offset has occurred including: 
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the payment and the amount of offset taken; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The identity of the creditor agency requesting the offset; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The address and telephone number of the contact point within the creditor agency who will handle concerns regarding the offset.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Notification to creditor and payment agencies.</I> (1) Fiscal Service will notify the creditor agency of all offsets made to collect the creditor agency's debts. Such notification shall include the complete name and taxpayer identifying number of each debtor/payee, the total amounts collected from each debtor/payee's payment, and the amount of any fees charged by Fiscal Service and any other disbursing official conducting offsets. Fiscal Service will not advise the creditor agency of the source of payment from which such amounts were collected. 
</P>
<P>(2) When a non-Treasury disbursing official conducts the offset, that disbursing official will transmit to Fiscal Service all of the information necessary for Fiscal Service to send notification under paragraph (h)(1) of this section, including the amount of any fees that the creditor agency is responsible for paying. 
</P>
<P>(3) Fiscal Service will make available to the payment agency the information contained in the notification of offset, so that the payment agency may direct any questions concerning the claim to the appropriate contact person in the creditor agency. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Disposition of amounts collected.</I> (1) Fiscal Service will transmit amounts collected for debts, less fees charged pursuant to paragraph (j) of this section, to the appropriate creditor agency or agencies. Alternatively, Fiscal Service may bill the creditor agency for any fees charged pursuant to paragraph (j) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) If Fiscal Service learns from a paying agency that a payment should not have been made, and thus not offset, Fiscal Service will notify the creditor agency. Fiscal Service may deduct the offset amount from future amounts payable to the creditor agency. Alternatively, upon Fiscal Service's request, the creditor agency shall return promptly to the disbursing official an amount equal to the amount of the offset (without regard to whether any other amounts payable to such disbursing official have been paid). 
</P>
<P>(3) Generally, the disbursing official is not responsible for refunding money to debtors. The creditor agency shall notify Fiscal Service any time the creditor agency returns all or any part of an offset payment to an affected payee. See paragraph (d)(10)(v) of this section. Fiscal Service and the creditor agency shall adjust the debtor records appropriately.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Fees.</I> Fiscal Service may charge a fee sufficient to cover the full cost of implementing the centralized offset program, including the amount of any fees charged by other disbursing officials conducting an offset under this section. Fiscal Service may deduct the fees from amounts collected by offset or may bill the creditor agencies. Fiscal Service will charge fees only for actual offsets collected. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Waiver of certain provisions under the Computer Matching Privacy and Protection Act of 1988.</I> As authorized by 31 U.S.C. 3716(f), Fiscal Service, under a delegation of authority from the Secretary, has waived certain requirements of the Computer Matching and Privacy Protection Act of 1988, Pub. L. No. 100-503, as amended, for matches between delinquent debt records and payment records for offset purposes upon written certification by the head of the creditor agency that the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3716(a) have been met. Specifically, for administrative offset of Federal payments other than tax refunds, Fiscal Service has waived the requirements for a computer matching agreement contained in 5 U.S.C. 552a(o) and for post-match notice and verification contained in 5 U.S.C. 552a(p) so long as the creditor agency provides certification to Fiscal Service in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d)(6) of this section. Such waiver is not necessary for offset of Federal tax refunds, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(a)(8)(B). The Data Integrity Board of the Department of the Treasury shall review and include in reports under 5 U.S.C. 552a(u)(3)(D) a description of the matching activities conducted for centralized offset under this section. No other Data Integrity Board is required to take any action under 5 U.S.C. 552a(u) concerning these computerized comparisons.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Social Security numbers.</I> Fiscal Service will ensure that an individual's Social Security number will not be visible on the outside of any package it sends by mail. In addition, Fiscal Service generally will redact or partially redact Social Security numbers in documents it sends by mail; however, to administer the Treasury Offset Program, Fiscal Service (and other disbursing officials) may include Social Security numbers in mailed documents, including, for example:
</P>
<P>(1) In interoffice and interagency communications;
</P>
<P>(2) In notices, including notices to the debtor or payee that an offset has or will occur, when the Social Security number is (or is embedded in) a creditor agency's account number, debt identification number, or debtor identification number;
</P>
<P>(3) In response to a request of a debtor or a debtor's representative for records of Fiscal Service's offset activities; and
</P>
<P>(4) When required by law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 78942, Dec. 26, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 7135, Jan. 21, 2005; 74 FR 27433, June 10, 2009; 74 FR 27708, June 11, 2009; 81 FR 1319, Jan. 12, 2016; 87 FR 50248, Aug. 16, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.1.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.6   Administrative offset under reciprocal agreements with states.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> (1) This section sets forth the rules that apply to the administrative offset of Federal nontax payments to collect delinquent debts owed to States. As set forth in 31 U.S.C. 3716(h), States may participate in administrative offset so long as they meet certain requirements, including entering into reciprocal agreements with the Secretary of the Treasury. Such reciprocal agreements may contain any requirements that the Secretary considers appropriate to facilitate offset. Participation in offset under this section is voluntary for both Fiscal Service and the States. This section prescribes the minimum requirements for such reciprocal agreements, including provisions applicable to the offset of State payments, pursuant to State law, to collect delinquent Federal debts. Such offsets are defined in this section as “State payment offsets.”
</P>
<P>(2) This section does not apply to the offset of Federal salary payments, Federal tax refunds (see 31 CFR 285.8), or the collection of past-due support debts (see 31 CFR 285.1 and 285.3).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) Unless otherwise defined in paragraph § 285.5(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Administrative offset</I> has the meaning set forth in 31 U.S.C. 3701(a) and means withholding funds payable by the United States to, or held by the United States for, a person to satisfy a debt owed by the payee. The term <I>debt</I> in this definition means a State debt.
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> means a person who owes a debt to the United States or a State.
</P>
<P><I>Federal debt</I> means any amount of money, funds or property that has been determined by an appropriate official of the Federal government to be owed to the United States by a person, organization, or entity, except another Federal agency. The term includes debt administered by a third party acting as an agent for the Federal Government. For purposes of this section, the term “Federal debt” does not include debts arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>), the tariff laws of the United States, or the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301 <I>et seq.</I>), except to the extent provided in sections 204(f) and 1631(b)(4) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 404(f) and 1383(b)(4)(A), respectively) and 31 U.S.C. 3716(c).
</P>
<P><I>Offset</I> means withholding funds payable to a person to satisfy a debt owed by the payee.
</P>
<P><I>Participating State</I> means a State that has entered into a reciprocal agreement under this section.
</P>
<P><I>Reciprocal agreement</I> means a written agreement between Fiscal Service and a State, entered into pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716(h), which provides for administrative offset and State payment offset.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> has the meaning set forth in 31 U.S.C. 3701(b)(2) and includes the several states of the United States, the District of Columbia, American Samoa, Guam, the United States Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P><I>State debt</I> means any amount of money, funds or property that has been determined by an appropriate State official to be owed to that State by a person, organization, or entity, except the United States, a foreign sovereign, or another State (including local governments within a State). For purposes of this rule, the term includes debt administered by a third party acting as an agent for the State.
</P>
<P><I>State payment offset</I> means withholding funds payable by a State to, or held by a State for, a person to satisfy a debt owed by the payee to the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General rule.</I> Fiscal Service and other disbursing officials of the Federal Government will conduct administrative offset to collect past-due State debts certified to Fiscal Service, and participating States will conduct State payment offset to collect delinquent Federal debts in accordance with the terms of reciprocal agreements entered into between the States and Fiscal Service, acting on behalf of the Secretary. Upon notification of a delinquent State debt from a participating State to Fiscal Service, disbursing officials of the United States shall offset the Federal payments specified in the reciprocal agreement to collect the State debt. The amount offset, minus an offset fee, shall be forwarded to the State to be distributed in accordance with applicable laws and procedures. Upon notification of a delinquent Federal debt from Fiscal Service to a participating State, authorized officials of the participating State shall conduct State payment offset as specified in the applicable reciprocal agreement to collect the Federal debt.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reciprocal agreements.</I> (1) Fiscal Service may enter into reciprocal agreements with States for administrative offset and State payment offset. The agreements shall contain any requirements which Fiscal Service considers appropriate to facilitate the offset and prevent duplicative efforts, and shall require States to prescribe procedures governing the collection of delinquent State debts which are substantially similar to requirements imposed on Federal agencies pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716(b). States may prescribe such procedures through legislation or regulations, as deemed appropriate by State officials. States which have entered into a reciprocal agreement with Fiscal Service pursuant to this section may thereafter request, in the manner prescribed in the reciprocal agreement, that administrative offsets be performed. Such requests shall be made by the appropriate State disbursing official, which, for purposes of this section, means an appropriate official of the State agency that is responsible for collecting the State debt. Reciprocal agreements must be signed by a State official authorized to enter into such agreements.
</P>
<P>(2) Once Fiscal Service has entered into a reciprocal agreement with a State pursuant to this section, Fiscal Service may request that the State perform State payment offsets to collect delinquent Federal debts in accordance with the terms of the reciprocal agreement.
</P>
<P>(3) A duly executed reciprocal agreement is required before a State may request an administrative offset pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716(h).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Requirements for submitting State debts for administrative offset</I>—(1) <I>Debt eligibility.</I> A State debt submitted to Fiscal Service for collection by administrative offset must meet the debt eligibility requirements of 31 CFR 285.5(d)(3)(i).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certification.</I> At the time a participating State notifies Fiscal Service of a State debt for purposes of collection by administrative offset under this section, the State shall comply with the certification requirements set forth in paragraph 31 CFR 285.5(d)(6) with the following two exceptions:
</P>
<P>(i) Paragraph (d)(6)(ii)(E)—Federal salary offset; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Paragraph (d)(6)(iii)—Federal requirements for the assessment of interest and penalties to Federal debts. Additionally, with respect to paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of § 285.5, States shall only be required to certify that they have complied with the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3716 (not 31 U.S.C. 3720A or 26 U.S.C. 6402) and this section 285.6. States shall also certify that they have complied with any requirements imposed by State law or procedure that may be applicable to administrative offset.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>State debts submitted to Fiscal Service for tax refund offset.</I> A State shall be deemed to have complied with the requirements of paragraph (e)(2) of this section with respect to any State debt that the State certified to Treasury for collection pursuant to § 285.8 of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Federal Payments subject to administrative offset under this section.</I> (1) The Federal payments that will be offset to collect a participating State's debts shall be set forth in the reciprocal agreement. Federal payments that are excluded from administrative offset under this section include:
</P>
<P>(i) Any payments described in 31 CFR 285.5(e)(2) “Payments excluded from offset”;
</P>
<P>(ii) Payments due to an individual under the Social Security Act;
</P>
<P>(iii) Payments due an individual pursuant to part B of the Black Lung Benefits Act;
</P>
<P>(iv) Payments due an individual pursuant to any law administered by the Railroad Retirement Board;
</P>
<P>(v) Federal tax refunds; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Federal salary payments.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Conducting the administrative offset.</I> (1) Disbursing officials shall conduct administrative offset under this section in the same manner as set forth in 31 CFR 285.5(f) through (i).
</P>
<P>(2) When a payee owes more than one delinquent State debt which has been referred to Fiscal Service for collection, amounts will be applied to delinquent State debts under this section after any amounts offset pursuant to any other section of this subpart A and any amounts levied pursuant 26 U.S.C. 6331.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Liability of disbursing officials and payment agencies.</I> Neither the Federal disbursing official nor the agency authorizing the Federal payment shall be liable to a debtor for the amount of the administrative offset on the basis that the underlying obligation, represented by the payment before the administrative offset was taken, was not satisfied.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Notification to a State of Federal debt.</I> (1) A State may set forth in the reciprocal agreement the requirements for Fiscal Service to follow when submitting a Federal debt for collection by State payment offset. Such agreements shall set forth all requirements contained in State law for the State payment offset. Such requirements, however, may not exceed the requirements for collecting Federal debts by administrative offset as set forth in § 285.5(d) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) Fiscal Service shall certify to a participating State that each debt Fiscal Service submits for State payment offset has been certified by the Federal creditor agency to be delinquent, valid, and legally enforceable in the amount stated, and that the Federal creditor agency owed the debt has complied with the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3716(a) prior to submitting the debt for offset.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Conducting State payment offset.</I> (1) An official of a participating State shall conduct State payment offset pursuant to the laws and regulations of the participating State; provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) If a payment is owed jointly to more than one payee, the entire payment shall be offset for a debt of either payee, unless otherwise prohibited by law or regulation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If a payment is made to a person solely in that person's capacity as a representative payee for another person having the beneficial interest in the payment, the disbursing official shall offset that payment only to collect debts owed by the person having the beneficial interest in the payment.
</P>
<P>(2) Any prohibitions on offsetting a joint payment described in paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this section shall be set forth in the reciprocal agreement.
</P>
<P>(3) An official of the participating State shall notify the payee of the State payment offset. The reciprocal agreement may contain detailed guidance and procedures regarding sending such notice, but shall, at a minimum require that the notice inform the payee of:
</P>
<P>(i) The type and amount of the payment that was offset;
</P>
<P>(ii) The identity of the Federal agency that requested the offset; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A contact point within the Federal agency that will handle concerns regarding the offset.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Limitations.</I> A debt properly submitted to Fiscal Service or the State for administrative offset or State payment offset shall remain subject to collection until withdrawn by the entity that submitted the debt for collection, provided the debt remains past-due and legally enforceable for purposes of administrative offset or State payment offset, as applicable. A debt which has been reduced to a judgment shall remain legally enforceable for purposes of administrative offset and State payment offset for as long as the judgment remains enforceable against the debtor.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Fees.</I> Fiscal Service shall deduct a fee from each administrative offset and State payment offset amount before transferring the balance of the offset funds to the State or Federal agency owed the debt. Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(4), the fee will be in an amount that Fiscal Service has determined to be sufficient to reimburse Fiscal Service for the full cost of the offset procedure. Fiscal Service will notify the States and creditor agencies, annually and in advance, of the amount of the fee Fiscal Service will charge for each offset.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Social Security numbers.</I> Fiscal Service will ensure that an individual's Social Security number will not be visible on the outside of any package it sends by mail. In addition, Fiscal Service generally will redact or partially redact Social Security numbers in documents it sends by mail; however, to administer administrative offset, Fiscal Service (and other disbursing officials) may include Social Security numbers in mailed documents, including, for example:
</P>
<P>(1) In interoffice and interagency communications;
</P>
<P>(2) In notices, including notices to the debtor or payee that an offset has or will occur, when the Social Security number is (or is embedded in) a creditor agency's account number, debt identification number, or debtor identification number;
</P>
<P>(3) In response to a request of a debtor or a debtor's representative for records of Fiscal Service's offset activities; and
</P>
<P>(4) When required by law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 1286, Jan. 11, 2007, as amended at 74 FR 56721, Nov. 3, 2009; 87 FR 50248, Aug. 16, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.1.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.7   Salary offset.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose and scope.</I> (1) This section establishes Fiscal Service's procedures for the centralized offset of Federal salary payments to collect delinquent nontax debts owed to the United States. This process is known as centralized salary offset. Rules issued by the Office of Personnel Management contain the requirements Federal agencies must follow prior to conducting centralized or non-centralized salary offset and the procedures for requesting offsets directly from a paying agency, rather than through TOP. See 5 CFR 550.1101 through 550.1108.
</P>
<P>(2) This section implements the requirement under 5 U.S.C. 5514(a)(1) that all Federal agencies, using a process known as centralized salary offset computer matching, identify Federal employees who owe delinquent nontax debt to the United States. Centralized salary offset computer matching is the computerized comparison of delinquent debt records with records of Federal employees. The purpose of centralized salary offset computer matching is to identify those debtors whose Federal salaries should be offset to collect delinquent debts owed to the Federal Government.
</P>
<P>(3) This section specifies the delinquent debt records and Federal employee records that must be included in the salary offset matching process. For purposes of this section, delinquent debt records consist of the debt information submitted to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service for purposes of administrative offset as required under 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(6). Agencies that submit their debt to Fiscal Service for purposes of administrative offset are not required to submit duplicate information for purposes of centralized salary offset computer matching under 5 U.S.C. 5514 and this section.
</P>
<P>(4) This section establishes an interagency consortium to implement centralized salary offset computer matching on a government-wide basis as required under 5 U.S.C. 5514(a)(1). 
</P>
<P>(5) The receipt of collections from salary offsets does not preclude a creditor agency from pursuing other debt collection remedies, including the offset of other Federal payments to satisfy delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States. A creditor agency should pursue, when deemed appropriate by such agency, such debt collection remedies separately or in conjunction with salary offset.
</P>
<P>(6) This section does not govern the centralized offset of final salary payments or lump-sum payments made to employees who have left an agency's employ. The centralized offset of such payments is governed by § 285.5 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Administrative offset</I> means withholding funds payable by the United States to, or held by the United States for, a person to satisfy a debt owed by the payee.
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means a department, agency or subagency, court, court administrative office, or instrumentality in the executive, judicial, or legislative branch of the Federal government, including government corporations.
</P>
<P><I>Centralized salary offset computer matching</I> means the computerized comparison of Federal employee records with delinquent debt records to identify Federal employees who owe such debts.
</P>
<P><I>Creditor agency</I> means any agency that is owed a debt.
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> means any amount of money, funds, or property that has been determined by an appropriate official of the Federal government to be owed to the United States by a person, including debt administered by a third party acting as an agent for the Federal Government. For purposes of this section, the term “debt” does not include debts arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C.).
</P>
<P><I>Delinquent debt record</I> means information about a past-due, legally enforceable debt, submitted by a creditor agency to Fiscal Service for purposes of administrative offset (including salary offset) in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3716 and applicable regulations. Debt information includes the amount and type of debt and the debtor's name, address, and taxpayer identifying number.
</P>
<P><I>Disbursing official</I> means an officer or employee designated to disburse Federal salary payments. This section applies to all disbursing officials of Federal salary payments, including but not limited to, disbursing officials of the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Defense, the United States Postal Service, any government corporation, and any disbursing official of the United States designated by the Secretary.
</P>
<P><I>Disposable pay</I> has the same meaning as that term is defined in 5 CFR 550.1103.
</P>
<P><I>Federal employee</I> means a current employee of an agency, including a current member of the Armed Forces or a Reserve of the Armed Forces (Reserves), employees of the United States Postal Service, and seasonal and temporary employees.
</P>
<P><I>Federal employee records</I> means records of Federal salary payments that a paying agency has certified to a disbursing official for disbursement.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Paying agency</I> means the agency that employs the Federal employee who owes the debt and authorizes the payment of his or her current pay. A paying agency also includes an agency that performs payroll services on behalf of the employing agency.
</P>
<P><I>Salary offset</I> means administrative offset to collect a debt owed by a Federal employee from the current pay account of the employee.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Taxpayer identifying number</I> means the identifying number described under section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 6109). For an individual, the taxpayer identifying number is the individual's social security number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Establishment of the consortium.</I> As required by the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 5514(a)(1), by issuance of this section, the Secretary establishes an interagency consortium to implement centralized salary offset computer matching. The consortium initially includes all agencies that disburse Federal salary payments, including but not limited to, Fiscal Service, the Department of Defense, the United States Postal Service, government corporations, and agencies with Treasury-designated disbursing officials. The membership of the consortium may be changed at the discretion of the Secretary, and the Secretary will be responsible for the ongoing coordination of the activities of the consortium.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Creditor agency participation.</I> (1) As required under 5 U.S.C. 5514(a)(1), creditor agencies shall participate at least annually in centralized salary offset computer matching. By notifying Fiscal Service of all past-due, legally enforceable debts delinquent for more than 120 days for purposes of 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(6), creditor agencies shall have met the requirement set forth in 5 U.S.C. 5514(a)(1). Additionally, creditor agencies may notify Fiscal Service of past-due, legally enforceable debts delinquent for less than 120 days for purposes of centralized offset.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to submitting debts to Fiscal Service for purposes of administrative offset (including salary offset) and centralized salary offset computer matching, Federal agencies shall prescribe regulations in accordance with the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3716 (administrative offset) and 5 U.S.C. 5514 (salary offset).
</P>
<P>(3) Prior to submitting a debt to Fiscal Service for purposes of collection by administrative offset, including salary offset, creditor agencies shall provide written certification to Fiscal Service that:
</P>
<P>(i) The debt is past-due and legally enforceable in the amount submitted to Fiscal Service and that the creditor agency will ensure that collections (other than collections through offset) are properly credited to the debt;
</P>
<P>(ii) The creditor agency has complied with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3716 (administrative offset) and related regulations including, but not limited to, the provisions requiring that the creditor agency provide the debtor with applicable notices and opportunities for a review of the debt; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The creditor agency has complied with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 5514 (salary offset) and related regulations including, but not limited to, the provisions requiring that the creditor agency provide the debtor with applicable notices and opportunities for a hearing.
</P>
<P>(4) The creditor agency is not required to submit the certification set forth in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section prior to submitting a debt to Fiscal Service. However, if the creditor agency does not provide such certification initially, the creditor agency shall provide the Federal employee with the notices and opportunity for a hearing, as required by 5 U.S.C. 5514 and applicable regulations, and shall make the necessary certification before the disbursing official offsets a salary payment pursuant to this section. A creditor agency may submit a debt without the requirement set forth in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section, only if the creditor agency intends to complete the certification after complying with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 5514 and applicable regulations.
</P>
<P>(5) The creditor agency shall notify Fiscal Service immediately of any payments credited by the creditor agency to the debtor's account, other than credits for amounts collected by offset, after submission of the debt to Fiscal Service. The creditor agency also shall notify Fiscal Service immediately of any change in the status of the legal enforceability of the debt, for example, if the creditor agency receives notice that the debtor has filed for bankruptcy protection.
</P>
<P>(6) Creditor agencies may submit nontax debts to Fiscal Service for collection by centralized salary offset irrespective of the amount of time the debt has been outstanding. Accordingly, all nontax debts, including debts that were outstanding for ten years or longer prior to June 11, 2009, may be collected by centralized salary offset.
</P>
<P>(7) For debts that were outstanding more than ten years on or before June 11, 2009, creditor agencies must certify to Fiscal Service that the notice described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section was sent to the debtor after the debt was outstanding for ten years. This requirement will apply even in a case where notice was also sent prior to the debt being outstanding for ten years but does not apply to any debt that could be collected by offset without regard to any time limitation prior to June 11, 2009.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Centralized salary offset computer match.</I> (1) Delinquent debt records will be compared with Federal employee records maintained by members of the consortium or paying agencies. The records will be compared to identify Federal employees who owe delinquent debts for purposes of collecting the debt by administrative offset. A match will occur when the taxpayer identifying number and name of a Federal employee are the same as the taxpayer identifying number and name of a debtor.
</P>
<P>(2) As authorized by the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3716(f), Fiscal Service, under a delegation of authority from the Secretary, has waived certain requirements of the Computer Matching and Privacy Protection Act of 1988, 5 U.S.C. 552a, as amended, for administrative offset, including salary offset, upon written certification by the head of the creditor agency that the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3716(a) have been met. Specifically, Fiscal Service has waived the requirements for a computer matching agreement contained in 5 U.S.C. 552a(o) and for post-match notice and verification contained in 5 U.S.C. 552a(p). The creditor agency will provide certification in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Salary offset.</I> When a match occurs and all other requirements for offset have been met, as required by the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3716(c) the disbursing official shall offset the Federal employee's salary payment to satisfy, in whole or part, the debt owed by the employee. Alternatively, the paying agency, on behalf of the disbursing official, may deduct the amount of the offset from an employee's disposable pay before the employee's salary payment is certified to a disbursing official for disbursement. The salary paying agency shall use such records as it deems necessary to accurately calculate disposable pay in accordance with 5 CFR 550.1103.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Offset amount.</I> (1) The amount offset from a salary payment under this section shall be the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of the debt, including any interest, penalties and administrative costs; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An amount up to 15% of the debtor's disposable pay.
</P>
<P>(2) Alternatively, the amount offset may be an amount agreed upon, in writing, by the debtor and the creditor agency.
</P>
<P>(3) Offsets will continue until the debt, including any interest, penalties, and costs, is paid in full or otherwise resolved to the satisfaction of the creditor agency.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Priorities.</I> (1) A levy pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall take precedence over other deductions under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) When a salary payment may be reduced to collect more than one debt, amounts offset under this section will be applied to a debt only after amounts have been applied to satisfy past-due support debts being collected by the State pursuant to Section 464 of the Social Security Act.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Notice.</I> (1) Before offsetting a salary payment, the disbursing official, or the paying agency on behalf of the disbursing official, shall notify the Federal employee in writing of the date deductions from salary will commence and of the amount of such deductions.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) When an offset occurs under this section, the disbursing official, or the paying agency on behalf of the disbursing official, shall notify the Federal employee in writing that an offset has occurred including:
</P>
<P>(A) A description of the payment and the amount of offset taken;
</P>
<P>(B) The identity of the creditor agency requesting the offset; and,
</P>
<P>(C) A contact point within the creditor agency that will handle concerns regarding the offset.
</P>
<P>(ii) The information described in paragraphs (i)(2)(i)(B) and (i)(2)(i)(C) of this section does not need to be provided to the Federal employee when the offset occurs if such information was included in a prior notice from the disbursing official or paying agency.
</P>
<P>(3) The disbursing official will advise each creditor agency of the names, mailing addresses, and taxpayer identifying numbers of the debtors from whom amounts of past-due, legally enforceable debt were collected and of the amounts collected from each debtor for that agency. The disbursing official will not advise the creditor agency of the source of payment from which such amounts were collected.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Fees.</I> Agencies that perform centralized salary offset computer matching services may charge a fee sufficient to cover the full cost for such services. In addition, Fiscal Service, or a paying agency acting on behalf of Fiscal Service, may charge a fee sufficient to cover the full cost of implementing the administrative offset program. Fiscal Service may deduct the fees from amounts collected by offset or may bill the creditor agencies. Fees charged for offset shall be based on actual administrative offsets completed.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Disposition of amounts collected.</I> The disbursing official conducting the offset will transmit amounts collected for debts, less fees charged under paragraph (j) of this section, to the appropriate creditor agency. If an erroneous offset payment is made to a creditor agency, the disbursing official will notify the creditor agency that an erroneous offset payment has been made. The disbursing official may deduct the amount of the erroneous offset payment from future amounts payable to the creditor agency. Alternatively, upon the disbursing official's request, the creditor agency shall return promptly to the disbursing official or the affected payee an amount equal to the amount of the erroneous payment (without regard to whether any other amounts payable to such agency have been paid). The disbursing official and the creditor agency shall adjust the debtor records appropriately.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 23357, Apr. 28, 1998, as amended at 70 FR 22789, May 3, 2005; 74 FR 27433, June 10, 2009; 74 FR 27708, June 11, 2009; 81 FR 1319, Jan. 12, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.1.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.8   Offset of tax refund payments to collect certain debts owed to States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> means past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligation or unemployment compensation debt unless otherwise indicated.
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> means a person who owes a debt.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>IRS</I> means the Internal Revenue Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligation</I> means a debt which resulted from:
</P>
<P>(1) A judgment rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction which has determined an amount of State income tax to be due,
</P>
<P>(2) A determination after an administrative hearing which has determined an amount of state income tax to be due and which is no longer subject to judicial review, or
</P>
<P>(3) A State income tax assessment (including self-assessments) which has become final in accordance with State law but not collected and which has not been delinquent for more than 10 years.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means the several States of the United States. The term “State” also includes the District of Columbia, American Samoa, Guam, the United States Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P><I>State income tax obligation</I> means State income tax obligations as determined under State law. For purposes of this section, State income tax obligation includes any local income tax administered by the chief tax administration agency of the State.
</P>
<P><I>Tax refund offset</I> means withholding or reducing a tax refund overpayment by an amount necessary to satisfy a debt owed by the payee(s).
</P>
<P><I>Tax refund payment</I> means any overpayment of Federal taxes to be refunded to the person making the overpayment after the IRS makes the appropriate credits as provided in 26 U.S.C. 6402(a) and 26 CFR 6402-3(a)(6)(i) for any liabilities for any Federal tax on the part of the person who made the overpayment.
</P>
<P><I>Unemployment compensation debt</I> has the same meaning as the term “covered unemployment debt” as defined in 26 U.S.C. 6402(f)(4), and means—
</P>
<P>(1) A past-due debt for erroneous payment of unemployment compensation due to fraud or the person's failure to report earnings which has become final under the law of a State certified by the Secretary of Labor pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 3304 and which remains uncollected;
</P>
<P>(2) Contributions due to the unemployment fund of a State for which the State has determined the person to be liable and which remain uncollected; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any penalties and interest assessed on such debt.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General rule.</I> (1) Fiscal Service will offset tax refunds to collect debt under this section in accordance with 26 U.S.C. 6402(e) and (f) and this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Fiscal Service will compare tax refund payment records, as certified by the IRS, with records of debts submitted to Fiscal Service. A match will occur when the taxpayer identifying number (as that term is used in 26 U.S.C. 6109) and name on a payment certification record are the same as the taxpayer identifying number and name (or derivative of the name) on a delinquent debt record. When a match occurs and all other requirements for tax refund offset have been met, Fiscal Service will reduce the amount of any tax refund payment payable to a debtor by the amount of any past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligation or unemployment compensation debt owed by the debtor. Any amounts not offset will be paid to the payee(s) listed in the payment certification record.
</P>
<P>(3) Fiscal Service will only offset a tax refund payment for a State income tax obligation if the address shown on the Federal tax return for the taxable year of the overpayment is an address within the State seeking the offset.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notification of past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligations or unemployment compensation debts</I>—(1) <I>Notification.</I> States shall notify Fiscal Service of debts in the manner and format prescribed by Fiscal Service. The notification of liability must be accompanied by a certification that the debt is past due and legally enforceable and that the State has complied with the requirements contained in paragraph (c)(3) of this section and with all Federal or State requirements applicable to the collection of debts under this section. With respect to State income tax obligations only, the certification must specifically state that none of the debts submitted for collection by offset are debts owed by an individual who has claimed immunity from State taxation by reason of being an enrolled member of an Indian tribe who lives on a reservation and derives all of his or her income from that reservation unless such claim has been adjudicated de novo on its merits in accordance with paragraph (c)(3). Fiscal Service may reject a notification that does not comply with the requirements of this section. Upon notification of the rejection and the reason for rejection, the State may resubmit a corrected notification.
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum amount of past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligations that may be submitted. Fiscal Service only will accept notification of past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligations of $25 or more or such higher amounts as determined by Fiscal Service. States will be notified annually of any changes in the minimum debt amount.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) <I>Advance notification to the debtor of the State's intent to collect by Federal tax refund offset.</I> The State is required to provide a written notification to the debtor informing the debtor that the State intends to refer the debt for collection by tax refund offset. The notice must give the debtor at least 60 days to present evidence, in accordance with procedures established by the State, that all or part of the debt is not past due or not legally enforceable, or, in the case of a covered unemployment compensation debt, the debt is not due to fraud or the debtor's failure to report earnings. In the case of a State income tax obligation, the notice must be sent certified mail, return receipt requested.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Determination.</I> The State must, in accordance with procedures established by the State, consider any evidence presented by a debtor in response to the notice described in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section and determine whether an amount of such debt is past due and legally enforceable and, in the case of a covered unemployment compensation debt, the debt is due to fraud or the debtor's failure to report earnings. With respect to State income tax obligations only, where the debtor claims that he or she is immune from State taxation by reason of being an enrolled member of an Indian tribe who lives on a reservation and derives all of his or her income from that reservation, State procedures shall include de novo review on the merits, unless such claims have been previously adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. States shall, upon request from the Secretary of the Treasury, make such procedures available to the Secretary of the Treasury for review.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Reasonable efforts.</I> Prior to submitting a debt to Fiscal Service for collection by tax refund offset the State must make reasonable efforts to collect the debt. Reasonable efforts include making written demand on the debtor for payment and complying with any other prerequisites to offset established by the State.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Correcting and updating notification.</I> The State shall, in the manner and in the time frames provided by Fiscal Service, notify Fiscal Service of any deletion or decrease in the amount of past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligation or unemployment compensation debt referred to Fiscal Service for collection by tax refund offset. The State may notify Fiscal Service of any increases in the amount of the debt referred to Fiscal Service for collection by tax refund offset provided that the State has complied with the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section with regard to those debts.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Priorities for offset.</I> (1) As provided in 26 U.S.C. 6402, a tax refund payment shall be reduced first by the amount of any past-due support being enforced under section 464 of the Social Security Act which is to be offset under 26 U.S.C. 6402(c); second by the amount of any past-due, legally enforceable debt owed to a Federal agency which is to be offset under 26 U.S.C. 6402(d); and third by any past-due, legally enforceable debt owed to a State (other than past-due support) which is to be offset under 26 U.S.C. 6402(e) or 26 U.S.C. 6402(f). 
</P>
<P>(2) Reduction of the tax refund payment pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 6402(a), (c), (d), (e) and (f) shall occur prior to crediting the overpayment to any future liability for an internal revenue tax. Any amount remaining after tax refund offset under 26 U.S.C. 6402(a), (c), (d), (e) and (f) shall be refunded to the taxpayer, or applied to estimated tax, if elected by the taxpayer pursuant to IRS regulations.
</P>
<P>(3) If Fiscal Service receives notice from a State of more than one debt subject to this section that is owed by a debtor to the State, any overpayment by the debtor shall be applied against such debts in the order in which such debts accrued.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Post-offset notice.</I> (1) When an offset occurs, Fiscal Service shall notify the debtor in writing of:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount and date of the offset and that the purpose of the offset was to satisfy a past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligation or unemployment compensation debt;
</P>
<P>(ii) The State to which this amount has been paid or credited; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A contact point within the State that will handle concerns or questions regarding the offset.
</P>
<P>(2) The notice in paragraph (e)(1) of this section also will advise any non-debtor spouse who may have filed a joint return with the debtor of the steps which the non-debtor spouse may take in order to secure his or her proper share of the tax refund. See paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Fiscal Service will advise States of the names, mailing addresses, and taxpayer identifying numbers of the debtors from whom amounts of State income tax obligations or unemployment compensation debts were collected, and of the amounts collected from each debtor through tax refund offset.
</P>
<P>(4) At least weekly, Fiscal Service will notify the IRS of the names and taxpayer identifying numbers of the debtors from whom amounts owed for past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligations or unemployment compensation debts were collected from tax refund offsets and the amounts collected from each debtor.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Offset made with regard to a tax refund payment based upon joint return.</I> If the person filing a joint return with a debtor owing the past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligation or unemployment compensation debt takes appropriate action to secure his or her proper share of a tax refund from which an offset was made, the IRS will pay the person his or her share of the refund and request that Fiscal Service deduct that amount from future amounts payable to the State or that Fiscal Service otherwise obtain the funds back from the State. Fiscal Service, or the appropriate State, will adjust their debtor records accordingly.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disposition of amounts collected.</I> Fiscal Service will transmit amounts collected for debts, less fees charged under paragraph (h) of this section, to the appropriate State. If Fiscal Service learns that an erroneous offset payment is made to any State, Fiscal Service will notify the appropriate State that an erroneous offset payment has been made. Fiscal Service may deduct the amount of the erroneous offset payment from future amounts payable to the State. Alternatively, upon Fiscal Service' request, the State shall return promptly to the affected taxpayer or Fiscal Service an amount equal to the amount of the erroneous payment (unless the State previously has paid such amounts, or any portion of such amounts, to the affected taxpayer). States shall notify Fiscal Service any time a State returns an erroneous offset payment to an affected taxpayer. Fiscal Service, or the appropriate State, will adjust their debtor records accordingly.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Fees.</I> The State will pay a fee to Fiscal Service to cover the full cost of offsets taken. The fee will be established annually in such amount as Fiscal Service determines to be sufficient to reimburse Fiscal Service for the full cost of the offset procedure. Fiscal Service will deduct the fees from amounts collected prior to disposition and transmit a portion of the fees deducted to reimburse the IRS for its share of the cost of administering the tax refund offset program for purposes of collecting past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligations or unemployment compensation debts reported to Fiscal Service by the States. Fees will be charged only for actual tax refund offsets completed.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Review of tax refund offsets.</I> In accordance with 26 U.S.C. 6402(g), any reduction of a taxpayer's refund made pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 6402(e) or (f) shall not be subject to review by any court of the United States or by the Secretary of the Treasury, Fiscal Service or IRS in an administrative proceeding. No action brought against the United States to recover the amount of this reduction shall be considered to be a suit for refund of tax. This subsection does not preclude any legal, equitable, or administrative action against the State to which the amount of such reduction was paid.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Access to and use of confidential tax information.</I> Access to and use of confidential tax information in connection with the tax refund offset program is permitted to the extent necessary in establishing appropriate agency records, locating any person with respect to whom a reduction under 26 U.S.C. 6402(e) or (f) is sought for purposes of collecting the debt, and in the defense of any litigation or administrative procedure ensuing from a reduction made under section 6402(e) or (f).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Social Security numbers.</I> Fiscal Service will ensure that an individual's Social Security number will not be visible on the outside of any package it sends by mail. In addition, Fiscal Service generally will redact or partially redact Social Security numbers in documents it sends by mail; however, to administer the tax refund offset program, Fiscal Service (and other disbursing officials) may include Social Security numbers in mailed documents, including, for example:
</P>
<P>(1) In interoffice and interagency communications;
</P>
<P>(2) In notices, including notices to the debtor or payee that an offset has or will occur, when the Social Security number is (or is embedded in) a creditor agency's account number, debt identification number, or debtor identification number;
</P>
<P>(3) In response to a request of a debtor or a debtor's representative for records of Fiscal Service's offset activities; and
</P>
<P>(4) When required by law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 71231, Dec. 20, 1999, as amended at 74 FR 27433, June 10, 2009; 76 FR 5071, Jan. 28, 2011; 87 FR 50248, Aug. 16, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Authorities Other Than Offset</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.11   Administrative wage garnishment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This section provides procedures for Federal agencies to collect money from a debtor's disposable pay by means of administrative wage garnishment to satisfy delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> (1) This section applies to any Federal agency that administers a program that gives rise to a delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States and to any agency that pursues recovery of such debt.
</P>
<P>(2) This section shall apply notwithstanding any provision of State law.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this section precludes the compromise of a debt or the suspension or termination of collection action in accordance with applicable law. See, for example, the Federal Claims Collection Standards (FCCS), 31 CFR parts 900-904.
</P>
<P>(4) The receipt of payments pursuant to this section does not preclude a Federal agency from pursuing other debt collection remedies, including the offset of Federal payments to satisfy delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States. A Federal agency may pursue such debt collection remedies separately or in conjunction with administrative wage garnishment.
</P>
<P>(5) This section does not apply to the collection of delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States from the wages of Federal employees from their Federal employment. Federal pay is subject to the Federal salary offset procedures set forth in 5 U.S.C. 5514 and other applicable laws.
</P>
<P>(6) Nothing in this section requires agencies to duplicate notices or administrative proceedings required by contract or other laws or regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means a department, agency, court, court administrative office, or instrumentality in the executive, judicial, or legislative branch of the Federal Government, including government corporations. For purposes of this section, agency means either the agency that administers the program that gave rise to the debt or the agency that pursues recovery of the debt.
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means Monday through Friday. For purposes of computation, the last day of the period will be included unless it is a Federal legal holiday.
</P>
<P><I>Day</I> means calendar day. For purposes of computation, the last day of the period will be included unless it is a Saturday, a Sunday, or a Federal legal holiday.
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> or <I>claim</I> means any amount of money, funds or property that has been determined by an appropriate official of the Federal Government to be owed to the United States by an individual, including debt administered by a third party as an agent for the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> means an individual who owes a delinquent nontax debt to the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Delinquent nontax debt</I> means any nontax debt that has not been paid by the date specified in the agency's initial written demand for payment, or applicable agreement, unless other satisfactory payment arrangements have been made. For purposes of this section, the terms “debt” and “claim” are synonymous and refer to delinquent nontax debt.
</P>
<P><I>Disposable pay</I> means that part of the debtor's compensation (including, but not limited to, salary, bonuses, commissions, and vacation pay) from an employer remaining after the deduction of health insurance premiums and any amounts required by law to be withheld. For purposes of this section, “amounts required by law to be withheld” include amounts for deductions such as social security taxes and withholding taxes, but do not include any amount withheld pursuant to a court order.
</P>
<P><I>Employer</I> means a person or entity that employs the services of others and that pays their wages or salaries. The term employer includes, but is not limited to, State and local Governments, but does not include an agency of the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Evidence of service</I> means information retained by the agency indicating the nature of the document to which it pertains, the date of mailing of the document, and to whom the document is being sent. Evidence of service may be retained electronically so long as the manner of retention is sufficient for evidentiary purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Garnishment</I> means the process of withholding amounts from an employee's disposable pay and the paying of those amounts to a creditor in satisfaction of a withholding order.
</P>
<P><I>Withholding order</I> means any order for withholding or garnishment of pay issued by an agency, or judicial or administrative body. For purposes of this section, the terms “wage garnishment order” and “garnishment order” have the same meaning as “withholding order.”
</P>
<P>(d) <I>General rule.</I> Whenever an agency determines that a delinquent debt is owed by an individual, the agency may initiate proceedings administratively to garnish the wages of the delinquent debtor.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice requirements.</I> (1) At least 30 days before the initiation of garnishment proceedings, the agency shall mail, by first class mail, to the debtor's last known address a written notice informing the debtor of:
</P>
<P>(i) The nature and amount of the debt;
</P>
<P>(ii) The intention of the agency to initiate proceedings to collect the debt through deductions from pay until the debt and all accumulated interest, penalties and administrative costs are paid in full; and
</P>
<P>(iii) An explanation of the debtor's rights, including those set forth in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, and the time frame within which the debtor may exercise his or her rights.
</P>
<P>(2) The debtor shall be afforded the opportunity:
</P>
<P>(i) To inspect and copy agency records related to the debt;
</P>
<P>(ii) To enter into a written repayment agreement with the agency under terms agreeable to the agency; and
</P>
<P>(iii) For a hearing in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section concerning the existence or the amount of the debt or the terms of the proposed repayment schedule under the garnishment order. However, the debtor is not entitled to a hearing concerning the terms of the proposed repayment schedule if these terms have been established by written agreement under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The agency will retain evidence of service indicating the date of mailing of the notice.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Hearing</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Agencies shall prescribe regulations for the conduct of administrative wage garnishment hearings consistent with this section or shall adopt this section without change by reference.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Request for hearing.</I> The agency shall provide a hearing, which at the agency's option may be oral or written, if the debtor submits a written request for a hearing concerning the existence or amount of the debt or the terms of the repayment schedule (for repayment schedules established other than by written agreement under paragraph (e)(2)(ii)) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Type of hearing or review.</I> (i) For purposes of this section, whenever an agency is required to afford a debtor a hearing, the agency shall provide the debtor with a reasonable opportunity for an oral hearing when the agency determines that the issues in dispute cannot be resolved by review of the documentary evidence, for example, when the validity of the claim turns on the issue of credibility or veracity.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the agency determines that an oral hearing is appropriate, the time and location of the hearing shall be established by the agency. An oral hearing may, at the debtor's option, be conducted either in-person or by telephone conference. All travel expenses incurred by the debtor in connection with an in-person hearing will be borne by the debtor. All telephonic charges incurred during the hearing will be the responsibility of the agency.
</P>
<P>(iii) In those cases when an oral hearing is not required by this section, an agency shall nevertheless accord the debtor a “paper hearing,” that is, an agency will decide the issues in dispute based upon a review of the written record. The agency will establish a reasonable deadline for the submission of evidence.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Effect of timely request.</I> Subject to paragraph (f)(13) of this section, if the debtor's written request is received by the agency on or before the 15th business day following the mailing of the notice described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the agency shall not issue a withholding order under paragraph (g) of this section until the debtor has been provided the requested hearing and a decision in accordance with paragraphs (f)(10) and (f)(11) of this section has been rendered.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Failure to timely request a hearing.</I> If the debtor's written request is received by the agency after the 15th business day following the mailing of the notice described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the agency shall provide a hearing to the debtor. However, the agency will not delay issuance of a withholding order unless the agency determines that the delay in filing the request was caused by factors over which the debtor had no control, or the agency receives information that the agency believes justifies a delay or cancellation of the withholding order.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Hearing official.</I> A hearing official may be any qualified individual, as determined by the head of the agency, including an administrative law judge.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Procedure.</I> After the debtor requests a hearing, the hearing official shall notify the debtor of:
</P>
<P>(i) The date and time of a telephonic hearing;
</P>
<P>(ii) The date, time, and location of an in-person oral hearing; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The deadline for the submission of evidence for a written hearing.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Burden of proof.</I> (i) The agency will have the burden of going forward to prove the existence or amount of the debt.
</P>
<P>(ii) Thereafter, if the debtor disputes the existence or amount of the debt, the debtor must present by a preponderance of the evidence that no debt exists or that the amount of the debt is incorrect. In addition, the debtor may present evidence that the terms of the repayment schedule are unlawful, would cause a financial hardship to the debtor, or that collection of the debt may not be pursued due to operation of law.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Record.</I> The hearing official must maintain a summary record of any hearing provided under this section. A hearing is not required to be a formal evidentiary-type hearing, however, witnesses who testify in oral hearings will do so under oath or affirmation.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Date of decision.</I> The hearing official shall issue a written opinion stating his or her decision, as soon as practicable, but not later than sixty (60) days after the date on which the request for such hearing was received by the agency. If an agency is unable to provide the debtor with a hearing and render a decision within 60 days after the receipt of the request for such hearing:
</P>
<P>(i) The agency may not issue a withholding order until the hearing is held and a decision rendered; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the agency had previously issued a withholding order to the debtor's employer, the agency must suspend the withholding order beginning on the 61st day after the receipt of the hearing request and continuing until a hearing is held and a decision is rendered.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Content of decision.</I> The written decision shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) A summary of the facts presented;
</P>
<P>(ii) The hearing official's findings, analysis and conclusions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The terms of any repayment schedules, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Final agency action.</I> The hearing official's decision will be the final agency action for the purposes of judicial review under the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Failure to appear.</I> In the absence of good cause shown, a debtor who fails to appear at a hearing scheduled pursuant to paragraph (f)(4) of this section will be deemed as not having timely filed a request for a hearing.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Wage garnishment order.</I> (1) Unless the agency receives information that the agency believes justifies a delay or cancellation of the withholding order, the agency should send, by first class mail, a withholding order to the debtor's employer:
</P>
<P>(i) Within 30 days after the debtor fails to make a timely request for a hearing (<I>i.e.</I>, within 15 business days after the mailing of the notice described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section), or,
</P>
<P>(ii) If a timely request for a hearing is made by the debtor, within 30 days after a final decision is made by the agency to proceed with garnishment, or,
</P>
<P>(iii) As soon as reasonably possible thereafter.
</P>
<P>(2) The withholding order sent to the employer under paragraph (g)(1) of this section shall be in a form prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The withholding order shall contain the signature of, or the image of the signature of, the head of the agency or his/her delegatee. The order shall contain only the information necessary for the employer to comply with the withholding order. Such information includes the debtor's name, address, and social security number, as well as instructions for withholding and information as to where payments should be sent.
</P>
<P>(3) The agency will retain evidence of service indicating the date of mailing of the order.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Certification by employer.</I> Along with the withholding order, the agency shall send to the employer a certification in a form prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The employer shall complete and return the certification to the agency within the time frame prescribed in the instructions to the form. The certification will address matters such as information about the debtor's employment status and disposable pay available for withholding.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Amounts withheld.</I> (1) After receipt of the garnishment order issued under this section, the employer shall deduct from all disposable pay paid to the applicable debtor during each pay period the amount of garnishment described in paragraph (i)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (i)(3) and (i)(4) of this section, the amount of garnishment shall be the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(A) The amount indicated on the garnishment order up to 15% of the debtor's disposable pay; or
</P>
<P>(B) The amount set forth in 15 U.S.C. 1673(a)(2) (Restriction on Garnishment). The amount set forth at 15 U.S.C. 1673(a)(2) is the amount by which a debtor's disposable pay exceeds an amount equivalent to thirty times the minimum wage. See 29 CFR 870.10.
</P>
<P>(3) When a debtor's pay is subject to withholding orders with priority the following shall apply:
</P>
<P>(i) Unless otherwise provided by Federal law, withholding orders issued under this section shall be paid in the amounts set forth under paragraph (i)(2) of this section and shall have priority over other withholding orders which are served later in time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, withholding orders for family support shall have priority over withholding orders issued under this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) If amounts are being withheld from a debtor's pay pursuant to a withholding order served on an employer before a withholding order issued pursuant to this section, or if a withholding order for family support is served on an employer at any time, the amounts withheld pursuant to the withholding order issued under this section shall be the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(A) The amount calculated under paragraph (i)(2) of this section, or
</P>
<P>(B) An amount equal to 25% of the debtor's disposable pay less the amount(s) withheld under the withholding order(s) with priority.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a debtor owes more than one debt to an agency, the agency may issue multiple withholding orders provided that the total amount garnished from the debtor's pay for such orders does not exceed the amount set forth in paragraph (i)(2) of this section. For purposes of this paragraph (i)(3)(iii), the term <I>agency</I> refers to the agency that is owed the debt.
</P>
<P>(4) An amount greater than that set forth in paragraphs (i)(2) and (i)(3) of this section may be withheld upon the written consent of debtor.
</P>
<P>(5) The employer shall promptly pay to the agency all amounts withheld in accordance with the withholding order issued pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(6) An employer shall not be required to vary its normal pay and disbursement cycles in order to comply with the withholding order.
</P>
<P>(7) Any assignment or allotment by an employee of his earnings shall be void to the extent it interferes with or prohibits execution of the withholding order issued under this section, except for any assignment or allotment made pursuant to a family support judgment or order.
</P>
<P>(8) The employer shall withhold the appropriate amount from the debtor's wages for each pay period until the employer receives notification from the agency to discontinue wage withholding. The garnishment order shall indicate a reasonable period of time within which the employer is required to commence wage withholding.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Exclusions from garnishment.</I> The agency may not garnish the wages of a debtor who it knows has been involuntarily separated from employment until the debtor has been reemployed continuously for at least 12 months. The debtor has the burden of informing the agency of the circumstances surrounding an involuntary separation from employment.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Financial hardship.</I> (1) A debtor whose wages are subject to a wage withholding order under this section, may, at any time, request a review by the agency of the amount garnished, based on materially changed circumstances such as disability, divorce, or catastrophic illness which result in financial hardship.
</P>
<P>(2) A debtor requesting a review under paragraph (k)(1) of this section shall submit the basis for claiming that the current amount of garnishment results in a financial hardship to the debtor, along with supporting documentation. Agencies shall consider any information submitted in accordance with procedures and standards established by the agency.
</P>
<P>(3) If a financial hardship is found, the agency shall downwardly adjust, by an amount and for a period of time agreeable to the agency, the amount garnished to reflect the debtor's financial condition. The agency will notify the employer of any adjustments to the amounts to be withheld.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Ending garnishment.</I> (1) Once the agency has fully recovered the amounts owed by the debtor, including interest, penalties, and administrative costs consistent with the FCCS, the agency shall send the debtor's employer notification to discontinue wage withholding.
</P>
<P>(2) At least annually, an agency shall review its debtors' accounts to ensure that garnishment has been terminated for accounts that have been paid in full.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Actions prohibited by the employer.</I> An employer may not discharge, refuse to employ, or take disciplinary action against the debtor due to the issuance of a withholding order under this section.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Refunds.</I> (1) If a hearing official, at a hearing held pursuant to paragraph (f)(3) of this section, determines that a debt is not legally due and owing to the United States, the agency shall promptly refund any amount collected by means of administrative wage garnishment.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless required by Federal law or contract, refunds under this section shall not bear interest.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Right of action.</I> The agency may sue any employer for any amount that the employer fails to withhold from wages owed and payable to an employee in accordance with paragraphs (g) and (i) of this section. However, a suit may not be filed before the termination of the collection action involving a particular debtor, unless earlier filing is necessary to avoid expiration of any applicable statute of limitations period. For purposes of this section, “termination of the collection action” occurs when the agency has terminated collection action in accordance with the FCCS or other applicable standards. In any event, termination of the collection action will have been deemed to occur if the agency has not received any payments to satisfy the debt from the particular debtor whose wages were subject to garnishment, in whole or in part, for a period of one (1) year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 25139, May 6, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 22908, Apr. 28, 1999; 66 FR 51868, Oct. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.12   Transfer of debts to Treasury for collection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Centralized Receivables Service</I> means the program through which Fiscal Service provides servicing, pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3711(g), for Federal nontax debt from the point at which a creditor agency establishes a debt until the debt is paid, otherwise resolved, or referred to the Cross-Servicing program for further action.
</P>
<P><I>Creditor agency</I> means any Federal agency that is owed a debt.
</P>
<P><I>Cross-Servicing program</I> means the program through which Fiscal Service provides delinquent nontax debt collection services pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3711(g).
</P>
<P><I>Days delinquent</I> refers to the number of days that a debt has been in a delinquent status. For administrative debts (e.g., debts arising from fines, penalties, and overpayments), the first day of delinquency generally is the date of the creditor agency's initial written demand for payment. For debts that arise from the extension of credit through direct loans, loan guarantees, or insurance, the date of delinquency generally is the due date specified in the applicable agreement or instrument.


</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> means any amount of money, funds or property that has been determined by an appropriate official of the Federal government to be owed to the United States by a person. As used in this section, the term “debt” does not include debts arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
</P>
<P><I>Debt collection center</I> means a Federal agency or a unit or subagency within a Federal agency that has been designated by the Secretary to collect debt owed to the United States. Fiscal Service is a debt collection center.
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> means a person who owes a debt.
</P>
<P><I>Delinquent or past-due</I> refers to the status of a debt and means a debt has not been paid by the date specified in the creditor agency's initial written demand for payment, or other applicable agreement or instrument, unless other payment arrangements satisfactory to the creditor agency have been made.
</P>
<P><I>Federal agency</I> means a department, agency, court, court administrative office, or instrumentality in the executive, judicial, or legislative branch of the Federal Government, including government corporations.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Legally enforceable</I> refers to a characteristic of a debt and means there has been a final agency determination that the debt, in the amount stated, is due, and there are no legal bars to collection. A debt would not be legally enforceable, for example, if the debt is:
</P>
<P>(1) The subject of a pending administrative review required by a statute or regulation that prohibits collection action during the review process; or
</P>
<P>(2) Governed by a statute that precludes collection.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, organization, State or local government, or any other type of entity other than the United States or a Federal agency.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>In general.</I> Fiscal Service and other debt collection centers may take debt collection action on behalf of one or more Federal agencies or a unit or subagency thereof. Fiscal Service provides these services through its Cross-Servicing program and its Centralized Receivables Service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Mandatory transfer of debts to Fiscal Service's Cross-Servicing program.</I> (1) A debt is considered eligible for transfer to the Cross-Servicing program only if it is past due and is legally enforceable.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as set forth in paragraphs (c)(3) and (d) of this section, a creditor agency must transfer any eligible debt that is over $25 (or such other amount as Fiscal Service may determine) to the Cross-Servicing program by no later than 120 days delinquent if the creditor agency relies on the Cross-Servicing program to submit the transferred debts for centralized offset on the creditor agency's behalf or, otherwise, by no more than 180 days delinquent.
</P>
<P>(3) If a final agency determination resulting from an administrative appeal or review process is not made until after the time specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the creditor agency must transfer such debt to the Cross-Servicing program within 30 days after the date of the final decision.
</P>
<P>(4) For accounting and reporting purposes, the debt remains on the books and records of the Federal agency, which transferred the debt.
</P>
<P>(5) On behalf of the creditor agency, Fiscal Service will take appropriate action to collect or compromise the transferred debt, or to suspend or terminate collection action thereon. Appropriate action to collect a debt may include referral to another debt collection center, a private collection contractor, or the Department of Justice for litigation. The creditor agency must advise Fiscal Service, in writing, of any specific statutory or regulatory requirements pertaining to its debt and will agree, in writing, to a collection strategy, which includes parameters for entering into compromise and repayments agreements with debtors.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions to mandatory transfer.</I> (1) A creditor agency is not required to transfer a debt to Fiscal Service pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section only during such period of time that the debt:
</P>
<P>(i) Is in litigation or foreclosure as described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is scheduled for sale as described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is at a private collection contractor if the debt has been referred to a private collection contractor for a period of time determined by the Secretary;
</P>
<P>(iv) Is at a debt collection center if the debt has been referred to a Treasury-designated debt collection center in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) Is being collected by internal offset as described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Is being serviced and/or collected in accordance with applicable statutes and/or regulations by third parties, such as private lenders or guaranty agencies; or
</P>
<P>(vii) Is covered by an exemption granted by the Secretary as described in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.


</P>
<P>(2)(i) A debt is in litigation if:
</P>
<P>(A) The debt has been referred to the Attorney General for litigation by the creditor agency; or
</P>
<P>(B) The debt is the subject of proceedings pending in a court of competent jurisdiction, including bankruptcy proceedings, whether initiated by the creditor agency, the debtor, or any other party.
</P>
<P>(ii) A debt is in foreclosure if:
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) Collateral securing the debt is the subject of judicial foreclosure proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Notice has been issued that collateral securing the debt will be foreclosed upon, liquidated, sold, or otherwise transferred pursuant to applicable law in a nonjudicial proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(B) The creditor agency anticipates that proceeds will be available from the liquidation of the collateral for application to the debt.
</P>
<P>(3) A debt is scheduled for sale if:
</P>
<P>(i) The debt will be disposed of under an asset sales program within one (1) year after becoming eligible for sale; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The debt will be disposed of under an asset sales program and a schedule established by the creditor agency and approved by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
</P>
<P>(4) A debt is being collected by internal offset if a creditor agency expects the debt to be collected in full within three (3) years from the date of delinquency through the withholding of funds payable to the debtor by the creditor agency, or if the creditor agency has issued notice to the debtor of the creditor agency's intent to offset such funds.
</P>
<P>(5) The Secretary may exempt classes of debt from mandatory referral. (i) Upon the written request of the head of a Federal agency, or as the Secretary may determine on his/her own initiative, the Secretary may exempt any class of debts from the application of the requirement described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. In determining whether to exempt a class of debts, the Secretary will determine whether exemption is in the best interests of the Government after considering the following factors:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether an exemption is the best means to protect the government's financial interest, taking into consideration the number, dollar amount, age and collection rates of the debts for which exemption is requested;
</P>
<P>(B) Whether the nature of the program under which the delinquencies have arisen is such that the transfer of such debts would interfere with program goals; and
</P>
<P>(C) Whether an exemption would be consistent with the purposes of the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (DCIA), Pub. L. 104-134, 110 Stat. 1321-358 (April 26, 1996).
</P>
<P>(ii) Requests for exemptions must clearly identify the class of debts for which an exemption is sought and must explain how application of the factors listed above to that class of debts warrants an exemption.
</P>
<P>(iii) Requests for exemption must be made by the head of the agency requesting the exemption, the Chief Financial Officer of the agency, or the Deputy Chief Financial Officer of the agency. For purposes of this section, the head of an agency does not include the head of a subordinate organization within a department or agency.
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Debt collection centers.</I> A creditor agency may transfer debt that has not been transferred to Fiscal Service, such as debt less than 180 days delinquent, to a Treasury-designated debt collection center, with the consent of, and in accordance with procedures established by Fiscal Service. Debt collection centers will take action upon a debt in accordance with the statutory or regulatory requirements and other authorities that apply to the debt or to the particular action being taken. Debt collection centers may, on behalf of the creditor agency and subject to the terms under which the debt collection center has been designated as such by the Secretary, take any action to collect, compromise, suspend or terminate collection action on debts, in accordance with terms and conditions agreed upon in writing by the creditor agency and the debt collection center or Fiscal Service. Debt collection centers may charge fees for the debt collection services in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Administrative offset.</I> As described in paragraph (c) of this section, under the DCIA, agencies are required to transfer all debts over 180 days delinquent to Fiscal Service for purposes of debt collection (<I>i.e.,</I> cross-servicing). Agencies are also required, under the DCIA, to notify the Secretary of all debts over 120 days delinquent for purposes of administrative offset. Administrative offset is one type of collection tool used by Fiscal Service and Treasury-designated debt collection centers to collect debts transferred under this section. Thus, by transferring debt to Fiscal Service or to a Treasury-designated debt collection center under this section, Federal agencies will satisfy the requirement to notify the Secretary of debts for purposes of administrative offset and duplicate referrals are not required. Agencies relying on Fiscal Service to submit debts for administrative offset on the agency's behalf must transfer the debts to Fiscal Service no later than 120 days after the debts become delinquent in order to satisfy the 120-day notice requirement for purposes of administrative offset. A debt which is not transferred to Fiscal Service for purposes of debt collection, however, such as a debt which falls within one of the exempt categories listed in paragraph (d) of this section, nevertheless may be subject to the DCIA requirement of notification to the Secretary for purposes of administrative offset.


</P>
<P>(h) <I>Voluntary referral of debts less than 180 days delinquent.</I> A creditor agency may refer any debt that is less than 180 days delinquent to Fiscal Service or, with the consent of Fiscal Service, to a Treasury-designated debt collection center for debt collection services.


</P>
<P>(i) <I>Certification.</I> Before a debt may be transferred to Fiscal Service or another debt collection center, the head of the creditor agency or his or her delegate must certify, in writing, that the debts being transferred are valid, legally enforceable, and that there are no legal bars to collection. Creditor agencies must also certify that they have complied with all prerequisites to a particular collection action under the laws, regulations or policies applicable to the debt unless the creditor agency has requested, and Fiscal Service has agreed, to do so on the creditor agency's behalf. The creditor agency shall notify Fiscal Service immediately of any change in the status of the legal enforceability of the debt, for example, if the creditor agency receives notice that the debtor has filed for bankruptcy protection.


</P>
<P>(j) <I>Fees.</I> Fiscal Service and other debt collection centers may charge Federal agencies fees sufficient to cover the full cost of providing debt collection services authorized by this section. Fiscal Service and other debt collection centers may calculate fees in any manner designed to cover up to the full cost of providing these services, including based on a percentage of collections received on account of a debt while it was being serviced under this section or a flat fee based on actions taken under this section by Fiscal Service or another debt collection center with regard to a debt or group of debts. Such fees may be determined based on overall program costs and need not be based on costs related to the collection of a specific debt. Fiscal Service and debt collection centers are authorized to retain fees from amounts collected and may deposit and use such fees in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3711(g). Fees charged by Fiscal Service and other debt collection centers may be added to the debt as an administrative cost if authorized under 31 U.S.C. 3717(e).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Social Security numbers.</I> When conducting activities for or related to its Centralized Receivables Service or Cross-Servicing program, Fiscal Service will ensure that an individual's Social Security number will not be visible on the outside of any package it sends by physical mail or in the subject line of an email. In addition, Fiscal Service generally will redact or partially redact Social Security numbers in documents it sends by mail; however, to administer these programs, Fiscal Service may include Social Security numbers in mailed documents, including, for example:
</P>
<P>(1) In interoffice and interagency communications;
</P>
<P>(2) In communications with private collection contractor and agents that assist Fiscal Service in its debt collection activities;
</P>
<P>(3) In notices and letters, including demand letters and notices to employers regarding wage garnishment, when the Social Security number is (or is embedded in) a creditor agency's account number, debt identification number, or debtor identification number;
</P>
<P>(4) In notices to employers regarding wage garnishment;
</P>
<P>(5) In response to a request of a debtor or a debtor's representative for records of Fiscal Service's collection activities; and
</P>
<P>(6) When required by law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 16356, Apr. 2, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 22908, Apr. 28, 1999; 81 FR 1319, Jan. 12, 2016; 87 FR 50249, Aug. 16, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.24.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.13   Barring delinquent debtors from obtaining Federal loans or loan insurance or guarantees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means a department, agency, court, court administrative office, or instrumentality in the executive, judicial, or legislative branch of the Federal Government, including government corporations.
</P>
<P><I>Creditor agency</I> means any Federal agency that is owed a debt.
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> means any amount of money, funds or property that has been determined by an appropriate official of the Federal Government to be owed to the United States or an agency thereof by a person, including debt administered by a third party as an agent for the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Federal financial assistance</I> or <I>financial assistance</I> means any Federal loan (other than a disaster loan), loan insurance, or loan guarantee.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal Service</I> means the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Nontax debt</I> means any debt other than a debt under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, organization, State or local government, or any other type of entity other than a Federal agency.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose and scope.</I> (1) This section prescribes standards for determining whether an outstanding nontax debt owed to the Federal Government is in delinquent status and whether such delinquency is resolved for the purpose of denying Federal financial assistance to a debtor. In addition, this section prescribes the circumstances under which the Secretary may exempt a class of debts from affecting a debtor's loan eligibility. This section also outlines the factors an agency should consider when determining whether waiver of the general rule in paragraph (c) of this section is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) Additional guidance concerning debt collection and debt management is provided in “Managing Federal Receivables” and other Fiscal Service publications.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this section requires an agency to grant Federal financial assistance if denial otherwise is authorized by statute, regulation, or agency policies and procedures. For example, if an agency requires borrowers to have a satisfactory credit history, the agency may deny financial assistance even if a delinquent debt has been resolved.
</P>
<P>(4) This section does not confer any new rights or benefits on persons seeking Federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(5) This section applies to any person owing delinquent nontax debt and to any agency that administers a program that grants Federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General rule.</I> (1) As required by the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3720B, a person owing an outstanding nontax debt that is in delinquent status shall not be eligible for Federal financial assistance. This eligibility requirement applies to all persons seeking Federal financial assistance and owing an outstanding nontax debt in delinquent status, including, but not limited to, guarantors. This eligibility requirement applies to all Federal financial assistance even if creditworthiness or credit history is not otherwise a factor for eligibility purposes, e.g., student loans. A person may be eligible for Federal financial assistance only after the delinquency is resolved in accordance with this section. An agency may waive this eligibility requirement in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) An agency from which a person seeks Federal financial assistance may determine, under standards issued by the agency, that a person is ineligible for Federal financial assistance under this section if:
</P>
<P>(i) The person is controlled by a person owing an outstanding nontax debt that is in delinquent status (e.g., a corporation is controlled by an officer, director, or shareholder who owes a debt); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The person controls a person owing an outstanding nontax debt that is in delinquent status (e.g., a corporation controls a wholly-owned or partially-owned subsidiary which owes a debt).
</P>
<P>(3) A creditor agency may obtain information concerning whether or not a person seeking Federal financial assistance owes a delinquent debt from, among other sources, credit reports, information contained on credit applications, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development's Credit Alert Interactive Voice Response System (CAIVRS). For information about participating in the CAIVRS program, agencies should contact the Director of Information Resources Management, Policy and Management Division, Office of Information Technology, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street, S.W., Washington, DC 20410.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Delinquent status.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, a debt is in “delinquent status” for purposes of this section if the debt has not been paid within 90 days of the payment due date. The payment due date is the date specified in the creditor agency's initial written demand for payment or applicable agreement or instrument (including a post-delinquency repayment agreement).
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, a debt is not in delinquent status if:
</P>
<P>(i) The person seeking Federal financial assistance has been released by the creditor agency from any obligation to pay the debt, or there has been an adjudication or determination that such person does not owe or does not have to pay the debt;
</P>
<P>(ii) The debtor is the subject of, or has been discharged in, a bankruptcy proceeding, and if applicable, the person seeking Federal financial assistance is current on any court authorized repayment plan; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The existence of the debt or the agency's determination that the debt is delinquent is being challenged under an ongoing administrative appeal or contested judicial proceeding and the appeal was filed by the debtor in a timely manner. Unless otherwise prohibited, an agency may defer making a determination as to whether or not to extend credit until the appeal process is completed.
</P>
<P>(3) Unless the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) apply, a debt is in delinquent status even if the creditor agency has suspended or terminated collection activity with respect to such debt. For example, a delinquent nontax debt that has been written off the books of the creditor agency or reported to the Internal Revenue Service as discharged (<I>i.e.</I>, canceled) is in delinquent status for purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Nothing in this section defines the terms “delinquent” or “delinquent status” for any purposes other than those described in this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Delinquency resolution.</I> (1) For purposes of this section, a person's delinquent debt is resolved only if the person:
</P>
<P>(i) Pays or otherwise satisfies the delinquent debt in full;
</P>
<P>(ii) Pays the delinquent debt in part if the creditor agency accepts such part payment as a compromise in lieu of payment in full;
</P>
<P>(iii) Cures the delinquency under terms acceptable to the creditor agency in that the person pays any overdue payments, plus all interest, penalties, late charges, and administrative charges assessed by the creditor agency as a result of the delinquency; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Enters into a written repayment agreement with the creditor agency to pay the debt, in whole or in part, under terms and conditions acceptable to the creditor agency.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless the provisions of paragraph (e)(1) of this section apply, a delinquent debt is not resolved even if the creditor agency has suspended or terminated collection activity with respect to such debt. For example, a delinquent nontax debt that has been written off the books of the creditor agency or reported to the Internal Revenue Service as discharged (<I>i.e. </I>, canceled) would not be “resolved.” If the provisions of paragraph (e)(1) of this section do apply, a delinquent debt is considered resolved. For example, if a portion of a debt has been written off after the person has paid the debt in part where the creditor agency accepts such part payment as a compromise in lieu of payment in full, the entire debt would be deemed “resolved” for purposes of this section in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exemptions by the Secretary.</I> (1) Upon the written request and recommendation of the head of the creditor agency to which a class of debts is owed, the Secretary may exempt any class of debts from affecting a debtor's eligibility for Federal financial assistance based on the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3720B and this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The creditor agency recommending an exemption for a class of debts will provide the Secretary with information about:
</P>
<P>(i) The nature of the program under which the delinquencies have arisen;
</P>
<P>(ii) The number, dollar amount, and age of the debts in the program for which exemption is recommended;
</P>
<P>(iii) The reasons why an exemption is justified, including why the granting of financial assistance to persons owing the type of debt for which exemption is requested would not be contrary to the Government's goal to reduce losses by requiring proper screening of potential borrowers; and,
</P>
<P>(iv) Other information the Secretary deems necessary to consider the exemption request.
</P>
<P>(3) The Secretary may exempt a class of debts if exemption is in the best interests of the Federal Government.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Waivers by the agency.</I> (1) The head of an agency from which a person seeks to obtain Federal financial assistance may waive the eligibility requirement described in paragraph (c) of this section. Waivers shall be granted only on a person by person basis. The head of the agency may delegate the waiver authority only to the Chief Financial Officer of the agency. The Chief Financial Officer may redelegate the authority only to the Deputy Chief Financial Officer of the agency.
</P>
<P>(2) The authorized agency official should balance the following factors when deciding whether to grant a waiver under paragraph (g)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the denial of the financial assistance to the person would tend to interfere substantially with or defeat the purposes of the financial assistance program or otherwise would not be in the best interests of the Federal Government; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the agency's granting of the financial assistance to the person is contrary to the Government's goal to reduce losses from debt management activities by requiring proper screening of potential borrowers.
</P>
<P>(3) When balancing the factors described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the authorized agency official should consider:
</P>
<P>(i) The age, amount, and cause(s) of the delinquency and the likelihood that the person will resolve the delinquent debt; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of total debt, delinquent or otherwise, owed by the person and the person's credit history with respect to repayment of debt.
</P>
<P>(4) Each agency shall retain a centralized record of the number and type of waivers granted under this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Effect of denial of Federal financial assistance.</I> Nothing contained in this section precludes a person who has been denied Federal financial assistance from obtaining such assistance after that person's delinquent debt has been resolved in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67756, Dec. 8, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="306" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 306—GENERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING U.S. SECURITIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. Chapter 31; 5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.0   Applicability of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>These regulations apply to all U.S. transferable and nontransferable securities, 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> other than U.S. Savings Bonds and U.S. Savings Notes, to the extent specified in these regulations, the offering circulars or special regulations governing such securities.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> These regulations may also be applied to securities issued by certain agencies of the United States and certain Government and Government-sponsored corporations.</P></FTNT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.1   Official agencies.</HEAD>
<P>The Bureau of the Fiscal Service of the Department of the Treasury is charged with matters relating to transactions in securities. Correspondence concerning transactions in securities and requests for appropriate forms may be addressed to the Division of Customer Service, Parkersburg, WV 26102.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 38125, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.2   Definitions of words and terms as used in these regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Advance refunding offer</I> is an offer to a holder of a security, usually a year or more in advance of its call or maturity date, to exchange it for another security.
</P>
<P>(b) A <I>bearer</I> security is payable on its face at maturity or call for redemption before maturity in accordance with its terms to <I>bearer.</I> The ownership is not recorded. Title to such a security may pass by delivery without endorsement and without notice. A <I>coupon</I> security is a bearer security with interest coupons attached.
</P>
<P>(c) Bureau refers to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Customer Service, Parkersburg, WV 26102.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Call date</I> or <I>date of call</I> is the date fixed in the official notice of call published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as the date on which the obligor will make payment of the security before maturity in accordance with its terms.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Court</I> means one which has jurisdiction over the parties and the subject matter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Department</I> refers to the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Depository institution</I> means an entity described in section 19(b)(1)(A)(i)-(vi) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461(b)(1)(A)(i)-(vi)). Under section 19(b) of the Federal Reserve Act, the term <I>depository institution</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Any insured bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813 or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under 12 U.S.C. 1815;
</P>
<P>(2) Any mutual savings bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813 or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under 12 U.S.C. 1815;
</P>
<P>(3) Any savings bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813 or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under 12 U.S.C. 1815;
</P>
<P>(4) Any insured credit union as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752 or any credit union which is eligible to make application to become an insured credit union under 12 U.S.C. 1781;
</P>
<P>(5) Any member as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1422; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any savings association (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813) which is an insured depository institution, as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.,</I> or is eligible to apply to become an insured depository institution under such Act.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Face maturity date</I> is the payment date specified in the text of a security.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Incompetent</I> refers to a person under any legal disability except minority.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Joint owner</I> and <I>joint ownership</I> refer to any permitted form of ownership by two or more persons.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Nontransferable securities</I> are those issued only in registered form which according to their terms are payable only to the registered owners or recognized successors in title to the extent and in the manner provided in the offering circulars or special applicable regulations.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Payment</I> and <I>redemption,</I> unless otherwise indicated by the context, are used interchangeably for payment at maturity or payment before maturity pursuant to a call for redemption in accordance with the terms of the securities.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Prerefunding offer</I> is an offer to a holder of a security, usually within the year preceding its call or maturity date, to exchange it for another security.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Redemption-exchange</I> is any authorized redemption of securities for the purpose of applying the proceeds in payment for other securities offered in exchange.
</P>
<P>(o) A <I>registered</I> security refers to a security the ownership of which is registered on the books of the Department. It is payable at maturity or call for redemption before maturity in accordance with its terms to the person in whose name it is inscribed, or his assignee.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Securities assigned in blank</I> or <I>securities so assigned as to become in effect payable to bearer</I> refers to registered securities which are assigned by the owner or his authorized representative without designating the assignee. Registered securities assigned simply to <I>The Secretary of the Treasury</I> or in the case of Treasury Bonds, Investment Series B—1975-80, to <I>The Secretary of the Treasury for exchange for the current Series EA or EO Treasury notes</I> are considered to be so assigned as to become in effect payable to bearer.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Signature guarantee program</I> means a signature guarantee program established in response to Rule 17 Ad-15 (17 CFR 240.17Ad-15), issued under authority of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For the purpose of the regulations, in this part, the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP), and the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program (MSP) are recognized by Treasury as such signature guarantee programs.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Taxpayer identifying number</I> means the appropriate identifying number as required on tax returns and other documents submitted to the Internal Revenue Service, i.e., an individual's social security account number or an employer identification number. A social security account number is composed of nine digits separated by two hyphens, for example, 123-45-6789; an employer identification number is composed of nine digits separated by one hyphen, for example, 12-3456789. The hyphens are an essential part of the numbers and must be included.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Transferable securities,</I> which may be in either registered or bearer form, refers to securities which may be sold on the market and transfer of title accomplished by assignment and delivery if in registered form, or by delivery only if in bearer form.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Treasury securities, Treasury bonds, Treasury notes, Treasury certificates of indebtedness,</I> and <I>Treasury bills,</I> or simply <I>securities, bonds, notes, certificates,</I> and <I>bills,</I> unless otherwise indicated by the context, refer only to transferable securities.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Voluntary representative</I> means the person qualified by the Department of the Treasury to request payment or make an assignment of a decedent's securities pursuant to § 306.65.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, as amended at 59 FR 59036, Nov. 15, 1994; 64 FR 38125, July 15, 1999; 70 FR 57429, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.1.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.3   Transportation charges and risks in the shipment of securities.</HEAD>
<P>The following guidelines apply to the transportation of reissued securities or securities presented for authorized transactions:
</P>
<P>(a) The securities may be presented in person by the owner or the owner's agent.
</P>
<P>(b) If securities are not presented in person, shipment of the securities is at the owner's risk and expense.
</P>
<P>(c) Reissued securities will be delivered by certified mail or by other means, at the risk of the registered owner and at the expense of the Department.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 38125, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Registration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.10   General.</HEAD>
<P>The registration used must express the actual ownership of a security and may not include any restriction on the authority of the owner to dispose of it in any manner, except as otherwise specifically provided in these regulations. The Treasury Department reserves the right to treat the registration as conclusive of ownership. Requests for registration should be clear, accurate, and complete, conform with one of the forms set forth in this subpart, and include appropriate taxpayer identifying numbers. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> The registration of all bonds owned by the same person, organization, or fiduciary should be uniform with respect to the name of the owner and, in the case of a fiduciary, the description of the fiduciary capacity. Individual owners should be designated by the names by which they are ordinarily known or under which they do business, preferably including at least one full given name. The name of an individual may be preceded by any applicable title, as, for example, Mrs., Miss, Ms., Dr., or Rev., or followed by a designation such as M.D., D.D., Sr., or Jr. Any other similar suffix should be included when ordinarily used or when necessary to distinguish the owner from a member of his family. A married woman's own given name, not that of her husband, must be used, for example, Mrs. Mary A. Jones, not Mrs. Frank B. Jones. The address should include, where appropriate, the number and street, route, or any other local feature and the Zip Code.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> Taxpayer identifying numbers are not required for foreign governments, nonresident aliens not engaged in trade or business within the United States, international organizations and foreign corporations not engaged in trade or business and not having an office or place of business or a financial or paying agent within the United States, and other persons or organizations as may be exempted from furnishing such numbers under regulations of the Internal Revenue Service.</P></FTNT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.11   Forms of registration for transferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>The forms of registration described below are authorized for transferable securities:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Natural persons in their own right.</I> In the names of natural persons who are not under any legal disability, in their own right, substantially as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>One person.</I> In the name of one individual. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Doe (123-45-6789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Mrs. Mary C. Doe. (123-45-6789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Miss Elizabeth Jane Doe (123-45-6789).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP>An individual who is sole proprietor of a business conducted under a trade name may include a reference to the trade name. Examples:
</FP>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Doe, doing business as Doe's Home Appliance Store (123-45-6789).
</FP-1>
<FP>or
</FP>
<FP-1>John A. Doe (123-45-6789), doing business as Doe's Home Appliance Store.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Two or more persons—general.</I> Securities will not be registered in the name of one person payable on death to another, or in any form which purports to authorize transfer by less than all the persons named in the registration (or all the survivors). 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> Securities will not be registered in the forms John A. Doe and Mrs. Mary C. Doe, or either of them or William C. Doe or Henry J. Doe, or either of them and securities so assigned will be treated as though the words <I>or either of them</I> do not appear in the assignments. The taxpayer identifying number of any of the joint owners may be shown on securities registered in joint ownership form.
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Warning. Difference Between Transferable Treasury Securities Registered in the Names of Two or More Persons and United States Savings Bonds in Coownership Form. The effect of registering Treasury securities to which these regulations apply in the names of two or more persons differs decidedly from registration of savings bonds in coownership form. Savings bonds are virtually redeemable on demand at the option of either coowner on his signature alone. Transferable Treasury securities are redeemable only at maturity or upon prior call by the Secretary of the Treasury.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P><E T="51">4-6</E> [Reserved]</P></FTNT>
<P>(i) <I>With right of survivorship.</I> In the names of two or more individuals with right of survivorship. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Doe (123-45-6789) or Mrs. Mary C. Doe or the survivor.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John A. Doe (123-45-6789) or Mrs. Mary C. Doe or Miss Mary Ann Doe or the survivors or survivor.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John A. Doe (123-45-6789) or Mrs. Mary C. Doe.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John A. Doe (123-45-6789) and Mrs. Mary C. Doe.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John A. Doe (123-45-6789) and Mrs. Mary C. Doe as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Limited to husband and wife:
</FP-1>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Doe (123-45-6789) and Mrs. Mary C. Doe, as tenants by the entireties.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) <I>Without right of survivorship.</I> In the names of two or more individuals in such manner as to preclude the right of survivorship. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Doe (123-45-6789) and William B. Doe as tenants in common.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John A. Jones as natural guardian of Henry B. Jones, a minor, and Robert C. Jones (123-45-6789), without right of survivorship.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Limited to husband and wife:
</FP-1>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Charles H. Brown (123-45-6789) and Ann R. Brown, as partners in community.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Minors and incompetents</I>—(1) <I>Natural guardians of minors.</I> A security may be registered in the name of a natural guardian of a minor for whose estate no legal guardian or similar representative has legally qualified. Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John R. Jones as natural guardian of Henry M. Jones, a minor (123-45-6789).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP>Either parent with whom the minor resides, or if he does not reside with either parent, the person who furnishes his chief support, will be recognized as his natural guardian and will be considered a fiduciary. Registration in the name of a minor in his own right as owner or as joint owner is not authorized. Securities so registered, upon qualification of the natural guardian, will be treated as though registered in the name of the natural guardian in that capacity.
</FP>
<P>(2) <I>Custodian under statute authorizing gifts to minors.</I> A security may be purchased as a gift to a minor under a gifts to minors statute in effect in the State in which either the donor or the minor resides. The security should be registered as provided in the statute, with an identifying reference to the statute if the registration does not clearly identify it. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>William C. Jones, as custodian for John A. Smith, a minor (123-45-6789), under the California Uniform Gifts to Minors Act.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Robert C. Smith, as custodian for Henry L. Brown, a minor (123-45-6789), under the laws of Georgia; Chapter 48-3, Code of Ga. Anno.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Incompetents not under guardianship.</I> Registration in the form <I>John A. Brown, an incompetent (123-45-6789), under voluntary guardianship,</I> is permitted only on reissue after a voluntary guardian has qualified for the purpose of collecting interest. (See §§ 306.37(c)(2) and 306.57(c)(2)). Otherwise, registration in the name of an incompetent not under legal guardianship is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Executors, administrators, guardians, and similar representatives or fiduciaries.</I> A security may be registered in the names of legally qualified executors, administrators, guardians, conservators, or similar representatives or fiduciaries of a single estate. The names and capacities of all the representatives or fiduciaries, as shown in their letters of appointment, must be included in the registration and must be followed by an adequate identifying reference to the estate. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John Smith, executor of will (or administrator of estate) of Henry J. Jones, deceased (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>William C. Jones, guardian (or conservator, etc.) of estate of James D. Brown, a minor (or an incompetent) (123-45-6789).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Life tenant under will.</I> A security may be registered in the name of a life tenant followed by an adequate identifying reference to the will. Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Anne B. Smith, life tenant under the will of Adam A. Smith, deceased (12-3456789).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP-1>The life tenant will be considered a fiduciary.
</FP-1>
<P>(e) <I>Private trust estates.</I> A security may be registered in the name and title of the trustee or trustees of a single duly constituted private trust, followed by an adequate identifying reference to the authority governing the trust. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John Jones and Blank Trust Co., Albany, NY, trustees under will of Sarah Jones, deceased (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John Doe and Richard Roe, trustees under agreement with Henry Jones dated February 9, 1970 (12-3456789).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP>The names of all trustees, in the form used in the trust instrument, must be included in the registration, except as follows:
</FP>
<P>(1) If there are several trustees designated as a board or authorized to act as a unit, their names should be omitted and the words <I>Board of Trustees</I> substituted for the word <I>trustees.</I> Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Board of Trustees of Blank Co. Retirement Fund, under collective bargaining agreement dated June 30, 1970 (12-3456789).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) If the trustees do not constitute a board or otherwise act as a unit, and are either too numerous to be designated in the inscription by names and title, or serve for limited terms, some or all of the names may be omitted. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John Smith, Henry Jones, et al., trustees under will of Henry J. Smith, deceased (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trustees under will of Henry J. Smith, deceased (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trustees of Retirement Fund of Industrial Manufacturing Co., under directors' resolution of June 30, 1950 (12-3456789).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>Private organizations (corporations, unincorporated associations and partnerships).</I> A security may be registered in the name of any private corporation, unincorporated association, or partnership, including a nominee, which for purposes of these regulations is treated as the owner. The full legal name of the organization, as set forth in its charter, articles of incorporation, constitution, partnership agreement, or other authority from which its powers are derived, must be included in the registration and may be followed, if desired, by a reference to a particular account or fund, other than a trust fund, in accordance with the rules and examples given below:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>A corporation.</I> The name of a business, fraternal, religious, or other private corporation must be followed by descriptive words indicating the corporate status unless the term <I>corporation</I> or the abbreviation <I>Inc.</I> is part of the name or the name is that of a corporation or association organized under Federal law, such as a national bank or Federal savings and loan association. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Smith Manufacturing Co., a corporation (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>The Standard Manufacturing Corp. (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Jones &amp; Brown, Inc.—Depreciation Acct. (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>First National Bank of Albemarle (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Abco &amp; Co., Inc., a nominee corporation (12-3456789).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>An unincorporated association.</I> The name of a lodge, club, labor union, veterans' organization, religious society, or similar self-governing organization which is not incorporated (whether or not it is chartered by or affiliated with a parent organization which is incorporated) must be followed by the words <I>an unincorporated association.</I> Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>American Legion Post No. __, Department of the D.C., an unincorporated association (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Local Union No. 100, Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers, an unincorporated association (12-3456789).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Securities should not be registered in the name of an unincorporated association if the legal title to its property in general, or the legal title to the funds with which the securities are to be purchased, is held by trustees. In such a case the securities should be registered in the title of the trustees in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section. The term <I>unincorporated association</I> should not be used to describe a trust fund, a partnership or a business conducted under a trade name.
</FP-1>
<P>(3) <I>A partnership.</I> The name of a partnership must be followed by the words <I>a partnership.</I> Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Smith &amp; Brown, a partnership (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Acme Novelty Co., a limited partnership (12-3456789).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Abco &amp; Co., a nominee partnership (12-3456789).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>States, public bodies, and corporations and public officers.</I> A security may be registered in the name of a State or county, city, town, village, school district, or other political entity, public body or corporation established by law (including a board, commission, administration, authority or agency) which is the owner or official custodian of public funds, other than trust funds, or in the full legal title of the public officer having custody. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>State of Maine.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Town of Rye, NY.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Maryland State Highway Administration.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Treasurer, City of Springfield, IL.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Treasurer of Rhode Island—State Forestry Fund.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(h) <I>States, public officers, corporations or bodies as trustees.</I> A security may be registered in the title of a public officer or in the name of a State or county or a public corporation or public body acting as trustee under express authority of law. An appropriate reference to the statute creating the trust may be included in the registration. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Insurance Commissioner of Pennsylvania, trustee for benefit of policyholders of Blank Insurance Co. (12-3456789), under Sec. __, Pa. Stats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rhode Island Investment Commission, trustee of General Sinking Fund under Ch. 35, Gen. Laws of RI.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State of Colorado in trust for Colorado Surplus Property Agency.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973; 38 FR 8153, Mar. 29, 1973]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.12   Errors in registration.</HEAD>
<P>If an erroneously inscribed security is received, it should not be altered in any respect, but the Bureau should be furnished full particulars concerning the error and asked to furnish instructions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 38125, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.2.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.13   Nontransferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>Upon authorized reissue, Treasury Bonds, Investment Series B—1975-80, may be registered in the forms set forth in § 306.11.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Transfers, Exchanges and Reissues</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.15   Transfers and exchanges of securities—closed periods.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The transfer of registered securities should be made by assignment in accordance with subpart F of this part. Transferable registered securities are eligible for denominational exchange. Specific instructions for issuance and delivery of the new securities, signed by the owner or his authorized representative, must accompany the securities presented. (Form PD 3905 or PD 1827, as appropriate, may be used.) Denominational exchanges may be made at any time. Securities presented for transfer must be received by the Bureau not less than 1 full month before the date on which the securities mature or become redeemable pursuant to a call for redemption before maturity. Any security so presented which is received too late to comply with this provision will be accepted for payment only.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Closing of transfer books.</I> The transfer books are closed for one full month preceding interest payment dates and call or maturity dates. If the date set for closing of the transfer books falls on Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday, the books will be closed as of the close of business on the last business day preceding that date. The books are reopened on the first business day following the date on which interest falls due. Registered securities which have not matured or been called, submitted for transfer, reissue, and coupon securities which have not matured or been called, submitted for exchange for registered securities, which are received during the period the books for that loan are closed, will be processed on or after the date such books are reopened. If registered securities are received for transfer, or coupon securities are received for exchange for registered securities, during the time the books are closed for payment of final interest at maturity or call, unless otherwise provided in the offering circular or notice of call, the following action will be taken:
</P>
<P>(1) Payment of final interest will be made to the registered owner of record on the date the books were closed.
</P>
<P>(2) Payment of principal will be made to the assignee under a proper assignment of the securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 38125, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.16   Exchanges of registered securities.</HEAD>
<P>No assignments will be required for:
</P>
<P>(a) Authorized denominational exchanges of registered securities for like securities in the same names and forms of registration and
</P>
<P>(b) Redemption-exchanges, or prefundings, or advance refundings in the same names and forms as appear in the registration or assignments of the securities surrendered.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.17" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.17   Exchanges of registered securities for coupon securities.</HEAD>
<P>Exchanges of registered securities for bearer securities are not permitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.18" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.18   Exchanges of coupon securities for registered securities.</HEAD>
<P>Coupon securities presented for exchange for registered securities should have all matured interest coupons detached. All unmatured coupons should be attached, except that if presented when the transfer books are closed (in which case the exchange will be effected on or after the date on which the books are reopened), the next maturing coupons should be detached and held for collection in ordinary course when due. If any coupons which should be attached are missing, the securities must be accompanied by a remittance in an amount equal to the face amount of the missing coupons. The new registered securities will bear interest from the interest payment date next preceding the date on which the exchange is made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.19" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.19   Denominational exchanges of coupon securities.</HEAD>
<P>Denominational exchanges of bearer securities are not permitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.20   Reissue of registered transferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>Assignments are not required for reissue of registered transferable securities in the name(s) of:
</P>
<P>(a) The surviving joint owner(s) of securities registered in the names of or assigned to two or more persons, unless the registration or assignment includes words which preclude the right of survivorship,
</P>
<P>(b) A succeeding fiduciary or other lawful successor,
</P>
<P>(c) A remainderman, upon termination of a life estate,
</P>
<P>(d) An individual, corporation or unincorporated association whose name has been legally changed,
</P>
<P>(e) A corporation or unincorporated association which is the lawful successor to another corporation or unincorporated association, and
</P>
<P>(f) A successor in title to a public officer or body.
</P>
<FP>Evidence of survivorship, succession, or change of name, as appropriate, must be furnished. The appropriate taxpayer identifying number also must be furnished if the registration of the securities submitted does not include such number for the person or organization to be named on the reissued securities.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.21   Reissue of nontransferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury Bonds, Investment Series B—1975-80, may be reissued only in the names of:
</P>
<P>(a) Lawful successors in title,
</P>
<P>(b) The legal representatives or distributees of a deceased owner's estate, or the distributees of a trust estate, and
</P>
<P>(c) State supervisory authorities in pursuance of any pledge required of the owner under State law, or upon termination of the pledge in the names of the pledgors or their successors.
</P>
<FP>Bonds presented for reissue must be accompanied by evidence of entitlement.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.22   Exchange of Treasury Bonds, Investment Series B-1975-80.</HEAD>
<P>Bonds of this series presented for exchange for 1
<FR>1/2</FR> percent 5-year Treasury notes must bear duly executed assignments to “The Secretary of the Treasury for exchange for the current series of EA or EO Treasury notes to be delivered to (inserting the name and address of the person to whom the notes are to be delivered).” The notes will bear the April 1 or October 1 date next preceding the date the bonds, duly assigned with supporting evidence, if necessary, are received by the Bureau or a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch. Interest accrued at the rate of 2
<FR>3/4</FR> percent on the bonds surrendered from the next preceding interest payment date to the date of exchange will be credited, and interest at the rate of 1
<FR>1/2</FR> percent on the notes for the same period will be charged and the difference will be paid to the owner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.23   Securities eligible to be held in the Legacy Treasury Direct® Book-entry Securities System.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligible issues.</I> The Secretary has published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notices describing Treasury issues of bonds and notes issued before August 1, 1986, that are eligible for conversion to the Legacy Treasury Direct book-entry securities system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conversion of Registered Security to book-entry form to be held in Legacy Treasury Direct.</I> To convert a registered security to book-entry form to be held in Legacy Treasury Direct, the owner must contact the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, P.O. Box 426, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26106-0426, for instructions. A security that has been converted to book-entry form in Legacy Treasury Direct shall be subject to subpart C and other applicable portions of 31 CFR part 357, and the provisions of 31 CFR part 306 shall no longer apply.
</P>
<P>(c) Securities held under subpart O of this part may not be transferred to Legacy Treasury Direct.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 18063, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.3.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.24   Collection of fees on definitive securities.</HEAD>
<P>A fee shall be charged for each registered security, as defined in § 306.115 (a), issued as a result of a transfer, exchange, reissue, withdrawal from book-entry, or the granting of relief on account of loss, theft, destruction, mutilation, or defacement. The applicable fee, and the basis for its determination, will be published by notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 4377, Jan. 23, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Redemption or Payment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.4.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.25   Presentation and surrender.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Securities, whether in registered or bearer form, are payable in regular course of business at maturity unless called for redemption before maturity in accordance with their terms, in which case they will be payable in regular course of business on the date of call. The Secretary of the Treasury may provide for the exchange of maturing or called securities, or in advance of call or maturity, may afford owners the opportunity of exchanging a security for another security pursuant to a prerefunding or an advance refunding offer. Registered and bearer securities should be presented and surrendered for redemption to the Bureau. No assignments or evidence in support of assignments will be required by or on behalf of the registered owner or assignee for redemption for his or its account, or for redemption-exchange, or exchange pursuant to a prerefunding or an advance refunding offer, if the new securities are to be registered in exactly the same names and forms as appear in the registrations or assignments of the securities surrendered. To the extent appropriate, these rules also apply to securities registered in the title of public officers who are official custodians of public funds.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>“Overdue” securities.</I> If a bearer security or a registered security assigned in blank, or to bearer, or so assigned as to become in effect payable to bearer, is presented and surrendered for redemption after it has become overdue, the Secretary of the Treasury will ordinarily require satisfactory proof of ownership. (Form PD 1071 may be used.) A security shall be considered to be overdue after the lapse of the following periods of time from its face maturity:
</P>
<P>(1) One month for securities issued for a term of 1 year or less.
</P>
<P>(2) Three months for securities issued for a term of more than 1 year but not in excess of 7 years.
</P>
<P>(3) Six months for securities issued for a term of more than 7 years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973; 38 FR 8432, Apr. 2, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.4.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.26   Redemption of registered securities at maturity, upon prior call, or for prerefunding or advance refunding.</HEAD>
<P>Registered securities presented and surrendered for redemption at maturity or pursuant to a call for redemption before maturity need not be assigned, unless the owner desires that payment be made to some other person, in which case assignments should be made to “The Secretary of the Treasury for redemption for the account of (inserting name and address of person to whom payment is to be made). Specific instructions for the issuance and delivery of the redemption check, signed by the owner or his authorized representative, must accompany the securities, unless included in the assignment. (Form PD 3905 may be used.) Payment of the principal will be made by check drawn on the United States Treasury to the order of the persons entitled and mailed in accordance with the instructions received. Securities presented for prerefunding or advance refunding should be assigned as provided in the prerefunding or advance refunding offer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.4.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.27   Redemption of bearer securities at maturity, upon prior call, or for advance refunding or prerefunding.</HEAD>
<P>All interest coupons due and payable on or before the date of maturity or date fixed in the call for redemption before maturity should be detached from coupon securities presented for redemption and should be collected separately in regular course. All coupons bearing dates subsequent to the date fixed in a call for redemption, or offer of prerefunding or advance refunding, should be left attached to the securities. If any such coupons are missing, the full face amount thereof will be deducted from the payment to be made upon redemption or the prerefunding or advance refunding adjustment unless satisfactory evidence of their destruction is submitted. Any amounts so deducted will be held in the Department to provide for adjustments or refunds in the event it should be determined that the missing coupons were subsequently presented or their destruction is later satisfactorily established. In the absence of other instructions, payment or bearer securities will be made by check drawn to the order of the person presenting and surrendering the securities and mailed to him at his address, as given in the advice accompanying the securities. (Form PD 3905 may be used.) Under appropriate circumstances, payment to a financial institution for detached past due coupons may be made by crediting the amount of the proceeds to the account maintained by the financial institution at the Federal Reserve bank of its district.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Interest</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.5.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.35   Computation of interest.</HEAD>
<P>The interest on Treasury securities accrues and is payable on a semiannual basis unless otherwise provided in the circular offering them for sale or exchange. If the period of accrual is an exact 6 months, the interest accrual is an exact one-half year's interest without regard to the number of days in the period. If the period of accrual is less than an exact 6 months, the accrued interest is computed by determining the daily rate of accrual on the basis of the exact number of days in the full interest period and multiplying the daily rate by the exact number of days in the fractional period for which interest has actually accrued. A full interest period does not include the day as of which securities were issued or the day on which the last preceding interest became due, but does include the day on which the next succeeding interest payment is due. A fractional part of an interest period does not include the day as of which the securities were issued or the day on which the last preceding interest payment became due, but does include the day as of which the transaction terminating the accrual of interest is effected. The 29th of February in a leap year is included whenever it falls within either a full interest period or a fractional part thereof. 
<SU>7</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> The appendix to this subpart contains a complete explanation of the method of computing interest on a semiannual basis on Treasury bonds, notes, and certificates of indebtedness, and an outline of the method of computing the discount rates on Treasury bills. Also included are tables of computation of interest on semiannual and annual basis.</P></FTNT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.36" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.5.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.36   Termination of interest.</HEAD>
<P>Securities will cease to bear interest on the date of their maturity unless they have been called for redemption before maturity in accordance with their terms, or are presented and surrendered for redemption-exchange or exchange pursuant to an advance refunding or prerefunding offer, in which case they will cease to bear interest on the date of call, or the exchange date, as the case may be.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.37" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.5.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.37   Interest on registered securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Method of payment.</I> The interest on registered securities is payable by checks drawn on the United States Treasury to the order of the registered owners, except as otherwise provided herein. Interest checks are prepared by the Department in advance of the interest payment data and are ordinarily mailed in time to reach the addresses on that date. Interest on a registered security which has not matured or been called and which is presented for any transaction during the period the books for that loan are closed will be paid by check drawn to the order of the registered owner of record. Upon receipt of notice of the death or incompetency of an individual named as registered owner, a change in the name or in the status of a partnership, corporation, or unincorporated association, the removal, resignation, succession, or death of a fiduciary or trustee, delivery of interest checks will be withheld pending receipt and approval of evidence showing who is entitled to receive the interest checks. If the inscriptions on securities do not clearly identify the owners, delivery of interest checks will be withheld pending reissue of the securities in the correct registration. The final installment of interest, unless otherwise provided in the offering circular or notice of call, will be paid by check drawn to the order of the registered owner of record and mailed in advance of the interest payment date in time to reach the addressee on or about that date. Interest on securities presented for prerefunding or advance refunding will be adjusted as provided in the prerefunding or advance refunding offer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Change of address.</I> To assure timely delivery of interest checks, owners should promptly notify the Bureau of any change of address. (Form PD 345 may be used.) The notification must be signed by the registered owner or a joint owner or an authorized representative, and should show the owner's taxpayer identifying number, the old and new addresses, the serial number and denomination of each security, the titles of the securities (for example: 4
<FR>1/4</FR> percent Treasury Bonds of 1987-92, dated August 15, 1962), and the registration of each security. Notifications by attorneys in fact, trustees, or by the legal representatives of the estates of deceased, incompetent, or minor owners should be supported by proof of their authority, unless, in the case of trustees or legal representatives, they are named in the registration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Collection of interest checks</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Interest checks may be collected in accordance with the regulations governing the endorsement and payment of Government warrants and checks, which are contained in the current revision of Department Circular No. 21 (part 240 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By voluntary guardians of incompetents.</I> Interest checks drawn to the order of a person who has become incompetent and for whose estate no legal guardian or similar representative has been appointed should be returned to the Bureau with a full explanation of the circumstances. For collection of interest, the Department will recognize the relative responsible for the incompetent's care and support or some other person as voluntary guardian for the incompetent. (Application may be made on Form PD 1461.)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Nonreceipt, loss, theft, or destruction of interest checks.</I> If an interest check is not received within a reasonable period after an interest payment date, or if a check is lost, stolen, or destroyed after receipt, notification should be sent to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Customer Service, Parkersburg, WV 26102. Notification should include the name and address of the owner, his taxpayer identifying number, and the serial number, denomination, and title of the security upon which the interest was payable. If the check is subsequently received or recovered, the Bureau should be notified.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.38" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.5.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.38   Interest on bearer securities.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the offering circular and notice of call provide otherwise, interest on coupon securities is payable in regular course of business upon presentation and surrender of the interest coupons as they mature. Such coupons are payable at participating Federal Reserve banks or by the Bureau. 
<SU>8</SU>
<FTREF/> Interest on Treasury bills, and any other bearer securities which may be sold and issued on a discount basis and which are payable at par at maturity, is represented by the difference between the purchase price and the par value, and no coupons are attached.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> Banking institutions will usually cash the coupons without charge as an accommodation to their customers.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.5.5.5.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Subpart E of Part 306—Interest—Computation of Interest on Treasury Bonds, Treasury Notes, and Treasury Certificates of Indebtedness, and Computation of Discount on Treasury Bills—Interest Tables
</HEAD>
<HD1>computation of interest on annual basis
</HD1>
<HD3>One Day's Interest is 
<FR>1/365</FR> or 
<FR>1/366</FR> of 1-Year's Interest
</HD3>
<P>Computation of interest on Treasury bonds, notes, and certificates of indebtedness will be made on an annual basis in all cases where interest is payable in one amount for the full term of the security, unless such term is an exact half-year (6 months), and it is provided that interest shall be computed on a semi-annual basis.
</P>
<P>If the term of the securities is exactly 1 year, the interest is computed for the full period at the specified rate regardless of the number of days in such period.
</P>
<P>If the term of the securities is less than 1 full year, the annual interest period for purposes of computation is considered to be the full year from but not including the date of issue to and including the anniversary of such date.
</P>
<P>If the term of the securities is more than 1 full year, computation is made on the basis of one full annual interest period, ending with the maturity date, and a fractional part of the preceding full annual interest period.
</P>
<P>The computation of interest for any fractional part of an annual interest period is made on the basis of 365 actual days in such period, or 366 days if February 29 falls within such annual period.
</P>
<HD1>computation of interest on semiannual basis
</HD1>
<HD1>One Day's Interest is 
<FR>1/181</FR>, 
<FR>1/182</FR>, 
<FR>1/183</FR> or 
<FR>1/184</FR> or 
<FR>1/2</FR> Year's Interest
</HD1>
<P>Computation of interest on Treasury bonds, notes, and certificates of indebtedness will be made on a semiannual basis in all cases where interest is payable for one or more full half-year (6 months) periods, or for one or more full half-year periods and a fractional part of a half-year period. A semiannual interest period is an exact half-year or 6 months, for computation purposes, and may comprise 181, 182, 183 or 184 actual days.
</P>
<P>An exact half-year's interest at the specified rate is computed for each full period of exactly 6 months, irrespective of the actual number of days in the half-year.
</P>
<P>If the initial interest covers a fractional part of a half-year, computation is made on the basis of the actual number of days in the half-year (exactly 6 months) ending on the day such initial interest becomes due. If the initial interest covers a period in excess of 6 months, computation is made on the basis of one full half-year, ending with the interest due date, and a fractional part of the preceding full half-year period.
</P>
<P>Interest for any fractional part of a full half-year period is computed on the basis of the exact number of days in the full period, including February 29 whenever it falls within such a period.
</P>
<P>The number of days in any half-year period is shown in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">For the Half-Year
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Interest period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Beginning and ending days are 1st or 15th of months listed under interest period (number of days)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Beginning and ending days are last days of months listed under interest period (number of days)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regular year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Leap year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regular year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Leap year
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January to July</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">February to August</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">March to September</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">April to October</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May to November</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June to December</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">July to January</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">August to February</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">September to March</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">October to April</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November to May</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">December to June</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 year (any 2 consecutive half-years)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">365</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">366</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">365</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">366</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>The following are dates for end-of-the-month interest computations.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">When interest period ends on—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Interest-computation period will be from but will not include—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 31.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">February 28 in 365-day year.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August 31.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">February 29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">March 30, 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">April 30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">October 31.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 30, 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June 30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 31.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">July 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">January 31.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">August 29, 30, or 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February 28 in 365-day year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February 29 in leap year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">September 30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 31.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">October 30, 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April 30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 31.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">December 30, 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June 30.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>use <E T="04">of interest tables</E>
</HD1>
<P>In the appended tables decimals are set forth for use in computing interest for fractional parts of interest periods. The decimals cover interest on $1,000 for 1 day in each possible semiannual (Table I), and annual (Table II) interest period, at all rates of interest, in steps of 
<FR>1/8</FR> percent, from 
<FR>1/8</FR> to 9 percent. The amount of interest accruing on any date (for a fractional part of an interest period) on $1,000 face amount of any issue of Treasury bonds, Treasury notes, or Treasury certificates of indebtedness may be ascertained in the following way:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of issue, the dates for the payment of interest, the basis (semiannual or annual) upon which interest is computed, and the rate of interest (percent per annum) may be determined from the text of the security, or from the official circular governing the issue.
</P>
<P>(2) Determine the interest period of which the fraction is a part, and calculate the number of days in the full period to determine the proper column to be used in selecting the decimal for 1 day's interest.
</P>
<P>(3) Calculate the actual number of days in the fractional period from but not including the date of issue or the day on which the last preceding interest payment was made, to and including the day on which the next succeeding interest payment is due or the day as of which the transaction which terminates the accrual of additional interest is effected.
</P>
<P>(4) Multiply the appropriate decimal (1 day's interest on $1,000) by the number of days in the fractional part of the interest period. The appropriate decimal will be found in the appended table for interest payable semiannually or annually, as the case may be, opposite the rate borne by the security, and in the column showing the full interest period of which the fractional period is a part. (For interest on any other amount, multiply the amount of interest on $1,000 by the other amount expressed as a decimal of $1,000.)
</P>
<HD1>treasury
</HD1>
<P>The methods of computing discount rates on U.S. Treasury bills are given below:
</P>
<P>Computation will be made on an annual basis in all cases. The annual period for bank discount is a year of 360 days, and all computations of such discount will be made on that basis. The annual period for true discount is 1 full year from but not including the date of issue to and including the anniversary of such date. Computation of true discount for a fractional part of a year will be made on the basis of 365 days in the year, or 366 days if February 29 falls within the year.
</P>
<HD1>bank discount
</HD1>
<P>The bank discount rate on a Treasury bill may be ascertained by: (1) Subtracting the sale price of the bill from its face value to obtain the amount of discount; (2) dividing the amount of discount by the number of days the bill is to run to obtain the amount of discount per day; (3) multiplying the amount of discount per day by 360 (the number of days in a commercial year of 12 months of 30 days each) to obtain the amount of discount per year; and (4) dividing the amount of discount per year by the face value of the bill to obtain the bank discount rate.
</P>
<FP>For example:
</FP>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">91-day bill:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Principal amount—maturity value</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Price at issue—amount received</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Amount of discount</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$0.50 ÷ 91 × 360 ÷ $100 = .01978 or 1.978 percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>true discount
</HD1>
<P>The true discount rate on a Treasury bill of not more than one-half year in length may be ascertained by (1 and 2) obtaining the amount of discount per day by following the first two steps described under “Bank Discount”; (3) multiplying the amount of discount per day by the actual number of days in the year from date of issue (365 ordinarily, but 366 if February 29 falls within the year from date of issue) to obtain the amount of discount per year; and (4) dividing the amount of discount per year by the sale price of the bill to obtain the true discount rate.
</P>
<FP>For example:
</FP>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">91-day bill:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Principal amount—maturity value</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Price at issue—amount received</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Amount of discount</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$0.50 ÷ 91 × 365 ÷ $99.50 = .02016 or 2.016 percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Decimal for 1 Day's Interest on $1,000 at Various Rates of Interest, Payable Semiannually or on a Semiannual Basis, in Regular Years of 365 Days and in Leap Years of 366 Days (to Determine Applicable Number of Days, See “Computation of Interest on Semiannual Basis”)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rate per annum (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Half-year of 184 days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Half-year of 183 days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Half-year of 182 days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Half-year of 181 days
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.003 396 739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.003 415 301</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.003 434 066</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.003 453 039
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.006 793 478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.006 830 601</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.006 868 132</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.006 906 077
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.010 190 217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.010 245 902</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.010 302 198</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.010 359 116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.013 586 957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.013 661 202</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.013 736 264</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.013 812 155
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.016 983 696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.017 076 503</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.017 170 330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.017 265 193
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.020 380 435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.020 491 803</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.020 604 396</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.020 718 232
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.023 777 174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.023 907 104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.024 038 462</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.024 171 271
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.027 173 913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.027 322 404</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.027 472 527</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.027 624 309
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030 570 652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030 737 705</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030 906 593</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.031 077 348
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.033 967 391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.034 153 005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.034 340 659</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.034 530 387
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.037 364 130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.037 568 306</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.037 774 725</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.037 983 425
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.040 760 870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.040 983 607</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.041 208 791</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.041 436 464
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.044 157 609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.044 398 907</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.044 642 857</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.044 889 503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.047 554 348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.047 814 208</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.048 076 923</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.048 342 541
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.050 951 087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.051 229 508</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.051 510 989</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.051 795 580
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.054 347 826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.054 644 809</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.054 945 055</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.055 248 619
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.057 744 565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.058 060 109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.058 379 121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.058 701 657
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.061 141 304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.061 475 410</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.061 813 187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.062 154 696
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.064 538 043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.064 890 710</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.065 247 253</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.065 607 735
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.067 934 783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.068 306 011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.068 681 319</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.069 060 773
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.071 331 522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.071 721 311</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.072 115 385</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.072 513 812
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.074 728 261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.075 136 612</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.075 549 451</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.075 966 851
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.078 125 000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.078 551 913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.078 983 516</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.079 419 890
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.081 521 739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.081 967 213</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.082 417 582</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.082 872 928
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.084 918 478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.085 382 514</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.085 851 648</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.086 325 967
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.088 315 217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.088 797 814</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.089 285 714</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.089 779 006
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.091 711 957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.092 213 115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.092 719 780</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.093 232 044
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.095 108 696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.095 628 415</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.096 153 846</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.096 685 083
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.098 505 435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.099 043 716</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.099 021 978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.100 138 122
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.101 902 174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.102 459 016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.103 021 978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.103 591 160
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.105 298 913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.105 874 317</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.106 456 044</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.107 044 190
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.108 695 652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.109 289 617</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.109 890 110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.110 497 238
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.112 092 391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.112 704 918</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.113 324 176</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.113 950 236
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.115 489 130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.116 120 219</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.116 758 242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.117 403 375
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.118 885 870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.119 535 519</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.120 192 308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.120 856 317
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.122 282 609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.122 950 820</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.123 626 374</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.124 309 394
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.125 679 348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.126 366 120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.127 060 440</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.127 762 432
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129 076 087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129 781 421</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.130 494 505</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.131 215 471
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.132 472 826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.133 196 721</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.133 928 571</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.134 668 500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.135 869 565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.136 612 022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.137 362 637</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.138 121 548
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.139 266 304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.140 027 322</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.140 796 703</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.141 574 586
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.142 663 043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.143 442 623</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.144 230 769</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.145 027 624
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.146 059 783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.146 857 923</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.147 664 835</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.148 480 663
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.149 456 522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.150 273 224</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.151 098 901</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.151 933 702
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.152 853 261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.153 688 525</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.154 532 967</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.155 386 748
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.156 250 000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157 103 825</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157 967 033</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.158 839 706
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.159 646 739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.160 519 126</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.161 401 099</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.162 292 876
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.163 043 478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.163 934 426</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.164 835 165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.165 745 856
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">166 440 217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.167 349 727</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.168 269 231</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.169 198 895
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.169 836 957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.170 765 027</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.171 703 297</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.172 651 934
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.173 233 696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.174 180 328</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.175 137 363</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.176 104 972
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.176 630 435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.177 595 628</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.178 571 429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.179 558 011
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.180 027 174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.181 010 929</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.182 005 495</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.183 011 050
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.183 423 913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.184 426 230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.185 439 560</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.186 464 088
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.186 820 652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187 841 530</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.188 873 626</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.189 917 127
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.190 217 391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.191 256 831</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.192 307 692</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.193 370 166
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.193 614 130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.194 672 131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.195 741 758</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.196 823 204
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.197 010 870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.198 087 432</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.199 175 824</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.200 276 243
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.200 407 609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.201 502 732</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.202 609 890</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.203 729 282
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.203 804 348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.204 918 033</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.206 043 956</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.207 182 320
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.207 201 087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.208 333 333</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.209 478 022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.210 635 359
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.210 597 826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.211 748 634</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.212 912 088</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.214 088 398
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.213 994 565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.215 163 934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.216 346 154</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.217 541 436
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.217 391 304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.218 579 235</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.219 780 220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.220 994 475
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.220 788 043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.221 994 536</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.223 214 286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.224 447 514
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.224 184 783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.225 409 836</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.226 648 352</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227 900 552
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227 581 522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.228 825 137</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.230 082 418</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.231 353 591
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.230 978 261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.232 240 437</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.233 516 484</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.234 806 630
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.234 375 000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.235 655 738</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.236 950 549</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.238 259 669
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.237 771 739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.239 071 038</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.240 384 615</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.241 712 707
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.241 168 478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.242 486 339</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.243 818 681</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.245 165 746
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.244 565 217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.245 901 639</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.247 252 747</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.248 618 785
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.247 961 957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.249 316 940</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250 686 813</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.252 071 823
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.251 358 696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.252 732 240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.254 120 879</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.255 524 862
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.254 755 435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.256 147 541</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.257 554 945</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.258 977 901
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.258 152 174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.259 562 842</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.260 989 011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.262 430 939
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.261 548 913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.262 978 142</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.264 423 077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.265 883 978
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.264 945 652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.266 393 443</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.267 857 143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.269 337 017
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.268 342 391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.269 808 743</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.271 291 209</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.272 790 055
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.271 739 130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.273 224 044</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.274 725 275</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.276 243 094
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.275 135 870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.276 639 344</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.278 159 341</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.279 696 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.278 853 609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.280 054 645</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.281 593 407</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.283 149 171
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.281 929 348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.283 469 945</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.285 027 473</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.286 602 210
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.285 326 087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.286 885 246</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.288 461 538</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.290 055 249
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.288 722 826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.290 300 546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.291 895 604</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.293 508 287
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.292 119 565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.293 715 847</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.295 329 670</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.296 961 326
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.295 516 304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.297 131 148</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.298 763 736</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.300 414 365
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.298 913 043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.300 546 448</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.302 197 802</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.303 867 403
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.302 309 783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.303 961 749</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.305 631 868</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.307 320 442
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.305 706 522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.307 377 049</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.309 065 934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.310 773 481
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.309 103 261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.310 792 350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.312 500 000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.314 226 519
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.312 500 000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.314 207 650</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.315 934 066</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.317 679 558
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.315 896 739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.317 622 951</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.319 368 132</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.321 132 597
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.319 293 478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.321 038 251</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.322 802 198</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.324 585 635
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.322 690 217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.324 453 552</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.326 236 264</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.328 038 674
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.326 086 957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.327 868 852</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.329 670 330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.331 491 713</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Decimal for 1 Day's Interest on $1,000 at Various Rates of Interest, Payable Annually or on an Annual Basis, in Regular Years of 365 Days and in Leap Years of 366 Days
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rate per annum (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regular year, 365 days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Leap year, 366 days
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.003 424 658</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.003 415 301
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.006 849 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.006 830 601
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.010 273 973</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.010 245 902
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.013 698 630</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.013 661 202
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.017 123 288</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.017 076 503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.020 547 945</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.020 491 803
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.023 972 603</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.023 907 104
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.027 397 260</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.027 322 404
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030 821 918</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030 737 705
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.034 246 575</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.034 153 005
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.037 671 233</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.037 568 306
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.041 095 890</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.040 983 607
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.044 520 548</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.044 398 907
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.047 945 205</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.047 814 208
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.051 369 863</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.051 229 508
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.054 794 521</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.054 644 809
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.058 219 178</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.058 060 109
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.061 643 836</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.061 475 410
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.065 068 493</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.064 890 710
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.068 493 151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.068 306 011
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.071 917 808</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.071 721 311
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.075 342 466</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.075 136 612
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.078 767 123</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.078 551 913
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.082 191 781</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.081 967 213
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.085 616 438</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.085 382 514
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.089 041 096</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.088 797 814
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.092 465 753</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.092 213 115
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.095 890 411</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.095 628 415
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.099 315 068</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.099 043 716
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.102 739 726</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.102 459 016
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.106 164 384</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.105 874 317
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.109 589 041</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.109 289 617
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.113 013 699</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.112 704 918
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.116 438 356</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.116 120 219
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.119 863 014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.119 535 519
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.123 287 671</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.122 950 820
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.126 712 329</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.126 366 120
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.130 136 986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129 781 421
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.133 561 644</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.133 196 721
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.136 986 301</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.136 612 022
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.140 410 959</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.140 027 322
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.143 835 616</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.143 442 623
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.147 260 274</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.146 857 923
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.150 684 932</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.150 273 224
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.154 109 589</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.153 688 525
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157 534 247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157 103 825
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.160 958 904</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.160 519 126
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.164 383 562</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.163 934 426
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.167 808 219</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.167 349 727
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.171 232 877</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.170 765 027
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.174 657 534</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.174 180 328
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.178 082 192</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.177 595 628
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.181 506 849</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.181 010 929
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.184 931 507</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.184 426 230
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.188 356 164</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187 841 530
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.191 780 822</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.191 256 831
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.195 205 479</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.194 672 131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.198 630 137</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.198 087 432
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.202 054 795</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.201 502 732
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.205 479 452</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.204 918 033
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.208 904 110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.208 333 333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.212 328 767</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.211 748 634
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.215 753 425</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.215 163 934
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.219 178 082</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.218 579 235
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.222 602 740</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.221 994 536
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.226 027 397</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.225 409 836
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.229 452 055</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.228 825 137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.232 876 712</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.232 240 437
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.236 301 370</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.235 655 738
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.239 726 027</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.239 071 038
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.243 150 685</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.242 486 339
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.246 575 342</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.245 901 639
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250 000 000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.249 316 940
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.253 424 658</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.252 732 240
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.256 849 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.256 147 541
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.260 273 973</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.259 562 842
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.263 698 630</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.262 978 142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.267 123 288</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.266 393 443
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270 547 945</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.269 808 743
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.273 972 603</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.273 224 044
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.277 397 260</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.276 639 344
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.280 821 918</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.280 054 645
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.284 246 575</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.283 469 945
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.287 671 233</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.286 885 246
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.291 095 890</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.290 300 546
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.294 520 548</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.293 715 847
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.297 945 205</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.297 131 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.301 369 863</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.300 546 448
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.304 794 521</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.303 961 749
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.308 219 178</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.307 377 049
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.311 643 836</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.310 792 350
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.315 068 493</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.314 207 650
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.318 493 151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.317 622 951
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.321 917 808</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.321 038 251
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.325 342 466</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.324 453 552
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.328 767 123</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.327 868 852</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973; 38 FR 8153, Mar. 29, 1973; 38 FR 10004, Apr. 23, 1973, as amended at 44 FR 34125, June 14, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Assignments of Registered Securities—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.6.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.40   Execution of assignments.</HEAD>
<P>The assignment of a registered security should be executed by the owner, or his or her authorized representative, in the presence of an individual authorized to certify assignments. All assignments must be made on the backs of the securities, unless otherwise authorized by the Bureau. An assignment by mark (X) must be witnessed not only by a certifying individual, but also by at least one other person, who should add an endorsement substantially as follows: “Witness to signature by mark,” followed by the witness' signature and address.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 59036, Nov. 15, 1994, as amended by 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.41" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.6.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.41   Form of assignment.</HEAD>
<P>Registered securities may be assigned in blank, to bearer, to a specified transferee, or to the Secretary of the Treasury for redemption or for exchange for other securities offered at maturity, upon call or pursuant to an advance refunding or prerefunding offer. Assignments to “The Secretary of the Treasury,” “The Secretary of the Treasury for transfer,” or “The Secretary of the Treasury for exchange” will not be accepted unless supplemented by specific instructions by or in behalf of the owner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.42" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.6.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.42   Alterations and erasures.</HEAD>
<P>If an alteration or erasure has been made in an assignment, the assignor should appear before an authorized certifying officer and execute a new assignment to the same assignee. If the new assignment is to other than the assignee whose name has been altered or erased, a disclaimer from the first-named assignee should be obtained. Otherwise, an affidavit of explanation by the person responsible for the alteration or erasure should be submitted for consideration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.43" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.6.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.43   Voidance of assignments.</HEAD>
<P>An assignment of a security to or for the account of another person, not completed by delivery, may be voided by a disclaimer of interest from that person. This disclaimer should be executed in the presence of an officer authorized to certify assignments of securities. Unless otherwise authorized by the Bureau, the disclaimer must be written, typed, or stamped on the back of the security in substantially the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned as assignee of this security hereby disclaims any interest herein.
</P>
<FRP>(Signature)    
</FRP>
<P>I certify that the above-named person as described, whose identity is well known or proved to me, personally appeared before me the ___ day of ______ (Month and year) at __________ (Place) and signed the above disclaimer of interest.
</P>
<FP-DASH>(<E T="04">seal</E>)
</FP-DASH>
<P2>(Signature and official designation of certifying officer)</P2></EXTRACT>
<FP>In the absence of a disclaimer, an affidavit or affidavits should be submitted for consideration explaining why a disclaimer cannot be obtained, reciting all other material facts and circumstances relating to the transaction, including whether or not the security was delivered to the person named as assignee and whether or not the affiants know of any basis for the assignee claiming any right, title, or interest in the security. After an assignment has been voided, in order to dispose of the security, an assignment by or on behalf of the owner will be required.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.44" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.6.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.44   Discrepancies in names.</HEAD>
<P>The Department will ordinarily require an explanation of discrepancies in the names which appear in inscriptions, assignments, supporting evidence or in the signatures to any assignments. (Form PD 385 may be used for this purpose.) However, where the variations in the name of the registered owner, as inscribed on securities of the same or different issues, are such that both may properly represent the same person, for example, “J. T. Smith” and “John T. Smith,” no proof of identity will be required if the assignments are signed exactly as the securities are inscribed and are duly certified by the same certifying officer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.45" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.6.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.45   Certifying individuals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The following individuals may certify assignments of, or forms with respect to, securities:
</P>
<P>(1) Officers and employees of depository institutions, corporate central credit unions, and institutions that are members of Treasury-recognized signature guarantee programs who have been authorized:
</P>
<P>(i) Generally to bind their respective institutions by their acts;
</P>
<P>(ii) Unqualifiedly to guarantee signatures to assignments of securities; or
</P>
<P>(iii) To certify assignments of securities.
</P>
<P>(2) Officers and authorized employees of Federal Reserve Banks and branches.
</P>
<P>(3) Officers of Federal Land Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks and Banks for Cooperatives, and Federal Home Loan Banks.
</P>
<P>(4) Commissioned officers and warrant officers of the Armed Forces of the United States but only with respect to signatures executed by Armed Forces personnel, civilian field employees, and members of their families.
</P>
<P>(5) U.S. Attorneys, Collectors of Customs, and Regional Commissioners, District Directors, and Service Center Directors, Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(6) Judges and Clerks of U.S. Courts.
</P>
<P>(7) Such other persons as the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service or his designee may authorize.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Foreign countries.</I> The following individuals are authorized to certify assignments of, or forms with respect to, securities executed in a foreign country:
</P>
<P>(1) United States diplomatic or consular officials.
</P>
<P>(2) Managers and officers of foreign branches of depository institutions and institutions that are members of Treasury-recognized signature guarantee programs.
</P>
<P>(3) Notaries public and other officers authorized to administer oaths, provided their official position and authority are certified by a United States diplomatic or consular official under seal of the office.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duties and liabilities of certifying individuals</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Except as specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a certifying individual shall require that the security or related form be signed in the certifying individual's presence after he or she has established the identity of the person seeking the certification. An employee who is not an officer should insert the words “Authorized signature” in the space provided for the title. A certifying individual and the organization for which he or she is acting are jointly and severally liable for any loss the United States may incur as a result of the individual's negligence in making the certification.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Signature guaranteed.</I> The assignment or related form need not be executed in the presence of a certifying individual if he or she unqualifiedly guarantees the signature, in which case the certifying individual shall, after the signature, add the following endorsement: “Signature guaranteed, First National Bank of Smithville, Smithville, NH, by A.B. Doe, President”, and add the date. In guaranteeing a signature, the certifying individual and the organization for which he or she is acting warrant to the Department that the signature is genuine and that the signer had the legal capacity to execute the assignment or related form.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Absence of signature guaranteed by depository institution.</I> A security or related form need not be actually signed by the owner in any case where a certifying individual associated with a depository institution has placed an endorsement on the security or the form reading substantially as follows: “Absence of signature by owner and validity of transaction guaranteed, Second State Bank of Jonesville, Jonesville, NC, by B.R. Butler, Vice President”. The endorsement should be dated, and the seal of the institution should be added. This form of endorsement is an unconditional guarantee to the Department that the institution is acting for the owner under proper authorization.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Evidence of certifying individual's authority.</I> The authority of a certifying individual to act is evidenced by affixing to the certification the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Officers and employees of depository institutions.</I> The institution's seal or signature guarantee stamp; if the institution is an authorized paying agent for U.S. Savings Bonds, a legible imprint of the paying agent's stamp; or, if the institution is a member of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), a legible imprint of the STAMP signature guarantee stamp.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Officers and authorized employees of institutions that are members of Treasury-recognized signature guarantee programs.</I> A legible imprint of the program's signature guarantee stamp, e.g., the STAMP, SEMP, or MSP stamp for members of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, or the New York Stock Exchange Incorporated Medallion Signature Program, respectively.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Officers and authorized employees of Federal Reserve Banks.</I> Whatever is prescribed in procedures established by the Department.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Officers and employees of corporate central credit unions and other entities listed in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.</I> The entity's seal.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Notaries public, diplomatic or consular officials.</I> The official seal or stamp of the office. If the certifying individual has no seal or stamp, then the official's position must be certified by some other authorized individual, under seal or stamp, or otherwise proved to the satisfaction of the Department.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Commissioned or warrant officers of the United States Armed Forces.</I> A statement which sets out the officer's rank and the fact that the person executing the assignment or form is one whose signature the officer is authorized to certify under the regulations in this part.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>A judge or clerk of the court.</I> The seal of the court.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Any other certifying individual.</I> The official seal or stamp of the office. If the certifying individual has no seal or stamp, then the certifying individual's position and signature must be certified by some other authorized individual under official seal or stamp, or otherwise proved to the satisfaction of the Department.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Interested persons not to act as certifying individual.</I> Neither the transferor, the transferee, nor any person having an interest in a security involved in the transaction may act as a certifying individual. However, an authorized officer or employee of a depository institution or of an institution that is a member of a Treasury-recognized signature guarantee program may act as a certifying individual on a security or related form for transfer of a security to the institution, or any security or related form executed by another individual on behalf of the institution.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 59037, Nov. 15, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Assignments by or in Behalf of Individuals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.55" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.7.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.55   Signatures, minor errors and change of name.</HEAD>
<P>The owner's signature to an assignment should be in the form in which the security is inscribed or assigned, unless such inscription or assignment is incorrect or the name has since been changed. In case of a change of name, the signature to the assignment should show both names and the manner in which the change was made, for example, “John Young, changed by order of court from Hans Jung.” Evidence of the change will be required. However, no evidence is required to support an assignment if the change resulted from marriage and the signature, which must be duly certified by an authorized officer, is written to show that fact, for example, “Mrs. Mary J. Brown, changed by marriage from Miss Mary Jones.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.56" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.7.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.56   Assignment of securities registered in the names of or assigned to two or more persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Transfer or exchange.</I> Securities registered in the names of or assigned to two or more persons may be transferred during the lives of all the joint owners only upon assignments by all or on their behalf by authorized representatives. Upon proof of the death of one, the Department will accept an assignment by or in behalf of the survivor or survivors, unless the form of registration or assignment includes words which precludes the right of survivorship. 
<SU>9</SU>
<FTREF/> In the latter case, in addition to assignment by or in behalf of the survivor or survivors, an assignment in behalf of the decedent's estate will be required.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>9</SU> See § 306.11(a) (2) for forms of registration expressing or precluding survivorship.</P></FTNT>
<P>(b) <I>Advance refunding or prerefunding offers.</I> No assignments are required for exchange of securities registered in the names of or assigned to two or more persons if the securities to be received in the exchange are to be registered in the same names and form. If securities in a different form are to be issued, all persons named must assign, except that in case of death paragraph (a) of this section shall apply.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Redemption or redemption-exchange</I>—(1) <I>Alternative registration or assignment.</I> Securities registered in the names of or assigned to two or more persons in the alternative, for example, “John B. Smith or Mrs. Mary J. Smith” or “John B. Smith or Mrs. Mary J. Smith or the survivor,” may be assigned by one of them at maturity or upon call, for redemption or redemption-exchange, for his own account or otherwise, whether or not the other joint owner or owners are deceased.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Joint registration or assignment.</I> Securities registered in the names of or assigned to two or more persons jointly, for example, “John B. Smith and Mrs. Mary J. Smith,” or “John B. Smith and Mrs. Mary J. Smith as tenants in common,” or “John B. Smith and Mary J. Smith as partners in community,” may be assigned by one of them during the lives of all only for redemption at maturity or upon call, and then only for redemption for the account of all. No assignments are required for redemption-exchange for securities to be registered in the same names and forms as appear in the registration or assignment of the securities surrendered. Upon proof of the death of a joint owner, the survivor or survivors may assign securities so registered or assigned for redemption or redemption-exchange for any account, except that, if words which preclude the right of survivorship 
<SU>9</SU> appear in the registration or assignment, assignment in behalf of the decedent's estate also will be required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.57" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.7.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.57   Minors and incompetents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Assignments by natural guardian of securities registered in name of minor.</I> Securities registered in the name of a minor for whose estate no legal guardian or similar representative has qualified may be assigned by the natural guardian upon qualification. (Form PD 2481 may be used for this purpose.)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Assignments of securities registered in name of natural guardian of minor.</I> Securities registered in the name of a natural guardian of a minor may be assigned by the natural guardian for any authorized transaction except one for the apparent benefit of the natural guardian. If the natural guardian in whose name the securities are registered is deceased or is no longer qualified to act as natural guardian, the securities may be assigned by the person then acting as natural guardian. The assignment by the new natural guardian should be supported by proof of the death or disqualification of the former natural guardian and by evidence of his own status as natural guardian. (Form PD 2481 may be used for this purpose.) No assignment by a natural guardian will be accepted after receipt of notice of the minor's attainment of majority, removal of his disability of minority, disqualification of the natural guardian to act as such, qualification of a legal guardian or similar representative, or the death of the minor.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Assignments by voluntary guardian of incompetents.</I> Registered securities belonging to an incompetent for whose estate no legal guardian or similar representative is legally qualified may be assigned by the relative responsible for his care and support or some other person as voluntary guardian:
</P>
<P>(1) For redemption, if the proceeds of the securities are needed to pay expenses already incurred, or to be incurred during any 90-day period, for the care and support of the incompetent or his legal dependents.
</P>
<P>(2) For redemption-exchange, if the securities are matured or have been called, or pursuant to an advance refunding or prerefunding offer, for reinvestment in other securities to be registered in the form “A, an incompetent (123-45-6789) under voluntary guardianship.”
</P>
<FP>An application on Form PD 1461 by the person seeking authority to act as voluntary guardian will be required.
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>Assignments by legal guardians of minors or incompetents.</I> Securities registered in the name and title of the legal guardian or similar representative of the estate of a minor or incompetent may be assigned by the representative for any authorized transaction without proof of his qualification. Assignments by a representative of any other securities belonging to a minor or incompetent must be supported by properly certified evidence of qualification. The evidence must be dated not more than 1 year before the date of the assignments and must contain a statement showing the appointment is in full force unless (1) it shows the appointment was made not more than 1 year before the date of the assignment, or (2) the representative or a corepresentative is a corporation. An assignment by the representative will not be accepted after receipt of notice of termination of the guardianship, except for transfer to the former ward.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.58" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.7.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.58   Nontransferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart, so far as applicable, govern transactions in Treasury Bonds, Investment Series B-1975-80.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Assignments in Behalf of Estates of Deceased Owners</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.65" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.8.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.65   Decedent's estate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Estate is being administered.</I> (1) A legal representative of a deceased owner's estate may request payment of matured securities to the estate, or may assign securities to or for the benefit of the persons entitled.
</P>
<P>(2) Appropriate proof of appointment for the legal representative of the estate is required. Letters of appointment must be dated not more than one year prior to the date of submission of the letters of appointment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Estate has been settled previously.</I> If the estate has been settled previously through judicial proceedings, the persons entitled may request payment of matured securities, or may request assignment of unmatured securities. A certified copy of the court-approved final accounting for the estate, the court's decree of distribution, or other appropriate evidence is required.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special provisions under the law of the jurisdiction of the decedent's domicile.</I> If there is no formal or regular administration and no representative of the estate is to be appointed, the person appointed to receive or distribute the assets of a decedent's estate without regular administration under summary or small estates procedures under applicable local law may request payment of matured securities, or may request assignment of the securities. Appropriate evidence is required.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When administration is required.</I> If the total redemption value of the Treasury securities and undelivered payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is greater than $100,000, administration of the decedent's estate will be required. The redemption value of savings bonds and the principal amount of marketable securities will be used to determine the value of securities, and will be determined as of the date of death. Administration may also be required at the discretion of the Department for any case.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Voluntary representative for small estates that are not being otherwise administered</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A voluntary representative is a person qualified according to paragraph (e)(3) of this section, to request payment of a decedent's matured securities or to make an assignment of a decedent's unmatured securities. The voluntary representative procedures are for the convenience of the Department; entitlement to the decedent's securities and held payments, if any, is determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. Voluntary representative procedures may be used only if:
</P>
<P>(i) There has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, and no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total redemption value of the Treasury securities and held payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is $100,000 or less as of the date of death; and
</P>
<P>(iii) There is a person eligible to serve as the voluntary representative according to paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Authority of voluntary representative.</I> A voluntary representative may:
</P>
<P>(i) Request payment of the decedent's matured securities on behalf of the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death;
</P>
<P>(ii) Assign the decedent's securities to the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Order of precedence for voluntary representative.</I> An individual eighteen years of age or older may act as a voluntary representative according to the following order of precedence: a surviving spouse; if there is no surviving spouse, then a child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a parent of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a next of kin of the decedent, as determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. As used in this order of precedence, child means a natural or adopted child of the decedent.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Liability.</I> By serving, the voluntary representative warrants that the distribution of payments or securities is to or on behalf of the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The United States is not liable to any person for the improper distribution of payments or securities. Upon payment or assignment of the securities at the request of the voluntary representative, the United States is released to the same extent as if it had paid or delivered to a representative of the estate appointed pursuant to the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The voluntary representative shall indemnify and hold harmless the United States and all creditors and persons entitled to the estate of the decedent. The amount of the indemnification is limited to an amount no greater than the value received by the voluntary representative.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Creditor.</I> If there has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used, and there is no person eligible to serve as a voluntary representative pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, then a creditor may make a claim for the amount of the debt, providing the debt has not been barred by applicable local law. The claim may only be satisfied by the proceeds of matured securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57429, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 306.66-306.67" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.8.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 306.66-306.67   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.68" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.8.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.68   Nontransferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart, so far as applicable, govern transactions in Treasury Bonds, Investment Series B-1975-80.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Assignments by or in Behalf of Trustees and Similar Fiduciaries</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.75" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.9.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.75   Individual fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Securities registered in, or assigned to, the names and titles of individual fiduciaries will be accepted for any authorized transaction upon assignment by the designated fiduciaries without proof of their qualification. If the fiduciaries in whose names the securities are registered, or to whom they have been assigned, have been succeeded by other fiduciaries, evidence of successorship must be furnished. If the appointment of a successor is not required under the terms of the trust instrument or otherwise and is not contemplated, assignments by the surviving or remaining fiduciary or fiduciaries must be supported by appropriate proof. This requires:
</P>
<P>(1) Proof of the death, resignation, removal or disqualification of the former fiduciary and
</P>
<P>(2) Evidence that the surviving or remaining fiduciary or fiduciaries are fully qualified to administer the fiduciary estate, which may be in the form of a certificate by them showing the appointment of a successor has not been applied for, is not contemplated and is not necessary under the terms of the trust instrument or otherwise.
</P>
<FP>Assignments of securities registered in the titles, without the names of the fiduciaries, for example, “Trustees of the George E. White Memorial Scholarship Fund under deed of trust dated 11/10/40, executed by John W. White,” must be supported by proof that the assignors are the qualified and acting trustees of the designated trust estate, unless they are empowered to act as a unit in which case the provisions of § 306.76 shall apply. (Form PD 2446 may be used to furnish proof of incumbency of fiduciaries.) Assignments by fiduciaries of securities not registered or assigned in such manner as to show that they belong to the estate for which the assignors are acting must also be supported by evidence that the estate is entitled to the securities.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Life tenants.</I> Upon termination of a life estate by reason of the death of the life tenant in whose name a security is registered, or to whom it has been assigned, the security will be accepted for any authorized transaction upon assignment by the remainderman, supported by evidence of entitlement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.76" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.9.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.76   Fiduciaries acting as a unit.</HEAD>
<P>Securities registered in the name of or assigned to a board, committee or other body authorized to act as a unit for any public or private trust estate may be assigned for any authorized transaction by anyone authorized to act in behalf of such body. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the assignments must be supported by a copy of a resolution adopted by the body, properly certified under its seal, or, if none, sworn to by a member of the body having access to its records. (Form PD 2495 may be used.) If the person assigning is designated in the resolution by title only, his incumbency must be duly certified by another member of the body. (Form PD 2446 may be used.) If the fiduciaries of any trust estate are empowered to act as a unit, although not designated as a board, committee or other body, securities registered in their names or assigned to them as such, or in their titles without their names, may be assigned by anyone authorized by the group to act in its behalf. Such assignments may be supported by a sworn copy of a resolution adopted by the group in accordance with the terms of the trust instrument, and proof of their authority to act as a unit may be required. As an alternative, assignments by all the fiduciaries, supported by proof of their incumbency, if not named on the securities, will be accepted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 7078, Mar. 15, 1973; 38 FR 10004, Apr. 23, 1973]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.77" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.9.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.77   Corepresentatives and fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>If there are two or more executors, administrators, guardians or similar representatives, or trustees of an estate, all must unite in the assignment of any securities belonging to the estate. However, when a statute, a decree of court, or the instrument under which the representatives or fiduciaries are acting provides otherwise, assignments in accordance with their authority will be accepted. If the securities have matured or been called and are submitted for redemption for the account of all, or for redemption-exchange or pursuant to an advance refunding or prerefunding offer, and the securities offered in exchange are to be registered in the names of all, no assignment is required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.78" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.9.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.78   Nontransferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart, so far as applicable, govern assignments of Treasury Bonds, Investment Series B-1975-80.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Assignments in Behalf of Private or Public Organizations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.85" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.10.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.85   Private corporations and unincorporated associations (including nominees).</HEAD>
<P>Securities registered in the name of, or assigned to, an unincorporated association, or a private corporation in its own right or in a representative or fiduciary capacity, or as nominee, may be assigned in its behalf for any authorized transaction by any duly authorized officer or officers. Evidence, in the form of a resolution of the governing body, authorizing the assigning officer to assign, or to sell, or to otherwise dispose of the securities will ordinarily be required. Resolutions may relate to any or all registered securities owned by the organization or held by it in a representative or fiduciary capacity. (Form PD 1010, or any substantially similar form, may be used when the authority relates to specific securities; Form PD 1011, or any substantially similar form, may be used for securities generally.) If the officer derives his authority from a charter, constitution or bylaws, a copy, or a pertinent extract therefrom, properly certified, will be required in lieu of a resolution. If the resolution or other supporting document shows the title of an authorized officer, without his name, it must be supplemented by a certificate of incumbency. (Form PD 1014 may be used.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.86" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.10.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.86   Change of name and succession of private organizations.</HEAD>
<P>If a private corporation or unincorporated association changes its name or is lawfully succeeded by another corporation or unincorporated association, its securities may be assigned in behalf of the organization in its new name or that of its successor by an authorized officer in accordance with § 306.85. The assignment must be supported by evidence of the change of name or successorship.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.87" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.10.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.87   Partnerships (including nominee partnerships).</HEAD>
<P>An assignment of a security registered in the name of or assigned to a partnership must be executed by a general partner. Upon dissolution of a partnership, assignment by all living partners and by the persons entitled to assign in behalf of any deceased partner's estate will be required unless the laws of the jurisdiction authorize a general partner to bind the partnership by any act appropriate for winding up partnership affairs. In those cases where assignments by or in behalf of all partners are required this fact must be shown in the assignment; otherwise, an affidavit by a former general partner must be furnished identifying all the persons who had been partners immediately prior to dissolution. Upon voluntary dissolution, for any jurisdiction where a general partner may not act in winding up partnership affairs, an assignment by a liquidating partner, as such, must be supported by a duly executed agreement among the partners appointing the liquidating partner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.88" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.10.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.88   Political entities and public corporations.</HEAD>
<P>Securities registered in the name of, or assigned to, a State, county, city, town, village, school district or other political entity, public body or corporation, may be assigned by a duly authorized officer, supported by evidence of his authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.89" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.10.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.89   Public officers.</HEAD>
<P>Securities registered in the name of, or assigned to, a public officer designated by title may be assigned by such officer, supported by evidence of incumbency. Assignments for the officer's own apparent individual benefit will not be recognized.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.90" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.10.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.90   Nontransferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart apply to Treasury Bonds, Investment Series B-1975-80.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Attorneys in Fact</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.95" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.11.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.95   Attorneys in fact.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Assignments by an attorney in fact will be recognized if supported by an adequate power of attorney. Every power must be executed in the presence of an authorized certifying officer under the conditions set out in § 306.45 for certification of assignments. Powers need not be submitted to support redemption-exchanges or exchanges pursuant to advance refunding or prefunding offers where the securities to be issued are to be registered in the same names and forms as appear in the inscriptions or assignments of the securities surrendered. In all other cases, the original power, or a photocopy showing the grantor's autograph signature, properly certified, must be submitted, together with the security assigned on the owner's behalf by the attorney in fact. An assignment by a substitute attorney in fact must be supported by an authorizing power of attorney and power of substitution. An assignment by an attorney in fact or a substitute attorney in fact for the apparent benefit of either will not be accepted unless expressly authorized. (Form PD 1001 or 1003, as appropriate, may be used to appoint an attorney in fact. An attorney in fact may use Form PD 1006 or 1008 to appoint a substitute. However, any form sufficient in substance may be used.) If there are two or more joint attorneys in fact or substitutes, all must unite in an assignment, unless the power authorizes less than all to act. A power of attorney or of substitution not coupled with an interest will be recognized until the Bureau receives proof of revocation or proof of the grantor's death or incompetency.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>For legal representatives and fiduciaries.</I> Assignments by an attorney in fact or substitute attorney in fact for a legal representative or fiduciary, in addition to the power of attorney and of substitution, must be supported by evidence, if any, as required by §§ 306.57(d), 306.66(b), 306.75, and 306.76. Powers must specifically designate the securities to be assigned.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>For corporations or unincorporated associations.</I> Assignments by an attorney in fact or a substitute attorney in fact in behalf of a corporation or unincorporated association, in addition to the power of attorney and power of substitution, must be supported by one of the following documents certified under seal of the organization, or, if it has no seal, sworn to by an officer who has access to the records:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the resolution of the governing body authorizing an officer to appoint an attorney in fact, with power of substitution, if pertinent, to assign, or to sell, or to otherwise dispose of, the securities, or
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the charter, constitution, or bylaws, or a pertinent extract therefrom, showing the authority of an officer to appoint an attorney in fact, or
</P>
<P>(3) A copy of the resolution of the governing body directly appointing an attorney in fact.
</P>
<FP>If the resolution or other supporting document shows only the title of the authorized officer, without his name, a certificate of incumbency must also be furnished. (Form PD 1014 may be used.) The power may not be broader than the resolution or other authority.
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>For public corporations.</I> A general power of attorney in behalf of a public corporation will be recognized only if it is authorized by statute.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.96" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.11.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.96   Nontransferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart shall apply to nontransferable securities, subject only to the limitations imposed by the terms of the particular issues.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Transfer Through Judicial Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.100" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.12.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.100   Transferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>The Department will recognize valid judicial proceedings affecting the ownership of or interest in transferable securities, upon presentation of the securities together with evidence of the proceedings. In the case of securities registered in the names of two or more persons, the extent of their respective interests in the securities must be determined by the court in proceedings to which they are parties or must otherwise be validly established. 
<SU>10</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>10</SU> Title in a finder claiming ownership of a registered security will not be recognized. A finder claiming ownership of a bearer security or a registered security assigned in blank or so assigned as to become in effect payable to bearer must perfect his title in accordance with the provisions of State law. If there are no such provisions, the Department will not recognize his title to the security.</P></FTNT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.101" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.12.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.101   Evidence required.</HEAD>
<P>Copies of a final judgment, decree, or order of court and of any necessary supplementary proceedings must be submitted. Assignments by a trustee in bankruptcy or a receiver of an insolvent's estate must be supported by evidence of his qualification. Assignments by a receiver in equity or a similar court officer must be supported by a copy of an order authorizing him to assign, or to sell, or to otherwise dispose of, the securities. Where the documents are dated more than 6 months prior to presentation of the securities, there must also be submitted a certificate dated within 6 months of presentation of the securities, showing the judgment, decree, or order, or evidence of qualification, is in full force. Any such evidence must be certified under court seal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.102" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.12.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.102   Nontransferable securities.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart shall apply to Treasury Bonds, Investment Series B-1975-80, except that prior to maturity any reference to assignments shall be deemed to refer to assignments of the bonds for exchange for the current series of 1
<FR>1/2</FR> percent 5-year EA or EO Treasury notes.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Requests for Suspension of Transactions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.105" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.13.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.105   Requests for suspension of transactions in registered securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Timely notice.</I> If prior to the time a registered security bearing an apparently valid assignment has been functioned, a claim is received from the owner or his authorized representative showing that:
</P>
<P>(1) The security was lost, stolen, or destroyed and that it was unassigned, or not so assigned as to have become in effect payable to bearer, or
</P>
<P>(2) The assignment was affected by fraud, the transaction for which the security was received will be suspended.
</P>
<FP>The interested parties will be given a reasonable period of time in which to effect settlement of their interests by agreement, or to institute judicial proceedings.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Late notice.</I> If, after a registered security has been transferred, exchanged, or redeemed in reliance on an apparently valid assignment, an owner notifies the Bureau that the assignment was affected by fraud or that the security had been lost or stolen, the Department will undertake only to furnish available information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Forged assignments.</I> A claim that an assignment of a registered security is a forgery will be investigated. If it is established that the assignment was in fact forged and that the owner did not authorize or ratify it, or receive any benefit therefrom, the Department will recognize his ownership and grant appropriate relief.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.106" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.13.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.106   Requests for suspension of transactions in bearer securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Securities not overdue.</I> Neither the Department nor any of its agents will accept notice of any claim or of pending judicial proceedings by any person for the purpose of suspending transactions in bearer securities, or registered securities so assigned as to become in effect payable to bearer which are not overdue as defined in § 306.25. 
<SU>11</SU>
<FTREF/> However, if the securities are received and retired, the department will undertake to notify persons who appear to be entitled to any available information concerning the source from which the securities were received.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>11</SU> It has been the longstanding policy of the Department to assume no responsibility for the protection of bearer securities not in the possession of persons claiming rights therein and to give no effect to any notice of such claims. This policy was formalized on April 27, 1867, when the Secretary of the Treasury issued the following statement:
</P>
<P>“In consequence of the increasing trouble, wholly without practical benefit, arising from notices which are constantly received at the Department respecting the loss of coupon bonds, which are payable to bearer, and of Treasury notes issued and remaining in blank at the time of loss, it becomes necessary to give this public notice, that the Government cannot protect and will not undertake to protect the owners of such bonds and notes against the consequences of their own fault or misfortune.”
</P>
<P>“Hereafter all bonds, notes, and coupons, payable to bearer, and Treasury notes issued and remaining in blank, will be paid to the party presenting them in pursuance of the regulations of the Department, in the course of regular business; and no attention will be paid to caveats which may be filed for the purpose of preventing such payment.”</P></FTNT>
<P>(b) <I>Overdue securities.</I> Reports that bearer securities, or registered securities so assigned as to become in effect payable to bearer, were lost, stolen, or possibly destroyed after they became overdue as defined in § 306.25 will be accepted by the Bureau for the purpose of suspending redemption of the securities if the claimant establishes his interest. If the securities are presented, their redemption will be suspended and the presenter and the claimant will each be given an opportunity to establish ownership.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Relief for Loss, Theft, Destruction, Mutilation, or Defacement of Securities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.110" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.14.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.110   Statutory authority and requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Relief is authorized, under certain conditions, for the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation or defacement of U.S. securities, whether before, at, or after maturity. A bond of indemnity, in such form and with such surety, sureties or security as may be required to protect the interests of the United States, is required as a condition of relief on account of any bearer security or any registered security assigned in blank or so assigned as to become in effect payable to bearer, and is ordinarily required in the case of unassigned registered securities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.111" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.14.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.111   Procedure for applying for relief.</HEAD>
<P>Prompt report of the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation or defacement of a security should be made to the Bureau. The report should include:
</P>
<P>(a) The name and present address of the owner and his address at the time the security was issued, and, if the report is made by some other person, the capacity in which he represents the owner.
</P>
<P>(b) The identity of the security by title of loan, issue date, interest rate, serial number and denomination, and in the case of a registered security, the exact form of inscription and a full description of any assignment, endorsement or other writing.
</P>
<P>(c) A full statement of the circumstances.
</P>
<FP>All available portions of a mutilated, defaced or partially destroyed security must also be submitted.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.112" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.14.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.112   Type of relief granted.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prior to call or maturity.</I> After a claim on account of the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation, or defacement of a security which has not matured or been called has been satisfactorily established and the conditions for granting relief have been met, a security of like description will be issued to replace the original security.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>At or after call or maturity.</I> Payment will be made on account of the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation, or defacement of a called or matured security after the claim has been satisfactorily established and the conditions for granting relief have been met.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Interest coupons.</I> Where relief has been authorized on account of a destroyed, mutilated or defaced coupon security which has not matured or been called, the replacement security will have attached all unmatured interest coupons if it is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Treasury that the coupons were attached to the original security at the time of its destruction, mutilation or defacement. In every other case only those unmatured interest coupons for which the Department has received payment will be attached. The price of the coupons will be their value as determined by the Department at the time relief is authorized using interest rate factors based on then current market yields on Treasury securities of comparable maturities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.113" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.14.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.113   Cases not requiring bonds of indemnity.</HEAD>
<P>A bond of indemnity will not be required as a condition of relief for the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation, or defacement of registered securities in any of the following classes of cases unless the Secretary of the Treasury deems it essential in the public interest:
</P>
<P>(a) If the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation, or defacement, as the case may be, occurred while the security was in the custody or control of the United States, or a duly authorized agent thereof (not including the Postal Service when acting solely in its capacity as public carrier of the mails), or while in the course of shipment effected under regulations issued pursuant to the Government Losses in Shipment Act (parts 260, 261, and 262 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) If substantially the entire security is presented and surrendered and the Security of the Treasury is satisfied as to the identity of the security and that any missing portions are not sufficient to form the basis of a valid claim against the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) If the security is one which by the provisions of law or by the terms of its issue is nontransferable or is transferable only by operation of law.
</P>
<P>(d) If the owner or holder is the United States, a Federal Reserve bank, a Federal Government corporation, a State, the District of Columbia, a territory or possession of the United States, a municipal corporation, or, if applicable, a political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or a foreign government.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Book-Entry Procedure</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.115" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.15.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.115   Definition of terms.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this subpart, the definitions provided in 31 CFR 357.3 are applicable, with the following additions:
</P>
<P><I>Definitive Treasury security</I> means a Treasury bond, note, certificate of indebtedness, or bill issued under 31 U.S.C. chapter 31 in engraved or printed form.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible book-entry Treasury security</I> means a security maintained in TRADES that was originally issued prior to August 15, 1986, which by the terms of its offering circular is available in either definitive or book-entry form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 43637, Aug. 23, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.116" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.15.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.116   Scope and effect of book-entry procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 306.117, the provisions of 31 CFR part 357, subparts A, B, and D apply.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart is effective January 1, 1997.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 43637, Aug. 23, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.117" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.15.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.117   Withdrawal of eligible book-entry Treasury securities for conversion to registered form.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Eligible book-entry Treasury securities may be withdrawn from TRADES by requesting delivery of like definitive Treasury securities.
</P>
<P>(b) Fiscal Service shall, upon receipt of appropriate instructions to withdraw eligible book-entry Treasury securities from book-entry form in TRADES, convert such securities into registered Treasury securities and deliver them in accordance with such instructions; no such conversion shall affect existing interests in such Treasury securities.
</P>
<P>(c) All requests for withdrawal of eligible book-entry Treasury securities must be made prior to the maturity or date of call of the securities.
</P>
<P>(d) Treasury securities which are to be delivered upon withdrawal may be issued in registered form, to the extent permitted by the applicable offering circular.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 43637, Aug. 23, 1996; 64 FR 38126, July 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.125" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.16.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.125   Additional requirements.</HEAD>
<P>In any case or any class of cases arising under these regulations the Secretary of the Treasury may require such additional evidence and a bond of indemnity, with or without surety, as may in his judgment be necessary for the protection of the interests of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.126" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.16.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.126   Waiver of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right, in his discretion, to waive or modify any provision or provisions of these regulations in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship, if such action is not inconsistent with law, does not impair any existing rights, and he is satisfied that such action would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.127" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.16.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.127   Preservation of existing rights.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing contained in these regulations shall limit or restrict existing rights which holders of securities heretofore issued may have acquired under the circulars offering such securities for sale or under the regulations in force at the time of acquisition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 306.128" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.25.16.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 306.128   Supplements, amendments or revisions.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, prescribe additional supplemental, amendatory or revised regulations with respect to U.S. securities. The Secretary also may lower the minimum and multiple requirements for stripping marketable Treasury notes and bonds issued prior to March 1, 1993, through an announcement as provided in § 356.31 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 66175, Nov. 3, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="308" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 308—GENERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING FULL-PAID INTERIM CERTIFICATES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>80 Stat. 379; sec. 8. 50 Stat. 481, as amended; secs. 1, 18, 5, 40 Stat. 288, as amended, 1309, as amended, 290, as amended; sec. 32, 30 Stat. 466, as amended; 5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 738a, 752, 753, 754, 756.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>6 FR 5289, Oct. 17, 1941, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 308.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.26.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 308.1   Issue.</HEAD>
<P>Federal Reserve Banks, as Fiscal Agents of the United States, and the Treasury Department may issue full-paid interim certificates in lieu of definitive securities, against full-paid allotments of subscriptions, when specifically authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury in connection with the issue, hereafter, to the public, of United States securities. Interim certificates shall be in such form, and in such denominations, as the Secretary of the Treasury may determine when an issue is authorized.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 308.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.26.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 308.2   Exchange for definitive securities.</HEAD>
<P>Upon surrender of a full-paid interim certificate to a Federal Reserve Bank, or to the Treasury Department, Washington, DC 20226, the definitive securities described therein, when prepared, will be delivered. Exchanges shall be made on like par amount basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 308.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.26.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 308.3   Exchanges of denominations.</HEAD>
<P>Pending availability of definitive securities, exchanges of authorized denominations of interim certificates, from higher to lower will be permitted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 308.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.26.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 308.4   Applicable regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Except as may otherwise be provided, and in so far as applicable, the general regulations of the Treasury Department, as contained in part 306 of this subchapter, as amended or revised, shall apply to full-paid interim certificates.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 308.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.26.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 308.5   Reservations.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to withdraw or amend at any time or from time to time any or all of the provisions of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="309" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 309—ISSUE AND SALE OF TREASURY BILLS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>80 Stat. 379; sec. 8, 50 Stat. 481, as amended; sec. 5, 40 Stat. 290, as amended; 5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 738a, 754.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 44006, Oct. 5, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 309.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.1   Authority for issue and sale.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized by the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, to issue Treasury bills of the United States on an interest-bearing basis, on a discount basis, or on a combination interest-bearing and discount basis, at such price or prices and with interest computed in such manner and payable at such time or times as he may prescribe; and to fix the form, terms, and conditions thereof, and to offer them for sale on a competitive or other basis, under such regulations and upon such terms and conditions as he may prescribe. Pursuant to said authorization, the Secretary of the Treasury may, from time to time, by public notice, offer Treasury bills for sale, and invite tenders therefor, through the Federal Reserve Banks and branches and through the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service. The Treasury bills so offered, and the tenders made, will be subject to the terms and conditions and to the general rules and regulations herein set forth, except as they may be modified in the public notices issued by the Secretary of the Treasury in connection with particular offerings. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Accordingly, these regulations do not constitute a specific offering of Treasury bills.</P></FTNT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.2   Description of Treasury bills (General).</HEAD>
<P>Treasury bills are bearer obligations of the United States promising to pay a specified amount on a specified date. They will be payable at maturity upon presentation to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226, or to any Federal Reserve Bank or branch. Treasury bills are issued only by Federal Reserve Banks and branches and the Bureau of the Fiscal Service pursuant to tenders accepted by the Secretary of the Treasury, and shall not be valid unless the issue date and the maturity date are entered thereon. Treasury bills bearing the same issue date and the same maturity date shall constitute a series.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.3   Denominations and exchange.</HEAD>
<P>Treasury bills will be issued in denominations (maturity value) of $10,000, $15,000, $50,000, $100,000, $500,000, and $1,000,000. Exchanges from higher to lower and lower to higher denominations of the same series (bearing the same issue and maturity dates) will be permitted at Federal Reserve Banks and branches and at the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226. Insofar as applicable, the general regulations of the Treasury Department governing transactions in bonds and notes will govern transactions in Treasury bills.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.4   Taxation.</HEAD>
<P>The income derived from Treasury bills, whether interest or gain from the sale or other disposition of the bills, shall not have any exemption, as such, and loss from the sale or other disposition of Treasury bills shall not have any special treatment, as such, under the Internal Revenue Code, or laws amendatory or supplementary thereto. The bills shall be subject to estate, inheritance, gift or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority. For purposes of taxation the amount of discount at which Treasury bills are originally sold by the United States shall be considered to be interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.5   Acceptance of Treasury bills for various purposes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Acceptable as security for public deposits.</I> Treasury bills will be acceptable at maturity value to secure deposits of public monies.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable in payment of taxes.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury, in his discretion, when inviting tenders for Treasury bills, may provide that Treasury bills of any series will be acceptable at maturity value, whether at or before maturity, under such rules and regulations as he shall prescribe or approve, in payment of income taxes payable under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Treasury bills which by the terms of their issue are acceptable in payment of income taxes may be surrendered to any Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, acting as fiscal agent of the United States, or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226, 15 days or less before the date on which the taxes become due.
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of payments of corporation income taxes (including payments of estimates) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1967, the bills shall be accompanied by a preinscribed Form 503, Federal Tax Deposit, Corporation Income Taxes, on which the face amount of the bills being surrendered should be entered in the space provided for the amount of the tax deposit. The office receiving the bills and Form 503 will acknowledge receipt of the bills to the owner corporation and effect the tax deposit on the date on which the taxes become due. Accordingly, in these cases, it will no longer be necessary to submit receipts for Treasury bills to the Internal Revenue Service with the corporation's declaration or tax return.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of payments of all other income taxes the office receiving the bills will issue receipts (in duplicate) to the owners. The original of the receipt shall be submitted, by the owner, in lieu of the bills, together with the tax return, to the District Director, Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Discounting by Federal Reserve Bank of notes secured by Treasury bills.</I> Notes securied by Treasury bills are eligible for discount or rediscount at Federal Reserve Banks as provided under the provisions of section 13 of the Federal Reserve Act, as are notes securied by bonds and notes of the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Acceptable in connection with foreign obligations held by United States.</I> Treasury bills will be acceptable at maturity, but not before, in payment of interest or of principal on account of obligations of foreign governments held by the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.6   Public notice of offering.</HEAD>
<P>When Treasury bills are to be offered, tenders therefor will be invited through public notice given by the Secretary of the Treasury. Such public notices may be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury in the name of “the Treasury Department” with the same force and effect as if issued in the name of the Secretary of the Treasury. In such notice there will be set forth the amount of Treasury bills for which tenders are then invited, the date of issue, the date or dates when such bills will become due and payable, the date and closing hour for the receipt of tenders at the Federal Reserve Banks and branches and at the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226, and the date on which payment for accepted tenders must be made or completed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.7   Tenders; submission through Federal Reserve Banks and branches and to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service.</HEAD>
<P>Tenders in response to any such public notice will be received at the Federal Reserve Banks, or Branches thereof and at the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226, and unless received before the time fixed for closing will be disregarded. Each tender must be for a minimum amount of $10,000. Tenders over $10,000 must be in multiples of $5,000 (maturity value). In the case of competitive tenders the price or prices offered by the bidder for the amount or amounts (at maturity value) applied for must be stated, and must be expressed on the basis of 100, with not more than three decimals, e.g., 99.925. Fractions may not be used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.8   Tenders; when cash deposit is required.</HEAD>
<P>Tenders should be submitted on the printed forms and forwarded in the special envelopes which will be supplied on application to any Federal Reserve Bank, or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226. If a special envelope is not available, the inscription “Tender for Treasury Bills” should be placed on the envelope used. The instructions set forth in the public notice announcing the offering should be observed with respect to the submission of tenders. Banking institutions generally may submit tenders for account of customers provided the names of the customers are set forth in such tenders. Others than banking institutions, will not be permitted to submit tenders except for their own account. Tenders from incorporated banks and trust companies, and from responsible and recognized dealers in investment securities will be received without deposit. Tenders from all others must be accompanied by a payment of such percent of the face amount of the Treasury bills applied for as the Secretary of the Treasury may from time to time prescribe: <I>Provided, however,</I> That such deposit will not be required if the tender is accompanied by an express guaranty of payment in full by an incorporated bank or trust company. Forfeiture of the prescribed payment may be declared by the Secretary of the Treasury, if payment is not completed, in the case of accepted tenders, on the prescribed date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.9   Tenders; acceptance by the Secretary of the Treasury.</HEAD>
<P>At the time fixed for closing, as specified in the public notice, all tenders received by the Federal Reserve Banks and Branches and by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will be opened. The Secretary of the Treasury will determine the acceptable prices offered and will make public announcement thereof those submitting tenders will be advised of the acceptance or rejection thereof, and payment on accepted tenders must be made or completed on the date specified in the public notice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.10   Tenders; reservation of right to reject.</HEAD>
<P>In considering the acceptance of tenders, the highest prices offered will be accepted in full down to the amount required, and if the same price appears in two or more tenders and it is necessary to accept only a part of the amount offered at such price, the amount accepted at such price will be prorated in accordance with the respective amounts applied for. However, the Secretary of the Treasury expressly reserves the right on any occasion to accept non-competitive tenders entered in accordance with specific offerings, to reject any or all tenders or parts of tenders, and to award less than the amount applied for; and any action he may take in any such respect or respects shall be final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.11   Tenders; payment of accepted tenders.</HEAD>
<P>Settlement for accepted tenders in accordance with the bids must be made or completed at the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank or branch or at the Bureau of the Fiscal Service in cash or other immediately available funds on or before the date specified, except that the Secretary of the Treasury, in his discretion, when inviting tenders for Treasury bills, may provide:
</P>
<P>(a) That any qualified depositary may make such settlement by credit, on behalf of itself and its customers, up to any amount for which it shall be qualified in excess of existing deposits, when so notified by the Federal Reserve Bank of its District or
</P>
<P>(b) That such settlement may be made in maturing Treasury bills accepted in exchange.
</P>
<FP>Whenever the Secretary provides for settlement in maturing Treasury bills, cash adjustments will be made for differences between the par value of the maturing bills and the issue price of the new bills.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.12   Relief on account of loss, theft or destruction, etc.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Relief on account of the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation or defacement of Treasury bills may be given only under the authority of, and subject to the conditions set forth in section 8 of the act of July 8, 1937 (50 Stat. 481), as amended (31 U.S.C. 738a) and the regulations pursuant thereto in (Treasury Department Circular No. 300 insofar as applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) In case of the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation or defacement of Treasury bills, immediate advice, with a full description of the bill or bills involved, should be sent to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Securities Operations, Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20226, either direct or though any Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, and, if relief under the statutes may be given, instructions and necessary blank forms will be furnished.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.13   Functions of Federal Reserve Banks.</HEAD>
<P>Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, as fiscal agents of the United States, are authorized to perform all such acts as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this circular and of any public notice or notices issued in connection with any offering of Treasury bills.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 309.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.27.0.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 309.14   Reservation as to terms of circular.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right further to amend, supplement, revise or withdraw all or any of the provisions of this circular at any time, or from time to time.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="312" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 312—FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND FEDERAL CREDIT UNIONS AS FISCAL AGENTS OF THE UNITED STATES
</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Pursuant to the regulations in this part, the Acting Secretary of the Treasury on September 15, 1936, designated for employment as fiscal agents of the United States for the purpose of taking applications solely from their own members and forwarding remittances for, and making delivery of, United States Savings Bonds, all Federal savings and loan associations and Federal credit unions in good standing having five hundred or more members, and further designated all Federal savings and loan associations in good standing for employment as fiscal agents of the United States, for the purpose of collecting delinquent accounts arising out of insurance and loan transactions of the Administrator under Title I of the National Housing Act, and making investigations and rendering reports respecting the said delinquencies as may be directed from time to time by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>Pursuant to these same regulations, the Fiscal Assistant Secretary has now designated for employment, as fiscal agents of the United States, for the purpose of taking applications from nonmembers, as well as their own members, and forwarding remittances for, and making delivery of United States Savings Bonds, all Federal credit unions in good standing.</P></NOTE>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 5(k), 17, 48 Stat. 646, 1222; 12 U.S.C. 1464(k), 1767.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>1 FR 1587, Sept. 17, 1936; 57 FR 34684, Aug. 6, 1992, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross References:</HED>
<P>For National Credit Union Administration, see 12 CFR chapter VII. For Farm Credit Administration, see 12 CFR chapter VI. For Federal Home Loan Bank Board, see 12 CFR chapter V. For Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing, Department of Housing and Urban Development, see 24 CFR chapter II.</P></CROSSREF>

<DIV8 N="§ 312.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.28.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 312.1   Authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Home Owners' Loan Act.</I> Section 5(k) of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933, as amended (48 Stat. 645; 12 U.S.C. 1464(k), is as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>(k) When designated for that purpose by the Secretary of the Treasury, any Federal savings and loan association * * * may be employed as fiscal agent of the Government under such regulations as may be prescribed by said Secretary and shall perform all such reasonable duties as fiscal agent of the Government as may be required of it * * *.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Federal Credit Union Act.</I> Section 17 of the Federal Credit Union Act (48 Stat. 1222; 12 U.S.C. 1767) is as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Each Federal credit union organized under this Act, when requested by the Secretary of the Treasury, shall act as fiscal agent of the United States and shall perform such services as the Secretary of the Treasury may require in connection with * * * the lending, borrowing, and repayment of money by the United States, including the issue, sale, redemption or repurchase of bonds, notes, Treasury certificates of indebtedness, or other obligations of the United States * * *.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 312.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.28.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 312.2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 312.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.28.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 312.3   Collections, investigations, and reports for the Federal Housing Administration.</HEAD>
<P>Federal savings and loan associations, when designated for employment as fiscal agents of the United States for the purpose of collecting delinquent accounts arising out of insurance and loan transactions of the Administrator under Title I of the National Housing Act (48 Stat. 1246, 1247; 12 U.S.C. 1702-1706), and making investigations and rendering reports respecting the said delinquencies as may be directed from time to time by the Administrator, shall promptly forward remittances in the form collected to the Commissioner of the Federal Housing Administration, except, that remittances received in cash should be forwarded in the form of money order or check.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 312.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.28.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 312.4   Bond of indemnity.</HEAD>
<P>No Federal savings and loan association or Federal credit union which may have been designated for employment mentioned in this part shall perform, or make any effort to perform any of the acts included in such employment, or advertise in any manner that it is authorized to perform such acts until it has qualified by the execution of, delivery to, and approval of a bond of indemnity in favor of the United States with satisfactory surety, or with the pledge of collateral security as provided in part 225 of this chapter, conditioned upon the faithful performance of the obligor's duties as fiscal agent of the United States in the principal amount of $1,000 and until the Federal Home Loan Bank Board or the Bureau of Federal Credit Unions, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, respectively, shall have certified to the Secretary of the Treasury that such association or credit union is in good standing and is eligible, under the terms and conditions prescribed by the Secretary, to qualify for the performance of the designated acts. The Federal Home Loan Bank Board and the Bureau of Credit Unions, respectively, shall keep the Secretary of the Treasury currently advised of the changes in the lists of associations and credit unions which are eligible, under the aforesaid terms and conditions, to qualify for the performance of the designated acts.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 3447, Mar. 2, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 312.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.28.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 312.5   Fiscal agents to serve without compensation.</HEAD>
<P>All of the fiscal agency employment mentioned in this part shall be performed without compensation, reimbursement for expenses, or allowance of service charges.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 312.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.28.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 312.6   Applications other than to Federal Reserve Banks.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing contained in this part shall be construed as preventing such associations and credit unions, if they desire to assume such responsibility, from acting as agents of prospective purchasers in making applications to, and obtaining United States Savings Bonds from post offices or other designated places of issuance.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="315" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 315—REGULATIONS GOVERNING U.S. SAVINGS BONDS, SERIES A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J, AND K, AND U.S. SAVINGS NOTES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3105 and 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.0   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this circular, Department of the Treasury Circular No. 530, and the provisions of the respective offering circulars, govern—
</P>
<P>(a) Definitive (paper) United States Savings Bonds of Series E that have not been converted to book-entry savings bonds in New Treasury Direct, and Series H and United States Savings Notes, and 
</P>
<P>(b) United States Savings Bonds of Series A, B, C, D, F, G, J, and K, all of which have matured and are no longer earning interest.
</P>
<FP>The regulations in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 3-80 (31 CFR, part 353), govern United States Savings Bonds of Series EE and Series HH.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 70 FR 14941, Mar. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.1   Official agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service of the Department of the Treasury is responsible for administering the Savings Bonds Program. Authority to process most transactions has been delegated to Federal Reserve Banks and Branches in the list below, as fiscal agents of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) Communications concerning transactions and requests for forms should be addressed to:
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal Reserve Bank or Branch in the list below; the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. 200 Third Street, Parkersburg, WV 26101; or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The following Federal Reserve Offices have been designated to provide savings bond services:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Servicing office
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reserve districts served
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Geographic area served
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Buffalo Branch, P.O. Box 961, Buffalo, NY 14240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, Boston</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CT, MA, ME, NH, NJ (northern half), NY (City &amp; State), RI, Vt, Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Pittsburgh Branch, P.O. Box 867, Pittsburgh, PA 15230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cleveland, Philadelphia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DE, KY (eastern half), NJ (southern half), OH, PA, WV (northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, P.O. Box 27622, Richmond, VA 23261</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Richmond, Atlanta</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AL, DC, FL, LA (southern half), MD, MS (southern half), NC, SC, TN (eastern half), VA, WV (except northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, 250 Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55480</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minneapolis, Chicago</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IA, IL (northern half), IN (northern half), MN, MT, ND, SD, WI.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, 925 Grand Avenue, Kansas City, MO 64198</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dallas, San Francisco, Kansas City, St. Louis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AK, AR, AZ, CA, CO, HI, ID, IL (southern half), IN (southern half), KS, KY (western half), LA (northern half), MO, MS (northern half), NE, NM, NV, OK, OR, TN (western half), TX, WA, WY, UT and GU.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) Until March 1, 1996, other Federal Reserve Offices may continue to provide some savings bond services, but such services will be phased out over the period prior to that date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 59 FR 10534, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in these regulations—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Bond</I> means a United States Savings Bond of any series except EE and HH, unless the context indicates otherwise. General references to bonds and direct references to Series E bonds also include United States Savings Notes, unless specifically excluded.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Converted bond</I> means a savings bond originally issued as a definitive bond that has been surrendered to us and converted to a book-entry savings bond to be maintained by Treasury solely as a computer record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Extended maturity period</I> means any period after the original maturity date during which the owner may retain a bond and continue to earn interest on the maturity value or extended maturity value under applicable provisions of the circular offering the bond for sale.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Extended maturity value</I> is the value of a bond at the end of the applicable extended maturity period.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Final extended maturity date</I> is the date on which a bond will mature and cease to bear interest at the end of the final extended maturity period.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Incompetent</I> means an individual who is incapable of handling his or her business affairs because of a legal, mental or medically-established physical disability, except that a minor is not an incompetent solely because of age.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Inscription</I> means the information that is printed on the face of the bond.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Issuing agent</I> means an organization that has been qualified under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 4-67, current revision (31 CFR part 317), to issue savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Original maturity date</I> means the date on which the bond reaches the end of the term for which it was initially offered and, unless further extended, ceases to earn interest.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Paying agent</I> means a financial institution that has been qualified under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular No. 750, current revision (31 CFR part 321), to make payment of savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Payment</I> means redemption, unless otherwise indicated by context.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Person</I> means any legal entity including, but without limitation, and individual, corporation (public or private), partnership, unincorporated association, or fiduciary estate.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Personal trust estates</I> means trust estates established by natural persons in their own right for the benefit of themselves or other natural persons in whole or in part, and common trust funds comprised in whole or in part of such trust estates.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Registration</I> means that the names of all persons named on the bond and the taxpayer identification number (TIN) of the owner, first-named coowner, or purchaser of a gift bond are maintained on our records.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Reissue</I> means the cancellation and retirement of a bond and the issuance of a new bond or bonds of the same series, same issue date, and same total face amount.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Representative of the estate of a minor, incompetent, aged person, absentee, et al.</I> means the court-appointed or otherwise qualified person, regardless of title, who is legally authorized to act for the individual. The term does not include parents in their own right, voluntary or natural guardians, or the executors or administrators of decedents' estates.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Surrender</I> means the actual receipt of a bond with an appropriate request for payment or reissue by either a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, or, if a paying agent is authorized to handle the transaction, the actual receipt of the bond and the request for payment by the paying agent.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Taxpayer identifying number</I> means a social security account number or an employer identification number.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Voluntary guardian</I> means an individual who is recognized as authorized to act for an incompetent, as provided by § 315.64.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Voluntary representative</I> means the person qualified by the Department of the Treasury to request payment or distribution of a decedent's savings bonds pursuant to § 315.71.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 70 FR 14941, Mar. 23, 2005; 70 FR 57430, Sept. 30, 2005; 71 FR 46856, Aug. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.1.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.3   Converting definitive savings bonds to book-entry bonds in New Treasury Direct.</HEAD>
<P>Series E savings bonds that were originally issued as definitive bonds may be converted to book-entry bonds through New Treasury Direct, an online system for holding Treasury securities. The Web address for New Treasury Direct is <I>www.treasurydirect.gov.</I> Bond owners who wish to convert their definitive savings bonds should follow online instructions for conversion. Regulations governing converted bonds are found at 31 CFR part 363.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14941, Mar. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Registration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.5   General rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registration is conclusive of ownership.</I> Savings bonds are issued only in registered form. The registration must express the actual ownership of, and interest in, the bond. The registration is conclusive of ownership, except as provided in § 315.49.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for registration.</I> Registrations requested must be clear, accurate and complete, conform substantially with one of the forms set forth in this subpart, and include the taxpayer identifying number of the owner or first-named coowner. The taxpayer identifying number of the second-named coowner or beneficiary is not required but its inclusion is desirable. The registration of all bonds owned by the same person, organization, or fiduciary should be uniform with respect to the name of the owner and any description of the fiduciary capacity. An individual should be designated by the name he or she is ordinarily known by or uses in business, including at least one full given name. The name may be preceded or followed by any applicable title, such as <I>Miss, Mr., Mrs., Ms., Dr., Rev., M.D.,</I> or <I>D.D..</I> A suffix, such as <I>Sr.</I> or <I>Jr.,</I> must be included when ordinarily used or when necessary to distinguish the owner from another member of his family. A married woman's own given name, not that of her husband, must be used; for example, <I>Mary A. Jones</I> or <I>Mrs. Mary A. Jones,</I> NOT <I>Mrs. Frank B. Jones.</I> The address must include, where appropriate, the number and street, route, or any other local feature, city, State, and ZIP Code.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.6   Restrictions on registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Natural persons.</I> Only an individual in his or her own right may be designated as coowner or beneficiary along with any other individual, whether on original issue or reissue, except as provided in § 315.7(g).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Residence.</I> The designation of an owner or first-named coowner is restricted, on original issue only, to persons (whether individuals or others) who are—
</P>
<P>(1) Residents of the United States, its territories and possessions, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the former Canal Zone;
</P>
<P>(2) Citizens of the United States residing abroad;
</P>
<P>(3) Civilian employees of the United States or members of its armed forces, regardless of their residence or citizenship; and
</P>
<P>(4) Residents of Canada or Mexico who work in the United States but only if the bonds are purchased on a payroll deduction plan and the owner provides a taxpayer identifying number.
</P>
<FP>A nonresident alien may be designated coowner or beneficiary or, on authorized reissue, owner, unless the nonresident alien is a resident of an area with respect to which the Department of the Treasury restricts or regulates the delivery of checks drawn against funds of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities. See Department of the Treasury Circular No. 655, current revision (31 CFR part 211). Registration is not permitted in any form which includes the name of any alien who is a resident of any restricted area.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Minors.</I> (1) Minors may purchase with their wages, earnings, or other funds belonging to them and under their control bonds registered in their names alone or with a coowner or beneficiary.
</P>
<P>(2) Bonds purchased by another person with funds belonging to a minor not under legal guardianship or similar fiduciary estate must be registered, without a coowner or beneficiary, in the name of the minor or a natural guardian on behalf of a minor.
</P>
<P>(3) Bonds purchased with funds of another may be registered to name the minor as owner, coowner, or beneficiary. If the minor is under legal guardianship or similar fiduciary estate, the registration must include an appropriate reference to it.
</P>
<P>(4) Bonds purchased as a gift to a minor under a gifts-to-minors statute must be registered as prescribed by the statute and no coowner or beneficiary may be named.
</P>
<P>(5) Bonds purchased by a representative of a minor's estate must be registered in the name of the minor and must include in the registration an appropriate reference to the guardianship or similar fiduciary estate. Bonds purchased by a representative of the estates of two or more minors, even though appointed in a single proceeding, must be registered in the name of each minor separately with appropriate reference to the guardianship or similar fiduciary estate.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Incompetents.</I> Bonds may be registered to a name as owner, coowner, or beneficiary an incompetent for whose estate a guardian or similar representative has been appointed, except that a coowner or beneficiary may not be named on bonds purchased with funds belonging to the incompetent. The registration must include appropriate reference to the guardianship or similar fiduciary estate. Bonds should not be registered in the name of an incompetent unless there is a representative for his or her estate, except as provided in § 315.64.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.7   Authorized forms of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Subject to any limitations or restrictions contained in these regulations on the right of any person to be named as owner, coowner, or beneficiary, bonds should be registered as indicated below. A savings bond registered in a form not substantially in agreement with one of the forms authorized by this subpart is not considered validly issued.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Natural persons.</I> A bond may be registered in the names of individuals in their own right, but only in one of the forms authorized by this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Single ownership form.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of one individual. Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>John A. Jones 123-45-6789.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Coownership form.</I> A bond may be registered in the names of two individuals in the alternative as coowners. The form of registration “A and B” is not authorized. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Jones 123-45-6789 or Ella S. Jones 987-65-4321.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John A. Jones 123-45-6789 or (Miss, Ms. or Mrs.) Ella S. Jones.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ella S. Jones 987-65-4321 or John A. Jones.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Beneficiary form.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of one individual payable on death to another. “Payable on death to” may be abbreviated to “P.O.D.” Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Jones 123-45-6789 payable on death to Mrs. Ella S. Jones.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John A. Jones 123-45-6789 P.O.D. Ella S. Jones 987-65-4321.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Fiduciaries (including legal guardians and similar representatives, certain custodians, natural guardians, executors, administrators, and trustees)</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of any person or persons or any organization acting as fiduciary of a single fiduciary estate, but not where the fiduciary will hold the bond merely or principally as security for the performance of a duty, obligation, or service. Registration should conform to a form authorized by this paragraph. A coowner or beneficiary may be named only in accordance with the applicable provisions of § 315.6(c) and (d). A common trust fund established and maintained by a financial institution authorized to act as a fiduciary will be considered a single fiduciary estate within the meaning of these regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Legal guardians, conservators, similar representives, certain custodians.</I> A bond may be registered in the name and title or capacity of the legally appointed or authorized representative of the estate of a minor, incompetent, aged or infirm person, absentee, et al., or in the name of that individual followed by an appropriate reference to the estate. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Tenth National Bank, guardian (or conservator, trustee, etc.) of the estate of George N. Brown 123-45-6789, a minor (or an incompetent, aged person, infirm person, or absentee).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Henry C. Smith, conservator of the estate of John R. White 123-45-6789, an adult, pursuant to Sec. 633.572 of the Iowa Code.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John F. Green 123-45-6789, a minor (or an incompetent) under custodianship by designation of the Veterans Administration.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Frank M. Redd 123-45-6789, an incompetent for whom Eric A. Redd has been designated trustee by the Department of the Army pursuant to 37 U.S.C. 602.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Arnold A. Ames, as custodian for Barry B. Bryan 123-45-6789, under the California Uniform Gifts to Minors Act.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Thomas J. Reed, as custodian for Lawrence W. Reed 123-45-6789, a minor, under the laws of Georgia.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Richard A. Rowe 123-45-6789, for whom Reba L. Rowe is representative payee for social security benefits (or black lung benefits, as the case may be). (If the beneficiary is a minor, the words “a minor” should appear immediately after the social security number.)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Henry L. Green 123-45-6789 or George M. Brown, a minor under legal guardianship of the Tenth National Bank.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Henry L. Green 123-45-6789 P.O.D. George M. Brown, a minor under legal guardianship of the Tenth National Bank.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Redd State Hospital and School, selected payee for John A. Jones 123-45-6789, a Civil Service annuitant, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 8345(e).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Natural guardians.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of either parent of a minor, as natural guardian. The registration of a bond in this form is considered as establishing a fiduciary relationship. A coowner or beneficiary may be named but only if the funds used to purchase the bond do not belong to the minor. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Jones, as natural guardian for Henry M. Jones 123-45-6789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Melba Smith, as natural guardian for Thelma Smith 123-45-6789 P.O.D. Bartholomew Smith.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) <I>Executors and administrators.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of the representative appointed by a court to act for an estate of a decedent, or in the name of an executor authorized to administer a trust under the terms of a will although not named trustee. The name and capacity of all the representatives as shown in the letters of appointment must be included in the registration and be followed by an adequate identifying reference to the estate. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John H. Smith and Calvin N. Jones, executors of the will (or administrators of the estate) of Robert J. Smith, deceased 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John H. Smith, executor of the will of Robert J. Smith, deceased, in trust for Mrs. Jane L. Smith, with remainder over 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) <I>Trustee or life tenants under wills, deeds of trust, agreements, or similar instruments.</I> A bond may be registered in the name and title of the trustee of a trust estate, or in the name of a life tenant, followed by an adequate identifying reference to the authority governing the trust or life tenancy. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Thomas J. White and Tenth National Bank, trustees under the will of Robert J. Smith, deceased 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Jane N. Black 123-45-6789, life tenant under the will of Robert J. Black, deceased.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tenth National Bank, trustee under agreement with Paul E. White, dated 2/1/76, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Carl A. Black and Henry B. Green, trustees under agreement with Paul E. White, dated 2/1/76, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Paul E. White, trustee under declaration of trust dated 2/1/76, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(i) If the trust instrument designates by title only an officer of a board or an organization as trustee, only the title of the officer should be used. Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Chairman, Board of Trustees, First Church of Christ, Scientist, of Chicago, Illinois, in trust under the will of Robert J. Smith, deceased 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) The names of all trustees, in the form used in the trust instrument, must be included in the registration, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) If there are several trustees designated as a board or they are required to act as a unit, their names may be omitted and the words “Board of Trustees” substituted for the word “trustee”. Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Board of Trustees of Immediate Relief Trust of Federal Aid Association, under trust indenture dated 2/1/76, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(B) If the trustees do not constitute a board or are not required to act as a unit, and are too numerous to be designated in the registration by names and title, some or all the names may be omitted. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Smith, Henry B. Jones, et al., trustees under the will of Edwin O. Mann, deceased 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>Trustees under the will of Edwin O. Mann, deceased 12-3456789.</FP1-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(6) <I>Employee thrift, savings, vacation and similar plans.</I> A bond may be registered in the name and title, or title alone, of the trustee of an eligible employee thrift, savings, vacation or similar plan, as defined in § 316.5, of Department of the Treasury Circular No. 653, current revision. If the instrument creating the trust provides that the trustees shall serve for a limited term, their names may be omitted. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Tenth National Bank, trustee of Pension Fund of Safety Manufacturing Company, U/A with the company, dated March 31, 1976, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trustees of Retirement Fund of Safety Manufacturing Company, under directors' resolution adopted March 31, 1976, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>County Trust Company, Trustee of the Employee Savings Plan of Jones Company, Inc., U/A dated January 17, 1976, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trustee of the Employee Savings Plan of Brown Brothers, Inc., U/A dated January 20, 1976, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(7) <I>Funds of lodges, churches, societies, or similar organizations.</I> A bond may be registered in the title of the trustees, or a board of trustees, holding funds in trust for a lodge, church, or society, or similar organization, whether or not incorporated. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Trustees of the First Baptist Church, Akron, Ohio, acting as a Board under section 15 of its bylaws 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trustees of Jamestown Lodge No. 1000, Benevolent and Protective Order of Elks, under section 10 of its bylaws 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Board of Trustees of Lotus Club, Washington, Indiana, under Article 10 of its constitution 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(8) <I>Investment agents for religious, educational, charitable and non-profit organizations.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a bank, trust company, or other financial institution, or an individual, as agent under an agreement with a religious, educational, charitable or non-profit organization, whether or not incorporated, if the agent holds funds for the sole purpose of investing them and paying the income to the organization. The name and designation of the agent must be followed by an adequate reference to the agreement. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Tenth National Bank, fiscal agent U/A with the Evangelical Lutheran Church of the Holy Trinity, dated 12/28/76, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sixth Trust Company, Investment Agent U/A dated September 16, 1976, with Central City Post, Department of Illinois, American Legion, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John Jones, Investment Agent U/A dated September 16, 1976, with Central City Post, Department of Illinois, American Legion, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(9) <I>Funds of school groups or activities.</I> A bond may be registered in the title of the principal or other officer of a public, private, or parochial school holding funds in trust for a student body fund or for a class, group, or activity. If the amount purchased for any one fund does not exceed $2,500 (face amount), no reference need be made to a trust instrument. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Principal, Western High School, in trust for the Class of 1976 Library Fund, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Director of Athletics, Western High School, in trust for Student Activities Association, under resolution adopted 5/12/76, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(10) <I>Public corporations, bodies, or officers as trustees.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a public corporation or a public body, or in the title of a public officer, acting as trustee under express authority of law, followed by an appropriate reference to the statute creating the trust. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Rhode Island Investment Commission, trustee of the General Sinking Fund under Title 35, Ch. 8, Gen. Laws of Rhode Island.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Superintendent of the Austin State Hospital Annex, in trust for the Benefit Fund under Article 3183C, Vernon's Civ. Stat. of Texas Ann.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Private organizations (corporations, associations, partnerships)</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of any private organization in its own right. The full legal name of the organization as set forth in its charter, articles of incorporation, constitution, partnership agreement, or other authority from which its powers are derived, must be included in the registration and may be followed by a parenthetical reference to a particular account other than a trust account.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Corporations.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a business, fraternal, religious, non-profit, or other private corporation. The words “a corporation” must be included in the registration unless the fact of incorporation is shown in the name. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Smith Manufacturing Company, a corporation 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Green and Redd, Inc. 12-3456789 (Depreciation Acct.).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Unincorporated associations.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a club, lodge, society, or a similar self-governing association which is unincorporated. The words “an unincorporated association” must be included in the registration. This form of registration must not be used for a trust fund, board of trustees, a partnership, or a sole proprietorship. If the association is chartered by or affiliated with a parent organization, the name or designation of the subordinate or local organization must be given first, followed by the name of the parent organization. The name of the parent organization may be placed in parentheses and, if well known, may be abbreviated. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>The Lotus Club, an unincorporated association, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Local 447, Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen, an unincorporated association, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Eureka Lodge 317 (A.F. and A.M.), an unincorporated association, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) <I>Partnerships.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a partnership. The words “a partnership” must be included in the registration. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Smith &amp; Jones, a partnership, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Acme Novelty Company, a partnership, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) <I>Sole proprietorships.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of an individual who is doing business as a sole proprietor. A reference may be made to the trade name under which the business is conducted. Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP1-2>John Jones d.b.a. Jones Roofing Company, 123-45-6789</FP1-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Institutions (churches, hospitals, homes, schools, etc.).</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a church, hospital, home, school, or similar institution conducted by a private organization or by private trustees, regardless of the manner in which it is organized or governed or title to its property is held. Descriptive words, such as “a corporation” or “an unincorporated association”, must not be included in the registration. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Shriners' Hospital for Crippled Children, St. Louis, MO, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>St. Mary's Roman Catholic Church, Albany, NY, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rodeph Shalom Sunday School, Philadelphia, PA, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>States, public bodies and corporations, and public officers.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a State, county, city, town, village, school district, or other political entity, public body, or corporation established by law (including a board, commission, administration, authority, or agency) which is the owner or official custodian of public funds, other than trust funds, or in the full legal title of the public officer having custody of the funds. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>State of Maine.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Town of Rye, NY (Street Improvement Fund).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Maryland State Highway Administration.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Treasurer, City of Chicago.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>The United States Treasury.</I> A person who desires to have a bond become the property of the United States upon his or her death may designate the United States Treasury as coowner or beneficiary. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>George T. Jones 123-45-6789 or the United States Treasury.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>George T. Jones 123-45-6789 P.O.D. the United States Treasury.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Limitations on Annual Purchases</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.3.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.10   Limitations.</HEAD>
<P>Specific limitations have been placed on the amounts of bonds of each series and savings notes that might be purchased in any one year in the name of any one person or organization. The amounts applicable to each series of bonds and savings notes for each specific year, which has varied from time to time, can be found in the appropriate offering circulars, as revised and amended.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.3.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.11   Excess purchases.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service may permit excess purchases to stand in any particular case or class of cases.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Limitations on Transfer or Pledge</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.4.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.15   Transfer.</HEAD>
<P>Savings bonds are not transferable and are payable only to the owners named on the bonds, except as specifically provided in these regulations and then only in the manner and to the extent so provided.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.4.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.16   Pledge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A savings bond may not be hypothecated, pledged, or used as security for the performance of an obligation, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pledge under Treasury Circular No. 154.</I> A bond may be pledged by the registered owner in lieu of surety under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular No. 154, current revision (31 CFR part 225), if the bond approving officer is the Secretary of the Treasury. In this case, an irrevocable power of attorney shall be executed authorizing the Secretary of the Treasury to request payment.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Limitations on Judicial Proceedings—No Stoppage or Caveats Permitted</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.5.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.20   General.</HEAD>
<P>The following general rules apply to the recognition of a judicial determination on adverse claims affecting savings bonds:
</P>
<P>(a) The Department of the Treasury will not recognize a judicial determination that gives effect to an attempted voluntary transfer inter vivos of a bond, or a judicial determination that impairs the rights of survivorship conferred by these regulations upon a coowner or beneficiary. All provisions of this subpart are subject to these restrictions.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department of the Treasury will recognize a claim against an owner of a savings bond and conflicting claims of ownership of, or interest in, a bond between coowners or between the registered owner and the beneficiary, if established by valid, judicial proceedings specifically listed in this subpart. Escheat proceedings will not be recognized under this subpart. Section 315.23 specifies evidence required to establish the validity of judicial proceedings. Treasury may require any other evidence to establish the validity of judicial proceedings, such as evidence that the proceeding provided due process, complied with this part, and complied with relevant state law.


</P>
<P>(c) The Department of the Treasury and the agencies that issue, reissue, or redeem savings bonds will not accept a notice of an adverse claim or notice of pending judicial proceedings, nor undertake to protect the interests of a litigant not in possession of a savings bond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 80 FR 80264, Dec. 24, 2015]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.5.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.21   Payment to judgment creditors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purchaser or officer under levy.</I> The Department of the Treasury will pay (but not reissue) a savings bond to the purchaser at a sale under a levy or to the officer authorized under appropriate process to levy upon property of the registered owner or coowner to satisfy a money judgment. Payment will be made only to the extent necessary to satisfy the money judgment. The amount paid is limited to the redemption value 60 days after the termination of the judicial proceedings. Payment of a bond registered in coownership form pursuant to a judgment or a levy against only one coowner is limited to the extent of that coowner's interest in the bond. That interest must be established by an agreement between the coowners or by a judgment, decree, or order of a court in a proceeding to which both coowners are parties.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, or similar court officer.</I> The Department of the Treasury will pay, at current redemption value, a savings bond to a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver of an insolvent's estate, a receiver in equity, or a similar court officer under the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.5.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.22   Payment or reissue pursuant to judgment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Divorce.</I> The Department of the Treasury will recognize a divorce decree that ratifies or confirms a property settlement agreement disposing of bonds or that otherwise settles the interests of the parties in a bond. Reissue of a savings bond may be made to eliminate the name of one spouse as owner, coowner, or beneficiary, or to substitute the name of one spouse for that of the other spouse as owner, coowner, or beneficiary pursuant to the decree. However, if the bond is registered in the name of one spouse with another person as coowner, there must be submitted either:
</P>
<P>(1) A request for reissue by the other person or
</P>
<P>(2) A certified copy of a judgment, decree, or court order entered in proceedings to which the other person and the spouse named on the bond are parties, determining the extent of the interest of that spouse in the bond.
</P>
<FP>Reissue will be permitted only to the extent of that spouse's interest. The evidence required under § 315.23 must be submitted in every case. When the divorce decree does not set out the terms of the property settlement agreement, a certified copy of the agreement must be submitted. Payment, rather than reissue, will be made if requested.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Gift causa mortis.</I> A savings bond belonging solely to one individual will be paid or reissued at the request of the person found by a court to be entitled by reason of a gift causa mortis from the sole owner.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Date for determining rights.</I> When payment or reissue under this section is to be made, the rights of the parties will be those existing under the regulations current at the time of the entry of the final judgment, decree, or court order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.5.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.23   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To establish the validity of judicial proceedings, certified copies of the final judgment, decree, or court order, and of any necessary supplementary proceedings, must be submitted. If the judgment, decree, or court order was rendered more than six months prior to the presentation of the bond, there must also be submitted a certificate from the clerk of the court, under court seal, dated within six months of the presentation of the bond, showing that the judgment, decree, or court order is in full force.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trustee in bankruptcy or receiver of an insolvent's estate.</I> A request for payment by a trustee in bankruptcy or a receiver of an insolvent's estate must be supported by appropriate evidence of appointment and qualification. The evidence must be certified by the clerk of the court, under court seal, as being in full force on a date that is not more than six months prior to the presentation of the bond.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Receiver in equity or similar court officer.</I> A request for payment by the receiver in equity or a similar court officer, other than a receiver of an insolvent's estate, must be supported by a copy of an order that authorizes the presentation of the bond for redemption, certified by the clerk of the court, under court seal, as being in full force on a date that is not more than six months prior to the presentation of the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Relief for Loss, Theft, Destruction, Mutilation, Defacement, or Nonreceipt of Bonds</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.6.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.25   General.</HEAD>
<P>Relief, by the issue of a substitute bond or by payment, is authorized for the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation, or defacement of a bond after receipt by the owner or his or her representative. As a condition for granting relief, the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as designee of the Secretary of the Treasury, may require a bond of indemnity, in the form, and with the surety, or security, he considers necessary to protect the interests of the United States. In all cases the savings bond must be identified by serial number and the applicant must submit satisfactory evidence of the loss, theft, or destruction, or a satisfactory explanation of the mutilation or defacement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.6.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.26   Application for relief—after receipt of bond.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Serial number known.</I> If the serial number of the lost, stolen, or destroyed bond is known, the claimant should execute an application for relief on the appropriate form and submit it to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26101.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Serial number not known.</I> If the bond serial number is not known, the claimant must provide sufficient information to enable the Bureau of the Fiscal Service to identify the bond by serial number. See § 315.29(c). The Bureau will furnish the proper application form and instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Defaced or mutilated bond.</I> A defaced bond and all available fragments of a mutilated bond should be submitted to the Bureau.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Execution of claims application.</I> The application must be made by the person or persons (including both coowners, if living) authorized under these regulations to request payment of the bonds. In addition—
</P>
<P>(1) If the bond is in beneficiary form and the owner and beneficiary are both living, both will ordinarily be required to join in the application.
</P>
<P>(2) If a minor named on a bond as owner, coowner, or beneficiary is not of sufficient competency and understanding to request payment, both parents will ordinarily be required to join in the application.
</P>
<P>(e) If the application is approved, relief will be granted by the issuance of a bond bearing the same issue date as the bond for which the claim was filed or by the issuance of a check in payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.6.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.27   Application for relief—nonreceipt of bond.</HEAD>
<P>If a bond issued on any transaction is not received, the issuing agent must be notified as promptly as possible and given all information available about the nonreceipt. An appropriate form and instructions will be provided. If the application is approved, relief will be granted by the issuance of a bond bearing the same issue date as the bond that was not received.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.28" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.6.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.28   Recovery or receipt of bond before or after relief is granted.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Recovery prior to granting relief.</I> If a bond reported lost, stolen, destroyed, or not received, is recovered or received before relief is granted, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26101, must be notified promptly.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recovery subsequent to granting of relief.</I> A bond for which relief has been granted is the property of the United States and, if recovered, must be promptly submitted to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26101, for cancellation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.29" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.6.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.29   Adjudication of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will adjudicate claims for lost, stolen or destroyed bonds on the basis of records created and regularly maintained in the ordinary course of business.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Claims filed ten years after payment.</I> A bond for which no claim has been filed within ten years of the recorded date of redemption will be presumed to have been properly paid. If a claim is subsequently filed, a photographic copy of the bond will not be available to support the disallowance. This provision will be effective 60 days after the effective date of the Eleventh Revision of Department of the Treasury Circular No. 530 (31 CFR part 315).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Claims filed six years after final maturity.</I> No claim filed six years or more after the final maturity of a savings bond will be entertained, unless the claimant supplies the serial number of the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Interest</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.30" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.7.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.30   Series E bonds and savings notes.</HEAD>
<P>Series E bonds and savings notes are discount securities. The accrued interest is added to the issue price at stated intervals and is payable only at redemption as part of the redemption value. All Series E bonds and savings notes have been extended and continue to earn interest until their final maturity dates, unless redeemed earlier. Information regarding extended maturity periods, investment yields and redemption values is found in Department of the Treasury Circular No. 653, current revision (31 CFR part 316) for Series E bonds, and in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 3-67, current revision (31 CFR part 342) for savings notes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.31" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.7.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.31   Series H bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Series H bonds are current income bonds issued at par (face amount). Interest on a Series H bond is paid semiannually beginning six months from the issue date. Interest ceases at final maturity, or if the bond is redeemed prior to final maturity, as of the end of the interest period last preceding the date of redemption. For example, if a bond on which interest is payable on January 1 and July 1 is redeemed on September 1, interest ceases as of the preceding July 1, and no interest will be paid for the period from July 1 to September 1. However, if the redemption date falls on an interest payment date, interest ceases on that date. Information regarding authorized extended maturity periods and investment yields is found in Department Circular No. 905, current revision (31 CFR part 332).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment of interest.</I> Series H bond interest accounts are maintained by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV. Interest is paid on each payment date by check drawn to the order of the owner or both coowners or, upon request, by the Automated Clearing House (ACH) method to the owner or coowner's account at a financial institution. Checks will be mailed to the delivery address provided to the Bureau.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery of interest</I>—(1) <I>Notices affecting the delivery of interest payments.</I> To ensure appropriate action, notices affecting the delivery of interest payments on Series H bonds must be received by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV, 26102-1328, at least one month prior to the interest payment date. Each notice must include the owner or coowner's name and the taxpayer identifying number appearing on the account under which records of the bonds are maintained.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0094) 
</APPRO>
<P>(2) <I>Owner or coowner deceased</I>—(i) <I>Sole owner.</I> Upon receipt of notice of the death of the owner of a bond, payment of interest will be suspended until satisfactory evidence is submitted as to who is authorized to receive and collect interest payments on behalf of the estate of the decedent, in accordance with the provisions of subpart L.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Coowner.</I> Upon receipt of notice of the death of the ooowner to whom interest payments have been directed, payment of interest will be suspended until delivery instructions are received from the other coowner, if living. If both coowners are deceased, payment of interest will be suspended until satisfactory evidence is submitted as to who is authorized to receive and collect interest payments on behalf of the estate of the last deceased coowner, in accordance with the provisions of subpart L.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Owner with beneficiary.</I> Interest on a bond registered in beneficiary form is paid to the owner during his or her lifetime. Upon receiving notice of the owner's death, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will suspend payment of interest until the bond is presented for payment or reissue by the beneficiary, if surviving, or some other proper party. Interest so withheld will be paid to the person entitled to the bond.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Representative appointed for the estate of a minor, incompetent, absentee, et al.</I> Interest on Series H bonds is paid in accordance with the provisions of § 315.60 to the representative appointed for the estate of an owner who is a minor, incompetent, absentee, et al. If the registration of the bonds does not include reference to the owner's status, the bonds should be submitted for reissue to a designated Federal Reserve Bank so that interest payments may be properly delivered. They must be accompanied by proof of appointment as required by § 315.60.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Adult incapacitated owner having no representative.</I> If an adult owner of a Series H bond is incompetent to receive and collect interest payments, and no legal guardian or similar representative has been appointed to act for him or her, the relative, or other person, responsible for the owner's care and support may apply to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service for recognition as voluntary guardian for the purpose of receiving and collecting the payments.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reissue during interest period.</I> Physical reissue of a Series H bond may be made without regard to interest payment dates. The Series H accounts maintained by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will be closed in the first week of the month preceding each interest payment date, and payments will be made pursuant to the information contained in the accounts as of the date they are closed.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Endorsement of checks.</I> Interest checks must be endorsed in accordance with the regulations governing the payment of fiscal agency checks contained in 31 CFR part 355.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Deposit account information for ACH payments</I>—(1) <I>Payments on same account.</I> Payments on all Series H bonds assigned to the same account maintained by the Bureau will be made to the same deposit account at a financial institution.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Deposit account held by individuals in their own right.</I> Where the Series H bonds are registered in the name of individual(s) as sole owner, or as owner and beneficiary, and the deposit account at the financial institution is held in the name of individual(s) in their own right, the owner's name must appear on the deposit account. Where the bonds are registered in the names of two individuals as coowners and the deposit account is held in the name of individual(s) in their own right, the registration of the bonds and the title of the account must contain at least one name that is common to both. The deposit account to which the interest payments are directed should preferably be established in a form identical to the registration of the bonds to ensure that rights of ownership and survivorship can be more easily identified and preserved. Neither the United States nor any Federal Reserve Bank shall be liable for any loss sustained because the interest(s) of the holder(s) of a deposit account to which payments are directed are not the same as the owner(s) of the bonds.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deposit account held by organization.</I> Where the deposit account to which interest payments are to be directed is held in the name of the financial institution itself, acting as sole trustee or as co-trustee, or is in the name of a commercially-managed investment fund, the owner or coowner should inquire whether the financial institution is able to receive ACH payments; if not, the owner or coowner should make alternative arrangements.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Financial institution cannot accept ACH payments.</I> If after submission of deposit account information, it is determined that ACH payments cannot be accepted by the designated financial institution, pending receipt of new deposit account information, payment will be made by check drawn to the registered owner or both coowners and mailed to the address of record.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Cancellation of ACH arrangement.</I> An ACH arrangement shall remain in effect until it is terminated by a request from the owner or coowner submitted to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26102-1328.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Rules.</I> Series H interest payments made by the ACH method are governed by the regulations at 31 CFR part 370.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Nonreceipt or loss of interest payment.</I> The Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26102 should be notified if:
</P>
<P>(i) An interest check is not received or is lost after receipt or
</P>
<P>(ii) An ACH payment is not credited to the designated account and the financial institution has no record of receiving it. The notice should include the owner or coowner's name and taxpayer identifying number and the interest payment date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40255, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 59 FR 10535, Mar. 4, 1994; 64 FR 40486, July 26, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.32" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.7.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.32   Series A, B, C, D, F, G, J, and K bonds.</HEAD>
<P>All bonds of these series have matured and no longer earn interest.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—General Provisions for Payment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.35   Payment (redemption).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Payment of a savings bond will be made to the person or persons entitled under the provisions of these regulations, except that checks in payment will not be delivered to addresses in areas with respect to which the Department of the Treasury restricts or regulates the delivery of checks drawn against funds of the United States. See Department of the Treasury Circular No. 655, current revision (31 CFR part 211). Payment will be made without regard to any notice of adverse claims to a bond and no notification of stoppage or caveat against payment of a bond will be made.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Series A, B, C, D, F, and J.</I> A bond of Series A, B, C, D, F, or J will be paid at face value.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Series E and Savings Notes.</I> A Series E bond will be paid at any time after two months from issue date at the appropriate redemption value shown in Department of the Treasury Circular No. 653 (31 CFR part 316), current revision. A savings note will be paid at anytime at the appropriate redemption value shown in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 3-67, current revision (31 CFR part 342).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Series G and K.</I> A bond of Series G or K will be paid at face value plus the final semiannual interest due. For Series G bonds, the final interest paid with principal is $1.25 per $100; for Series K bonds, the final interest is $6.90 per $500.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Series H.</I> A Series H bond will be redeemed at face value at any time after six (6) months from issue date. In any case where Series H bonds are surrendered to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Department of the Treasury for redemption in the month prior to an interest payment date, redemption will not be deferred but will be made in regular course, unless the presenter specifically requests that the transaction be delayed until that date. A request to defer redemption made more than one month preceding the interest payment date will not be accepted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 51 FR 23753, July 1, 1986; 59 FR 10535, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.36" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.36   Payment during life of sole owner.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond registered in single ownership form (<I>i.e.</I>, without a coowner or beneficiary) will be paid to the owner during his or her lifetime upon surrender with an appropriate request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.37" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.37   Payment during lives of both coowners.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond registered in coownership form will be paid to either coowner upon surrender with an appropriate request, and, upon payment (as determined in § 315.43), the other coowner will cease to have any interest in the bond. If both coowners request payment and payment is to be made by check, the check will be drawn in the form, “John A. Jones and Mary C. Jones”.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.38" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.38   Payment during lifetime of owner of beneficiary bond.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond registered in beneficiary form will be paid to the registered owner during his or her lifetime upon surrender with an appropriate request. Upon payment (as determined in § 315.43), the beneficiary will cease to have any interest in the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.39" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.39   Surrender for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure for bonds of Series A to E, inclusive, in the names of individual owners or coowners only.</I> An individual who is the owner or coowner of a bond of Series A, B, C, D, or E may present the bond to an authorized paying agent for redemption. The presenter must be prepared to establish his or her identity in accordance with Treasury instructions and identification guidelines. The owner or coowner must sign the request for payment on the bond or, if authorized, on a separate detached request, and add his or her address. In addition, in the case of a Series E bond or savings note, the presenter must record his or her social security number on the face of the security, provided it does not already appear in the inscription. Paying agents are authorized to refuse payment in any case where the presenter's number is not provided. If the request for payment has been signed, or signed and certified, before presentation of the bond, the paying agent must be satisfied that the person presenting the bond for payment is the owner or coowner and may require the person to sign the request for payment again. If the bond is in order for payment, the paying agent will make immediate payment at the current redemption value without charge to the presenter. Paying agents are not authorized to process any case involving partial redemption or any case in which supporting evidence is required.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure for all other cases.</I> In the case of a bond to which the procedure in paragraph (a) of this section does not apply, or if otherwise preferred, the owner or coowner, or other person entitled to payment, should appear before an officer authorized to certify requests for payment, establish his or her identity, sign the request for payment, and provide information as to the address to which the check in payment is to be mailed. In addition, in the case of a Series E bond or savings note, the presenter must record his or her social security number on the face of the security, provided it does not already appear in the inscription. The bond must be forwarded to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. Usually, payment will be expedited by submission to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch. In all cases, the cost and risk of presentation of a bond will be borne by the owner. Payment will be made by check drawn to the order of the registered owner or other person entitled and will be mailed to the address requested.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Date of request.</I> Requests executed more than six months before the date of receipt of a bond for payment will not be accepted. Neither will a bond be accepted if payment is requested as of a date more than three months in the future.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 59 FR 10535, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.40   Special provisions for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Owner's signature not required.</I> A bond may be paid by a paying agent or a designated Federal Reserve Bank without the owner's signature to the request for payment, if the bond bears the special endorsement of a financial institution specifically qualified to place such an endorsement on savings bonds under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular No. 888, current revision (31 CFR part 330).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Signature by mark.</I> A signature by mark (X) must be witnessed by at least one disinterested person and a certifying officer. See subpart J. The witness must attest to the signature by mark substantially as follows: “Witness to signature by mark,” followed by his or her signature and address.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Name change.</I> If the name of the owner, coowner, or other person entitled to payment, as it appears in the registration or in evidence on file in the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, has been changed in any legal manner, the signature to the request for payment must show both names and the manner in which the change was made; for example, “Mary T. Jones Smith (Mary T. J. Smith or Mary T. Smith) changed by marriage from Mary T. Jones,” or “John R. Young, changed by order of court from Hans R. Jung.” See § 315.50.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Attorneys-in-fact.</I> A request for payment, reinvestment, or exchange executed by an attorney-in-fact will be recognized if it is accompanied by a copy of the power of attorney that meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The power of attorney must bear the grantor's signature, properly certified or notarized, in accordance with applicable State law;
</P>
<P>(2) The power of attorney must grant, by its terms, authority for the attorney-in-fact to sell or redeem the grantor's securities, sell his or her personal property, or, otherwise contain similar authority; and
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a grantor who has become incapacitated, the power of attorney must conform with pertinent provisions of State law concerning its durability. Generally, in such circumstances, the power of attorney should provide that the authority granted will not be affected by the subsequent incompetence or incapacity of the grantor. Medical evidence or other proof of the grantor's condition may be required in any case.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 57 FR 39602, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 10535, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.41" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.41   Partial redemption.</HEAD>
<P>A bond of any series may be redeemed in part at current redemption value, but only in an amount corresponding to one or more authorized denominations, upon surrender of the bond to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service in accordance with § 315.39(b). In any case in which partial redemption is requested, the phrase “to the extent of $__ (face amount) and reissue of the remainder” should be added to the request. Upon partial redemption of the bond, the remainder will be reissued as of the original issue date, as provided in subpart I.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 59 FR 10535, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.42" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.42   Nonreceipt or loss of check issued in payment.</HEAD>
<P>If a Treasury check in payment of a bond surrendered for redemption is not received within a reasonable time or is lost after receipt, notice should be given to the same agency to which the bond was surrendered for payment. The notice should give the date the bond was surrendered for payment, and describe the bond by series, denomination, serial number, and registration, including the taxpayer identifying number of the owner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.43" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.43   Effective date of request for payment.</HEAD>
<P>The Department of the Treasury will treat the receipt of a bond with an appropiate request for payment by:
</P>
<P>(a) A Federal Reserve Bank or Branch,
</P>
<P>(b) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service, or
</P>
<P>(c) A paying agent authorized to pay that bond, as the date upon which the rights of the parties are fixed for the purpose of payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.44" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.8.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.44   Withdrawal of request for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Withdrawal by owner or coowner.</I> An owner or coowner, who has surrendered a bond to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service or an authorized paying agent with an appropriate request for payment, may withdraw the request if notice of intent to withdraw is received by the same agency prior to payment either in cash or through the issuance of the redemption check.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Withdrawal on behalf of deceased owner or incompetent.</I> A request for payment may be withdrawn under the same conditions as in paragraph (a) of this section by the executor or administrator of the estate of a deceased owner or by the person or persons who would have been entitled to the bond under subpart L, or by the legal representative of the estate of a person under legal disability, unless surrender of the bond for payment has eliminated the interest of a surviving coowner or beneficiary. See § 315.70 (b) and (c).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Reissue and Denominational Exchange</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.45" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.9.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.45   General.</HEAD>
<P>Reissue of a bond may be made only under the conditions specified in these regulations, and only at:
</P>
<P>(a) A Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, or
</P>
<P>(b) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<FP>Reissue will not be made if the request is received less than one full calendar month before the final maturity date of a bond. The request, however, will be effective to establish ownership as though the reissue had been made.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.46" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.9.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.46   Effective date of request for reissue.</HEAD>
<P>The Department of the Treasury will treat the receipt by:
</P>
<P>(a) A Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or
</P>
<P>(b) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service of a bond and an acceptable request for reissue as determining the date upon which the rights of the parties are fixed for the purpose of reissue.
</P>
<FP>For example, if the owner or either coowner of a bond dies after the bond has been surrendered for reissue, the bond will be regarded as having been reissued in the decedent's lifetime.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.47" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.9.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.47   Authorized reissue—during lifetime.</HEAD>
<P>A bond belonging to an individual may be reissued in any authorized form of registration upon an appropriate request for the purposes outlined below:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Single ownership.</I> A bond registered in single ownership form may be reissued—
</P>
<P>(1) To add a coowner or beneficiary;
</P>
<P>(2) To name a new owner, with or without a coowner or beneficiary, but only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The new owner is related to the previous owner by blood (including legal adoption) or marriage,
</P>
<P>(ii) The previous owner and the new owner are parties to a divorce or annulment, or
</P>
<P>(iii) The new sole owner is the trustee of a personal trust estate which was created by the previous owner or which designates as beneficiary either the previous owner or a person related to him or her by blood (including legal adoption) or marriage.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Coownership</I>—(1) <I>Reissue—to name a related individual as owner or coowner.</I> During the lifetime of both coowners, a coownership bond may be reissued in the name of another individual related by blood (including legal adoption) or marriage to either coowner—
</P>
<P>(i) As single owner,
</P>
<P>(ii) As owner with one of the original coowners as beneficiary, or
</P>
<P>(iii) As a new coowner with one of the original coowners.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reissue—to name either coowner alone or with another individual as coowner or beneficiary.</I> During the lifetime of both coowners, a coownership bond may be reissued in the name of either coowner alone or with another individual as coowner or beneficiary if—
</P>
<P>(i) After issue of the submitted bond, either coowner named thereon marries, or the coowners are divorced or legally separated from each other, or their marriage is annulled; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Both coowners on the submitted bond are related by blood (including legal adoption) or marriage to each other.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reissue—to name the trustee of a personal trust estate.</I> A bond registered in coownership form may be reissued to name a trustee of a personal trust estate created by either coowner or by some other person if:
</P>
<P>(i) Either coowner is a beneficiary of the trust, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A beneficiary of the trust is related by blood or marriage to either coowner.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Beneficiary.</I> A bond registered in beneficiary form may be reissued—
</P>
<P>(1) To name the beneficiary as coowner;
</P>
<P>(2) To eliminate the name of the owner and to name as owner a custodian for the beneficiary, if a minor, under a statute authorizing gifts to minors;
</P>
<P>(3) To eliminate the beneficiary or to substitute another individual as beneficiary, but only if the request is supported by the certified consent of the beneficiary or by proof of his or her death; or
</P>
<P>(4) To eliminate the names of the owner and the beneficiary and to name as new owner the trustee of the personal trust estate which was created by the previous owner or which designates as beneficiary either the previous owner or a person related to him or her by blood (including legal adoption) or marriage, but only if the request is supported by the certified consent of the beneficiary or by proof of his or her death.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.48" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.9.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.48   Restrictions on reissue.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Denominational exchange.</I> Reissue is not permitted solely to change denominations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>United States Treasury.</I> Reissue may not be made to eliminate the United States Treasury as coowner or beneficiary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.49" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.9.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.49   Correction of errors.</HEAD>
<P>A bond may be reissued to correct an error in registration upon appropriate request, supported by satisfactory proof of the error.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.50" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.9.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.50   Change of name.</HEAD>
<P>An owner, coowner, or beneficiary whose name is changed by marriage, divorce, annulment, order of court, or in any other legal manner after the issue of bond should submit the bond with a request for reissue to substitute the new name for the name inscribed on the bond. Documentary evidence may be required in any appropriate case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.51" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.9.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.51   Requests for reissue.</HEAD>
<P>A request for reissue of bonds in coownership form during the lifetime of the coowners must be signed by both coowners, except that a request solely to eliminate the name of one coowner may be signed by that coowner only. A bond registered in beneficiary form may be reissued upon the request of the owner, supported by the certified consent of the beneficiary or by proof of his or her death. Fiscal Service forms are available for requesting reissue.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Certifying Officers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.55" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.10.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.55   Individuals authorized to certify.</HEAD>
<P>The following individuals are authorized to act as certifying officers for the purpose of certifying a request for payment, reissue, or a signature to a Fiscal Service form:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Officers generally authorized</I>—(1) <I>At banks, trust companies, and member organizations of the Federal Home Loan Bank System.</I> (i) Any officer of a bank incorporated in the United States, the territories or possessions of the United States, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any officer of a trust company incorporated in the United States, the territories or possessions of the United States, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any officer of an organization that is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. This includes Federal savings and loan associations.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any officer of a foreign branch or a domestic branch of an institution described in paragraphs (a) (1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) Any officer of a Federal Reserve Bank, a Federal Land Bank, or a Federal Home Loan Bank.
</P>
<P>(vi) Any employee of an institution described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (v) of this section, who is expressly authorized to certify by the institution.
</P>
<FP>Certification by these officers or designated employees must be authenticated by a legible imprint either of a corporate stamp of the institution or of the issuing or paying agent's stamp. An employee authorized to certify requests must sign his or her name over the title “Designated Employee”.
</FP>
<P>(2) <I>At issuing agents that are not banks or trust companies.</I> Any officer of an organization, not a bank or a trust company, that is qualified as an issuing agent for savings bonds. The agent's stamp must be imprinted in the certification.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>By United States officials.</I> Any judge, clerk, or deputy clerk of a United States court, including United States courts for the territories and possessions of the United States, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico or any United States Commissioner or United States Attorney.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Officers with limited authority</I>—(1) <I>In the Armed Forces.</I> Any commissioned officer or warrant officer of the Armed Forces of the United States, but only for members of the respective services, their families, and civilian employees at posts, bases, or stations. The certifying officer must indicate his or her rank and state that the individual signing the request is one of the class whose request the certifying officer is authorized to certify.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>At Veterans Administration facilities, Federal penal institutions, and United States Public Health Service hospitals.</I> Any officer in charge of a home, hospital, or other facility of the Veterans Administration, but only for the patients, or employees of the facility; any officer of a Federal penal institution or a United States Public Health Service hospital expressly authorized to certify by the Secretary of the Treasury or his designee, but only for the inmates, patients or employees of the institution involved. Officers of Veterans Administration facilities, Federal penal institutions, and Public Health Service hospitals must use the stamp of the particular institution or service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authorized officers in foreign countries.</I> Any United States diplomatic or consular representative, or the officer of a foreign branch of a bank or trust company incorporated in the United States whose signature is attested by an imprint of the corporate stamp or is certified to the Department of the Treasury. If none of these individuals is available, a notary public or other officer authorized to administer oaths may certify, but his or her official character and jurisdiction must be certified by a United States diplomatic or consular officer under seal of his or her office.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Authorized officers in particular localities.</I> The Governor and the Treasurer of Puerto Rico; the Governor and the Commissioner of Finance of the Virgin Islands; the Governor and the Director of Finance of Guam; and the Governor and the Director of Administrative Services of American Samoa; and designated officers of the Panama Canal Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special provisions.</I> If no certifying officer is readily accessible, the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, Deputy Commissioner, any Assistant Commissioner, or other designated official of the Bureau or of a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch is authorized to make special provision for any particular case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.56" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.10.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.56   General instructions and liability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Certification procedure.</I> Certifying officers at financial institutions qualified as paying agents should observe the Treasury's payment instructions and identification guidelines in certifying savings bonds and savings notes being forwarded to a designated Federal Reserve Bank for any transaction. Other certifying officers should provide certification services for persons with whom they have substantial personal acquaintance, and for other persons whose identities have been unmistakably established. A notation showing exactly how identification was established should be placed on the back of the security or Fiscal Service form, or in a separate record. As part of the certification, the certifying officer must affix his or her official signature, title and address, the exact date of execution and, where one is available, a corporate stamp or issuing or paying agent's stamp.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Liability.</I> The certifying officer and, if such person is an officer or an employee of an organization, the organization will be held fully responsible for the adequacy of the identification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 59 FR 10535, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.57" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.10.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.57   When a certifying officer may not certify.</HEAD>
<P>Certifying officers may not certify the requests for payment of bonds, or appropriate Fiscal Service forms if, in their own right or in a representative capacity, they
</P>
<P>(a) Have an interest in the bonds, or
</P>
<P>(b) Will, by virtue of the requests being certified, acquire an interest in the bonds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.58" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.10.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.58   Forms to be certified.</HEAD>
<P>When required in the instructions on a Fiscal Service form, the form must be signed before an authorized certifying officer.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Minors, Incompetents, Aged Persons, Absentees, et al.</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.60" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.11.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.60   Conditions for payment to representative of an estate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The representative of an estate of an owner who is a minor, an aged person, incompetent, absentee, et al., may receive upon request—
</P>
<P>(1) If the registration shows the name and capacity of the representative;
</P>
<P>(2) If the registration shows the capacity but not the name of the representative and the request is accompanied by appropriate evidence; or
</P>
<P>(3) If the registration includes neither the name of the representative nor his or her capacity but the request is accompanied by appropriate evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Evidence.</I> Appropriate evidence for paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this section includes a certified copy of the letters of appointment or, if the representative is not appointed by a court, other proof of qualification. Except in thee case of corporate fiduciaries, the evidence must show that the appointment is in full force and be dated not more than one year prior to the presentation of the bond for payment. The request for payment appearing on the back of a bond must be signed by the representative as such, for example, “John S. Jones, guardian (committee) of the estate of Henry W. Smith, a minor (an incompetent).”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.61" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.11.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.61   Payment after death.</HEAD>
<P>After the death of the ward, and at any time prior to the representative's discharge, the representative of the estate will be entitled to obtain payment of a bond to which the ward was solely entitled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.62" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.11.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.62   Payment to minors.</HEAD>
<P>If the owner of a savings bond is a minor and the form of registration does not indicate that there is a representative of the minor's estate, payment will be made to the minor upon his or her request, provided the minor is of sufficient competency to sign the request for payment and to understand the nature of the transaction. In general, the fact that the request for payment has been signed by a minor and certified will be accepted as sufficient proof of competency and understanding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.63" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.11.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.63   Payment to a parent or other person on behalf of a minor.</HEAD>
<P>If the owner of a savings bond is a minor and the form of registration does not indicate that there is a representative of his or her estate, and if the minor is not of sufficient competency to sign the request for payment and to understand the nature of the transaction, payment will be made to either parent with whom the minor resides or to whom legal custody has been granted. If the minor does not reside with either parent, payment will be made to the person who furnishes the chief support for the minor. The request must appear on the back of the bond in one of the following forms:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Request by parent.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I certify that I am the mother of John C. Jones (with whom he resides) (to whom legal custody has been granted). He is __ years of age and is not of sufficient understanding to make this request.
</P>
<FP-1>Mary Jones on behalf of John C. Jones.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Request by other person.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I certify that John C. Jones does not reside with either parent and that I furnish his chief support. He is __ years of age and is not of sufficient understanding to make this request.
</P>
<FP-1>Alice Brown, grandmother, on behalf of John C. Jones.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.64" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.11.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.64   Payment, reinvestment, or exchange—voluntary guardian of an incapacitated person.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Payment of bonds.</I> When an adult owner of bonds is incapable of requesting payment as a result of incapacity and there is no other person legally qualified to do so, the relative, or other person, responsible for the owner's care and support may submit an application for recognition as voluntary guardian for the purpose of redeeming the owner's bonds, if the total redemption value of all of the owner's bonds does not exceed $20,000. The redemption value of the bonds shall be determined as of the date the bonds are received, accompanied by an appropriate request for payment. If the total redemption value exceeds $20,000, a legal representative must be appointed, as set forth in § 315.60.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reinvestment of bonds.</I> If the bonds have finally matured and it is desired to redeem them and reinvest the proceeds in other savings bonds, the new bonds must be registered in the name of the incapacitated person, followed by words showing that he or she is under voluntary guardianship; for example, “John Jones 123-45-6789, under voluntary guardianship”. A living coowner or beneficiary named on the matured bonds must be designated on the new bonds, unless such person furnishes a certified statement consenting to omission of his or her name. If an amount insufficient to purchase an additional bond of any authorized denomination of either series remains after the reinvestment, the voluntary guardian may furnish additional funds sufficient to purchase another bond of either series of the lowest available denomination. If additional funds are not furnished, the remaining amount will be paid to the voluntary guardian for the use and benefit of the incapacitated person.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exchange of bonds.</I> The provisions for reinvestment of the proceeds of matured bonds are equally applicable to any authorized exchange of bonds of one series for those of another.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 39602, Sept. 1, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.65" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.11.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.65   Reissue.</HEAD>
<P>A bond on which a minor or other person under legal disability is named as the owner or coowner, or in which he or she has an interest, may be reissued under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) A minor for whose estate no representative has been appointed may request reissue if the minor is of sufficient competency to sign his or her name to the request and to understand the nature of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) A bond on which a minor is named as beneficiary or coowner may be reissued in the name of a custodian for the minor under a statute authorizing gifts to minors upon the request of the adult whose name appears on the bond as owner or coowner.
</P>
<P>(c) A minor coowner for whose estate no representative has been appointed, may be named sole owner upon the request of the competent coowner.
</P>
<P>(d) Reissue to eliminate the name of a minor or incompetent for whose estate a legal representative has been appointed is permitted only if supported by evidence that a court has authorized the representative of the minor's or incompetent's estate to request the reissue. See § 315.23.
</P>
<FP>Except to the extent provided in paragraphs (a) through (d), of this section, reissue will be restricted to a form of registration which does not adversely affect the existing ownership or interest of a minor who is not of sufficient understanding to make a request, or other person under legal disability. Requests for reissue should be executed by the person authorized to request payment under §§ 315.60 and 315.63, or the person who may request recognition as voluntary guardian under § 315.64.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980. Redesignated at 57 FR 39602, Sept. 1, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Deceased Owner, Coowner or Beneficiary</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.70" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.12.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.70   General rules governing entitlement.</HEAD>
<P>The following rules govern ownership or entitlement where one or both of the persons named on a bond have died without the bond having been surrendered for payment or reissue:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Single owner bond.</I> If the owner of a bond registered in single ownership form has died, the bond becomes the property of that decedent's estate, and payment or reissue will be made as provided in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Coowner bond</I>—(1) <I>One coowner deceased.</I> If one of the coowners named on a bond has died, the surviving coowner will be recognized as its sole and absolute owner, and payment or reissue will be made as though the bond were registered in the name of the survivor alone. Any request for reissue by the surviving coowner must be supported by proof of death of the other coowner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Both coowners deceased.</I> If both coowners named on a bond have died, the bond becomes the property of the estate of the coowner who died last, and payment or reissue will be made as if the bond were registered in the name of the last deceased coowner alone. Proof of death of both coowners will be required to establish the order of death.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Simultaneous death of both coowners.</I> If both coowners die under conditions where it cannot be established, either by presumption of law or otherwise, which coowner died first, the bond becomes the property of both equally, and payment or reissue will be made accordingly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Beneficiary bond</I>—(1) <I>Owner deceased.</I> If the owner of a bond registered in beneficiary form has died and is survived by the beneficiary, upon proof of death of the owner, the beneficiary will be recognized as the sole and absolute owner of the bond. Payment or reissue will be made as though the bond were registered in the survivor's name alone. A request for payment or reissue by the beneficiary must be supported by proof of death of the owner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Beneficiary deceased.</I> If the beneficiary's death occurs before, or simultaneous with, that of the registered owner, payment or reissue will be made as though the bond were registered in the owner's name alone. Proof of death of the owner and beneficiary is required to establish the order of death.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Nonresident aliens.</I> If the person who becomes entitled to a bond because of the death of an owner is an alien who is a resident of an area with respect to which the Department of the Treasury restricts or regulates the delivery of checks drawn against funds of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities, delivery of the redemption check will not be made so long as the restriction applies. See Department of the Treasury Circular No. 655, current revision (31 CFR part 211).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.71" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.12.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.71   Decedent's estate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Estate is being administered.</I> (1) A legal representative of a deceased owner's estate may request payment of savings bonds to the estate, or may distribute the savings bonds to the persons entitled.
</P>
<P>(2) Appropriate proof of appointment for the legal representative of the estate is required. Letters of appointment must be dated not more than one year prior to the date of submission of the letters of appointment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Estate has been settled previously.</I> If the estate has been settled previously through judicial proceedings, the persons entitled may request payment or reissue of the savings bonds. A certified copy of the court-approved final accounting for the estate, the court's decree of distribution, or other appropriate evidence is required.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special provisions under the law of the jurisdiction of the decedent's domicile.</I> If there is no formal or regular administration and no representative of the estate is to be appointed, the person appointed to receive or distribute the assets of a decedent's estate without regular administration under summary or small estates procedures under applicable local law may request payment or reissue of savings bonds. Appropriate evidence is required.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When administration is required.</I> If the total redemption value of the Treasury securities and undelivered payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is greater than $100,000, administration of the decedent's estate will be required. The redemption value of savings bonds and the principal amount of marketable securities will be used to determine the value of securities, and will be determined as of the date of death. Administration may also be required at the discretion of the Department for any case.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Voluntary representative for small estates that are not being otherwise administered</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A voluntary representative is a person qualified according to paragraph (e)(3) of this section, to redeem or to distribute a decedent's savings bonds. The voluntary representative procedures are for the convenience of the Department; entitlement to the decedent's savings bonds and held payments, if any, is determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. Voluntary representative procedures may be used only if:
</P>
<P>(i) There has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, and no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total redemption value of the Treasury securities and held payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is $100,000 or less as of the date of death; and
</P>
<P>(iii) There is a person eligible to serve as the voluntary representative according to paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Authority of voluntary representative.</I> A voluntary representative may:
</P>
<P>(i) Redeem the decedent's savings bonds on behalf of the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death;
</P>
<P>(ii) Distribute the decedent's savings bonds to the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Order of precedence for voluntary representative.</I> An individual eighteen years of age or older may act as a voluntary representative according to the following order of precedence: A surviving spouse; if there is no surviving spouse, then a child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a parent of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a next of kin of the decedent, as determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. As used in this order of precedence, child means a natural or adopted child of the decedent.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Liability.</I> By serving, the voluntary representative warrants that the distribution of payments or savings bonds is to the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The United States is not liable to any person for the improper distribution of payments or savings bonds. Upon payment or distribution of the savings bonds at the request of the voluntary representative, the United States is released to the same extent as if it had paid or delivered to a representative of the estate appointed pursuant to the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The voluntary representative shall indemnify and hold harmless the United States and all creditors and persons entitled to the estate of the decedent. The amount of the indemnification is limited to an amount no greater than the value received by the voluntary representative.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Creditor.</I> If there has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used, and there is no person eligible to serve as a voluntary representative pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, then a creditor may make a claim for payment for the amount of the debt, providing the debt has not been barred by applicable local law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57430, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.72" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.12.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.72   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Fiduciaries</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.75" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.13.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.75   Payment or reissue during the existence of the fiduciary estate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Payment or reissue before maturity</I>—(1) <I>Request from the fiduciary named in the registration.</I> A request for reissue or payment prior to maturity must be signed by all of the fiduciaries unless by statute, decree of court, or the terms of the governing instrument, any lesser number may properly execute the request. If the fiduciaries named in the registration are still acting, no further evidence will be required. In other cases, evidence to support the request will be required, as specified:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Fiduciaries by title only.</I> If the bond is registered only in the titles, without the names, of fiduciaries not acting as a board, satisfactory evidence of their incumbency must be furnished, except in the case of bonds registered in the title of public officers as trustees.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Boards, committees, commissions, etc.</I> If a bond is registered in the name of a governing body which is empowered to act as a unit, and which holds title to the property of a religious, educational, charitable or nonprofit organization or a public corporation, the request should be signed in the name of the body by an authorized person. Ordinarily, a signed and certified request will be accepted without further evidence.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Corporate fiduciaries.</I> If a bond is registered in the name of a public or private corporation or a governmental body as fiduciary, the request must be signed by an authorized officer in the name of the organization as fiduciary. Ordinarily, a signed and certified request will be accepted without further evidence.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Trustee of a common trust fund.</I> A bond held by a financial institution in a fiduciary capacity may be reissued in the name of the institution as trustee of its common trust fund to the extent that participation in the common trust fund is authorized by law or regulation. The request for reissue should be executed by the institution and any cofiduciary.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Successor fiduciary.</I> If the fiduciary in whose name the bond is registered has been replaced by another fiduciary, satisfactory evidence of successorship must be furnished.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment at or after final maturity.</I> At or after final maturity, a request for payment signed by any one or more of the fiduciaries will be accepted. Payment will be made by check drawn as the bond is registered.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.76" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.13.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.76   Payment or reissue after termination of the fiduciary estate.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name or title of a fiduciary may be paid or reissued to the person who has become entitled by reason of the termination of a fiduciary estate. Requests for reissue made by a fiduciary pursuant to the termination of a fiduciary estate should be made on the appropriate form. Requests for payment or reissue by other than the fiduciary must be accompanied by evidence to show that the person has become entitled in accordance with applicable State law or otherwise. When two or more persons have become entitled, the request for payment or reissue must be signed by each of them.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.77" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.13.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.77   Exchanges by fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>Fiduciaries are authorized to request an exchange of bonds of one series for those of another, pursuant to any applicable Department of the Treasury offering. A living coowner or beneficiary named on the bonds submitted in exchange may be retained in the same capacity on the new bonds.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Private Organizations (Corporations, Associations, Partnerships, etc.) and Governmental Agencies, Units and Officers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.80" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.14.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.80   Payment to corporations or unincorporated associations.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of a private corporation or an unincorporated association will be paid to the corporation or unincorporated association upon a request for payment on its behalf by an authorized officer. The signature to the request should be in the form, for example, “The Jones Coal Company, a corporation, by John Jones, President”, or “The Lotus Club, an unincorporated association, by William A. Smith, Treasurer”. A request for payment so signed and certified will ordinarily be accepted without further evidence of the officer's authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.81" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.14.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.81   Payment to partnerships.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of an existing partnership will be paid upon a request for payment signed by a general partner. The signature to the request should be in the form, for example, “Smith and Jones, a partnership, by John Jones, a general partner”. A request for payment so signed and certified will ordinarily be accepted as sufficient evidence that the partnership is still in existence and that the person signing the request is authorized.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.82" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.14.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.82   Reissue or payment to successors of corporations, unincorporated associations, or partnerships.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of a private corporation, an unincorporated associations, or a partnership which has been succeeded by another corporation, unincorporated association, or partnership by operation of law or otherwise, in any manner whereby the business or activities of the original organization are continued without substantial change, will be paid to or reissued in the name of the succeeding organization upon appropriate request on its behalf, supported by satisfactory evidence of successorship. The appropriate form should be used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.83" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.14.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.83   Reissue or payment on dissolution of corporation or partnership.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Corporations.</I> A bond registered in the name of a private corporation which is in the process of dissolution will be paid to the authorized representative of the corporation upon a request for payment, supported by satisfactory evidence of the representative's authority. At the termination of dissolution proceedings, the bond may be reissued upon the request of the authorized representative in the names of those persons, other than creditors, entitled to the assets of the corporation, to the extent of their respective interests. Proof will be required that all statutory provisions governing the dissolution of the corporation have been complied with and that the persons in whose names reissue is requested are entitled and have agreed to the reissue. If the dissolution proceedings are under the direction of a court, a certified copy of an order of the court, showing the authority of the representative to make the distribution requested must be furnished.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Partnerships.</I> A bond registered in the name of a partnership which has been dissolved by death or withdrawal of a partner, or in any other manner—
</P>
<P>(1) Will be paid upon a request for payment by any partner or partners authorized by law to act on behalf of the dissolved partnership, or
</P>
<P>(2) Will be paid to or reissued in the names of the persons entitled as the result of such dissolution to the extent of their respective interests, except that reissue will not be made in the names of creditors.
</P>
<FP>The request must be supported by satisfactory evidence of entitlement, including proof that the debts of the partnership have been paid or properly provided for. The appropriate form should be used.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.84" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.14.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.84   Payment to certain institutions.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of a church, hospital, home, school, or similar institution, without reference in the registration to the manner in which it is organized or governed or to the manner in which title to its property is held, will be paid upon a request for payment signed on behalf of such institution by an authorized representative. A request for payment signed by a pastor of a church, superintendent of a hospital, president of a college, or by any official generally recognized as having authority to conduct the financial affairs of the particular institution will ordinarily be accepted without further proof of authority. The signature to the request should be in the form, for example, “Shriners' Hospital for Crippled Children, St. Louis, MO, by William A. Smith, Superintendent”, or “St. Mary's Roman Catholic Church, Albany, NY, by the Rev. John Smyth, Pastor”.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.85" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.14.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.85   Reissue in name of trustee or agent for reinvestment purposes.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of a religious, educational, charitable or nonprofit organization, whether or not incorporated, may be reissued in the name of a financial institution, or an individual, as trustee or agent. There must be an agreement between the organization and the trustee or agent holding funds of the organization, in whole or in part, for the purpose of investing and reinvesting the principal and paying the income to the organization. Reissue should be requested on behalf of the organization by an authorized officer using the appropriate form.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.86" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.14.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.86   Reissue upon termination of investment agency.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of a financial institution, or individual, as agent for investment purposes only, under an agreement with a religious, an educational, a charitable, or a nonprofit organization, may be reissued in the name of the organization upon termination of the agency. The former agent should request such reissue and should certify that the organization is entitled by reason of the termination of the agency. If such request and certification are not obtainable, the bond will be reissued in the name of the organization upon its own request, supported by satisfactory evidence of the termination of the agency. The appropriate form should be used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.87" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.14.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.87   Payment to governmental agencies, units, or their officers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Agencies and units.</I> A bond registered in the name of a State, county, city, town, village, or in the name of a Federal, State, or local governmental agency, such as a board, commission, or corporation, will be paid upon a request signed in the name of the governmental agency or unit by an authorized officer. A request for payment so signed and certified will ordinarily be accepted without further proof of the officer's authority.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Officers.</I> A bond registered in the official title of an officer of a governmental agency or unit will be paid upon a request for payment signed by the officer. The request for payment so signed and certified will ordinarily be accepted as proof that the person signing is the incumbent of the office.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Escheat and Unclaimed Property Claims by States</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.88" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.15.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.88   Payment to a State claiming title to abandoned bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Department of the Treasury may, in its discretion, recognize an escheat judgment that purports to vest a State with title to a definitive savings bond that has reached the final extended maturity date and is in the State's possession, when the State presents evidence satisfactory to Treasury that the bond has been abandoned by all persons entitled to payment under Treasury regulations. A State claiming title to a definitive savings bond as the heir to a deceased owner must comply with the requirements of subpart L, and not this section. Treasury will not recognize an escheat judgment that purports to vest a State with title to a bond that has not reached its final extended maturity date. Treasury also will not recognize an escheat judgment that purports to vest a State with title to a bond that the State does not possess, or a judgment that purports to grant the State custody of a bond, but not title.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Due process.</I> At a minimum, a State requesting payment under this section must demonstrate to Treasury's satisfaction that it made reasonable efforts to provide actual and constructive notice of the escheat proceeding to all persons listed on the face of the bond and all persons who may have an interest in the bond, and that those persons had an opportunity to be heard before the escheat judgment was entered.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fulfillment of obligation.</I> Payment to a State claiming title under this section fulfills the United States' obligations to the same extent as if payment had been made to the registered owner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 80264, Dec. 24, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 80 FR 80264, Dec. 24, 2015.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 315.90" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.16.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.90   Waiver of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as designee of the Secretary of the Treasury, may waive or modify any provision or provisions of these regulations. He may do so in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship:
</P>
<P>(a) If such action would not be inconsistent with law or equity, (b) if it does not impair any existing rights, and (c) if he is satisfied that such action would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.91" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.16.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.91   Additional requirements; bond of indemnity.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as designee of the Secretary of the Treasury, may require
</P>
<P>(a) Such additional evidence as he may consider necessary or advisable, or
</P>
<P>(b) A bond of indemnity, with or without surety, in any case in which he may consider such a bond necessary for the protection of the interests of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.92" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.16.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.92   Preservation of rights.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing contained in these regulations shall be construed to limit or restrict existing rights which holders of savings bonds previously issued may have acquired under circulars offering the bonds for sale or under the regulations in force at the time of the purchase.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 315.93" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.29.16.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 315.93   Supplements, amendments, or revisions.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, prescribe additional, supplemental, amendatory, or revised rules and regulations governing the United States Savings Bonds and Savings Notes to which this circular applies.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="316" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 316—OFFERING OF UNITED STATES SAVINGS BONDS, SERIES E
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3105 and 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>57 FR 14276, Apr. 17, 1992, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 316.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.1   Offering of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury offered for sale to the people of the United States, United States Savings Bonds of Series E, hereinafter generally referred to as “Series E bonds” or “bonds”.
</P>
<P>This offer was terminated as of December 31, 1979, except that, as to bonds purchased under payroll savings plans and employee plans, the offer was terminated as of June 30, 1980.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.2   Description of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Definitive (paper) Series E bonds bear a facsimile of the signature of the Secretary of the Treasury and of the Seal of the Department of the Treasury. They were issued only in registered form and are nontransferable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Denominations and prices.</I> Series E bonds were issued on a discount basis. The denominations and issue prices were:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Denomination
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$18.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100,000 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000.00
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The $100,000 denomination was available only for purchase by trustees of employee savings and savings and vacation plans (see paragraph (b) of § 316.5).</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Inscription and issue.</I> At the time of issue, the issuing agent:
</P>
<P>(1) Inscribed on the face of each bond the name, social security number and address of the owner, and the name of the beneficiary, if any, or the name, social security number and address of the first-named coowner and the name of the other coowner (the inscription of the social security number was required for bonds issued on or after January 1, 1974);
</P>
<P>(2) Entered the issue date in the upper right-hand portion of the bond; and
</P>
<P>(3) Imprinted the agent's validation indicia in the lower right-hand portion to show the date the bond was actually inscribed. A bond was valid only if an authorized issuing agent received payment therefor and duly inscribed, dated and imprinted validation indicia on the bond.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Term.</I> A Series E bond was dated as of the first day of the month in which payment of the purchase price was received by an agent authorized to issue the bonds. This date is the issue date. The bonds mature as shown in § 316.8. The bond may not be called for redemption by the Secretary of the Treasury prior to maturity or the end of any extended maturity period (see paragraph (a) of § 316.8). The bond may be redeemed at the owner's option at any time at fixed redemption values.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Investment yield (interest).</I> The investment yield (interest) on Series E bonds is defined in paragraphs (c) and (d) of § 316.8. Beginning in the third month from its issue date, a bond increased in redemption value on the first day of each month, up to and including the thirtieth month from issue date, so as to provide for such period an investment yield of no less than 4 percent per annum, compounded semiannually. Thereafter, its redemption value increases at the beginning of each successive half-year period. The interest is paid as part of the redemption value.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 14276, Apr. 17, 1992, as amended at 70 FR 14941, Mar. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.3   Governing regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in 31 CFR part 315 apply to definitive Series E bonds that have not been converted to book-entry bonds.
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations in 31 CFR part 363 apply to definitive Series E bonds that have been converted to book-entry bonds through New Treasury Direct.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14941, Mar. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.4   Registration.</HEAD>
<P>Series E bonds were permitted to be registered as set forth in subpart B of 31 CFR part 315, also published as Department of the Treasury Circular No. 530, current revision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.5   Limitation on holdings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General limitation.</I> The amount of Series E bonds, originally issued during any one calendar year, that could be held by any one person, computed in accordance with the governing regulations, ranged from $5,000 (face amount) to $20,000 (face amount), depending upon the issue date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special limitation for employee savings plans.</I> A special limitation for employee savings plans was provided, which was $2,000 (face amount) multiplied by the highest number of participants in any employee savings plan, as defined in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, at any time during the year in which the bonds were issued. The plan had to be established, as set forth below.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Definition of plan and conditions of eligibility.</I> (i) The employee savings plan must have been established by the employer for the exclusive and irrevocable benefit of employees or their beneficiaries, afforded employees the means of making regular savings from their wages through payroll deduction, and provided for employer contributions to be added to such savings.
</P>
<P>(ii) The entire assets thereof must have been credited to the individual accounts of participating employees and the assets so credited could be distributed only to the employees or their beneficiaries, except as otherwise provided herein.
</P>
<P>(iii) Series E bonds were to be purchased only with assets credited to the accounts of participating employees and only if the amount taken from any account at any time for that purpose was equal to the purchase price of a bond or bonds in an authorized denomination or denominations, and shares therein were credited to the accounts of the individuals from whom the purchase price thereof was derived, in amounts corresponding with such shares. For example, if $37.50 credited to the account of John Jones was commingled with funds credited to the accounts of other employees to make a total of $7,500, with which a Series E bond in the denomination of $10,000 (face amount) was purchased in December 1978 and registered in the name and title of the trustee, the plan must have provided, in effect, that John Jones' account would be credited to show that he was the owner of a Series E bond in the denomination of $50 (face amount) bearing the issue date of December 1, 1978.
</P>
<P>(iv) Each participating employee has an irrevocable right at any time to demand and receive from the trustee all assets credited to his or her account or the value thereof, if he or she so prefers, without regard to any condition other than the loss or suspension of the privilege of participating further in the plan. However, a plan was not deemed to be inconsistent herewith if it limited or modified the exercise of any such right by providing that the employer's contribution did not vest absolutely until the employee had made contributions under the plan in each of not more than 60 calendar months succeeding the month for which the employer's contribution was made.
</P>
<P>(v) Upon the death of an employee, his or her beneficiary has the absolute and unconditional right to demand and receive from the trustee all assets credited to the account of the employee, or the value thereof, if he or she so prefers.
</P>
<P>(vi) When settlement is made with an employee, or his or her beneficiary, with respect to any bond registered in the name and title of the trustee in which the employee has a share (see paragraphs (b)(1) (ii) and (iii) of this section), the bond must be submitted for redemption or reissue to the extent of such share. If an employee or his or her beneficiary is to receive distribution in kind, bonds bearing the same issue dates as those credited to the employee's account will be reissued in the name of the distributee to the extent to which he or she is entitled, in any authorized form of registration, upon the request and certification of the trustee, in accordance with the governing reguations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Definitions of terms used in paragraph (b)—related provisions.</I> (i) The term <I>savings plan</I> includes any regulations issued under the plan with regard to Series E bonds. A trustee desiring to purchase bonds in excess of the general limitation in any calendar year should have submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of the district a copy of the plan, any such regulations, and the trust agreement, all certified to be true copies, in order to establish eligibility.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>assets</I> means all funds, including the employee contributions and employer contributions and assets purchased therewith, as well as accretions thereto, such as dividends on stock, the increment in value on bonds and all other income; but, notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, the right to demand and receive all assets credited to the account of an employee shall not be construed to require the distribution of assets in kind when it would not be possible or practicable to make such distribution; for example, Series E bonds may not be reissued in unauthorized denominations, and fractional shares of stock are not readily distributable in kind.
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>beneficiary</I> means the person or persons, if any, designated by the employee in accordance with the terms of the plan to receive the benefits of the trust upon his or her death, or the estate of the employee, and the term <I>distributee</I> means the employee, or his or her beneficiary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.6   Purchase of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>Series E bonds were purchased, as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Over-the-counter for cash</I>—(1) <I>Bonds registered in names of natural persons in their own right only.</I> At such incorporated banks, trust companies, and other agencies as had been duly qualified as issuing agents.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bonds registered in names of trustees of employee savings plans.</I> At such incorporated bank, trust company, or other agency, duly qualified as an issuing agent, provided the agent was trustee of an approved employee savings plan eligible for the special limitation in paragraph (b) of § 316.5 and prior approval to issue the bonds was obtained from the Federal Reserve Bank of the agent's district.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Bonds registered in all authorized forms.</I> At Federal Reserve Banks and Branches and at the Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20226.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>On mail order.</I> By mail upon application to any Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Department of the Treasury, accompanied by a remittance to cover the issue price. Any form of exchange, including personal checks, was accepted, subject to collection. Checks or other forms of exchange were to be drawn to the order of the Federal Reserve Bank or the United States Treasury, as the case may be. Checks payable by endorsement were not acceptable. Any depositary qualified pursuant to the provisions of 31 CFR part 203, also published as Department of the Treasury Circular No. 92, current revision, was permitted to make payment by credit for bonds applied for on behalf of its customers up to any amount for which it was qualified in excess of existing deposits, when so notified by the Federal Reserve Bank of its district.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Savings stamps.</I> The sale of United States Savings Stamps was terminated effective June 30, 1970. However, outstanding stamps affixed in fully or partially completed albums could be used to purchase Series E bonds at banks or other financial institutions authorized to issue such bonds. Stamps may be redeemed at banks and other financial institutions, through designated Federal Reserve Banks and the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, West Virginia.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 14276, Apr. 17, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 10535, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.7   Delivery of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>Issuing agents were authorized to deliver Series E bonds either over-the-counter in person, or by mail at the risk and expense of the United States, to the address given by the purchaser, but only within the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. No mail deliveries elsewhere were made. If purchased by citizens of the United States temporarily residing abroad, the bonds were delivered to such address in the United States as the purchaser directed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.8   Extended terms and yields for outstanding bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The terms <I>extended maturity period, second extended maturity period, third extended maturity period</I> and <I>fourth extended maturity period,</I> when used herein, refer to periods of 10 years or less after the original maturity dates during which owners may retain their bonds and continue to earn interest. No special action is required to take advantage of any extensions heretofore or herein granted. Series E bonds cease to accrue interest upon reaching final maturity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Extended maturity periods</I>—(1) <I>Bonds issued from May 1, 1941 through April 1, 1952.</I> Series E bonds with issue dates of May 1, 1941, through April 1, 1952, reached or will reach final maturity 40 years after their respective issue dates, as shown below.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Life of bonds yrs.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Final maturity dates—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1941-Apr. 1952</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1981-Apr. 1992.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Bonds issued from May 1, 1952 through November 1, 1965.</I> Bonds with issue dates of May 1, 1952, through November 1, 1965, will receive an additional extension of maturity ranging from 4 months to 2 years and 3 months, as shown below, so that these bonds will reach final maturity 40 years after their respective issue dates.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Issue dates—lst day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Previous maturities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Previous maturity dates—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">yrs.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mos.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1952-Jan. 1957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 1992-Sept. 1996.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Feb. 1957-May 1959</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 1996-Apr. 1998.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jun. 1959-Nov. 1965</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1997-Aug. 2003.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Additional extended maturity period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Life of bonds—yrs.
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">yrs.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mos.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1952-Jan. 1957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Feb. 1957-May 1959</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jun. 1959-Nov. 1965</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Final maturity dates—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1952-Jan. 1957</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1992-Jan. 1997.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Feb. 1957-May 1959</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 1997-May 1999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jun. 1959-Nov. 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June. 1999-Nov. 2005.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) <I>Bonds issued from December 1, 1965 through June 1, 1980.</I> Bonds with issue dates of December 1, 1965, through June 1, 1980, will receive an additional extension of maturity ranging from 3 years to 5 years, as shown below, so that these bonds will reach final maturity 30 years after their respective issue dates.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Previous maturities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Previous maturity dates—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">yrs.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mos.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1965-May 1969</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 1992-May 1996.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June. 1969-Nov. 1973</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 1995-Sept. 1999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1973-Jun. 1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 1998-Jun. 2005.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Additional extended maturity period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Life of bonds—yrs.
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">yrs.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mos.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1965-May 1969</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jun. 1969-Nov. 1973</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1973-Jun. 1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Final maturity dates—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1965-May 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 1995-May 1999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jun. 1969-Nov. 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jun. 1999-Nov. 2003.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1973-Jun. 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 2003-Jun. 2010.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Guaranteed minimum investment yield</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the guaranteed minimum investment yields for outstanding Series E bonds are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For Series E bonds that were in original or extended maturity periods prior to November 1, 1982, the guaranteed minimum investment yield was 8.5 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, effective for the period from the first semiannual interest accrual date on or after May 1, 1981, through the end of such periods, unless the bonds reached final maturity before November 1, 1981. 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> For bonds that entered extensions, see paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) through (c)(1)(iv) of this section.
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Series E bonds issued from May 1, 1941, through October 1, 1941, had reached final maturity May 1, 1981, through October 1, 1981, before the 8.5 percent yield had become effective.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4 5</SU> [Reserved]</P></FTNT>
<P>(ii) For Series E bonds that entered extended maturity periods during the period of November 1, 1982, through October 1, 1986, the guaranteed minimum yield was or is 7.5 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, for such periods, including bonds that entered into an extended maturity period, as shown below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Extension
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Entered on 1st day of—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1953-Nov. 1957</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3rd</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1982-Oct. 1986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Feb. 1965-Dec. 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2nd</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1982-Oct. 1986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov. 1977-June 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1st</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1982-June 1985.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) For Series E bonds that entered into extended maturity periods during the period of November 1, 1986, through February 1, 1993, the guaranteed minimum yield was or is 6 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, for such periods, including bonds that entered into an extended maturity period, as shown below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Extension 
<sup>4</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Entered on 1st day of—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1952-Aug. 1953</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4th (final) 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 1992-Apr. 1993.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1957-May 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3rd</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1986-Feb. 1993.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1965-Feb. 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3rd (final)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 1992-Feb. 1993.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jan. 1971-Feb. 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2nd</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1986-Feb. 1993.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Interest for interest accrual periods of less than 6 months is prorated.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> All Series E bonds issued between May 1, 1941 and April 1, 1953, have matured and are no longer earning interest.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iv) For Series E bonds entering extended maturity periods on or after March 1, 1993, the guaranteed minimum yield is 4 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, or the guaranteed minimum investment yield in effect at the beginning of the period, including bonds that enter extended maturity periods, as shown below: 
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> Series E bonds with issue dates of July 1 and August 1, 1953, entered a final maturity period of 4 months on March 1, and April 1, 1993, respectively, and received a minimum investment yield of 6 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, for that period.
</P>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> [Reserved]</P></FTNT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Extension 
<sup>7</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Entered on 1st day of—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sep. 1953-May 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4th (final)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1993-Feb. 2003.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jun. 1965-Nov. 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3rd</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1993-Aug. 1993.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jun. 1965-Nov. 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4th (final)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 2003-Aug. 2003.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1966-Feb. 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3rd (final)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1993-Feb. 2003.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1978-Jun. 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2nd</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1993-Jun. 1995
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1978-Jun. 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3rd (final)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 2003-Jun. 2005.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> See footnote 2 above.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Eleven-year bonus.</I> If a bond bearing an issue date of January 1, 1951, or thereafter, was held for the 11-year period from the first semianual interest accrual period that began on or after January 1, 1980, its guaranteed minimum investment yield for such period was increased by one-half of one percent per annum, compounded semiannually.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Market-based variable investment yield.</I> In order to be eligible for the market-based variable investment yield, Series E savings bonds had to be held at least five years beginning with the first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982. The market-based variable investment yield shall be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For each 6-month period, starting with the period beginning May 1, 1982, the average market yield on outstanding marketable Treasury securities with a remaining term to maturity of approximately 5 years during such period is determined. Such determination by the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate shall be final and conclusive.
</P>
<P>(2) For bonds which entered an extended maturity period prior to May 1, 1989, the market-based variable investment yield from the first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982 to each semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1987, will be 85 percent, rounded to the nearest one-fourth of one percent, of the arithmetic average of the market yield averages, as determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section, for the appropriate number of 6-month periods involved, starting with the period beginning May 1, 1982.
</P>
<P>(3) For bonds which entered an extended maturity period on or after May 1, 1989, the market-based variable investment yield from the first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982 to each semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1989, will be 85 pecent, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the arithmetic average of the market yield averages, as determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section, for the appropriate number of 6-month periods involved, starting with the period beginning May 1, 1982.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Determination of redemption values during any extended maturity period.</I> The redemption value of a bond on a given interest accrual date during any extended maturity period will be the higher of the value produced by using the applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield or the value produced by using the appropriate market-based variable investment yield. The calculation of these values is described below:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Guaranteed minimum investment yield and resulting values during an extended maturity period.</I> A bond has a guaranteed minimum investment yield for each of its extended maturity periods. The applicable guaranteed minimum investment yields for the current extended maturity period and any subsequent periods are specified in paragraph (c) of this section. In order to determine the value of a bond during an extended maturity period, the value of the bond either at the end of the next preceding maturity period or when the guaranteed minimum investment yield last increased, 
<SU>8</SU>
<FTREF/> whichever occurs later, is determined using the applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield. This value is then used as the base upon which interest accrues during the extended maturity period at the guaranteed minimum investment yield in effect for savings bonds at the beginning of that period. The resulting semiannual values are then compared with the corresponding values determined by using the applicable market-based variable investment yields.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> The 11-year bonus was the last increase in the guaranteed minimum investment yield (see paragraph (b)(2)). Series E bonds which were eligible to receive this bonus received it on the first semiannual interest accrual date occuring on or after January 1, 1991.</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) <I>Market-based variable investment yield and resulting values during an extended maturity period.</I> The market-based variable investment yield from the first semiannual interest accrual date occuring on or after November 1, 1982 to each semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1987, is determined as specified in paragraph (d) of this section. The value of a bond on its first seimannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982 is used as the base upon which interest accrues during an extended maturity period at the applicable market-based variable investment yield. If redeemed, the bond will receive the higher of the two values produced by using the applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield and the applicable market-based variable investment yield.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Market-based variable investment yields and tables of redemption values.</I> The market-based variable investment yields for bonds redeemed during each 6-month period, beginning on May 1 and November 1 of each year, are made available prior to each of those dates by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26106-1328, accompanied by tables of the redemption values of bonds for the following 6 months, based on either the applicable market-based variable investment yields or guaranteed minimum investment yields.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 14276, Apr. 17, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 60936, 60937, Nov. 18, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.9   Taxation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> For the purpose of determining taxes and tax exemptions, the increment in value represented by the difference between the price paid for Series E bonds and the redemption value received therefor constitutes interest. Such interest is subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The bonds are subject to estate, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all other taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Federal income tax on bonds.</I> An owner of Series E bonds who is a cash-basis taxpayer may use either of the following two methods of reporting the increase in the redemption value of the bonds for Federal income tax purposes:
</P>
<P>(1) Defer reporting the increase to the year of final maturity, actual redemption, or other disposition, whichever is earlier; or
</P>
<P>(2) Elect to report the increases each year as they accrue, in which case the election applies to all Series E bonds then owned and those subsequently acquired, as well as to any other similar obligations purchased on a discount basis. If the method in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is used, the taxpayer may change to the method in paragraph (b)(2) of this section without obtaining permission from the Internal Revenue Service. However, once the election to use the method in paragraph (b)(2) of this section is made, the taxpayer may not change the method of reporting without permission from the Internal Revenue Service. For further information on Federal income taxes, the Service Center Director, or District Director, Internal Revenue Service, of the taxpayer's district may be contacted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.10   Payment or redemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A Series E bond may be redeemed in accordance with its terms at the appropriate redemption value shown in the applicable table described in paragraph (f) of § 316.8. The redemption values of bonds in the denomination of $100,000 are not shown in the tables. However, the redemption value of a bond in that denomination will be equal to ten times the redemption value of a $10,000 bond of the same issue date. A bond in a denomination higher that $25 (face amount) may be redeemed in part but only in the amount of an authorized denomination or multiple thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Federal Reserve Banks and Branches and United States Treasury.</I> Owners of Series E bonds may obtain payment upon presentation and surrender of the bonds to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch referred to in § 316.12 or to the Department of the Treasury with the request for payment on the bonds duly executed and certified in accordance with the governing regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Incorporated banks, savings and loan associations and other financial institutions.</I> (1) A financial institution qualified as a paying agent under the provisions of 31 CFR part 321, also published as Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 750, as revised, will pay the current redemption value of a Series E bond presented for payment by an individual whose name is inscribed on the bond as owner or coowner, provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The bond is in order for payment; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The presenter establishes his or her identity to the satisfaction of the agent, in accordance with Treasury instructions and identification guidelines, and signs and completes the requests for payment.
</P>
<P>(2) A paying agent may (but is not required to) pay a Series E bond, at current redemption value, upon the request of a legal representative designated in the bond's registration by name and capacity, a court-appointed legal representative of the last-deceased registrant's estate, or a beneficiary, if he or she survives the owner, provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The bond is in order for payment; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The presenter establishes his or her identity to the satisfaction of the agent, in accordance with Treasury instructions, indentification guidelines, and otherwise complies with evidentiary requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 14276, Apr. 17, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 10535, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.11   Reservation as to issue of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury reserved the right to reject any application for purchase of Series E bonds, in whole or in part, and to refuse to issue, or permit to be issued hereunder, any such bonds in any case or any class or classes of cases if such action was deemed to be in the public interest. Any action in any such respect was final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.12   Fiscal agents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Federal Reserve Banks and Branches referred to below, as fiscal agents of the United States, are authorized to perform such services as may be requested of them by the Secretary of the Treasury in connection with the redemption and payment of Series E bonds.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The following Federal Reserve Offices have been designated to provide savings bond services:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Servicing office
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reserve districts served
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Geographic area served
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Buffalo Branch, P.O. Box 961, Buffalo, NY 14240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, Boston</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CT, MA, ME, NH, NJ (northern half), NY (City &amp; State), RI, VT, Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Pittsburgh Branch, P.O. Box 867, Pittsburgh, PA 15230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cleveland, Philadelphia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DE, KY (eastern half), NJ (southern half), OH, PA, WV (northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, P.O. Box 27622, Richmond, VA 23261</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Richmond, Atlanta</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AL, DC, FL, LA (southern half), MD, MS (southern half), NC, SC, TN (eastern half), VA, WV (except northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, 250 Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55480</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minneapolis, Chicago</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IA, IL (northern half), IN (northern half), MN, MT, ND, SD, WI.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, 925 Grand Avenue, Kansas City, MO 64198</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dallas, San Francisco, Kansas City, St. Louis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AK, AR, AZ, CA, CO, HI, ID, IL (southern half), IN (southern half), KS, KY (western half), LA (northern half), MO, MS (northern half), NE, NM, NV, OK, OR, TN (western half), TX, WA, WY, UT and GU.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Until March 1, 1996, other Federal Reserve Offices may continue to provide some savings bond services, such services will be phased out over the period prior to that date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 10535, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 316.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.30.0.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 316.13   Reservation as to terms of offer.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, supplement or amend the terms of this offering of bonds, or of any amendments or supplements thereto.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="317" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 317 [RESERVED]
</HEAD>
</DIV5>

<P> 


</P>

<DIV5 N="321" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 321—PAYMENTS BY BANKS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS OF DEFINITIVE UNITED STATES SAVINGS BONDS AND UNITED STATES SAVINGS NOTES (FREEDOM SHARES)
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 321; 31 U.S.C. 3105, 3126.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.0   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>These regulations govern the manner in which financial institutions may qualify and act as paying agents for the redemption of:
</P>
<P>(a) Definitive United States Savings Bonds of Series A, B, C, D, E, EE, and I, and United States Savings Notes (Freedom Shares), presented for cash payment; and
</P>
<P>(b) Eligible definitive Series E and Series EE savings bonds and savings notes presented for redemption in exchange for Series HH savings bonds under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 2-80 (31 CFR part 352).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16166, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>ACH payment</I> or <I>ACH</I> means an Automated Clearing House method of transferring funds under the provisions of 31 CFR part 210.
</P>
<P><I>Beneficiary</I> means an individual whose name is inscribed on a security as the person to whom it is payable in his or her right upon the prior death of the other individual designated thereon as owner, shown commonly in the form: “A P.O.D. [payable on death to] B.”
</P>
<P><I>Cash payment</I> means payment in currency, by check or by credit to a checking, savings or share account.
</P>
<P><I>Definitive security</I> means a Treasury security held in paper form.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Operating Circular</I> means the operating circular referred to in § 321.27, issued by the Federal Reserve Banks, that provides instructions on the requirements for submitting definitive redeemed securities to a Federal Reserve Processing Site and sets forth the rights and obligations of paying agents with respect to such securities.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Processing Site</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank (including any Branch or office thereof, as appropriate) referred to in § 321.26 to which the paying agent, or institution acting on its behalf, is instructed to transmit redeemed securities for payment pursuant to the Federal Reserve Operating Circular.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Treasury Retail Securities Site</I> or <I>TRS Site</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank (including any Branch or office thereof, as appropriate) referred to in § 321.26 that is authorized to qualify paying agents and provide other fiscal agency services consistent with this part.
</P>
<P><I>Legal Representative</I> or <I>representative</I> means the court-appointed (or otherwise qualified) person, regardless of title, who is legally authorized to act for the estate of a minor, incompetent, aged person, absentee, et al., the court-appointed executor or administrator, regardless of title, who is legally authorized to act for a decedent's estate; and the trustee of a personal trust estate.
</P>
<P><I>Paying agent</I> or <I>agent</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A financial institution that is qualified under the provisions of this part as originally issued, or any subsequent revision, to make payment of securities, and includes branches located within the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any banking facilities of such institutions establishing at military installations overseas, provided the offering of such redemption services has been authorized by the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Presenter</I> means the individual requesting the redemption or redemption-exchange of securities.
</P>
<P><I>Redemption</I> and <I>payment</I> are used interchangeably for payment of a security in accordance with the terms of its offering and governing regulations, including redemption-exchange.
</P>
<P><I>Redemption-exchange</I> means the authorized redemption of eligible securities for the purpose of applying the proceeds in payment for other securities offered in exchange by the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Registrant</I> means a person whose name is inscribed on a security as owner, coowner, or beneficiary.
</P>
<P><I>Security</I> means a United States Savings Bond of Series A, B, C, D, E, EE, or I and/or a United States Savings Note (Freedom Share).
</P>
<P><I>Taxpayer identifying number</I> means a social security account number or an employer identification number.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988; 53 FR 39581, Oct. 7, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 35395, Aug. 29, 1990; 59 FR 10536, Mar. 4, 1994; 63 FR 38042, July 14, 1998; 76 FR 16166, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Procedures for Qualification</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.2   Eligible organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Organizations eligible to apply for qualification and to serve as paying agents are commercial banks, trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations, building and loan associations (including cooperative banks), credit unions, cash depositories, industrial banks, or similar financial institutions which:
</P>
<P>(1) Are incorporated under Federal law or the laws of a State, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico;
</P>
<P>(2) In the usual course of business accept, subject to withdrawal, funds for desposit or the purchase of shares;
</P>
<P>(3) Are under the supervision of a federal or state regulatory agency or equivalent authority; and
</P>
<P>(4) Maintain regular offices for the transaction of business.
</P>
<P>(b) An organization that desires to redeem securities must first qualify as a paying agent. An organization that has qualified and is serving as a paying agent must:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit redeemed securities directly to a Federal Reserve Processing Site in accordance with the Federal Reserve Operating Circular; and
</P>
<P>(2) Have the ability to receive payment of applicable fees by ACH, or arrange to obtain one or more of these services from another financial institution.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 59 FR 10536, Mar. 4, 1994; 77 FR 16166, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.3   Procedure for qualifying and serving as paying agent.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Execution of application-agreement.</I> (1) An eligible organization wishing to act as a paying agent shall obtain from, execute, and file an application-agreement with a TRS Site. The terms of each application-agreement shall include a reference to the following provisions to which paying agents are subject:
</P>
<P>(i) The provisions prescribed by section 202 of Executive Order 11246, entitled “Equal Employment Opportunity”, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2000e note); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (5 U.S.C. 552a), and regulations issued pursuant thereto (31 CFR part 1, subpart C).
</P>
<P>(2) For the purpose of these regulations, all eligible institutions shall make application to a TRS Site.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Qualification.</I> A TRS Site, as fiscal agent of the United States, is authorized to qualify any eligible organization that possesses adequate authority under its charter to act as paying agent. Upon approval of an application-agreement, a TRS Site will issue a certificate of qualification to the organization. Such a certificate automatically qualifies the branches of the organization to redeem securities as provided in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Announcement of authority.</I> Upon receipt of a certificate of qualification from a TRS Site, a financial institution may announce or advertise its authority to redeem eligible securities for cash and to process eligible Series E and EE savings bonds and savings notes presented for redemption in exchange for Series HH savings bonds under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 2-80 (31 CFR part 352).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Adverse action.</I> A TRS Site will notify an organization in writing if its application-agreement to act as paying agent is not approved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 35395, Aug. 29, 1990; 59 FR 10537, Mar. 4, 1994; 63 FR 38042, July 14, 1998; 77 FR 16166, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.4   Paying agents previously qualified.</HEAD>
<P>Institutions qualified as paying agents under previous revisions of this part are authorized to continue to act in that capacity without requalification. By so acting, they shall be subject to the terms and conditions of their previously executed application-agreements and these regulations in the same manner and to the same extent as though they had requalified hereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.2.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.5   Termination of qualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>By the Treasury.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury, or a designee, may authorize a TRS Site to terminate the qualification of any paying agent at any time, following prior written notice of such action to the agent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>At request of paying agent.</I> A TRS Site will terminate the qualification of a paying agent upon its written request, provided the agent renders a final accounting for all redeemed securities and is found to have fully complied with the terms of its agreement and the applicable regulations and instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reservation.</I> Termination of the qualification as paying agent of any institution shall not prejudice the right of the Treasury to recover the amounts of any erroneous payment(s) made by the institution.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 59 FR 10537, Mar. 4, 1994; 77 FR 16166, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Scope of Authority</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.3.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.6   General.</HEAD>
<P>Securities are issued only in registered form (subject to 31 CFR 359.11), are not transferable, may not be hypothecated or used as collateral for a loan, and, except as otherwise specifically provided in the governing regulations and this part, are payable to the owner or coowner named on the security. The regulations governing Series EE and HH bonds are contained in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 3-80, current revision (31 CFR part 353); those governing Series I bonds are contained in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 2-98 (31 CFR part 360); and, those governing all other series of U.S. savings securities are contained in Department of the Treasury Circular No. 530, current revision (31 CFR part 315).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38042, July 14, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.3.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.7   Authorized cash payments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Subject to the terms and conditions appearing on the securities, the governing regulations, and the provisions of this part, and any instructions issued in connection therewith, an agent may make payment of savings bonds of Series A, B, C, D, E, EE, and I, and savings notes, presented for cash redemption. Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (d), and (f) of this section, the securities must be presented by an individual whose name is inscribed on the securities as owner or coowner, and who is known to the agent, or who can establish his or her identity in accordance with Treasury instructions and guidelines (See § 321.11(b)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Change of name by marriage.</I> If the name of the presenter has been changed by marriage from that shown on the security, and the agent knows or establishes that the presenter and the person whose name appears on the security are one and the same individual, the agent may pay the security in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. The signature to the request for payment should show both names, e.g., “Mary J. Smith, changed by marriage from Mary T. Jones.”
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Parent of a minor.</I> Payment of a security bearing the name of a minor child, who is not of sufficient competency and understanding to sign the request for payment and comprehend the nature of the act, may be made to either parent with whom the minor resides or to whom custody has been granted, provided the form of registration does not indicate that a guardian or similar representative of the estate of the minor has been appointed or is otherwise legally qualified. Payment under this subsection may not be made to any person other than a parent. The parent requesting payment must sign the request for payment in the form, e.g., “John A. Jones, on behalf of John C. Jones.” The following endorsement must be typed or imprinted on the back of the security:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I certify that I am the (father or mother) of John C. Jones and the person (with whom he resides) (to whom custody has been granted). He is __ years of age and is not of sufficient competency and understanding to sign the request.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Payment to beneficiary.</I> An agent may redeem a security registered “A P.O.D. [payable on death to] B” for cash at the request of the surviving beneficiary following the owner's death. A copy of the owner's death certificate, certified under seal of the State or local registrar, must be furnished to support the request for payment.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Payment to a legal representative designated on a security by name and title.</I> An agent may redeem a security registered in the name and title of a legal representative as defined in § 321.1, if the legal representative is known to the agent, or can establish identity in accordance with Treasury instructions and guidelines. The request for payment on the back of each security must be signed by the legal representative designated by name and title in the registration on the front of the security, or by a person authorized or empowered to act for a corporate legal representative so designated. The full title of the legal representative should be shown adjacent to each signature and, in the case of a corporate legal representative, the full corporate name, as well as the title, i.e., vice president, trust officer, etc., should be shown. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Henry C. Smith, conservator of the estate of John R. White, an adult, pursuant to Sec. 633.572 of the Iowa Code.
</P>
<P>Tenth National Bank by Arnold A. Ames, Vice President, guardian of the estate of Barry B. Bryan, a minor.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>Payment to a legal representative of a decedent's estate not designated on a security.</I> An agent may redeem a security bearing the names of deceased persons in the registration, if the legal representative of the estate of the last deceased registrant:
</P>
<P>(1) Presents the security;
</P>
<P>(2) Signs the request for payment on the back of the security, showing the representative's full title adjacent to the signature; and
</P>
<P>(3) Presents acceptable evidence of the legal representative's appointment and of the dates of death of all persons named in the security's registration, in accordance with this part and the appendix.
</P>
<FP>In the case of a corporate legal representative, the full corporate name, as well as the title, must be shown. Examples:
</FP>
<EXTRACT>
<P>John H. Smith and Charles N. Jones, co-executors of the will of Robert J. Smith, deceased.
</P>
<P>Tenth National Bank by John F. Green, Trust Officer, executor of the will of George N. Brown, deceased.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Interest reporting.</I> A paying agent is required to report interest in the amount of $10 or more, paid as part of the redemption value of securities, to the payee and to the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with 26 CFR 1.6049-4. (See Item 26 of the appendix to this part for information concerning the education feature of Series EE savings bonds issued on or after January 1, 1990, and of Series I savings bonds.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 35395, Aug. 29, 1990; 63 FR 38042, July 14, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.3.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.8   Redemption-exchange of Series E and EE savings bonds and savings notes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Subject to the provisions of Circular No. 2-80 (31 CFR part 352), the governing regulations, and the provisions of this part and its appendix, an agent may make payment of eligible securities presented for redemption in exchange for Series HH bonds. Securities eligible for exchange are:
</P>
<P>(1) Series EE bonds bearing issue dates of January 1, 2003, or earlier, presented no earlier than six months from their issue dates;
</P>
<P>(2) Series EE bonds bearing issue dates of February 1, 2003, or thereafter, presented no earlier than 12 months from their issue dates; and
</P>
<P>(3) Series E bonds and savings notes presented no later than one year from the month in which they reached final maturity. The total redemption value of the securities presented for exchange must be at least $500.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements for redemption-exchange.</I> An agent shall not accept and redeem eligible securities on exchange unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The securities are accompanied by a completed exchange subscription signed by the presenter;
</P>
<P>(2) The presenter is the owner, the legal representative (excluding a representative of a decedent's estate), the surviving coowner or beneficiary, or the principal coowner (as defined in § 352.7(e)(2) in 31 CFR part 352 (Circular No. 2-80)) of the securities presented for exchange and is to be named as owner or first-named coowner on the Series HH bonds; and
</P>
<P>(3) The request for payment on each security is signed by the presenter. A presenter who is a legal representative should show the full title adjacent to each signature and, in the case of a corporate legal representative, should show the full corporate name, as well as the title. If the name of the presenter has been changed by marriage, or if the presenter is named as beneficiary or legal representative on the securities, the agent may process the transaction in accordance with the provisions of § 321.7 (b), (d), or (e) of this part. If the agent is authorized and elects to use the special endorsement procedure, set out in 31 CFR part 330 (Circular No. 888, current revision), the requests for payment do not need to be signed; however, this special endorsement may not be used in lieu of the presenter's signature on the exchange subscription.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Interest reporting.</I> To the extent that it represents interest of $10 or more, a paying agent is required to report cash, refunded in an exchange transaction, to the presenter and to the Internal Revenue Service under the provisions of 26 CFR 1.6049-4.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Completion of transaction.</I> An agent shall transmit for settlement eligible securities redeemed on exchange and, at the same time, forward the exchange application (PD F 3253) and any additional cash needed to complete the transaction to a TRS Site.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 35396, Aug. 29, 1990; 59 FR 10537, Mar. 4, 1994; 68 FR 2666, Jan. 17, 2003; 68 FR 7427, Feb. 14, 2003; 77 FR 16166, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.3.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.9   Specific limitations on payment authority.</HEAD>
<P>An agent is not authorized to redeem a security for cash or on redemption-exchange:
</P>
<P>(a)(1) If it is a Series EE bond or a Series I bond issued on January 1, 2003, or earlier, presented for payment prior to six months from its issue date; or
</P>
<P>(2) If it is a Series EE bond or a Series I bond issued on February 1, 2003, or thereafter, presented for payment prior to 12 months from its issue date.
</P>
<P>(b) If it is a savings bond of Series F, G, H, J, K, or HH.
</P>
<P>(c) If the presenter is acting under a power of attorney.
</P>
<P>(d) If the agent does not know or cannot establish the identity of the presenter as a person entitled to request payment as provided in § 321.7.
</P>
<P>(e) If the presenter does not sign his or her name in ink as it is inscribed on the security (except as provided in § 321.7 (b) or (c) of this part, or appears in evidence of appointment (see § 321.7(f)), and show a home or business address.
</P>
<P>(f) If the taxpayer identifying number of the presenter, or the estate represented by the presenter, is not known to the agent and the presenter refuses to furnish the number.
</P>
<P>(g) If the security bears a material irregularity, such as an illegible, incomplete or unauthorized inscription, issue date, or issuing agent's validating data, or if any essential part of the security appears to have been altered or is mutilated or defaced in such a manner as to create doubt or arouse suspicion.
</P>
<P>(h) If the security is registered in the name of a corporation, association, partnership, or other organization in its own right.
</P>
<P>(i) If Treasury regulations require the submission of documentary evidence to support the redemption, except as provided in § 321.7 (d) or (f) of this part, as in the case of incompetents, minors under legal guardianship, or the change of a registrant's name other than by marriage.
</P>
<P>(j) If the presenter is a minor who, in the opinion of the agent, is not of sufficient competency and understanding to sign the request for payment and comprehend the nature of the act.
</P>
<P>(k) If it is known to the agent that the presenter has been legally declared incompetent to manage his or her affairs.
</P>
<P>(l) If partial redemption is requested.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 35396, Aug. 29, 1990; 63 FR 38042, July 14, 1998; 68 FR 2666, Jan. 17, 2003; 68 FR 7427, Feb. 14, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.3.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.10   Responsibilities of paying agents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Payment of securities.</I> A paying agent is required to redeem eligible securities during its regular business hours for any presenter, whether or not a customer, who can establish his or her identity as the owner or co-owner named on the securities, in accordance with the provisions of this part, and the appendix to this part, and the Treasury Identification Guide for Cashing United States Savings Bonds. An agent is encouraged, but is not required, to redeem eligible securities during its regular business hours for a surviving beneficiary, a legal representative designated in the registration of securities presented, or a legal representative of the last deceased registrant's estate who can provide acceptable evidence (see § 321.7 (d) or (f)) and establish identity in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Restrictions.</I> A paying agent shall not advance money, make loans on, or discount the redemption value of securities, nor in any manner assist others to do so. An agent shall not pay a presenter the current value of a security and then defer presentation to the Treasury for the purpose of obtaining for its own profit an increased value.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 35396, Aug. 29, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Payment and Transmittal of Securities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.4.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.11   Payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Examination.</I> Before making a payment of a security, a paying agent shall examine the security to determine that it is eligible for redemption and is one the agent is authorized to pay under the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Identification and evidence of entitlement.</I> The agent shall determine that the presenter of the security is entitled to request payment, as provided in § 321.7 of this part. Unless the presenter is a person whose identity is well-known to the agent or is an established customer, he or she should be asked to furnish satisfactory identification in accordance with the Treasury instructions and guidelines. At the time of payment, the agent should make a notation on the back of the security, or in its own records, specifying precisely what was relied on to establish the presenter's identity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Evidence—Payment to a beneficiary.</I> The agent shall determine that the presenter of the security as beneficiary is entitled to request payment, as provided in § 321.7(d). In addition to establishing the presenter's identification, as required by paragraph (b) of this section, the agent shall require presentation of the owner's death certificate in accordance with this part and the appendix.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Evidence—Payment to a legal representative of the last deceased registrant's estate.</I> The agent shall determine whether the legal representative is entitled to request payment, as provided in § 321.7(f). In addition to establishing the presenter's identification, as required by paragraph (b) of this section, the agent shall require evidence of appointment as well as evidence of the dates of death of all persons named in the registrations of the securities presented. Evidence of the representative's appointment must be either a court certificate or a copy of the letters of appointment, certified to be true and correct under seal of the court or clerk of court. If the original appointment was made more than one year prior to the presentation of the securities it must also bear the court clerk's statement that the appointment is in full force and effect. This statement must be under seal of the court or clerk of court and dated within six months of the presentation. Such evidence of appointment must pertain to the estate of the last deceased registrant designated on the securities. A copy of a death certificate, certified under seal of the State or local registrar, is the only acceptable evidence of the date of death.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Execution of request.</I> (1) The agent shall require:
</P>
<P>(i) That the request for payment on the back of each security be signed by the presenter in the presence of one of its officers or authorized employees; and
</P>
<P>(ii) That the presenter's address be furnished. Fiduciaries must sign as provided in § 321.7 (e) and (f).
</P>
<P>(2) If the agent is qualified under 31 CFR part 330 (Circular No. 888, current revision) and elects to use the special endorsement procedure, the request for payment need not be signed. If the request has already been signed when the security is presented, it should be signed again.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Certification of request.</I> An agent is not required to complete the certification to the requests for payment on securities it redeems. When an agent transmits redeemed securities for settlement, as indicated in § 321.14 of this part, such agent shall be understood by such submission to have represented and certified that the identity of the presenter, and his or her entitlement to request payment, have been established in accordance with this part and the appendix hereto.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 35396, Aug. 29, 1990; 59 FR 10537, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.4.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.12   Redemption value of securities.</HEAD>
<P>The redemption value of each savings security is determined by the terms of its offering and the length of time it has been outstanding. The Bureau of the Fiscal Service determines redemption values for Series A-E bonds, eligible Series EE and I bonds, and savings notes, that should be used in redeeming savings securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38042, July 14, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.4.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.13   Cancellation of redeemed securities.</HEAD>
<P>A paying agent shall cancel each redeemed security by imprinting the word “PAID” on its face and entering the amount and date of the actual payment and the agent's name, location, and four-digit code number assigned by a TRS Site or nine-digit ABA code number. The recordation of this data shall constitute a certification by the agent that the security was redeemed in accordance with the provisions of this part, that the presenter's identity and entitlement to request payment were duly established, and that the proceeds were paid to the presenter or remitted to a TRS Site in payment for Series HH savings bonds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16166, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.4.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.14   Transmittal to and settlement with a Federal Reserve Processing Site.</HEAD>
<P>Except for eligible securities redeemed on exchange pursuant to § 321.8, a paying agent shall transmit for payment all redeemed securities to a Federal Reserve Processing Site in accordance with the Federal Reserve Operating Circular.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Losses Resulting From Erroneous Payments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.5.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.15   Liability for losses.</HEAD>
<P>Under the governing statute, as amended (31 U.S.C. 3126(a)), an agent cannot be relieved of liability for a loss resulting from an erroneous payment unless the Secretary of the Treasury can make a determination that the loss resulted from no fault or negligence on the agent's part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.5.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.16   Report of erroneous payment.</HEAD>
<P>If an agent discovers an erroneous payment of securities, it should immediately advise the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV, as further described in the instructions and guidance issued pursuant to § 321.27.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.17" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.5.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.17   Investigation of potential loss.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice to an agent.</I> When it determines that a loss has occurred, because of the erroneous payment of securities, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will notify the agent in writing and identify the securities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Investigative procedure.</I> The Bureau of the Fiscal Service may request the United States Secret Service to investigate potential losses. Upon request, the agent shall make available to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, or its investigative agent, all records and information pertaining to the transaction in question, including the disposition of the redemption proceeds. If the proceeds were deposited in an account maintained by the agent, the information made available shall include the ultimate disposition of the redemption proceeds from the account.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.18" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.5.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.18   Determination of loss.</HEAD>
<P>Upon completion of the investigation, and after consideration of the results, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service shall advise the agent through which the payment occurred:
</P>
<P>(a) That no final loss to the United States has occurred, and, accordingly, that the agent is relieved from liability for the payment, or that no claim for reimbursement shall be made unless and until a loss has been sustained; or
</P>
<P>(b) That while a final loss to the United States has occurred, the agent is not required to make reimbursement therefor, as the Secretary of the Treasury, or his designee, has determined that such loss resulted from no fault or negligence on the part of such agent; or
</P>
<P>(c) That a final loss to the United States has occurred, and that, the Secretary of the Treasury, or his designee, has been unable to make an affirmative finding that such loss resulted from no fault or negligence on the part of such agent, reimbursement must be made promptly, except where credit for the payment had not previously been extended.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.19" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.5.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.19   Certification of signatures.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this subpart shall, to the extent appropriate, apply to losses resulting from payments made in reliance on certifications of signatures by an officer or designated employee of any financial institution authorized to certify requests for payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.5.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.20   Applicability of provisions.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart shall apply to securities redeemed by or submitted to any Federal Reserve Processing Site, any TRS Site, or any Treasury office authorized to redeem securities, as well as to paying agents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.5.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.21   Replacement and recovery of losses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a final loss results from the redemption of a security, and the paying agent redeeming the security is not relieved of liability for such loss under 31 U.S.C. 3126(a), the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will demand that the paying agent promptly reimburse the United States in the amount of the final loss and will take such other action as may be necessary to collect such amount as set out in the procedure described in paragraph 21 of the appendix to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) If a final loss has resulted from the redemption of a security, and no reimbursement has been or will be made, the loss shall be subject to replacement out of the fund established by the Government Losses in Shipment Act, as amended.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 37197, July 16, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Forwarding Items</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.6.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.22   Forwarding securities not payable by an agent.</HEAD>
<P>Any securities an agent is not authorized to pay under the provisions of this part should be forwarded for redemption to a TRS Site. The requests for payment on the securities should be properly certified. Any documentary evidence required to support the transaction should accompany the securities. If the securities are presented for redemption-exchange, they must also be accompanied by a completed and signed exchange subscription and additional cash needed to complete the transaction. Unpaid securities must be forwarded to a TRS Site in accordance with the rules in this part. The Bureau of the Fiscal Service provides agents with instructions and guidance regarding forwarding items. These instructions identify the specific types of redemption cases that should be forwarded and the processing instructions that paying agents must follow. These instructions are available from a TRS Site or online at <I>www.treasurydirect.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.7.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.23   Paying agent fees and charges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Fees.</I> Fees may be paid as outlined in this section. A schedule setting out the fees, and the basis on which they are computed and paid, is separately published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Current information is available from a TRS Site or online at <I>www.treasurydirect.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Discontinuance, reduction, or delay in fees.</I> The Secretary may authorize, upon notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the discontinuance, reduction, or delay of fee payments.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Charges to presenters.</I> A paying agent shall not make any charge whatever to persons entitled to request payment of securities, for redeeming them under the provisions of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.7.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.24   Claims on account of lost securities.</HEAD>
<P>If a security redeemed by an agent is lost, stolen or destroyed while in its custody or in transit prior to settlement, the agent's claim for reimbursement of the missing security's redemption value on the original payment date will be considered, provided the security can be identified by serial number.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.7.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.25   Payment and retention of definitive securities.</HEAD>
<P>The definitive security must be presented and surrendered to the paying agent in order to receive payment. An agent is prohibited from accepting an image, or other copy or reproduction of the definitive security, for redemption or processing. To ensure that all transactions processed by agents are properly validated, agents must establish and comply with a retention period for definitive securities that are truncated and converted to an electronic image. At a minimum, the agent must retain such securities for a period of thirty calendar days following the date that the agent submitted the electronic image of the paid security to a Federal Reserve Processing Site. Agents may establish longer retention periods for definitive securities at their discretion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.7.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.26   Role of Federal Reserve Banks.</HEAD>
<P>Federal Reserve Banks (including any Branch or office thereof, as appropriate) perform services as fiscal agents of the United States. These Federal Reserve Banks shall perform such services in connection with this part as may be requested by the Secretary of the Treasury, or a designee. These Federal Reserve Banks are authorized and directed to perform such duties, including the issuance of supplemental instructions and forms, as may be necessary to fulfill the purposes and requirements of these regulations. The instructions and guidance issued pursuant to § 321.27 set forth each Federal Reserve Bank that has been designated as a Federal Reserve Processing Site or as a TRS Site by the Secretary of the Treasury, or a designee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.7.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.27   Instructions and guidance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will provide Federal Reserve Processing Sites, TRS Sites, and paying agents with instructions and guidance on how to process redemption transactions. This information is available online at the Bureau of the Fiscal Service's Web site at <I>www.treasurydirect.gov</I>, Federal Reserve Processing Sites, and TRS Sites. Paying agents must follow these instructions and guidance.
</P>
<P>(b) The Federal Reserve Operating Circular sets forth additional rights and obligations of paying agents with respect to redemption transactions. Additional instructions and guidance are available online at the Federal Reserve Bank Services Web site at <I>www.FRBservices.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) Paying agents are required to process redemptions in accordance with the terms and conditions cited in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. The Secretary of the Treasury, or a designee, reserves the right to hold an agent liable whose failure to follow these instructions results in an incorrect amount being paid for a redeemed security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.28" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.7.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.28   Preservation of rights.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing contained in this part shall limit or restrict any existing rights which holders of securities may have acquired under the offering circulars and the applicable regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988. Redesignated at 77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 321.29" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.7.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 321.29   Supplements, amendments, or revisions.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time or from time to time, revise, supplement, amend or withdraw, in whole or in part, the provisions of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988. Redesignated at 77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix toAppendix to" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.32.7.5.8.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Part 321—Appendix to Department of the Treasury Circular No. 750, Fourth Revision
</HEAD>
<HD1>Fiscal Service, Bureau of the Fiscal Service
</HD1>
<HD2>Subpart A—General Information
</HD2>
<P>1. <I>Purpose.</I> This appendix is issued for the guidance of banks and other financial institutions qualified as paying agents of United States Savings Bonds and United States Savings Notes (Freedom Shares) under the provisions of 31 CFR part 321 [Department of the Treasury Circular No. 750, Fourth Revision]. Its purpose is to provide information to supplement the regulations contained in the part and specific instructions for processing redemption and redemption-exchange transactions. The information and instructions are indexed to the sections and subsections of part 321 which they explain or expand.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Other pertinent publications.</I> In addition to part 321, agents should be familiar with the provisions of the following publications:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Offering circulars.</I> Department of the Treasury Circulars, Fiscal Service Series Nos. 1-80 (31 CFR part 351, Series EE bonds), 2-80 (31 CFR part 352, Series HH bonds), 1-98 (31 CFR part 359, Series I bonds), and 3-67 (31 CFR part 342, savings notes), and Department of the Treasury Circulars Nos. 653 (31 CFR part 316, Series E bonds) and 905 (31 CFR part 339, Series H bonds).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Regulations.</I> Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 3-80 (Series EE and HH bonds); Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series 2-98 (Series I bonds); Department of the Treasury Circulars Nos. 530 (all other series of savings securities) and 888 (special endorsements); Federal Tax Regulations (26 CFR 1.6049); Federal Claims Collection Standards (4 CFR parts 101-105); Regulation J, Collection of Checks and Other Items and Wire Transfers of Funds (12 CFR part 210); and operating circulars issued by Federal Reserve Banks relating to the collection of cash items and Federal payments by ACH.
</P>
<HD2>Subpart B—Procedures for Qualification
</HD2>
<P>3. <I>Qualification of branches.</I> [Sec. 321.3(b)] Qualification of an institution as a paying agent automatically qualifies only its domestic branches. A foreign branch of a qualified paying agent may redeem securities provided settlement is made through a qualified facility located in the Unied States.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Paying agent code numbers.</I> [§§ 321.3(b) and 321.13] The TRS Site may assign a four-digit code number to each agent it qualifies. A separate number may be assigned to each branch of the paying agent authorized to redeem and submit redeemed securities for its own account at a TRS Site. At the paying agent's request, only one four-digit code will be assigned for use by all of its branches.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Requalification.</I> [§ 321.3(b)] If there has been a change in the corporate name of an agent, whether through merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or in any other manner, the agent may be asked by a TRS Site to requalify to reflect the change. Ordinarily, requalification is not required unless (a) the change results in a corporation that, under State law, cannot retain the rights of the corporation that ceased to exist, or (b) in the case of a purchase of assets and assumption of liability, the purchaser corporation is not a qualified paying agent.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Announcement of authority.</I> [Sec. 321.3(c)] On and after the effective date of its qualification, a paying agent may appropriately announce or advertise its authority to redeem eligible securities for cash and in exchange for Series HH bonds. Such statements and notices should not, directly or indirectly, encourage the encashment of the securities. Two examples of acceptable statements for use in advertisements or displays are:
</P>
<P>(a) “We are an authorized agent for payment of U.S. Savings Bonds and U.S. Savings Notes (Freedom Shares).”
</P>
<P>(b) “This (bank/savings and loan association/credit union, etc.) is authorized to pay U.S. Savings Bonds and U.S. Savings Notes (Freedom Shares) and process eligible Series E and EE bonds and savings notes in exchange for Series HH bonds.”
</P>
<HD2>Subpart C—Scope of Authority
</HD2>
<P>7. <I>Authorized cash payments.</I> [Sec. 321.7]
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> [§ 321.7(a)] The general authority of paying agents to redeem savings securities for cash extends to Series A, B, C, D, E, EE, and I bonds and savings notes presented by the owner, coowner, surviving beneficiary, parent on behalf of a minor, legal representative designated in the registrations of savings securities presented, or legal representative of the last deceased registrant's estate. The presenter must sign the requests for payment and establish his or her identity and, in the case of a beneficiary, parent or legal representative of the last deceased registrant's estate, entitlement to request payment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities submitted by mail.</I> [Sec. 321.7(a)] An agent may accept eligible securities submitted, for redemption by mail, from known customers. The agent should be satisfied that the customer is entitled to request payment and that he or she has signed the requests for payment. The agent should obtain written instructions to credit the redemption proceeds to the customer's account or to make some other disposition. For its protection, the agent should retain such instructions for as long as ten years in the event the transaction is later questioned.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Interest reporting.</I> [Sec. 321.7(e)] Pursuant to 26 CFR 1.6049-4, an agent is required to report interest income in the amount of $10 or more paid as part of the redemption value of securities. Reports to payees should be made on Form 1099-INT or an IRS-approved substitute; reports to the Internal Revenue Service should be made in accordance with that agency's instructions. A separate report may be made for each transaction in which interest in the amount of $10 or more is paid, or all interest payments, made during a calendar year, may be aggregated and reported annually should the total amount be $10 or more.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Redemption-exchange of Series E and EE savings bonds and savings notes.</I> [Sec. 321.8]
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> [Sec. 321.8 (a) and (b)] The general authority of paying agents to redeem securities in exchange for Series HH bonds extends only to eligible Series E and EE savings bonds and savings notes presented with a completed Form PD 3253, “Exchange Subscription for United States Savings Bonds of Series HH.” Securities eligible for exchange are: (1) Series EE bonds issued January 1, 2003, or earlier, presented no earlier than six months from their issue dates; (2) Series EE bonds issued February 1, 2003, or thereafter, presented no earlier than 12 months from their issue dates; and (3) Series E bonds and savings notes presented no later than one year from the month in which they reached final maturity. The current redemption value of securities presented in one transaction must be at least $500. The presenter must establish his or her identity and entitlement to request the exchange and sign the exchange subcription and the requests for payment on the securities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities in the name of a minor.</I> [Sec. 321.8(b)] If an exchange subscription is submitted on behalf of a minor who is too young to comprehend the nature of the transaction, the form must be completed to request that the Series HH bonds be registered either in the minor's name alone or in exactly the same form as the securities presented for exchange. Agents are instructed to discourage exchange transactions involving minors who are too young to conduct them on their own.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Interest reporting.</I> [Sec. 321.8(c)] Pursuant to 26 CFR 1.6049-4, an agent is required to report interest income in the amount of $10 or more included in any cash refunded in a redemption-exchange transaction. Reports to payees should be made on Form 1099-INT or an IRS-approved substitute; reports to the Internal Revenue Service should be made in accordance with that agency's instructions. A separate report may be made for each redemption-exchange transaction in which interest in the amount of $10 or more is refunded, or all interest paid in both cash transactions and redemption-exchanges during a calendar year may be aggregated and reported annually should the total amount be $10 or more.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Specific limitations on payment authority.</I> [Sec. 321.9]
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Allowable exceptions.</I> Securities that an agent may not redeem because of the limitations in § 321.9 should be forwarded to a TRS Site for handling. However, if an agent is willing to assume full responsibility, it may make payment of an eligible security which bears a minor irregularity, such as a misspelled name, a transposition of letters, etc., because of its knowledge of the facts, or because it wishes to rely on the integrity of the presenter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Taxpayer identifying number of presenter.</I> [Sec. 321.9(f)] An agent shall refuse payment of any security if the taxpayer identifying number of the presenter, or the estate represented by the presenter, is not known to the agent and the presenter is unwilling to furnish the number. A parent who requests payment on behalf of a minor in accordance with § 321.7(c) of this part must provide the minor's social security number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Payments to minors.</I> [Sec. 321.9(j)] A minor may not request payment of securities if he or she is not of sufficient competency and understanding to comprehend the nature of the act. Because of individual differences in comprehension, the Treasury has not established any rule as to the exact age at which a minor should be able to redeem securities. An agent may interview a minor to ascertain his or her ability to understand the transaction.
</P>
<P>10. <I>Responsibilities of paying agents.</I> [Sec. 321.10]
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements for redeeming securities.</I> [§ 321.10(a)] A paying agent shall redeem eligible savings securities during its regular business hours for a presenter who establishes his or her identity as the owner or coowner of the securities, in accordance with this part and this appendix. While a paying agent is not required to redeem eligible Series E and EE savings bonds and savings notes in exchange for Series HH bonds for any presenter, or Series E, EE, or I bonds or savings notes for cash upon the request of a surviving beneficiary or legal representative, it is encouraged to do so, provided the presenter can establish his/her identity and provide acceptable evidence to accordance with this part and this appendix (See § 321.7 (d) and (f)). An agent is not required to redeem savings securities during Saturday and evening hours if it is open during such periods primarily as a service for its depositors.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Restrictions.</I> [Sec. 321.10(b)] Violation of the regulatory prohibitions on making charges for redeeming securities; on advancing money on, making loans on, or discounting the redemption value of securities; and on deferring presentation of redeemed securities to obtain a larger credit, will be cause for disqualification and recovery of the redemption proceeds and profits realized therefrom.
</P>
<HD2>Subpart D—Payment and Transmittal of Securities
</HD2>
<P>11. <I>Identification of presenter.</I> [Sec. 321.11(b)]
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Identification guide.</I> [Sec. 321.11(b)] The Treasury Department has issued an identification guide, Form PD 3900, to assist paying agents in redeeming securities. Careful compliance with the instructions contained therein will enable agents to accommodate reasonable redemption requests and protect themselves from losses. Reliance on newly opened customer accounts as identification, or paying more than $1,000 in a single transaction based on documentary evidence alone, should be particularly avoided.
</P>
<P>(b) Record of identification practice and evidence presented. [Sec. 321.11 (b) through (d)] At the time of payment, the agent should make a notation on the back of the security or in its own records specifying precisely what was relied on to establish the presenter's identity. The identification should be adequate to identify the payee under the circumstances of the transaction. If an agent redeems a security upon the request of a surviving beneficiary or a legal representative of the last deceased registrant's estate, it should also make a notation of the evidence presented to establish the payee's entitlement; this might include the document or case number on the death certificate(s) and/or evidence of the legal representative's appointment, the date(s) of death, and the names and locations of the issuing authorities. The notations should be sufficient to permit a determination of the evidence of identity and entitlement at a later date. Otherwise, the agent runs the risk that no evidence can be developed to show that it acted without fault or negligence, in which case it could not be relieved of liability should a loss occur.
</P>
<P>12. <I>Request for payment.</I> [Sec. 321.11(d)]
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Signature.</I> [Sec. 321.11(e)] Except where an agent qualified under 31 CFR part 330 (Circular No. 888) elects to use the special endorsement procedure, each security redeemed by the agent must bear the signature of the presenter. The name must be signed exactly as it is inscribed on the security, unless the provisions of 31 CFR part 330 and this appendix provide for an exception, such as in cases involving a change of name by marriage, a request by a parent on behalf of a minor, or a legal representative of the last deceased registrant's estate. An agent may be held liable if the request for payment is not properly signed. Legal representatives must sign as provided in § 321.7 (e) and (f).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Address.</I> [Sec. 321.11(d)] The presenter must enter a current home or business address in the space provided on the back of the security. If a single transaction includes a group of securities, the address must be shown on at least one security of each of the following types: (1) Paper securities issued prior to October 1957; (2) punch card or machine readable paper securities issued prior to January 1989; and (3) machine readable paper securities issued subsequent to December 1988.
</P>
<P>13. <I>Redemption value of securities.</I> [Sec. 321.12]
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Redemption value tables.</I> [§ 321.12] The Bureau of the Fiscal Service distributes redemption values in various formats and as parts of programs for personal computers, for: (1) Series E savings bonds, (2) Series EE savings bonds, (3) Series I savings bonds, and (4) savings notes. Additional tables or information may be requested from a TRS Site.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of tables.</I> [§ 321.12] Care should be exercised to correctly determine the current redemption value of the security presented for the month in which it is redeemed. Incorrect payments can lead to costly and time-consuming adjustments for the agent, Department of the Treasury, and a TRS Site.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cash redemption.</I> [Sec. 321.12] The correct redemption value of securities redeemed by an agent should be paid to the presenter in currency or, upon request, by check payable to the presenter or by credit to his or her account.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Redemption-exchange.</I> [§ 321.12] The redemption values of eligible Series E and EE savings bonds and savings notes presented for exchange (Series I savings bonds are not eligible for exchange) for Series HH bonds shall be those payable in the month the agent accepts a correctly completed and signed exchange subscription, Fiscal Service Form 3253. The total redemption value of securities presented for exchange in any one transaction must be at least $500. If the redemption value is $500 or an even multiple thereof, Series HH bonds must be requested in that exact amount. If the redemption value exceeds $500, but is not an even multiple of that amount, the presenter may add cash to increase the amount of the subscription to the next higher $500 multiple, or reduce the amount of the subscription to the next lower $500 multiple. The maximum amount which may be added to or refunded in an exchange transaction is $499.99. For example, if the total redemption value of the securities is $4,253.33, the presenter may request no less than $4,000 and no more than $4,500 in Series HH bonds. In the first instance, the agent will pay the presenter $253.33; in the second, it will collect $246.67 when it accepts the exchange subscription.
</P>
<P>14. <I>Cancellation of redeemed securities.</I> [Sec. 321.13]
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Paying agent stamp.</I> [§ 321.13] Each redeemed security must be cancelled by the imprint of a payment stamp. The stamp may not exceed 1
<FR>1/8</FR> inches in any dimension and must include the following information in the arrangement shown:
</P>
<FP-1>Paid $___ (for recording amount paid)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Name, location, and four-digit paying agent code number assigned by a TRS Site (subject to abbreviation and arrangement by a TRS Site) or ABA code number.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Date ___ (for recording actual date of payment).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By ___ (for use by agent in recording initials, or signature, codes, symbols, etc., of the officer or employee who approved or made the payment.)
</FP-1>
<P>(b) <I>Procurement of stamps.</I> [§ 321.12] A paying agent may requisition stamps from a TRS Site or purchase its own stamps. Stamps not provided by a TRS Site must conform exactly in size to that prescribed or approved by a TRS Site. To insure legible impressions, stamps should be replaced when worn.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Imprinting payment stamp and recording payment date.</I> [Sec. 321.13] After determining that a security is eligible for payment, the agent should carefully imprint the payment stamp on its face in the open space immediately to the left of, and as close as possible to, the issue date and issuing agent validating data. It is important not to overprint any data on the security, particularly the serial number, since the security will subsequently be microfilmed. No other stamps shall be placed on the face of the security. Care should be taken to record legibly the correct amount, the exact date of redemption, and the signature, initials, or other identification of the agent's employee who approved or made the payment. A dark-colored ink must be used, and care should be taken not to smear the stamp impression or the writing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Redemption-exchange.</I> [§ 321.13] Eligible Series E and EE savings bonds and savings notes presented for redemption-exchange shall be stamped “PAID” in the same manner as securities redeemed for cash, but only when all elements of the transaction have been completed, including the receipt of any additional cash. The exact date of redemption shall also be recorded on the exchange subscription to enable a TRS Site to establish the proper issue date for the Series HH savings bonds. An officer or authorized employee of the agent shall also sign the exchange subscription, in his or her official capacity, and furnish other requested information that identifies the paying agent.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>MICR-encoding of payment information.</I> [§ 321.13] An agent shall MICR-encode the redemption value in the “Amount” field on the face of each security or arrange to have this service performed by another financial institution. If the agent transmits securities in mixed cash letters, it must also MICR-encode the routing/transit number assigned to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service's savings bond activity in the “R/T” field on the face of all pre-October 1957 paper securities and those punch card securities on which it does not already appear. The Bureau's routing/transit number is 000090007. Care should be taken in repairing MICR-encoded items so as not to obliterate any data in surrounding MICR fields or elsewhere on the face of the security.
</P>
<P>15. <I>Transmittal of securities to a Federal Reserve Processing Site.</I> [§ 321.14] An agent shall transmit and settle a redeemed security in accordance with the rules and instructions set forth in the Federal Reserve Operating Circular.
</P>
<P>16. <I>Record of securities paid.</I> [§§ 321.14 and 321.24] A record of the serial number, amount paid, and any other information necessary to complete the form for an “Application for Relief Due to the Loss, Theft, or Destruction of Paid United States Savings Bonds/Notes” (PD F 2517) must be retained by the agent for each definitive security sent to a Federal Reserve Processing Site. Copies or other records of the front and back of a paper savings bond must be kept confidential, and prints of the bond may be made only with the permission of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service or a TRS Site.
</P>
<HD2>Subpart E—Losses Resulting from Erroneous Payments [§ 321.16]
</HD2>
<P>17. <I>Report of erroneous payment.</I> Any erroneous payment that comes to the attention of an agent should be reported immediately to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV, as further described in the instructions and guidance issued pursuant to § 321.27.
</P>
<P>18. <I>Notice to agent.</I> [Sec 321.17(a)] The paying agent will be notified if an erroneous payment has occurred. The notice will generally be in writing from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. If an investigation is to be made, the notice will enable the agent to notify its bonding company, assemble pertinent information concerning the transaction for presentation during the investigation, and take any other action it deems appropriate to protect its interest.
</P>
<P>19. <I>Determination of liability.</I> [Sec. 321.18 and Sec. 321.21]
</P>
<P>(a) Upon completing the investigation, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will examine the available information and determine whether a paying agent may be relieved of liability for any loss that may have resulted. If the paying agent cannot be relieved of liability, demand will be made upon the paying agent to reimburse the Treasury promptly. Any amount not paid within 30 days following the mailing of the first demand letter is subject to the following charges.
</P>
<P>(1) Interest shall accrue from the date the first demand letter is mailed to the date reimbursement is made. The rate of interest to be used will be the current value of funds rate published annually or quarterly in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and in effect during the entire period in which the remittance is late.
</P>
<P>(2) Administrative costs shall be assessed as set out in the first demand letter, if reimbursement is not made within 30 days of the date the first demand letter is mailed.
</P>
<P>(3) Penalty charges shall be assessed, in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717(e), if reimbursement is not made within 120 days of the date the first demand letter is mailed. The penalty charge will accrue and be calculated from 30 days after the date the first demand letter is mailed to the date of reimbursement.
</P>
<P>(b) When a paying agent fails, within 120 days of the date the first demand letter is mailed, to make such reimbursement or to submit new evidence sufficient for Fiscal Service to change the determination of liability, by virtue of the paying agent's acceptance of settlement via credits to a Reserve, correspondent, or clearing account with a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, the agent is deemed to have authorized the Federal Reserve Bank to debit the amount due from that account designated or utilized by the agent at the Federal Reserve Bank or Branch. An institution, designated by a paying agent to receive settlement on its behalf, in authorizing such paying agent to utilize its Reserve, correspondent, or clearing account on the books at the Federal Reserve Bank shall similarly be deemed to authorize such debits from that account.
</P>
<P>(c) Reconsideration of a determination of liability will be made in any case when a paying agent so requests and presents additional evidence and information regarding the transaction.
</P>
<P>20. <I>Relief for lack of timely notice.</I> [Sec 321.18] A paying agent will be relieved of liability to the United States for any loss resulting from the erroneous payment of securities where the Secretary of the Treasury, or his designee, determines that written notice of either liability or potential liability has not been given to the agent within ten years of the date of the erroneous payment.
</P>
<HD2>Subpart F—Forwarding Items
</HD2>
<P>21. <I>Securities forwarded to a TRS Site for payment.</I> [§ 321.22]
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> [§ 321.22] Securities presented for cash payment or redemption-exchange that an agent is not authorized to redeem shall be forwarded to a TRS Site, with all required supporting documentation and any necessary payment instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Signature to and certification of request for payment.</I> [Sec 321.22] An agent qualified under part 330 (Circular No. 888) may elect to specially endorse securities for presenters in lieu of requiring completion of the requests for payment. Unless this procedure is used, the presenter must sign the request on each security and the signature must be certified. Before completing the certification, the agent should establish the identity of the presenter. The Treasury's identification guidelines should be followed in view of the potential liability that attaches to such certification.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Address and Taxpayer identifying number.</I> [Sec 321.22] In every case, a current address shall be furnished. The presenter's taxpayer identifying number (social security number or employer identification number) shall be provided if it is not included in the inscription.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Redemption-exchange.</I> [§ 321.22] For redemption-exchange transactions submitted as forwarding items, the issue date of the Series HH savings bonds will be the first day of the month in which a correctly completed and signed exchange subscription and full payment are received by a TRS Site.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Partial redemption.</I> [§§ 321.9(l) and 321.22] Partial redemption of a security other than a $25 Series E bond or savings note, a $50 Series EE or I bond, or a $500 Series H or HH bond may be made by the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank referred to in § 321.25. The amount paid must be equal to the redemption value of one or more authorized denominations on the date of the transaction. If a security is received by an agent for partial redemption, the words “to the extent of $ (face amount) and reissue of the remainder” should be added to the first sentence of the request for payment. The request should then be completed in the regular manner and the signature of the presenter certified or guaranteed. The security shall be forwarded to a TRS Site.
</P>
<HD2>Subpart G—Miscellaneous Provisions
</HD2>
<P>22. <I>Fees and charges.</I> [§ 321.23] Service fees are not intended to compensate paying agents for the reporting of interest paid as part of the redemption value of securities as required by Federal Tax Regulations (26 CFR 1.6049-4). Fees may be paid as set out in § 321.23.
</P>
<P>23. <I>Claims on account of lost securities.</I> [§ 321.24] If a security redeemed by an agent is lost, stolen, or destroyed while in the custody of the agent, or in transit prior to settlement or audit, relief will be considered, provided the security can be identified by serial number. [See paragraph 16 of this appendix regarding the maintenance of records of redeemed securities.] The agent should resubmit a facsimile of the security to obtain settlement in accordance with established procedures. Questions concerning the established procedures should be referred to a TRS Site.
</P>
<P>24. <I>Education savings bond program.</I> [Sec. 321.7(g)]
</P>
<P>(a) Section 6009 of the Technical Corrections and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988, Public Law 100-647 (see 26 U.S.C. 135), permits taxpayers to exclude all, or a portion, of the interest earned on Series EE savings bonds bearing issue dates on or after January 1, 1990, and on Series I savings bonds from their income under certain conditions. This legislation did not create new savings bond redemption and interest reporting requirements for savings bond paying agents. However, if a bond owner indicates that he or she intends to seek the special tax treatment offered under this program, the paying agent is encouraged to provide assistance by:
</P>
<P>(1) Suggesting that he or she read IRS Form 8815 (particularly, the instructions on the form) as well as relevant portions of IRS Publication 17, “Your Federal Income Tax “, and Publication 550, “Investment Income and Expenses,” for detailed information; and
</P>
<P>(2) Suggesting that the presenter make a record of eligible bonds redeemed either by using IRS Optional Form 8818, or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(b) Bond owners seeking to benefit from the special tax exclusion, available through the savings bond education feature, should be aware of the following basic rules:
</P>
<P>(1) Only interest earned on Series EE bonds bearing issue dates on or after January 1, 1990, is eligible for the exclusion of interest income, where the proceeds from the redemption of the bonds are used to pay qualified post-secondary education expenses. Interest received on bonds bearing issue dates prior to January 1, 1990, is not eligible.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The bonds must be registered in the name of a taxpayer as sole owner, or in the name of the taxpayer as co-owner, with the taxpayer's spouse as the other co-owner. Bonds registered in the name of the taxpayer's child, as owner or co-owner, will not qualify for the exclusion. A taxpayer may purchase bonds registered in beneficiary form, i.e., “A payable on death to B”, naming any individual, including a child, as beneficary.
</P>
<P>(ii) The bonds must be registered in the name of a taxpayer who has attained the age of 24 years at the time of issue. Generally, a taxpayer must be 24 years of age on or before the first day of the month in which the taxpayer purchases the bond, because savings bonds bear the issue date of the first day of the month in which purchased.
</P>
<P>(3) The bond must be redeemed by the owner or co-owner. It may not be transferred to-the educational institution.
</P>
<P>(4) If the entire amount of the proceeds of the eligible bonds is less than, or equal to, the qualified post-secondary educational expenses incurred by the owner, his or her spouse, or his or her dependent, all interest received is excludable, subject to the limitations in paragraph (b)(7) of this section. If the amount of the proceeds exceeds such qualified expenses, the excludable portion of the interest will be reduced by a pro rata amount.
</P>
<P>(5) Qualified educational expenses are limited to tuition and fees required for the enrollment of, or attendance by, the taxpayer, or the taxpayer's spouse or dependent, at an eligible educational institution. These expenses are calculated net of scholarships, fellowships, employer-provided educational assistance, and other tuition reduction amounts, and must be incurred during the tax year of the redemption of the bonds for which the interest exclusion is claimed.
</P>
<P>(6) Eligible educational institutions include those defined in sections 1201(a) and 481(a)(1) (C) and (D) of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as in effect on October 21, 1988, excluding proprietary institutions. Such eligible institutions include post-secondary institutions, and vocational schools that meet the standards for participation in Federal financial aid programs, excluding proprietary institutions. Additional gudiance concerning eligible institutions should be obtained from the Department of Education.
</P>
<P>(7)(i) Interest exclusion benefits are based on the modified adjusted gross income of the taxpayer. For taxpayers filing a joint Federal income tax return, the exclusion is gradually decreased for modified adjusted gross income between $60,000 and $90,000. Married taxpayers filing jointly who have modified adjusted gross incomes above $90,000 are ineligible for the exclusion. For single taxpayers and heads of households, the exclusion is gradually decreased for such incomes between $40,000 and $55,000. Single taxpayers with such incomes above $55,000 are ineligible for the exclusion. After 1990, these income limits will be adjusted for inflation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Married taxpayers must file a joint return in order to qualify for the exclusion. Married taxpayers filing separate returns will not qualify for the exclusion, regardless of their modified adjusted gross incomes.
</P>
<P>(8) The taxpayer is responsible for maintaining adequate records of bond redemption transactions to support claims for the exclusion, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(9) The Internal Revenue Service should be consulted for advice concerning the eligibility and tax treatment of bonds for the income exclusion under the educational savings bond program.
</P>
<P>25. <I>Payment and retention of definitive securities.</I> [§ 321.25] The definitive security must be presented to the agent in order to receive payment. An agent is prohibited from accepting an image, or other copy or reproduction of the definitive security, for redemption or processing. To ensure that all transactions processed by agents are properly validated, agents must establish and comply with a retention period for definitive securities that are truncated and converted to an electronic image. At a minimum, the agent must retain such definitive securities for a period of thirty calendar days following the date that the agent submitted the electronic image of the paid security to a Federal Reserve Processing Site. Agents may establish longer retention periods for definitive securities at their discretion.
</P>
<P>(a) Example: if the agent paid the presenter of a security on May 7, 2012, and submitted the security's electronic image to a Federal Reserve Processing Site on May 11, 2012, then the retention requirements would obligate the agent to retain the definitive security, at a minimum, until June 10, 2012.
</P>
<P>(b) During the specified retention period, agents must store the securities under suitably secured conditions that safeguard customer information. Specifically, the securities must be stored in a secured location with physical, procedural, and systemic controls in place to ensure that access to the securities is restricted to authorized personnel and that the securities are protected from loss, theft, destruction, and unauthorized or inadvertent viewing.
</P>
<P>(c) At the end of the retention period, agents must destroy the securities in a manner that safeguards customer information. Specifically, securities must be destroyed by burning, mulching, pulping, pulverizing, or shredding beyond recognition and reconstruction.
</P>
<P>26. <I>Additional information.</I> [§ 321.26] Requests for additional advice, clarification of the payment regulations or this Appendix, and other matters relating to the actions of a financial institution as paying agent should generally be made to a TRS Site.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37511, Sept. 26, 1988; 53 FR 39581, Oct. 7, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 35397, Aug. 29, 1990; 59 FR 10538, Mar. 4, 1994; 61 FR 37197, July 16, 1996; 63 FR 38042, 38043, July 14, 1998; 68 FR 2666, Jan. 17, 2003; 68 FR 7427, Feb. 14, 2003; 77 FR 16167, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="323" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 323—DISCLOSURE OF RECORDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>80 Stat. 379; sec. 3, 60 Stat. 238, as amended; 5 U.S.C. 301, 552, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>32 FR 9967, July 7, 1967, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Freedom of Information Act</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 102741, Dec. 18, 2024, unless otherwise noted. 




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 323.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 323.1   Purpose of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations of this subpart are issued to implement 5 U.S.C. 552(a)-(2) and (3). The requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(1) are met through the publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of the statement of the organization, functions and procedures available of the Fiscal Service, including the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, and revisions thereof, and through the publication therein of substantive and procedural regulations of the Bureau. A synopsis of the statements of Bureau organization, functions and procedures available will be published annually by the Office of the Federal Register in the U.S. Government Organization Manual.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 9967, July 7, 1967, as amended at 89 FR 102741, Dec. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 323.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 323.2   Rules governing availability of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The records of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service required by 5 U.S.C. 552 to be made available to the public shall be made available in accordance with the regulations on the Disclosure of Records of the Office of the Secretary issued under 5 U.S.C. 552 and published as part I of title 31 of the Code of Federal Regulations, 32 FR 9562, July 1, 1967, except as specifically provided in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitations on the availability of records relating to securities.</I> Records relating to the purchase, ownership of, and transactions in Treasury securities or other securities handled by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service for government agencies or wholly or partially Government-owned corporations will ordinarily be disclosed only to the owners of such securities, their executors, administrators or other legal representatives or to their survivors or to investigative and certain other agencies of the Federal and State governments, to trustees in bankruptcy, receivers of insolvents' estates or where a proper order has been entered requesting disclosure of information to Federal and State courts. These records are confidential because they relate to private financial affairs of the owners under this part. In addition, the information falls within the category of “personnel and medical files and similar files the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy” under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(6). FOIA Exemption (b)(6) protects the privacy of living persons who own securities as well as the close survivors of deceased owners. Privacy interests, in the sense of the right to control, use, or disclose information about oneself, cease at death. However, the exemption protects the deceased person's family-related privacy interests that survive death where disclosure would cause embarrassment, pain, grief, or disrupt the peace of mind, of the surviving family. The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will determine, under FOIA exemption (b)(6), whether disclosure of the records is in the public interest by balancing the surviving family members' privacy interest against the public's right to know the information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 9967, July 7, 1967, as amended at 68 FR 67944, Dec. 5, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 323.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 323.3   Materials available for inspection and copying.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> The materials which are required under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2) to be made available for inspection and copying are:
</P>
<P>(1) Final opinions or orders made in the adjudication of cases. Any issued by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service would be in the form of letters or memorandums setting out determinations made in disposing of any matter before the Bureau.
</P>
<P>(2) Statements of policy and interpretations which have been adopted by the Bureau but not published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(3) Administrative staff manuals and instructions to the staff that affect any member of the public. Some Federal Reserve Bank memorandums and Fiscal Service memorandums will be made available under this provision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Location.</I> The materials listed in paragraph (a) of this section are available for inspection and copy during office hours in the Public Reading Room of the Treasury Department, 15th Street and Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 323.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33.1.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 323.4   Requests for identifiable records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure.</I> (1) A written request for an identifiable record relating to a U.S. savings bond or note shall be addressed to the Deputy Commissioner, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Chicago, IL 60605.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for an identifiable record relating to any Treasury Department security, other than a savings bond or note, or a security of a Government agency or a wholly or partially Government-owned corporation, the record of which is maintained by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, shall be addressed to the Chief, Division of Loans and Currency, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226.
</P>
<P>(3) A request for an identifiable record relating to any security of a Government agency or wholly or partially Government-owned corporation, the record for which is maintained by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, shall be addressed to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, New York, NY 10045.
</P>
<P>(4) A written request for any identifiable record that the Bureau of the Fiscal Service has other than those set out in paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this section shall be addressed to the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>(5) A request may be presented in person at the office to which a written request would be addressed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination of availability.</I> Determination as to whether or not a requested record shall be disclosed will be made by the Officer to whom the request should be directed under paragraph (a) of this section, and by the Bureau of Fiscal Service Information Officer for requests directed to the Office of the Commissioner, subject to an appeal to the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service. The decision of the Commissioner shall constitute final agency action unless he refers the appeal to the Fiscal Assistant Secretary, in which case the decision of the Fiscal Assistant Secretary shall constitute final agency action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 323.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33.1.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 323.5   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>The fees provided in part 1 of title 31 of the CFR (32 FR 9562, July 1, 1967), shall apply to all requests for identifiable records under this part except as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) No charge will be made for verifying the record of a savings bond or note identified by series and denomination and either the registration and issue date or the serial number at the request of the owner, coowner, or surviving beneficiary or person entitled to the security under the applicable regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) No charge will be made for verifying the record of a registered Treasury security, other than a savings bond or note, or a registered security of a Government agency or a wholly or partially Government-owned corporation, identified as to loan and registration for an owner, joint owner or person entitled to the security under the applicable regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) No charge will be made for advising a person who has submitted satisfactory evidence of ownership as to the status of a bearer Treasury security or a bearer security of a Government agency or a wholly or partially Government-owned corporation.
</P>
<P>(d) No charge will be made for furnishing an owner, coowner, joint owner, surviving beneficiary, or person who is entitled to the security under the applicable regulations a photocopy or similar reproduction of any Treasury security, with any necessary supporting documents, which it is alleged was improperly paid or was reissued, transferred or redeemed on a forged or defective request, endorsement, or assignment.
</P>
<P>(e) Fees may be waived for other classes of requested records upon a finding by the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service that the person requesting the information is entitled to the record requested without charge.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—SECURE 2.0 Act of 2022</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 102741, Dec. 18, 2024, unless otherwise noted. 
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3105(f).


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 323.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 323.10   Purpose of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations of this subpart are issued to implement section 122 of the SECURE 2.0 Act of 2022, 31 U.S.C. 3105(f). The requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3105(f) are additionally met through the publication of a new Routine Use in the applicable Fiscal Service System of Record Notice.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 323.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 323.11   Rules governing sharing of applicable savings bond information with States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Applicable address</I> has the meaning set forth in 31 U.S.C. 3105(f)(1)(C).
</P>
<P><I>Applicable savings bond</I> has the meaning set forth in 31 U.S.C. 3105(f)(6).
</P>
<P><I>Last known address</I> means the full street address, if available, found after a reasonable search of Fiscal Service records.
</P>
<P><I>Name</I> means the full registered name of the owner, co-owner, or beneficiary of an applicable savings bond, as it appears on the savings bond inscription.
</P>
<P><I>Record</I> means data or documentation, whether in paper, digital, or other electronic form, containing or composed of information describing any applicable savings bond which has an applicable address within a State, including the name and registered address or last known address of the registered owner, co-owner, or beneficiary, as further defined in 31 U.S.C. 3105(f)(1).
</P>
<P><I>Registered address</I> means the address included in the savings bond inscription.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means the fifty States, the District of Columbia, American Samoa, the Federated States of Micronesia, Guam, the United States Virgin Islands, the Marshall Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Palau, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for records.</I> Records will be made available to States in compliance with 31 U.S.C. 3105(f) and this subpart, upon request by a State to Fiscal Service. Prior to receiving access to records, each State, through an authorized State representative, must enter into an information-sharing agreement with Fiscal Service using a form that will be provided by Fiscal Service. Such agreements may contain, among other things, requirements that Treasury deems necessary or appropriate to ensure the security of the information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Use of records.</I> Any records or any information made available to a State under this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) Must be used only for the purpose of locating the owner of an applicable savings bond;
</P>
<P>(2) Must not be used to escheat savings bond ownership to a State; and
</P>
<P>(3) Must not be released by a State to the public or any third party, unless explicitly approved in writing, in advance, by Treasury.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liability.</I> Treasury is not liable for any loss, liability, cost, or expense that may result from a State's receipt, use, or distribution of records or any information contained therein. A State receiving records under this subpart shall indemnify Treasury for any loss, liability, cost, or expense associated with the State's receipt, use, or distribution of, or failure to adequately protect, records or any information contained therein.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 323.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.33.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 323.12   Severability.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart are severable, and if any section, subsection, clause, paragraph, or phrase of this subpart shall be adjudged to be invalid or unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction, the judgment shall not affect, impair, or invalidate the remainder of this subpart, but shall be confined in its operation to the section, subsection, clause, paragraph, or phrase directly involved in the controversy in which such judgment shall have been rendered, and the remainder of this subpart shall continue to be in force and effect.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="328" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.34" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 328—RESTRICTIVE ENDORSEMENTS OF U.S. BEARER SECURITIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>R.S. 3706; 40 Stat. 288, 502, 1309; 46 Stat. 20; 48 Stat. 343; 49 Stat. 20; 56 Stat. 189; 73 Stat. 622; 85 Stat. 5, 74 (31 U.S.C. 738a, 739, 752, 752a, 753, 754, 754a and 754b); and 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>38 FR 10682, Apr. 30, 1973, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 328.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.34.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 328.1   Scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part are applicable only to U.S. bearer securities 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> presented:
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Certain agencies of the United States and certain Government and Government-sponsored corporations also authorize the restrictive endorsement of bearer securities.</P></FTNT>
<P>(a) By or through banks for payment at or after their maturity or call date, or in exchange for any securities under any exchange offering,
</P>
<P>(b) By banks for conversion to book-entry securities,
</P>
<P>(c) By or through banks at any time prior to their maturity or call date for redemption at par and application of the entire proceeds in payment of Federal estate taxes, provided said securities by the terms of their issue are eligible for such redemption, and
</P>
<P>(d) By Service Center Directors and District Directors, Internal Revenue Service, for redemption, with the proceeds to be applied in payment of taxes (other than securities presented under paragraph (c) of this section).
</P>
<FP>These regulations do not apply to bearer securities presented for any other transactions, or to registered securities assigned in blank, or to bearer, or so assigned as to become, in effect, payable to bearer.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 328.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.34.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 328.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Certain words and terms, as used in these regulations, are defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Banks</I> refer to, and include, incorporated banks (<I>i.e.</I>, banks doing a general commercial banking business), incorporated trust companies (<I>i.e.</I>, trust companies doing either a general banking business or a general trust business), and savings and loan associations, building and loan associations, and such other financial institutions as may be designated by the Federal Reserve banks. This definition is limited to institutions incorporated within the United States, its territories and possessions, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the Canal Zone.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bearer securities</I> or <I>securities</I> are those which are payable on their face to <I>bearer,</I> the ownership of which is not recorded. They include <I>Treasury bonds,</I>Treasury notes, Treasury certificates of indebtedness, and <I>Treasury bills.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 328.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.34.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 328.3   Authorization for restrictive endorsements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>By banks.</I> Banks are authorized, under the conditions and in the form hereinafter provided, to place restrictive endorsements upon the face of bearer securities owned by themselves or their customers for the purpose of presentation to Federal Reserve banks or branches, or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For payment or redemption—at any time within 1 calendar month prior to their maturity date, or the date on which they become payable pursuant to a call for redemption, or at any time after their maturity or call date;
</P>
<P>(2) For exchange—during any period for their presentation pursuant to an exchange offering;
</P>
<P>(3) For redemption at par in payment of Federal estate taxes (only eligible securities)—at any time prior to their maturity or call redemption date; and
</P>
<P>(4) For conversion to book-entry securities under subpart O of part 306 of this chapter—at any time prior to their maturity or call redemption date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>By Service Center Directors and District Directors, Internal Revenue Service.</I> Service Center Directors and District Directors, Internal Revenue Service, are authorized, under the conditions and in the form hereinafter provided, to place restrictive endorsements upon the face of bearer securities for the purpose of presentation to Federal Reserve banks or branches, or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, for redemption and application of the proceeds in payment of taxes (other than securities presented for redemption at par and application of the proceeds in payment of Federal estate taxes).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Instructions from Federal Reserve banks.</I> Federal Reserve banks will inform eligible banks and Service Center Directors and District Directors, Internal Revenue Service, in their respective districts as to the procedure to be followed under the authority granted by these regulations. Restrictive endorsements shall not be placed on securities until such information is received from the Federal Reserve banks.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 328.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.34.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 328.4   Effect of restrictive endorsements.</HEAD>
<P>Bearer securities bearing restrictive endorsements as herein provided will thereafter be nonnegotiable and payment, redemption, or exchange will be made only as provided in such endorsements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 328.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.34.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 328.5   Forms of endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When presented by banks</I>—(1) <I>For payment or exchange.</I> The endorsement placed on a bearer security presented for payment or exchange by a bank should be in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>For presentation to the Federal Reserve Bank of __________, Fiscal Agent of the United States, for redemption or in exchange for securities of a new issue, in accordance with written instructions submitted by __________. (Insert name of presenting bank)</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>For redemption at par.</I> The endorsement placed on a bearer security presented for redemption at par in payment of Federal estate taxes should be in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>For presentation to the Federal Reserve Bank of ________, Fiscal Agent of the United States, for redemption at par in payment of Federal estate taxes, in accordance with written instructions submitted by ________________. (Insert name of presenting bank)</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>For conversion to book-entry securities.</I> The endorsement placed on a bearer security presented for conversion to a book-entry security shall be in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>For presentation to the Federal Reserve Bank of _________, Fiscal Agent of the United States, for conversion to book-entry securities by _________. (Insert name of presenting bank)</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>When presented by Service Center Directors or District Directors, Internal Revenue Service.</I> The endorsement placed on a bearer security by a Service Center Director or a District Director, Internal Revenue Service, should be in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>For presentation to the Federal Reserve Bank of _______;, Fiscal Agent of the United States, for redemption, the proceeds to be credited to the account of the Service Center Director, Internal Revenue Service, at _____, for credit on the Federal _________ (Income, gifts, or other) taxes due from _________. (Name and address)</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 328.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.34.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 328.6   Requirements for endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>On bearer securities.</I> The endorsement must be imprinted in the lefthand portion of the face of each security with the first line thereof parallel to the left edge of the security and in such manner as to be clearly legible and in such position that it will not obscure the serial number, series designation, or other identifying data, and cover the smallest possible portion of the text on the face of the security. The dimensions of the endorsement should be approximately 4 inches in width and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in height, and must be imprinted by stamp or plate of such character as will render the endorsement substantially ineradicable. The name of the Federal Reserve bank of the district must appear on the plate or stamp used for the imprinting of the endorsement, and presentation to the appropriate branch of the Federal Reserve bank named will be considered as presentation to the bank. When securities are to be presented to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, the words “United States Treasury” should be used in lieu of the words “Federal Reserve Bank of _______, Fiscal Agent of the United States.” No subsequent endorsement will be recognized. If the form of endorsement on a security is different than that prescribed in § 328.5, the provisions of §§ 328.7 and 328.8 shall not apply to the security.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>On coupons.</I> Unmatured coupons attached to restrictively endorsed securities should be canceled by imprinting the prescribed endorsement in such manner that a substantial portion of the endorsement will appear on each such coupon. If any such coupons are missing, deduction of their face amount will be made in cases of redemption, and in cases of exchange, remittance equal to the face amount of the missing coupons must accompany the securities. All matured coupons, including coupons which will mature on or before the date of redemption or exchange (except as otherwise specifically provided in an announcement of an exchange offering), should be detached from securities upon which restrictive endorsements are to be imprinted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 328.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.34.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 328.7   Shipment of securities.</HEAD>
<P>Securities bearing restrictive endorsements may be shipped, at the risk and expense of the shipper, by registered mail, messenger, armored car service, or express to the Federal Reserve bank of the district in which the presenting bank, the Service Center Director, or the District Director, Internal Revenue Service, is located, or to the appropriate branch of such Federal Reserve bank, shipments to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC, should be made by messenger or armored car.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 328.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.34.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 328.8   Loss, theft, or destruction of securities bearing restrictive endorsements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Relief will be provided on account of securities bearing restrictive endorsements proved to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the owner's application, in the same manner as registered securities which have not been assigned. (See subpart N of the current revision of Department Circular No. 300, the general regulations governing United States securities.) Except for bearer securities submitted for redemption at par in payment of Federal estate taxes, a bank will be considered the owner of securities handled on behalf of customers unless it otherwise requests. The application for relief (Form PD 2211) and instructions will be furnished by the Federal Reserve banks.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bond of indemnity.</I> Where securities bearing restrictive endorsements shipped by a bank have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, a bond of indemnity with surety satisfactory to the Secretary of the Treasury will be required from the owner. If such bond is executed by a bank or other corporation, the execution must be authorized by general or special resolution of the board of directors, or other body exercising similar functions under its bylaws. Ordinarily, no surety will be required on a bond executed by a presenting bank. The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right, however, to require a surety in any case in which he considers such action necessary for the protection of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 328.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.34.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 328.9   Miscellaneous.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this circular are subject to the current revision of Department Circular No. 300. The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right at any time to amend, supplement, or withdraw any or all of the provisions of these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="330" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 330—REGULATIONS GOVERNING PAYMENT UNDER SPECIAL ENDORSEMENT OF UNITED STATES SAVINGS BONDS AND UNITED STATES SAVINGS NOTES (FREEDOM SHARES)
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 3105.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 37519, Sept. 26, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 330.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.0   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part establish a procedure under which qualified paying agents may specially endorse definitive United States Savings Bonds of certain series and United States Savings Notes (Freedom Shares), and either redeem the securities so endorsed, or forward them to a TRS Site for redemption, with or without the owner's signature to the request for payment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16169, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.1   Definition of terms.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Definitive security</I> means a Treasury security held in paper form.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Processing Site</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank (including any Branch or office thereof, as appropriate) referred to in 31 CFR part 321, to which the paying agent, or institution acting on its behalf, is instructed to transmit redeemed securities for payment pursuant to the Federal Reserve Operating Circular.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Treasury Retail Securities Site</I> or <I>TRS Site</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank (including any Branch or office thereof, as appropriate) referred to in 31 CFR part 321, that is authorized to qualify paying agents, provide customer service, and provide other fiscal agency services under the provisions of this part. See § 330.9.
</P>
<P><I>Owner(s)</I> means the person(s) named as registered owner or coowners on a bond or note, or as the designated beneficiary who has succeeded to ownership of the bond or note upon the death of the owner. For the purposes of special endorsement, but not payment, by a qualified agent, the term may also include fiduciaries, corporations, partnerships, associations, and other entities named on a security, where such registration is authorized.
</P>
<P><I>Paying agent(s)</I> or <I>agent(s)</I> refers to an eligible financial institution qualified under the provisions of this part to specially endorse securities and qualified, under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular No. 750, current revision (31 CFR part 321), to redeem eligible savings bonds and notes. The term includes the branches of a qualified agent that redeem bonds and notes and are themselves directly accountable for such redemptions.
</P>
<P><I>Redemption</I> and <I>payment</I> are used interchangeably for payment of a bond or note in accordance with the terms of its offering and the regulations governing it, and include <I>redemption-exchange.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Redemption-exchange</I> means any authorized redemption of eligible securities for the purpose of applying the proceeds in payment for other securities offered in exchange by the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Savings bond(s)</I> or <I>bond(s)</I> means a definitive United States Savings Bond of Series A, B, C, D, E, EE, or I.
</P>
<P><I>Savings notes(s)</I> or <I>notes(s)</I> means a United States Savings Note (Freedom Share).
</P>
<P><I>Security</I> or <I>securities</I> means a savings bond or savings note, as defined in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Special endorsement</I> means a procedure under which a security is redeemed by an agent, qualified under the provisions of this part, for cash or on redemption-exchange (or forwarded for redemption to a TRS Site), utilizing a special stamp placed on the security in lieu of a request for payment signed by the owner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37519, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 59 FR 10538, 10539, Mar. 4, 1994; 63 FR 38044, July 14, 1998; 77 FR 16169, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.2   Qualification for use of special endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for authority.</I> Any financial institution qualified as a paying agent of savings bonds and notes under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular No. 750, current revision, may establish its eligibility to employ the special endorsement procedure by executing and submitting the appropriate application-agreement form to the designated Federal Reserve Bank. In executing the form, the agent certifies that, by duly executed resolution of its governing board or committee, it has been authorized to apply for the privilege of paying and processing securities in accordance with the provisions and conditions of this part (Circular No. 888, including all supplements, amendments, and revisions, and any related instructions). If the application is approved, the designated Federal Reserve Bank will issue a certificate of qualification.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Agents previously qualified.</I> Paying agents qualified under previous revisions of this part are authorized to continue to act without requalification. They shall, however, be subject to the terms and conditions of the previously executed application and these regulations in the same manner and to the same extent as though they had requalified hereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Termination of qualification.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to withdraw the special endorsement authority from any paying agent at any time. Such authority will also be terminated at any time at the request of the paying agent. In either event, formal notice of the termination shall be given to the agent in writing by the designated Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37519, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 59 FR 10539, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.3   Special endorsement of securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form of endorsement.</I> Each security processed under the provisions of this part shall bear the following endorsement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Request by owner and validity of transaction guaranteed in accordance with Treasury Department Circular No. 888, as revised. (Name, location and paying agent code number assigned by a TRS Site.) (Name, location, and paying agent code number assigned by designated Federal Reserve Bank.)</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>This endorsement must be legibly impressed in black or other dark-colored ink on the back of the security in the space provided for the owner to request payment.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Endorsement stamps.</I> Endorsement stamps may be obtained from a TRS Site or, with its approval, purchased by the agent. Requests for stamps to be furnished or approved by a TRS Site must be made in writing by an officer of the paying agent. Stamps procured by an agent may not exceed a space bounded by 1
<FR>3/4</FR> inches vertically and 3 inches horizontally. They must follow exactly the wording prescribed. They may also include space for the transaction date and the initials or signature of the officer or employee authorized to approve the transaction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securities registered in coownership or beneficiary form.</I> In the case of securities registered in coownership or beneficiary form, the agent shall indicate which person, whose name is inscribed thereon, requested payment or exchange by encircling in black or other dark-colored ink the name of that person (or both coowners, if the request is joint) in the inscription on the face of the securities.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Restrictions.</I> Under no circumstances shall the special endorsement procedure be used to give effect to a transfer, hypothecation or pledge of a security, or to permit payment to any person other than the owner, coowner, or, where appropriate, beneficiary. Violation of these provisions will be cause for withdrawal of an agent's authority to process securities under the special endorsement procedure, and may involve additional penalties if the circumstances warrant such action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37519, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 59 FR 10539, Mar. 4, 1994; 77 FR 16169, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.4   Guaranty given to the United States.</HEAD>
<P>By the act of paying or submitting to any Federal Reserve Processing Site, any TRS Site, or any Treasury office authorized to redeem securities, a security on which it has affixed the special endorsement, a paying agent shall be deemed to have:
</P>
<P>(a) Unconditionally guaranteed to the United States the validity of the transaction, including the identification of the owner and the disposition of the proceeds or the new bonds, as the case may be, in accordance with the presenter's instruction;
</P>
<P>(b) Assumed complete and unconditional liability to the United States for any loss which may be incurred by the United States as a result of the transaction; and
</P>
<P>(c) Unconditionally agreed to make prompt reimbursement for the amount of any loss, upon request of the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16169, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.5   Evidence of owner's or beneficiary's authorization to affix special endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form of authorization.</I> The Treasury does not prescribe the form or type of instructions an agent must obtain from each owner, co-owner or beneficiary in order to use the special endorsement procedure. In the case of eligible Series E and EE savings bonds and savings notes presented for a redemption-exchange, the owner, coowner or beneficiary authorized to request the exchange (as specified in Circular No. 750, § 321.8(b)), must sign the exchange subscription even though the eligible Series E and EE savings bonds and savings notes are specially endorsed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities in coownership or beneficiary form.</I> Securities registered in coownership or beneficiary form should be accepted for special endorsement only for immediate payment or exchange. Acceptance of bonds and notes for processing at some future date should be avoided as authority to utilize such endorsement generally expires upon the death of the owner or coowner on whose behalf securities were to be paid. Requests for payment of securities present by the surviving beneficiary must be supported by a certificate of death for the owner named thereon, as required by Circular No. 750, part 321 and the appendix to that part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Record of authorization.</I> Agents should maintain such records as may be necessary to establish the receipt of, and compliance with, instructions supporting the special endorsement. If the agent elects to make notations on the backs of the securities to serve as a record, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will undertake to produce, on request, photocopies of such securities at any time up to ten years after the redemption date. However, the Bureau does not not assume responsibility for the adequacy of such notations, for the legibility of any photocopy, or for failure to produce a photocopy from its records.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37519, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 63 FR 38044, July 14, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.6   Securities eligible for special endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General authority.</I> A qualified agent is authorized to affix the special endorsement to:
</P>
<P>(1) Savings bonds of Series A, B, C, D, E, EE, and I and savings notes to be redeemed for cash; and
</P>
<P>(2) Eligible savings bonds of Series E and EE and savings notes to be redeemed in exchange for Series HH bonds under the provisions of Circular No. 2-80 (31 CFR part 352).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities which may not be specially endorsed.</I> The special endorsement procedure may not be used in any case in which payment or exchange:
</P>
<P>(1) Is requested by a parent on behalf of a minor child named on the security, or
</P>
<P>(2) Requires documentary evidence, under regulations contained in Circulars Nos. 530 and 3-80 (31 CFR parts 315 and 353, respectively), except as indicated in § 330.5.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securities owned by nonresident aliens.</I> As securities owned by a nonresident alien individual, or a nonresident foreign corporation, partnership, or association, may be subject to the nonresident alien withholding tax, bonds and notes held or received by an agent for the account of such owners must be forwarded to a TRS Site for redemption, even though the agent may specially endorse the securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 37519, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 77 FR 16169, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.7   Payment or redemption—exchange by agent.</HEAD>
<P>Specially endorsed securities may be paid in cash or, if they are eligible Series E and EE savings bonds or savings notes, redeemed in exchange for Series HH bonds pursuant to the authority and subject, in all other respects, to the provisions of Circular No. 750, current revision (31 CFR part 321), its appendix, and any other instructions issued under its authority. Each specially endorsed bond or note paid by an agent must have the agent's payment stamp imprinted on its face and show the date and amount paid. Securities so paid should be combined with other securities paid under that Circular and presented for settlement in accordance with 31 CFR part 321.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38044, July 14, 1998, as amended at 77 FR 16169, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.8   Payment or redemption-exchange by a TRS Site.</HEAD>
<P>Specially endorsed securities that an agent is not authorized to redeem for cash or on exchange should be forwarded to a TRS Site in accordance with the instructions set forth in 31 CFR part 321. The transmittals must be accompanied by appropriate instructions governing the transaction and the disposition of the redemption proceeds. The securities must be kept separate from other securities the agent has paid and must be submitted in accordance with instructions issued by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service and/or its fiscal agents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16169, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.9   Fiscal agents.</HEAD>
<P>Federal Reserve Banks (including any Branch or office thereof, as appropriate) perform services as fiscal agents of the United States. These Federal Reserve Banks shall perform such services in connection with this part as may be requested by the Secretary of the Treasury, or a designee. These Federal Reserve Banks are authorized and directed to perform such duties, including the issuance of supplemental instructions and forms, as may be necessary to fulfill the purposes and requirements of these regulations. The instructions and guidance issued pursuant to § 321.27 set forth each Federal Reserve Bank that has been designated as a Federal Reserve Processing Site or as a TRS Site by the Secretary of the Treasury, or a designee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 16170, Mar. 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.10   Modifications of other circulars.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part shall be considered as amending and supplementing: Department of the Treasury Circulars Nos. 530, 653, and 750 (31 CFR parts 315, 316, and 321, respectively), and Department of the Treasury Circulars, Fiscal Service Series Nos. 1-80, 2-80, 3-80, 3-67, 1-98, and 2-98 (31 CFR parts 351, 352, 353, 342, 359, and 360 respectively), and any revisions thereof or amendments or supplements thereto, and those Circulars are hereby modified to the extent necessary to accord with the provisions of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38044, July 14, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 330.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.35.0.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 330.11   Supplements, amendments, or revisions.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, or from time to time, revise, supplement, amend or withdraw, in whole or in part, the provisions of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="332" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 332—OFFERING OF UNITED STATES SAVINGS BONDS, SERIES H
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3105 and 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>57 FR 14281, Apr. 17, 1992, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 332.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.1   Offering of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury offered for sale to the people of the United States, Unites States Savings Bonds of Series H, hereinafter generally referred to as “Series H bonds” or “bonds”. This offer was terminated on December 31, 1979.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.2   Description of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Series H bonds bear a facsimile of the signature of the Secretary of the Treasury and of the Seal of the Department of the Treasury. They were issued only in registered form and are nontransferable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Denominations and prices.</I> Series H bonds were issued at face (par) amount and were available in denominations of $500, $1,000, $5,000 and $10,000.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inscription and issue.</I> A bond is valid only if an authorized issuing agent received payment therefore and duly inscribed, dated, and imprinted validated indicia on the bond. The face of each bond was to be inscribed as set forth below:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, social security account number and address of the owner, and the name of the beneficiary, if any, or the name, social security account number, and address of the first-named coowner and the name of the other coowner. The inscription of the social security number was required for bonds issued on or after January 29, 1963.
</P>
<P>(2) The issue date in the upper right-hand portion of the bond; and
</P>
<P>(3) The imprint of the agent's validation indicia in the lower right-hand portion to show the date the bond was actually inscribed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.3   Governing regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Series H bonds are subject to the regulations of the Department of the Treasury, now or hereafter prescribed, governing United States Savings bonds of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J and K, contained in 31 CFR part 315, also published as Department of the Treasury Circular No. 530, current revisions, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.4   Registration.</HEAD>
<P>Series H bonds were permitted to be registered as set forth in subpart B of 31 CFR part 315, also published as Department of the Treasury Circular No. 530.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.5   Limitation on holdings.</HEAD>
<P>The amount of Series H bonds, originally issued during any one calendar year, that could be held by any one person, at any one time, computed in accordance with the governing regulations, was limited as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General limitation.</I> From $5,000 to $30,000 depending upon the issue date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special limitation for gifts to exempt organizations under 26 CFR 1.501(c)(3)-1.</I> $200,000 for bonds received as gifts by an organization which at the time of purchase was an exempt organization under the terms of 26 CFR 1.501(c)(3)-1.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exchange pursuant to 31 CFR part 339.</I> Series H bonds issued in an exchange pursuant to the provisions of 31 CFR part 339, also published as Department of the Treasury Circular No. 1036, were exempt from the annual limitation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.6   Purchase of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuing agents.</I> Only Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, as fiscal agents of the United States, and the Department of the Treasury were authorized to issue Series H bonds. However, financial institutions were permitted to forward applications for purchase of the bonds to the Federal Reserve Bank of their district. The date of receipt, by the Reserve Bank or the Department of the Treasury, of the application and payment governed the issue date of the bond purchased.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application for purchase and remittance.</I> (1) The applicant for purchase of Series H Bonds furnished.
</P>
<P>(i) Instructions for registration of the bonds to be issued, which must have been in an authorized form;
</P>
<P>(ii) The appropriate social security or employer identification number;
</P>
<P>(iii) The post office address of the owner or first-named coowner; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The address(es) for delivery of the bonds and for mailing checks in payment of interest, if other than that of the owner or first-named coowner.
</P>
<P>(2) The application was to be forwarded to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, or the Department of the Treasury, accompanied by a remittance to cover the purchase price. Any form of exchange, including personal checks, was acceptable, subject to collection. Checks or other forms of exchange were to be drawn to the order of the Federal Reserve Bank or the United States Treasury. Checks payable by endorsement were not acceptable. Any depositary qualified pursuant to 31 CFR part 203, also published as Department of the Treasury Circular No. 92, current revision, was permitted to make payment by credit for bonds applied for on behalf of its customers, up to any amount for which it was qualified in excess of existing deposits, when so notified by the Federal Reserve Bank of its district.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.7   Delivery of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>Authorized issuing agents delivered Series H bonds, either over-the-counter in person or by mail, at the risk and expense of the United States, to the address given by the purchaser, but only within the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. No mail deliveries elsewhere were made. If purchased by citizens of the United States temporarily residing abroad, the bonds were delivered at such address in the United States as the purchaser directed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.8   Extended terms and yield for outstanding bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Extended maturity period</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> The terms <I>extended maturity period,</I> and <I>second extended maturity period,</I> when used herein, refer to 10-year intervals after the original maturity dates during which owners may retain their bonds and continue to earn interest thereon. No special action is required of owners desiring to take advantage of any extensions heretofore or herein granted.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Two extensions.</I> All Series H bonds may be retained for two extended maturity periods of 10 years each. All Series H bonds cease to earn interest upon reaching final maturity. Final maturities are shown below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Life of bonds
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Final maturity dates—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">yrs.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mos.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jun. 1952-Jan. 1957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 1982-Sep. 1986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Feb. 1957-Dec. 1979</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 1987-Dec. 2009.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Investment yields for outstanding bonds—General—interest rates.</I> The investment yields on outstanding Series H bonds are as set out below:
</P>
<P>(1) For Series H bonds that were in original or extended maturity periods prior to November 1, 1982, the investment yield was 8.5 percent per annum, paid semiannually, effective for the period from the first semiannual interest payment date occurring on or after May 1, 1981, through the end of such periods. For bonds that entered extensions, see paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For Series H bonds that entered extended maturity periods from November 1, 1982, through October 1, 1986, the investment yield was 7.5 percent per annum, paid semiannually, for such periods, including bonds that entered into an extended maturity period, as shown below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Extension
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Entered—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov. 1962-Oct. 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2nd (final)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1982-Oct. 1986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov. 1972-Oct. 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1st</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1982-Oct. 1986.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) For Series H bonds that entered extended maturity periods from November 1, 1986, through February 1, 1993, the investment yield was 6 percent per annum, paid semiannually, for such periods, including bonds that entered into an extended maturity period, as shown below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Extension
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Entered—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov. 1966-Feb. 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2nd (final)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1986-Feb. 1993.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov. 1976-Dec. 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1st</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1986-Dec. 1989.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) For Series H bonds that entered or enter extended maturity periods on or after March 1, 1993, the guaranteed minimum investment yield is 4 percent per annum, paid semiannually, or the investment yield in effect at the beginning of such periods, including bonds that enter into an extended maturity period, as shown below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Extension
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Entered—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1973-Dec. 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2nd (final)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1993-Dec. 1999.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Tables of interest payments and investment yields.</I> Tables of interest payments and investment yields are available from the Bureau of Fiscal Service and Federal Reserve Banks and Branches.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 14281, Apr. 17, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 60937, Nov. 18, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.9   Taxation.</HEAD>
<P>The income derived from Series H bonds is subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The bonds are subject to estate, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all other taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.10   Payment or redemption.</HEAD>
<P>A Series H bond became eligible for redemption at par at any time after six months from its issue date. To be redeemed, the bond must be presented and surrendered, with a duly executed request for payment, to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch referred to in § 332.12, or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328. In any case where bonds are surrendered for redemption in the month prior to an interest payment date, redemption will not be deferred but will be made in regular course, unless the presenter specifically requests that the transaction be delayed until that date. A request to defer redemption made more than one month preceding the interest payment date will not be accepted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 14281, Apr. 17, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 10539, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.11   Reservation as to issue of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury reserved the right to reject any application for Series H bonds, in whole or part, and to refuse to issue or permit to be issued hereunder any such bonds in any case or any class or classes of cases, if such action was deemed to be in the public interest. Any action in any such respect was final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.12   Fiscal agents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Federal Reserve Banks and Branches referred to below, as fiscal agents of the United States, are authorized to perform such services as may be requested of them by the Secretary of the Treasury, or his or her delegate, in connection with the reissue, redemption and payment of Series H bonds.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The following Federal Reserve Offices have been designated to provide savings bond services:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Servicing office
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reserve districts served
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Geographic area served
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Buffalo Branch, P.O. Box 961, Buffalo, NY 14240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, Boston</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CT, MA, ME, NH, NJ (northern half), NY (City &amp; State), RI, VT, Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Pittsburgh Branch, P.O. Box 867, Pittsburgh, PA 15230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cleveland, Philadelphia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DE, KY, (eastern half), NJ (southern half), OH, PA, WV (northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, P.O. Box 27622, Richmond, VA 23261</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Richmond, Atlanta</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AL, DC, FL, LA (southern half), MD, MS (southern half), NC, SC, TN (eastern half), VA, WV (except northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, 250 Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55480</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minneapolis, Chicago</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IA, IL (northern half), IN (northern half), MN, MT, ND, SD, WI.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, 925 Grand Avenue, Kansas City, MO 64198</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dallas, San Francisco, Kansas City, St. Louis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AK, AR, AZ, CA, CO, HI, ID, IL (southern half), IN (southern half), KS, KY (western half), LA (northern half), MO, MS (northern half), NE, NM, NV, OK, OR, TN (western half), TX, WA, WY, UT and GU.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Until March 1, 1996, other Federal Reserve Offices may continue to provide some savings bond services, but such services will be phased out over the period prior to that date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 10539, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 332.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.36.0.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 332.13   Reservation as to terms of offering.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, supplement or amend the terms of this offering of bonds, or of any amendments or supplements thereto.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="337" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 337—SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING FEDERAL HOUSING ADMINISTRATION DEBENTURES


</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260506" REFID="15">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 24368, May 6, 2026.</XREF>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 321; Sec. 516, Pub. L. 102-550, 106 Stat. 3790.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>59 FR 42162, Aug. 17, 1994, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 337.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.0   Scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The United States Department of the Treasury is the agent of the Federal Housing Administration for transactions in any debentures which have been or may be issued pursuant to the authority conferred by the National Housing Act, 12 U.S.C. 1701 <I>et seq.,</I> as amended from time to time, including Mutual Mortgage Insurance Fund Debentures, Housing Insurance Fund Debentures, War Housing Insurance Fund Debentures, Military Housing Insurance Fund Debentures, and National Defense Housing Insurance Fund Debentures. In accordance with the regulations adopted by the Federal Housing Commissioner and approved by the Secretary of the Treasury, such transactions are governed by regulations of the Department of the Treasury, so far as applicable. The Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Office of Fiscal Service Accounting operates the FHA debenture computer system and performs the day-to-day operations and transactions relating to the debentures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 56432, Nov. 8, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Certificated Debentures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.1   Applicability of Treasury regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The general regulations governing United States securities, part 306 of this chapter, apply, as the regulations for similar transactions and operations in certificated debentures. To the extent that the provisions in this part differ from the provisions in part 306, the provisions in this part shall prevail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.2   Transportation charges and risks.</HEAD>
<P>Debentures presented for redemption at call or maturity, or for authorized prior purchase, or for conversion to book-entry form, must be delivered at the expense and risk of the holder. Debentures bearing restricted assignments may be forwarded by registered mail, but for the owner's protection debentures bearing unrestricted assignments should be forwarded by insured registered mail.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 56432, Nov. 8, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.3   Termination of transfers and denominational exchange transactions.</HEAD>
<P>Debentures, which by their terms are subject to call, may be called for redemption, in whole or in part, at par and accrued interest, on any interest date on three months' notice. No transfers or denominational exchanges in certificated debentures covered by a given call will be made on the books of the Department of the Treasury on or after the announcement of such call. However, this does not affect the right of a holder of such debenture to sell and assign it on or after the announcement of the call date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.4   Presentation and surrender.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>For redemption.</I> To facilitate the redemption of called or maturing debentures, they may be presented and surrendered in the manner prescribed in this section in advance of the call or maturity date, as the case may be. Early presentation by holders will insure prompt payment of principal and interest when due. The debentures must first be assigned by the registered payee or his assignee, or by his duly constituted representative, if required, in the form and manner indicated in § 337.5, and must then be submitted to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service at the address given in § 337.14, accompanied by appropriate written advice. A transmittal advice for this purpose will accompany the notice of call.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>For purchase.</I> Debentures, the purchase of which has been authorized prior to call or maturity, may be assigned as instructed in paragraph (a) of this section and immediately submitted in accordance with procedures prescribed by HUD for this purpose.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 42162, Aug. 17, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 56432, Nov. 8, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.5   Assignments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the registered payee, or an assignee holding a certificated debenture under proper assignment from the registered payee, desires that payment be made to such payee or assignee, the debenture need not be assigned. If the owner desires for any reason that payment be made to another, without intermediate assignment, the debentures should be assigned to “The Federal Housing Commissioner for redemption (or, purchase) for the account of ____,” inserting the name and address of the person to whom payment is to be made. Proof of the authority of the individual assigning on behalf of an owner will be required in accordance with part 306 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) An assignment in blank or other assignment having similar effect will be recognized, but in that event the debenture would be, in effect, payable to bearer, and payment will be made in accordance with the instructions received from the person surrendering the debenture for redemption or purchase. For the owner's protection, such assignments should be avoided unless the owner is willing to lose the protection afforded by registration.
</P>
<P>(c) Debentures submitted for conversion to book-entry form should be assigned to “The Federal Housing Commissioner for conversion to book-entry debentures for the account of ____.” The registration on the book-entry account and/or the account number in which the debentures should be deposited should be indicated.
</P>
<P>(d) All assignments must be made on the debentures themselves unless otherwise authorized by the Department of Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.6   Conversions to book-entry.</HEAD>
<P>Upon implementation of the book-entry debenture system, to be announced in advance by separate public notice, all new debentures will be issued only in book-entry form, and may not thereafter be converted to certificated form.
</P>
<P>Certificated debentures may, upon the owner's request in accordance with § 337.5(c), be converted to book-entry. If such action is taken, the owner shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived the right to hold such debenture in certificated form.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.7   Servicing transactions.</HEAD>
<P>Upon implementation of the book-entry debenture system, to be announced in advance by separate public notice, any transfer or denominational exchange of certificated debentures generally will be made in book-entry form. If certificated debentures are desired, the owner should so request in writing, before the book-entry debentures are issued.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.8   Payment of mortgage insurance premiums.</HEAD>
<P>When certificated debentures are tendered for purchase prior to maturity in order that the proceeds thereof be applied to pay for mortgage insurance premiums, any difference between the amount of the debentures purchased and the amount of the mortgage insurance premium will generally be issued to the owner in the form of a book-entry debenture in the exact amount of such difference, provided it is one dollar ($1.00) or more. However, if the owner so requests, such difference will be settled with certificated debenture(s), together with a cash adjustment, if any. Such request should be made in writing, before the book-entry debenture in the amount of the difference is issued.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.9   Payment of final interest.</HEAD>
<P>Final interest on any debenture, whether purchased prior to or redeemed on or after the call or the maturity date, will be paid with the principal. In all cases the payment of principal and final interest will be mailed or directed to the payment address given in the form of advice accompanying the debenture surrendered.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.1.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.10   Payments.</HEAD>
<P>Payments on certificated debentures will be made by fiscal agency check in accordance with part 355 of this chapter, or, upon request, by direct deposit (electronic funds transfer) in accordance with part 370 of this chapter. Information as to the deposit account at the financial institution designated to receive a direct deposit payment shall be provided on the appropriate form(s) designated by the Department.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Book-Entry Debentures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.11   Original issue and conversions.</HEAD>
<P>Upon implementation of the book-entry debenture system, to be announced in advance by separate public notice, all new debentures will be issued only in book-entry form in the exact amount payable to the owner. Once issued in book-entry form, a debenture may not be converted to certificated form.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.12   Applicability of TREASURY DIRECT regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations governing the TREASURY DIRECT Book-Entry Securities System (TREASURY DIRECT) (part 357 of this chapter) apply to govern transactions in FHA book-entry debentures, with the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Securities account.</I> (See § 357.20 of this chapter.) An account in the book-entry debenture system may be established by the Department of the Treasury upon receipt of the request that a new debenture be issued or that a certificated debenture be converted to book-entry form. The statement of account shall contain information regarding the account as of the date of such statement. It will include a unique account number, but will not include price information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transfers.</I> (See § 357.22 of this chapter.) A book-entry debenture may be transferred only between accounts established in the FHA book-entry debenture system.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Debentures announced for call.</I> Debentures, which by their terms are subject to call, may be called for redemption, in whole or in part, at par and accrued interest, on any interest date on three months' notice. For purposes of a transaction request affecting ownership and/or payment instructions with respect to a debenture announced for call, a proper request must be received not less than twenty (20) calendar days preceding the next payment date. If the twentieth day preceding a payment date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a Federal holiday, the last day set for the receipt of a transaction request will be the last business day preceding that date. If a transaction request is received less than twenty (20) calendar days preceding a payment date, the Department may, in its discretion, act on such request if sufficient time remains for processing. If a transaction request is received too late for completion of the requested transaction, principal and final interest on the called debentures will be paid to the owner of record and sent to the payment address of record.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Payments.</I> (See § 357.26 of this chapter.) Direct deposit (electronic funds transfer) payments with respect to debentures, e.g., principal, interest and cash adjustments, will be made without prenotification messages.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.13   Payment of mortgage insurance premiums.</HEAD>
<P>When book-entry debentures are being purchased prior to maturity to pay for mortgage insurance premiums, the difference between the amount of the debentures purchased and the mortgage insurance premiums shall be issued to the owner in the form of a book-entry debenture in the exact amount of such difference, provided it is one dollar ($1.00) or more.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Additional Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.3.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.14   Address for further information.</HEAD>
<P>Further information regarding the issuance of, transactions in, and redemption of, FHA debentures may be obtained from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Office of Fiscal Service Accounting, 200 Third Street, P.O. Box 396, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26102-0396.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 56432, Nov. 8, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 337.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.37.3.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 337.15   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>As fiscal agents of the United States, Federal Reserve Banks are authorized to perform any necessary acts under this part. The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time or from time to time prescribe supplemental and amendatory regulations governing the matters covered by this part, notice of which shall be communicated promptly to the registered owners of the debentures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 56432, Nov. 8, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="339" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.38" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 339—EXCHANGE OFFERING OF UNITED STATES SAVINGS BONDS, SERIES H
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 18, 20, and 22 of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended (40 Stat. 1309, 48 Stat. 343, 49 Stat. 21, 73 Stat. 621, all as amended; 31 U.S.C. 753, 754b, 757c), and 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>36 FR 23856, Dec. 15, 1971, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 339.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.38.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 339.0   Offering of Series H bonds in exchange for Series E bonds and savings notes.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to the authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, hereby offers to the people of the United States, U.S. Savings Bonds of Series H in exchange for outstanding U.S. Savings Bonds of Series E and U.S. Savings Notes (freedom shares) without regard to the annual limitation on holdings for the Series H bonds. The Series H bonds offered hereunder are those described in Department Circular No. 905, current revision, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. This offering will continue until terminated by the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>The sale of U.S. Savings Bonds, Series H, was terminated at the close of business Dec. 31, 1979. See 44 FR 77158, Dec. 31, 1979.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 339.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.38.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 339.1   Definitions of words and terms as used in this circular.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context otherwise requires or indicates:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Securities</I> mean outstanding U.S. Savings Bonds of Series E and U.S. Savings Notes (freedom shares).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Owner</I> means an owner of securities, except a commercial bank in its own right (as distinguished from a representative or fiduciary capacity) and a nonresident alien who is a resident of an area with respect to which the Treasury Department restricts or regulates delivery of checks drawn against funds of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof. The term includes a registered owner, whether or not a natural person, either coowner (but only the <I>principal coowner</I> if Series H bonds are requested in a form of registration different from that on the securities submitted), a surviving beneficiary, or any other person who would be entitled to reissue under the regulation governing U.S. Savings Bonds, 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> such as, but not limited to, any person entitled to succeed to the estate of a deceased owner.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Department Circular No. 530, current revision (31 CFR part 315). Copies may be obtained from any Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20220.</P></FTNT>
<P>(c) <I>Commercial bank</I> means a bank accepting demand deposits.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Interest</I> means the increment in value on Series E savings bonds and on savings notes.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Principal coowner</I> means a coowner who purchased the securities submitted for exchange with his own funds or received them as a gift, legacy or inheritance or as a result of judicial proceedings and had them reissued in coownership form, provided he has received no contribution in money or money's worth from the other coowner for designating him on the securities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 339.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.38.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 339.2   Denominations.</HEAD>
<P>Series H bonds, available for use hereunder, are in denominations of $500, $1,000, $5,000 and $10,000.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 339.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.38.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 339.3   Exchanges with privilege of deferring reporting of interest for Federal income tax purposes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tax-deferred exchanges.</I> Pursuant to the provisions of section 1037(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, the Secretary of the Treasury hereby grants to owners who have not been reporting the interest on their securities on an accrual basis for Federal income tax purposes the privilege of exchanging such securities for Series H bonds and of continuing to defer reporting of the interest on the securities exchanged (except interest referred to in paragraph (b)(5) of this section) for Federal income tax purposes to the taxable year in which the Series H bonds received in exchange are disposed of, are redeemed, or have reached final maturity, whichever is earlier. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> The interest paid semiannually by check on all Series H bonds, whether issued in exchange under this or any other section, or otherwise, is subject to the Federal income tax for the taxable year in which it is received.</P></FTNT>
<P>(b) <I>Rules governing the exchange.</I> (1) Exchange subscription Form PD 3253, completed and executed in accordance with the instructions thereon, the securities, any cash difference (see paragraph (b)(3) of this section), and any supporting evidence which may be required under the governing regulations 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> may be presented or forwarded to any authorized agency. 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> For example, a beneficiary named on Series E bonds would have to submit proof of the death of the registered owner in order to exchange such bonds for Series H bonds.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> Agents authorized to pay Series E bonds and savings notes are authorized to accept and handle exchange subscriptions submitted by natural persons whose names are inscribed on the face of the bonds and notes as owners or coowners in their own right. However, as agents of subscribers they may forward any exchange subscription to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226, for acceptance and handling.</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) A Series H bond issued upon exchange will be registered in the name of the owner of the securities submitted in any authorized form of registration. However, the <I>principal coowner</I> must be named as owner or coowner.
</P>
<P>(3) The total current redemption value of the securities submitted for exchange in any one transaction must amount to $500 or more. If the total current redemption value is in an even multiple of $500, Series H bonds must be requested in that exact amount. If the total current redemption value exceeds $500, but is not in an even multiple of $500, the owner has the option of furnishing cash necessary to obtain Series H bonds of the next higher $500 multiple, or of receiving payment of the difference between the total current redemption value and the next lower multiple of $500. For example, under the rules prescribed in this circular, if the securities submitted for exchange in one transaction total $4,253.33 current redemption value, the owner may elect to:
</P>
<P>(i) Receive $4,000 in Series H bonds and the amount of the difference, $253.33, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Pay the difference, $246.67, necessary to obtain $4,500 in Series H bonds. 
<SU>5</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> If a paying agent accepts a subscription solely for the purpose of forwarding it, or if the owner forwards it direct, to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, the remittance for the difference, by check or other form of exchange (which will be accepted subject to collection), must be drawn to the order of the Federal Reserve Bank or the United States Treasury, as the case may be. The remittance must accompany the subscription and the securities to be exchanged.</P></FTNT>
<P>(4) Any amount paid to the owner as a cash adjustment (as in paragraph (3)(i) of this section) must be treated as income for Federal income tax purposes for the year in which it is received up to an amount not in excess of the total interest on the securities exchanged. 
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> The amount, if any, paid to the owner in excess of the interest is a repayment on account of the purchase price of the securities exchanged, not income.</P></FTNT>
<P>(5) Each Series H bond issued under this section will be stamped “EX” or “EXCH” to show that it was issued upon exchange. Each bond also will bear a legend showing how much of its issue price represents interest on the securities exchanged. This interest must be treated as income for Federal income tax purposes for the year in which the Series H bond is redeemed, is disposed of, or finally matures, whichever is earlier.
</P>
<P>(6) The Series H bonds will be dated as of the first day of the month in which the securities, the exchange subscription, any necessary cash difference and supporting evidence, if any, are accepted for exchange by an authorized agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 339.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.38.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 339.4   Exchanges without tax deferral.</HEAD>
<P>Exchanges by owners who:
</P>
<P>(a) Report the interest on all of their securities annually for Federal income tax purposes, or
</P>
<P>(b) Who elect to report all such interest in the year of the exchange, or
</P>
<P>(c) Who are tax-exempt under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 and the regulations issued thereunder,
</P>
<FP>Will be handled in the same manner and will be governed by the rules prescribed for exchanges under § 339.3. However, the Series H bonds will not bear the legend referred to in § 339.3(b)(5). Any part of the cash adjustment received which represents interest previously reported for Federal income tax purposes need not be accounted for. The Series H bonds may be registered in the name of the owner of the securities submitted in exchange in any authorized form of registration.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 339.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.38.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 339.5   Governing regulations.</HEAD>
<P>All Series H bonds issued under this circular are subject to the regulations, now or hereafter prescribed, contained in Department Circular No. 530, current revision (part 315 of this chapter).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 339.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.38.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 339.6   Fiscal agents.</HEAD>
<P>Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, as fiscal agents of the United States, are authorized to perform such services as may be requested of them in connection with exchanges under these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 339.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.38.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 339.7   Preservation of rights.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of Treasury Department Circulars Nos. 530, 653, and 905, as currently revised, are hereby modified and amended to the extent that they are not in accordance with this circular. However, nothing contained herein shall limit or restrict rights which owners of Series H bonds received in earlier exchanges have heretofore acquired.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 339.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.38.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 339.8   Reservation as to terms of offer.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to reject any exchange subscription for Series H bonds, in whole or in part, and to refuse to issue or permit to be issued hereunder any such bonds in any case or any class or classes of cases if he deems such action to be in the public interest, and his action in any such respect shall be final.
</P>
<P>The foregoing revision and amendment is made for the purpose of granting to owners of savings notes the same privilege afforded owners of Series E savings bonds for exchanging their securities for Series H bonds with or without tax deferral. As good cause exists for making this change, which involves public property and contracts relating to the fiscal and monetary affairs of the United States, I find that notice and public procedures are unnecessary. This action is effected under the provisions of sections 18, 20, and 22 of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended (40 Stat. 1309, 48 Stat. 343, 49 Stat. 21, 73 Stat. 621, all as amended; 31 U.S.C. 753, 754b, 757c), and 5 U.S.C. 301.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="340" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 340—REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE SALE OF TREASURY BONDS THROUGH COMPETITIVE BIDDING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 8, 50 Stat. 481, as amended; R.S. 3706; secs. 1, 4, 18, 5, 40 Stat. 288, as amended, 290, as amended, 1309, as amended, 290, as amended; secs. 19, 20, 48 Stat. 343, as amended; 31 U.S.C. 738a, 739, 752, 752a, 753, 754, 754a, 754b.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>27 FR 12481, Dec. 18, 1962, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 340.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.0   Authority for sale of Treasury bonds through competitive bidding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may, from time to time, by public notice, offer Treasury bonds for sale and invite bids therefor. The bonds so offered and the bids made will be subject to the terms and conditions and the rules and regulations herein set forth, except as they may be modified in the public notice or notices issued by the Secretary in connection with particular offerings. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> The bonds will be subject also to the general rules and regulations of the Treasury Department, now or hereafter prescribed, governing United States securities. They will be issued pursuant to the authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> These regulations do not apply to Treasury bills, which are governed by Department Circular No. 418, Revised, and do not constitute a specific offering of bonds.</P></FTNT>
<P>(b) The terms <I>public notice, notices,</I> or <I>announcement</I> as used in this part mean the <I>Public Notice of Invitation to Bid</I> on Treasury bonds and any supplementary or amendatory notices or announcements with respect thereto, including, but not limited to any statement released to the press by the Secretary of the Treasury and notices sent to those who have filed notices of intent to bid or who have filed bids.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.1   Public notice—description of bonds—terms of offer.</HEAD>
<P>When bonds are offered for sale through competitive bidding, bids therefor will be invited through the form of a public notice or notices issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. The notice or notices will either fix the coupon rate of interest to be borne by the bonds or prescribe the conditions under which bidders may specify the rate and will set forth the terms and conditions of the bonds, including maturities, call features, if any, and the terms and conditions of the offer, including the amount of the issue for which bids are invited, the date and closing hour for receipt of bids, and the date on which the bonds will be delivered and payment for any accepted bid must be completed. When so specified in the public notice, it shall be a condition of each bid that, if accepted by the Secretary of the Treasury, the bidder will make a bona fide reoffering to the investing public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.2   Denominations and exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>Bearer bonds with interest coupons attached, and bonds registered as to principal and interest, will be available in denominations of $500, $1,000, $5,000, $10,000, $100,000, and $1,000,000. Provisions will be made for the interchange of bonds of different denominations and of bearer and registered bonds, and for the transfer of registered bonds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.3   Taxation.</HEAD>
<P>The income derived from the bonds will be subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. The bonds will be subject to estate, inheritance, gift or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but will be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.4   Acceptance as security for public deposits.</HEAD>
<P>The bonds will be acceptable to secure deposits of public moneys.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.5   Notice of intent to bid.</HEAD>
<P>Any individual, or organization, syndicate, or other group which intends to submit a bid, must, when required by the public notice, give written notice of such intent on Form PD 3555 at the place and within the time specified in the public notice. The filing of such notice will not constitute a commitment to bid.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.6   Submission of bids.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Bids will be received only at the place specified and not later than the time designated in the public notice. Each bid must be submitted on the official form referred to in the public notice and should be enclosed and sealed in the special envelope provided by the Treasury Department. Forms and envelopes may be obtained from any Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Treasury Department, Washington, DC 20220. Bids shall be irrevocable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bidding.</I> Bids, except noncompetitive bids when authorized, must be expressed as a percentage of the principal amount in not to exceed five decimals, e.g., 100.01038 percent. Provisions relating to the coupon rate of interest on the bonds, if not set forth in the public notice, will be made in a supplemental announcement. The public notice will indicate the timing of any such announcement. If the bidders are required to specify the coupon rate, each bidder shall specify a single coupon rate of interest, which shall be a multiple of 
<FR>1/8</FR> of 1 percent but not in excess of 4
<FR>1/4</FR> percent. The Secretary of the Treasury may limit the premium above or the discount below par.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Group bids.</I> A syndicate or other group submitting a bid must act through a representative who must be a member of the group. The representative must warrant to the Secretary of the Treasury that he has all necessary power and authority to act for each member and to bind the members jointly and severally. In addition to whatever other data may be required by the Secretary of the Treasury, in the case of a syndicate, the representative must file, within one hour after the time for opening of bids, at the place specified in the public notice for receipt of bids a final statement of the composition of the syndicate membership and the amount of each member's underwriting participation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.7   Deposits—retention—return.</HEAD>
<P>Each bid must be accompanied by a deposit in the amount specified in the public notice. The deposit of any successful bidder will be retained as security for the performance of his obligation and will be applied toward payment of the bonds. All other deposits will be returned immediately. No interest will be allowed on account of any deposits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.8   Acceptance of bids.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opening of bids.</I> Bids will be opened at the time and place specified in the public notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of determining accepted bids.</I> The lowest basis cost of money 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> computed from the date of the bonds to the date of maturity will be used in determining successful bids.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> In cases where bidders are required to specify the coupon rate, the lowest basis cost of money will be determined by reference to a specially prepared table of bond yields, a copy of which will be made available to all prospective bidders upon written request to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Treasury Department, Washington, DC 20220. Straightline interpolation will be applied if necessary.</P></FTNT>
<P>(c) <I>Acceptance of successful bid.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury, or his representative, will notify any successful bidder of acceptance in the manner and form specified in the public notice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.9   Bids—revocations—rejections—postponements—reoffers.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury, in his discretion, may (a) revoke the public notice of invitation to bid at any time before opening bids, (b) return all bids unopened either at or prior to the time specified for their opening, (c) reject any or all bids, (d) postpone the time for presentation and opening of bids, and (e) waive any immaterial or obvious defect in any bid. Any action the Secretary of the Treasury may take in these respects shall be final. In the event of a postponement, known bidders will be advised thereof and their bids returned unopened.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.10   Payment for and delivery of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>Payment for the bonds, including accrued interest, if any, must be made in immediately available funds on the date and at the place specified in the invitation. Delivery of bonds under this section will be made at the risk and expense of the United States at such place or places in the United States as may be provided in the invitation. Interim receipts, if necessary, will be issued pending delivery of the definitive bonds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.11   Failure to complete transaction.</HEAD>
<P>If any successful bidder shall fail to pay in full for the bonds on the date and at the place specified in the invitation, the money deposited by or in behalf of such bidder shall be forfeited to the Treasury Department.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 340.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.39.0.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 340.12   Reservations as to terms of circular.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right, at any time, or from time to time, to amend, repeal, supplement, revise or withdraw all or any of the provisions of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="341" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 341—REGULATIONS GOVERNING UNITED STATES RETIREMENT PLAN BONDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 3106 <I>et seq.,</I> 3125, 3126.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>28 FR 405, Jan. 16, 1963, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 341.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.0   Offering of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury, under the authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, and pursuant to the Self-Employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962, offers for sale, effective as of January 1, 1963, bonds of the United States, designated as United States Retirement Plan Bonds. The bonds will be available for investment only to:
</P>
<P>(a) Bond purchase plans and
</P>
<P>(b) Pension and profit-sharing plans, as described in sections 405 and 401, respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.
</P>
<FP>This offering of bonds will terminate on April 30, 1982.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 405, Jan. 16, 1963, as amended at 47 FR 18596, Apr. 30, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.1   Description of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Investment yield (interest).</I> United States Retirement Plan Bonds, hereinafter sometimes referred to as Retirement Plan Bonds, will be issued at par. The investment yields (interest) are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Bonds with issue dates of January 1, 1963, through May 1, 1966—3.75 percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table of Redemption Values in the appendix).
</P>
<P>(2) Bonds with issue dates of June 1, 1966, through December 1, 1969—4.15 percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table A in the appendix).
</P>
<P>(3) Bonds with issue dates of January 1, 1970, through January 1, 1974—5 percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table B).
</P>
<P>(4) Bonds with issue dates of February 1, 1974, through July 1, 1979—6 percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table C).
</P>
<P>(5) Bonds with issue dates of August 1, 1979, through October 1, 1980—6.5 percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table D).
</P>
<P>(6) Bonds with issue dates of November 1, 1980, through September 1, 1981—8 percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table E).
</P>
<P>(7) Bonds with issue dates of October 1, 1981, or thereafter—9 percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table F).
</P>
<FP>Interest will be paid only upon redemption of the bonds. The accrual of interest will continue until the bonds are redeemed or have reached maturity, whichever is earlier, in accordance with these regulations.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Term.</I> The maturity date of any bond issued under this circular shall be indeterminate, but unless sooner redeemed in accordance with the regulations in this part, its investment yield will cease on the interest accrual date coinciding with, or, where no such coincidence occurs, the interest accrual date next preceding, the first day of the sixtieth (60th) month following the date of death of the person in whose name it is registered.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denominations—issue date.</I> Retirement Plan Bonds will be available only in registered form and in denominations of $50, $100, $500, and $1,000. At the time of issue, the issuing agent will enter in the upper right-hand portion of the bond the issue date (which shall be the first day of the month and year in which payment of the purchase price is received by an authorized issuing agent), and will imprint the agent's validating stamp in the lower right-hand portion. The issue date, as distinguished from the date in the agent's validating stamp, will determine the date from which interest will begin to accrue on the bond. A Retirement Plan Bond shall be valid only if an authorized issuing agent receives payment therefor, duly inscribes, dates, stamps, and delivers it.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 405, Jan. 16, 1963, as amended at 46 FR 60573, Dec. 11, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.2   Registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The registration of Retirement Plan Bonds is limited to the names of natural persons in their own right, whether adults or minors, in either single ownership or beneficiary form. A bond registered in beneficiary form will be inscribed substantially as follows (for example): “John A. Doe payable on death to (or P.O.D.) Richard B. Roe,” No more than one beneficiary may be designated on a bond.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inscription.</I> The inscription on the face of each bond will show the name, address, and date of birth of the registered owner, as well as information as to whether he is a self-employed individual or an employee, and the amount he contributed (if any) out of his own funds toward the purchase price of the bond. In the case of any self-employed individual (who is treated as an employee for the purpose of sections 405 and 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954), this amount would be that portion of the purchase price he contributed (if any) as an employee and which he will not take into account in determining the amount deductible for Federal income tax purposes. The name of the beneficiary, if one is to be designated, will also be shown in the inscription.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 405, Jan. 16, 1963, as amended at 71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.3   Purchase of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Agencies.</I> Retirement Plan Bonds may be purchased over-the-counter or by mail from Federal Reserve Banks and Branches and the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226. Customers of commercial banks and trust companies may be able to arrange for the purchase of the bonds through such institutions, but only the Federal Reserve Banks and Branches and the Bureau of the Fiscal Service are authorized to act as official agencies, and the date of receipt of the application and payment by an official agency will govern the dating of the bonds issued.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> Applications for the purchase of Retirement Plan Bonds should be made on Form PD 3550, accompanied by a remittance to cover the purchase price. Personal checks will be accepted, subject to collection. Checks or other forms of exchange, should be drawn to the Federal Reserve Bank or United States Treasury, as the case may be. Checks payable by endorsement are not acceptable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery.</I> Delivery of bonds will be made in person, or by mail at the risk and expense of the United States, at the address given by the purchaser, but only within the United States, its territories and possessions, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Canal Zone. No mail deliveries elsewhere will be made. If the registered owner temporarily resides abroad, the bonds will be delivered to such address in the United States as the purchaser directs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.4   Proof of purchase.</HEAD>
<P>At the time a Retirement Plan Bond is issued, the issuing agent will furnish therewith to the purchaser, and in cases where the purchaser is different from the person in whose name the bond is inscribed, to the registered owner as well, proof of the purchase on Form PD 3550. The form will show the names and addresses of the purchaser and of the registered owner, the latter's date of birth, social security account number and his classification (<I>i.e.</I>, self-employed individual or employee) the number of bonds issued, a description thereof by issue date, serial numbers, denominations, and registration, together with information as to the amount of his contributions (if any) toward the purchase price of the bonds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.5   Limitation on holdings.</HEAD>
<P>The limit on the amount of any Retirement Plan Bonds issued during 1974, or in any one calendar year thereafter, that may be purchased in the name of any one person as registered owner is $10,000 (face value).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 36114, Oct. 8, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.6   Nontransferability.</HEAD>
<P>United States Retirement Plan Bonds are not transferable, and may not be sold, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation, or for any other purpose.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.7   Judicial proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>No judicial determinations will be recognized which would give effect to an attempted voluntary transfer inter vivos of a Retirement Plan Bond. Otherwise, a claim against a registered owner will be recognized when established by valid judicial proceedings, but in no case will payment be made to the purchaser at a sale under a levy or to the officer authorized to levy upon the property of the owner under appropriate process to satisfy a money judgement unless or until the bond has become eligible for redemption pursuant to the regulations in this part. Neither the Treasury Department nor any of its agencies will accept notices of adverse claims or of pending judicial proceedings or undertake to protect the interests of litigants who do not have possession of the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.8   Payment or redemption during lifetime of owner.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>At age 59
<FR>1/2</FR> or thereafter.</I> A Retirement Plan Bond will be redeemable at its current redemption value upon the request of the registered owner (or a person recognized as entitled to act on his behalf), provided he is 59
<FR>1/2</FR> years of age or older. The owner's age will be determined from the date of birth shown on the face of the bond, provided, however, that the Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right in any case or class of cases to require proof, in the form of a duly certified copy of his birth certificate, that the owner has attained the age of 59
<FR>1/2</FR> years. If such evidence is unavailable, one of the following documents may be furnished in lieu thereof:
</P>
<P>(1) Church records of birth or baptism.
</P>
<P>(2) Hospital birth record or certificate.
</P>
<P>(3) Physician's or midwife's birth record.
</P>
<P>(4) Certification of Bible or other family record.
</P>
<P>(5) Military, naturalization or immigration records.
</P>
<P>(6) Other evidence of probative value. Similar documentary evidence will also be required to support any claim made by an owner that the date of birth shown on his bond is incorrect.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prior to age 59
<FR>1/2</FR> years.</I> A Retirement Plan Bond will be paid at its then current redemption value upon a registered owner's request (or by a person recognized as entitled to act on his behalf) prior to his attainment of age 59
<FR>1/2</FR> years upon submission of a physician's statement or any similar evidence showing that the owner has become disabled to such an extent that he is unable to engage in any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite duration. The following are examples of impairments which would ordinarily be considered as preventing substantial, gainful activity:
</P>
<P>(1) Loss of use of two limbs.
</P>
<P>(2) Certain progressive diseases which have resulted in the physical loss or atrophy of a limb, such as diabetes, multiple sclerosis, or Buerger's disease.
</P>
<P>(3) Diseases of the heart, lungs, or blood vessels which have resulted in major loss of heart or lung reserve as evidenced by X-ray, electrocardiogram, or other objective findings, so that despite medical treatment breathlessness, pain, or fatigue is produced on slight exertion, such as walking several blocks, using public transportation, or doing small chores.
</P>
<P>(4) Cancer which is inoperable and progressive.
</P>
<P>(5) Damage to the brain or brain abnormality which has resulted in severe loss of judgment, intellect, orientation, or memory.
</P>
<P>(6) Mental diseases (e.g., psychosis or severe psychoneurosis) requiring continued institutionalization or constant supervision of the individual.
</P>
<P>(7) Loss or diminution of vision to the extent that the affected individual has a central visual acuity of no better than 20/200 in the better eye after best correction, or has a limitation in the fields of vision such that the widest diameter of the visual fields subtends an angle no greater than 20 degrees.
</P>
<P>(8) Permanent and total loss of speech.
</P>
<P>(9) Total deafness uncorrectible by a hearing aid.
</P>
<FP>In any case coming under the provisions of this paragraph, the evidence referred to above must be submitted to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101, for approval before any bonds may be paid. If, after review of the evidence, the Secretary of the Treasury is satisfied that the owner's disability has been established, a letter will be furnished authorizing payment of his Retirement Plan Bonds. This letter must be presented each time any of the owner's bonds are submitted for payment to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Requests for payment</I>—(1) <I>By owner.</I> When redemption of any Retirement Plan Bond is desired by the registered owner under paragraph (a) of this section, it should be presented with the request for payment on the back of the bond signed and duly certified, to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Securities Transactions Branch, Washington, DC 20226, or Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101. If payment is requested under paragraph (b) of this section, the letter described therein should accompany the bond.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By person other than owner.</I> When redemption of any Retirement Plan Bond is desired by the legal guardian, committee conservator, or similar representative of the owner's estate under paragraph (a) of this section, it should be presented, with the request signed as described below, to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. If payment is requested under paragraph (b) of this section, the letter described therein should accompany the bond. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> The request for payment, in either case, should be signed by the representative in his fiduciary capacity before an authorized certifying officer, and must be supported by a certificate or a certified copy of the letters of the appointment from the court making the appointment, under seal, or other proof of qualification if the appointment was not made by a court. Except in the case of corporate fiduciaries, such evidence should state that the appointment is in full force and should be dated not more than one year prior to the presentation of the bond for payment.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> In any case in which a legal representative has not been appointed for the estate of a registered owner who has attained the age of 59
<FR>1/2</FR> years, or who has become disabled, a person seeking payment of a bond on the owner's behalf should furnish a complete statement of the circumstances to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101. Appropriate instructions will then be furnished.</P></FTNT>
<P>(d) <I>Partial redemption.</I> A Retirement Plan Bond in a denomination greater than $50 (face value) which is otherwise eligible for redemption may be redeemed in part, at current redemption value, upon the request of the registered owner (or a person recognized as entitled to act on his behalf), but only in amounts corresponding to authorized denominations. In any case in which partial redemption is desired, before the request for payment is signed, the phrase “to the extent of $__ (face value) and reissue of the remainder” should be appended to the request. Upon partial redemption of the bond, the remainder will be reissued as of the original issue date. No partial redemption of a bond will be made after the death of the owner in whose name it is registered.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 405, Jan. 16, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 21611, Apr. 28, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.9   Payment or redemption after death of owner.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Order of precedence where owner not survived by beneficiary.</I> If the registered owner of a Retirement Plan Bond dies before it has been presented and surrendered for payment, and there is no beneficiary shown thereon, or if the designated beneficiary predeceased the owner, the bond shall be paid in the following order of precedence:
</P>
<P>(1) To the duly appointed executor or administrator of the estate of the owner, who should sign the request for payment on the back of the bond in his representative capacity before an authorized certifying officer, such request to be supported by a court certificate or a certified copy of his letters of appointment, under seal of the court, which should show that the appointment is in full force and effect, and be dated within six months of its presentation;
</P>
<P>(2) If no legal representative of the deceased registered owner's estate has been or will be appointed, to the widow or widower of the owner;
</P>
<P>(3) If none of the above, to the child or children of the owner and the descendants of deceased children by representation;
</P>
<P>(4) If none of the above, to the parents of the owner, or the survivor of them;
</P>
<P>(5) In none of the above, to other next-of-kin of the owner, as determined by the laws of the domicile of such owner at the time of his death. In any case coming under the provisions of this paragraph, a duly certified copy of the registered owner's death certificate will ordinarily be required. Proof of death of the beneficiary, if any, will be required where he predeceased the owner. Payment of bonds under paragraph (a)(1) of this section will be made by a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Securities Transactions Branch, Washington, DC 20226, or Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101. Payment of bonds under paragraphs (a)(2) to (5) of this section will be made upon receipt of applications on Form PD 3565, together with the bonds and supporting evidence, by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Order of precedence where beneficiary survived owner.</I> If the registered owner of a Retirement Plan Bond dies before it has been presented and surrendered for payment, and the beneficiary shown thereon survived the owner, the bond shall be paid in the following order of precedence:
</P>
<P>(1) To the designated beneficiary upon his presentation and surrender of the bond with the request for payment signed and duly certified, such payment to be made to the exclusion of any other person who may have been named beneficiary by the registered owner in a bond purchase plan, or under a pension or profit-sharing plan;
</P>
<P>(2) If the designated beneficiary survived the registered owner but failed to present the bond for payment during his own lifetime, payment will be made in the order of precedence specified in paragraphs (a) (1) to (5) of this section to the legal representative, surviving spouse, children, parents, or next-of-kin of such beneficiary, and in the manner provided therein.
</P>
<FP>In any case coming under the provisions of this paragraph, a duly certified copy of the registered owner's death certificate will ordinarily be required. Proof of death of the beneficiary will also be required where he survived the owner but failed to present the bond for payment during his own lifetime. Payment of a bond to a designated beneficiary will be made by Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Securities Transactions Branch, Washington, DC 20226, or Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Ownership of redemption proceeds.</I> The orders of precedence set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, except in case where redemption is made for the account of a registered owner, are for the Department's convenience in discharging its obligation on a Retirement Plan Bond. The discharge of the obligation in accordance therewith shall be final so far as the Department is concerned, but those provisions do not otherwise purport to determine ownership of the redemption proceeds of a bond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 405, Jan. 16, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 21611, Apr. 28, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.10   Reissue.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Addition or change of beneficiary.</I> A Retirement Plan Bond will be reissued to add a beneficiary in the case of a single ownership bond, or to eliminate or substitute a beneficiary in the case of a bond registered in beneficiary form upon the owner's request on Form PD 3564. No consent will be required to support any reissue transaction from a beneficiary whose name is to be removed from the registration of a Retirement Plan Bond. If the registered owner dies after the bond has been presented and surrendered for reissue, upon receipt of notice thereof by the agency to which the request for reissue was submitted, such request shall be treated as ineffective, provided the notice of death is received by the Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Securities Transactions Branch, Washington, DC, 20226, or Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101, to which the request was sent, in sufficient time to withhold delivery, by mail or otherwise, of the reissued bond.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Error in issue—change of name.</I> Reissue of a Retirement Plan Bond will be made where an error in issue has occurred, as well as in cases where the owner's name has been changed by marriage, divorce, annulment, order of court, or in any other legal manner, upon appropriate request supported by satisfactory evidence. Information as to the procedure to be followed in securing such reissue may be obtained from a Federal Reserve Bank or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Securities Transactions Branch, Washington, DC 20226, or Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 405, Jan. 16, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 21611, Apr. 28, 1977; 42 FR 57123, Nov. 1, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.11   Use of power of attorney.</HEAD>
<P>No designation of an attorney, agent, or other representative to request payment or reissue on behalf of the owner, beneficiary, or other person entitled under § 341.9, other than as provided in the regulations in this part, will be recognized.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.12   Lost, stolen, or destroyed bonds.</HEAD>
<P>If a Retirement Plan Bond is lost, stolen, or destroyed, a substitute may be issued upon identification of the bond and proof of its loss, theft, or destruction. A description of the bond by denomination, serial number, issue date and registration should be furnished at the time the report of loss, theft, or destruction is made. Such reports should be sent to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101. Full instructions for obtaining substitute bonds will then be given.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 405, Jan. 16, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 21611, Apr. 28, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.13   Taxation.</HEAD>
<P>The tax treatment provided under section 405 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 shall apply to all Retirement Plan Bonds. The bonds are subject to estate, inheritance, or other excise taxes whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, municipality, or any local taxing authority. Inquiries concerning the application of any Federal tax of these bonds should be directed to the District Director of Internal Revenue of the taxpayer's district or to the Internal Revenue Service, Washington, DC 20224.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.14   Certifying officers.</HEAD>
<P>Officers authorized to certify requests for payment or for any other transaction involving Retirement Plan Bonds include:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Post offices.</I> Any postmaster, acting postmaster, or inspector-in-charge, or other post office official or clerk designated for that purpose. A post office official or clerk, other than a postmaster, acting postmaster, or inspector-in-charge, should certify in the name of the postmaster or acting postmaster, followed by his own signature and official title. Signatures of these officers should be authenticated by a legible imprint of the post office dating stamp.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Banks and trust companies.</I> Any officer of a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, or of a bank or trust company chartered under the laws of the United States or those of any State, Commonwealth, or Territory of the United States, as well as any employees of such bank or trust company expressly authorized to act for that purpose, who should sign over the title “Designated Employee.” Certifications by any of these officers or designated employees should be authenticated by either a legible imprint of the corporate seal, or, where the institution is an authorized issuing agent for United States Savings Bonds, Series E, by a legible imprint of its dating stamp.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Issuing agents of Series E savings bonds.</I> Any officer of a corporation or any other organization which is an authorized issuing agent for United States Savings Bonds, Series E. All certifications by such officers must be authenticated by a legible imprint of the issuing agent's dating stamp.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Foreign countries.</I> In a foreign country requests may be signed in the presence of and be certified by any United States diplomatic or consular representative, or the manager or other officer of a foreign branch of a bank or trust company incorporated in the United States whose signature is attested by an imprint of the corporate seal or is certified to the Treasury Department. If such an officer is not available, requests may be signed in the presence of and be certified by a notary or other officer authorized to administer oaths, but his official character and jurisdiction should be certified by a United States diplomatic or consular officer under seal of his office.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special provisions.</I> The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, the Chief of the Division of Securities Operations, or any Federal Reserve Bank or Branch is authorized to make special provision for certification in any particular case or class of cases where none of the officers authorized above is readily accessible.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 341.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 341.15   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Regulations.</I> All Retirement Plan Bonds shall be subject to the general regulations prescribed by the Secretary with respect to United States securities, which are set forth in Treasury Department Circular No. 300, current revision, to the extent applicable. Copies of the general regulations may be obtained upon request from any Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reservation as to issue of bonds.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to reject any application for the purchase of Retirement Plan Bonds, in whole or in part, and to refuse to issue or permit to be issued any such bonds in any case or any class or classes of cases if he deems such action to be in the public interest, and his action in any such respect shall be final.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional requirements.</I> In any case or any class of cases arising under this part the Secretary of the Treasury may require such additional evidence as may in his judgment be necessary, and may require a bond of indemnity, with or without surety, where he may consider such bond necessary for the protection of the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Waiver of requirements.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right, in his discretion, to waive or modify any provision or provisions of this circular in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States, or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship, if such action is not inconsistent with law, does not impair any existing rights, and he is satisfied that such action would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Fiscal agents.</I> Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, as fiscal agents of the United States, are authorized to perform such services as may be requested of them by the Secretary of the Treasury in connection with the issue, delivery, redemption, reissue, and payment of Retirement Plan Bonds.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reservation as to terms of circular.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, supplement or amend the terms of this part, or any amendments or supplements thereto.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.40.0.5.17.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Part 341—Tables of Redemption Values
</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 3
<fr>3/4</fr> Percent per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning January 1, 1963
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">Table shows how the Retirement Plan Bonds bearing issue dates beginning January 1, 1963, by denomination, increase in redemption value during successive half-year periods following issue. The redemption values have been determined to provide an investment yield of 3.75 percent 
<sup>1</sup> per annum, compounded semiannually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. The period to maturity is indeterminate in accordance with the provisions of § 341.1(b). 
<sup>2</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (Values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$1,000.00
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First 
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr> to 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">509.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,018.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 to 1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">518.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,037.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr> to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">528.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,057.31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 to 2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">538.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,077.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/2</fr> to 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">548.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,097.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 to 3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">558.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,117.91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/2</fr> to 4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">569.43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,138.87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 to 4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">580.11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,160.22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/2</fr> to 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">590.99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,181.98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5 to 5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">602.07</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,204.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/2</fr> to 6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">613.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,226.72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 to 6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62.49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">624.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,249.72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/2</fr> to 7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">636.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,273.15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 to 7
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">129.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">648.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,297.02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/2</fr> to 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66.07</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">132.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">660.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,321.34
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 to 8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134.61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">673.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,346.11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/2</fr> to 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">685.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,371.35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9 to 9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">139.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">698.53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,397.07
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/2</fr> to 10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,423.26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 to 10
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144.99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">724.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,449.95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/2</fr> to 11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">147.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">738.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,477.13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 to 11
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">752.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,504.83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/2</fr> to 12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">153.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">766.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,533.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 to 12
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">780.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,561.79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>1/2</fr> to 13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79.55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">159.11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">795.54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,591.07
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 to 13
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">810.45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,620.91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>1/2</fr> to 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">825.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,651.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 to 14
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84.11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">168.23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">841.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,682.26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>1/2</fr> to 15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85.69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">171.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">856.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,713.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 to 15
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">174.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">872.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,745.94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>1/2</fr> to 16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">889.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,778.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 to 16
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">906.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,812.02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>1/2</fr> to 17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">923.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,846.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17 to 17
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">188.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">940.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,880.61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>1/2</fr> to 18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">191.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">957.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,915.87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18 to 18
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">975.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,951.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>1/2</fr> to 19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">994.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,988.39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19 to 19
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">202.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,012.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,025.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>1/2</fr> to 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">206.37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,031.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,063.66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 to 20
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">210.23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,051.17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,102.35
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Based on redemption values of $1,000 bond.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> At a future date prior to January 1, 1983 (20 years after issue date of the first bonds) this table will be extended to show redemption values for periods of holding of 20
<fr>1/2</fr> years and beyond.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A—Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 4.15 Percent Per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning June 1, 1966
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">Table shows the increase in redemption value for each successive half-year term of holding following the date of issue on Retirement Plan Bonds bearing issue dates beginning June 1, 1966. The redemption values have been determined to provide an investment yield of approximately 4.15 percent 
<sup>1</sup> per annum, compounded semiannually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. The period to maturity is indeterminate in accordance with the provisions of § 341.1(b) of this circular. 
<sup>2</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$1,000
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First 
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr> to 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">510.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,020.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 to 1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">520.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,041.93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr> to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">531.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,063.55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 to 2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">542.81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,085.62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/2</fr> to 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110.81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">554.07</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,108.15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 to 3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">565.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,131.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/2</fr> to 4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115.46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">577.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,154.61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 to 4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">589.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,178.57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/2</fr> to 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">601.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,203.02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5 to 5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">613.99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,227.99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/2</fr> to 6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">626.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,253.47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 to 6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">639.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,279.48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/2</fr> to 7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">653.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,306.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 to 7
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">133.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">666.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,333.13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/2</fr> to 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">680.39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,360.73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 to 8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">694.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,389.09
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/2</fr> to 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">708.92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,417.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9 to 9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">723.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,447.27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/2</fr> to 10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">147.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">738.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,477.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 to 10
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">753.98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,507.95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/2</fr> to 11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">153.92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">769.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,539.24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 to 11
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">157.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">785.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,571.18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/2</fr> to 12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">801.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,603.78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 to 12
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">163.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">818.53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,637.06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>1/2</fr> to 13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83.55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">167.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">835.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,671.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 to 13
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85.29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">170.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">852.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,705.71
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>1/2</fr> to 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">174.11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">870.55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,741.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 to 14
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">888.61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,777.23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>1/2</fr> to 15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">907.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,814.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 to 15
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">185.17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">925.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,851.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>1/2</fr> to 16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">189.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">945.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,890.17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 to 16
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">192.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">964.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,929.39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>1/2</fr> to 17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98.47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">196.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">984.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,969.43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17 to 17
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">201.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,005.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,010.29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>1/2</fr> to 18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">205.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,026.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,052.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18 to 18
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">209.46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,047.29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,094.58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>1/2</fr> to 19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">213.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,069.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,138.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19 to 19
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">218.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,091.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,182.41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>1/2</fr> to 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">222.77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,113.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,227.70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 to 20
<fr>1/2</fr> 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">227.39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,136.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,273.92
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Based on redemption values of $1,000 bond.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> At a future date prior to June 1, 1986 (20 years after issue date of the first bonds), this table will be extended to show redemption values for periods of holding of 20
<fr>1/2</fr> years and beyond.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table B—Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 5.00 Percent Per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning January 1, 1970
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">Table shows the increase in redemption value for each successive half-year term of holding following the date of issue on Retirement Plan Bonds bearing issue dates beginning January 1, 1970. The redemption values have been determined to provide an investment yield of approximately 5.00 percent 
<sup>1</sup> per annum, compounded semiannually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. The period to maturity is indeterminate in accordance with the provisions of § 341.1(b) of this circular. 
<sup>2</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$1,000
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First 
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr> to 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">512.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,025.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 to 1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">525.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,050.62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr> to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107.69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">538.45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,076.89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 to 2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">551.91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,103.81
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/2</fr> to 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">565.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,131.41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 to 3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57.98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">579.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,159.69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/2</fr> to 4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">594.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,188.69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 to 4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">609.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,218.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/2</fr> to 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">624.43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,248.86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5 to 5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">640.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,280.08
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/2</fr> to 6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">656.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,312.09
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 to 6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134.49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">672.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,344.89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/2</fr> to 7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">689.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,378.51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 to 7
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">706.49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,412.97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/2</fr> to 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">724.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,448.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 to 8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74.22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148.45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">742.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,484.51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/2</fr> to 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">152.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">760.81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,521.62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9 to 9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77.98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">779.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,559.66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/2</fr> to 10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">159.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">799.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,598.65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 to 10
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">163.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">819.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,638.62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/2</fr> to 11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83.98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">167.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">839.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,679.58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 to 11
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">860.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,721.57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/2</fr> to 12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">176.46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">882.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,764.61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 to 12
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">904.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,808.73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>1/2</fr> to 13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">185.39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">926.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,853.94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 to 13
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">190.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">950.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,900.29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>1/2</fr> to 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">194.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">973.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,947.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 to 14
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">199.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,996.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>1/2</fr> to 15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">204.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,023.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,046.41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 to 15
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">209.76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,048.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,097.57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>1/2</fr> to 16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,075.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,150.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 to 16
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110.19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,101.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,203.76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>1/2</fr> to 17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">112.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,129.43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,258.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17 to 17
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115.77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">231.53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,157.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,315.32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>1/2</fr> to 18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">237.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,186.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,373.21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18 to 18
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">243.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,216.27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,432.54
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>1/2</fr> to 19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">249.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,246.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,493.35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19 to 19
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">255.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,277.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,555.68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>1/2</fr> to 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130.98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">261.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,309.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,619.57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 to 20
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">268.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,342.53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,685.06
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Based on redemption values of $1,000 bond.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> At a future date prior to January 1, 1990 (20 years after issue date of the first bonds) this table will be extended to show redemption values for periods of holding of 20
<fr>1/2</fr> years and beyond.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table C—Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 6 Percent Per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning February 1, 1974
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">Table shows the increase in redemption value for each successive half-year term of holding following the date of issue on Retirement Plan Bonds bearing issue dates beginning February 1, 1974. The redemption values have been determined to provide an investment yield of approximately 6 percent 
<sup>1</sup> per annum, compounded semiannually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. The period to maturity is indeterminate in accordance with the provisions of § 341.1(b) of this circular.
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$1,000.00
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First 
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr> to 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,030.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 to 1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">530.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,061.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr> to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">546.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,092.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 to 2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">112.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">562.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,125.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/2</fr> to 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115.92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">579.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,159.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 to 3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">119.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">597.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,194.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/2</fr> to 4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61.49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122.98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">614.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,229.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 to 4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">633.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,266.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/2</fr> to 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">652.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,304.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5 to 5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">672.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,344.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/2</fr> to 6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">692.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,384.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 to 6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">712.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,425.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/2</fr> to 7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73.43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">734.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,468.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 to 7
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">756.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,512.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">712 to 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">779.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,558.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 to 8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">802.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,604.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/2</fr> to 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">826.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,652.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9 to 9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">170.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">851.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,702.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/2</fr> to 10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">876.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,753.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 to 10
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">903.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,806.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/2</fr> to 11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">186.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">930.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,860.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 to 11
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95.81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">191.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">958.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,916.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/2</fr> to 12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">197.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">986.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,973.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 to 12
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">203.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,016.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,032.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>1/2</fr> to 13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">209.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,046.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,093.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 to 13
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,078.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,156.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>1/2</fr> to 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">222.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,110.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,221.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 to 14
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">228.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,144.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,288.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>1/2</fr> to 15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,178.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,356.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 to 15
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">242.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,213.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,427.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>1/2</fr> to 16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,250.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,500.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 to 16
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">257.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,287.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,575.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>1/2</fr> to 17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">132.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">265.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,326.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,652.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17 to 17
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">273.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,366.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,732.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>1/2</fr> to 18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140.69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">281.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,406.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,813.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18 to 18
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144.91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">289.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,449.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,898.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>1/2</fr> to 19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">298.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,492.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,985.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19 to 19
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">153.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">307.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,537.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,074.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>1/2</fr> to 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">158.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">316.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,583.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,167.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 to 20
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">163.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">326.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,631.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,262.00
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Based on redemption values of $1,000 bond.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table D—Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 6.50 Percent Per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning Aug. 1, 1979
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">Table shows the increase in redemption value for each successive half-year term of holding following the date of issue on Retirement Plan Bonds bearing issue dates beginning August 1, 1979. The redemption values have been determined to provide an investment yield of approximately 6.50 percent 
<sup>1</sup> per annum, compounded semi-annually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. The period to maturity is indeterminate in accordance with the provisions of § 341.1(b) of this circular. 
<sup>2</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$1,000
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First 
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr> to 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">516.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,032.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 to 1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">533.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,066.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr> to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,100.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 to 2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">568.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,136.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/2</fr> to 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">586.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,173.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 to 3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">605.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,211.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/2</fr> to 4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62.54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">625.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,250.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 to 4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">129.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">645.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,291.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/2</fr> to 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">133.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">666.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,333.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5 to 5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">688.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,376.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/2</fr> to 6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">710.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,421.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 to 6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">734.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,468.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/2</fr> to 7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,515.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 to 7
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">782.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,564.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/2</fr> to 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">161.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">807.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,615.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 to 8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">166.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">834.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,668.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/2</fr> to 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">861.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,722.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9 to 9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">889.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,778.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/2</fr> to 10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">918.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,836.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 to 10
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">189.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">948.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,896.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/2</fr> to 11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195.76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">978.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,957.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 to 11
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">202.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,010.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,021.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/2</fr> to 12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">208.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,043.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,086.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 to 12
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,077.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,154.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>1/2</fr> to 13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111.22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">222.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,112.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,224.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 to 13
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">229.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,148.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,296.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>1/2</fr> to 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">237.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,185.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,371.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 to 14
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">244.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,224.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,448.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>1/2</fr> to 15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">252.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,264.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,528.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 to 15
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">261.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,305.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,610.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>1/2</fr> to 16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134.76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">269.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,347.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,695.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 to 16
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">139.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">278.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,391.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,782.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>1/2</fr> to 17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">143.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">287.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,436.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,873.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17 to 17
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">296.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,483.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,966.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>1/2</fr> to 18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">153.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">306.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,531.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,063.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18 to 18
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">158.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">316.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,581.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,162.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>1/2</fr> to 19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">163.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">326.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,632.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,265.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19 to 19
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">168.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">337.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,685.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,371.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>1/2</fr> to 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">174.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">348.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,740.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,481.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 to 20
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">179.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">359.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,797.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,594.40
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Based on redemption values of $1,000 bond.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> At a future date prior to Aug. 1, 1999 (20 years after issue date of the first bonds) this table will be extended to show redemption values for periods of holding of 20
<fr>1/2</fr> years and beyond.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table E—Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 8.00 Percent Per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning November 1, 1980
</P><P class="gpotbl_description"><E T="04">Note:</E> This table shows how Retirement Plan Bonds bearing issue dates beginning November 1, 1980, by denomination, increase in redemption value during successive half-year periods following issue. The redemption values have been determined to provide an investment yield of 8.00 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. The period to maturity is indeterminate in accordance with the provisions of § 341.1(b).
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$1,000.00
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First half year</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.5 to 1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">520.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,040.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.0 to 1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">540.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,081.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5 to 2.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">112.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">562.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,124.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.0 to 2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">585.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,170.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.5 to 3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">608.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,216.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.0 to 3.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">632.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,265.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.5 to 4.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">658.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,316.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.0 to 4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">684.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,368.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.5 to 5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,423.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.0 to 5.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">740.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,480.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.5 to 6.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76.98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">153.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">769.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,539.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.0 to 6.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,601.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.5 to 7.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">166.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">832.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,665.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7.0 to 7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">865.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,731.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7.5 to 8.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">900.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,800.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8.0 to 8.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">187.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">936.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,872.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8.5 to 9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">194.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">974.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,948.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9.0 to 9.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">202.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,013.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,026.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9.5 to 10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">210.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,053.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,106.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.0 to 10.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">219.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,095.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,191.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.5 to 11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">227.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,139.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,278.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11.0 to 11.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">237.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,185.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,370.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11.5 to 12.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">123.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">246.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,232.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,464.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12.0 to 12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">256.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,281.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,563.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12.5 to 13.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">133.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">266.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,333.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,666.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13.0 to 13.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">277.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,386.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,772.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13.5 to 14.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">288.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,441.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,883.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.0 to 14.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">299.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,499.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,998.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.5 to 15.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">311.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,559.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,118.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15.0 to 15.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">324.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,621.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,243.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15.5 to 16.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">168.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">337.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,686.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,373.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16.0 to 16.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,754.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,508.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16.5 to 17.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">364.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,824.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,648.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17.0 to 17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">189.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">379.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,897.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,794.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17.5 to 18.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">197.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">394.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,973.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,946.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18.0 to 18.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">205.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">410.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,052.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,104.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18.5 to 19.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">213.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">426.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,134.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,268.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19.0 to 19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">221.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">443.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,219.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,438.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19.5 to 20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">461.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,308.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,616.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.0 to 20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">480.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,400.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,801.20</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table F—Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 9.00 Percent Per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning October 1, 1981
</P><P class="gpotbl_description"><E T="04">Note:</E> This table shows how Retirement Plan Bonds bearing issue dates beginning October 1, 1981, by denomination, increase in redemption value during successive half-year periods following issue. The redemption values have been determined to provide an investment yield of 9.00 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. The period to maturity is indeterminate in accordance with the provisions of § 341.1(b).
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$1,000.00
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First half year</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.5 to 1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">522.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,044.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.0 to 1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">546.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,092.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5 to 2.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">570.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,141.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.0 to 2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">119.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">596.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,192.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.5 to 3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">623.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,246.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.0 to 3.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">651.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,302.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.5 to 4.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">680.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,360.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.0 to 4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,422.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.5 to 5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">743.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,486.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.0 to 5.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">776.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,552.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.5 to 6.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">811.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,622.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.0 to 6.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">169.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">848.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,696.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.5 to 7.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">886.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,772.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7.0 to 7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">185.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">926.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,852.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7.5 to 8.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">193.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">967.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,935.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8.0 to 8.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">202.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,011.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,022.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8.5 to 9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">211.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,056.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,113.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9.0 to 9.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,104.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,208.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9.5 to 10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,154.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,308.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.0 to 10.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">241.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,205.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,411.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.5 to 11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">252.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,260.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,520.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11.0 to 11.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">263.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,316.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,633.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11.5 to 12.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,376.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,752.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12.0 to 12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">143.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">287.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,438.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,876.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12.5 to 13.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,502.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,005.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13.0 to 13.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">157.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">314.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,570.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,140.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13.5 to 14.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">164.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">328.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,641.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,282.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.0 to 14.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">171.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">342.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,714.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,429.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.5 to 15.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">179.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">358.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,792.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,584.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15.0 to 15.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">187.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">374.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,872.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,745.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15.5 to 16.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,957.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,914.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16.0 to 16.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">204.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">409.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,045.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,090.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16.5 to 17.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">213.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">427.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,137.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,274.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17.0 to 17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">223.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">446.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,233.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,466.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17.5 to 18.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">233.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">466.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,333.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,667.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18.0 to 18.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">243.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">487.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,438.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,877.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18.5 to 19.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">254.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">509.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,548.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,096.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19.0 to 19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">266.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">532.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,663.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,326.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19.5 to 20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">278.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">556.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,783.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,566.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.0 to 20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">290.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">581.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,908.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,816.40</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 405, Jan. 16, 1963, as amended at 31 FR 7625, May 27, 1966; 35 FR 224, Jan. 7, 1970; 39 FR 4661, Feb. 6, 1974; 45 FR 53393, Aug. 11, 1980; 46 FR 60573, Dec. 11, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="342" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 342—OFFERING OF UNITED STATES SAVINGS NOTES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3103, 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>57 FR 14282, Apr. 17, 1992, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 342.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.0   Offering of notes.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury offered for sale to the people of the United States, United States Savings Notes (also known as “Freedom Shares”, and generally referred to herein as “savings notes” or “notes”). The notes could be purchased only in combination with Series E savings bonds of the same or greater denomination. This offering was effective from May 1, 1967 until the close of business October 31, 1970 when the sale of savings notes was terminated by the Secretary of the Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 342.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.1   Definition of words and terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Payroll savings plan</I> refers to a voluntary program maintained by an employer whereby its participating officers and employees authorize regular withholdings from their salaries or wages for the purchase of savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Quarter</I> refers to a 3-month period of a year, as follows: January-February-March, April-May-June, July-August-September, or October-November-December.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 342.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.2   Description of notes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Savings notes were issued only in registered form and are nontransferable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Term.</I> A savings note was dated as of the first day of the month in which payment of the purchase price was received by an issuing agent. A note had an original maturity period of 4 years and 6 months and has been granted two 10-year extensions of maturity and an additional extension of 5 years and 6 months with interest; it will reach final maturity 30 years from its issue date. A note cannot be called by the Secretary of the Treasury prior to maturity and was not redeemable during the first year from issue date. Thereafter, a note may be redeemed at the option and request of the owner.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denominations and purchase prices.</I> Savings notes were issued on a discount basis. The denominations and purchase prices were as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Denomination
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Purchase price
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$20.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>Interest is paid as a part of the redemption value. A note increased in value one year after issue date and increases at the beginning of each half-year period thereafter until final maturity, at which time interest ceases to accrue. Interest on a note which is redeemed before maturity ceases to accrue at the end of the interest period next preceding the redemption date, except that if the note is redeemed on a date on which the redemption value increases, interest ceases to accrue on that date.
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>Inscription and issue.</I> At the time of issue, the authorized issuing agent:
</P>
<P>(1) Inscribed on the face of each note the name and address of the owner and the name of the beneficiary, if any, or the names of the coowner;
</P>
<P>(2) Entered the issue date in the right-hand portion of the note in the space provided for that purpose; and
</P>
<P>(3) Imprinted thereunder, by use of the agent's validation indicia for the issue of Series E savings bonds, the date the note was actually inscribed. A note is valid only if an authorized issuing agent received payment therefor and duly inscribed, dated, imprinted validation indicia on the note and delivered it.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 342.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.3   Extended terms and yields for outstanding notes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Extended maturity periods.</I> The terms <I>extended maturity period</I> and <I>second extended maturity period</I> refer to the 10-year intervals after the original maturity dates during which owners may retain their savings notes and continue to earn interest thereon. The term <I>third extended maturity period</I> refers to the final interval of 5 years and 6 months during which owners may retain notes and continue to earn interest until final maturity, which occurs 30 years after issue date. No special action is required of owners to take advantage of any extension heretofore or herein granted. The following table describes the previous and final maturities of savings notes:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Previous maturities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Previous maturity dates—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">yrs.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mos.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1967-Oct. 1970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1991-Apr. 1995.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Additional extended maturity period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Life of notes—yrs.
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">yrs.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mos.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1967-Oct. 1970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Final maturity dates—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1967-Oct. 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1997-Oct. 2000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Guaranteed minimum investment yield</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the guaranteed minimum investment yields for outstanding savings notes are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For savings notes in extended maturity periods prior to November 1, 1982, the guaranteed minimum investment yield was 8.5 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, effective for the period from the first semiannual interest accrual date on or after May 1, 1981, through their next extended maturity dates on or after November 1, 1982.
</P>
<P>(ii) For savings notes that entered extended maturity periods during the period of November 1, 1982, through October 1, 1986, the guaranteed minimum investment yield was 7.5 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, for such periods, including notes that entered into an extended maturity period, as shown below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Extension
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Entered—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1968-Oct. 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2nd</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1982-Apr. 1985.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) For savings notes that entered into extended maturity periods during the period of November 1, 1986, through February 1, 1993, the guaranteed minimum investment yield is 6 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, for such periods, including notes that entered into an extended maturity period, as shown below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Extension
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Entered—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1967-Aug. 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3rd (final)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1991-Feb. 1993.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iv) For savings notes that entered or enter extended maturity periods on or after March 1, 1993, the guaranteed minimum investment yield is 4 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, for such periods, or the investment yield in effect at the beginning of such periods, including notes that enter into an extended maturity period, as shown below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Extension
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Entered—1st day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sep. 1968-Oct. 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3rd (final)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1993-Apr. 1995.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Eleven-year bonus.</I> If a savings note was held for the 11-year period beginning with the first semiannual interest accrual date that occurred on or after January 1, 1980, its guaranteed minimum investment yield for such period was increased by one-half of one percent per annum, compounded semiannually.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Market-based variable investment yield.</I> In order to be eligible for the market-based variable investment yield, notes had to be held at least five years beginning with the first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982. The market-based variable investment yield shall be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For each 6-month period, starting with the period beginning May 1, 1982, the average market yield on outstanding marketable Treasury securities with a remaining term to maturity of approximately 5 years during such period as determined. Such determination by the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate shall be final and conclusive.
</P>
<P>(2) For notes which entered an extended maturity period prior to May 1, 1989, the market-based variable investment yield from the first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982 to each semiannual interest accrual date occuring on or after November 1, 1987, will be 85 percent, rounded to the nearest one-fourth of one percent, of the arithmetic average of the market yield averages, as determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, for the appropriate number of 6-month periods involved, starting with the period beginning May 1, 1982.
</P>
<P>(3) For notes which entered an extended maturity period on or after May 1, 1989, the market-based variable investment yield from the first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982 to each semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1989, will be 85 percent, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the arithmetic average of the market yield averages, as determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section for the appropriate number of 6-month periods involved, starting with the period beginning May 1, 1982.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Determination of redemption values during any extended maturity period.</I> The redemption value of a note on a given interest accrual date during any extended maturity period will be the higher of the value produced by using the applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield or the value produced by using the appropriate market-based variable investment yield. The calculation of these values is described below:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Guaranteed minimum investment yield and resulting values during an extended maturity period.</I> A note has a guaranteed minimum investment yield for each of its extended maturity periods. The applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield for the current extended maturity period and any subsequent periods are specified in paragraph (b) of this section. In order to determine the value of a note during an extended maturity period, the value of the note either at the end of the next preceding maturity period or when the guaranteed minimum investment yield last increased, 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> whichever occurs later, is determined using the applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield. This value is then used as the base upon which interest accrues during the extended maturity period at the guaranteed minimum investment yield in effect for savings bonds at the beginning of that period. The resulting semiannual values are then compared with the corresponding values determined by using the applicable market-based variable investment yields.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The 11-year bonus was the last increase in the guaranteed minimum investment yield (see paragraph (b)(2)). Savings notes which were eligible to receive this bonus received it on the first semiannual interest accrual date which occurred on or after January 1, 1991.</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) <I>Market-based variable investment yield and resulting values during and extended maturity period.</I> The market-based variable investment yield from the first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982 to each semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1987, is determined as specified in paragraph (c) of this section. The value of a note on its first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982 is used as the base upon which interest accrues during an extended maturity period at the applicable market-based variable investment yield. If redeemed, the note will receive the higher of the two values produced by using the applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield and the applicable market-based variable investment yield.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Market-based variable investment yields and tables of redemption values.</I> The market-based variable investment yields for notes redeemed during each 6-month period, beginning on May 1 and November 1 of each year, are made available prior to each of those dates by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26106-1328, accompanied by tables of the redemption values of notes for the following 6 months, based on either the applicable market-based variable investment yields or guaranteed minimum investment yields.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 14282, Apr. 17, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 60937, 60938, Nov. 18, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 342.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.4   Purchase—registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purchase.</I> Savings notes, in combination with Series E bonds, could be purchased from any authorized issuing agent, a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. Payment for the notes could be made in the same manner as payment for Series E savings bonds. Issuing agents delivered the notes at the time of purchase, or by mail at the risk and expense of the United States, but only within the United States, its territories and possessions and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. No mail deliveries elsewhere were made.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Registration.</I> The following restrictions applied to original issues of savings notes:
</P>
<P>(1) They were limited to registration in the name of a natural person (whether adult or minor), alone, or with another natural person as coowner or beneficiary, and
</P>
<P>(2) They had to be identical in registration to the Series E bond purchased in combination therewith.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 342.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.5   Limitations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purchases</I>—(1) <I>Payroll savings plans.</I> Under a payroll savings plan, withholdings for notes could not exceed the ratio of $1.08 for the notes to $1 for the Series E bonds and could not exceed $20.25 per weekly pay period, or $40.50 per biweekly or semi-monthly pay period, or $81 per monthly pay period.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Others.</I> In combination purchases of notes and Series E bonds, other than under a payroll savings plan, purchases of notes could not exceed $350 (face amount) a quarter, and in no event could the annual limitation of $1,350 (face amount) be exceeded.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Holdings.</I> The face amount of savings notes originally issued to any one person during any one calendar year, was limited to $1,350.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 342.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.6   Taxation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> For the purpose of determining taxes and tax exemptions, the increment in value represented by the difference between the purchase price and the redemption value received for a savings note is considered interest. The interest is subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The notes are subject to estate, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all other taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Federal income tax on notes.</I> An owner of savings notes who is a cash-basis taxpayer may use either of two methods for reporting the increase in the redemption value of the notes for Federal income tax purposes, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Defer reporting of the increase to the year of final maturity, actual redemption, or other disposition, whichever is earlier; or
</P>
<P>(2) Elect to report the increase for the year in which it accrues, in which case the election applies to all savings notes then owned and those subsequently acquired, as well as to any other similar obligations purchased on a discount basis.
</P>
<FP>If the method in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is used, the taxpayer may change to the method in paragraph (b)(2) of this section without obtaining permission from the Internal Revenue Service. However, once the election to use the method in paragraph (b)(2) of this section is made, the taxpayer may not change the method of reporting without permission from the Internal Revenue Service. For further information on Federal income taxes, the Service Center Director or District Director, Internal Revenue Service, of the taxpayer's district should be contacted.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 342.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.7   Payment or redemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A savings note is redeemable any time one year or more after the issue date upon its presentation and surrender, with a duly executed request for payment, to any Federal Reserve Bank or Branch referred to in § 342.9, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, or to any financial institution designated as a paying agent of savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Judgment creditors.</I> Payment of a savings note to the purchaser at a sale under a levy, or to the officer authorized to levy upon the property of the owner under appropriate process to satisfy a money judgment, could not be made until one year after the issue date of the note.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 14282, Apr. 17, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 10540, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 342.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.8   Governing regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Savings notes are subject to the regulations of the Department of the Treasury, now or hereafter prescribed, governing United States Savings Bonds, contained in 31 CFR part 315, also published as Department of the Treasury Circular No. 530, current revision, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 342.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.9   Fiscal agents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Federal Reserve Banks and Branches referred to below, as fiscal agents of the United States, are authorized to perform such services as may be requested of them by the Secretary of the Treasury, or his or her delegate, in connection with the issue, redemption and payment of savings notes.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The following Federal Reserve Offices have been designated to provide savings bond services:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Servicing office
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reserve districts served
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Geographic area served
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Buffalo Branch, P.O. Box 961, Buffalo, NY 14240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, Boston</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CT, MA, ME, NH, NJ (northern half), NY (City &amp; State), RI, VT, Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Pittsburgh Branch, P.O. Box 867, Pittsburgh, PA 15230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cleveland, Philadelphia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DE, KY (eastern half), NJ (southern half), OH, PA, WV (northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, P.O. Box 27622, Richmond, VA 23261</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Richmond, Atlanta</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AL, DC, FL, LA (southern half), MD, MS (southern half), NC, SC, TN (eastern half), VA, WV (except northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, 250 Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55480</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minneapolis, Chicago</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IA, IL (northern half), IN (northern half), MN, MT, ND, SD, WI.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, 925 Grand Avenue, Kansas City, MO 64198</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dallas, San Francisco, Kansas City, St. Louis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AK, AR, AZ, CA, CO, HI, ID, IL (southern half), IN (southern half), KS, KY (western half), LA (northern half), MO, MS (northern half), NE, NM, NV, OK, OR, TN (western half), TX, WA, WY, UT and GU.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Until March 1, 1996, other Federal Reserve Offices may continue to provide some savings bond services, but such services will be phased out over the period prior to that date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 10540, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 342.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.41.0.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 342.10   Reservations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issue of notes.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury reserved the right to reject any application for purchase of savings notes, in whole or in part, and to refuse to issue or permit to be issued hereunder any such notes in any case or any class or classes of cases if such action was deemed to be in the public interest. Any action in any such respect was final.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Terms.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, supplement or amend the terms of this part, or of any amendments or supplements thereto.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="343" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.42" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 343—REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE OFFERING OF UNITED STATES MORTGAGE GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY TAX AND LOSS BONDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 26 U.S.C. 832; 31 U.S.C. 3102.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 49914, Sept. 24, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.42.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 343.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.42.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 343.0   Offering of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury, under the authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, and pursuant to paragraph 832(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, offers for sale only to companies organized and engaged in the business of writing mortgage guaranty insurance within the United States, bonds of the United States designated as Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Company Tax and Loss Bonds, hereinafter referred to as tax and loss bonds. The bonds are issued in a minimum amount of $1,000 or in any larger amount, in increments of not less than $1.00. This offering will continue until terminated by the Secretary of the Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 343.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.42.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 343.1   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Regulations.</I> Tax and loss bonds are subject to the general regulations with respect to United States securities, which are set forth in the Department of the Treasury Circular No. 300 (31 CFR part 306), to the extent applicable. Copies of the circular may be obtained from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Special Investments, Room 309, 200 Third St., P.O. Box 396, Parkersburg, WV 26106-0396 or downloaded from Fiscal Service's home page on the Internet at: <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Issuance.</I> Tax and loss bonds are issued in book-entry form on the books of the Treasury that are maintained by the Division of Special Investments. The bonds are issued with 10 or 20 year maturities as designated by the purchaser. These bonds are non-interest bearing. Any transfer by sale, exchange, assignment, pledge or otherwise, is prohibited. The bonds may be reissued as provided in § 343.4.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fiscal agents.</I> Selected Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, as fiscal agents of the United States, may be designated to perform such services requested of them by the Secretary of the Treasury in connection with the purchase, redemption and other transactions involving these bonds.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Debt limit contingency.</I> The Department of the Treasury reserves the right to change or suspend the terms and conditions of this offering, including provisions relating to the purchase of, and redemption of, the bonds as well as notices relating hereto, at any time the Secretary determines that the issuance of obligations sufficient to conduct the orderly financing operations of the United States cannot be made without exceeding the statutory debt limit. Announcement of such changes shall be provided by such means as the Secretary deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>General redemption provisions.</I> A bond may not be called for redemption by the Secretary of the Treasury prior to maturity. When the bond matures, payment will be made of the principal amount due to the owner. A bond scheduled for maturity on a non-business day will be redeemed on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reservations.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, supplement or amend the terms of this circular or any related amendments or supplements. Transaction requests, including purchases or redemptions of bonds, are not acceptable if unsigned, inappropriately completed, or not timely submitted. Any of these actions shall be final. The authority of the Secretary to waive regulations under 31 CFR 306.126 applies to part 343.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Forms and additional information.</I> The application form for subscriptions, Fedwire instructions and other information will be furnished by the Division of Special Investments upon request by writing to the Division of Special Investments or by calling (304) 480-7752. Application forms may also be downloaded from the Internet at Fiscal Service's home page at: <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov/.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.42.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Tax and Loss Bonds</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 343.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.42.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 343.2   Issue date and purchase.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issue date.</I> The issue date must be a business day. The bonds will be issued as of the date of receipt of Form PD F 3871 “Application for Issue of United States Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Company Tax and Loss Bonds” and receipt of the remittance of funds for the full amount of the bond(s). Applications under this offering must be submitted to the Division of Special Investments. An application may be submitted by fax at (304) 480-7786 or (304) 480-6818, by mail, or by other carrier. Applications submitted by mail should be sent by certified or registered mail.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purchase.</I> Tax and loss bonds may only be purchased from the Division of Special Investments. The purchaser will instruct their financial institution to submit the exact amount of funds on the requested issue date to the Division of Special Investments via the Fedwire funds transfer system, with credit directed to the Treasury's General Account, according to wire instructions obtained from the Division of Special Investments (see § 343.1(g)). Full payment should be submitted by 3:00 P.M. Eastern time to ensure that settlement of the transaction occurs.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0127) 


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 343.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.42.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 343.3   Redemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Tax and loss bonds may not be called for redemption by the Secretary of the Treasury prior to maturity, but may be redeemed in whole or in part at the owner's option at any time after three months from issue date. The Director of the Internal Revenue Service District in which the owner's principal place of business is located will be given notice of all redemptions. Partial redemptions of bonds may be requested in any whole dollar amount; however, an account balance of less than $1,000 will be redeemed in total.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of payment.</I> Payment will be made by the Automated Clearing House (ACH) method for the owner's account at a financial institution designated by the owner. To the extent applicable, provisions of § 357.26, Payments, and provisions of 31 CFR part 370, shall govern ACH payments made under this offering. The Department of the Treasury may employ alternate payment procedures in lieu of ACH in any case or class of cases where operational considerations require such action.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Book-entry.</I> Bonds will be redeemed automatically upon maturity. Payment will be made in accordance with the ACH payment instructions on file. Redemptions prior to maturity will be made upon receipt of a redemption request. Notice of redemption prior to maturity must be submitted in writing on company letterhead to the Division of Special Investments, or faxed to (304) 480-7786 or to (304) 480-6818. The notice must be received by the Division of Special Investments not less than three business days prior to the requested redemption date. It must contain the owner's name and Tax Identification Number, the requested redemption date, any changed payment routing instructions, the case number(s) to be redeemed, including original issue date(s), and the amount to be redeemed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Registered.</I> To obtain redemption, a bond with the assignment for redemption properly completed and executed must be presented to the Division of Special Investments. Payment routing instructions must also be included with the bond at redemption. Upon partial redemption of a registered bond, the remaining balance will be reissued in book-entry form with the original issue and maturity date.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0127) 


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 343.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.42.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 343.4   Reissue.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Reissue of a tax and loss bond may be made only under the conditions specified in this paragraph. A request for reissue must be made by an officer of the beneficial owner who is authorized to assign the bond for redemption. The request must be submitted to the Division of Special Investments. A bond will only be reissued in book-entry form and will bear the same issue date and maturity as the original bond.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Correction of error.</I> The reissue of a bond may be made to correct an error in the original issue upon an appropriate request, supported by satisfactory proof of the error.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Change of name.</I> An owner whose name is changed in any legal manner after the issue of the bond should submit the bond with a request for reissue, substituting the new name for the name inscribed on the bond. The signature on the request for reissue should show the new name, the legal reason which caused the change to be made and the former name. It must be supported by satisfactory proof of the change of name.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Legal succession.</I> A bond registered in the name of a company which has been succeeded by another company as the result of a merger, consolidation, incorporation, reincorporation, conversion, reorganization, or which has been lawfully succeeded in any manner whereby the business or activities of the original organization are continued without substantial change, will be paid to or reissued in the name of the successor upon an appropriate request on its behalf, supported by satisfactory evidence of successorship.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Conversion to book-entry.</I> Although not required, any owner of tax and loss bonds held in registered form after the effective date of this regulation, may submit those bonds to the Division of Special Investments, for conversion to book-entry form.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0127) 


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 343.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.42.2.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 343.5   Taxation.</HEAD>
<P>Tax and loss bonds will be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal by any state or any possession of the United States or of any local taxing authority.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="344" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 344—U.S. TREASURY SECURITIES—STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT SERIES 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>26 U.S.C. 141 note; 31 U.S.C. 3102, 3103, 3104, and 3121.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 55405, Sept. 13, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 344.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.1.6.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 344.0   What does this part cover?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What is the purpose of the SLGS securities offering?</I> The Secretary of the Treasury (the Secretary) offers for sale non-marketable State and Local Government Series (SLGS) securities to provide issuers of tax-advantaged bonds with investments from any eligible source of funds (as defined in § 344.1) to assist issuers in complying with applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What types of SLGS securities are governed by this part?</I> This part governs the following SLGS securities:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Time Deposit securities</I>—may be issued as:
</P>
<P>(i) Certificates of indebtedness;
</P>
<P>(ii) Notes; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Bonds.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Demand Deposit securities</I>—may be issued as certificates of indebtedness.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>In what denominations are SLGS securities issued?</I> SLGS securities are issued in the following denominations:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Time Deposit securities</I>—a minimum amount of $1,000, or in any larger whole dollar amount; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Demand Deposit securities</I>—a minimum amount of $1,000, or in any larger amount, in any increment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>How long is the offering in effect?</I> The offering continues until terminated by the Secretary. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 15447, Mar. 4, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 344.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.1.6.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 344.1   What special terms do I need to know to understand this part?</HEAD>
<P>As appropriate, the definitions of terms used in this part are those found in the relevant portions of the Internal Revenue Code and the Income Tax Regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal Service's Web site</I> refers to <I>http://www.slgs.gov.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Business day(s)</I> means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is open for business.
</P>
<P><I>Cost-free option</I> means the use of any provision(s) in the SLGS program to exploit movements in interest rates, including, but not limited to, those designed to provide marginal flexibility to issuers in structuring their SLGS investments.
</P>
<P><I>Current Treasury borrowing rate</I> means the prevailing market rate, as determined by Treasury, for a Treasury security with the specified period to maturity. In the case where SLGS rates are needed for maturities currently not issued by Treasury, at our discretion, suitable proxies for Treasury securities and/or a rate setting methodology, as determined by the Secretary, may be used to derive a current Treasury borrowing rate. At any time that the Secretary establishes such proxies or a rate-setting method or determines that the methodology should be revised, we will make an announcement.
</P>
<P><I>Day(s)</I> means calendar day(s).
</P>
<P><I>Eligible source of funds</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any amounts that are gross proceeds of an issue of tax-advantaged bonds or are reasonably expected to become gross proceeds of such an issue of tax-advantaged bonds;
</P>
<P>(2) Any amounts that formerly were gross proceeds of a tax-advantaged bond issue, but no longer are treated as gross proceeds of such issue as a result of the operation of the universal cap on the maximum amount treated as gross proceeds under 26 CFR 1.148-6(b)(2);
</P>
<P>(3) Amounts held or to be held together with gross proceeds of one or more tax-advantaged bond issues in a refunding escrow, defeasance escrow, parity debt service reserve fund, or commingled fund (as defined in 26 CFR 1.148-1(b));
</P>
<P>(4) Proceeds of a bond issue that is not an issue of tax-advantaged bonds but that refunds, or is refunded by, an issue of tax-advantaged bonds; or
</P>
<P>(5) Any other amounts that are subject to yield limitations under the rules applicable to tax-advantaged bonds under the Internal Revenue Code (see title 26 of the U.S. Code and 26 CFR chapter I).
</P>
<P><I>Governmental purpose,</I> under this part, means the issuer's expected use of the invested funds, including but not limited to, financing a construction project, repaying a prior issue of bonds, or funding a debt service reserve. Such use must be consistent with the purposes of the Income Tax Regulations in 26 CFR part 1 under section 148 of the Internal Revenue Code. Generating gain on the proceeds of a bond issue through the use of a cost-free option in purchasing and redeeming SLGS is not a permitted governmental purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Issuer</I> refers to the government body or other entity that issues tax-advantaged bonds, or to a conduit borrower.
</P>
<P><I>Marketable security,</I> with reference to the types of securities that issuers are permitted to purchase with an eligible source of funds, means any security other than a SLGS security. Examples of marketable securities include Treasury securities (other than SLGS securities) and Federal agency securities.
</P>
<P><I>SLGS rate</I> means the current Treasury borrowing rate, less one basis point, as released daily by Treasury in a SLGS rate table. If the current Treasury borrowing rate, together with the one basis point adjustment, results in a negative rate, such corresponding SLGS rate will be set at zero.
</P>
<P><I>SLGS rate table</I> means a compilation of SLGS rates available for a given day.
</P>
<P><I>Tax-advantaged bond</I> means tax-advantaged bond as defined in 26 CFR 1.150-1(b).
</P>
<P><I>“We,” “us,” or “the Secretary”</I> refers to the Secretary and the Secretary's delegates at the Department of the Treasury (Treasury), Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Fiscal Service). The term also extends to any fiscal or financial agent acting on behalf of the United States when designated to act by the Secretary or the Secretary's delegates.
</P>
<P><I>Yield</I> on an investment means “yield” as computed under 26 CFR 1.148-5.
</P>
<P><I>You</I> or <I>your</I> refers to a SLGS program user or a potential SLGS program user. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, as amended at 77 FR 33635, June 7, 2012; 89 FR 15447, Mar. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 344.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.1.6.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 344.2   What general provisions apply to SLGS securities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What other regulations apply to SLGS securities?</I> SLGS securities are subject to:
</P>
<P>(1) The electronic transactions and funds transfers provisions for United States securities, part 370 of this subchapter, “Electronic Transactions and Funds Transfers Related to U.S. Securities'; and
</P>
<P>(2) The appendix to subpart E to part 306 of this subchapter, for rules regarding computation of interest.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Where are SLGS securities held?</I> SLGS securities are issued in book-entry form on the books of Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Besides Fiscal Service, do any other entities administer SLGS securities?</I> The Secretary may designate selected Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, as fiscal agents of the United States, to perform services relating to SLGS securities.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Can SLGS securities be transferred?</I> No. SLGS securities issued as any one type, <I>i.e.,</I> Time Deposit or Demand Deposit, cannot be transferred for other securities of that type or any other type. Transfer of securities by sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, or otherwise is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>What certifications must the issuer or its agent provide?</I>—(1) <I>Agent certification.</I> When a commercial bank or other agent submits a subscription, or performs any other transaction, on behalf of the issuer, it must certify that it is acting under the issuer's specific authorization. Ordinarily, evidence of such authority is not required.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Yield certifications</I>—</P>
<P>(i) <I>Purchase of SLGS securities.</I> Upon submitting a subscription, or performing any other transaction for a SLGS security, a subscriber must certify that:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Marketable securities to SLGS securities.</I> If the issuer is purchasing a SLGS security with any amount received from the sale or redemption (at the option of the holder) before maturity of any marketable security, the yield on such SLGS security does not exceed the yield at which such marketable security was sold or redeemed; and
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Time deposit securities to SLGS securities.</I> If the issuer is purchasing a SLGS security with any amount received from the redemption before maturity of a Time Deposit security (other than a zero interest Time Deposit security), the yield on the SLGS security being purchased does not exceed the yield that was used to determine the amount of redemption proceeds for such redeemed Time Deposit security.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Early redemption of SLGS securities.</I> Upon submission of a request for redemption before maturity of a Time Deposit security (other than a zero interest Time Deposit security) subscribed for on or after August 15, 2005, the subscriber must certify that no amount received from the redemption will be invested at a yield that exceeds the yield that is used to determine the amount of redemption proceeds for such redeemed Time Deposit security.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Duration certification.</I> For each subscription to purchase a Time Deposit SLGS security, the subscriber must certify that the term of the SLGS security subscribed for is no longer than is reasonably necessary to accomplish the issuer's governmental purpose for its purchase of the SLGS security.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Eligibility certification.</I> For each subscription to purchase a SLGS security, the subscriber must certify that if, at any point while SLGS securities are outstanding, the issuer becomes ineligible to purchase SLGS securities or the funds used to purchase SLGS securities are no longer an eligible source of funds, the issuer or agent thereof must, as soon as practicable, notify Treasury of such ineligibility. Such notification will be deemed to be a request for redemption of those outstanding Demand Deposit securities that are affected by the ineligibility.


</P>
<P>(f) <I>What are some practices involving SLGS securities that are not permitted?</I>—(1) <I>Impermissible transactions.</I> (i) To use the SLGS program to create a cost-free option (while the examples in paragraph (f)(2) of this section may specifically use marketable securities for illustration, creating a cost-free option via any means is prohibited);
</P>
<P>(ii) To purchase a SLGS security with any amount received from the sale or redemption (at the option of the holder) before maturity of any marketable security, if the yield on such SLGS security exceeds the yield at which such marketable security is sold or redeemed;
</P>
<P>(iii) To invest any amount received from the redemption before maturity of a Time Deposit security (other than a Zero Percent Time Deposit security) at a yield that exceeds the yield that is used to determine the amount of redemption proceeds for such Time Deposit security; or
</P>
<P>(iv) To purchase a SLGS security with a maturity that is longer than is reasonably necessary to accomplish the issuer's governmental purpose for its purchase of the SLGS security or to purchase a SLGS security with an intention to redeem such SLGS security earlier than is reasonably necessary to accomplish the issuer's governmental purpose for its purchase of the SLGS security.


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Simultaneous purchase of marketable and SLGS securities.</I> In order to fund an escrow for an advance refunding, the issuer simultaneously enters into a purchase contract for marketable securities and subscribes for SLGS securities, such that either purchase is sufficient to pay the cash flows on the outstanding bonds to be refunded, but together, the purchases are greatly in excess of the amount necessary to pay the cash flows. The issuer plans that, if interest rates decline during the period between the date of starting a SLGS subscription and the requested date of issuance of SLGS securities, the issuer will enter into an offsetting agreement to sell the marketable securities and use the bond proceeds to purchase SLGS securities to fund the escrow. If, however, interest rates do not decline in that period, the issuer plans to use the bond proceeds to purchase the marketable securities to fund the escrow and cancel the SLGS securities subscription. This practice violates the prohibition on cancellation under § 344.5(c) or § 344.8(c), and no exception or waiver would be granted under this part because the ability to cancel in these circumstances would result in the SLGS program being used to create a cost-free option. In addition, this practice is prohibited under paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Sale of marketable securities conditioned on interest rates.</I> The existing escrow for an advance refunding contains marketable securities which produce a negative arbitrage. In order to reduce or eliminate this negative arbitrage, the issuer subscribes for SLGS securities at a yield higher than the yield on the existing escrow, but less than the permitted yield. At the same time, the issuer agrees to sell the marketable securities in the existing escrow to a third party and use the proceeds to purchase SLGS securities if interest rates decline between the date of subscribing for SLGS securities and the requested date of issuance of SLGS securities. The marketable securities would be sold at a yield which is less than the yield on the SLGS securities purchased. The issuer and the third party further agree that if interest rates increase during this period, the issuer will cancel the SLGS securities subscription. This practice violates the prohibition on cancellation under § 344.5(c) or § 344.8(c), and no exception or waiver would be granted under this part because the ability to cancel in these circumstances would result in the SLGS program being used to create a cost-free option. In addition, this practice is prohibited under paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Sale of marketable securities not conditioned on interest rates.</I> The facts are the same as in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, except that in this case, the agreement entered into by the issuer with a third party to sell the marketable securities in order to obtain funds to purchase SLGS securities is not conditioned upon changes in interest rates on Treasury securities. This practice violates the yield gain prohibition in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section and is prohibited.


</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Simultaneous subscription for SLGS securities and sale of option to purchase marketable securities.</I> The issuer holds a portfolio of marketable securities in an account that produces negative arbitrage. To reduce or eliminate this negative arbitrage, the issuer subscribes for SLGS securities for purchase in 45 days. At the same time, the issuer sells an option to purchase the portfolio of marketable securities. If interest rates increase, the holder of the option will not exercise its option and the issuer will cancel the SLGS securities subscription. On the other hand, if interest rates decline, the option holder will exercise the option and the issuer will use the proceeds to purchase SLGS securities. This practice violates the prohibition on cancellation under § 344.5(c) or § 344.8(c), and no exception or waiver would be granted under this part because the ability to cancel in these circumstances would result in the SLGS program being used to create a cost-free option. In addition, this practice is prohibited under paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Early redemption of time deposit security and subsequent purchase of marketable security.</I> On February 6, 2006, an issuer purchases a Time Deposit security using an eligible source of funds from a debt service reserve fund. The Time Deposit security has a principal amount of $7 million, an interest rate of 3.63 percent, and a maturity date of February 6, 2009. On March 1, 2007, the issuer submits a request to redeem the Time Deposit security on March 15, 2007. The yield used to determine the amount of redemption proceeds is 3.21 percent. On March 5, 2007, the issuer subscribes for the purchase, on March 15, 2007, of a second Time Deposit security. The issuer pays for the second Time Deposit security on March 15, 2007, with the redemption proceeds of the first Time Deposit security. The second Time Deposit security has an interest rate of 2.77 percent and a maturity date of April 16, 2007. On April 9, 2007, the issuer enters into a contract to purchase, on April 16, 2007, a ten-year, marketable Treasury security using the principal and interest to be received at the maturity of the second Time Deposit security. The marketable Treasury security has a yield of 4.02 percent. This transaction satisfies the yield limitation in paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section because:
</P>
<P>(A) The yield on the second Time Deposit security does not exceed the yield that is used to determine the amount of redemption proceeds for the first Time Deposit security; and
</P>
<P>(B) The second Time Deposit security is not redeemed before maturity and therefore the re-investment of the principal and interest received on the second Time Deposit security is not subject to the yield limitation in paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section. This transaction constitutes a permissible use of the SLGS program.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Early redemption of time deposit security and simultaneous purchase of marketable security.</I> The facts are the same as in paragraph (f)(2)(v) of this section, except that the issuer subscribes for the second Time Deposit security on March 1, 2007, and enters into the contract to purchase the marketable Treasury security on March 1, 2007. This transaction, if permitted, would enable the issuer to redeem the first Time Deposit security at a yield that is held constant for 12 hours based on the “current Treasury borrowing rate” for March 1, 2007, and to re-invest the redemption proceeds based on a market yield that may fluctuate during that 12-hour period. The use of the SLGS program in this manner would create a cost-free option. Accordingly, this transaction is impermissible under paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Purchase of SLGS security with maturity longer than reasonably necessary.</I> An issuer may purchase SLGS securities to facilitate compliance with arbitrage yield restrictions for investments of various types of proceeds of tax-advantaged bonds, including investments in refunding escrow funds, bond debt service reserve funds, or project construction funds, respectively. The determination of whether a maturity for a SLGS security is longer than is reasonably necessary depends on the issuer's governmental purpose for the issuance. Thus, the maturities of SLGS securities invested in a refunding escrow fund are reasonably necessary if they are no longer than those necessary to accomplish the defeasance of the underlying refunded bonds until the applicable redemption date or retirement date of the refunded bonds. Maturities of SLGS securities invested in a project construction fund are reasonably necessary if they are no longer than the reasonably expected construction period for the financed project, and early redemptions of such securities are reasonably necessary if they are reasonably related to construction draws for the financed project. Maturities of SLGS securities invested in a debt service reserve fund are reasonably necessary if they are no longer than the earlier of the permitted term of investments in that reserve fund under the bond documents or the term of the secured bonds. Early redemptions of SLGS securities with reasonably necessary maturities are permissible for the above bona fide business reasons, including changes in market interest rates. By contrast, the purchase of SLGS securities with maturities that are longer than the reasonably necessary maturities described above and associated early redemptions of those SLGS securities to obtain the funds within periods that would correspond to an issuer's bona fide governmental purpose for a SLGS investment constitute impermissible practices under paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section. Thus, for example, if an issuer purchases SLGS securities to fund a refunding escrow to be used to defease and call refunded bonds at the first call date in five years, the issuer's purchase of SLGS securities with maturities beyond that five-year period and corresponding early redemptions of those SLGS securities within that five-year period constitute an impermissible use of the SLGS program.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>When and how do I pay for SLGS securities?</I> You must submit full payment for each subscription to Fiscal Service no later than 4 p.m., Eastern time, on the issue date. Submit payments by the Fedwire funds transfer system with credit directed to the Treasury's General Account. Fiscal Service's American Bankers Association (ABA) Routing Number can be found on Fiscal Service's website under the SLGS frequently asked questions (FAQs).


</P>
<P>(h) <I>What happens if I need to make an untimely change or do not settle on a subscription?</I> An untimely change to a subscription can only be made in accordance with § 344.2(n) of this part. The penalty imposed for failure to make settlement on a subscription that you submit will be to render you ineligible to subscribe for SLGS securities for six months beginning on the date the subscription is withdrawn, or the proposed issue date, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Upon whom is the penalty imposed?</I> If you are the issuer, the penalty is imposed on you unless you provide the Taxpayer Identification Number of the conduit borrower that is the actual party failing to make settlement of a subscription. If you provide the Taxpayer Identification Number for the conduit borrower, the six-month penalty will be imposed on the conduit borrower.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>What occurs if Treasury exercises the option to waive the penalty?</I> If you settle after the proposed issue date and we determine that settlement is acceptable on an exception basis, we will waive, under § 344.2(n), the six-month penalty under paragraph (h) of this section. You shall be charged a late payment assessment. The late payment assessment equals the amount of interest that would have accrued on the SLGS securities from the proposed issue date to the date of settlement plus an administrative fee of $100 per subscription, or such other amount as we may publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> We will not issue SLGS securities until we receive the late payment assessment, which is due on demand.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>What happens at maturity?</I> Upon the maturity of a security, we will pay the owner the principal amount and interest due. A security scheduled for maturity on a non-business day will be redeemed on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>How will I receive payment?</I> We will make payment by the Automated Clearing House (ACH) method for the owner's account at a financial institution as designated by the owner. We may use substitute payment procedures, instead of ACH, if we consider it to be necessary. Any such action is final.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>How do I contact Fiscal Service?</I> Fiscal Service's contact information is posted on Fiscal Service's Web site.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Will the offering be changed during a debt limit or disaster contingency?</I> We reserve the right to change or suspend the terms and conditions of the offering (including provisions relating to subscriptions for, and issuance of, SLGS securities; interest payments; early redemptions; and rollovers) at any time the Secretary determines that the issuance of obligations sufficient to conduct the orderly financing operations of the United States cannot be made without exceeding the statutory debt limit, or that a disaster situation exists. We will announce such changes by any means that the Secretary deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>What are some of the rights that Treasury reserves in administering the SLGS program?</I> We may decide, in our sole discretion, to take any of the following actions. Such actions are final. Specifically, Treasury reserves the right:
</P>
<P>(1) To reject any SLGSafe Application for Internet Access;
</P>
<P>(2) To reject any electronic message or other message or request, including requests for subscription and redemption, that is inappropriately completed or untimely submitted;
</P>
<P>(3) To refuse to issue any SLGS securities in any case or class of cases;
</P>
<P>(4) To revoke the issuance of any SLGS securities and to declare the subscriber or the issuer ineligible thereafter to subscribe for securities under the offering if the Secretary deems that such action is in the public interest and any security is issued on the basis of an improper certification or other misrepresentation (other than as the result of an inadvertent error) or there is an impermissible transaction under § 344.2(f); or
</P>
<P>(5) To review any transaction for compliance with this part, including requiring a subscriber or the issuer to provide additional information, and to determine an appropriate remedy under the circumstances.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Are there any situations in which Treasury may waive these regulations?</I> We reserve the right, at our discretion, to waive or modify any provision of these regulations in any case or class of cases. We may do so if such action is not inconsistent with law and will not subject the United States to substantial expense or liability.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Are SLGS securities callable by Treasury?</I> No. Treasury cannot call a SLGS security for redemption before maturity. </P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 15447, Mar. 4, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.1.6" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>SLGSafe ® Service</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 344.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.1.6.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 344.3   What provisions apply to the SLGSafe Service?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What is the SLGSafe Service?</I> SLGSafe is a secure Internet site on the World Wide Web through which subscribers submit SLGS securities transactions. SLGSafe Internet transactions constitute electronic messages under 31 CFR part 370.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Is SLGSafe use mandatory?</I> Yes. Except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) or (f)(4) of this section, you must submit all transactions through SLGSafe.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What terms and conditions apply to SLGSafe?</I> The terms and conditions contained in the following documents, which may be downloaded from Fiscal Service's Web site and which may change from time to time, apply to SLGSafe transactions:
</P>
<P>(1) SLGSafe Application for Internet Access and SLGSafe User Acknowledgment; and
</P>
<P>(2) SLGSafe User's Manual.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Who can apply for SLGSafe access?</I> If you are an owner or a potential owner of SLGS securities, or act as a trustee or other agent of the owner, you can apply to Fiscal Service for SLGSafe access. Other potential users of SLGSafe include, but are not limited to, underwriters, financial advisors, and bond counsel.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>How do I apply for SLGSafe access?</I> Submit to Fiscal Service a completed SLGSafe Application for internet Access, which is found on Fiscal Service's website.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>What are the conditions of SLGSafe use?</I> If you are designated as an authorized user, on a SLGSafe application that we've approved, you must:
</P>
<P>(1) Assume the sole responsibility and the entire risk of use and operation of your electronic connection;
</P>
<P>(2) Agree that we may act on any electronic message to the same extent as if we had received a written instruction bearing the signature of your duly authorized officer;
</P>
<P>(3) Submit electronic messages and other transaction requests exclusively through SLGSafe, except to the extent you establish to the satisfaction of Fiscal Service that good cause exists for you to submit such subscriptions and requests by other means; and
</P>
<P>(4) Agree to submit transactions manually if we notify you that due to problems with hardware, software, data transmission, or any other reason, we are unable to send or receive electronic messages through SLGSafe.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>When is the SLGSafe window open?</I> All SLGSafe subscriptions, requests for early redemption of Time Deposit securities, and requests for redemption of Demand Deposit securities must be received by Fiscal Service on business days no earlier than 10 a.m. and no later than 10 p.m., Eastern time. The official time is the date and time as shown on Fiscal Service's application server. Except as otherwise provided in §§ 344.5(d) and 344.8(d), all other functions may be performed during the extended SLGSafe hours, from 8 a.m. until 10 p.m., Eastern time. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 15449, Mar. 4, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Time Deposit Securities</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 344.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 344.4   What are Time Deposit securities?</HEAD>
<P>Time Deposit securities are issued as certificates of indebtedness, notes, or bonds.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>What are the maturity periods?</I> The issuer must fix the maturity periods for Time Deposit securities, which are issued as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Certificates of indebtedness that do not bear interest.</I> For certificates of indebtedness that do not bear interest, the issuer can fix a maturity period of not less than fifteen days and not more than one year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certificates of indebtedness that bear interest.</I> For certificates of indebtedness that bear interest, the issuer can fix a maturity period of not less than thirty days and not more than one year.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notes.</I> For notes, the issuer can fix a maturity period of not less than one year and one day, and not more than ten years.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Bonds.</I> For bonds, the issuer can fix a maturity period of not less than ten years and one day, and not more than forty years.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How do I select the SLGS rate?</I> For each security, the issuer shall designate an interest rate that does not exceed the maximum interest rate shown in the daily SLGS rate table as defined in § 344.1.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>When is the SLGS rate table released?</I> We release the SLGS rate table to the public by 10 a.m. Eastern time each business day or as soon as practicable thereafter. If the SLGS rate table is not available by 11 a.m. Eastern time on any given business day, the SLGS rate table for the preceding business day applies.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>How do I lock-in a SLGS rate?</I> The applicable daily SLGS rate table for a SLGSafe subscription is the one in effect on the business day that you start the subscription process. This table is shown on Fiscal Service's Application server.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Where can I find the SLGS rate table?</I> The SLGS rate table can be obtained at Fiscal Service's Web site.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>How are interest computation and payment dates determined?</I> Interest on a certificate of indebtedness is computed on an annual basis and is paid at maturity with the principal. Interest on a note or bond is paid semi-annually. The issuer specifies the first interest payment date, which must be at least thirty days and less than or equal to one year from the date of issue. The final interest payment date must coincide with the maturity date of the security. Interest for other than a full interest period is computed on the basis of a 365-day or 366-day year (for certificates of indebtedness) and on the basis of the exact number of days in the half-year (for notes and bonds). See the appendix to subpart E to part 306 of this subchapter for rules regarding computation of interest. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 15449, Mar. 4, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 344.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 344.5   What other provisions apply to subscriptions for Time Deposit securities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When is my subscription due?</I> The subscriber must set the issue date for the securities in the subscription. The issue date must be a business day. The issue date cannot be more than 60 days after the date we receive the subscription. If the subscription is for $10 million or less, we must receive a subscription at least 5 days before the issue date. If the subscription is for over $10 million, we must receive the subscription at least 7 days before the issue date.
</P>
<P><I>Example 1 to paragraph (a):</I> If SLGS securities totaling $10 million or less will be issued on May 16th, we must receive the subscription no later than May 11th. If SLGS securities totaling more than $10 million will be issued on May 16th, we must receive the subscription no later than May 9th. In all cases, if SLGS securities will be issued on May 16th, we will not accept the subscription before March 17th.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How do I start the subscription process?</I> A subscriber starts the subscription process by entering into SLGSafe the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The issue date;
</P>
<P>(2) The total principal amount;
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer's name and Taxpayer Identification Number;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the tax-advantaged bond issue;
</P>
<P>(5) Separately itemized securities to be purchased, specifying principal amount, maturity date, interest rate, and first interest payment date (in the case of notes and bonds) for each; and
</P>
<P>(6) The certifications required by § 344.2(e).








</P>
<P>(c) <I>Under what circumstances can I cancel a subscription?</I> You cannot cancel a subscription unless you establish, to the satisfaction of Treasury, that the cancellation is required for reasons unrelated to the use of the SLGS program to create a cost-free option.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>How do I change a subscription?</I> You can change a subscription on or before 3 p.m. Eastern time, on the issue date. Changes to a subscription are acceptable with the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>(1) You cannot change the issue date; provided, however, you may change the issue date up to 7 days after the original issue date if you establish to the satisfaction of Treasury that such change is required as a result of circumstances that were unforeseen at the time of the subscription and are beyond the issuer's control (for example, a natural disaster);
</P>
<P>(2) You cannot change the principal amount originally specified for any security in the subscription by more than ten percent;
</P>
<P>(3) You cannot change an interest rate to exceed the maximum interest rate in the SLGS rate table that was in effect for a security of comparable maturity on the business day that you began the subscription process; and
</P>
<P>(4) You cannot change the maturity date originally specified for any security in the subscription by more than 30 days for certificates of indebtedness, 6 months for notes, and 1 year for bonds.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>How do I complete the subscription process?</I> The completed subscription must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be dated and submitted electronically by an official authorized to make the purchase;
</P>
<P>(2) Separately itemize securities specifying principal amount, maturity date, interest rate, and first interest payment date (in the case of notes and bonds) for each;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the bond issue. If the tax-advantaged bond issue referenced in paragraph (b)(4) of this section is, or will be, registered or disclosed in the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board's (MSRB) Electronic Municipal Market Access (EMMA®) system, describe the issue exactly as designated in the “issue description” field of EMMA®, or successor system;
</P>
<P>(4) Include the issuer's address;
</P>
<P>(5) Include information on the financial institution that will transmit the funds for the purchase of the securities and information on the financial institution that will receive security principal and interest payments;
</P>
<P>(6) Not be more than ten percent above or below the aggregate principal amount originally specified in the subscription and not be more than ten percent above or below the originally subscribed for amount for each individual security;
</P>
<P>(7) Not deviate from the original subscribed for maturity date specified for any security in the subscription by more than 30 days for certificates of indebtedness, 6 months for notes, and 1 year for bonds;
</P>
<P>(8) Include the information required under paragraph (b) of this section, if not already provided; and
</P>
<P>(9) Include the certifications required by § 344.2(e).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>When must I complete the subscription?</I> We must receive a completed subscription on or before 3 p.m. Eastern time on the issue date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 15449, Mar. 4, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 344.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 344.6   How do I redeem a Time Deposit security before maturity?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What is the minimum time a security must be held?</I> (1) Zero percent certificates of indebtedness of 16 to 29 days. A zero percent certificate of indebtedness of 16 to 29 days can be redeemed, at the owner's option, no earlier than 15 days after the issue date.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certificates of indebtedness of 30 days or more.</I> A certificate of indebtedness of 30 days or more can be redeemed, at the owner's option, no earlier than 25 days after the issue date.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notes or bonds.</I> A note or bond can be redeemed, at the owner's option, no earlier than 30 days after the issue date. Any request for redemption received within 14 days of the issue date will be rejected.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Can I request partial redemption of a security balance?</I> You may request partial redemptions in any whole dollar amount; however, a security balance of less than $1,000 must be redeemed in total.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Do I have to submit a request for early redemption?</I> Yes. An official authorized to redeem the securities before maturity must submit an electronic request in SLGSafe. The request must show the Taxpayer Identification Number of the issuer, the security number, and the dollar amount of the securities to be redeemed. Upon submission of a request for redemption before maturity of a security subscribed for on or after August 15, 2005, the request must include a yield certification under § 344.2(e)(2)(ii). Fiscal Service must receive the request no less than 14 days and no more than 60 days before the requested redemption date. You cannot submit a request for early redemption for a security which has not yet been issued and you cannot cancel a request once it has been submitted.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>How do I calculate the amount of redemption proceeds for subscriptions on or after October 28, 1996?</I> For securities subscribed for on or after October 28, 1996, the amount of the redemption proceeds is calculated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Interest.</I> If a security is redeemed before maturity on a date other than a scheduled interest payment date, Treasury pays interest for the fractional interest period since the last interest payment date.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Redemption value.</I> The remaining interest and principal payments are discounted by the current Treasury borrowing rate for the remaining term to maturity of the security redeemed. This may result in a premium or discount to the issuer depending on whether the current Treasury borrowing rate is unchanged, lower, or higher than the stated interest rate of the early-redeemed SLGS securities. There is no market charge for the redemption of zero interest Time Deposit securities subscribed for on or after October 28, 1996. Redemption proceeds in the case of a zero-interest security are a return of the principal invested. The formulas for calculating the redemption value under this paragraph, including examples of the determination of premiums and discounts, are set forth in appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>How do I calculate the amount of redemption proceeds for subscriptions from September 1, 1989, through October 27, 1996?</I> For securities subscribed for from September 1, 1989, through October 27, 1996, the amount of the redemption proceeds is calculated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Interest.</I> If a security is redeemed before maturity on a date other than a scheduled interest payment date, Treasury pays interest for the fractional interest period since the last interest payment date.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Market charge.</I> An amount shall be deducted from the redemption proceeds if the current Treasury borrowing rate for the remaining period to original maturity exceeds the rate of interest originally fixed for such security. The amount shall be the present value of the future increased borrowing cost to the Treasury. The annual increased borrowing cost for each interest period is determined by multiplying the principal by the difference between the two rates. For notes and bonds, the increased borrowing cost for each remaining interest period to original maturity is determined by dividing the annual cost by two. Present value is determined by using the current Treasury borrowing rate as the discount factor. When you request a redemption date that is less than thirty days before the original maturity date, we will apply the rate of a one month security as listed on the SLGS rate table issued on the day you make a redemption request. The market charge under this paragraph can be computed by using the formulas in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>How do I calculate the amount of redemption proceeds for subscriptions from December 28, 1976, through August 31, 1989?</I> For securities subscribed for from December 28, 1976, through August 31, 1989, the amount of the redemption proceeds is calculated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Interest.</I> Interest for the entire period the security was outstanding shall be recalculated if the original interest rate of the security is higher than the interest rate that would have been set at the time of the initial subscription had the term of the security been for the shorter period. If this results in an overpayment of interest, we will deduct from the redemption proceeds the aggregate amount of such overpayments, plus interest, compounded semi-annually thereon, from the date of each overpayment to the date of redemption. The rate used in calculating the interest on the overpayment will be one-eighth of one percent above the maximum rate that would have applied to the initial subscription had the term of the security been for the shorter period. If a bond is redeemed before maturity on a date other than a scheduled interest payment date, no interest is paid for the fractional interest period since the last interest payment date.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Market charge.</I> An amount shall be deducted from the redemption proceeds in all cases where the current Treasury borrowing rate for the remaining period to original maturity of the security prematurely redeemed exceeds the rate of interest originally fixed for such security. You can compute the market charge under this paragraph by using the formulas in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 15449, Mar. 4, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Demand Deposit Securities</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 344.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 344.7   What are Demand Deposit securities?</HEAD>
<P>Demand Deposit securities are one-day certificates of indebtedness that are automatically rolled over each day until you request redemption.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>How is the rate for Demand Deposit securities determined?</I> Each security shall bear a rate of interest based on an adjustment of the average yield for 13-week Treasury bills at the most recent auction. A new annualized effective Demand Deposit rate and daily factor for the Demand Deposit rate are effective on the first business day following the regular auction of 13-week Treasury bills and are shown in the SLGS rate table. Interest is accrued and added to the principal daily. Interest is computed on the balance of the principal, plus interest accrued through the preceding day.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>How is the interest rate calculated?</I> (i) First, you calculate the annualized effective Demand Deposit rate in decimals, designated “I” in Equation 1, as follows: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="32" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er30jn05.001.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>(Equation 1)
</FP>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where: 
</FP>
<FP-2>I = Annualized effective Demand Deposit rate in decimals. If the rate is determined to be negative, such rate will be reset to zero.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Average auction price for the most recently auctioned 13-week Treasury bill, per hundred, to six decimals. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Y = 365 (if the year following issue date of the 13-week Treasury bill does not contain a leap year day) or 366 (if the year following issue date of the 13-week Treasury bill does contain a leap year day).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>DTM = The number of days from date of issue to maturity for the most recently auctioned 13-week Treasury bill. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>MTR = Estimated marginal tax rate, in decimals, of purchasers of tax-exempt bonds. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>TAC = Treasury administrative costs, in decimals.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) Then, you calculate the daily factor for the Demand Deposit rate as follows: 
</P>
<FP-2><I>DDR</I> = (1 + <I>I</I>)<E T="51">1/Y</E> −1
</FP-2>
<FP>(Equation 2) 
</FP>
<P>(2) <I>Where can I find additional information?</I> Information on the estimated average marginal tax rate and Treasury administrative costs for administering Demand Deposit securities, both to be determined by Treasury from time to time, will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What happens to Demand Deposit securities during a debt limit contingency?</I> At any time the Secretary determines that issuance of obligations sufficient to conduct the orderly financing operations of the United States cannot be made without exceeding the statutory debt limit, we may invest any unredeemed Demand Deposit securities in special 90-day certificates of indebtedness.
</P>
<P>(1) Funds left invested in Demand Deposit securities remain subject to the normal terms and conditions for such securities as set forth in this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Funds invested in 90-day certificates of indebtedness earn simple interest equal to the daily factor in effect at the time Demand Deposit security issuance is suspended, multiplied by the number of days outstanding. Ninety-day certificates of indebtedness are subject to the same request for redemption notification requirements as those for Demand Deposit securities and will be redeemed at par value plus accrued interest. If a 90-day certificate of indebtedness reaches maturity during a debt limit contingency, we will automatically roll it into a new 90-day certificate of indebtedness, along with accrued interest, that earns simple interest equal to the daily factor in effect at the time that the new 90-day certificate of indebtedness is issued, multiplied by the number of days outstanding. When regular Treasury borrowing operations resume, the 90-day certificates of indebtedness, along with accrued interest, will be reinvested in Demand Deposit securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, as amended at 77 FR 33635, June 7, 2012; 89 FR 15449, Mar. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 344.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 344.8   What other provisions apply to subscriptions for Demand Deposit securities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When is my subscription due?</I> The subscriber must set the issue date in the subscription. You cannot change the issue date to require issuance earlier or later than the issue date originally specified; provided, however, you may change the issue date up to 7 days after the original issue date if you establish to the satisfaction of Treasury that such change is required as a result of circumstances that were unforeseen at the time of the subscription and are beyond the issuer's control (for example, a natural disaster). The issue date must be a business day. The issue date cannot be more than 60 days after the date we receive the subscription. If the subscription is for $10 million or less, we must receive the subscription at least 5 days before the issue date. If the subscription is for more than $10 million, we must receive the subscription at least 7 days before the issue date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How do I start the subscription process?</I> A subscriber starts the subscription process by entering into SLGSafe the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The issue date;
</P>
<P>(2) The total principal amount;
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer's name and Taxpayer Identification Number;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the tax-advantaged bond issue; and
</P>
<P>(5) The certifications required by § 344.2(e)(1), if the subscription is submitted by an agent of the issuer.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Under what circumstances can I cancel a subscription?</I> You cannot cancel a subscription unless you establish, to the satisfaction of Treasury, that the cancellation is required for reasons unrelated to the use of the SLGS program to create a cost-free option.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>How do I change a subscription?</I> You can change a subscription on or before 3 p.m., Eastern time, on the issue date. You may change the aggregate principal amount specified in the subscription by no more than ten percent, above or below the amount originally specified in the subscription.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>How do I complete the subscription process?</I> The completed subscription must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be dated and submitted electronically by an official authorized to make the purchase;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the bond issue. If the tax-advantaged bond issue referenced in paragraph (b)(4) of this section is, or will be, registered or disclosed in the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board's (MSRB) Electronic Municipal Market Access (EMMA®) system, describe the issue exactly as designated in the “issue description” field of EMMA®, or successor system;
</P>
<P>(3) Include the issuer's address;
</P>
<P>(4) Include the information on the financial institution that will transmit the funds for the purchase of the securities;
</P>
<P>(5) Not be more than ten percent above or below the aggregate principal amount originally specified in the subscription;
</P>
<P>(6) Include the information required under paragraph (b) of this section, if not already provided; and
</P>
<P>(7) Include the certifications required by § 344.2(e)(1) (agent certification), (e)(2)(i) (yield certification), and (e)(4) (eligibility certification).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 15450, Mar. 4, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 344.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 344.9   How do I redeem a Demand Deposit security?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When must I notify Treasury to redeem a security?</I> Demand Deposit securities can be redeemed at the owner's option, if we receive a request for redemption not less than:
</P>
<P>(1) One business day before the requested redemption date for total redemptions by an owner of $10 million or less;
</P>
<P>(2) Three business days before the requested redemption date for total redemptions by an owner of more than $10 million but less than $500 million; and
</P>
<P>(3) Five business days before the requested redemption date for total redemptions by an owner of $500 million or more.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Can I request partial redemption of a security balance?</I> You may request partial redemptions in any amount. If your account balance is less than $1,000, it must be redeemed in total.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Do I have to submit a request for redemption?</I> Yes. An official authorized to redeem the securities must submit an electronic request through SLGSafe. The request must show the Taxpayer Identification Number of the issuer, the security number, and the dollar amount of the securities to be redeemed. Fiscal Service must receive the request by 3 p.m., Eastern time on the required day. You cannot cancel the request. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37911, June 30, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 15450, Mar. 4, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.5.7.1.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 344—Early Redemption Market Charge Formulas and Examples for Subscriptions From December 28, 1976, Through October 27, 1996 
</HEAD>
<P>(a) The amount of the market charge for bonds and notes subscribed for before October 28, 1996 can be determined by the following formula: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.002.gif"/>
<P>(b) The application of this formula can be illustrated by the following example: 
</P>
<P>(1) Assume that a $600,000 note is issued on July 1, 1985, to mature on July 1, 1995. Interest is payable at a rate of 8% on January 1 and July 1. 
</P>
<P>(2) Assume that the note is redeemed on February 1, 1989, and that the current borrowing rate for Treasury at that time for the remaining period of 6 years and 150 days is 11%. 
</P>
<P>(3) The increased annual borrowing cost is $18,000. ($600,000)x(11%-8%) 
</P>
<P>(4) The market charge is computed as follows: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.004.gif"/>
<P>(c) The amount of the market charge for certificates of indebtedness subscribed for before October 28, 1996 can be determined by the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.005.gif"/>
<P>(d) The application of this formula can be illustrated by the following example: 
</P>
<P>(1) Assume that a $50,000 certificate of indebtedness is issued on March 1, 1987, to mature on November 1, 1987. Interest is payable at a rate of 10%. 
</P>
<P>(2) Assume that the certificate of indebtedness is redeemed on July 1, 1987, and that the current borrowing cost to Treasury for the 123-day period from July 1, 1987, to November 1, 1987, is 11.8%. 
</P>
<P>(3) The increased annual borrowing cost is $900. ($50,000) × (11.8%−10%) 
</P>
<P>(4) The market charge is computed as follows: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.006.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.43.5.7.1.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 344—Formula for Determining Redemption Value for Securities Subscribed for and Early-Redeemed On or After October 28, 1996 
</HEAD>
<P>(a) This formula results in a premium or discount to the issuer depending on whether the current Treasury borrowing rate at the time of early redemption is lower or higher than the stated interest rate of the early-redeemed SLGS security. The total redemption value for bonds and notes can be determined by the following two steps. First, calculate accrued interest payable in accordance with § 344.6(d)(1) using the following formula: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.007.gif"/>
<FP>Second, calculate the redemption value per § 344.6(d)(2) using the following formula:

 
</FP>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.008.gif"/>
<P>(b) The application of this formula can be illustrated by the following examples: 
</P>
<P>(1) The first example is for a redemption at a premium. 
</P>
<P>(i) Assume that an $800,000 2-year note is issued on December 10, 1996, to mature on December 10, 1998. Interest is payable at a rate of 7% on June 10 and December 10. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Assume that the note is redeemed on October 21, 1997, and that the current borrowing rate for Treasury at that time for the remaining period of 1 year and 50 days is 6.25%. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The redemption value is computed as follows. First, the accrued interest payable is calculated as: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.010.gif"/>
<P>Then, the redemption value is calculated as:

</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.011.gif"/>
<P>(2) The second example is for a redemption at a discount and it uses the same assumptions as the first example, except the current Treasury borrowing cost is assumed to be 8.00%: 
</P>
<P>(i) Assume that an $800,000 2-year note is issued on December 10, 1996, to mature on December 10, 1998. Interest is payable at a rate of 7% on June 10 and December 10. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Assume that the note is redeemed on October 21, 1997, and that the current borrowing rate for Treasury at that time for the remaining period of 1 year and 50 days is 8.00%. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The redemption value is computed as follows. 
</P>
<P>First, the accrued interest payable is calculated as:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.012.gif"/>
<P>Then, the redemption value is calculated as:

</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.014.gif"/>
<P>(c) The total redemption value for certificates of indebtedness can be determined by the following two steps. First, calculate accrued interest payable in accordance with § 344.6(d)(1) using the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.015.gif"/>
<P>Second, calculate the redemption value per § 344.6(d)(2) using the following equation:

</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.016.gif"/>
<P>(d) The application of this formula can be illustrated by the following examples. 
</P>
<P>(1) First, for a redemption at a premium: 
</P>
<P>(i) Assume that a $300,000 security is issued on December 5, 1996, to mature in 151 days on May 5, 1997. Interest at a rate of 5% is payable at maturity. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Assume that the security is redeemed on April 9, 1997, and that the current borrowing rate for Treasury at that time for the remaining period of 26 days is 4.00%. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The redemption value is computed as follows. 
</P>
<P>First, the accrued interest payable is calculated as:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.017.gif"/>
<P>Then, the redemption value is calculated as:

</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.019.gif"/>
<P>(2) Secondly, for a redemption at a discount: 
</P>
<P>(i) Assume that a $300,000 security is issued on December 5, 1996, to mature in 151 days on May 5, 1997. Interest at a rate of 5% is payable at maturity. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Assume that the security is redeemed on April 9, 1997, and that the current borrowing rate for Treasury at that time for the remaining period of 26 days is 6.25%. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The redemption value is computed as follows. 
</P>
<P>First, the accrued interest payable is calculated as:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.020.gif"/>
<P>Then, the redemption value is calculated as:

</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13se00.021.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="345" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.44" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 345—REGULATIONS GOVERNING 5 PERCENT TREASURY CERTIFICATES OF INDEBTEDNESS—R.E.A. SERIES


</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260506" REFID="15a">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 24368, May 6, 2026.</XREF>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 754 and 754b; 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>38 FR 35306, Dec. 27, 1973, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 345.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.44.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 345.0   Offering of certificates.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury, under the authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, offers to borrowers from the Rural Electrification Administration and Rural Telephone Bank, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 5 Percent Treasury Certificates of Indebtedness—R.E.A. Series. This offering will continue until terminated by the Secretary of the Treasury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 345.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.44.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 345.1   Description of certificates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The certificates of indebtedness will be issued in book-entry form on the books of the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Washington, DC 20226. They may not be transferred by sale, exchange, assignment or pledge, or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Terms and rates of interest.</I> The certificates, bearing interest at the rate of 5 percent per annum, will be issued in multiples of $1,000 and will mature one year from issue date. Interest on the certificates will be computed on an annual basis and, unless redeemed prior to maturity, will be payable six months from issue date and at maturity. Interest may be paid to an owner by having the amount thereof credited by a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, acting as fiscal agent of the United States, to the reserve account of a member bank servicing such owner and for the latter's account. Such action will be taken at the owner's option. If not exercised, payment of interest will be made by Treasury check.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 35306, Dec. 27, 1973, as amended at 40 FR 29846, July 16, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 345.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.44.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 345.2   Subscription for purchase.</HEAD>
<P>The recipient of a 5 percent loan from the Rural Electrification Administration or Rural Telephone Bank may subscribe for certificates under this offering, up to the amount of the unexpended portion of the loan, by submitting a subscription, together with the remittance, to the Federal Reserve Bank or Branch of the district in which the subscriber is located. The subscription form must show the amount of certificates desired, and give the title of the designated official of the subscriber authorized to redeem them.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29846, July 16, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 345.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.44.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 345.3   Issue date and payment.</HEAD>
<P>The issue date of a certificate shall be the date on which the subscription form, and funds in full payment therefor, are received by the office described in § 345.2. A confirmation of the issuance, in the form of a written advice, which shall specify the amount and describe the certificates by title and maturity date, shall be issued to the subscriber.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 345.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.44.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 345.4   Redemption/reinvestment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>At maturity.</I> A certificate may not be called for redemption by the Secretary of the Treasury prior to maturity except when the amount of the unexpended portion of the loan from the Rural Electrification Administration or Rural Telephone Bank is less than the face amount of the certificate. Unless the Treasury has received from the owner, at least one week prior to the maturity date of a certificate, a written request for payment at maturity, it shall automatically redeem the same at maturity, and reinvest in the owner's name the principal amount in a new certificate having the same description in all material respects as the one redeemed. No such automatic reinvestment shall be made, however, in excess of the amount of the unexpended portion of the loan from the Rural Electrification Administration or the Rural Telephone Bank.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prior to maturity.</I> A certificate may be redeemed prior to maturity at par and accrued interest at the owner's option on one week's notice in writing after one month from the issue date. A certificate issued upon reinvestment, as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, shall not be subject to the one-month holding period. A notice to redeem a certificate prior to its maturity date must be given by the official authorized to redeem it, as shown in the subscription for purchase, to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Securities Operations, Washington, DC 20226, by letter or wire.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 345.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.44.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 345.5   Taxation.</HEAD>
<P>The income derived from the certificates is subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. The certificates are subject to estate, inheritance, gift or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29846, July 16, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 345.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.44.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 345.6   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Regulations.</I> Five Percent Treasury Certificates of Indebtedness—R.E.A. Series shall be subject to the general regulations with respect to United States securities, which are set forth in the Department of the Treasury Circular No. 300, current revision (31 CFR part 306), to the extent applicable. Copies of the circular may be obtained from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury, Washington, DC 20226, or a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reservations.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to reject any application for the purchase of certificates hereunder, in whole or in part, and to refuse to issue or permit to be issued any such certificates in any case or any class or classes of cases if he deems such action to be in the public interest, and his action in any such respect shall be final. The Secretary of the Treasury may also at any time, or from time to time, supplement or amend the terms of these regulations, or of any amendments or supplements thereto.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 35306, Dec. 27, 1973. Redesignated at 40 FR 29846, July 16, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="346" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 346—REGULATIONS GOVERNING UNITED STATES INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT BONDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 3106 <I>et seq.,</I> 3125, 3126.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>40 FR 4240, Jan. 28, 1975, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 346.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.0   Offering of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury, under the authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, and pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, offers for sale, beginning January 1, 1975, bonds of the United States, designated as United States Individual Retirement Bonds. The bonds will be available for investment only to individuals eligible to make deductions on their Federal income tax returns for retirement savings, as provided in section 2002 of the latter Act. This offering of bonds will terminate on April 30, 1982.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 4240, Jan. 28, 1975, as amended at 47 FR 18596, Apr. 30, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.1   Description of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Investment yield (interest).</I> United States Individual Retirement Bonds, hereinafter sometimes referred to as Individual Retirement Bonds, will be issued at par. The investment yields (interest) are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Bonds with issue dates of January 1, 1975, through July 1, 1979—6 percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table of Redemption Values in the appendix).
</P>
<P>(2) Bonds with issue dates of August 1, 1979, through October 1, 1980—6.5. percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table A in the appendix).
</P>
<P>(3) Bonds with issue dates of November 1, 1980, through September 1, 1981—8 percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table B).
</P>
<P>(4) Bonds with issue dates of October 1, 1981, or thereafter—9 percent per annum, compounded semiannually (see Table C).
</P>
<FP>Interest will be paid only upon redemption of the bonds. The accrual of interest will continue until the bonds are redeemed or have reached maturity, whichever is earlier, in accordance with these regulations.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Term.</I> The maturity date of any bond issued under this circular shall be the first day of the month in which the registered owner thereof has attained the age of 70
<FR>1/2</FR> years, or five years after the date of his death, but no later than the first day of the month in which he would have attained the age of 70
<FR>1/2</FR> years, if he had lived. Unless sooner redeemed in accordance with these regulations, the investment yield on a bond will cease on the interest accrual date coinciding with, or, where no such coincidence occurs, the interest accrual date next preceding:
</P>
<P>(1) The first day of the seventh (7th) month following the 70th anniversary of the birth of the person in whose name it is registered, or
</P>
<P>(2) The first day of the sixtieth (60th) month following the date of death of the person in whose name it is registered, except that such date shall be no later than the date on which he would have attained the age of 70
<FR>1/2</FR> years, had he lived.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denominations—issue date.</I> Individual Retirement Bonds will be available only in registered form and in denominations of $50, $75, $100 and $500. At the time of issue, the issuing agent will enter in the upper right-hand portion of the bond the <I>issue date</I> (which shall be the first day of the month and year in which payment of the purchase price is received by an authorized issuing agent), and will imprint the agent's validating stamp in the lower right-hand portion. The issue date, as distinguished from the date in the agent's validating stamp, will determine the date from which interest will begin to accrue on the bond. An Individual Retirement Bond shall be valid only if an authorized issuing agent receives payment therefor, duly inscribes, dates, stamps, and delivers it.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 4240, Jan. 28, 1975, as amended at 42 FR 37520, July 21, 1977; 46 FR 60577, Dec. 11, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.2   Registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The registration of Individual Retirement Bonds is limited to the names of natural persons in their own right, whether adults or minors, in either single ownership or beneficiary form. A bond registered in the beneficiary form will be inscribed substantially as follows (for example): “John A. Doe payable on death to (<I>or</I> P.O.D.) Richard B. Roe.” No more than one beneficiary may be designated on a bond.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inscription.</I> The inscription on the face of each bond will show the name, address, and date of birth of the registered owner. The name of the beneficiary, if one is to be designated, will also be shown in the inscription.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 4240, Jan. 28, 1975, as amended at 71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.3   Purchase of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Agencies.</I> Individual Retirement Bonds may be purchased over-the-counter or by mail from Federal Reserve Banks and Branches and the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Securities Transactions Branch, Washington, DC 20226. Customers of commercial banks and trust companies may be able to arrange for the purchase of the bonds through such institutions, but only the Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, and the Department of the Treasury itself, are authorized to issue the securities. The date of receipt of the application and payment by such issuing agencies will govern the dating of the bonds issued.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applications.</I> Applications for the purchase of Individual Retirement Bonds should be made on Form PD 4345, accompanied by a remittance to cover the purchase price. Personal checks will be accepted, subject to collection. Checks, or other forms of exchange, should be drawn to the order of the Federal Reserve Bank or the U.S. Treasury, as the case may be. Checks payable by endorsement are not acceptable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery.</I> Delivery of bonds will be made in person, or by mail at the risk and expense of the United States at the address given by the purchaser, but only within the United States, its territories and possessions, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Canal Zone. No mail deliveries elsewhere will be made. If the registered owner temporarily resides abroad, the bonds will be delivered to such address in the United States as the purchaser directs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.4   Proof of purchase.</HEAD>
<P>At the time an Individual Retirement Bond is issued, the issuing agent will furnish therewith to the purchaser a copy of Form PD 4345 for the purchaser's personal records. The form will show the name and address of the registered owner, his date of birth, social security account number, the number of bonds issued, a description thereof by issue date, serial numbers, denominations, and registration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.5   Limitation on holdings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the amount of Individual Retirement Bonds which may be registered in any one individual's name is limited to the amount for which an annual deduction may be taken under either section 219 or 220 of the Internal Revenue Code. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> These limitations are as follows:
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> <E T="04">Note:</E> Under the Internal Revenue Code, bonds issued during any given year or within 45 days thereafter may be deducted in that year.</P></FTNT>
<P>(1) In the case of an individual electing to deduct his or her bond purchase under section 219, the face amount of bonds purchased for tax deduction in any given year may not exceed 15 percent of the individual's earned income for that year or $1,500, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of an individual electing to deduct his or her bond purchases under section 220, the total face amount of bonds purchased for tax deduction in any given year in the name of the individual and in the name of his or her nonworking spouse, may not exceed 15 percent of the working spouse's earned income for that year or $1,750, whichever is less. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> <E T="04">Note:</E> Code section 220 requires, in effect, that the total IRA contributions in each spouse's name to be deducted in any one year be in equal amounts. While it is permissible for an eligible married couple to utilize several different forms of IRA investments within the same year, this means that couples investing solely in bonds must purchase equal amounts of bonds in each spouse's name.</P></FTNT>
<P>(b) The above limitations do not apply to rollover bond purchases, as described in sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), or 408(d)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(26 U.S.C. 220 and 31 U.S.C. 757) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 37520, July 21, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.6   Nontransferability.</HEAD>
<P>United States Individual Retirement Bonds are not transferable, and may not be sold, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation, or for any other purpose.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.7   Judicial proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>No judicial determination will be recognized which would give effect to an attempted voluntary transfer inter vivos of an Individual Retirement Bond. Otherwise, a claim against a registered owner will be recognized when established by valid judicial proceedings, but in no case will payment be made to the purchaser at a sale under a levy or to the officer authorized to levy upon the property of the owner under appropriate process to satisfy a money judgment unless or until the bond has become eligible for authorized redemption pursuant to these regulations. Neither the Department of the Treasury nor any of its agencies will accept notices of adverse claims or of pending judicial proceedings or undertake to protect the interests of litigants who do not have possession of the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.8   Payment or redemption during lifetime of owner.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>During first 12 months of issue date.</I> An Individual Retirement Bond is redeemable at any time during the first twelve (12) months of its issue date. No interest will be paid on any bond so redeemed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prior to age 59
<FR>1/2</FR></I>—(1) <I>With penalty.</I> Unless redeemed within twelve months of its issue, or except as provided under paragraphs (b)(2) and (c)(2) of this section, if an Individual Retirement Bond is cashed by its owner before he attains age 59
<FR>1/2</FR>, he must include on his Federal income tax return for the year of redemption the value of the bond. In addition, there is an additional income tax equal to 10 percent of the value of the bond imposed by section 409(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>In case of disability.</I> An Individual Retirement Bond will be paid at its then current redemption value upon a registered owner's request (or by a person recognized as entitled to act on his behalf) prior to his attainment of age 59
<FR>1/2</FR> years upon submission of a physician's statement or any similar evidence showing that the owner has become disabled to such an extent that he is unable to engage in any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite duration. The following are examples of impairments which would ordinarily be considered as preventing substantial, gainful activity:
</P>
<P>(i) Loss of use of two limbs.
</P>
<P>(ii) Certain progressive diseases which have resulted in the physical loss or atrophy of a limb, such as diabetes, multiple sclerosis, or Buerger's disease.
</P>
<P>(iii) Disease of the heart, lungs, or blood vessels which have resulted in major loss of heart or lung reserve as evidenced by X-ray, electrocardiogram, or other objective findings, so that despite medical treatment breathlessness, pain, or fatigue is produced on slight exertion, such as walking several blocks, using public transportation, or doing small chores.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cancer which is inoperable and progressive.
</P>
<P>(v) Damage to the brain or brain abnormality which has resulted in severe loss of judgment, intellect, orientation, or memory.
</P>
<P>(vi) Mental diseases (e.g., psychosis or severe psychoneurosis) requiring continued institutionalization or constant supervision of the individual.
</P>
<P>(vii) Loss or diminution of vision to the extent that the effected individual has a central visual acuity of not better than 20/200 in the better eye after best correction, or has a limitation in the fields of vision such that the widest diameter of the visual fields subtends an angle no greater than 20 degrees.
</P>
<P>(viii) Permanent and total loss of speech.
</P>
<P>(ix) Total deafness uncorrectible by a hearing aid.
</P>
<FP>In any case coming under the provisions hereof, the evidence referred to above must be submitted to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101, for approval before any bonds may be paid. If, after review of the evidence, the Secretary of the Treasury is satisfied that the owner's disability has been established a letter will be furnished authorizing payment of his Individual Retirement Bonds. This letter must be presented each time any of the owner's bonds are submitted for payment to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Department of the Treasury.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Prior to age 70
<FR>1/2</FR></I>—(1) <I>General.</I> An Individual Retirement Bond will be redeemable at its current redemption value upon the request of the registered owner (or a person recognized as entitled to act on his behalf), provided he is 59
<FR>1/2</FR> years of age or older. The owner's age will be determined from the date of birth shown on the face of the bond, provided, however, that the Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right in any case or class of cases to require proof, in the form of a duly certified copy of his birth certificate, that the owner has attained the age of 59
<FR>1/2</FR> years. If such evidence is unavailable, one of the following documents may be furnished in lieu thereof:
</P>
<P>(i) Church records of birth or baptism
</P>
<P>(ii) Hospital birth record or certificate
</P>
<P>(iii) Physician's or midwife's birth record
</P>
<P>(iv) Certification of Bible or other family records
</P>
<P>(v) Military, naturalization or immigration records
</P>
<P>(vi) Other evidence of probative value.
</P>
<FP>Similar documentary evidence will also be required to support any claim made by an owner that the date of birth shown on his bond is incorrect.
</FP>
<P>(2) <I>For change of investment.</I> Under section 409(b)(3)(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, if an Individual Retirement Plan Bond is cashed at any time before the end of the taxable year in which the owner attains age 70
<FR>1/2</FR>, and the entire redemption proceeds are transferred to an individual retirement account, an individual annuity, an employees' trust, or annuity plan, as described in sections 408(a), 408(b), 401(a) and 403(a), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code, on or before the 60th day after receipt of such proceeds, they shall be excluded from gross income and the transfer shall be treated as a rollover contribution described in section 408(d)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requests for payment</I>—(1) <I>By owner.</I> When redemption of any Individual Retirement Bond is desired by the registered owner, it should be presented, with the request for payment on the back of the bond signed and duly certified, to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Securities Transactions Branch, Washington, DC 20226. If payment is requested on account of disability, the letter described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section should accompany the bond. 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> In any case in which a legal representative has not been appointed for the estate of a registered owner who has attained the age of 59
<FR>1/2</FR> years, or who has become disabled, a person seeking payment of a bond on the owner's behalf should furnish a complete statement of the circumstances to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Securities Operations, Washington, DC 20226. Appropriate instructions will then be furnished.</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) <I>By person other than owner.</I> When redemption of any Individual Retirement Bond is desired by the legal guardian, committee, conservator, or similar representative of the owner's estate, it should be presented, with the request signed as described below, to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Department of the Treasury. If payment is requested on account of disability, the letter described in paragraph (b) (2) of this section should accompany the bond. 
<SU>3</SU> The request for payment, in either case, should be signed by the representative in his fiduciary capacity before an authorized certifying officer, and must be supported by a certificate or a certified copy of the letters of appointment from the court making the appointment, under seal, or other proof of qualification if the appointment was not made by a court. Except in the case of corporate fiduciaries, such evidence should state that the appointment is in full force and should be dated not more than one year prior to the presentation of the bond for payment.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Partial redemption.</I> An Individual Retirement Bond in a denomination greater than $50 (face value), which is otherwise eligible for redemption, may be redeemed in part, at current redemption value, upon the request of the registered owner (or a person recognized as entitled to act on his behalf), but only in amounts corresponding to authorized denominations. In any case in which partial redemption is desired, before the request for payment is signed, the phrase “to the extent of $__ (face value) and reissue of the remainder” should be appended to the request. Upon partial redemption of the bond, the remainder will be reissued as of the original issue date. No partial redemption of a bond will be made after the death of the owner in whose name it is registered.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(26 U.S.C. 220 and 31 U.S.C. 757) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 4240, Jan. 28, 1975, as amended at 42 FR 37520, July 21, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.9   Payment or redemption after death of owner.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Order of precedence where owner not survived by beneficiary.</I> If the registered owner of an Individual Retirement Bond dies before it has been presented and surrendered for payment, and there is no beneficiary shown thereon, or if the designated beneficiary predeceased the owner, the bond shall be paid in the following order of precedence:
</P>
<P>(1) To the duly appointed executor or administrator of the estate of the owner, who should sign the request for payment on the back of the bond in his representative capacity before an authorized certifying officer, such request to be supported by a court certificate or a certified copy of his letters of appointment, under seal of the court, which should show that the appointment is in full force and effect, and be dated within six months of its presentation;
</P>
<P>(2) If no legal representative of the deceased registered owner's estate has been or will be appointed, to the widow or widower of the owner;
</P>
<P>(3) If none of the above, to the child or children of the owner and the descendants of deceased children by representation;
</P>
<P>(4) If none of the above, to the parents of the owner, or the survivor of them;
</P>
<P>(5) If none of the above, to other next-of-kin of the owner, as determined by the laws of the domicile of such owner at the time of his death.
</P>
<FP>In any case coming under the provisions of this paragraph, a duly certified copy of the registered owner's death certificate will ordinarily be required. Proof of death of the beneficiary, if any, will be required where he predeceased the owner. Payment of bonds under paragraph (a)(1) of this section will be made by a Federal Reserve Bank or by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Securities Transactions Branch, Washington, DC 20226. Payment of bonds under paragraphs (a) (2) through (5) of this section will be made upon receipt of applications on Form PD 3565-1, together with the bonds and supporting evidence, by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Order of precedence where beneficiary survived owner.</I> If the registered owner of an Individual Retirement Bond dies before it has been presented and surrendered for payment, and the beneficiary shown thereon survived the owner, the bond shall be paid in the following order of precedence:
</P>
<P>(1) To the designated beneficiary upon his presentation and surrender of the bond with the request for payment signed and duly certified;
</P>
<P>(2) If the designated beneficiary survived the registered owner but failed to present the bond for payment during his own lifetime, payment will be made in the order of precedence specified in paragraphs (a) (1) through (5) of this section to the legal representative, surviving spouse, children, parents, or next-of-kin of such beneficiary, and in the manner provided therein.
</P>
<FP>In any case coming under the provisions of this subsection, a duly certified copy of the registered owner's death certificate will ordinarily be required. Proof of death of the beneficiary will also be required where he survived the owner but failed to present the bond for payment during his own lifetime. Payment of a bond to a designated beneficiary will be made by a Federal Reserve Bank or by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Securities Transactions Branch, Washington, DC 20226.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Ownership of redemption proceeds.</I> The orders of precedence set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, except in cases where redemption is made for the account of a registered owner, are for the Department's convenience in discharging its obligation on an Individual Retirement Bond. The discharge of the obligation in accordance therewith shall be final so far as the Department is concerned, but those provisions do not otherwise purport to determine ownership of the redemption proceeds of a bond.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(26 U.S.C. 220 and 31 U.S.C. 757) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 4240, Jan. 28, 1975, as amended at 42 FR 37520, July 21, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.10   Reissue.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Addition or change of beneficiary.</I> An Individual Retirement Bond will be reissued to add a beneficiary in the case of a single ownership bond, or to eliminate or substitute a beneficiary in the case of a bond registered in beneficiary form upon the owner's request on Form PD 3564. No consent will be required to support any reissue transaction from a beneficiary whose name is to be removed from the registration of an Individual Retirement Bond. If the registered owner dies after the bond has been presented and surrendered for reissue, upon receipt of notice thereof by the agency to which the request for reissue was submitted, such request shall be treated as ineffective, provided the notice of death is received by the Federal Reserve Bank or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101, to which the request was sent, in sufficient time to withhold delivery, by mail or otherwise, of the reissued bond.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Error in issue—change of name.</I> Reissue of an Individual Retirement Bond will be made where an error in issue has occurred, as well as in cases where the owner's name has been changed by marriage, divorce, annulment, order of court, or in any other legal manner upon an appropriate request. Information as to the procedure to be followed in securing such reissue may be obtained from a Federal Reserve Bank or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(26 U.S.C. 220 and 31 U.S.C. 757) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 4240, Jan. 28, 1975, as amended at 42 FR 37520, July 21, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.11   Use of power of attorney.</HEAD>
<P>No designation of an attorney, agent, or other representative to request payment or reissue on behalf of the owner, beneficiary, or other person entitled under § 346.9, other than as provided in these regulations, will be recognized.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.12   Lost, stolen, or destroyed bonds.</HEAD>
<P>If an Individual Retirement Bond is lost, stolen, or destroyed, relief will be granted upon identification of the bond and proof of its loss, theft, or destruction. A description of the bond by denomination, serial number, issue date and registration should be furnished at the time the report of loss, theft, or destruction is made. Such reports should be sent to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Transactions and Rulings, Parkersburg, WV 26101. Full instructions for obtaining substitute bonds, or payment, in appropriate cases, will then be given.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(26 U.S.C. 220 and 31 U.S.C. 757) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 4240, Jan. 28, 1975, as amended at 42 FR 37520, July 21, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.13   Taxation.</HEAD>
<P>The tax treatment provided under section 409 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, shall apply to all Individual Retirement Bonds. The bonds are subject to estate, inheritance, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, municipality, or any local taxing authority. Inquiry concerning the application of any Federal tax to these bonds should be directed to the District Director of Internal Revenue for the district in which the taxpayer resides.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.14   Certifying officers.</HEAD>
<P>Officers authorized to certify requests for payment or for any other transaction involving Individual Retirement Bonds include:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Post offices.</I> Any postmaster, acting postmaster, or inspector-in-charge, or other post office official or clerk designated for that purpose. A post office official or clerk, other than a postmaster, acting postmaster, or inspector-in-charge, should certify in the name of the postmaster or acting postmaster, followed by his own signature and official title. Signatures of these officers should be authenticated by a legible imprint of the post office dating stamp.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Banks and trust companies.</I> Any officer of a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, or of a bank or trust company chartered under the laws of the United States or those of any State, Commonwealth, or Territory of the United States, as well as any employees of such bank or trust company expressly authorized to act for that purpose, who should sign over the title “Designated Employee.” Certifications by any of these officers or designated employees should be authenticated by either a legible imprint of the corporate seal, or, where the institution is an authorized issuing agent for United States Savings Bonds, Series E, by a legible imprint of its dating stamp.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Issuing agents of Series E savings bonds.</I> Any officer of a corporation or any other organization which is an authorized issuing agent for United States Savings Bonds, Series E. All certifications by such officers must be authenticated by a legible imprint of the issuing agent's dating stamp.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Foreign countries.</I> In a foreign country requests may be signed in the presence of and be certified by any United States diplomatic or consular representative, or the manager or other officer of a foreign branch of a bank or trust company incorporated in the United States whose signature is attested by an imprint of the corporate seal or is certified to the Department of the Treasury. If such an officer is not available, requests may be signed in the presence of and be certified by a notary or other officer authorized to administer oaths, but his official character and jurisdiction should be certified by a United States diplomatic or consular officer under seal of his office.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special provisions.</I> The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, or his delegate, or any Federal Reserve Bank or Branch is authorized to make special provision for certification in any particular case or class of cases where none of the officers authorized above is readily accessible.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 346.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 346.15   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Regulations.</I> All Individual Retirement Bonds shall be subject to the general regulations prescribed by the Secretary with respect to United States securities, which are set forth in Department of the Treasury Circular No. 300, current revision, to the extent applicable. Copies of the general regulations may be obtained upon request from any Federal Reserve Bank or the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reservation as to issue of bonds.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to reject any application for the purchase of Individual Retirement Bonds, in whole or in part, and to refuse to issue or permit to be issued any such bonds in any case or any class or classes of cases if he deems such action to be in the public interest, and his action in any such respect shall be final.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional requirements.</I> In any case or any class of cases arising under this circular, the Secretary of the Treasury may require such additional evidence as may in his judgment be necessary, and may require a bond of indemnity, with or without surety, where he may consider such bond necessary for the protection of the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Waiver of requirements.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right, in his discretion, to waive or modify any provision or provisions of this circular in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States, or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship, if such action is not inconsistent with law, does not impair any existing rights, and he is satisfied that such action would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Fiscal agents.</I> Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, as fiscal agents of the United States, are authorized to perform such services as may be requested of them by the Secretary of the Treasury in connection with the issue, delivery, redemption, reissue, and payment of Individual Retirement Bonds.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reservation as to terms of circular.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, supplement or amend the terms of this circular, or any amendments or supplements thereto.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.45.0.7.17.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Part 346—Tables
</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 6 Percent per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning January 1, 1975
</P><P class="gpotbl_description"><E T="04">Note:</E> This table shows how Individual Retirement Bonds bearing issue dates on or after January 1, 1975, by denomination, increase in redemption value during the successive half-year periods following issue. The redemption values provide an investment yield of approximately 6 pct/annum, compounded semiannually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. No increase in redemption value is shown, however, until 1 year after issue date since no interest may be paid on bonds redeemed before that time. The period to maturity is fixed in accordance with the provisions of § 346.1(b) of this circular.
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$75.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500.00
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1st</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$75.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 to 1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">530.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr> to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">546.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 to 2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">112.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">562.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/2</fr> to 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115.92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">579.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 to 3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">119.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">597.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/2</fr> to 4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61.49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122.98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">614.90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 to 4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">633.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/2</fr> to 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">652.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5 to 5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">672.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/2</fr> to 6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">692.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 to 6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">712.90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/2</fr> to 7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73.43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">734.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 to 7
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">756.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/2</fr> to 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">779.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 to 8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">802.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/2</fr> to 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">123.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">826.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9 to 9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">170.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">851.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/2</fr> to 10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">876.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 to 10
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135.46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">903.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/2</fr> to 11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">139.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">186.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">930.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 to 11
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95.81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">143.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">191.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">958.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/2</fr> to 12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">197.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">986.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 to 12
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">152.46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">203.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,016.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>1/2</fr> to 13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">157.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">209.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,046.90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 to 13
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">161.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,078.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>1/2</fr> to 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">166.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">222.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,110.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 to 14
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">171.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">228.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,144.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>1/2</fr> to 15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">176.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,178.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 to 15
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">242.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,213.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>1/2</fr> to 16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">187.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,250.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 to 16
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">193.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">257.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,287.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>1/2</fr> to 17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">132.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">265.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,326.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17 to 17
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">204.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">273.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,366.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>1/2</fr> to 18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140.69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">211.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">281.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,406.90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18 to 18
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144.91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">217.37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">289.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,449.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>1/2</fr> to 19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">223.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">298.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,492.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19 to 19
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">153.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230.61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">307.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,537.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>1/2</fr> to 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">158.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">237.53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">316.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,583.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 to 20
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">163.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">244.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">326.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,631.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A—Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 6.50 Percent per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning Aug. 1, 1979
</P><P class="gpotbl_description"><E T="04">Note:</E> This table shows how Individual Retirement Bonds bearing issue dates on or after August 1, 1979, by denomination, increase in redemption value during the successive half-year periods following issue. The redemption values provide an investment yield of approximately 6.50 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. No increase in redemption value is shown, however, until 1 year after issue date since no interest may be paid on bonds redeemed before that time. The period to maturity is fixed in accordance with the provisions of § 346.1(b) of this circular.
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$75
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1st</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$75.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 to 1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">533.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr> to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 to 2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85.23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">568.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/2</fr> to 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">586.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 to 3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">605.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/2</fr> to 4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62.54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">625.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 to 4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">129.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">645.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/2</fr> to 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">133.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">666.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5 to 5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">688.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/2</fr> to 6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">710.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 to 6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">734.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/2</fr> to 7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 to 7
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">782.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/2</fr> to 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121.17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">161.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">807.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 to 8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">166.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">834.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/2</fr> to 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">129.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">861.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9 to 9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">133.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">889.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/2</fr> to 10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">918.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 to 10
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">189.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">948.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/2</fr> to 11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195.76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">978.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 to 11
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">202.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,010.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/2</fr> to 12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">208.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,043.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 to 12
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">161.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,077.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>1/2</fr> to 13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111.22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">166.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">222.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,112.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 to 13
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">229.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,148.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>1/2</fr> to 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">237.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,185.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 to 14
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">244.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,224.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>1/2</fr> to 15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">189.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">252.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,264.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 to 15
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">261.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,305.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>1/2</fr> to 16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134.76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">202.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">269.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,347.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 to 16
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">139.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">208.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">278.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,391.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>1/2</fr> to 17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">143.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215.49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">287.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,436.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17 to 17
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">222.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">296.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,483.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>1/2</fr> to 18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">153.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">229.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">306.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,531.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18 to 18
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">158.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">237.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">316.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,581.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>1/2</fr> to 19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">163.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">244.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">326.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,632.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19 to 19
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">168.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">252.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">337.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,685.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>1/2</fr> to 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">174.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">261.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">348.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,740.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 to 20
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">179.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">269.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">359.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,797.20</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table B—Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 8.00 Percent Per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning November 1, 1980
</P><P class="gpotbl_description"><E T="04">Note:</E> This table shows how Individual Retirement Bonds bearing issue dates on or after November 1, 1980, by denomination, increase in redemption value during the successive half-year periods following issue. The redemption values provide an investment yield of approximately 8.00 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. No increase in redemption value is shown, however, until 1 year after issue date since no interest may be paid on bonds redeemed before that time. The period to maturity is fixed in accordance with the provisions of § 346.1(b) of this circular.
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$75.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500.00
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First half year</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$75.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.0 to 1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">540.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5 to 2.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">112.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">562.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.0 to 2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">585.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.5 to 3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">608.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.0 to 3.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">632.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.5 to 4.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">658.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.0 to 4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">684.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.5 to 5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.0 to 5.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">740.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.5 to 6.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76.98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115.47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">153.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">769.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.0 to 6.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.5 to 7.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">166.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">832.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7.0 to 7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">129.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">865.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7.5 to 8.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">900.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8.0 to 8.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140.46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">187.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">936.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8.5 to 9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">194.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">974.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9.0 to 9.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">202.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,013.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9.5 to 10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">158.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">210.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,053.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.0 to 10.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">164.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">219.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,095.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.5 to 11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">170.91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">227.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,139.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11.0 to 11.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">237.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,185.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11.5 to 12.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">123.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">246.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,232.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12.0 to 12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">192.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">256.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,281.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12.5 to 13.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">133.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">199.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">266.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,333.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13.0 to 13.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">207.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">277.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,386.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13.5 to 14.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">216.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">288.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,441.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.0 to 14.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">224.91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">299.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,499.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.5 to 15.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">233.91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">311.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,559.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15.0 to 15.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">243.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">324.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,621.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15.5 to 16.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">168.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">252.99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">337.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,686.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16.0 to 16.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">263.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,754.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16.5 to 17.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">273.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">364.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,824.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17.0 to 17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">189.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">284.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">379.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,897.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17.5 to 18.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">197.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">295.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">394.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,973.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18.0 to 18.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">205.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">307.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">410.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,052.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18.5 to 19.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">213.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">320.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">426.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,134.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19.0 to 19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">221.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">332.91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">443.88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,219.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19.5 to 20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">346.23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">461.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,308.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.0 to 20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">360.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">480.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,400.60</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table C—Table of Redemption Values Providing an Investment Yield of 9.00 Percent Per Annum for Bonds Bearing Issue Dates Beginning October 1, 1981
</P><P class="gpotbl_description"><E T="04">Note:</E> This table shows how Individual Retirement Bonds bearing issue dates on or after October 1, 1981, by denomination, increase in redemption value during the successive half-year periods following issue. The redemption values provide an investment yield of approximately 9.00 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, on the purchase price from issue date to the beginning of each half-year period. No increase in redemption value is shown, however, until 1 year after issue date since no interest may be paid on bonds redeemed before that time. The period to maturity is fixed in acordance with the provisions of § 346.1(b) of this circular.
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Period after issue date (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Issue price
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Redemption values during each half-year period (values increase on first day of period shown)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$50.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$75.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$100.00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$500.00
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First half</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$75.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.0 to 1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">546.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5 to 2.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">570.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.0 to 2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">119.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">596.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.5 to 3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">623.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.0 to 3.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">651.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.5 to 4.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">680.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.0 to 4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.5 to 5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111.45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">743.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.0 to 5.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116.46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">776.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.5 to 6.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">811.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.0 to 6.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">169.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">848.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.5 to 7.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">132.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">886.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7.0 to 7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">185.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">926.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7.5 to 8.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">145.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">193.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">967.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8.0 to 8.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">202.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,011.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8.5 to 9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">158.49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">211.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,056.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9.0 to 9.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,104.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9.5 to 10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,154.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.0 to 10.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">241.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,205.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.5 to 11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">189.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">252.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,260.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11.0 to 11.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">197.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">263.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,316.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11.5 to 12.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">206.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,376.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12.0 to 12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">143.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">287.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,438.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12.5 to 13.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,502.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13.0 to 13.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">157.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">314.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,570.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13.5 to 14.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">164.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">246.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">328.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,641.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.0 to 14.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">171.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">257.22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">342.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,714.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.5 to 15.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">179.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">268.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">358.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,792.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15.0 to 15.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">187.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">280.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">374.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,872.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15.5 to 16.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">293.55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,957.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16.0 to 16.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">204.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">306.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">409.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,045.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16.5 to 17.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">213.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">320.55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">427.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,137.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17.0 to 17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">223.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">334.98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">446.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,233.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17.5 to 18.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">233.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">466.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,333.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18.0 to 18.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">243.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">365.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">487.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,438.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18.5 to 19.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">254.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">382.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">509.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,548.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19.0 to 19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">266.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">399.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">532.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,663.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19.5 to 20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">278.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">417.45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">556.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,783.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.0 to 20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">290.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">436.23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">581.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,908.20</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(26 U.S.C. 220, and 31 U.S.C. 757; 40 Stat. 288, 48 Stat. 343, as amended; 31 U.S.C. 752, 7546; 5 U.S.C. 301)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 4240, Jan. 28, 1975, as amended at 42 FR 37521, July 21, 1977; 45 FR 53397, Aug. 11, 1980; 45 FR 55178, Aug. 19, 1980; 46 FR 60577, Dec. 11, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="347" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 347—REGULATIONS GOVERNING RETIREMENT SAVINGS BONDS


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 90; 31 U.S.C. 3105.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 74024, Dec. 15, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.0   Offering of securities.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury (the Secretary), under the authority of Title 31, Chapter 31, offers retirement savings bonds to the IRA custodian for Treasury's retirement savings program and to the Auto-IRA custodians for certain state Auto-IRA programs. The nonmarketable bonds are issued to and held by the custodians, on behalf of participants, in Treasury's program and state programs. This offering will continue until terminated by the Secretary or the Secretary's designee. Treasury's Fiscal Assistant Secretary is authorized to act on behalf of the Secretary on all matters contained in these regulations. The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as designee of the Secretary, is delegated the responsibility to administer this part through the Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Fiscal Service).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 6245, Jan. 19, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part apply to retirement savings bonds issued, on behalf of participants, to the IRA custodian for Treasury's retirement savings program and to the Auto-IRA custodians for state Auto-IRA programs.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 6246, Jan. 19, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.2   Official agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Fiscal Service is responsible for administering Treasury's retirement savings program and for issuing the retirement savings bonds to the IRA custodian for Treasury's retirement savings program and to the Auto-IRA custodians for certain state Auto-IRA programs. The states are responsible for administering their Auto-IRA retirement savings programs, including the designation of Auto-IRA custodians to perform all operational responsibilities associated with the retirement savings bonds issued by Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P>(b) Communications concerning transactions relating to an individual's IRA should be addressed to the appropriate custodian.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 6246, Jan. 19, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Auto-IRA</I> means an individual retirement account for or opened on behalf of a participant in a state retirement savings program (whether or not the program provides for automatic enrollment).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>State Auto-IRA program</I> means a state Auto-IRA retirement savings program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>IRA</I> means an individual retirement account.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Custodian</I> means a trustee or custodian of a Roth IRA or traditional IRA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>State</I> means any of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, or certain of their political subdivisions.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Auto-IRA custodian</I> means an entity designated by a state (including, for the purpose of these regulations, political subdivisions of states) to act as the trustee or custodian for Auto-IRAs, in the form of Roth IRAs or traditional IRAs, for or opened on behalf of participants in a state Auto-IRA program.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Retirement savings bond,</I> as used in this part, means an interest-bearing electronic United States savings bond issued to an Auto-IRA or IRA custodian.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>IRA custodian</I> means an entity designated by Fiscal Service to act as a custodian for Roth IRAs opened by or on behalf of participants in Treasury's retirement savings program.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Individual</I> means a person eligible to have an IRA in Treasury's retirement savings program or in a state Auto-IRA program.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Participant</I> means an individual who has an IRA in Treasury's retirement savings program or in a state Auto-IRA program.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Roth IRA</I> means an individual retirement account defined under 26 U.S.C. 408A.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Treasury</I> means the United States Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 74024, Dec. 15, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 6246, Jan. 19, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Treasury's Retirement Savings Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.10   Authorized form of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Retirement savings bonds are issued to the IRA custodian for Treasury's retirement savings program. No other registrations under this subpart are permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) In the event Fiscal Service designates a successor IRA custodian, Fiscal Service may reissue retirement savings bonds held by the predecessor custodian to the successor custodian.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 6246, Jan. 19, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.11   Crediting of retirement savings bond.</HEAD>
<P>Each retirement savings bond issued to the IRA custodian must be credited to a single Roth IRA established through Treasury's retirement savings program with the custodian.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 6246, Jan. 19, 2017]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.12   Annual additions to retirement savings bond.</HEAD>
<P>The amount that initially may be contributed or added to a retirement savings bond in a calendar year by the IRA custodian on behalf of any participant is limited by the applicable annual contribution limits provided under the Internal Revenue Code and regulations. The total value of a retirement savings bond that may be held by the IRA custodian in an IRA on behalf of any participant shall not exceed $15,000.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 6246, Jan. 19, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.13   Individual additions to retirement savings bond.</HEAD>
<P>Fiscal Service is authorized to establish minimum amounts for initial and additional contributions to a retirement savings bond under this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 6246, Jan. 19, 2017]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.14   Payment (redemption).</HEAD>
<P>Payment of retirement savings bonds will be made to the IRA custodian upon the custodian's submission of a request for redemption to Fiscal Service. The custodian shall request the redemption of all retirement savings bonds at their respective maturity. The custodian shall request the full or partial redemption of a bond held on behalf of a participant upon the request of the participant or other authorized person entitled to amounts in the IRA. Retirement savings bond redemptions will be rounded to the nearest one cent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 6246, Jan. 19, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.15   Computation of interest.</HEAD>
<P>Retirement savings bonds under this subpart earn interest at the same annual percentage rate as securities issued to the Government Securities Investment Fund (G Fund) in the Thrift Savings Plan for federal employees. The Secretary calculates the G Fund interest rate pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 8438(e)(2). The retirement savings bond interest rate compounds daily at 1/360 of the annual percentage rate. Retirement savings bonds will cease to accrue interest on the date of their maturity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 6246, Jan. 19, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.16   Maturity.</HEAD>
<P>The maturity date for retirement savings bonds is indeterminate and may be different for each bond issued, but shall not exceed the sum of an original maturity period of 20 years and an extended maturity period of 10 years. A retirement savings bond purchased by the IRA custodian on behalf of a participant will mature at the earlier of 30 years from the date the bond is first issued to the custodian on behalf of the participant or when its value reaches $15,000.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 6246, Jan. 19, 2017]
















</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Auto-IRA Programs</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 6247, Jan. 19, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 347.30" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.30   Plan requirements for State Auto-IRA programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authorized form of registration.</I> Retirement savings bonds are issued to Auto-IRA custodians for state Auto-IRA programs. No other registrations under this subpart are permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Documentation.</I> A state Auto-IRA program must provide documentation to Fiscal Service annually, in a form and manner acceptable to Fiscal Service, addressing the following topics:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Administration</I>—servicing of the retirement savings bonds, such as account maintenance, recordkeeping, and establishment of procedures for automatic payroll direct deposit contributions (or other funding means permitted under state Auto-IRA programs);
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Account monitoring</I>—tracking and, when applicable, redeeming and reallocating retirement savings bond holdings (which may include investment diversification strategies) no later than when a retirement savings bond that may be held by the Auto-IRA custodian on behalf of a participant in a state Auto-IRA program reaches the $15,000 maximum dollar threshold or 30 years, whichever occurs first;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Ability to transfer</I>—addressing how the state Auto-IRA program enables participants, at their discretion, to redeem their retirement savings bonds prior to maturity and transfer their retirement savings bond proceeds to another investment available in the State Auto-IRA program or to another provider, without imposing unreasonable restrictions on voluntary investment diversification (which might occur through a transfer within or outside of a state Auto-IRA program);
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Withdrawals</I>—addressing how the state Auto-IRA program enables participants, at their discretion, to make reasonable withdrawals from their Auto-IRAs;
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Consumer protection</I>—addressing consumer protections in the program, including disclosures provided to participants;
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Costs of administration</I>—describing any fees or other costs or expenses passed on to or otherwise borne by participants under the state Auto-IRA program (e.g., no more than reasonable administrative, custodial, asset management, or other fees, costs, or expenses);
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Oversight</I>—addressing state Auto-IRA program oversight of Auto-IRA custodians and describing any protections in place for participants' funds invested in retirement savings bonds, including information relating to the protection of participants' funds in the event that the Auto-IRA custodian files for bankruptcy or otherwise experiences financial stress;
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Pooling</I>—prohibiting the inclusion of retirement savings bonds as a component of another investment or asset category (such as a mutual fund or target-date fund);
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Default investment</I>—obtaining, if applicable, Fiscal Service's further consent before any use of retirement savings bonds as a default, sole, or mandatory investment, even if temporary;
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Consumer education</I>—describing plans to provide financial education to participants; and
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Certification</I>—requiring a statement signed by an authorized senior official certifying that the documentation provided to Fiscal Service is accurate and complete, and that procedures are in place to timely notify Fiscal Service of any material changes in the future.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Successor custodian.</I> In the event a state Auto-IRA program designates a successor Auto-IRA custodian, that program may request that Fiscal Service reissue the retirement savings bonds held by the predecessor custodian to the successor custodian.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.31" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.31   Crediting of retirement savings bond.</HEAD>
<P>Each retirement savings bond issued to an Auto-IRA custodian must be credited to an IRA under the state Auto-IRA program with the custodian.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.32" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.32   Annual additions to retirement savings bond.</HEAD>
<P>The amount that initially may be contributed or added to a retirement savings bond in a calendar year by an Auto-IRA custodian on behalf of any participant is limited by the applicable annual contribution limits provided under the Internal Revenue Code and regulations. The total value of a retirement savings bond that may be held by an Auto-IRA custodian in an IRA on behalf of any participant shall not exceed $15,000 for each state Auto-IRA program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.33" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.33   Individual additions to retirement savings bond.</HEAD>
<P>Fiscal Service is authorized to establish minimum amounts for initial and additional contributions to a retirement savings bond under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.34" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.34   Payment (redemption).</HEAD>
<P>The issuance and redemption of a retirement savings bond is conditioned on an Auto-IRA custodian certifying compliance with these regulations and with any additional program instructions identified by Fiscal Service that pertain to that bond.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Payment upon maturity.</I> Payment of retirement savings bonds will be made to an Auto-IRA custodian upon the custodian's submission of a request for redemption to Fiscal Service. The custodian shall request the redemption of all retirement savings bonds at their respective maturity. The custodian shall request the full or partial redemption of a bond held on behalf of a participant upon the request of the participant or other authorized person entitled to amounts in the IRA. Retirement savings bond redemptions will be rounded to the nearest one cent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment upon call.</I> Final interest on any called bonds will be paid with the principal (amount contributed minus withdrawals taken) at redemption and rounded to the nearest one cent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.35   Computation of interest.</HEAD>
<P>Retirement savings bonds under this subpart earn interest at the same annual percentage rate as securities issued to the Government Securities Investment Fund (G Fund) in the Thrift Savings Plan for federal employees. The Secretary calculates the G Fund interest rate pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 8438(e)(2). The retirement savings bond interest rate compounds daily at 1/360 of the annual percentage rate. Retirement savings bonds will cease to accrue interest on the date of their maturity or call.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.36" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.36   Maturity.</HEAD>
<P>The maturity date for retirement savings bonds is indeterminate and may be different for each bond issued, but shall not exceed the sum of an original maturity period of 20 years and an extended maturity period of 10 years. A retirement savings bond purchased by the Auto-IRA custodian on behalf of a participant will mature at the earlier of 30 years from the date the bond is first issued to the custodian on behalf of the participant or when its value reaches $15,000.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.37" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.3.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.37   Reservation of rights.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service may decide, in his or her sole discretion, to take any of the following actions with respect to the retirement savings bonds offered under this subpart. Such actions are final. Specifically, the Commissioner reserves the right under this subpart:
</P>
<P>(a) As a condition of Fiscal Service's issuance of retirement savings bonds to an Auto-IRA custodian under a state Auto-IRA program, to require a state Auto-IRA program to provide information to Fiscal Service concerning the state Auto-IRA program and retirement savings bonds offered under this subpart, including a certification by a senior official to the completeness and accuracy of the information requested;
</P>
<P>(b) To refuse to issue retirement savings bonds to an Auto-IRA custodian in any particular case or class of cases;
</P>
<P>(c) To suspend or cease offering retirement savings bonds to an Auto-IRA custodian;
</P>
<P>(d) To call for redemption of any outstanding retirement savings bond; or
</P>
<P>(e) To determine any appropriate remedy under this subpart.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Miscellaneous Provisions for Retirement Savings Bonds</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 6248, Jan. 19, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 347.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.40   Waiver of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service may waive or modify any provision or provisions of the regulations in this part. He or she may do so in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship:
</P>
<P>(a) If such action would not be inconsistent with law or equity;
</P>
<P>(b) If it does not impair any material existing rights; and
</P>
<P>(c) If he or she is satisfied that such action would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.41" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.41   Additional requirements; bond of indemnity.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service may require:
</P>
<P>(a) Such additional evidence to support a requested action as he or she may consider necessary or advisable; or
</P>
<P>(b) A bond of indemnity, with or without surety, in any case in which he or she may consider such a bond necessary for the protection of the interests of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 347.42" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.46.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 347.42   Supplements, amendments, or revisions.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary may at any time, or from time to time, prescribe additional, supplemental, amendatory, or revised rules and regulations governing retirement savings bonds.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="348" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.47" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 348—REGULATIONS GOVERNING DEPOSITARY COMPENSATION SECURITIES 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3121; 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 41267, July 11, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 348.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.47.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 348.0   Offering of securities.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury (the Secretary) under authority of Title 31, Chapter 31, offers, at par, Depositary Compensation Securities (securities) to financial agents of the Department of the Treasury. The securities are offered to financial agents of the Department of the Treasury designated under federal law (including, but not limited to: 12 U.S.C. 90, 265-266, 1464(k), and 1789a; 31 U.S.C. 3303) which have executed a Depositary, Financial Agency, and Collateral Agreement satisfactory to the Secretary, and are authorized to provide essential banking services to the Department of the Treasury. The securities will be issued in an amount not to exceed, in any case, the amount for which the financial agents are authorized. The securities are non-marketable Treasury securities that will be utilized to compensate financial agents, in whole or in part, for services performed on behalf of the Department of the Treasury. The financial agents will be compensated from the interest earned on the securities. This offering will continue until terminated by the Secretary. The Fiscal Assistant Secretary is authorized to act on behalf of the Secretary upon all matters contained in these regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 348.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.47.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 348.1   Description of securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The securities will be issued in book-entry form on the books of the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Terms and rate of interest.</I> The securities will be issued as notes or bonds, depending on their maturity, under such terms and at such rates as determined and announced by the Secretary. The Secretary will set a given rate of interest that will apply to all securities issued while the rate is in effect. The interest will be payable on a monthly basis. The securities will be issued in a minimum of $1,000 each. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nontransferability.</I> The securities are not transferable, but they will be acceptable to secure compensating balances with financial agents (as described in § 348.0) and may not be used for any other purpose. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 348.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.47.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 348.2   Redemption/call/reinvestment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Redemption by financial agents.</I> The securities may be redeemed prior to maturity by financial agents only under such terms and conditions as set forth in agreements between the financial agents and the Department of the Treasury, Financial Management Service, Washington, DC. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Call by the Treasury.</I> The securities are subject to call before maturity. The Secretary will announce such call by any means the Secretary deems appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reinvestment at maturity.</I> The securities shall be automatically redeemed at maturity and the principal amount reinvested in new securities having the same description in all material respects as the ones redeemed, except that the Secretary shall have the authority to modify the rate of interest for the re-issued securities. The securities shall be automatically redeemed and re-invested unless the agent certifies in writing, to the Treasury, Financial Management Service, Washington, DC, that it declines automatic reinvestment within seven calendar days prior to maturity date. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 348.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.47.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 348.3   Reservations.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary reserves the right to reject any application for the purchase of securities hereunder, in whole or in part, and to refuse to issue or permit to be issued any such securities in any case if the Secretary deems such action to be in the public interest, and the Secretary's action in any such respect shall be final. The Secretary may also at any time, supplement or amend the terms of these regulations, or of any amendments or supplements thereto.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="351" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 351—OFFERING OF UNITED STATES SAVINGS BONDS, SERIES EE 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 3105. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 24796, May 8, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.1.12.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.0   What does this part cover?</HEAD>
<P>This part is the offering of United States Savings Bonds of Series EE (referred to as Series EE bonds or bonds) for sale to the people of the United States by the Secretary of the Treasury (Secretary). Series EE bonds have been offered since 1980. The current offer was effective May 1, 2005, and will continue until terminated by the Secretary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 24796, May 8, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 17288, Apr. 5, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.1.12.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.1   What regulations govern Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in 31 CFR part 353 apply to definitive (paper) Series EE savings bonds that have not been converted to book-entry bonds through New Treasury Direct.
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations in 31 CFR part 363 apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Book-entry Series EE savings bonds that were originally issued as book-entry bonds in New Treasury Direct; and
</P>
<P>(2) Definitive Series EE savings bonds that have been converted to book-entry bonds through New Treasury Direct.
</P>
<P>(c) The regulations in 31 CFR part 370 apply to transactions for the purchase of savings bonds issued through the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, but do not apply to transactions purchased through issuing agents generally. 
</P>
<P>(d) We expressly disclaim any representations or warranties regarding Series EE savings bonds that in any way conflict with these regulations and other applicable law. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 24796, May 8, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 14941, Mar. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.1.12.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.2   How do I contact Fiscal Service?</HEAD>
<P>You may contact Fiscal Service by e-mail at <I>savbonds@bpd.treas.gov</I>, or by writing to the following address: Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26106-1328. Our website address is <I>www.savingsbonds.gov.</I> 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.1.12.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.3   What special terms do I need to know to understand this part?</HEAD>
<P><I>Accrual date</I> is the first day of any month on which earnings on a Series EE bond accrue. The redemption value of a bond does not change between these accrual dates. 
</P>
<P><I>Automated Clearing House (ACH)</I> means a funds transfer system governed by the Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association (NACHA). NACHA provides for the interbank clearing of electronic entries for participating financial institutions. 
</P>
<P><I>Bank account</I> means your account at a United States depository financial institution (whether a bank or other financial institution) to which you have directed that ACH debits and payments be made. 
</P>
<P><I>Beneficiary</I> refers to the second individual named in the registration of a security held in definitive form registered “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 POD (payable on death to) Joseph Doe.” In the New Treasury Direct system, beneficiary refers to the second individual named in the registration of a security registered “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 POD (payable on death to) Joseph Doe SSN 987-65-4321.” In these examples, Joseph Doe is the beneficiary. 
</P>
<P><I>Book-entry bond</I> means a Series EE savings bond maintained by Treasury solely as a computer record. 
</P>
<P><I>Converted bond</I> means a savings bond originally issued as a definitive bond that has been surrendered to us and converted to a book-entry savings bond to be maintained by Treasury solely as a computer record.
</P>
<P><I>Coowner</I> means either the first or the second individual named in the registration of a definitive Series EE savings bond registered “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 or Joseph Doe.” In this example, John Doe and Joseph Doe are coowners. 
</P>
<P><I>Definitive bond</I> means a Series EE savings bond issued in paper form. 
</P>
<P><I>Extended maturity period, second extended maturity period,</I> and <I>extended maturity</I> refer to periods after the original maturity dates of the bonds during which owners may retain them and continue to earn interest. 
</P>
<P><I>Face amount</I> refers to the nominal amount of a Series EE savings bond. The face amount of a definitive Series EE bond is imprinted on the front of the bond. The face amount of a book-entry Series EE bond is the amount of the original investment. (See principal amount.) 
</P>
<P><I>Fiduciary</I> means the court-appointed or otherwise qualified person, regardless of title, who is legally authorized to act for another. Fiduciary does not include an attorney-in-fact. 
</P>
<P><I>Final maturity</I> refers to the date that a bond ceases to earn interest. 
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a natural person. Individual does not mean an organization, representative, or fiduciary. 
</P>
<P><I>Inscription</I> means the information that is printed on the face of the bond.
</P>
<P><I>Interest,</I> as used in this part, is the difference between the principal amount and the redemption value of the bond. 
</P>
<P><I>Issue date</I> is the first day of the month in which an authorized issuing agent receives payment of the issue price of the bond. 
</P>
<P><I>Issuing agent</I> means an organization that has been qualified under 31 CFR part 317, and any other entity that is otherwise authorized to issue bonds. 
</P>
<P><I>New Treasury Direct system (New Treasury Direct)</I> is an online account system in which you may hold and conduct transactions in eligible book-entry Treasury securities. 
</P>
<P><I>Original maturity period</I> or <I>original maturity</I> refers to the initial maturity period of a bond prior to any extensions of maturity; this period varies from 8 to 20 years, depending on the issue date of the bond. 
</P>
<P><I>Owner</I> is either a single owner, the first individual named in the registration of a bond held in the owner with beneficiary form of registration, or the primary owner of a book-entry bond held in the primary owner with secondary owner form of registration. 
</P>
<P><I>Par</I> means the face amount of a Series EE savings bond. 
</P>
<P><I>Paying agent</I> means a financial institution that has been qualified under 31 CFR part 321. 
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity including an individual, trust, estate, corporation, government entity, association, partnership, and any other similar organization. Person does not mean a Federal Reserve Bank. 
</P>
<P><I>Primary owner</I> means the first individual named in the registration of a book-entry bond held in New Treasury Direct registered “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 with Joseph Doe SSN 987-65-4321.” In this example, John Doe is the primary owner. 
</P>
<P><I>Principal amount</I> means the amount of the original investment. Principal amount does not include any interest earned. 
</P>
<P><I>Redemption of a book-entry Series EE savings bond</I> refers to payment of principal and accrued interest on the bond at final maturity, or, at the option of the owner, prior to final maturity. The owner of a book-entry savings bond held in New Treasury Direct may redeem all principal and interest or a portion of the principal and the proportionate amount of interest. 
</P>
<P><I>Redemption of a definitive Series EE savings bond</I> refers to the payment of principal and accrued interest when the owner presents the bond for payment. 
</P>
<P><I>Redemption value</I> means principal plus accrued interest of a Series EE savings bond, as of the date of potential or actual redemption. In the case of a book-entry Series EE savings bond, it also refers to a portion of the principal amount plus a proportionate amount of accrued interest of a bond, as of the date of potential or actual redemption. 
</P>
<P><I>Registration</I> means that the names of all persons named on the bond and the taxpayer identification number (TIN) of the owner, first-named coowner, or purchaser of a gift bond are maintained on our records.
</P>
<P><I>Secondary owner</I> means the second individual named in the registration of a book-entry bond held in New Treasury Direct registered “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 with Joseph Doe SSN 987-65-4321.” In this example, Joseph Doe is the secondary owner. 
</P>
<P><I>Semiannual rate periods</I> or <I>semiannual earnings periods</I> are the six-month periods beginning on the issue date and on each semiannual anniversary of the issue date to final maturity. 
</P>
<P><I>Series EE savings bond</I> is an accrual-type savings bond, offered at a discount, either in definitive (paper) form or in book-entry form, that pays interest on the principal based on rates determined by Treasury. 
</P>
<P><I>Single owner</I> means the person named in the registration of a savings bond without a coowner, beneficiary or secondary owner. 
</P>
<P><I>Taxpayer identification number (TIN)</I> means the identifying number required on tax returns and other documents submitted to the Internal Revenue Service; for example, an individual's social security account number (SSN) or an employer identification number (EIN). A SSN is composed of nine digits separated by two hyphens, for example, 123-45-6789. An EIN is composed of nine digits separated by one hyphen, for example, 12-3456789. The hyphens are an essential part of the numbers. 
</P>
<P><I>We, us,</I> or <I>our</I> refers to the agency, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. The term extends to the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary's delegates at the Treasury Department and Bureau of the Fiscal Service. The term also extends to any fiscal or financial agent we designate to act on behalf of the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>You</I> or <I>your</I> refers to an owner of a Series EE savings bond. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 24796, May 8, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 14941, Mar. 23, 2005; 71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.1.12.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.4   In what form are Series EE savings bonds issued?</HEAD>
<P>Series EE savings bonds are issued in book-entry form. Effective January 1, 2012, Treasury discontinued the issuance of definitive Series EE savings bonds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 66855, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Maturities, Redemption Values, and Investment Yields of Series EE Savings Bonds</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.5   What is the maturity period of a Series EE savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>Series EE savings bonds have a total maturity period of 30 years from the issue date, consisting of an original maturity period and one or two periods of extended maturity, which vary depending on the issue date of the bond. The interest on an outstanding bond ceases to accrue 30 years after its issue date. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.6   When may I redeem my Series EE savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Bonds with issue dates on or before January 1, 2003.</I> You may redeem your Series EE savings bond at any time beginning six months after its issue date. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bonds with issue dates on or after February 1, 2003.</I> You may redeem your Series EE savings bond at any time beginning twelve months after its issue date. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.7   May Series EE savings bonds be called for redemption prior to final maturity?</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may not call Series EE bonds for redemption prior to final maturity. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.8   When is interest payable on Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>Interest on a bond accrues and becomes part of the redemption value. Interest earnings are payable upon redemption. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.9   When will I receive the redemption value of my Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You will be paid the redemption value of your definitive bond when you surrender the bond for payment as provided in these regulations and in 31 CFR part 353. 
</P>
<P>(b) You will be paid the redemption value of your book-entry bond when it reaches final maturity, if you have not redeemed the bond previously. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.10   What do I need to know about market yields, or market bid yields, to understand redemption value calculations in this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>We use market yields, or market bid yields, derived from Treasury bills, notes, and bonds, to create a yield curve based on the most actively traded Treasury securities. This curve relates the yield on a security to its time to maturity. Yields at particular points on the curve are referred to as “constant maturity yields” and are determined by the Treasury from this daily yield curve. Six-month and 5-year Treasury securities rates are derived from these yield curves. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.11   What do I need to know about the short-term savings bond rate, to understand redemption value calculations in this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>We determine this rate by compiling 6-month Treasury securities rates as of the close of business for each day of the previous three months and calculating the monthly average for each month, rounding each monthly average to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. We then determine the short-term savings bond rate by taking 85 percent of the three-month average and rounding the result to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. For bonds entitled to interest accruals at the short-term savings bond rate, that rate applies to the bond's first full semiannual interest accrual period following each announcement of the rate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.12   What do I need to know about the long-term savings bond rate, to understand redemption value calculations in this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>We determine this rate by compiling 5-year Treasury securities rates as of the close of business for each day of the previous six months and calculating the monthly average for each month, rounding each monthly average to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. We then determine the long-term savings bond rate by taking 85 percent of the 6-month average and rounding the result to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. For bonds entitled to interest accruals at the long-term savings bond rate, that rate applies to the bond's first full semiannual interest accrual period following each announcement of the rate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.13   What do I need to know about the savings bond rate to understand redemption value calculations in this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>We determine the savings bond rate by compiling 5-year Treasury securities yields as of the close of business for each day of the previous six months and calculating the monthly average to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. We then determine the savings bonds rate by taking 90 percent of the 6-month average and rounding the result to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.14   When are rate announcements that apply to Series EE savings bonds announced?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary will furnish rates that apply to Series EE savings bonds in announcements published each May 1 and November 1. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the regularly scheduled date for the announcement is a day when we are not open for business, then the Secretary will make the announcement on the next business day. However, the effective date of the rate remains the first day of the month of the announcement. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Secretary may announce rates at any other time. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.15   Is the determination of the Secretary on rates and values final?</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary's determination of rates of return and savings bond redemption values is final and conclusive. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.16   What do I need to know about the base denomination for redemption value calculations?</HEAD>
<P>We base all calculations of interest on a unit with a principal amount of $12.50. We use this unit value to determine the value of bonds in higher denominations. The effect of rounding off the value of the $12.50 unit increases at higher denominations. This can work to your slight advantage or disadvantage, depending on whether the value is rounded up or down. 
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example.</HED><PSPACE>The following hypothetical example illustrates the calculation: A rate of 3.25% will result in a newly purchased $12.50 unit increasing in value after six months to $12.70, when rounded to the nearest cent. Therefore, a $5,000 definitive Series EE bond (with a principal amount of $2,500) will be worth $2,540 after six months ([$2,500 divided by $12.50] × $12.70 = $2,540.) In contrast, if applied directly to a $2,500 principal amount, the rate would render a value of $2,540.63 after six months, a difference of 63 cents. (This example does not account for any interest penalty that might apply if you redeem a bond less than five years after its issue date.)</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 351.17-351.18" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.12.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 351.17-351.18   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.13" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Series EE Savings Bonds with Issue Dates Prior to May 1, 1995</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.19" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.13.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.19   What are maturity periods of Series EE savings bonds with issue dates prior to May 1, 1995?</HEAD>
<P>Bonds with issue dates from January 1, 1980, through May 1, 1995 have an original maturity period and two extended maturity periods, as shown by the following table:

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates—1st day of 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Original term
<br/>(in years) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">First extended term
<br/>(in years) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Second extended term
<br/>(in years) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Final maturity dates 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jan. 1980-Oct. 1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 2010-Oct. 2010. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov. 1980-Apr. 1981</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 2010-Apr. 2011. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 1981-Oct. 1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 2011-Oct. 2012. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov. 1982-Oct. 1986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 2012-Oct. 2016. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov. 1986-Feb. 1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 2016-Feb. 2023. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1993-Apr. 1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 2023-Apr. 2025.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.13.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.20   What is the investment yield (interest) during the original maturity period of Series EE savings bonds with issue dates from January 1, 1980, through April 1, 1995?</HEAD>
<P>The redemption value of a bond on a given interest accrual date during original maturity will be the higher of the value produced using the applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield or the value produced using the appropriate market-based variable investment yield. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guaranteed minimum investment yield</I>—(1) <I>Bonds bearing issue dates prior to November 1, 1982.</I> You may obtain the guaranteed minimum investment yields on bonds bearing issue dates prior to November 1, 1982, by downloading from our website at <I>www.savingsbonds.gov,</I> contacting us by email at <I>savbonds@bpd.treas.gov,</I> or by writing us at the following address: Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26106-1328. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bonds bearing issue dates of November 1, 1982, through April 1, 1995</I>—(i) <I>Prior to 5 years from issue date.</I> You may download the guaranteed minimum investment yields prior to 5 years from issue date at our website at <I>www.savingsbonds.gov,</I> by contacting us by email at <I>savbonds@bpd.treas.gov,</I> or writing to the following address: Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26106-1328. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>On or after 5 years from issue date.</I> The guaranteed minimum investment yield of a bond from its issue date to each semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after 5 years from issue up to original maturity will be as follows, compounded semiannually: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue dates of bonds 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov. 1, 1982-October 1, 1986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nov. 1, 1986-Feb. 1, 1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1, 1993-Apr. 1, 1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Market-based variable investment yield.</I> If a bond is held for a period of 5 years after its first semiannual interest accrual period, occurring on or after November 1, 1982, or its issue date, whichever is later, its market-based variable investment yield for such period, and to each successive semiannual interest accrual date up to its original maturity, will be determined as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) For each 6-month period, starting with the period beginning on May 1, 1982, we will determine the average market yield on outstanding marketable Treasury securities with a remaining term to maturity of approximately 5 years during such period. 
</P>
<P>(2) For bonds bearing an issue date prior to May 1, 1989, the market-based variable investment yield from its first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982, or its issue date, whichever is later, to its first semiannual interest accrual date 5 years thereafter will be 85 percent, rounded to the nearest one-fourth of 1 percent, of the arithmetic average of the market yield averages for the ten 6-month periods starting with the 6-month period that most recently ended before such issue date, whichever is later. 
</P>
<P>(3) For bonds bearing issue dates of May 1, 1989, through April 1, 1995, the market-based variable investment yield from the issue date to the semiannual interest accrual date 5 years thereafter will be 85 percent, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of 1 percent, of the arithmetic average of the market yield averages for the ten 6-month periods starting with the 6-month period that most recently ended before such issue date. 
</P>
<P>(4) In determining the market-based variable investment yield for a bond from its first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982, or its issue date, whichever is later, to each successive semiannual interest accrual date occurring after 5 years from issue up to original maturity, the average market yield for each additional 6-month period will be included in the computation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.13.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.21   How are redemption values determined during any extended maturity period of Series EE savings bonds with issue dates prior to May 1, 1995?</HEAD>
<P>The redemption value of a bond on a given interest accrual date during an extended maturity period or periods will be the higher of the values produced using either the applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield or the appropriate market-based variable investment yield. The calculation of these yields and the resulting redemption values are described below: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guaranteed minimum investment yield and resulting values during an extended maturity period.</I> A bond may be subject to one guaranteed minimum investment yield during its original maturity period and to another such yield during each of its extended maturity periods. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Bonds entering an extended maturity period from May 1, 1989, through February 1, 1993.</I> Bonds that entered an extended maturity period from May 1, 1989, through February 1, 1993, had a guaranteed minimum investment yield of 6 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, during that extended maturity period. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bonds entering an extended maturity period on or after March 1, 1993.</I> Bonds that entered or enter an extended maturity period on or after March 1, 1993, have a guaranteed minimum investment yield of 4 percent per annum, compounded semiannually, during that extended maturity period, or the guaranteed minimum investment yield in effect at the beginning of that period. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Determination of values for a bond during extended maturity periods.</I> In order to determine values for a bond during its first extended maturity period, we determine the value of the bond at the end of its original maturity period using the guaranteed minimum investment yield applicable to that period. This value is then used as the base upon which interest accrues during the first extended maturity period at the applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield for that period. We use the value thus attained at first extended maturity as the base upon which interest accrues during the second extended maturity period at the applicable guaranteed minimum investment yield for that period. We then compare the resulting semiannual values with the corresponding values determined using only the applicable market-based variable investment yields. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Market-based variable investment yield and resulting values during an extended maturity period.</I> For a bond beginning an extended maturity period, the market-based variable investment yield from its first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982, or its issue date, whichever is later, to each semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1989, will be 85 percent, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the arithmetic average of the market yield averages for the appropriate number of 6-month periods involved, beginning with the period from May 1, 1982, or the 6-month period that most recently ended before the issue date, whichever period occurs later. We use the value of a bond on its first semiannual interest accrual date occurring on or after November 1, 1982, or its issue date, whichever is later, as the base upon which interest accrues during the extended maturity period at the applicable market-based variable investment yield. As described above, the bond will receive the higher of the two values: One value produced using the applicable market-based variable investment yield; and, the other value produced using the guaranteed minimum investment yield. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.13.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.22   When does the redemption value increase for bonds issued prior to May 1, 1995?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Bonds with issue dates from January 1, 1980, through October 1, 1980.</I> For bonds with issue dates from January 1, 1980, through October 1, 1980, the redemption value increases on the first day of each month from the third through the thirtieth month after issue, and thereafter on the first day of each successive 6-month period. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bonds with issue dates from November 1, 1980, through October 1, 1986.</I> For bonds with issue dates from November 1, 1980, through October 1, 1986, the redemption value increases on the first day of each month from the third through the eighteenth month after issue, and thereafter on the first day of each successive 6-month period. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bonds with issue dates from November 1, 1986, through February 1, 1993.</I> For bonds with issue dates from November 1, 1986, through February 1, 1993, the redemption values increase on the first day of each month from the third through the thirtieth month after issue, and thereafter on the first day of each successive 6-month period. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Bonds with issue dates of March 1, 1993, through April 1, 1995.</I> For bonds with issue dates of March 1, 1993, through April 1, 1995, the redemption values increase on the first day of each month from the third through the sixtieth month after issue, and thereafter either on the first day of each month or on the first day of each successive 6-month period, whichever accrual schedule ensures that the actual yield from issue date to redemption date is in no case less than 4 percent per annum, compounded semiannually. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.13.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.23   Are tables of redemption values available for bonds issued prior to May 1, 1995?</HEAD>
<P>You may obtain the appropriate yields and tables by downloading from our website at <I>www.savingsbonds.gov,</I> contacting us by email at <I>savbonds@bpd.treas.gov,</I> or by writing us at the following address: Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26106-1328. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.14" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Series EE Savings Bonds With Issue Dates From May 1, 1995, Through April 1, 1997</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.14.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.24   What are the maturity periods of bonds with issue dates from May 1, 1995, through April 1, 1997?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Original maturity.</I> Bonds reach original maturity at 17 years after issue date. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Final maturity.</I> Series EE savings bonds have an extended maturity period of 13 years, and reach final maturity at 30 years after the issue date. Bonds cease to earn interest at final maturity. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.14.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.25   What were the interest rates and redemption values for bonds with issue dates from May 1, 1995, through April 1, 1997, during semiannual rate periods in the first 5 years after issue date?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Interest rates.</I> The interest rate for a Series EE bond bearing an issue date of May 1, 1995, through April 1, 1997, for semiannual earning periods during the first 5 years from issue date, was the short-term savings bond rate (see § 351.11 for a description of the short-term savings bond rate.) 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Redemption values.</I> Redemption values for semiannual accrual dates occurring on or before 5 years from issue date are calculated in accordance with § 351.28. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.14.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.26   What are the interest rates and redemption values for bonds with issue dates from May 1, 1995 through April 1, 1997, during semiannual rate periods that begin 5 years or more after issue date?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Interest rates.</I> The interest rate for a Series EE bond bearing an issue date of May 1, 1995, through April 1, 1997, for semiannual earning periods beginning 5 years from issue date through original maturity, is the long-term savings bond rate as defined in § 351.12. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Redemption values.</I> We calculate redemption values for semiannual accrual dates occurring after 5 years from issue date, through original maturity, in accordance with § 351.28, except that the redemption value at the date of original maturity shall not be less than the denomination (face amount or face value). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.14.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.27   What are the interest rates and redemption values for bonds with issue dates from May 1, 1995, through April 1, 1997, during an extended maturity period?</HEAD>
<P>During an extended maturity period the bond will be subject to the terms and conditions in effect when it is issued, and will continue to earn interest as described in paragraph § 351.26, unless the terms and conditions applicable to an extended maturity period are expressly amended prior to the beginning of such period. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.28" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.14.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.28   How are redemption values calculated for bonds with issue dates from May 1, 1995, through April 1, 1997?</HEAD>
<P>We determine the redemption value of a bond on the accrual date immediately following each semiannual earning period as follows: 
</P>
<P>(a) We convert the applicable long-term or short-term savings bond rate for the semiannual earning period to decimal form by dividing by 100, and adjust it to a semiannual rate by dividing by 2. 
</P>
<P>(b) Using redemption values for the base denomination, as defined in § 351.16, we then multiply this rate by the redemption value of the bond at the beginning of the semiannual earning period. 
</P>
<P>(c) We add the resulting interest amount, rounded to the nearest cent, to the redemption value of the bond at the beginning of the earning period to produce the redemption value at the next semiannual accrual date. The redemption value of a bond remains constant between accrual dates. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.15" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Series EE Savings Bonds With Issue Dates of May 1, 1997, Through April 1, 2005</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.29" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.15.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.29   What are the maturity periods of bonds with issue dates of May 1, 1997, through April 1, 2005?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Original maturity</I>—(1) <I>Bonds with issue dates from May 1, 1997, to May 1, 2003.</I> Bonds reach original maturity at 17 years after issue date. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bonds with issue dates of June 1, 2003, through April 1, 2005.</I> Bonds reach original maturity at 20 years after issue date. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Final maturity.</I> Bonds reach final maturity at 30 years after the issue date. Bonds cease to earn interest at final maturity. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 24796, May 8, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 17288, Apr. 5, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.30" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.15.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.30   What are interest rates and monthly accruals for Series EE bonds with issue dates of May 1, 1997, through April 1, 2005, during the original maturity period?</HEAD>
<P>Savings bond rates (defined in § 351.13) apply to earnings during the first semiannual rate period beginning on or after the effective date of the rate. Interest is credited on the first day of each month and compounded semiannually. Interest accrues beginning with the fourth month from the issue date. For example, a bond issued in January has interest first credited on May 1, which represents one month of interest because of the 3-month interest penalty. The following table shows, for any given month of issue with rates announced each May and November, the months making up the semiannual rate period during which interest is earned at the announced rate (disregarding the penalty for bonds redeemed prior to 5 years after the issue date) and the months in which the bonds increase in value. This rate is an annual rate compounded semiannually. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If issue month is— 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">And rate announcement/effective date is— 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then, semiannual rate periods in which interest is earned include months of— 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">And bonds increase in value on 1st day of months of— 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jan. or Jul</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jul. through Dec</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. through Jan. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Feb. or Aug</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. through Jan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sep. through Feb. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. or Sep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sep. through Feb</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. through Mar. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Apr. or Oct</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. through Mar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. through Apr. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May or Nov</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May through Oct</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jun. through Nov. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jun. or Dec</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jun. through Nov</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jul. through Dec. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jan. or Jul</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. through Jun</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. through Jul. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Feb. or Aug</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. through Jul</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. through Aug. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. or Sep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. through Aug</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. through Sep. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Apr. or Oct</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. through Sep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May through Oct. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May or Nov</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. through Apr</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. through May.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jun. or Dec</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. through May</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. through Jun.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.31" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.15.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.31   What is the interest penalty for Series EE bonds with issue dates of May 1, 1997, through April 1, 2005, that are redeemed less than 5 years after the issue date?</HEAD>
<P>If you redeem a Series EE savings bond with an issue date of May 1, 1997, through April 1, 2005, less than five years following the issue date, we reduce the overall earning period from the issue date by three months. For example, if you redeem a bond issued January 1, 1998, 9 months later on October 1, 1998, we will determine the redemption value by applying the redemption value calculation formula described in § 351.32 and the savings bonds rate for that bond at 6 months after the issue date on July 1, 1998. The redemption value of a bond subject to the 3-month interest penalty shall not be reduced below the issue price. This penalty does not apply to bonds redeemed 5 years or more after the issue date. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 24796, May 8, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 17288, Apr. 5, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.32" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.15.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.32   How are redemption values calculated for Series EE bonds with issue dates of May 1, 1997, through April 1, 2005?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Formula for redemption value.</I> We determine the redemption value of a bond for the accrual date (the first day of each month beginning with the fourth month from the issue date) in accordance with this section and the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>FV = PV × {[1 + (i ÷ 2)] <E T="51">(m/6)</E>} 
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where
</FP>
<FP-2>FV (future value) = redemption value on redemption date rounded to the nearest cent.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>PV (present value) = redemption value at the beginning of the semiannual rate period
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = savings bonds rate converted to decimal form by dividing by 100.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m = number of full calendar months outstanding during the semiannual rate period. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/></FP-2></EXTRACT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The following hypothetical example illustrates how this formula is applied:
</P>
<P>Example, assume a hypothetical savings bonds rate of 5.00% effective May 1, 2002, for a bond denominated at $25, with an issue date of September 1, 1997 and a redemption value of $16.00 as of September 1, 2002. The February 1, 2003, redemption value is calculated as follows: Bonds issue dated in September have semiannual rate periods beginning each March 1 and September 1. The first semiannual rate period to begin on or after the effective date of the May 1, 2002, rate would be the period beginning September 1, 2002. PV, the present value, would be the value of the bond at the beginning of the semiannual rate period, on September 1, 2002. The savings bonds rate of 5.00% converted to a decimal would be 0.05. The number of months, m, is 5 since 5 full calendar months (September through January) have lapsed since the beginning of the rate period. FV is then the result of the formula:
</P>
<P>FV = $16.00 × {[1 + (0.05 ÷ 2)] <E T="51">(5/6)</E>} = $16.33 after rounding to the nearest cent.
</P>
<P>Using the example, the FV of a savings bond with a $50 or larger denomination can be determined by applying the appropriate multiple, for example: $16.33 × ($50.00/$25.00) for a bond with a $50.00 face amount; or $16.33 × ($100.00/$25.00) for a bond with a $100.00 face amount.</P></FTNT>
<P>(b) <I>Value of bonds at original maturity</I>—(1) <I>Definitive bond.</I> At original maturity, the redemption value of a definitive bond shall not be less than the face amount/denomination of the bond.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Book-entry bond.</I> At original maturity, the redemption value of a book-entry bond shall not be less than double the purchase price of the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.33" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.15.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.33   What are interest rates and redemption values for Series EE bonds issued May 1, 1997, through April 1, 2005, during an extended maturity period?</HEAD>
<P>During an extended maturity period the bond will be subject to the terms and conditions in effect when it is issued and will continue to earn interest as described in § 351.30, unless the terms and conditions applicable to an extended maturity period are expressly amended prior to the beginning of such period.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.16" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Series EE Savings Bonds With Issue Dates of May 1, 2005, or Thereafter</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.34" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.16.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.34   What are the maturity periods of Series EE bonds with issue dates of May 1, 2005, or thereafter?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Original maturity.</I> Bonds reach original maturity at 20 years after the issue date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Final maturity.</I> Bonds reach final maturity at 30 years after the issue date. Bonds cease to earn interest at final maturity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 17288, Apr. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.16.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.35   What do I need to know about interest rates, penalties, and redemption values for Series EE bonds with issue dates of May 1, 2005, or thereafter?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Fixed rate or fixed rate of interest.</I> Fixed rate or fixed rate of interest means the rate of interest for a Series EE savings bond with an issue date of May 1, 2005, or thereafter, established by the Secretary or the Secretary's designee.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination of fixed rate of interest.</I> (1) The Secretary or the Secretary's designee determines the fixed rate of interest, which is established for the life of the bond, including the extended maturity period, unless, prior to the beginning of such maturity period, the Secretary either announces a different fixed rate applicable to the extended maturity period, or we expressly amend the terms and conditions applicable to the extended maturity period.
</P>
<P>(2) The Secretary's determination of rates of interest and savings bond redemption values is final and conclusive.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Announcement of fixed rate.</I> (1) The Secretary or the Secretary's designee will furnish a fixed rate of interest in announcements published each May 1 and November 1. The effective date of the rates will be the first day of the month of the announcement.
</P>
<P>(2) If the regularly scheduled date for the announcement is a day when the Treasury is not open for business, then the Secretary will make the announcement on the next business day; however, the effective date of the rates remains the first day of the month of the announcement.
</P>
<P>(3) The Secretary may announce rates at any other time.
</P>
<P>(4) The most recently announced fixed rate applies only to bonds purchased during the six months following the announcement, or for any other period of time announced by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Monthly accruals.</I> Interest accrues on the first day of each month; that is, we add the interest earned on a bond during any given month to its value at the beginning of the following month. The accrued interest compounds semiannually.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Interest penalty for Series EE bonds redeemed less than 5 years after issue date.</I> If you redeem a bond with an issue date of May 1, 2005, or thereafter, less than five years following the issue date, we reduce the overall earning period from the issue date by three months. However, the redemption value of a bond subject to the 3-month interest penalty shall not be reduced below the issue price. This penalty does not apply to bonds redeemed 5 years or more after the issue date.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Redemption value of Series EE bonds at original maturity</I>—(1) <I>Definitive bond.</I> At original maturity, the redemption value of a definitive bond shall not be less than the face amount/denomination of the bond.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Book-entry bond.</I> At original maturity, the redemption value of a book-entry bond shall not be less than double the purchase price of the bond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 17289, Apr. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 351.36-351.39" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.2.16.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 351.36-351.39   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Definitive Series EE Savings Bonds</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.40   What were the denominations and prices of definitive Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>Prior to January 1, 2012, we issued definitive Series EE savings bonds in denominations of $50, $75, $100, $200, $500, $1000, $5000, and $10,000. The purchase price was one-half the amount of the denomination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 66855, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.41" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.41   When are definitive Series EE savings bonds validly issued?</HEAD>
<P>A definitive bond is validly issued when it is registered as provided in 31 CFR part 353, and when it bears an issue date and the validation indicia of an authorized issuing agent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.42" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.42   What is the issue date of a definitive series EE savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>The issue date of a definitive bond is the first day of the month in which an authorized issuing agent received payment of the issue price.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 66855, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.43" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.43   Are taxpayer identification numbers (TINs) required for the registration of a definitive Series EE savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>The registration of a definitive Series EE savings bond must include the TIN of the owner or first-named coowner. The TIN of the second-named coowner or beneficiary is not required but its inclusion is desirable. If the bond was purchased as a gift or award and the owner's TIN is not known, the TIN of the purchaser must be included in the registration of the bond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006, as amended at 76 FR 66855, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 351.44-351.45" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 351.44-351.45   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.46" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.46   May I purchase definitive Series EE savings bonds over-the-counter?</HEAD>
<P>Effective January 1, 2012, Treasury discontinued the over-the-counter sale of definitive Series EE savings bonds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 66855, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.47" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.47   May I purchase definitive Series EE savings bonds through a payroll savings plan?</HEAD>
<P>Treasury discontinued the issuance of definitive Series EE savings bonds through a payroll savings plan:
</P>
<P>(a) Effective October 1, 2010, for United States government employees, and
</P>
<P>(b) Effective January 1, 2011, for all other employees.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 52460, Aug. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.48" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.48   May I purchase definitive Series EE savings bonds through employee thrift, savings, vacation, and similar plans?</HEAD>
<P>You may purchase bonds registered in the names of trustees of employee plans in book-entry form in multiples of $100 through a designated Federal Reserve Bank, after we have approved the plan as eligible for the special limitation under § 353.13 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.49" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.49   How are definitive Series EE savings bonds delivered?</HEAD>
<P>We deliver definitive bonds by mail to your address. If your address is within the United States, its territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, we will deliver bonds at our risk. Bonds delivered elsewhere will be delivered at your risk; however, at our discretion, we may require delivery to an address within the United States, or refuse delivery to addresses in countries referred to in part 211 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.50" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.50   How is payment made when definitive Series EE savings bonds are redeemed?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Payment in general.</I> A financial institution qualified as a paying agent under the provisions of 31 CFR part 321 will pay the current redemption value of a definitive Series EE bond presented for payment. The bond must meet the requirements for payment specified in 31 CFR part 353. You must establish your identity and entitlement to redemption to the satisfaction of the agent, in accordance with our instructions and identification guidelines, and must sign and complete the request for payment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment to beneficiary or legal representative.</I> A paying agent may, but is not required to, pay the current redemption value of a definitive Series EE savings bond upon the request of a beneficiary if he or she survives the owner, or a legal representative designated in the bond registration by name and capacity, or a court-appointed legal representative of the last-deceased registrant's estate provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The bond is in order for payment; and
</P>
<P>(2) The presenter establishes his or her identity to the satisfaction of the agent in accordance with our instructions and identification guidelines, and signs and completes the request for payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.51" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.51   How can I find out what my definitive Series EE savings bonds are worth?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Redemption values.</I> We make redemption values available for definitive bonds in various formats and media.
</P>
<P>(1) You may determine the redemption value for definitive bonds on the Internet at &lt;<I>http://www.savingsbonds.gov</I>&gt;.
</P>
<P>(2) You may download savings bond calculators from the Internet at &lt;<I>http://www.savingsbonds.gov</I>&gt;.
</P>
<P>(3) You may obtain paper tables from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26106-1328. We reserve the right to cease making paper tables of redemption values available.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Redemption penalty.</I> For bonds issued after May 1, 1997, redemption values published in the tables reflect the three-month interest penalty applied to bonds redeemed prior to five years from the issue date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 351.52-351.59" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.3.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 351.52-351.59   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Book-entry Series EE Savings Bonds</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.60" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.60   How are book-entry Series EE savings bonds purchased and held?</HEAD>
<P>Book-entry bonds must be purchased and held online through your New Treasury Direct account. We provide instructions for opening an account online at &lt;<I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov</I>&gt;.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.61" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.61   What are the denominations and prices of book-entry Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>Book-entry bonds are issued in a minimum amount of $25, with additional increments of one cent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.62" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.62   How is payment made for purchases of book-entry Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>You may only purchase book-entry Series EE savings bonds online through your New Treasury Direct account. You may pay for your securities through a debit to your designated account at a United States depository financial institution, or by applying the redemption proceeds of a certificate of indebtedness held in your New Treasury Direct account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50308, Aug. 16, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.63" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.63   How are redemption payments made for my redeemed book-entry Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>We will make payments electronically by direct deposit, using the ACH method, to your designated account at a United States depository financial institution. You may also direct that a payment be used to purchase a certificate of indebtedness to be held in your New Treasury Direct account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50308, Aug. 16, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.64" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.64   What is the issue date of a book-entry Series EE savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>The issue date of a book-entry Series EE savings bond is the first day of the month in which the security posts to the current holdings of the account owner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50308, Aug. 16, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.65" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.65   What amount of book-entry Series EE savings bonds may I acquire per year?</HEAD>
<P>The principal amount of book-entry Series EE savings bonds that you may acquire in any calendar year is provided at § 363.52.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 213, Jan. 4, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 351.66-351.67" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 351.66-351.67   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.68" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.68   Are taxpayer identification numbers (TINs) required for registration of book-entry Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>The TIN of each person named in the registration is required to purchase a book-entry bond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.69" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.69   When is a book-entry Series EE savings bond validly issued?</HEAD>
<P>A book-entry bond is validly issued when it is posted to your New Treasury Direct account.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.70" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.70   How are redemption values calculated for book-entry Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>We base current redemption values (CRV) for book-entry Series EE savings bonds on the definitive savings bond CRV. We use the CRV for a $100 principal amount as calculated in § 351.16 to calculate a CRV prorated to the book-entry principal investment amount for the corresponding issue and redemption dates. Calculated book-entry CRV will be rounded to the nearest one cent. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> The formula is as follows:
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> Example: Calculated value of $25.044 rounds to $25.04; calculated value of $25.045 rounds to $25.05.</P></FTNT>
<FP-2>[Book-entry principal investment ÷ $100] × [CRV value for $100 principal amount].
</FP-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 24796, May 8, 2003, as amended at 75 FR 52460, Aug. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.71" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.71   How can I find out what my book-entry Series EE savings bonds are worth?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Redemption values.</I> You may access redemption values for your book-entry bonds through your New Treasury Direct account.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Redemption penalty.</I> Redemption values shown in your New Treasury Direct account for bonds that are within 5 years from issue date reflect the three-month interest penalty applied to bonds redeemed prior to five years from the issue date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 351.72-351.80" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.4.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 351.72-351.80   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.81" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.5.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.81   Is the Education Savings Bond Program available for Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>You may be able to exclude from income for Federal income tax purposes all or part of the interest received on the redemption of qualified bonds during the year. To qualify for the program, you or the coowner (in the case of definitive savings bonds) must have paid qualified higher education expenses during the same year. You also must have satisfied certain other conditions. This exclusion is known as the Education Savings Bond Program. Information about the program can be found in Internal Revenue Service Publications. (For example, see Publication 17, “Your Federal Income Tax,” Publication 550, “Investment Income and Expenses,” and Publication 970, “Tax Benefits for Higher Education.”) These publications are available on the IRS Web site at <I>http://www.irs.gov.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.82" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.5.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.82   Does Fiscal Service prohibit the issuance of Series EE savings bonds in a chain letter scheme?</HEAD>
<P>We do not permit bonds to be issued in a chain letter or pyramid scheme. We authorize an issuing agent to refuse to issue a bond or accept a purchase order if there is reason to believe that a purchase is connected with a chain letter. The agent's decision is final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.83" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.5.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.83   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.84" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.5.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.84   Does Fiscal Service make any reservations as to issue of Series EE savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>We may reject any application for Series EE bonds, in whole or in part. We may refuse to issue, or permit to be issued, any bonds in any case or class of cases, if we deem the action to be in the public interest. Our action in any such respect is final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.85" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.5.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.85   May Fiscal Service waive any provision in this part?</HEAD>
<P>We may waive or modify any provision of this part in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship:
</P>
<P>(a) If such action would not be inconsistent with law or equity;
</P>
<P>(b) If it does not impair any material existing rights; and
</P>
<P>(c) If we are satisfied that such action would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.86" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.5.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.86   What is the role of Federal Reserve Banks and Branches?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Federal Reserve Banks and Branches are fiscal agents of the United States. They are authorized to perform such services as we may request of them, in connection with the issue, servicing and redemption of Series EE bonds.
</P>
<P>(b) We have currently designated the following Federal Reserve Offices to provide savings bond services:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Servicing site 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reserve district served 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Geographic area served
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Buffalo Branch, 160 Delaware Avenue, Buffalo, NY 14202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, Boston</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey (northern half), New York, Rhode Island, Vermont, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Pittsburgh Branch, 717 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15219</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cleveland, Philadelphia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delaware, Kentucky (eastern half), New Jersey, (southern half), Ohio, Pennsylvania, West Virginia (northern panhandle only).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, 701 East Byrd Street, Richmond, VA 23219</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Richmond, Atlanta</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alabama, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana (southern half), Maryland, Mississippi (southern half), North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee (eastern half), Virginia, West Virginia (except northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, 90 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55401</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minneapolis, Chicago.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Illinois (northern half), Indiana (northern half), Iowa, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Wisconsin.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, 925 Grand Boulevard, Kansas City, MO 64106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dallas, San Francisco, Kansas City, St. Louis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois (southern half), Indiana (southern half), Indiana (southern half), Kansas, Kentucky (western half), Louisiana (northern half), Mississippi (northern half), Missouri, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Oregon, Tennessee (western half), Texas, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Guam.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 351.87" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.5.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 351.87   May Fiscal Service revise, supplement or amend the terms of this offering?</HEAD>
<P>We may revise, supplement or amend the terms of this offering at any time. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.48.5.17.8.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Part 351—Tax Considerations
</HEAD>
<P><I>1. What are some general tax considerations?</I>
</P>
<P><I>General.</I> Interest on savings bonds is subject to taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The bonds are exempt from taxation by any State or political subdivision of a State, except for estate or inheritance taxes. (See 31 U.S.C. 3124.) 
</P>
<P><I>2. What reporting methods are available for savings bonds?</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting methods.</I> You may use either of the following two methods for reporting the increase in the redemption value of the bond for Federal income tax purposes: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Cash basis method.</I> You may defer reporting the increase to the year of final maturity, redemption, or other disposition, whichever is earliest; or 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accrual basis method.</I> You may elect to report the increase each year, in which case the election applies to all Series EE bonds that you then own, those subsequently acquired, and to any other obligations purchased on a discount basis. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Changing methods.</I> If you use the cash basis method, you may change to the accrual basis method without obtaining permission from the Internal Revenue Service. However, once you elect to use the accrual basis method in paragraph (a)(2), you may change the method of reporting the increase only by following the specific procedures prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service for making a method change. For further information, you may contact the Internal Revenue Service director for your area, or the Internal Revenue Service, Washington, DC 20224. 
</P>
<P><I>3. What transactions have potential tax consequences?</I>
</P>
<P>The following types of transactions, among others, may have potential tax consequences: 
</P>
<P>(a) A reissue that affects the rights of any of the persons named on a definitive Series EE savings bond may have tax consequences for the owner. 
</P>
<P>(b) The transfer of a book-entry Series EE savings bond from one owner to another may have tax consequences for the transferor. 
</P>
<P>(c) The redemption of a book-entry Series EE savings bond by the secondary owner may have tax consequences for the primary owner. 
</P>
<P>(d) The purchase of a Series EE savings bond as a gift may have gift tax consequences.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="352" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 352—OFFERING OF UNITED STATES SAVINGS BONDS, SERIES HH
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 3105.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 40249, Sept. 29, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 352.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.0   Offering of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury offered to the people of the United States, United States Savings Bonds of Series HH in exchange for eligible United States Savings Bonds of Series E and EE and United States Savings Notes (Freedom Shares). This offering is being withdrawn and will terminate at the close of business on August 31, 2004.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 40318, July 2, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.1   Governing regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Series HH bonds are subject to the regulations of the Department of the Treasury, now or hereafter prescribed, governing United States Savings Bonds of Series EE and HH contained in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 3-80, as amended (31 CFR part 353), hereinafter referred to as Circular No. 3-80.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.2   Description of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Series HH bonds were issued only in registered form and are nontransferable. The bonds are distinguishable by the portraits, color, border design, tax-deferral legend, and text material.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Denominations and prices.</I> Series HH bonds were issued at face amount and are in denominations of $500, $1,000, $5,000 and $10,000.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Term.</I> Each bond bears an issue date which is the date from which interest is earned. The date was established as provided in § 352.7(f). Series HH bonds have an original maturity period of 10 years and have been granted an extended maturity period of 10 years; they will reach final maturity 20 years from their issue dates.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Redemption.</I> A Series HH bond may be redeemed after six months from its issue date. The Secretary of the Treasury may not call Series HH bonds for redemption prior to maturity. In any case where Series HH bonds are surrendered to an authorized paying agent for redemption in the month prior to an interest payment date, redemption will not be deferred but will be made in regular course, unless the presenter specifically requests that the transaction be delayed until that date. A request to defer redemption made more than one month preceding the interest payment date will not be accepted.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Investment yield (interest).</I> (1) During original maturity. Interest payments on Series HH bonds will produce the investment yields specified below during their original maturity period:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Bonds with issue dates of January 1, 2003, and thereafter.</I> The investment yield applicable to Series HH bonds issued on or after January 1, 2003, will be furnished in rate announcements by the Secretary or the Secretary's designee. The rate announced will apply to bonds issued during the period covered by the announcement. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Bonds with issue dates of March 1, 1993, through December 1, 2002.</I> Series HH bonds with issue dates of March 1, 1993, through December 1, 2002, yield 4 percent per annum, paid semiannually, to original maturity.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Bonds with issue dates of November 1, 1986, through February 1, 1993.</I> Series HH bonds with issue dates of November 1, 1986, through February 1, 1993, yield 6 percent per annum, paid semiannually, to original maturity.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Bonds with issue dates of November 1, 1986, through September 1, 1989.</I> Series HH bonds with issue dates of November 1, 1986, through September 1, 1989, will yield 6 percent per annum, paid semiannually, to original maturity.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Bonds with issue dates of November 1, 1982, through October 1, 1986.</I> Series HH bonds with issue dates of November 1, 1982, through October 1, 1986, will yield 7.5 percent per annum, paid semiannually, to original maturity.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Bonds with issue dates of May 1, 1981, through October 1, 1982.</I> Series HH bonds with issue dates of May 1, 1981, through October 1, 1982, will yield 8.5 percent per annum, paid semiannually, to original maturity.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Bonds with issue dates of November 1, 1980, through April 1, 1981.</I> Series HH bonds with issue dates of November 1, 1980, through April 1, 1981, were originally offered to yield 7.5 percent per annum, paid semiannually. The yield to original maturity was increased by 1 percent, effective with the first full semiannual interest accrual period beginning on or after May 1, 1981.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Bonds with issue dates of January 1, 1980, through October 1, 1980.</I> Series HH bonds with issue dates of January 1, 1980, through October 1, 1980, were originally offered to yield 6.5 percent per annum, paid semiannually. The yield to original maturity was increased by 1 percent, effective with the first full semiannual interest accrual period beginning on or after November 1, 1980, and an additional 1 percent, effective with the first full semiannual interest accrual period beginning on or after May 1, 1981.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>During extended maturity.</I> The investment yields for Series HH bonds during their extended maturity periods are as specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Bonds that enter an extended maturity period on or after January 1, 2003.</I> The investment yield applicable to Series HH bonds that enter an extended maturity period on or after January 1, 2003, will be furnished in rate announcements by the Secretary or the Secretary's designee. The rate announced will apply to bonds that enter an extended maturity period during the period covered by the announcement. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Bonds that entered an extended maturity period from March 1, 1993, through December 1, 2002.</I> The investment yield applicable to Series HH bonds that entered an extended maturity period from March 1, 1993, through December 1, 2002, is 4 percent per annum, paid semiannually. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Bonds that entered an extended maturity period from January 1, 1990, through February 1, 1993.</I> The investment yield applicable to Series HH bonds that entered into an extended maturity period from January 1, 1990, through February 1, 1993, is 6 percent per annum, paid semiannually.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Payment of interest.</I> The interest on a Series HH bond is paid semiannually beginning six months from the issue date. Interest ceases at final maturity or, if the bond is redeemed before final maturity, as of the end of the interest period preceding the date of redemption. If the redemption date falls on an interest payment date, interest ceases on that date.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Bonds issued on or after October 1, 1989.</I> Interest on Series HH bonds issued on or after October 1, 1989, will be paid by the automated clearing house (ACH) method to the registered owner or coowner's account at a financial institution, unless the Bureau of the Fiscal Service determines that extraordinary circumstances warrant payment by check or other means.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bonds issued prior to October 1, 1989.</I> Interest on Series HH bonds issued prior to October 1, 1989, will be paid as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) By check drawn to the order of the registered owner or both coowners; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Upon request, by the ACH method to the owner or coowner's account at a financial institution.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Rules governing payment of interest by the ACH method.</I> Provisions contained in § 353.31 of Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 3-80, as amended (31 CFR part 353), apply to the submission of deposit account information for Series HH interest payments made on and after October 1, 1989, for which ACH payment:
</P>
<P>(1) Is required under paragraph (f)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Is requested by an owner or coowner on or after October 1, 1989, pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) Was requested by an owner or coowner prior to October 1, 1989.
</P>
<P>Interest payments made by the ACH method on and after October 1, 1989, will be processed in accordance with 31 CFR part 370.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0094) 
</APPRO>
<P>(h) <I>Tables of interest payments and redemption values.</I> Tables showing the interest payments and redemption values of bonds issued under previous revisions of this Circular will be available from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service and designated Federal Reserve Banks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40249, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 58 FR 60947, Nov. 18, 1993; 59 FR 10540, Mar. 4, 1994; 67 FR 79384, Dec. 24, 2002; 69 FR 40318, July 2, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.3   Registration and issue.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registration.</I> Series HH bonds may be registered as set forth in subpart B of 31 CFR part 353, also published as Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 3-80.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Validity of issue.</I> A bond is validly issued when it is registered as provided 31 CFR part 353, also published as Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 3-80, and bears an issue date and appropriate validation indicia.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Taxpayer identifying number.</I> The registration of a bond must include the taxpayer identifying number of the owner or first-named co-owner. The taxpayer identifying number of the second-named coowner or beneficiary is not required but its inclusion is desirable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40249, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 57 FR 14286, Apr. 17, 1992; 71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.4   Limitation on purchases.</HEAD>
<P>Series HH bonds issued under the terms of this Circular were not subject to a purchase limitation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40249, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 69 FR 40318, July 2, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.5   Authorized issuing and paying agents.</HEAD>
<P>Series HH bonds were issued and may be redeemed only by Federal Reserve Banks (see § 352.13) and the Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 40318, July 2, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.7   Issues on exchange.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Securities eligible for exchange.</I> Prior to the close of business on August 31, 2004, owners were permitted to exchange United States Savings Bonds of Series E and EE and United States Savings Notes (Freedom Shares) at their current redemption values for Series HH bonds. Series E bonds and savings notes remained eligible for exchange for a period of one year from the month in which they reached final maturity. Series EE bonds issued on January 1, 2003, or earlier, became eligible for exchange six months after their issue dates. Series EE bonds issued on February 1, 2003, or thereafter, became eligible for exchange 12 months after their issue dates.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Basis for issue.</I> Series HH bonds were issued on exchange by an authorized issuing agent upon receipt of a properly executed exchange application with eligible securities, and additional cash, if any, and any supporting evidence that was required under the regulations. If eligible securities were submitted directly to a Federal Reserve Bank referred to in § 351.13, each was required to bear a properly signed and certified request for payment. Checks in payment of additional cash needed to complete a transaction (see paragraph (d) of this section) were required to be drawn to the order of the Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Role of financial institutions.</I> Department of the Treasury Circular No. 750, current revision (31 CFR part 321), authorizes financial institutions qualified as paying agents for savings bonds and notes to redeem eligible securities presented for exchange and to forward an exchange application and full payment to a Federal Reserve Bank referred to in § 351.13 for the issue of Series HH bonds. The securities redeemed on exchange by such an institution were required to be securities that it is authorized to redeem for cash.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Computation of issue price.</I> The total current redemption value of the eligible securities submitted for exchange in any one transaction was required to be $500 or more. If the current redemption value was an even multiple of $500, Series HH bonds were required to be issued in that exact amount. If the current redemption value exceeded, but was not an even multiple of $500, the owner had the option either:
</P>
<P>(1) To add the cash necessary to bring the amount of the application to the next higher multiple of $500, or
</P>
<P>(2) To receive a payment to reduce the amount of the application to the next lower multiple of $500.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Registration.</I> A Series HH bond issued on exchange was permitted to be registered in any form authorized in subpart B of Circular No. 3-80, subject to the following restrictions:
</P>
<P>(1) If the securities submitted for exchange were in single ownership form, the owner was required to be named as owner or first-named coowner on the Series HH bonds. A coowner or beneficiary was permitted to be named.
</P>
<P>(2) If the securities submitted for exchange were in coownership form, and one coowner was the “principal coowner”, that person was required to be named as owner or first-named coowner on the Series HH bonds. A coowner or beneficiary was also permitted to be named. The “principal coowner” was the coowner who purchased the securities presented for exchange with his or her own funds, or received them as a gift, inheritance or legacy, or as a result of judicial proceedings, and had them reissued in coownership form, provided he or she had received no contribution in money or money's worth for designating the other coowner on the securities.
</P>
<P>(3) If the securities presented for exchange were in coownership form, and both coowners shared in their purchase or received them jointly as a gift, inheritance, or legacy or as a result of judicial proceedings, both persons were required to be named as coowners on the Series HH bonds.
</P>
<P>(4) If the securities presented for exchange were in beneficiary form, the owner was required to be named on the Series HH bonds as owner or first-named coowner. If the owner was deceased, a surviving beneficiary was required to be named as owner or first-named coowner. In either case, a coowner or beneficiary was permitted to be named.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Issue date.</I> Series HH bonds issued on exchange were dated as of the first day of the month in which the eligible securities presented for exchange were redeemed by an authorized paying agent, as evidenced in the payment stamp on the securities and the exchange application.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Tax-deferred exchanges.</I> (1) Continuation of tax deferral. Pursuant to the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, an owner who had not been reporting the interest on his or her Series E or EE bonds and savings notes on an accrual basis for Federal income tax purposes, and who exchanged those securities for Series HH bonds, was permitted to continue to defer reporting the interest on the securities exchanged until the taxable year in which the Series HH bonds received in the exchange reach final maturity, are redeemed, or are otherwise disposed of, whichever is earlier. A reissue transaction that affects any of the persons required to be named on the Series HH bonds, as set forth in paragraph (e) of this section, may result in termination of the tax deferral privilege.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Tax deferral legend.</I> Each bond issued in a tax-deferred exchange bore a legend showing how much of its issue price represented interest on the securities exchanged. This interest must be treated as income for Federal income tax purposes and reported in accordance with paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reporting of interest paid to owner.</I> To the extent that it represented interest earned on the securities presented for exchange, an amount paid to an owner in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section was reportable as income for Federal income tax purposes for the year in which it was paid. Pursuant to 26 CFR 1.6049.4, a paying agent was required to report interest income of $10 or more included in any amount paid in an exchange transaction to the payee and to the Internal Revenue Service on Form 1099-INT or an approved substitute. A separate report was permitted to be made for each exchange transaction in which interest in the amount of $10 or more was paid, or all interest paid in both cash redemption and exchange transactions was permitted to be aggregated and reported annually should the total amount be $10 or more.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exchanges without tax deferral.</I> The rules prescribed for exchanges under paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section also applied to exchanges by owners who report the interest earned on their bonds of Series E and EE and savings notes annually for Federal income tax purposes, or elect to report all such interest that was not previously reported for the taxable year of the exchange. Series HH bonds issued in a nontax-deferred exchange were required to show a “0” in the tax-deferral legend.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 40318, July 2, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.8   Reinvestment of matured Series H bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Prior to the close of business on August 31, 2004, the proceeds of matured Series H and HH bonds, whether purchased for cash or issued in exchange for other securities, were permitted to be reinvested in Series HH bonds. Tax deferral granted to interest earned on securities exchanged for Series H bonds was not permitted to be continued when the Series H bonds reached final maturity and their proceeds were reinvested in Series HH bonds. The amount appearing in the legend on a matured Series H bond on which tax deferral was granted must be reported for Federal income tax purposes for the year of such final maturity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rules.</I> The reinvestment transaction were subject to the rules governing exchanges, as set forth in § 352.7 of this Circular, and the Series HH bonds issued on reinvestment were identical in all respects with those issued in a non-tax-deferred exchange.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40249, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 69 FR 40319, July 2, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.9   Delivery of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>Authorized issuing agents delivered Series HH bonds by mail at the risk and expense of the United States to the address given by the applicant, if it is within the United States, one of its territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. No mail deliveries elsewhere were made. Bonds acquired by a citizen of the United States residing abroad were delivered only to such address in the United States as the applicant directs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40249, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 69 FR 40319, July 2, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.10   Taxation.</HEAD>
<P>The interest paid on Series HH bonds is subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended. The bonds are subject to estate, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest by any State or any local taxing authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.11   Reservation as to issue of bonds.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as delegate of the Secretary of the Treasury, reserved the right to reject any application for Series HH bonds, in whole or in part, and to refuse to issue or permit to be issued any bonds in any case or class of cases, if the action was deemed to be in the public interest. The Commissioner's action in such respect was final.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40249, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 69 FR 40319, July 2, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.12   Waiver.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as delegate of the Secretary of the Treasury, may waive or modify any provision of this Circular in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship if:
</P>
<P>(a) Such action would not be inconsistent with law or equity;
</P>
<P>(b) It does not impair any existing rights; and
</P>
<P>(c) The Commissioner is satisfied that such action would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.13   Fiscal agents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, referred to below, as fiscal agents of the United States, are authorized to perform such services as may be requested of them by the Secretary of the Treasury, or his or her delegate, in connection with the issue, servicing, and redemption of Series HH bonds.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The following Federal Reserve Offices have been designated to provide savings bond services:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Servicing office
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reserve districts served
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Geographic area served
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Buffalo Branch, P.O. Box 961, Buffalo, NY 14240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, Boston</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CT, MA, ME, NH, NJ (northern half), NY (City &amp; State), RI, VT, Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Pittsburgh Branch, P.O. Box 867, Pittsburgh, PA 15230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cleveland, Philadelphia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DE, KY (eastern half), NJ (southern half), OH, PA, WV (northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, P.O. Box 27622, Richmond, VA 23261</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Richmond, Atlanta</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AL, DC, FL, LA (southern half), MD, MS (southern half), NC, SC, TN (eastern half), VA, WV (except northern panhandle).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, 250 Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55480</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minneapolis, Chicago</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IA, IL (northern half), IN (northern half), MN, MT, ND, SD, WI.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, 925 Grand Avenue, Kansas City, MO 64198</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dallas, San Francisco, Kansas City, St. Louis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AK, AR, AZ, CA, CO, HI, ID, IL (southern half), IN (southern half), KS, KY (western half), LA (northern half), MO, MS (northern half), NE, NM, NV, OK, OR, TN (western half), TX, WA, WY, UT and GU.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Until March 1, 1996, other Federal Reserve Offices may continue to provide some savings bond services, but such services will be phased out over the period prior to that date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 10541, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 352.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.49.0.17.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 352.14   Reservation as to terms of offer.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time or from time to time supplement or amend the terms of this offering of bonds.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="353" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 353—REGULATIONS GOVERNING DEFINITIVE UNITED STATES SAVINGS BONDS, SERIES EE AND HH
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 3105, 3125.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 353 appear at 79 FR 8859, Feb. 14, 2014.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.0   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this part govern definitive (paper) Series EE savings bonds that have not been converted to book-entry bonds through TreasuryDirect® and definitive Series HH savings bonds. These bonds bear issue dates of January 1, 1980, or thereafter.
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations in 31 CFR part 315 govern all other definitive United States Savings Bonds and Savings Notes. 
</P>
<P>(c) The regulations in 31 CFR part 363 govern Series EE savings bonds that were originally issued as book-entry bonds in TreasuryDirect® and Series EE savings bonds that were converted to book-entry bonds through TreasuryDirect®.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 24805, May 8, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 14941, Mar. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.1   Official agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service of the Department of the Treasury is responsible for administering the Savings Bonds Program. Authority to process transactions has been delegated to the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis and may be delegated to other Federal Reserve Banks and Branches as fiscal agents of the United States. The Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, and their authority to process transactions as fiscal agents of the United States, are subject to change as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, or his or her designee.
</P>
<P>(b) Information about savings bonds and savings bond transactions, including savings bond transaction forms and email contact information, is available through the Bureau of the Fiscal Service's Web site at <I>http://www.treasurydirect.gov.</I> Communications concerning transactions and requests for forms may also be addressed to:
</P>
<P>(1) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service, P.O. Box 7012, Parkersburg, WV 26106-7012; or
</P>
<P>(2) The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, Treasury Retail Securities Site, P.O. Box 214, Minneapolis, MN 55480-0214.
</P>
<P>(c) Notices and documents must be filed with the agencies referred to above and as indicated in these regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 59 FR 10541, Mar. 4, 1994; 79 FR 8859, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Bond, or Series EE or HH savings bond,</I> as used in this part, means a definitive United States Savings Bond of Series EE or HH.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Book-entry bond</I> means a savings bond maintained by Treasury in electronic or paperless form as a computer record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Converted bond</I> means a savings bond originally issued as a definitive bond that has been surrendered to us and converted to a book-entry savings bond to be maintained by Treasury solely as a computer record.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Incompetent</I> means an individual who is incapable of handling his or her business affairs because of a legal, mental or medical disability, except that a minor is not an incompetent solely because of age.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inscription</I> means the information that is printed on the face of the bond.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Issuing agent</I> means an organization that has been qualified under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 4-67, current revision (31 CFR part 317), to issue savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Paying agent</I> means a financial institution that has been qualified under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular No. 750, current revision (31 CFR part 321), to make payment of savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Payment</I> means redemption, unless otherwise indicated by context.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Person</I> means any legal entity including, but without limitation, an individual, corporation (public or private), partnership, unincorporated association, or fiduciary estate.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Personal trust estates</I> means trust estates established by natural persons in their own right for the benefit of themselves or other natural persons in whole or in part, and common trust funds comprised in whole or in part of such trust estates.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Registration</I> means that the names of all persons named on the bond and the taxpayer identification number (TIN) of the owner, first-named coowner, or purchaser of a gift bond are maintained on our records.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Reissue</I> means the cancellation and retirement of a bond and the issuance of a new bond or bonds of the same series, same issue date, and same total face amount. Reissue may also mean the cancellation and retirement of a bond and the issuance of a book-entry bond or bonds of the same series, same issue date, and same total face amount. All reissues are subject to the restrictions in § 353.48.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Representative of the estate of a minor, incompetent, aged person, absentee, et al.</I> means the court-appointed or otherwise qualified person, regardless of title, who is legally authorized to act for the individual. The term does not include parents in their own right, voluntary or natural guardians, or the executors or administrators of decedents' estates.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Substitute bond</I> means a bond or book-entry bond issued as a result of a claim or application for relief under subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Surrender</I> means the actual receipt of a bond with an appropriate request for payment or reissue by either a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, or, if a paying agent is authorized to handle the transaction, the actual receipt of the bond and the request for payment by the paying agent.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Taxpayer identifying number</I> means a social security account number or an employer identification number.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Voluntary guardian</I> means an individual who is recognized as authorized to act for an incompetent, as provided by § 353.64.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Voluntary representative</I> means the person qualified by the Department of the Treasury to request payment or distribution of a decedent's savings bonds pursuant to § 353.71.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 68 FR 24805, May 8, 2003; 70 FR 14941, Mar. 23, 2005; 70 FR 57430, Sept. 30, 2005; 71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006; 79 FR 8859, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.1.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.3   Converting definitive savings bonds to book-entry bonds in TreasuryDirect®.</HEAD>
<P>Series EE savings bonds that were originally issued as definitive bonds may be converted to book-entry bonds through TreasuryDirect®, an online system for holding Treasury securities. The Web address for TreasuryDirect® is <I>http://www.treasurydirect.gov.</I> Bond owners who wish to convert their definitive savings bonds should follow online instructions for conversion. Regulations governing converted bonds are found at 31 CFR part 363.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14941, Mar. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Registration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.5   General rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registration is conclusive of ownership.</I> Definitive savings bonds were issued only in registered form. The registration must express the actual ownership of, and interest in, the bond. The registration is conclusive of ownership, except as provided in § 353.49.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for registration.</I> Registrations requested must be clear, accurate and complete, conform substantially with one of the forms set forth in this subpart, and include the taxpayer identifying number of the owner or first-named coowner. The taxpayer identifying number of the second-named coowner or beneficiary is not required but its inclusion is desirable. The registration of all bonds owned by the same person, organization, or fiduciary should be uniform with respect to the name of the owner and any description of the fiduciary capacity. An individual should be designated by the name he or she is ordinarily known by or uses in business, including at least one full given name. The name may be preceded or followed by any applicable title, such as <I>Miss, Mr., Mrs., Ms., Dr., Rev., M.D.,</I> or <I>D.D..</I> A suffix, such as <I>Sr.</I> or <I>Jr.,</I> must be included when ordinarily used or when necessary to distinguish the owner from another member of his family. A married woman's own given name, not that of her husband, must be used; for example, <I>Mary A. Jones</I> or <I>Mrs. Mary A. Jones,</I> NOT <I>Mrs. Frank B. Jones.</I> The address must include, where appropriate, the number and street, route, or any other local feature, city, State, and ZIP Code.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Registration of bonds purchased as gifts.</I> If the bonds were purchased as gifts, awards, prizes, etc., and the taxpayer identifying numbers of the intended owners are not known, the purchaser's number must be furnished. Bonds so inscribed will not be associated with the purchaser's own holdings. Bonds so registered will not be associated with the purchaser's own holdings. If the purchaser so requests, a bond may be inscribed to provide a “Mail to” instruction, followed by a delivery name and address. No rights of ownership are conferred on such designee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 55 FR 575, Jan. 5, 1990; 71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006; 76 FR 66855, Oct. 31, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.6   Restrictions on registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Natural persons.</I> Only an individual in his or her own right may be designated as coowner or beneficiary along with any other individual, whether on original issue or reissue, except as provided in § 353.7(f).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Residence.</I> The designation of an owner or first-named coowner is restricted, on original issue only, to persons (whether individuals or others) who are:
</P>
<P>(1) Residents of the United States, its territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico;
</P>
<P>(2) Citizens of the United States residing abroad;
</P>
<P>(3) Civilian employees of the United States or members of its armed forces, regardless of their residence or citizenship; and
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nonresident aliens.</I> A nonresident alien may be designated co-owner or beneficiary or, on authorized reissue, owner, unless the nonresident alien is a resident of an area with respect to which the Department of the Treasury restricts or regulates the delivery of checks drawn against funds of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities. See Department of the Treasury Circular No. 655, current revision (31 CFR part 211). Registration is not permitted in any form which includes the name of any alien who is a resident of any restricted area.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Minors.</I> (1) Minors may purchase with their wages, earnings, or other funds belonging to them and under their control bonds registered in their names alone or with a coowner or beneficiary.
</P>
<P>(2) Bonds purchased by another person with funds belonging to a minor not under legal guardianship or similar fiduciary estate must be registered, without a coowner or beneficiary, in the name of the minor or a natural guardian on behalf of a minor.
</P>
<P>(3) Bonds purchased with funds of another may be registered to name the minor as owner, coowner, or beneficiary. If the minor is under legal guardianship or similar fiduciary estate, the registration must include an appropriate reference to it.
</P>
<P>(4) Bonds purchased as a gift to a minor under a gift-to-minors statute must be registered as prescribed by the statute and no coowner or beneficiary may be named.
</P>
<P>(5) Bonds purchased by a representative of a minor's estate must be registered in the name of the minor and must include in the registration an appropriate reference to the guardianship or similar fiduciary estate. Bonds purchased by a representative of the estates of two or more minors, even though appointed in a single proceeding, must be registered in the name of each minor separately with appropriate reference to the guardianship or similar fiduciary estate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Incompetents.</I> Bonds may be registered to name as owner, coowner, or beneficiary an incompetent for whose estate a guardian or similar representative has been appointed, except that a coowner or beneficiary may not be named on bonds purchased with funds belonging to the incompetent. The registration must include appropriate reference to the guardianship or similar fiduciary estate. Bonds should not be registered in the name of an incompetent unless there is a representative for his or her estate, except as provided in § 353.64.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 63 FR 64551, Nov. 20, 1998; 75 FR 52460, Aug. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.7   Authorized forms of registration.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to any limitations or restrictions contained in these regulations on the right of any person to be named as owner, coowner, or beneficiary, bonds should be registered as indicated below. A savings bond registered in a form not substantially in agreement with one of the forms authorized by this subpart is not considered validly issued.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Natural persons.</I> A bond may be registered in the names of individuals in their own right, but only in one of the forms authorized by this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Single ownership form.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of one individual. Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Jones 123-45-6789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Coownership form.</I> A bond may be registered in the names of two individuals in the alternative as coowners. The form of registration “A and B” is not authorized. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Jones 123-45-6789 or Ella S. Jones 987-65-4321.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John A. Jones 123-45-6789 or (Miss, Ms. or Mrs.) Ella S. Jones.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ella S. Jones 987-65-4321 or John A. Jones.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Beneficiary form.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of one individual payable on death to another. “Payable on death to” may be abbreviated to “P.O.D.” Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Jones 123-45-6789 payable on death to Mrs. Ella S. Jones.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John A. Jones 123-45-6789 P.O.D. Ella S. Jones 987-65-4321.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Fiduciaries (including legal guardians and similar representatives, certain custodians, natural guardians, executors, administrators, and trustees)</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of any person or persons or any organization acting as fiduciary of a single fiduciary estate, but not where the fiduciary will hold the bond merely or principally as security for the performance of a duty, obligation, or service. Registration should conform to a form authorized by this paragraph. A coowner or beneficiary may be named only in accordance with the applicable provisions of § 353.6 (c) and (d). A common trust fund established and maintained by a financial institution authorized to act as a fiduciary will be considered a single fiduciary estate within the meaning of these regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Legal guardians, conservators, similar representatives, certain custodians.</I> A bond may be registered in the name and title or capacity of the legally appointed or authorized representative of the estate of a minor, incompetent, aged or infirm person, absentee, et al., or in the name of that individual followed by an appropriate reference to the estate. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Tenth National Bank, guardian (or conservator, trustee, etc.) of the estate of George N. Brown 123-45-6789, a minor (or an incompetent, aged person, infirm person, or absentee).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Henry C. Smith, conservator of the estate of John R. White 123-45-6789, an adult, pursuant to Sec. 633.572 of the Iowa Code.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John F. Green 123-45-6789, a minor (or an incompetent) under custodianship by designation of the Veterans Administration.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Frank M. Redd 123-45-6789, an incompetent for whom Eric A. Redd has been designated trustee by the Department of the Army pursuant to 37 U.S.C. 602.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Arnold A. Ames, as custodian for Barry B. Bryan 123-45-6789, under the California Uniform Gifts to Minors Act.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Thomas J. Reed, as custodian for Lawrence W. Reed 123-45-6789, a minor, under laws of Georgia.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Richard A. Rowe 123-45-6789, for whom Reba L. Rowe is representative payee for social security benefits (or black lung benefits, as the case may be). (If the beneficiary is a minor, the words “a minor” should appear immediately after the social security number.)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Henry L. Green 123-45-6789 or George M. Brown, a minor under legal guardianship of the Tenth National Bank.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Henry L. Green 123-45-6789 P.O.D. George M. Brown, a minor under legal guardianship of the Tenth National Bank.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Redd State Hospital and School, selected payee for John A. Jones 123-45-6789, a Civil Service annuitant, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 8345(e).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Natural guardians.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of either parent (natural and adoptive) of a minor, as natural guardian. The registration of a bond in this form is considered as establishing a fiduciary relationship. A coowner or beneficiary may be named but only if the funds used to purchase the bonds do not belong to the minor. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Jones, as natural guardian for Henry M. Jones 123-45-6789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Melba Smith, as natural guardian for Thelma Smith 123-45-6789 P.O.D. Bartholomew Smith.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) <I>Executors and administrators.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of the representative appointed by a court to act for an estate of a decedent, or in the name of an executor authorized to administer a trust under the terms of a will although not named trustee. The name and capacity of all the representatives as shown in the letters of appointment must be included in the registration and be followed by an adequate indentifying reference to the estate. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John H. Smith and Calvin N. Jones, executors of the will (or administrators of the estate) of Robert J. Smith, deceased, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John H. Smith, executor of the will of Robert J. Smith, deceased, in trust for Mrs. Jane L. Smith, with remainder over, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) <I>Trustees or life tenants under wills, deeds of trust, agreements, or similar instruments.</I> A bond may be registered in the name and title of the trustee of a trust estate, or in the name of a life tenant, followed by an adequate identifying reference to the authority governing the trust or life tenancy. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Thomas J. White and Tenth National Bank, trustees under the will of Robert J. Smith, deceased, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Jane N. Black 123-45-6789, life tenant under the will of Robert J. Black, deceased.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tenth National Bank, trustee under agreement with Paul E. White, dated 2/1/80, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Carl A. Black and Henry B. Green, trustees under agreement with Paul E. White, dated 2/1/80, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Paul E. White, trustee under declaration of trust dated 2/1/80, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(i) If the trust instrument designates by title only an officer of a board or an organization as trustee, only the title of the officer should be used. Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Chairman, Board of Trustees, First Church of Christ, Scientist, of Chicago, Illinois, in trust under the will of Robert J. Smith, deceased, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) The names of all trustees, in the form used in the trust instrument, must be included in the registration, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) If there are several trustees designated as a board or they are required to act as a unit, their names may be omitted and the words “Board of Trustees” substituted for the word “trustee”. Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Board of Trustees of Immediate Relief Trust of Federal Aid Association, under trust indenture dated 2/1/80, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(B) If the trustees do not constitute a board or are not required to act as a unit, and are too numerous to be designated in the registration by names and title, some or all the names may be omitted. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John A. Smith, Henry B. Jones, et al., trustees under the will of Edwin O. Mann, deceased, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trustees under the will of Edwin O. Mann, deceased, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(6) <I>Employee thrift, savings, vacation and similar plans.</I> A bond may be registered in the name and title, or title alone, of the trustee of an eligible employee thrift, savings, vacation or similar plan, as defined in § 353.13(a). If the instrument creating the trust provides that the trustees shall serve for a limited term, their names may be omitted. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Tenth National Bank, trustee of Pension Fund of Safety Manufacturing Company, U/A with the company, dated March 31, 1980, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trustees of Retirement Fund of Safety Manufacturing Company, under directors' resolution adopted March 31, 1980, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>County Trust company, trustee of the Employee Savings Plan of Jones Company, Inc., U/A dated January 17, 1980, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trustee of the Employee Savings Plan of Brown Brothers, Inc., U/A dated January 20, 1980, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(7) <I>Funds of lodges, churches, societies, or similar organizations.</I> A bond may be registered in the title of the trustees, or a board of trustees, holding funds in trust for a lodge, church, or society, or similar organization, whether or not incorporated. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Trustees of the First Baptist Church, Akron, OH, acting as a Board under section 15 of its bylaws, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trustees of Jamestown Lodge No. 1000, Benevolent and Protective Order of Elks, under section 10 of its bylaws, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Board of Trustees of Lotus Club, Washington, IN, under Article 10 of its constitution, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(8) <I>Investment agents for religious, educational, charitable and non-profit organizations.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a bank, trust company, or other financial institution, or an individual, as agent under an agreement with a religious, educational, charitable or non-profit organization, whether or not incorporated, if the agent holds funds for the sole purpose of investing them and paying the income to the organization. The name and designation of the agent must be followed by an adequate reference to the agreement. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Tenth National Bank, fiscal agent U/A with the Evangelical Lutheran Church of the Holy Trinity, dated 12/28/80, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sixth Trust Company, Investment Agent
</FP-1>
<FP-1>U/A dated September 16, 1980, with Central City Post, Department of Illinois, American Legion, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>John Jones, Investment Agent U/A dated September 16, 1980, with Central City Post, Department of Illinois, American Legion, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(9) <I>Funds of school groups or activities.</I> A bond may be registered in the title of the principal or other officer of a public, private, or parochial school holding funds in trust for a student body fund or for a class, group, or activity. If the amount purchased for any one fund does not exceed $2,500 (face amount), no reference need be made to a trust instrument. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Principal, Western High School, in trust for the Class of 1980 Library Fund, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Director of Athletics, Western High School, in trust for Student Activities Association, under resolution adopted 5/12/80, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(10) <I>Public corporations, bodies, or officers as trustees.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a public corporation or a public body, or in the title of a public officer, acting as trustee under express authority of law, followed by an appropriate reference to the statute creating the trust. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Rhode Island Investment Commission, trustee of the General Sinking Fund under Title 35, Ch. 8, Gen. Laws of Rhode Island.
</FP-1>
<P>Superintendent of the Austin State Hospital Annex, in trust for the Benefit Fund under Article 3183C, Vernon's Civ. Stat. of Texas Ann.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Private organizations (corporations, associations, partnerships)</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of any private organization in its own right. The full legal name of the organization as set forth in its charter, articles of incorporation, constitution, partnership agreement, or other authority from which its powers are derived, must be included in the registration and may be followed by a parenthetical reference to a particular account other than a trust account.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Corporations.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a business, fraternal, religious, non-profit, or other private corporation. The words “a corporation” must be included in he registration unless the fact of incorporation is shown in the name. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Smith Manufacturing Company, a corporation, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<P>Green and Redd, Inc., 12-3456789 (Depreciation Acct.)</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Unincorporated associations.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a club, lodge, society, or a similar self-governing association which is unincorporated. The words “an unincorporated association” must be included in the registration. This form of registration must not be used for a trust fund, board of trustees, a partnership, or a sole proprietorship. If the association is chartered by or affiliated with a parent organization, the name or designation of the subordinate or local organization must be given first, followed by the name of the parent organization. The name of the parent organization may be placed in parentheses and, if well known, may be abbreviated. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>The Lotus Club, an unincorporated association, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Local 447, Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen, an unincorporated association, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Eureka Lodge 317 (A.F. and A.M.), an unincorporated association, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) <I>Partnerships.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a partnership. The words “a partnership” must be included in the registration. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Smith &amp; Jones, a partnership, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Acme Novelty Company, a partnership, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) <I>Sole Proprietorships.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of an individual who is doing business as a sole proprietor. A reference may be made to the trade name under which the business is conducted. Example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>John Jones DBA Jones Roofing Company 123-45-6789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Institutions (churches, hospitals, homes, schools, etc.).</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a church, hospital, home, school, or similar institution conducted by a private organization or by private trustees, regardless of the manner in which it is organized or governed or title to its property is held. Descriptive words, such as “a corporation” or “an unincorporated association”, must not be included in the registration. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Shriners' Hospital for Crippled Children, St. Louis, MO, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>St. Mary's Roman Catholic Church, Albany, NY, 12-3456789.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rodeph Shalom Sunday School, Philadelphia, PA, 12-3456789.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>States, public bodies and corporations, and public officers.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of a State, county, city, town, village, school district, or other political entity, public body, or corporation established by law (including a board, commission, administration, authority, or agency) which is the owner or official custodian of public funds, other than trust funds, or in the full legal title of the public officer having custody of the funds. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>State of Maine.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Town of Rye, NY (Street Improvement Fund).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Maryland State Highway Administration.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Treasurer, City of Chicago.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>The United States Treasury.</I> A person who desires to have a bond become the property of the United States upon his or her death may designate the United States Treasury as coowner or beneficiary. Examples:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>George T. Jones 123-45-6789 or the United States Treasury.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>George T. Jones 123-45-6789 P.O.D. the United States Treasury.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.2.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.8   Chain letters prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>The issuance of bonds in the furtherance of a chain letter or pyramid scheme is considered to be against the public interest and is prohibited.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Limitations on Annual Purchases</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.10   Amounts which may be purchased.</HEAD>
<P>The amount of savings bonds of Series EE and HH which may be purchased and held, in the name of any one person in any one calendar year, is computed according to the provisions of § 353.11 and is limited as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Series EE</I>—(1) <I>General annual limitation.</I> $5,000 (principal amount). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Special limitation.</I> $4,000 (face amount) multiplied by the highest number of employees participating in an eligible employee plan, as defined in § 353.13, at any time during the calendar year in which the bonds are issued.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Series HH</I>—(1) <I>General annual limitation.</I> $20,000 (face amount).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Special limitation.</I> $200,000 (face amount) for bonds received in a calendar year as gifts by an organization which at the time of purchase was an exempt organization under the terms of 26 CFR 1.501(c)(3)-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 68 FR 24805, May 8, 2003; 72 FR 67853, Dec. 3, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.11   Computation of amount.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The purchases of bonds in the name of any person in an individual capacity are computed separately from purchases in a fiduciary capacity. A pension or retirement fund, or an investment, insurance, annuity, or similar fund or trust is regarded as an entity, regardless of the number of beneficiaries or the manner in which their shares or interests are established, determined, or segregated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bonds included in computation.</I> In computing the purchases for each person, the following outstanding bonds are included:
</P>
<P>(1) All bonds registered in the name of that person alone;
</P>
<P>(2) All bonds registered in the name of the representative of the estate of that person; and
</P>
<P>(3) All bonds registered in the name of that person as first-named coowner.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bonds excluded from computation.</I> In computing the purchases for each person, the following are excluded:
</P>
<P>(1) Bonds on which that person is named beneficiary;
</P>
<P>(2) Bonds to which that person has become entitled—
</P>
<P>(i) Under § 353.70 as surviving beneficiary upon the death of the registered owner;
</P>
<P>(ii) As an heir or a legatee of the deceased owner;
</P>
<P>(iii) By virtue of the termination of a trust or the happening of a similar event;
</P>
<P>(3) Bonds issued in an authorized exchange or reinvestment; and
</P>
<P>(4) Bonds that are purchased and redeemed within the same calendar year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 68 FR 24805, May 8, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.3.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.12   Disposition of excess.</HEAD>
<P>If any person at any time has savings bonds issued during any one calendar year in excess of the prescribed amount, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service reserves the right to take any action that it deems necessary to adjust the excess. Instructions for adjustment of the excess can be obtained by email at <I>savbonds@bpd.treas.gov</I> or by writing to Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 24805, May 8, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.3.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.13   Employee plans—Conditions of eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition of plan.</I> Employee thrift, savings, vacation and similar plans are contributory plans established by the employer for the exclusive and irrevocable benefit of its employees or their beneficiaries. Each plan must afford employees the means of making regular savings from their wages through payroll deductions and provide for employer contributions to be added to these savings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of terms used in this section.</I> (1) The term <I>assets</I> means all the employees' contributions and assets purchased with them and the employer's contributions and assets purchased with them, as well as accretions, such as dividends on stock, the increment in value on bonds and all other income; but, notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the right to demand and receive <I>all assets</I> credited to the account of an employee shall not be construed to require the distribution of assets in kind when it would not be possible or practicable to make such a distribution; for example, Series EE bonds may not be reissued in unauthorized denominations.
</P>
<P>(2) The word <I>beneficiary</I> means: (i) The person or persons, if any, designated by the employee in accordance with the terms of the plan to receive the benefits of the plan upon the employee's death or (ii) the estate of the employee.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditions of eligibility.</I> An employee plan must conform to the following rules in order to be eligible for the special limitation provided in § 353.10.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Crediting of assets.</I> All assets of a plan must be credited to the individual accounts of participating employees and may be distributed only to them or their beneficiaries, except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Purchase of bonds.</I> Bonds may be purchased only with assets credited to the accounts of participating employees and only if the amount taken from any account at any time for that purpose is equal to the purchase price of a bond or bonds in an authorized denomination or denominations, and shares in the bonds are credited to the accounts of the individuals from which the purchase price was derived, in amounts corresponding with their shares. For example, if $50 credited to the account of John Jones is commingled with funds credited to the accounts of other employees to make a total of $5,000 with which a Series EE bond in the denomination of $10,000 (face amount) is purchased in December 1980 and registered in the name and title of the trustee, the plan must provide, in effect, that John Jones' account be credited to show that he is the owner of a Series EE bond in the denomination of $100 (face amount) bearing an issue date of December 1, 1980.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Irrevocable right of withdrawal.</I> Each participating employee has an irrevocable right to request and receive from the trustee all assets credited to the employee's account (or their value, if the employee prefers) without regard to any conditions other than the loss or suspension of the privilege of participating further in the plan. A plan may limit or modify such right in any manner required for qualification of the plan under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (26 U.S.C. section 401).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rights of beneficiary.</I> Upon the death of an employee, his or her beneficiary shall have the absolute and unconditional right to demand and receive from the trustee all assets credited to the account of the employee or their value, if he or she so prefers.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reissue or payment upon distribution.</I> When settlement is made with an employee or his or her beneficiary with respect to any bond registered in the name and title of the plan trustee in which the employee has a share, the bond must be paid or reissued to the extent of the share. If an employee or the beneficiary is to receive distribution in kind, bonds bearing the same issue dates as those credited to the employee's account will be reissued in the name of the employee or the employee's beneficiary to the extent entitled, in authorized denominations, in any authorized form of registration, upon the request and certification of the trustee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Application for special limitation.</I> A trustee of an employee plan who desires to purchase bonds under the special limitation should submit to the designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch a copy of:
</P>
<P>(1) The plan, (2) any instructions issued under the plan that concern Series EE bonds, and (3) the trust agreement, in order to establish the plan's eligibility.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Vacation plans.</I> Savings bonds may be purchased under certain vacation plans. Questions concerning the eligibility of these plans to purchase bonds in excess of the general limitation should be addressed to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26101.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(31 U.S.C. 3105 and 3121) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 55458, Dec. 13, 1983; 59 FR 10541, Mar. 4, 1994; 63 FR 64551, Nov. 20, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Limitations on Transfer or Pledge</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.15   Transfer.</HEAD>
<P>Savings bonds are not transferable and are payable only to the owners named on the bonds, except as specifically provided in these regulations and then only in the manner and to the extent so provided.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.16   Pledge.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond may not be hypothecated, pledged, or used as security for the performance of an obligation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Judicial Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.5.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.20   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department of the Treasury will not recognize a judicial determination that gives effect to an attempted voluntary transfer inter vivos of a bond, or a judicial determination that impairs the rights of survivorship conferred by these regulations upon a coowner or beneficiary. All provisions of this subpart are subject to these restrictions.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department of the Treasury will recognize a claim against an owner of a savings bond and conflicting claims of ownership of, or interest in, a bond between coowners or between the registered owner and the beneficiary, if established by valid, judicial proceedings specifically listed in this subpart. Escheat proceedings will not be recognized under this subpart. Section 353.23 specifies evidence required to establish the validity of judicial proceedings. Treasury may require any other evidence to establish the validity of judicial proceedings, such as evidence that the proceeding provided due process, complied with this part, and complied with relevant state law.


</P>
<P>(c) The Department of the Treasury and the agencies that issue, reissue, or redeem savings bonds will not accept a notice of an adverse claim or notice of pending judicial proceedings, nor undertake to protect the interests of a litigant not in possession of a savings bond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 80 FR 80264, Dec. 24, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.5.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.21   Payment to judgment creditors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purchaser or officer under levy.</I> The Department of the Treasury will pay (but not reissue) a savings bond to the purchaser at a sale under a levy or to the officer authorized under appropriate process to levy upon property of the registered owner or coowner to satisfy a money judgment. Payment will be made only to the extent necessary to satisfy the money judgment. The amount paid is limited to the redemption value 60 days after the termination of the judicial proceedings. Except in a case of a levy by the Internal Revenue Service, payment of a bond registered in coownership form pursuant to a judgment or a levy against only one coowner is limited to the extent of that coowner's interest in the bond. That interest must be established by an agreement between the coowners by judgment, decree, or order of a court in a proceeding to which both coowners are parties. Payment of a bond registered in coownership form pursuant to levy by the Internal Revenue Service will be made if the levy is against either coowner on the bond.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, or similar court officer.</I> The Department of the Treasury will pay, at current redemption value, a savings bond to a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver of an insolvent's estate, a receiver in equity, or a similar court officer under the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 63 FR 64551, Nov. 20, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.5.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.22   Payment or reissue pursuant to judgment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Divorce.</I> The Department of the Treasury will recognize a divorce decree that ratifies or confirms a property settlement agreement disposing of bonds or that otherwise settles the interests of the parties in a bond. Reissue of a savings bond may be made to eliminate the name of one spouse as owner, coowner, or beneficiary or to substitute the name of one spouse for that of the other spouse as owner, coowner, or beneficiary pursuant to the decree. However, if the bond is registered in the name of one spouse with another person as coowner, there must be submitted either:
</P>
<P>(1) A request for reissue by the other person or (2) a certified copy of a judgment, decree, or court order entered in proceedings to which the other person and the spouse named on the bond are parties, determining the extent of the interest of that spouse in the bond. Reissue will be permitted only to the extent of that spouse's interest. The evidence required under § 353.23 must be submitted in every case. When the divorce decree does not set out the terms of the property settlement agreement, a certified copy of the agreement must be submitted. Payment, rather than reissue, will be made if requested.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Gift causa mortis.</I> A savings bond belonging solely to one individual will be paid or reissued at the request of the person found by a court to be entitled by reason of a gift causa mortis from the sole owner.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Date for determining rights.</I> When payment or reissue under this section is to be made, the rights of the parties will be those existing under the regulations current at the time of the entry of the final judgment, decree, or court order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.5.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.23   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To establish the validity of judicial proceedings, certified copies of the final judgment, decree, or court order, and of any necessary supplementary proceedings, must be submitted. If the judgment, decree, or court order was rendered more than six months prior to the presentation of the bond, there must also be submitted a certification from the clerk of the court, under court seal, dated within six months of the presentation of the bond, showing that the judgment, decree, or court order is in full force.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trustee in bankruptcy or receiver of an insolvent's estate.</I> A request for payment by a trustee in bankruptcy or a receiver of an insolvent's estate must be supported by appropriate evidence of appointment and qualification. The evidence must be certified by the clerk of the court, under court seal, as being in full force on a date that is not more than six months prior to the presentation of the bond.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Receiver in equity or similar court officer.</I> A request for payment by a receiver in equity or a similar court officer, other than a receiver of an insolvent's estate, must be supported by a copy of an order that authorizes the presentation of the bond for redemption, certified by the clerk of the court, under court seal, as being in full force on a date that is not more than six months prior to the presentation of the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.5.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.24   Payment pursuant to judicial or administrative forfeiture.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Contact point</I> means the individual designated to receive referrals from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, as provided for in this section, by the Federal investigative agency, United States Attorney's Office, or forfeiting agency specified in Fiscal Service Form 1522.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Forfeiting agency</I> means the federal law enforcement agency responsible for the forfeiture.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Forfeiture</I>—(i) <I>Administrative forfeiture</I> means the process by which property may be forfeited by a Federal agency rather than through judicial proceedings.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Judicial forfeiture</I> means either a civil or a criminal proceeding in a United States District Court that may result in a final judgment and order of forfeiture.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Fiscal Service Form 1522</I> means the written notification of the forfeiture provided by the forfeiting agency to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service on a Fiscal Service Form 1522 Special Form of Request for Payment of United States Savings and Retirement Securities Where Use of a Detached Request Is Authorized. Fiscal Service Form 1522 must specify: the contact point; the issue date of each bond; the serial number for each bond; the date of forfeiture; the forfeiture fund to which payment is to be made; and be signed by an individual authorized by the forfeiting agency. The forfeited bonds and the completed Fiscal Service Form 1522 are to be mailed to the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Forfeiture of bond.</I> (1) Upon receipt and review of the Fiscal Service Form 1522, as described in (a)(4) above, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will make payment to the forfeiture fund specified on the form.
</P>
<P>(2) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will record the forfeiture, the forfeiture fund into which the proceeds were paid, the contact point, and any related information.
</P>
<P>(3) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will rely exclusively upon the information provided by the Federal agency in the Fiscal Service Form 1522 and will not make any independent evaluation of the validity of the forfeiture order, the request for payment, or the authority of the individual signing the request for payment.
</P>
<P>(4) The amount paid is limited to the redemption value of the savings bonds as of the date of forfeiture specified in the Fiscal Service Form 1522.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inquiry from previous owner.</I> (1) Upon payment made pursuant to (b), all inquiries from the previous owner, including requests for payment, reissue, or applications for relief, related to forfeited savings bonds will be referred by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service to the contact point named in the Fiscal Service Form 1522.
</P>
<P>(2) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will notify the submitter of the inquiry of the referral to the contact point.
</P>
<P>(3) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will not investigate the inquiry and will defer to the forfeiting agency's determination of the appropriate course of action, including settlement where appropriate. Any settlement will be paid from the forfeiture fund into which the proceeds were deposited.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 53822, Oct. 15, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Relief for Loss, Theft, Destruction, Mutilation, Defacement, or Nonreceipt of Bonds</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.6.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.25   General.</HEAD>
<P>Relief, by the issue of a substitute bond or by payment, is authorized for the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation, or defacement of a bond after receipt by the owner or his or her representative. As a condition for granting relief, the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as designee of the Secretary of the Treasury, may require a bond of indemnity, in the form, and with the surety, or security, he considers necessary to protect the interests of the United States. In all cases the savings bond must be identified by serial number and the applicant must submit satisfactory evidence of the loss, theft, or destruction, or a satisfactory explanation of the mutilation or defacement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.6.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.26   Application for relief—After receipt of bond.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the serial numbers of the lost, stolen, or destroyed bonds are known, the claimant should execute an application for relief on the appropriate form and submit it to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26101.
</P>
<P>(b) If the bond serial number is not known, the claimant must provide sufficient information to enable the Bureau of the Fiscal Service to identify the bond by serial number. See § 353.29(c). The Bureau will furnish the proper application form and instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) If applicable, a defaced bond and all available fragments of a mutilated bond should be submitted to the Bureau.
</P>
<P>(d) The application must be made by the person or persons (including both coowners, if living) authorized under these regulations to request payment of the bond. In addition:
</P>
<P>(1) If the bond is in beneficiary form and the owner and beneficiary are both living, both will ordinarily be required to join in the application.
</P>
<P>(2) If a minor named on a bond as owner, coowner, or beneficiary is not of sufficient competency and understanding to request payment, both parents will ordinarily be required to join in the application.
</P>
<P>(e) If the application is approved on or before February 14, 2014, relief will be granted either by the issuance of a bond bearing the same issue date as the bond for which the claim was filed or by payment. If the application is approved after February 14, 2014, relief for Series HH bonds will be granted either by the issuance of a bond bearing the same issue date as the bond for which the claim was filed or by payment, and relief for Series EE bonds will be granted either by the issuance of a book-entry bond bearing the same issue date as the bond for which the claim was filed or by payment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 79 FR 8859, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.6.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.27   Application for relief—Non-receipt of bond.</HEAD>
<P>If a bond issued on any transaction is not received, the issuing agent must be notified as promptly as possible and given all information about the non-receipt. An appropriate form and instructions will be provided. If the application is approved on or before February 14, 2014, relief will be granted by the issuance of a bond bearing the same issue date as the bond that was not received. If the application is approved after February 14, 2014, relief for Series HH bonds will be granted by the issuance of a bond bearing the same issue date as the bond that was not received, and relief for Series EE bonds will be granted either by the issuance of a book-entry bond bearing the same issue date as the bond that was not received or by payment. Also, relief is authorized for the issuance of bonds for which the Secretary has not received payment, in order to preserve public confidence in dealing with issuing agents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 8859, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.28" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.6.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.28   Recovery or receipt of bond before or after relief is granted.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a bond reported lost, stolen, destroyed, or not received, is recovered or received before relief is granted, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26101, must be notified promptly.
</P>
<P>(b) A bond for which relief has been granted is the property of the United States and, if recovered, must be promptly submitted to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26101, for cancellation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.29" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.6.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.29   Adjudication of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will adjudicate claims for lost, stolen or destroyed bonds on the basis of records created and regularly maintained in the ordinary course of business.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Claims filed 10 years after payment.</I> A bond for which no claim has been filed within 10 years of the recorded date of redemption will be presumed to have been properly paid. If a claim is subsequently filed, a photographic copy of the bond will not be available to support the disallowance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Claims filed six years after final maturity.</I> No claim filed six years or more after the final maturity of a savings bond will be entertained unless the claimant supplies the serial number of the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Interest</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.30" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.7.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.30   Series EE bonds.</HEAD>
<P>Definitive Series EE bonds were issued at a discount. The accrued interest is added to the issue price at stated intervals and is payable only at redemption as part of the redemption value. Information regarding interest rates and redemption values is found in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 1-80 (31 CFR part 351).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 76 FR 66856, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.31" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.7.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.31   Series HH bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Series HH bonds are current income bonds issued at par (face amount). Interest on a Series HH bond is paid semiannually beginning six months from the issue date. Interest ceases at final maturity, or, if the bond is redeemed prior to final maturity, as of the end of the interest period last preceding the date of redemption. For example, if a bond on which interest is payable on January 1 and July 1 is redeemed on September 1, interest ceases as of the preceding July 1, and no interest will be paid for the period from July 1 to September 1. However, if the redemption date falls on an interest payment date, interest ceases on that date. Information regarding interest rates is found in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 2-80, current revision (31 CFR part 352).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment of interest.</I> Series HH bond interest accounts are maintained by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV. Interest on bonds issued on or after October 1, 1989 will be paid on each interest due date by the Automated Clearing House (ACH) method to the owner or coowner's account at a financial institution, unless the Bureau determines that extraordinary circumstances warrant payment by check or other means. Interest on bonds issued prior to October 1, 1989, is payable by check drawn to the order of the owner or both coowners or, upon request, by the ACH method to the owner or coowner's account at a financial institution. Checks will be mailed to the delivery address provided to the Bureau. Deposit account information for ACH payments shall be provided on the form designated by the Bureau. Series H interest payments made by the ACH method are governed by the regulations at 31 CFR part 370.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0094) 
</APPRO>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery of interest.</I> Notices affecting the delivery of interest payments. To ensure appropriate action, notices affecting the delivery of interest payments on Series HH bonds must be received by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26102-1328, at least one month prior to the interest payment date. Each notice must include the owner or coowner's name and the taxpayer identifying number appearing on the account under which records of the bonds are maintained.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reissue during interest period.</I> Physical reissue of a Series HH bond may be made without regard to interest payment dates. The Series HH interest accounts maintained by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will be closed in the first week of the month preceding each interest payment date, and payments will be made pursuant to the information contained in the accounts as of the date they are closed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Endorsement of checks.</I> Interest checks must be endorsed in accordance with the regulations governing the payment of fiscal agency checks, as contained in 31 CFR part 355.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Payment of interest by the ACH method</I>—(1) <I>Submission of deposit account information.</I> Payments on all Series HH bonds assigned to the same account maintained by the Bureau must be made to the same deposit account at a financial institution.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Deposit account held by individuals in their own right.</I> Where the Series HH bonds are registered in the name of individual(s) as sole owner, or as owner and beneficiary, and the deposit account at the financial institution is held in the name of individual(s) in their own right, the owner's name must appear on the deposit account. Where the bonds are registered in the names of two individuals as coowners and the deposit account is held in the name of individual(s) in their own right, the registration of the bonds and the title of the account must contain at least one name that is common to both. The deposit account to which the interest payments are directed should preferably be established in a form identical to the registration of the bonds to ensure that rights of ownership and survivorship can be more easily identified and preserved. Neither the United States nor any Federal Reserve Bank shall be liable for any loss sustained because the interest of the holder(s) of a deposit account to which payments are made are not the same as the owner(s) of the bonds.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deposit account held by organization.</I> Where the deposit account to which interest payments are to be directed is held in the name of the financial institution itself acting as sole trustee, or as co-trustee, or is the name of a commercially-managed investment fund, the owner or coowner should inquire whether the financial institution is able to receive ACH payments; if not, the owner or coowner should make alternative arrangements.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Financial institution cannot accept ACH payments.</I> If after submission of deposit account information, it is determined that ACH payments cannot be accepted by the designated financial institution, pending receipt of new deposit account information, payment will be made by check drawn to the registered owner or both coowners and mailed to the address of record.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Cancellation of ACH arrangement.</I> (i) Bonds issued on or after October 1, 1989. As set forth in paragraph (b) of this section and in the Series HH offering contained in Circular No. 2-80, interest on Series HH bonds issued on or after October 1, 1989, will be paid by the ACH method. In the absence of extraordinary circumstances, a request to discontinue payment by the ACH method in favor of payment by check will not be accepted.
</P>
<P>(ii) Bonds issued prior to October 1, 1989. An ACH arrangement established for Series HH bonds issued prior to October 1, 1989, shall remain in effect until it is terminated by a request from the owner or coowner submitted to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26102-1328.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Rules.</I> Series HH interest payments made by the ACH method are governed by the regulations at 31 CFR part 370.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Nonreceipt or loss of interest payment.</I> The Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26102 should be notified if:
</P>
<P>(i) An interest check is not received or is lost after receipt or
</P>
<P>(ii) An ACH payment is not credited to the designated account and the financial institution has no record of receiving it. The notice should include the owner or coowner's name and taxpayer identifying number and the interest payment date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40254, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 59 FR 10541, Mar. 4, 1994; 64 FR 40487, July 26, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—General Provisions for Payment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.35   Payment (redemption).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Payment of a savings bond will be made to the person or persons entitled under the provisions of these regulations, except that checks in payment will not be delivered to addresses in areas with respect to which the Department of the Treasury restricts or regulates the delivery of checks drawn against funds of the United States. See Department of the Treasury Circular No. 655, current revision (31 CFR part 211). Payment will be made without regard to any notice of adverse claims to a bond and no stoppage or caveat against payment of a bond will be entered.
</P>
<P>(b) A Series EE bond issued on January 1, 2003, or earlier, will be paid at any time after 6 months from its issue date. A Series EE bond issued on February 1, 2003, or thereafter, will be paid at any time after 12 months from its issue date. Bonds will be paid at the current redemption value shown in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 1-80 (31 CFR part 351).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Series HH.</I> A Series HH bond will be paid at any time after six months from issue date. A Series HH bond issued in an authorized exchange or reinvestment transaction will be paid at face value. A Series HH bond issued for cash will be paid at the current redemption value shown in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 2-80, Second Revision (31 CFR part 352). If the bond is redeemed at less than face value, the difference represents an adjustment of interest. In any case where Series HH bonds are surrendered to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328, for redemption in the month prior to an interest payment date, redemption will not be deferred but will be made in regular course, unless the presenter specifically requests that the transaction be delayed until that date. A request to defer redemption made more than one month preceding the interest payment date will not be accepted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 51 FR 23754, July 1, 1986; 59 FR 10541, Mar. 4, 1994; 68 FR 2667, Jan. 17, 2003; 68 FR 7427, Feb. 14, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.36" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.36   Payment during life of sole owner.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond registered in single ownership form (<I>i.e.</I>, without a coowner or beneficiary) will be paid to the owner during his or her lifetime upon surrender with an appropriate request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.37" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.37   Payment during lives of both coowners.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond registered in coownership form will be paid to either coowner upon surrender with an appropriate request, and upon payment (as determined in § 353.43), the other coowner will cease to have any interest in the bond. If both coowners request payment, payment will be made by check drawn in the form, “John A. Jones AND Mary C. Jones”.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.38" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.38   Payment during lifetime of owner of beneficiary bond.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond registered in beneficiary form will be paid to the registered owner during his or her lifetime upon surrender with an appropriate request. Upon payment (as determined in § 353.43) the beneficiary will cease to have any interest in the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.39" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.39   Surrender for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure for bonds of Series EE, in the names of individual owners or coowners only.</I> An individual who is the owner or coowner of a Series EE bond may present the bond to an authorized paying agent for redemption. The presenter must be prepared to establish his or her identity in accordance with Treasury instructions and identification guidelines. The owner or coowner must sign the request for payment on the bond or, if authorized, on a separate detached request, and add his or her address. If the request for payment has been signed, or signed and certified, before presentation of the bond, the paying agent must be satisfied that the person presenting the bond for payment is the owner or coowner and may require the person to sign the request for payment again. If the bond is in order for payment, the paying agent will make immediate payment at the current redemption value without charge to the presenter. Paying agents are not authorized to process any case involving partial redemption or any case in which supporting evidence is required.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure for all other cases.</I> In the case of bonds to which the procedure in paragraph (a) of this section, does not apply, or if otherwise preferred, the owner or coowner, or other person entitled to payment, should appear before an officer authorized to certify requests for payment, establish his or her identity, sign the request for payment, and provide information as to the address to which the check in payment is to be mailed. The bond must be forwarded to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. Usually, payment will be expedited by submission to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch. In all cases, the cost and risk of presentation of a bond will be borne by the owner. Payment will be made by check drawn to the order of the registered owner or other person entitled and will be mailed to the address requested.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Date of request.</I> Requests executed more than six months before the date of receipt of a bond for payment will not be accepted. Neither will a bond be accepted if payment is requested as of a date more than three months in the future.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 59 FR 10541, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.40   Special provisions for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Owner's signature not required.</I> A bond may be paid by a paying agent or a designated Federal Reserve Bank without the owner's signature to the request for payment, if the bond bears the special endorsement of a paying agent specifically qualified to place such an endorsement on savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Signature by mark.</I> A signature by mark (X) must be witnessed by at least one disinterested person and a certifying officer. See subpart J. The witness must attest to the signature by mark substantially as follows: “Witness to signature by mark”, followed by his or her signature and address.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Name change.</I> If the name of the owner, coowner, or other person entitled to payment, as it appears in the registration or in evidence on file in the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, has been changed in any legal manner, the signature to the request for payment must show both names and the manner in which the change was made; for example, “Mary T. Jones Smith (Mary T. J. Smith or Mary T. Smith) changed by marriage from Mary T. Jones”, or “John R. Young, changed by order of court from Hans R. Jung”. See § 353.50.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Attorneys-in-fact.</I> A request for payment, reinvestment, or exchange executed by an attorney-in-fact will be recognized if it is accompanied by a copy of the power of attorney which meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The power of attorney must bear the grantor's signature, properly certified or notarized, in accordance with applicable State law;
</P>
<P>(2) The power of attorney must grant, by its terms, authority for the attorney-in-fact to sell or redeem the grantor's securities, sell his or her personal property, or, otherwise contain similar authority; and
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a grantor who has become incapacitated, the power of attorney must conform with pertinent provisions of State law concerning its durability. Generally, in such circumstances, the power of attorney should provide that the authority granted will not be affected by the subsequent incompetence or incapacity of the grantor. Medical evidence or other proof of the grantor's condition may be required in any case.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64091, Sept. 26, 1980, as amended at 57 FR 39602, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 10541, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.41" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.41   Partial redemption.</HEAD>
<P>A bond of Series EE or HH may be redeemed in part at current redemption value, but only in amounts corresponding to authorized denominations, upon surrender of the bond to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service in accordance with § 353.39(b). In any case in which partial redemption is requested, the phrase “to the extent of $__ (face amount) and reissue of the remainder” should be added to the request. Upon partial redemption of the bond, the remainder will be reissued as of the original issue date, as provided in subpart I.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 59 FR 10541, Mar. 4, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.42" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.42   Nonreceipt or loss of check issued in payment.</HEAD>
<P>If a check in payment of a bond surrendered for redemption is not received within a reasonable time or is lost after receipt, notice should be given to the same agency to which the bond was surrendered for payment. The notice should give the date the bond was surrendered for payment and describe the bond by series, denomination, serial number, and registration, including the taxpayer identifying number of the owner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.43" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.43   Effective date of request for payment.</HEAD>
<P>The Department of the Treasury will treat the receipt of a bond with an appropriate request for payment by:
</P>
<P>(a) A Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, 
</P>
<P>(b) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service, or 
</P>
<P>(c) A paying agent authorized to pay that bond, as the date upon which the rights of the parties are fixed for the purpose of payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.44" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.8.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.44   Withdrawal of request for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Withdrawal by owner or coowner.</I> An owner or coowner, who has surrendered a bond to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service or to an authorized paying agent with an appropriate request for payment, may withdraw the request if notice of intent to withdraw is received by the same agency prior to payment either in cash or through the issuance of the redemption check.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Withdrawal on behalf of deceased owner or incompetent.</I> A request for payment may be withdrawn under the same conditions as in paragraph (a) of this section by the executor or administrator of the estate of a deceased owner or by the person or persons who could have been entitled to the bond under subpart L, or by the legal representative of the estate of a person under legal disability, unless surrender of the bond for payment has eliminated the interest of a surviving coowner or beneficiary. See § 353.70 (b) and (c).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Reissue and Denominational Exchange</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.45" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.9.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.45   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Reissue of a bond may be made only under the conditions specified in these regulations, and only at:
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, or
</P>
<P>(2) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P>(b) Reissue will not be made if the request is received less than one full calendar month before the final maturity date of a bond. The request, however, will be effective to establish ownership as though the requested reissue had been made. We reserve the right to reissue savings bonds in book-entry form only. See § 353.48(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 66856, Oct. 28, 2011, as amended at 79 FR 8859, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.46" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.9.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.46   Effective date of request for reissue.</HEAD>
<P>The Department of the Treasury will treat the receipt by: (a) A Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or (b) the Bureau of the Fiscal Service of a bond and an acceptable request for reissue as determining the date upon which the rights of the parties are fixed for the purpose of reissue. For example, if the owner or either coowner of a bond dies after the bond has been surrendered for reissue, the bond will be regarded as having been reissued in the decedent's lifetime.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.47" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.9.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.47   Authorized reissue—during lifetime.</HEAD>
<P>A bond belonging to an individual may be reissued in any authorized form of registration upon an appropriate request for the purposes outlined below.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Single ownership.</I> A bond registered in single ownership form may be reissued—
</P>
<P>(1) To add a coowner or beneficiary; or
</P>
<P>(2) To name a new owner, with or without a coowner or beneficiary, but only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The new owner is related to the previous owner by blood (including legal adoption) or marriage; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The previous owner and the new owner are parties to a divorce or annulment; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The new sole owner is the trustee of a personal trust estate which was created by the previous owner or which designates as beneficiary either the previous owner or a person related to him or her by blood (including legal adoption) or marriage.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Coownership</I>—(1) <I>Reissue—to name a related individual as owner or coowner.</I> During the lifetime of both coowners, a coownership bond may be reissued in the name of another individual related by blood (including legal adoption) or marriage to either coowner:
</P>
<P>(i) As single owner,
</P>
<P>(ii) As owner with one of the original coowners as beneficiary, or
</P>
<P>(iii) As a new coowner with one of the original coowners.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reissue—to name either coowner alone or with another individual as coowner or beneficiary.</I> During the lifetime of both coowners, a coownership bond may be reissued in the name of either coowner alone or with another individual as coowner or beneficiary if:
</P>
<P>(i) After issue of the submitted bond, either coowner named thereon marries, or the coowners are divorced or legally separated from each other, or their marriage is annulled; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Both coowners on the submitted bond are related by blood (including legal adoption) or marriage to each other.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reissue—to name the trustee of a personal trust estate.</I> A bond registered in coownership form may be reissued to name a trustee of a personal trust estate created by either coowner or by some other person if:
</P>
<P>(i) Either coowner is a beneficiary of the trust, or (ii) a beneficiary of the trust is related by blood or marriage to either coowner.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Beneficiary.</I> A bond registered in beneficiary form may be reissued:
</P>
<P>(1) To name the beneficiary as coowner;
</P>
<P>(2) To substitute another individual as beneficiary; or
</P>
<P>(3) To eliminate the beneficiary, and, if the beneficiary is eliminated, to effect any of the reissues authorized by paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.48" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.9.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.48   Restrictions on reissue.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Elimination of definitive Series EE bonds.</I> After February 14, 2014, the Department of the Treasury will no longer reissue Series EE bonds in definitive (paper) form. After that date, a request for reissue of a Series EE bond for any reason will only be processed under one of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) If the new owner requests payment in the same transaction; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the new owner provides instructions to reissue in the form of a book-entry bond in a TreasuryDirect® account. This option is available for persons who are eligible to open a TreasuryDirect® account under the regulations in 31 CFR part 363.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Denominational exchange.</I> Reissue is not permitted solely to change denominations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>United States Treasury.</I> Reissue may not be made to eliminate the United States Treasury as coowner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, as amended at 79 FR 8859, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.49" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.9.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.49   Correction of errors.</HEAD>
<P>A bond may be reissued to correct an error in registration upon appropriate request supported by satisfactory proof of the error.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.50" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.9.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.50   Change of name.</HEAD>
<P>An owner, coowner, or beneficiary whose name is changed by marriage, divorce, annulment, order of court, or in any other legal manner after the issue of the bond should submit the bond with a request for reissue to substitute the new name for the name inscribed on the bond. Documentary evidence may be required in any appropriate case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.51" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.9.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.51   Requests for reissue.</HEAD>
<P>A request for reissue of bonds in coownership form must be signed by both coowners, except that a request solely to eliminate the name of one coowner may be signed by that coowner only. A bond registered in beneficiary form may be reissued upon the request of the owner, without the consent of the beneficiary. Fiscal Service forms are available for requesting reissue.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Certifying Officers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.55" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.10.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.55   Individuals authorized to certify.</HEAD>
<P>The following individuals are authorized to act as certifying officers for the purpose of certifying a request for payment, reissue, or a signature to a Fiscal Service form:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Officers generally authorized</I>—(1) <I>At banks, trust companies, and member organizations of the Federal Home Loan Bank System.</I> (i) Any officer of a bank incorporated in the United States, the territories or possessions of the United States, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any officer of a trust company incorporated in the United States, the territories or possessions of the United States, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any officer of an organization that is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. This includes Federal savings and loan associations.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any officer of a foreign branch or a domestic branch of an institution indicated in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) Any officer of a Federal Reserve Bank, a Federal Land Bank, or a Federal Home Loan Bank.
</P>
<P>(vi) Any employee of an institution in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (v) of this section, who is expressly authorized to certify by the institution.
</P>
<FP>Certification by these officers or designated employees must be authenticated by a legible imprint of either the corporate seal of the institution or of the issuing or paying agent's stamp. The employee expressly authorized to certify by an institution must sign his or her name over the title “Designated Employee”.
</FP>
<P>(2) <I>At issuing agents that are not banks or trust companies.</I> Any officer of an organization, not a bank or a trust company, that is qualified as an issuing agent for bonds of Series EE. The agent's stamp must be imprinted in the certification.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>By United States officials.</I> Any judge, clerk, or deputy clerk of a United States court, including United States courts for the territories and possessions of the United States and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; any United States Commissioner, United States Attorney, or United States Collector of Customs, including their deputies; in the Internal Revenue Service, any Regional Commissioner, District Director, Service Center Director, or Internal Revenue agent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Officers with limited authority</I>—(1) <I>In the Armed Forces.</I> Any commissioned officer or warrant officer of the Armed Forces of the United States, but only for members of the respective services, their families, and civilian employees at posts, bases, or stations. The certifying officer must indicate his or her rank and state that the individual signing the request is one of the class whose request the certifying officer is authorized to certify.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>At the Veterans Administration, Federal penal institutions, and United States Public Health Service hospitals.</I> Any officer in charge of a home, hospital, or other facility of the Veterans Administration, but only for the patients, or employees of the facility; any officer of a Federal penal institution or a United States Public Health Service hospital expressly authorized to certify by the Secretary of the Treasury or his designee, but only for the inmates, patients or employees of the institution involved. Officers of Veterans Administration facilities, Federal penal institutions, and Public Health Service hospitals must use the stamp or seal of the particular institution or service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authorized officers in foreign countries.</I> Any United States diplomatic or consular representative, or the officer of a foreign branch of a bank or trust company incorporated in the United States whose signature is attested by an imprint of the corporate seal or is certified to the Department of the Treasury. If none of these individuals is available, a notary public or other officer authorized to administer oaths may certify, but his or her official character and jurisdiction must be certified by a United States diplomatic or consular officer under seal of his or her office.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Authorized officers in particular localities.</I> The Governor and the Treasurer of Puerto Rico; the Governor and the Commissioner of Finance of the Virgin Islands; the Governor and the Director of Finance of Guam; the Governor and the Director of Administrative Services of American Samoa; or designated officers of the Panama Canal Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special provisions.</I> If no certifying officer is readily accessible, the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, Deputy Commissioner, any Assistant Commissioner, or other designated official of the Bureau or of a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch is authorized to make special provision for any particular case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.56" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.10.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.56   General instructions and liability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The certifying officer must: (1) Require the person presenting a bond, or an appropriate Fiscal Service transaction form, to establish his or her identity in accordance with Department of the Treasury instructions and identification guidelines;
</P>
<P>(2) Place a notation on the back of the bond or on the appropriate Fiscal Service transaction form, or in a separate record, showing exactly how identification was established; and
</P>
<P>(3) Affix, as part of the certification, his or her official signature, title, seal or issuing or paying agent's stamp, address, and the date of execution.
</P>
<P>(b) The certifying officer and, if such person is an officer or an employee of an organization, the organization will be held fully responsible for the adequacy of the identification.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.57" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.10.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.57   When a certifying officer may not certify.</HEAD>
<P>Certifying officers may not certify the requests for payment of bonds, or appropriate Fiscal Service transaction forms if, in their own right or in a representative capacity, they—
</P>
<P>(a) Have an interest in the bonds, or
</P>
<P>(b) Will, by virtue of the requests being certified, acquire an interest in the bonds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.58" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.10.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.58   Forms to be certified.</HEAD>
<P>When required in the instructions on a Fiscal Service transaction form, the form must be signed before an authorized certifying officer.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Minors, Incompetents, Aged Persons, Absentees, et al.</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.60" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.11.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.60   Payment to representative of an estate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The representative of an estate of an owner who is a minor, an aged person, incompetent, absentee, et al., may receive payment upon request:
</P>
<P>(1) If the registration shows the name and capacity of the representative;
</P>
<P>(2) If the registration shows the capacity but not the name of the representative and the request is accompanied by appropriate evidence; or
</P>
<P>(3) If the registration includes neither the name of the representative nor his or her capacity but the request is accompained by appropriate evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) Appropriate evidence for paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this section includes a certified copy of the letters of appointment or, if the representative is not appointed by a court, other proof of qualification. Except in the case of corporate fiduciaries, the evidence must show that the appointment is in full force and be dated not more than one year prior to the presentation of the bond for payment. The request for payment appearing on the back of a bond must be signed by the representative as such, for example, “John S. Jones, guardian (committee) of the estate of Henry W. Smith, a minor (an incompetent)”.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.61" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.11.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.61   Payment after death.</HEAD>
<P>After the death of the ward, and at any time prior to the representative's discharge, the representative of the estate will be entitled to obtain payment of a bond to which the ward was solely entitled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.62" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.11.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.62   Payment to minors.</HEAD>
<P>If the owner of a savings bond is a minor and the form of registration does not indicate that there is a representative of the minor's estate, payment will be made to the minor upon his or her request, provided the minor is of sufficient competency to sign the request for payment and to understand the nature of the transaction. In general, the fact that the request for payment has been signed by a minor and certified will be accepted as sufficient proof of competency and understanding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.63" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.11.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.63   Payment to a parent or other person on behalf of a minor.</HEAD>
<P>If the owner of a savings bond is a minor and the form of registration does not indicate that there is a representative of his or her estate, and if the minor is not of sufficient competency to sign the request for payment and to understand the nature of the transaction, payment will be made to either parent with whom the minor resides or to whom legal custody has been granted. If the minor does not reside with either parent, payment will be made to the person who furnishes the chief support for the minor. The request must appear on the back of the bond in one of the following forms:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Request by parent.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>I certify that I am the mother of John C. Jones (with whom he resides) (to whom legal custody has been granted). He is ___ years of age and is not of sufficient understanding to make this request.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Mary Jones on behalf of John C. Jones</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Request by other person.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I certify that John C. Jones does not reside with either parent and that I furnish his chief support. He is ___ years of age and is not of sufficient understanding to make this request.
</P>
<P>Alice Brown, grandmother,
</P>
<FP>On behalf of John C. Jones</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.64" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.11.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.64   Payment, reinvestment, or exchange—voluntary guardian of an incapacitated person.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Payment of bonds. When an adult owner of bonds is incapable of requesting payment as a result of incapacity and there is no other person legally qualified to do so, the relative, or other person, responsible for the owner's care and support may submit an application for recognition as voluntary guardian for the purpose of redeeming the owner's bonds, if the total redemption value of all of the owner's bonds does not exceed $20,000. The redemption value of the bonds shall be determined as of the date the bonds are received, accompanied by an appropriate request for payment. If the total redemption value exceeds $20,000, a legal representative must be appointed, as set forth in § 315.60.
</P>
<P>(b) Reinvestment of bonds. If the bonds have finally matured and it is desired to redeem them and reinvest the proceeds in other savings bonds, the new bonds must be registered in the name of the incapacitated person, followed by words showing that he or she is under voluntary guardianship; for example, “John Jones 123-45-6789, under voluntary guardianship”. A living coowner or beneficiary named on the matured bonds must be designated on the new bonds, unless such person furnishes a certified statement consenting to omission of his or her name. If an amount insufficient to purchase an additional bond of any authorized denomination of either series remains after the reinvestment, the voluntary guardian may furnish additional funds sufficient to purchase another bond of either series of the lowest available denomination. If additional funds are not furnished, the remaining amount will be paid to the voluntary guardian for the use and benefit of the incapacitated person.
</P>
<P>(c) Exchange of bonds. The provisions for reinvestment of the proceeds of matured bonds are equally applicable to any authorized exchange of bonds of one series for those of another.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 39602, Sept. 1, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.65" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.11.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.65   Reissue.</HEAD>
<P>A bond on which a minor or other person under legal disability is named as the owner or coowner, or in which he or she has an interest, may be reissued under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) A minor for whose estate no representative has been appointed may request reissue if the minor is of sufficient competency to sign his or her name to the request and to understand the nature of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) A bond on which a minor is named as beneficiary or coowner may be reissued in the name of a custodian for the minor under a statute authorizing gifts to minor upon the request of the adult whose name appears on the bond as owner or coowner.
</P>
<P>(c) A minor coowner for whose estate no representative has been appointed, may be named sole owner upon the request of the competent coowner.
</P>
<P>(d) Reissue to eliminate the name of a minor or incompetent for whose estate a legal representative has been appointed is permitted only if supported by evidence that a court has authorized the representative of the minor's or incompetent's estate to request the reissue. See § 353.23.
</P>
<FP>Except to the extent provided in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, reissue will be restricted to a form of registration which does not adversely affect the existing ownership or interest of a minor who is not of sufficient understanding to make a request, or other person under legal disability. Requests for reissue should be executed by the person authorized to request payment under §§ 353.60 and 353.63, or the person who may request recognization as voluntary guardian under § 353.64.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979. Redesignated at 57 FR 39602, Sept. 1, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Deceased Owner, Coowner or Beneficiary</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.70" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.12.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.70   General rules governing entitlement.</HEAD>
<P>The following rules govern ownership or entitlement where one or both of the persons named on a bond have died without the bond having been surrendered for payment or reissue:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Single owner bond.</I> If the owner of a bond registered in single ownership form has died, the bond becomes the property of that decedent's estate, and payment or reissue will be made as provided in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Coowner bond</I>—(1) <I>One coowner deceased.</I> If one of the coowners named on a bond has died, the surviving coowner will be recognized as the sole and absolute owner, and payment or reissue will be made as though the bond were registered in the name of the survivor alone. Any request for reissue by the surviving coowner must be supported by proof of death of the other coowner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Both coowners deceased.</I> If both coowners named on a bond have died, the bond becomes the property of the estate of the coowner who died last, and payment or reissue will be made as if the bond were registered in the name of the last deceased coowner alone. Proof of death of both coowners will be required to establish the order of death.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Simultaneously death of both coowners.</I> If both coowners die under conditions where it cannot be established, either by presumption of law or otherwise, which coowner died first, the bond becomes the property of both equally, and payment or reissue will be made accordingly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Beneficiary bond</I>—(1) <I>Owner deceased.</I> If the owner of a bond registered in beneficiary form has died and is survived by the beneficiary, upon proof of death of the owner, the beneficiary will be recognized as the sole and absolute owner of the bond. Payment or reissue will be made as though the bond were registered in the survivor's name alone. A request for payment or reissue by the beneficiary must be supported by proof of death of the owner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Beneficiary deceased.</I> If the beneficiary's death occurs before, or simultaneously with, that of the registered owner, payment or reissue will be made as though the bond were registered in the owner's name alone. Proof of death of the owner and beneficiary is required to establish the order of death.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Nonresident aliens.</I> If the person who becomes entitled to a bond because of the death of an owner is an alien who is a resident of an area with respect to which the Department of the Treasury restricts or regulates the delivery of checks drawn against funds of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities, delivery of the redemption check will not be made so long as the restriction applies. See Department of the Treasury Circular No. 655, current revision (31 CFR part 211).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.71" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.12.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.71   Decedent's estate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Estate is being administered.</I> (1) A legal representative of a deceased owner's estate may request payment of savings bonds to the estate, or may distribute the savings bonds to the persons entitled.
</P>
<P>(2) Appropriate proof of appointment for the legal representative of the estate is required. Letters of appointment must be dated not more than one year prior to the date of submission of the letters of appointment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Estate has been settled previously.</I> If the estate has been settled previously through judicial proceedings, the persons entitled may request payment or reissue of savings bonds. A certified copy of the court-approved final accounting for the estate, the court's decree of distribution, or other appropriate evidence is required.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special provisions under the law of the jurisdiction of the decedent's domicile.</I> If there is no formal or regular administration and no representative of the estate is to be appointed, the person appointed to receive or distribute the assets of a decedent's estate without regular administration under applicable local law summary or small estates procedures may request payment or reissue of savings bonds. Appropriate evidence is required.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When administration is required.</I> If the total redemption value of the Treasury securities and undelivered payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is greater than $100,000, administration of the decedent's estate will be required. The redemption value of savings bonds and the principal amount of marketable securities will be used to determine the value of securities, and will be determined as of the date of death. Administration may also be required at the discretion of the Department for any case.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Voluntary representative for small estates that are not being otherwise administered</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A voluntary representative is a person qualified according to paragraph (e)(3) of this section, to redeem or distribute a decedent's savings bonds. The voluntary representative procedures are for the convenience of the Department; entitlement to the decedent's savings bonds and held payments, if any, is determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. Voluntary representative procedures may be used only if:
</P>
<P>(i) There has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, and no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total redemption value of the Treasury securities and held payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is $100,000 or less as of the date of death; and
</P>
<P>(iii) There is a person eligible to serve as the voluntary representative according to paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Authority of voluntary representative.</I> A voluntary representative may:
</P>
<P>(i) Redeem the decedent's savings bonds that are eligible for redemption on behalf of the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death;
</P>
<P>(ii) Distribute the decedent's savings bonds to the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Order of precedence for voluntary representative.</I> An individual eighteen years of age or older may act as a voluntary representative according to the following order of precedence: A surviving spouse; if there is no surviving spouse, then a child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a parent of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a next of kin of the decedent, as determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. As used in this order of precedence, child means a natural or adopted child of the decedent.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Liability.</I> By serving, the voluntary representative warrants that the distribution of payments or savings bonds is to the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The United States is not liable to any person for the improper distribution of payments or securities. Upon payment or transfer of the securities at the request of the voluntary representative, the United States is released to the same extent as if it had paid or delivered to a representative of the estate appointed pursuant to the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The voluntary representative shall indemnify and hold harmless the United States and all creditors and persons entitled to the estate of the decedent. The amount of the indemnification is limited to an amount no greater than the value received by the voluntary representative.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Creditor.</I> If there has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used, and there is no person eligible to serve as a voluntary representative pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, then a creditor may make a claim for the amount of the debt, providing the debt has not been barred by applicable local law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57430, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.72" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.12.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.72   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Fiduciaries</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.75" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.13.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.75   Payment or reissue during the existence of the fiduciary estate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Payment or reissue before maturity</I>—(1) <I>Request from the fiduciary named in the registration.</I> A request for reissue or payment prior to maturity must be signed by all of the fiduciaries unless by statute, decree of court, or the terms of the governing instrument, any lesser number may properly execute the request. If the fiduciaries named in the registration are still acting, no further evidence will be required. In other cases, evidence to support the request will be required, as specified:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Fiduciaries by title only.</I> If the bond is registered only in the titles, without the names, of fiduciaries not acting as a board, satisfactory evidence of their incumbency must be furnished, except in the case of bonds registered in the title of public officers as trustees.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Boards, committees, commission, etc.</I> If a bond is registered in the name of a governing body which is empowered to act as a unit, and which holds title to the property of a religious, educational, charitable or nonprofit organization or a public corporation, the request should be signed in the name of the body by an authorized person. Ordinarily, a signed and certified request will be accepted without further evidence.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Corporate fiduciaries.</I> If a bond is registered in the name of a public or private corporation or a governmental body as fiduciary, the request must be signed by an authorized officer in the name of the organization as fiduciary. Ordinarily, a signed and certified request will be accepted without further evidence.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Trustee of a common trust fund.</I> A bond held by a financial institution in a fiduciary capacity may be reissued in the name of the institution as trustee of its common trust fund to the extent that participation in the common trust fund is authorized by law or regulation. The request for reissue should be executed by the institution and any cofiduciary.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Successor fiduciary.</I> If the fiduciary in whose name the bond is registered has been replaced by another fiduciary, satisfactory evidence of successorship must be furnished.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment at or after final maturity.</I> At or after final maturity, a request for payment signed by any one or more of the fiduciaries will be accepted. Payment will be made by check drawn as the bond is registered.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.76" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.13.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.76   Payment or reissue after termination of the fiduciary estate.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name or title of a fiduciary may be paid or reissued to the person who has become entitled by reason of the termination of a fiduciary estate. Requests for reissue made by a fiduciary pursuant to the termination of a fiduciary estate should be made on the appropriate form. Requests for payment or reissue by other than the fiduciary must be accompanied by evidence to show that the person has become entitled in accordance with applicable State law or otherwise. When two or more persons have become entitled, the request for payment or reissue must be signed by each of them.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.77" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.13.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.77   Exchanges by fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>Fiduciaries are authorized to request an exchange of bonds of one series for those of another, pursuant to any applicable Department of the Treasury offering. A living coowner of beneficiary named on the bonds submitted in exchange may be retained in the same capacity on the new bonds.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Private Organizations (Corporations, Associations, Partnerships, et cetera) and Governmental Agencies, Units and Officers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.80" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.14.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.80   Payment to corporations or unincorporated associations.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of a private corporation or an unincorporated association will be paid to the corporation or unincorporated association upon a request for payment on its behalf by an authorized officer. The signature to the request should be in the form, for example, “The Jones Coal Company, a corporation, by John Jones, President”, or “The Lotus Club, an unincorporated association, by William A. Smith, Treasurer”. A request for payment so signed and certified will ordinarily be accepted without further evidence of the officer's authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.81" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.14.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.81   Payment to partnerships.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of an existing partnership will be paid upon a request for payment signed by a general partner. The signature to the request should be in the form, for example, “Smith and Jones, a partnership, by John Jones, a general partner”. A request for payment so signed and certified will ordinarily be accepted as sufficient evidence that the partnership is still in existence and that the person signing the request is authorized.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.82" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.14.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.82   Reissue or payment to successors of corporations, unincorporated associations, or partnerships.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of a private corporation, an unincorporated association, or a partnership which has been succeeded by another corporation, unincorporated association, or partnership by operation of law or otherwise, in any manner whereby the business or activities of the original organization are continued without substantial change, will be paid to or reissued in the name of the succeeding organization upon appropriate request on its behalf, supported by satisfactory evidence of successorship. The appropriate form should be used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.83" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.14.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.83   Reissue or payment on dissolution of corporation or partnership.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Corporations.</I> A bond registered in the name of a private corporation which is in the process of dissolution will be paid to the authorized representative of the corporation upon a request for payment, supported by satisfactory evidence of the representative's authority. At the termination of dissolution proceedings, the bond may be reissued upon the request of the authorized representative in the names of those persons, other than creditors, entitled to the assets of the corporation, to the extent of their respective interests. Proof will be required that all statutory provisions governing the dissolution of the corporation have been complied with and that the persons in whose names reissue is requested are entitled and have agreed to the reissue. If the dissolution proceedings are under the direction of a court, a certified copy of an order of the court, showing the authority of the representative to make the distribution requested must be furnished.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Partnerships.</I> A bond registered in the name of a partnership which has been dissolved by death or withdrawal of a partner, or in any other manner:
</P>
<P>(1) Will be paid upon a request for payment by any partner or partners authorized by law to act on behalf of the dissolved partnership, or
</P>
<P>(2) Will be paid to or reissued in the names of the persons entitled as the result of such dissolution to the extent of their respective interests, except that reissue will not be made in the names of creditors. The request must be supported by satisfactory evidence of entitlement, including proof that the debts of the partnership have been paid or properly provided for. The appropriate form should be used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.84" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.14.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.84   Payment to certain institutions.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of a church, hospital, home, school, or similar institution, without reference in the registration to the manner in which it is organized or governed or to the manner in which title to its property is held, will be paid upon a request for payment signed on behalf of such institution by an authorized representative. A request for payment signed by a pastor of a church, superintendent of a hospital, president of a college, or by any official generally recognized as having authority to conduct the financial affairs of the particular institution will ordinarily be accepted without further proof of authority. The signature to the request should be in the form, for example, “Shriners' Hospital for Crippled Children, St. Louis, MO, by William A. Smith, Superintendent”, or “St. Mary's Roman Catholic Church, Albany, NY, by the Rev. John Smyth, Pastor”.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.85" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.14.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.85   Reissue in name of trustee or agent for reinvestment purposes.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of a religious, educational, charitable or nonprofit organization, whether or not incorporated, may be reissued in the name of a financial institution, or an individual, as trustee or agent. There must be an agreement between the organization and the trustee or agent holding funds of the organization, in whole or in part, for the purpose of investing and reinvesting the principal and paying the income to the organization. Reissue should be requested on behalf of the organization by an authorized officer using the appropriate form.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.86" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.14.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.86   Reissue upon termination of investment agency.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name of a financial institution, or individual, as agent for investment purposes only, under an agreement with a religious, an educational, a charitable, or a nonprofit organization, may be reissued in the name of the organization upon termination of the agency. The former agent should request such reissue and should certify that the organization is entitled by reason of the termination of the agency. If such request and certification are not obtainable, the bond will be reissued in the name of the organization upon its own request, supported by satisfactory evidence of the termination of the agency. The appropriate form should be used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.87" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.14.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.87   Payment to governmental agencies, units, or their officers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Agencies and units.</I> A bond registered in the name of a State, county, city, town, village, or in the name of a Federal, State, or local governmental agency, such as a board, commission, or corporation, will be paid upon a request signed in the name of the governmental agency or unit or by an authorized officer. A request for payment so signed and certified will ordinarily be accepted without further proof of the officer's authority.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Officers.</I> A bond registered in the official title of an officer of a governmental agency or unit will be paid upon a request for payment signed by the officer. The request for payment so signed and certified will ordinarily be accepted as proof that the person signing is the incumbent of the office.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Escheat and Unclaimed Property Claims by States</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.88" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.15.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.88   Payment to a State claiming title to abandoned bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Department of the Treasury may, in its discretion, recognize an escheat judgment that purports to vest a State with title to a definitive savings bond that has reached final maturity and is in the State's possession, when the State presents evidence satisfactory to Treasury that the bond has been abandoned by all persons entitled to payment under Treasury regulations. A State claiming title to a definitive savings bond as the heir to a deceased owner must comply with the requirements of subpart L, and not this section. Treasury will not recognize an escheat judgment that purports to vest a State with title to a bond that has not reached its final maturity. Treasury also will not recognize an escheat judgment that purports to vest a State with title to a bond that the State does not possess, or a judgment that purports to grant the State custody of a bond, but not title.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Due process.</I> At a minimum, a State requesting payment under this section must demonstrate to Treasury's satisfaction that it made reasonable efforts to provide actual and constructive notice of the escheat proceeding to all persons listed on the face of the bond and all persons who may have an interest in the bond, and that those persons had an opportunity to be heard before the escheat judgment was entered.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fulfillment of obligation.</I> Payment to a State claiming title under this section fulfills the United States' obligations to the same extent as if payment had been made to the registered owner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 80264, Dec. 24, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 76441, Dec. 26, 1979, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 80 FR 80264, Dec. 24, 2015.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 353.90" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.16.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.90   Waiver of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as designee of the Secretary of the Treasury, may waive or modify any provision or provisions of these regulations. He may do so in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship:
</P>
<P>(a) If such action would not be inconsistent with law or equity, (b) if it does not impair any existing rights, and (c) if he is satisfied that such action would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.91" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.16.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.91   Additional requirements; bond of indemnity.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as designee of the Secretary of the Treasury, may require:
</P>
<P>(a) Such additional evidence as he may consider necessary or advisable, or (b) a bond of indemnity, with or without surety, in any case in which he may consider such a bond necessary for the protection of the interests of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 353.92" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.50.16.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 353.92   Supplements, amendments, or revisions.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, prescribe additional, supplemental, amendatory, or revised rules and regulations governing United States Savings Bonds of Series EE and HH.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="354" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 354—REGULATIONS GOVERNING BOOK-ENTRY SECURITIES OF THE STUDENT LOAN MARKETING ASSOCIATION (SALLIE MAE)
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 391; 20 U.S.C. 1087-2(m).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 622, Jan. 6, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 354.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.0   Applicability; maintenance of Sallie Mae Securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Sallie Mae Security may be maintained in the form of a Definitive Sallie Mae Security or a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security. A Book-entry Sallie Mae Security shall be maintained in the Book-entry System.
</P>
<P>(b) The Sallie Mae Securities to which the regulations in this part apply are obligations which, by the terms of their issue, are available exclusively as Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities or which, pursuant to the securities documentation, are convertible from Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities to Definitive Sallie Mae Securities or vice versa.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 354.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.1   Definitions of terms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Adverse claim</I> means a claim that a claimant has a property interest in a Security and that it is a violation of the rights of the claimant for another Person to hold, transfer, or deal with the Security.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Book-entry Sallie Mae Security</I> means a Sallie Mae Security issued or maintained in the Book-entry System.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Book-entry System</I> means the automated book-entry system operated by the Federal Reserve Banks acting as the fiscal agent for Sallie Mae, on which Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities are issued, recorded, transferred and maintained in book-entry form.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitive Sallie Mae Security</I> means a Sallie Mae Security in engraved or printed form, or that is otherwise represented by a certificate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Eligible Book-entry Sallie Mae Security</I> means a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security issued or maintained in the Book-entry System which by the terms of its Security Documentation is available in either definitive or book-entry form.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Entitlement holder</I> means a Person to whose account an interest in a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security is credited on the records of a Securities Intermediary.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Federal Reserve Bank</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circular</I> means the publication issued by each Federal Reserve Bank that sets forth the terms and conditions under which the Federal Reserve Bank maintains book-entry Securities accounts (including Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities) and transfers book-entry Securities (including Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Funds account</I> means a reserve and/or clearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank to which debits or credits are posted for transfers against payment, book-entry securities transaction fees, or principal and interest payments.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Participant</I> means a Person that maintains a Participant's Securities Account with a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Participant's securities account</I> means an account in the name of a Participant at a Federal Reserve Bank to which Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities held for a Participant are or may be credited.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Person</I> means and includes an individual, corporation, company, governmental entity, association, firm, partnership, trust, estate, representative, and any other similar organization, but does not mean or include the United States, Sallie Mae, or a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Revised Article 8</I> means Uniform Commercial Code, Revised Article 8, Investment Securities (with Conforming and Miscellaneous Amendments to Articles 1, 3, 4, 5, 9, and 10) 1994 Official Text. Revised Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code is incorporated by reference in this part pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Article 8 was adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. Copies of this publication are available from the Executive Office of the American Law Institute, 4025 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104, and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws, 676 North St. Clair Street, Suite 1700, Chicago, IL 60611. Copies are also available for public inspection at the Department of the Treasury Library, Room 5030, main Treasury Building, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Washington D.C. 20220, and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Sallie Mae</I> means the Student Loan Marketing Association, a stock holder-owned corporation and government-sponsored enterprise established in 1972 by, and operating pursuant to, section 439 of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, 20 U.S.C. 1087-2.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Sallie Mae security</I> means any security or obligation of Sallie Mae issued in the form of a Definitive Sallie Mae Security or a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Securities documentation</I> means the applicable statement of terms and conditions or other documents establishing the terms of a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Securities intermediary</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A Person that is registered as a “clearing agency” under the federal securities laws; a Federal Reserve Bank; any other Person that provides clearance or settlement services with respect to a Book-entry Security that would require it to register as a clearing agency under the federal securities laws but for an exclusion or exemption from the registration requirement, if its activities as a clearing corporation, including promulgation of rules, are subject to regulation by a federal or state governmental authority; or
</P>
<P>(2) A Person (other than an individual, unless such individual is registered as a broker or dealer under the federal securities laws) including a bank or broker, that in the ordinary course of its business maintains securities accounts for others and is acting in that capacity.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Security</I> means any note, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security.”
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Security entitlement</I> means the rights and property interest of an Entitlement Holder with respect to a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>State</I> means any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, or any other territory or possession of the United States.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Transfer message</I> means an instruction of a Participant to a Federal Reserve Bank to effect a transfer of a Book-entry Security (including a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security) maintained in the Book-entry System, as set forth in Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circulars.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 622, Jan. 6, 1997, as amended at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 354.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.2   Law governing rights and obligations of Federal Reserve Banks, and Sallie Mae; rights of any Person against Federal Reserve Banks and Sallie Mae.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the following are governed solely by the book-entry regulations contained in this part 354, the Securities Documentation (to the extent not inconsistent with these regulations) and Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circulars:
</P>
<P>(1) The rights and obligations of Sallie Mae and the Federal Reserve Banks with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) A Book-entry Sallie Mae Security or Security Entitlement; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The operation of the Book-entry System as it applies to Sallie Mae Securities; and
</P>
<P>(2) The rights of any Person, including a Participant, against Sallie Mae and the Federal Reserve Banks with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) A Book-entry Sallie Mae Security or Security Entitlement; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The operation of the Book-entry System as it applies to Sallie Mae Securities.
</P>
<P>(b) A security interest in a Security Entitlement that is in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank from a Participant and that is not recorded on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank pursuant to § 354.4(c)(1), is governed by the law (not including the conflict-of-law rules) of the jurisdiction where the head office of the Federal Reserve Bank maintaining the Participant's Securities Account is located. A security interest in a Security Entitlement that is in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank from a Person that is not a Participant, and that is not recorded on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank pursuant to § 354.14(c)(1), is governed by the law determined in the manner specified in § 354.3.
</P>
<P>(c) If the jurisdiction specified in the first sentence of paragraph (b) of this section is a State that has not adopted Revised Article 8 (incorporated by reference, see § 354.1), then the law specified in paragraph (b) shall be the law of that State as though Revised Article 8 had been adopted by that State.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 354.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.3   Law governing other interests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To the extent not inconsistent with the regulations in this part, the law (not including the conflict-of-law rules) of a Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction governs:
</P>
<P>(1) The acquisition of a Security Entitlement from the Securities Intermediary;
</P>
<P>(2) The rights and duties of the Securities Intermediary and Entitlement Holder arising out of a Security Entitlement;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the Securities Intermediary owes any duties to an adverse claimant to a Security Entitlement;
</P>
<P>(4) Whether an Adverse Claim can be asserted against a Person who acquires a Security Entitlement from the Securities Intermediary or a Person who purchases a Security Entitlement or interest therein from an Entitlement Holder; and
</P>
<P>(5) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection and priority of a security interest in a Security Entitlement.
</P>
<P>(b) The following rules determine a “Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction” for purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) If an agreement between the Securities Intermediary and its Entitlement Holder specifies that it is governed by the law of a particular jurisdiction, that jurisdiction is the Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(2) If an agreement between the Securities Intermediary and its Entitlement Holder does not specify the governing law as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, but expressly specifies that the securities account is maintained at an office in a particular jurisdiction, that jurisdiction is the Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(3) If an agreement between the Securities Intermediary and its Entitlement Holder does not specify a jurisdiction as provided in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, the Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction is the jurisdiction in which is located the office identified in an account statement as the office serving the Entitlement Holder's account.
</P>
<P>(4) If an agreement between the Securities Intermediary and its Entitlement Holder does not specify a jurisdiction as provided in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section and an account statement does not identify an office serving the Entitlement Holder's account as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction is the jurisdiction in which is located the chief executive office of the Securities Intermediary.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the general rule in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, the law (but not the conflict-of-law rules) of the jurisdiction in which the Person creating a security interest is located governs whether and how the security interest may be perfected automatically or by filing a financing statement.
</P>
<P>(d) If the jurisdiction specified in paragraph (b) of this section is a State that has not adopted Revised Article 8 (incorporated by reference, see § 354.1), then the law for the matters specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall be the law of that State as though Revised Article 8 had been adopted by that State. For purposes of the application of the matters specified in paragraph (a) of this section, the Federal Reserve Bank maintaining the Participant's Securities Account is a clearing corporation, and the Participant's interest in a Book-entry Security is a Security Entitlement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 354.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.4   Creation of Participant's Security Entitlement; security interests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Participant's Security Entitlement is created when a Federal Reserve Bank indicates by book-entry that a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security has been credited to a Participant's Securities Account.
</P>
<P>(b) A security interest in a Security Entitlement of a Participant in favor of the United States to secure deposits of public money, including without limitation deposits to the Treasury tax and loan accounts, or other security interest in favor of the United States that is required by Federal statute, regulation, or agreement, and that is marked on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank is thereby effected and perfected, and has priority over any other interest in the securities. Where a security interest in favor of the United States in a Security Entitlement of a Participant is marked on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank, such Federal Reserve Bank may rely, and is protected in relying, exclusively on the order of an authorized representative of the United States directing the transfer of the security. For purposes of this paragraph, an “authorized representative of the United States” is the official designated in the applicable regulations or agreement to which a Federal Reserve Bank is a party, governing the security interest.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Sallie Mae and the Federal Reserve Banks have no obligation to agree to act on behalf of any Person or to recognize the interest of any transferee of a security interest or other limited interest in favor of any Person except to the extent of any specific requirement of Federal law or regulation or to the extent set forth in any specific agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank on whose books the interest of the Participant is recorded. To the extent required by such law or regulation or set forth in an agreement with a Federal Reserve Bank, or the Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circular, a security interest in a Security Entitlement that is in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank, Sallie Mae, or a Person may be created and perfected by a Federal Reserve Bank marking its books to record the security interest. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a security interest in a Security Entitlement marked on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank shall have priority over any other interest in the securities.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to the method provided in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a security interest, including a security interest in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank, may be perfected by any method by which a security interest may be perfected under applicable law as described in § 354.2(b) or § 354.3. The perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection and priority of a security interest are governed by such applicable law. A security interest in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank shall be treated as a security interest in favor of a clearing corporation in all respects under such law, including with respect to the effect of perfection and priority of such security interest. A Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circular shall be treated as a rule adopted by a clearing corporation for such purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 354.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.5   Obligations of Sallie Mae; no adverse claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except in the case of a security interest in favor of the United States or a Federal Reserve Bank or otherwise as provided in § 354.4(c)(1), for the purposes of this part 354, Sallie Mae and the Federal Reserve Banks shall treat the Participant to whose Securities Account an interest in a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security has been credited as the person exclusively entitled to issue a Transfer Message, to receive interest and other payments with respect thereof and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers with respect to such Security, notwithstanding any information or notice to the contrary. Neither the Federal Reserve Banks nor Sallie Mae is liable to a Person asserting or having an Adverse Claim to a Security Entitlement or to a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security in a Participant's Securities Account, including any such claim arising as a result of the transfer or disposition of a Book-entry Sallie Mae Security by a Federal Reserve Bank pursuant to a Transfer Message that the Federal Reserve Bank reasonably believes to be genuine.
</P>
<P>(b) The obligation of Sallie Mae to make payments of interest and principal with respect to Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities is discharged at the time payment in the appropriate amount is made as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Interest on Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities is either credited by a Federal Reserve Bank to a Funds Account maintained at such Bank or otherwise paid as directed by the Participant.
</P>
<P>(2) Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities are redeemed at maturity or pursuant to a call for redemption in accordance with their terms by a Federal Reserve Bank withdrawing the securities from the Participant's Securities Account in which they are maintained and by either crediting the amount of the redemption proceeds, including both principal and interest where applicable, to a Funds Account at such Bank or otherwise paying such principal and interest, as directed by the Participant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 354.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.6   Authority of Federal Reserve Banks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Federal Reserve Bank is hereby authorized as fiscal agent of Sallie Mae to perform functions with respect to the issuance of Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities offered and sold by Sallie Mae, in accordance with the Securities Documentation, and Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circulars; to service and maintain Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities in accounts established for such purposes; to make payments of principal and interest with respect to such Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities as directed by Sallie Mae; to effect transfer of Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities between Participants' Securities Account as directed by the Participants; to effect conversions between Book-entry Sallie Mae securities and Definitive Sallie Mae Securities with respect to those securities as to which conversion rights are available pursuant to the applicable Securities Documentation; and to perform such other duties as fiscal agent as may be requested by Sallie Mae.
</P>
<P>(b) Each Federal Reserve Bank may issue Operating Circulars not inconsistent with this part, governing the details of its handling of Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities, Security Entitlements, and the operation of the Book-entry System under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 354.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.7   Withdrawal of eligible Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities for conversion to definitive form.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Eligible Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities may be withdrawn from the Book-entry System by requesting delivery of like Definitive Sallie Mae Securities.
</P>
<P>(b) A Federal Reserve Bank shall, upon receipt of appropriate instructions to withdraw Eligible Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities from book-entry in the Book-entry System, convert such securities into Definitive Sallie Mae Securities and deliver them in accordance with such instructions. No such conversion shall affect existing interests in such Sallie Mae Securities.
</P>
<P>(c) All requests for withdrawal of Eligible Book-entry Sallie Mae Securities must be made prior to the maturity or date of call of such securities.
</P>
<P>(d) Sallie Mae Securities which are to be delivered upon withdrawal may be issued in either registered or bearer form, to the extent permitted by the applicable Securities Documentation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 354.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.8   Waiver of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary reserves the right, in the Secretary's discretion, to waive any provision(s) of the regulations in this part in any case or class of cases for the convenience of Sallie Mae, or in order to relieve any person or entity of unnecessary hardship, if such action is not inconsistent with law, does not adversely affect substantial existing rights, and the Secretary is satisfied that such action will not subject Sallie Mae to any substantial expense or liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 354.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.9   Liability of Sallie Mae and Federal Reserve Banks.</HEAD>
<P>Sallie Mae and the Federal Reserve Banks may rely on the information provided in a Transfer Message, and are not required to verify the information. Sallie Mae and the Federal Reserve Banks shall not be liable for any action taken in accordance with the information set out in a Transfer Message or evidence submitted in support thereof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 354.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.51.0.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 354.10   Additional provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Additional requirements.</I> In any case or any class of cases arising under these regulations, Sallie Mae may require such additional evidence and a bond of indemnity, with or without surety, as may in the judgment of Sallie Mae be necessary for the protection of the interests of Sallie Mae.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of attachment for Sallie Mae Securities in Book-entry System.</I> The interest of a debtor in a Security Entitlement may be reached by a creditor only by legal process upon the Securities Intermediary with whom the debtor's securities account is maintained, except where a Security Entitlement is maintained in the name of a secured party, in which case the debtor's interest may be reached by legal process upon the secured party. The regulations in this part do not purport to establish whether a Federal Reserve Bank is required to honor an order or other notice of attachment in any particular case or class of cases.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="355" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 355—REGULATIONS GOVERNING FISCAL AGENCY CHECKS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. Ch. 31.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 65700, Nov. 1, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 355.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.0   What does this part cover?</HEAD>
<P>This part governs checks issued for payments in connection with United States securities. These checks, referred to as “fiscal agency checks,” are issued by a designated Federal Reserve Bank in its capacity as fiscal agent of the United States. The checks are drawn on the payor Federal Reserve Bank in its banking capacity. The drawer of a fiscal agency check is the United States, and the drawee is a Federal Reserve Bank. The rights and liabilities of the United States, the Federal Reserve Banks, and others are set out in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.1   Do any other regulations cover fiscal agency checks?</HEAD>
<P>The regulations governing checks drawn on the United States and on designated depositories of the United States do not apply to fiscal agency checks, unless a statute specifically provides differently, or unless we state differently in this part. If a definition or matter pertaining to fiscal agency checks is not specifically covered in this part, we will apply the provisions of Regulations J of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, at 12 CFR part 210. To the extent not otherwise covered by this part or by Regulation J, we will apply the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code (U.C.C.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.2   What special terms do I need to know to understand this part?</HEAD>
<P><I>Depository institution</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any insured bank, mutual savings bank or savings bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813, or any institution eligible to become an insured bank under 12 U.S.C. 1815;
</P>
<P>(2) Any insured credit union as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752, or any credit union eligible to become an insured credit union under 12 U.S.C. 1781;
</P>
<P>(3) Any member as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1422; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any savings association as defined in 12 U.S.C. that is an insured depository institution as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.,</I> or is eligible to become an insured depository institution under that Act.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal agency check</I> means a check for a payment in connection with a United States security drawn upon a Reserve Bank and issued on our behalf by the Reserve Bank in its capacity as fiscal agent of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Payee (or “you”)</I> means the person or persons to whom a fiscal agency check is made payable.
</P>
<P><I>Payor Reserve Bank</I> means the Reserve Bank on which a fiscal agency check is drawn.
</P>
<P><I>Presenting bank</I> means a depository institution that sends a fiscal agency check directly to a Reserve Bank for payment or collection.
</P>
<P><I>Reserve Bank or Federal Reserve Bank</I> means any Federal Reserve Bank or any branch of a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P><I>Security,</I> for the purpose of this part, means a direct obligation of the United States, including a Treasury bill, note, bond or savings bond/note.
</P>
<P><I>We (or “us”)</I> refers to the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary's delegates at the Treasury Department and the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. The term also extends to any fiscal or financial agency acting on behalf of the United States when designated to act by the Secretary or the Secretary's delegates. The term does not refer to a United States Savings Bond issuing or paying agent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.3   Where can I cash my fiscal agency check?</HEAD>
<P>Presentment of a fiscal agency check must be made to the payor Reserve Bank. The payor Reserve Bank will only cash a fiscal agency check presented by the payee who can be identified to the satisfaction of the Reserve Bank. Otherwise, a fiscal agency check must be presented through banking channels. A refusal to accept or to pay fiscal agency check presented by a person other than the payee, or by a payee who is not reasonably identified, does not constitute dishonor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.4   Is there a time limit on cashing a fiscal agency check?</HEAD>
<P>A payor Reserve Bank may refuse to pay a fiscal agency check presented more than six (6) months after the issue date of the check. If the check is not presented within this time, you must follow the procedures in § 355.10.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.5   What warranties does a presenting bank make?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A presenting bank makes the warranties required of a sender under subpart A of regulation J (12 CFR part 210). This paragraph does not limit any warranty by a presenter or other party arising under State law. 
</P>
<P>(b) We are not barred from recovering on a breach of warranty solely because:
</P>
<P>(1) Our negligence contributed to a fraudulent endorsement or material alteration;
</P>
<P>(2) We did not promptly discover an unauthorized signature or alteration;
</P>
<P>(3) An impostor fraudulently caused the issuance of a fiscal agency check in the name of any existing payee; or
</P>
<P>(4) Our employee fraudulently caused the issuance of a fiscal agency check in the name of any existing payee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.6   What happens if the presenting bank breaches its warranty?</HEAD>
<P>If the presenting bank breaches its warranty, the payor Reserve Bank may either return the check to the presenting bank or send notice of the breach to the presenting bank. If the presenting bank does not make prompt restitution when it receives the returned check or notice of breach, we may begin appropriate collection procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.7   What notice should I give if I do not receive my check or if a check is lost, stolen, or destroyed?</HEAD>
<P>If a fiscal agency check is not received within a reasonable time after a payment is due, or if a check is lost, stolen, or destroyed, you must provide prompt written notification. Your written notice may be sent to us or to the payor Reserve Bank. You may give notice by telephone, but we will not issue a replacement check until you confirm the notice in writing. The written notice must provide enough information for us to identify the account and the security to which the payment relates. We will stop payment on the fiscal agency check if we have a reasonable time to act before final payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.8   How can I get a replacement fiscal agency check?</HEAD>
<P>The payor Federal Reserve Bank will issue a replacement fiscal agency check if:
</P>
<P>(a) You submit written notice:
</P>
<P>(b) The check is unpaid;
</P>
<P>(c) We determine that recovery of the original check is unlikely; and
</P>
<P>(d) The payee and endorsee, if any, of the check execute the required indemnification agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.9   What should I do if I recover a check reported as lost, stolen, destroyed, or not received?</HEAD>
<P>If you recover the original check you must notify us in writing. If we have not yet issued a replacement check, we will remove the stop payment order against the original check. If we have already issued a replacement check, you must return the original check to us.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.10   What happens if I present my check to the payor Reserve Bank more than six months after the issue date of the check?</HEAD>
<P>If the payor Reserve Bank refuses payment on a fiscal agency check solely because it is presented more than six (6) months after the issue date of the check, a replacement check will be issued if you:
</P>
<P>(a) Surrender the original check; and
</P>
<P>(b) Executive the required indemnification agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.11   What should I do if the endorsement on my check is forged or unauthorized?</HEAD>
<P>If we verify the existence or a forged or unauthorized endorsement on a paid fiscal agency check, the payor Reserve Bank will issue a replacement check to the person entitled. The payee or endorsee must execute an affidavit that there has been a forged or unauthorized endorsement. We may also require an indemnification agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.12   What requirements apply if the check is payable to two or more persons?</HEAD>
<P>If the fiscal agency check is payable to two or more persons, the requirements of this part apply to all designated payees.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.13   Are there any additional requirements related to fiscal agency checks?</HEAD>
<P>We may require an indemnification agreement, with or without surety. You must provide any additional evidence we consider necessary. We will require any information necessary for the protection of the interests of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.14   Can these regulations be waived?</HEAD>
<P>We reserve the right, in our discretion, to waive any provision of the regulations in this part in any case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States, or to relieve any person of unnecessary hardship, if the waiver is not inconsistent with law and will not subject the United States to substantial expense or liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 355.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.52.0.17.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 355.15   Can these regulations be amended?</HEAD>
<P>We may, at any time, supplement, amend, or revise the regulations in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="356" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 356—SALE AND ISSUE OF MARKETABLE BOOK-ENTRY TREASURY BILLS, NOTES, AND BONDS (DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY CIRCULAR, FISCAL SERVICE SERIES NO. 1-93) 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 3102, <I>et seq.;</I> 12 U.S.C. 391.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 356 appear at 70 FR 57439, Sept. 30, 2005.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.0   What authority does the Treasury have to sell and issue securities?</HEAD>
<P>Chapter 31 of Title 31 of the United States Code authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to issue United States obligations, and to offer them for sale with the terms and conditions that the Secretary prescribes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.1   To which securities does this circular apply?</HEAD>
<P>The provisions in this part, including the appendices, and each individual auction announcement govern the sale and issuance of marketable Treasury securities issued on or after March 1, 1993. This part also governs all securities eligible for the STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities) Program (See § 356.31.). In addition, these provisions and the auction announcements govern any other types of securities we may issue under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.2   What definitions do I need to know to understand this part?</HEAD>
<P><I>13-week bill</I> means a Treasury bill where the security description is “13-Week Bill” as referenced on the Treasury auction announcement.
</P>
<P><I>Accrued interest</I> means an amount that bidders must pay to us for interest income as part of the settlement amount. Accrued interest compensates us up front for interest that bidders will be paid but did not earn because it is attributable to a period of time prior to the issue date. (See appendix B, section I, paragraph D of this part for additional explanation and examples.)
</P>
<P><I>Adjusted value</I> means, for an interest component stripped from an inflation-protected security, an amount derived by:
</P>
<P>(1) Multiplying the semiannual interest rate by the par amount, and then
</P>
<P>(2) Multiplying this value by: 100 divided by the Reference CPI of the original issue date (or dated date, when the dated date is different from the original issue date). (See appendix B, section V of this part for an example of how to calculate the adjusted value.)
</P>
<P><I>Auction</I> means a bidding process by which we sell marketable Treasury securities to the public.
</P>
<P><I>Autocharge agreement</I> means an agreement in a format acceptable to Treasury between a submitter or clearing corporation and a depository institution that authorizes us to:
</P>
<P>(1) Deliver awarded securities to the book-entry securities account of a designated depository institution in the commercial book-entry system, and
</P>
<P>(2) Charge a funds account of a designated depository institution for the settlement amount of the securities.
</P>
<P><I>Bid</I> means an offer to purchase a stated par amount of securities, either competitively or noncompetitively, in an auction.
</P>
<P><I>Bid-to-cover ratio</I> means the total par amount of securities bid for in an auction divided by the total par amount of securities awarded. It excludes bids by, and awards to, the Federal Reserve for its own account.
</P>
<P><I>Bidder,</I> as further defined in appendix A, means a person or an entity that offers to purchase Treasury securities in an auction either directly or through a depository institution or dealer. We may consider two or more persons or entities to be one bidder based on their relationship or their actions in participating in an auction. We consider a controlled account to be a bidder when an investment adviser bids in the name of the controlled account (See § 356.15.).
</P>
<P><I>Bidder Identification Number</I> means a number we assign to each institutional submitter and to certain other bidders. We assign such numbers either to identify certain bidders or to grant separate bidder status to different parts of the same corporate or partnership structure.
</P>
<P><I>Book-entry security</I> means a security that is issued or maintained as an accounting entry or electronic record. (<I>See</I> § 356.4.)
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means any day on which the Federal Reserve Banks are open for business.
</P>
<P><I>Call</I> means the redemption of a security prior to maturity under the terms specified in its auction announcement.
</P>
<P><I>Certificate of indebtedness</I> means a one-day non-interest-bearing security that may be held in TreasuryDirect and that automatically matures and is rolled over each day until its owner requests that it be redeemed.
</P>
<P><I>Clearing corporation</I> means a clearing agency as defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)). A clearing corporation must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and its rules.
</P>
<P><I>Competitive bid</I> means a bid to purchase a stated par amount of securities at a specified yield, discount rate, or discount margin.
</P>
<P><I>Consumer Price Index</I> (CPI) means the monthly non-seasonally adjusted U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor. We use the CPI as the basis for adjusting the principal amounts of inflation-protected securities. (See appendix D.)
</P>
<P><I>Corpus</I> means the principal component of a security that has been stripped of its interest components.
</P>
<P><I>CUSIP number</I> means the unique identifying number assigned to each separate security issue and each separate STRIPS component. CUSIP numbers are provided by the CUSIP Service Bureau of Standard &amp; Poor's Corporation. CUSIP is an acronym for Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures.
</P>
<P><I>Customer</I> means a bidder that directs a depository institution or dealer to submit or forward a bid for a specific amount of securities in a specific auction on the bidder's behalf. Only depository institutions and dealers may submit bids for customers directly to us, or forward them to another depository institution or dealer.
</P>
<P><I>Dated date</I> means the date from which interest accrues for notes and bonds. The dated date and issue date are usually the same. In those cases where interest begins accruing prior to the issue date, however, the dated date will be prior to the issue date. An example is when the dated date is a Saturday and the issue date is the following Monday.
</P>
<P><I>Dealer</I> means an entity that is registered or has given notice of its status as a government securities broker or government securities dealer under Section 15C(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P><I>Delivery and payment agreement</I> means a written agreement between a clearing corporation and a submitter, acknowledged by a Federal Reserve Bank, regarding securities awarded to the submitter for its own account. It authorizes us to deliver such securities to, and accept payment from, a depository institution acting on behalf of the clearing corporation under an acknowledged autocharge agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Depository institution</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) An entity described in Section 19(b)(1)(A), excluding subparagraph (vii), of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461(b)(1)(A)).
</P>
<P>(2) Any agency or branch of a foreign bank as defined by the International Banking Act of 1978, as amended (12 U.S.C. 3101).
</P>
<P><I>Discount</I> means the difference between par and the price of the security, when the price is less than par. (See appendix B for formulas and examples.)
</P>
<P><I>Discount amount</I> means the discount divided by 100 and multiplied by the par amount. (See appendix B for formulas and examples.)
</P>
<P><I>Discount margin</I> means the margin over the index that equates the present values of the assumed cash flows on a floating rate note to the sum of the price of and accrued interest on the floating rate note. The assumed cash flows are calculated based upon the index rate applicable to the dated date. Bidders in floating rate note auctions bid on the basis of discount margin. (See appendix B.)
</P>
<P><I>Discount rate</I> means a rate of return, on an annual basis, on bills held until they mature. The discount rate is expressed in percentage terms and based on a 360-day year. It is also referred to as the “bank discount rate.” (See appendix B for formulas and examples.)
</P>
<P><I>Funds account</I> means a cash account maintained by a depository institution at a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P><I>Index</I> means the Consumer Price Index for inflation-protected securities. For floating rate notes, the index is the highest accepted discount rate on 13-week bills determined by Treasury auctions of those securities.
</P>
<P><I>Index rate</I> means the simple-interest money market yield, computed on an actual/360 basis and rounded to nine decimal places, from the highest accepted discount rate of a 13-week bill auction as announced in the Treasury auction results. (<I>See</I> appendix B for methods and examples for computing the index rate.)
</P>
<P><I>Index ratio</I> means, for an inflation-protected security, the Reference CPI of a particular date divided by the Reference CPI of the original issue date. (When the dated date is different from the original issue date, the denominator of the index ratio is the Reference CPI of the dated date rather than that of the original issue date.)
</P>
<P><I>Inflation-adjusted principal</I> means, for an inflation-protected security, the value of the security derived by multiplying the par amount by the applicable index ratio as described in appendix B, section I, paragraph B.
</P>
<P><I>Interest rate</I> means the annual percentage rate of interest paid on the par amount (or the inflation-adjusted principal) of a specific issue of notes or bonds. (See appendix B for methods and examples of interest calculations on notes and bonds.)
</P>
<P><I>Intermediary</I> means a depository institution or dealer that forwards bids for customers to another depository institution or dealer. An intermediary does not submit bids directly to us.
</P>
<P><I>Issue date</I> means the date specified in the auction announcement on which we issue a security as an obligation of the United States. Interest normally begins to accrue on a security's issue date.
</P>
<P><I>Marketable security</I> means a security that may be bought, sold and transferred in the secondary market.
</P>
<P><I>Maturity date</I> means the date on which a security becomes due and payable, and ceases to earn interest. The maturity date is specified in the auction announcement.
</P>
<P><I>Minimum to bid</I> means the smallest amount of a security that may be bid for in an auction as stated in the auction announcement.
</P>
<P><I>Multiple to bid</I> means the smallest additional amount of a security that may be bid for in an auction as stated in the auction announcement.
</P>
<P><I>Multiple-price auction</I> means an auction in which each successful competitive bidder pays the price equivalent to the yield, discount rate, or discount margin that it bid.
</P>
<P><I>Noncompetitive bid</I> means, for a single-price auction, a bid to purchase a stated par amount of securities at the highest yield, discount rate, or discount margin awarded to competitive bidders. For a multiple-price auction, a noncompetitive bid means a bid to purchase securities at the weighted average yield, discount rate, or discount margin of awards to competitive bidders.
</P>
<P><I>Offering amount</I> means the par amount of securities we are offering to the public for purchase in an auction, as specified in the auction announcement.
</P>
<P><I>Par</I> means a price of 100. (See appendix B.)
</P>
<P><I>Par amount</I> means the stated value of a security at original issuance.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means a natural person.
</P>
<P><I>Premium</I> means the difference between par and the price of the security, when the price is greater than par.
</P>
<P><I>Premium amount</I> means the premium divided by 100 and multiplied by the par amount.
</P>
<P><I>Price</I> means the price of a security per 100 dollars of its stated value as calculated using the formulas in appendix B.
</P>
<P><I>Real yield</I> means, for an inflation-protected security, the yield based on the payment stream in constant dollars. In other words, the real yield is the yield in the absence of inflation.
</P>
<P><I>Reference CPI</I> (Ref CPI) means, for an inflation-protected security, the index number applicable to a given date. (See appendix B, section I, paragraph B.)
</P>
<P><I>Reopening</I> means the auction of an additional amount of an outstanding security.
</P>
<P><I>Security</I> means a Treasury bill, note, or bond, each as described in this part. Security also means any other obligation we issue that is subject to this part according to its auction announcement. Security includes an interest or principal component under the STRIPS program, as well as a certificate of indebtedness.
</P>
<P><I>Settlement</I> means final and complete payment for securities awarded in an auction and delivery of those securities.
</P>
<P><I>Settlement amount</I> means the total of the par amount of securities awarded, less any discount amount or plus any premium amount, and plus any accrued interest. For inflation-protected securities, the settlement amount also includes any inflation adjustment when such securities are reopened or when the dated date is different from the issue date.
</P>
<P><I>Single-price auction</I> means an auction in which all successful bidders pay the same price regardless of the yields, discount rates, or discount margins they each bid.
</P>
<P><I>Spread</I> means the fixed amount over the life of a floating rate note that is added to the index rate in order to determine the interest rate of the floating rate note. The spread will be determined in the auction of a new floating rate note and is expressed in tenths of a basis point (<I>i.e.</I>, to three decimals). Additionally, the spread will be equal to the high discount margin at the time a new floating rate note is auctioned.
</P>
<P><I>STRIPS</I> (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities) means our program under which eligible securities are authorized to be separated into principal and interest components, and transferred separately. These components are maintained and transferred in the commercial book-entry system.
</P>
<P><I>Submitter</I> means a person or entity submitting bids directly to us for its own account, for customer accounts, or both. Only depository institutions and dealers are permitted to submit bids for customer accounts. We permit investment advisers to submit bids on behalf of controlled accounts.
</P>
<P><I>TINT</I> means an interest component from a stripped security.

 
</P>
<P><I>We</I> (or “us”) means the Secretary of the Treasury and his or her delegates, including the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, and their representatives. The term also includes Federal Reserve Banks acting as fiscal agents of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Weighted-average</I> means the average of the yields, discount rates, or discount margins at which we award securities to competitive bidders in multiple-price auctions weighted by the par amount of securities allotted at each yield, discount rate, or discount margin.
</P>
<P><I>Yield</I> means the annualized rate of return to maturity on a non-indexed security. Yield is expressed as a percentage. For an inflation-protected security, yield means the real yield. Yield is also referred to as “yield to maturity.” (See appendix B.)
</P>
<P><I>You</I> means a prospective bidder in an auction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 57439, Sept. 30, 2005; 73 FR 14938, Mar. 20, 2008; 76 FR 18063, Apr. 1, 2011; 78 FR 46428, July 31, 2013; 81 FR 43070, July 1, 2016; 87 FR 40439, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.1.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.3   What is the role of the Federal Reserve Banks in this process?</HEAD>
<P>The Treasury Department authorizes Federal Reserve Banks, as fiscal agents of the United States, to perform all activities necessary to carry out the provisions of this part, any auction announcements, and applicable regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.1.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.4   What are the book-entry systems in which auctioned Treasury securities may be issued or maintained?</HEAD>
<P>We issue marketable Treasury securities into the commercial book-entry system and into accounts maintained directly on the records of the Department of the Treasury (“securities held directly with Treasury”).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>The commercial book-entry system.</I> When depository institutions or dealers submit bids for Treasury securities in an auction, securities awarded as a result of those bids are generally held in the commercial book-entry system. Specifically, we maintain book-entry accounts in the National Book-Entry System ® (“NBES”) for Federal Reserve Banks, depository institutions, and other authorized entities, such as government and international agencies and foreign central banks. In their accounts, depository institutions maintain securities held for their own account and for the accounts of others. The accounts held for others include those of other depository institutions and dealers, which may, in turn, maintain accounts for others.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities held directly with Treasury.</I> Account holders maintain accounts in a book-entry system directly on the records of the Department of the Treasury. Securities held directly with Treasury are subject to the terms and conditions in this part, the auction announcement, and the regulations governing the system in which the securities are held. (<I>See</I> subtitle B, chapter II of this title.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 57439, Sept. 30, 2005; 72 FR 2193, Jan. 18, 2007; 71 FR 2928, Jan. 23, 2007; 73 FR 14938, Mar. 20, 2008; 76 FR 18063, Apr. 1, 2011; 87 FR 40439, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.1.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.5   What types of securities does the Treasury auction?</HEAD>
<P>We offer securities under this part exclusively in book-entry form and as direct obligations of the United States issued under Chapter 31 of Title 31 of the United States Code. When we issue additional securities with the same CUSIP number as outstanding securities, we consider them to be the same securities as the outstanding securities.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Treasury bills.</I> (1) Are issued at a discount or at par, depending upon the auction results;
</P>
<P>(2) Are redeemed at their par amount at maturity; and
</P>
<P>(3) Have maturities of not more than one year.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Treasury notes.</I> (1) Treasury non-indexed 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> notes.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> We use the term “non-indexed” in this part to distinguish such notes and bonds from “inflation-protected securities” and “floating rate notes.” We refer to non-indexed notes and non-indexed bonds as “notes” and “bonds” in official Treasury publications, such as auction announcements and auction results, as well as in auction systems.</P></FTNT>
<P>(i) Are issued with a stated rate of interest to be applied to the par amount;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have interest payable semiannually;
</P>
<P>(iii) Are redeemed at their par amount at maturity;
</P>
<P>(iv) Are sold at discount, par, or premium, depending upon the auction results; and
</P>
<P>(v) Have maturities of at least one year, but of not more than ten years.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Treasury inflation-protected notes.</I> (i) Are issued with a stated rate of interest to be applied to the inflation-adjusted principal on each interest payment date;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have interest payable semiannually;
</P>
<P>(iii) Are redeemed at maturity at their inflation-adjusted principal, or at their par amount, whichever is greater;
</P>
<P>(iv) Are sold at discount, par, or premium, depending on the auction results (See appendix B for price and interest payment calculations and appendix C for Investment Considerations.); and
</P>
<P>(v) Have maturities of at least one year, but not more than ten years.
</P>
<P>(vi) Are only reopened as scheduled or announced.


</P>
<P>(3) <I>Treasury floating rate notes.</I> (i) Are issued with a stated spread to be added to the index rate for daily interest accrual throughout each interest payment period;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have a zero-percent minimum daily interest accrual rate;
</P>
<P>(iii) Have interest payable quarterly;
</P>
<P>(iv) Are redeemed at their par amount at maturity;
</P>
<P>(v) Are sold at discount, par, or premium depending on the auction results (See appendix B for price and interest payment calculations and appendix C for Investment Considerations.); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Have maturities of at least one year, but not more than ten years.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Treasury bonds.</I> (1) Treasury non-indexed bonds. (i) Are issued with a stated rate of interest to be applied to the par amount;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have interest payable semiannually;
</P>
<P>(iii) Are redeemed at their par amount at maturity;
</P>
<P>(iv) Are sold at discount, par, or premium, depending on the auction results; and
</P>
<P>(v) Have maturities of more than ten years.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Treasury inflation-protected bonds.</I> (i) Are issued with a stated rate of interest to be applied to the inflation-adjusted principal on each interest payment date;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have interest payable semiannually;
</P>
<P>(iii) Are redeemed at maturity at their inflation-adjusted principal, or at their par amount, whichever is greater;
</P>
<P>(iv) Are sold at discount, par, or premium, depending on the auction results; and
</P>
<P>(v) Have maturities of more than ten years. (See appendix B for price and interest payment calculations and appendix C for Investment Considerations.) 
</P>
<P>(vi) Are only reopened as scheduled or announced.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 57439, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 26086, June 1, 2009; 78 FR 46428, 46429, July 31, 2013; 87 FR 40439, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Bidding, Certifications, and Payment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.10   What is the purpose of an auction announcement?</HEAD>
<P>By issuing an auction announcement, we provide public notice of the sale of bills, notes, and bonds. The auction announcement lists the specifics of each auction, e.g., offering amount, term and type of security, CUSIP number, and issue and maturity dates. The auction announcement and this part, including the Appendices, specify the terms and conditions of sale. If anything in the auction announcement differs from this part, the auction announcement will control. If you intend to bid, you should read the applicable auction announcement along with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.11   How are bids submitted in an auction?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) All bids must be submitted using an approved method, which depends on the system into which the awarded securities will be issued. (<I>See</I> § 356.4.)  The approved submission methods for these respective systems are explained in this section. A bidder must provide its assigned bidder identification numbers if it has been assigned one. We have the option of accepting or rejecting incomplete bids.
</P>
<P>(2) We must receive competitive and noncompetitive bids prior to their respective closing times, which are stated in the auction announcement. We will not include late bids in the auction. For bids other than those submitted on paper forms, our computer time stamp will establish the receipt time. You are bound by your bids after the closing time.
</P>
<P>(3) We are not responsible for any delays, errors, or omissions. We are not responsible for any failures or disruptions of equipment or communications facilities used for participating in Treasury auctions.
</P>
<P>(4) Submitters are responsible for bids submitted using computer equipment on their premises, whether or not such bids are authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commercial book-entry system.</I> (1) If you are a submitter and the awarded securities are to be issued in the commercial book-entry system, you must submit bids using one of our approved electronic methods except for contingency situations.
</P>
<P>(2) You must have an agreement on file with us under which you agree to our terms and conditions for access to our system for participating in our auctions.
</P>
<P>(3) In contingency situations, such as a power outage, we may accept bids by a telephone call to designated Treasury employees if you submit them prior to the relevant bidding deadline.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securities held directly with Treasury.</I> You must submit your bids in accordance with the regulations governing the system in which the security will be held. You may reinvest the proceeds of a maturing security held directly with Treasury as permitted by the system in which it is held.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 57440, Sept. 30, 2005; 87 FR 40439, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.12   What are the different types of bids and do they have specific requirements or restrictions?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All bids must state the par amount of securities bid for and must equal or exceed the minimum to bid amount stated in the auction announcement. Bids in larger amounts must be in the multiple stated in the auction announcement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Noncompetitive bids</I>—(1) <I>Maximum bid.</I> You may not bid noncompetitively for more than $10 million. The maximum bid limitation does not apply if you are bidding solely through a request to reinvest the proceeds of a maturing security held directly with Treasury, which is a noncompetitive bid.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional restrictions.</I> You may not bid noncompetitively in an auction in which you are bidding competitively. You may not bid noncompetitively if, in the security being auctioned, you hold a position in when-issued trading or in futures or forward contracts at any time between the date of the auction announcement and the time we announce the auction results. During this same timeframe, a noncompetitive bidder may not enter into any agreement to purchase or sell or otherwise dispose of the securities it is acquiring in the auction. For this paragraph, futures contracts include those:
</P>
<P>(i) That require delivery of the specific security being auctioned;
</P>
<P>(ii) For which the security being auctioned is one of several securities that may be delivered; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That are cash-settled.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Competitive bids</I>—(1) <I>Bid format</I>—(i) <I>Treasury bills.</I> A competitive bid must show the discount rate bid, expressed with three decimals in .005 increments. The third decimal must be either a zero or a five, for example, 5.320 or 5.325. We will treat any missing decimals as zero, for example, a bid of 5.32 will be treated as 5.320. The rate bid may be a positive number or zero.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Treasury non-indexed securities.</I> A competitive bid must show the yield bid, expressed with three decimals, for example, 4.170. We will treat any missing decimals as zero, for example, a bid of 4.1 will be treated as 4.100. The yield bid may be a positive number or zero.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Treasury inflation-protected securities.</I> A competitive bid must show the real yield bid, expressed with three decimals, for example, 3.070. We will treat any missing decimals as zero, for example, a bid of 3 will be treated as 3.000. The real yield may be a positive number, a negative number, or zero.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Treasury floating rate notes.</I> A competitive bid must show the discount margin bid, expressed as a percentage with three decimals, for example, 0.290 percent. We will treat any missing decimals as zero, for example, a bid of 0.29 will be treated as 0.290. The discount margin bid may be positive, negative, or zero.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Maximum recognized bid.</I> There is no limit on the maximum dollar amount that you may bid for competitively, either at a single yield, discount rate, or discount margin, or at different yields, discount rates, or discount margins. However, a competitive bid at a single yield, discount rate, or discount margin that exceeds 35 percent of the offering amount will be reduced to that amount. For example, if the offering amount is $10 billion, the maximum bid amount we will recognize at any one yield, discount rate, or discount margin from any bidder is $3.5 billion. (See § 356.22 for award limitations.)
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Additional restrictions.</I> You may not bid competitively in an auction in which you are bidding noncompetitively. You may not bid competitively for securities to be held directly with Treasury.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 69 FR 53621, Sept. 2, 2004; 70 FR 57440, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 26086, June 1, 2009; 78 FR 46428, 46429, July 31, 2013; 87 FR 40439, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.2.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.13   When must I report my net long position and how do I calculate it?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Net long position reporting threshold.</I> (1) If you are bidding competitively in an auction, you must report your net long position when the total of your bids plus your net long position in the security being auctioned equals or exceeds the net long position reporting threshold (<I>See</I> table.). We will specify this threshold in the auction announcement for each security (See § 356.10.). The threshold is typically 35 percent of the offering amount, but we may state a different threshold in the auction announcement. To see whether you must report your net long position, follow this table: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">And if . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then . . .
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) the total of your bids and your net long position in the security being auctioned equals or exceeds the reporting threshold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">you must report your net long position (which does not include your bids).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) the total of your bids in the auction equals or exceeds the reporting threshold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">you have no position or a net short position in the security being auctioned</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">you must report a zero.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iii) the total of your bids and your net long position in the security being auctioned is less than the reporting threshold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">you may either report nothing (leave the field blank) or report your net long position.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Also, if you have more than one bid in an auction and you must report either your net long position or a zero, you must report that figure only once. Finally, if you are a customer and must report either your net long position or a zero, you must report that figure through only one depository institution or dealer. (See § 356.14(d).)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>“As of” time for calculating net long position.</I> You must calculate your net long position as of one half-hour prior to the closing time for receipt of competitive bids.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Components of the net long position.</I> Except as modified in paragragh (d) of this section, your net long position is the sum total of the par amounts of:
</P>
<P>(1) Your holdings of outstanding securities with the same CUSIP number as the security being auctioned;
</P>
<P>(2) Your holdings of STRIPS principal components of the security being auctioned, and;
</P>
<P>(3) Your positions, in the security being auctioned, in:
</P>
<P>(i) When-issued trading, including when-issued trading positions of the STRIPS principal components;
</P>
<P>(ii) Futures contracts that require delivery of the specific security being auctioned (but not futures contracts for which the security being auctioned is one of several securities that may be delivered, and not futures contracts that are cash-settled); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Forward contracts that require delivery of the specific security being auctioned or of the STRIPS principal component of that security.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Calculating the net long position in a reopening.</I> In a reopening (additional issue) of an outstanding security, you may subtract the exclusion amount stated in the auction announcement from:
</P>
<P>(1) Your holdings of the outstanding securities (paragraph (c)(1) of this section) combined with
</P>
<P>(2) Your holdings of STRIPS principal components of the security being auctioned (paragraph (c)(2) of this section). We will specify the amount of holdings that you may exclude from the net long position calculation in the auction announcement. You may not take the exclusion if your combined holdings are zero or less. The exclusion is optional, but if you take the exclusion, you must include any holdings that exceed the exclusion amount in calculating your net long position. If the exclusion amount is greater than your combined holdings (paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section), you may calculate the combined holdings as zero, but they cannot be included in the calculation as a negative number.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.2.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.14   What are the requirements for submitting bids for customers?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Institutions that may submit bids for customers.</I> Only depository institutions or dealers may submit bids for customers (<I>see</I> definitions at § 356.2), or for customers of intermediaries, under the requirements set out in this section. If a bid fulfills a guarantee to sell to a customer a specified amount of securities at the price determined in the auction, then the bid is a bid of that customer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment.</I> Submitters must remit payment for bids they submit on behalf of customers, including customers of intermediaries, that result in awards of securities in the auction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identifying customers.</I> Submitters must provide the names of customers whenever they submit bids for them. Submitters must provide the names of their direct customers as well as customers of any intermediaries who are forwarding customer bids. For individuals, submitters must provide the customer's full name (first and last). For institutional customers, submitters must provide the name of the institution, and the bidder identification number if the customer provides it. For trusts or other fiduciary estates (See appendix A.), submitters must provide on the customer list:
</P>
<P>(1) The full name or title of the trustee or fiduciary;
</P>
<P>(2) A reference to the document creating the trust or fiduciary estate with date of execution; and
</P>
<P>(3) The employer identification number (not social security number) of the trust or fiduciary estate. We do not consider trusts to be a separate bidder that have not been assigned, or that do not provide, an employer identification number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Competitive customer bids.</I> For each customer competitive bid, the submitter must provide the customer's name, the amount bid, and the yield, discount rate, or discount margin. The submitter or intermediary must also report the net long position amount if the customer provides it. The submitter must inform a customer of the net long position reporting requirement (See § 356.13.) if the customer is bidding for $100 million or more of securities. If the submitter's or intermediary's personnel know that the customer's position information is not correct, the submitter or intermediary may not submit the customer's bid.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Noncompetitive customer bids.</I> For each noncompetitive bid, the submitter must provide the customer's name and the amount bid. Submitters may either provide the customer's name with the bid or, if the list of customers is lengthy, the submitter may provide a summary bid amount covering all noncompetitive customers. If it provides a summary bid amount, the submitter must transmit the list of individual customers and their bid amounts by close of business on the auction day. However, the submitter must be able to provide the customer list details by the noncompetitive bidding deadline if requested.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 74 FR 26086, June 1, 2009; 78 FR 46429, July 31, 2013; 87 FR 40440, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.2.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.15   What rules apply to bids submitted by investment advisers?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The auction rules that apply to investment advisers are determined by the relationship between “investment advisers” and “controlled accounts.” An investment adviser means any person or entity that has investment discretion for the bids or positions of a different person or entity (a controlled account). A person or entity has investment discretion if it determines what, how many, and when securities will be purchased or sold on behalf of another person or entity. We consider a person that is employed or supervised by an investment adviser to be part of that investment adviser. We also consider the bids or positions of controlled accounts to be separate from the bids or positions of the person or entity with which they would otherwise be associated under the bidder categories in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bidding options.</I> (1) An investment adviser has two options for whose name to use when bidding on behalf of controlled accounts.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">An investment adviser may bid for a controlled account . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">In such cases, we consider the bidder to be . . .
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) in the investment adviser's own name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the investment adviser.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) in the name of the controlled account</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the controlled account.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Using the first option (paragraph (b)(1)(i)), an investment advisor could bid noncompetitively up to the noncompetitive bidding limit only for itself, as a single bidder. Using the second option (paragraph (b)(1)(ii)), an investment adviser could bid noncompetitively for each separately named controlled account up to the noncompetitive bidding limit. The investment adviser could also bid noncompetitively in its own name in the same auction up to the noncompetitive bidding limit. An investment adviser may not bid for a controlled account both noncompetitively and competitively in the same auction. If an investment adviser is bidding competitively in the name of a controlled account, the controlled account is subject to the award limitations of § 356.22(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting net long positions.</I> If it is bidding competitively, an investment adviser must calculate the amount of its bids and positions for purposes of the net long position reporting requirement found in § 356.13(a). In addition to its own competitive bids and positions, the investment adviser must also include in the calculation all other competitive bids and positions that it controls. If the net long position is reportable, the investment adviser must report it as a total in connection with only one bid as stated in § 356.13(a). This requirement applies regardless of whether the investment adviser bids in its own name or in the name of its controlled accounts. The following table shows which positions an investment adviser must include to determine whether it meets the net long position reporting threshold in § 356.13(a). If an investment adviser does meet the reporting threshold, the table also shows which positions must be included in, and which may be excluded from, the net long position calculation.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If an investment adviser is bidding competitively, and . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then . . .
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) the investment adviser has a net long position for its own account</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">that position must be included in the investment adviser's net long position calculation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) the investment adviser's competitive bid is for a controlled account</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">any net long position of that account must be included in the investment adviser's net long position calculation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) the investment adviser is not bidding competitively for a controlled account and . . .
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) the controlled account has a net long position of $100 million or more</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">that position must be included in the investment adviser's net long position calculation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) the controlled account has a net long position that is less than $100 million</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">that position may be excluded from the investment adviser's net long position calculation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iii) any net long position is excluded under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">all net short positions of controlled accounts under $100 million must also be excluded.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>Certifications.</I> When an investment adviser bids for a controlled account, we deem the investment adviser to have certified that it is complying with this part and the auction announcement for the security. Further, we deem the investment adviser to have certified that the information it provided about bids for controlled accounts is accurate and complete.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Proration of awards.</I> Investment advisers that submit competitive bids in the names of controlled accounts are responsible for prorating any awards at the highest accepted yield, discount rate, or discount margin using the same percentage that we announce.See § 356.21 for examples of how to prorate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 78 FR 46429, July 31, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.2.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.16   Do I have to make any certifications?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submitters.</I> If you submit bids or other information in an auction, we deem you to have certified that:
</P>
<P>(1) You are in compliance with this part and the auction announcement;
</P>
<P>(2) The information provided with regard to any bids for your own account is accurate and complete; and
</P>
<P>(3) The information provided with regard to any bids for customers accurately and completely reflects information provided by your customers or intermediaries.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Intermediaries.</I> If you forward bids in an auction, we deem you to have certified that:
</P>
<P>(1) You are in compliance with this part and the applicable auction announcement; and
</P>
<P>(2) That the information you provided to a submitter or other intermediary with regard to bids for customers accurately and completely reflects information provided by those customers or intermediaries.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Customers.</I> By bidding for a security as a customer we deem you to have certified that:
</P>
<P>(1) You are in compliance with this part and the auction announcement and;
</P>
<P>(2) The information you provided to the submitter or intermediary in connection with the bid is accurate and complete.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 72 FR 14938, Mar. 20, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.17" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.2.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.17   How and when do I pay for securities awarded in an auction?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> By bidding in an auction, you agree to pay the settlement amount for any securities awarded to you. (See § 356.25.) For notes and bonds, the settlement amount may include a premium amount, accrued interest, and, for inflation-protected securities, an inflation adjustment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities held directly with Treasury.</I> You must pay for your awarded securities by a debit entry to a deposit account that you are authorized to debit or by using the redemption proceeds of your certificate of indebtedness. Payment by debit entry occurs on the settlement date for the actual settlement amount due. (<I>See</I> § 356.25.)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commercial book-entry system.</I> Unless you make other provisions, payment of the settlement amount must be by charge to the funds account of a depository institution at a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P>(1) A submitter that does not have a funds account at a Federal Reserve Bank or that chooses not to pay by charge to its own funds account must have an approved autocharge agreement on file with us before submitting any bids. Any depository institution whose funds account will be charged under an autocharge agreement will receive advance notice from us of the total par amount of, and price to be charged for, securities awarded as a result of the submitter's bids.
</P>
<P>(2) A submitter that is a member of a clearing corporation may instruct that delivery and payment be made through the clearing corporation for securities awarded to the submitter for its own account. To do this, the following requirements must be met prior to submitting any bids:
</P>
<P>(i) We must have acknowledged and have on file an autocharge agreement between the clearing corporation and a depository institution. By entering into such an agreement, the clearing corporation authorizes us to provide aggregate par and price information to the depository institution whose funds account will be charged under the agreement. The clearing corporation is responsible for remitting payment for auction awards of the clearing corporation member.
</P>
<P>(ii) We must have acknowledged and have on file a delivery and payment agreement between the submitter and the clearing corporation. By entering into such an agreement, the submitter authorizes us to provide award and payment information to the clearing corporation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 57440, Sept. 30, 2005; 70 FR 71401, Nov. 29, 2005; 73 FR 14938, Mar. 20, 2008; 87 FR 40440, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Determination of Auction Awards; Settlement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.20   How does the Treasury determine auction awards?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Determining the range and amount of accepted competitive bids</I>—(1) <I>Accepting bids.</I> First we accept in full all non-competitive bids that were submitted by the noncompetitive bidding deadline. After the closing time for receipt of competitive bids we start accepting those at the lowest yields, discount rates, or discount margins, through successively higher yields, discount rates, or discount margins, up to the amount required to meet the offering amount. When necessary, we prorate bids at the highest accepted yield, discount rate, or discount margin as described below. If the amount of noncompetitive bids would absorb all or most of the offering amount, we will accept competitive bids in an amount sufficient to provide a fair determination of the yield, discount rate, or discount margin for the securities we are auctioning.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accepting bids at the high yield, discount rate, or discount margin.</I> Generally, the total amount of bids at the highest accepted yield, discount rate, or discount margin exceeds the offering amount remaining after we accept the noncompetitive bids and the competitive bids at the lower yields, discount rates, or discount margins. In order to keep the total amount of awards as close as possible to the announced offering amount, we award a percentage of the bids at the highest accepted yield, discount rate, or discount margin. We derive the percentage by dividing the remaining par amount needed to fill the offering amount by the par amount of the bids at the high yield, discount rate, or discount margin and rounding up to the next hundredth of a whole percentage point, for example, 17.13%.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determining the interest rate for new non-indexed and inflation-protected note and bond issues.</I> If a Treasury non-indexed or inflation-protected note or bond auction results in a yield lower than 0.125 percent, the interest rate will be set at 
<FR>1/8</FR> of one percent, and successful bidders' award prices will be calculated accordingly. (<I>See</I> appendix B to this part for formulas.)
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Single-price auctions.</I> The interest rate we establish produces the price closest to, but not above, par when evaluated at the yield of awards to successful competitive bidders.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Multiple-price auctions.</I> The interest rate we establish produces the price closest to, but not above, par when evaluated at the weighted-average yield of awards to successful competitive bidders.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Determining the interest rate for floating rate notes.</I> The interest rate will be the spread plus the index rate (as it may be adjusted on the calendar day following each auction of 13-week bills) subject to a minimum daily interest accrual rate of zero percent.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Determining purchase prices for awarded securities.</I> We round price calculations to six decimal places on the basis of price per hundred, for example, 99.954321 (See appendix B to this part).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Single-price auctions.</I> We award securities to both noncompetitive and competitive bidders at the price equivalent to the highest accepted yield, discount rate, or discount margin at which bids were accepted. For inflation-protected securities, the price for awarded securities is the price equivalent to the highest accepted real yield.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Multiple-price auctions</I>—(i) <I>Competitive bids.</I> We award securities to competitive bidders at the price equivalent to each yield, discount rate, or discount margin at which their bids were accepted.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Noncompetitive bids.</I> We award securities to noncompetitive bidders at the price equivalent to the weighted average yield, discount rate, or discount margin of accepted competitive bids.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 69 FR 53621, Sept. 2, 2004; 76 FR 11080, Mar. 1, 2011; 78 FR 46429, July 31, 2013; 87 FR 40440, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.21   How are awards at the high yield, discount rate, or discount margin calculated?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Awards to submitters.</I> We generally prorate bids at the highest accepted yield, discount rate, or discount margin under § 356.20(a)(2) of this part. For example, if 80.15% is the announced percentage at the highest yield, discount rate, or discount margin, we award 80.15% of the amount of each bid at that yield, discount rate, or discount margin. A bid for $100 million at the highest accepted yield, discount rate, or discount margin would be awarded $80,150,000 in this example. We always make awards for at least the minimum to bid, and above that amount we make awards in the appropriate multiple to bid. For example, Treasury bills may be issued with a minimum to bid of $100 and multiples to bid of $100. Say we accept an $18,000 bid at the high discount rate, and the percent awarded at the high discount rate is 88.27%. We would award $15,900 to that bidder, which is an upward adjustment from $15,888.60 ($18,000 × .8827) to the nearest multiple of $100. If we were to award 4.65% of bids at the highest accepted rate, for example, the award for a $100 bid at that rate would be $100, rather than $4.65, in order to meet the minimum to bid for a bill issue.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Awards to customers.</I> The same prorating rules apply to customers as apply to submitters. Depository institutions and dealers, whether submitters or intermediaries, are responsible for prorating awards for their customers at the same percentage that we announce. For example, if 80.15% is the announced percentage at the highest yield, discount rate, or discount margin, then each customer bid at that yield, discount rate, or discount margin must be awarded 80.15%.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 74 FR 26086, June 1, 2009; 78 FR 46430, July 31, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.3.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.22   Does the Treasury have any limitations on auction awards?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Awards to noncompetitive bidders.</I> The maximum award to any noncompetitive bidder is $10 million. This limit does not apply to bidders bidding solely through a request to reinvest the proceeds of a maturing security held directly with Treasury.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Awards to competitive bidders.</I> The maximum award is 35 percent of the offering amount less the bidder's net long position as reportable under § 356.13. For example, in a note auction with a $10 billion offering amount, and therefore a maximum award of $3.5 billion, a bidder with a reported net long position of $1 billion could receive a maximum auction award of $2.5 billion. When the bids and net long positions of more than one person or entity must be combined, as is the case with investment advisers and controlled accounts (See § 356.15(c).), we will use this combined amount for the purpose of this 35 percent award limit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 69 FR 53622, Sept. 2, 2004; 70 FR 57440, Sept. 30, 2005; 87 FR 40440, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.3.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.23   How are the auction results announced?</HEAD>
<P>(a) After the conclusion of the auction, we will make the auction results available on our website at <I>http://www.treasurydirect.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The auction results will include such information as:
</P>
<P>(1) The amounts of bids we accepted and the amount of securities we awarded;
</P>
<P>(2) The range of accepted yields, discount rates, or discount margins.
</P>
<P>(3) The proration percentage;
</P>
<P>(4) The interest rate for a note or bond;
</P>
<P>(5) A breakdown of the amounts of noncompetitive and competitive bids we accepted from, and awarded to, the public;
</P>
<P>(6) The amounts of bids tendered and accepted from the Federal Reserve Banks for their own accounts;
</P>
<P>(7) The bid-to-cover ratio; and
</P>
<P>(8) Other information that we may decide to include.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 74 FR 26086, June 1, 2009; 78 FR 46430, July 31, 2013; 87 FR 40440, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.3.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.24   Will I be notified directly of my awards and, if I am submitting bids for others, do I have to provide confirmations?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of awards</I>—(1) <I>Notice to submitters.</I> We will provide notice to all submitters letting them know whether their bids were successful or not.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice to clearing corporations.</I> If we are to deliver awarded securities under a delivery and payment agreement, we will provide notice of the awards to the clearing corporation that is a party to the agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notification of awards to customers.</I> If you are a submitter for customers, you are responsible for notifying them of their awards. You are also responsible for notifying any intermediaries that forwarded successful bids to you. Similarly, an intermediary is responsible for providing notification of any awards to its customers and any intermediaries from whom it received bids.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notification of awards and settlement amounts to a depository institution having an autocharge agreement with a submitter or a clearing corporation.</I> We will provide notice to each depository institution that has entered into an autocharge agreement with a submitter or a clearing corporation of the amount to be charged, on the issue date, to the institution's funds account at the Federal Reserve Bank servicing the institution. We will provide this notification no later than the day after the auction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Customer confirmation</I>—(1) <I>Customer requirements</I>—(i) <I>When and how must a customer confirm its awards?</I> Any customer awarded a par amount of $2 billion or more in an auction must send us a confirmation in written form or via e-mail containing the information in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section. The confirmation must be sent no later than 10 a.m. Eastern Time on the next business day following the auction. If sent in written form, the confirmation must be signed by the customer or authorized representative. Confirmations sent by e-mail must be sent by the customer or authorized representative. Confirmations signed or sent by an authorized representative must include the capacity in which the representative is acting.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>What must the customer include in its confirmation?</I> The information the customer must provide is:
</P>
<P>(A) A confirmation of the awarded bid(s), including the name of each submitter that submitted the bid(s) on the customer's behalf, and
</P>
<P>(B) A statement indicating whether the customer had a reportable net long position as defined in § 356.13. If a position had to be reported, the statement must provide the amount of the position and the name of the submitter that the customer requested to report the position.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Submitter or intermediary requirements.</I> A submitter or intermediary submitting or forwarding bids for a customer must notify the customer of the customer confirmation reporting requirement if we award the customer $2 billion or more as a result of those bids.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 76151, Dec. 20, 2006; 74 FR 26086, June 1, 2009; 74 FR 47100, Sept. 15, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.3.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.25   How does the settlement process work?</HEAD>
<P>Securities bought in the auction must be paid for by the issue date. The payment amount for awarded securities will be the settlement amount as defined in § 356.2. (See formulas in appendix B.) There are several ways to pay for securities:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Payment by debit entry to a deposit account.</I> If you are paying by debit entry to a deposit account as provided for in § 356.17(b), we will charge the settlement amount to the specified account on the issue date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment by authorized charge to a funds account.</I> Where the submitter's method of payment is an authorized charge to the funds account of a depository institution as provided for in § 356.17(c), we will charge the settlement amount to the specified funds account on the issue date.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Payment through a certificate of indebtedness.</I> If you are paying with the redemption proceeds of your certificate of indebtedness as provided for in § 356.17(b), we will redeem the certificate of indebtedness for the settlement amount of the security and apply the proceeds on the issue date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 57440, Sept. 30, 2005; 73 FR 14938, Mar. 20, 2008; 87 FR 40440, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.30" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.30   When does the Treasury pay principal and interest on securities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> We will pay principal on bills, notes, and bonds on the maturity date as specified in the auction announcement. Interest on bills consists of the difference between the discounted amount paid by the investor at original issue and the par value we pay to the investor at maturity. Interest on notes and bonds accrues from the dated date. Interest is payable on a semiannual or quarterly basis on the interest payment dates specified in the auction announcement through the maturity date. If any principal or interest payment date is a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which the Federal Reserve System is not open for business, we will make the payment (without additional interest) on the next business day. If a bond is callable, we will pay the principal prior to maturity if we call it under its terms, which include providing appropriate public notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Treasury inflation-protected securities.</I> (1) This table explains the amount that we will pay to holders of inflation-protected securities at maturity.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">At maturity, if . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">then . . .
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) the inflation-adjusted principal is equal to or more than the par amount of the security.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">we will pay the inflation-adjusted principal.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) the inflation-adjusted principal is less than the par amount of the security, and the security has not been stripped.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">we will pay an additional amount so that the additional amount plus the inflation-adjusted principal equals the par amount.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iii) the inflation-adjusted principal is less than the par amount of the security, and the security has been stripped.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">to holders of principal components only we will pay an additional amount so that the additional amount plus the inflation-adjusted principal equals the par amount.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Regardless of whether or not we pay an additional amount, we will base the final interest payment on the inflation-adjusted principal at maturity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Discharge of payment obligations</I>—(1) <I>The commercial book-entry system.</I> We discharge our payment obligations when we credit payment to the account maintained at a Federal Reserve Bank for a depository institution or other authorized entity, or when we make payment according to the instructions of the person or entity maintaining the account. Further, we do not have any obligations to any person or entity that does not have an account with a Federal Reserve Bank. We also will not recognize the claims of any person or entity:
</P>
<P>(i) That does not have an account at a Federal Reserve Bank, or
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to any accounts not maintained at a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Securities held directly with Treasury.</I> We discharge our payment obligations when we make payment to a depository institution for credit to the account specified by the owner of the security, when we make payment for a certificate of indebtedness to be issued and held in the owner's account, or when we make payment according to the instructions of the security's owner or the owner's legal representative.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 57441, Sept. 30, 2005; 78 FR 46430, July 31, 2013; 87 FR 40440, July 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.31" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.31   How does the STRIPS program work?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Notes or bonds (other than Treasury floating rate notes) may be “stripped”—divided into separate principal and interest components. These components must be maintained in the commercial book-entry system. Stripping is done at the option of the holder, and may occur at any time from issuance until maturity. We provide the CUSIP numbers and payment dates for the principal and interest components in auction announcements and on our Web site at <I>http://www.treasurydirect.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Treasury non-indexed securities (notes and bonds other than Treasury inflation-protected securities or Treasury floating rate notes)</I>—(1) <I>Minimum par amounts required for STRIPS.</I> The minimum par amount of a non-indexed security that may be stripped is $100. Any par amount to be stripped above $100 must be in a multiple of $100.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Principal components.</I> Principal components stripped from non-indexed securities are maintained in accounts, and transferred, at their par amount. They have a CUSIP number that is different from the CUSIP number of the fully constituted (unstripped) security.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interest components.</I> Interest components stripped from non-indexed securities have the following features:
</P>
<P>(i) They are maintained in accounts, and transferred, at their original payment value, which is derived by multiplying the semiannual interest rate and the par amount;
</P>
<P>(ii) Their interest payment date becomes the maturity date for the component;
</P>
<P>(iii) All interest components with the same maturity date have the same CUSIP number, regardless of the underlying security from which the interest payments were stripped, and therefore are fungible (interchangeable).
</P>
<P>(iv) the CUSIP numbers of interest components are different from the CUSIP numbers of principal components and fully constituted securities, even if they have the same maturity date, and therefore are not fungible.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Treasury inflation-protected securities</I>—(1) <I>Minimum par amounts required for STRIPS.</I> The minimum par amount of an inflation-protected security that may be stripped is $100. Any par amount to be stripped above $100 must be in a multiple of $100. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Principal components.</I> Principal components stripped from inflation-protected securities are maintained in accounts, and transferred, at their par amount. At maturity, the holder will receive the inflation-adjusted principal or the par amount, whichever is greater. (See § 356.30.) A principal component has a CUSIP number that is different from the CUSIP number of the fully constituted (unstripped) security.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interest components</I>—(i) <I>Adjusted value.</I> Interest components stripped from inflation-protected securities are maintained in accounts, and transferred, at their adjusted value. This value is derived by multiplying the semiannual interest rate by the par amount and then multiplying this value by: 100 divided by the Reference CPI of the original issue date. (The dated date is used instead of the original issue date when the dates are different.) See appendix B, section V of this part for an example of how to do this calculation.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>CUSIP numbers.</I> When an interest payment is stripped from an inflation-protected security, the interest payment date becomes the maturity date for the component. All interest components with the same maturity date have the same CUSIP number, regardless of the underlying security from which the interest payments were stripped. Such interest components are fungible (interchangeable). The CUSIP numbers of interest components are different from the CUSIP numbers of principal components and fully constituted securities, even if they have the same maturity date.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Payment at maturity.</I> At maturity, the payment to the holder will be derived by multiplying the adjusted value of the interest component by the Reference CPI of the maturity date, divided by 100. See appendix B, section V of this part for an example of how to do this calculation.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Rebasing of the CPI.</I> If the CPI is rebased to a different time base reference period (See appendix D.), the adjusted values of all outstanding inflation-protected interest components will be converted to adjusted values based on the new base reference period. At that time, we will publish information that describes how this conversion will occur. After rebasing, any interest components created from a security that was issued during a prior base reference period will be issued with adjusted values calculated using reference CPIs under the most-recent base reference period.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reconstituting a security.</I> Stripped interest and principal components may be reconstituted, that is, put back together into their fully constituted form. A principal component and all related unmatured interest components, in the appropriate minimum or multiple amounts or adjusted values, must be submitted together for reconstitution. Because inflation-protected interest components are different from non-indexed interest components, they are not interchangeable for reconstitution purposes.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Applicable regulations.</I> Subparts A, B, and D of part 357 of this chapter govern notes and bonds stripped into their STRIPS components, unless we state differently in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 73 FR 14939, Mar. 20, 2008; 74 FR 26086, June 1, 2009; 78 FR 46428, 46430, July 31, 2013; 81 FR 43070, July 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.32" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.4.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.32   What tax rules apply?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Securities issued under this part are subject to all applicable taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or its successor. Under section 3124 of title 31, United States Code, the securities are exempt from taxation by a State or political subdivision of a State, except for State estate or inheritance taxes and other exceptions as provided in that section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Treasury inflation-protected securities.</I> Special federal income tax rules for inflation-protected securities, including stripped inflation-protected principal and interest components, are set forth in Internal Revenue Service regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Treasury floating rate notes.</I> Special federal income tax rules for floating rate notes are set forth in Internal Revenue Service regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 78 FR 46430, July 31, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.33" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.4.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.33   Does the Treasury have any discretion in the auction process?</HEAD>
<P>(a) We have the discretion to:
</P>
<P>(1) Accept, reject, or refuse to recognize any bids submitted in an auction;
</P>
<P>(2) Award more or less than the amount of securities specified in the auction announcement;
</P>
<P>(3) Waive any provision of this part for any bidder or submitter; and
</P>
<P>(4) Change the terms and conditions of an auction.
</P>
<P>(b) Our decisions under this part are final. We will provide a public notice if we change any auction provision, term, or condition.
</P>
<P>(c) We reserve the right to modify the terms and conditions of new securities and to depart from the customary pattern of securities offerings at any time.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.34" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.4.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.34   What could happen if someone does not fully comply with the auction rules or fails to pay for securities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If a person or entity fails to comply with any of the auction rules in this part, we will consider the circumstances and take what we deem to be appropriate action. This could include barring the person or entity from participating in future auctions under this part. We also may refer the matter to an appropriate regulatory agency.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Liquidated damages.</I> If you fail to pay for awarded securities in a timely manner, we may require you to pay liquidated damages of up to one percent of the par amount of securities we awarded to you. Our use of this liquidated damages remedy does not preclude us from using any other appropriate remedy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 356.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.4.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 356.35   Who approved the information collections?</HEAD>
<P>The Office of Management and Budget approved the collections of information contained in §§ 356.11, 356.12, 356.13, 356.14, and 356.15 and in appendix A of this part under control number 1535-0112.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.6.17.1.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 356—Bidder Categories 
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. Categories of Eligible Bidders
</HD1>
<P>We describe below various categories of bidders eligible to bid in Treasury auctions. You may use them to determine whether we consider you and other persons or entities to be one bidder or more than one bidder for auction bidding and compliance purposes. For example, we use these definitions to apply the competitive and noncompetitive award limitations and for other requirements. Notwithstanding these definitions, we consider any persons or entities that intentionally act together with respect to bidding in a Treasury auction to collectively be one bidder. Even if an auction participant does not fall under any of the categories listed below, it is our intent that no auction participant receives a larger auction award by acquiring securities through others than it could have received had it been considered one of these types of bidders.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Corporation</I>—We consider a corporation to be one bidder. A corporation includes all of its affiliates, which may be persons, partnerships, or other entities. We consider a business trust, such as a Massachusetts or Delaware business trust, to be a corporation. We use the term “corporate structure” to refer to the collection of affiliates that we consider collectively to be one bidder. An affiliate is any:
</P>
<P>• Entity that is more than 50-percent owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation;
</P>
<P>• Entity that is more than 50-percent owned, directly or indirectly, by any other affiliate of the corporation;
</P>
<P>• Person or entity that owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of the corporation;
</P>
<P>• Person or entity that owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of any other affiliate of the corporation; or
</P>
<P>• Entity, a majority of whose board of directors or a majority of whose general partners are directors or officers of the corporation, or of any affiliate of the corporation.
</P>
<P>An entity that is more than 50-percent owned as described in this definition is not an affiliate, however, if:
</P>
<P>• The purpose of such ownership is to seek a return on investment and not to engage in the business of the entity;
</P>
<P>• The owner does not routinely exercise operational or management control over the entity;
</P>
<P>• The owner does not exercise any control over investment decisions of the entity regarding U.S. Treasury securities;
</P>
<P>• The corporation has written policies or procedures, including ongoing compliance monitoring processes, that are designed to prevent it from acting together with the entity regarding participation in Treasury auctions or investment strategies regarding Treasury securities being auctioned; and
</P>
<P>• The corporation submits notice and certification to us, as provided in this appendix A.
</P>
<P>A corporation that plans to make use of this exception to the definition of “affiliate” must inform us of this fact in writing and provide the following certification:
</P>
<P>[Name of corporation] hereby certifies that, with regard to any entity of which it owns more than 50 percent as defined in appendix A to 31 CFR part 356, but for which the purpose of such ownership is to seek a return on investment and not to engage in the business of the entity:
</P>
<P>• We do not routinely exercise operational or management control over the entity;
</P>
<P>• We do not exercise any control over investment decisions of the entity regarding U.S. Treasury securities;
</P>
<P>• We have written policies or procedures, including ongoing compliance monitoring processes, that are designed to prevent the corporation from acting together with the entity regarding participation in Treasury auctions or investment strategies regarding Treasury securities being auctioned; and
</P>
<P>• We will continue to meet the terms of this certification until we notify the Treasury of a change.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Partnership</I>—We consider a partnership to be one bidder if it is a partnership for which the Internal Revenue Service has assigned a tax-identification number. A partnership includes all of its affiliates, which may be persons, corporations, general partners acting on behalf of the partnership, or other entities. We use the term “partnership structure” to refer to the collection of affiliates that we consider collectively to be one bidder. We may consider a partnership structure that contains one or more corporations as a “partnership” or a “corporation,” but not both.
</P>
<P>An affiliate is any:
</P>
<P>• Entity that is more than 50-percent owned, directly or indirectly, by the partnership;
</P>
<P>• Entity that is more than 50-percent owned, directly or indirectly, by any other affiliate of the partnership;
</P>
<P>• Person or entity that owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of the partnership;
</P>
<P>• Person or entity that owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of any other affiliate of the partnership; or
</P>
<P>• Entity, a majority of whose general partners or a majority of whose board of directors are general partners or directors of the partnership or of any affiliate of the partnership.
</P>
<P>An entity that is more than 50-percent owned as described in this definition is not an affiliate, however, if:
</P>
<P>• The purpose of such ownership is to seek a return on investment and not to engage in the business of the entity;
</P>
<P>• The owner does not routinely exercise operational or management control over the entity;
</P>
<P>• The owner does not exercise any control over investment decisions of the entity regarding U.S. Treasury securities;
</P>
<P>• The partnership has written policies or procedures, including ongoing compliance monitoring processes, that are designed to prevent it from acting together with the entity regarding participation in Treasury auctions or investment strategies regarding Treasury securities being auctioned; and
</P>
<P>• The partnership submits notice and certification to us, as provided in this appendix A.
</P>
<P>A partnership that plans to make use of this exception to the definition of “affiliate” must inform us of this fact in writing and provide the following certification:
</P>
<P>[Name of partnership] hereby certifies that, with regard to any entity of which it owns more than 50 percent as defined in appendix A to 31 CFR part 356, but for which the purpose of such ownership is to seek a return on investment and not to engage in the business of the entity:
</P>
<P>• We do not routinely exercise operational or management control over the entity;
</P>
<P>• We do not exercise any control over investment decisions of the entity regarding U.S. Treasury securities;
</P>
<P>• We have written policies or procedures, including ongoing compliance monitoring processes, that are designed to prevent the partnership from acting together with the entity regarding participation in Treasury auctions or investment strategies regarding Treasury securities being auctioned; and
</P>
<P>• We will continue to meet the terms of this certification until we notify the Treasury of a change.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Government-related entity</I>—We consider each of the following entities to be one bidder:
</P>
<P>(1) A state government or the government of the District of Columbia
</P>
<P>(2) A unit of local government, including any county, city, municipality, or township, or other unit of general government as defined by the Bureau of the Census for statistical purposes.
</P>
<P>(3) A commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States.
</P>
<P>(4) A governmental entity, body, or corporation established under Federal, State, or local law.
</P>
<P>(5) A foreign central bank, the government of a foreign state, or an international organization in which the United States holds membership. This type of entity applies only when such entity is not using an account at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (See paragraph (f).).
</P>
<P>We generally consider an investment, reserve, or other fund of one of the above government-related entities as part of that entity and not a separate bidder. We will consider a government-related entity's fund to be a separate bidder if it meets the definition of the “trust or other fiduciary estate” category, or if applicable law requires that the investments of such fund be made separately.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Trust or other fiduciary estate</I>—We consider a legal entity created under a valid trust instrument, court order, or other legal authority that designates a trustee or fiduciary to act for the benefit of a named beneficiary to be one bidder. The following conditions must also be met for us to consider a trust entity to be one bidder:
</P>
<P>• The legal entity must be able to be identified by:
</P>
<P>1. The name or title of the trustee or fiduciary;
</P>
<P>2. Specific reference to the trust instrument, court order, or legal authority under which the trustee or fiduciary is acting; and
</P>
<P>3. The unique IRS-assigned employer identification number (not social security number) for the entity.
</P>
<P>• The trustee or fiduciary must make the decisions on participating in auctions on behalf of the trust or fiduciary estate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Individual</I>—We consider a person to be one bidder, regardless of whether he or she is acting as an individual, a sole proprietor, or for any entity not otherwise defined as a bidder. If a person meets the definition of an affiliate within a corporate or partnership structure, we will consider him or her to be a bidder in this “individual” category if the corporation or partnership is not bidding in the same auction. We do not consider a person acting in an official capacity as an employee or other representative of a bidder defined in any other category to be an “individual” bidder. We consider a person, his or her spouse, and any children under the age of 21 having a common household to be one “individual” bidder.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Foreign and International Monetary Authority (“FIMA”)</I>—We consider one or more parties making up a foreign or international monetary organization that is not private in nature to be a bidder called a FIMA entity if at least one of the parties is a foreign or international entity that is (i) financial in nature, or (ii) not financial in nature but is authorized to open an account at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. We consider each of the following entities to be a single FIMA entity:
</P>
<P>(1) A foreign central bank or regional central bank.
</P>
<P>(2) A foreign governmental monetary or finance entity.
</P>
<P>(3) A non-governmental international financial organization that is not private in nature (for example, the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, and the Asian Development Bank).
</P>
<P>(4) A non-financial international organization that the United States participates in (for example, the United Nations).
</P>
<P>(5) A multi-party arrangement of a governmental ministry and/or a foreign central bank or monetary authority with a United States Government Department and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
</P>
<P>(6) A foreign or international monetary entity or an entity authorized by statute or by us to open accounts at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Other Bidder</I>—We do not consider a bidder defined by any of the above categories to be a bidder in this category. For purposes of this definition, “other bidder” means an institution or organization with a unique IRS-assigned employer identification number. This definition includes such entities as an association, church, university, union, or club. This category does not include any person or entity acting in a fiduciary or investment management capacity, a sole proprietorship, an investment account, an investment fund, a form of registration, or investment ownership designation.
</P>
<HD1>II. How To Obtain Separate Bidder Recognition
</HD1>
<P>Under certain circumstances, we may recognize a major organizational component (e.g., the parent or a subsidiary) in a corporate or partnership structure as a bidder separate from the larger corporate or partnership structure. We also may recognize two or more major organizational components collectively as one bidder. All of the following criteria must be met for such component(s) to qualify for recognition as a separate bidder:
</P>
<P>(a) Such component(s) must be prohibited by law or regulation from exchanging, or must have established written internal procedures designed to prevent the exchange of, information related to bidding in Treasury auctions with any other component in the corporate or partnership structure;
</P>
<P>(b) Such component(s) must not be created for the purpose of circumventing our bidding and award limitations;
</P>
<P>(c) Decisions related to purchasing Treasury securities at auction and participation in specific auctions must be made by employees of such component(s). Employees of such component(s) that make decisions to purchase or dispose of Treasury securities must not perform the same function for other components within the corporate or partnership structure; and
</P>
<P>(d) The records of such component(s) related to the bidding for, acquisition of, and disposition of Treasury securities must be maintained by such component(s). Those records must be identifiable—separate and apart from similar records for other components within the corporate or partnership structure. To obtain recognition as a separate bidder, each component or group of components must request such recognition from us, provide a description of the component or group and its position within the corporate or partnership structure, and provide the following certification:
</P>
<P>[Name of the bidder] hereby certifies that to the best of its knowledge and belief it meets the criteria for a separate bidder as described in appendix A to 31 CFR part 356. The above-named bidder also certifies that it has established written policies or procedures, including ongoing compliance monitoring processes, that are designed to prevent the component or group of components from:
</P>
<P>(1) Exchanging any of the following information with any other part of the corporate [partnership] structure: (a) Yields, discount rates, or discount margins at which it plans to bid; (b) amounts of securities for which it plans to bid; (c) positions that it holds or plans to acquire in a security being auctioned; and (d) investment strategies that it plans to follow regarding the security being auctioned, or
</P>
<P>(2) In any way intentionally acting together with any other part of the corporate [partnership] structure with respect to formulating or entering bids in a Treasury auction.
</P>
<P>The above-named bidder agrees that it will promptly notify the Department in writing when any of the information provided to obtain separate bidder status changes or when this certification is no longer valid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 29456, May 23, 2005; 78 FR 46430, July 31, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.6.17.1.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 356—Formulas and Tables 
</HEAD>
<FP-1>I. Computation of Interest on Treasury Bonds and Notes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>II. Formulas for Conversion of Non-indexed Security Yields to Equivalent Prices.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>III. Formulas for Conversion of Inflation-Protected Security Yields to Equivalent Prices.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>IV. Formulas for Conversion of Floating Rate Note Discount Margins to Equivalent Prices
</FP-1>
<FP-1>V. Computation of Adjusted Values and Payment Amounts for Stripped Inflation-Protected Interest Components.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>VI. Computation of Purchase Price, Discount Rate, and Investment Rate (Coupon-Equivalent Yield) for Treasury Bills.
</FP-1>
<P>The examples in this appendix are given for illustrative purposes only and are in no way a prediction of interest rates on any bills, notes, or bonds issued under this part. In some of the following examples, we use intermediate rounding for ease in following the calculations.


</P>
<HD1>I. Computation of Interest on Treasury Bonds and Notes 
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Treasury Non-indexed Securities
</HD2>
<P>1. <I>Regular Half-Year Payment Period.</I> We pay interest on marketable Treasury non-indexed securities on a semiannual basis. The regular interest payment period is a full half-year of six calendar months. Examples of half-year periods are: (1) February 15 to August 15, (2) May 31 to November 30, and (3) February 29 to August 31 (in a leap year). Calculation of an interest payment for a non-indexed note with a par amount of $1,000 and an interest rate of 8% is made in this manner: ($1,000 × .08)/2 = $40. Specifically, a semiannual interest payment represents one half of one year's interest, and is computed on this basis regardless of the actual number of days in the half-year.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Daily Interest Decimal.</I> We compute a daily interest decimal in cases where an interest payment period for a non-indexed security is shorter or longer than six months or where accrued interest is payable by an investor. We base the daily interest decimal on the actual number of calendar days in the half-year or half-years involved. The number of days in any half-year period is shown in Table 1.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Interest period 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Beginning and ending days are 1st or 15th of the months listed under interest period
<br/>(number of days) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Beginning and ending days are the last days of the months listed under interest period
<br/>(number of days) 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regular year 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Leap year 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regular year 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Leap year 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January to July</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">February to August</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">March to September</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">April to October</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May to November</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June to December</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">July to January</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">August to February</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">September to March</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">October to April</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November to May</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">December to June</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Table 2 below shows the daily interest decimals covering interest from 
<FR>1/8</FR>% to 20% on $1,000 for one day in increments of 
<FR>1/8</FR> of one percent. These decimals represent 
<FR>1/181</FR>, 
<FR>1/182</FR>, 
<FR>1/183</FR>, or 
<FR>1/184</FR> of a full semiannual interest payment, depending on which half-year is applicable.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Decimal for one day's interest on $1,000 at various rates of interest, payable semiannually or on a semiannual basis, in regular years of 365 days and in years of 366 days (to determine applicable number of days, see table 1.)]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rate per annum (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Half-year of 184 days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Half-year of 183 days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Half-year of 182 days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Half-year of 181 days
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.003396739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.003415301</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.003434066</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.003453039
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.006793478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.006830601</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.006868132</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.006906077
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.010190217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.010245902</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.010302198</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.010359116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.013586957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.013661202</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.013736264</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.013812155
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.016983696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.017076503</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.017170330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.017265193
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.020380435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.020491803</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.020604396</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.020718232
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.023777174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.023907104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.024038462</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.024171271
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.027173913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.027322404</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.027472527</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.027624309
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.030570652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.030737705</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.030906593</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.031077348
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.033967391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.034153005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.034340659</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.034530387
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.037364130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.037568306</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.037774725</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.037983425
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.040760870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.040983607</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.041208791</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.041436464
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.044157609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.044398907</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.044642857</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.044889503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.047554348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.047814208</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.048076923</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.048342541
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.050951087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.051229508</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.051510989</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.051795580
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054347826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054644809</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054945055</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.055248619
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057744565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.058060109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.058379121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.058701657
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.061141304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.061475410</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.061813187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.062154696
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.064538043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.064890710</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.065247253</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.065607735
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.067934783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.068306011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.068681319</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.069060773
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.071331522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.071721311</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.072115385</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.072513812
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.074728261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.075136612</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.075549451</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.075966851
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.078125000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.078551913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.078983516</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.079419890
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.081521739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.081967213</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.082417582</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.082872928
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.084918478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.085382514</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.085851648</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.086325967
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.088315217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.088797814</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.089285714</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.089779006
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.091711957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.092213115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.092719780</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.093232044
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095108696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095628415</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.096153846</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.096685083
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.098505435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.099043716</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.099587912</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100138122
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.101902174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.102459016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.103021978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.103591160
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105298913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105874317</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.106456044</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.107044199
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.108695652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.109289617</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.109890110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110497238
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.112092391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.112704918</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.113324176</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.113950276
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.115489130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.116120219</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.116758242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.117403315
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.118885870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.119535519</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.120192308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.120856354
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.122282609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.122950820</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.123626374</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.124309392
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.125679348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.126366120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.127060440</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.127762431
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129076087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129781421</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.130494505</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.131215470
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.132472826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.133196721</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.133928571</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.134668508
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.135869565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.136612022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.137362637</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.138121547
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.139266304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.140027322</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.140796703</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.141574586
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.142663043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.143442623</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.144230769</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.145027624
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.146059783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.146857923</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.147664835</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.148480663
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.149456522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.150273224</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.151098901</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.151933702
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.152853261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.153688525</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.154532967</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.155386740
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.156250000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.157103825</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.157967033</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.158839779
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.159646739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.160519126</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.161401099</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.162292818
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.163043478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.163934426</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.164835165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.165745856
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.166440217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.167349727</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.168269231</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.169198895
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.169836957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.170765027</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.171703297</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.172651934
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.173233696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.174180328</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.175137363</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.176104972
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.176630435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.177595628</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.178571429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.179558011
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.180027174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.181010929</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.182005495</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.183011050
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.183423913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.184426230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.185439560</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.186464088
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.186820652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.187841530</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.188873626</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.189917127
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.190217391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.191256831</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.192307692</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.193370166
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.193614130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.194672131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.195741758</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.196823204
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.197010870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.198087432</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.199175824</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.200276243
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.200407609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.201502732</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.202609890</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.203729282
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.203804348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.204918033</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.206043956</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.207182320
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.207201087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.208333333</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.209478022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.210635359
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.210597826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.211748634</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.212912088</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.214088398
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.213994565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.215163934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.216346154</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.217541436
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.217391304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.218579235</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.219780220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.220994475
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.220788043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.221994536</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.223214286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.224447514
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.224184783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.225409836</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.226648352</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.227900552
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.227581522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.228825137</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.230082418</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.231353591
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.230978261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.232240437</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.233516484</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.234806630
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.234375000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.235655738</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.236950549</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.238259669
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.237771739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.239071038</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.240384615</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.241712707
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.241168478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.242486339</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.243818681</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.245165746
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.244565217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.245901639</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.247252747</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.248618785
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.247961957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.249316940</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.250686813</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.252071823
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.251358696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.252732240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.254120879</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.255524862
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.254755435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.256147541</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.257554945</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.258977901
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.258152174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.259562842</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.260989011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.262430939
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.261548913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.262978142</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.264423077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.265883978
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.264945652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.266393443</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.267857143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.269337017
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.268342391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.269808743</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.271291209</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.272790055
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.271739130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.273224044</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.274725275</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.276243094
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.275135870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.276639344</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.278159341</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.279696133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.278532609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.280054645</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.281593407</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.283149171
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.281929348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.283469945</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.285027473</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.286602210
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.285326087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.286885246</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.288461538</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.290055249
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.288722826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.290300546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.291895604</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.293508287
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.292119565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.293715847</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.295329670</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.296961326
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.295516304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.297131148</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.298763736</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.300414365
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.298913043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.300546448</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.302197802</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.303867403
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.302309783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.303961749</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.305631868</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.307320442
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.305706522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.307377049</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.309065934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.310773481
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.309103261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.310792350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.312500000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.314226519
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.312500000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.314207650</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.315934066</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.317679558
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.315896739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.317622951</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.319368132</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.321132597
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.319293478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.321038251</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.322802198</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.324585635
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.322690217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.324453552</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.326236264</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.328038674
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.326086957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.327868852</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.329670330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.331491713
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.329483696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.331284153</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.333104396</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.334944751
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.332880435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.334699454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.336538462</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.338397790
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.336277174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.338114754</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.339972527</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.341850829
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.339673913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.341530055</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.343406593</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.345303867
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.343070652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.344945355</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.346840659</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.348756906
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.346467391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.348360656</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.350274725</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.352209945
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.349864130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.351775956</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.353708791</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.355662983
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.353260870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.355191257</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.357142857</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.359116022
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.356657609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.358606557</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.360576923</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.362569061
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.360054348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.362021858</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.364010989</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.366022099
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.363451087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.365437158</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.367445055</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.369475138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.366847826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.368852459</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.370879121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.372928177
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.370244565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.372267760</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.374313187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.376381215
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.373641304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.375683060</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.377747253</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.379834254
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.377038043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.379098361</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.381181319</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.383287293
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.380434783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.382513661</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.384615385</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.386740331
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.383831522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.385928962</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.388049451</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.390193370
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.387228261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.389344262</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.391483516</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.393646409
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.390625000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.392759563</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.394917582</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.397099448
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.394021739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.396174863</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.398351648</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.400552486
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.397418478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.399590164</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.401785714</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.404005525
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.400815217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.403005464</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.405219780</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.407458564
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.404211957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.406420765</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.408653846</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.410911602
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.407608696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.409836066</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.412087912</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.414364641
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.411005435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.413251366</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.415521978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.417817680
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.414402174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.416666667</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.418956044</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.421270718
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.417798913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.420081967</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.422390110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.424723757
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.421195652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.423497268</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.425824176</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.428176796
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.424592391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.426912568</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.429258242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.431629834
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.427989130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.430327869</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.432692308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.435082873
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.431385870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.433743169</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.436126374</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.438535912
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.434782609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.437158470</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.439560440</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.441988950
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.438179348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.440573770</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.442994505</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.445441989
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.441576087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.443989071</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.446428571</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.448895028
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.444972826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.447404372</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.449862637</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.452348066
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.448369565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.450819672</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.453296703</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.455801105
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.451766304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.454234973</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.456730769</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.459254144
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.455163043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.457650273</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.460164835</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.462707182
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.458559783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.461065574</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.463598901</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.466160221
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.461956522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.464480874</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.467032967</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.469613260
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.465353261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.467896175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.470467033</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.473066298
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.468750000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.471311475</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.473901099</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.476519337
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.472146739</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.474726776</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.477335165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.479972376
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.475543478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.478142077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.480769231</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.483425414
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.478940217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.481557377</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.484203297</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.486878453
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.482336957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.484972678</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.487637363</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.490331492
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.485733696</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.488387978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.491071429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.493784530
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.489130435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.491803279</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.494505495</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.497237569
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.492527174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.495218579</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.497939560</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.500690608
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.495923913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.498633880</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.501373626</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.504143646
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.499320652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.502049180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.504807692</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.507596685
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.502717391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.505464481</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.508241758</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.511049724
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.506114130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.508879781</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.511675824</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.514502762
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.509510870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.512295082</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.515109890</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.517955801
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.512907609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.515710383</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.518543956</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.521408840
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.516304348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.519125683</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.521978022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.524861878
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.519701087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.522540984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.525412088</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.528314917
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.523097826</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.525956284</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.528846154</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.531767956
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.526494565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.529371585</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.532280220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.535220994
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.529891304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.532786885</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.535714286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.538674033
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.533288043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.536202186</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.539148352</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.542127072
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.536684783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.539617486</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.542582418</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.545580110
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.540081522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.543032787</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.546016484</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.549033149
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.543478261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.546448087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.549450549</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.552486188</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>3. <I>Short First Payment Period.</I> In cases where the first interest payment period for a Treasury non-indexed security covers less than a full half-year period (a “short coupon”), we multiply the daily interest decimal by the number of days from, but not including, the issue date to, and including, the first interest payment date. This calculation results in the amount of the interest payable per $1,000 par amount. In cases where the par amount of securities is a multiple of $1,000, we multiply the appropriate multiple by the unrounded interest payment amount per $1,000 par amount.
</P>
<HD3>Example
</HD3>
<P>A 2-year note paying 8
<FR>3/8</FR>% interest was issued on July 2, 1990, with the first interest payment on December 31, 1990. The number of days in the full half-year period of June 30 to December 31, 1990, was 184 (See Table 1.). The number of days for which interest actually accrued was 182 (not including July 2, but including December 31). The daily interest decimal, $0.227581522 (See Table 2, line for 8
<FR>3/8</FR>%, under the column for half-year of 184 days.), was multiplied by 182, resulting in a payment of $41.419837004 per $1,000. For $20,000 of these notes, $41.419837004 would be multiplied by 20, resulting in a payment of $828.39674008 ($828.40).
</P>
<P>4. <I>Long First Payment Period.</I> In cases where the first interest payment period for a bond or note covers more than a full half-year period (a “long coupon”), we multiply the daily interest decimal by the number of days from, but not including, the issue date to, and including, the last day of the fractional period that ends one full half-year before the interest payment date. We add that amount to the regular interest amount for the full half-year ending on the first interest payment date, resulting in the amount of interest payable for $1,000 par amount. In cases where the par amount of securities is a multiple of $1,000, the appropriate multiple should be applied to the unrounded interest payment amount per $1,000 par amount.
</P>
<HD3>Example
</HD3>
<P>A 5-year 2-month note paying 7
<FR>7/8</FR>% interest was issued on December 3, 1990, with the first interest payment due on August 15, 1991. Interest for the regular half-year portion of the payment was computed to be $39.375 per $1,000 par amount. The fractional portion of the payment, from December 3 to February 15, fell in a 184-day half-year (August 15, 1990, to February 15, 1991). Accordingly, the daily interest decimal for 7
<FR>7/8</FR>% was $0.213994565. This decimal, multiplied by 74 (the number of days from but not including December 3, 1990, to and including February 15), resulted in interest for the fractional portion of $15.835597810. When added to $39.375 (the normal interest payment portion ending on August 15, 1991), this produced a first interest payment of $55.210597810, or $55.21 per $1,000 par amount. For $7,000 par amount of these notes, $55.210597810 would be multiplied by 7, resulting in an interest payment of $386.474184670 ($386.47).
</P>
<HD2>B. Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities
</HD2>
<P>1. <I>Indexing Process.</I> We pay interest on marketable Treasury inflation-protected securities on a semiannual basis. We issue inflation-protected securities with a stated rate of interest that remains constant until maturity. Interest payments are based on the security's inflation-adjusted principal at the time we pay interest. We make this adjustment by multiplying the par amount of the security by the applicable Index Ratio.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Index Ratio.</I> The numerator of the Index Ratio, the Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E>, is the index number applicable for a specific day. The denominator of the Index Ratio is the Ref CPI applicable for the original issue date. However, when the dated date is different from the original issue date, the denominator is the Ref CPI applicable for the dated date. The formula for calculating the Index Ratio is:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="25" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er28jy04.000.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>Where Date = valuation date
</FP>
<P>3. <I>Reference CPI.</I> The Ref CPI for the first day of any calendar month is the CPI for the third preceding calendar month. For example, the Ref CPI applicable to April 1 in any year is the CPI for January, which is reported in February. We determine the Ref CPI for any other day of a month by a linear interpolation between the Ref CPI applicable to the first day of the month in which the day falls (in the example, January) and the Ref CPI applicable to the first day of the next month (in the example, February). For interpolation purposes, we truncate calculations with regard to the Ref CPI and the Index Ratio for a specific date to six decimal places, and round to five decimal places.
</P>
<P>Therefore the Ref CPI and the Index Ratio for a particular date will be expressed to five decimal places.
</P>
<P>(i) The formula for the Ref CPI for a specific date is:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="24" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er28jy04.001.gif"/></MATH>
<FP-2>Where Date = valuation date
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = the number of days in the month in which Date falls 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = the calendar day corresponding to Date 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>CPI<E T="52">M</E> = CPI reported for the calendar month M by the Bureau of Labor Statistics 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">M</E> = Ref CPI for the first day of the calendar month in which Date falls, e.g., Ref CPI<E T="52">April1</E> is the CPI<E T="52">January</E> 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">M + 1</E> = Ref CPI for the first day of the calendar month immediately following Date 
</FP-2>
<P>(ii) For example, the Ref CPI for April 15, 1996 is calculated as follows:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="23" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er28jy04.002.gif"/></MATH>
<FP-2>where D = 30, t = 15
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">April 1, 1996</E> = 154.40, the non-seasonally adjusted CPI-U for January 1996.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">May 1, 1996</E> = 154.90, the non-seasonally adjusted CPI-U for February 1996.
</FP-2>
<P>(iii) Putting these values in the equation in paragraph (ii) above:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="39" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er28jy04.003.gif"/></MATH>
<P>This value truncated to six decimals is 154.633333; rounded to five decimals it is 154.63333.
</P>
<P>(iv) To calculate the Index Ratio for April 16, 1996, for an inflation-protected security issued on April 15, 1996, the Ref CPI<E T="52">April 16, 1996</E> must first be calculated. Using the same values in the equation above except that t = 16, the Ref CPI<E T="52">April 16, 1996</E> is 154.65000.
</P>
<P>The Index Ratio for April 16, 1996 is:
</P>
<FP-2>Index Ratio<E T="52">April 16, 1996</E> = 154.65000/154.63333 = 1.000107803. 
</FP-2>
<P>This value truncated to six decimals is 1.000107; rounded to five decimals it is 1.00011.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Index Contingencies.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) If a previously reported CPI is revised, we will continue to use the previously reported (unrevised) CPI in calculating the principal value and interest payments.
</P>
<P>If the CPI is rebased to a different year, we will continue to use the CPI based on the base reference period in effect when the security was first issued, as long as that CPI continues to be published.
</P>
<P>(ii) We will replace the CPI with an appropriate alternative index if, while an inflation-protected security is outstanding, the applicable CPI is:
</P>
<P>• Discontinued,
</P>
<P>• In the judgment of the Secretary, fundamentally altered in a manner materially adverse to the interests of an investor in the security, or
</P>
<P>• In the judgment of the Secretary, altered by legislation or Executive Order in a manner materially adverse to the interests of an investor in the security.
</P>
<P>(iii) If we decide to substitute an alternative index we will consult with the Bureau of Labor Statistics or any successor agency. We will then notify the public of the substitute index and how we will apply it. Determinations of the Secretary in this regard will be final.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the CPI for a particular month is not reported by the last day of the following month, we will announce an index number based on the last available twelve-month change in the CPI. We will base our calculations of our payment obligations that rely on that month's CPI on the index number we announce.
</P>
<P>(a) For example, if the CPI for month M is not reported timely, the formula for calculating the index number to be used is:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="31" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er28jy04.004.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(b) Generalizing for the last reported CPI issued N months prior to month M:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="31" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er28jy04.005.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(c) If it is necessary to use these formulas to calculate an index number, we will use that number for all subsequent calculations that rely on the month's index number. We will not replace it with the actual CPI when it is reported, except for use in the above formulas. If it becomes necessary to use the above formulas to derive an index number, we will use the last CPI that has been reported to calculate CPI numbers for months for which the CPI has not been reported timely.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Computation of Interest for a Regular Half-Year Payment Period.</I> Interest on marketable Treasury inflation-protected securities is payable on a semiannual basis. The regular interest payment period is a full half-year or six calendar months. Examples of half-year periods are January 15 to July 15, and April 15 to October 15. An interest payment will be a fixed percentage of the value of the inflation-adjusted principal, in current dollars, for the date on which it is paid. We will calculate interest payments by multiplying one-half of the specified annual interest rate for the inflation-protected securities by the inflation-adjusted principal for the interest payment date.
</P>
<P>Specifically, we compute a semiannual interest payment on the basis of one-half of one year's interest regardless of the actual number of days in the half-year.
</P>
<HD3>Example
</HD3>
<P>A 10-year inflation-protected note paying 3
<FR>7/8%</FR> interest was issued on January 15, 1999, with the first interest payment on July 15, 1999. The Ref CPI on January 15, 1999 (Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E>) was 164, and the Ref CPI on July 15, 1999 (Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E>) was 166.2. For a par amount of $100,000, the inflation-adjusted principal on July 15, 1999, was (166.2/164) × $100,000, or $101,341. This amount was multiplied by .03875/2, or .019375, resulting in a payment of $1,963.48.


</P>
<HD2>C. Treasury Floating Rate Notes
</HD2>
<P>1. <I>Indexing and Interest Payment Process.</I> We issue floating rate notes with a daily interest accrual feature. This means that the interest rate “floats” based on changes in the representative index rate. We pay interest on a quarterly basis. The index rate is the High Rate of the 13-week Treasury bill auction announced on the auction results that has been converted into a simple-interest money market yield computed on an actual/360 basis and rounded to nine decimal places. Interest payments are based on the floating rate note's variable interest rate from, and including, the dated date or last interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment or maturity date. We make quarterly interest payments by accruing the daily interest amounts and adding those amounts together for the interest payment period.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Interest Rate.</I> The interest rate on floating rate notes will be the spread plus the index rate (as it may be adjusted on the calendar day following each auction of 13-week bills).


</P>
<P>3. <I>Interest Accrual.</I> In general, accrued interest for a particular calendar day in an accrual period is calculated by using the index rate from the most recent auction of 13-week bills that took place before the accrual day, plus the spread determined at the time of a new floating rate note auction, divided by 360, subject to a zero-percent minimum daily interest accrual rate. However, the rate determined in a 13-week bill auction that takes place in the two-business-day period prior to a settlement date or interest payment date will be excluded from the calculation of accrued interest for purposes of the settlement amount or interest payment. Any changes in the index rate that would otherwise have occurred during this two-business-day period will occur on the first calendar day following the end of the period.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Index Contingencies.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) If Treasury were to discontinue auctions of 13-week bills, the Secretary has authority to determine and announce a new index for outstanding floating rate notes.
</P>
<P>(ii) If Treasury were to not conduct a 13-week bill auction in a particular week, then the interest rate in effect for the notes at the time of the last 13-week bill auction results announcement will remain in effect until such time, if any, as the results of a 13-week Treasury auction are again announced by Treasury. Treasury reserves the right to change the index rate for any newly issued floating rate note.
</P>
<HD2>D. Accrued Interest
</HD2>
<P>1. You will have to pay accrued interest on a Treasury bond or note when interest accrues prior to the issue date of the security. Because you receive a full interest payment despite having held the security for only a portion of the interest payment period, you must compensate us through the payment of accrued interest at settlement.
</P>
<P>2. For a Treasury non-indexed security, if accrued interest covers a fractional portion of a full half-year period, the number of days in the full half-year period and the stated interest rate will determine the daily interest decimal to use in computing the accrued interest. We multiply the decimal by the number of days for which interest has accrued.
</P>
<P>3. If a reopened bond or note has a long first interest payment period (a “long coupon”), and the dated date for the reopened issue is less than six full months before the first interest payment, the accrued interest will fall into two separate half-year periods. A separate daily interest decimal must be multiplied by the respective number of days in each half-year period during which interest has accrued.
</P>
<P>4. We round all accrued interest computations to five decimal places for a $1,000 par amount, using normal rounding procedures. We calculate accrued interest for a par amount of securities greater than $1,000 by applying the appropriate multiple to accrued interest payable for a $1,000 par amount, rounded to five decimal places. We calculate accrued interest for a par amount of securities less than $1,000 by applying the appropriate fraction to accrued interest payable for a $1,000 par amount, rounded to five decimal places. 
</P>
<P>5. For an inflation-protected security, we calculate accrued interest as shown in section III, paragraphs A and B of this appendix.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>(1) <I>Treasury Non-indexed Securities—(i) Involving One Half-Year:</I> A note paying interest at a rate of 6
<FR>3/4%</FR>, originally issued on May 15, 2000, as a 5-year note with a first interest payment date of November 15, 2000, was reopened as a 4-year 9-month note on August 15, 2000. Interest had accrued for 92 days, from May 15 to August 15. The regular interest period from May 15 to November 15, 2000, covered 184 days. Accordingly, the daily interest decimal, $0.183423913, multiplied by 92, resulted in accrued interest payable of $16.874999996, or $16.87500, for each $1,000 note purchased. If the notes have a par amount of $150,000, then 150 is multiplied by $16.87500, resulting in an amount payable of $2,531.25.
</PSPACE><P>(2) <I>Involving Two Half-Years:</I>
</P><P>A 10
<FR>3/4%</FR> bond, originally issued on July 2, 1985, as a 20-year 1-month bond, with a first interest payment date of February 15, 1986, was reopened as a 19-year 10-month bond on November 4, 1985. Interest had accrued for 44 days, from July 2 to August 15, 1985, during a 181-day half-year (February 15 to August 15); and for 81 days, from August 15 to November 4, during a 184-day half-year (August 15, 1985, to February 15, 1986). Accordingly, $0.296961326 was multiplied by 44, and $0.292119565 was multiplied by 81, resulting in products of $13.066298344 and $23.661684765 which, added together, resulted in accrued interest payable of $36.727983109, or $36.72798, for each $1,000 bond purchased. If the bonds have a par amount of $11,000, then 11 is multiplied by $36.72798, resulting in an amount payable of $404.00778 ($404.01).</P></EXAMPLE>
<P>6. For a floating rate note, if accrued interest covers a portion of a full quarterly interest payment period, we calculate accrued interest as shown in section IV, paragraphs C and D of this appendix.
</P>
<HD1>II. Formulas for Conversion of Non-indexed Security Yields to Equivalent Prices
</HD1>
<HD2>Definitions 
</HD2>
<FP-2>P = price per 100 (dollars), rounded to six places, using normal rounding procedures.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>C = the regular annual interest per $100, payable semiannually, e.g., 6.125 (the decimal equivalent of a 6
<FR>1/8</FR>% interest rate).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = nominal annual rate of return or yield to maturity, based on semiannual interest payments and expressed in decimals, e.g., .0719.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = number of full semiannual periods from the issue date to maturity, except that, if the issue date is a coupon frequency date, n will be one less than the number of full semiannual periods remaining to maturity. Coupon frequency dates are the two semiannual dates based on the maturity date of each note or bond issue. For example, a security maturing on November 15, 2015, would have coupon frequency dates of May 15 and November 15.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = (1) number of days from the issue date to the first interest payment (regular or short first payment period), or (2) number of days in fractional portion (or “initial short period”) of long first payment period.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = (1) number of days in the full semiannual period ending on the first interest payment date (regular or short first payment period), or (2) number of days in the full semiannual period in which the fractional portion of a long first payment period falls, ending at the onset of the regular portion of the first interest payment.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v
<SU>n</SU> = 1 / [1 + (i/2)] 
<SU>n</SU> = present value of 1 due at the end of n periods.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">n</E> = (1 − v
<SU>n</SU>) / (i/2) = v + v
<SU>2</SU> + v
<SU>3</SU> + ... + v
<SU>n</SU> = present value of 1 per period for n periods
</FP-2>
<P><I>Special Case:</I> If i = 0, then a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = n. Furthermore, when i = 0, a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ cannot be calculated using the formula: (1 − v
<SU>n</SU>)/(i/2). In the special case where i = 0, a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ must be calculated as the summation of the individual present values (<I>i.e.</I>, v + v
<SU>2</SU> + v
<SU>3</SU> + ... + v
<SU>n</SU>). Using the summation method will always confirm that a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = n when i = 0.
</P>
<FP-2>A = accrued interest.
</FP-2>
<P>A. <I>For non-indexed securities with a regular first interest payment period:</I>
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<FP-2>P[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = (C/2)(r/s) + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v
<SU>n</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP>Example: 
</FP>
<P>For an 8
<FR>3/4</FR>% 30-year bond issued May 15, 1990, due May 15, 2020, with interest payments on November 15 and May 15, solve for the price per 100 (P) at a yield of 8.84%.
</P>
<FP>Definitions:G12752
</FP>
<FP-2>C = 8.75.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = .0884.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 184 (May 15 to November 15, 1990).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 184 (May 15 to November 15, 1990).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = 59 (There are 60 full semiannual periods, but n is reduced by 1 because the issue date is a coupon frequency date.) 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v
<SU>n</SU> = 1 / [(1 + .0884 / 2)]
<SU>59</SU>, or .0779403508.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = (1 − .0779403508) / .0442, or 20.8610780353.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<FP-2>P[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = (C/2)(r/s) + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v
<SU>n</SU> or
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P[1 + (184/184)(.0884/2)] = (8.75/2)(184/184) + (8.75/2)(20.8610780353) + 100(.0779403508).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(1) P[1 + .0442] = 4.375 + 91.2672164044 + 7.7940350840.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) P[1.0442] = 103.4362514884.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) P = 103.4362514884 / 1.0442.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) P = 99.057893.
</FP-2>
<P>B. <I>For non-indexed securities with a short first interest payment period:</I>
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<FP-2>P[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = (C/2)(r/s) + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v
<SU>n</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>For an 8
<FR>1/2</FR>% 2-year note issued April 2, 1990, due March 31, 1992, with interest payments on September 30 and March 31, solve for the price per 100 (P) at a yield of 8.59%.
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>C = 8.50.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = .0859.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = 3.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 181 (April 2 to September 30, 1990).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 183 (March 31 to September 30, 1990).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v
<SU>n</SU> = 1 / [(1 + .0859 / 2)]
<SU>3</SU>, or .8814740565.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = (1 − .8814740565) / .04295, or 2.7596261590.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<FP-2>P[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = (C/2)(r/s) + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v
<SU>n</SU> or 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P[1 + (181/183)(.0859/2)] = (8.50/2)(181/183) + (8.50/2)(2.7596261590) + 100(.8814740565).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(1) P[1 + .042480601] = 4.2035519126 + 11.7284111757 + 88.14740565.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) P[1.042480601] = 104.0793687354.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) P = 104.0793687354 / 1.042480601.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) P = 99.838183.
</FP-2>
<P>C. <I>For non-indexed securities with a long first interest payment period:</I>
</P>
<FP-2>Formula:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = [(C/2)(r/s)]v + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v
<SU>n</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>For an 8
<FR>1/2</FR>% 5-year 2-month note issued March 1, 1990, due May 15, 1995, with interest payments on November 15 and May 15 (first payment on November 15, 1990), solve for the price per 100 (P) at a yield of 8.53%. 
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>C = 8.50.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = .0853.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = 10.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 75 (March 1 to May 15, 1990, which is the fractional portion of the first interest payment).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 181 (November 15, 1989, to May 15, 1990).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v = 1 / (1 + .0853/2), or .9590946147.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v
<SU>n</SU> = 1 / (1 + .0853/2)
<SU>10</SU>, or .658589
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = (1−.658589)/.04265, or 8.0049454082.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution: 
</FP>
<FP-2>P[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = [(C/2)(r/s)]v + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v
<SU>n</SU> or
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P[1 + (75/181)(.0853/2)] = [(8.50/2)(75/181)].9590946147 + (8.50/2)(8.0049454082) + 100(.6585890783).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(1) P[1 + .017672652] = 1.6890133062 + 34.0210179850 + 65.8589078339.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) P[1.017672652] = 101.5689391251.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) P = 101.5689391251 / 1.017672652.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) P = 99.805118.
</FP-2>
<P>D. (1) <I>For non-indexed securities reopened during a regular interest period where the purchase price includes predetermined accrued interest.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) <I>For new non-indexed securities accruing interest from the coupon frequency date immediately preceding the issue date, with the interest rate established in the auction being used to determine the accrued interest payable on the issue date.</I>
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<FP-2>(P + A)[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = C/2 + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v
<SU>n</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP>Where: 
</FP>
<FP-2>A = [(s−r)/s](C/2).
</FP-2>
<FP>Example: 
</FP>
<P>For a 9
<FR>1/2</FR>% 10-year note with interest accruing from November 15, 1985, issued November 29, 1985, due November 15, 1995, and interest payments on May 15 and November 15, solve for the price per 100 (P) at a yield of 9.54%. Accrued interest is from November 15 to November 29 (14 days).
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>C = 9.50.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = .0954.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = 19.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 167 (November 29, 1985, to May 15, 1986).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 181 (November 15, 1985, to May 15, 1986).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v
<SU>n</SU> = 1 / [(1 + .0954/2)]
<SU>19</SU>, or .4125703996.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = (1 − .4125703996) / .0477, or 12.3150859630.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = [(181 − 167) / 181](9.50/2), or .367403.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution: 
</FP>
<FP-2>(P + A)[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = C/2 + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v
<SU>n</SU> or 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(P + .367403)[1 + (167/181)(.0954/2)] = (9.50/2) + (9.50/2)(12.3150859630) + 100(.4125703996).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(1) (P + .367403)[1 + .044010497] = 4.75 + 58.4966583243 + 41.25703996.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) (P + .367403)[1.044010497] = 104.5036982843.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) (P + .367403) = 104.5036982843 / 1.044010497.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) (P + .367403) = 100.098321.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(5) P = 100.098321 −.367403.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(6) P = 99.730918.
</FP-2>
<P>E. <I>For non-indexed securities reopened during the regular portion of a long first payment period:</I> 
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<FP-2>(P + A)[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = (r′s″)(C/2) + C 2 + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v
<SU>n</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>A = AI′ + AI, 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>AI′ = (r′/s″)(C/2), 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>AI = [(s−r) / s](C/2), and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = number of days from the reopening date to the first interest payment date, 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = number of days in the semiannual period for the regular portion of the first interest payment period, 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r′ = number of days in the fractional portion (or “initial short period”) of the first interest payment period, 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s″ = number of days in the semiannual period ending with the commencement date of the regular portion of the first interest payment period.
</FP-2>
<FP>Example: 
</FP>
<P>A 10
<FR>3/4</FR>% 19-year 9-month bond due August 15, 2005, is issued on July 2, 1985, and reopened on November 4, 1985, with interest payments on February 15 and August 15 (first payment on February 15, 1986), solve for the price per 100 (P) at a yield of 10.47%. Accrued interest is calculated from July 2 to November 4.
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>C = 10.75.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = .1047.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = 39.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 103 (November 4, 1985, to February 15, 1986).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 184 (August 15, 1985, to February 15, 1986).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r′ = 44 (July 2 to August 15, 1985).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s″ = 181 (February 15 to August 15, 1985).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v
<SU>n</SU> = 1 / [(1 + .1047 / 2)]
<SU>39</SU>, or .1366947986.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = (1 − .1366947986) / .05235, or 16.4910258142.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>AI′ = (44 / 181)(10.75 / 2), or 1.306630.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>AI = [(184 − 103) / 184](10.75 / 2), or 2.366168.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = AI′ + AI, or 3.672798.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution: 
</FP>
<FP-2>(P + A)[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = (r′/s″)(C/2) + C/2 + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v
<SU>n</SU> or
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(P + 3.672798)[1 + (103/184)(.1047/2)] = (44/181)(10.75/2) + 10.75/2 + (10.75/2)(16.4910258142) + 100(.1366947986).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(1) (P + 3.672798)[1 + .02930462] = 1.3066298343 + 5.375 + 88.6392637512 + 13.6694798628.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) (P + 3.672798)[1.02930462] = 108.9903734482.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) (P + 3.672798) = 108.9903734482 / 1.02930462.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) (P + 3.672798) = 105.887384.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(5) P = 105.887384 −3.672798.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(6) P = 102.214586.
</FP-2>
<P>F. <I>For non-indexed securities reopened during a short first payment period:</I>
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<FP-2>(P + A)[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = (r′/s)(C/2) + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v 
<SU>n</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>A = [(r′ − r)/s](C/2) and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r′ = number of days from the original issue date to the first interest payment date.
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>For a 10
<FR>1/2</FR>% 8-year note due May 15, 1991, originally issued on May 16, 1983, and reopened on August 15, 1983, with interest payments on November 15 and May 15 (first payment on November 15, 1983), solve for the price per 100 (P) at a yield of 10.53%. Accrued interest is calculated from May 16 to August 15.
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>C = 10.50.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = .1053.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = 15.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 92 (August 15, 1983, to November 15, 1983).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 184 (May 15, 1983, to November 15, 1983).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r′ = 183 (May 16, 1983, to November 15, 1983).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v 
<SU>n</SU> = 1/[(1 + .1053/2)]
<SU>15</SU>, or .4631696332.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = (1 − .4631696332) / .05265, or 10.1962082956.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = [(183 − 92) / 184](10.50 / 2), or 2.596467.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<FP-2>(P + A)[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = (r′/s)(C/2) + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v 
<SU>n</SU> or
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(P + 2.596467)[1 + (92/184)(.1053/2)] = (183/184)(10.50/2) + (10.50/2)(10.1962082956) + 100(.4631696332).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(1) (P + 2.596467)[1 + .026325] = 5.2214673913 + 53.5300935520 + 46.31696332.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) (P + 2.596467)[1.026325] = 105.0685242633.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) (P + 2.596467) = 105.0685242633 / 1.026325.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) (P + 2.596467) = 102.373541.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(5) P = 102.373541 − 2.596467.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(6) P = 99.777074.
</FP-2>
<P>G. <I>For non-indexed securities reopened during the fractional portion (initial short period) of a long first payment period:</I>
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<FP-2>(P + A)[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = [(r′/s)(C/2)]v + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v 
<SU>n</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>A = [(r′ − r)/s](C/2), and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = number of days from the reopening date to the end of the short period.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r′ = number of days in the short period.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = number of days in the semiannual period ending with the end of the short period.
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>For a 9
<FR>3/4</FR>% 6-year 2-month note due December 15, 1994, originally issued on October 15, 1988, and reopened on November 15, 1988, with interest payments on June 15 and December 15 (first payment on June 15, 1989), solve for the price per 100 (P) at a yield of 9.79%. Accrued interest is calculated from October 15 to November 15.
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>C = 9.75.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = .0979.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = 12.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 30 (November 15, 1988, to December 15, 1988).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 183 (June 15, 1988, to December 15, 1988).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r′ = 61 (October 15, 1988, to December 15, 1988).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v = 1 / (1 + .0979/2), or .9533342867.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v 
<SU>n</SU> = [1 / (1 + .0979/2)]
<SU>12</SU>, or .5635631040.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = (1 − .5635631040)/.04895, or 8.9159733613.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = [(61 − 30)/183](9.75/2), or .825820.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<FP-2>(P + A)[1 + (r/s)(i/2)] = [(r′/s)(C/2)]v + (C/2)a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ + 100v 
<SU>n</SU> or
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(P + .825820)[1 + (30/183)(.0979/2)] = [(61/183)(9.75/2)](.9533342867) + (9.75/2)(8.9159733613) + 100(.5635631040).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(1) (P + .825820)[1 + .00802459] = 1.549168216 + 43.4653701362 + 56.35631040.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) (P + .825820)[1.00802459] = 101.3708487520.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) (P + .825820) = 101.3708487520 / 1.00802459.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) (P + .825820) = 100.563865.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(5) P = 100.563865 −. 825820.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(6) P = 99.738045.


</FP-2>
<HD1>III. Formulas for Conversion of Inflation-Indexed Security Yields to Equivalent Prices
</HD1>
<HD2>Definitions
</HD2>
<FP-2>P = unadjusted or real price per 100 (dollars).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">adj</E> = inflation adjusted price; P × Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = unadjusted accrued interest per $100 original principal.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">adj</E> = inflation adjusted accrued interest; A × Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>SA = settlement amount including accrued interest in current dollars per $100 original principal; P<E T="52">adj</E> + A<E T="52">adj</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = days from settlement date to next coupon date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = days in current semiannual period.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = real yield, expressed in decimals (e.g., 0.0325).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>C = real annual coupon, payable semiannually, in terms of real dollars paid on $100 initial, or real, principal of the security.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = number of full semiannual periods from issue date to maturity date, except that, if the issue date is a coupon frequency date, n will be one less than the number of full semiannual periods remaining until maturity. Coupon frequency dates are the two semiannual dates based on the maturity date of each note or bond issue. For example, a security maturing on July 15, 2026 would have coupon frequency dates of January 15 and July 15.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v 
<SU>n</SU> = 1/(1 + i/2)
<SU>n</SU> = present value of 1 due at the end of n periods.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = (1 − v 
<SU>n</SU>) / (i/2) = v + v 
<SU>2</SU> + v 
<SU>3</SU> + 
<SU>...</SU> + v 
<SU>n</SU> = present value of 1 per period for n periods.
</FP-2>
<P>Special Case: If i = 0, then a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = n. Furthermore, when i = 0, a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ cannot be calculated using the formula: (1 − v 
<SU>n</SU>)/(i/2). In the special case where i = 0, a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ must be calculated as the summation of the individual present values (<I>i.e.</I>, v + v 
<SU>2</SU> + v 
<SU>3</SU> + 
<SU>...</SU> + v 
<SU>n</SU>). Using the summation method will always confirm that a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = n when i = 0.
</P>
<FP-2>Date = valuation date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = the number of days in the month in which Date falls.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = calendar day corresponding to Date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>CPI = Consumer Price Index number.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>CPI<E T="52">M</E> = CPI reported for the calendar month M by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">M</E> = reference CPI for the first day of the calendar month in which Date falls (also equal to the CPI for the third preceding calendar month), e.g., Ref CPI<E T="52">April 1</E> is the CPI<E T="52">January</E>. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">M + 1</E> = reference CPI for the first day of the calendar month immediately following Date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E> = Ref CPI<E T="52">M</E> − [(t − 1)/D][Ref CPI<E T="52">M + 1</E>-Ref CPI<E T="52">M</E>].
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E> = Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E> / Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E>.
</FP-2>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>When the Issue Date is different from the Dated Date, the denominator is the Ref CPI<E T="52">DatedDate</E>.</P></NOTE>
<P>A. <I>For inflation-protected securities with a regular first interest payment period:</I> 
</P>
<FP>Formulas:
</FP>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="23" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.005.gif"/></MATH>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">adj</E> = P × Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = [(s−r)/s] × (C/2).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">adj</E> = A × Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>SA = P<E T="52">adj</E> + A<E T="52">adj</E>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E> = Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E>/Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>We issued a 10-year inflation-protected note on January 15, 1999. The note was issued at a discount to yield of 3.898% (real). The note bears a 3
<FR>7/8</FR>% real coupon, payable on July 15 and January 15 of each year. The base CPI index applicable to this note is 164. (We normally derive this number using the interpolative process described in appendix B, section I, paragraph B.) 
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>C = 3.875.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = 0.03898.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = 19 (There are 20 full semiannual periods but n is reduced by 1 because the issue date is a coupon frequency date.).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 181 (January 15, 1999 to July 15, 1999).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 181 (January 15, 1999 to July 15, 1999).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E> = 164.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E> = 164.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<FP-2>Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E> = Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E> / Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E> = 164/164 = 1.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = [(181 − 181)/181] × 3.875/2 = 0.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">adj</E> = 0 × 1 = 0.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v
<SU>n</SU> = 1/(1 + i/2)
<SU>n</SU> = 1/(1 + .03898/2)
<SU>19</SU> = 0.692984572.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="54">n</E>⌉ = (1 − v
<SU>n</SU>)/(i/2) = (1-0.692984572) / (.03898/2) = 15.752459107.
</FP-2>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="60" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.006.gif"/></MATH>
<FP-2>P = 99.811030.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">adj</E> = P × Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">adj</E> = 99.811030 × 1 = 99.811030.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>SA = P<E T="52">adj</E> × A<E T="52">adj</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>SA = 99.811030 + 0 = 99.811030.
</FP-2>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For the real price (P), we have rounded to six places. These amounts are based on 100 par value.</P></NOTE>
<P>B. (1) <I>For inflation-protected securities reopened during a regular interest period where the purchase price includes predetermined accrued interest.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) <I>For new inflation-protected securities accruing interest from the coupon frequency date immediately preceding the issue date, with the interest rate established in the auction being used to determine the accrued interest payable on the issue date.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Bidding:</I> The dollar amount of each bid is in terms of the par amount. For example, if the Ref CPI applicable to the issue date of the note is 120, and the reference CPI applicable to the reopening issue date is 132, a bid of $10,000 will in effect be a bid of $10,000 × (132/120), or $11,000.
</P>
<FP>Formulas:
</FP>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="23" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.007.gif"/></MATH>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">adj</E> = P × Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = [(s−r)/s] × (C/2).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">adj</E> = A × Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>SA = P<E T="52">adj</E> + A<E T="52">adj.</E>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E> = Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E>/Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>We issued a 3
<FR>5/8</FR>% 10-year inflation-protected note on January 15, 1998, with interest payments on July 15 and January 15. For a reopening on October 15, 1998, with inflation compensation accruing from January 15, 1998 to October 15, 1998, and accrued interest accruing from July 15, 1998 to October 15, 1998 (92 days), solve for the price per 100 (P) at a real yield, as determined in the reopening auction, of 3.65%. The base index applicable to the issue date of this note is 161.55484 and the reference CPI applicable to October 15, 1998, is 163.29032.
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>C = 3.625.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = 0.0365.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = 18.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 92 (October 15, 1998 to January 15, 1999).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 184 (July 15, 1998 to January 15, 1999).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E> = 163.29032.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E> = 161.55484.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<FP-2>Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E> = Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E>/Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E> = 163.29032/161.55484 = 1.01074.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v
<SU>n</SU> = 1/(1 + i/2)
<SU>n</SU> = 1/(1 + .0365/2)
<SU>18</SU> = 0.722138438.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">n</E>⌉ = (1−v
<SU>n</SU>)/(i/2) = (1 − 0.722138438)/(.0365/2) = 15.225291068.
</FP-2>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="60" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.008.gif"/></MATH>
<FP-2>P = 100.703267 − 0.906250.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = 99.797017.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">adj</E> = P × Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">adj</E> = 99.797017 × 1.01074 = 100.86883696.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">adj</E> = 100.868837.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = [(184−92)/184] × 3.625/2 = 0.906250.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">adj</E> = A × Index Ratio<E T="52">Date</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">adj</E> = 0.906250 × 1.01074 = 0.91598313.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">adj</E> = 0.915983.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>SA = P<E T="52">adj</E> + A<E T="52">adj</E> = 100.868837 + 0.915983.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>SA = 101.784820.
</FP-2>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For the real price (P), and the inflation-adjusted price (P<E T="52">adj</E>), we have rounded to six places. For accrued interest (A) and the adjusted accrued interest (A<E T="52">adj</E>), we have rounded to six places. These amounts are based on 100 par value.</P></NOTE>
<HD1>IV. Formulas for Conversion of Floating Rate Note Discount Margins to Equivalent Prices
</HD1>
<HD2>Definitions for Newly Issued Floating Rate Notes
</HD2>
<FP-2>P = the price per $100 par value.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">0</E> = the issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>N = the total number of quarterly interest payments.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>i</I> and <I>k</I> = indexes that identify the sequence of interest payment dates.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">i</E> = the i
<SU>th</SU> quarterly interest payment date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">i</E> − T<E T="52">i-1</E> = the number of days between the interest payment date T<E T="52">i</E> and the preceding interest payment date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="54">N</E> = the maturity date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = the index rate applicable to the issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = the spread.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m = the discount margin.
</FP-2>
<P>A. For newly issued floating rate notes issued at par:
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.000.gif"/>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>The purpose of this example is to demonstrate how a floating rate note price is derived at the time of original issuance. Additionally, this example depicts the association of the July 31, 2012 issue date and the two-business-day lockout period. For a new two-year floating rate note auctioned on July 25, 2012, and issued on July 31, 2012, with a maturity date of July 31, 2014, and an interest accrual rate on the issue date of 0.215022819% (index rate of 0.095022819% plus a spread of 0.120%), solve for the price per 100 (P). This interest accrual rate is used for each daily interest accrual over the life of the security for the purposes of this example. In a new issuance (not a reopening) of a floating rate note, the discount margin determined at auction will be equal to the spread.
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">0</E> = July 31, 2012.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>N = 8.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="54">N</E> = July 31, 2014.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>r</I> = 0.095022819%.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>s</I> = 0.120%.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>m</I> = 0.120%.
</FP-2>
<P>As of the issue date the latest 13-week bill, auctioned at least two days prior, has the following information:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—13-Week Bill Auction Data
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maturity date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction
<br/>clearing price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction high rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Index rate
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7/23/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">7/26/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">10/25/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">99.975986</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095%</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095022819%</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>The rationale for using a 13-week bill auction that has occurred at least two days prior to the issue date is due to the two-business-day lockout period. This lockout period applies only to the issue date and interest payment dates, thus any 13-week bill auction that occurs during the two-day lockout period is not used for calculations related to the issue date and interest payment dates. The following sample calendar depicts this relationship for the floating rate note issue date.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.001.gif"/>
<HD2>Computing the Projected Cash Flows
</HD2>
<P>The following table presents the future interest payment dates and the number of days between them.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Payment Dates
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Days between dates
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Issue Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 7/31/2012
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1st Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 10/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2nd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 1/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3rd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 4/30/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 7/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 10/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 1/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 4/30/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8th Interest &amp; Maturity Dates: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> = 7/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 92</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>Let
</FP>
<FP-2><I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> = 100 × max(<I>r</I> + <I>s,</I>0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP>and
</FP>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="54">i</E> = <I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> × (<I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E>) + 100 × 1<E T="52">{i = 8}</E>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the daily projected interest, for a $100 par value, that will accrue between the future interest payment dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="52">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2, . . . ,8. <I>a</I><E T="54">i</E>'s are computed using the spread <I>s</I> = 0.120% obtained at the auction, and the fixed index rate of <I>r</I> = 0.095022819% applicable to the issue date (7/31/2012). For example:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>a</I><E T="52">1</E> = 100 × max(0.00095022819 + 0.00120,0)/360 = 0.000597286
</FP-2>
<FP><I>A</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the projected cash flow the floating rate note holder will receive, for a $100 par value, at the future interest payment date <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2, . . . ,8. <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> is the number of days between the future interest payment dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>. To account for the payback of the par value, the variable 1<E T="52">{i = 8}</E> takes the value 1 if the payment date is the maturity date, or 0 otherwise. For example:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="52">i</E> = 92 × 0.000597286 = 0.054950312
</FP-2>
<FP>and
</FP>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="52">8</E> = 92 × 0.000597286 + 100 = 100.054950312
</FP-2>
<FP>Let
</FP>
<FP-2><I>B</I><E T="54">i</E> = 1 + (<I>r</I> + <I>m</I>) × (<I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52"> − 1</E>)/360
</FP-2>
<FP><I>B</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the projected compound factor between the future dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2, . . . ,8. All B<E T="52">i</E>'s are computed using the discount margin <I>m</I> = 0.120% (equals the spread determined at the auction), and the fixed index rate of <I>r</I> = 0.095022819% applicable to the issue date (7/31/2012). For example:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>B</I><E T="52">3</E> = 1 + (0.00095022819 + 0.00120) × 89/360 = 1.000531584.
</FP-2>
<FP>The following table shows the projected daily accrued interest values for $100 par value (<I>a</I><E T="54">i</E>'s), cash flows at interest payment dates (<I>A</I><E T="54">i</E>'s), and the compound factors between payment dates (<I>B</I><E T="54">i</E>'s).
</FP>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Projected Cash Flows and Compound Factors
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">a</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">A</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">B</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000597286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000549503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000597286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000549503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000597286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.053158454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000531584
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000597286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000549503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000597286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000549503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000597286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000549503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000597286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.053158454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000531584
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000597286</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.054950312</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000549503</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Computing the Price
</HD2>
<P>The price is computed as follows:


</P>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.002.gif"/>
<P>B. For newly issued floating rate notes issued at a premium:
</P>
<FP>Formula:

</FP>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.003.gif"/>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>The purpose of this example is to demonstrate how a floating rate note auction can result in a price at a premium given a negative discount margin and spread at auction. For a new two-year floating rate note auctioned on July 25, 2012, and issued on July 31, 2012, with a maturity date of July 31, 2014, solve for the price per 100 (P). In a new issue (not a reopening) of a floating rate note, the discount margin established at auction will be equal to the spread. In this example, the discount margin determined at auction is −0.150%, but the floating rate note is subject to a daily interest rate accrual minimum of 0.000%.
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">0</E> = July 31, 2012.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>N = 8.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="54">N</E> = July 31, 2014.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>r</I> = 0.095022819%.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>s</I> = −0.150%.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>m</I> = −0.150%.
</FP-2>
<P>As of the issue date the latest 13-week bill, auctioned at least two days prior, has the following information:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—13-Week Bill Auction Data
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maturity date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction
<br/>clearing price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction high rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Index rate
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7/23/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">7/26/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">10/25/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">99.975986</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095%</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095022819%</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.004.gif"/>
<HD2>Computing the Projected Cash Flows
</HD2>
<P>The following table presents the future interest payment dates and the number of days between them.

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Payment Dates
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Days between dates
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Issue Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 7/31/2012
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1st Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 10/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2nd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 1/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3rd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 4/30/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 7/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 10/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 1/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 4/30/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8th Interest &amp; Maturity Dates: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> = 7/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 92</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>Let
</FP>
<FP-2><I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> = 100 × max(<I>r</I> + <I>s,</I>0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP>and
</FP>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="54">i</E> = <I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> × (<I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> <E T="52">−</E> <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> <E T="52">− 1</E>) + 100 × 1<E T="52">{i = 8}</E>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> Represents the daily projected interest, for a $100 par value, that will accrue between the future interest payment dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> <E T="52">− 1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="52">i</E> where <I>i</I> = 1,2, . . . ,8. <I>a</I><E T="54">i</E>'s are computed using the spread <I>s</I> = − 0.150%, and the fixed index rate of <I>r</I> = 0.095022819% applicable to the issue date (7/31/2012). For example:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>a</I><E T="52">i</E> = 100 × max(0.00095022819−0.00150,0)/360 = 100 × 0/360 = 0.000000000
</FP-2>
<P><I>A</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the projected cash flow the floating rate note holder will receive, for a $100 par value, at the future interest payment date <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2, . . ., 8. <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> is the number of days between the future interest payment dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>. To account for the payback of the par value, the variable 1<E T="52">{</E><E T="54">i</E>=<E T="52">8}</E> takes the value 1 if the payment date is the maturity date, or 0 otherwise. For example:
</P>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="52">1</E> = 92 × 0.000000000 = 0.000000000
</FP-2>
<FP>and
</FP>
<FP><I>A</I><E T="52">8</E> = 92 × 0.000000000 + 100 = 100.000000000
</FP>
<FP>Let
</FP>
<FP-2><I>B</I><E T="54">i</E> = 1 + (<I>r</I> + <I>m</I>) × (<I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>-<I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E>)/360
</FP-2>
<P><I>B</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the projected compound factor between the future dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2, . . ., 8. All <I>B</I><E T="54">i</E>'s are computed using the discount margin <I>m</I> = −0.150% (equals the spread obtained at the auction), and the fixed index rate of <I>r</I> = 0.095022819% applicable to the issue date (7/31/2012). For example:
</P>
<FP-2><I>B</I><E T="52">3</E> = 1 + (0.00095022819−0.00150) × 89/360 = 0.999864084.
</FP-2>
<P>The following table shows the projected daily accrued interests for $100 par value (<I>a</I><E T="54">i</E>'s), cash flows at interest payment dates (<I>A</I><E T="54">i</E>'s), and the compound factors between payment dates (<I>B</I><E T="54">i</E>'s).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Projected Cash Flows and Compound Factors
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">a</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">A</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">B</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.999859503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.999859503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.999864084
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.999859503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.999859503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.999859503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.999864084
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.000000000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.999859503</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Computing the Price
</HD2>
<P>The price is computed as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.005.gif"/>
<HD2>Definitions for Reopenings of Floating Rate Notes and Calculation of Interest Payments
</HD2>
<FP-2><I>IP</I><E T="52">i</E> = the quarterly interest payment at date T<E T="52">i</E>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P<E T="54">D</E> = the price that includes the accrued interest per $100 par value as of the reopening issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = accrued interest per $100 par value as of the reopening issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P<E T="54">C</E> = the price without accrued interest per $100 par value as of the reopening issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">−1</E> = the dated date if the reopening occurs before the first interest payment date, or, otherwise, the latest interest payment date prior to the reopening issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">0</E> = the reopening issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>N = the total number of remaining quarterly interest payments as of the reopening issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>i</I> and <I>k</I> = indexes that identify the sequence of interest payment dates relative to the issue date. For example T<E T="52">1</E>, T<E T="52">2</E>, and T<E T="52">3</E> represent the first, second, and the third interest payment dates after the issue date respectively, while T<E T="52">−1</E> represents the preceding interest payment date before the issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>j</I> = an index that identifies days between consecutive interest payment dates.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">i</E> = the i
<SU>th</SU> remaining quarterly interest payment date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">i</E> − T<E T="52">i−1</E> = the number of days between the interest payment date T<E T="52">i</E> and the preceding interest payment date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="54">N</E> = the maturity date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>r</I><E T="52">j</E>'s = the effective index rates for days between the last interest payment date and the reopening issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>r</I> = the index rate applicable to the reopening issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>s</I> = the spread.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>m</I> = the discount margin.


</FP-2>
<P>C. Pricing and accrued interest for reopened floating rate notes
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<img src="/graphics/er26se13.512.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er26se13.101.gif"/>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>The purpose of this example is to determine the floating rate note prices with and without accrued interest at the time of the reopening auction. For a two-year floating rate note that was originally auctioned on July 25, 2012, with an issue date of July 31, 2012, reopened in an auction on August 30, 2012 and issued on August 31, 2012, with a maturity date of July 31, 2014, solve for accrued interest per 100 (AI), the price with accrued interest per 100 (P<E T="52">D</E>) and the price without accrued interest per 100 (P<E T="52">C</E>). Since this is a reopening of an original issue from the prior month, Table 2 as shown in the example is used for accrued interest calculations. In the case of floating rate note reopenings, the spread on the security remains equal to the spread that was established at the original auction of the floating rate notes.
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">−1</E> = July 31, 2012.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">0</E> = August 31, 2012.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>N = 8.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="54">N</E> = July 31, 2014.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>r</I> = 0.105027876%.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>s</I> = 0.120%.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>m</I> = 0.100%.
</FP-2>
<P>The following table shows the past results for the 13-week bill auction.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—13-Week Bill Auction Data
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maturity date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction
<br/>clearing
<br/>price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction
<br/>high rate
<br/>(percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Index rate
<br/>(percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7/23/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/26/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10/25/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.975986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095022819
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7/30/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/2/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/1/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.972194</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110030595
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/6/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/9/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/8/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.974722</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100025284
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/13/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/16/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/15/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.972194</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110030595
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/20/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/23/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/23/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.973167</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105028183
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/27/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/30/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/29/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.973458</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105027876</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.007.gif"/>
<P>The following table shows the index rates applicable for the accrued interest.

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Applicable Index Rate
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Accrual starts
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Accrual ends
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Number of days in accrual period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Applicable floating rate
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Index rate
<br/>(percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/23/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095022819
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/1/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/6/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/30/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110030595
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/7/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/13/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/6/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100025284
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/14/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/20/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/13/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110030595
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/21/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/27/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/20/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105028183
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/28/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/30/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/27/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105027876</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Computing the Accrued Interest
</HD2>
<P>The accrued interest as of the new issue date (8/31/2012) for a $100 par value is:
</P>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 1 × 100 × max (0.00095022819 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 6 × 100 × max (0.00110030595 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 100 × max (0.00100025284 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 100 × max (0.00110030595 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 100 × max (0.00105028183 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 3 × 100 × max (0.00105027876 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 1 × 0.000597286
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 6 × 0.000638974
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 0.000611181
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 0.000638974
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 0.000625078
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 3 × 0.000625077
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 0.000597286 + 0.003833844 + 0.004278267 + 0.004472818 + 0.004375546 + 0.001875231
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 0.019432992 = $0.019433
</FP-2>
<HD2>Computing the Projected Cash Flows
</HD2>
<P>The following table presents the future interest payment dates and the number of days between them.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Payment Dates
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Days between dates
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Original Issue Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">−1</E> = 7/31/2012
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New Issue Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 8/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">−1</E> = 31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1st Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 10/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2nd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 1/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3rd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 4/30/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 7/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 10/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 1/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 4/30/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8th Interest &amp; Maturity Dates: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> = 7/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 92</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>Let
</FP>
<FP-2><I>a</I><E T="52">i</E> = 100 × max(<I>r</I> + <I>s</I>, 0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP>and
</FP>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="54">i</E> = <I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> × (<I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E>) + 100 × 1<E T="52">{</E><E T="54">i</E><E T="52"> = 8}</E>
</FP-2>
<P><I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the daily projected interest, for a $100 par value, that will accrue between the future interest payment dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="52">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2,...,8. <I>a</I><E T="54">i</E>'s are computed using the spread <I>s</I> = 0.120% obtained at the original auction, and the fixed index rate of <I>r</I> = 0.105027876% applicable to the new issue date (8/31/2012). For example:
</P>
<FP-2><I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> = 100 × max(0.00105027876 + 0.00120,0)/360 = 0.000625077
</FP-2>
<P><I>A</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the projected cash flow the floating rate note holder will receive, less accrued interest, for a $100 par value, at the future interest payment date <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2,...,8. <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">-</E><E T="52">1</E> is the number of days between the future interest payment dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>. To account for the payback of the par value, the variable 1<E T="52">{</E><E T="54">i</E><E T="52"> = 8}</E> takes the value 1 if the payment date is the maturity date, or 0 otherwise. For example:
</P>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="54">1</E> = 61 × 0.000625077 = 0.038129697
</FP-2>
<P>and
</P>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="54">8</E> = 92 × 0.000625077 + 100 = 100.057507084
</FP-2>
<P>Let
</P>
<FP-2><I>B</I><E T="54">i</E> = 1 + (<I>r</I> + <I>m</I>) × (<I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">-1</E>)/360
</FP-2>
<P><I>B</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the projected compound factor between the future dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2,...,8. All <I>B</I><E T="54">i</E>'s are computed using the discount margin <I>m</I> = 0.100% obtained at the reopening auction, and the fixed index rate of <I>r</I> = 0.105027876% applicable to the new issue date (8/31/2012). For example:
</P>
<FP-2><I>B</I><E T="54">3</E> = 1 + (0.00105027876 + 0.00100) × 89/360 = 1.000506874
</FP-2>
<P>The following table shows the projected daily accrued interests for $100 par value (<I>a</I><E T="54">i</E>'s), cash flows at interest payment dates (<I>A</I><E T="54">i</E>'s), and the compound factors between payment dates (<I>B</I><E T="54">i</E>'s).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4—Projected Cash Flows and Compound Factors
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">a</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">A</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">B</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000625077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.038129697</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000347408
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000625077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057507084</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000523960
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000625077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.055631853</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000506874
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000625077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057507084</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000523960
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000625077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057507084</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000523960
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000625077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057507084</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000523960
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000625077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.055631853</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000506874
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000625077</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.057507084</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000523960</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Computing the Price
</HD2>
<P>The price with accrued interest is computed as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.008.gif"/>
<P>D. For calculating interest payments:
</P>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>For a new issue of a two-year floating rate note auctioned on July 25, 2012, and issued on July 31, 2012, with a maturity date of July 31, 2014, and a first interest payment date of October 31, 2012, calculate the quarterly interest payments (IP<E T="54">i</E>) per 100. In a new issuance (not a reopening) of a new floating rate note, the discount margin determined at auction will be equal to the spread. The interest accrual rate used for this floating rate note on the issue date is 0.215022819% (index rate of 0.095022819% plus a spread of 0.120%) and this rate is used for each daily interest accrual over the life of the security for the purposes of this example.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er01jy16.004.gif"/>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1:</HED><PSPACE>Projected interest payment as of the original issue date.
</PSPACE>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">0</E> = July 31, 2012.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>N = 8.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="54">N</E> = July 31, 2014.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 0.095022819%.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 0.120%.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m = 0.120%.</FP-2></EXAMPLE>
<P>As of the issue date the latest 13-week bill, auctioned at least two days prior, has the following information:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—13-Week Bill Auction Data
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maturity date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction
<br/>clearing price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction high rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Index rate
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7/23/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">7/26/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">10/25/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">99.975986</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095%</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095022819%</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.011.gif"/>
<HD2>Computing the Projected Cash Flows
</HD2>
<P>The following table presents the future interest payment dates and the number of days between them.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Payment Dates
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Days between dates
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Issue Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 7/31/2012
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1st Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 10/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2nd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 1/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3rd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 4/30/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 7/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 10/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 1/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 4/30/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8th Interest &amp; Maturity Dates: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> = 7/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 92</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Using the spread <I>s</I> = 0.120%, and the fixed index rate of <I>r</I> = 0.095022819% applicable to the issue date (7/31/2012), the first and seventh projected interest payments are computed as follows:
</P>
<FP-2><I>IP</I><E T="52">1</E> = 92 × [100 × max(0.00095022819 + 0.00120,0)/360]
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>IP</I><E T="52">1</E> = 92 × 0.000597286 = 0.054950312
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>IP</I><E T="52">7</E> = 89 × [100 × max(0.00095022819 + 0.00120,0)/360]
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>IP</I><E T="52">7</E> = 89 × 0.000597286 = 0.053158454
</FP-2>
<P>The following table shows all projected interest payments as of the issue date.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Projected Interest Payments
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">IP</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/30/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.053158454
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/30/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.053158454
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054950312</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2:</HED><PSPACE>Projected interest payment as of the reopening issue date (intermediate values, including rates in percentage terms, are rounded to nine decimal places).
</PSPACE><P>This example demonstrates the calculations required to determine the interest payment due when the reopened floating rate note is issued. This example also demonstrates the need to calculate accrued interest at the time of a floating rate reopening auction. Since this is a reopening of an original issue from 31 days prior, Table 5 as shown in the example is used for accrued interest calculations. For a two-year floating rate note originally auctioned on July 25, 2012 with an original issue date of July 31, 2012, reopened by an auction on August 30, 2012 and issued on August 31, 2012, with a maturity date of July 31, 2014, calculate the quarterly interest payments (IP<E T="52">I</E>) per 100. T<E T="52">−1</E> is the dated date if the reopening occurs before the first interest payment date, or otherwise the latest interest payment date prior to the new issue date.</P></EXAMPLE>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">−1</E> = July 31, 2012.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">0</E> = August 31, 2012.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>N = 8.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="54">N</E> = July 31, 2014.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 0.105027876%.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = 0.120%.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m = 0.100%.
</FP-2>
<P>The following table shows the past results for the 13-week bill auction.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4—13-Week Bill Auction Data
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maturity date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction
<br/>clearing price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction
<br/>high rate
<br/>(percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Index rate
<br/>(percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7/23/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/26/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10/25/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.975986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095022819
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7/30/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/2/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/1/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.972194</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110030595
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/6/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/9/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/8/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.974722</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100025284
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/13/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/16/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/15/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.972194</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110030595
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/20/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/23/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/23/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.973167</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105028183
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/27/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/30/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/29/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.973458</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105027876</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.012.gif"/>
<P>The following table shows the index rates applicable for the accrued interest.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5—Applicable Index Rate
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Accrual starts
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Accrual ends
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Number of days in
<br/>accrual period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Applicable floating rate
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Index rate
<br/>(percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/23/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095022819
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/1/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/6/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/30/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110030595
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/7/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/13/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/6/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100025284
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/14/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/20/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/13/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.110030595
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/21/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/27/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/20/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105028183
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8/28/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/30/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/27/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.105027876</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Computing the accrued interest
</HD2>
<P>The accrued interest as of 8/31/2012 for a $100 par value is:
</P>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 1 × 100 × max (0.00095022819 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 6 × 100 × max (0.00110030595 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 100 × max (0.00100025284 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 100 × max (0.00110030595 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 100 × max (0.00105028183 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 3 × 100 × max (0.00105027876 + 0.00120,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 1 × 0.000597286
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 6 × 0.000638974
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 0.000611181
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 0.000638974
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 7 × 0.000625078
</FP-2>
<FP-2> + 3 × 0.000625077
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 0.000597286 + 0.003833844 + 0.004278267 + 0.004472818 + 0.004375546 + 0.001875231
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 0.019432992 = $0.019433
</FP-2>
<P>The following table presents the future interest payment dates and the number of days between them.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6—Payment Dates
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Days between dates
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Original Issue Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">−</E><E T="52">1</E> = 7/31/2012
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New Issue Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 8/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="54">0</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">−1</E> = 31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1st Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 10/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2nd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 1/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3rd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 4/30/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 7/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 10/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 1/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 4/30/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8th Interest &amp; Maturity Dates: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> = 7/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 92</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Using the original spread <I>s</I> = 0.120% (obtained on 7/25/2012), and the fixed index rate of <I>r</I> = 0.105027876% applicable to the new issue date (8/31/2012), the first and eighth projected interest payments are computed as follows:
</P>
<FP-2><I>IP</I><E T="52">1</E> = 0.019432992 + 61 × [100 × max (0.00105027876 + 0.00120,0)/360]
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>IP</I><E T="52">1</E> = 0.019432992 + 61 × 0.000625077
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>IP</I><E T="52">1</E> = 0.019432992 + 0.038129697 = 0.057562689
</FP-2>
<FP>and
</FP>
<FP-2><I>IP</I><E T="52">8</E> = 92 × [100 × max (0.00105027876 + 0.00120,0)/360]
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>IP</I><E T="52">8</E> = 92 × 0.000625077 = 0.057507084
</FP-2>
<P>The following table shows all projected interest payments as of the new issue date.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 7—Projected Interest Payments
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">IP</E><E T="52">i</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057562689
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057507084
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/30/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.055631853
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057507084
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057507084
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057507084
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/30/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.055631853
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/31/2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.057507084</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Definitions for Newly Issued Floating Rate Notes with an Issue Date that Occurs after the Dated Date
</HD2>
<FP-2><I>P</I><E T="54">D</E> = the price that includes accrued interest from the dated date to the issue date per $100 par value as of the issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = the accrued interest per $100 par value as of the issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>P</I><E T="54">C</E> = the price without accrued interest per $100 par value as of the issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>T</I><E T="52">−1</E> = the dated date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>T</I><E T="52">0</E> = the issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>N</I> = the total number of remaining quarterly interest payments as of the new issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>i</I> and <I>k</I> = indexes that identify the sequence of interest payment dates.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>j</I> = an index that identifies days between the dated date and the issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>T</I><E T="52">i</E> = the <I>i</I><E T="53">th</E> quarterly future interest payment date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>T</I><E T="52">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="52">i−1</E> = the number of days between the interest payment date <I>T</I><E T="52">i</E> and the preceding interest payment date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>T</I><E T="54">N</E> = the maturity date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>r</I><E T="54">j</E>'s = the effective index rates for days between the dated date and the issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>r</I> = the index rate applicable to the issue date.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>s</I> = the spread.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>m</I> = the discount margin.
</FP-2>
<P>E. Pricing and accrued interest for new issue floating rate notes with an issue date that occurs after the dated date
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<img src="/graphics/er26se13.513.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er26se13.514.gif"/>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>The purpose of this example is to demonstrate how a floating rate note can have a price without accrued interest of less than $100 par value when the issue date occurs after the dated date. An original issue two-year floating rate note is auctioned on December 29, 2011, with a dated date of December 31, 2011, an issue date of January 3, 2012, and a maturity date of December 31, 2013.
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>Dated date = 12/31/2011.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Issue date = 1/3/2012.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Maturity date = 12/31/2013.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Spread = 1.000% at auction.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Discount margin = 1.000%.
</FP-2>
<P>As of the issue date the latest 13-week bill, auctioned at least two days prior, has the following information:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—13-WEEK BILL AUCTION DATA
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Issue date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maturity date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction
<br/>clearing price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction high rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Index rate
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12/27/2011</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">12/29/2011</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3/29/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">99.993681</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.025%</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.025001580%</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.014.gif"/>
<P>The following table shows the index rates applicable for the accrued interest.

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Applicable Index Rate
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Accrual starts
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Accrual ends
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Number of days in
<br/>accrual period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Applicable floating rate
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Auction date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Index rate
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12/31/2011</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">12/27/2011</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.025001580%</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Computing the accrued interest
</HD2>
<P>The accrued interest as of the new issue date (1/3/2012) for a $100 par value is:
</P>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 3 × 100 × max (0.00025001580 + 0.01000,0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 3 × 0.002847227
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>AI</I> = 0.008541681 = $0.008542
</FP-2>
<HD2>Computing the Projected Cash Flows
</HD2>
<P>The following table presents the future interest payment dates and the number of days between them.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Payment Dates
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Days between dates
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dated Date: = <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">−1</E> = 12/31/2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Issue Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 1/3/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">−1</E> = 3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1st Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 3/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">0</E> = 88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2nd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 6/30/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">1</E> = 91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3rd Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 9/30/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">2</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 12/31/2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">3</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 3/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">4</E> = 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 6/30/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">5</E> = 91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7th Interest Date: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 9/30/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">6</E> = 92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8th Interest &amp; Maturity Dates: <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> = 12/31/2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">T</E><E T="52">8</E> − <E T="03">T</E><E T="52">7</E> = 92</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>Let
</FP>
<FP-2><I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> = 100 × max(<I>r</I> + <I>s</I>, 0)/360
</FP-2>
<FP>and
</FP>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="54">i</E> = <I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> × (<I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E>) + 100 × 1<E T="52">{</E><E T="54">i</E><E T="52"> = 8}</E>
</FP-2>
<P><I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the daily projected interest, for a $100 par value, that will accrue between the future interest payment dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2,...,8. <I>a</I><E T="54">i</E>'s are computed using the spread <I>s</I> = 1.000% obtained at the auction, and the fixed index rate of <I>r</I> = 0.025001580% applicable to the issue date (1/3/2012). For example:
</P>
<FP-2><I>a</I><E T="52">1</E> = 100 × max(0.00025001580 + 0.01000,0)/360 = 0.002847227
</FP-2>
<P><I>A</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the projected cash flow the floating rate note holder will receive, less accrued interest, for a $100 par value, at the future interest payment date <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2,...,8. <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> is the number of days between the future interest payment dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">-1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>. To account for the payback of the par value, the variable 1<E T="52">{</E><E T="54">i</E><E T="52"> = 8}</E> takes the value 1 if the payment date is the maturity date, or 0 otherwise. For example:
</P>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="52">1</E> = 88 × 0.002847227 = 0.250555976
</FP-2>
<FP>and
</FP>
<FP-2><I>A</I><E T="52">8</E> = 92 × 0.002847227 + 100 = 100.261944884
</FP-2>
<FP>Let
</FP>
<FP-2><I>B</I><E T="54">i</E> = 1 + (<I>r</I> + <I>m</I>) × (T<E T="54">i</E> − <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E>)/360
</FP-2>
<P><I>B</I><E T="54">i</E> represents the projected compound factor between the future dates <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E><E T="52">−1</E> and <I>T</I><E T="54">i</E>, where <I>i</I> = 1,2,...,8. All <I>B</I><E T="54">i</E>'s are computed using the discount margin <I>m</I> = 1.000% (equals the spread obtained at the auction), and the fixed index rate of <I>r</I> = 0.025001580% applicable to the issue date (1/3/2012). For example:
</P>
<FP-2><I>B</I><E T="52">3</E> = 1 + (0.00025001580 + 0.01000) × 92/360 = 1.002619448
</FP-2>
<P>The following table shows the projected daily accrued interests for $100 par value (<I>a</I><E T="54">i</E> 's), cash flows at interest payment dates (<I>A</I><E T="54">i</E> 's), and the compound factors between payment dates (<I>B</I><E T="54">i</E>'s).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4—Projected Cash Flows and Compound Factors
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">a</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">A</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">B</E><E T="54">i</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.002847227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.250555976</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.002505559
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.002847227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.259097657</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.002590976
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.002847227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.261944884</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.002619448
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.002847227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.261944884</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.002619448
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.002847227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.256250430</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.002562504
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.002847227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.259097657</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.002590976
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.002847227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.261944884</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.002619448
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.002847227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.261944884</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.002619448</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Computing the price
</HD2>
<P>The price with accrued interest is computed as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy13.015.gif"/>
<HD1>V. Computation of Adjusted Values and Payment Amounts for Stripped Inflation-Protected Interest Components 
</HD1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Valuing an interest component stripped from an inflation-protected security at its adjusted value enables this interest component to be interchangeable (fungible) with other interest components that have the same maturity date, regardless of the underlying inflation-protected security from which the interest components were stripped. The adjusted value provides for fungibility of these various interest components when buying, selling, or transferring them or when reconstituting an inflation-protected security.</P></NOTE>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>c = C/100 = the regular annual interest rate, payable semiannually, e.g., .03625 (the decimal equivalent of a 3
<FR>5/8</FR>% interest rate) 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Par = par amount of the security to be stripped 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E> = reference CPI for the original issue date (or dated date, when the dated date is different from the original issue date) of the underlying (unstripped) security 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E> = reference CPI for the maturity date of the interest component 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>AV = adjusted value of the interest component 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>PA = payment amount at maturity by Treasury
</FP-2>
<FP>Formulas:
</FP>
<FP-2>AV = Par(C/2)(100/Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E>) (rounded to 2 decimals with no intermediate rounding) 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>PA = AV(Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E>/100) (rounded to 2 decimals with no intermediate rounding)
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<FP-2>A 10-year inflation-protected note paying 3
<FR>7/8</FR>% interest was issued on January 15, 1999, with the second interest payment on January 15, 2000. The Ref CPI of January 15, 1999 (Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E>) was 164.00000, and the Ref CPI on January 15, 2000 (Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E>) was 168.24516. Calculate the adjusted value and the payment amount at maturity of the interest component.
</FP-2>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>c = .03875 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Par = $1,000,000 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">IssueDate</E> = 164.00000 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Ref CPI<E T="52">Date</E> = 168.24516
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<FP-2>For a par amount of $1 million, the adjusted value of each stripped interest component was $1,000,000(.03875/2)(100/164.00000), or $11,814.02 (no intermediate rounding).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>For an interest component that matured on January 15, 2000, the payment amount was $11,814.02 (168.24516/100), or $19,876.52 (no intermediate rounding).


</FP-2>
<HD1>VI. Computation of Purchase Price, Discount Rate, and Investment Rate (Coupon-Equivalent Yield) for Treasury Bills 
</HD1>
<P>A. <I>Conversion of the discount rate to a purchase price for Treasury bills of all maturities:</I>
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<FP-2>P = 100 (1 − dr / 360).
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>d = discount rate, in decimals.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = number of days remaining to maturity.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = price per 100 (dollars).
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>For a bill issued November 24, 1989, due February 22, 1990, at a discount rate of 7.610%, solve for price per 100 (P).
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>d = .07610.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 90 (November 24, 1989 to February 22, 1990).
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<FP-2>P = 100 (1 − dr / 360).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(1) P = 100 [1 − (.07610)(90) / 360].
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) P = 100 (1 − .019025).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) P = 100 (.980975).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) P = 98.097500.
</FP-2>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Purchase prices per $100 are rounded to six decimal places, using normal rounding procedures.</P></NOTE>
<P>B. <I>Computation of purchase prices and discount amounts based on price per $100, for Treasury bills of all maturities:</I>
</P>
<P>1. To determine the purchase price of any bill, divide the par amount by 100 and multiply the resulting quotient by the price per $100.
</P>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>To compute the purchase price of a $10,000 13-week bill sold at a price of $98.098000 per $100, divide the par amount ($10,000) by 100 to obtain the multiple (100). That multiple times 98.098000 results in a purchase price of $9,809.80.
</P>
<P>2. To determine the discount amount for any bill, subtract the purchase price from the par amount of the bill.
</P>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>For a $10,000 bill with a purchase price of $9,809.80, the discount amount would be $190.20, or $10,000 − $9,809.80.
</P>
<P>C. <I>Conversion of prices to discount rates for Treasury bills of all maturities:</I> 
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="22" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.009.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>P = price per 100 (dollars).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = discount rate.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = number of days remaining to maturity. 
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>For a 26-week bill issued December 30, 1982, due June 30, 1983, with a price of $95.934567, solve for the discount rate (d). 
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>P = 95.934567.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 182 (December 30, 1982, to June 30, 1983). 
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="46" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.010.gif"/></MATH>
<FP-2>(2) d = [.04065433 × 1.978021978].
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) d = .080415158.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) d = 8.042%.
</FP-2>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Prior to April 18, 1983, we sold all bills in price-basis auctions, in which discount rates calculated from prices were rounded to three places, using normal rounding procedures. Since that time, we have sold bills only on a discount rate basis.</P></NOTE>
<P>D. <I>Calculation of investment rate (coupon-equivalent yield) for Treasury bills:</I>
</P>
<P>1. <I>For bills of not more than one half-year to maturity:</I>
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="22" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.011.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>Where: 
</FP>
<FP-2>i = investment rate, in decimals.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = price per 100 (dollars).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = number of days remaining to maturity.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = number of days in year following the issue date; normally 365, but if the period from the issue date to the same date 1 year ahead contains February 29, then y is 366. (e.g., 2020 is a leap year. Suppose the issue date for a 26-week bill is February 28, 2019. The date 1 year ahead is February 28, 2020. That 1-year period from the issue date of the bill does not contain “February 29,” therefore y = 365. Now suppose the issue date of a 26-week bill is March 1, 2019. The date 1 year ahead is March 1, 2020. That 1-year period from the issue date of the bill contains “February 29,” therefore y = 366.)
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>For a cash management bill issued June 1, 1990, due June 21, 1990, with a price of $99.559444 (computed from a discount rate of 7.930%), solve for the investment rate (i). 
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>P = 99.559444.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = 20 (June 1, 1990, to June 21, 1990).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = 365.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="46" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.012.gif"/></MATH>
<FP-2>(2) i = [.004425 × 18.25].
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) i = .080756.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) i = 8.076%.
</FP-2>
<P>2. For bills of more than one half-year to maturity: 
</P>
<FP>Formula:
</FP>
<FP-2>P [1 + (r − y/2)(i/y)] (1 + i/2) = 100.
</FP-2>
<P>This formula must be solved by using the quadratic equation, which is:
</P>
<FP-2>ax 
<SU>2</SU> + bx + c = 0. 
</FP-2>
<P>Therefore, rewriting the bill formula in the quadratic equation form gives:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="25" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.013.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>and solving for “i” produces:
</FP>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="25" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.014.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>i = investment rate in decimals.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>b = r/y.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a = (r/2y) − .25.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>c = (P−100)/P.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = price per 100 (dollars).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = number of days remaining to maturity.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = number of days in year following the issue date; normally 365, but if the period from the issue date to the same date 1 year ahead contains February 29, then y is 366. (e.g., 2020 is a leap year. Suppose the issue date for a 26-week bill is February 28, 2019. The date 1 year ahead is February 28, 2020. That 1-year period from the issue date of the bill does not contain “February 29,” therefore y = 365. Now suppose the issue date of a 26-week bill is March 1, 2019. The date 1 year ahead is March 1, 2020. That 1-year period from the issue date of the bill contains “February 29,” therefore y = 366.)
</FP-2>
<FP>Example:
</FP>
<P>For a 52-week bill issued June 7, 1990, due June 6, 1991, with a price of $92.265000 (computed from a discount rate of 7.65%), solve for the investment rate (i). 
</P>
<FP>Definitions:
</FP>
<FP-2>r = 364 (June 7, 1990, to June 6, 1991).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = 365.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = 92.265000.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>b = 364 / 365, or .997260274.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a = (364 / 730) − .25, or .248630137.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>c = (92.265 − 100) / 92.265, or −.083834607.
</FP-2>
<FP>Resolution:
</FP>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="50" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02se04.015.gif"/></MATH>
<FP-2>(3) i = (−.997260274 + 1.038221216) / .497260274.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) i = .040960942 / .497260274.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(5) i = .082373244 or 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(6) i = 8.237%.
</FP-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 69 FR 52967, Aug. 30, 2004; 69 FR 53622, Sept. 2, 2004; 73 FR 14939, Mar. 20, 2008; 78 FR 46428, 46430, July 31, 2013; 78 FR 50335, Aug. 19, 2013; 78 FR 52857, Aug. 27, 2013; 78 FR 59228-59230, Sept. 26, 2013; 81 FR 43070, July 1, 2016; 87 FR 40440, July 7, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.6.17.1.14" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 356—Investment Considerations 
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. Inflation-Protected Securities 
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Principal and Interest Variability
</HD2>
<P>An investment in securities with principal or interest determined by reference to an inflation index involves factors not associated with an investment in a non-indexed security. Such factors include the possibility that:
</P>
<P>• The inflation index may be subject to significant changes,
</P>
<P>• changes in the index may or may not correlate to changes in interest rates generally or with changes in other indices,
</P>
<P>• the resulting interest may be greater or less than that payable on other securities of similar maturities, and
</P>
<P>• in the event of sustained deflation, the amount of the semiannual interest payments, the inflation-adjusted principal of the security, and the value of stripped components will decrease. However, if at maturity the inflation-adjusted principal is less than a security's par amount, we will pay an additional amount so that the additional amount plus the inflation-adjusted principal equals the par amount. Regardless of whether or not we pay such an additional amount, we will always base interest payments on the inflation-adjusted principal as of the interest payment date. If a security has been stripped, we will pay any such additional amount at maturity to holders of principal components only. (See § 356.30.) 
</P>
<HD2>B. Trading in the Secondary Market
</HD2>
<P>The Treasury securities market is the largest and most liquid securities market in the world. The market for Treasury inflation-protected securities, however, may not be as active or liquid as the market for Treasury non-indexed securities. In addition, Treasury inflation-protected securities may not be as widely traded or as well understood as Treasury non-indexed securities. Lesser liquidity and fewer market participants may result in larger spreads between bid and asked prices for inflation-protected securities than the bid-asked spreads for non-indexed securities with the same time to maturity. Larger bid-asked spreads normally result in higher transaction costs and/or lower overall returns. The liquidity of an inflation-protected security may be enhanced over time as we issue additional amounts or more entities participate in the market.
</P>
<HD2>C. Tax Considerations
</HD2>
<P>Treasury inflation-protected securities and the stripped interest and principal components of these securities are subject to specific tax rules provided by Treasury regulations issued under sections 1275(d) and 1286 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
</P>
<HD2>D. Indexing Issues
</HD2>
<P>While the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) measures changes in prices for goods and services, movements in the CPI that have occurred in the past do not necessarily indicate changes that may occur in the future.
</P>
<P>The calculation of the index ratio incorporates an approximate three-month lag, which may have an impact on the trading price of the securities, particularly during periods of significant, rapid changes in the index.
</P>
<P>The CPI is reported by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, a bureau within the Department of Labor. The Bureau of Labor Statistics operates independently of Treasury and, therefore, we have no control over the determination, calculation, or publication of the index. For a discussion of how we will apply the CPI in various situations, see appendix B, section I, paragraph B of this part. In addition, for a discussion of actions that we would take in the event the CPI is: discontinued; in the judgment of the Secretary, fundamentally altered in a manner materially adverse to the interests of an investor in the security; or, in the judgment of the Secretary, altered by legislation or Executive Order in a manner materially adverse to the interests of an investor in the security, see appendix B, section I, paragraph B.4 of this part.
</P>
<HD1>II. Floating Rate Notes
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Interest Variability
</HD2>
<P>An investment in securities with interest determined by reference to a 13-week Treasury bill index involves risks not associated with an investment in a fixed interest rate security. Such risks include the possibility that:
</P>
<P>• Changes in the index may or may not correlate to changes in interest rates generally or with changes in other indexes;
</P>
<P>• any given interest payment may be more or less than the amount paid on prior interest payment dates;
</P>
<P>• the resulting interest payments may be greater or less than those payable on other securities of similar maturities, and
</P>
<P>• in the event of sustained falling interest rates, the amount of the quarterly interest payments will decrease.
</P>
<HD2>B. Trading in the Secondary Market
</HD2>
<P>The Treasury securities market is the largest and most liquid securities market in the world. The market for Treasury floating rate notes, however, may not be as active or liquid as the market for Treasury non-indexed securities or Treasury inflation-protected securities. In addition, Treasury floating rate notes may not be as widely traded or as well understood as these other types of Treasury marketable securities. Prices for floating rate notes may not fluctuate in reaction to interest rate movements in the same manner as other Treasury securities. Lesser liquidity and fewer market participants may result in larger spreads between bid and asked prices for Treasury floating rate notes than the bid-asked spreads for other Treasury marketable securities with the same time to maturity. Larger bid-asked spreads normally result in higher transaction costs and/or lower overall returns. The liquidity of a Treasury floating rate note may be enhanced over time as we issue additional amounts or more entities participate in the market.
</P>
<HD2>C. Tax Considerations
</HD2>
<P>Treasury floating rate notes are subject to specific tax rules provided by Treasury regulations issued under section 1275(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
</P>
<HD2>D. Indexing Issues
</HD2>
<P>The Bureau of the Fiscal Service publishes the High Rate immediately following a 13-week bill auction as part of the auction results. The 13-week bill is generally auctioned once per week. Treasury retains the flexibility to increase or decrease the frequency of 13-week bill auctions, which would affect the frequency of index rate resets. The High Rate is subject to various interest rate and market environments over which Treasury has no control. For a discussion of actions that Treasury would take in the event auctions of 13-week bills are discontinued or delayed, see appendix B, section I, paragraph C.4 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 78 FR 46428, 46444, July 31, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.53.6.17.1.15" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 356—Description of the Indexes
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. Consumer Price Index
</HD1>
<P>The Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) for purposes of inflation-protected securities is the non-seasonally adjusted U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers. It is published monthly by the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), a bureau within the Department of Labor. The CPI is a measure of the average change in consumer prices over time in a fixed market basket of goods and services. This market basket includes food, clothing, shelter, fuels, transportation, charges for doctors' and dentists' services, and drugs.
</P>
<P>In calculating the index, price changes for the various items are averaged together with weights that represent their importance in the spending of urban households in the United States. The BLS periodically updates the contents of the market basket of goods and services, and the weights assigned to the various items, to take into account changes in consumer expenditure patterns.
</P>
<P>The CPI is expressed in relative terms in relation to a time base reference period for which the level is set at 100. For example, if the CPI for the 1982-84 reference period is 100.0, an increase of 16.5 percent from that period would be shown as 116.5. The CPI for a particular month is released and published during the following month. From time to time, the CPI is rebased to a more recent base reference period. We provide the base reference period for a particular inflation-protected security on the auction announcement for that security.
</P>
<P>Further details about the CPI may be obtained by contacting the BLS.
</P>
<HD1>II. Floating Rate Note Index
</HD1>
<P>The floating rate note index is the 13-week Treasury bill auction High Rate (stop out rate), and converted to the simple-interest money market yield computed on an actual/360 basis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 45202, July 28, 2004, as amended at 78 FR 46444, July 31, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="357" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 357—REGULATIONS GOVERNING BOOK-ENTRY TREASURY BONDS, NOTES AND BILLS HELD IN TREASURY/RESERVE AUTOMATED DEBT ENTRY SYSTEM (TRADES) AND LEGACY TREASURY DIRECT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. chapter 31; 5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 357 appear at 70 FR 57431, Sept. 30, 2005.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.0   Book-entry systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Treasury securities.</I> Treasury securities are maintained in one of the following book-entry systems:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commercial book-entry system.</I> The commercial book-entry system is the book-entry system in which Treasury securities are held in a tiered system through securities intermediaries such as financial institutions or brokerage firms. A Treasury security is maintained in the commercial book-entry system if it is credited by a Federal Reserve Bank to a Participant's Securities Account. The regulations governing the commercial book-entry system are found at subpart B of this part, and are referred to as Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System (TRADES).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Legacy Treasury Direct</I> ®. The Legacy Treasury Direct system is a non-Internet-based book-entry system maintained by Treasury for purchasing and holding marketable Treasury securities as book-entry products. A Treasury security is maintained in Legacy Treasury Direct if it is credited to a Legacy Treasury Direct account as described in § 357.20 of this part. Treasury securities are held directly by the Department of the Treasury in accounts maintained in the investor's name. A Legacy Treasury Direct account may be accessed through a designated Federal Reserve Bank or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. See subpart C of this part for rules pertaining to Legacy Treasury Direct.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>TreasuryDirect</I> ®. TreasuryDirect is a book-entry, online system maintained by the Department of the Treasury for purchasing and holding eligible marketable Treasury securities, United States Savings Bonds, and certificates of indebtedness in electronic form as a computer record on the books of Treasury. The regulations governing TreasuryDirect are found at 31 CFR part 363.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transferability between Legacy Treasury Direct and other systems.</I> A Treasury security maintained in Legacy Treasury Direct may be transferred to an account in TRADES or to an account in TreasuryDirect in accordance with § 357.22(a). Securities may not be transferred to Legacy Treasury Direct from other systems.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64278, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 57431, Sept. 30, 2005; 70 FR 57441, Sept. 30, 2005; 76 FR 18063, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.1   Effective date.</HEAD>
<P>Subpart B of this part, the definitions of <I>Adverse Claim, Book-entry Security, Entitlement Holder, Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circular, Funds Account, Issue, Participant, Participant's Securities Account, Person, Revised Article 8, Securities Intermediary, Security Entitlement, State,</I> and <I>Transfer Message</I> and revisions to the definitions of <I>Security</I> and <I>TRADES,</I> and §§ 357.42 and 357.44 and the revisions to § 357.41 are effective January 1, 1997. All other provisions in effect prior to January 1, 1997, remain in effect.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 43628, Aug. 23, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In this part, unless the context indicates otherwise:
</P>
<P><I>Adverse claim</I> means a claim that a claimant has a property interest in a Security and that it is a violation of the rights of the claimant for another Person to hold, transfer, or deal with the Security.
</P>
<P><I>Bill</I> means an obligation of the United States, with a term of not more than one year, issued at a discount, under chapter 31 of title 31 of the United States Code, in book-entry form.
</P>
<P><I>Bond</I> means an obligation of the United States, with a term of more than ten years, issued under chapter 31 of title 31 of the United States Code, in book-entry form.
</P>
<P><I>Book-entry security</I> means a Treasury security maintained as a computer record in the commercial book-entry system, Legacy Treasury Direct ®, or TreasuryDirect ®.
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which the Federal Reserve Banks are not open for business.
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the United States Department of the Treasury, and, where appropriate, the Federal Reserve Banks acting as fiscal agents of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Depository institution</I> means an entity described in section 19(b)(1)(A)(i)-(vi) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461(b)(1)(A)(i)-(vi). Under section 19(b) of the Federal Reserve Act, the term <I>depository institution</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Any insured bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813 or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under 12 U.S.C. 1815;
</P>
<P>(2) Any mutual savings bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813 or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under 12 U.S.C. 1815;
</P>
<P>(3) Any savings bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813 or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under 12 U.S.C. 1815;
</P>
<P>(4) Any insured credit union as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752 or any credit union which is eligible to make application to become an insured credit union under 12 U.S.C. 1781;
</P>
<P>(5) Any member as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1422; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any savings association (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813) which is an insured depository institution, as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1811, <I>et seq.,</I> or is eligible to apply to become an insured depository institution under such Act.
</P>
<P><I>Entitlement holder</I> means a Person to whose account an interest in a Book-entry Security is credited on the records of a Securities Intermediary.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Bank</I> or <I>Reserve Bank</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circular</I> means the publication issued by each Federal Reserve Bank that sets forth the terms and conditions under which the Reserve Bank maintains Book-entry Securities accounts and transfers Book-entry Securities.
</P>
<P><I>Financial institution</I> means, for purposes of direct deposit, an institution which has agreed to receive credit payments under 31 CFR part 210, as amended from time to time, and has not withdrawn its participation in a direct deposit program under part 210, or an institution which is willing to agree to receive credit payments under 31 CFR part 210 and has enrolled with its Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P><I>Funds account</I> means a reserve and/or clearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank to which debits or credits are posted for transfers against payment, book-entry securities transaction fees, or principal and interest payments.
</P>
<P><I>Incompetent</I> means an individual who is legally, medically or mentally incapable of handling his or her business affairs, except that a minor is not an incompetent solely because of age.
</P>
<P><I>Issue</I> means a group of securities, as defined in this section, that is identified by the same CUSIP (Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Practices) number.
</P>
<P><I>Legacy Treasury Direct</I> is the Legacy Treasury Direct Book-Entry Securities System.
</P>
<P><I>Maturity value</I> is the amount that the Department is obligated to pay when a security matures.
</P>
<P><I>Minor</I> means an individual who is under the age of majority, as determined by applicable state law.
</P>
<P><I>Note</I> means an obligation of the United States, with a term of at least one year, but of not more than ten years, issued under chapter 31 of title 31 of the United States Code, in book-entry form.
</P>
<P><I>Original issue</I> means Treasury's offering of a marketable Treasury security to the public and its issuance in book-entry form.
</P>
<P><I>Owner,</I> as used in subpart C, means the individual(s) or entity in whose name a security is registered. If a security is registered in more than one name, the term <I>owner</I> incudes all those whose names appear on the registration and are authorized by this part to make a transaction request on a security held in Legacy Treasury Direct.
</P>
<P><I>Participant</I> means a Person that maintains a Participant's Securities Account with a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P><I>Participant's Securities Account</I> means an account in the name of a Participant at a Federal Reserve Bank to which Book-entry Securities held for a Participant are or may be credited.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means and includes an individual, corporation, company, governmental entity, association, firm, partnership, trust, estate, representative and any other similar organization, but does not mean or include the United States or a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P><I>Redemption</I> means payment of a security at maturity, or pursuant to a call for redumption in accordance with the terms of a security.
</P>
<P><I>Representative</I> includes an executor, administrator, legal guardian, committee, conservator, and any similar person or entity appointed by a court to represent the estate of a decedent, minor, or incompetent, as well as a trustee, whether appointed by a court or otherwise.
</P>
<P><I>Revised Article 8</I> means Uniform Commercial Code, Revised Article 8, Investment Securities (with Conforming and Miscellaneous Amendments to Articles 1, 3, 4, 5, 9 and 10) 1994 Official Text. The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of Revised Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code in this part, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Revised Article 8 was adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners On Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. Copies of Revised Article 8 are available from the Executive Office of the American Law Institute, 4025 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104, and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws, 211 East Ontario Street, Suite 1300, Chicago, IL 60611. Copies are also available for public inspection at the Department of the Treasury Library, Room 1428, Main Treasury Building, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20220 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Revised Article 9</I> means Uniform Commercial Code, Revised Article 9, Secured Transactions (with conforming amendments to Articles 1, 2, 2A, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8), 1999 official text. The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of Revised Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in this part, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Revised Article 9 was approved by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners On Uniform State Laws in 1998. Copies of Revised Article 9 are available from the Executive Office of the American Law Institute, 4025 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104, and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws, 211 East Ontario Street, Suite 1300, Chicago, IL 60611. Copies are also available for public inspection at the Department of the Treasury Library, Room 1428, Main Treasury Building, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220,or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Securities Intermediary</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A Person that is registered as a “clearing agency” under the federal securities laws; a Federal Reserve Bank; any other person that provides clearance or settlement services with respect to a Book-entry Security that would require it to register as a clearing agency under the federal securities laws but for an exclusion or exemption from the registration requirement, if its activities as a clearing corporation, including promulgation of rules, are subject to regulation by a federal or state governmental authority; or
</P>
<P>(2) A Person (other than an individual, unless such individual is registered as a broker or dealer under the federal securities laws) including a bank or broker, that in the ordinary course of its business maintains securities accounts for others and is acting in that capacity.
</P>
<P><I>Security</I> means a bill, note, or bond, each as defined in this section. It also means any other obligation issued by the Department that, by the terms of the applicable offering circular or announcement, is made subject to this part. Solely for purposes of this part, it also means:
</P>
<P>(1) The interest and principal components of a security eligible for Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”), if such security has been divided into such components as authorized by the express terms of the offering circular under which the security was issued and the components are maintained separately on the books of one or more Federal Reserve Banks; and
</P>
<P>(2) The interest coupons that have been converted to book-entry form under the Treasury's Coupons Under Book-Entry Safekeeping Program (“CUBES”), pursuant to agreement and the regulations in 31 CFR part 358.
</P>
<P><I>Security Entitlement</I> means the rights and property interest of an Entitlement Holder with respect to a Book-entry Security.
</P>
<P><I>Signature guarantee program</I> means a signature guarantee program established in response to Rule 17 Ad-15 (17 CFR 240.17Ad-15), issued under authority of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For the purpose of the regulations in this part, the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP), and the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program (MSP) are recognized by Treasury as such signature guarantee programs.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, or any other territory or possession of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Taxpayer identifying number</I> or <I>TIN</I> means a social security account number or an employer identification number, as appropriate.
</P>
<P><I>TRADES</I> is the Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System, also referred to as the commercial book-entry system.
</P>
<P><I>Transaction request</I> means a request to effect a change in an account master record or securities portfolio maintained in Legacy Treasury Direct.
</P>
<P><I>Transaction request form</I> means a form or series of forms prescribed for use by the Department to request a transaction in Legacy Treasury Direct. (This term includes a document that the Department has determined contains all of the elements required by the transaction request form.)
</P>
<P><I>Transfer Message</I> means an instruction of a Participant to a Federal Reserve Bank to effect a transfer of a Book-entry Security maintained in TRADES, as set forth in Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circulars.
</P>
<P><I>Voluntary representative</I> means the person qualified by the Department of the Treasury to accept payment or direct distribution of a decedent's securities pursuant to § 357.28.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986, as amended at 59 FR 59038, Nov. 15, 1994. Redesignated and amended at 61 FR 43628, Aug. 23, 1996; 62 FR 18694, Apr. 16, 1997; 62 FR 33548, June 20, 1997; 67 FR 7079, Feb. 15, 2002; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 70 FR 57431, Sept. 30, 2005; 70 FR 57441, Sept. 30, 2005; 76 FR 18063, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System (TRADES)</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 7080, Feb. 15, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 357.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.10   Laws governing a Treasury book-entry security, TRADES, and security interests or entitlements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What law governs the rights and obligations of the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks; and the rights of any Person against the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks?</I> Except as we provide in paragraph (b) of this section, the following are governed solely by Treasury regulations, including the regulations of this part, the applicable offering circular (which is 31 CFR part 356, in the case of securities issued on and after March 1, 1993), the announcement of the offering, and Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circulars:
</P>
<P>(1) The rights and obligations of the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks with respect to a Book-entry Security or Security Entitlement and the operation of TRADES, and
</P>
<P>(2) The rights of any Person, including a Participant, against the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks with respect to a Book-entry Security or Security Entitlement and the operation of TRADES.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What law governs security interests in Security Entitlements that are not recorded on a Federal Reserve Bank's books?</I> See the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If a security interest in a security entitlement is—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">And it is—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then it is governed by—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank from a Participant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not recorded on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank pursuant to § 357.12(e)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the law (not including the conflict-of-law rules) of the jurisdiction where the head office of the Federal Reserve Bank maintaining the Participant's Securities Account is located.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank from a Person that is not a Participant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not recorded on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank pursuant to § 357.12(e)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the law determined in the manner specified in § 357.11.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>What law governs if the jurisdiction in paragraph (b)(1) of this section did not adopt Revised Article 8, or Revised Article 8 as amended by Revised Article 9 (both incorporated by reference, see Sec. 357.2)?</I> The law specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be the law of that State as though that State adopted Revised Article 8.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.11   Laws governing other interests in Treasury securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What does the law (not including the conflict-of-law rules) of a Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction govern?</I> To the extent not inconsistent with these regulations, the law (not including the conflict-of-law rules) of a Security Intermediary's jurisdiction governs the following:
</P>
<P>(1) When a Person acquires a Security Entitlement from the Securities Intermediary;
</P>
<P>(2) The rights and duties of the Securities Intermediary and Entitlement Holder that arise out of a Security Entitlement;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the Securities Intermediary owes any duties to an adverse claimant to a Security Entitlement;
</P>
<P>(4) Whether a Person may assert an Adverse Claim against a Person who acquires a Security Entitlement from the Securities Intermediary or against a Person who purchases a Security Entitlement or interest therein from an Entitlement Holder; and
</P>
<P>(5) The perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection and priority of a security interest in a Security Entitlement (except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of this section).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What is the “Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction” for purposes of this section?</I> See the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> If . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then the securities intermediary's jurisdiction is . . .
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) An agreement between the Securities Intermediary and its Entitlement Holder governing the securities account expressly provides that a particular jurisdiction is the Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction for purposes of Part 1 of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or the Uniform Commercial Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the jurisdiction agreed upon.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) An agreement between the Securities Intermediary and its Entitlement Holder governing the securities account expressly provides that it is governed by the law of a particular jurisdiction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the jurisdiction agreed upon.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) The statements in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this table do not apply, but the agreement expressly specifies that the securities account is maintained at an office in a particular jurisdiction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the jurisdiction where the office is located.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) The statements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this table do not apply and an account statement identifies the office serving the Entitlement Holder's account</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the jurisdiction where the office is located.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) None of the statements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this table apply</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">the jurisdiction in which the chief executive office of the Securities Intermediary is located.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>What law governs the perfection of a security interest automatically or by filing?</I> The law (but not the conflict-of-law rules) of the jurisdiction in which the Person creating a security interest is located governs whether and how the security interest may be perfected automatically or by filing a financing statement. (This is despite the general rule in (a)(5) of this section).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Where is a Person located, for purposes of paragraph (c) of this section?</I> A Person's location is determined under state law, including Revised Article 9 (incorporated by reference, see § 357.2), as it may be amended from time to time.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>What law governs if the jurisdiction in table (b) of this section did not adopt Revised Article 8 or Revised Article 8 as amended by Revised Article 9 (both incorporated by reference, see § 357.2)?</I> The law for the matters specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall be the law of that State as though the State adopted Revised Article 8.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>What other rules apply?</I> For purposes of the matters specified in paragraph (a) of this section, the Federal Reserve Bank maintaining the Securities Account is a clearing corporation and the Participant's interest in a Book-entry Security is a Security Entitlement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.12   A Participant's Security Entitlement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How is a Participant's Security Entitlement created?</I> A Federal Reserve Bank indicates by book entry that a Book-entry Security has been credited to a Participant's Securities Account.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What else do I need to know about a Participant's Security Entitlement?</I> See the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If a security interest in a security entitlement of a participant . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then . . .
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Meets all of the following criteria:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) is in favor of the United States
<br/>(ii) is marked on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank
<br/>(iii) is to secure deposits of public money (including without limitation deposits to the Treasury tax and loan accounts, or other security interested required by Federal statute, regulation, or agreement)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">it is created; it is perfected; and it has priority over any other interest in the securities.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>What is the effect of the marking of a security interest in favor of the United States in a Security Entitlement of a Participant on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank?</I> Where a security interest in favor of the United States in a Security Entitlement of a Participant is marked on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank, such Reserve Bank may rely, and is protected in relying, exclusively on the order of an authorized Representative of the United States directing the transfer of the Security.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Who is an authorized Representative of the United States, for purposes of paragraph (c) in this section?</I> The official designated in the applicable regulations or in an agreement to which a Federal Reserve Bank is a party, governing the security interest.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) <I>Must the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks agree to act on behalf of any Person or to recognize the interest of any transferee of a security interest or other limited interest in favor of any Person?</I> No, they need not agree to act or recognize any party's interest, except:
</P>
<P>(i) To the extent of any specific requirement of Federal law or regulation, or
</P>
<P>(ii) To the extent set forth in any specific agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank on whose books the interest of the Participant is recorded.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>May a security interest be created and perfected by a Federal Reserve Bank marking its books?</I> Yes, a security interest in a Security Entitlement that is in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank or a Person may be created and perfected by a Federal Reserve Bank marking its books to record the security interest to the extent required by law, regulation, or an agreement with a Federal Reserve Bank or the Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circular.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Does this security interest have priority over other interests?</I> A security interest in a Security Entitlement marked on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank has priority over any other interest in the securities, except a security in favor of the United States, as provided in table (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>In addition to the method provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, may a security interest, including a security interest in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank, be perfected in another way?</I> Yes, a security interest may be perfected by any method under applicable law as described in § 357.10(b) or § 357.11.
</P>
<P>(i) The applicable law governs the perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection and priority of a security interest.
</P>
<P>(ii) A security interest in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank shall be treated as a security interest in favor of a clearing corporation in all respects under that law.
</P>
<P>(iii) A Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circular shall be treated as a rule adopted by a clearing corporation for these purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.2.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.13   Obligations of the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks with respect to Book-entry Securities and security interests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Who is entitled to deal with an interest in a Book-entry Security that has been credited to a Participant's Security Account?</I> Except in the case of a security interest in favor of the United States or a Federal Reserve Bank or otherwise as provided in § 357.12 (e), for the purposes of this subpart B, the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks treat the Participant as exclusively entitled to perform the following functions, even if the Treasury or a Federal Reserve Bank has any information or notice to the contrary:
</P>
<P>(1) Issue a Transfer Message,
</P>
<P>(2) Receive interest and other payments with respect thereof, and
</P>
<P>(3) Exercise all the rights and powers with respect to the Security,
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Are the Federal Reserve Banks and Treasury liable for Adverse Claims?</I> The Federal Reserve Banks and Treasury are not liable to a Person asserting or having an Adverse Claim to a Security Entitlement or to a Book-entry Security in a Participant's Securities Account. This includes any such claim arising as a result of the transfer or disposition of a Book-entry Security by a Federal Reserve Bank, pursuant to a Transfer Message that the Federal Reserve Bank reasonably believes to be genuine.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When is the obligation of the United States to pay interest and principal with respect to Book-entry Securities discharged?</I> The obligation is discharged once payment is made as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal Reserve Bank credits the appropriate amount of interest on Book-entry Securities to a Funds Account maintained at the Bank, or pays it as directed by the Participant.
</P>
<P>(2) Book-entry Securities are redeemed according to their terms, a Federal Reserve Bank withdraws the securities from the Participant's Securities Account in which they are maintained, and either:
</P>
<P>(i) Credits the amount of the Redemption proceeds, including both principal and interest, where applicable, to a Funds Account at the Bank, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Pays such principal and interest as directed by the Participant.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>What does a Participant need to do in connection with the Redemption of a Book-entry Security?</I> No action by the Participant is required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.2.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.14   What authority does a Federal Reserve Bank have?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Federal Reserve Bank has the authority as fiscal agent of the United States to:
</P>
<P>(1) Perform functions with respect to the issuance of Book-entry Securities offered and sold by the Department to which this subpart applies, in accordance with the terms of the applicable offering circular and with procedures established by the Department;
</P>
<P>(2) Service and maintain Book-entry Securities in accounts established for such purposes;
</P>
<P>(3) Make payments of principal and interest, as directed by the Department;
</P>
<P>(4) Effect transfer of Book-entry Securities between Participants' Securities Accounts as directed by the Participants; and
</P>
<P>(5) Perform such other duties as fiscal agent that the Department may request.
</P>
<P>(b) Each Federal Reserve Bank may issue Operating Circulars that are consistent with this part, governing the details of its handling of Book-entry Securities, Security Entitlements, and the operation of the book-entry system under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.2.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.15   How can a debtor's interest in a Security Entitlement be reached by creditors?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The interest of a debtor may be reached by creditors only by legal process upon the Securities Intermediary with whom the debtor's securities account is maintained. Exception: If a Security Entitlement is maintained in the name of a secured party, the debtor's interest may be reached by legal process upon the secured party.
</P>
<P>(b) These regulations do not state whether a Federal Reserve Bank is required to honor an order or other notice of attachment in any particular case or class of cases.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Legacy Treasury Direct Book-Entry Securities System (Legacy Treasury Direct)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.20   Securities account in Legacy Treasury Direct ®.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Account.</I> A securities account consists of:
</P>
<P>(1) An account master record, and
</P>
<P>(2) A securities portfolio.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Security.</I> A security in Legacy Treasury Direct is evidenced by the account master record and a description of the security as set out in the securities portfolio associated with an account master record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Account master record.</I> In order for a security to be maintained in Legacy Treasury Direct, the account owner must have previously established an account master record, except that a new account may be established for the conversion of a definitive security pursuant to 31 CFR 306.23. The account master record includes, but is not limited to, the following data:
</P>
<P>(1) The exact form of registration in which the securities are held;
</P>
<P>(2) The Legacy Treasury Direct account number;
</P>
<P>(3) The correspondence address for the account;
</P>
<P>(4) The TIN of the owner, or in the case of ownership by two individuals, of the first-named owner; and
</P>
<P>(5) Payment instructions. (See § 357.26.)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Securities portfolio.</I> The securities portfolio contains a description of each security and is the aggregate of all securities in the securities account.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Statement of account.</I> The Department shall send a statement of account (statement):
</P>
<P>(1) Upon the establishment of an account master record;
</P>
<P>(2) Upon a change in the securities portfolio;
</P>
<P>(3) At an owner's request; or
</P>
<P>(4) Upon the determination on December 31 that an owner has not received a statement of account for that current calendar year. 
</P>
<P>The statement shall contain information regarding the account as of the date of such statement. The price associated with each security in the securities portfolio will also appear on the statement. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> The statement may be sent to the correspondence address designated in the account master record, or may be sent by electronic means. When the statement is issued as a result of a change in ownership of a security, statements will be sent, where appropriate, to both the former and current owners. Other information regarding the account may be obtained in accordance with § 357.24.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> IRS regulations require reporting of income information on a security.
</P>
<P>(1) If the security is a bill, the price information will be used to comply with this requirement. The earnings reported to IRS for the year of a bill's maturity will be the difference between the par value of the bill and its price.
</P>
<P>(a) If a bill was deposited in Legacy Treasury Direct at original issue, the price shown will be the issue price.
</P>
<P>(b) If a bill was transferred to Legacy Treasury Direct from TRADES, the price shown will be that included in the transfer wire or supplied subsequently by the bill owner. If a price was not furnished, the price shown will be the weighted average price of the bill of the longest maturity having the identical CUSIP number.
</P>
<P>(c) If a bill is transferred from one Legacy Treasury Direct account to another, the price shown in the receiving (transferee's) account will be that shown on the transfer instructions or supplied subsequently by the transferee. If a price is not furnished, the price shown will be the weighted average price at original issue of the bill of the longest maturity having the identical CUSIP number, unless the term of the bill can be determined from the account record in which case the price shown will be the weighted average price at original issue of the bill with that term.
</P>
<P>(2) If the security is a note or bond, the earnings reported to IRS for a year will be the periodic interest payments made during that year. If a note or bond is transferred to a Legacy Treasury Direct account between interest payment dates, the earnings reported to IRS for the transferee will show the interest for the entire interest payment period. The price for notes and bonds will be shown on the statement of account for the account owner's information. The price shown will be determined following the procedures described above for bills.
</P>
<P>(3) The security owner should report directly to the IRS (a) adjustments to annual earnings amounts arising from acquisition of notes and bonds between interest payment periods and (b) price corrections for bills reported after preparation of the reports to the IRS.</P></FTNT>
<P>(f) <I>Confirmation notice.</I> The Department shall send a confirmation notice (notice):
</P>
<P>(1) Upon a change in an account master record;
</P>
<P>(2) Upon scheduling or canceling a reinvestment; or
</P>
<P>(3) To confirm the interest earned on a Treasury Inflation Indexed Security. The notice shall contain information regarding the account as of the date of such confirmation. The notice may be sent to the correspondence address designated in the account master record, or may be sent by electronic means. All changes reflected in paragraph (f) (1) and (2) of this section will be included in the next regularly scheduled statement of account. See paragraph (e) of this section for the statement schedule.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Account maintenance fees.</I> An annual maintenance fee shall be charged for each Legacy Treasury Direct securities account holding securities that in the aggregate exceed a stipulated par amount. The amount of the fee will be published by notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Closing an account.</I> If a Legacy Treasury Direct account has no holdings, we reserve the right to close the account.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0068) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986, as amended at 60 FR 4377, Jan. 23, 1995; 62 FR 18004, Apr. 11, 1997; 62 FR 32033, June 12, 1997; 76 FR 18063, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.21   Registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Registration of a security conclusively establishes ownership, except in the case of partnership nominees, in which case the Department reserves the right to treat the registration as conclusive of ownership. The registration may not, except as provided in this subpart, include any restriction on the authority of an owner to change the data in the account master record, transfer the security, or effect any other change in the securities portfolio.
</P>
<P>(2) The registration of all securities held by an owner should be uniform with respect to the owner's name. An owner must be identified by the name by which the owner is ordinarily known, preferably including at least one full given name. A suffix, such as <I>Sr.</I> or <I>Jr.,</I> must be included when ordinarily used, or when necessary to distinguish members of the same family.
</P>
<P>(3) If an additional security is deposited in an existing account, the security will be registered in the same name and form of registration that appears in the designated account master record. One who holds a security as <I>John Allen Doe</I> should use that name when depositing another security rather than <I>J. Allen Doe,</I> or <I>John A. Doe'. Minor variations in names used in acquiring a security to be deposited in an established account may be resolved by the Department.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Natural persons.</I> A security may be registered in the names of one or two individuals, but only in one of the following forms:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Single ownership.</I> In the name of one individual.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Robert W. Woods</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>An individual who is sole proprietor of a business conducted under a trade name may include a reference to the trade name.
</FP>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>John A. Doe, doing business as Doe's Home Appliance Store.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(2) <I>Ownership by two individuals</I>—(i) <I>“And” form—Joint Ownership</I>—(A) <I>Without right of survivorship.</I> In the names of two individuals, joined by the word “and”, and followed by the words “without right of survivorship”. A security so registered shall conclusively confer on each owner an undivided interest in the security.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Elizabeth Black and Jane Brown, without right of survivorship.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>Any registration which purports, by its terms, to preclude the right of survivorship, or any registration in the names of two persons without indicating whether survivorship rights attach (other than a registration under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section), will be presumed to be ownership without right of survivorship. If a security is registered in this form, a transaction request, other than a request by one owner to transfer the security to the other owner, and other than a request for reinvestment, must be executed by both owners.
</FP>
<P>(B) <I>With right of survivorship.</I> In the names of two individuals, joined by the word “and”, and followed by the words “with right of survivorship”. A security so registered shall confer on each owner an undivided interest in the security and shall create a conclusive right of survivorship.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Mark A. Doe and Mary B. Doe, with right of survivorship.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>If a security is registered in this form, a transaction request, other than a request by one owner to transfer the security to the other owner, and other than a request for reinvestment, must be executed by both owners.
</FP>
<P>(ii) <I>“Or” form—“Coownership”.</I> In the names of two individuals, joined by the word “or”. A security so registered shall confer on each owner an undivided interest in the security and shall create a conclusive right of survivorship.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Robert Woods or Laura Woods.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>If a security is registered in this form, either coowner may make a transaction request, but if the Department receives conflicting requests at or about the same time, it may refuse to process them.
</FP>
<P>(iii) <I>Beneficiary.</I> In the name of one individual followed by the words “Payable on death to” (or “P.O.D.”) another individual.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Jack S. Jones, payable on death to Marie Jones.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>If a minor or an incompetent is named as a beneficiary, the status of the beneficiary must be identified in the registration. A minor or an incompetent may not be designated as an owner. See paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section.
</FP>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>John Perry, P.O.D. John Perry, Jr., a minor.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>Registration in this form shall create ownership rights in the beneficiary only if the beneficiary survives the owner. During an owner's lifetime, a transaction request may be executed by the owner without the consent of the beneficiary. If the beneficiary dies before the owner, the security will be deemed to be registered in the owner's name alone.
</FP>
<P>(3) <I>Minors</I>—(i) <I>General.</I> A security may not be registered in the name of a minor in his or her own right as an owner. If a security is so registered and the Department thereafter receives evidence or information of that fact, the Department may suspend processing of any transaction request with respect to the security until either a legal guardian has been appointed or a natural guardian, as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, has been recognized. Where a legal guardian is appointed, the Department will require a certified copy of the court order making such appointment. See § 357.28(c).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Natural guardians of minors.</I> A security may be registered in the name of a natural guardian of a minor for whose estate no legal representative has been appointed. The parent with whom the minor resides will be recognized as the natural guardian. If the minor resides with both parents, either or both may be recognized as natural guardian(s). If the minor does not reside with either parent, the Department may recognize the person who furnishes the minor's chief support as the natural guardian.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>Michael Jones, as natural guardian of Alice Jones, a minor.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Michael Jones and Evelyn Jones, as natural guardians of Alice Jones, a minor.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>The security may also be registered in one of the forms authorized under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</FP>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>James Green, as natural guardian of William Green, a minor, and Anne Green, without right of survivorship.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>James Green, as natural guardian of William Green, a minor, POD Lynne Green.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(iii) <I>Custodian under statute authorizing gifts to minors.</I> A security may be registered as provided under an applicable gift to minors statute.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Virginia McDonald, as custodian for Lynne Gorman, under the New York Uniform Gifts to Minors Act.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>Any request to alter the rights of ownership of the security must be made as provided in the applicable statute.
</FP>
<P>(4) <I>Incompetents</I>—(i) <I>General.</I> A security may not be registered in the name of an individual in his or her own right as an owner if that individual is incompetent. If a security is so registered, or if the owner subsequently becomes incompetent after the security is purchased, and the Department receives evidence or information of that fact, the Department may suspend any transaction with respect to the security until a legal guardian, conservator, or other representative of the incompetent's estate has been appointed, or a voluntary guardian, as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, has been recognized. Where a legal guardian, conservator, or other representative is appointed, the Department will require a certified copy of the court order making such appointment. See § 357.28(c).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Voluntary guardian of incompetent.</I> If a legal guardian has not been appointed, and the face amount of the securities held in one or more accounts in Legacy Treasury Direct ® by an owner who had become incompetent does not exceed, in the aggregate, $20,000 (par amount), upon submission to, and approval by, the Department of an appropriate form, a relative or other person responsible for an incompetent's care and support will be recognized as voluntary guardian for purpose of making a transaction request under § 357.28(b)(4). All persons known by the Department to have an interest in the incompetent's estate, as required by the application form, must agree to the designation of the voluntary guardian. The security may be re-registered in the name of the voluntary guardian.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Richard Melrose, as voluntary guardian for James W. Brundige.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(c) <I>Representatives.</I> A security may be registered in the name of a representative of an estate. If there is more than one representative, the names of some representatives may be omitted if followed by language that indicates the existence of other representatives. In such cases, those named in the registration shall be conclusively presumed by the Department to have authority to make a transaction request on behalf of all the representatives. The form of registration must identify the specific capacity of the representative(s) and the estate represented.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>ABC National Bank of Chicago, Illinois and Harold Smith, co-executors of the will (or administrators of the estate) of Charles Johnson, deceased.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>William Brown, guardian of the estate of Henry Jones, a minor.
</PSPACE><P>Robert Smith, Richard Smith, <I>et al.,</I> executors of the will of Lorraine Smith, deceased.</P></EXAMPLE>
<FP>If the representative is a trustee, the form of registration must identify specifically the authority or document creating the trust.
</FP>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>Sarah Jones and XYZ Trust Co., trustees under the will of Matthew Smith, deceased.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Cynthia Doe and Margaret Jones, trustees under agreement with Martha Roe, dated April 13, 1979.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Cynthia Doe, trustee under declaration of trust, dated April 13, 1979.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Richard Smith, James Jones, and Frank Brown, trustees under the will of Henry K. James, deceased.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>ABC Corporation, Myrna Banker, <I>et al.,</I> trustees of Profit-Sharing Plan of Ace Manufacturing Co., under B/D resolution, dated May 18, 1975.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>If there are several trustees designated as a board or authorized to act as a unit, their names should be omitted and the words, “Board of Trustees” substituted.
</FP>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Board of Trustees of Super Co. Retirement Fund, under collective bargaining agreement, dated March 18, 1969.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>An organization (other than a bank) or individual seeking to act as trustee or custodian of an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”), must be authorized to so act by the Internal Revenue Service. As appropriate, registration of the security should be in the form shown below:
</FP>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>ABC Bank, trustee for John Doe IRA, under agreement dated December 21, 1990.
</PSPACE><P>EFG Broker, Inc., custodian for Mary Smith IRA, under agreement dated September 4, 1991.</P></EXAMPLE>
<P>(d) <I>Private organizations (corporations, unincorporated associations and partnerships).</I> A security may be registered in the name of a private corporation, unincorporated association, or partnership. The full legal name of the organization, as set forth in its charter, articles of incorporation, constitution, partnership agreement, or other documents from which its powers are derived, must be included in the registration. The name may be followed by a reference to a particular account or fund, other than a trust fund, such as an escrow account.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>A corporation.</I> The legal name of a business, fraternal, religious, or other private corporation must be followed by descriptive words indicating the corporate status unless the term <I>corporation</I> or the abbreviation <I>Inc.</I> is part of the name or the name is that of a corporation or association organized under Federal law, such as a national bank or Federal savings and loan association.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>Brown Manufacturing Co., a corporation (Education Fund).
</PSPACE><PSPACE>The Apex Manufacturing Corporation.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>XYZ National Bank of El Paso, TX.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Goodworks, Unlimited, a not-for-profit corporation.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(2) <I>An unincorporated association.</I> Unless the name of a lodge, club, labor union, veterans or religious organization, or similar organization which is not incorporated (whether or not it is chartered by or affiliated with a parent organization which is incorporated) includes the words <I>an unincorporated association,</I> the registration must include descriptive words indicating the organization's unincorporated status. A security may not be registered in the name of an unincorporated association if the legal title to its property or the legal title to the funds with which the security is to be purchased is held by trustees. In such a case, the security should be registered in the name of the trustees in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. The term <I>unincorporated association</I> should not be used to describe a trust fund, a partnership or a business conducted under a trade name.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>Local Union No. 13, Brotherhood of Operating Engineers, an unincorporated association.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>The Simpson Society, an unincorporated association.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(3) <I>Partnership.</I> Unless the name of a partnership includes the word <I>partnership,</I> the registration must include descriptive words indicating partnership status.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>Red &amp; Blue, a partnership.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Abco and Co., a nominee partnership.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(e) <I>Governmental entities and officers.</I> A security may be registered in the name of a State, county, city, town, village, school district, or other governmental entity, body, or corporation established by law. If a governmental officer is authorized to act as a trustee or custodian, a security may be registered in the title, or name and title, of the governmental officer. The form of registration should reflect the capacity in which the governmental entity or officer is authorized to hold property (e.g., it may be authorized to hold property in its own name or as trustee or custodian).
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>Laura Woods, Treasurer, City of Twin Falls, Mo.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>State of Michigan.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Village of Gaithersburg, Md.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Pennsylvania State Highway Administration (Highway Road Repair Fund).
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Insurance Commissioner of Florida, trustee for benefit of policy holders of Sunshine Insurance Co. under F.S.A. Sec. 629.104.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Commonwealth of Virginia, in trust for Virginia Surplus Property Agency.
</PSPACE><PSPACE>Gleason County Cemetery Commission, trustee under Md. Code Ann. Sec. 310.29.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(f) <I>The United States Treasury.</I> A security may be registered in the name of an individual, with the United States Treasury as beneficiary, provided a reference to the statute which authorizes gifts to be made to the United States to reduce the public debt, is included.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>John S. Green, payable on death [or P.O.D.] to U.S. Treasury to reduce the public debt (31 U.S.C. 3113).</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0068) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986, as amended at 57 FR 38774, Aug. 27, 1992; 76 FR 18063, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.22   Transfers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A security may be transferred only as authorized by this part. A security may be transferred from an account in Legacy Treasury Direct® to an account in the commercial book-entry system or to an account in TreasuryDirect®. A security may also be transferred between accounts in <I>Legacy Treasury Direct.</I> The Department may delay transfer of a newly purchased security from a Legacy Treasury Direct account to an account in commercial book entry or TreasuryDirect for a period not to exceed (30) calendar days from the date of issue. This provides time for the investor to become aware of any unauthorized debits.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Identification of securities to be transferred.</I> The owner must identify the securities to be transferred, in the manner required by the transaction request. If such identification is not provided, the request will not be processed and will be returned.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Denominational amounts.</I> A security may be transferred from an account only in a denominational amount authorized by the offering under which the security was issued. Any security remaining in the securities portfolio after the transfer must also be in an authorized denominational amount.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>When transfer effective</I>—(i) <I>Transfer within Legacy Treasury Direct.</I> A transfer of a security within Legacy Treasury Direct is effective when an appropriate entry is made in the name of the transferee on the Legacy Treasury Direct records.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Transfer from Legacy Treasury Direct to the commercial book-entry system.</I> A transfer of a security from Legacy Treasury Direct to the commercial book-entry system is effective as provided in subpart B. If a transfer cannot be completed, and the security is sent back to Legacy Treasury Direct, the Department will redeposit the security in the original account.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Transfer from Legacy Treasury Direct to TreasuryDirect.</I> A transfer of a security from Legacy Treasury Direct to TreasuryDirect is effective as provided in 31 CFR part 363. If the transfer cannot be completed, the Department will redeposit the security in the original account.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transfer upon death of an owner</I>—(1) <I>Right of survivorship.</I> If a security is registered in beneficiary form or a form which provides for a right of survivorship, upon the death of an owner, the beneficiary or survivor shall be the sole and absolute owner, notwithstanding any purported testamentary disposition by the decedent and notwithstanding any State or other law to the contrary. The Department will honor a transaction request by a beneficiary or a survivor (in the case of a security registered in the form described in § 357.21(b)(2)(i)(B)) only upon proof of death of an owner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Succession under law of domicile.</I> If a security is registered in a form that does not provide for a right of survivorship, succession shall be determined in accordance with the applicable law of the deceased owner's domicile at the time of death.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Representative succession.</I> If a security is registered in the name of a representative who has died, resigned, or been removed, succession shall be determined in accordance with applicable law and the terms of the document under which the representative was acting.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Organizational succession</I>—(1) <I>Corporation and unincorporated association.</I> If a security is registered in the name of a corporation or an unincorporated association that has been dissolved, merged or consolidated into another organization, succession shall be determined in accordance with applicable law and the terms of the documents by which the dissolution, merger, or consolidation was effected.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Partnership.</I> If a partnership is dissolved or terminated, succession shall be determined in accordance with applicable law and the terms of the partnership agreement.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Succession of governmental officer.</I> If a security is registered in the name and title of a governmental officer who has died, resigned, or has been removed, succession shall be determined in accordance with applicable law.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0068) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986; 51 FR 18884, May 23, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 10074, Mar. 29, 1988; 62 FR 46861, Sept. 4, 1997; 64 FR 6527, Feb. 10, 1999; 70 FR 57441, Sept. 30, 2005; 75 FR 78901, Dec. 17, 2010; 76 FR 18064, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.23   Judicial proceedings—sovereign immunity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Department and Federal Reserve Banks not proper parties.</I> The Department and the Federal Reserve Banks are not proper defendants in a judicial proceeding involving competing claims to a security held in Legacy Treasury Direct ® nor are they subject to any injunction or restraining order issued with respect to a security. The Department will not recognize a notice of a pending or contemplated judicial or administrative proceeding affecting a security in Legacy Treasury Direct.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Orders</I>—(1) <I>Ownership rights.</I> The Department will recognize a final order entered by a court that affects ownership rights in a security in Legacy Treasury Direct if:
</P>
<P>(i) The order is consistent with the provisions of this subpart and the terms and conditions of the security; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Department has received evidence of the order, as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transaction request.</I> The Department will honor a transaction request submitted by a person appointed by a court and having authority under an order of a court to dispose of the security or payment with respect thereto if:
</P>
<P>(i) The ordered disposition of the security or payments with respect thereto is consistent with the provisions of this subpart and the terms and conditions of the security; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Department has received evidence of the appointment and order, as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Evidence required.</I> Before the Department will recognize an order or determination entered by a court, the Department must have received a certified copy of the judgment, decree, or order and any additional documents deemed necessary by the Department. A certificate from the clerk of the court, bearing the seal of the court, must also be submitted stating that the judgment, decree, or order is still in full force and has not been stayed or appealed, and that the time for filing an appeal has passed. Before the Department will honor a transaction request submitted by a person appointed by a court, the Department must receive a certified copy of the order making the appointment and describing specifically the person's authority, and any additional documents deemed necessary by the Department.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0068) 


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.24   Availability and disclosure of Legacy Treasury Direct ® records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All records with respect to a Legacy Treasury Direct account are held confidential. Consistent with the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a), information relating to those accounts will be released only to the owner except:
</P>
<P>(1) As provided in these regulations;
</P>
<P>(2) As provided in Treasury regulations contained in 31 CFR part 323; or
</P>
<P>(3) As otherwise provided by law.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inquiries by owners.</I> Information requested will be disclosed to an owner provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) Sufficient information is provided to identify the owner; and
</P>
<P>(2) Sufficient information is provided to identify the Legacy Treasury Direct account.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditions for release.</I> A request for information will be honored only if, in the sole judgment of the Department or the Federal Reserve Bank to which the inquiry is made, the identity and right of the requester to the information have been established.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986; 51 FR 18884, May 23, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.25   Security interests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Department will not recognize any notice or claim of a lien, encumbrance, or security interest of any kind, including a pledge, in a security in Legacy Treasury Direct ® except as provided in § 357.23 and in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Security for the performance of duty or obligation under Federal law.</I> The Department will accept and hold pursuant to the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 9303, book-entry bonds, notes or bills submitted in lieu of a surety bond as security for the performance of a duty or obligation required by Federal law in accordance with said section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.26   Direct Deposit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A payment by the Department with respect to a security shall be by direct deposit unless it is deemed necessary by the Department to make payment by another means. Direct Deposit payments are governed by the regulations at 31 CFR part 370.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Names on account.</I> Where the Legacy Treasury Direct ® securities account is in the name of individual(s) in their own right, and the deposit account at the financial institution is in the name of individual(s) in their own right, the two accounts must contain at least one name that is common to both.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inquiry to financial institution.</I> Where the deposit account to which payments are to be directed is held in the name of the financial institution itself acting as sole trustee, or as co-trustee, or is in the name of a commercially-managed investment fund, particular inquiry should first be made of the financial institution to make certain that the direct deposit payments can be received, and alternate arrangements made if it cannot do so.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Payments to master account.</I> All payments relating to a single account master record must be made to the same designated account at a financial institution.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Deposit account.</I> The deposit account to which payments are directed should preferably be established in a form identical to the registration of the securities account, particularly where the securities are registered jointly or with right of survivorship, to assure that the rights of ownership and of survivorship can be more easily identified and preserved. Neither the United States nor any Federal Reserve Bank shall be liable for any loss sustained because the interests of the holder(s) of a deposit account to which payments are made are not the same as the interests of the owner(s) of the security.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0068) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986, as amended at 57 FR 38774, Aug. 27, 1992; 61 FR 6113, Feb. 16, 1996; 64 FR 40487, July 26, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.27   Reinvestment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Upon the request of an owner, the redemption proceeds of a security may be reinvested at maturity in a new security in the same form of registration, provided a new security is then being offered by the Department and provision for reinvestment is made in the offering. The new security must be in an authorized denominational amount and will be issued in accordance with the terms of the offering. If the new security is issued at a premium or with accrued interest, an additional payment will be required from the investor. If the new security is issued at a discount, the difference will be remitted to the owner.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Treasury bills.</I> A request by an owner for a single or successive reinvestment of a Treasury bill must be made in accordance with the terms prescribed on the tender form submitted at the time of purchase of the original bill, or by a subsequent transaction request received not less than ten (10) business days prior to the maturity date of the bill. A request to revoke a direction to reinvest the proceeds of a bill must be received by the Department not less than ten (10) business days prior to the maturity date of the bill. If either a request for reinvestment or revocation of a reinvestment request is received less than ten (10) business days prior to maturity of the original bill, the Department may in its discretion act on such request if sufficient time remains for processing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Issue date not coincidental with maturity date.</I> If the date on which a security matures or is called does not coincide with the issue date of the security being purchased through reinvestment, the Department may, at its option, hold the redemption proceeds in the same form of registration as the maturing or called security, but no interest shall accrue or be paid on such funds.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0068) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986, as amended at 62 FR 18694, Apr. 16, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.28" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.28   Transaction requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Unless otherwise authorized by the Department, a transaction request must be submitted on a transaction request form. In the case of certain transactions specified by the Department, the owner's signature on the form must be certified or guaranteed, as provided in § 357.31. If the transaction request form is received more than six (6) months after its execution, it will not be honored by the Department and will be returned to the sender for further instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Individuals</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A transaction request must be signed by the owner of the security. In addition to any required certification, a transaction request form executed by a person by mark, e.g., “(X)”, must be witnessed by a disinterested person. The following language should be added to the form and be signed by the witness:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Witness to signature by mark
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Signature of witness
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Address of witness</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Change of name.</I> If an individual's name has been changed from that appearing in the registration, the individual should sign both names to the transaction request form and state the manner in which the change occurred.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Deborah L. Gains, changed by order of court from Deborah G. O'Brien.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>The individual must provide evidence, such as a certified copy of a court order, which confirms the change, unless it is indicated that the change of name resulted from marriage.
</FP>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Catherine M. Cole, changed by marriage from Catherine T. Murray.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(3) <I>Natural guardians.</I> A transaction request involving a security registered in the name of a natural guardian of a minor may be executed by the natural guardian. If a security is registered in the names of both parents as natural guardians of a minor, both must execute a transaction request. However, the Department will not honor a transaction request by the natural guardian(s):
</P>
<P>(i) Which would transfer the security to a natural guardian in his or her own right; or
</P>
<P>(ii) After the Department receives notice of the minor's attainment of majority, the qualification of a legal guardian or similar representative, or the death of the minor.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Voluntary guardians.</I> A transaction request involving a security belonging to an owner who has become incompetent may be executed by a voluntary guardian, but only after approval by the Department of the voluntary guardian's application for such designation. However, the Department will not honor a transaction request by the voluntary guardian:
</P>
<P>(i) Which would transfer the security to a voluntary guardian in his or her own right; or
</P>
<P>(ii) After the Department receives notice of the ward's restoration to competency, the qualification of a legal guardian or similar representative, or the death of the ward. See § 357.21(b)(4).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Representatives</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Any representative of an owner's estate, other than a trustee, may execute a transaction request form if the representative submits to the Department properly authenticated evidence of the authority to act. The evidence will not be accepted if dated more than one year prior to the date of submission of the transaction request.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Decedent's estate has been settled previously.</I> If a decedent's estate has been settled previously through judicial proceedings, the persons entitled may make a transaction request. A certified copy of the court-approved final accounting for the estate, the court's decree of distribution, or other appropriate evidence will be required.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Special provisions under the law of the jurisdiction of the decedent's domicile.</I> If there is no formal or regular administration and no representative of the decedent's estate is to be appointed, the person appointed to receive or distribute the assets of a decedent's estate without regular administration under applicable local law summary or small estates procedures may make a transaction request. Appropriate evidence will be required.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>When administration is required.</I> If the total redemption value of the Treasury securities and undelivered payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is greater than $100,000, administration of the decedent's estate will be required. The redemption value of savings bonds and the principal amount of marketable securities will be used to determine the value of securities, and will be determined as of the date of death. Administration may also be required at the discretion of the Department for any case.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Voluntary representative for small estates of decedents that are not being otherwise administered</I>—(i) <I>General.</I> A voluntary representative is a person qualified according to paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of this section, to make a transaction request. The voluntary representative procedures are for the convenience of the Department; entitlement to the decedent's securities and held payments, if any, is determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. Voluntary representative procedures may be used only if:
</P>
<P>(A) There has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, and no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used;
</P>
<P>(B) The total redemption value of the Treasury securities and held payments, if any, that are the property of the decedent's estate is $100,000 or less as of the date of death; and
</P>
<P>(C) There is a person eligible to serve as the voluntary representative according to paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Authority of voluntary representative.</I> A voluntary representative may make a transaction request to distribute the securities to or for the benefit of the persons entitled by laws of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Order of precedence for voluntary representative.</I> An individual eighteen years of age or older may act as a voluntary representative according to the following order of precedence: A surviving spouse; if there is no surviving spouse, then a child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a parent of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a next of kin of the decedent, as determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. As used in this order of precedence, child means a natural or adopted child of the decedent.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Liability.</I> By serving, the voluntary representative warrants that the distribution of securities or proceeds is to or on behalf of the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The United States is not liable to any person for the improper distribution of securities or proceeds. Upon distribution of the securities or proceeds at the request of the voluntary representative, the United States is released to the same extent as if it had paid or delivered to a representative of the estate appointed pursuant to the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The voluntary representative shall indemnify and hold harmless the United States and all creditors and persons entitled to the estate of the decedent. The amount of the indemnification is limited to an amount no greater than the value received by the voluntary representative.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Creditor.</I> If there has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used, and there is no person eligible to serve as a voluntary representative pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, then a creditor may make a claim for payment of the amount of the debt, providing the debt has not been barred by applicable local law.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Private organizations</I>—(1) <I>Corporations and unincorporated associations.</I> A transaction request involving a security registered in the name of a corporation or an unincorporated association (either in its own right or in a representative capacity), may be executed by an authorized person on its behalf. The request must be supported by evidence of the person's authority to act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Partnerships.</I> A transaction request involving a security registered in the name of a partnership must be executed by a general partner.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Government entities.</I> A transaction request involving a security registered in the name of a State, county, city, school district, or other governmental entity, public body or corporation, must be executed by an authorized officer of the entity. The request must be supported by evidence of the officer's authority to act.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Public officers.</I> A transaction request involving a security registered in the title of a public officer must be executed by the officer. The request must be supported by evidence of incumbency.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Attorneys-in-fact.</I> A transaction request made by an attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by the original power of attorney or a properly authenticated copy. A power of attorney must be executed in the presence of a notary public or a certifying individual. See § 357.31. The power of attorney will not be accepted if it was executed more than two (2) years before the date the transaction request was executed, unless the power provides that the authority of the attorney-in-fact continues notwithstanding the incapacity of the principal. If two or more attorneys-in-fact are named, all must execute the transaction request unless the power authorizes fewer than all to act. A transaction request executed by an attorney-in-fact seeking transfer of a security to the attorney-in-fact will not be accepted unless expressly authorized by the document appointing the attorney-in-fact.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0068) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986; 51 FR 18884, May 23, 1986, as amended at 70 FR 57431, Sept. 30, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.29" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.29   Time required for processing transaction request.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of a transaction request affecting payment instructions with respect to a security, a proper request must be received not less than ten (10) business days preceding the next payment date. If a transaction request is received less than ten (10) business days preceding a payment date, the Department may in its discretion act on such request if sufficient time remains for processing. If a transaction request is received too late for completion of the requested transaction, the transaction request will be acted upon with respect to future payments only.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0068) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986, as amended at 62 FR 18694, Apr. 16, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.30" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.30   Cases of delay or suspension of payment.</HEAD>
<P>If evidence required by the Department in support of a transaction request is not received by the Department at least ten (10) business days before the maturity date of the security, or if payment at maturity has been suspended pursuant to 31 CFR 370.10, in cases of reinvestment, the Department will redeem the security and hold the redemption proceeds in the same form of registration as the security redeemed, pending further disposition. No other interest shall accrue or be paid on such proceeds after the security is redeemed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 40487, July 26, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.31" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.31   Certifying individuals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The following individuals may certify signatures on transaction request forms:
</P>
<P>(1) Officers and employees of depository institutions, corporate central credit unions, and institutions that are members of Treasury-recognized signature guarantee programs who have been authorized:
</P>
<P>(i) Generally to bind their respective institutions by their acts;
</P>
<P>(ii) Unqualifiedly to guarantee signatures to assignments of securities; or
</P>
<P>(iii) To certify assignments of securities.
</P>
<P>(2) Officers and authorized employees of Federal Reserve Banks.
</P>
<P>(3) Officers of Federal Land Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks and Banks for Cooperatives, the Central Bank for Cooperatives, and Federal Home Loan Banks.
</P>
<P>(4) Commissioned officers and warrant officers of the Armed Forces of the United States but only with respect to signatures executed by Armed Forces personnel, civilian field employees, and members of their families.
</P>
<P>(5) Such other persons as the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service or his designee may authorize.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Foreign countries.</I> The following individuals are authorized to certify signatures on transaction request forms executed in a foreign country:
</P>
<P>(1) United States diplomatic or consular officials.
</P>
<P>(2) Managers and officers of foreign branches of depository institutions and institutions that are members of Treasury-recognized signature guarantee programs.
</P>
<P>(3) Notaries public and other officers authorized to administer oaths, provided their official position and authority are certified by a United States diplomatic or consular official under seal of the office.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duties and liabilities of certifying individuals</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Except as specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a certifying individual shall require that the transaction request form be signed in the certifying individual's presence after he or she has established the identity of the person seeking the certification. An employee who is not an officer should insert the words “Authorized signature” in the space provided for the title. A certifying individual and the organization for which he or she is acting are jointly and severally liable for any loss the United States may incur as a result of the individual's negligence in making the certification.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Signature guaranteed.</I> The transaction request form need not be executed in the presence of a certifying individual if he or she unqualifiedly guarantees the signature, in which case the certifying individual shall, after the signature, add the following endorsement: “Signature guaranteed, First National Bank of Smithville, Smithville, NH, by A.B. Doe, President”, and add the date. In guaranteeing a signature, the certifying individual and the organization for which he or she is acting warrant to the Department that the signature is genuine and that the signer had the legal capacity to execute the transaction request.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Absence of signature guaranteed by depository institution.</I> A transaction request form need not be actually signed by the owner in any case where a certifying individual associated with a depository institution has placed an endorsement on the form reading substantially as follows: “Absence of signature by owner and validity of transaction guaranteed, Second State Bank of Jonesville, Jonesville, NC, by B.R. Butler, Vice President”. The endorsement should be dated, and the seal of the institution should be added. This form of endorsement is an unconditional guarantee to the Department that the institution is acting for the owner under proper authorization.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Evidence of certifying individual's authority.</I> The authority of a certifying individual to act is evidenced by affixing to the certification the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Officers and employees of depository institutions.</I> The institution's seal or signature guarantee stamp; if the institution is an authorized paying agent for U.S. Savings Bonds, a legible imprint of the paying agent's stamp; or, if the institution is a member of the Security Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), a legible imprint of the STAMP signature guarantee stamp.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Officers and authorized employees of institutions that are members of Treasury-recognized signature guarantee programs.</I> A legible imprint of the program's signature guarantee stamp, e.g., the STAMP, SEMP, MSP stamp for members of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, or the New York Stock Exchange Incorporated Medallion Signature Program, respectively.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Officers and authorized employees of Federal Reserve Banks.</I> Whatever is prescribed in procedures established by the Department.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Officers and employees of corporate central credit unions and other entities listed in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.</I> The entity's seal.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Notaries public, diplomatic or consular officials.</I> The official seal or stamp of the office. If the certifying individual has no seal or stamp, then the official's position must be certified by some other authorized individual, under seal or stamp, or otherwise proved to the satisfaction of the Department.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Commissioned or warrant officers of the United States Armed Forces.</I> A statement which sets out the officer's rank and the fact that the person executing the transaction request is one whose signature the officer is authorized to certify under the regulations in this part.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Such other persons as the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service or his designee may authorize.</I> The evidence specified by the Commissioner or his designee.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Interested persons not to act as certifying individual.</I> Neither the transferor, the transferee, nor any person having an interest in a security involved in the transaction may act as a certifying individual. However, an authorized officer or employee of a depository institution or of an institution that is a member of a Treasury-recognized signature guarantee program may act as a certifying individual on a transaction request for transfer of a security to the institution, or any request executed by another individual on behalf of the institution.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 59038, Nov. 15, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.32" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.3.17.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.32   Submission of transaction requests; further information.</HEAD>
<P>Transaction requests and requests for forms and information may be submitted to any Federal Reserve Bank currently serving as a Treasury Retail Securities Site or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Legacy Treasury Direct®, P.O. Box 426, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26106-0426. A list of the Federal Reserve Banks currently serving as Treasury Retail Securities Sites is available upon request to the Bureau. The Federal Reserve Banks, as fiscal agents of the United States, are authorized to perform such functions as may be delegated to them by the Department in order to carry out the provisions of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18265, May 16, 1986, as amended at 76 FR 18064, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Additional Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.40   Additional requirements.</HEAD>
<P>In any case or any class of cases arising under these regulations, the Secretary of the Treasury (“Secretary”) may require such additional evidence and a bond of indemnity, with or without surety, as may in the judgment of the Secretary be necessary for the protection of the interests of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.41" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.41   Waiver of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary reserves the right, in the Secretary's discretion, to waive any provision(s) of these regulations in any case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States or in order to relieve any person(s) of unnecessary hardship, if such action is not inconsistent with law, does not adversely affect any substantial existing rights, and the Secretary is satisfied that such action will not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 43630, Aug. 23, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.42" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.4.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.42   Liability of Department and Federal Reserve Banks.</HEAD>
<P>The Department and the Federal Reserve Banks may rely on the information provided in a tender, transaction request form, or Transfer Message, and are not required to verify the information. The Department and the Federal Reserve Banks shall not be liable for any action taken in accordance with the information set out in a tender, transaction request form, or Transfer Message, or evidence submitted in support thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 43630, Aug. 23, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.43" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.4.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.43   Liability for transfers to and from Legacy Treasury Direct ®.</HEAD>
<P>A depository institution or other entity that transfers to, or receives, a security from Legacy Treasury Direct is deemed to be acting as agent for its customer and agrees thereby to indemnify the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks for any claim, liability, or loss resulting from the transaction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.44" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.4.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.44   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 357.45" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.4.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 357.45   Supplements, amendments, or revisions.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary may, at any time, prescribe additional supplemental, amendatory or revised regulations with respect to securities, including charges and fees for the maintenance and servicing of securities in book-entry form.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.6.17.1.16" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 357—Discussion of Final Rule
</HEAD>
<HD1>Background
</HD1>
<P>Twenty-four written comments were received to the notice of proposed rulemaking from various sources, including Federal agencies, trade associations, as well as financial and commercial investment institutions. With the exception of one bank, all commentators endorsed the concept of a certificateless security.
</P>
<P>The grouping and identification of the comments received have been made on a section-by-section basis, with an explanation of the action taken with respect thereto. As circumstances necessitated the publication of the rule in two segments, in order to make each part more understandable, certain definitions, such as those for “Department” and “securities”, have appeared in the proposed rule for both Legacy Treasury Direct ® and TRADES, and were slightly modified in the proposed rules on TRADES. Because these modifications represent non-substantive clarifications, and to avoid confusion as between the two portions of the rules, the definitions as used in TRADES have been adopted.
</P>
<HD1>Section-By-Section Analysis
</HD1>
<HD2>Section 357.21 Registration.
</HD2>
<P>The forms of registrations provided for securities to be held in Legacy Treasury Direct have different legal effect from those currently provided for in the case of definitive Treasury securities and for the Treasury's book-entry Treasury bill system. A comment was received that, as a result, this could lead to some confusion, and that the Treasury bill forms of recordation currently offered should be changed, particularly since Treasury bills will be phased into Legacy Treasury Direct gradually. The Bureau believes that the benefits of uniformity of rights and interests that Legacy Treasury Direct investors will derive far outweigh any possible confusion. As for confusion with the current Treasury bill book-entry system, given the fact that Treasury bills have a term of not more than a year, it is believed that the problem, if any, will be short-lived.
</P>
<P>Given the importance of the change that Legacy Treasury Direct provides as to registration, the discussion thereof that accompanied the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is re-published below.
</P>
<P>“<I>Forms of Registration.</I> The proposed rule provides the investor with a variety of registration options. They are essentially similar to those provided for registered, definitive marketable Treasury securities. Investors should be particularly aware that, where the security is held in the names of two individuals, the registration chosen may establish rights of survivorship.
</P>
<P>“The reason for establishing the rights of ownership for securities held in Legacy Treasury Direct is that it will give investors the assurance that the forms of registration they select will establish conclusively the rights to their book-entry securities. It will also serve to eliminate some of the uncertainties, as well as possible conflicts, between the varying laws of the several States.
</P>
<P>“A Federal rule of ownership is being adopted by the Treasury for Legacy Treasury Direct securities. This regulatory approach is consistent with the one previously taken in the case of United States Savings Bonds. It will have the effect of overriding inconsistent State laws. See, <I>Free v. Bland,</I> 369 U.S. 663 (1962).
</P>
<P>“In the case of individuals (who are likely to be by far the majority of holders of securities in Legacy Treasury Direct), the options offered will permit virtually all the preferred forms of ownership. At the investor's option, it will be possible to provide for the disposition of the securities upon death through rights of survivorship.
</P>
<P>“<I>Coownership registration.</I> One option is the coownership form of registration, i.e., “A or B.” Unlike the current Treasury bill book-entry system being administered by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, a security held in Legacy Treasury Direct registered in this form will be transferable upon the written request of either coowner. Other changes in the account may also be made upon the request of either party. While this form of registration will facilitate the receipt of payments and provide ease in conducting transactions, care should obviously be exercised in designating a coowner.
</P>
<P>“<I>Joint ownership.</I> For those who would prefer to have the transferability of a security held in two names contingent upon the request of both, the joint form of registration will be appropriate. This form of registration, i.e., “A and B, with [without] the right of survivorship,” will require the agreement of both parties to conduct any authorized transaction.
</P>
<P>“<I>Beneficiary form.</I> The beneficiary form, i.e., “A payable on death to (POD) B,” will permit the owner to have sole control of the account during his/her lifetime, but in the event of death, the account will pass by right of survivorship to the beneficiary.”
</P>
<P>One commentator questioned the “natural guardian” and “voluntary guardian” forms of registration provided in the regulations, pointing out that financial institutions are reluctant to establish an account in the name of a natural guardian of a minor because of the uncertainties as to who might be entitled to the funds on the death of the natural guardian or minor, or when the minor reached majority. It was mentioned that a bank would be reluctant to open an account in the name of a voluntary guardian, or to release funds from an existing account to a voluntary guardian because of the potential risk in the event of a claim from a court-appointed guardian. It seems apparent that the comment was prompted by the provision that appeared in the proposed rule that the account held in Legacy Treasury Direct and the deposit account to which payments are to be directed should be in the same form. As hereafter pointed out in the discussion under the payment section, this is not a requirement.
</P>
<P>While parents are universally recognized as the natural guardians of the person of minors, they have generally not been recognized as entitled to control the estates of these minors, except perhaps in the case of small amounts. Traditionally, the guardian of the estate of a minor involves judicial appointment and supervision. In order to provide a means of dealing with the problem of disposing of securities inadvertently registered in the name of minors without requiring the appointment of a legal guardian and to provide a means for investing funds of a minor, which did not technically qualify for investment under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, the Department decided to provide recognition for natural guardians.
</P>
<P>The voluntary guardianship procedure is wholly a creature of the Department's regulations. It was established in recognition of the burden placed on an incompetent's estate and his/her family by requiring the appointment of a legal guardian to receive the interest on, or to redeem securities for, the account of an individual who has become incompetent, at least where the incompetent's estate is relatively modest. This form of registration is not available on original issue and is limited to an aggregate of $20,000 (par amount) of Legacy Treasury Direct securities. The $20,000 limit in connection with the use of the voluntary guardianship procedure is in keeping with the limits used in connection with the summary administration of decedents' estates under the laws of many States.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.23 Judicial proceedings.
</HD2>
<P>No comments were received regarding the provisions on judicial proceedings. Given their importance, the discussion that accompanied the publication thereof in proposed form is included here.
</P>
<P><I>Judicial proceedings.</I> Under the principle of sovereign immunity, neither the Department nor a Federal Reserve Bank, acting as fiscal agent of the United States, will recognize a court order that attempts to restrain or enjoin the Department or a Federal Reserve Bank from making payment on a security or from disposing of a security in accordance with instructions of the owner as shown on the Department's records.
</P>
<P>“The Department will recognize a final court order affecting ownership rights in Legacy Treasury Direct securities provided that the order is consistent with the provisions of subpart C and the terms and conditions of the security, and the appropriate evidence, as described in § 357.23(c), is supplied to the Department. For example, the Department may recognize final orders arising from divorce or dissolution of marriage, creditor or probate proceedings, or cases involving application of a State slayer's act. The Department will also recognize a transaction request submitted by a person appointed by a court and having authority under an order of a court to dispose of the security or payment with respect thereto, provided conditions similar to those above are met.”
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.25 Security interests.
</HD2>
<P>Legacy Treasury Direct is not designed to reflect or handle the various types of security interests that may arise in connection with a Treasury bond, note or bill. However, the Treasury has from time to time and to a limited extent held in safekeeping, for such agencies as the Customs Service and Immigration and Naturalization Service, Treasury securities submitted in lieu of surety bonds in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 9303. While the Federal Reserve Banks handle the majority of such pledges and will continue to do so, as this statute requires the Treasury to accept these Government obligations so pledged, a provision has been added for accepting and holding book-entry securities submitted for such purposes.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.26 Payments.
</HD2>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Most comments focused on the provisions on payments. A key feature of Legacy Treasury Direct will be the making of payments by the direct deposit method (also known as the electronic funds transfer or ACH method). Checks will be issued only under extraordinary circumstances. A number of comments endorsed the concept of payment by direct deposit as an improvement given the difficulties associated with checks.
</P>
<P>One comment expressed concern as to who would have the burden of resolving errors in cases where a receiving financial institution fails to properly credit a payment. The Department has concluded that while the direct deposit payment method is not without risks, it is far superior to the use of checks, in terms of the risks, potential losses, and costs. In a case where a receiving institution fails to act in accordance with the instructions given it, the Bureau intends to use its best efforts to assist investors in rectifying the error.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Direct deposit.</I> A number of comments expressed the view that the Legacy Treasury Direct payment system should adopt either the rules governing the direct deposit of Government payments (31 CFR part 210), or the rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association (“NACHA Rules”), but not separate rules. The final rules have adopted some of the existing practices applicable to commercial ACH payments, but it is not possible for the Department of the Treasury to conform to all of these rules. For example, the Treasury has no authority to indemnify recipients of direct deposit payments, although such indemnification by a sender is contemplated in the NACHA rules and was advocated in several comments. It should also be noted that the rules applicable to Legacy Treasury Direct payments are modeled, to some extent, on the rules for Government direct deposit payments in order to take advantage of the large number of entities that are a part of the Government direct deposit network. See the discussion under paragraph (b)(2). Where there are unique rules applicable to Legacy Treasury Direct, however, they are explained here.
</P>
<P>Given the variance between the procedures set out in the proposed rules and existing practice, and the increased burdens resulting therefrom, several clearing house associations and financial institutions requested that the implementation of Legacy Treasury Direct be delayed from July 1986 to July 1987. The Treasury is satisfied that the added burdens that would have been imposed on financial institutions to receive Legacy Treasury Direct payments under the proposed rules have been effectively eliminated in the final rule. Thus, Treasury plans to implement the system on or about the original target date. The final rules are being published, however, in advance of actual implementation so as to give financial institutions an opportunity to make whatever remaining, minor procedural changes as may be necessary.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Information on deposit account at financial institution.</I> The proposed regulations provided that the owner of a security in Legacy Treasury Direct, or in the case of ownership by two individuals, the first-named owner, must be an owner of, and so designated, on the account at the receiving financial institution. The regulations also provided that in any case in which a security is held jointly or with right of survivorship, the account at the financial institution should be established in a form that assures that the rights of each joint owner or survivor will be preserved.
</P>
<P>The rule requiring the naming of the first-named owner on the receiving financial institution account was based on tax reporting considerations. It has now been determined that the first-named security owner need not be named on the receiving deposit account.
</P>
<P>The rule relating to establishment of the receiving account in joint ownership cases in the same form as the registration of the security was intended to be a notice to investors of a potential problem, rather than a requirement. In cases where an investor intends a beneficiary, joint owner or coowner to receive securities after the investor's death, this intention may be defeated if the recipient is not also named on the receiving deposit account. It is up to the investor to examine his or her particular circumstances and determine whether the form in which the deposit account will be held is satisfactory. This matter has been clarified in paragraph (b)(1)(v) of the final rule. Except for the restriction described in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) (see below), the Treasury does not intend to establish any limitations on how the receiving deposit account is held.
</P>
<P>Several comments addressed the issue of the registration of the security versus the title of the deposit account. Two comments pointed out that if the deposit account must be in the same form as the registration of the security, then existing traditional forms of ownership for bank accounts, which do not include all the forms of registration for securities held in Legacy Treasury Direct, would not suffice. Concerns were also expressed that with multiple forms of ownership, financial institutions could become involved in disputes with investors. As noted above, there is no requirement that the Legacy Treasury Direct account and the deposit account be identical. The responsibility to choose the title of the deposit account rests with the investor.
</P>
<P>Another comment objected to the rule that the first-named security owner be named on the receiving deposit account because the rule would eliminate the possibility of payment to an account at a financial institution in the name of a mutual fund, security dealer, or insurance company. Although the change in the tax reporting rule described above permits payment to such accounts, as well as to trust accounts, since it appears that there is a question as to the capability of some receiving institutions to handle such payments, investors are strongly urged to consult their financial institution before requesting such payment arrangements. See paragraph (b)(1)(iii).
</P>
<P>It should be emphasized that any payments that must be made by check will be made in the form in which the Legacy Treasury Direct account is held, which may be different than the form of the deposit account. Investors should be aware that this may result in checks being issued, and thus payment being made, in a form different than they intended the direct deposit payments to be made. For example, if Investor A purchases a security in his or her name alone with instructions that payments be directed to a financial institution for the account of a money market fund, any checks that must be issued will be drawn in the name of Investor A. This could happen if Investor A furnishes erroneous payment instructions and the problem cannot be resolved before a payment date, in which case a check would be issued.
</P>
<P>The one restriction on the form of the deposit account that appears in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of the final regulations is a rule that where the Legacy Treasury Direct account is in the name of individual(s), and the receiving deposit account is also in the name of individual(s), one of the individuals on the Legacy Treasury Direct account must be named on the deposit account. This rule is intended to provide a means to determine the disposition of the payment, if necessary. The Treasury does not expect financial institutions to monitor this rule.
</P>
<P>Provision has been made in paragraph (b)(1)(vii) to permit financial institutions to request “mass changes” of deposit account numbers without the submission of individual requests from investors to Legacy Treasury Direct. This procedure is intended for use where an institution changes all or an entire group of its account numbers, typically as a result of an organizational change. Legacy Treasury Direct will honor requests from a financial institution to change deposit account numbers under such circumstances, with the understanding that the institution agrees to indemnify the Treasury and the security owners for any losses resulting from errors made by the institution. If the institutions does not wish to use the “mass change” procedure, then the change in account number must be requested by the investor, using the authorized transaction request form. See § 357.28.
</P>
<P>Some institutions voiced concern in general about investor errors in furnishing the Legacy Treasury Direct a deposit account number and the financial institution's routing number. Although the Treasury plans to provide as much assistance to investors as possible, the investor must bear the responsibility for securing accurate payment information. Investors are urged to consult with their receiving institution to verify the accuracy of the payment information, since neither the Treasury nor the receiving financial institution would be responsible for payment errors resulting from erroneous information provided by investors.
</P>
<P>The proposed rule provided in § 357.26(b)(1)(iii) that the designation of a financial institution by a security owner to receive payments from Legacy Treasury Direct would constitute the appointment of the financial institution as agent for the owner for the receipt of payments. The crediting of a payment to the financial institution for deposit to the owner's account, in accordance with the owner's instructions, would discharge the United States of any further responsibility for the payment. One comment noted that, in contrast, the rule in 31 CFR 210.13 for Federal recurring payments is that the United States is not acquitted until the payment is credited to the account of the recipient on the books of a financial institution.
</P>
<P>Although, in principle, the same rules should apply to all Government payments, the proposed Legacy Treasury Direct rule has been retained in the final regulations on the basis of the major differences in the procedures to be used in Legacy Treasury Direct. Most significantly, the Treasury will not be securing any written verification (<I>i.e.</I>, an enrollment form) from a financial institution as to the accuracy of the deposit account number and other payment information, as is now the practice in the case of payments under 31 CFR part 210. Under these circumstances, the Treasury cannot, in effect, guarantee that a payment will be credited by a financial institution to the correct account. It should also be noted that this rule on acquittance of the United States is consistent with the provision in § 357.10(c) of the proposed regulations on TRADES. In practice, however, the Treasury plans to participate actively in seeking to locate and recover any payments that have been misdirected.
</P>
<P>(b)(2) <I>Agreement of financial institution.</I> The proposed rule provided, in § 357.26(b)(2), that a financial institution which has agreed to accept payments under 31 CFR part 210 shall be deemed to have agreed to accept payments from Legacy Treasury Direct. The rule further provided that an institution could not be designated to receive Legacy Treasury Direct payments unless it had agreed to accept direct deposit payments under 31 CFR part 210.
</P>
<P>One financial institution commented that a receiving institution that has already agreed to accept part 210 payments should have the choice as to whether to accept payments from Legacy Treasury Direct. The basis for this comment was the perception that the receipt of Legacy Treasury Direct payments would require the implementation of special procedures by the financial institution and expose it to additional risks. As explained earlier, the Treasury has significantly modified the procedures and reduced the requirements imposed upon a financial institution in order to receive Legacy Treasury Direct payments, and decreased as well the risks an institution will incur in the receipt of such payments. Thus, the proposed rule on eligibility of receiving institutions has been retained in the final rule in essentially the same form.
</P>
<P>Two other comments were made to the effect that the category of institutions receiving payments should be broadened. In deciding to authorize payments to all institutions receiving part 210 payments, the Treasury considered the fact that many more institutions are designated endpoints for Government (direct deposit) payments than for commercial ACH payments. In order to afford investors the widest choice of recipient institutions, all institutions that had agreed to accept part 210 payments were designated as authorized recipients. Treasury has now broadened the rule further to also authorize those financial institutions that are willing to agree to accept part 210 payments in the future. This rule will permit investors to designate institutions that are not now receiving Government direct deposit payments as the recipients of their Legacy Treasury Direct payments if the institutions make appropriate arrangements with the Federal Reserve Bank of their District.
</P>
<P>(b)(3) <I>Pre-notification.</I> A significant feature of the Legacy Treasury Direct payment procedure will be the use of a pre-notification message sent to the receiving financial institution in advance of the first payment. This procedure, already in use for commercial ACH payments, alerts the institution that a payment will be made and provides an opportunity for verification of the accuracy of the account information.
</P>
<P>The proposed regulations provided that the financial institution would be required to reject the pre-notification message within four calendar days after the date of receipt if the information contained in the message did not agree with the records of the institution or if for any other reason the institution would not be able to credit the payment. The rules also stated that a failure to reject the message within the specified time period would be deemed an acceptance of the pre-notification and a warranty that the information in the message was accurate.
</P>
<P>Because there was some confusion over when the pre-notification message woud be sent, the final rules clarify, in paragraph (b)(3)(i), that in most cases, this will occur shortly after establishment of a Legacy Treasury Direct account. The Treasury has under consideration a system change that would permit a second pre-notification to be sent closer to the time of the payment if the first payment is to occur a substantial length of time after account establishment.
</P>
<P>One of the items of information contained in a pre-notification message is the name the investor has indicated appears on the deposit account. Comments were received that existing procedures and software do not permit automatic verification of the account name. Although there is apparently some variation in practice, and some institutions undertake to verify the account name information manually, the Treasury has decided to drop the account name verification requirement in the final rules. This means that under paragraph (b)(3)(ii), a financial institution need only verify the account number and type designations on the pre-notification message. However, the Treasury urges institutions which are able to verify account names to do so and encourages the development of software that would have this capability.
</P>
<P>A number of comments urged that the four-day period provided for an institution to reject a pre-notification message be lengthened. After consideration of the various alternatives proposed, the Treasury has concluded that an eight-day period will meet the needs of most institutions. See paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of the final rule. In responding to a pre-notification message, an institution may use the NACHA's “notification of change” procedure, standardized automated rejection codes, or any other similar standard procedure. Upon receipt of such notification, the Treasury will either make the necessary changes in the Legacy Treasury Direct account or contact the investor, depending on the circumstances.
</P>
<P>One commentator objected to the warranty by the receiving institution as to the accuracy of the pre-notification information, particularly in view of the manual verification or changes in procedures that would be required, and the resulting possibility of error. As previously noted, the requirement to verify an account name has been eliminated. In addition, language has been added to make it clear that the verification is limited to the time of pre-notification. The Treasury is of the view that the warranty is a useful concept in encouraging institutions to respond to pre-notification messages and will benefit all concerned by increasing the likelihood that payments will be made accurately and to the appropriate party.
</P>
<P>(b)(5) <I>Responsibility of financial institution.</I> The proposed regulations provided, in § 357.26(b)(5)(ii), that a financial institution that receives a Legacy Treasury Direct payment on behalf of a customer would be required to promptly notify the Treasury when it has made a change in the status or ownership of the customer's deposit account, such as the deletion of the first-named owner of the security from the title of the account, or when the institution is on notice of the death or incompetency of the owner of the deposit account.
</P>
<P>Several financial institutions objected to this requirement on the grounds that it would be burdensome and would require the development of new procedures to monitor the changes in deposit accounts. Specifically, several institutions indicated they would be unable to relate the receipt of Legacy Treasury Direct payments, which would be handled in a centralized area of the institution, to the changes being made in a deposit account, which are handled in another operational area of the institution. These institutions said they would not necessarily be aware of who is the first-named owner of the security in Legacy Treasury Direct, and that more responsibility should be placed on the security owner in reporting changes.
</P>
<P>In response to these comments, the Treasury has narrowed the notification rule, in paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of the final rule, to require a financial institution to notify Legacy Treasury Direct only in cases where it is on notice of the death or legal incapacity of an individual named on the deposit account, or where it is on notice of the dissolution of a corporation named in the deposit account. Upon receipt of notice by the area of the institution that receives credit payments, the institution will be required to return any Legacy Treasury Direct payments received thereafter.
</P>
<P>(b)(6) <I>Payments in error/duplicate payments.</I> The proposed regulations, in § 357.26(b)(6), set out rules describing the procedure that would be followed in cases where the Treasury or a Federal Reserve Bank has made a duplicate payment or a payment in error. First, the financial institution to which the payment was directed would be provided with a notice asking for the return of the amount of the payment remaining in the deposit account. If the financial institution were unable to return any part of the payment, it would be required to notify the Treasury or its Federal Reserve Bank, and provide the names and addresses of the persons who withdrew funds from the deposit account after the date of the duplicate payment or the payment in error. If the financial institution did not respond to the notice within 30 days, the financial institution's account at its Federal Reserve Bank could be debited in the amount of the duplicate or improper payment.
</P>
<P>Several institutions raised objections about various aspects of the above procedures. One stated that 30 days was an insufficient time to respond and urged conformity with the rules in 31 CFR part 210 permitting a 60-day response time. Some objected to furnishing information about the persons who withdrew money from an account. Several objected in principle to the provision authorizing the debiting of their accounts. Several comments indicated that if a payment is returned by a financial institution using an automated payment reversal procedure, then only the full amount of the payment (not a partial amount) can be reversed.
</P>
<P>In the final rule, the Treasury has clarified the procedures. The requirement to provide the names of persons who withdrew funds from an account has been changed. In paragraph (b)(6)(i), financial institutions are asked to provide only such information as they have about the matter. The debiting of an institution's account at a Federal Reserve Bank is intended to be simply a last resort if the institution fails totally to respond to the notice of a duplicate payment or payment made in error. See paragraph (b)(6)(iii). The time provided for response to this notice has been lengthened to 60 days.
</P>
<P>The final rule has also been clarified in paragraph (b)(6)(i) to provide that the amount that should be returned is an amount equal to the payment. The Treasury reserves the right, however, to request the return by other than automated means of a partial amount of a payment made in error. It is anticipated that such a procedure would occur only if the notice of a payment made in error is not issued immediately after the payment was made.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Handling of payments by Federal Reserve Banks.</I> Some of the comments raised a question about the liability of the Federal Reserve Banks in making payments. The proposed rule, in § 357.26(d)(2), provided that each Federal Reserve Bank would be responsible only to the Department and would not be liable to any other party for any loss resulting from its handling of payments. This rule was taken from the existing regulations in 31 CFR part 210 (see § 210.3(f)), and is simply a restatement of existing law.
</P>
<P>In making payments, the Federal Reserve Banks are acting in the capacity as fiscal agents of the United States, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 391. They are not acting in an individual (banking) capacity. If a Federal Reserve Bank misdirects a payment contrary to instructions provided by the investor, the United States, as principal, may remain liable to the investor for the payment. The United States could seek to recover any loss from its agent, the Fedeal Reserve Bank. However, because the proposed rule simply stated a legal conclusion and tended to create the impression that the rule was broader than intended, it has been omitted from the final regulations.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.31 Certifying individuals.
</HD2>
<P>For clarity, the warranties which accompany the use of a “Signature guaranteed” stamp have been set out.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.42 Preservation of existing rights.
</HD2>
<P>This section has been deleted. The same subject-matter will be covered in § 357.1, as finally adopted.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.43 Liability of Department and Federal Reserve Banks.
</HD2>
<P>This section was published as § 357.42 in the notice of proposed rulemaking for TRADES. The final version will be published after all the comments on the rulemaking for TRADES have been reviewed and considered.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.46 Supplements, amendments, or revisions.
</HD2>
<P>Provision for “charges and fees for services and maintenance of book-entry Treasury securities” has been added in the event circumstances should dictate their imposition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18260, May 16, 1986; 51 FR 18884, May 23, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.54.6.17.1.17" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 357—TRADES Commentary
</HEAD>
<HD1>Introduction
</HD1>
<P>The adoption of regulations for the Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System (“TRADES”) is the culmination of a multi-year Treasury process of moving from issuing securities only in definitive (physical/certificated/paper) form to issuing securities exclusively in book-entry form. The TRADES regulations provide the legal framework for all commercially-maintained Treasury book-entry securities. For a more detailed explanation of the procedural and legal development of book-entry and the TRADES regulations, see the preamble to the rule proposed March 4, 1996 (61 FR 8420), as well as the earlier proposals cited therein 51 FR 8846 (March 14, 1986); 51 FR 43027 (November 28, 1986); 57 FR 12244 (April 9, 1992).
</P>
<HD1>Comparison of TRADES and Legacy Treasury Direct
</HD1>
<P>A person may hold interests in Treasury book-entry securities either in TRADES 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> or Legacy Treasury Direct. The following summarizes the major differences between the two systems.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> In TRADES a Person's interest in a Treasury book-entry security is a Security Entitlement, as described in TRADES. A Participant's interest in a marketable Treasury book-entry security also is a Security Entitlement. A Participant's Security Entitlement is different than a Security Entitlement as described in Revised Article 8, with respect to the Participant's rights against the issuer. A non-Participant's Security Entitlement is described in Revised Article 8.</P></FTNT>
<P>Persons holding Treasury book-entry securities in TRADES hold their interests in such securities in a tiered system of ownership accounts. In TRADES, Treasury, through its fiscal agents, the Federal Reserve Banks, recognizes the identity only of Participants (persons with a direct account relationship with a Federal Reserve Bank). While Participants may be beneficial owners of interests in Treasury book-entry securities, there are many beneficial owners of such interests that are not Participants. Such beneficial owners hold their interests through one or more Securities Intermediaries such as banks, brokerage firms or securities clearing organizations.
</P>
<P>In TRADES, the rights of non-Participant beneficial owners may be exercised only through their Securities Intermediaries. Neither Treasury nor the Federal Reserve Banks have any obligation to a non-Participant beneficial owner of an interest in a Treasury book-entry security. Two examples illustrate this principle. First, except where a pledge has been recorded directly on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank pursuant to § 357.12(c)(1), Federal Reserve Banks, as Treasury's fiscal agents, will act only on instructions of the Participant in whose Securities Account the Treasury book-entry security is maintained in recording transfers of an interest in a Treasury book-entry security. A beneficial owner of the interest that is a non-Participant has no ability to direct a transfer on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank. Second, Treasury discharges its payment obligation with respect to a Treasury book-entry security when payment is credited to a Participant's account or paid in accordance with the Participant's instructions. Neither Treasury nor a Federal Reserve Bank has any payment obligation to a non-Participant beneficial owner of an interest in a Treasury book-entry security. A non-Participant beneficial owner receives its payment when its Securities Intermediary credits the owner's account.
</P>
<P>Persons holding Treasury book-entry securities in Legacy Treasury Direct, on the other hand, hold their securities accounts on records maintained by Treasury through its fiscal agents, the Federal Reserve Banks. The primary characteristic of Legacy Treasury Direct is a direct account relationship between the beneficial owner of a Treasury book-entry security and Treasury. In Legacy Treasury Direct, Treasury discharges its payment obligation when payment is credited to the depository institution specified by the beneficial owner of the Treasury book-entry security, paid directly to the beneficial owner by check, or paid in accordance with the beneficial owner's instructions. Unlike TRADES, Legacy Treasury Direct does not provide a mechanism for the exchange of cash to settle a secondary market transaction, nor are pledges of Treasury book-entry securities held in Legacy Treasury Direct generally recognized. Accordingly, Legacy Treasury Direct is suited for persons who plan to hold their Treasury securities until maturity, and provides an alternative for investors who are concerned about holding securities through intermediaries and who do not wish to hold their interests in Treasury securities indirectly in TRADES.
</P>
<HD1>Scope of Regulation
</HD1>
<P>Just as the scope of Revised Article 8 is limited, 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> the scope of this regulation is limited. It is not a comprehensive codification of the law governing securities, transactions in securities or the law of contracts for the purchase or sale of securities. Similarly, it is not a codification of all laws that could affect a person's interest in a Treasury book-entry security. For example, state laws regarding divorce or intestate succession could well affect which persons have rights in the interest in a Treasury book-entry security. Moreover, the regulations deal with certain aspects of transactions in Treasury securities, such as perfection of a security interest and its effects and not other aspects, such as the contractual relationship between a debtor and its secured party, which are left to applicable law 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/>. See the discussion under § 357.10 of the Section-by-Section Analysis.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> U.C.C. Revised Article 8, Prefatory Note at 12.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> The regulations in 31 CFR 306.118(b), which are being supplanted by TRADES, state that “applicable law” covers how a transfer or pledge is “effected” as well as perfected. Except with respect to security interests marked on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank, TRADES does not address how a security interest in a Treasury book-entry security is created or what law governs the creation of a security interest. Section 357.11(a) of TRADES, which establishes the choice of law for interests other than those covered by § 357.10, addresses the choice of law with respect to the perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection, and priority of security interests, but does not address the law governing creation or attachment of a security interest. This is consistent with the scope and choice of law provisions of Revised Article 8.</P></FTNT>
<HD1>Section-by-Section Analysis
</HD1>
<HD2>Section 357.0 Dual book-entry systems.
</HD2>
<P>Section 357.0 sets forth that Treasury provides two systems for maintaining Treasury book-entry securities—TRADES and Legacy Treasury Direct. Subpart A of part 357 of 31 CFR contains general information about TRADES and Legacy Treasury Direct. Subpart B contains the TRADES regulations. Subpart C contains the Legacy Treasury Direct regulations. Subpart D contains miscellaneous provisions. Thus, in its totality, part 357 sets forth in one place the complete set of governing rules for Treasury securities issued in book-entry form.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.1 Effective date.
</HD2>
<P>Section 357.1 establishes the effective date for TRADES. TRADES applies to outstanding securities formerly governed by 31 CFR part 306, subpart O. Conforming changes to parts 306, 356, and 358 are being made to coincide with the publication of TRADES in final form. Consistent with the approach set forth in Revised Article 8 (see § 8-603 and the official comment thereto), on and after the effective date these regulations will apply to all transactions, including transactions commenced prior to the effective date. Revised Article 8, in Section 8-603, gave secured parties four months after the effective date to take action to continue the perfection of their security interests. TRADES, through its delayed effectiveness, provides a similar period. In TRADES, January 1, 1997, becomes the date by which such actions must be completed.
</P>
<P>The effective date for TRADES is January 1, 1997. While TRADES is based in large part on Revised Article 8 that has received widespread attention in the financial community and already has been adopted in 28 states, 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/> Treasury has determined that TRADES will be effective on January 1, 1997, to ensure a smooth transition to TRADES. In making that determination, Treasury has taken into account the time required by other Government-Sponsored Enterprises (GSEs) to promulgate similar regulations for their securities. Such an effective date, when combined with TRADES having been published in proposed form with a 60-day comment period, should provide sufficient time for an orderly transition to the new TRADES rules.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> As of August 1, 1996, those states are: Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Mississippi, Nebraska, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia and Wyoming. See discussion accompanying footnote 11.</P></FTNT>
<HD2>Section 357.2 Definitions.
</HD2>
<P>Section 357.2 contains definitions for use in subparts B and C. While most of the definitions are straightforward, four terms—Participant, Entitlement Holder, Security Entitlement and Securities Intermediary—are critical to an understanding of the proposed TRADES regulations.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Participant.</I> A Participant is a person that has a securities account relationship in its name with a Federal Reserve Bank. Accordingly, the Federal Reserve Bank and Treasury know both the identity of the persons maintaining these accounts and the Treasury book-entry securities held in these accounts.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities Intermediary.</I> Securities Intermediaries are persons (other than individuals, except as described below) that are in the business of holding interests in Treasury book-entry securities for others. Participants can be, and usually are, Securities Intermediaries.
</P>
<P>In addition, entities such as clearing corporations, banks, brokers and dealers can be Securities Intermediaries in a single chain of ownership of a Treasury security. An individual, unless registered as a broker or dealer under the federal securities laws, cannot be a Securities Intermediary. As an illustration of a possible chain of ownership, in the following chart, the Federal Reserve Bank, Participant and Broker-Dealer are all Securities Intermediaries.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treasury
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Participant
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Broker-Dealer
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Individual Holder</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Entitlement Holder.</I> An Entitlement Holder is any person for whom a Securities Intermediary holds an interest in a Treasury book-entry security. In the above example Individual Holder, Broker-Dealer and Participant are all Entitlement Holders. Thus, a person can be both a Securities Intermediary and an Entitlement Holder. See also the commentary on “Security Entitlement.”
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Security Entitlement.</I> A Security Entitlement is the interest that an Entitlement Holder has in a Treasury book-entry security. In the example, Participant, Broker-Dealer and Individual Holder all hold Security Entitlements. The rights and property interests associated with a Security Entitlement of a Participant held on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank (“Participant's Security Entitlement”) are, however, different from the rights and property interests associated with other Security Entitlements. As provided in § 357.10(a), Federal law defines the scope and nature of a Participant's Security Entitlement. While TRADES is based in large part on Revised Article 8, the meaning of Security Entitlement under federal law is different than under Revised Article 8. For example, Participants have a direct claim against the United States for interest and principal even though, under state law, an Entitlement Holder would only have a claim against its Securities Intermediary for such payment. To the extent not inconsistent with this regulation, the scope and nature of a Security Entitlement of an Entitlement Holder below the level of a Participant, (Broker-dealer and Individual Holder in the example above), is defined by applicable state law, as determined pursuant to § 357.11. It should also be noted that while a Participant's rights have Federal law components under § 357.10(a), the nature of a Security Entitlement held by a lower tier intermediary on the books of a Participant is determined pursuant to applicable law as provided in § 357.11.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.10 Law governing the United States and Reserve Banks.
</HD2>
<P>Section 357.10(a) provides that the rights and obligations of the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks (with one exception detailed below), with respect to both the TRADES system and Treasury book-entry securities maintained in TRADES are governed solely and exclusively by Federal law. Thus, claims against the United States and Federal Reserve Banks of both Participants and all other persons with an interest (or claiming an interest) in a Treasury book-entry security maintained in TRADES are governed by Federal law. Federal law is defined to include TRADES, the offering circulars pursuant to which the Treasury securities are sold, the offering announcements and Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circulars. 
<SU>5</SU>
<FTREF/> Prior to March 1, 1993, the terms of each offering of Treasury securities, except for Treasury bills were set forth in an offering circular published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/> Since March 1, 1993, all Treasury book-entry securities have been offered pursuant to a uniform offering circular set forth at 31 CFR part 356.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> A “Federal Reserve Bank Operating Circular” is defined in § 357.2 as the publication issued by each Federal Reserve Bank that sets forth the terms and conditions under which the Reserve Bank maintains Book-entry Securities Accounts and transfers Book-entry Securities.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> Treasury bills were issued pursuant to one master offering circular (31 CFR part 349, removed, and replaced by 31 CFR part 356) effective March 1, 1993. (58 FR 412)</P></FTNT>
<P>While TRADES is based in large measure on Revised Article 8, a fundamental principle of these regulations (and a divergence from Revised Article 8) is that the obligations of the issuer (the United States) and the Federal Reserve Banks, as well as all claims with respect to TRADES or a Treasury book-entry security against Treasury or a Federal Reserve Bank, are governed solely by Federal law. Thus, for example, those parts of Revised Article 8 that detail obligations of issuers (or their agents) of securities are not applicable to either the United States or Federal Reserve Banks. 
<SU>7</SU>
<FTREF/> In addition, neither the United States nor Federal Reserve Banks have any obligations to persons holding their interests in a Treasury book-entry security at levels below the level of a Participant or to any other person claiming an interest in a Treasury book-entry security (with the limited exception set out in § 357.12(c)(1)). Thus, there are no derivative rights against either the United States or the Federal Reserve Banks.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> The regulations in subpart C of this part set out other obligations of the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks for securities held in Legacy Treasury Direct. These regulations preempt applicable state law.</P></FTNT>
<P>In interpreting this section, it is important to note that the scope of TRADES, like that of Revised Article 8, is limited. Accordingly, the governing law set forth in § 357.10(a) is applicable only to the matters set forth in § 357.10(a). Other laws remain applicable and could affect the holders of book-entry securities.
</P>
<P>For example, the tax treatment of Securities Entitlements is outside the scope of TRADES and other law (the Federal income tax code) is applicable in determining such tax treatment. Similarly, nothing in § 357.10(a) limits the applicability of other laws to matters such as whether the activities of Participants or Securities Intermediaries with respect to interests in Treasury book-entry securities are subject to banking or securities laws.
</P>
<P>While TRADES in § 357.10(a) defines what law governs the contract between the United States, as issuer, and the holder of a Security Entitlement, it is not a complete statement of the contract law applicable to the United States or Federal Reserve Banks. For example, if a Participant obtains a discount window loan from a Federal Reserve Bank and agrees to pledge collateral, including Treasury book-entry securities, to the Federal Reserve Bank as security for the loan, § 357.10(a) does not establish the law for determining the validity or enforceability of the contract or the law applicable to the creation and perfection of security interests in property that is not a Treasury book-entry security. Section 357.10(a) does provide the law applicable for how a security interest in Treasury book-entry securities is perfected, the priority of such interest and, if § 357.12(c)(1) is applicable, how such security interest is created. Similarly, nothing in § 357.10(a) affects the continuing applicability or enforceability of Federal Reserve Bank operating circulars such as the circular setting forth provisions regarding electronic access to services provided by Federal Reserve Banks and agreements executed in connection with such circulars.
</P>
<P>The law applicable with respect to interests granted to a Federal Reserve Bank depends on the manner in which the security interest is granted.
</P>
<P>Where a security interest in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank is marked on the books of the Federal Reserve Bank under Section 357.12(c)(1), § 357.10(a) establishes the applicable law. A security interest in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank would be recorded on the Federal Reserve Bank's books where, for example, the Federal Reserve Bank made a discount window loan to a depository institution and any Treasury book-entry securities provided by the depository institution as collateral have been deposited to a pledge account on the books of the Federal Reserve Bank. For a borrowing depository institution that is not a Participant, the book-entry securities used as collateral generally would be deposited to the Federal Reserve Bank pledge account by the borrowing institution's Securities Intermediary. See Hypothetical 5.
</P>
<P>Section 357.10(b) sets forth law applicable with respect to security interests in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank that have not been marked on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank. A security interest in the Securities Entitlement of a Participant in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank that is not marked on the books of the Federal Reserve Bank is governed by the law of the state in which the head office of the Federal Reserve Bank is located. Such a security interest could arise, for example, where the delivery of book-entry securities to the securities account of the Participant results in an overdraft in the Participant's Funds Account. The extent to which the Federal Reserve Bank has an interest in the Participant's book-entry securities to secure the overdraft therefore would be determined under the law of the state in which the Reserve Bank's head office is located. If the State in which the head office of the Federal Reserve Bank is located has not adopted Revised Article 8, under § 357.10(c) that State is deemed to have adopted Revised Article 8.
</P>
<P>In certain very limited circumstances, a Federal Reserve Bank also may have a security interest in the book-entry securities of a non-Participant that is not marked on the books of the Federal Reserve Bank. Section 357.10(b) provides a separate rule for such a security interest, which would be governed by the law of the non-Participant's Securities Intermediary, as determined under § 357.11. Under § 357.11, the perfection, effect of perfection, and priority of a security interest created under such an agreement would be governed by the law of the Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction, as determined under § 357.11(b). Under § 357.11(d), if the jurisdiction specified in § 357.11(b) has not adopted Revised Article 8, jurisdiction would be deemed to have adopted Revised Article 8. 
<SU>8</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> An interest in book-entry securities of a non-Participant that is not marked on the books of the Federal Reserve Bank, while uncommon, could arise where the Federal Reserve Bank lends to a non-Participant depository institution and enters into a triparty agreement with the depository institution and its Securities Intermediary rather than requiring the deposit of the book-entry securities in a pledge account on the books of the Federal Reserve Bank through an instruction given by the non-Participant depository institution to its Securities Intermediary.</P></FTNT>
<P>For purposes of applying the state law chosen under the rules of § 357.10(b), Federal Reserve Banks are treated as clearing corporations. As a result, a security interest in a Securities Entitlement of a Participant in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank under § 357.12(c)(2) has the same priority as security interests granted to other clearing corporations under state law. This is consistent with the treatment accorded to Federal Reserve Banks generally under Revised Article 8.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.11 Law governing other interests.
</HD2>
<P>(a) <I>Law governing the rights and obligation of Participants and third parties.</I> Section 357.11 is a choice of law rule. The substantive matters subject to this choice of law rule are set forth in § 357.11(a). The matters set forth in § 357.11(a) are meant to be coextensive with those matters covered by Revised Article 8 with respect to a person's interest in a Treasury book-entry security (other than those related to a person's relationship to Treasury or a Federal Reserve Bank which are governed solely by federal law). For purposes of these choice of law rules Participants are Securities Intermediaries.
</P>
<P>Section 357.11(b) adopts Revised Article 8's general choice of law rule. Section 357.11(c) sets forth a special choice of law rule with respect to security interests perfected automatically or by filing, which also is included in Revised Article 8. Generally, the law applicable to the Securities Intermediary will govern matters involving an interest in a book-entry security held through that intermediary. This approach is not followed with respect to perfection of security interests automatically or by filing. In those cases, the law of the jurisdiction in which the debtor is located is the governing law. Since filing systems are based on the location of the debtor, this approach should reduce uncertainty and preserve the normal practice of searching records based on the debtor's location. 
<SU>9</SU>
<FTREF/> The language “person creating a security interest” is used in lieu of the term “debtor” in this provision to avoid any confusion. The word “debtor” has two meanings in the Uniform Commercial Code and the expression “person creating a security interest” provides clarity with respect to who is covered by this section. The term does not refer to a creditor. The language “is located” is intended to conform to its meaning under applicable law, as it may be amended from time to time. See, e.g., U.C.C. section 9-103(3)(d). Section 357.11(d) provides for the application of Revised Article 8 if the choice of law analysis required by § 357.11(b) results in the choice of the law of a State that has not yet adopted Revised Article 8. As noted elsewhere, in such a situation, the State's law is viewed as if it had adopted Revised Article 8. This section also provides that, for purposes of applying state law, the Federal Reserve Banks are clearing corporations and Participants' interests in book-entry securities are Security Entitlements.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>9</SU> The substantive effect of filing is limited and applies only in states which have adopted Revised Article 8. Since the effect of filing is a unique state law matter, in this one area, Treasury has determined that possible lack of uniformity does not justify altering state law.</P></FTNT>
<P>(b) <I>Limited scope of Federal preemption.</I> In an earlier TRADES proposal Treasury contemplated adopting a comprehensive regulation governing the rights of all persons in Treasury book-entry securities held in TRADES. Such an approach was proposed because Treasury believed that a uniform rule was necessary to preserve the efficiency and liquidity of the market for Treasury securities—the most liquid and efficient market in the world. Treasury believed then, and believes now, that the material rights of a holder in the United States of an interest in a Treasury security should not vary solely by virtue of such holder's geographic location or the location of the financial institution through which it holds its interest in Treasury securities. In light of Revised Article 8, Treasury has determined that it is possible to achieve this uniformity without developing an independent system of Federal commercial law. 
<SU>10</SU>
<FTREF/> The questions inherent in a tiered system of ownership have been analyzed, and, in Treasury's view, satisfactorily addressed by Revised Article 8.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>10</SU> As noted previously, the substantive scope of this regulation is limited.</P></FTNT>
<P>As of August 1, 1996, 28 states have adopted Revised Article 8 and Treasury understands that it will soon be adopted in additional states. As with all uniform laws, the adoption process takes several years. In order to assure uniformity, in light of the unavoidable delays in the state-by-state adoption process of Revised Article 8, Treasury is promulgating regulations with a limited form of preemption. As provided in both §§ 357.10(c) and 357.11(d), if the choice of law rules set forth in TRADES would lead to the application of the law of a State that has not yet adopted Revised Article 8, TRADES will apply Revised Article 8 (with conforming and miscellaneous amendments to other Articles) in the form approved by the ALI and NCCUSL. Treasury expects that these provisions will be operative only during the state-by-state adoption process and would plan to amend TRADES to delete reference to these provisions once the adoption process has been completed.
</P>
<P>While Revised Article 8 is defined to mean the official text of Article 8 as approved by the ALI and NCCUSL, Treasury recognizes that states may make minor changes in that text when adopting Article 8. Treasury has concluded that minor changes should not prevent Revised Article 8, as adopted by a state, from being the appropriate law. In other words, if a state passes a version of Article 8 that is substantially identical to Revised Article 8, reference to Revised Article 8 (as defined) would no longer be required. Treasury has determined that the versions of Article 8 passed by 50 
<SU>11</SU>
<FTREF/> states that have enacted Article 8 meet this standard. Accordingly, §§ 357.10(c) and 357.11(d) would not be applicable if the choice of law provisions of TRADES directed a person to one of those states. As additional states adopt Revised Article 8, Treasury will provide notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as to whether the enactments are “substantially identical” to the uniform version for purposes of these regulations and on an annual basis, the Commentary will be amended to reflect subsequent enactments. This approach represents a significantly reduced form of preemption of state law from former versions of TRADES and preserves Treasury's preeminent interest in a uniform system of rules applicable to all holders of interests in Treasury book-entry securities.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>11</SU> Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Puerto Rico, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin and Wyoming.</P></FTNT>
<HD2>Section 357.12 Obtaining an interest in a book-entry security.
</HD2>
<P>(a) <I>Creation of a Participant's Security Entitlement.</I> A Participant's interest in a Treasury book-entry security is a Securities Entitlement. Section 357.12(a) provides that a Participant's Securities Entitlement is created when a Federal Reserve Bank indicates by book entry that a Book-entry Security has been credited to a Participant's Securities Account. Instead of the concept of initial credit and transfer of a Treasury book-entry security, as set forth in the existing regulations, this proposal focuses on the creation of a Participant's Securities Entitlement and, in this way, is similar to Section 8-501 of Revised Article 8.
</P>
<P>The regulation focuses on the creation of a Participant's Security Entitlement because Security Entitlement is the term used to describe the Participant's interest in a Treasury book-entry security. Once a Participant obtains that interest, the regulation sets forth what that interest is. Thus, as provided in § 357.10, federal law describes a Participant's rights against the United States and the Federal Reserve Bank where it maintains its Securities Account. To the extent not inconsistent with § 357.10, § 357.11 describes the applicable law to determine Participants' rights and obligations with respect to all other persons. Under these regulations, Participants can still transfer their interests in a Treasury book-entry security as they did before—by issuing a Transfer Message to the Federal Reserve Bank where they hold such interest. Transfer of interests between Participants can occur by a Participant holding such interest issuing a Transfer Message. As a result of such message, the Federal Reserve Bank will make a book entry in favor of the receiving Participant (thereby creating a Security Entitlement in favor of such Participant) and also will make a book entry deleting the initiator Participant's interest in such Treasury book-entry security (thereby eliminating that Participant's Security Entitlement). In addition, if authorized under applicable state law, Participants may enter into agreements with other Participants that, as to the Participants, constitute a transfer. Such action is without effect to either the United States or a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Creation and priority of a Security Interest.</I> (i) <I>Security Interests of the United States.</I> Section 357.12(b) provides that a security interest in favor of the United States has priority over the interests of any other person in a Treasury book-entry security. The United States obtains security interests in Treasury securities as collateral to secure funds in a variety of situations such as Treasury Tax and Loan accounts; government agency funds or funds under the control of the Federal Courts held at financial institutions; and securities pledged in lieu of surety by contractors and others. The priority provided the United States in these situations is consistent with existing law.
</P>
<P>In addition, Federal Reserve Banks do recognize on their books and records security interests in favor of the United States. In that situation, the Federal Reserve Bank will not transfer the security without the permission of the United States. This section provides that a Federal Reserve Bank may rely exclusively on the directions of an authorized representative of the United States to transfer a security and is protected in so relying. Ordinarily, an authorized representative of the United States would take such action under circumstances such as the default or insolvency of the pledgor.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Security Interests on the books of a Reserve Bank.</I> Where required by Federal law or regulation or pursuant to a specific agreement with a Federal Reserve Bank, a security interest in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank or other person may be created or perfected by a Federal Reserve Bank marking its books to record the security interest under § 357.12(c)(1). An example of a security interest that is marked on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank would be the pledge in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank of a Participant's book-entry securities as collateral for a discount window loan. 
<SU>12</SU>
<FTREF/> For limited categories of pledges, Federal Reserve Banks may agree to record a security interest in favor of a third party on their books. For example, in some circumstances a Federal Reserve Bank may permit the establishment of a pledge account to hold book-entry securities pledged to governmental entities other than the United States government. It is important to note that there is no obligation for either Treasury or a Federal Reserve Bank to agree to record a security interest on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank, except as required by Federal law or regulation. If they do so, the security interest is perfected when the Federal Reserve Bank records a security interest on its books. In addition, the security interest has priority over all other interests in the Treasury book-entry security except an interest of the United States.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>12</SU> Book-entry securities pledged by a non-Participant to a Federal Reserve Bank generally would be deposited by the non-Participant's Securities Intermediary to a pledge account at the Federal Reserve Bank, and therefore also would be marked on the books of the Federal Reserve Bank. See the discussion under D. (§ 357.10).</P></FTNT>
<P>(iii) <I>Other security interests.</I> As provided in § 357.12(c)(2), a security interest in a book-entry security may be perfected by any method available under applicable state law, as determined under § 357.10(b) or § 357.11. 
<SU>13</SU>
<FTREF/> The perfection and priority of such interests shall be governed by applicable law. Security interests under this section may include security interests in favor of a Federal Reserve Bank, such as a clearing lien or pledge by a non-participant of book-entry securities held through a Securities Intermediary where the securities have not been deposited to a Federal Reserve Bank pledge account. Consistent with Revised Article 8, a Federal Reserve Bank would be treated as a clearing corporation under the applicable state law.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>13</SU> Under both of these sections, if the state has not yet adopted Revised Article 8, the applicable law would be that state's law as it would be amended by Revised Article 8.</P></FTNT>
<P>If a Person perfects a security interest pursuant to § 357.12(c)(2), obligations of the Treasury and the Federal Reserve Banks with respect to that security interest are limited. Specifically, unless special arrangements are agreed to by the United States or a Federal Reserve Bank pursuant to § 357.12(c)(1), neither the Federal Reserve Bank nor the United States will recognize the interests of any person other than the person in whose securities account the interest in a Treasury book-entry security is maintained. This does not mean that such a security interest is invalid. Rather, it means that the creditor's recourse will be solely against the debtor Participant or other third party.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.13 Rights and obligations of Treasury and the Reserve Banks.
</HD2>
<P>(a) <I>Adverse claims.</I> Section 357.13(a) sets forth the general rule that, with limited exceptions, Treasury and the Federal Reserve Banks will recognize only the interest of a Participant in a Treasury book-entry security in whose Securities Account such interest is maintained.
</P>
<P>As noted previously, Treasury book-entry securities maintained in TRADES are held in a tiered system of ownership. The records of a Federal Reserve Bank reflect only the ownership at the top tier. Institutions maintaining a Securities Account with a Federal Reserve Bank frequently will hold interests in Treasury book-entry securities for their customers (which can include broker-dealers and other Securities Intermediaries) and in certain cases those customers will hold interests in securities for their customers. Accordingly, neither Treasury nor a Federal Reserve Bank will know the identity or recognize a claim of a Participant's customer if that customer were to present it to Treasury or a Federal Reserve Bank.
</P>
<P>In addition, except in the limited case where a security interest is marked on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank pursuant to § 357.12(c)(1), neither the Treasury nor a Federal Reserve Bank will recognize the claims of any other person asserting a claim in a Treasury book-entry security. Persons at levels below the Participant level must present their claims to their Securities Intermediary.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment obligations.</I> Section 357.13(b) contains a corollary to the rule set forth in § 357.13(a). This section provides that Treasury discharges its payment responsibility with respect to a security that it has issued when a Federal Reserve Bank credits the funds account of a Participant with amounts due on that security or makes payment in some other manner specified by the Participant. This is consistent with existing law and the first TRADES proposal. 
<SU>14</SU>
<FTREF/> In Revised Article 8, the issuer discharges its obligations when it makes payment to an owner registered on its books. Under common commercial practice, the registered owner in the indirect system may be a clearing corporation or the clearing corporation's nominee. Although the Federal Reserve Banks are treated as clearing corporations under both Revised Article 8 and TRADES, Treasury remains liable until payment is made to, or in accordance with the instructions of, a Participant. Section 357.13(b)(2) establishes the mechanism of how Treasury book-entry securities are paid at maturity. It is intended to cover a variety of procedures, including where the proceeds of pledged securities are credited to a suspense account pending substitution or release. This paragraph makes clear that the payment takes place automatically and that, unlike with physical certificates, there is no act of presentment required by the Participant.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>14</SU> 51 FR 8846, 8848 (March 14, 1986).</P></FTNT>
<HD2>Section 357.14 Authority of Reserve Banks.
</HD2>
<P>Section 357.14 provides that Federal Reserve Banks are authorized, as fiscal agents of Treasury, to operate the commercial book-entry system for Treasury.
</P>
<HD2>Section 357.44 Notices.
</HD2>
<P>Section 357.44 contains a revised version of a provision that appeared in earlier TRADES proposals. Similar to the rule in Revised Article 8 (see section 8-112), it provides where certain legal process should be directed. While providing instructions on where notice should be directed, it makes clear that the regulations do not establish whether a Federal Reserve Bank is required to honor any such order or notice.
</P>
<HD1>J. Hypotheticals
</HD1>
<HD2>Hypothetical 1
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TREASURY
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FEDERAL RESERVE BANK
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PARTICIPANT
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DEALER
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">INVESTOR</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>The first hypothetical is designed to show what law applies at different levels of the tiered book-entry system. TRADES provides that federal law, and only federal law (defined in § 357.10(a)), governs the rights and obligations of the United States and the Federal Reserve Banks (except for those matters involving Federal Reserve Banks set forth in § 357.10(b)). Thus, for example, Treasury discharges its payment obligations with respect to a security it has issued in the manner described in § 357.13(b). Federal law both defines the payment obligation and describes how Treasury fulfills that obligation. Those portions of Revised Article 8 dealing with issuer obligations are not applicable to Treasury or the Federal Reserve Banks. 
<SU>15</SU>
<FTREF/> Similarly, with certain limited exceptions as set forth in § 357.12(c)(1), Treasury and the Federal Reserve Banks will recognize only the interest of a Participant in a Treasury book-entry security in whose Security Account the interest is maintained. Accordingly, as a matter of federal law, neither Treasury nor a Federal Reserve Bank will recognize any claim by Dealer or Investor. 
<SU>16</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>15</SU> As provided in § 357.14, Federal Reserve Banks, among other things, effect transfers of book-entry securities between Participants' Security Accounts.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>16</SU> One comment questioned whether similar language in the March 4, 1996 release implied that, under Revised Article 8, in the above example Investor could have a claim against Participant. No such implication was intended. The only point of the language is to make it clear that Federal, not state, law governs the rights and obligations of Treasury and the Federal Reserve Banks.</P></FTNT>
<P>In the hypothetical above, as between Participant and Dealer, Participant is the Securities Intermediary. With respect to the matters set forth in § 357.11(a), the law of the Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction governs. Thus, with respect to the matters in § 357.11(a), the law of Participant's jurisdiction applies as between Participant and Dealer. 
<SU>17</SU>
<FTREF/> If Participant's jurisdiction, as determined under § 357.11(b), has not adopted Revised Article 8, the law of Participant's jurisdiction, as it would be amended by Revised Article 8, applies. Similarly, as between Dealer and Investor, Dealer is a Securities Intermediary, with respect to the matters in § 357.11(a), the law of Dealer's jurisdiction applies as between Dealer and Investor. If Dealer's jurisdiction has not adopted Revised Article 8, the law of Dealer's jurisdiction, as it would be amended by Article 8, applies.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>17</SU> As described in the March 4 Release, the scope of TRADES is limited. As a general rule, if a matter is not covered in § 357.11(a), TRADES is not applicable. One comment questioned whether TRADES covered the creation and attachment of a security interest. The omission of creation and attachment in § 357.11(a) is intentional.</P></FTNT>
<HD2>Hypothetical 2
</HD2>
<P>Assume that Dealer A sells its interest in a Treasury book-entry security to Dealer B. The transaction likely would take the following form. Dealer A will instruct Participant A to transfer its interest in a Treasury security to Participant B against cash payment. Dealer B will instruct Participant B to transfer cash to Participant A against delivery of an interest in the specified securities. Participant A will instruct the Federal Reserve Bank to transfer its interest in the Treasury security to Participant B against simultaneous credit of cash. The Federal Reserve Bank will debit Participant A's security account and credit Participant B's security account and simultaneously credit Participant A's cash account and debit Participant B's cash account. Participant A will mark its books to show that it has debited Dealer A's securities account and credited Dealer A's cash account. Participant B will mark its books to show the Security Entitlement in the Treasury security in favor of Dealer B and a debit against Dealer B's cash account. Federal law, set forth in § 357.12(a) provides that Participant B acquires its interest in the Treasury book-entry security when the Federal Reserve Bank indicates by book-entry that the interest in the security has been credited to Participant B's Securities Account. Pursuant to § 357.11(a), but subject to § 357.11(d), Participant B's jurisdiction governs Dealer B's acquisition of a Securities Entitlement from Participant B.
</P>
<HD2>Hypothetical 3
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TREASURY
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FEDERAL RESERVE BANK
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PARTICIPANT</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Assume Participant wishes to obtain a loan from Federal Reserve Bank and, as part of the transaction, will grant Federal Reserve Bank a security interest in its Securities Entitlement with respect to Treasury book-entry securities. The transaction can be accomplished in one of two ways. Pursuant to § 357.12(c)(1), the Federal Reserve Bank can mark its books to reflect the security interest. As a matter of federal law, that action creates and perfects the Federal Reserve Bank's security interest and grants the Federal Reserve Bank priority over all other claimants (other than the United States pursuant to § 357.12(b)). 
<SU>18</SU>
<FTREF/> A second method for completing the transaction, as set forth in § 357.12(c)(2), would be to take whatever actions are authorized by applicable law. In that case, applicable law is the law of the jurisdiction of the head office of the Federal Reserve Bank. If that jurisdiction had adopted Revised Article 8, it would be the law of that jurisdiction. If that jurisdiction had not adopted Revised Article 8, it would be the law of that jurisdiction as if the jurisdiction had adopted Revised Article 8. Under Revised Article 8, the Federal Reserve Bank's interest would be that of a clearing corporation.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>18</SU> In certain limited circumstances, a Federal Reserve Bank may enter into an agreement under which it agrees to record on its books an interest in Participant's book-entry securities in favor of a non-Participant, such as a governmental entity. Under these circumstances, the non-Participant would have a perfected security interest with priority over other claimants (other than the United States under § 357.12(b)). It should be noted that, as set forth in § 357.12(c)(1), there is no requirement that either the United States or a Federal Reserve Bank agree to creation and perfection of a security interest in this way, except as provided in § 357.12(c)(1).</P></FTNT>
<HD2>Hypothetical 4
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row">TREASURY
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row">FEDERAL RESERVE BANK
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PARTICIPANT A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PARTICIPANT B</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Assume that Participant A wishes to borrow from Participant B and grant Participant B a security interest in its Security Entitlement in Treasury book-entry securities. As provided in § 357.12(c)(2), the transaction would be completed pursuant to applicable law determined in accordance with 357.11. Although such an interest could be recorded on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank under § 357.12(c)(1), Federal Reserve Banks generally do not mark their books to record this type of security interest for Participants.
</P>
<HD2>Hypothetical 5
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TREASURY
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FEDERAL RESERVE BANK
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PARTICIPANT A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DEALER A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">|
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BANK A</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Assume that Bank A wishes to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank and will pledge its interest in Treasury book-entry securities held at Dealer A to collateralize that loan. The transaction could be accomplished in two ways. Pursuant to § 357.12(c)(1), the interest could be created and perfected on the books of a Federal Reserve Bank. Such a transaction would take place in the following fashion. Bank A could have Dealer A instruct Participant A to deposit securities to a pledge account specified by the Federal Reserve Bank. The Federal Reserve Bank likely would create an account on its books and specify that account to Bank A as the account to receive Bank A's interest in Treasury book-entry securities. Participant A, upon receiving Dealer A's instructions, would then instruct the Federal Reserve Bank to debit its account at the Federal Reserve Bank and credit the account created by the Federal Reserve Bank. The second way the transaction could take place is by any method permitted by the law of Dealer A's (Bank A's Securities Intermediary) jurisdiction. This could involve a tri-party agreement among the Federal Reserve Bank, Dealer A, and Bank A. As set forth in § 357.11(b)(1), that agreement likely would specify which jurisdiction's law is to govern the transaction and could specify that such choice of law supersedes any other choice of law agreement previously entered into by Dealer A and Bank A. If Dealer A's jurisdiction has not adopted Revised Article 8, the applicable law would be the law of Dealer A's jurisdiction as it would be amended by Revised Article 8.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 43631, Aug. 23, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 43284, Aug. 13, 1997; 63 FR 69191, Dec. 16, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="358" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.55" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 358 [RESERVED]
</HEAD>
</DIV5>

<P> 


</P>

<DIV5 N="359" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 359—OFFERING OF UNITED STATES SAVINGS BONDS, SERIES I 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 3105. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 64278, Oct. 17, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.0   What does this part cover?</HEAD>
<P>This part is the offering of United States Savings Bonds of Series I (referred to as Series I bonds or bonds) for sale to the people of the United States by the Secretary of the Treasury (Secretary). This offer was effective September 1, 1998, and will continue until terminated by the Secretary. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.1   What regulations govern Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in 31 CFR part 360 apply to definitive (paper) Series I savings bonds that have not been converted to book-entry bonds through New Treasury Direct.
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations in 31 CFR part 363 apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) book-entry Series I savings bonds that were originally issued as book-entry bonds in New Treasury Direct; and
</P>
<P>(2) definitive Series I savings bonds that have been converted to book-entry bonds through New Treasury Direct.
</P>
<P>(c) We expressly disclaim any representations or warranties regarding Series I savings bonds that in any way conflict with these regulations and other applicable law. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64278, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 14942, Mar. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.3   What special terms do I need to know to understand this part?</HEAD>
<P><I>Accrual date</I> is the first day of any month on which earnings on a Series I bond accrue. The redemption value of a bond does not change between these accrual dates. 
</P>
<P><I>Automated Clearing House (ACH)</I> means a funds transfer system governed by the Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association (NACHA). NACHA provides for the interbank clearing of electronic entries for participating financial institutions. 
</P>
<P><I>Bank account</I> means your account at a United States depository financial institution (whether a bank or other financial institution) to which you have directed that ACH debits and payments be made. 
</P>
<P><I>Beneficiary</I> refers to the second individual named in the registration of a security held in definitive form registered “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 POD (payable on death to) Joseph Doe.” In the New Treasury Direct system, beneficiary refers to the second individual named in the registration of a security registered “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 POD (payable on death to) Joseph Doe SSN 987-65-4321.” In these examples, Joseph Doe is the beneficiary. 
</P>
<P><I>Book-entry bond</I> means a Series I savings bonds maintained by Treasury solely as a computer record. 
</P>
<P><I>Composite annual rate</I> means an annual interest rate that combines an annual fixed rate of return and a semiannual inflation rate. 
</P>
<P><I>Converted bond</I> means a savings bond originally issued as a definitive bond that has been surrendered to us and converted to a book-entry savings bond to be maintained by Treasury solely as a computer record.
</P>
<P><I>Coowner</I> means either the first or the second individual named in the registration of a definitive Series I savings bonds registered “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 or Joseph Doe.” In this example, John Doe and Joseph Doe are coowners. 
</P>
<P><I>CPI-U, or U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (non seasonally adjusted)</I> is a monthly index of the prices paid by consumers for consumer goods and services, maintained by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor. 
</P>
<P><I>Definitive bond</I> means a Series I savings bonds issued in paper form. 
</P>
<P><I>Deflation</I> means a decrease in the CPI-U from one month to another. 
</P>
<P><I>Face amount</I> refers to the amount inscribed on the front of a definitive Series I savings bonds. 
</P>
<P><I>Fiduciary</I> means the court-appointed or otherwise qualified person, regardless of title, who is legally authorized to act for another. 
</P>
<P><I>Fixed rate</I> or <I>fixed rate of return</I> is a component of the composite annual rate for a Series I savings bonds that is established by the Secretary of the Treasury for the life of the bond. 
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a natural person. Individual does not mean an organization, representative, or fiduciary. 
</P>
<P><I>Inflation</I> means an increase in the CPI-U from one month to another. 
</P>
<P><I>Inscription</I> means the information that is printed on the face of the bond.
</P>
<P><I>Interest,</I> as used in this part, is the difference between the principal amount and the redemption value of the bond. 
</P>
<P><I>Issue date</I> is the first day of the month in which an authorized issuing agent receives payment of the issue price of the bond. 
</P>
<P><I>Issuing agent</I> means an organization that has been qualified under part 317. 
</P>
<P><I>New Treasury Direct system (New Treasury Direct)</I> is an online account system in which you may hold and conduct transactions in eligible book-entry Treasury securities. 
</P>
<P><I>Owner</I> is either a single owner, the first individual named in the registration of a bond held in the owner with beneficiary form of registration, or the primary owner of a book-entry bond held in the primary owner with secondary owner form of registration. 
</P>
<P><I>Par</I> means the principal amount of a Series I savings bond; for definitive bonds, par is the same as the face amount. 
</P>
<P><I>Paying agent</I> means a financial institution that has been qualified under part 321. 
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity including an individual, trust, estate, corporation, government entity, association, partnership, and any other similar organization. Person does not mean a Federal Reserve Bank. 
</P>
<P><I>Primary owner</I> means the first individual named in the registration of a book-entry bond held in New Treasury Direct registered “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 with Joseph Doe SSN 987-65-4321.” In this example, John Doe is the primary owner. 
</P>
<P><I>Principal amount</I> means the amount of the original investment. Principal amount does not include any interest earned. 
</P>
<P><I>Redemption of a book-entry Series I savings bonds</I> refers to payment of principal and accrued interest on the bond at final maturity, or, at the option of the owner, prior to final maturity. The owner of a book-entry savings bonds held in New Treasury Direct may redeem all principal and interest or a portion of the principal and the proportionate amount of interest. 
</P>
<P><I>Redemption of a definitive Series I savings bonds</I> refers to the payment of principal and accrued interest when the owner presents the bond for payment. 
</P>
<P><I>Redemption value</I> means principal plus accrued interest of a Series I savings bonds, as of the date of redemption. In the case of book-entry Series I savings bonds, it also refers to a portion of the principal amount plus a proportionate amount of accrued interest of a bond, as of the date of redemption. 
</P>
<P><I>Registration</I> means that the names of all persons named on the bond and the taxpayer identification number (TIN) of the owner, first-named coowner, or purchaser of a gift bond are maintained on our records.
</P>
<P><I>Registration of a book-entry Series I savings bonds</I> means that the name and Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) of all registrants are maintained on our records for a book-entry bond. 
</P>
<P><I>Registration of a definitive Series I savings bonds</I> means that the name and TIN of the owner or first-named co-owner are inscribed on the face of the bond. 
</P>
<P><I>Secondary owner</I> means the second individual named in the registration of a book-entry bond held in New Treasury Direct registered “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 with Joseph Doe SSN 987-65-4321.” In this example, Joseph Doe is the secondary owner. 
</P>
<P><I>Semiannual inflation rate</I> means a component of the composite annual rate that is based on the six-month percentage change in the CPI-U. 
</P>
<P><I>Semiannual rate periods</I> are the six-month periods beginning on the date of issue and on each semiannual anniversary of the date of issue to maturity. 
</P>
<P><I>Series I savings bond</I> means a savings bonds, whether definitive or book-entry, that is purchased at par and pays interest based on a formula that incorporates both an annual fixed rate and a semiannual inflation rate. 
</P>
<P><I>Single owner</I> means the person named in the registration of a savings bonds without a coowner, beneficiary or secondary owner. 
</P>
<P><I>Taxpayer identification number (TIN)</I> means the identifying number required on tax returns and other documents submitted to the Internal Revenue Service; that is, an individual's social security account number (SSN) or an employer identification number (EIN). A SSN is composed of nine digits separated by two hyphens, for example, 123-45-6789. An EIN is composed of nine digits separated by one hyphen, for example, 12-3456789. The hyphens are an essential part of the numbers. 
</P>
<P><I>We, us,</I> or <I>our</I> refers to the agency, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. The term extends to the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary's delegates at the Treasury Department and Bureau of the Fiscal Service. The term also extends to any fiscal or financial agent we designate to act on behalf of the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>You</I> or <I>your</I> refers to an owner of a Series I savings bonds. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64278, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 14942, Mar. 23, 2005; 71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.4   In what form are Series I savings bonds issued?</HEAD>
<P>Series I savings bonds are issued in book-entry form. Effective January 1, 2012, Treasury discontinued the issuance of definitive Series I savings bonds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 66856, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.5   What is the maturity period of a Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>Series I savings bonds have a total maturity period of 30 years from the issue date, consisting of an original maturity period of 20 years and an extension period of 10 years. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.6   When may I redeem my Series I bond?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Bonds issued on December 1, 2002, or earlier.</I> You may redeem your Series I savings bond issued on January 1, 2003, or earlier, at any time after six months from its issue date.
</P>
<P>(b) Bonds issued on February 1, 2003, or thereafter. You may redeem your Series I savings bond issued on February 1, 2003, or thereafter, at any time after 12 months from its issue date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 2667, Jan. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 7427, Feb. 14, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.7   If I redeem a Series I savings bonds before five years after the issue date, is there an interest penalty?</HEAD>
<P>If you redeem a bond less than five years after the issue date, we will reduce the overall earning period by three months. For example, if you redeem a bond issued January 1, 2002, nine months later on October 1, 2002, the redemption value will be determined by applying the value calculation procedures and composite rate for that bond as if the redemption date were three months earlier (July 1, 2002). However, we will not reduce the redemption value of a bond subject to the three-month interest penalty below the issue price (par). This penalty does not apply to bonds redeemed five years or more after the issue date. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.8   How does interest accrue on Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>A bond accrues interest based on both a fixed rate of return and a semiannual inflation rate. A single, annual rate called the composite rate reflects the combined effects of the fixed rate and the semiannual inflation rate. For more information, see appendix B of part 359. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.9   When are interest rates for Series I savings bonds announced?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary will furnish fixed rates, semiannual inflation rates, and composite rates for Series I savings bonds in announcements published each May 1 and November 1. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the regularly scheduled date for the announcement is a day when the Treasury is not open for business, then the Secretary will make the announcement on the next business day. However, the effective date of the rates remains the first day of the month of the announcement. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Secretary may announce rates at any other time. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.10   What is the fixed rate of return?</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary, or the Secretary's designee, determines the fixed rate of return. The fixed rate is established for the life of the bond. The fixed rate will always be greater than or equal to 0.00%. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> The most recently announced fixed rate is only for bonds purchased during the six months following the announcement, or for any other period of time announced by the Secretary.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> However, the fixed rate is not a guaranteed minimum rate. The composite rate is composed of both the fixed rate and a semiannual inflation rate, which could possibly be less than the fixed rate or negative in deflationary situations. In all cases, however, the composite rate will always be greater than or equal to 0.00%.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 65543, Nov. 4, 1008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.11   What is the semiannual inflation rate?</HEAD>
<P>The index used to determine the semiannual inflation rate is the non-seasonally adjusted CPI-U (the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the U.S. City Average for All Items, 1982-84 = 100) published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor. (For further information on CPI-U considerations, <I>see</I> appendix C to part 359 at section 1.) The semiannual inflation rate reflects the percentage change, if any, in the CPI-U over a six-month period. We announce this rate twice a year, in May and November. The semiannual inflation rate we announced in May 2002 reflects the percentage change between the CPI-U figures from the preceding March 2002 and September 2001. The rate of change over the six-month period, if any, will be expressed as a percentage, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. More specifically, the semiannual inflation rate will be determined by the following formula (the resulting rate will be rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent):
</P>
<FP-2>Semiannual inflation rate = (CPI − U<E T="52">Current</E> − CPI − U<E T="52">Prior</E>) ÷ CPI −U<E T="52">Prior</E> 


</FP-2>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.12   What happens in deflationary conditions?</HEAD>
<P>In certain deflationary situations, the semiannual inflation rate may be negative. Negative semiannual inflation rates will be used in the same way as positive semiannual inflation rates. However, if the semiannual inflation rate is negative to the extent that it completely offsets the fixed rate of return, the redemption value of a Series I bond for any particular month will not be less than the value for the preceding month. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.13   What are composite rates?</HEAD>
<P>Composite rates are single, annual interest rates that reflect the combined effects of the fixed rate and the semiannual inflation rate. The composite rate will always be greater than or equal to 0.00%.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 65544, Nov. 4, 1008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.14   How are composite rates determined?</HEAD>
<P>Composite rates are set according to the following formula (See appendix A to part 359 for examples of calculations involving composite interest rates.): 
</P>
<FP-1>Composite rate = {(Fixed rate ÷ 2) + Semiannual inflation rate + [Semiannual inflation rate × (Fixed rate ÷ 2)]} × 2. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> Example for I bonds issued May 2002-October 2002: 
</P>
<P>Fixed rate = 2.00% 
</P>
<P>Inflation rate = 0.28% 
</P>
<P>Composite rate = [0.0200 ÷ 2 + 0.0028 + (0.0028 × 0.0200 ÷ 2)] × 2 
</P>
<P>Composite rate = [0.0100 + 0.0028 + 0.000028] × 2 
</P>
<P>Composite rate = 0.012828 × 2 
</P>
<P>Composite rate = 0.025656 
</P>
<P>Composite rate = 0.0257 (rounded) 
</P>
<P>Composite rate = 2.57% (rounded)</P></FTNT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.15   When is the composite rate applied to Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>The most recently announced composite rate applies to a bond during its next semiannual rate period. A bond's semiannual rate periods are consecutive six-month periods, the first of which begins with the bond's issue date. This means that there can be a delay of several months from the time of a composite rate announcement to the time that rate determines interest earnings for a bond. For example, if you purchased a bond in April, its semiannual rate periods begin every April and October. At the beginning of the semiannual rate period in April, the most recently announced composite rate would have been the rate we announced the previous November. This rate will determine interest earnings for your bond for the next six months, through the end of September. At the beginning of the semiannual rate period in October, the most recently announced composite rate would be the rate announced the previous May. This rate will determine interest earnings for your bond through the end of the following March. However, if you purchased a bond instead in May, its semiannual rate periods begin in May and November. Therefore, the composite rates announced in May and November will apply immediately to this bond. (See appendix C to part 359 at § 2 for a discussion of rate lag.) 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.16   When does interest accrue on Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Interest, if any, accrues on the first day of each month; that is, we add the interest earned on a bond during any given month to its value at the beginning of the following month. 
</P>
<P>(b) The accrued interest compounds semiannually. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.17" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.17   When is interest payable on Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>Interest earnings are payable upon redemption. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.18" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.18   Is the determination of the Secretary on rates and values final?</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary's determination of fixed rates of return, semiannual inflation rates, composite rates, and savings bonds redemption values is final and conclusive. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.19" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.19   How is interest calculated?</HEAD>
<P>We base all calculations of interest on a $25 unit. We use the value of this unit to determine the value of bonds in higher denominations. The effect of rounding off the value of the $25 unit increases at higher denominations. This can work to your slight advantage or disadvantage, depending on whether we round the value up or down. 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> For example: A composite rate of 2.57% will result in a newly purchased $25 unit increasing in value after six months to $25.32, when rounded to the nearest cent. Thus, a $5,000 bond purchased at the same time as the $25 unit will be worth $5,064 after six months ([$5,000 divided by $25] × $25.32 = $5,064.) In contrast, if it applied directly to a $5,000 bond, the rate would render a value of $5,064.25 after six months, a difference of 25 cents. (This example does not include any discussion of the three-month interest penalty that applies if you redeem a bond less than five years after its issue date.)</P></FTNT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 359.20-359.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.1.17.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 359.20-359.24   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Definitive Series I Savings Bonds</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.25   What were the denominations and prices of definitive Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>Prior to January 1, 2012, definitive Series I savings bonds were issued in denominations of $50, $75, $100, $200, $500, $1,000, $5,000, and $10,000. These definitive bonds were sold at par; that is, the purchase price was the same as the denomination (face value).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 66856, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.26   When are definitive Series I savings bonds validly issued?</HEAD>
<P>A definitive bond is validly issued when it is registered as provided in part 360, and when it bears an issue date and the validation indicia of an authorized issuing agent. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.27   What is the issue date of a definitive Series I savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>The issue date of a definitive bond is the first day of the month in which an authorized issuing agent received payment of the issue price.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 66856, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.28" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.28   Are taxpayer identification numbers (TINs) required for the registration of definitive Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>The registration of a definitive Series I savings bond must include the TIN of the owner or first-named coowner. If the bond was purchased as a gift or award and the owner's TIN is not known, the TIN of the purchaser must be included in the registration of the bond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 46857, Aug. 15, 2006, as amended at 76 FR 66856, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 359.29-359.33" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 359.29-359.33   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.34" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.34   May I purchase definitive Series I savings bonds over-the-counter?</HEAD>
<P>Effective January 1, 2012, Treasury discontinued the over-the-counter sale of definitive Series I savings bonds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 66856, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.35   May I purchase definitive Series I savings bonds through a payroll savings plan?</HEAD>
<P>Treasury discontinued the issuance of definitive Series I savings bonds through a payroll savings plan:
</P>
<P>(a) Effective October 1, 2010, for United States government employees, and
</P>
<P>(b) Effective January 1, 2011, for all other employees.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 52461, Aug. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.36" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.36   May I purchase definitive Series I savings bonds through employee thrift, savings, vacation, and similar plans?</HEAD>
<P>You may purchase bonds registered in the names of employee plans in authorized denominations through a designated Federal Reserve Bank, as provided in part 360 of this chapter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.37" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.37   How are definitive Series I savings bonds delivered?</HEAD>
<P>We deliver definitive bonds by mail to your address. If your address is within the United States, its territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, we will deliver bonds at our risk. Bonds delivered elsewhere will be delivered at your risk; however, at our discretion, we may require delivery to an address within the United States, or refuse delivery to addresses in countries referred to in part 211 of this chapter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.38" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.38   How is payment made when definitive Series I savings bonds are redeemed?</HEAD>
<P>A financial institution qualified as a paying agent under the provisions of part 321 will pay the current redemption value of a definitive Series I bond presented for payment. The bond must meet the requirements for payment specified in part 360. You must establish your identity and entitlement to redemption to the satisfaction of the agent, in accordance with our instructions and identification guidelines, and must sign and complete the request for payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.39" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.39   How are redemption values calculated for definitive Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>We determine the redemption value of a definitive savings bonds for the accrual date (the first day of each month) by first determining the composite rate as defined in § 359.13. If the result of the composite rate calculation is a negative value, zero will be the assumed composite rate in the redemption value calculation. Redemption values are calculated using the following formula (For examples of the calculation, see appendix A to part 359):
</P>
<FP-2>FV = PV × {[1 + (CR ÷ 2)] (<E T="51">m ÷ 6</E>)}
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>FV (future value) = redemption value on the accrual date rounded to the nearest cent without consideration of penalty. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>PV (present value) = redemption value at the beginning of the semiannual rate period calculated without consideration of penalty. For bonds that are older than five years, PV will equal the redemption value at the start of the semiannual rate period. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>CR = composite rate converted to decimal form by dividing by 100.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m = number of full calendar months elapsed during the semiannual rate period.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.40   How can I find out what my definitive Series I savings bonds are worth?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Redemption values.</I> Redemption values are available for definitive bonds in various formats and media. 
</P>
<P>(1) You may determine the redemption value for definitive bonds on the Internet at <I>www.savingsbonds.gov.</I> 
</P>
<P>(2) You may download savings bonds calculators from the Internet at <I>www.savingsbonds.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) You may obtain paper tables from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, West Virginia 26106-1328. We reserve the right to cease making paper tables of redemption values available. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Redemption penalty.</I> Redemption values published in the tables reflect the three-month interest penalty applied to bonds redeemed prior to five years from the date of issue. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 359.41-359.44" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.2.17.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 359.41-359.44   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Book-Entry Series I Savings Bonds</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.45" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.45   How are book-entry Series I savings bonds purchased and held?</HEAD>
<P>Book-entry bonds must be purchased and held online through your New Treasury Direct account. We provide instructions for opening an account online at <I>http://www.fiscal.treasury.gov.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.46" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.46   What are the denominations and prices of book-entry Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>Book-entry bonds are issued in a minimum amount of $25, with additional increments of one cent. Book-entry bonds are sold at par value. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.47" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.47   How is payment made for purchases of book-entry Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>You may only purchase book-entry Series I savings bonds online through your New Treasury Direct account. You may pay for your securities through a debit to your designated account at a United States depository financial institution, or by applying the redemption proceeds of a certificate of indebtedness held in your New Treasury Direct account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50308, Aug. 16, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.48" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.48   How are redemption payments made for my redeemed book-entry Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>We will make payments electronically by direct deposit, using the ACH method, to your designated account at a United States depository financial institution. You may also direct that a payment be used to purchase a certificate of indebtedness to be held in your New Treasury Direct account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50308, Aug. 16, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.49" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.49   What is the issue date of a book-entry Series I savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>The issue date of a book-entry Series I savings bond is the first day of the month in which the security posts to the current holdings of the account owner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50308, Aug. 16, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.50" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.50   What amount of book-entry Series I savings bonds may I acquire per year?</HEAD>
<P>The principal amount of book-entry Series I savings bonds that you may acquire in any calendar year is provided at § 363.52.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 213, Jan. 4, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 359.51-359.52" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 359.51-359.52   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.53" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.53   Are taxpayer identification numbers (TINs) required for registration of book-entry Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>The TIN of each person named in the registration is required to purchase a book-entry bond. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.54" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.54   When is a book-entry Series I savings bonds validly issued?</HEAD>
<P>A book-entry bond is validly issued when it is posted to your New Treasury Direct account. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.55" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.55   How are redemption values calculated for book-entry Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>We base current redemption values (CRV) for book-entry Series I savings bonds on the definitive savings bonds CRV. To calculate the book-entry values, we use the CRV for the $100 denomination Series I savings bonds and calculate a CRV prorated to the book-entry par investment amount for the corresponding issue and redemption dates. Calculated book-entry CRV will be rounded to the nearest one cent. 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/> The formula is as follows (Examples of the calculation are given in appendix A to part 359.): 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> Example: Calculated value of $25.044 rounds to $25.04; calculated value of $25.045 rounds to $25.05.</P></FTNT>
<FP-2>[Book-entry par investment ÷ 100] × [CRV value for $100 bond].
</FP-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64278, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 75 FR 52461, Aug. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.56" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.56   How can I find out what my book-entry Series I savings bonds are worth?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Redemption values.</I> You may access redemption values for your book-entry bonds through your New Treasury Direct account. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Redemption penalty.</I> Redemption values shown in your New Treasury Direct account reflect the three-month interest penalty applied to bonds redeemed prior to five years from the date of issue. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 359.57-359.64" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.3.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 359.57-359.64   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.65" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.65   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.66" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.66   Is the Education Savings Bonds Program available for Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>You may be able to exclude from income for Federal income tax purposes all or part of the interest received on the redemption of qualified bonds during the year. To qualify for the program, you or the co-owner (in the case of definitive savings bonds) must have paid qualified higher education expenses during the same year. You also must have satisfied certain other conditions. This exclusion is known as the Education Savings Bonds Program. Information about the program can be found in Internal Revenue Service Publications. (For example, see Publication 17, “Your Federal Income Tax,” Publication 550, “Investment Income and Expenses,” and Publication 970, “Tax Benefits of Higher Education.”) 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.67" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.4.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.67   Does Fiscal Service prohibit the issuance of Series I savings bonds in a chain letter scheme?</HEAD>
<P>We do not permit bonds to be issued in a chain letter or pyramid scheme. We authorize an issuing agent to refuse to issue a bond or accept a purchase order if there is reason to believe that a purchase is connected with a chain letter. The agent's decision is final. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.68" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.4.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.68   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.69" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.4.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.69   Does Fiscal Service make any reservations as to issue of Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>We may reject any application for Series I bonds, in whole or in part. We may refuse to issue, or permit to be issued, any bonds in any case or class of cases, if we deem the action to be in the public interest. Our action in any such respect is final. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.70" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.4.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.70   May Fiscal Service waive any provision in this part?</HEAD>
<P>We may waive or modify any provision of this part in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship: 
</P>
<P>(a) If such action would not be inconsistent with law or equity; 
</P>
<P>(b) If it does not impair any material existing rights; and 
</P>
<P>(c) If we are satisfied that such action would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.71" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.4.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.71   What is the role of Federal Reserve Banks and Branches?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Federal Reserve Banks and Branches are fiscal agents of the United States. They are authorized to perform such services as we may request of them, in connection with the issue, servicing and redemption of Series I bonds. 
</P>
<P>(b) We have currently designated the following Federal Reserve Offices to provide savings bonds services: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Servicing site 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reserve district served 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Geographic area served 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Buffalo Branch, 160 Delaware Avenue, Buffalo, NY 14202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York, Boston</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey (Northern half), New York, Rhode Island, Vermont, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank, Pittsburgh Branch, 717 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15219</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cleveland, Philadelphia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delaware, Kentucky (eastern half), New Jersey, (southern half), Ohio, Pennsylvania, West Virginia (northern panhandle). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, 701 East Byrd Street, Richmond, VA 23219</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Richmond, Atlanta</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alabama, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana (southern half), Maryland, Mississippi (southern half), North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee (eastern half), Virginia, West Virginia (except northern panhandle). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, 90 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55401</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minneapolis, Chicago</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Illinois (northern half), Indiana (northern half), Iowa, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Wisconsin. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, 925 Grand Boulevard, Kansas City, MO 64106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dallas, San Francisco, Kansas City, St. Louis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois (southern half), Indiana (southern half), Kansas, Kentucky (western half), Louisiana (northern half), Mississippi (northern half), Missouri, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Oregon, Tennessee (western half), Texas, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Guam.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 359.72" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.4.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 359.72   May the United States supplement or amend the offering of Series I savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>We may supplement or amend the terms of this offering of Series I bonds at any time. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.6.17.1.18" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 359—Redemption Value Calculations 
</HEAD>
<HD2>1. What are some general tax considerations?
</HD2>
<P>Interest on savings bonds is subject to taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The bonds are exempt from taxation by any State or political subdivision of a State, except for estate or inheritance taxes. (See 31 U.S.C. 3124.)
</P>
<HD2>2. What is an example of a book-entry Series I savings bonds redemption value calculation? 
</HD2>
<P>Assume a New Treasury Direct par investment amount in a book-entry Series I savings bonds of $34.59, with an issue date of May, 2001, and a redemption date of December, 2001. The published CRV for a definitive $100 Series I savings bonds issued May, 2001 and redeemed December, 2001 = $101.96. 
</P>
<FP-1>Calculation: 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[(Book-entry par investment) ÷ (100)] × CRV value for $100 bond 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[(34.59 ÷ 100)] × 101.96 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[0.3459] × 101.96 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>35.267964
</FP-1>
<FP-1>= $35.27 


</FP-1>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.6.17.1.19" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 359—Composite Semiannual Rate Period Table
</HEAD>
<P><I>1. What months make up the composite semiannual rate period?</I>
</P>
<P>You may use the following table to find when a bond's semiannual rate period begins and when we'll announce the rate that applies during each period.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If your Bond has an issue date of— 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then its semiannual rate period begins— 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">We announce the rate that applies during a rate period in— 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">January 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1 (of the previous year). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">February</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1 (of the previous year). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">March</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1 (of the previous year). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">April</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1 (of the previous year). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">October 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">July</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">January 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1 (of the previous year). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">August</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1 (of the previous year). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">September</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1 (of the previous year). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">October</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">October 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1 (of the previous year). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">December</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 1. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.6.17.1.20" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 359—Investment Considerations
</HEAD>
<P><I>1. What are some index contingencies?</I>
</P>
<P>(a) If a previously reported CPI-U is revised, we will continue to use the previously reported CPI-U in calculating redemption values. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the CPI-U is rebased to a different year, we will continue to use the CPI-U based on the base reference period in effect when the security was first issued, as long as that CPI-U continues to be published.
</P>
<P>(c) If, while an inflation-indexed savings bonds is outstanding, the applicable CPI-U is discontinued or, in the judgment of the Secretary, fundamentally altered in a manner materially adverse to the interests of an investor in the security, or, in the judgment of the Secretary, altered by legislation or Executive Order in a manner materially adverse to the interests of an investor in the security, Treasury, after consulting with the Bureau of Labor Statistics or any successor agency, will substitute an appropriate alternative index. Treasury will then notify the public of the substitute index and how it will be applied. The Secretary's determinations in this regard will be final.
</P>
<P>(d) If the CPI-U for a particular month is not reported by the last day of the following month, we will announce an index number based on the last 12-month change in the CPI-U available. Any calculations of our payment obligations on the inflation-indexed savings bonds that rely on that month's CPI-U will be based on the index number that we have announced.
</P>
<P><I>2. How will inflation lag affect my Series I savings bonds?</I>
</P>
<P>The inflation rate component of investor earnings will be determined twice each year. This rate will be the percentage change in the CPI-U for the six months ending each March and September. The rate will be included in the composite rate that is announced each May and November. For Series I bonds offered from September 1, 1998, through October 31, 1998, the inflation rate component of investor earnings will be the percentage change in the CPI-U for the six months ending March 31, 1998. This rate will be included in the composite rate that is announced for Series I bonds offered effective from September 1, 1998, through October 31, 1998. In the event the Secretary, or the Secretary's designee, announces a composite rate at an effective date other than May 1 or November 1, the announcement will specify the period to be used to calculate the semiannual inflation rate. Each composite rate will be effective for the entirety of the applicable rate period that begins while the rate is in effect. Thus, an inflation rate may affect interest accruals from 3 to 13 months from the date that the CPI-U is measured.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1.</HED><PSPACE>The inflation rate determined from the CPI-U for the six-month period from October, 2003, through March, 2004, will be included in the composite rate announced in May, 2004. For a bond purchased in May 1999, this rate would go into effect immediately, since a new semiannual rate period for this bond will begin in May, 2004. Series I bonds issued in May begin new semiannual rate periods in the months of May and November. In this example, the inflation rate will have its earliest impact in June 2004, when interest from May accrues, three months after the end of the six-month CPI-U period that ends in March, 2004.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2.</HED><PSPACE>The May 1, 2004, rate will apply similarly to a bond purchased in October 1999. Series I bonds issued in October begin new semiannual rate periods in the months of April and October. Thus, for this bond, the May 1, 2004, composite rate (which includes the inflation rate) will not go into effect until a new semiannual rate period begins on October 1, 2004. This rate, therefore, will determine the inflation-indexed portion of each interest accrual from November, 2004, through April, 2005. In this example, the inflation rate will have its latest impact in April 2005, 13 months following the six-month CPI-U period that ended March 31, 2004.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.56.6.17.1.21" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 359—Tax Considerations
</HEAD>
<P><I>1. What are some general tax considerations?</I>
</P>
<P><I>General.</I> Interest is subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The bonds are also subject to Federal and State estate, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes. The bonds are exempt from all other taxation by any State or local taxing authority. 
</P>
<P><I>2. What reporting methods are available for savings bonds?</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting methods.</I> You may use either of the following two methods for reporting the increase in the redemption value of the bond for Federal income tax purposes: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Cash basis method.</I> You may defer reporting the increase to the year of final maturity, redemption, or other disposition, whichever is earliest; or 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accrual basis method.</I> You may elect to report the increase each year, in which case the election applies to all Series I bonds that you then own, those subsequently acquired, and to any other obligations purchased on a discount basis, such as savings bonds of Series E or EE. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Changing methods.</I> If you use the cash basis method, you may change to the accrual basis method without obtaining permission from the Internal Revenue Service. However, once you elect to use the accrual basis method in paragraph (a)(2), you may change the method of reporting the increase only by following the specific procedures prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service for making an automatic method change. For further information, you may contact the Internal Revenue Service director for your area, or the Internal Revenue Service, Washington, DC 20224. 
</P>
<P><I>3. What transactions have potential tax consequences?</I> 
</P>
<P>The following types of transactions, among others, may have potential tax consequences: 
</P>
<P>(a) A reissue that affects the rights of any of the persons named on a definitive Series I savings bonds may have tax consequences for the owner. 
</P>
<P>(b) The transfer of a book-entry Series I savings bonds from one owner to another may have tax consequences for the purchaser. 
</P>
<P>(c) The redemption of a book-entry Series I savings bonds by the secondary owner may have tax consequences for the primary owner. 
</P>
<P>(d) The purchase of a Series I savings bonds as a gift may have gift tax consequences for the purchaser.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64278, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24806, May 8, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="360" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 360—REGULATIONS GOVERNING DEFINITIVE UNITED STATES SAVINGS BONDS, SERIES I 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 3105 and 3125.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 360 appear at 79 FR 8860, Feb. 14, 2014.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.0   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this part apply to definitive (paper) Series I savings bonds that have not been converted to book-entry bonds through TreasuryDirect®.
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations in 31 CFR part 363 apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) book-entry Series I savings bonds that were originally issued as book-entry bonds in TreasuryDirect®; and
</P>
<P>(2) definitive Series I savings bonds that have been converted to book-entry bonds through TreasuryDirect®.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14942, Mar. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.1   Official agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service of the Department of the Treasury is responsible for administering the Savings Bonds Program. Authority to process transactions has been delegated to the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis and may be delegated to other Federal Reserve Banks and Branches as fiscal agents of the United States. The Federal Reserve Banks and Branches, and their authority to process transactions as fiscal agents of the United States, are subject to change as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, or his or her designee.
</P>
<P>(b) Information about savings bonds and savings bond transactions, including savings bond transaction forms and email contact information, is available through the Bureau of the Fiscal Service's Web site at <I>http://www.treasurydirect.gov.</I> Communications concerning transactions and requests for forms may also be addressed to:
</P>
<P>(1) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service, P.O. Box 7012, Parkersburg, WV 26106-7012; or
</P>
<P>(2) The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, Treasury Retail Securities Site, P.O. Box 214, Minneapolis, MN 55480-0214.
</P>
<P>(c) Notices and documents must be filed with the agencies referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section and as indicated in the regulations in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, as amended at 79 FR 8859, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Bond,</I> or <I>Series I savings bonds,</I> as used in this part, means a definitive United States Savings Bonds of Series I. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Book-entry bond</I> means a savings bond maintained by Treasury in electronic or paperless form as a computer record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Converted savings</I> bond means a savings bond originally issued as a definitive bond that has been surrendered to us and converted to a book-entry savings bond to be maintained by Treasury solely as a computer record.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Incompetent</I> means an individual who is incapable of handling his or her business affairs because of a legal, mental or medical disability, except that a minor is not an incompetent solely because of age.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inscription</I> means the information that is printed on the face of the bond.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Issuing agent</I> means an organization that has been qualified under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 4-67, as revised and amended (31 CFR part 317), to issue savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Paying agent</I> means a financial institution that has been qualified under the provisions of Department of the Treasury Circular No. 750, as revised and amended (31 CFR part 321), to make payment of savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Payment</I> means redemption, unless otherwise indicated by the context.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Person</I> means a legal entity including an individual or fiduciary estate.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Personal trust estates</I> means trust estates established by natural persons in their own right for the benefit of themselves or other natural persons in whole or in part, and common trust funds comprised in whole or in part of such trust estates.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Registration</I> means that the names of all persons named on the bond and the taxpayer identification number (TIN) of the owner, first-named coowner, or purchaser of a gift bond are maintained on our records.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Reissue</I> means the cancellation and retirement of a bond and the issuance of a new bond or bonds of the same series, same issue date, and same total face amount. Reissue may also mean the cancellation and retirement of a bond and the issuance of a book-entry bond or bonds of the same series, same issue date, and same total face amount. All reissues are subject to the restrictions in § 360.48.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Representative of the estate of a minor, incompetent, aged person, absentee, et al.</I> means the court-appointed or otherwise qualified person, regardless of title, who is legally authorized to act for the individual. The term does not include parents in their own right, voluntary or natural guardians, attorneys-in-fact, trustees of personal and similar trust estates, or the executors or administrators of decedents' estates.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Substitute bond</I> means a bond or book-entry bond issued as a result of a claim or application for relief under subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Surrender</I> means the actual receipt of a definitive bond with an appropriate request for payment or reissue by either a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, or, if a paying agent is authorized to handle the transaction, the actual receipt of the definitive bond and the request for payment by the paying agent.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Taxpayer Identifying Number</I> means a social security account number or an employer identification number.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Voluntary guardian</I> means an individual who is recognized as authorized to act for an incompetent, as provided by § 360.64.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Voluntary representative</I> means the person qualified by the Department of the Treasury to request payment or distribution of a decedent's savings bonds pursuant to § 360.71.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 64268, Oct. 17, 2002; 70 FR 14942, Mar. 23, 2005; 70 FR 57432, Sept. 30, 2005; 71 FR 46858, Aug. 15, 2006; 79 FR 8860, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.1.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.3   Converting definitive savings bonds to book-entry bonds in TreasuryDirect®.</HEAD>
<P>Series I savings bonds that were originally issued as definitive bonds may be converted to book-entry bonds through TreasuryDirect®, an online system for holding Treasury securities. The Web address for TreasuryDirect® is <I>www.treasurydirect.gov.</I> Bond owners who wish to convert their definitive savings bonds should follow online instructions for conversion. Regulations governing converted bonds are found at 31 CFR part 363.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14942, Mar. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Registration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.5   General rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registration is conclusive of ownership.</I> Definitive savings bonds were issued only in registered form. The registration must express the actual ownership of, and interest in, the bond. The registration is conclusive of ownership, except as provided in § 360.49.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for registration.</I> (1) Registrations requested must be clear, accurate and complete, conform substantially with one of the forms set forth in this subpart, and include the taxpayer identifying number of the owner or first-named coowner. The registration of all bonds owned by the same individual or fiduciary estate should be uniform with respect to the name of the owner and any description of the fiduciary capacity.
</P>
<P>(2) An individual should be designated by the name he or she is ordinarily known by or uses in business, including at least one full given name. The name may be preceded or followed by any applicable title, such as Mr., Mrs., Ms., Miss, Dr., Rev., M.D., or D.D. A suffix, such as Sr. or Jr., must be included when ordinarily used or when necessary to distinguish the owner from another member of his family. A married woman's own first name, not that of her husband, must be used, for example, Mary A. Jones or Mrs. Mary A. Jones, NOT Mrs. Frank B. Jones. The address must include, where appropriate, the number and street, route, or any other local feature, city, State, and ZIP Code.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Registration of bonds purchased as gifts.</I> If the bonds were purchased as gifts, awards, prizes, etc., and the taxpayer identifying numbers of the intended owners are not known, the purchaser's number must be furnished. Bonds so registered will not be associated with the purchaser's own holdings. A bond registered in the name of a purchaser with another person as coowner or beneficiary is not considered a gift or an award. If the purchaser so requests, a bond may be inscribed to provide a “Mail to” instruction, followed by a delivery name and address. No rights of ownership are conferred on such designee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, as amended at 71 FR 46858, Aug. 15, 2006; 76 FR 66856, Oct. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.6   Authorized forms of registration.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to any limitations or restrictions contained in these regulations on the right of any person to be named as owner, coowner, or beneficiary, bonds should be registered as indicated in this section. A savings bond registered in a form not substantially in agreement with one of the forms authorized by this subpart is not considered validly issued.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Natural persons.</I> A bond may be registered in the names of individuals in their own right, but only in one of the forms authorized by this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Single ownership form.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of one individual.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Julie B. Jones, 123-45-6789.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(2) <I>Coownership form.</I> A bond may be registered in the names of two individuals in the alternative as coowners. The form of registration “A and B” is not authorized.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>David R. Johnson 123-45-6789 or Anna B. Johnson. Maria S. Gonzalez 987-65-4321 or Juan C. Gonzalez.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(3) <I>Beneficiary form.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of one individual payable on death to another. “Payable on death to” may be abbreviated to “P.O.D.”.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>Catherine B. Jordan 123-45-6789 payable on death to Daniel A. Jordan. Henry C. Rodriguez 123-45-6789 P.O.D. Maria S. Rodriguez.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(b) <I>Fiduciaries (including legal guardians, trustees, and similar representatives)</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A bond may be registered in the name of any person or persons or any organization acting as fiduciary of a single fiduciary estate, but not where the fiduciary will hold the bond merely or principally as security for the performance of a duty, obligation, or service. A bond's registration should conform to a form authorized by this paragraph. A common trust fund established and maintained by a financial institution authorized to act as a fiduciary will be considered a single fiduciary estate within the meaning of the regulations in this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Legal guardians, conservators, similar representatives, certain custodians, etc.</I> A bond may be registered in the name and fiduciary capacity of the legally appointed or authorized representative of the estate of a minor, incompetent, aged or infirm person, absentee, et al., or of a personal or testamentary trust.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>Tenth National Bank, Guardian (or Conservator, Trustee, etc.) of the Estate of George N. Brown 123-45-6789, a minor (or an incompetent, aged person, infirm person, or absentee). Henry C. Smith, Conservator of the Estate of John R. White 123-45-6789, an adult, pursuant to Sec. 633.572 of the Iowa Code. Juan B. Gonzalez 123-45-6789, a minor (or an incompetent) under custodianship by designation of the Veterans Administration. Frank M. Redd 123-45-6789, an incompetent for whom Eric A. Redd has been designated trustee by the Department of the Army pursuant to 37 U.S.C. 602. Richard A. Rowe 123-45-6789, for whom Reba L. Rowe is representative payee for social security benefits (or black lung benefits, as the case may be). Henry L. Green 123-45-6789 or George M. Brown, a minor under legal guardianship of the Tenth National Bank. Henry L. Green 123-45-6789 P.O.D. George M. Brown, a minor under legal guardianship of the Tenth National Bank. Harbor State Hospital and School, selected payee for Beth R. Weber 123-45-6789, a Civil Service annuitant, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 8345(e). John F. Green or Mary B. Doe, Trustees of the Estate of Moe Green 123-45-6789. Thomas J. White and Tenth National Bank, Trustees under the Will of Robert J. Benjamin, deceased 12-3456789. Tenth National Bank, Trustee under Agreement with Mark S. Dunston, dated 2/1/98, 12-3456789. Ruth B. Grace and Pat A. Banks, Trustees under Agreement with Susan L. Chambers, dated 7/30/97, 12-3456789. Dennis R. Adams, Trustee under Declaration of Trust, dated 5/1/98, 12-3456789.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(3) <I>Employee thrift, savings, vacation and similar plans.</I> Bonds may be registered in the name and title, or title alone, of the trustee of an eligible employee thrift, savings, vacation, 401(k) or similar plan, as defined in § 360.13. If the instrument creating the trust provides that the trustees shall serve for a limited term, their names may be omitted.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>Tenth National Bank, trustee of Pension Fund of Safety Manufacturing Company, U/A with the company, dated March 31, 1996, 12-3456789.
</PSPACE><P>Trustees of Retirement Fund of Safety Manufacturing Company, under directors' resolution adopted March 31, 1996, 12-3456789.
</P><P>County Trust Company, trustee of the Employee Savings Plan of Jones Company, Inc., U/A dated January 17, 1996, 12-3456789.
</P><P>Trustees of the Employee Savings Plan of Brown Brothers, Inc., U/A dated January 20, 1996, 12-3456789.</P></EXAMPLE>
<P>(c) <I>The United States Treasury.</I> A person who desires to have a bond become the property of the United States upon his or her death may designate the United States Treasury as beneficiary.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>George T. Jones 123-45-6789 P.O.D. the United States Treasury.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, as amended at 71 FR 46858, Aug. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.7   Chain letters prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>The issuance of bonds in the furtherance of a chain letter, pyramid, or similar scheme is against the public interest and is prohibited.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Limitations on Annual Purchases</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.10   Amounts which may be purchased.</HEAD>
<P>The amount of savings bonds of Series I which may be purchased and held, in the name of any one person in any one calendar year, is computed according to the provisions of § 360.11 and is limited as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) General annual limitation, $5,000 (par value).
</P>
<P>(b) Special limitation, $4,000 (par value) multiplied by the highest number of employees participating in an eligible employee plan, as defined in § 360.13, at any time during the calendar year in which the bonds are issued.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 67854, Dec. 3, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.11   Computation of amount.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The purchases of bonds in the name of any person in an individual capacity are computed separately from purchases in a fiduciary capacity, e.g., as representative for the estate of an individual.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bonds included in computation.</I> In computing the purchases for each person, the following outstanding bonds are included:
</P>
<P>(1) All bonds registered in the name and bearing the taxpayer identifying number of that person alone;
</P>
<P>(2) All bonds registered in the name of the representative of the estate of that person and bearing that person's taxpayer identifying number; and
</P>
<P>(3) All bonds registered in the name of that person as coowner that also bear that person's taxpayer identifying number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bonds excluded from computation.</I> In computing the purchases for each person, the following are excluded:
</P>
<P>(1) Bonds on which that person is named beneficiary;
</P>
<P>(2) Bonds to which that person has become entitled—
</P>
<P>(i) Under § 360.70 as surviving beneficiary upon the death of the registered owner;
</P>
<P>(ii) As an heir or a legatee of the deceased owner;
</P>
<P>(iii) By virtue of the termination of a trust or the happening of a similar event; and
</P>
<P>(3) Bonds that are purchased and redeemed within the same calendar year.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.3.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.12   Disposition of excess.</HEAD>
<P>If any person at any time has savings bonds issued during any one calendar year in excess of the prescribed amount, instructions should be obtained from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328, for appropriate adjustment of the excess. Under the conditions specified in § 360.90, the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service may permit excess purchases to stand in any particular case or class of cases.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.3.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.13   Employee plans—Conditions of eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition of plan.</I> Employee thrift, savings, vacation, 401(k), and similar plans are contributory plans established by the employer for the exclusive and irrevocable benefit of its employees or their beneficiaries. Each plan must afford employees the means of making regular savings from their wages through payroll deductions and provide for employer contributions to be added to these savings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of terms used in this section.</I> (1) The term <I>assets</I> means all the employees' contributions and assets purchased with them and the employer's contributions and assets purchased with them, as well as accretions, such as dividends on stock, the increment in value on bonds and all other income; but, notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the right to demand and receive all assets credited to the account of an employee shall not be construed to require the distribution of assets in kind when it would not be possible or practicable to make such a distribution; for example, Series I bonds may not be reissued in unauthorized denominations.
</P>
<P>(2) The word <I>beneficiary</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) The person or persons, if any, designated by the employee in accordance with the terms of the plan to receive the benefits of the plan upon the employee's death; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The estate of the employee.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditions of eligibility.</I> An employee plan must conform to the following rules in order to be eligible for the special limitation provided in § 360.10.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Crediting of assets.</I> All assets of a plan must be credited to the individual accounts of participating employees and may be distributed only to them or their beneficiaries, except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Purchase of bonds.</I> Bonds may be purchased only with assets credited to the accounts of participating employees and only if the amount taken from any account at any time for that purpose is equal to the purchase price of a $50 bond or bonds in an authorized denomination or denominations, and shares in the bonds are credited to the accounts of the individuals from which the purchase price was derived, in amounts corresponding with their shares. For example, if $100 credited to the account of John Jones is commingled with funds credited to the accounts of other employees to make a total of $5,000 with which a Series I bond in the denomination of $5,000 (face amount) is purchased in December 1998 and registered in the name and title of the trustee, the plan must provide, in effect, that John Jones' account be credited to show that he is the owner of a Series I bond in the denomination of $100 (face amount) bearing an issue date of December 1, 1998.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Irrevocable right of withdrawal.</I> Each participating employee has an irrevocable right to request and receive from the trustee all assets credited to the employee's account (or their value, if the employee prefers) without regard to any conditions other than the loss or suspension of the privilege of participating further in the plan. A plan may limit or modify such right in any manner required for qualification of the plan under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (26 U.S.C. 401).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rights of beneficiary.</I> Upon the death of an employee, his or her beneficiary shall have the absolute and unconditional right to demand and receive from the trustee all assets credited to the account of the employee or their value, if he or she so prefers.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reissue or payment upon distribution.</I> (i) When settlement is made with an employee or his or her beneficiary with respect to any bond registered in the name and title of the plan trustee in which the employee has a share, the bond must be paid or reissued to the extent of the share.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an employee or the beneficiary is to receive distribution in kind, bonds bearing the same issue dates as those credited to the employee's account will be reissued in the name of the employee or the employee's beneficiary to the extent entitled, in authorized denominations, in any authorized form of registration, upon the request and certification of the trustee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Application for special limitation.</I> A trustee of an employee plan who desires to purchase bonds under the special limitation should submit to the designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch a copy of:
</P>
<P>(1) The plan;
</P>
<P>(2) Any instructions issued under the plan that concern Series I bonds; and
</P>
<P>(3) The trust agreement, in order to establish the plan's eligibility.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Vacation plans.</I> Savings bonds may be purchased under certain vacation plans. Questions concerning the eligibility of these plans to purchase bonds in excess of the general limitation should be addressed to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Limitations on Transfer or Pledge</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.15   Transfer.</HEAD>
<P>Savings bonds are not transferable and are payable only to the owners named on the bonds, except as specifically provided in these regulations and then only in the manner and to the extent so provided.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.16   Pledge.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond may not be hypothecated, pledged, or used as security for the performance of an obligation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Judicial Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.5.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.20   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department of the Treasury will not recognize a judicial determination that gives effect to an attempted voluntary inter vivos transfer of a bond, or a judicial determination that impairs the rights of survivorship conferred by the regulations in this part upon a coowner or beneficiary. All provisions of this subpart are subject to these restrictions, except as provided in § 360.24.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department of the Treasury will recognize a claim against an owner of a savings bond and conflicting claims of ownership of, or interest in, a bond between coowners or between the registered owner and the beneficiary, if established by valid, judicial proceedings specifically listed in this subpart. Escheat proceedings will not be recognized under this subpart. Section 360.23 specifies evidence required to establish the validity of judicial proceedings. Treasury may require any other evidence to establish the validity of judicial proceedings, such as evidence that the proceeding provided due process, complied with this part, and complied with relevant state law.


</P>
<P>(c) The Department of the Treasury and the agencies that issue, reissue, or redeem savings bonds will not accept a notice of an adverse claim or notice of pending judicial proceedings, nor undertake to protect the interests of a litigant not in possession of a savings bond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, as amended at 80 FR 80265, Dec. 24, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.5.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.21   Payment to judgment creditors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purchaser or officer under levy.</I> The Department of the Treasury will pay (but not reissue) a savings bond to the purchaser at a sale under a levy or to the officer authorized under appropriate process to levy upon property of the registered owner or coowner to satisfy a money judgment. Payment will be made only to the extent necessary to satisfy the money judgment. The amount paid is limited to the redemption value 60 days after the termination of the judicial proceedings. Except in the case of a levy by the Internal Revenue Service, payment of a bond registered in coownership form pursuant to a judgment or a levy against only one coowner is limited to the extent of that coowner's interest in the bond. That interest must be established by an agreement between the coowners or by a judgment, decree, or order of a court in a proceeding to which both coowners are parties. Payment of a bond registered in coownership form pursuant to a levy by the Internal Revenue Service will be made if the levy is against either coowner on the bond.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, or similar court officer.</I> The Department of the Treasury will pay, at current redemption value, a savings bond to a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver of an insolvent's estate, a receiver in equity, or a similar court officer under the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.5.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.22   Payment or reissue pursuant to divorce.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Divorce.</I> (1) The Department of the Treasury will recognize a divorce decree that ratifies or confirms a property settlement agreement disposing of bonds or that otherwise settles the interests of the parties in a bond. Reissue of a savings bond may be made to eliminate the name of one spouse as owner, coowner, or beneficiary or to substitute the name of one spouse for that of the other spouse as owner, coowner, or beneficiary pursuant to the decree. However, if the bond is registered in the name of one spouse with another person as coowner, there must be submitted either:
</P>
<P>(i) A request for reissue by the other person; or
</P>
<P>(ii) a certified copy of a judgment, decree, or court order entered in proceedings to which the other person and the spouse named on the bond are parties, determining the extent of the interest of that spouse in the bond. Reissue will be permitted only to the extent of that spouse's interest.
</P>
<P>(2) The evidence required under § 360.23 must be submitted in every case. When the divorce decree does not set out the terms of the property settlement agreement, a certified copy of the agreement must be submitted. Payment, rather than reissue, will be made if requested.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Date for determining rights.</I> When payment or reissue under this section is to be made, the rights of the parties will be those existing under the regulations current at the time of the entry of the final judgment, decree, or court order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.5.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.23   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To establish the validity of judicial proceedings, certified copies of the final judgment, decree, or court order, and of any necessary supplementary proceedings, must be submitted. If the judgment, decree, or court order was rendered more than six months prior to the presentation of the bond, there must also be submitted a certification from the clerk of the court, under court seal, dated within six months of the presentation of the bond, showing that the judgment, decree, or court order is in full force.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trustee in bankruptcy or receiver of an insolvent's estate.</I> A request for payment by a trustee in bankruptcy or a receiver of an insolvent's estate must be supported by appropriate evidence of appointment and qualification. The evidence must be certified by the clerk of the court, under court seal, as being in full force on a date that is not more than six months prior to the presentation of the bond.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Receiver in equity or similar court officer.</I> A request for payment by a receiver in equity or a similar court officer, other than a receiver of an insolvent's estate, must be supported by a copy of an order that authorizes the presentation of the bond for redemption, certified by the clerk of the court, under court seal, as being in full force on a date that is not more than six months prior to the presentation of the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.5.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.24   Payment pursuant to judicial or administrative forfeiture.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Contact point</I> means the individual designated to receive referrals from the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, as provided for in this section, by the Federal investigative agency, United States Attorney's Office, or forfeiting agency specified in Fiscal Service Form 1522.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Forfeiting agency</I> means the federal law enforcement agency responsible for the forfeiture.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Forfeiture.</I> (i) <I>Administrative forfeiture</I> means the process by which property may be forfeited by a federal agency rather than through judicial proceedings.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Judicial forfeiture</I> means either a civil or a criminal proceeding in a United States District Court that may result in a final judgment and order of forfeiture.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Fiscal Service Form 1522</I> means the written notification of the forfeiture provided by the forfeiting agency to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service on a Fiscal Service Form 1522 SPECIAL FORM OF REQUEST FOR PAYMENT OF UNITED STATES SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT SECURITIES WHERE USE OF A DETACHED REQUEST IS AUTHORIZED. Fiscal Service Form 1522 must specify: the contact point; the issue date of each bond; the serial number for each bond; the date of forfeiture; the forfeiture fund to which payment is to be made; and be signed by an individual authorized by the forfeiting agency. The forfeited bonds and the completed Fiscal Service Form 1522 are to be mailed to the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Forfeiture of bond.</I> (1) Upon receipt and review of the Fiscal Service Form 1522, as described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service will make payment to the forfeiture fund specified on the form.
</P>
<P>(2) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will record the forfeiture, the forfeiture fund into which the proceeds were paid, the contact point, and any related information.
</P>
<P>(3) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will rely exclusively upon the information provided by the Federal agency in the Fiscal Service Form 1522 and will not make any independent evaluation of the validity of the forfeiture order, the request for payment, or the authority of the individual signing the request for payment.
</P>
<P>(4) The amount paid is limited to the redemption value of the savings bonds as of the date of forfeiture specified in the Fiscal Service Form 1522.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inquiry from previous owner.</I> (1) Upon payment made pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, all inquiries from the previous owner, including requests for payment, reissue, or applications for relief, related to forfeited savings bonds, will be referred by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service to the contact point named in the Fiscal Service Form 1522.
</P>
<P>(2) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will notify the submitter of the inquiry of the referral to the contact point.
</P>
<P>(3) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will not investigate the inquiry and will defer to the forfeiting agency's determination of the appropriate course of action, including settlement where appropriate. Any settlement will be paid from the forfeiture fund into which the proceeds were deposited.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Relief for Loss, Theft, Destruction, Mutilation, Defacement, or Nonreceipt of Bonds</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.6.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.25   General.</HEAD>
<P>Relief, by the issue of a substitute bond or by payment, is authorized for the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation, or defacement of a bond after receipt by the owner or his or her representative. As a condition for granting relief, the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as designee of the Secretary of the Treasury, may require a bond of indemnity, in the form, and with the surety, or security, he or she considers necessary to protect the interests of the United States. In all cases, the claimant or claimants must identify the lost, stolen, destroyed, mutilated, or defaced savings bond or savings bonds by serial number or serial numbers and must submit satisfactory evidence of the loss, theft, or destruction, or a satisfactory explanation of the mutilation or defacement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.6.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.26   Application for relief; after receipt of bond.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the serial numbers of the lost, stolen, or destroyed bonds are known, the claimant should execute an application for relief on the appropriate form and submit it to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328.
</P>
<P>(b) If the bond serial numbers are not known, the claimant must provide sufficient information to enable the Bureau of the Fiscal Service to identify the bond by serial number. See § 360.29(c). The Bureau will furnish the proper application form and instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) A defaced bond and all available fragments of a mutilated bond should be submitted to a Federal Reserve Office listed in § 360.1(b)(2) or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P>(d) The application must be made by the person or persons (including both coowners, if living) authorized under the regulations in this part to request payment of the bond. In addition:
</P>
<P>(1) If the bond is in beneficiary form and the owner and beneficiary are both living, the application must be made by the owner, and the beneficiary may also be required to join in the application to protect the interests of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) If a minor named on a bond as owner, coowner, or beneficiary is not of sufficient competency and understanding to request payment, the parents or other person authorized to request payment under § 360.63 will ordinarily be required to join in the application.
</P>
<P>(e) If the application is approved on or before February 14, 2014, relief will be granted either by the issuance of a bond bearing the same issue date as the bond for which the claim was filed or by payment. If the application is approved after February 14, 2014, relief will be granted either by the issuance of a book-entry bond bearing the same issue date as the bond for which the claim was filed or by payment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, as amended at 79 FR 8860, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.6.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.27   Application for relief; nonreceipt of bond.</HEAD>
<P>If a bond issued on any transaction is not received, the issuing agent must be notified as promptly as possible and given all information available about the nonreceipt. An appropriate form and instructions will be provided. If the application is approved on or before February 14, 2014, relief will be granted by the issuance of a bond bearing the same issue date as the bond that was not received. If the application is approved after February 14, 2014, relief will be granted by the issuance of a book-entry bond bearing the same issue date as the bond that was not received or by payment. Also, relief is authorized for the issuance of bonds for which the Secretary has not received payment, in order to preserve public confidence in dealing with issuing agents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 8860, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.28" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.6.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.28   Recovery or receipt of bond before or after relief is granted.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a bond reported lost, stolen, destroyed, or not received, is recovered or received before relief is granted, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328, must be notified promptly.
</P>
<P>(b) A bond for which relief has been granted is the property of the United States and, if recovered, must be promptly submitted to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, 26106-1328, for cancellation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.29" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.6.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.29   Adjudication of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Bureau of the Fiscal Service will adjudicate claims for lost, stolen or destroyed bonds on the basis of records created and regularly maintained in the ordinary course of business.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Claims filed 10 years after payment.</I> Any claim filed 10 years or more after the recorded date of redemption or other retirement will be barred.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Claims filed 10 years after maturity.</I> Any claim filed 10 years or more after the maturity of a savings bond will be barred.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—General Provisions for Payment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.35   Payment (redemption).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Payment of a Series I savings bond will be made to the person or persons entitled under the provisions of the regulations in this part, except that the redemption payment will not be delivered to addresses in areas with respect to which the Department of the Treasury restricts or regulates the delivery of remittances, including checks and electronic payments, drawn against funds of the United States. See Department of the Treasury Circular No. 655, current revision (31 CFR part 211). Payment will be made without regard to any notice of adverse claims to a bond and no stoppage or caveat against payment of a bond will be entered.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mandatory initial holding period.</I> A Series I bond issued on January 1, 2003, or earlier, will be paid at any time after six months from issue date. A Series I bond issued on February 1, 2003, or thereafter, will be paid at any time after 12 months from issue date. Bonds will be paid at the current redemption value determined in the manner described in Department of the Treasury Circular, Fiscal Service Series No. 1-98 (31 CFR part 359).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 2667, Jan. 17, 2003; 68 FR 7427, Feb. 14, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.36" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.36   Payment during life of sole owner.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond registered in single ownership form (<I>i.e.</I>, without a coowner or beneficiary) will be paid to the owner during his or her lifetime upon surrender with an appropriate request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.37" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.37   Payment during lives of both coowners.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond registered in coownership form will be paid to either coowner upon surrender with an appropriate request, and upon payment (as determined in § 360.43), the other coowner will cease to have any interest in the bond. If both coowners request payment, the payment will be made in the form, “John A. Jones AND Mary C. Jones”.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.38" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.38   Payment during lifetime of owner of beneficiary bond.</HEAD>
<P>A savings bond registered in beneficiary form will be paid to the registered owner during his or her lifetime upon surrender with an appropriate request. Upon payment (as determined in § 360.43) the beneficiary will cease to have any interest in the bond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.39" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.39   Surrender for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure for definitive bonds of Series I presented at authorized paying agents.</I> The owner, coowner, or other person entitled to payment of a definitive Series I bond may present the bond to an authorized paying agent for redemption. The presenter must establish his or her identity and entitlement to payment in accordance with Treasury instructions and identification guidelines. The presenter must sign the request for payment on the bond or, if authorized, on a separate detached request, and add his or her address. If the request for payment has been signed, or signed and certified, before presentation of the bond, the paying agent must be satisfied that the person presenting the bond for payment is the owner, coowner, or other person entitled to payment, and may require the person to sign the request for payment again. If the bond is in order for payment, the paying agent will make payment at the current redemption value without charge to the presenter. Paying agents are not authorized to process any case involving partial redemption.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure for all other cases.</I> In the case of definitive bonds to which the procedure in paragraph (a) of this section, does not apply, or if otherwise preferred, the owner or coowner, or other person entitled to payment should establish his or her identity to the satisfaction of an officer authorized by the regulations in this part to certify requests for payment, sign the requests for payment, and provide delivery information for the payment. The bonds must be forwarded to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. Usually, payment will be expedited by submission to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch. In all cases, the cost and risk of presentation of a bond will be borne by the owner. Payment will be made to the registered owner or other person entitled and will be delivered according to the instructions of the owner or the other person entitled and the regulations in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Date of request.</I> Requests executed more than six months before the date of receipt of a bond for payment will not be accepted. Neither will a bond be accepted if payment is requested as of a date more than three months in the future.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.40   Special provisions for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Owner's signature not required.</I> A bond may be paid by a paying agent or a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch without the owner's signature to the request for payment if the bond bears the special endorsement of a paying agent specifically qualified to place such an endorsement on savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Signature by mark.</I> A signature by mark (X) must be witnessed by at least one disinterested person and a certifying officer. See subpart I of this part. The witness must attest to the signature by mark substantially as follows: “Witness to signature by mark”, followed by his or her signature and address.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Name change.</I> If the name of the owner, coowner, or other person entitled to payment, as it appears in the registration or in any related evidence or documents has been changed in any legal manner, the signature to the request for payment must show both names and the manner in which the change was made; for example, “Mary T. Jones Smith (Mary T. J. Smith or Mary T. Smith) changed by marriage from Mary T. Jones”, or “John R. Young, changed by order of court from Hans R. Jung”. See § 360.50.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Attorneys-in-fact.</I> A request for payment executed by an attorney-in-fact on behalf of the bond owner or other person entitled to payment of the bond will be recognized if it is accompanied by a copy of the power of attorney which meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The power of attorney must bear the grantor's signature, properly certified or notarized, in accordance with applicable State law;
</P>
<P>(2) The power of attorney must grant, by its terms, authority for the attorney-in-fact to sell or redeem the grantor's securities, sell his or her personal property, or otherwise contain similar authority; and
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a grantor who has become incapacitated, the power of attorney must conform with pertinent provisions of State law concerning its durability. Generally, in such circumstances, the power of attorney should provide that the authority granted will not be affected by the subsequent incompetence or incapacity of the grantor. Medical evidence or other proof of the grantor's condition may be required in any case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.41" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.41   Partial redemption.</HEAD>
<P>A bond may be redeemed in part at current redemption value, but only in amounts corresponding to authorized denominations, upon surrender of the bond to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service in accordance with § 360.39(b). In any case in which partial redemption is requested, the phrase “to the extent of $_____ (face amount) and reissue of the remainder” should be added to the request. Upon partial redemption of the bond, the remainder will be reissued as of the original issue date, as provided in subpart H of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.42" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.42   Nonreceipt or loss of remittance issued in payment.</HEAD>
<P>If a remittance in payment of the redemption value of a bond surrendered for redemption is not received within a reasonable time or is lost after receipt, notice should be given to the same agency to which the bond was surrendered for payment. The notice should give the date the bond was surrendered for payment and describe the bond by series, denomination, serial number, and registration, including the taxpayer identifying number of the owner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.43" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.43   Effective date of request for payment.</HEAD>
<P>The Department of the Treasury will treat the receipt of a bond with an appropriate request for payment by:
</P>
<P>(a) A Federal Reserve Bank or Branch;
</P>
<P>(b) The Bureau of the Fiscal Service; or
</P>
<P>(c) A paying agent authorized to pay that bond, as the date upon which the rights of the parties are fixed for the purpose of payment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.44" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.7.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.44   Withdrawal of request for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Withdrawal by owner or coowner.</I> An owner or coowner, who has surrendered a bond to a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch or to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service or to an authorized paying agent with an appropriate request for payment, may withdraw the request if notice of intent to withdraw is received by the same agency prior to payment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Withdrawal on behalf of deceased owner or incompetent.</I> A request for payment may be withdrawn under the same conditions as in paragraph (a) of this section by the executor or administrator of the estate of a deceased owner or by the person or persons who could have been entitled to the bond under subpart K of this part, or by the legal representative of the estate of a person under legal disability, unless surrender of the bond for payment has eliminated the interest of a surviving coowner or beneficiary. See § 360.70(b) and (c).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Reissue and Denominational Exchange</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.45" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.8.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.45   General.</HEAD>
<P>Reissue of a bond may be made only under the conditions specified in these regulations, and only at: A designated Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. Reissue will not be made if the request is received less than one full calendar month before the maturity date of a bond. See 31 CFR part 359. The request, however, will be effective to establish ownership as though the requested reissue had been made. We reserve the right to reissue savings bonds in book-entry form only. See § 360.48(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, as amended at 76 FR 66856, Oct. 28, 2011; 79 FR 8860, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.46" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.8.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.46   Effective date of request for reissue.</HEAD>
<P>The Department of the Treasury will treat the receipt by: A Federal Reserve Bank or Branch, or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service of a bond and an acceptable request for reissue as determining the date upon which the rights of the parties are fixed for the purpose of reissue. For example, if the owner or either coowner of a bond dies after the bond has been surrendered for reissue, the bond will be regarded as having been reissued in the decedent's lifetime.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.47" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.8.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.47   Authorized reissue; during lifetime.</HEAD>
<P>A bond belonging to a living individual may be reissued in any form of registration authorized by the regulations in this part upon an appropriate request under the conditions and for the purposes outlined in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Single ownership.</I> A bond registered in single ownership form may be reissued:
</P>
<P>(1) To add a coowner or beneficiary; or
</P>
<P>(2) To name a new owner, with or without a coowner or beneficiary as requested by the new owner, but only if the previous owner and the new owner are parties to a divorce or annulment; or
</P>
<P>(3) To name as new sole owner the personal trust estate created by the previous owner or which designates as beneficiary the previous owner.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Coownership.</I> During the lifetime of both coowners:
</P>
<P>(1) A coownership bond may be reissued to name a new owner, with or without a coowner or beneficiary as requested by the new owner, but only if at least one of the coowners and the new owner are parties to a divorce or annulment, but reissue is limited to the extent of that coowner's interest in the bond (See § 360.22(a)); or
</P>
<P>(2) To name as new sole owner the personal trust estate created by at least one of the coowners or which designates as beneficiary at least one of the coowners.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Beneficiary.</I> A bond registered in beneficiary form may be reissued:
</P>
<P>(1) To substitute another individual as beneficiary; or
</P>
<P>(2) To eliminate the beneficiary, and, if the beneficiary is eliminated, to effect any of the reissues authorized by paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.48" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.8.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.48   Restrictions on reissue; denominational exchange.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Elimination of definitive Series I bonds.</I> After February 14, 2014, the Department of the Treasury will no longer reissue Series I bonds in definitive (paper) form. After that date, a request for reissue of a Series I bond for any reason will only be processed under one of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) If the new owner requests payment in the same transaction; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the new owner provides instructions to reissue in the form of a book-entry bond in a TreasuryDirect® account. This option is available for persons who are eligible to open a TreasuryDirect® account under the regulations in 31 CFR part 363.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Denominational exchange.</I> Reissue is not permitted solely to change denominations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 8860, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.49" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.8.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.49   Correction of errors.</HEAD>
<P>A bond may be reissued to correct an error in registration upon appropriate request supported by satisfactory proof of the error.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.50" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.8.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.50   Change of name.</HEAD>
<P>An owner, coowner, or beneficiary whose name is changed by marriage, divorce, annulment, order of court, or in any other legal manner after the issue of the bond should submit the bond with a request for reissue to substitute the new name for the name inscribed on the bond. Documentary evidence may be required in any appropriate case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.51" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.8.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.51   Requests for reissue.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to the conditions set out in this subpart, a request for reissue of bonds in coownership form must be signed by both coowners, except that a request solely to eliminate the name of one coowner may be signed by that coowner only. A bond registered in beneficiary form may be reissued upon the request of the owner, without the consent of the beneficiary. Fiscal Service forms are available for requesting reissue.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Certifying Officers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.55" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.9.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.55   Individuals authorized to certify.</HEAD>
<P>The following individuals are authorized to act as certifying officers for the purpose of certifying a request for payment, reissue, or a signature to a Fiscal Service form:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Officers generally authorized</I>—(1) <I>Banks, trust companies, and member organizations of the Federal Home Loan Bank System.</I> (i) Any officer of a bank incorporated in the United States, the territories or possessions of the United States, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any officer of a trust company incorporated in the United States, the territories or possessions of the United States, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any officer of an organization that is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. This includes Federal savings and loan associations.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any officer of a foreign branch or domestic branch of an institution indicated in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) Any officer of a Federal Reserve Bank, a Federal Land Bank, or a Federal Home Loan Bank.
</P>
<P>(vi) Any employee of an institution in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (v) of this section, who is expressly authorized to certify by the institution.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Credit unions.</I> Any officer or employee of a credit union, who is expressly authorized to certify by the institution. Certification by these officers or designated employees must be authenticated by a legible imprint of either the corporate seal of the institution or of the issuing or paying agent's stamp. The employee expressly authorized to certify by an institution must sign his or her name over the title “Designated Employee”.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Issuing and paying agents.</I> Any officer or expressly authorized employee of an organization that is not included in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (v) of this section but is qualified as an issuing or paying agent for savings bonds of Series E, EE, or I. The agent's stamp must be imprinted in the certification.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>By United States officials.</I> Any judge, clerk, or deputy clerk of a United States court, including United States courts for the territories and possessions of the United States and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; any United States Commissioner, United States Attorney, or United States Collector of Customs, including their deputies; in the Internal Revenue Service, any Regional Commissioner, District Director, Service Center Director, or Internal Revenue agent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Officers with limited authority</I>—(1) <I>In the Armed Forces.</I> Any commissioned officer or warrant officer of the Armed Forces of the United States, but only for members of the respective services, their families, and civilian employees at posts, bases, or stations. The certifying officer must indicate his or her rank and state that the individual signing the request is one of the class whose request the certifying officer is authorized to certify.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Veterans Administration, Federal penal institutions, and United States Public Health Service hospitals.</I> Any officer in charge of a home, hospital or other facility of the Veterans Administration, but only for the patients, or employees of the facility; any officer of a Federal penal institution or a United States Public Health Service hospital expressly authorized to certify by the Secretary of the Treasury or his designee, but only for the inmates, patients or employees of the institution involved. Officers of Veterans Administration facilities, Federal penal institutions, and Public Health Service hospitals must use the stamp or seal of the particular institution or service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authorized officers in foreign countries.</I> Any United States diplomatic or consular representative, or the officer of a foreign branch of a bank or trust company incorporated in the United States whose signature is attested by an imprint of the corporate seal or is certified to the Department of the Treasury. If none of these individuals is available, a notary public or other officer authorized to administer oaths may certify, but, if not in a country that is a party to the Hague Convention, his or her official character and jurisdiction must be certified by a United States diplomatic or consular officer under seal of his or her office.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Authorized officers in particular localities.</I> The Governor and the Treasurer of Puerto Rico; the Governor and the Commissioner of Finance of the Virgin Islands; the Governor and the Director of Finance of Guam; or the Governor and the Director of Administrative Services of American Samoa.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special provisions.</I> If no certifying officer is readily accessible, the Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, Deputy Commissioner, any Assistant Commissioner, or other designated official of the Bureau or of a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch is authorized to make special provision for any particular case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.56" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.9.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.56   General instructions and liability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The certifying officer must:
</P>
<P>(1) Require the person presenting a bond, or an appropriate Fiscal Service transaction form, to establish his or her identity in accordance with Department of the Treasury instructions and identification guidelines;
</P>
<P>(2) Place a notation on the back of the bond or on the appropriate Fiscal Service transaction form, or in a separate record, showing exactly how identification was established; and
</P>
<P>(3) Affix, as part of the certification, his or her official signature, title, seal or issuing or paying agent's stamp, address, and the date of execution.
</P>
<P>(b) The certifying officer and, if such person is an officer or an employee of an organization, the organization will be held fully responsible for the adequacy of the identification.
</P>
<P>(c) A signature guaranteed stamp under the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP) is an acceptable official seal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.57" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.9.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.57   When a certifying officer may not certify.</HEAD>
<P>Certifying officers may not certify the requests for payment or reissue of bonds, or appropriate Fiscal Service transaction forms if, in their own right or in a representative capacity, they:
</P>
<P>(a) Have an interest in the bonds; or
</P>
<P>(b) Will, by virtue of the requests being certified, acquire an interest in the bonds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.58" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.9.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.58   Forms to be certified.</HEAD>
<P>When required in the instructions on a Fiscal Service transaction form, the form must be signed before an authorized certifying officer.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Minors, Incompetents, Aged Persons, Absentees, et al.</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.60" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.10.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.60   Payment to representative of an estate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The representative of an estate of an owner who is a minor, an aged person, incompetent, absentee, et al., may receive payment upon request:
</P>
<P>(1) If the registration shows the name and capacity of the representative;
</P>
<P>(2) If the registration shows the capacity but not the name of the representative and the request is accompanied by appropriate evidence; or
</P>
<P>(3) If the registration includes neither the name of the representative nor his or her capacity but the request is accompanied by appropriate evidence.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Appropriate evidence for paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this section includes Fiscal Service Forms 5385 (redemption) and 5386 (reissue) completed and signed by the representative in accordance with the proper form's instructions, which are incorporated herein, or a certified copy of the letters of appointment or, if the representative is not appointed by a court, other proof of qualification.
</P>
<P>(2) Except in the case of corporate fiduciaries, the evidence must show that the appointment is in full force and be dated not more than one year prior to the presentation of the bond for payment. The request for payment appearing on the back of a bond must be signed by the representative as such, for example, “John S. Jones, guardian (committee) of the estate of Henry W. Smith, a minor (an incompetent)”.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.61" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.10.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.61   Payment after death.</HEAD>
<P>After the death of the ward, and at any time prior to the representative's discharge, the representative of the estate will be entitled to obtain payment of a bond to which the ward was solely entitled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.62" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.10.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.62   Payment to minor.</HEAD>
<P>If the owner of a savings bond is a minor and the form of registration does not indicate that there is a representative of the minor's estate, payment will be made to the minor upon his or her request, provided the minor is of sufficient competency to sign the request for payment and to understand the nature of the transaction. In general, the fact that the request for payment has been signed by a minor and certified will be accepted as sufficient proof of competency and understanding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.63" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.10.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.63   Payment to a parent or other person on behalf of a minor.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the owner of a savings bond is a minor and the form of registration does not indicate that there is a representative of his or her estate, and if the minor is not of sufficient competency to sign the request for payment and to understand the nature of the transaction, payment will be made to either parent with whom the minor resides or to whom legal custody has been granted. If the minor does not reside with either parent, payment will be made to the person who furnishes the chief support for the minor.
</P>
<P>(b) The request must appear on the back of the bond in one of the following forms:
</P>
<P>(1) Request by parent:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I certify that I am the mother of John C. Jones (with whom he resides) (to whom legal custody has been granted). He is __ years of age and is not of sufficient understanding to make this request.
</P>
<FP-1>Mary Jones on behalf of John C. Jones</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Request by other person:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I certify that John C. Jones does not reside with either parent and that I furnish his chief support. He is __ years of age and is not of sufficient understanding to make this request.
</P>
<FP-1>Alice Brown, grandmother, on behalf of John C. Jones</FP-1></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.64" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.10.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.64   Payment or reinvestment—voluntary guardian of an incapacitated person.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Payment of bonds.</I> (1) When an adult owner of bonds is incapable of requesting payment as a result of incapacity and there is no other person legally qualified to do so, the relative, or other person, responsible for the owner's care and support may submit an application for recognition as voluntary guardian for the purpose of redeeming the owner's bonds, if the total redemption value of all of the owner's bonds does not exceed $20,000. The bonds and application should be submitted to a designated Federal Reserve Bank or the Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P>(2) The redemption value of the bonds shall be determined as of the date the bonds are received, accompanied by an appropriate request for payment. If the total redemption value exceeds $20,000, a legal representative must be appointed, as set forth in § 360.60.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reinvestment of bonds.</I> (1) If the bonds have matured and ceased earning interest, they may be redeemed and the proceeds reinvested in any other savings bonds available. The new bonds must be registered in the name of the incapacitated person, followed by words showing that he or she is under voluntary guardianship; for example, “John Jones 123-45-6789, under voluntary guardianship”. A living coowner or beneficiary named on the matured bonds must be designated on the new bonds, unless such person furnishes a certified statement consenting to omission of his or her name.
</P>
<P>(2) If an amount insufficient to purchase an additional bond of any authorized denomination of savings bond remains after the reinvestment, the voluntary guardian may furnish additional funds sufficient to purchase another savings bond of the lowest available denomination. If additional funds are not furnished, the remaining amount will be paid to the voluntary guardian for the use and benefit of the incapacitated person.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.65" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.10.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.65   Reissue.</HEAD>
<P>A bond on which a minor or other person under legal disability is named as the owner or coowner, or in which he or she has an interest, may be reissued under the following conditions, but only in accordance with subpart H of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) A minor for whose estate no representative has been appointed may request reissue if the minor is of sufficient competency to sign his or her name to the request and to understand the nature of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) Except to the extent provided in paragraph (a) of this section, reissue will be restricted to a form of registration which does not adversely affect the existing ownership or interest of a minor or other person under legal disability. Requests for reissue should be executed by the person authorized to request payment under §§ 360.60 and 360.63, or the person who may request recognition as voluntary guardian under § 360.64.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Deceased Owner, Coowner or Beneficiary</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.70" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.11.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.70   General rules governing entitlement.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this section govern ownership or entitlement where one or both of the persons named on a bond have died without the bond having been surrendered for payment or reissue. Appropriate proof of death will be required.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Single owner bond.</I> If the owner of a bond registered in single ownership form has died, the bond becomes the property of that decedent's estate, and payment or reissue will be made as provided in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Coowner bond</I>—(1) <I>One coowner deceased.</I> If one of the coowners named on a bond has died, the surviving coowner will be recognized as the sole and absolute owner, and payment or reissue will be made as though the bond were registered in the name of the survivor alone. Any request for reissue by the surviving coowner must be supported by proof of death of the other coowner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Both coowners deceased.</I> If both coowners named on a bond have died, the bond becomes the property of the estate of the coowner who died last, and payment or reissue will be made as if the bond were registered in the name of the last deceased coowner alone. Proof of death of both coowners will be required to establish the order of death.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Simultaneous death of both coowners.</I> If both coowners die under conditions where it cannot be established, either by presumption of law or otherwise, which coowner died first, the bond becomes the property of the estates of both equally, and payment or reissue will be made accordingly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Beneficiary bond</I>—(1) <I>Owner deceased.</I> If the owner of a bond registered in beneficiary form has died and is survived by the beneficiary, upon proof of death of the owner, the beneficiary will be recognized as the sole and absolute owner of the bond. Payment or reissue will be made as though the bond were registered in the survivor's name alone. A request for payment or reissue by the beneficiary must be supported by proof of death of the owner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Beneficiary deceased.</I> If the beneficiary's death occurs before, or simultaneously with, that of the registered owner, payment or reissue will be made as though the bond were registered in the owner's name alone. Proof of death of the owner and beneficiary is required to establish the order of death.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Nonresident aliens.</I> If the person who becomes entitled to a bond because of the death of an owner is an alien who is a resident of an area with respect to which the Department of the Treasury restricts or regulates the delivery of remittances, including checks and electronic payments, drawn against funds of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities, delivery of the redemption payment will not be made so long as the restriction applies. See Department of the Treasury Circular No. 655, current revision (31 CFR part 211).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, as amended at 70 FR 57432, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.71" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.11.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.71   Decedent's estate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Estate is being administered.</I> (1) A legal representative of a deceased owner's estate may request payment of savings bonds to the estate, or may distribute the savings bonds to the persons entitled.
</P>
<P>(2) Appropriate proof of appointment for the legal representative of the estate is required. Letters of appointment must be dated not more than one year prior to the date of submission of the letters of appointment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Estate has been settled previously.</I> If the estate has been settled previously through judicial proceedings, the persons entitled may request payment or reissue of the savings bonds. A certified copy of the court-approved final accounting for the estate, the court's decree of distribution, or other appropriate evidence is required.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special provisions under the law of the jurisdiction of the decedent's domicile.</I> If there is no formal or regular administration and no representative of the estate is to be appointed, the person appointed to receive or distribute the assets of a decedent's estate without regular administration under applicable local law summary or small estates procedures may request payment or reissue of savings bonds. Appropriate evidence is required.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When administration is required.</I> If the total redemption value of the Treasury securities and undelivered payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is greater than $100,000, administration of the decedent's estate will be required. The redemption value of savings bonds and the principal amount of marketable securities will be used to determine the value of securities, and will be determined as of the date of death. Administration may also be required at the discretion of the Department for any case.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Voluntary representative for small estates that are not being otherwise administered</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A voluntary representative is a person qualified according to paragraph (e)(3) of this section, to request payment or distribution of a decedent's savings bonds. The voluntary representative procedures are for the convenience of the Department; entitlement to the decedent's savings bonds and held payments, if any, is determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. Voluntary representative procedures may be used only if:
</P>
<P>(i) There has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, and no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total redemption value of the Treasury securities and held payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is $100,000 or less as of the date of death; and
</P>
<P>(iii) There is a person eligible to serve as the voluntary representative according to paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Authority of voluntary representative.</I> A voluntary representative may:
</P>
<P>(i) Redeem the decedent's savings bonds that are eligible for redemption on behalf of the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death;
</P>
<P>(ii) Distribute the decedent's savings bonds to the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Order of precedence for voluntary representative.</I> An individual eighteen years of age or older may act as a voluntary representative according to the following order of precedence: A surviving spouse; if there is no surviving spouse, then a child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a parent of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a next of kin of the decedent, as determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. As used in this order of precedence, child means a natural or adopted child of the decedent.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Liability.</I> By serving, the voluntary representative warrants that the distribution of payments or savings bonds is to the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The United States is not liable to any person for the improper distribution of payments or securities. Upon payment or distribution of the securities at the request of the voluntary representative, the United States is released to the same extent as if it had paid or delivered to a representative of the estate appointed pursuant to the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The voluntary representative shall indemnify and hold harmless the United States and all creditors and persons entitled to the estate of the decedent. The amount of the indemnification is limited to an amount no greater than the value received by the voluntary representative.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Creditor.</I> If there has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used, and there is no person eligible to serve as a voluntary representative pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, then a creditor may make a claim for payment of the amount of the debt, providing the debt has not been barred by applicable local law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57432, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.72" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.11.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.72   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Fiduciaries</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.75" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.12.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.75   Payment or reissue during the existence of the fiduciary estate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request from the fiduciaries named in the registration.</I> A request for reissue or payment signed by at least one, but less than all, of the fiduciaries named in the registration shall be deemed sufficient and acceptable proof that less than all of the fiduciaries may properly execute the request. If the fiduciaries named in the registration are still acting, no further evidence will be required. In other cases, i.e., cases in which the fiduciary is not designated by name and title in the bond registration or a fiduciary designated in the bond registration is no longer acting, the request must be made in accordance with subparts J and K of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Corporate fiduciaries.</I> If a bond is registered in the name of a public or private corporation, such as a financial institution, or a governmental body as fiduciary, the request must be signed by an authorized officer in the name of the organization as fiduciary. Ordinarily, a signed and certified request will be accepted without further evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Trustee of a common trust fund.</I> A bond held by a financial institution as a trustee may be reissued in the name of the institution as trustee of its common trust fund to the extent that participation in the common trust fund is authorized by law or regulation. The request for reissue should be executed by the institution and any co-trustee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Successor fiduciary.</I> If the fiduciary in whose name the bond is registered has been replaced by another fiduciary, a properly executed form or satisfactory evidence of successorship should be furnished.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.76" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.12.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.76   Payment or reissue after termination of the fiduciary estate.</HEAD>
<P>A bond registered in the name or title of a fiduciary may be paid or reissued to the person who has become entitled by reason of the termination of an estate, other than a decedent's estate (see subpart K of this part). Requests for reissue made by a fiduciary pursuant to the termination of a fiduciary estate should be made on the appropriate form. Requests for payment or reissue by other than the fiduciary must be accompanied by evidence to show that the person has become entitled in accordance with applicable State law or otherwise. When two or more persons have become entitled, the request for payment or reissue must be signed by each of them.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Escheat and Unclaimed Property Claims by States</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.77" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.13.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.77   Payment to a State claiming title to abandoned bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Department of the Treasury may, in its discretion, recognize an escheat judgment that purports to vest a State with title to a definitive savings bond that has stopped earning interest and is in the State's possession, when the State presents evidence satisfactory to Treasury that the bond has been abandoned by all persons entitled to payment under Treasury regulations. A State claiming title to a definitive savings bond as the heir to a deceased owner must comply with the requirements of subpart L of this part, and not this section. Treasury will not recognize an escheat judgment that purports to vest a State with title to a bond that is still earning interest. Treasury also will not recognize an escheat judgment that purports to vest a State with title to a bond that the State does not possess, or a judgment that purports to grant the State custody of a bond, but not title.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Due process.</I> At a minimum, a State requesting payment under this section must demonstrate to Treasury's satisfaction that it made reasonable efforts to provide actual and constructive notice of the escheat proceeding to all persons listed on the face of the bond and all persons who may have an interest in the bond, and that those persons had an opportunity to be heard before the escheat judgment was entered.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fulfillment of obligation.</I> Payment to a State claiming title under this section fulfills the United States' obligations to the same extent as if payment had been made to the registered owner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 80265, Dec. 24, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>63 FR 38049, July 14, 1998, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 80 FR 80265, Dec. 24, 2015.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 360.90" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.14.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.90   Waiver of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as designee of the Secretary of the Treasury, may waive or modify any provision or provisions of the regulations in this part. He or she may do so in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship:
</P>
<P>(a) If such action would not be inconsistent with law or equity;
</P>
<P>(b) If it does not impair any material existing rights; and
</P>
<P>(c) If he or she is satisfied that such action would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.91" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.14.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.91   Additional requirements; bond of indemnity.</HEAD>
<P>The Commissioner of the Fiscal Service, as designee of the Secretary of the Treasury, may require:
</P>
<P>(a) Such additional evidence as he or she may consider necessary or advisable; or
</P>
<P>(b) A bond of indemnity, with or without surety, in any case in which he or she may consider such a bond necessary for the protection of the interests of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.92" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.57.14.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.92   Supplements, amendments, or revisions.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, prescribe additional, supplemental, amendatory, or revised rules and regulations governing United States Savings Bonds.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="361" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 361—CLAIMS PURSUANT TO THE GOVERNMENT LOSSES IN SHIPMENT ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 6, 50 Stat. 480; 40 U.S.C. 728.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 19302, May 12, 1976, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 49 FR 47002, Nov. 30, 1984, and further redesignated at 50 FR 51394, Dec. 17, 1985.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 361.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 361.1   Scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>This part governs the reporting of loss or destruction of, or damage to, valuables shipped pursuant to section 1 of the Government Losses in Shipment Act (hereafter the Act) (40 U.S.C. 721) and proof of claim for replacement under section 3 of the Act (40 U.S.C. 723) by executive departments, independent establishments, agencies, wholly owned corporations, officers and employees of the United States, and Federal Reserve banks when acting on behalf of the United States or agencies thereof (hereafter consignors). Failure by any consignor or agent or employee thereof to comply with these regulations may delay recoveries, preclude reimbursement from the fund for the payment of Government losses in shipment (hereafter the Fund) or other relief under the Act, and render the consignor responsible for any loss occurring through such failure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 361.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 361.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>valuables</I> means any articles or things or representatives of value in which the United States has any interest, or in connection with which it has any obligation or responsibility, direct or indirect, and which have been declared to be valuables by the Secretary of the Treasury (hereafter <I>Secretary</I>) pursuant to the Act, as listed in § 362.1 of this title.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>shipment</I> means the transportation, or the effecting of transportation, of valuables, without limitation as to the means or facilities used or by which the transportation is effected or the person to whom it is made, and includes, but is not limited to, shipments made to any executive department, independent establishment, agency, wholly or partly owned corporation, officer, or employee of the United States, or any person acting on his or its behalf or at his or its direction.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>replacement</I> means payment, reimbursement, replacement, or duplication or the expenses incident thereto.
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>carrier</I> means any person, corporation, or other entity which effectuates the shipment for consignors of valuables.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 361.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58.0.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 361.3   Shipping procedure.</HEAD>
<P>Shipments of valuables shall be made so as to provide the greatest possible protection against risk of loss and destruction of, and damage to, valuables, in accordance with requirements prescribed by the consignors after notice to the Secretary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 361.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58.0.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 361.4   Preparation of shipment.</HEAD>
<P>Each shipment shall be inspected and verified by two responsible employees of a consignor before final preparation (<I>i.e.</I>, before sealing, locking, etc.) for delivery to the carrier. The shipment shall be finally prepared for delivery in the presence of the two employees and before leaving their immediate control. If strict compliance herewith is impossible or impracticable, administrative officers of the consignor shall make adequate provision, through the establishment of accounting controls or otherwise, for the maintenance of basic records which will enable them to prove, to the satisfaction of the Secretary, the extent of loss, destruction, or damage in connection with a claim against the Fund. The requirements of this section shall apply irrespective of the carrier or method of transportation employed in making shipments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 361.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58.0.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 361.5   Record of shipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A record of each shipment shall be maintained by the consignor. The record shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the consignee designated to receive the shipment;
</P>
<P>(2) A complete description of the contents of the shipment (if the shipment is made up of securities, the record shall be maintained by issue, series, denomination and serial number, and a description of any coupons attached to such securities at the time of shipment);
</P>
<P>(3) The face or par value of the shipment in the case of securities, currency, etc., or the replacement value in the case of other valuables;
</P>
<P>(4) The registry number or the lock and rotary numbers, if any, under which shipped;
</P>
<P>(5) The number of the registry receipt, or other receipt of the carrier;
</P>
<P>(6) The date and hour of delivery to the carrier;
</P>
<P>(7) A record of the signatures of the consignor's employees who verified the contents of the package and witnessed its sealing;
</P>
<P>(8) A record of the signature(s) of the consignor's employee(s) who thereafter had custody of the package until it was delivered at the post office for registration or deposited with the post office or other carrier for shipment; and
</P>
<P>(9) The name of the carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) The consignor shall also preserve, until assured that shipment has been completed and no claims action will be initiated, all registry receipts or other carriers' receipts, and other documents incidental to the shipments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 361.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58.0.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 361.6   Advice of shipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the value of any one shipment to one consignee at one time by one consignor, except in the case of any intracity shipment or the shipment of registered securities by certified mail, or by another means providing the same protection as certified mail, equals or exceeds $10,000, immediate notice thereof shall be forwarded by the consignor to the consignee by separate mail. Such notice shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A complete record of the contents of the shipment;
</P>
<P>(2) The method of transportation employed and the name of the carrier; and
</P>
<P>(3) The date of delivery to such carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) The consignee shall arrange that:
</P>
<P>(1) Shipment when received, be opened and inspected by one or more responsible employees;
</P>
<P>(2) Immediate advice of any difference between the amounts or quantity indicated in the notice by the consignor to the consignee and in the shipment when opened be forwarded to the consignor;
</P>
<P>(3) The consignor and the post office, or office of other carrier through which delivery would be made, be notified immediately in the event of the failure of the shipment to arrive in due course;
</P>
<P>(4) The consignor be advised immediately concerning any damage to the shipment; and
</P>
<P>(5) All findings of the consignee in such cases be made a matter of record subject to the inspection of the Secretary or other Government officer, in connection with any necessary investigation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 19302, May 12, 1976. Redesignated at 49 FR 47002, Nov. 30, 1984. Further redesignated at 50 FR 51394, Dec. 17, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 19751, June 2, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 361.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58.0.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 361.7   Report of loss, destruction or damage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a consignor receives notice that loss or destruction of, or damage to, valuables shipped in accordance with the Act has occurred, an immediate written report shall be forwarded by the consignor to the Secretary, to the attention of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Financial Management, Room 201, P. O. Box 1328, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328. If the loss, destruction or damage represents a value equal to, or in excess of, $10,000 or if delay in reporting is likely to delay the Government in recovering such valuables, the report shall be transmitted by wire and promptly confirmed in writing.
</P>
<P>(b) The report shall state:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of shipment;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount and character of the valuables lost, destroyed, or damaged;
</P>
<P>(3) The name and address of the consignee;
</P>
<P>(4) The method of transportation, the name of the carrier, and the location of the office of the carrier from which shipment was made;
</P>
<P>(5) The registry or other receipt number; and
</P>
<P>(6) The cause of the loss, destruction or damage, if known.
</P>
<P>(c) The consignor shall immediately report the loss, destruction or damage to the agent in charge of the nearest United States Secret Service office, and to the local post office or local office of other carrier. The consignor shall also place a tracer on the shipment and take such other action as may be necessary to facilitate recovery.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 19302, May 12, 1976. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 47002, Nov. 30, 1984. Further redesignated and amended at 50 FR 51394, Dec. 17, 1985; 61 FR 20437, May 7, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 361.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58.0.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 361.8   Claim for replacement.</HEAD>
<P>Claim for replacement shall be made in writing to the Secretary, to the attention of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Division of Financial Management, Room 201, P. O. Box 1328, Parkersburg, WV 26106-1328. The claim, accompanied by a recommendation regarding the manner of replacement, shall be submitted through the head of the consignor concerned, or his designee. The manner of replacement shall be determined by the Secretary in accordance with section 3 of the Act, i.e., by replacement out of the Fund or by a credit in the accounts of the claimant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 19302, May 12, 1976. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 47002, Nov. 30, 1984. Further redesignated and amended at 50 FR 51394, Dec. 17, 1985; 61 FR 20437, May 7, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 361.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58.0.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 361.9   Proof of claim.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary will require proof of claim in such form, and in such manner, as he deems necessary. Proof of claim will include satisfactory proof of shipment and satisfactory proof of loss, destruction or damage. The claim shall be supported by the original “record of shipment” required pursuant to § 361.5, which will be returned after adjustment of the claim. The consignor shall submit a statement concerning the loss or destruction of, or damage to, the shipment or any part thereof. If the shipment has been received by the consignee with contents not intact, such statement shall set forth all the circumstances relating to the condition in which the shipment was received and the manner of inspection and verification of its contents. Affidavits covering the loss, destruction or damage to the shipment shall be obtained from the consignee and the carrier. The consignor shall submit the statement and recommendations of the investigating officers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 361.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.58.0.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 361.10   Recoveries.</HEAD>
<P>If relief is granted, the consignor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to recover the lost, destroyed or damaged valuables, or their value. All recoveries and repayments, in connection with valuables for which replacement has been made out of the Fund, shall be forwarded to the Secretary for credit to the Fund.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="362" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.59" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 362—DECLARATION OF VALUABLES UNDER THE GOVERNMENT LOSSES IN SHIPMENT ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 6, 7, 50 Stat. 480; 40 U.S.C. 728, 729.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 362.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.59.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 362.1   Declaration of “valuables”.</HEAD>
<P>It is determined that replacements, in accordance with the procedure established under section 3 of the Government Losses in Shipment Act (50 Stat. 479, as amended; 5 U.S.C. 134b), of the articles or things or representatives of value enumerated and referred to in this section would be in the public interest; accordingly, they are hereby declared to be “valuables” within the meaning of the act.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Money of the United States and foreign countries.</I> Currency, included mutilated currency and canceled currency, coins, including uncurrent coins, and specie.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities and other instruments or documents, private and public.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Abstracts of title.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Assignments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bills.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bonds.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Certificates of deposit.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Certificates of indebtedness.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Checks, drafts and money orders.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Coupons.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Debentures.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Deeds.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Equipment trust certificates.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Mortgages.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Notes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Stamps, including postage, revenue, license, food order and public debt.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Stamped envelopes and postal cards.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Stock certificates.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trust receipts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Voting trust receipts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Warehouse receipts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Warrants.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP>And other instruments or documents similar to the foregoing and whether complete, incomplete, mutilated, canceled, in definitive form or represented by interim documents.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Precious metals and stones.</I> Diamonds and other precious stones. Gold, silver and any other precious or rare metal, including articles composed thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>All other.</I> Works and collections of artistic, historical, scientific or educational value which are the property of the United States or which may be loaned to the United States at its request, or which may be shipped on authority of the United States for its examination or acceptance as a gift.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[4 FR 3796, Sept. 1, 1939, as amended at 5 FR 2653, July 25, 1940. Redesignated at 49 FR 47002, Nov. 30, 1984. Further redesignated at 50 FR 51394, Dec. 17, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 362.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.59.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 362.2   Amendments.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, or from time to time, make supplemental or amendatory declaration of valuables.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[4 FR 3796, Sept. 1, 1939, as amended at 5 FR 2653, July 25, 1940. Redesignated at 49 FR 47002, Nov. 30, 1984. Further redesignated at 50 FR 51394, Dec. 17, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="363" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 363—REGULATIONS GOVERNING SECURITIES HELD IN TREASURYDIRECT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. 3102, <I>et seq.;</I> 31 U.S.C. 3121, <I>et seq.</I>
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 363 appear at 70 FR 57433, Sept. 30, 2005, 70 FR 57442, Sept. 30, 2005, and 75 FR 70815, Nov. 19, 2010.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.1.24.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.0   What is the TreasuryDirect ® system?</HEAD>
<P>The TreasuryDirect system (TreasuryDirect) is an online account system in which you may hold and conduct transactions in eligible book-entry Treasury securities. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.1.24.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.1   What Treasury securities are covered by these regulations?</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part apply to book-entry Treasury securities held in the TreasuryDirect ® system. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.1.24.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.2   What agency administers TreasuryDirect ®?</HEAD>
<P>The Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Fiscal Service), Department of the Treasury (Treasury) is responsible for administering TreasuryDirect. Fiscal Service may delegate authority to process certain transactions in TreasuryDirect to Federal Reserve Banks and Branches as fiscal agents of the United States. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.1.24.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.1.24.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.4   How is TreasuryDirect® different from the Legacy Treasury Direct® system and the commercial book-entry system?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>TreasuryDirect.</I> TreasuryDirect is a book-entry, online system maintained by Treasury for purchasing, holding and conducting permitted transactions in eligible Treasury securities in electronic form as a computer record on the books of Treasury. TreasuryDirect currently provides for the purchase and holding of eligible book-entry savings bonds, zero-percent certificates of indebtedness, and eligible marketable Treasury securities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Legacy Treasury Direct.</I> The Legacy Treasury Direct system is a non-Internet-based book-entry system maintained by Treasury for holding and conducting permitted transactions in eligible marketable Treasury securities as book-entry products. The terms and conditions for the Legacy Treasury Direct system are found at 31 CFR part 357, subpart C.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commercial book-entry system.</I> The commercial book-entry system is the book-entry system in which Treasury securities are held in a tiered system through securities intermediaries such as financial institutions or brokerage firms. The regulations governing the commercial book-entry system are found at 31 CFR part 357, subpart B, and may be referred to in that part as Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System (TRADES).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57442, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 18064, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.1.24.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.5   How do I contact Fiscal Service?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may use the “Contact Us” feature within TreasuryDirect ® to communicate information to us over a secure Internet connection.
</P>
<P>(b) Emails may be sent to: <I>treasury.direct@bpd.treas.gov.</I> We will reply by e-mail unless you request otherwise. We are not responsible for the security of e-mail messages you may send to us, or replies we may send to you. 
</P>
<P>(c) Letters should be addressed to the address provided on our web site at <I>http://www.treasurydirect.gov/write.htm.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 57442, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 19416, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.1.24.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.6   What special terms do I need to know to understand this part?</HEAD>
<P><I>Account</I> means a TreasuryDirect ® account as described in § 363.10. 
</P>
<P><I>Authentication</I> means confirming that the person accessing a TreasuryDirect account is the same person whose identity was initially verified at account establishment.
</P>
<P><I>Automated Clearing House (ACH)</I> means a funds transfer system governed by the Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association (NACHA). NACHA provides for the interbank clearing of electronic entries for participating financial institutions. 
</P>
<P><I>Beneficiary</I> refers to the second individual named in the registration of a definitive savings bond, a converted definitive savings bond, or a book-entry security purchased through the TreasuryDirect system, registered, e.g., “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 POD (payable on death to) Joseph Doe SSN 987-65-4321.
</P>
<P><I>Book-entry security</I> means a Treasury security maintained by us in electronic or paperless form as a computer record. 
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means any day that funds may be settled through ACH. 
</P>
<P><I>Closed book period</I> means a period of four business days prior to the date a scheduled marketable security interest and/or maturity payment is made, during which time certain transactions will be delayed until after the closed book period is completed. (<I>See</I> § 363.210.)
</P>
<P><I>Commercial book-entry system</I> refers to the book-entry system in which you hold your Treasury securities in a tiered system through securities intermediaries such as financial institutions or brokerage firms. (See § 363.4.) 
</P>
<P><I>Court</I> means a court of law with jurisdiction over the parties and the subject matter. 
</P>
<P><I>Conversion account</I> means a linked account in TreasuryDirect that contains only savings bonds that have been converted from definitive bonds to book-entry bonds.
</P>
<P><I>Converted savings bond</I> means a savings bond originally issued as a definitive bond that has been surrendered to us and converted to a book-entry savings bond to be maintained by Treasury solely as a computer record.
</P>
<P><I>Converting coowner</I> is the coowner who initiates and completes the transaction to convert a definitive savings bond to a book-entry bond through his or her TreasuryDirect account.
</P>
<P><I>Coowner</I> means either of the persons named in the registration of a definitive or a converted definitive savings bond, registered, e.g., “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 or Joseph Doe.” 
</P>
<P><I>Custodian of a minor account</I> means a person who opens an account on behalf of the minor. (See § 363.27 for more information about minor accounts.)
</P>
<P><I>Custom account</I> means an account that you establish for a specific purpose that is linked to your primary account. You use your primary account as the portal to open and access your custom linked account. (See § 363.10 for more information about custom accounts.)
</P>
<P><I>Definitive security</I> means a Treasury security held in paper form. 
</P>
<P><I>De-link</I> means the online process by which all securities contained within the minor linked account are moved to the minor's primary TreasuryDirect account and the linked account is deactivated.
</P>
<P><I>Delivery</I> means moving a minimum amount of $25 (consisting of principal and proportionate interest) of a security held as a gift from the account of the purchaser to the account of the recipient. 
</P>
<P><I>Entity</I> means any owner of a TreasuryDirect account that is not an individual. Entity is a sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, limited liability company or professional limited liability company, trust, the estate of a decedent, or the estate of a living person such as an incompetent or a minor.
</P>
<P><I>Entity account manager</I> is the individual who initially opens the TreasuryDirect account for an entity, or his or her replacement; who is authorized by the entity to act alone on its behalf to open, access, and conduct transactions with respect to the account; and who certifies that he or she is so authorized.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Reserve Bank (Reserve Bank)</I> means a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch. 
</P>
<P><I>Final maturity of a savings bond</I> means the date beyond which an unredeemed savings bond no longer earns interest. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Series EE and Series I savings bonds currently have an original maturity period of 20 years and an extended maturity period of 10 years beyond original maturity during which the bonds continue to earn interest.</P></FTNT>
<P><I>Financial institution, or depository financial institution</I>, means an entity described in 12 U.S.C. 461 (b)(1)(A)(i)-(vi).
</P>
<P><I>Gift</I> means a Treasury security purchased for or transferred to an intended recipient, without consideration. 
</P>
<P><I>Incompetent individual</I> or <I>incompetent person</I> means an individual who has been declared by a court to be legally incompetent, incapacitated, or otherwise unable to manage his or her financial affairs.
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a natural person.
</P>
<P><I>Interest on a savings bond</I> means the difference between the purchase price and the redemption value of the bond.
</P>
<P><I>Legacy Treasury Direct®</I> system is a non-Internet-based book-entry system maintained by Treasury since 1986 for holding and conducting permitted transactions in marketable Treasury securities directly with Treasury as book-entry products. (See § 363.4.)
</P>
<P><I>Legal guardian</I> of a minor or incompetent person refers to the court-appointed or otherwise qualified person, regardless of title, who is legally authorized to act for the minor or incompetent individual. 
</P>
<P><I>Legal representative</I> refers to the court-appointed or otherwise qualified person, regardless of title, who is legally authorized to manage and settle the estate of a decedent. The term includes an executor and an administrator. 
</P>
<P><I>Legally incompetent</I> means a court has declared an individual to be incapable of handling his or her business affairs. 
</P>
<P><I>Linked account</I> means an account that is a separate account from your primary account, but connected to your primary account. You use your primary account as a portal to open and access the linked account. (See § 363.10 for more information about linked accounts.)
</P>
<P><I>Marketable Treasury security</I> refers to a Treasury bill, note, or bond that is negotiable and transferable, that is, may be bought and sold in the secondary market.
</P>
<P><I>Minor</I> means an individual under the age of 18 years. The term minor is also used to refer to an individual who has attained the age of 18 years but has not yet taken control of the securities contained in his or her minor account.
</P>
<P><I>Minor account</I> means an account that a custodian controls on behalf of a minor, that is linked to the custodian's primary account. (See §§ 363.10 and 363.27 for more information about minor accounts.)
</P>
<P><I>Non-converting coowner</I> is the coowner who does not participate in the transaction to convert a definitive savings bond to a book-entry bond.
</P>
<P><I>Online</I> means use of the Internet. 
</P>
<P><I>Owner</I> when referring to an individual, is either the single individual named in the registration of a security held in the single owner form of registration, the first individual named on a security held in the owner with beneficiary form of registration, the first individual named on a security held in the primary owner with secondary owner form of registration, or either individual named on a converted savings bond held in the coowner form of registration; when referring to a minor linked account, the owner is the minor; when referring to an entity, the owner is the entity.
</P>
<P><I>Payroll savings plan</I> is a method for the purchase of savings bonds using periodic ACH credits from your employer or financial institution to purchase a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness until a sufficient amount of payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is accumulated to enable the purchase of a savings bond in an amount, series, and registration that you previously selected using functionality in your TreasuryDirect account. (<I>See</I> also the definition of payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.)
</P>
<P><I>Payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness</I> is a restricted form of the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness that is held separately from the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness and used only for purchases made through the payroll savings plan. (See also the definition for zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.)
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual or an entity.
</P>
<P><I>Primary account</I> means the account that you establish when you first open your TreasuryDirect account; your primary account is the portal used to open and access all your linked accounts. (See § 363.10 for more information about primary accounts.)
</P>
<P><I>Primary owner</I> means the first person named in the registration of a security held in TreasuryDirect registered, e.g., “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 with Joseph Doe SSN 987-65-4321.” In this example, John Doe is the primary owner. 
</P>
<P><I>Principal amount</I> means the amount of the original investment. Principal amount does not include any interest earned. 
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means the person to whom a gift is given. 
</P>
<P><I>Redemption of a savings bond</I> refers to the payment of principal and interest at final maturity, or prior to final maturity at the option of the owner. The owner may redeem all principal and interest or a portion of the principal and the proportionate amount of interest.
</P>
<P><I>Redemption value</I> means principal plus accrued interest of a bond, or a portion of the principal plus a proportionate amount of accrued interest on the bond, as of the date of redemption. 
</P>
<P><I>Registration</I> or <I>Registered</I> means that the name and taxpayer identification number(s) (TIN) of the person(s) named on the security are maintained on our records. 
</P>
<P><I>Reinvestment</I> means using the redemption proceeds of a maturing marketable security to purchase a new marketable security of the same type and term, using the automatic reinvestment option available in TreasuryDirect.
</P>
<P><I>Secondary owner</I> means the second person named in the registration of a book-entry security held in TreasuryDirect registered, e.g. “John Doe SSN 123-45-6789 with Joseph Doe SSN 987-65-4321.” In this example, Joseph Doe is the secondary owner. 
</P>
<P><I>Security,</I> or <I>Treasury security,</I> as used in this part, means an obligation issued by Treasury that may be held in TreasuryDirect. 
</P>
<P><I>Series EE savings bond</I> is an accrual-type savings bond, issued either in definitive (paper) form or in book-entry form, that accrues interest on the principal based on rates determined by Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Series I savings bond</I> is a savings bond, issued either in definitive (paper) form or in book-entry form, that accrues interest in accordance with a formula that includes a fixed component and a component indexed to the rate of inflation.
</P>
<P><I>Signature guarantee program</I> means a signature guarantee program established under 17 CFR 240.17Ad-15, issued under authority of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For the purpose of this part, we recognize the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP), and the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., Medallion Signature Program (MSP). These certifications are acceptable for transfers of securities, but are not acceptable for offline account establishment. 
</P>
<P><I>Single owner</I> means the individual named in the registration of a book-entry Treasury security or a converted savings bond without a beneficiary, secondary owner, or coowner.
</P>
<P><I>Social security account number</I> or <I>social security number (SSN)</I> means the identifying number required on tax returns and other documents submitted to the Internal Revenue Service by an individual. A SSN is composed of nine digits separated by two hyphens, for example, 123-45-6789. 
</P>
<P><I>Taxpayer identification number (TIN)</I> means the identifying number required on tax returns and other documents submitted to the Internal Revenue Service; that is, an individual's social security number (SSN) or an employer identification number (EIN). A SSN is composed of nine digits separated by two hyphens, for example, 123-45-6789. An EIN is composed of nine digits separated by one hyphen, for example, 12-3456789. The hyphens are an essential part of the numbers. 
</P>
<P><I>Tender</I> means an offer, or bid, to purchase a marketable Treasury security.
</P>
<P><I>Transaction</I> is any action affecting Treasury securities or account information. 
</P>
<P><I>Transfer</I> is a transaction to move a security, or a portion of a security, to or from a TreasuryDirect account. (See § 363.26.)
</P>
<P><I>Verification</I> means confirming the identity of an online applicant for a TreasuryDirect account at account establishment using an online verification service or offline verification.
</P>
<P><I>Verification service</I> means a public or private service that confirms the identity of an online applicant for a TreasuryDirect account at account establishment using information provided by the applicant.
</P>
<P><I>Voluntary representative</I> means the person qualified by the Department of the Treasury to accept payment or direct distribution of a decedent's securities pursuant to § 363.44.
</P>
<P><I>We, us,</I> or <I>our</I> refers to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service. The term includes the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary's delegates at the Treasury Department and Bureau of the Fiscal Service. The term also includes any fiscal or financial agent we designate to act on behalf of the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>You or your</I> refers to a TreasuryDirect primary account holder.
</P>
<P><I>Zero-percent certificate of indebtedness</I> is a one-day, non-interest-bearing security that automatically matures and is rolled over each day until you request that it be redeemed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24807, May 8, 2003; 69 FR 2507, Jan. 16, 2004; 69 FR 50308, Aug. 16, 2004; 70 FR 14942, Mar. 23, 2005; 70 FR 57433, Sept. 30, 2005; 70 FR 57442, Sept. 30, 2005; 72 FR 30978, June 5, 2007; 74 FR 19416, Apr. 29, 2009; 75 FR 26090, May 11, 2010; 75 FR 70815, Nov. 19, 2010; 75 FR 78901, Dec. 17, 2010; 76 FR 18064, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—General Provisions Governing Securities Held in TreasuryDirect</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.7-363.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.7-363.8   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.9   What does this subpart cover?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart provides general rules governing securities held within the TreasuryDirect ® system. Provisions in the subparts governing specific securities that conflict with these general rules will supersede these general rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57433, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.10   What is a TreasuryDirect ® account?</HEAD>
<P>A TreasuryDirect account is an online account maintained by us solely in your name in which you may hold and conduct transactions in eligible book-entry Treasury securities.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Primary account.</I> The primary account is the account that you establish when initially opening your TreasuryDirect account. The primary account may contain the following Treasury securities:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Individual.</I> A primary account for an individual may contain Treasury securities purchased initially as book-entry securities that are your personal holdings registered in single owner, owner with beneficiary, and primary owner with secondary owner forms of registration; gifts of savings bonds that have not yet been delivered; and converted savings bonds that were transferred from the conversion linked account.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Entities.</I> A primary account for an entity may contain Treasury securities purchased initially as book-entry securities registered in the name of the entity and converted savings bonds in the name of the entity that were transferred from the conversion linked account.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Linked account.</I> A linked account is an account that is a separate account from your primary account, but that is connected to your primary account. You use your primary account as a portal to open and access the linked account. Linked accounts include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Custom account.</I> A custom account is an account that is linked to your primary account. You use your primary account as the portal to open and access your custom account. You may informally designate a purpose for the custom account, for example, “vacation fund”, or “Johnny's college fund”. However, the designation as to purpose has no legal effect; the registration of the securities held in the custom account determines ownership (Annual purchase limitations include securities held in custom accounts). You, as an individual owner, may use your custom account to buy, redeem, and transfer securities that you own in single owner, owner with beneficiary, and primary owner with secondary owner forms of registration. An individual owner may also buy and deliver gift savings bonds from the custom account. An entity account manager, acting on behalf of an entity, may use the entity's custom account to buy, redeem, and transfer securities registered in the entity form of registration.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Minor account.</I> A minor account is an account established by an individual custodian for an individual who has not yet reached the age of 18 years. We do not permit an entity to open a minor account. A minor account is linked to the custodian's primary account. The minor is the owner of the securities, but the custodian controls the account on behalf of the minor. (See § 363.27 for more information about minor accounts.)
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Conversion account</I> means a linked account in TreasuryDirect that contains only savings bonds that have been converted from definitive bonds to book-entry bonds.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Closing an account.</I> If a TreasuryDirect primary account and all associated linked accounts have had no holdings and no activity for a period of two years, we reserve the right to close the account, along with all linked accounts.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 2507, Jan. 16, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005. Redesignated at 70 FR 57433, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 57442, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 19417, Apr. 29, 2009; 75 FR 78901, Dec. 17, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.11   Who is eligible to open a TreasuryDirect ® account?</HEAD>
<P>Only an individual or an entity is eligible to open a TreasuryDirect account. In order to open a TreasuryDirect account, an individual or entity account manager must have a valid social security number (SSN), be 18 years of age or over, and be legally competent. An entity must have a valid SSN or employer identification number. The account owner must have a United States address of record and have an account at a United States depository financial institution that will accept debits and credits using the Automated Clearing House method of payment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 19417, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.12   Who may purchase and hold book-entry securities in TreasuryDirect ®?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A TreasuryDirect account owner may purchase and hold securities through his or her account.
</P>
<P>(b) We do not permit a legally incompetent person to open an account, purchase securities, or convert savings bonds once we have been provided with an order from a court with appropriate jurisdiction determining incompetence to perform such activities.
</P>
<P>(c) We do not permit a voluntary representative to purchase securities on behalf of the estate of a decedent.
</P>
<P>(d) We may reject any application for the purchase of a security, in whole or in part. We may refuse to issue a security in any case or class of cases, if we deem the action to be in the public interest. Our decision in any such respect is final.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57433, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 19417, Apr. 29, 2009 ]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.13   How can I open a TreasuryDirect ® account?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> You must establish a TreasuryDirect account online before you purchase a Treasury security to be held in your account. Instructions for online account establishment may be found at the official Fiscal Service website at <I>http://www.treasurydirect.gov,</I> or such other Internet address as Fiscal Service may from time to time announce by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> When you have completed the application, you will create a password to access your account. We will verify your identity and send your account number to you by e-mail when your account application is approved. In addition to your password, we may require you to use any other form(s) of authentication that we consider necessary for the protection of your account.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Entities.</I> An individual, referred to as an entity account manager, must establish an account on behalf of an entity. We will verify the identity of the entity account manager. We may verify the identity of the entity using any evidence we deem appropriate. The entity account manager must certify that he or she is authorized to open and access an account for the entity and has the authority to act alone on behalf of the entity with regard to the account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 19417, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.14   How will you verify my identity?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Individual.</I> When you establish an account, we may use a verification service to verify your identity using information you provide about yourself on the online application. At our option, we may require offline verification.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Entity.</I> When an entity account manager establishes an online account on behalf of an entity, we may use a verification service to verify the identity of the entity account manager using information that the entity account manager provides about himself or herself on the online application. At our option, we may require offline verification of the entity account manager. At our option, we may require any evidence we deem appropriate to verify the identity of the entity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 19417, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.15   What is the procedure for offline verification?</HEAD>
<P>In the event we require offline verification, we will provide a printable verification form for the individual account owner or entity account manager to sign. The signature on the form must be certified or guaranteed as provided at § 363.43, and the form must be mailed to us at the address provided in § 363.5. We may require documentary verification of an entity as we deem appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 19417, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.16" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.16   How do I access my account?</HEAD>
<P>You may access your account online using your account number, password, and any other form(s) of authentication that we may require.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 30978, June 5, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.17" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.17   Who is liable if someone else accesses my TreasuryDirect ® account using my password?</HEAD>
<P>You are solely responsible for the confidentiality and use of your account number, password, and any other form(s) of authentication we may require. We will treat any transactions conducted using your password as having been authorized by you. We are not liable for any loss, liability, cost, or expense that you may incur as a result of transactions made using your password.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 30978, June 5, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.18" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.18   Is Fiscal Service liable if the electronic transmission of my data is intercepted?</HEAD>
<P>We are not liable for any interception of electronic data or communication. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002. Redesignated at 70 FR 57434, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.19" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.19   What should I do if I become aware that my password or other form of authentication has become compromised?</HEAD>
<P>If you become aware that your password has become compromised, that any other form of authentication has been compromised, lost, stolen, or misused, or that there have been any unauthorized transactions in your account, you may place a hold on your account so that it cannot be accessed by anyone, and you should notify us immediately by e-mail or telephone. Contact information is available on the TreasuryDirect Web site.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 30978, June 5, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.20   What do I need to know about the forms of registration that are available for purchases of securities through my TreasuryDirect ® account?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General principles.</I> (1) Registration must express the actual ownership of, and interest in, the security. Registration conclusively establishes ownership of a security.
</P>
<P>(2) You must provide a last name and a first name for each individual included in the registration of the security.
</P>
<P>(3) You must provide the valid taxpayer identification number for each person named in the registration of the security.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Forms of registration for individuals.</I> The forms of registration available for individuals for purchases of securities made through your TreasuryDirect account are single owner, owner with beneficiary, and primary owner with secondary owner, unless the forms of registration available for a security are specifically limited by the subpart governing that security.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Single owner.</I> (i) A single owner is the individual named in the registration of a book-entry security or a converted savings bond without a beneficiary, secondary owner, or coowner.
</P>
<P>(ii) A single owner may add a beneficiary or secondary owner.
</P>
<P>(iii) A single owner may conduct permitted online transactions on securities held in his or her account.
</P>
<P>(iv) Upon the death of the single owner, his or her estate is entitled to the security. In determining entitlement, the law of the decedent's domicile will be followed.
</P>
<P>(v) Registration example: “John Doe, SSN 123-45-6789.”
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Owner with beneficiary.</I> (i) The purchaser must be named as the owner with another individual as beneficiary.
</P>
<P>(ii) The owner may remove or change the beneficiary without the consent of the beneficiary.
</P>
<P>(iii) The owner may conduct permitted online transactions on securities held in his or her account without the consent of the beneficiary.
</P>
<P>(iv) The beneficiary has no ownership rights to the security during the owner's lifetime. Upon the death of the owner, the security becomes the property of the surviving beneficiary, despite any attempted testamentary disposition or any applicable local law to the contrary.
</P>
<P>(v) If the beneficiary does not survive the owner, the security belongs to the estate of the owner.
</P>
<P>(vi) If both the owner and the beneficiary die under conditions where it cannot be established, either by presumption of law or otherwise, who died first, the security is the property of the estate of the owner.
</P>
<P>(vii) In order for the beneficiary to obtain the security or the redemption proceeds after the death of the owner, the beneficiary must provide proof of death of the owner. If the beneficiary has a TreasuryDirect account, the security will be transferred to that account. If the beneficiary does not have an account, he or she may establish an account. Alternatively, a beneficiary named on a savings bond may request redemption. If the beneficiary requests redemption, he or she must provide ACH instructions for the payment.
</P>
<P>(viii) Registration example: “John Doe, SSN 123-45-6789 POD (payable on death to) Jane Doe, SSN 987-65-4321.”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Primary owner with secondary owner.</I> (i) The purchaser must be named in the registration as the primary owner with another individual as secondary owner.
</P>
<P>(ii) The primary owner holds the securities in his or her account and may view or conduct permitted online transactions in the securities.
</P>
<P>(iii) The primary owner may remove the secondary owner without the consent of the secondary owner.
</P>
<P>(iv) The secondary owner has no rights to view or conduct transactions in any security unless the primary owner gives the secondary owner these rights.
</P>
<P>(v) The primary owner may give the secondary owner the right to view any security or rights to view and conduct transactions in any security online from the account of the secondary owner.
</P>
<P>(vi) Once the right to conduct transactions in a security has been given to the secondary owner, the primary owner may view and conduct transactions in the security from the primary owner's account, and the secondary owner may view and conduct transactions in the security using the secondary owner's own account.
</P>
<P>(vii) The primary owner may revoke any rights previously given to the secondary owner at any time.
</P>
<P>(viii) Upon the death of either the primary or secondary owner, the security becomes the property of the survivor, despite any attempted testamentary disposition or any applicable local law to the contrary.
</P>
<P>(ix) If both the primary and the secondary owner die under conditions where it cannot be established, either by presumption of law or otherwise, who died first, the security is the property of the estate of the primary owner.
</P>
<P>(x) In order for the secondary owner to obtain the security or the security proceeds after the death of the primary owner, the secondary owner must provide proof of death of the primary owner. If the secondary owner has a TreasuryDirect account, the security will be transferred to that account. If the secondary owner does not have an account, he or she may establish an account. Alternatively, a secondary owner named on a savings bond may request redemption. If the secondary owner requests redemption, he or she must provide ACH instructions.
</P>
<P>(xi) Registration example: “John Doe, SSN 123-45-6789 with Joseph Doe, SSN 987-65-4321.”
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Forms of registration for entities.</I> The forms of registration available for entities are sole proprietorship; partnership; corporation; limited liability company or professional limited liability company (LLC or PLLC); trust; decedent's estate; and estate of a living person such as an incompetent or a minor.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Sole proprietorship.</I> A sole proprietorship form of registration is available for an individual who is doing business as a sole proprietor. The entity account manager must be the owner of the business. Registration example: “John Doe DBA Doe Plumbing Supplies, EIN 12-3456789, [or SSN 123-45-6789].”
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Partnership.</I> A partnership form of registration is available for two or more individuals who are doing business as a partnership, including a limited liability partnership. Unless the name of a partnership includes the word “partnership,” the registration must include descriptive words indicating partnership status. The entity account manager must be a general partner, and must certify that he or she has the authority to act alone on behalf of the partnership with regard to this account. Registration example: “Smith and Jones Construction Company, a partnership, EIN 98-7654321, or SSN 987-65-4321.”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Corporation.</I> A corporate form of registration is available for an entity that has been incorporated pursuant to state law. The registration must contain a reference to the corporate status. The entity account manager must be a corporate officer or designated employee and must certify that he or she has the authority to act alone on behalf of the corporation with regard to this account. Registration example: “ABC Corporation, EIN 23-4567891.”
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Limited Liability Company (LLC) or Professional Limited Liability Company (PLLC).</I> A LLC or PLLC form of registration is available for an entity that has registered articles of organization pursuant to state law. The registration must contain a reference to the company's status. The entity account manager must be a company official or designated employee and must certify that he or she has the authority to act alone on behalf of the company with regard to this account. Registration example: “Paine Dental Associates, PLLC, EIN 34-5678912” or “Summit Consulting Service, LLC, EIN 12-3456789.”
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Trust.</I> A trust form of registration is available. The trust form of registration is not available for trusts in which the trustee is acting on behalf of a federal, state, or local government. The registration must identify the trust with specificity; at a minimum, it must include the authority or document creating the trust, the date the document was executed (except in the case of a probated will when the date is not necessary), the name of a trustee of the trust who is authorized to act alone on behalf of the trust with regard to the account, and any information that is necessary to distinguish the trust from any other trust. The registration may also include the names of additional trustees and the full name of the trust. If one or more of the trustees are individuals, and the entity account manager is an individual trustee, the entity account manager must be named in the registration. If an organization serving as a trustee of the trust will administer this account, the entity account manager must be a duly authorized employee of that organization who has the authority to act alone on behalf of the organization in its role as trustee of the trust with regard to the account, and the organization must be named in the registration. In either case, the entity account manager must certify that he or she has the authority to act alone on behalf of the trust with regard to the account. Registration examples: “John Doe, Trustee under Declaration of Trust dated January 1, 2001, SSN 123-45-6789”; “First National Bank, Trustee under Agreement with William Jones dated January 1, 2001, EIN 12-3456789”; “John Doe or Sarah Jones, Trustees under Agreement with Jane Doe dated January 1, 2001, SSN 123-45-6789”; “Sarah Jones, Trustee under the Will of Matthew Smith, deceased, SSN 123-45-6789”; “Jane Doe, Trustee of the Doe Family Trust dated January 1, 2001, EIN 12-3456789.”
</P>
<P>(6) <I>The estate of a decedent.</I> The decedent's estate form of registration is available for an individual or organization that has been appointed by a court according to state law to act on behalf of the estate of a decedent. This form of registration is not available where the legal representative is acting on behalf of a federal, state, or local government. The entity account manager must be a court-appointed individual legal representative who has the authority to act alone with regard to the account, or an employee of the court-appointed organizational legal representative who has the authority to act alone with regard to the account on behalf of the organization in its role as legal representative of the estate. Registration example: “John Doe, Legal Representative of the Estate of William Jones, a decedent, EIN 12-3456789, or SSN 123-45-6789.”
</P>
<P>(7) <I>The estate of a living person such as an incompetent or a minor.</I> A form of registration is available for an individual or organization that has been appointed according to state law to act on behalf of the estate of an incompetent person, a minor, or other living person. This form of registration is not available where the legal guardian is acting on behalf of a federal, state, or local government. The entity account manager must be a court-appointed legal guardian who has the authority to act alone with regard to the account, or an employee of the court-appointed organizational legal guardian who has the authority to act alone with regard to the account on behalf of the organization in its role as legal guardian. Registration example: “John Doe, Legal Guardian of the estate of William Jones.” The SSN of the incompetent person or the minor will be used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57434, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 19417, Apr. 29, 2009; 79 FR 8860, Feb. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.21   When may you require offline authentication and documentary evidence?</HEAD>
<P>We may require offline authentication and documentary evidence at our option.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 19419, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.22   Who has the right to conduct online transactions in book-entry securities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Individual</I>—(1) <I>Single owner form of registration.</I> A single owner can conduct transactions in securities held in his or her TreasuryDirect ® account.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Owner with beneficiary form of registration.</I> The owner can conduct transactions in securities held in his or her TreasuryDirect account. The beneficiary has no rights during the lifetime of the owner and therefore cannot conduct transactions in the securities.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Primary owner with secondary owner form of registration.</I> (i) The primary owner can conduct any permitted transaction in a security held in the primary owner's TreasuryDirect account. (See § 363.20(e)).
</P>
<P>(ii) If the primary owner has given the secondary owner the right to conduct transactions in a security, and has not revoked that right, then the secondary owner can conduct transactions in the security. Transactions that may be conducted by the secondary owner include transferring a marketable security, redeeming a savings bond, and changing the destination of interest and redemption payments for marketable securities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Converted savings bonds.</I> The rules for transactions governing converted savings bonds are contained in subpart E of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Entity.</I> The entity account manager can conduct transactions in the securities held within the entity's account. Initially, the entity account manager is the individual who opens the account. The entity account manager may be changed to a different individual using procedures available on our Web site. The entity account manager must certify that he or she is authorized to act alone on behalf of the entity in accessing and conducting transactions on behalf of the entity with regard to the entity's account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57434, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 57443, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 19419, Apr. 29, 2009; 75 FR 78901, Dec. 17, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.23-363.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.23-363.24   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.25   How do I conduct transactions in my account or in Treasury securities held in my account?</HEAD>
<P>We will provide online instructions for conducting transactions through your account. If you are unable to conduct a transaction online, you should contact us at the address provided in § 363.5. Offline transactions will require a certified or guaranteed signature. See § 363.43 for instructions for obtaining a certified or guaranteed signature. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.26   What is a transfer?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transfer is a transaction to:
</P>
<P>(1) Move a Treasury security, or a portion of a Treasury security, from one account to another within TreasuryDirect ®;
</P>
<P>(2) Move a marketable Treasury security to or from a TreasuryDirect account and an account in the commercial book-entry system;
</P>
<P>(3) Move a marketable Treasury security to a TreasuryDirect account from a Legacy Treasury Direct® account.
</P>
<P>(b) Transfers of a specific type of security may be limited by the subparts that refer to that security. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Gift delivery is not a transfer.</I> A transfer does not include delivery of a gift savings bond from the donor to the recipient. This is referred to as a delivery.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 57443, Sept. 30, 2005; 76 FR 18064, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.27   What do I need to know about accounts for minors who have not had a legal guardian appointed by a court?</HEAD>
<P>(a) We do not permit a minor to purchase securities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Opening an account in the name of a minor.</I> (1) A parent or an individual who provides the chief financial support of a minor may open an account for a minor. The person opening the account for a minor is referred to as the custodian of the minor's account.
</P>
<P>(2) The custodian is a fiduciary for the minor as to the securities held in the minor's account.
</P>
<P>(3) The custodian must have an existing primary TreasuryDirect ® account in order to open the minor's account.
</P>
<P>(i) The minor's account is an account that is linked to the custodian's primary account.
</P>
<P>(ii) The custodian must use his or her primary TreasuryDirect account as a portal to open and access the minor's account.
</P>
<P>(4) Securities contained in the minor's account will be registered in the name and SSN of the minor, in either sole owner, owner with beneficiary, or primary owner with secondary owner forms of registration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedure for opening an account for a minor.</I> (1) Online instructions will be provided for establishing an account for a minor.
</P>
<P>(2) The custodian must certify that all transactions conducted through the account will be on the minor's behalf.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedure for conducting transactions in the minor's account.</I> The custodian must conduct all transactions in the minor's account on behalf of the minor. Access to the minor's account is through the custodian's primary account.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Transactions permitted in the minor's account.</I> (1) The custodian may purchase securities for and on behalf of the minor through the minor's account.
</P>
<P>(2) The custodian may redeem savings bonds on behalf of the minor through the minor's account. We will report the interest earned on the security to the name and SSN of the minor.
</P>
<P>(3) The custodian may not purchase gift savings bonds from the minor's account.
</P>
<P>(4) The custodian may transfer a security to another TreasuryDirect account, provided the account is a linked account bearing the name and taxpayer identification number of the minor. The custodian can transfer a marketable Treasury security to an account in the commercial book-entry system.
</P>
<P>(5) Securities may be transferred to the minor's account.
</P>
<P>(6) Gift savings bonds may be delivered to the minor's account.
</P>
<P>(7) The custodian may grant rights to view and conduct transactions in the security as may be permitted by § 363.22.
</P>
<P>(8) The custodian may purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness on behalf of the minor. The zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is the property of the minor.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>When the minor reaches the age of 18 years.</I> (1) The only transactions that the custodian may make in the minor's account after the minor attains the age of 18 years are to purchase new securities, and to transfer the securities contained in the minor's account to another account in the name and SSN of the minor. The receiving account in the name and SSN of the minor may be a primary account established by the minor, or it may be another minor linked account with the same or a different custodian. The custodian may transfer one or more of the securities at a time, or the custodian may de-link the account and transfer all of the securities contained in the account to the minor's previously established primary TreasuryDirect account. The minor must establish his or her own primary TreasuryDirect account prior to transfer of his or her securities.
</P>
<P>(2) In order to gain control of the securities held in the minor's account, the minor must first open his or her own primary account.
</P>
<P>(3) The minor may gain control of the securities held in the minor's account by the custodian transferring the securities held in the minor's account to the minor's primary account, or the minor may request that Fiscal Service transfer the securities to his or her primary account.
</P>
<P>(4) The minor may gain control of his or her zero-percent certificate of indebtedness by the custodian de-linking the account and transferring the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness to the minor's primary account, or the minor may request that Fiscal Service de-link the account and transfer the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness to his or her primary account.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Liability.</I> We rely on the certification of the custodian that he or she is acting on behalf of the minor. We are not liable to the minor, or any other person or party acting on behalf of the minor, for the actions of the custodian, nor are we liable for the application of any proceeds from the transfer or redemption of securities held in the minor's account. The custodian agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the United States in the event that we suffer any loss on account of any claim relating to a minor account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 2507, Jan. 16, 2004, as amended at 69 FR 50309, Aug. 16, 2004; 70 FR 57443, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 19419, Apr. 29, 2009; 75 FR 78901, Dec. 17, 2010; 76 FR 18064, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.28" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.28   Does Fiscal Service reserve the right to require that any TreasuryDirect ® transaction be conducted in paper form?</HEAD>
<P>We reserve the right to require any transaction to be conducted in paper form. Signatures on paper transactions must be certified or guaranteed as provided in § 363.43.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57434, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.29" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.29   May Treasury close an account, suspend transactions in an account, or refuse to open an account?</HEAD>
<P>We reserve the right to take any of the following actions if, in our sole discretion, we deem the action to be in the best interests of the United States:
</P>
<P>(a) Refuse to open an account for any person;
</P>
<P>(b) Close any existing account, redeem, sell, or liquidate the securities held in the account, and pay the proceeds to the person entitled;
</P>
<P>(c) Suspend transactions with respect to an account or any security held in an account; or
</P>
<P>(d) Take any other action with regard to any account that we deem necessary, if not inconsistent with existing law and existing rights.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57434, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 30978, June 5, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.30" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.30   What actions may Treasury take if funds used to purchase a security were credited or debited in error or through fraud?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If Treasury sustains a loss because the funds used to purchase a security were debited from an account at a financial institution from which the TreasuryDirect account owner did not have the right to authorize such ACH debit entry, we reserve the right to redeem that security from the account and use the proceeds to reimburse Treasury for the loss. If such security has been transferred to another TreasuryDirect account, we reserve the right to reverse the transfer, redeem the security, and use the proceeds to reimburse Treasury for the loss. If such security has been redeemed or has matured and the proceeds paid to the account owner, we reserve the right to take any action that we deem appropriate, including redeeming other securities remaining in the account and using the proceeds to reimburse Treasury for the loss.
</P>
<P>(b) If an employer or a third-party agent acting on behalf of one or more employers certifies, under penalty of perjury, that it has made an erroneous ACH credit entry to purchase a TreasuryDirect certificate of indebtedness, we reserve the right to redeem securities from the TreasuryDirect account to which the entry was made in the amount of the erroneous entry and return the funds. No action will be taken if the certification is not received by Treasury within 45 days of the erroneous entry. We will only return funds if the erroneous entry was made to an account that does not belong to the intended recipient, is a duplicate payment, is in an amount that is greater than was authorized by the recipient, or was made in error because the employee was not in a pay status. We reserve the right to refuse to return an entry. By requesting that Treasury correct an erroneous entry, the employer agrees to indemnify Treasury for any loss that Treasury may incur as a result of the correction of the error and agrees to provide such information and assistance as Treasury may require.
</P>
<P>(c) If a financial institution, except a financial institution acting on behalf of an employer, makes an erroneous ACH credit entry to a TreasuryDirect® account and provides a certification as to the circumstances of the erroneous entry within 6 months of the entry date, we will notify the account owner of the erroneous ACH credit entry and attempt to resolve the issue. We reserve the right to place a hold on and to redeem securities from the TreasuryDirect® account to which the ACH credit entry was made in the amount of the erroneous credit entry and return the funds to the financial institution. The financial institution agrees to indemnify Treasury for any loss that Treasury may incur as a result of the correction of the error and agrees to provide information and assistance as Treasury may require.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 70815, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.31-363.32" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.31-363.32   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.33" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.33   Can an attorney-in-fact conduct transactions in my TreasuryDirect ® account?</HEAD>
<P>(a) An attorney-in-fact who provides a copy of a durable power of attorney granting him or her the authority to conduct TreasuryDirect transactions on behalf of the owner may conduct transactions online. 
</P>
<P>(b) An attorney-in-fact who provides a copy of a limited power of attorney may only conduct transactions that he or she is permitted by his or her power. Such transactions will be through an offline process. 
</P>
<P>(c) A written copy of the power of attorney must be sent to the address provided in § 363.5. We may require any additional evidence that we consider necessary to support the power. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.34" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.34   What happens if an owner becomes incompetent after opening a TreasuryDirect ® account?</HEAD>
<P>If we receive notice that the owner of a TreasuryDirect account has become incompetent, we will suspend all transactions in the account until we establish the authority of another person to act in his or her behalf. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24807, May 8, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.35   When is a transaction effective?</HEAD>
<P>A transaction is effective when we post it to our records. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.36" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.36   What securities can I purchase and hold in my TreasuryDirect ® account?</HEAD>
<P>You can purchase and hold eligible Treasury securities in your account. Eligible securities are Series EE and Series I savings bonds, zero-percent certificates of indebtedness, and marketable Treasury securities that are available for purchase through the TreasuryDirect Web site. In addition, you can hold converted savings bonds and eligible marketable Treasury securities that have been transferred from the Legacy Treasury Direct system or the commercial book-entry system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57443, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.37" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.37   How do I purchase and make payment for eligible Treasury securities through my TreasuryDirect ® account?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Online purchase.</I> Purchases of eligible Treasury securities through your TreasuryDirect account must be made online.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment for savings bonds and marketable Treasury securities.</I> You can pay for eligible savings bonds and marketable Treasury securities by either a debit from your designated account at a United States financial institution using the ACH method, or by using the redemption proceeds of your zero-percent certificate of indebtedness. You can pay for savings bonds automatically using the redemption proceeds of your payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness through the payroll savings plan.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Payment for zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.</I> You can pay for a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness by:
</P>
<P>(1) A credit from your financial institution or employer using the ACH method to your TreasuryDirect® account;
</P>
<P>(2) A debit from your designated account at a financial institution using the ACH method, limited to $1000 or less per transaction; or
</P>
<P>(3) Using the proceeds of maturing securities held in your TreasuryDirect® account.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Payment for a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.</I> The only method available to purchase a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is to arrange for your employer or financial institution to send a credit by the ACH method to purchase a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness in your TreasuryDirect® account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57443, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.38" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.38   What happens if my financial institution returns an ACH debit?</HEAD>
<P>If your designated financial institution returns an ACH debit, we reserve the right to reinitiate the debit at our option. We also reserve the right to reverse the transaction, thereby removing the security from your TreasuryDirect ® account. If the ACH return occurs after the security has been redeemed, transferred, or has matured and the proceeds paid, we reserve the right to reverse previously processed security transactions. We are not responsible for any fees your financial institution may charge relating to returned ACH debits.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57443, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.39" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.39   Will I receive a confirmation of my request to purchase a Treasury security?</HEAD>
<P>At the time that you submit a request to purchase a Treasury security through your TreasuryDirect ® account, we will make available a printable online confirmation of your request. Final confirmation will occur when the security is issued into your account. You will not receive a mailed confirmation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.40   How are payments of principal and interest made?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Payment of a savings bond that has reached final maturity.</I> We will purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness in your TreasuryDirect ® account using the proceeds of a matured savings bond.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payments of interest and principal (except a savings bond that has reached final maturity).</I> (1) We provide two methods of receiving payments of principal and interest:
</P>
<P>(i) Payment to your account at a financial institution by the ACH method, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Payment to your TreasuryDirect account to purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.
</P>
<P>(2) You may select different payment destinations for principal and interest for a marketable Treasury security. You may change your payment destination at any time, unless the security is in the closed book period. (See § 363.210.)
</P>
<P>(3) If we are unable to deliver a payment, we will use the payment to purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness in your TreasuryDirect account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57443, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.41" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.41   What happens if an ACH payment is returned to Fiscal Service?</HEAD>
<P>We will notify you electronically of the returned payment. We will hold your payment until you provide us with instructions. Returned payments will not earn interest. We reserve the right to redirect a returned payment to the bank account at a financial institution that you have designated in your TreasuryDirect ® account as your primary bank account, if that account is different from the one that returned the payment to us. We are not responsible for any fees your financial institution may charge relating to returned ACH payments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50308, Aug. 16, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.42" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.42   How will my interest income be reported for tax purposes?</HEAD>
<P>When you open your TreasuryDirect ® account, you consent to receive the appropriate tax reporting forms by electronic means. We will notify you when your tax reporting forms are available. The form will be available in printable form through your TreasuryDirect account. If you withdraw your consent to receive tax reporting forms by electronic means, we reserve the right to redeem any savings bonds held in your account and close your account. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 57435, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.43" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.43   What are the procedures for certifying my signature on an offline application for a TreasuryDirect ® account, or on an offline transaction form?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Certification within the United States.</I> For certifications within the United States, the certifying individual must be authorized to bind his or her institution by his or her acts, to guarantee signatures to assignments of securities, or to certify assignments of securities. The following table provides a list of authorized certifying individuals and the required evidence of authority. Members of Treasury-recognized signature guarantee programs are for security transfers only. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Who can certify signatures in the U.S. 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Evidence of certifying individual's authority 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Officers and employees of depository institutions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) We require the institution's seal or signature guarantee stamp.
<br/>(ii) If the institution is an authorized paying agent for U.S. Savings Bonds, we require a legible imprint of the paying agent's stamp. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Institutions that are members of Treasury—recognized signature guarantee programs (for security transfers only)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">We require the imprint of the signature guarantee stamp, i.e., the STAMP, SEMP, or MSP stamp for members of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, or the New York Stock Exchange Inc. Medallion Signature Program. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Officers and employees of corporate central credit unions, Federal Land Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks and Banks for Cooperatives, the Central Bank for Cooperatives, and Federal Home Loan Banks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">We require the entity's seal. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Commissioned or warrant officers of the United States Armed Forces, for signatures executed by Armed Forces personnel, civilian field employees, and members of their families</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) We require a statement that the person executing the assignment is one whose signature the officer is authorized to certify under our regulations.
<br/>(ii) The certifying official's rank must be shown. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) A judge or clerk of the court</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">We require the seal of the court. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(6) Other persons as designated by the Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner of Fiscal Service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Evidence is determined by our procedures.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Certification within foreign countries.</I> The following table lists the authorized certifying individuals for foreign countries and the required evidence of the individual's authority. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Who can certify signatures in foreign countries 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Evidence of certifying individual's authority 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) United States diplomatic or consular officials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) We require the seal or stamp of the office.
<br/>(ii) If there is no seal or stamp, then we require certification by some other authorized individual, under seal or stamp. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Managers and officers of foreign branches of U.S. depository institutions and institutions that are members of Treasury-recognized signature guarantee programs (for security transfers only)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">We require the seal of the depository institution, or the imprint of the signature guarantee stamp, i.e., the STAMP, SEMP, or MSP stamp for members of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, or the New York Stock Exchange Incorporated Medallion Signature Program. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Notaries Public and other officers authorized to administer oaths, provided their authority is certified by a United States diplomatic or consular official</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) We require the official seal or stamp of the office.
<br/>(ii) If there is no seal or stamp, the position must be certified by some other authorized individual, under seal or stamp, or otherwise proved to our satisfaction.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Duties and liabilities of certifying individuals.</I> (1) The certifying individual must first establish the identity of the signer. 
</P>
<P>(2) The form must be signed in the presence of the certifying individual. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the certifying individual is not an officer, the certifying individual must insert the words “Authorized Signature” in the space provided for the title. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the certifying individual is negligent in making the certification, the certifying individual and his or her organization are jointly and severally liable for any loss the United States may incur as a result of the negligence. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Guaranteed signatures.</I> (1) A security or other form requiring certification need not be executed in the presence of a certifying individual if the signature is unconditionally guaranteed by the certifying individual. To guarantee a signature, the certifying individual must add a dated endorsement after the signature. For example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Signature guaranteed, First National Bank of Smithville, Smithville, NH, by A. B. Doe, President, dated 1/1/2001.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) The certifying individual and his or her organization unconditionally guarantee to us that the signature is genuine and the signer had the legal capacity to execute the assignment or related form. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Guaranteed absence of a signature.</I> (1) A form requiring a certified signature need not be signed when a certifying individual associated with a depository financial institution places the following endorsement on the security or the form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Absence of signature by owner and validity of transaction guaranteed, Second State Bank of Jonesville, Jonesville, NC, by B. R. Butler, Vice President, dated 11/1/2001.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) The endorsement must be dated and the seal of the institution must be added. 
</P>
<P>(3) This form of endorsement is an unconditional guarantee to us that the institution is acting for the signer under proper authorization. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Persons who cannot act as certifying individuals.</I> Any person having an interest in a security involved in the transaction cannot act as a certifying individual. However, an authorized officer or employee of a depository financial institution that is a member of a Treasury-recognized signature guarantee program can act as a certifying individual for transfer of a security to the institution or on behalf of the institution.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 57435, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.44" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.44   What happens when a TreasuryDirect ® account owner dies and the estate is entitled to securities held in the account?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Estate is being administered.</I> For an estate that is being administered, the legal representative of the estate must open a TreasuryDirect account in the name of the estate in order to conduct transactions. The legal representative of the estate may then conduct any transactions that are available to an individual account owner. We will require appropriate proof of appointment for the legal representative of the estate. Letters of appointment must be dated not more than one year prior to the date of submission of the letters of appointment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Estate has been settled previously.</I> If the estate has been settled previously through judicial proceedings, the persons entitled may request payment of securities, if the securities are eligible for redemption, or may transfer the securities to the TreasuryDirect accounts of the persons entitled, if the securities are eligible for transfer. We will require a certified copy of the court-approved final accounting for the estate, the court's decree of distribution, or other appropriate evidence. If payment is requested, we will require ACH instructions to process the request.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special provisions under the law of the jurisdiction of the decedent's domicile.</I> If there is no formal or regular administration and no representative of the estate is to be appointed, the person appointed to receive or distribute the assets of a decedent's estate without regular administration under summary or small estates procedures under applicable local law may request payment of securities, if the securities are eligible for redemption, or may transfer the securities to or on behalf of the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death, if the securities are eligible for transfer. We will require appropriate evidence. If payment is requested, we will require ACH instructions to process the request.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When administration is required.</I> If the total redemption value of the Treasury securities and undelivered payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is greater than $100,000, administration of the decedent's estate will be required. The redemption value of savings bonds and the principal amount of marketable securities will be used to determine the value of securities, and will be determined as of the date of death. Administration may also be required at the discretion of the Department for any case.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Voluntary representative for small estates that are not being otherwise administered</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A voluntary representative is a person qualified according to paragraph (e)(3) of this section, to redeem or transfer a decedent's securities. The voluntary representative procedures are for the convenience of the Department; entitlement to the decedent's securities and held payments, if any, is determined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. Voluntary representative procedures may be used only if:
</P>
<P>(i) There has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, and no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total redemption value of the Treasury securities and held payments, if any, held directly on our records that are the property of the decedent's estate is $100,000 or less, as of the date of death, and
</P>
<P>(iii) There is a person eligible to serve as the voluntary representative according to paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Authority of voluntary representative.</I> A voluntary representative may:
</P>
<P>(i) Redeem the decedent's savings bonds that are eligible for redemption. Payment may be made to the voluntary representative on behalf of or directly to the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death;
</P>
<P>(ii) Transfer the decedent's securities to the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Order of precedence for voluntary representative.</I> An individual eighteen years of age or older may act as a voluntary representative according to the following order of precedence: a surviving spouse; if there is no surviving spouse, then a child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased child of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a parent of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a descendant of a deceased brother or sister of the decedent; if there are none of the above, then a next of kin of the decedent, as determined by the laws of the decedent's domicile at the date of death. As used in this order of precedence, child means a natural or adopted child of the decedent.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Liability.</I> By serving, the voluntary representative warrants that the distribution of payments or securities are to or on behalf of the persons entitled by the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The United States is not liable to any person for the improper distribution of payments or securities. Upon payment or transfer of the securities to the voluntary representative, the United States is released to the same extent as if it had paid or delivered to a representative of the estate appointed pursuant to the law of the jurisdiction in which the decedent was domiciled at the date of death. The voluntary representative shall indemnify and hold harmless the United States and all creditors and persons entitled to the estate of the decedent. The amount of the indemnification is limited to an amount no greater than the value received by the voluntary representative.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Creditor.</I> If there has been no administration, no administration is contemplated, no summary or small estate procedures under applicable local law have been used, and there is no person eligible to serve as a voluntary representative pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, then a creditor may make a claim for payment of the amount of the debt, providing the debt has not been barred by applicable local law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57435, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 57443, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 19419, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.45" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.45   What are the rules for judicial and administrative actions involving securities held in TreasuryDirect ®?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of adverse claim or pending judicial proceedings.</I> We are not subject to and will not accept a notice of an adverse claim or notice of pending judicial proceedings involving a security held in TreasuryDirect.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Competing claims to a security.</I> The Department of the Treasury, Fiscal Service, and the Federal Reserve Banks are not proper defendants in a judicial proceeding involving competing claims to a security held in TreasuryDirect.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Divorce decree.</I> We will recognize a divorce decree that either disposes of a security held in TreasuryDirect or ratifies a property settlement agreement disposing of a security that is the property of either of the parties. If the divorce decree does not set out the terms of the property settlement agreement, we will require a certified copy of the agreement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final court order.</I> We will recognize a final order entered by a court that affects ownership rights in a security held in TreasuryDirect only to the extent that the order is consistent with the provisions of this part. The owner of the security must be a party to the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Levy to satisfy money judgment.</I> We will honor a transaction request submitted by a person appointed by a court and having authority under an order of a court to dispose of a security held in TreasuryDirect pursuant to a money judgment against the owner of the security, as owner is defined in § 363.6 of this part. In the case of savings bonds, we will only make payment pursuant to the court order to the extent of the money judgment. We will not transfer the savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Internal Revenue Service (IRS) levy.</I> We will honor an IRS notice of levy under section 6331 of the Internal Revenue Code:
</P>
<P>(1) Against the owner, as owner is defined in § 363.6 of this part, including a levy against the owner in the capacity of nominee, transferee, or alter ego;
</P>
<P>(2) Against a secondary owner, if the secondary owner has the right to conduct transactions in a security at the date and time the notice of levy is delivered to Fiscal Service; or
</P>
<P>(3) Against an owner's property to which a federal tax lien is attached.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver of an insolvent's estate, a receiver in equity, or a similar court officer.</I> We will honor a transaction request submitted by a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver of an insolvent's estate, a receiver in equity, or a similar court officer, if the original court order is against the owner, as owner is defined in § 363.6 of this part. In the case of savings bonds, we will only make payment. We will not transfer the savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Court order that attempts to defeat or impair survivorship rights.</I> We will not recognize a court order that attempts to defeat or impair the survivorship rights of a beneficiary, secondary owner, coowner of a converted savings bond, or the registered owner of an undelivered gift security held in TreasuryDirect.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57435, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.46" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.46   What evidence is required to establish the validity of judicial proceedings?</HEAD>
<P>(a) We will require certified copies of the final judgment, decree, or court order, and any necessary supplementary proceedings.
</P>
<P>(b) A transaction request by a trustee in bankruptcy or a receiver of an insolvent's estate must be supported by evidence of appointment and qualification.
</P>
<P>(c) A transaction request by a receiver in equity or a similar court officer (other than a receiver of an insolvent's estate) must be supported by a copy of an order that authorizes the receiver or similar court officer to take possession and control of the security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57435, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.47" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.47   Will Fiscal Service pay Treasury securities pursuant to a forfeiture proceeding?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> We will honor a judicial or administrative forfeiture order or declaration of forfeiture submitted by a federal agency. We will rely exclusively upon the information provided by the Federal forfeiting agency and will not make any independent evaluation of the validity of the forfeiture order, the request for payment, or the authority of the individual signing the transaction request. The amount to be paid or transferred is limited to the value of the security as of the date of forfeiture.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of special terms relating to forfeitures.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Contact point</I> means the individual designated by the Federal investigative agency, United States Attorney's Office, or forfeiting agency, to receive referrals from Fiscal Service.
</P>
<P><I>Forfeiting agency</I> means the federal law enforcement agency responsible for the forfeiture.
</P>
<P><I>Forfeiture</I> means the process by which property may be forfeited by a federal agency. Administrative forfeiture is forfeiture by a federal agency without judicial proceedings resulting in a declaration of forfeiture; judicial forfeiture is a forfeiture through either a civil or criminal proceeding in a United States District Court resulting in a final judgment and order of forfeiture.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedures for a forfeiting agency to request forfeiture of Treasury securities.</I> A forfeiting agency must request forfeiture. An individual authorized by the forfeiting agency must sign the transaction request. The request must be mailed to the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Parkersburg, WV 26106-7015.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fiscal Service procedures upon receipt of forfeiture request.</I> Upon receipt and review of the transaction request, we will make payment to the forfeiture fund specified, if the security is eligible for payment, or we will transfer the security pursuant to the transaction request. We will record the forfeiture, the forfeiture fund into which the proceeds were paid or the security transfer records, the contact point, and any related information.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inquiries from previous owner.</I> All inquiries or claims from the previous owner will be referred to the contact point of the forfeiting agency. We will tell the person who inquired that we referred his or her inquiry to the contact point. We will not investigate the inquiry. We will defer to the forfeiting agency's determination of the appropriate course of action, including settlement where appropriate. Any settlement will be paid from the forfeiture fund into which the proceeds were deposited.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57436, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.48-363.49" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.2.24.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.48-363.49   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Book-Entry Savings Bonds Purchased Through TreasuryDirect</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.50" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.50   What Treasury securities does this subpart govern?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart governs:
</P>
<P>(a) Series EE and Series I book-entry savings bonds that were originally issued as book-entry bonds through TreasuryDirect ®; and
</P>
<P>(b) Converted savings bonds that are registered in:
</P>
<P>(1) The single owner or entity form of registration of any series,
</P>
<P>(2) The owner with beneficiary form of registration of Series EE and Series I savings bonds,
</P>
<P>(3) The owner with beneficiary form of registration of Series E savings bonds in which the beneficiary has consented to a change in the registration of the bond after conversion, and
</P>
<P>(4) The coowner form of registration of any series in which the non-converting coowner has consented to a change in the registration of the bond after conversion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 19419, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.51" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.51   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.52" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.52   What is the principal amount of book-entry Series EE and Series I savings bonds that I may acquire in one year?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The principal amount of book-entry savings bonds that you may acquire in any calendar year is limited to $10,000 for Series EE savings bonds and $10,000 for Series I savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(b) Bonds purchased or transferred as gifts will be included in the computation of this limit for the account of the recipient for the year in which the bonds are delivered to the recipient.
</P>
<P>(c) Bonds purchased as gifts or in a fiduciary capacity are not included in the computation for the purchaser. Bonds received due to the death of the registered owner are not included in the computation for the recipient.
</P>
<P>(d) We reserve the right to take any action we deem necessary to adjust the excess, including the right to remove the excess bonds from your TreasuryDirect account and refund the payment price to your bank account of record using the ACH method of payment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 213, Jan. 4, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.53" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.53   What is the minimum amount of book-entry savings bonds that I may purchase in any transaction?</HEAD>
<P>Each bond purchase must be in a minimum amount of $25, with additional one-cent increments above that amount, in any one transaction. For example, a purchase may be $25.00, $25.01, $25.02, or $25.03, and so forth. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.54" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.54   What is the minimum amount of a book-entry savings bond that I must hold in my account?</HEAD>
<P>Each bond held in your account must have a redemption value of at least $25. If you request a transaction that would reduce the remaining redemption value of the bond to an amount less than $25, we will not permit the transaction to occur. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.55" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.55   May I transfer my book-entry savings bonds to another person?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may transfer a savings bond or a portion of a savings bond to the TreasuryDirect ® account of another person in a minimum amount of $25. The transfer may only be made as a gift or in response to a final judgment, court order, divorce decree, or property settlement agreement. You must certify online that the transfer is a gift or a specified exception.
</P>
<P>(b) We do not permit the transfer of savings bonds for consideration, unless it is an exception specified in paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the bond is being transferred to an individual, the bond will be transferred in the single owner form of registration. If the bond is being transferred to an entity, the bond will be transferred in the entity form of registration.
</P>
<P>(d) We reserve the right to limit the transferability of savings bonds at any time by amendment to these regulations. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24807, May 8, 2003; 70 FR 57436, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 19419, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.56" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.56   What is the minimum amount of book-entry savings bonds that I may transfer in any one transaction?</HEAD>
<P>Each transfer must be in a minimum amount of $25 redemption value, with additional one-cent increments above that amount, in any one transaction. For example, you may transfer $25.00, $25.01, $25.02, or $25.03, and so forth. Transfers will be comprised of principal and proportionate interest. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.57" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.57   What is the minimum amount of book-entry savings bonds that I may redeem in any one transaction?</HEAD>
<P>Each redemption must be in a minimum amount of $25 redemption value, with additional one-cent increments above that amount, in any one transaction. For example, you may redeem $25.00, $25.01, $25.02, or $25.03, and so forth. Redemptions will be comprised of principal and proportionate interest. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.58" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.58   May book-entry savings bonds be pledged or used as collateral?</HEAD>
<P>Bonds may not be pledged or used as collateral for the performance of an obligation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.59" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.59   What is a payroll savings plan?</HEAD>
<P>A payroll savings plan is an automatic method of purchasing savings bonds. (See the definition in § 363.6.) You may open your payroll savings plan by selecting an amount, series, and registration for your savings bond purchases using functionality in your TreasuryDirect® account. Each bond purchase must be in a minimum amount of $25 with additional one-cent increments above that amount, up to a maximum amount of $5000, in any one transaction. The series may be either a Series EE or Series I savings bond. The registration may be any authorized form of registration for an electronic savings bond. You must also initiate a request to your employer or your financial institution to send credits on a recurring basis to your payroll savings plan through the ACH method to purchase a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness. (See Subpart D for more information about a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.) When you have accumulated a sufficient amount of payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness to purchase a savings bond in the amount, series, and registration that you selected, the TreasuryDirect® system will automatically redeem your payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness and purchase your selected savings bond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.60" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.60   How do I discontinue my participation in my payroll savings plan?</HEAD>
<P>You may discontinue your participation in your payroll savings plan by arranging with your employer or financial institution to discontinue sending funds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.61-363.82" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.61-363.82   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.83" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.83   May an account owner transfer a book-entry savings bond to a minor?</HEAD>
<P>An account owner may transfer a bond to a minor as a gift or pursuant to one of the specified exceptions in § 363.55(a). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.84-363.94" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.24.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.84-363.94   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.25" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Gifts</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.95" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.95   How may I give, and who can receive, a book-entry savings bond as a gift?</HEAD>
<P>You may give a book-entry savings bond as a gift in two ways:
</P>
<P>(a) An individual may purchase a book-entry savings bond online as a gift and give it to an individual; or
</P>
<P>(b) A person who owns a bond may transfer that bond to another person as a gift with immediate delivery.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24807, May 8, 2003; 70 FR 57437, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 19419, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.96" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.96   What do I need to know if I initially purchase a bond as a gift?</HEAD>
<P>(a) An entity may not purchase a gift savings bond.
</P>
<P>(b) The gift bond will be registered in the name of the recipient(s). The registration is irrevocable with regard to the owner named on the gift bond. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must provide the SSN of the recipient. 
</P>
<P>(d) You may deliver the bond upon purchase, or you may hold the bond in your TreasuryDirect ® account until you are ready to deliver the bond to the owner named on the gift bond. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the purchaser dies before delivering a gift bond to the recipient, the bond belongs to the owner named on the gift bond, notwithstanding any testamentary attempts to the contrary by the purchaser, or any state law to the contrary. We will hold the bond until we receive instructions from the owner named on the gift bond. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 2508, Jan. 16, 2004; 74 FR 19419, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.97" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.97   What do I need to know if I transfer a book-entry savings bond to another person as a gift?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must certify online that the transfer is a gift. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must provide the SSN or EIN of the recipient.
</P>
<P>(c) Once the transfer is made, the gift is irrevocable. 
</P>
<P>(d) The bond will be transferred in the single owner form of registration for individual account owners, and in the entity form of registration for account owners that are entities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002, as amended at 74 FR 19420, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.98" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.98   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.99" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.25.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.99   What is the minimum amount of a bond that I may transfer or deliver as a gift in any one transaction?</HEAD>
<P>You may transfer or deliver gift bonds in any one-cent increment value equal to or greater than $25.00 redemption value. For example, you may deliver a gift bond with a redemption value of $25.00, $25.01, $25.02, and so forth. If the bond was held in your account prior to delivery to the recipient for a period of time and has accrued interest, the delivery will include principal and proportionate interest. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.100" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.25.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.100   What are the rules for purchasing and delivering gift savings bonds to minors?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A TreasuryDirect ® account owner can purchase a savings bond as a gift with a minor as the recipient.
</P>
<P>(b) An account owner can deliver a bond purchased as a gift to a minor. The account owner must deliver the security to the minor's linked account. Once delivered, the bond will be under the control of the custodian of the minor's account. (See § 363.27.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57444, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.101" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.25.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.101   Can an account owner transfer a book-entry savings bond to a minor?</HEAD>
<P>An account owner can transfer a book-entry savings bond held in TreasuryDirect ® to a minor as a gift or pursuant to one of the specified exceptions in § 363.55(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57444, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.102-363.124" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.25.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.102-363.124   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.26" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Payment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.125" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.26.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.125   How is payment made on a book-entry savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>We will make payment by the ACH method to the designated account at a United States depository financial institution.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.126" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.26.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.126   Under what circumstances will payment be made?</HEAD>
<P>We will make payment: 
</P>
<P>(a) Upon your request for redemption prior to maturity; 
</P>
<P>(b) When the bond reaches final maturity; and 
</P>
<P>(c) If a person who becomes entitled to the bond is unable, unwilling or ineligible to open a TreasuryDirect ® account. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.127-363.129" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.3.26.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.127-363.129   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Zero-Percent Certificate of Indebtedness</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 50309, Aug. 16, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV7 N="27" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.130" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.130   What does this subpart cover?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart is the offering of the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness by the Secretary of the Treasury (Secretary), and will continue until suspended or terminated by the Secretary. This subpart is also the governing regulations for the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.131" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.131   What is a TreasuryDirect ® zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>A TreasuryDirect® zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is a non-interest-bearing security that is issued daily, with a one-day maturity, which automatically rolls over at maturity until you request redemption. A zero-percent certificate of indebtedness has a minimum purchase amount of one cent. The only purpose of a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is to accumulate funds for the purchase of another eligible security in the TreasuryDirect system. A zero-percent certificate of indebtedness within a minor's account is the property of the minor alone. The payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is a restricted form of the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness that is held separately from the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness and used only for purchases made through the payroll savings plan.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50309, Aug. 16, 2004, as amended at 75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.132" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.132   Can the sale of the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness be suspended?</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary may suspend and rescind the suspension of sales of the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness by announcement at any time.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.133" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.133   What happens to my zero-percent certificate of indebtedness if the offering is terminated by the Secretary?</HEAD>
<P>Upon the termination of this offering by the Secretary, the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness ceases to roll over; the proceeds will be paid by the ACH method to the bank account at a financial institution that you designated in your TreasuryDirect ® account as your primary bank account.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.134" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.134   What regulations cover a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in part 363 apply to a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness. We expressly disclaim representations or warranties regarding a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness that in any way conflict with these regulations and other applicable law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.135" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.135   In what form is a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness issued?</HEAD>
<P>A zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is issued in electronic form only in the TreasuryDirect ® system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.136" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.136   Do zero-percent certificates of indebtedness pay interest?</HEAD>
<P>Zero-percent certificates of indebtedness do not pay any interest. However, the Secretary may prescribe a rate of interest, or change the interest rate, for zero-percent certificates of indebtedness by announcement at any time. The new rate would apply to zero-percent certificates of indebtedness issued thereafter, as provided in the announcement. The Secretary's determination of the rate will be final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.137" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.137   What do I need to know about the registration of a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>A zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is automatically registered in the name of the TreasuryDirect ® account owner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 19420, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.138" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.138   Is Treasury liable for the purchase of a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness that is made in error?</HEAD>
<P>We are not liable for any deposits of funds for the purchase of a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness that are made in error by your financial institution or employer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50309, Aug. 16, 2004. Redesignated at 75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.139" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.139   May I transfer or deliver my zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>A zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is nontransferable. You may not deliver a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness to another TreasuryDirect ® account as a gift.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50309, Aug. 16, 2004. Redesignated at 75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.140" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.27.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.140   May a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness be pledged or used as collateral?</HEAD>
<P>A zero-percent certificate of indebtedness may not be pledged or used as collateral for the performance of an obligation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50309, Aug. 16, 2004. Redesignated at 70 FR 57437, Sept. 30, 2005, and further redesignated at 75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="28" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.28" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Zero-Percent Certificate of Indebtedness</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.141" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.28.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.141   How do I purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Primary and linked accounts.</I> You may purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness through one or more of the following four methods:
</P>
<P>(1) Payroll deduction, in which your employer sends funds through the ACH method to your TreasuryDirect® account;
</P>
<P>(2) Deposit by your financial institution, in which your financial institution sends funds by the ACH method to your TreasuryDirect® account on a recurring or one-time basis;
</P>
<P>(3) Through the Buy Direct function of your TreasuryDirect® account, in which you direct us to debit funds from your financial institution account to purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness. This method is limited to an amount no greater than $1000 per transaction. When you use the Buy Direct function to debit funds to purchase all or a portion of a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness, you will not be permitted to schedule a redemption to your financial institution from the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness within five business days after the settlement date of the debit entry; and
</P>
<P>(4) By using the proceeds from the redemption of a savings bond, the proceeds of a maturing security, or an interest payment from a security to purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payroll savings plan.</I> You may purchase a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness for your payroll savings plan through payroll deduction, in which your employer sends funds through the ACH method to your TreasuryDirect® payroll savings plan, or through a credit using the ACH method by your financial institution, in which your financial institution sends funds by the ACH method to your TreasuryDirect® payroll savings plan.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.142" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.28.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.142   When is a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness issued?</HEAD>
<P>A zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is issued the business day after the purchase transaction is made.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50309, Aug. 16, 2004. Redesignated at 75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.143" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.28.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.143   How do I purchase a security using the redemption proceeds of my zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>You may purchase an eligible security by redeeming all or a portion of your zero-percent certificate of indebtedness and applying the proceeds toward the purchase of another eligible security. To do this, your zero-percent certificate of indebtedness must be of sufficient value to cover the cost of the security. If you are paying for a security using the redemption proceeds of a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness, you must pay the full amount of the purchase price of the security using the redemption proceeds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50309, Aug. 16, 2004. Redesignated at 75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.144" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.28.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.144   Can I redeem my zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>You can redeem part or all of the value of your zero-percent certificate of indebtedness at any time, with one exception: if you purchased all or a portion of your zero-percent certificate of indebtedness through a debit using the ACH method, you may not schedule a redemption from your zero-percent certificate of indebtedness within five business days after the date of the debit entry.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57444, Sept. 30, 2005. Redesignated at 75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.145" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.28.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.145   May I delete a pending transaction involving a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may delete a pending purchase of a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness initiated from your TreasuryDirect ® account.
</P>
<P>(b) You may delete a pending purchase of a security using a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness as payment.
</P>
<P>(c) You may not delete a pending redemption of all or part of the value of a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 50309, Aug. 16, 2004. Redesignated at 75 FR 70816, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="29" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.29" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Payroll Zero-Percent Certificate of Indebtedness</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.146" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.29.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.146   Who may purchase a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>Only an individual TreasuryDirect® account owner may purchase a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness, only through his or her primary account, and only through the payroll savings plan.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 70817, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.147" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.29.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.147   How do I purchase a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>You may purchase a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness through your TreasuryDirect® account using your payroll savings plan. (See §§ 363.59 and 363.60 for more information on opening a payroll savings plan.) The only method of purchase for a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is a credit of funds from your employer or financial institution using the ACH method. You cannot purchase a payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness by using a debit from your financial institution.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 70817, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.148" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.29.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.148   Can I redeem all or a portion of my accumulated payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness?</HEAD>
<P>You may redeem all or a portion of your accumulated payroll zero-percent certificate of indebtedness to any financial institution that is of record in your TreasuryDirect® account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 70817, Nov. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.149-363.152" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.4.29.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.149-363.152   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Conversion of a Definitive Savings Bond</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 363.160" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.160   What subparts govern the conversion of definitive savings bonds?</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart governs:
</P>
<P>(1) The process of converting definitive savings bonds of all eligible series and types of registration to book-entry bonds in TreasuryDirect ®;
</P>
<P>(2) Converted savings bonds of all series registered in the coowner form of registration, unless the non-converting coowner consents to a change in the registration of the bonds after conversion;
</P>
<P>(3) Converted savings bonds of Series E registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration, unless the beneficiary consents to a change in the registration of the bonds after conversion; and
</P>
<P>(4) Converted savings bonds of all series that are held as gift bonds by the person who converted the bonds.
</P>
<P>(b) Subpart C governs:
</P>
<P>(1) Converted savings bonds of any series registered in the single owner or entity form of registration;
</P>
<P>(2) Converted Series EE and Series I savings bonds registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration;
</P>
<P>(3) Converted Series E savings bonds registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration, where the beneficiary has consented to a change in the registration of the bonds after conversion; and
</P>
<P>(4) Converted savings bonds of all series registered in the coowner form of registration, where the non-converting coowner has consented to a change in the registration of the bonds after conversion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 57347, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 19420, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.161" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.161   What definitive savings bonds are eligible to be converted to book-entry bonds?</HEAD>
<P>Series E, Series EE, and Series I savings bonds issued in denominations of $25 or greater are eligible for conversion to book-entry bonds in TreasuryDirect ®.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 19420, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.162" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.162   Who may convert a definitive savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>The owner of a TreasuryDirect ® primary account may convert a definitive savings bond.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Bond that is registered to the account owner.</I> The following persons may convert a definitive savings bond of an eligible series to a book-entry bond to be held in the person's TreasuryDirect account:
</P>
<P>(1) The owner of a definitive savings bond registered in the single owner or entity form of registration;
</P>
<P>(2) Either co-owner of a bond registered in the coowner form of registration; and
</P>
<P>(3) The owner of a bond registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bond that is registered to someone other than the account owner.</I> We will convert an eligible definitive savings bond submitted by an individual account owner who is not the registered owner of the savings bond. See the special rules in § 363.166.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 19420, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.163" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.163   How do I convert an eligible definitive savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>We will provide online instructions for converting your definitive savings bond. You must surrender to us the definitive bond to be converted at the time of conversion.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.164" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.164   Is a converted savings bond eligible to be converted back into a definitive bond?</HEAD>
<P>Once a definitive savings bond has been converted to a book-entry bond, it may not be converted back into a definitive bond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.165" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.165   What happens when I convert a savings bond that is registered in my name as a single owner, either coowner, an owner with a beneficiary, or an entity?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Unmatured savings bond.</I> When the conversion is approved, an unmatured savings bond that is registered in the name of the TreasuryDirect ® account owner as a single owner, either coowner, an owner with beneficiary, or an entity, will be released to the account owner's conversion linked account.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Matured savings bond.</I> A savings bond that has reached final maturity and is registered in the name of the TreasuryDirect account owner as a single owner, either coowner, an owner with beneficiary, or an entity, will be converted to a book-entry savings bond and automatically redeemed. The redemption proceeds will be used to purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness in the account owner's name in the primary account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 19420, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.166" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.166   What happens when I convert a savings bond that is not registered in my name as owner, either coowner, or owner with beneficiary (including a bond registered in the name of a minor)?</HEAD>
<P>We will presume that a savings bond registered in the name of someone other than the TreasuryDirect ® account owner (including a bond registered in the name of a minor) was purchased by the account owner as a gift for the registered owner. We will not permit an entity to convert a savings bond that is not registered in the name of the entity.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Unmatured savings bond</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> An unmatured savings bond registered in the name of someone other than the account owner will be converted to a book-entry bond, released as a gift bond to the account owner's conversion linked account, and held until delivered to the TreasuryDirect account (or minor linked account, if the registered owner is a minor) of the registered owner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Delivery of unmatured gift bond to registered owner.</I> The TreasuryDirect account owner may deliver the converted gift bond to the TreasuryDirect account (or minor linked account, if the registered owner is a minor) of the registered owner, or, if the bond is registered in the coowner form of registration, to the account of either coowner. A bond registered in coowner or owner with beneficiary form of registration will retain the coowner or beneficiary form of registration upon delivery.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Savings bond that has reached final maturity</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A savings bond that has reached final maturity and is registered in the name of someone other than the account owner will be converted to a book-entry bond, released as a gift bond into the account owner's conversion linked account, and automatically redeemed. We will hold the redemption proceeds in the name of the registered owner of the definitive bond until the proceeds are delivered to the TreasuryDirect account (or minor linked account, if the registered owner is a minor) of the registered owner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Delivery of bond proceeds to registered owner.</I> If the gift bond has reached final maturity and has been automatically redeemed, then the Treasury Direct account owner may direct that the held redemption proceeds be delivered to the Treasury Direct account of the registered owner (or minor linked account, if the registered owner is a minor), where we will use the proceeds to purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness in the name of the registered owner. If the bond is registered in the coowner form of registration, the account owner may direct that the held redemption proceeds be delivered to the account of either coowner, where we will use the proceeds to purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness in the name of the coowner to whose account the bond was delivered.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 57347, Sept. 30, 2005; 74 FR 19420, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.167" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.167   How will a converted savings bond be registered?</HEAD>
<P>The registration of the converted bond will be the same as on the definitive bond, provided that it was registered properly in an authorized form of registration. We will change a definitive savings bond that was not registered in an authorized form of registration to the closest authorized form of registration. For example, a definitive savings bond erroneously registered “John Doe and Jane Doe” will be changed to “John Doe or Jane Doe.” We are not liable to any person for any such decision as to the closest form of authorized registration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.168" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.168   What rules regarding registration apply to a converted savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Savings bond of any series registered in the single owner or entity form of registration.</I> By converting a definitive bond of any eligible series registered in the single owner or entity form of registration to book-entry in TreasuryDirect ®, the owner has consented to the bond being governed by the rules regarding registration contained in subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Savings bond of Series EE or Series I registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration.</I> By converting a definitive bond of Series EE or Series I registered in an owner with beneficiary form of registration to a book-entry bond in TreasuryDirect, the owner has consented to the bond being governed by the rules regarding registration contained in subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Savings bond of Series E registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration.</I> The registration of a converted savings bond of Series E registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration may be changed upon the request of the owner and the consent of the beneficiary. The transaction will not be conducted through the registered owner's TreasuryDirect account.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Savings bond of any series registered in the coowner form of registration.</I> The registration of a converted savings bond of any eligible series registered in the coowner form of registration may be changed upon the request of one coowner and the consent of the other coowner. The transaction will not be conducted through the registered owner's TreasuryDirect account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 19420, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.169" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.169   What transactions can I conduct in a converted savings bond on which I am registered as the single owner, either coowner, the owner with a beneficiary, or an entity?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Savings bond of any series registered in the single owner or entity form of registration.</I> By converting a definitive savings bond of any series registered in the single owner or entity form of registration to a book-entry bond, you have consented to the bond being treated as if it were originally issued as a book-entry bond in TreasuryDirect ®. The bond will be subject to the provisions of subpart C of this part. Any transaction available for a book-entry bond originally issued in the TreasuryDirect system is available for a converted bond registered in single owner or entity form of registration.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Savings bond of Series EE and Series I registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration.</I> By converting a definitive savings bond registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration to a book-entry bond, you have consented to the bond being treated as if it were originally issued as a book-entry bond in TreasuryDirect. The bond will be subject to the provisions of subpart C of this part. Any transaction available for a book-entry bond purchased in the TreasuryDirect system is available for a converted bond of Series EE and Series I registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Savings bond of Series E registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration.</I> The owner of a converted Series E bond registered in the owner with beneficiary form of registration may make the following transactions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Provide view rights to the beneficiary.</I> The owner may provide the beneficiary with the right to view the bond in the beneficiary's TreasuryDirect account. Once the right to view the bond is provided to the beneficiary, the owner may not revoke that right.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transfer without change in registration.</I> The owner may transfer the bond without a change of registration to another account in the name of the owner.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Remove the beneficiary from the registration.</I> The owner may remove the beneficiary's name from the registration with the consent of the beneficiary. The transaction will not be conducted through the registered owner's TreasuryDirect account. The bond will be changed to the single owner form of registration. Once the transaction is completed, the bond will be treated as a bond originally issued as a book-entry bond in TreasuryDirect, and will be subject to subpart C of this part. The owner may then perform any transaction available for book-entry bonds purchased in the TreasuryDirect system.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Transfer to the beneficiary or a third party with a change in registration.</I> The owner may remove his or her name from the registration and transfer the bond to the account of the beneficiary or a third party, with the consent of the beneficiary. The transaction will not be conducted through the registered owner's TreasuryDirect account. The bond will be transferred in the single owner form of registration. Once the transfer is completed, the bond will be treated as a bond originally issued as a book-entry bond in TreasuryDirect, and will be subject to subpart C of this part. The owner may then perform any transaction available for book-entry bonds purchased in the TreasuryDirect system.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Savings bond of any series registered in the coowner form of registration.</I> The converting coowner of a converted bond registered in the coowner form of registration may make the following transactions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Provide view or transact rights to non-converting coowner.</I> The converting coowner may provide the non-converting coowner with the rights to view the bond or to view and redeem the bond through the non-converting coowner's TreasuryDirect account. Once either of these rights is provided to the non-converting coowner, the converting coowner may not revoke the right.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transfer without change in registration.</I> The converting coowner may transfer the bond without a change in registration to another account in the name of the converting coowner. The bond may be transferred without the consent of the non-converting coowner, and will retain the coowner registration.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Remove a coowner from the registration.</I> The converting coowner (or the non-converting coowner, if the bond has been previously transferred to the account of the non-converting coowner) may remove the other coowner from the registration. The consent of the other coowner is required. The bond must reside in the account of the coowner who is requesting the transaction. The transaction will not be conducted through the registered owner's TreasuryDirect account. The bond's registration will be changed to the single owner form of registration. Once this transaction is completed, the bond will be treated as a bond originally issued as a book-entry bond in TreasuryDirect, and will be subject to subpart C of this part. The owner may then perform any transaction available for book-entry bonds purchased in the TreasuryDirect system.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Transfer to non-converting coowner or a third party with a change in registration.</I> The converting coowner may remove his or her name from the registration and transfer the bond to either the account of the non-converting coowner or to the account of a third party. The consent of the non-converting coowner is required. The transaction will not be conducted through the registered owner's TreasuryDirect account. The bond will be transferred in the single owner form of registration. Once the transfer is completed, the bond will be treated as a bond originally issued as a book-entry bond in TreasuryDirect, and will be subject to subpart C of this part. The owner may then perform any transaction available for book-entry bonds purchased in the TreasuryDirect system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 19420, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.170" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.170   What transactions can I conduct in a savings bond that I converted on which I am not registered as the owner, either coowner, or owner with beneficiary?</HEAD>
<P>The only transaction that you may conduct on a savings bond that you converted on which you are not registered as the owner, either coowner, or owner with beneficiary is to deliver the converted bond to the TreasuryDirect ® account of the registered owner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.171" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.171   How do I redeem a converted savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Before final maturity</I>—(1) <I>Savings bond of any series registered in the single owner, owner with beneficiary, or entity form of registration.</I> You may redeem your converted savings bond of any series registered either in the single owner, owner with beneficiary, or entity form of registration any time prior to final maturity after the minimum holding period through your TreasuryDirect ® account.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Savings bond of any series registered in the coowner form of registration.</I> The converting coowner may redeem the converted savings bond of any series registered in the coowner form of registration at any time prior to final maturity after the minimum holding period through his or her TreasuryDirect account. The non-converting coowner may redeem the converted savings bond at any time prior to final maturity after the minimum holding period provided that he or she has been granted transaction rights in the converted bond by the converting coowner.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Upon final maturity</I>—(1) <I>Savings bond of any series registered in the single owner, owner with beneficiary, coowner, or entity forms of registration.</I> If you have not previously redeemed or transferred your converted savings bond of any series registered in the single owner, owner with beneficiary, coowner, or entity forms of registration, it will be automatically redeemed for you at final maturity.
</P>
<P>(2) The redemption proceeds will be automatically used to purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness registered in your name and held in your TreasuryDirect account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 19420, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.172-363.175" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.172-363.175   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.176" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.176   May a converted savings bond be pledged or used as collateral?</HEAD>
<P>A converted savings bond may not be pledged or used as collateral for the performance of an obligation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.177-363.178" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.177-363.178   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.179" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.179   Does Fiscal Service make any reservations as to the conversion of an eligible savings bond?</HEAD>
<P>We may reject any application for conversion or refuse to convert a savings bond in any case or class of cases, if we deem the action to be in the public interest. Our action in any such respect is final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.180-363.199" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.5.30.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.180-363.199   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Marketable Treasury Securities</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 57444, Sept. 30, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 363.200" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.200   What Treasury securities does this subpart govern?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart provides the rules for holding marketable Treasury bills, notes, and bonds in book-entry form in TreasuryDirect ®.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.201" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.201   What other regulations govern book-entry marketable book-entry Treasury bills, notes, and bonds?</HEAD>
<P>(a) 31 CFR part 356 governs the sale and issue of marketable book-entry Treasury securities on or after March 1, 1993, whether held in TreasuryDirect ®, Legacy Treasury Direct, or the commercial book-entry system.
</P>
<P>(b) 31 CFR part 357 governs holding marketable book-entry Treasury bills, notes, and bonds in the Legacy Treasury Direct system and in the commercial book-entry system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.202" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.202   What marketable Treasury securities may I purchase and hold through my TreasuryDirect ® account?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purchase.</I> (1) <I>Advance purchase.</I> You may purchase any marketable Treasury security that is available for purchase through the TreasuryDirect ® website. One day each week, marketable securities that are scheduled for auction within 8 weeks will be made available on the TreasuryDirect website for scheduling an advance purchase, and are the only marketable securities that you can schedule for advance purchase.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Purchases scheduled prior to May 15, 2010, with an effective issue date on or after May 15, 2010.</I> (i) Any marketable security purchase scheduled prior to May 15, 2010, and with an effective issue date of May 15, 2010, through July 9, 2010, will be treated as a new purchase, even if the transaction would have been treated as a reinvestment under the rules in effect prior to May 15, 2010.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any marketable security purchase scheduled prior to May 15, 2010, with an effective issue date after July 9, 2010, will be canceled.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hold.</I> You may transfer into the system and maintain in your TreasuryDirect account any eligible marketable book-entry Treasury bill, note, or bond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57444, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 75 FR 26090, May 11, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.203" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.203   After I purchase my marketable Treasury security in TreasuryDirect ®, is there a period of time during which I may not transfer the security?</HEAD>
<P>Once you purchase a marketable Treasury security in TreasuryDirect, you may not transfer that security for a period of 45 calendar days after the issue date of the security, or the term of the security, whichever is less.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.204" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.204   What registrations are available for my marketable Treasury securities held in TreasuryDirect ®?</HEAD>
<P>You may register your marketable Treasury securities in any form of registration permitted by § 363.20 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.205" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.205   How do I reinvest the proceeds of a maturing security held in TreasuryDirect ®?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Method for reinvesting a maturing security.</I> The only method of reinvesting a maturing marketable security in TreasuryDirect ® is through the automatic reinvestment option available in your TreasuryDirect account. Purchasing a security by directing that the proceeds of a maturing security be used to purchase a zero-percent certificate of indebtedness, and then scheduling the purchase of a new security using the redemption proceeds of the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness, is not a reinvestment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When a reinvestment can be scheduled, edited, or canceled.</I> You can schedule your reinvestment either at the time of purchase or after the security is issued into your TreasuryDirect account. You cannot schedule, edit, or cancel a reinvestment when the maturing security goes into a closed book period, or when a noncompetitive bid for the replacement security is no longer accepted, whichever comes first.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What securities can be reinvested.</I> Any marketable security can be reinvested.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limits on scheduling reinvestments.</I> Reinvestments will be limited at any one time to 25 times for a 4-week bill, 7 times for a 13-week bill, 3 times for a 26-week bill, and once for all other marketable security types.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Canceling reinvestments.</I> If there is no security available for reinvestment with an issue date that coincides with the maturity date or call date, if invoked, of the maturing security, and with the same type and term, the scheduled reinvestment will be canceled and the proceeds of the maturing security will be returned to the customer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Procedure if there are insufficient funds from the maturing security to pay the full purchase price of the replacement security.</I> If there are insufficient funds from the maturing security to pay the full purchase price of the replacement security, we will either debit your primary account at a financial institution or pay the additional funds using the redemption proceeds of your zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Debit from primary account at financial institution.</I> If the maturing security is purchased on or after May 15, 2010, we will pay the additional funds by a debit from your primary account at a financial institution if the maturing security was purchased within TreasuryDirect by a debit from a financial institution account or if the maturing security was received through a transfer. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funds from your primary account at a financial institution, the reinvestment will be canceled and we will refund the proceeds of the maturing security.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Withdrawal of funds from zero-percent certificate of indebtedness.</I> If the maturing security is purchased on or after May 15, 2010, we will pay the additional funds using the redemption proceeds of your zero-percent certificate of indebtedness if the purchase of the maturing security was made using the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness. If the amount available from a redemption of the zero-percent certificate of indebtedness is insufficient to pay the additional amount, the reinvestment will be canceled and we will refund the proceeds of the maturing security.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Special rules if the maturing security was purchased prior to May 15, 2010.</I> If the maturing security was purchased within TreasuryDirect or received through a transfer prior to May 15, 2010, we will debit your primary account at a financial institution for the additional funds. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funds from your primary account at a financial institution, the reinvestment will be canceled and we will refund the proceeds of the maturing security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 26090, May 11, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.206" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.206   How can I transfer my marketable Treasury security into my TreasuryDirect ® account from another book-entry system?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Legacy Treasury Direct to TreasuryDirect.</I> 31 CFR part 357, subpart C, governs the transfer of a marketable book-entry Treasury security from your Legacy Treasury Direct account into TreasuryDirect.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commercial book-entry system to TreasuryDirect.</I> You may transfer your marketable Treasury security from the commercial book-entry system by contacting the financial institution or broker that handles your commercial book-entry account.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Individuals.</I> When a security is transferred into the TreasuryDirect account of an individual, it will be transferred in the name of the individual account owner in the single owner form of registration, regardless of the form of registration prior to the transfer. After the transfer is completed, you can change the registration to any form of registration permitted by these regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Entities.</I> When a security is transferred into the TreasuryDirect account of an entity, the security will be transferred in the name of the entity, regardless of the form of registration prior to the transfer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amounts transferred.</I> You can only transfer in increments of $1000.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57444, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 19421, Apr. 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.207" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.207   Can I transfer my marketable Treasury security from my TreasuryDirect ® account to another TreasuryDirect account?</HEAD>
<P>After the initial 45-calendar day holding period for your marketable Treasury security (see § 363.203) you can transfer your security to another TreasuryDirect account in increments of $1000.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.208" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.208   Can I transfer my marketable Treasury security from my TreasuryDirect ® account to an account in another book-entry system?</HEAD>
<P>After the initial 45-calendar day holding period for your marketable Treasury security (see § 363.203) you can transfer your security to an account in the commercial book-entry system in increments of $1000.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 57444, Sept. 30, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 18064, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.209" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.209   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.210" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.210   Is there any period of time during which I will be unable to process certain transactions regarding my security?</HEAD>
<P>A closed book period will be in effect for four business days prior to the date a marketable security interest and/or redemption payment is made. During the closed book period, you cannot change the registration of the security, change the payment destination of the proceeds, change the view or transaction rights, make transfers, or schedule, edit, or cancel a reinvestment. We will hold transactions requiring submission of a form for processing until the closed book period ends.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 26091, May 11, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 78901, Dec. 17, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 363.211-363.249" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.6.30.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 363.211-363.249   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Miscellaneous</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.250" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.8.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.250   May Fiscal Service waive these regulations?</HEAD>
<P>We may waive or modify any provision of the regulations in this part. We may do so in any particular case or class of cases for the convenience of the United States or in order to relieve any person or persons of unnecessary hardship: 
</P>
<P>(a) If the waiver would not be inconsistent with law or equity; 
</P>
<P>(b) If the waiver does not impair any material existing rights; and 
</P>
<P>(c) If we are satisfied that the waiver would not subject the United States to any substantial expense or liability. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002. Redesignated at 70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005. Redesignated at 70 FR 57444, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.251" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.8.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.251   Can I be required to provide additional evidence to support a transaction?</HEAD>
<P>We may require additional evidence and/or a bond of indemnity, with or without surety, in any case where we determine it necessary to protect the interests of the United States. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002. Redesignated at 70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005. Redesignated at 70 FR 57444, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 363.252" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.60.8.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 363.252   May Fiscal Service amend or supplement these regulations?</HEAD>
<P>We may amend, revise, or supplement these regulations at any time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64286, Oct. 17, 2002. Redesignated at 70 FR 14943, Mar. 23, 2005. Redesignated at 70 FR 57444, Sept. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="370" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 370—ELECTRONIC TRANSACTIONS AND FUNDS TRANSFERS RELATING TO UNITED STATES SECURITIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 391; 31 U.S.C. chapter 31.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 40487, July 26, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.1.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.0   What does this part cover?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This part applies to the transfer of funds by the Automated Clearing House method as used by us in connection with United States securities. This part also provides regulations for the electronic submission of transaction requests through us, except as varied by agreement or as otherwise provided. This part does not apply to transactions for the sale of United States Savings Bonds accomplished through savings bond issuing agents generally, except and to the extent we direct otherwise.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Operating Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association and Regulations of the Financial Management Service.</I> The Operating Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association generally apply to these transactions. However, the Operating Rules do not apply to the extent that the Operating Rules are preempted entirely and excluded specifically by application of Financial Management Service regulations in part 210 of this chapter. In the event of any inconsistencies between this part 370 and either the Operating Rules or part 210, this part 370 applies.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.</I> To the extent that Regulation E (12 CFR part 205) and Regulation Z (12 CFR part 226) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System apply to transactions authorized by this part, those Federal laws are unaffected by this part 370.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Variance by agreement.</I> The terms of this part may be varied by agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.1.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.1   What special terms do I need to know to understand this part?</HEAD>
<P><I>Automated Clearing House (ACH) entry</I> means a transaction in accordance with the Operating Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association, as modified by these regulations and other law. The regulations in this part control in the event of any inconsistencies with the applicable Operating Rules.
</P>
<P><I>Credit entry</I> means an ACH entry for the payment of money to a deposit account.
</P>
<P><I>Debit entry</I> means an ACH entry for the collection of money from a deposit account.
</P>
<P><I>Deposit account</I> means a demand deposit (checking), savings, or asset account (other than an occasional or incidental credit balance in a credit plan) held directly or indirectly by a financial institution.
</P>
<P><I>Digital signature</I> means a type of electronic signature. A signer creates a digital signature by using public-key encryption to transform a message digest of an electronic message. If a recipient of the digital signature has an electronic message, message digest function, and the signer's public key, the recipient can verify:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the transformation was accomplished with the private key that corresponds to the signer's public key; and
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the electronic message has been altered since the transformation was made.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic message</I> means information that is stored in an electronic medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic signature</I> means a signature of an electronic message that:
</P>
<P>(1) Identifies and authenticates a particular person as the source of the electronic message; and
</P>
<P>(2) Indicates such person's approval of the information contained in the electronic message.
</P>
<P><I>Financial institution</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any insured bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank that is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(2) Any mutual savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank that is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(3) Any savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or any bank that is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
</P>
<P>(4) Any insured credit union as defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752) or any credit union that is eligible to make application to become an insured credit union pursuant to section 201 of such Act (12 U.S.C. 1781);
</P>
<P>(5) Any savings association as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) that is an insured depository institution as defined in that act or is eligible to apply to become an insured depository institution under that act; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank as defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 3101).
</P>
<P><I>Investor account</I> is our record of your <I>TreasuryDirect</I> holdings, including a list of your total security holdings, the exact form of registration of your account, your mailing address, your <I>TreasuryDirect</I> account number, your social security account number or employer identification number, and your deposit account instructions.
</P>
<P><I>Message digest function</I> means an algorithm that transforms an electronic message into a seemingly unintelligible, generally smaller, result called the message digest. A message digest function has these qualities:
</P>
<P>(1) The same electronic message yields the same message digest every time the algorithm is executed;
</P>
<P>(2) It is computationally infeasible that an electronic message can be derived from the message digest result produced by the algorithm; and
</P>
<P>(3) it is computationally infeasible that two electronic messages can be found that produce the same message digest using the algorithm.
</P>
<P><I>Payment</I> means, for the purpose of this part, funds paid by us to you.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any natural person or organization.
</P>
<P><I>Public-key encryption</I> means a cryptographic process which generates and employs a key pair, consisting of a public key and a different but mathematically related private key. One use of the public key is to verify a digital signature created by the private key.
</P>
<P><I>Security</I> means an obligation offered by the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Settlement date</I> means the date an exchange of funds with respect to an ACH entry is reflected on the books of the Federal Reserve Bank(s).
</P>
<P><I>Signature</I> means any symbol or method executed or adopted by a person with present intention to be bound.
</P>
<P><I>We (or “us”)</I> refers to the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary's delegates at the Treasury Department and Bureau of the Fiscal Service. The term also extends to any fiscal or financial agent acting on behalf of the United States when designated to act by the Secretary or the Secretary's delegates. The term does not extend to United States Savings Bond issuing and paying agents.
</P>
<P><I>You</I> means a deposit account owner, in subparts B and C, unless stated otherwise. The word “you” means a person who electronically submits transaction requests through us, in subpart D.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Credit ACH Entries</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.5   How can I appoint a financial institution to receive payments on my behalf?</HEAD>
<P>You must name a financial institution to receive payments through credit entries using the ACH method. You also must identify the deposit account to which payments are to be made. To do this, you must use a form approved by us.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.6" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.6   What requirements apply to a financial institution that handles a credit entry?</HEAD>
<P>A financial institution that accepts and handles a credit entry initiated by us agrees to the provisions of this subpart, and warrants that it will comply with all requirements imposed upon Receiving Depository Financial Institutions under the Operating Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association, as modified by these regulations and other law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.7" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.7   How can my financial institution change my designated deposit account?</HEAD>
<P>If your financial institution requests us to make a change in your deposit account number or type of your account, we will change the information without requiring any confirmation from you. The request from the financial institution must be made following the Operating Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association. The financial institution's request will be deemed an agreement by the institution to indemnify us and you for any loss resulting from the requested change.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.8" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.8   Are there any requirements related to a prenotification entry?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Use of prenotification in our discretion.</I> In our discretion, we may initiate a prenotification entry to a financial institution before we send a credit entry. We may also send a prenotification message whenever there is a change in the payment instructions. If we send a prenotification message, we will follow the time frames as established by the Operating Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association. A prenotification is a zero-dollar ACH entry that can help us determine whether there might be problems with sending a subsequent credit entry.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements placed upon financial institution that receives a prenotification.</I> A financial institution must respond to a prenotification within the time frame for such responses as established by the Operating Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association. If the receiving financial institution does not respond to the prenotification message within the specified time period, we may interpret the nonresponsiveness as the financial institution's agreement to this subpart. Furthermore, a financial institution warrants by its nonresponsiveness that the deposit account number and the type of account contained in the prenotification entry message was accurate as of the moment the financial institution received it.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.9" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.9   How can my payment instructions be changed?</HEAD>
<P>Your payment instructions will continue to apply until either you or your financial institution requests us to make a change.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.10   What can cause my payments to be suspended?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Change in deposit account.</I> We will suspend payments if we receive notice that your deposit account has been closed, that someone named on your deposit account is dead or has been declared legally incompetent, that there is a change in the title of your deposit account that alters your interests; or, if a corporation is the owner, that it has been dissolved.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Change in status of owner.</I> We will suspend payments when we receive notice that an owner of a bond, security, or investor account is dead or has been declared legally incompetent, or in any case where we receive notice of a change in the name or status of an organization or representative named on a bond, security, or investor account.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Continuation of suspension.</I> Payments will continue to be suspended until we receive satisfactory evidence as to who is authorized or entitled to receive payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.11   What must my financial institution do when it receives a payment?</HEAD>
<P>An institution which receives a payment on behalf of its customer must:
</P>
<P>(a) Upon receipt, make the payment available to you on the payment date. If a scheduled payment date is not a business day for the Federal Reserve Bank of the district in which the institution is located, payment will be made on the next-succeeding business day. If the institution is unable to make a credit entry to the designated account, it must return the payment in accordance with the Operating Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association.
</P>
<P>(b) Promptly notify us when your account has been closed, or when it is on notice of the death or legal incapacity of you or any other individual named on your account, or when it is on notice of the dissolution of a corporation in whose name the deposit account is held. The institution must return all payments received along with an explanation for the return.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.12   What happens if an error is made in a credit entry, or if a duplicate credit entry is made?</HEAD>
<P>If we make an erroneous credit entry under this part, we will make a corrected credit entry to your account. We will then take action to recover the erroneous credit entry, or any duplicate credit entry, as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Return of amount of erroneous or duplicate credit entry by financial institution.</I> We will send a notice to the financial institution to which the erroneous or duplicate credit entry was sent. When it receives this notice, the financial institution must immediately return to the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank an amount equal to the credit entry. If the institution is unable to do this, the institution must immediately notify us, and provide any information that it has about the matter. We reserve the right to request the return of a partial amount of an erroneous or duplicate credit entry.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Collection of amount of unreturned erroneous or duplicate credit entry.</I> Where the erroneous or duplicate credit entry has not been returned, we will undertake any other actions that are appropriate. To the extent permitted by law, the collection action may include deducting the amount owed from future credit entries made to the deposit account to which the erroneous or duplicate credit entry was made.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authorization of Debit to collect unreturned dulicate or erroneous credit entry.</I> If a financial institution has not responded within 60 calendar days of the notice, its acceptance of the credit entry will be considered an authorization for a debit in the amount of the entry. The debit will be made from the account maintained or utilized by the financial institution at the Federal Reserve Bank to which the entry was made. An institution designated by a financial institution to receive payment on its behalf, in permitting the usage, is deemed to have authorized a debit. The debit will be made from its account maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank to which the entry was made. The institution to which the credit entry has been directed is deemed to have agreed to provide information and assistance to recover any erroneous or duplicate entry. You are also deemed to have agreed to provide information and assistance, and to take any action provided by law to recover an erroneous or duplicate credit entry.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.13   Can time limits for taking an action on a credit entry be extended?</HEAD>
<P>If we or your financial institution are delayed beyond applicable time limits in taking any action with respect to a credit entry because of circumstances beyond our control, then the time for taking that action will be extended as necessary until the cause of the delay ends.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.14   Can substitute payment procedures be used?</HEAD>
<P>We may use substitute payment procedures, instead of ACH, if we consider it to be necessary. Any such action is final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.2.30.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.15   What limitations exist on liability?</HEAD>
<P>(a) We may rely on the information provided by you or anyone else authorized to provide information concerning your financial institution or deposit account to which payments are to be made. We do not need to verify this information. We are not liable for any action we may take in reliance on the information furnished.
</P>
<P>(b) Our liability does not extend beyond the amount of the payment due.
</P>
<P>(c) When you name a financial institution to receive payments on your behalf, you are appointing that institution as your agent for the receipt of payments. When a credit entry is made to your financial institution for deposit to your account following your instructions, we no longer have any further responsibility for that payment. Where your financial institution has arranged with the Federal Reserve Bank to have payments made through another financial institution, the crediting of your payment to that institution relieves us of any further responsibility for that payment.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Debit Entries</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.3.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.20   What requirements apply if I want to authorize a debit entry to my deposit account?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> You may pay for a security and related fees by authorizing us to initiate one or more debit entries to your deposit account. For a purchase of a book-entry security to be held in an investor account maintained by us, you must be named on the investor account. The authorization must be accomplished only through forms or means approved by us.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Single-entry and recurring debit entries.</I> You only may authorize single-entry debits for purchases of book-entry securities held in <I>TreasuryDirect.</I> You only may authorize recurring debit entries for purchases of definitive savings bonds.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Credit entries to be made to same deposit account.</I> To the extent that payments by us with respect to a security are to be made through credit entries, you must receive debit and credit entries in the same deposit account.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Signature.</I> The authorization must have your signature and that of any other person whose signature is required to withdraw funds from the deposit account. We need not verify your identity or the authenticity of your signature.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.3.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.21   Are there any requirements related to a prenotification entry?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Use of prenotification in our discretion.</I> In our discretion, we may initiate a prenotification entry to a financial institution prior to sending a debit entry. A prenotification is a zero-dollar ACH entry that can help us determine whether there might be problems with sending a subsequent debit entry.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements placed upon financial institution that receives a prenotification.</I> If sent, a financial institution must respond to a prenotification within the time frame for such responses as established by the National Automated Clearing House Association. If the receiving financial institution does not respond to the prenotification message within the specified time period, we may interpret the nonresponsiveness as the financial institution's agreement to this subpart. Furthermore, a financial institution warrants by its nonresponsiveness that the deposit account number and the type of account contained in the prenotification entry message was accurate as of the moment the financial institution received it.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.3.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.22   What requirements apply to a financial institution that debits a deposit account?</HEAD>
<P>A financial institution that debits a deposit account upon receiving a debit initiated by us agrees to the provisions of this subpart. A financial institution that does so also warrants that it has the authority to receive debit entries.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.3.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.23   What other requirements apply to a financial institution?</HEAD>
<P>The financial institution warrants that it will comply with all requirements imposed upon Receiving Depository Financial Institutions under the Operating Rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association, as modified by these regulations and other law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.3.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.24   What right does the Bureau of the Fiscal Service have to terminate or suspend debit entries?</HEAD>
<P>We may terminate or suspend the availability of one or more debit entries in any case or class of cases, and may do so without notice at any time. A decision to terminate or suspend the availability of debit entries is in our sole discretion and is final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.25" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.3.30.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.25   What rights do I have to terminate or suspend debit entries?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If you are an investor account owner or deposit account owner, you generally may terminate or suspend one or more debit entries by notifying us orally or in writing at least three business days before the scheduled date of a transfer. In response to an oral notice, we may require you to give written notice, to be received by us within fourteen days of an oral notice. An oral notice ceases to be binding after fourteen days if you fail to provide the required written confirmation. A suspension will remain in effect for the duration you specify, but for no more than six months. The termination and suspension methods need not be recited in the authorization. These termination or suspension rights are in addition to those that you may have through your financial institution under Regulation E of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR part 205).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> If you submit a debit entry authorization in conjunction with a Treasury auction tender for the purchase of a book-entry security, you cannot terminate or suspend a debit entry after the auction closes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.26" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.3.30.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.26   What limitations exist on liability?</HEAD>
<P>If we sustain a loss because a financial institution fails to handle an entry in accordance with this part, the financial institution is liable to us for the loss, but not beyond the amount of the debit entry. In no instance does our liability extend beyond the amount of the debit entry.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Electronic Submission of Transaction Requests Through the Bureau of the Fiscal Service</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.35" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.4.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.35   Does the Bureau of the Fiscal Service accept all electronically signed transaction requests?</HEAD>
<P>An electronic signature will not be accepted if it has not been accomplished through a method that has been approved for specific purposes by us.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.36" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.4.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.36   When does a transaction request become effective?</HEAD>
<P>Except for auction bids of U.S. securities or unless otherwise agreed, a transaction request becomes effective at the moment we send a confirmation message. In no instance does a transaction request become effective before we actually receive the request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.37" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.4.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.37   Where is the point of transaction for an electronically submitted transaction request?</HEAD>
<P>For jurisdiction and venue purposes, the point of transaction for a transaction request handled pursuant to this subpart is Parkersburg, West Virginia, regardless of from where the transaction request is transmitted or where the transaction request is actually processed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.38" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.4.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.38   What is the legal effect of an electronic signature?</HEAD>
<P>An electronic signature and any electronic message to which it is affixed or attached may not be denied legal effect, including legal effect as a signature, a writing, or an original, solely because the signature or record is in electronic form.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.39" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.4.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.39   To what extent is a digital signature admissible in any civil litigation or dispute?</HEAD>
<P>In asserting a digital signature against you in any civil litigation or dispute, extrinsic evidence of authenticity as a condition precedent of admissibility (such as testimony about the scientific validity of digital signatures) is not necessary to establish:
</P>
<P>(a) That a digital signature corresponds to a specific public key pair, and;
</P>
<P>(b) That an electronic message to which the digital signature is affixed has not been altered from its original form.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.40" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.4.30.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.40   Can I be held accountable if my negligence contributes to a forged signature?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If your failure to exercise ordinary care substantially contributes to the submission of a forged signature, then you cannot claim that the signature is a forgery. However, we cannot invoke this section against you if we cannot first establish that we were reasonable in relying upon the signature. If we can do so, you bear the burden of production and the burden of persuasion in establishing your exercise of ordinary care. If you cannot do so, then you cannot claim that the signature is a forgery.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> This section has no application in any dispute involving a debit authorization or credit card transaction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.41" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.4.30.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.41   What limitations exist on liability?</HEAD>
<P>In no instance does our liability extend beyond the amount of the transaction.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Additional Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.45" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.5.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.45   What is the status of a security if the remittance cannot be collected?</HEAD>
<P>If we cannot promptly collect all of the remittance for a security, we may in our discretion cancel the security unless it has been legally transferred for value to a third person who had no knowledge of the improper debit entry at the time of the transfer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.46" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.5.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.46   Are there any situations in which the Bureau of the Fiscal Service may waive these regulations?</HEAD>
<P>We reserve the right, in our discretion, to waive any provision of these regulations in any case or class of cases. We may do so if such action is not inconsistent with law and will not subject the United States to substantial expense or liability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.47" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.61.5.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.47   To what extent may the Bureau of the Fiscal Service change these regulations?</HEAD>
<P>Any aspect of this part may be changed at any time and without notice. You assume the risk that a change may terminate a provision that was to your advantage. Nothing in this part creates vested rights in your favor.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="375" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 375—MARKETABLE TREASURY SECURITIES REDEMPTION OPERATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 321; 31 U.S.C. 3111; 12 U.S.C. 391.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 3116, Jan. 19, 2000, as amended at 91 FR 15541, Mar. 30, 2026, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.1.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.0   What authority does the Treasury Department have to redeem its securities?</HEAD>
<P>Section 3111 of title 31 of the United States Code authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to issue obligations under 31 U.S.C. chapter 31 to buy, redeem, or refund, at or before maturity, outstanding bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, Treasury bills, or savings certificates of the U.S. Government and, under regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury in this chapter, to use money received from the sale of an obligation and other money in the general fund of the Treasury Department in making such purchases, redemptions, or refunds.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.1.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.1   Where are the rules for the redemption operation located?</HEAD>
<P>The provisions in this part and the redemption operation announcement govern the redemption of marketable Treasury securities under 31 U.S.C. 3111. (See § 375.10.)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.1.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.2   What special definitions apply to this part?</HEAD>
<P>The definitions in 31 CFR part 356 govern this part except as follows:
</P>
<P><I>Accrued interest</I> means an amount payable by the Treasury Department as part of the settlement amount for the interest income earned between the last interest payment date up to and including the settlement date.
</P>
<P><I>Bank</I> means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
</P>
<P><I>Customer</I> means a person or entity on whose behalf a submitter has been directed to submit an offer of a specified amount of securities in a specific redemption operation.
</P>
<P><I>FedTrade</I> means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York's proprietary electronic trading platform used to conduct redemption operations, and includes any successor thereto.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum redemption amount</I> means the maximum par amount of securities that we are planning to redeem through a redemption operation. We will state the maximum redemption amount in the redemption operation announcement.
</P>
<P><I>Minimum offer amount</I> means the smallest par amount of a security that may be offered to the Treasury Department. We will state the minimum offer amount in the redemption operation announcement.
</P>
<P><I>Multiple</I> means the smallest additional par amount of a security that may be offered to the Treasury Department. We will state the multiple in the redemption operation announcement.
</P>
<P><I>Offer</I> means an offer to deliver for redemption a stated par amount of a specific security to the Treasury Department at a stated price.
</P>
<P><I>Price</I> means the dollar amount to be paid for a security expressed as a percent of its current par amount.
</P>
<P><I>Redemption operation</I> means a competitive process by which the Treasury Department accepts offers of marketable Treasury securities that by their terms are not immediately payable.
</P>
<P><I>Security</I> means an outstanding unmatured obligation of the United States Government that the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to buy, redeem, or refund under 31 U.S.C. 3111.
</P>
<P><I>Settlement</I> means full and complete delivery of and payment for securities redeemed.
</P>
<P><I>Settlement amount</I> means the par amount of each security that we redeem, multiplied by the price we accept in a redemption operation, plus any accrued interest.
</P>
<P><I>Settlement date</I> means the date specified in the redemption operation announcement on which you must deliver a security to the Treasury Department for payment.
</P>
<P><I>Submitter</I> means an entity submitting offers directly to the Treasury Department for its own account, for the account of others, or both. (See § 375.11(a)).
</P>
<P><I>Tender</I> means a computer transmission or document submitted in a redemption operation that contains one or more offers.
</P>
<P><I>We</I> or <I>us</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury and his or her delegates, including the Treasury Department, the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, and their representatives. The term also includes the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, acting as fiscal agent of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>You</I> means a prospective submitter in a redemption operation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.1.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.3   What is the role of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in this process?</HEAD>
<P>As fiscal agent of the United States, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York performs various activities necessary to conduct a redemption operation under this part. These activities may include but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(a) Accepting and reviewing tenders;
</P>
<P>(b) Calculating redemption operation results;
</P>
<P>(c) Issuing notices of redemptions;
</P>
<P>(d) Accepting deliveries of Treasury securities at settlement; and
</P>
<P>(e) Processing the Treasury payment for securities delivered at settlement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Offering, Certifications, and Delivery</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.10" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.2.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.10   What is the purpose of the redemption operation announcement?</HEAD>
<P>We provide public notice that we are redeeming Treasury securities by issuing a redemption operation announcement. This announcement lists the details of each proposed redemption operation, including the maximum redemption amount, the range of maturities of eligible securities, descriptions of the securities that fall within that maturity range, and the redemption operation and settlement dates. The redemption operation announcement and this part specify the terms and conditions of a redemption operation. If anything in the redemption operation announcement differs from anything in this part, the redemption operation announcement will apply. Accordingly, you should read the applicable redemption operation announcement along with this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.11" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.2.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.11   Who may participate in a redemption operation?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submitters.</I> To be a submitter, you must be:
</P>
<P>(1) An institution that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York has designated as a primary dealer; or
</P>
<P>(2) An entity approved by the Treasury Department to participate directly in redemption operations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Others.</I> A person or entity other than a submitter may participate only if it arranges to have an offer or offers submitted on its behalf by a submitter.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.12" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.2.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.12   How do I submit an offer?</HEAD>
<P>As a submitter, you must submit an offer in a tender to the Treasury Department via the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. You must submit any tenders in an approved format and the Bank must receive them prior to the closing time stated in the redemption operation announcement. If we do not receive your tenders timely, we will reject them. Your tenders are binding on you after the closing time specified in the redemption operation announcement. You are responsible for ensuring that we receive your tenders on time. We will not be responsible in any way for any unauthorized tender submissions or for any delays, errors, or omissions in submitting tenders.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.13" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.2.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.13   What requirements apply to offers?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> You may only submit competitive offers (specifying a price). All offers must state the security description, par amount, and price of each security offered. All offers must equal or exceed the minimum offer amount, and be in the multiple stated in the redemption operation announcement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Price format.</I> You must express offered prices in terms of price per $100 of par amount.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Maximum number of offers.</I> We may specify a maximum number of offers per security in the redemption operation announcement. There is no limit on the number of eligible securities you may offer.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.14" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.2.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.14   Do I have to make any certifications?</HEAD>
<P>By submitting a tender offering a security or securities for sale, you are deemed to certify to us that:
</P>
<P>(a) You are in compliance with this part and the redemption operation announcement;
</P>
<P>(b) You will not use any redemption operation information from FedTrade as a basis for any transaction unless:
</P>
<P>(1) such information is available to you from another source at the time of the transaction; or
</P>
<P>(2) such transaction is solely for the purpose of hedging specific, identifiable risks to you arising from the acceptance or rejection of your offers in a Treasury redemption operation or unwinding hedges of specific, identifiable risks to you arising from securities you redeem in a Treasury redemption operation; and
</P>
<P>(c) You will not convey any redemption operation information from FedTrade to another person or entity except for the purpose of effectuating a transaction permitted under paragraph (b) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.15" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.2.30.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.15   Who is responsible for delivering securities?</HEAD>
<P>As a submitter, you are responsible for delivering any securities we accept in the redemption operation, including any securities for which you submitted offers on behalf of others. (See § 375.23.) All securities you deliver must be free and clear of all liens, charges, claims, and any other restrictions.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Determination of Redemption Operation Results; Settlement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.20" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.3.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.20   When will the Treasury Department decide which offers to accept?</HEAD>
<P>We will determine which offers or portions of offers to accept after the closing time for receipt of tenders. All such determinations will be final.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.21" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.3.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.21   How will the Treasury Department announce the redemption operation results?</HEAD>
<P>We will make the redemption operation results available on our website. For each operation, the results generally will include information such as the amounts offered and accepted and pricing information.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.22" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.3.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.22   Will I receive confirmations and, if I am submitting offers for others, do I have to provide confirmations?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Confirmations to submitters.</I> We will provide a confirmation of acceptance in the form of a results message to submitters of offers by the close of the business day of the redemption operation. We will not provide confirmation of rejections of offers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Confirmation of customer offers.</I> If you submit a successful offer for a customer, you are responsible for notifying that customer of the impending redemption.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.23" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.3.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.23   How does the securities delivery process work?</HEAD>
<P>If any of the offers you submitted are accepted, you must transfer the correct book-entry Treasury securities in the correct par amount against the correct settlement amount on the settlement date. You must deliver the securities to the account specified in the redemption operation announcement.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.24" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.3.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.24   Does the Treasury Department prorate offers at the highest accepted price for a particular security?</HEAD>
<P>Offers at the highest accepted price for a particular security may be accepted on a prorated basis.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.30" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.4.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.30   Does the Treasury Department have any discretion in this process?</HEAD>
<P>(a) We have the discretion to:
</P>
<P>(1) Accept or reject any offers or tenders submitted in a redemption operation;
</P>
<P>(2) Redeem less than the maximum redemption amount specified in the redemption operation announcement;
</P>
<P>(3) Add to, change, or waive any provision of this part; or
</P>
<P>(4) Change the terms and conditions of a redemption operation.
</P>
<P>(b) Our decisions under this part are final. We will provide a public notice if we change any redemption operation provision, term, or condition.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.31" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.62.4.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.31   What could happen if someone does not fully comply with the redemption operation rules or fails to deliver securities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If a person or entity fails to comply with any of the redemption operation rules in this part, we will consider the circumstances and take what we deem to be appropriate action. This could include, but is not limited to, barring the person or entity from participating in future redemption operations under this part and future auctions under 31 CFR part 356. We also may refer the matter to an appropriate regulatory agency.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Liquidated damages.</I> In addition to other remedies available to us, if you fail to deliver securities on time, we may require you to pay liquidated damages of up to 1% of your projected settlement amount.
</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="380" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.63" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 380—COLLATERAL ACCEPTABILITY AND VALUATION 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 90, 265-266, 332, 391, 1452(d), 1464(k), 1767, 1789a, 2013, 2122, 3101-3102; 26 U.S.C. 6302; 31 U.S.C. 321, 323, 3301-3304, 3336, 9301, 9303.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 75590, Dec. 12, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.63.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.63.1.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.0   What do these regulations govern?</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part govern the types of acceptable collateral that you may pledge to secure deposits of public monies and other financial interests of the Federal Government, as well as the valuation of that collateral. Specifically, the regulations in this part apply to the programs governed by the Department of the Treasury's regulations at 31 CFR part 202 (Depositaries and Financial Agents of the Government), 31 CFR part 203 (Payment of Federal Taxes and the Treasury Tax and Loan Program), and 31 CFR part 225 (Acceptance of Bonds Secured by Government Obligations in Lieu of Bonds with Sureties). The regulations in this part apply only to the acceptability and valuation of collateral that may be pledged under these programs. 31 CFR parts 202, 203, and 225 continue to govern the respective programs themselves.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.63.1.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.1   What special definitions apply to this part?</HEAD>
<P>Special definitions that may apply to this part are contained in 31 CFR parts 202, 203 and 225.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.63.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Acceptable Collateral and Its Valuation</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.63.2.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.2   What collateral may I pledge if I am a depositary or a financial agent of the Government under 31 CFR part 202, and what value will you assign to it?</HEAD>
<P>Unless we specify otherwise, we will list the types and valuation of acceptable collateral in Treasury procedural instructions. We will also post updated information and guidance on Treasury's Bureau of the Fiscal Service website at <I>fiscal.treasury.gov</I>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 3353, Jan. 18, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.63.2.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.3   What collateral may I pledge if I am a Treasury Tax and Loan depositary under 31 CFR part 203, and what value will you assign to it?</HEAD>
<P>Unless we specify otherwise, we will list the types and valuation of acceptable collateral in Treasury procedural instructions. We will also post updated information and guidance on Treasury's Bureau of the Fiscal Service Web site at <I>http://www.treasurydirect.gov.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.63.2.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.4   What collateral may I pledge instead of a surety bond under 31 CFR part 225, and what value will you assign to it?</HEAD>
<P>Unless we specify otherwise, we will list the types and valuation of acceptable collateral in Treasury procedural instructions. We will also post updated information and guidance on Treasury's Bureau of the Fiscal Service website at <I>fiscal.treasury.gov</I>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 3353, Jan. 18, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="391" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.64" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 391—WAIVER OF INTEREST, ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS, AND PENALTIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3701; 31 U.S.C. 3711; 31 U.S.C. 3717.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>50 FR 6344, Feb. 15, 1985, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 391.0" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.64.0.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.0   Scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>These regulations apply to the waiver of late charges on claims due the Bureau of the Fiscal Service as authorized by 31 U.S.C. 3717(h). They are consistent with the Federal Claims Collection Standards on interest, administrative costs, and penalties prescribed jointly by the General Accounting Office and the Department of Justice and set forth in 4 CFR 102.13. The term “claim” as used in this part refers to an amount of money or property that has been determined to be owed to the Bureau of the Fiscal Service from any person, organization, or entity, except another Federal agency. The term “late charges” as used in this part includes interest, administrative costs, and penalties. When applying the following regulations, a distinction shall be drawn between an adjustment and a waiver. An adjustment is an account correction under any circumstances where the Bureau records a claim or accrues late charges to which it is not legally entitled. An adjustment may be made without the promulgation of regulations. A waiver applies whenever the Bureau accrues late charges it is entitled to assess and later relinquishes that right. Two examples of an adjustment are: (a) Where the underlying claim is without merit, and (b) where the debtor is not notified of the claim as required by 31 U.S.C. 3717. The latter includes being misinformed as to the amount of the charges or the time of their commencement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.1" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.64.0.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Waiver of late charges.</I> Late charges may be waived:
</P>
<P>(1) When the underlying claim is compromised in accordance with 4 CFR part 103;
</P>
<P>(2) Where the underlying claim is not compromised but it is appropriate to waive late charges under the criteria of 4 CFR part 103 relating to enforcement policy;
</P>
<P>(3) When collection of the underlying claim is terminated in accordance with 4 CFR part 104;
</P>
<P>(4) When a claim is suspended in accordance with 4 CFR part 104.
</P>
<P>(5) Where the cost of collecting the unpaid late charges would approach or exceed the amount of unpaid late charges to be collected and the amount of late charges does not qualify for referral to a collection agency or the Department of Justice;
</P>
<P>(6) Where the late charges pertain to claims involving savings bonds and notes arising under 31 U.S.C. 3105 and 3106 which are replaced pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3126;
</P>
<P>(7) For reasons of equity or good conscience as provided in § 391.2.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Partial waiver.</I> Late charges may be waived in full or in part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.2" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.64.0.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.2   Equitable considerations.</HEAD>
<P>For reasons of equity and good conscience, late charges may be waived under the circumstances identified in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) Where, without fault or bad faith, the debtor could not submit payment within 30 days of the interest accrual date, the mandatory waiver provision in 4 CFR 102.13(g) may be extended. Such waiver will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Examples include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Postal service delays in forwarding the notice of indebtedness to a new address; and
</P>
<P>(2) Late receipt of the notice of indebtedness where the debtor was away from home on an extended vacation or hospitalized.
</P>
<P>(b) Where an installment plan is contemplated and the amount of the late charges in relation to the amount of reasonably affordable installment payments is so large that the debt may never be paid, late charges may be waived.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.3" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.64.0.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.3   Resolution of disputes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To avoid the accrual of additional late charges during the resolution of a dispute, a debtor has the option of paying the amount of the claim and filing a request for a refund together with a request for review of the claim.
</P>
<P>(b) Where the claim is a result of the Bureau's administrative error, late charges accruing during the review period may be waived unless the Bureau's actions would have placed a reasonable person on notice that the Bureau erred and that the person should inquire further.
</P>
<P>(c) Where the claim is a result of the debtor's error or negligence and the administrative review is unreasonably protracted, late charges accruing during the protracted portion of the review period may be waived.
</P>
<P>(d) The period for administrative review begins on the date the request for review is received and ends 10 days after the final determination is mailed to the debtor. This paragraph shall not apply if the request for review is made in bad faith or for purposes of delay.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.4" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.64.0.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.4   Documentary evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When late charges are waived, the debtor's administrative file shall be properly documented with a memorandum. The memorandum shall contain a brief narrative statement describing the circumstances leading to the waiver and the reason(s) for granting the waiver.
</P>
<P>(b) A credit report or a financial statement sworn to by the debtor may be required before waiver of late charges is approved for a compromise, suspension, or termination, except where the cost of obtaining such a report or statement exceeds the late charges due.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.5" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.64.0.30.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.5   Waiver approval.</HEAD>
<P>Waivers of late charges shall be approved by the Commissioner of the Bureau of the Fiscal Service or designee, except that compromises and terminations of the underlying claim shall be upon the recommendation of the Chief Counsel in accordance with 31 CFR 5.3.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="392-399" NODE="31:2.1.1.1.65" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 392-399 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="B" NODE="31:2.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER B—RESERVED


</HEAD>
</DIV4>

</DIV3>


<DIV3 N="IV" NODE="31:2.1.2" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER IV—SECRET SERVICE, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="400" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 400 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="401" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 401—SEIZURE AND FORFEITURE OF VESSELS, VEHICLES AND AIRCRAFT USED TO TRANSPORT COUNTERFEIT COINS, OBLIGATIONS, SECURITIES, AND PARAPHERNALIA
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 8, 53 Stat. 1293; 49 U.S.C. 788.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 4257, Mar. 7, 1968, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 401.1" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.2.0.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.1   Secret Service agents authorized to make seizures.</HEAD>
<P>All officers of the U.S. Secret Service engaged in the enforcement of counterfeiting laws are hereby authorized and designated to seize such vessels, vehicles, and aircraft as may be subject to seizure because of violations of the said act of August 9, 1939, pertaining to contraband articles referred to in section 1(b) (3) of said act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 401.2" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.2.0.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.2   Custody.</HEAD>
<P>Each vessel, vehicle, or aircraft seized pursuant to the said act of August 9, 1939, and the regulations in this part shall forthwith be placed by the seizing officer in the custody of the District Director of Customs for the customs district in which such seizure is made. Such placing in custody shall be effected by immediate notification of the appropriate District Director of Customs of the seizure, together with a statement of the facts including a description of the vessel, vehicle, or aircraft, and the holding by the seizing officer of such vessel, vehicle, or aircraft subject to the instructions of the said district director of customs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 401.3" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.2.0.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.3   Authority of District Directors of Customs to hold in custody.</HEAD>
<P>District Directors of Customs are hereby authorized and designated to hold in custody awaiting appropriate disposition vessels, vehicles, and aircraft seized pursuant to the said act of August 9, 1939, and the regulations in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 401.4" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.2.0.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.4   Duties of Bureau of Customs.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to every vessel, vehicle, and aircraft seized and placed in the custody of a district director of customs pursuant to the said act of August 9, 1939, and the regulations in this part, the appropriate officials of the Bureau of Customs are hereby authorized and designated as the officers who shall perform such administrative duties in connection with—
</P>
<P>(a) The summary and judicial forfeiture and condemnation of such vessel, vehicle, or aircraft;
</P>
<P>(b) The disposition of such vessel, vehicle, or aircraft or the proceeds from the sale thereof;
</P>
<P>(c) The remission or mitigation of the forfeiture of such vessel, vehicle, or aircraft; and
</P>
<P>(d) The compromise of claims and the award of compensation to informers in respect to such vessel, vehicle, or aircraft;
</P>
<FP>as may be necessary and proper by virtue of the provisions of said act of August 9, 1939, and by virtue of the provisions of the customs laws which the said act makes applicable in connection with seizures and forfeitures incurred or alleged to have been incurred under the said act and the regulations in this part. In the performance of said administrative duties the said appropriate officials of the Bureau of Customs shall be governed by the procedures established by the customs regulations, insofar as such procedures are applicable and not inconsistent with the provisions of the said act of August 9, 1939, and the regulations in this part. Powers of the character of those exercised by the Secretary of the Treasury and Commissioner of Customs is connection with the remission or mitigation of forfeitures under the customs laws and in connection with the compromise of claims and the award of compensation to informers under the customs laws shall be exercised by the Secretary of the Treasury in connection with the remission or mitigation of forfeitures under the said act of August 9, 1939, and in connection with the compromise of claims and the award of compensation to informers under the said act.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 401.5" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.2.0.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.5   Disposition.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to each vessel, vehicle, and aircraft seized pursuant to the said act of August 9, 1939, and the regulations in this part, the Director of the Secret Service shall promptly notify the Administrator of the General Services Administration and the Commissioner of Customs whether the Secret Service desires to have such vessel, vehicle, or aircraft for its official use. When forfeiture of any vessel, vehicle, or aircraft has been perfected otherwise than by court decree, the district director holding in custody such vessel, vehicle, or aircraft shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Either return the same to the Secret Service if the Director of the Secret Service has requested it for the official use of the Secret Service
</P>
<P>(b) Or, if the Secret Service does not desire such vessel, vehicle, or aircraft for its official use, hold such vessel, vehicle, or aircraft subject to the instructions of the Administrator of the General Services Administration.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 301-308, 49 Stat. 879-880; 40 U.S.C. 304f-304m) 


</SECAUTH>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="402" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 402—REPRODUCTION OF CANCELED UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE STAMPS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 474, 492, 62 Stat. 706, 710; 18 U.S.C. 474, 492.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 402.1" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.3.0.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 402.1   Reproductions authorized.</HEAD>
<P>Authority is hereby given to make, hold, and dispose of black and white reproductions of canceled U.S. internal revenue stamps: <I>Provided,</I> That such reproductions are made, held and disposed of as part of and in connection with the making, holding, and disposition, for lawful purposes, of the reproductions of the documents to which such stamps are attached.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 4257, Mar. 7, 1968]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="403" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 403—AUTHORIZATION OF ALL BANKS, U.S. POST OFFICES, AND DISBURSING OFFICERS OF THE UNITED STATES AND THEIR AGENTS TO DELIVER TO THE TREASURY DEPARTMENT COUNTERFEIT OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER SECURITIES AND COINS OF THE UNITED STATES OR OF ANY FOREIGN GOVERNMENT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 492, 62 Stat. 710; 18 U.S.C. 492.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 403.1" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.4.0.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 403.1   Delivery of counterfeit obligations and other securities and coins authorized.</HEAD>
<P>Authority is hereby given to all banks and banking institutions of any nature whatsoever organized under general or special Federal or State statutes, to all U.S. Post Offices, and to all disbursing officers of the United States and their agents, to take possession of and deliver to the Treasury Department through the Secret Service all counterfeit obligations and other securities and coins of the United States or of any foreign government which shall be presented at their places of business.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 4257, Mar. 7, 1968]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="405" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 405—ILLUSTRATION OF SAVINGS BONDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 474, 62 Stat. 706; 18 U.S.C. 474.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 405.1" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.5.0.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 405.1   Illustrations authorized.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Authority is hereby given to make, hold, dispose of, and use illustrations of U.S. savings bonds for publicity purposes in connection with the campaign for the sale of such bonds.
</P>
<P>(b) The making of any reproduction of a U.S. savings bond in any manner or any form is not permitted other than as provided in this part or pursuant to title 18, United States Code, section 504 (18 U.S.C. 504).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 21338, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="406" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 406—SEIZURE AND FORFEITURE OF GOLD FOR VIOLATIONS OF GOLD RESERVE ACT OF 1934 AND GOLD REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>R.S. 161, as amended, sec. 4, 48 Stat. 340; 5 U.S.C. 301, 31 U.S.C. 443.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 4258, Mar. 7, 1968, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 406.1" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.6.0.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 406.1   Secret Service officers authorized to make seizures of gold.</HEAD>
<P>All agents of the U.S. Secret Service, in addition to officers of the customs, are hereby authorized and designated to seize any gold which may be subject to forfeiture for violations of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934 (31 U.S.C. 440-445) and the Gold Regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 406.2" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.6.0.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 406.2   Custody of seized gold valued not in excess of $2,500.</HEAD>
<P>Any gold, the value of which does not exceed $2,500, seized by officers of the Secret Service pursuant to the Gold Reserve Act of 1934 and the Gold Regulations, if not needed as evidence or for further investigation by the Secret Service, shall be placed forthwith by the seizing officer in the custody of the district director of customs for the customs district in which such seizure is made. Such gold shall be accompanied by a report from the Secret Service showing the basis of the seizure and a citation to each of the statutes and sections of the Gold Regulations violated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 406.3" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.6.0.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 406.3   Forfeiture of gold valued not in excess of $2,500.</HEAD>
<P>The district director of customs receiving custody of gold seized by the Secret Service, shall, if no petition is filed for the remission of mitigation of the forfeiture incurred, institute summary forfeiture proceedings in the judicial district in which such seizure is made under the appropriate provisions of the law and Customs Regulations applicable to the forfeiture of merchandise imported contrary to law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 406.4" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.6.0.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 406.4   Duties of customs officers.</HEAD>
<P>The appropriate officials of the Bureau of Customs are hereby authorized and designated as the officers who shall perform such administrative duties in connection with the summary forfeiture of gold seized by the Secret Service, the sale or other disposition of such gold, and the remission or mitigation of the forfeiture of such gold, as may be necessary or proper by virtue of the provisions of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934 and the Gold Regulations, and by virtue of the provisions of the customs laws which the said Gold Reserve Act makes applicable in connection with the seizures and forfeitures incurred or alleged to have been incurred under the said act and regulations. In the performance of said administrative duties the appropriate officials of the Bureau of Customs shall be governed by the procedures established by the Customs Regulations insofar as such procedures are applicable and not inconsistent with the provisions of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934 and the Gold Regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 406.5" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.6.0.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 406.5   Forfeiture of gold valued in excess of $2,500.</HEAD>
<P>When the value of the gold seized by the Secret Service exceeds $2,500, the seizing officer shall furnish a report, approved by the principal local officer, to the U.S. attorney, and shall include in such report a statement of all the facts and circumstances of the case, together with the names of the witnesses and a citation to each of the statutes and sections of the Gold Regulations believed to have been violated and on which reliance may be had for forfeiture.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="407" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 407—REGULATIONS GOVERNING CONDUCT IN THE TREASURY BUILDING AND THE TREASURY ANNEX
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; FPMR Temp. Reg. D-40, 38 FR 20650; Treasury Dept. Order 177-25 (Revision 2), 38 FR 21947.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 7149, May 15, 1968, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 407.1" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.1   Authority.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part governing conduct in and on the Treasury Building and grounds and the Treasury Annex Building and grounds are promulgated pursuant to the authority vested in the Secretary of the Treasury, including (5 U.S.C. 301), and that vested in him by delegation from the Administrator of General Services, 38 FR 20650 (1973), and in accordance with the authority vested in the Director of the U.S. Secret Service by Treasury Department Order No. 177-25 (Revision 2), 38 FR 21947 (1973).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 31975, Nov. 20, 1973]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.2" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part apply to the building and grounds of the Main Treasury Building and the Treasury Annex Building located in Washington, DC, at 15th Street and Pennsylvania Avenue NW., and Madison Place and Pennsylvania Avenue NW., respectively, and to all persons entering in or on such property. The Main Treasury Building and grounds and the Treasury Annex Building and grounds shall hereafter be referred to in the regulations in this part as “property”.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.3" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.3   Recording presence.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise ordered, the property shall be closed to the public after normal working hours and at such other times as may be necessary for the orderly conduct of the business of the Treasury Department. The property shall also be closed to the public when, in the opinion of the Assistant Secretary for Administration, or his delegate, an emergency situation exists. Admission to the property during periods when the property is closed to the public will be limited to authorized individuals who may be required to sign the register and/or display identification documents when requested by Treasury guards or other authorized individuals.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.4" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.4   Preservation of property.</HEAD>
<P>No person shall, without proper authority, willfully destroy, damage, deface, or remove property or any part thereof, or any furnishings therein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.5" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.5   Conformity with signs and directions.</HEAD>
<P>Persons in and on the property shall comply with the instructions of Treasury guards, with official signs of a prohibitory or directory nature, and with the directions of other authorized officials.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.6" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.6   Nuisances.</HEAD>
<P>The use of loud, abusive, or profane language, unwarranted loitering, unauthorized assembly, the creation of any hazard to persons or things, improper disposal of rubbish, spitting, prurient prying, the commission of any obscene or indecent act, or any other disorderly conduct on the property is prohibited. The throwing of any articles of any kind in, upon, or from the property and climbing upon any part thereof is prohibited.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.7" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.7   Gambling.</HEAD>
<P>Participating in games for money or other property, the operation of gambling devices, the conduct of a lottery or pool, the selling or purchasing of numbers tickets, or any other gambling, in or on the property is prohibited.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.8" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.8   Intoxicating beverages and narcotics.</HEAD>
<P>Entering or being on the property, or operating a motor vehicle thereon, by a person under the influence of intoxicating beverages or narcotic drugs is prohibited.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.9" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.9   Soliciting, vending, debt collection, and distribution of handbills.</HEAD>
<P>The unauthorized soliciting of alms and contributions, the commercial soliciting and vending of all kinds, the display or distribution of commercial advertising, or the collecting of private debts, in or on the property is prohibited. This prohibition does not apply to Department of Treasury concessions or notices posted by authorized employees on the bulletin boards. Distribution of material such as pamphlets, handbills, and flyers is prohibited without prior approval from the Assistant Secretary for Administration, or his delegate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.10" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.10   Photographs for news, advertising, or commercial purposes.</HEAD>
<P>Except where security regulations apply, or a Federal court order or rule prohibits it, photographs for news purposes may be taken in areas on the property to which the public customarily has access without prior permission. Photographs for advertising and commercial purposes may be taken in such areas only with the prior written permission of the Assistant Secretary for Administration, or his delegate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.11" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.11   Dogs and other animals.</HEAD>
<P>Dogs and other animals, except seeing-eye dogs, shall not be brought upon the property for other than official purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.12" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.12   Vehicular and pedestrian traffic.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Drivers of all vehicles in or on the property shall drive in a careful and safe manner at all times and shall comply with the signals and directions of Treasury guards and all posted traffic signs.
</P>
<P>(b) The blocking of entrances, driveways, walks, loading platforms, or fire hydrants in or on the property is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(c) Parking in or on the property is not allowed without a permit or specific authority. Parking without authority, parking in unauthorized locations, or in locations reserved for other persons, or contrary to the directions of Treasury guards or posted signs is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(d) This section may be supplemented from time to time with the approval of the Assistant Secretary for Administration, or his delegate, by the issuance and posting of specific traffic directives as may be required and when so issued and posted such directives shall have the same force and effect as if made a part hereof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.13" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.13   Weapons and explosives.</HEAD>
<P>No person while on the property shall carry firearms, other dangerous or deadly weapons, or explosives, either openly or concealed, except for official purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 407.14" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.7.0.30.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 407.14   Penalties and other law.</HEAD>
<P>Whoever shall be found guilty of violating the regulations in this part while on the property is subject to a fine of not more than $50 or imprisonment of not more than 30 days, or both (see 40 U.S.C. 318c). Nothing contained in these regulations shall be construed to abrogate any other Federal laws or regulations of the District of Columbia applicable to the property referred to in § 407.2 and governed by the regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="408" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 408 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="409" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 409—STANDARD AND PROCEDURES UTILIZED IN ISSUING A SECURITY CLEARANCE IN CONNECTION WITH AN APPLICATION FOR A PRESS PASS TO THE WHITE HOUSE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>18 U.S.C. 3056 and 3 U.S.C. 202.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 409.1" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.9.0.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 409.1   Standard.</HEAD>
<P>In granting or denying a request for a security clearance made in response to an application for a White House press pass, officials of the Secret Service will be guided solely by the principle of whether the applicant presents a potential source of physical danger to the President and/or the family of the President so serious as to justify his or her exclusion from White House press privileges.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 26718, June 22, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 409.2" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.9.0.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 409.2   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the Special Agent in Charge of the Secret Service, Technical Security Division, in applying the standard set forth in § 409.1, anticipates that a denial of the security clearance should be issued, the applicant will be notified in writing, by that official, of the basis for the proposed denial in as much detail as the security of any confidential source of information will permit. This notification will be sent by registered mail.
</P>
<P>(b) The notification of the proposed denial sent to the applicant will also contain a statement advising the applicant of his right to respond to the proposed denial and to rebut any factual basis supporting the proposed denial by contacting the Assistant Director—Protective Operations, United States Secret Service, 1800 “G” Street, NW., Washington, DC 20223.
</P>
<P>(c) The applicant shall be allowed thirty days from the date of the mailing of the proposed denial notification to respond in writing. The response shall consist of any explanation or rebuttal deemed appropriate by the applicant and will be signed by the applicant under oath or affirmation.
</P>
<P>(d) If the applicant is unable to prepare a response within thirty days, an extension for one additional thirty day period will be granted upon receipt of the applicant's written request for such an extension.
</P>
<P>(e) At the time of the filing of the applicant's written response to the notification of the proposed denial the applicant may request, and will be granted, the opportunity to make a personal appearance before the Assistant Director—Protective Operations of the Secret Service for the purpose of personally supporting his eligibility for a security clearance and to rebut or explain the factual basis for the proposed denial. This official shall exercise final review authority in the matter. The applicant may be represented by counsel during this appearance.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) On the basis of the applicant's written and personal response and the factual basis for the proposed denial, the Assistant Director—Protective Operations of the Secret Service will determine whether or not further inquiry or investigation concerning the issues raised, is necessary.
</P>
<P>(2) If a decision is made that no such inquiry is necessary a final decision will be issued in conformity with paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If a decision is made that such further inquiry is necessary the Assistant Director—Protective Operations of the Secret Service, will conduct such further inquiry as that official deems appropriate. At the official's discretion, the inquiry may consist of:
</P>
<P>(i) The securing of documentary evidence;
</P>
<P>(ii) Personal interviews;
</P>
<P>(iii) An informal hearing;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any combination of paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) On the basis of the applicant's written and personal response, the factual basis for the proposed denial and the additional inquiry provided for, if such inquiry is conducted, a final decision will be expeditiously made by the Assistant Director—Protective Operations of the United States Secret Service in accordance with the standard set forth in § 409.1. If a final adverse decision is reached, the applicant will be notified of this final decision in writing. This notification will set forth, as precisely as possible and to the extent that security considerations permit, the factual basis for the denial in relation to the standard set forth in § 409.1. This notification will be sent by registered mail and will be signed by the Assistant Director—Protective Operations of the Secret Service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 26718, June 22, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="411" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 411—COLOR ILLUSTRATIONS OF UNITED STATES CURRENCY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>18 U.S.C. 504; Treasury Directive Number 15-56, 58 FR 48539 (September 16, 1993)
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 27281, May 31, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 411.1" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.10.0.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 411.1   Color illustrations authorized.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding any provision of chapter 25 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code, authority is hereby given for the printing, publishing or importation, or the making or importation of the necessary plates or items for such printing or publishing, of color illustrations of U.S. currency provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The illustration be of a size less than three-fourths or more than one and one-half, in linear dimension, of each part of any matter so illustrated;
</P>
<P>(2) The illustration be one-sided; and
</P>
<P>(3) All negatives, plates, positives, digitized storage medium, graphic files, magnetic medium, optical storage devices, and any other thing used in the making of the illustration that contain an image of the illustration or any part thereof shall be destroyed and/or deleted or erased after their final use in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="413" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 413—CLOSURE OF STREETS NEAR THE WHITE HOUSE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 321, 18 U.S.C. 3056, 3 U.S.C. 202, Treasury Order 170-09.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>60 FR 27885, May 26, 1995, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 413.1" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.11.0.30.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 413.1   Closure of streets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>District of Columbia.</I> The following streets in the District of Columbia are closed to public vehicular traffic:
</P>
<P>(1) The segment of Pennsylvania Avenue, Northwest, situated between Madison Place, Northwest, and Seventeenth Street, Northwest;
</P>
<P>(2) The 1600 block of State Place, Northwest, situated between Seventeenth Street, Northwest, and the White House Complex; and
</P>
<P>(3) The segment of South Executive Avenue that connects to the 1600 block of State Place, Northwest.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authorized access.</I> The streets described in paragraph (a) shall remain open to public pedestrian use, official use of the United States, and authorized vehicular access for ingress and egress to the White House Complex and adjacent Federal Buildings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 413.2" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.11.0.30.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 413.2   Coordination with other authorities.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in § 413.1 shall be in derogation of any authority conferred upon the Secretary of the Interior, the Secretary of the Treasury or the Director, United States Secret Service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="414-499" NODE="31:2.1.2.3.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 414-499 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV3>

</DIV2>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>Jan. 2, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="3" NODE="31:3" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 31—Money and Finance: Treasury--Volume 3</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Regulations Relating to Money and Finance (Continued)</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter v</E>—Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury
</SUBJECT>
<PG>500
</PG></CHAPTI>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter vi</E>—Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the Treasury
</SUBJECT>
<PG>601
</PG></CHAPTI>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter vii</E>—Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of the Treasury
</SUBJECT>
<PG>700
</PG></CHAPTI>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter viii</E>—Office of Investment Security, Department of the Treasury
</SUBJECT>
<PG>800
</PG></CHAPTI>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter ix</E>—Federal Claims Collection Standards (Department of the Treasury—Department of Justice) 
</SUBJECT>
<PG>900
</PG></CHAPTI>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter x</E>—Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Department of the Treasury
</SUBJECT>
<PG>1010


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="31:3.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Regulations Relating to Money and Finance (Continued)


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="V" NODE="31:3.1.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER V—OFFICE OF FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="500" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 500 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="501" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 501—REPORTING, PROCEDURES AND PENALTIES REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>8 U.S.C. 1189; 18 U.S.C. 2332d, 2339B; 19 U.S.C. 3901-3913; 21 U.S.C. 1901-1908; 22 U.S.C. 287c, 2370(a), 6009, 6032, 7205, 8501-8551; 31 U.S.C. 321(b); 50 U.S.C. 1701-1706, 4301-4341; Pub. L. 101-410, 104 Stat. 890, as amended (28 U.S.C. 2461 note).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 45101, Aug. 25, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Relation of This Part to Other Parts in This Chapter</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.101" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.101   Relation of this part to other parts in this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth standard reporting and recordkeeping requirements and license application and other procedures governing transactions regulated pursuant to other parts codified in this chapter, as well as to economic sanctions programs for which implementation and administration are delegated to the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Substantive prohibitions and policies particular to each economic sanctions program are not contained in this part but are set forth in the particular part of this chapter dedicated to that program, or, in the case of economic sanctions programs not yet implemented in regulations, in the applicable executive order or other authority. License application procedures and reporting requirements set forth in this part govern transactions undertaken pursuant to general or specific licenses. The criteria for general and specific licenses pertaining to a particular economic sanctions program are set forth in subpart E of the individual parts in this chapter. Statements of licensing policy contained in subpart E of the individual parts in this chapter, however, may contain additional information collection provisions that require production of specified documentation unique to a given general license or statement of licensing policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 52494, Oct. 8, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.301" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.301   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Definitions of terms used in this part are found in subpart C of the part within this chapter applicable to the relevant application, record, report, procedure or transaction. In the case of economic sanctions programs for which implementation and administration are delegated to the Office of Foreign Assets Control but for which regulations have not yet been issued, the definitions of terms in this part are governed by definitions contained in the implementing statute or Executive order.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.601" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.601   Records and recordkeeping requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided, every person engaging in any transaction subject to the provisions of this chapter shall keep a full and accurate record of each such transaction engaged in, regardless of whether such transaction is effected pursuant to license or otherwise, and such record shall be available for examination for at least 10 years after the date of such transaction. Except as otherwise provided, every person holding property blocked pursuant to the provisions of this chapter or funds transfers retained pursuant to § 596.504(b) of this chapter shall keep a full and accurate record of such property, and such record shall be available for examination for the period of time that such property is blocked and for at least 10 years after the date such property is unblocked.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 45101, Aug. 25, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 52494, Oct. 8, 1997; 89 FR 74834, Sept. 13, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.602" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.602   Reports to be furnished on demand.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every person is required to furnish under oath, in the form of reports or otherwise, from time to time and at any time as may be required by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, complete information relative to any act or transaction, regardless of whether such act or transaction is effected pursuant to license or otherwise, subject to the provisions of this chapter or relative to any property in which any foreign country or any national thereof has or had any interest of any nature whatsoever, direct or indirect. The Office of Foreign Assets Control may require that such reports include the production of any books, contracts, letters, papers, or other hard copy or electronic documents relating to any such act, transaction, or property, in the custody or control of the persons required to make such reports. Reports with respect to transactions may be required either before, during, or after such transactions. Except as provided in parts 596 and 597, the Office of Foreign Assets Control may, through any person or agency, conduct investigations, hold hearings, administer oaths, examine witnesses, receive evidence, take depositions, and require by subpoena the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of any books, contracts, letters, papers, and other hard copy or electronic documents relating to any matter under investigation, regardless of whether any report has been required or filed in connection therewith.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the term “document” includes any written, recorded, or graphic matter or other means of preserving thought or expression (including in electronic format), and all tangible things stored in any medium from which information can be processed, transcribed, or obtained directly or indirectly, including correspondence, memoranda, notes, messages, contemporaneous communications such as text and instant messages, letters, emails, spreadsheets, metadata, contracts, bulletins, diaries, chronological data, minutes, books, reports, examinations, charts, ledgers, books of account, invoices, air waybills, bills of lading, worksheets, receipts, printouts, papers, schedules, affidavits, presentations, transcripts, surveys, graphic representations of any kind, drawings, photographs, graphs, video or sound recordings, and motion pictures or other film.
</P>
<P>(c) Persons providing documents to OFAC pursuant to this section must produce documents in a usable format agreed upon by OFAC. For guidance, see OFAC's data delivery standards available on OFAC's website (<I>http://www.treasury.gov/ofac</I>).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 501.602:
</HED>
<P>If OFAC has reason to believe an account or transaction (or class of transactions) may involve the property or interests in property of a blocked person, OFAC may issue an instruction to one or more financial institutions that: (1) provides information or criteria to aid in the identification of blocked property; and (2) requires the financial institution to report transactions that meet the specified criteria and notify OFAC prior to processing such transactions. Upon review, OFAC may determine that a reported transaction involves the property or interests in property of a blocked person and take further action.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 501.602:</HED>
<P>See subpart F of part 597 for the relationship between this section and part 597.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 29058, June 21, 2019, as amended at 89 FR 40375, May 10, 2024]

	

	

	


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.603" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.603   Reports of blocked, unblocked, or transferred blocked property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Who must report</I>—(1) <I>Persons holding, unblocking, or transferring blocked property.</I> Any U.S. person (or person subject to U.S. jurisdiction in the case of part 515 of this chapter), including a financial institution, holding, unblocking, or transferring property blocked pursuant to this chapter shall submit the relevant reports described in this section to the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). This requirement applies to all U.S. persons (or persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction in the case of part 515 of this chapter), who have in their possession or control any property blocked pursuant to this chapter, including financial institutions that receive and block payments or transfers, or who have had in their possession or control such property that is unblocked or transferred, as set out in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Primary responsibility to report.</I> A report may be filed on behalf of a person who holds, transfers, or releases blocked property by an attorney, agent, or other person. Primary responsibility for reporting, however, rests with the actual holder, transferrer, or releaser of the property, or the person exercising control over property located outside the United States, with the following exceptions: primary responsibility for reporting any trust assets rests with the trustee; and primary responsibility for reporting real property rests with any U.S. co-owner, legal representative, agent, or property manager in the United States. No person is excused from filing a report by reason of the fact that another person has submitted a report with regard to the same property, except upon actual knowledge of the report filed by such other person.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Financial institution.</I> For purposes of this section, the term “financial institution” includes a banking institution, domestic bank, United States depository institution, financial institution, or U.S. financial institution, as those terms are defined in the applicable part of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What must be reported</I>—(1) <I>Initial blocking reports</I>—(i) <I>When reports are due.</I> Reports shall be filed within 10 business days from the date that property becomes blocked.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Required information to be reported.</I> Initial reports on blocked property shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and address of the person holding the property blocked pursuant to this chapter (<I>i.e.,</I> the person filing the report on blocked property, such as a financial institution), and the name, telephone number, and email address of a contact from whom additional information may be obtained;
</P>
<P>(B) A description of any transaction associated with the blocking, including: The type of transaction; any persons, including financial institutions, participating in the transaction and their respective locations (e.g., if relevant, customers, beneficiaries, originators, letter of credit applicants, and their banks; intermediary banks; correspondent banks; issuing banks; and advising or confirming banks); and any reference numbers, dates, or other information necessary to identify the transaction;
</P>
<P>(C) The associated sanctions target(s) whose property is blocked (such as a Specially Designated National or other blocked person), the location(s) of the target(s) (if known), and, if not evident, a narrative description of the interest(s) of the target(s) in the property; if there is no target or the target is not known, include a reference to the relevant written communication from OFAC pursuant to which the blocking action was taken;
</P>
<P>(D) A description of the property that is the subject of the blocking and its location in the United States or otherwise, including any relevant account numbers and account types, check numbers, reference numbers, dates, or other information necessary to identify the property;
</P>
<P>(E) The date the property was blocked;
</P>
<P>(F) The actual, or if unknown, estimated value of the property in U.S. Dollars. If the blocked property represents an outstanding loan, a credit card receivable, or other property with a negative balance, the amount blocked should be reported as $0.00 (zero) with the amount owed reflected in a narrative description. Blocked trade finance documents should also be reported as $0.00 (zero) with the value of the shipment reflected in a narrative description. Transactions blocked in foreign currencies must be reported in U.S. Dollars with the foreign currency amount and notional exchange rate in the narrative;
</P>
<P>(G) Any action taken with respect to the property (e.g., depositing the property into a new or existing blocked, interest-bearing account that is labeled as such and is established in the name of, or contains a means of clearly identifying the interest of, the person subject to blocking pursuant to the requirements of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(H) The legal authority or authorities under which the property is blocked. This may include a reference to the sanctions program (current programs are on OFAC's website: <I>https://ofac.treasury.gov</I>), the applicable part of this chapter (e.g., 31 CFR part 515, 31 CFR part 544), an Executive order (E.O.) (e.g., E.O. 13224, E.O. 13599), or a statute (e.g., Foreign Narcotics Kingpin Designation Act). (<I>Note:</I> For this purpose, the term “SDN” is generic and cannot be used to identify the legal authority for blocking property); and
</P>
<P>(I) A copy of any payment or transfer instructions, check, letter of credit, accompanying bill of lading, invoice, or any other relevant documentation received in connection with any related transaction.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Annual reports of blocked property</I>—(i) <I>When reports are due.</I> A report on all blocked property held as of June 30 of the current year shall be filed annually by September 30.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Required information to be reported.</I> Annual reports on blocked property shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and address of the person holding the property blocked pursuant to this chapter (<I>i.e.,</I> the person filing the report on blocked property, such as a financial institution), and the name, telephone number, and email address of a contact from whom additional information may be obtained;
</P>
<P>(B) The number of accounts or items reported in the annual report;
</P>
<P>(C) Beginning with the annual report due no later than September 30, 2020, and for each subsequent reporting year, the associated sanctions target(s) whose property is blocked, such as a Specially Designated National or other blocked person, the location(s) of the target(s), if known, and, if not evident, a narrative description of the interest(s) of the target(s) in the transaction; if there is no target or the target is not known, include a reference to the relevant written communication from OFAC pursuant to which the blocking action was taken;
</P>
<P>(D) A description of the property that is the subject of the blocking and its location in the United States or otherwise, including any relevant account numbers and account types, check numbers, reference numbers, dates, or other information necessary to identify the property;
</P>
<P>(E) The date the property was blocked;
</P>
<P>(F) The actual, or if unknown, estimated value of the property in U.S. Dollars as of June 30. If a June 30 value date is not available and a value date other than June 30 is reported, so indicate. If the blocked property represents an outstanding loan, a credit card receivable, or other property with a negative balance, the amount blocked should be reported as $0.00 (zero) with the amount owed reflected in a narrative description. Blocked trade finance documents should also be reported as $0.00 (zero) with the value of the shipment reflected in a narrative description. Transactions blocked in foreign currencies must be reported in U.S. Dollars with the foreign currency amount and notional exchange rate in the narrative; 


</P>
<P>(G) The legal authority or authorities under which the property is blocked. This may include a reference to the sanctions program (current programs are listed here: <I>www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/SDN-List/Pages/program_tags.aspx</I>), the applicable part of this chapter (<I>e.g.,</I> 31 CFR part 515, 31 CFR part 544), an Executive order (E.O.) (<I>e.g.,</I> E.O. 13224, E.O. 13599), or a statute (<I>e.g.,</I> Foreign Narcotics Kingpin Designation Act). (<I>Note:</I> For this purpose, the term “SDN” is generic and cannot be used to identify the legal authority for blocking property).


</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reports of blocked property that is unblocked or transferred</I>—(i) <I>When reports are due.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) through (D) of this section, reports shall be submitted to OFAC within 10 business days from the date blocked property is unblocked or transferred. For example, such reports must be filed when blocked property is unblocked or transferred pursuant to a valid order from a U.S. Government agency or U.S. court, including pursuant to a valid judicial order issued pursuant to section 201(a) of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act (Pub. L. 107-297, 116 Stat. 2322, 28 U.S.C. 1610 note) or a valid order of forfeiture by any U.S. Government agency or U.S. court. Reports do not need to be filed under this section for:
</P>
<P>(A) Authorized debits to blocked accounts for normal service charges;
</P>
<P>(B) Authorized transfers of funds or credit by a financial institution between blocked accounts in its branches or offices;
</P>
<P>(C) Unblocking or transfer of blocked property that is explicitly authorized by a specific or general license, unless the specific or general license includes a condition requiring the submission of a separate unblocking report; or
</P>
<P>(D) Unblocking of blocked property pursuant to OFAC's removal of a person from OFAC's List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (SDN List).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Required information to be reported.</I> Reports on the release of property from blocked status (<I>i.e.,</I> property that is unblocked) shall include the following:


</P>
<P>(A) The name and address of the person holding the property immediately prior to the property's release from blocked status (<I>i.e.,</I> the person filing the unblocking or transfer report, such as a financial institution), and the name, telephone number, and email address of a contact from whom additional information may be obtained;
</P>
<P>(B) The associated sanctions target(s) whose property had been previously blocked and was released from blocked status, such as a Specially Designated National or other blocked person, the location(s) of the target(s), if known, and, if not evident, a narrative description of the interest(s) of the target(s) in the previously blocked property or transaction; if there is no target or the target is not known, include a reference to the relevant written communication from OFAC pursuant to which the blocking action was taken;
</P>
<P>(C) A description of the property that has been unblocked and its location in the United States or otherwise immediately prior to its release from blocked status, including any relevant account numbers and account types, check numbers, reference numbers, dates, or other information necessary to identify the property;
</P>
<P>(D) The date the property was unblocked;
</P>
<P>(E) The actual value of the property that was released from blocked status in U.S. Dollars. If the property represented an outstanding loan, a credit card receivable, or other property with a negative balance, the amount unblocked should be reported as $0.00 (zero) with the amount owed reflected in a narrative description. Trade finance documents should also be reported as $0.00 (zero) with the value of the shipment reflected in a narrative description. Transactions that were previously blocked in foreign currencies and were unblocked in a foreign currency must be reported in U.S. Dollars with the foreign currency amount and notional exchange rate in the narrative;
</P>
<P>(F) The legal authority or authorities under which the property was unblocked or transferred. This may include, for example, reference to a specific or general license under an applicable part of this chapter or an E.O.; and
</P>
<P>(G) A copy of the original blocking report filed with OFAC pursuant to § 501.603(b)(1) and the OFAC Reporting System report identification numbers, when available.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(3).
</HED>
<P>The reporting requirement set forth in this paragraph (b)(3) applies in addition to the reporting requirement set forth in § 501.605 of this part, which requires litigants to notify OFAC of proceedings that may affect blocked property or retained funds.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Reports on retained funds pursuant to § 596.504(b) of this chapter.</I> The reporting requirements set forth in this section are applicable to any person retaining funds pursuant to § 596.504(b) or releasing such funds.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>How to report.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided, all initial reports of blocked property required under § 501.603(b)(1) and the Annual Reports of Blocked Property required under § 501.603(b)(2) must be filed electronically through the OFAC Reporting System (ORS), available on OFAC's website, <I>https://ofac.treasury.gov/ofac-reporting-system.</I> While blocked funds may be maintained in omnibus accounts, the Annual Reports of Blocked Property must contain a disaggregated list showing each blocked asset contained within the omnibus account. A copy of reports submitted pursuant to this section shall be retained for the submitter's records. If a submitter can provide evidence of unique and extraordinary circumstances that would not allow the submitter to use ORS, such as lack of access to the internet, the submitter may request to submit reports in an alternative manner by calling 202/622-2490. Such requests will be subject to a presumption of denial and granted only in writing.
</P>
<P>(2) All reports of unblocked or transferred blocked property required pursuant to § 501.603(b)(3) must be submitted electronically to OFAC via email at <I>OFACReport@treasury.gov,</I> with the number of this section in the subject line, or through ORS, available on OFAC's website, <I>https://ofac.treasury.gov/ofac-reporting-system.</I> If a submitter can provide evidence of unique and extraordinary circumstances that would not allow the submitter to report electronically, such as lack of access to the internet, the submitter may request to submit reports in an alternative manner by calling 202/622-2490. Such requests will be subject to a presumption of denial and granted only in writing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rules governing availability of information.</I> Information submitted to OFAC pursuant to this section will be protected from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552) and the provisions of 31 CFR part 1 if OFAC reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by a FOIA exemption or disclosure is prohibited by law. See 31 CFR 1.5 for additional provisions relating to confidential commercial information.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 29058, June 21, 2019, as amended at 89 FR 15740, Mar. 5, 2024; 89 FR 40375, May 10, 2024; 89 FR 81361, Oct. 8, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.604" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.604   Reports of rejected transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Who must report</I>—(1) <I>Persons rejecting transactions.</I> Any U.S. person (or person subject to U.S. jurisdiction in the case of part 515 of this chapter), including a financial institution, that rejects a transaction that is not blocked under the provisions of this chapter, but where processing or engaging in the transaction would nonetheless violate a provision contained in this chapter, shall submit a report to the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial institution.</I> For purposes of this section, the term “financial institution” includes a banking institution, domestic bank, United States depository institution, financial institution, or U.S. financial institution, as those terms are defined in the applicable part of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Transaction.</I> The term transaction for purposes of this section includes wire transfers, trade finance, transactions related to securities, checks, or foreign exchange, and sales or purchases of goods or services.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required information to be reported.</I> Reports of rejected transactions shall include the following information, to the extent the information is available to the person submitting the report at the time the transaction is rejected:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the person that rejected the transaction pursuant to this chapter (<I>i.e.,</I> the person filing the report on the rejected transaction, such as a financial institution), and the name and telephone number of a contact from whom additional information may be obtained;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the rejected transaction, including the type of transaction; any persons, including financial institutions, participating in the transaction and their respective locations (<I>e.g.,</I> customers, beneficiaries, originators, letter of credit applicants, and their banks; intermediary banks; correspondent banks; issuing banks; and advising or confirming banks); a description of the property that is the subject of the transaction; and any reference numbers, account numbers, dates, or other information necessary to identify the transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) If applicable, the associated sanctions target(s) whose involvement in the transaction has resulted in the transaction being rejected, the location(s) of the associated sanctions target(s), if known, and, if not evident, a narrative description of the interest(s) of the target(s) in the transaction;
</P>
<P>(4) The date the transaction was rejected;
</P>
<P>(5) The actual, or if unknown, estimated value of the property in U.S. Dollars. Rejected trade documents should be reported as $0.00 (zero) with the value of the shipment reflected in a narrative description. Rejected transactions in foreign currencies must be reported in U.S. Dollars with the foreign currency amount and notional exchange rate in a narrative description;
</P>
<P>(6) The legal authority or authorities under which the transaction was rejected. This may include a reference to the sanctions program (current programs are listed here: <I>https://ofac.treasury.gov</I>), the applicable part of this chapter (e.g., 31 CFR part 515, 31 CFR part 544), an Executive Order (E.O.) (e.g., E.O. 13224, E.O. 13599), or a statute (e.g., Foreign Narcotics Kingpin Designation Act). (Note: For this purpose, the term “SDN” is generic and cannot be used to identify the legal authority or authorities for rejecting transactions); and
</P>
<P>(7) A copy of any related payment or transfer instructions, check, letter of credit, accompanying bill of lading, invoice, or any other relevant documentation received in connection with the transaction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When reports are due.</I> Reports shall be filed within 10 business days of the rejected transaction prohibited by the provisions of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Where to report.</I> Reports under this section shall be submitted to OFAC through the OFAC Reporting System, available on OFAC's website, <I>https://ofac.treasury.gov/ofac-reporting-system.</I> If a submitter can provide evidence of unique and extraordinary circumstances that would not allow the submitter to use ORS, such as lack of access to the internet, the submitter may request to submit reports in an alternative manner by calling 202/622-2490. Such requests will be subject to a presumption of denial and granted only in writing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rules governing availability of information.</I> Information submitted to OFAC pursuant to this section will be protected from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552) and the provisions of 31 CFR part 1 if OFAC reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by a FOIA exemption or disclosure is prohibited by law. See 31 CFR 1.5 for additional provisions relating to confidential commercial information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 29060, June 21, 2019, as amended at 89 FR 15740, Mar. 5, 2024; 89 FR 40376, May 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.605" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.605   Reports on litigation, arbitration, and dispute resolution proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) U.S. persons (or persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction in the case of part 515 of this chapter) participating in litigation, arbitration, or other binding alternative dispute resolution proceedings in the United States on behalf of or against persons whose property or interests in property are blocked or whose funds have been retained pursuant to § 596.504(b) of this chapter, or when the outcome of any proceeding may affect blocked property or retained funds, must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide notice of such proceedings upon their commencement or upon submission or receipt of documents bringing the proceedings within the terms of the introductory text to this paragraph (a);
</P>
<P>(2) Submit copies of all pleadings, motions, memoranda, exhibits, stipulations, correspondence, and proposed orders or judgments (including any proposed final judgment or default judgment) submitted to the court or other adjudicatory body, and all orders, decisions, opinions, or memoranda issued by the court, to the Office of the Chief Counsel (Foreign Assets Control) at <I>OFACReport@treasury.gov</I> with the number of this section in the subject line, within 10 days of filing, submission, or issuance. This paragraph (a)(2) shall not apply to discovery requests or responses, documents filed under seal, or requests for procedural action not seeking action dispositive of the proceedings (such as requests for extension of time to file); and
</P>
<P>(3) Report by email to the Office of the Chief Counsel (Foreign Assets Control), at <I>OFACReport@treasury.gov</I> with the number of this section in the subject line, the scheduling of any hearing or status conference in the proceedings whenever it appears that the court or other adjudicatory body may issue an order or judgment in the proceedings (including a final judgment or default judgment) or is considering or may decide any pending request dispositive of the merits of the proceedings or of any claim raised in the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(b) The reporting requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to proceedings to which the Office of Foreign Assets Control is a party.
</P>
<P>(c) Persons initiating proceedings subject to the reporting requirements of this section must notify the court or other adjudicatory body of the restrictions set forth under the applicable part in this chapter governing the transfer of blocked property or funds retained pursuant to § 596.504(b) of this chapter, including the prohibition on any unlicensed attachment, judgment, decree, lien, execution, garnishment or other judicial process with respect to any property in which, on or after the applicable effective date, there existed an interest of any person whose property and property interests were subject to blocking pursuant to this chapter or were subject to retention pursuant to § 596.504(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 45101, Aug. 25, 1997, as amended at 89 FR 40377, May 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.606" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.606   Reporting and recordkeeping requirements applicable to economic sanctions programs.</HEAD>
<P>The reporting and recordkeeping requirements set forth in this subpart are applicable to economic sanctions programs for which implementation and administration have been delegated to the Office of Foreign Assets Control.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Trading With the Enemy Act (TWEA) Penalties</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 53642, Sept. 11, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 501.700" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.700   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart is applicable only to those parts of chapter V promulgated pursuant to the TWEA, which include parts 500, 505, and 515. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.701" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.701   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Attention is directed to section 16 of the TWEA, as adjusted pursuant to the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-410, as amended, 28 U.S.C. 2461 note), which provides that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Persons who willfully violate any provision of TWEA or any license, rule, or regulation issued thereunder, and persons who willfully violate, neglect, or refuse to comply with any order of the President issued in compliance with the provisions of TWEA shall, upon conviction, be fined not more than $1,000,000 or, if an individual, be imprisoned for not more than 20 years, or both.
</P>
<P>(2) Any property, funds, securities, papers, or other articles or documents, or any vessel, together with its tackle, apparel, furniture, and equipment, concerned in a violation of TWEA may upon conviction be forfeited to the United States Government. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Secretary of the Treasury may impose a civil penalty of not more than $111,308 per violation on any person who violates any license, order, or regulation issued under TWEA.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(3):</HED>
<P>The current civil penalty cap may be adjusted for inflation pursuant to the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-410, as amended, 28 U.S.C. 2461 note).</P></NOTE>
<P>(4) Any property, funds, securities, papers, or other articles or documents, or any vessel, together with its tackle, apparel, furniture, and equipment, that is the subject of a violation subject to a civil penalty issued pursuant to TWEA shall, at the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, be forfeited to the United States Government. 
</P>
<P>(b) The criminal penalties provided in TWEA are subject to increase pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 3571 which, when read in conjunction with section 16 of TWEA, provides that persons convicted of violating TWEA may be fined up to the greater of either $250,000 for individuals and $1,000,000 for organizations or twice the pecuniary gain or loss from the violation. 
</P>
<P>(c) Attention is directed to 18 U.S.C. 1001, which provides that whoever, in any matter within the jurisdiction of any department or agency of the United States, knowingly and willfully falsifies, conceals or covers up by any trick, scheme, or device a material fact, or makes any false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representations, or makes or uses any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry, shall be fined under title 18, United States Code, or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 53642, Sept. 11, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 61361, Oct. 28, 2003; 81 FR 43073, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 10435, Feb. 10, 2017; 83 FR 11877, Mar. 19, 2018; 84 FR 27715, June 14, 2019; 84 FR 29061, June 21, 2019; 85 FR 19885, Apr. 9, 2020; 86 FR 14536, Mar. 17, 2021; 87 FR 7370, Feb. 9, 2022; 88 FR 2231, Jan. 13, 2023; 89 FR 2140, Jan. 12, 2024; 90 FR 3689, Jan. 15, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.702" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.702   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Chief Counsel</I> means the Chief Counsel (Foreign Assets Control), Office of the General Counsel, Department of the Treasury. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Day</I> means calendar day. In computing any period of time prescribed in or allowed by this subpart, the day of the act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal legal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal legal holiday. Intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal legal holidays shall be excluded from the computation when the period of time prescribed or allowed is seven days or less, not including any additional time allowed for service by mail. If on the day a filing is to be made, weather or other conditions have caused the designated filing location to close, the filing deadline shall be extended to the end of the next day that the filing location is not closed and that is not a Saturday, a Sunday, or a Federal legal holiday. If service is made by mail, three days shall be added to the prescribed period for response. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Department</I> means the Department of the Treasury. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Director</I> means the Director of the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Ex Parte Communication</I> means any material oral or written communication not on the public record concerning the merits of a proceeding with respect to which reasonable prior notice to all parties is not given, on any material matter or proceeding covered by these rules, that takes place between: A party to the proceeding, a party's counsel, or any other interested individual; and the Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee handling that proceeding. A request to learn the status of a proceeding does not constitute an ex parte communication; and settlement inquiries and discussions do not constitute ex parte communications. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>General Counsel</I> means the General Counsel of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Order of Settlement</I> means a written order issued by the Director terminating a civil penalty action. An Order of Settlement does not constitute an agency decision that any violation took place. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Order Instituting Proceedings</I> means a written order issued by the Director to initiate a civil penalty hearing. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Prepenalty Notice</I> means a written notification from the Director informing a respondent of the alleged violation(s) and the respondent's right to respond. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Penalty Notice</I> means a written notification from the Director informing a respondent that the Director has made a finding of violation and, absent a request for a hearing, will impose a civil monetary penalty. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Proceeding</I> means any agency process initiated by an “Order Instituting Proceedings,” or by the filing of a petition for review of an Administrative Law Judge's decision or ruling. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Respondent</I> means any individual alleged by the Director to have violated a TWEA-based sanctions regulation. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Secretary's designee</I> means a U.S. Treasury Department official delegated responsibility by the Secretary of the Treasury to consider petitions for review of Administrative Law Judge decisions made in civil penalty hearings conducted pursuant to this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.703" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.703   Overview of civil penalty process and construction of rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The administrative process for enforcing TWEA sanctions programs proceeds as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Director of the Office of Foreign Assets Control will notify a suspected violator (hereinafter “respondent”) of an alleged violation by issuing a “Prepenalty Notice.” The Prepenalty Notice shall describe the alleged violation(s) and include a proposed civil penalty amount. 
</P>
<P>(2) The respondent will have 60 days from the date the Prepenalty Notice is served to make a written presentation either defending against the alleged violation or admitting the violation. A respondent who admits a violation may offer information as to why a monetary penalty should not be imposed or why, if imposed, the monetary penalty should be in a lesser amount than proposed. 
</P>
<P>(3) Absent a settlement agreement or a finding that no violation occurred, the Director of the Office of Foreign Assets Control will issue a “Penalty Notice.” The respondent will have 30 days from the date of service to either pay the penalty or request a hearing. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the respondent requests a hearing, the Director of the Office of Foreign Assets Control will have two options: 
</P>
<P>(i) The Director may issue an “Order Instituting Proceedings” and refer the matter to an Administrative Law Judge for a hearing and decision; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Director may determine to discontinue the penalty action based on information presented by the respondent. 
</P>
<P>(5) Absent review by a Secretary's designee, the decision of the Administrative Law Judge will become the final decision of the Department without further proceedings. 
</P>
<P>(6) If review is taken by a Secretary's designee, the Secretary's designee reaches the final decision of the Department. 
</P>
<P>(7) A respondent may seek judicial review of the final decision of the Department. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Construction of rules.</I> The rules contained in this subpart shall be construed and administered to promote the just, speedy, and inexpensive determination of every action. To the extent there is a conflict between the rules contained in this subpart and a procedural requirement contained in any statute, the requirement in the statute shall control. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.704" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.704   Appearance and practice.</HEAD>
<P>No person shall be represented before the Director in any civil penalty matter, or an Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee in a civil penalty hearing, under this subpart except as provided in this section. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Representing oneself.</I> In any proceeding, an individual may appear on his or her own behalf. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Representative.</I> Upon written notice to the Director, 
</P>
<P>(1) A respondent may be represented by a personal representative. If a respondent wishes to be represented by counsel, such counsel must be an attorney at law admitted to practice before the Supreme Court of the United States, the highest court of any State, commonwealth, possession, or territory of the United States, or the District of Columbia; 
</P>
<P>(2) A duly authorized member of a partnership may represent the partnership; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A bona fide officer, director, or employee of a corporation, trust or association may represent the corporation, trust or association. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Director representation.</I> The Director shall be represented by members of the Office of Chief Counsel or any other counsel specifically assigned by the General Counsel. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conflicts of interest</I>—(1) <I>Conflict of interest in representation.</I> No individual shall appear as representative for a respondent in a proceeding conducted pursuant to this subpart if it reasonably appears that such representation may be materially limited by that representative's responsibilities to a third person, or by that representative's own interests. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Corrective measures.</I> An Administrative Law Judge may take corrective measures at any stage of a proceeding to cure a conflict of interest in representation, including the issuance of an order limiting the scope of representation or disqualifying an individual from appearing in a representative capacity for the duration of the proceeding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.705" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.705   Service and filing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Service of Prepenalty Notice, Penalty Notice, Acknowledgment of Hearing Request and Order Instituting Proceedings.</I> The Director shall cause any Prepenalty Notice, Penalty Notice, Acknowledgment of Hearing Request, Order Instituting Proceedings, and other related orders and decisions, or any amendments or supplements thereto, to be served upon the respondent. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Service on individuals.</I> Service shall be complete: 
</P>
<P>(i) Upon the date of mailing by first class (regular) mail to the respondent at the respondent's last known address, or to a representative authorized to receive service, including qualified representatives noticed to the Director pursuant to § 501.704. Absent satisfactory evidence in the administrative record to the contrary, the Director may presume that the date of mailing is the date stamped on the first page of the notice or order. The respondent may rebut the presumption that a notice or order was mailed on the stamped mailing date only by presenting evidence of the postmark date on the envelope in which the notice or order was mailed; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Upon personal service on the respondent; or leaving a copy at the respondent's place of business with a clerk or other person in charge thereof; or leaving a copy at the respondent's dwelling house or usual place of abode with a person at least 18 years of age then residing therein; or with any other representative authorized by appointment or by law to accept or receive service for the respondent, including representatives noticed to the Director pursuant to § 501.704; and evidenced by a certificate of service signed and dated by the individual making such service, stating the method of service and the identity of the individual with whom the notice or order was left; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Upon proof of service on a respondent who is not resident in the United States by any method of service permitted by the law of the jurisdiction in which the respondent resides or is located, provided the requirements of such foreign law satisfy due process requirements under United States law with respect to notice of administrative proceedings, and where applicable laws or intergovernmental agreements or understandings make the methods of service set forth in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section inappropriate or ineffective for service upon the nonresident respondent. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Service on corporations and other entities.</I> Service is complete upon delivering a copy of the notice or order to a partner, bona fide officer, director, managing or general agent, or any other agent authorized by appointment or by law to receive such notice, by any method specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service of responses to Prepenalty Notice, Penalty Notice, and requests for a hearing.</I> A respondent shall serve a response to a Prepenalty Notice and any request for a hearing on the Director through the Chief of Civil Penalties, Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Treasury Department, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington DC 20220, with the envelope prominently marked “Urgent: Part 501 Action.” Service shall be complete upon the date of mailing, as evidenced by the post-mark date on the envelope, by first class (regular) mail. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service or filing of papers in connection with any hearing by an Administrative Law Judge or review by the Secretary's designee</I>—(1) <I>Service on the Director and/or each respondent.</I> (i) Each paper, including each notice of appearance, written motion, brief, petition for review, statement in opposition to petition for review, or other written communication, shall be served upon the Director and/or each respondent in the proceeding in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section; provided, however, that no service shall be required in the case of documents that are the subject of a motion seeking a protective order to limit or prevent disclosure to another party. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Service upon the Director shall be made through the Chief Counsel (Foreign Assets Control), U.S. Treasury Department, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220, with the envelope prominently marked “Urgent: Part 501 Proceeding.” 
</P>
<P>(iii) Service may be made: 
</P>
<P>(A) As provided in paragraph (a) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(B) By mailing the papers through the U.S. Postal Service by Express Mail; or 
</P>
<P>(C) By transmitting the papers by facsimile machine where the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The persons serving each other by facsimile transmission have agreed to do so in a writing, signed by each party, which specifies such terms as they deem necessary with respect to facsimile machine telephone numbers to be used, hours of facsimile machine operation, the provision of non-facsimile original or copy, and any other such matters; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Receipt of each document served by facsimile is confirmed by a manually signed receipt delivered by facsimile machine or other means agreed to by the parties.
</P>
<P>(iv) Service by U.S. Postal Service Express Mail is complete upon delivery as evidenced by the sender's receipt. Service by facsimile is complete upon confirmation of transmission by delivery of a manually signed receipt.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Filing with the Administrative Law Judge.</I> Unless otherwise provided, all briefs, motions, objections, applications or other filings made during a proceeding before an Administrative Law Judge, and all requests for review by the Secretary's designee, shall be filed with the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Filing with the Secretary's designee.</I> And all briefs, motions, objections, applications or other filings made during a proceeding before the Secretary's designee shall be filed with the Secretary's designee.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Certificate of service.</I> Papers filed with an Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee shall be accompanied by a certificate stating the name of each person served, the date of service, the method of service and the mailing address or facsimile telephone number to which service was made, if not made in person. If the method of service to any person is different from the method of service to any other person, the certificate shall state why a different means of service was used.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Form of briefs.</I> All briefs containing more than 10 pages shall, to the extent applicable, include a table of contents, an alphabetized table of cases, a table of statutes, and a table of other authorities cited, with references to the pages of the brief wherein they are cited.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Specifications.</I> All original documents shall be filed with the Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee, as appropriate. Papers filed in connection with any proceeding shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Be on one grade of unglazed white paper measuring 8.5 × 11 inches, except that, to the extent that the reduction of larger documents would render them illegible, such documents may be filed on larger paper;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be typewritten or printed in either 10- or 12-point typeface or otherwise reproduced by a process that produces permanent and plainly legible copies;
</P>
<P>(iii) Include at the head of the paper, or on a title page, the title of the proceeding, the name(s) of each respondent, the subject of the particular paper or pleading, and the file number assigned to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be formatted with all margins at least 1 inch wide;
</P>
<P>(v) Be double-spaced, with single-spaced footnotes and single-spaced indented quotations; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Be stapled, clipped or otherwise fastened in the upper left corner.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Signature requirement and effect.</I> All papers must be dated and signed by a member of the Office of Chief Counsel, or other counsel assigned by the General Counsel to represent the Director, or a respondent or respondent's representative, as appropriate. If a filing is signed by a respondent's representative it shall state that representative's mailing address and telephone number. A respondent who represents himself or herself shall sign his or her individual name and state his or her address and telephone number on every filing. A witness deposition shall be signed by the witness.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Effect of signature.</I> The signature shall constitute a certification that:
</P>
<P>(A) The person signing the filing has read the filing;
</P>
<P>(B) To the best of his or her knowledge, information, and belief, formed after reasonable inquiry, the filing is well grounded in fact and is warranted by existing law or a good faith argument for the extension, modification, or reversal of existing law; and
</P>
<P>(C) The filing is not made for any improper purpose, such as to harass or to cause unnecessary delay or needless increase in the cost of adjudication.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a filing is not signed, the Administrative Law Judge (or the Secretary's designee) shall strike the filing, unless it is signed promptly after the omission is called to the attention of the person making the filing.
</P>
<P>(d) Service of written orders or decisions issued by the Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee. Written orders or decisions issued by the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee shall be served promptly on each respondent and the Director pursuant to any method of service authorized under paragraph (a) of this section. Service of such orders or decisions shall be made by the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee, as appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.706" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.706   Prepenalty Notice; issuance by Director.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When required.</I> If the Director has reason to believe there has occurred a violation of any provision of parts 500 or 515 of this chapter or a violation of the provisions of any license, ruling, regulation, order, direction or instruction issued by or pursuant to the direction or authorization of the Secretary pursuant to parts 500 or 515 of this chapter or otherwise under the Trading With the Enemy Act, and the Director determines that further civil proceedings are warranted, the Director shall issue a Prepenalty Notice. The Prepenalty Notice may be issued whether or not another agency has taken any action with respect to the matter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of notice</I>—(1) <I>Facts of violation.</I> The Prepenalty Notice shall describe the alleged violation, specify the laws and regulations allegedly violated, and state the amount of the proposed monetary penalty.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Right to respond.</I> The Prepenalty Notice shall inform the respondent of respondent's right to make a written presentation within the time prescribed in § 501.707 as to why the respondent believes there should be no finding of a violation or why, if the respondent admits the violation, a monetary penalty should not be imposed or why, if imposed, the monetary penalty should be in a lesser amount than proposed. The Prepenalty Notice shall also inform the respondent that:
</P>
<P>(i) The act of submitting a written response by the respondent is a factor that may result in a lower penalty absent any aggravating factors; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the respondent fails to respond to the Prepenalty Notice within the applicable 60-day period set forth in § 501.707, the Director may proceed with the issuance of a Penalty Notice.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Right to request a hearing.</I> The Prepenalty Notice shall inform the respondent of respondent's right, if a subsequent Penalty Notice is issued, to request an administrative hearing. The Director will not consider any request for an administrative hearing until a Penalty Notice has been issued.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.707" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.707   Response to Prepenalty Notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Deadline for response.</I> (1) The respondent shall have 60 days after the date of service of the Prepenalty Notice pursuant to § 501.705(a) to respond thereto. The response, signed and dated, shall be served as provided in § 501.705(b).
</P>
<P>(2) In response to a written request by the respondent, the Director may, at his or her discretion for the purpose of conducting settlement negotiations or for other valid reasons, grant additional time for a respondent to submit a response to the Prepenalty Notice.
</P>
<P>(3) The failure to submit a response within the time period set forth in this paragraph (a), including any additional time granted by the Director, shall be deemed to be a waiver of the right to respond to the Prepenalty Notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and contents of response</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The response need not be in any particular form, but must be typewritten and contain the heading “Response to Prepenalty Notice” and the Office of Foreign Assets Control identification number shown near the top of the Prepenalty Notice. It should be responsive to the allegations contained therein and set forth the nature of the respondent's admission of the violation, or defenses and claims for mitigation, if any.
</P>
<P>(i) The response must admit or deny specifically each separate allegation of violation made in the Prepenalty Notice. If the respondent is without knowledge as to an allegation, the response shall so state, and such statement shall constitute a denial. Any allegation not specifically addressed in the response shall be deemed admitted.
</P>
<P>(ii) The response must set forth any additional or new matter or arguments the respondent seeks, or shall seek, to use in support of all defenses or claims for mitigation. Any defense the respondent wishes to assert must be included in the response.
</P>
<P>(iii) The response must accurately state (for each respondent, if applicable) the respondent's full name and address for future service, together with a current telephone and, if applicable, facsimile machine number. If respondent is represented, the representative's full name and address, together with telephone and facsimile numbers, may be provided instead of service information for the respondent. The respondent or respondent's representative of record is responsible for providing timely written notice to the Director of any subsequent changes in the information provided.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Financial disclosure statement requirement.</I> Any respondent who asserts financial hardship or an inability to pay a penalty shall include with the response a financial disclosure statement setting forth in detail the basis for asserting the financial hardship or inability to pay a penalty, subject to 18 U.S.C. 1001.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Settlement.</I> In addition, or as an alternative, to a written response to a Prepenalty Notice, the respondent or respondent's representative may seek settlement of the alleged violation(s). See § 501.710. In the event of settlement prior to the issuance of a Penalty Notice, the claim proposed in the Prepenalty Notice will be withdrawn and the respondent will not be required to make a written response to the Prepenalty Notice. In the event no settlement is reached, a written response to the Prepenalty Notice is required pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.708" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.708   Director's finding of no penalty warranted.</HEAD>
<P>If after considering any written response to the Prepenalty Notice submitted pursuant to § 501.707 and any other relevant facts, the Director determines that there was no violation or that the violation does not warrant the imposition of a civil monetary penalty, the Director promptly shall notify the respondent in writing of that determination and that no civil monetary penalty pursuant to this subpart will be imposed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.709" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.709   Penalty notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If, after considering any written response to the Prepenalty Notice, and any other relevant facts, the Director determines that there was a violation by the respondent and that a monetary penalty is warranted, the Director promptly shall issue a Penalty Notice informing the respondent that, absent a timely request for an administrative hearing, the Director will impose the civil monetary penalty described in the Penalty Notice. The Penalty Notice shall inform the respondent:
</P>
<P>(1) Of the respondent's right to submit a written request for an administrative hearing not later than 30 days after the date of service of the Penalty Notice;
</P>
<P>(2) That in the absence of a timely request for a hearing, the issuance of the Penalty Notice constitutes final agency action;
</P>
<P>(3) That, absent a timely request for a hearing, payment (or arrangement with the Financial Management Service of the Department for installment payment) of the assessed penalty must be made not later than 30 days after the date of service of the Penalty Notice; and
</P>
<P>(4) That absent a timely request for a hearing, the respondent must furnish respondent's taxpayer identification number pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 7701 and that the Director intends to use such information for the purposes of collecting and reporting on any delinquent penalty amount in the event of a failure to pay the penalty imposed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.710" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.710   Settlement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> Either the Director or any respondent may, at any time during the administrative civil penalty process described in this subpart, propose an offer of settlement. The amount accepted in settlement may be less than the civil penalty that might be imposed in the event of a formal determination of violation. Upon mutual agreement by the Director and a respondent on the terms of a settlement, the Director shall issue an Order of Settlement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure</I>—(1) <I>Prior to issuance of Penalty Notice.</I> Any offer of settlement made by a respondent prior to the issuance of a Penalty Notice shall be submitted, in writing, to the Chief of Civil Penalties, Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>After issuance of Penalty Notice.</I> Any offer of settlement made by a respondent after issuance of a Penalty Notice shall state that it is made pursuant to this section; shall recite or incorporate as a part of the offer the provisions of paragraphs (b)(5)(ii) and (b)(6) of this section; shall be signed by the respondent making the offer, and not only by his or her representative; and shall be submitted to the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Extensions of time.</I> The submission of any settlement offer does not provide a basis for adjourning or otherwise delaying all or any portion of the administrative civil penalty process.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Prior to issuance of Order Instituting Proceedings.</I> Any respondent (or potential respondent in the case of a pending Prepenalty Notice) may request, in writing, that the Director withhold issuance of any such notice, or grant an extension of time to respond to any such Notice, for a period not to exceed 60 days for the exclusive purpose of effecting settlement. The Director may grant any such request, in writing, under terms and conditions within his or her discretion.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>After issuance of Order Instituting Proceedings.</I> Upon mutual agreement of the Director and a respondent, the Administrative Law Judge may grant an extension of time, for a period not to exceed 60 days, for the exclusive purpose of effecting settlement.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Views of Administrative Law Judge.</I> Where an Administrative Law Judge is assigned to a proceeding, the Director or the respondent may request that the Administrative Law Judge express his or her views regarding the appropriateness of the offer of settlement. A request for the Administrative Law Judge to express his or her views on an offer of settlement or otherwise to participate in a settlement conference constitutes a waiver by the party making the request of any right to claim bias or prejudgment by the Administrative Law Judge based on the views expressed.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Waivers.</I> (i) By submitting an offer of settlement, a respondent making the offer waives, subject to acceptance of the offer:
</P>
<P>(A) All hearings pursuant to section 16 of the Trading with the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. App. 16);
</P>
<P>(B) The filing of proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law;
</P>
<P>(C) Proceedings before, and a decision by, an Administrative Law Judge; 
</P>
<P>(D) All post-hearing procedures; and 
</P>
<P>(E) Judicial review by any court. 
</P>
<P>(ii) By submitting an offer of settlement the respondent further waives: 
</P>
<P>(A) Such provisions of this subpart or other requirements of law as may be construed to prevent any member of the Director's staff, or members of the Office of Chief Counsel or other counsel assigned by the General Counsel, from participating in or advising the Director as to any order, opinion, finding of fact, or conclusion of law to be entered pursuant to the offer; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Any right to claim bias or prejudgment by the Director based on the consideration of or discussions concerning settlement of all or any part of the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(6) If the Director rejects the offer of settlement, the respondent shall be so notified in writing and the offer of settlement shall be deemed withdrawn. The rejected offer shall not constitute a part of the record in any proceeding against the respondent making the offer, provided, however, that rejection of an offer of settlement does not affect the continued validity of waivers pursuant to paragraph (b)(5) of this section with respect to any discussions concerning the rejected offer of settlement. 
</P>
<P>(7) No settlement offer or proposal, or any subsequent negotiation or resolution, is admissible as evidence in any administrative proceeding initiated by the Director. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.711" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.711   Hearing request.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Deadline for request.</I> A request for an agency hearing shall be served on the Director not later than 30 days after the date of service of the Penalty Notice. See § 501.705(b). A respondent may not reserve the right to request a hearing after expiration of the 30 calendar day period. A request for a hearing that is not made as required by this paragraph shall constitute a waiver of the respondent's right to a hearing. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and contents of request.</I> The request need not be in any particular form, but must be typewritten and contain the heading “Request for Agency Hearing”. The request must include the Office of Foreign Assets Control identification number shown near the top of the Penalty Notice. It should be responsive to the determination contained in the Penalty Notice and set forth the nature of the respondent's defenses or claims for mitigation, if any. 
</P>
<P>(1) The request must admit or deny specifically each separate determination of violation made in the Penalty Notice. If the respondent is without knowledge as to a determination, the request shall so state, and such statement shall constitute a denial. Any determination not specifically addressed in the response shall be deemed admitted. 
</P>
<P>(2) The request must set forth any additional or new matter or arguments the respondent seeks, or shall seek, to use in support of all defenses or claims for mitigation. Any defense the respondent wishes to assert must be included in the request. 
</P>
<P>(3) The request must accurately state, for each respondent (if applicable), the respondent's full name and address for future service, together with current telephone and, if applicable, a facsimile machine number. If respondent is represented, the representative's full name and address, together with telephone and facsimile numbers, may be provided in lieu of service information for the respondent. The respondent or respondent's representative is responsible for providing timely written notice to the Director of any subsequent changes in the information provided. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signature requirement.</I> The respondent or, if represented, the respondent's representative, must sign the hearing request. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.712" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.712   Acknowledgment of hearing request.</HEAD>
<P>No later than 60 days after service of any hearing request, the Director shall acknowledge receipt and inform a respondent, in writing, whether an Order Instituting Proceedings shall be issued. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.713" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.713   Order Instituting Proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>If a respondent makes a timely request for a hearing, the Director shall determine, at his or her option, whether to dismiss the violation(s) set forth in the Penalty Notice or to issue an Order Instituting Proceedings to initiate the hearing process. The Order shall be served on the respondent(s) as provided in § 501.705(c)(1). The Director may, in his or her discretion, withdraw an Order Instituting Proceedings at any time prior to the issuance of a decision by the Administrative Law Judge. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Content of Order.</I> The Order Instituting Proceedings shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Be prepared by the Office of the Chief Counsel or other counsel assigned by the General Counsel and based on information provided by the Director; 
</P>
<P>(2) State the legal authority under which the hearing is to be held; 
</P>
<P>(3) Contain a short and plain statement of the alleged violation(s) to be considered and determined (including the matters of fact and law asserted) in such detail as will permit a specific response thereto; 
</P>
<P>(4) State the amount of the penalty sought in the proceeding; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Be signed by the Director. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Combining penalty actions.</I> The Director may combine claims contained in two or more Penalty Notices involving the same respondent, and for which hearings have been requested, into a single Order Instituting Proceedings.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendment to Order Instituting Proceedings.</I> Upon motion by the Director, the Administrative Law Judge may, at any time prior to issuance of a decision, permit the Director to amend an Order Instituting Proceedings to include new matters of fact or law that are within the scope of the original Order Instituting Proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.714" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.714   Answer to Order Instituting Proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When required.</I> Not later than 45 days after service of the Order Instituting Proceedings, the respondent shall file, with the Administrative Law Judge and the Office of Chief Counsel, an answer to each of the allegations contained therein. If the Order Instituting Proceedings is amended, the Administrative Law Judge may require that an amended answer be filed and, if such an answer is required, shall specify a date for the filing thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents; effect of failure to deny.</I> Unless otherwise directed by the Administrative Law Judge, an answer shall specifically admit, deny, or state that the respondent does not have, and is unable to obtain, sufficient information to admit or deny each allegation in the Order Instituting Proceedings. When a respondent intends to deny only a part of an allegation, the respondent shall specify so much of it as is true and shall deny only the remainder. A statement of lack of information shall have the effect of a denial. A defense of res judicata, statute of limitations or any other matter constituting an affirmative defense shall be asserted in the answer. Any allegation not specifically addressed in the answer shall be deemed admitted. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motion for more definite statement.</I> A respondent may file with an answer a motion for a more definite statement of specified matters of fact or law to be considered or determined. Such motion shall state the respects in which, and the reasons why, each such matter of fact or law should be required to be made more definite. If the motion is granted, the order granting such motion shall set the periods for filing such a statement and any answer thereto. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amendments.</I> A respondent may amend its answer at any time by written consent of the Director or with permission of the Administrative Law Judge. Permission shall be freely granted when justice so requires. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Failure to file answer:</I> default. If a respondent fails to file an answer required by this subpart within the time prescribed, such respondent may be deemed in default pursuant to § 501.716(a). A party may make a motion to set aside a default pursuant to § 501.726(e). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.715" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.715   Notice of Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the Director issues an Order Instituting Proceedings, the respondent shall receive not less than 45 days notice of the time and place of the hearing. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time and place of hearing.</I> All hearings shall be held in the Washington, DC metropolitan area unless, based on extraordinary reasons, otherwise mutually agreed by the respondent and the Director. The time for any hearing shall be fixed with due regard for the public interest and the convenience and necessity of the parties or their representatives. Requests to change the time of a hearing may be submitted to the Administrative Law Judge, who may modify the hearing date(s) and/or time(s) and place. All requests for a change in the date and time and/or place of a hearing must be received by the Administrative Law Judge and served upon the parties no later than 15 days before the scheduled hearing date.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure to appear at hearings: default.</I> Any respondent named in an order instituting proceedings as a person against whom findings may be made or penalties imposed who fails to appear (in person or through a representative) at a hearing of which he or she has been duly notified may be deemed to be in default pursuant to § 501.716(a). Without further proceedings or notice to the respondent, the Administrative Law Judge may enter a finding that the right to a hearing was waived, and the Penalty Notice shall constitute final agency action as provided in § 501.709(a)(2). A respondent may make a motion to set aside a default pursuant to § 501.726(e). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.716" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.716   Default.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party to a proceeding may be deemed to be in default and the Administrative Law Judge (or the Secretary's designee during review proceedings) may determine the proceeding against that party upon consideration of the record if that party fails: 
</P>
<P>(1) To appear, in person or through a representative, at any hearing or conference of which the party has been notified; 
</P>
<P>(2) To answer, to respond to a dispositive motion within the time provided, or otherwise to prosecute or defend the proceeding; or 
</P>
<P>(3) To cure a deficient filing within the time specified by the Administrative Law Judge (or the Secretary's designee) pursuant to § 501.729(b). 
</P>
<P>(b) In deciding whether to determine the proceedings against a party deemed to be in default, the Administrative Law Judge shall consider the record of the proceedings (including the Order Instituting Proceedings) and shall construe contested matters of fact and law against the party deemed to be in default. 
</P>
<P>(c) For information and procedures pertaining to a motion to set aside a default, see § 501.726(e). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.717" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.717   Consolidation of proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>By order of the Administrative Law Judge, proceedings involving common questions of law and fact may be consolidated for hearing of any or all the matters at issue in such proceedings. The Administrative Law Judge may make such orders concerning the conduct of such proceedings as he or she deems appropriate to avoid unnecessary cost or delay. Consolidation shall not prejudice any rights under this subpart and shall not affect the right of any party to raise issues that could have been raised if consolidation had not occurred. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.718" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.718   Conduct and order of hearings.</HEAD>
<P>All hearings shall be conducted in a fair, impartial, expeditious and orderly manner. Each party has the right to present its case or defense by oral and documentary evidence and to conduct such cross examination as may be required for full disclosure of the relevant facts. The Director shall present his or her case-in-chief first. The Director shall be the first party to present an opening statement and a closing statement and may make a rebuttal statement after the respondent's closing statement. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.719" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.719   Ex parte communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition.</I> (1) From the time the Director issues an Order Instituting Proceedings until the date of final decision, no party, interested person, or representative thereof shall knowingly make or cause to be made an ex parte communication. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except to the extent required for the disposition of ex parte communication matters as authorized by law, the Secretary's designee and the Administrative Law Judge presiding over any proceeding may not: 
</P>
<P>(i) Consult a person or party on an issue, unless on notice and opportunity for all parties to participate; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Be responsible to or subject to the supervision, direction of, or evaluation by, an employee engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecutorial functions for the Department. 
</P>
<P>(b) Procedure upon occurrence of ex parte communication. If an ex parte communication is received by the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee, the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee, as appropriate, shall cause all of such written communication (or, if the communication is oral, a memorandum stating the substance of the communication) to be placed on the record of the proceeding and served on all parties. A party may, not later than 10 days after the date of service, file a response thereto and may recommend that the person making the prohibited communication be sanctioned pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sanctions.</I> Any party to the proceeding, a party's representative, or any other interested individual, who makes a prohibited ex parte communication, or who encourages or solicits another to make any such communication, may be subject to any appropriate sanction or sanctions imposed by the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee, as appropriate, for good cause shown, including, but not limited to, exclusion from the hearing and an adverse ruling on the issue that is the subject of the prohibited communication. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.720" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.720   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>Any officer or employee engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecutorial functions for the Department in a proceeding as defined in § 501.702 may not, in that proceeding or one that is factually related, participate or advise in the decision pursuant to Section 557 of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 557, except as a witness or counsel in the proceeding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.721" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.721   Hearings to be public.</HEAD>
<P>All hearings, except hearings on applications for confidential treatment filed pursuant to § 501.725(b), shall be public unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee, as appropriate, on his or her own motion or the motion of a party. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.722" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.722   Prehearing conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purposes of conferences.</I> The purposes of prehearing conferences include, but are not limited to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Expediting the disposition of the proceeding; 
</P>
<P>(2) Establishing early and continuing control of the proceeding by the Administrative Law Judge; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Improving the quality of the hearing through more thorough preparation. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> On his or her own motion or at the request of a party, the Administrative Law Judge may direct a representative or any party to attend one or more prehearing conferences. Such conferences may be held with or without the Administrative Law Judge present as the Administrative Law Judge deems appropriate. Where such a conference is held outside the presence of the Administrative Law Judge, the Administrative Law Judge shall be advised promptly by the parties of any agreements reached. Such conferences also may be held with one or more persons participating by telephone or other remote means. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Subjects to be discussed.</I> At a prehearing conference consideration may be given and action taken with respect to the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Simplification and clarification of the issues; 
</P>
<P>(2) Exchange of witness and exhibit lists and copies of exhibits; 
</P>
<P>(3) Admissions of fact and stipulations concerning the contents, authenticity, or admissibility into evidence of documents; 
</P>
<P>(4) Matters of which official notice may be taken; 
</P>
<P>(5) The schedule for exchanging prehearing motions or briefs, if any; 
</P>
<P>(6) The method of service for papers; 
</P>
<P>(7) Summary disposition of any or all issues; 
</P>
<P>(8) Settlement of any or all issues; 
</P>
<P>(9) Determination of hearing dates (when the Administrative Law Judge is present); 
</P>
<P>(10) Amendments to the Order Instituting Proceedings or answers thereto; 
</P>
<P>(11) Production of documents as set forth in § 501.723, and prehearing production of documents in response to subpoenas duces tecum as set forth in § 501.728; and 
</P>
<P>(12) Such other matters as may aid in the orderly and expeditious disposition of the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Timing of conferences.</I> Unless the Administrative Law Judge orders otherwise, an initial prehearing conference shall be held not later than 14 days after service of an answer. A final conference, if any, should be held as close to the start of the hearing as reasonable under the circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prehearing orders.</I> At or following the conclusion of any conference held pursuant to this rule, the Administrative Law Judge shall enter written rulings or orders that recite the agreement(s) reached and any procedural determinations made by the Administrative Law Judge. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Failure to appear: default.</I> A respondent who fails to appear, in person or through a representative, at a prehearing conference of which he or she has been duly notified may be deemed in default pursuant to § 501.716(a). A respondent may make a motion to set aside a default pursuant to § 501.726(e). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.723" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.723   Prehearing disclosures; methods to discover additional matter.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial disclosures.</I> (1) Except to the extent otherwise stipulated or directed by order of the Administrative Law Judge, a party shall, without awaiting a discovery request, provide to the opposing party: 
</P>
<P>(i) The name and, if known, the address and telephone number of each individual likely to have discoverable information that the disclosing party may use to support its claims or defenses, unless solely for impeachment of a witness appearing in person or by deposition, identifying the subjects of the information; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy, or a description by category and location, of all documents, data compilations, and tangible things that are in the possession, custody, or control of the party and that the disclosing party may use to support its claims or defenses, unless solely for impeachment of a witness appearing in person or by deposition; 
</P>
<P>(2) The disclosures described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section shall be made not later than 30 days after the issuance of an Order Instituting Proceedings, unless a different time is set by stipulation or by order of the Administrative Law Judge. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prehearing disclosures.</I> (1) In addition to the disclosures required by paragraph (a) of this section, a party must provide to the opposing party, and promptly file with the Administrative Law Judge, the following information regarding the evidence that it may present at hearing for any purpose other than solely for impeachment of a witness appearing in person or by deposition: 
</P>
<P>(i) An outline or narrative summary of its case or defense (the Order Instituting Proceedings will usually satisfy this requirement for the Director and the answer thereto will usually satisfy this requirement for the respondent); 
</P>
<P>(ii) The legal theories upon which it will rely; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Copies and a list of documents or exhibits that it intends to introduce at the hearing; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) A list identifying each witness who will testify on its behalf, including the witness's name, occupation, address, phone number, and a brief summary of the expected testimony. 
</P>
<P>(2) Unless otherwise directed by the Administrative Law Judge, the disclosures required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be made not later than 30 days before the date of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disclosure of expert testimony.</I> A party who intends to call an expert witness shall submit, in addition to the information required by paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section, a statement of the expert's qualifications, a list of other proceedings in which the expert has given expert testimony, and a list of publications authored or co-authored by the expert.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Form of disclosures.</I> Unless the Administrative Law Judge orders otherwise, all disclosures under paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section shall be made in writing, signed, and served as provided in § 501.705.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Methods to discover additional matter.</I> Parties may obtain discovery by one or more of the following methods: Depositions of witnesses upon oral examination or written questions; written interrogatories to another party; production of documents or other evidence for inspection; and requests for admission. All depositions of Federal employees must take place in Washington, DC, at the Department of the Treasury or at the location where the Federal employee to be deposed performs his or her duties, whichever the Federal employee's supervisor or the Office of Chief Counsel shall deem appropriate. All depositions shall be held at a date and time agreed by the Office of Chief Counsel and the respondent or respondent's representative, and for an agreed length of time.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Discovery scope and limits.</I> Unless otherwise limited by order of the Administrative Law Judge in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the scope of discovery is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>In general.</I> The availability of information and documents through discovery is subject to the assertion of privileges available to the parties and witnesses. Privileges available to the Director and the Department include exemptions afforded pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552(b)(1) through (9)) and the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a). Parties may obtain discovery regarding any matter, not privileged, that is relevant to the merits of the pending action, including the existence, description, nature, custody, condition, and location of any books, documents, or other tangible things and the identity and location of any persons having knowledge of any discoverable matter. For good cause, the Administrative Law Judge may order discovery of any matter relevant to the subject matter involved in the proceeding. Relevant information need not be admissible at the hearing if the discovery appears reasonably calculated to lead to the discovery of admissible evidence.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Limitations.</I> The Administrative Law Judge may issue any order that justice requires to ensure that discovery requests are not unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope or unduly burdensome, including an order to show cause why a particular discovery request is justified upon motion of the objecting party. The frequency or extent of use of the discovery methods otherwise permitted under this section may be limited by the Administrative Law Judge if he or she determines that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The discovery sought is unreasonably cumulative or duplicative, or is obtainable from some other source that is more convenient, less burdensome, or less expensive; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The party seeking discovery has had ample opportunity by discovery in the action to obtain the information sought; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The burden or expense of the proposed discovery outweighs its likely benefit, taking into account the needs of the hearing, the importance of the issues at stake, and the importance of the proposed discovery in resolving the issues. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interrogatories.</I> Respondent's interrogatories shall be served upon the Office of the Chief Counsel not later than 30 days after issuance of the Order Instituting Proceedings. The Director's interrogatories shall be served by the later of 30 days after the receipt of service of respondent's interrogatories or 40 days after issuance of the Order Instituting Proceedings if no interrogatories are filed by respondent. Parties shall respond to interrogatories not later than 30 days after the date interrogatories are received. Interrogatories shall be limited to 20 questions only. Each subpart, section, or other designation of a part of a question shall be counted as one complete question in computing the permitted 20 question total. Where more than 20 questions are served upon a party, the receiving party may determine which of the 20 questions the receiving party shall answer. The limitation on the number of questions in an interrogatory may be waived by the Administrative Law Judge. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Privileged matter.</I> Privileged documents are not discoverable. Privileges include, but are not limited to, the attorney-client privilege, attorney work-product privilege, any government's or government agency's deliberative-process or classified information privilege, including materials classified pursuant to Executive Order 12958 (3 CFR, 1995 Comp., p. 333) and any future Executive orders that may be issued relating to the treatment of national security information, and all materials and information exempted from release to the public pursuant to the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a) or the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552(b)(1) through (9)). 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Updating discovery.</I> A party who has made an initial disclosure under paragraph (a) of this section or responded to a request for discovery with a disclosure or response is under a duty to supplement or correct the disclosure or response to include information thereafter acquired whenever: 
</P>
<P>(1) The party learns that in some material respect the information disclosed is incomplete or incorrect, if the additional or corrective information has not otherwise been made known to the other party during the discovery process or in writing; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Ordered by the Administrative Law Judge. The Administrative Law Judge may impose sanctions for failure to supplement or correct discovery. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Time limits.</I> All discovery, including all responses to discovery requests, shall be completed not later than 20 days prior to the date scheduled for the commencement of the hearing, unless the Administrative Law Judge finds on the record that good cause exists to grant additional time to complete discovery. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Effect of failure to comply.</I> No witness may testify and no document or exhibit may be introduced at the hearing if such witness, document, or exhibit is not listed in the prehearing submissions pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, except for good cause shown.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.724" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.724   Documents that may be withheld.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding § 501.723(f), the Director or respondent may withhold a document if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The document is privileged; 
</P>
<P>(2) The document would disclose the identity of a confidential source; or 
</P>
<P>(3) The Administrative Law Judge grants leave to withhold a document or category of documents as not relevant to the subject matter of the proceeding or otherwise, for good cause shown. 
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in paragraph (a) of this section authorizes the Director to withhold documents that contain material exculpatory evidence. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Withheld document list.</I> The Director and respondent shall provide the Administrative Law Judge, for review, a list of documents withheld pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)-(3) of this section. The Administrative Law Judge shall determine whether any such document should be made available for inspection and copying. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.725" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.725   Confidential treatment of information in certain filings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing document under seal.</I> (1) The Director may file any document or any part of a document under seal and/or seek a protective order concerning any document if disclosure of the document would be inconsistent with the protection of the public interest or if justice requires protection of any person, including a source or a party, from annoyance, threat, oppression, or undue burden or expense, or the disclosure of the information would be, or might reasonably lead to a disclosure, contrary to Executive Order 12958, as amended by Executive Order 13292, or other Executive orders concerning disclosure of information, Department regulations, or the Privacy Act, or information exempt from release under the Freedom of Information Act. The Administrative Law Judge shall allow placement of any such document under seal and/or grant a protective order upon a showing that the disclosure would be inconsistent with any such statute or Executive order, or that the harm resulting from disclosure would outweigh the benefits of disclosure. 
</P>
<P>(2) A respondent may file any document or any part of a document under seal and/or seek a protective order to limit such document from disclosure to other parties or to the public. The Administrative Law Judge shall allow placement of any document under seal and/or grant a protective order upon a showing that the harm resulting from disclosure would outweigh the benefits of disclosure. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Administrative Law Judge shall safeguard the security and integrity of any documents under seal or protective order and shall take all appropriate steps to preserve the confidentiality of such documents or any parts thereof, including closing a hearing or portions of a hearing to the public. Release of any information under seal or to the extent inconsistent with a protective order, in any form or manner, is subject to the sanctions and the exercise of the authorities as are provided with respect to ex parte communications under § 501.719. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the Administrative Law Judge denies placement of any document under seal or under protective order, any party, and any person whose document or material is at issue, may obtain interlocutory review by the Secretary's designee. In such cases the Administrative Law Judge shall not release or expose any of the records or documents in question to the public or to any person for a period of 20 days from the date of the Administrative Law Judge's ruling, in order to permit a party the opportunity either to withdraw the records and documents or obtain interlocutory review by the Secretary's designee and an order that the records be placed under seal or a protective order. 
</P>
<P>(5) Upon settlement, final decision, or motion to the Administrative Law Judge for good cause shown, all materials (including all copies) under seal or protective order shall be returned to the submitting parties, except when it may be necessary to retain a record until any judicial process is completed. 
</P>
<P>(6)(i) Written notice of each request for release of documents or materials under seal or subject to a protective order shall be given to the parties at least 20 days prior to any permitted release or prior to any access not specifically authorized under a protective order. A copy of each request for information, including the name, address, and telephone number of the requester, shall be provided to the parties. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Each request for access to protected material shall include the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all persons on whose behalf the requester seeks access to protected information. The Administrative Law Judge may impose sanctions as provided under § 501.729 for failure to provide this information. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> An application for a protective order or to place under seal shall be filed with the Administrative Law Judge. The application shall be accompanied by a sealed copy of the materials as to which confidential treatment is sought. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Procedure for supplying additional information.</I> The person making the application may be required to furnish in writing additional information with respect to the grounds for objection to public disclosure. Failure to supply the information so requested within 14 days from the date of receipt of a notice of the information required shall be deemed a waiver of the objection to public disclosure of that portion of the information to which the additional information relates, unless the Administrative Law Judge shall otherwise order for good cause shown at or before the expiration of such 14-day period. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Confidentiality of materials pending final decision.</I> Pending the determination of the application for confidential treatment, transcripts, non-final orders including an initial decision, if any, and other materials in connection with the application shall be placed under seal; shall be for the confidential use only of the Administrative Law Judge, the Secretary's designee, the applicant, the Director, and any other respondent and representative; and shall be made available to the public only in accordance with orders of the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Public availability of orders.</I> Any final order of the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee denying or sustaining an application for confidential treatment shall be made public. Any prior findings or opinions relating to an application for confidential treatment under this section shall be made public at such time as the material as to which confidentiality was requested is made public. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.726" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.726   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> Unless made during a hearing or conference, a motion shall be in writing, shall state with particularity the grounds therefor, shall set forth the relief or order sought, and shall be accompanied by a written brief of the points and authorities relied upon. Motions by a respondent must be filed with the Administrative Law Judge and served upon the Director through the Office of Chief Counsel and with any other party respondent or respondent's representative, unless otherwise directed by the Administrative Law Judge. Motions by the Director must be filed with the Administrative Law Judge and served upon each party respondent or respondent's representative. All written motions must be served in accordance with, and otherwise meet the requirements of, § 501.705. The Administrative Law Judge may order that an oral motion be submitted in writing. No oral argument shall be heard on any motion unless the Administrative Law Judge otherwise directs. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Opposing and reply briefs.</I> Except as provided in § 501.741(e), briefs in opposition to a motion shall be filed not later than 15 days after service of the motion. Reply briefs shall be filed not later than 3 days after service of the opposition. The failure of a party to oppose a written motion or an oral motion made on the record shall be deemed a waiver of objection by that party to the entry of an order substantially in the form of any proposed order accompanying the motion. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dilatory motions.</I> Frivolous, dilatory, or repetitive motions are prohibited. The filing of such motions may form the basis for sanctions. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Length limitation.</I> Except as otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, a brief in support of, or in opposition to, a motion shall not exceed 15 pages, exclusive of pages containing any table of contents, table of authorities, or addendum. 
</P>
<P>(e) A motion to set aside a default shall be made within a reasonable time as determined by the Administrative Law Judge, state the reasons for the failure to appear or defend, and, if applicable, specify the nature of the proposed defense in the proceeding. In order to prevent injustice and on such conditions as may be appropriate, the Administrative Law Judge, at any time prior to the filing of his or her decision, or the Secretary's designee, at any time during the review process, may for good cause shown set aside a default. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.727" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.727   Motion for summary disposition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At any time after a respondent's answer has been filed, the respondent or the Director may make a motion for summary disposition of any or all allegations contained in the Order Instituting Proceedings. If the Director has not completed presentation of his or her case-in-chief, a motion for summary disposition shall be made only with permission of the Administrative Law Judge. The facts of the pleadings of the party against whom the motion is made shall be taken as true, except as modified by stipulations or admissions made by that party, by uncontested affidavits, or by facts officially noticed pursuant to § 501.732(b). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Decision on motion.</I> The Administrative Law Judge may promptly decide the motion for summary disposition or may defer decision on the motion. The Administrative Law Judge shall issue an order granting a motion for summary disposition if the record shows there is no genuine issue with regard to any material fact and the party making the motion is entitled to a summary disposition as a matter of law. 
</P>
<P>(c) A motion for summary disposition must be accompanied by a statement of the material facts as to which the moving party contends there is no genuine issue. Such motion must be supported by documentary evidence, which may take the form of admissions in pleadings, stipulations, depositions, transcripts, affidavits, and any other evidentiary materials that the moving party contends support its position. The motion must also be accompanied by a brief containing the points and authorities in support of the moving party's arguments. Any party opposing a motion for summary disposition must file a statement setting forth those material facts as to which such party contends a genuine dispute exists. The opposition must be supported by evidence of the same type as that submitted with the motion for summary disposition and a brief containing the points and authorities in support of the contention that summary disposition would be inappropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.728" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.728   Subpoenas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability; procedure.</I> In connection with any hearing before an Administrative Law Judge, either the respondent or the Director may request the issuance of subpoenas requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses at the designated time and place of hearing, and subpoenas requiring the production of documentary or other tangible evidence returnable at a designated time and place. Unless made on the record at a hearing, requests for issuance of a subpoena shall be made in writing and served on each party pursuant to § 501.705. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standards for issuance.</I> If it appears to the Administrative Law Judge that a subpoena sought may be unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, or unduly burdensome, he or she may, in his or her discretion, as a condition precedent to the issuance of the subpoena, require the person seeking the subpoena to show the general relevance and reasonable scope of the testimony or other evidence sought. If after consideration of all the circumstances, the Administrative Law Judge determines that the subpoena or any of its terms is unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, or unduly burdensome, he or she may refuse to issue the subpoena, or issue a modified subpoena as fairness requires. In making the foregoing determination, the Administrative Law Judge may inquire of the other participants whether they will stipulate to the facts sought to be proved.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service.</I> Service of a subpoena shall be made pursuant to the provisions of § 501.705.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Application to quash or modify</I>—(1) <I>Procedure.</I> Any person to whom a subpoena is directed or who is an owner, creator or the subject of the documents or materials that are to be produced pursuant to a subpoena may, prior to the time specified therein for compliance, but not later than 15 days after the date of service of such subpoena, request that the subpoena be quashed or modified. Such request shall be made by application filed with the Administrative Law Judge and served on all parties pursuant to § 501.705. The party on whose behalf the subpoena was issued may, not later than 5 days after service of the application, file an opposition to the application.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Standards governing application to quash or modify.</I> If the Administrative Law Judge determines that compliance with the subpoena would be unreasonable, oppressive or unduly burdensome, the Administrative Law Judge may quash or modify the subpoena, or may order return of the subpoena only upon specified conditions. These conditions may include, but are not limited to, a requirement that the party on whose behalf the subpoena was issued shall make reasonable compensation to the person to whom the subpoena was addressed for the cost of copying or transporting evidence to the place for return of the subpoena.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Witness fees and mileage.</I> Witnesses summoned to appear at a proceeding shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid to witnesses in the courts of the United States, and witnesses whose depositions are taken and the persons taking the same shall severally be entitled to the same fees as are paid for like services in the courts of the United States. Witness fees and mileage shall be paid by the party at whose instance the witnesses appear.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.729" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.729   Sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contemptuous conduct</I>—(1) <I>Subject to exclusion or suspension.</I> Contemptuous conduct by any person before an Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee during any proceeding, including any conference, shall be grounds for the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee to:
</P>
<P>(i) Exclude that person from such hearing or conference, or any portion thereof; and/or
</P>
<P>(ii) If a representative, summarily suspend that person from representing others in the proceeding in which such conduct occurred for the duration, or any portion, of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Adjournment.</I> Upon motion by a party represented by a representative subject to an order of exclusion or suspension, an adjournment shall be granted to allow the retention of a new representative. In determining the length of an adjournment, the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee shall consider, in addition to the factors set forth in § 501.737, the availability of another representative for the party or, if the representative was a counsel, of other members of a suspended counsel's firm.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Deficient filings; leave to cure deficiencies.</I> The Administrative Law Judge, or the Secretary's designee in the case of a request for review, may in his or her discretion, reject, in whole or in part, any filing that fails to comply with any requirements of this subpart or of any order issued in the proceeding in which the filing was made. Any such filings shall not be part of the record. The Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee may direct a party to cure any deficiencies and to resubmit the filing within a fixed time period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure to make required filing or to cure deficient filing.</I> The Administrative Law Judge (or the Secretary's designee during review proceedings) may enter a default pursuant to § 501.716, dismiss the case, decide the particular matter at issue against that person, or prohibit the introduction of evidence or exclude testimony concerning that matter if a person fails:
</P>
<P>(1) To make a filing required under this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) To cure a deficient filing within the time specified by the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failure to make required filing or to cure deficient filing in the case of a request for review.</I> The Secretary's designee, in any case of a request for review, may decide the issue against that person, or prohibit the introduction of evidence or exclude testimony concerning that matter if a person fails:
</P>
<P>(1) To make a filing required under this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) To cure a deficient filing within the time specified by the Secretary's designee pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.730" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.730   Depositions upon oral examination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure.</I> Any party desiring to take the testimony of a witness by deposition shall make a written motion setting forth the reasons why such deposition should be taken including the specific reasons why the party believes the witness may be unable to attend or testify at the hearing; the name and address of the prospective witness; the matters concerning which the prospective witness is expected to be questioned; and the proposed time and place for the taking of the deposition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required finding when ordering a deposition.</I> In the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge, an order for deposition may be issued upon a finding that the prospective witness will likely give testimony material to the proceeding, that it is likely the prospective witness will be unable to attend or testify at the hearing because of age, sickness, infirmity, imprisonment or other disability, and that the taking of a deposition will serve the interests of justice. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of order.</I> An order for deposition shall designate by name a deposition officer. The designated officer may be the Administrative Law Judge or any other person authorized to administer oaths by the laws of the United States or of the place where the deposition is to be held. An order for deposition also shall state: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the witness whose deposition is to be taken;
</P>
<P>(2) The scope of the testimony to be taken;
</P>
<P>(3) The time and place of the deposition;
</P>
<P>(4) The manner of recording, preserving and filing the deposition; and
</P>
<P>(5) The number of copies, if any, of the deposition and exhibits to be filed upon completion of the deposition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedure at depositions.</I> A witness whose testimony is taken by deposition shall swear or affirm before any questions are put to him or her. Examination and cross-examination of witnesses may proceed as permitted at a hearing. A witness being deposed may have counsel or a representative present during the deposition.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Objections to questions or evidence.</I> Objections to questions or evidence shall be in short form, stating the grounds of objection relied upon. Objections to questions or evidence shall be noted by the deposition officer upon the deposition, but a deposition officer (other than an Administrative Law Judge) shall not have the power to decide on the competency, materiality or relevance of evidence. Failure to object to questions or evidence before the deposition officer shall not be deemed a waiver unless the ground of the objection is one that might have been obviated or removed if presented at that time.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Filing of depositions.</I> The questions asked and all answers or objections shall be recorded or transcribed verbatim, and a transcript shall be prepared by the deposition officer, or under his or her direction. The transcript shall be subscribed by the witness and certified by the deposition officer. The original deposition transcript and exhibits shall be filed with the Administrative Law Judge. A copy of the deposition transcript and exhibits shall be served on the opposing party or parties. The cost of the transcript (including copies) shall be paid by the party requesting the deposition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.731" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.731   Depositions upon written questions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> Depositions may be taken and submitted on written questions upon motion of any party. The motion shall include the information specified in § 501.730(a). A decision on the motion shall be governed by § 501.730(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> Written questions shall be filed with the motion. Not later than 10 days after service of the motion and written questions, any party may file objections to such written questions and any party may file cross-questions. When a deposition is taken pursuant to this section no persons other than the witness, representative or counsel to the witness, the deposition officer, and, if the deposition officer does not act as reporter, a reporter, shall be present at the examination of the witness. No party shall be present or represented unless otherwise permitted by order. The deposition officer shall propound the questions and cross-questions to the witness in the order submitted.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional requirements.</I> The order for deposition, filing of the deposition, form of the deposition and use of the deposition in the record shall be governed by paragraphs (b) through (g) of § 501.730, except that no cross-examination shall be made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.732" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.732   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>The applicable evidentiary standard for proceedings under this subpart is proof by a preponderance of reliable, probative, and substantial evidence. The Administrative Law Judge shall admit any relevant and material oral, documentary, or demonstrative evidence. The Federal Rules of Evidence do not apply, by their own force, to proceedings under this subpart, but shall be employed as general guidelines. The fact that evidence submitted by a party is hearsay goes only to the weight of the evidence and does not affect its admissibility.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Objections and offers of proof</I>—(1) <I>Objections.</I> Objections to the admission or exclusion of evidence must be made on the record and shall be in short form, stating the grounds relied upon. Exceptions to any ruling thereon by the Administrative Law Judge need not be noted at the time of the ruling. Such exceptions will be deemed waived on review by the Secretary's designee, however, unless raised:
</P>
<P>(i) Pursuant to interlocutory review in accordance with § 501.741;
</P>
<P>(ii) In a proposed finding or conclusion filed pursuant to § 501.738; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In a petition for the Secretary's designee's review of an Administrative Law Judge's decision filed in accordance with § 501.741.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Offers of proof.</I> Whenever evidence is excluded from the record, the party offering such evidence may make an offer of proof, which shall be included in the record. Excluded material shall be retained pursuant to § 501.739(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Official notice.</I> An Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee may take official notice of any material fact that might be judicially noticed by a district court of the United States, any matter in the public official records of the Secretary, or any matter that is particularly within the knowledge of the Department as an expert body. If official notice is requested or taken of a material fact not appearing in the evidence in the record, a party, upon timely request to the Administrative Law Judge, shall be afforded an opportunity to establish the contrary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Stipulations.</I> The parties may, by stipulation, at any stage of the proceeding agree upon any pertinent fact in the proceeding. A stipulation may be received in evidence and, when accepted by the Administrative Law Judge, shall be binding on the parties to the stipulation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Presentation under oath or affirmation.</I> A witness at a hearing for the purpose of taking evidence shall testify under oath or affirmation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Presentation, rebuttal and cross-examination.</I> A party is entitled to present its case or defense by oral or documentary evidence, to submit rebuttal evidence, and to conduct such cross-examination as, in the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge, may be required for a full and true disclosure of the facts.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.733" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.733   Evidence: confidential information, protective orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure.</I> In any proceeding as defined in § 501.702, a respondent; the Director; any person who is the owner, subject or creator of a document subject to subpoena or which may be introduced as evidence; or any witness who testifies at a hearing may file a motion requesting a protective order to limit from disclosure to other parties or to the public documents or testimony containing confidential information. The motion should include a general summary or extract of the documents without revealing confidential details. If a person seeks a protective order against disclosure to other parties as well as the public, copies of the documents shall not be served on other parties. Unless the documents are unavailable, the person shall file for inspection by the Administrative Law Judge a sealed copy of the documents as to which the order is sought.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Basis for issuance.</I> Documents and testimony introduced in a public hearing are presumed to be public. A motion for a protective order shall be granted only upon a finding that the harm resulting from disclosure would outweigh the benefits of disclosure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requests for additional information supporting confidentiality.</I> A person seeking a protective order under paragraph (a) of this section may be required to furnish in writing additional information with respect to the grounds for confidentiality. Failure to supply the information so requested not later than 5 days from the date of receipt by the person of a notice of the information required shall be deemed a waiver of the objection to public disclosure of that portion of the documents to which the additional information relates, unless the Administrative Law Judge shall otherwise order for good cause shown at or before the expiration of such 5-day period.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Confidentiality of documents pending decision.</I> Pending a determination of a motion under this section, the documents as to which confidential treatment is sought and any other documents that would reveal the confidential information in those documents shall be maintained under seal and shall be disclosed only in accordance with orders of the Administrative Law Judge. Any order issued in connection with a motion under this section shall be made public unless the order would disclose information as to which a protective order has been granted, in which case that portion of the order that would reveal the protected information shall not be made public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.734" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.734   Introducing prior sworn statements of witnesses into the record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At a hearing, any person wishing to introduce a prior, sworn statement of a witness who is not a party to the proceeding, that is otherwise admissible in the proceeding, may make a motion setting forth the reasons therefor. If only part of a statement is offered in evidence, the Administrative Law Judge may require that all relevant portions of the statement be introduced. If all of a statement is offered in evidence, the Administrative Law Judge may require that portions not relevant to the proceeding be excluded. A motion to introduce a prior sworn statement may be granted if:
</P>
<P>(1) The witness is dead;
</P>
<P>(2) The witness is out of the United States, unless it appears that the absence of the witness was procured by the party offering the prior sworn statement;
</P>
<P>(3) The witness is unable to attend or testify because of age, sickness, infirmity, imprisonment or other disability;
</P>
<P>(4) The party offering the prior sworn statement has been unable to procure the attendance of the witness by subpoena; or, 
</P>
<P>(5) In the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge, it would be desirable, in the interests of justice, to allow the prior sworn statement to be used. In making this determination, due regard shall be given to the presumption that witnesses will testify orally in an open hearing. If the parties have stipulated to accept a prior sworn statement in lieu of live testimony, consideration shall also be given to the convenience of the parties in avoiding unnecessary expense.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.735" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.735   Proposed findings, conclusions and supporting briefs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opportunity to file.</I> Before a decision is issued by the Administrative Law Judge, each party shall have an opportunity, reasonable in light of all the circumstances, to file in writing proposed findings and conclusions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> Proposed findings of fact must be supported by citations to specific portions of the record. If successive filings are directed, the proposed findings and conclusions of the party assigned to file first shall be set forth in serially numbered paragraphs, and any counter statement of proposed findings and conclusions shall, in addition to any other matter presented, indicate those paragraphs of the proposals already filed as to which there is no dispute. A reply brief may be filed by the party assigned to file first, or, where simultaneous filings are directed, reply briefs may be filed by each party, within the period prescribed therefor by the Administrative Law Judge. No further briefs may be filed except with permission of the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time for filing.</I> In any proceeding in which a decision is to be issued:
</P>
<P>(1) At the close of each hearing, the Administrative Law Judge shall, by order, after consultation with the parties, prescribe the period within which proposed findings and conclusions and supporting briefs are to be filed. The party directed to file first shall make its initial filing not later than 30 days after the end of the hearing unless the Administrative Law Judge, for good cause shown, permits a different period and sets forth in the order the reasons why the different period is necessary.
</P>
<P>(2) The total period within which all such proposed findings and conclusions and supporting briefs and any counter statements of proposed findings and conclusions and reply briefs are to be filed shall be no longer than 90 days after the close of the hearing unless the Administrative Law Judge, for good cause shown, permits a different period and sets forth in an order the reasons why the different period is necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.736" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.736   Authority of Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrative Law Judge shall have authority to do all things necessary and appropriate to discharge his or her duties. No provision of these rules shall be construed to limit the powers of the Administrative Law Judge provided by the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 556, 557. The powers of the Administrative Law Judge include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(a) Administering oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(b) Issuing subpoenas authorized by law and revoking, quashing, or modifying any such subpoena;
</P>
<P>(c) Receiving relevant evidence and ruling upon the admission of evidence and offers of proof;
</P>
<P>(d) Regulating the course of a proceeding and the conduct of the parties and their representatives;
</P>
<P>(e) Holding prehearing and other conferences as set forth in § 501.726 and requiring the attendance at any such conference of at least one representative of each party who has authority to negotiate concerning the resolution of issues in controversy;
</P>
<P>(f) Subject to any limitations set forth elsewhere in this subpart, considering and ruling on all procedural and other motions;
</P>
<P>(g) Upon notice to all parties, reopening any hearing prior to the issuance of a decision;
</P>
<P>(h) Requiring production of records or any information relevant to any act or transaction subject to a hearing under this subpart, and imposing sanctions available under Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 37(b)(2) (Fed. R. Civ. P. 37(b)(2), 28 U.S.C.) for a party's failure to comply with discovery requests;
</P>
<P>(i) Establishing time, place, and manner limitations on the attendance of the public and the media for any hearing; and
</P>
<P>(j) Setting fees and expenses for witnesses, including expert witnesses.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.737" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.737   Adjustments of time, postponements and adjournments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> Except as otherwise provided by law, the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee, as appropriate, at any time prior to the filing of his or her decision, may, for good cause and in the interest of justice, modify any time limit prescribed by this subpart and may, consistent with paragraph (b) of this section, postpone or adjourn any hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitations on postponements, adjournments and adjustments.</I> A hearing shall begin at the time and place ordered, provided that, within the limits provided, the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee, as appropriate, may for good cause shown postpone the commencement of the hearing or adjourn a convened hearing for a reasonable period of time.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Additional considerations.</I> In considering a motion for postponement of the start of a hearing, adjournment once a hearing has begun, or extensions of time for filing papers, the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee, as appropriate, shall consider, in addition to any other factors:
</P>
<P>(i) The length of the proceeding to date;
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of postponements, adjournments or extensions already granted;
</P>
<P>(iii) The stage of the proceedings at the time of the request; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other matter as justice may require.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Time limit.</I> Postponements, adjournments or extensions of time for filing papers shall not exceed 21 days unless the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary's designee, as appropriate, states on the record or sets forth in a written order the reasons why a longer period of time is necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.738" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.738   Disqualification and withdrawal of Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of disqualification.</I> If at any time an Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee believes himself or herself to be disqualified from considering a matter, the Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee, as appropriate, shall issue a notice stating that he or she is withdrawing from the matter and setting forth the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motion for Withdrawal.</I> Any party who has a reasonable, good faith basis to believe an Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee has a personal bias, or is otherwise disqualified from hearing a case, may make a motion to the Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee, as appropriate, that the Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee withdraw. The motion shall be accompanied by a statement subject to 18 U.S.C. 1001 setting forth in detail the facts alleged to constitute grounds for disqualification. If the Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee finds himself or herself qualified, he or she shall so rule and shall continue to preside over the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.739" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.739   Record in proceedings before Administrative Law Judge; retention of documents; copies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Recordation.</I> Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, all hearings shall be recorded and a written transcript thereof shall be prepared.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Availability of a transcript.</I> Transcripts of hearings shall be available for purchase.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transcript correction.</I> Prior to the filing of post-hearing briefs or proposed findings and conclusions, or within such earlier time as directed by the Administrative Law Judge, a party or witness may make a motion to correct the transcript. Proposed corrections of the transcript may be submitted to the Administrative Law Judge by stipulation pursuant to § 501.732(c), or by motion. Upon notice to all parties to the proceeding, the Administrative Law Judge may, by order, specify corrections to the transcript.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of the record.</I> The record of each hearing shall consist of:
</P>
<P>(1) The Order Instituting Proceedings, Answer to Order Instituting Proceedings, Notice of Hearing and any amendments thereto;
</P>
<P>(2) Each application, motion, submission or other paper, and any amendments, motions, objections, and exceptions to or regarding them;
</P>
<P>(3) Each stipulation, transcript of testimony, interrogatory, deposition, and document or other item admitted into evidence;
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to a request to disqualify an Administrative Law Judge or to allow the Administrative Law Judge's withdrawal under § 501.738, each affidavit or transcript of testimony taken and the decision made in connection with the request;
</P>
<P>(5) All proposed findings and conclusions;
</P>
<P>(6) Each written order issued by the Administrative Law Judge; and
</P>
<P>(7) Any other document or item accepted into the record by the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(c) Retention of documents not admitted. Any document offered as evidence but excluded, and any document marked for identification but not offered as an exhibit, shall not be part of the record. The Administrative Law Judge shall retain any such document until the later of the date the proceeding becomes final, or the date any judicial review of the final proceeding is no longer available.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Substitution of copies.</I> A true copy of a document may be substituted for any document in the record or any document retained pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.740" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.740   Decision of Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrative Law Judge shall prepare a decision that constitutes his or her final disposition of the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Content.</I> (1) The Administrative Law Judge shall determine whether or not the respondent has violated any provision of parts 500 and 515 of this chapter or the provisions of any license, ruling, regulation, order, direction or instruction issued by or under the authority of the Secretary pursuant to part 500 or 515 of this chapter or otherwise under the Trading with the Enemy Act.
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrative Law Judge's decision shall include findings and conclusions, and the reasons or basis therefor, as to all the material issues of fact, law or discretion presented on the record.
</P>
<P>(3) (i) Upon a finding of violation, the Administrative Law Judge shall award an appropriate monetary civil penalty in an amount consistent with the Penalty Guidelines published by the Director.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, the Administrative Law Judge:
</P>
<P>(A) Shall provide an opportunity for a respondent to assert his or her inability to pay a penalty, or financial hardship, by filing with the Administrative Law Judge a financial disclosure statement subject to 18 U.S.C. 1001 that sets forth in detail the basis for the financial hardship or the inability to pay; and
</P>
<P>(B) Shall consider any such filing in determining the appropriate monetary civil penalty.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administrative Law Judge's decision</I>—(1) <I>Service.</I> The Administrative Law Judge shall serve his or her decision on the respondent and on the Director through the Office of Chief Counsel, and shall file a copy of the decision with the Secretary's designee.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Filing of report with the Secretary's designee.</I> If the respondent or Director files a petition for review pursuant to § 501.741, or upon a request from the Secretary's designee, the Administrative Law Judge shall file his or her report with the Secretary's designee not later than 20 days after service of his or her decision on the parties. The report shall consist of the record, including the Administrative Law Judge's decision, and any petition from the respondent or the Director seeking review.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Correction of errors.</I> Until the Administrative Law Judge's report has been directed for review by the Secretary's designee or, in the absence of a direction for review, until the decision has become a final order, the Administrative Law Judge may correct clerical errors and errors arising through oversight or inadvertence in decisions, orders, or other parts of the record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Administrative Law Judge's decision final unless review directed.</I> Unless the Secretary's designee determines to review a decision in accordance with § 501.741(a)(1), the decision of the Administrative Law Judge shall become the final decision of the Department. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Penalty awarded.</I> The Director is charged with implementing all final decisions of the Department and, upon a finding of violation and/or award of a civil monetary penalty, shall carry out the necessary steps to close the action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.741" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.741   Review of decision or ruling.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> (1)(i) Review of the decision of the Administrative Law Judge by the Secretary's designee is not a right. The Secretary's designee may, in his or her discretion, review the decision of the Administrative Law Judge on the petition of either the respondent or the Director, or upon his or her own motion. The Secretary's designee shall determine whether to review a decision: 
</P>
<P>(A) If a petition for review has been filed by the respondent or the Director, not later than 30 days after that date the Administrative Law Judge filed his or her report with the Secretary's designee pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(B) If no petition for review has been filed by the respondent or the Director, not later than 40 days after the date the Administrative Law Judge filed his or her decision with the Secretary's designee pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) In determining whether to review a decision upon petition of the respondent or the Director, the Secretary's designee shall consider whether the petition for review makes a reasonable showing that: 
</P>
<P>(A) A prejudicial error was committed in the conduct of the proceeding; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The decision embodies: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A finding or conclusion of material fact that is clearly erroneous; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A conclusion of law that is erroneous; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) An exercise of discretion or decision of law or policy that is important and that the Secretary's designee should review. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Interlocutory review of ruling.</I> The Secretary's designee shall review any ruling of an Administrative Law Judge involving privileged or confidential material that is the subject of a petition for review. See § 501.725. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing.</I> Either the respondent or the Director, when adversely affected or aggrieved by the decision or ruling of the Administrative Law Judge, may seek review by the Secretary's designee by filing a petition for review. Any petition for review shall be filed with the Administrative Law Judge within 10 days after service of the Administrative Law Judge's decision or the issuance of a ruling involving privileged or confidential material. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents.</I> The petition shall state why the Secretary's designee should review the Administrative Law Judge's decision or ruling, including: Whether the Administrative Law Judge's decision or ruling raises an important question of law, policy or discretion; whether review by the Secretary's designee will resolve a question about which the Department's Administrative Law Judges have rendered differing opinions; whether the Administrative Law Judge's decision or ruling is contrary to law or Department precedent; whether a finding of material fact is not supported by a preponderance of the evidence; or whether a prejudicial error of procedure or an abuse of discretion was committed. A petition should concisely state the portions of the decision or ruling for which review is sought. A petition shall not incorporate by reference a brief or legal memorandum. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When filing effective.</I> A petition for review is filed when received by the Administrative Law Judge. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Statements in opposition to petition.</I> Not later than 8 days after the filing of a petition for review, either the respondent or the Director may file a statement in opposition to a petition. A statement in opposition to a petition for review shall be filed in the manner specified in this section for filing of petitions for review. Statements in opposition shall concisely state why the Administrative Law Judge's decision or ruling should not be reviewed with respect to each portion of the petition to which it is addressed. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Number of copies.</I> An original and three copies of a petition or a statement in opposition to a petition shall be filed with the Administrative Law Judge. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Prerequisite to judicial review.</I> Pursuant to section 704 of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 704, a petition for review by the Secretary's designee of an Administrative Law Judge decision or ruling is a prerequisite to the seeking of judicial review of a final order entered pursuant to such decision or ruling. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.742" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.742   Secretary's designee's consideration of decisions by Administrative Law Judges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of review.</I> The Secretary's designee may affirm, reverse, modify, set aside or remand for further proceedings, in whole or in part, a decision or ruling by an Administrative Law Judge and may make any findings or conclusions that in his or her judgment are proper and on the basis of the record and such additional evidence as the Secretary's designee may receive in his or her discretion. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Summary affirmance.</I> The Secretary's designee may summarily affirm an Administrative Law Judge's decision or ruling based upon the petition for review and any response thereto, without further briefing, if he or she finds that no issue raised in the petition for review warrants further consideration. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.743" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.743   Briefs filed with the Secretary's designee.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Briefing schedule order.</I> If review of a determination is mandated by judicial order or whenever the Secretary's designee reviews a decision or ruling, the Secretary's designee shall, unless such review results in summary affirmance pursuant to § 501.742(b), issue a briefing schedule order directing the parties to file opening briefs and specifying particular issues, if any, as to which briefing should be limited or directed. Unless otherwise provided, opening briefs shall be filed not later than 40 days after the date of the briefing schedule order. Opposition briefs shall be filed not later than 30 days after the date opening briefs are due. Reply briefs shall be filed not later than 14 days after the date opposition briefs are due. No briefs in addition to those specified in the briefing schedule order may be filed without permission of the Secretary's designee. The briefing schedule order shall be issued not later than 21 days after the later of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The last day permitted for filing a brief in opposition to a petition for review pursuant to § 501.741(e); or 
</P>
<P>(2) Receipt by the Secretary's designee of the mandate of a court with respect to a judicial remand. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of briefs.</I> Briefs shall be confined to the particular matters at issue. Each exception to the findings or conclusions being reviewed shall be stated succinctly. Exceptions shall be supported by citation to the relevant portions of the record, including references to the specific pages relied upon, and by concise argument including citation of such statutes, decisions and other authorities as may be relevant. If the exception relates to the admission or exclusion of evidence, the substance of the evidence admitted or excluded shall be set forth in the brief, in an appendix thereto, or by citation to the record. If the exception relates to interlocutory review, there is no requirement to reference pages of the transcript. Reply briefs shall be confined to matters in opposition briefs of other parties. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Length limitation.</I> Opening and opposition briefs shall not exceed 30 pages and reply briefs shall not exceed 20 pages, exclusive of pages containing the table of contents, table of authorities, and any addendum, except with permission of the Secretary's designee. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.744" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.744   Record before the Secretary's designee.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary's designee shall determine each matter on the basis of the record and such additional evidence as the Secretary's designee may receive in his or her discretion. In any case of interlocutory review, the Administrative Law Judge shall direct that a transcript of the relevant proceedings be prepared and forwarded to the Secretary's designee. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Contents of the record.</I> In proceedings for final decision before the Secretary's designee the record shall consist of: 
</P>
<P>(1) All items that are part of the record in accordance with § 501.739; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any petitions for review, cross-petitions or oppositions; 
</P>
<P>(3) All briefs, motions, submissions and other papers filed on appeal or review; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Any other material of which the Secretary's designee may take administrative notice. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Review of documents not admitted.</I> Any document offered in evidence but excluded by the Administrative Law Judge and any document marked for identification but not offered as an exhibit shall not be considered a part of the record before the Secretary's designee on review but shall be transmitted to the Secretary's designee if he or she so requests. In the event that the Secretary's designee does not request the document, the Administrative Law Judge shall retain the document not admitted into the record until the later of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The date upon which the Secretary's designee's order becomes final; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The conclusion of any judicial review of that order. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.745" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.745   Orders and decisions: signature, date and public availability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Signature required.</I> All orders and decisions of the Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee shall be signed. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Date of entry of orders.</I> The date of entry of an order by the Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee shall be the date the order is signed. Such date shall be reflected in the caption of the order, or if there is no caption, in the order itself. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public availability of orders.</I> (1) In general, any final order of the Department shall be made public. Any supporting findings or opinions relating to a final order shall be made public at such time as the final order is made public. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> Any final order of the Administrative Law Judge or Secretary's designee pertaining to an application for confidential treatment shall only be available to the public in accordance with § 501.725(b)(3). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.746" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.746   Referral to United States Department of Justice; administrative collection measures.</HEAD>
<P>In the event that the respondent does not pay any penalty imposed pursuant to this part within 30 calendar days of the mailing of the written notice of the imposition of the penalty, the matter may be referred for administrative collection measures or to the United States Department of Justice for appropriate action to recover the penalty in a civil suit in a Federal district court.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.747" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.747   Procedures on remand of decisions.</HEAD>
<P>Either an Administrative Law Judge or a Secretary's designee, as appropriate, shall reconsider any Department decision on judicial remand to the Department. The rules of practice contained in this subpart shall apply to all proceedings held on judicial remand.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Procedures</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 45101, Aug. 25, 1997, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 68 FR 53642, Sept. 11, 2003.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 501.801" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.801   Licensing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General licenses.</I> General licenses may be issued authorizing, under appropriate terms and conditions, certain types of transactions that are subject to the prohibitions contained in this chapter. General licenses also may be issued authorizing, under appropriate terms and conditions, certain types of transactions that are subject to prohibitions contained in economic sanctions programs the implementation and administration of which have been delegated to the Director of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) but which are not yet codified in this chapter. General licenses are set forth in subpart E of each part contained in this chapter, made available on OFAC's website (<I>https://ofac.treasury.gov</I>), or published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>. It is the policy of OFAC not to grant applications for specific licenses authorizing transactions to which the provisions of a general license are applicable. Persons availing themselves of certain general licenses may be required to file reports and statements in accordance with the instructions specified in those licenses. Failure to file timely all required information in such reports or statements may nullify the authorization otherwise provided by the general license and result in apparent violations of the applicable prohibitions that may be subject to OFAC enforcement action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specific licenses</I>—(1) <I>General course of procedure.</I> Transactions subject to the prohibitions contained in this chapter, or to prohibitions the implementation and administration of which have been otherwise delegated to the OFAC Director, that are not authorized by general license may be effected only under specific license.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Applications for specific licenses.</I> Applications for specific licenses to engage in any transactions prohibited by or pursuant to this chapter, or sanctions programs that have been otherwise delegated to the OFAC Director for implementation and administration, must be signed, either manually or electronically, and filed through OFAC's Reporting and License Application Forms page (<I>https://licensing.ofac.treas.gov/</I>) or, if that option is unavailable, by mail, addressed to the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Licensing Division, U.S. Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Freedman's Bank Building, Washington, DC 20220. Applications for the unblocking of funds may be submitted via OFAC's Reporting and License Application Forms page (<I>https://licensing.ofac.treas.gov/</I>) or, if that option is unavailable, by using Form TD-F 90-22.54, “Application for the Release of Blocked Funds,” or via a submission that otherwise contains all of the information provided for in Form TD-F 90-22.54. Form TD-F 90-22.54 may be obtained from OFAC's Reporting and License Application Forms page, or by mail at the address above.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Additional conditions.</I> Applicants should submit only one copy of a specific license application to OFAC; submitting multiple copies may result in processing delays. Any person having an interest in a transaction or proposed transaction may file an application for a specific license authorizing such a transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Information to be supplied.</I> The applicant must supply all information specified by relevant instructions (available on OFAC's Reporting and License Application Forms page at <I>https://licensing.ofac.treas.gov</I>) or forms, and must fully disclose the names of all parties who are concerned with or interested in the proposed transaction. If the application is filed by an agent, the agent must disclose the name of his or her principal(s). Such documents as may be relevant shall be attached to each application as a part of such application, whether filed electronically or by mail, except that documents previously filed with OFAC may, where appropriate, be incorporated by reference in such application. For applications for the release of blocked funds, applicants are encouraged to include, when available, the OFAC Reporting System (ORS) transaction and submission identification numbers. Applicants may be required to furnish such further information as is deemed necessary to assist OFAC in making a determination. Any applicant or other party in interest desiring to present additional information may do so at any time before or after OFAC makes its decision with respect to the application. Any requests to make such an oral presentation must be submitted via the OFAC License Application Page at <I>https://ofac.treasury.gov/ofac-license-application-page</I> to the attention of the Licensing Division, referencing the relevant Case ID number and a “Request for Oral Presentation.” Such requests are rarely granted.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Issuance of specific license.</I> Specific licenses normally will be issued by OFAC. Specific licenses also may be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury acting directly or through any specifically designated person, agency, or instrumentality.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Reports under specific licenses.</I> As a condition for the issuance of any specific license, the licensee may be required to file reports with respect to the transactions authorized by the specific license in such form and at such times and places as may be prescribed in the license or otherwise. Reports should be sent in accordance with the instructions provided in the applicable specific license.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Effect of denial.</I> The denial of a specific license does not preclude the reconsideration of an application or the filing of a further application. The applicant or any other party in interest may at any time request, via the OFAC License Application Page at <I>https://ofac.treasury.gov/ofac-license-application-page</I>, reconsideration of the denial of an application on the basis of new facts or changed circumstances.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Rules governing availability of information.</I> Information submitted to OFAC pursuant to this section will be protected from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552) and the provisions of 31 CFR part 1 if OFAC reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by a FOIA exemption or disclosure is prohibited by law. See 31 CFR 1.5 for additional provisions relating to confidential commercial information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 29061, June 21, 2019, as amended at 89 FR 40377, May 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.802" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.802   Decisions.</HEAD>
<P>The Office of Foreign Assets Control will advise each applicant of the decision respecting filed applications. The decision of the Office of Foreign Assets Control acting on behalf of the Secretary of the Treasury with respect to an application shall constitute final agency action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.803" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.803   Amendment, modification, or revocation.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided by law, the provisions of each part of this chapter and any rulings, licenses (whether general or specific), authorizations, instructions, orders, or forms issued thereunder may be amended, modified or revoked at any time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 35809, July 1, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.804" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.804   Rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All rules and other public documents are issued by the Director of the Office of Foreign Assets Control. In general, rulemaking by the Office of Foreign Assets Control involves foreign affairs functions of the United States, and for that reason is exempt from the requirements under the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) for notice of proposed rulemaking, opportunity for public comment, and delay in effective date.
</P>
<P>(b) Any interested person may petition the Office of Foreign Assets Control for the issuance, amendment, or repeal of any rule, including a general license, at <I>OFACReport@treasury.gov</I> with the number of this section in the subject line.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 45101, Aug. 25, 1997. Redesignated at 68 FR 53642, Sept. 11, 2003, as amended at 89 FR 40377, May 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.805" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.805   Rules governing availability of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The records of the Office of Foreign Assets Control which are required by the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) to be made available to the public shall be made available in accordance with the definitions, procedures, payment of fees, and other provisions of the regulations on the Disclosure of Records of the Departmental Offices and of other bureaus and offices of the Department of the Treasury issued under 5 U.S.C. 552 and published at 31 CFR part 1, as well as the provisions of this part.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph § 501.805(<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>Records or information obtained or created in the implementation of part 598 of this chapter are not subject to disclosure under section 552(a)(3) of the Freedom of Information Act. See § 598.802 of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) The records of the Office of Foreign Assets Control which are required by the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a) to be made available to an individual shall be made available in accordance with the definitions, procedures, requirements for payment of fees, and other provisions of the Regulations on the Disclosure of Records of the Departmental Offices and of other bureaus and offices of the Department of the Treasury issued under 5 U.S.C. 552a and published at 31 CFR part 1, as well as the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Any form issued for use in connection with this chapter may be obtained on OFAC's website (<I>https://ofac.treasury.gov</I>).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certain Civil Penalties Information.</I> (1) After the conclusion of a civil penalties proceeding that results in either the imposition of a civil monetary penalty or an informal settlement, OFAC shall make available to the public certain information on a routine basis, not less frequently than monthly, as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) In each such proceeding against an entity, OFAC shall make available to the public 
</P>
<P>(A) The name and address of the entity involved, 
</P>
<P>(B) The sanctions program involved, 
</P>
<P>(C) A brief description of the violation or alleged violation, 
</P>
<P>(D) A clear indication whether the proceeding resulted in an informal settlement or in the imposition of a penalty, 
</P>
<P>(E) An indication whether the entity voluntarily disclosed the violation or alleged violation to OFAC, and 
</P>
<P>(F) The amount of the penalty imposed or the amount of the agreed settlement. 
</P>
<P>(ii) In such proceedings against individuals, OFAC shall release on an aggregate basis 
</P>
<P>(A) The number of penalties imposed and informal settlements reached, 
</P>
<P>(B) The sanctions programs involved, 
</P>
<P>(C) A brief description of the violations or alleged violations, 
</P>
<P>(D) A clear indication whether the proceedings resulted in informal settlements, in the imposition of penalties, or in administrative hearing requests pursuant to the Trading With the Enemy Act (TWEA), 50 U.S.C. 5(b), and 
</P>
<P>(E) The amounts of the penalties imposed and the amounts of the agreed settlements. 
</P>
<P>(2) The medium through which information will be released is OFAC's website at <I>https://ofac.treasury.gov</I>. 
</P>
<P>(3) The information made available pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall not include the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) The name of any violator or alleged violator who is an individual. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Records or information obtained or created in the implementation of part 598 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) On a case-by-case basis, OFAC may release additional information concerning a particular civil penalties proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 45101, Aug. 25, 1997, as amended at 65 FR 41335, July 5, 2000; 68 FR 6822, Feb. 11, 2003; 89 FR 40377, May 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.806" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.806   Procedures for unblocking property believed to have been blocked and reported in error due to mistaken identity or typographical or similar errors.</HEAD>
<P>When a party believes it has blocked property pursuant to the applicable regulations of this chapter due to mistaken identity or typographical or similar errors, such party may seek to have such property unblocked pursuant to the following administrative procedures:
</P>
<P>(a) Any person who has blocked and reported to the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) property pursuant to § 501.603 may submit a request for authorization to release blocked property that was blocked in error due to mistaken identity or typographical or similar error.
</P>
<P>(b) Requests to release such property must be sent via email to <I>OFACReport@treasury.gov</I> and include the phrase “31 CFR 501.806—Request for a Compliance Release” in the subject line of the email.
</P>
<P>(c) A request to release property must include the name, address, telephone number, and email address of the person seeking the release of the property.
</P>
<P>(d) A request to release property should include the following information, where known, concerning the blocked property:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the person that holds the blocked property or filed the initial report of blocked property;
</P>
<P>(2) The actual value, or if unknown, estimated value, in U.S. dollars of the blocked property, as included in the initial report of blocked property;
</P>
<P>(3) The date of the blocking included in the initial report of blocked property;
</P>
<P>(4) A copy of a valid government-issued identification document, social security number or employer identification number for a person whose property is believed to have been blocked in error, when applicable;
</P>
<P>(5) The OFAC Reporting System (ORS) identification numbers associated with the initial report of blocked property filed with OFAC, when available;
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the property or underlying transaction; and
</P>
<P>(7) A narrative description of the reasons why the applicant believes the property was blocked in error.
</P>
<P>(e) Upon receipt of the materials required by paragraph (d) of this section, OFAC may request additional material, if available, from the applicant concerning the blocked property pursuant to § 501.602.
</P>
<P>(f) Following review of all applicable submissions, OFAC will determine whether the property should be released. In the event that OFAC determines that the property should be released, it will direct the person to release the property to the appropriate party.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 40378, May 10, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.807" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.807   Procedures governing delisting from the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List or any other list of sanctioned persons or property maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control.</HEAD>
<P>A person may submit a petition for administrative reconsideration pursuant to the procedures outlined below in order to seek removal of a person or property (e.g., a vessel) from the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (SDN List) or any other list or identification of sanctioned persons or property maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC):
</P>
<P>(a) A person blocked under the provisions of any part of this chapter, including a specially designated national, specially designated terrorist, specially designated narcotics trafficker, or a person otherwise subject to sanctions pursuant to the provisions of any part of this chapter (each, a “sanctioned person”), or a person owning a majority interest in property (e.g., a vessel) that is blocked or otherwise subject to sanctions may submit arguments or evidence that the person believes establishes that insufficient basis exists for the sanction or that the circumstances resulting in the sanction no longer apply. The sanctioned person also may propose remedial steps on the person's part, such as corporate reorganization, resignation of persons from positions in a blocked entity, or similar steps, which the person believes would negate the basis for the sanction. A person owning a majority interest in property (e.g., a vessel) that is blocked or otherwise subject to sanctions may propose the sale of the vessel, with the proceeds to be placed into a blocked interest-bearing account after deducting the costs incurred while the vessel was blocked and the costs of the sale. This submission must be made via email to <I>OFAC.Reconsideration@treasury.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of reconsideration petitions relating to persons or property sanctioned by OFAC:
</P>
<P>(1) The information submitted by the person seeking removal of a person or property from the SDN List or any other list or identification of sanctioned persons or property maintained by OFAC will be reviewed by OFAC, which may request clarifying, corroborating, or other additional information.
</P>
<P>(2) A person seeking removal of a person or property from the SDN List or any other list or identification of sanctioned persons or property maintained by OFAC may request a meeting with OFAC; however, such meetings are not required, and the office may, at its discretion, decline to conduct such meetings prior to completing a review pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(3) After OFAC has conducted a review of the request for reconsideration, it will provide a written decision to the person seeking the removal of a person or property from the SDN List or any other list or identification of sanctioned persons or property maintained by OFAC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 40378, May 10, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.808" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.808   License application and other procedures applicable to economic sanctions programs.</HEAD>
<P>Upon submission to the Office of Management and Budget of an amendment to the overall burden hours for the information collections imposed under this part, the license application and other procedures set forth in this subpart are applicable to economic sanctions programs for which implementation and administration have been delegated to the Office of Foreign Assets Control.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Paperwork Reduction Act</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 45101, Aug. 25, 1997, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 68 FR 53642, Sept. 11, 2003.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 501.901" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.901   Paperwork Reduction Act notice.</HEAD>
<P>The information collection requirements in subparts C and D have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3507(j)) and assigned control number 1505-0164. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid control number assigned by OMB.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.2.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 501—Economic Sanctions Enforcement Guidelines. 


</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This appendix provides a general framework for the enforcement of all economic sanctions programs administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC).</P></NOTE>
<HD1>I. Definitions
</HD1>
<P>A. <I>Apparent violation</I> means conduct that constitutes an actual or possible violation of U.S. economic sanctions laws, including the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA), the Trading With the Enemy Act (TWEA), the Foreign Narcotics Kingpin Designation Act, and other statutes administered or enforced by OFAC, as well as Executive orders, regulations, orders, directives, or licenses issued pursuant thereto.
</P>
<P>B. <I>Applicable schedule amount</I> means:
</P>
<P>1. $1,000 with respect to a transaction valued at less than $1,000;
</P>
<P>2. $10,000 with respect to a transaction valued at $1,000 or more but less than $10,000;
</P>
<P>3. $25,000 with respect to a transaction valued at $10,000 or more but less than $25,000;
</P>
<P>4. $50,000 with respect to a transaction valued at $25,000 or more but less than $50,000;
</P>
<P>5. $100,000 with respect to a transaction valued at $50,000 or more but less than $100,000;
</P>
<P>6. $200,000 with respect to a transaction valued at $100,000 or more but less than $200,000;
</P>
<P>7. The statutory maximum civil penalty per violation of IEEPA listed in section V.B.2.a.v. of this appendix with respect to a transaction valued at $200,000 or more.
</P>
<P>C. <I>OFAC</I> means the Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control.
</P>
<P>D. <I>Penalty</I> is the final civil penalty amount imposed in a Penalty Notice.
</P>
<P>E. <I>Proposed penalty</I> is the civil penalty amount set forth in a Pre-Penalty Notice.
</P>
<P>F. <I>Regulator</I> means any Federal, State, local or foreign official or agency that has authority to license or examine an entity for compliance with federal, state, or foreign law.
</P>
<P>G. <I>Subject Person</I> means an individual or entity subject to any of the sanctions programs administered or enforced by OFAC.
</P>
<P>H. <I>Transaction value</I> means the dollar value of a subject transaction. In export and import cases, the transaction value generally will be the domestic value in the United States of the goods, technology, or services sought to be exported from or imported into the United States, as demonstrated by commercial invoices, bills of lading, signed Customs declarations, or similar documents. In cases involving seizures by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), the transaction value generally will be the domestic value as determined by CBP. If the apparent violation at issue is a prohibited dealing in blocked property by a Subject Person, the transaction value generally will be the dollar value of the underlying transaction involved, such as the value of the property dealt in or the amount of the funds transfer that a financial institution failed to block or reject. Where the transaction value is not otherwise ascertainable, OFAC may consider the market value of the goods or services that were the subject of the transaction, the economic benefit conferred on the sanctioned party, and/or the economic benefit derived by the Subject Person from the transaction, in determining transaction value. For purposes of these Guidelines, “transaction value” will not necessarily have the same meaning, nor be applied in the same manner, as that term is used for import valuation purposes at 19 CFR 152.103.
</P>
<P>I. <I>Voluntary self-disclosure</I> means self-initiated notification to OFAC of an apparent violation by a Subject Person that has committed, or otherwise participated in, an apparent violation of a statute, Executive order, or regulation administered or enforced by OFAC, prior to or at the same time that OFAC, or any other federal, state, or local government agency or official, discovers the apparent violation or another substantially similar apparent violation. For these purposes, “substantially similar apparent violation” means an apparent violation that is part of a series of similar apparent violations or is related to the same pattern or practice of conduct. Notification of an apparent violation to another government agency (but not to OFAC) by a Subject Person, which is considered a voluntary self-disclosure by that agency, may be considered a voluntary self-disclosure by OFAC, based on a case-by-case assessment. Notification to OFAC of an apparent violation is not a voluntary self-disclosure if: a third party is required to and does notify OFAC of the apparent violation or a substantially similar apparent violation because a transaction was blocked or rejected by that third party (regardless of when OFAC receives such notice from the third party and regardless of whether the Subject Person was aware of the third party's disclosure); the disclosure includes false or misleading information; the disclosure (when considered along with supplemental information provided by the Subject Person) is materially incomplete; the disclosure is not self-initiated (including when the disclosure results from a suggestion or order of a federal or state agency or official); or, when the Subject Person is an entity, the disclosure is made by an individual in a Subject Person entity without the authorization of the entity's senior management. Responding to an administrative subpoena or other inquiry from, or filing a license application with, OFAC is not a voluntary self-disclosure. In addition to notification, a voluntary self-disclosure must include, or be followed within a reasonable period of time by, a report of sufficient detail to afford a complete understanding of an apparent violation's circumstances, and should also be followed by responsiveness to any follow-up inquiries by OFAC. (As discussed further below, a Subject Person's level of cooperation with OFAC is an important factor in determining the appropriate enforcement response to an apparent violation even in the absence of a voluntary self-disclosure as defined herein; disclosure by a Subject Person generally will result in mitigation insofar as it represents cooperation with OFAC's investigation.)
</P>
<HD1>II. Types of Responses to Apparent Violations
</HD1>
<P>Depending on the facts and circumstances of a particular case, an OFAC investigation may lead to one or more of the following actions:
</P>
<P>A. <I>No Action.</I> If OFAC determines that there is insufficient evidence to conclude that a violation has occurred and/or, based on an analysis of the General Factors outlined in Section III of these Guidelines, concludes that the conduct does not rise to a level warranting an administrative response, then no action will be taken. In those cases in which OFAC is aware that the Subject Person has knowledge of OFAC's investigation, OFAC generally will issue a letter to the Subject Person indicating that the investigation is being closed with no administrative action being taken. A no-action determination represents a final determination as to the apparent violation, unless OFAC later learns of additional related violations or other relevant facts.
</P>
<P>B. <I>Request Additional Information.</I> If OFAC determines that additional information regarding the apparent violation is needed, it may request further information from the Subject Person or third parties, including through an administrative subpoena issued pursuant to 31 CFR 501.602. In the case of an institution subject to regulation where OFAC has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Subject Person's regulator, OFAC will follow the procedures set forth in such MOU regarding consultation with the regulator. Even in the absence of an MOU, OFAC may seek relevant information about a regulated institution and/or the conduct constituting the apparent violation from the institution's federal, state, or foreign regulator. Upon receipt of information determined to be sufficient to assess the apparent violation, OFAC will decide, based on an analysis of the General Factors outlined in Section III of these Guidelines, whether to pursue further enforcement action or whether some other response to the apparent violation is appropriate.
</P>
<P>C. <I>Cautionary Letter:</I> If OFAC determines that there is insufficient evidence to conclude that a violation has occurred or that a Finding of Violation or a civil monetary penalty is not warranted under the circumstances, but believes that the underlying conduct could lead to a violation in other circumstances and/or that a Subject Person does not appear to be exercising due diligence in assuring compliance with the statutes, Executive orders, and regulations that OFAC enforces, OFAC may issue a cautionary letter, which may convey OFAC's concerns about the underlying conduct and/or the Subject Person's OFAC compliance policies, practices and/or procedures. A cautionary letter represents a final enforcement response to the apparent violation, unless OFAC later learns of additional related violations or other relevant facts, but does not constitute a final agency determination as to whether a violation has occurred.
</P>
<P>D. <I>Finding of Violation:</I> If OFAC determines that a violation has occurred and considers it important to document the occurrence of a violation and, based on an analysis of the General Factors outlined in Section III of these Guidelines, concludes that the Subject Person's conduct warrants an administrative response but that a civil monetary penalty is not the most appropriate response, OFAC may issue a Finding of Violation that identifies the violation. A Finding of Violation may also convey OFAC's concerns about the violation and/or the Subject Person's OFAC compliance policies, practices and/or procedures, and/or identify the need for further compliance steps to be taken. A Finding of Violation represents a final enforcement response to the violation, unless OFAC later learns of additional related violations or other relevant facts, and constitutes a final agency determination that a violation has occurred. A Finding of Violation will afford the Subject Person an opportunity to respond to OFAC's determination that a violation has occurred before that determination becomes final. In the event a Subject Person so responds, the initial Finding of Violation will not constitute a final agency determination that a violation has occurred. In such cases, after considering the response received, OFAC will inform the Subject Person of its final enforcement response to the apparent violation.
</P>
<P>E. <I>Civil Monetary Penalty.</I> If OFAC determines that a violation has occurred and, based on an analysis of the General Factors outlined in Section III of these Guidelines, concludes that the Subject Person's conduct warrants the imposition of a monetary penalty, OFAC may impose a civil monetary penalty. Civil monetary penalty amounts will be determined as discussed in Section V of these Guidelines. The imposition of a civil monetary penalty constitutes a final agency determination that a violation has occurred and represents a final civil enforcement response to the violation. OFAC will afford the Subject Person an opportunity to respond to OFAC's determination that a violation has occurred before a final penalty is imposed.
</P>
<P>F. <I>Criminal Referral.</I> In appropriate circumstances, OFAC may refer the matter to appropriate law enforcement agencies for criminal investigation and/or prosecution. Apparent sanctions violations that OFAC has referred for criminal investigation and/or prosecution also may be subject to OFAC civil penalty or other administrative action.
</P>
<P>G. <I>Other Administrative Actions.</I> In addition to or in lieu of other administrative actions, OFAC may also take the following administrative actions in response to an apparent violation:
</P>
<P>1. <I>License Denial, Suspension, Modification, or Revocation.</I> OFAC authorizations to engage in a transaction (including the release of blocked funds) pursuant to a general or specific license may be withheld, denied, suspended, modified, or revoked in response to an apparent violation.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Cease and Desist Order.</I> OFAC may order the Subject Person to cease and desist from conduct that is prohibited by any of the sanctions programs enforced by OFAC when OFAC has reason to believe that a Subject Person has engaged in such conduct and/or that such conduct is ongoing or may recur.
</P>
<HD1>III. General Factors Affecting Administrative Action
</HD1>
<P>As a general matter, OFAC will consider some or all of the following General Factors in determining the appropriate administrative action in response to an apparent violation of U.S. sanctions by a Subject Person, and, where a civil monetary penalty is imposed, in determining the appropriate amount of any such penalty:
</P>
<P>A. <I>Willful or Reckless Violation of Law:</I> a Subject Person's willfulness or recklessness in violating, attempting to violate, conspiring to violate, or causing a violation of the law. Generally, to the extent the conduct at issue is the result of willful conduct or a deliberate intent to violate, attempt to violate, conspire to violate, or cause a violation of the law, the OFAC enforcement response will be stronger. Among the factors OFAC may consider in evaluating willfulness or recklessness are:
</P>
<P>1. <I>Willfulness.</I> Was the conduct at issue the result of a decision to take action with the knowledge that such action would constitute a violation of U.S. law? Did the Subject Person know that the underlying conduct constituted, or likely constituted, a violation of U.S. law at the time of the conduct?
</P>
<P>2. <I>Recklessness.</I> Did the Subject Person demonstrate reckless disregard for U.S. sanctions requirements or otherwise fail to exercise a minimal degree of caution or care in avoiding conduct that led to the apparent violation? Were there warning signs that should have alerted the Subject Person that an action or failure to act would lead to an apparent violation?
</P>
<P>3. <I>Concealment.</I> Was there an effort by the Subject Person to hide or purposely obfuscate its conduct in order to mislead OFAC, Federal, State, or foreign regulators, or other parties involved in the conduct about an apparent violation?
</P>
<P>4. <I>Pattern of Conduct.</I> Did the apparent violation constitute or result from a pattern or practice of conduct or was it relatively isolated and atypical in nature?
</P>
<P>5. <I>Prior Notice.</I> Was the Subject Person on notice, or should it reasonably have been on notice, that the conduct at issue, or similar conduct, constituted a violation of U.S. law?
</P>
<P>6. <I>Management Involvement.</I> In cases of entities, at what level within the organization did the willful or reckless conduct occur? Were supervisory or managerial level staff aware, or should they reasonably have been aware, of the willful or reckless conduct?
</P>
<P>B. <I>Awareness of Conduct at Issue:</I> the Subject Person's awareness of the conduct giving rise to the apparent violation. Generally, the greater a Subject Person's actual knowledge of, or reason to know about, the conduct constituting an apparent violation, the stronger the OFAC enforcement response will be. In the case of a corporation, awareness will focus on supervisory or managerial level staff in the business unit at issue, as well as other senior officers and managers. Among the factors OFAC may consider in evaluating the Subject Person's awareness of the conduct at issue are:
</P>
<P>1. <I>Actual Knowledge.</I> Did the Subject Person have actual knowledge that the conduct giving rise to an apparent violation took place? Was the conduct part of a business process, structure or arrangement that was designed or implemented with the intent to prevent or shield the Subject Person from having such actual knowledge, or was the conduct part of a business process, structure or arrangement implemented for other legitimate reasons that made it difficult or impossible for the Subject Person to have actual knowledge?
</P>
<P>2. <I>Reason to Know.</I> If the Subject Person did not have actual knowledge that the conduct took place, did the Subject Person have reason to know, or should the Subject Person reasonably have known, based on all readily available information and with the exercise of reasonable due diligence, that the conduct would or might take place?
</P>
<P>3. <I>Management Involvement.</I> In the case of an entity, was the conduct undertaken with the explicit or implicit knowledge of senior management, or was the conduct undertaken by personnel outside the knowledge of senior management? If the apparent violation was undertaken without the knowledge of senior management, was there oversight intended to detect and prevent violations, or did the lack of knowledge by senior management result from disregard for its responsibility to comply with applicable sanctions laws?
</P>
<P>C. <I>Harm to Sanctions Program Objectives:</I> the actual or potential harm to sanctions program objectives caused by the conduct giving rise to the apparent violation. Among the factors OFAC may consider in evaluating the harm to sanctions program objectives are:
</P>
<P>1. <I>Economic or Other Benefit to the Sanctioned Individual, Entity, or Country:</I> the economic or other benefit conferred or attempted to be conferred to sanctioned individuals, entities, or countries as a result of an apparent violation, including the number, size, and impact of the transactions constituting an apparent violation(s), the length of time over which they occurred, and the nature of the economic or other benefit conferred. OFAC may also consider the causal link between the Subject Person's conduct and the economic benefit conferred or attempted to be conferred.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Implications for U.S. Policy:</I> the effect that the circumstances of the apparent violation had on the integrity of the U.S. sanctions program and the related policy objectives involved.
</P>
<P>3. <I>License Eligibility:</I> whether the conduct constituting the apparent violation likely would have been licensed by OFAC under existing licensing policy.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Humanitarian activity:</I> whether the conduct at issue was in support of a humanitarian activity.
</P>
<P>D. <I>Individual Characteristics:</I> the particular circumstances and characteristics of a Subject Person. Among the factors OFAC may consider in evaluating individual characteristics are:
</P>
<P>1. <I>Commercial Sophistication:</I> the commercial sophistication and experience of the Subject Person. Is the Subject Person an individual or an entity? If an individual, was the conduct constituting the apparent violation for personal or business reasons?
</P>
<P>2. <I>Size of Operations and Financial Condition:</I> the size of a Subject Person's business operations and overall financial condition, where such information is available and relevant. Qualification of the Subject Person as a small business or organization for the purposes of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act, as determined by reference to the applicable regulations of the Small Business Administration, may also be considered.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Volume of Transactions:</I> the total volume of transactions undertaken by the Subject Person on an annual basis, with attention given to the apparent violations as compared with the total volume.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Sanctions History:</I> the Subject Person's sanctions history, including OFAC's issuance of prior penalties, findings of violations or cautionary, warning or evaluative letters, or other administrative actions (including settlements). As a general matter, OFAC will only consider a Subject Person's sanctions history for the five years preceding the date of the transaction giving rise to the apparent violation.
</P>
<P>E. <I>Compliance Program:</I> the existence, nature and adequacy of a Subject Person's risk-based OFAC compliance program at the time of the apparent violation, where relevant. In the case of an institution subject to regulation where OFAC has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Subject Person's regulator, OFAC will follow the procedures set forth in such MOU regarding consultation with the regulator with regard to the quality and effectiveness of the Subject Person's compliance program. Even in the absence of an MOU, OFAC may take into consideration the views of federal, state, or foreign regulators, where relevant. Further information about risk-based compliance programs for financial institutions is set forth in the annex hereto.
</P>
<P>F. <I>Remedial Response:</I> the Subject Person's corrective action taken in response to the apparent violation. Among the factors OFAC may consider in evaluating the remedial response are:
</P>
<P>1. The steps taken by the Subject Person upon learning of the apparent violation. Did the Subject Person immediately stop the conduct at issue?
</P>
<P>2. In the case of an entity, the processes followed to resolve issues related to the apparent violation. Did the Subject Person discover necessary information to ascertain the causes and extent of the apparent violation, fully and expeditiously? Was senior management fully informed? If so, when?
</P>
<P>3. In the case of an entity, whether the Subject Person adopted new and more effective internal controls and procedures to prevent a recurrence of the apparent violation. If the Subject Person did not have an OFAC compliance program in place at the time of the apparent violation, did it implement one upon discovery of the apparent violations? If it did have an OFAC compliance program, did it take appropriate steps to enhance the program to prevent the recurrence of similar violations? Did the entity provide the individual(s) responsible for the apparent violation with additional training, and/or take other appropriate action, to ensure that similar violations do not occur in the future?
</P>
<P>4. Where applicable, whether the Subject Person undertook a thorough review to identify other possible violations.
</P>
<P>G. <I>Cooperation with OFAC:</I> the nature and extent of the Subject Person's cooperation with OFAC. Among the factors OFAC may consider in evaluating cooperation with OFAC are:
</P>
<P>1. Did the Subject Person voluntarily self-disclose the apparent violation to OFAC?
</P>
<P>2. Did the Subject Person provide OFAC with all relevant information regarding an apparent violation (whether or not voluntarily self-disclosed)?
</P>
<P>3. Did the Subject Person research and disclose to OFAC relevant information regarding any other apparent violations caused by the same course of conduct?
</P>
<P>4. Was information provided voluntarily or in response to an administrative subpoena?
</P>
<P>5. Did the Subject Person cooperate with, and promptly respond to, all requests for information?
</P>
<P>6. Did the Subject Person enter into a statute of limitations tolling agreement, if requested by OFAC (particularly in situations where the apparent violations were not immediately notified to or discovered by OFAC, in particularly complex cases, and in cases in which the Subject Person has requested and received additional time to respond to a request for information from OFAC)? If so, the Subject Person's entering into a tolling agreement will be deemed a mitigating factor. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>A Subject Person's refusal to enter into a tolling agreement will not be considered by OFAC as an aggravating factor in assessing a Subject Person's cooperation or otherwise under the Guidelines.
</P>
<P>Where appropriate, OFAC will publicly note substantial cooperation provided by a Subject Person.</P></NOTE>
<P>H. <I>Timing of apparent violation in relation to imposition of sanctions:</I> the timing of the apparent violation in relation to the adoption of the applicable prohibitions, particularly if the apparent violation took place immediately after relevant changes in the sanctions program regulations or the addition of a new name to OFAC's List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (SDN List).
</P>
<P>I. <I>Other enforcement action:</I> other enforcement actions taken by federal, state, or local agencies against the Subject Person for the apparent violation or similar apparent violations, including whether the settlement of alleged violations of OFAC regulations is part of a comprehensive settlement with other federal, state, or local agencies.
</P>
<P>J. <I>Future Compliance/Deterrence Effect:</I> the impact administrative action may have on promoting future compliance with U.S. economic sanctions by the Subject Person and similar Subject Persons, particularly those in the same industry sector.
</P>
<P>K. <I>Other relevant factors on a case-by-case basis:</I> such other factors that OFAC deems relevant on a case-by-case basis in determining the appropriate enforcement response and/or the amount of any civil monetary penalty. OFAC will consider the totality of the circumstances to ensure that its enforcement response is proportionate to the nature of the violation.


</P>
<HD1>IV. Civil Penalties for Failure To Comply With a Requirement To Furnish Information or Keep Records
</HD1>
<P>As a general matter, the following civil penalty amounts shall apply to a Subject Person's failure to comply with a requirement to furnish information or maintain records:
</P>
<P>A. The failure to comply with a requirement to furnish information pursuant to 31 CFR 501.602 may result in a penalty in an amount up to $29,150, irrespective of whether any other violation is alleged. Where OFAC has reason to believe that the apparent violation(s) that is the subject of the requirement to furnish information involves a transaction(s) valued at greater than $500,000, a failure to comply with a requirement to furnish information may result in a penalty in an amount up to $72,876, irrespective of whether any other violation is alleged. A failure to comply with a requirement to furnish information may be considered a continuing violation, and the penalties described above may be imposed each month that a party has continued to fail to comply with the requirement to furnish information. OFAC may also seek to have a requirement to furnish information judicially enforced. Imposition of a civil monetary penalty for failure to comply with a requirement to furnish information does not preclude OFAC from seeking such judicial enforcement of the requirement to furnish information.


</P>
<P>B. The late filing of a required report, whether set forth in regulations or in a specific license, may result in a civil monetary penalty in an amount up to $3,550, if filed within the first 30 days after the report is due, and a penalty in an amount up to $7,104 if filed more than 30 days after the report is due. If the report relates to blocked assets, the penalty may include an additional $1,422 for every 30 days that the report is overdue, up to 10 years.


</P>
<HD1>V. Civil Penalties
</HD1>
<P>OFAC will review the facts and circumstances surrounding an apparent violation and apply the General Factors for Taking Administrative Action in Section III above in determining whether to initiate a civil penalty proceeding and in determining the amount of any civil monetary penalty. OFAC will give careful consideration to the appropriateness of issuing a cautionary letter or Finding of Violation in lieu of the imposition of a civil monetary penalty.
</P>
<HD2>A. Civil Penalty Process
</HD2>
<P>1. <I>Pre-Penalty Notice.</I> If OFAC has reason to believe that a sanctions violation has occurred and believes that a civil monetary penalty is appropriate, it will issue a Pre-Penalty Notice in accordance with the procedures set forth in the particular regulations governing the conduct giving rise to the apparent violation. The amount of the proposed penalty set forth in the Pre-Penalty Notice will reflect OFAC's preliminary assessment of the appropriate penalty amount, based on information then in OFAC's possession. The amount of the final penalty may change as OFAC learns additional relevant information. If, after issuance of a Pre-Penalty Notice, OFAC determines that a penalty in an amount that represents an increase of more than 10 percent from the proposed penalty set forth in the Pre-Penalty Notice is appropriate, or if OFAC intends to allege additional violations, it will issue a revised Pre-Penalty Notice setting forth the new proposed penalty amount and/or alleged violations.
</P>
<P>a. In general, the Pre-Penalty Notice will set forth the following with respect to the specific violations alleged and the proposed penalties:
</P>
<P>i. Description of the alleged violations, including the number of violations and their value, for which a penalty is being proposed;
</P>
<P>ii. Identification of the regulatory or other provisions alleged to have been violated;
</P>
<P>iii. Identification of the base category (defined below) according to which the proposed penalty amount was calculated and the General Factors that were most relevant to the determination of the proposed penalty amount;
</P>
<P>iv. The maximum amount of the penalty to which the Subject Person could be subject under applicable law; and
</P>
<P>v. The proposed penalty amount, determined in accordance with the provisions set forth in these Guidelines.
</P>
<P>b. The Pre-Penalty Notice will also include information regarding how to respond to the Pre-Penalty Notice including:
</P>
<P>i. A statement that the Subject Person may submit a written response to the Pre-Penalty Notice by a date certain addressing the alleged violation(s), the General Factors Affecting Administrative Action set forth in Section III of these Guidelines, and any other information or evidence that the Subject Person deems relevant to OFAC's consideration.
</P>
<P>ii. A statement that a failure to respond to the Pre-Penalty Notice may result in the imposition of a civil monetary penalty.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Response to Pre-Penalty Notice.</I> A Subject Person may submit a written response to the Pre-Penalty Notice in accordance with the procedures set forth in the particular regulations governing the conduct giving rise to the apparent violation. Generally, the response should either agree to the proposed penalty set forth in the Pre-Penalty Notice or set forth reasons why a penalty should not be imposed or, if imposed, why it should be a lesser amount than proposed, with particular attention paid to the General Factors Affecting Administrative Action set forth in Section III of these Guidelines. The response should include all documentary or other evidence available to the Subject Person that supports the arguments set forth in the response. OFAC will consider all relevant materials submitted.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Penalty Notice.</I> If OFAC receives no response to a Pre-Penalty Notice within the time prescribed in the Pre-Penalty Notice, or if following the receipt of a response to a Pre-Penalty Notice and a review of the information and evidence contained therein OFAC concludes that a civil monetary penalty is warranted, a Penalty Notice generally will be issued in accordance with the procedures set forth in the particular regulations governing the conduct giving rise to the violation. A Penalty Notice constitutes a final agency determination that a violation has occurred. The penalty amount set forth in the Penalty Notice will take into account relevant additional information provided in response to a Pre-Penalty Notice. In the absence of a response to a Pre-Penalty Notice, the penalty amount set forth in the Penalty Notice will generally be the same as the proposed penalty set forth in the Pre-Penalty Notice.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Referral to Financial Management Division.</I> The imposition of a civil monetary penalty pursuant to a Penalty Notice creates a debt due the U.S. Government. OFAC will advise Treasury's Financial Management Division upon the imposition of a penalty. The Financial Management Division may take follow-up action to collect the penalty assessed if it is not paid within the prescribed time period set forth in the Penalty Notice. In addition or instead, the matter may be referred to the U.S. Department of Justice for appropriate action to recover the penalty.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Final Agency Action.</I> The issuance of a Penalty Notice constitutes final agency action with respect to the violation(s) for which the penalty is assessed.
</P>
<HD2>B. Amount of Civil Penalty
</HD2>
<P>1. <I>Egregious case.</I> In those cases in which a civil monetary penalty is deemed appropriate, OFAC will make a determination as to whether a case is deemed “egregious” for purposes of the base penalty calculation. This determination will be based on an analysis of the applicable General Factors. In making the egregiousness determination, OFAC generally will give substantial weight to General Factors A (“willful or reckless violation of law”), B (“awareness of conduct at issue”), C (“harm to sanctions program objectives”) and D (“individual characteristics”), with particular emphasis on General Factors A and B. A case will be considered an “egregious case” where the analysis of the applicable General Factors, with a focus on those General Factors identified above, indicates that the case represents a particularly serious violation of the law calling for a strong enforcement response. A determination that a case is “egregious” will be made by the Director or Deputy Director.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Pre-Penalty Notice.</I> The penalty amount proposed in a Pre-Penalty Notice shall generally be calculated as follows, except that neither the base amount nor the proposed penalty will exceed the applicable statutory maximum amount: 
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> For apparent violations identified in the Cuba Penalty Schedule, 68 Fed. Reg. 4429 (Jan. 29, 2003), for which a civil monetary penalty has been deemed appropriate, the base penalty amount shall equal the amount set forth in the Schedule for such violation, except that the base penalty amount shall be reduced by 50% in cases of voluntary self-disclosure.</P></FTNT>
<HD3>a. Base Category Calculation
</HD3>
<P>i. In a non-egregious case, if the apparent violation is disclosed through a voluntary self-disclosure by the Subject Person, the base amount of the proposed civil penalty in the Pre-Penalty Notice shall be one-half of the transaction value, capped at a maximum base amount of $188,850 per violation, except where the statutory maximum penalty applicable to the apparent violation is less than $377,700, in which case the base amount of the proposed civil penalty in the Pre-Penalty Notice shall be capped at one-half the statutory maximum penalty applicable to the apparent violation.
</P>
<P>ii. In a non-egregious case, if the apparent violation comes to OFAC's attention by means other than a voluntary self-disclosure, the base amount of the proposed civil penalty in the Pre-Penalty Notice shall be the “applicable schedule amount,” as defined above. For apparent violations where the statutory maximum penalty applicable to the apparent violation is $377,700 or greater, the maximum base amount shall be capped at $377,700. For apparent violations where the statutory maximum penalty applicable to the apparent violation is less than $377,700, the maximum base amount shall be capped at the statutory maximum penalty amount applicable to the apparent violation.
</P>
<P>iii. In an egregious case, if the apparent violation is disclosed through a voluntary self-disclosure by a Subject Person, the base amount of the proposed civil penalty in the Pre-Penalty Notice shall be one-half of the applicable statutory maximum penalty applicable to the violation.
</P>
<P>iv. In an egregious case, if the apparent violation comes to OFAC's attention by means other than a voluntary self-disclosure, the base amount of the proposed civil penalty in the Pre-Penalty Notice shall be the applicable statutory maximum penalty amount applicable to the violation.
</P>
<P>v. The applicable statutory maximum civil penalty per violation for each statute enforced by OFAC is as follows: International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA)—greater of $377,700 or twice the amount of the underlying transaction; Trading with the Enemy Act (TWEA)— $111,308; Foreign Narcotics Kingpin Designation Act (FNKDA)— $1,876,699; Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996 (AEDPA)—greater of $99,703 or twice the amount of which a financial institution was required to retain possession or control; and Clean Diamond Trade Act (CDTA)—$17,062. The civil penalty amounts authorized under these statutes are subject to adjustment pursuant to the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-410, as amended, 28 U.S.C. 2461 note).
</P>
<P>vi. The following matrix represents the base amount of the proposed civil penalty for each category of violation:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er15ja25.063.gif"/>
<HD3>b. Adjustment for Applicable Relevant General Factors
</HD3>
<P>The base amount of the proposed civil penalty may be adjusted to reflect applicable General Factors for Administrative Action set forth in Section III of these Guidelines. Each factor may be considered mitigating or aggravating, resulting in a lower or higher proposed penalty amount. As a general matter, in those cases where the following General Factors are present, OFAC will adjust the base proposed penalty amount in the following manner:
</P>
<P>i. In cases involving substantial cooperation with OFAC but no voluntary self-disclosure as defined herein, including cases in which an apparent violation is reported to OFAC by a third party but the Subject Person provides substantial additional information regarding the apparent violation and/or other related violations, the base penalty amount generally will be reduced between 25 and 40 percent. Substantial cooperation in cases involving voluntary self-disclosure may also be considered as a further mitigating factor.
</P>
<P>ii. In cases involving a Subject Person's first violation, the base penalty amount generally will be reduced up to 25 percent. An apparent violation generally will be considered a “first violation” if the Subject Person has not received a penalty notice or Finding of Violation from OFAC in the five years preceding the date of the transaction giving rise to the apparent violation. A group of substantially similar apparent violations addressed in a single Pre-Penalty Notice shall be considered as a single violation for purposes of this subsection. In those cases where a prior penalty notice or Finding of Violation within the preceding five years involved conduct of a substantially different nature from the apparent violation at issue, OFAC may consider the apparent violation at issue a “first violation.” In determining the extent of any mitigation for a first violation, OFAC may consider any prior OFAC enforcement action taken with respect to the Subject Person, including any cautionary, warning or evaluative letters issued, or any civil monetary settlements entered into with OFAC.
</P>
<P>In all cases, the proposed penalty amount will not exceed the applicable statutory maximum.
</P>
<P>In cases involving a large number of apparent violations, where the transaction value of all apparent violations is either unknown or would require a disproportionate allocation of resources to determine, OFAC may estimate or extrapolate the transaction value of the total universe of apparent violations in determining the amount of any proposed civil monetary penalty.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Penalty Notice.</I> The amount of the proposed civil penalty in the Pre-Penalty Notice will be the presumptive starting point for calculation of the civil penalty amount in the Penalty Notice. OFAC may adjust the penalty amount in the Penalty Notice based on:
</P>
<P>a. Evidence presented by the Subject Person in response to the Pre-Penalty Notice, or otherwise received by OFAC with respect to the underlying violation(s); and/or
</P>
<P>b. Any modification resulting from further review and reconsideration by OFAC of the proposed civil monetary penalty in light of the General Factors for Administrative Action set forth in Section III above.
</P>
<P>In no event will the amount of the civil monetary penalty in the Penalty Notice exceed the proposed penalty set forth in the Pre-Penalty Notice by more than 10 percent, or include additional alleged violations, unless a revised Pre-Penalty Notice has first been sent to the Subject Person as set forth above. In the event that OFAC determines upon further review that no penalty is appropriate, it will so inform the Subject Person in a no-action letter, a cautionary letter, or a Finding of Violation.
</P>
<HD2>C. Settlements
</HD2>
<P>A settlement does not constitute a final agency determination that a violation has occurred.
</P>
<P>1. <I>Settlement Process.</I> Settlement discussions may be initiated by OFAC, the Subject Person or the Subject Person's authorized representative. Settlements generally will be negotiated in accordance with the principles set forth in these Guidelines with respect to appropriate penalty amounts. OFAC may condition the entry into or continuation of settlement negotiations on the execution of a tolling agreement with respect to the statute of limitations.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Settlement Prior to Issuance of Pre-Penalty Notice.</I> Where settlement discussions occur prior to the issuance of a Pre-Penalty Notice, the Subject Person may request in writing that OFAC withhold issuance of a Pre-Penalty Notice pending the conclusion of settlement discussions. OFAC will generally agree to such a request as long as settlement discussions are continuing in good faith and the statute of limitations is not at risk of expiring.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Settlement Following Issuance of Pre-Penalty Notice.</I> If a matter is settled after a Pre-Penalty Notice has been issued, but before a final Penalty Notice is issued, OFAC will not make a final determination as to whether a sanctions violation has occurred. In the event no settlement is reached, the period specified for written response to the Pre-Penalty Notice remains in effect unless additional time is granted by OFAC.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Settlements of Multiple Apparent Violations.</I> A settlement initiated for one apparent violation may also involve a comprehensive or global settlement of multiple apparent violations covered by other Pre-Penalty Notices, apparent violations for which a Pre-Penalty Notice has not yet been issued by OFAC, or previously unknown apparent violations reported to OFAC during the pendency of an investigation of an apparent violation.
</P>
<HD1>Annex
</HD1>
<P>The following matrix can be used by financial institutions to evaluate their compliance programs:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">OFAC Risk Matrix
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Low
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Moderate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">High
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stable, well-known customer base in a localized environment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Customer base changing due to branching, merger, or acquisition in the domestic market</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A large, fluctuating client base in an international environment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Few high-risk customers; these may include nonresident aliens, foreign customers (including accounts with U.S. powers of attorney), and foreign commercial customers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A moderate number of high-risk customers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A large number of high-risk customers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">No overseas branches and no correspondent accounts with foreign banks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overseas branches or correspondent accounts with foreign banks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overseas branches or multiple correspondent accounts with foreign banks.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">No electronic services (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> e-banking) offered, or products available are purely informational or non-transactional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The institution offers limited electronic (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> e-banking) products and services</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The institution offers a wide array of electronic (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> e-banking) products and services (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> account transfers, e-bill payment, or accounts opened via the Internet).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Limited number of funds transfers for customers and non-customers, limited third-party transactions, and no international funds transfers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A moderate number of funds transfers, mostly for customers. Possibly, a few international funds transfers from personal or business accounts</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A high number of customer and non-customer funds transfers, including international funds transfers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">No other types of international transactions, such as trade finance, cross-border ACH, and management of sovereign debt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Limited other types of international transactions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A high number of other types of international transactions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">No history of OFAC actions. No evidence of apparent violation or circumstances that might lead to a violation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A small number of recent actions (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> actions within the last five years) by OFAC, including notice letters, or civil money penalties, with evidence that the institution addressed the issues and is not at risk of similar violations in the future</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Multiple recent actions by OFAC, where the institution has not addressed the issues, thus leading to an increased risk of the institution undertaking similar violations in the future.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management has fully assessed the institution's level of risk based on its customer base and product lines. This understanding of risk and strong commitment to OFAC compliance is satisfactorily communicated throughout the organization</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Management exhibits a reasonable understanding of the key aspects of OFAC compliance and its commitment is generally clear and satisfactorily communicated throughout the organization, but it may lack a program appropriately tailored to risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Management does not understand, or has chosen to ignore, key aspects of OFAC compliance risk. The importance of compliance is not emphasized or communicated throughout the organization.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The board of directors, or board committee, has approved an OFAC compliance program that includes policies, procedures, controls, and information systems that are adequate, and consistent with the institution's OFAC risk profile</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The board has approved an OFAC compliance program that includes most of the appropriate policies, procedures, controls, and information systems necessary to ensure compliance, but some weaknesses are noted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The board has not approved an OFAC compliance program, or policies, procedures, controls, and information systems are significantly deficient.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Staffing levels appear adequate to properly execute the OFAC compliance program</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Staffing levels appear generally adequate, but some deficiencies are noted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Management has failed to provide appropriate staffing levels to handle workload.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Authority and accountability for OFAC compliance are clearly defined and enforced, including the designation of a qualified OFAC officer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Authority and accountability are defined, but some refinements are needed. A qualified OFAC officer has been designated</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Authority and accountability for compliance have not been clearly established. No OFAC compliance officer, or an unqualified one, has been appointed. The role of the OFAC officer is unclear.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Training is appropriate and effective based on the institution's risk profile, covers applicable personnel, and provides necessary up-to-date information and resources to ensure compliance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Training is conducted and management provides adequate resources given the risk profile of the organization; however, some areas are not covered within the training program</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Training is sporadic and does not cover important regulatory and risk areas or is nonexistent.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The institution employs strong quality control methods</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The institution employs limited quality control methods</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The institution does not employ quality control methods.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 57601, Nov. 9, 2009, as amended at 81 FR 43073, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 10435, Feb. 10, 2017; 83 FR 11877, Mar. 19, 2018; 84 FR 27715, June 14, 2019; 85 FR 19885, Apr. 9, 2020; 85 FR 48475, Aug. 11, 2020; 85 FR 54914, Sept. 3, 2020; 86 FR 14536, Mar. 17, 2021; 86 FR 18896, Apr. 12, 2021; 87 FR 3206, Jan. 21, 2022; 87 FR 7370, Feb. 9, 2022; 88 FR 2231, Jan. 13, 2023; 88 FR 23340, Apr. 17, 2023; 89 FR 2140, Jan. 12, 2024; 90 FR 3689, Jan. 15, 2025; 89 FR 74834, Sept. 13, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="510" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 510—NORTH KOREA SANCTIONS REGULATIONS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>3 U.S.C. 301; 31 U.S.C. 321(b); 50 U.S.C. 1601 <I>et seq.,</I> 1701 <I>et seq.</I>; 22 U.S.C. 287c, 9201-9255; Pub. L. 101-410, 104 Stat. 890, as amended (28 U.S.C. 2461 note); Pub. L. 115-44, 131 Stat. 886 (codified in scattered sections of 22 U.S.C.); E.O. 13466, 73 FR 36787, 3 CFR, 2008 Comp., p. 195; E.O. 13551, 75 FR 53837, 3 CFR, 2010 Comp., p. 242; E.O. 13570, 76 FR 22291, 3 CFR, 2011 Comp., p. 233; E.O. 13687, 80 FR 819, 3 CFR, 2015 Comp., p. 259; E.O. 13722, 81 FR 14943, 3 CFR, 2016 Comp., p. 446; E.O. 13810, 82 FR 44705, 3 CFR, 2017 Comp., p. 379.




</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Relation of This Part to Other Laws and Regulations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.101" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.101   Relation of this part to other laws and regulations.</HEAD>
<P>This part is separate from, and independent of, the other parts of this chapter, with the exception of part 501 of this chapter, the recordkeeping and reporting requirements and license application and other procedures of which apply to this part. Actions taken pursuant to part 501 of this chapter with respect to the prohibitions contained in this part are considered actions taken pursuant to this part. Differing foreign policy and national security circumstances may result in differing interpretations of similar language among the parts of this chapter. No license or authorization contained in or issued pursuant to those other parts authorizes any transaction prohibited by this part. No license or authorization contained in or issued pursuant to any other provision of law or regulation authorizes any transaction prohibited by this part. No license or authorization contained in or issued pursuant to this part relieves the involved parties from complying with any other applicable laws or regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Prohibitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.201" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.201   Prohibited transactions involving blocked property.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) All property and interests in property that are in the United States, that come within the United States, or that are or come within the possession or control of any U.S. person of the Government of North Korea or the Workers' Party of Korea are blocked and may not be transferred, paid, exported, withdrawn, or otherwise dealt in.
</P>
<P>(2) All property and interests in property of North Korea or a North Korean national that were blocked pursuant to the Trading With the Enemy Act as of June 16, 2000 and remained blocked on June 26, 2008, are blocked and may not be transferred, paid, exported, withdrawn, or otherwise dealt in.
</P>
<P>(3) All property and interests in property that are in the United States, that come within the United States, or that are or come within the possession or control of any U.S. person of the following persons are blocked and may not be transferred, paid, exported, withdrawn, or otherwise dealt in:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>E.O. 13551 Annex.</I> The persons listed in the Annex to Executive Order 13551 of August 30, 2010;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>E.O. 13551.</I> Any person determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State:
</P>
<P>(A) To have, directly or indirectly, imported, exported, or reexported to, into, or from North Korea any arms or related materiel;
</P>
<P>(B) To have, directly or indirectly, provided training, advice, or other services or assistance, or engaged in financial transactions, related to the manufacture, maintenance, or use of any arms or related materiel to be imported, exported, or reexported to, into, or from North Korea, or following their importation, exportation, or reexportation to, into, or from North Korea;
</P>
<P>(C) To have, directly or indirectly, imported, exported, or reexported luxury goods to or into North Korea;
</P>
<P>(D) To have, directly or indirectly, engaged in money laundering, the counterfeiting of goods or currency, bulk cash smuggling, narcotics trafficking, or other illicit economic activity that involves or supports the Government of North Korea or any senior official thereof;
</P>
<P>(E) To have materially assisted, sponsored, or provided financial, material, or technological support for, or goods or services to or in support of, the activities described in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section or any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(F) To be owned or controlled by, or to have acted or purported to act for or on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(G) To have attempted to engage in any of the activities described in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)(A) through (F) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>E.O. 13687.</I> Any person determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State:
</P>
<P>(A) To be an agency, instrumentality, or controlled entity of the Government of North Korea or the Workers' Party of Korea;
</P>
<P>(B) To be an official of the Government of North Korea;
</P>
<P>(C) To be an official of the Workers' Party of Korea;
</P>
<P>(D) To have materially assisted, sponsored, or provided financial, material, or technological support for, or goods or services to or in support of, the Government of North Korea or any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(E) To be owned or controlled by, or to have acted or purported to act for or on behalf of, directly or indirectly, the Government of North Korea or any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>E.O. 13722.</I> Any person determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State:
</P>
<P>(A) To operate in any industry in the North Korean economy as may be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, to be subject to paragraph (a)(3)(iv) of this section, such as transportation, mining, energy, or financial services;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(3)(<E T="01">iv</E>)(A):</HED>
<P>Any industry in the North Korean economy that is determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, to be subject to paragraph (a)(3)(iv) of this section will be so identified in a publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P></NOTE>
<P>(B) To have sold, supplied, transferred, or purchased, directly or indirectly, to or from North Korea or any person acting for or on behalf of the Government of North Korea or the Workers' Party of Korea, metal, graphite, coal, or software, where any revenue or goods received may benefit the Government of North Korea or the Workers' Party of Korea, including North Korea's nuclear or ballistic missile programs;
</P>
<P>(C) To have engaged in, facilitated, or been responsible for an abuse or violation of human rights by the Government of North Korea or the Workers' Party of Korea or any person acting for or on behalf of either such entity;
</P>
<P>(D) To have engaged in, facilitated, or been responsible for the exportation of workers from North Korea, including exportation to generate revenue for the Government of North Korea or the Workers' Party of Korea;
</P>
<P>(E) To have engaged in significant activities undermining cybersecurity through the use of computer networks or systems against targets outside of North Korea on behalf of the Government of North Korea or the Workers' Party of Korea;
</P>
<P>(F) To have engaged in, facilitated, or been responsible for censorship by the Government of North Korea or the Workers' Party of Korea;
</P>
<P>(G) To have materially assisted, sponsored, or provided financial, material, or technological support for, or goods or services to or in support of, any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(3)(iv) of this section;
</P>
<P>(H) To be owned or controlled by, or to have acted or purported to act for or on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(3)(iv) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(I) To have attempted to engage in any of the activities described in paragraphs (a)(3)(iv)(A) through (H) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) <I>E.O. 13810 section 1.</I> Any person determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State:
</P>
<P>(A) To operate in the construction, energy, financial services, fishing, information technology, manufacturing, medical, mining, textiles, or transportation industries in North Korea;
</P>
<P>(B) To own, control, or operate any port in North Korea, including any seaport, airport, or land port of entry;
</P>
<P>(C) To have engaged in at least one significant importation from or exportation to North Korea of any goods, services, or technology;
</P>
<P>(D) To be a North Korean person, including a North Korean person that has engaged in commercial activity that generates revenue for the Government of North Korea or the Workers' Party of Korea;
</P>
<P>(E) To have materially assisted, sponsored, or provided financial, material, or technological support for, or goods or services to or in support of, any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(F) To be owned or controlled by, or to have acted or purported to act for or on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>E.O. 13810 section 4.</I> Any person that is a foreign financial institution:
</P>
<P>(A) Determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, to have, on or after September 21, 2017, knowingly conducted or facilitated any significant transaction:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) On behalf of any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to Executive Order 13551, Executive Order 13687, Executive Order 13722, or Executive Order 13810, or of any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to Executive Order 13382 in connection with North Korea-related activities; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) In connection with trade with North Korea; and
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to which the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, has exercised the authority to block all property and interests in property;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(3)(<E T="01">vi</E>):</HED>
<P>See § 510.210 for alternative sanctions that can be imposed on a foreign financial institution when the determination specified in paragraph (a)(3)(vi)(A) of this section is made.</P></NOTE>
<P>(vii) <I>Section 104(a) of the North Korea Sanctions and Policy Enhancement Act of 2016, as amended by the Countering America's Adversaries Through Sanctions Act and the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020 (NKSPEA, as amended).</I> Any person the Secretary of the Treasury determines, in consultation with the Secretary of State, knowingly:
</P>
<P>(A) Directly or indirectly, imports, exports, or reexports to, into, or from North Korea any goods, services, or technology controlled for export by the United States because of the use of such goods, services, or technology for weapons of mass destruction or delivery systems for such weapons and materially contributes to the use, development, production, possession, or acquisition by any person of a nuclear, radiological, chemical, or biological weapon or any device or system designed in whole or in part to deliver such a weapon;
</P>
<P>(B) Directly or indirectly, provides training, advice, or other services or assistance, or engages in significant financial transactions, relating to the manufacture, maintenance, or use of any such weapon, device, or system to be imported, exported, or reexported to, into, or from North Korea;
</P>
<P>(C) Directly or indirectly, imports, exports, or reexports luxury goods to or into North Korea;
</P>
<P>(D) Engages in, is responsible for, or facilitates censorship by the Government of North Korea;
</P>
<P>(E) Engages in, is responsible for, or facilitates serious human rights abuses by the Government of North Korea;
</P>
<P>(F) Directly or indirectly, engages in money laundering, the counterfeiting of goods or currency, bulk cash smuggling, or narcotics trafficking that supports the Government of North Korea or any senior official or person acting for or on behalf of that Government;
</P>
<P>(G) Engages in significant activities undermining cybersecurity through the use of computer networks or systems against foreign persons, governments, or other entities on behalf of the Government of North Korea;
</P>
<P>(H) Directly or indirectly, sells, supplies, or transfers to or from the Government of North Korea or any person acting for or on behalf of that Government, a significant amount of precious metal, graphite, raw or semi-finished metals or aluminum, steel, coal, or software, for use by or in industrial processes directly related to weapons of mass destruction and delivery systems for such weapons, other proliferation activities, the Korean Workers' Party, armed forces, internal security or intelligence activities, or the operation and maintenance of political prison camps or forced labor camps, including outside of North Korea;
</P>
<P>(I) Directly or indirectly, imports, exports, or reexports to, into, or from North Korea any arms or related materiel or any defense article or defense service (as such terms are defined in section 47 of the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2794));
</P>
<P>(J) Directly or indirectly, purchases or otherwise acquires from North Korea any significant amounts of gold, titanium ore, vanadium ore, copper, silver, nickel, zinc, or rare earth minerals;
</P>
<P>(K) Directly or indirectly, sells or transfers to North Korea any significant amounts of rocket, aviation, or jet fuel (except for use by a civilian passenger aircraft outside North Korea, exclusively for consumption during its flight to North Korea or its return flight);
</P>
<P>(L) Directly or indirectly, provides significant amounts of fuel or supplies, provides bunkering services, or facilitates a significant transaction or transactions to operate or maintain, a vessel or aircraft that is designated under an applicable Executive order or an applicable United Nations Security Council resolution (as such terms are defined in NKSPEA, as amended), or that is owned or controlled by a person designated under an applicable Executive order or applicable United Nations Security Council resolution (as such terms are defined in NKSPEA, as amended);
</P>
<P>(M) Directly or indirectly, insures, registers, facilitates the registration of, or maintains insurance or a registration for, a vessel owned or controlled by the Government of North Korea, except as specifically approved by the United Nations Security Council;
</P>
<P>(N) Directly or indirectly, maintains a correspondent account as defined in section 201A(d)(1) of NKSPEA, as amended, with any North Korean financial institution, except as specifically approved by the United Nations Security Council; or
</P>
<P>(O) Attempts to engage in any of the conduct described in paragraphs (a)(3)(vii)(A) through (N) of this section;
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Section 104(b) of NKSPEA, as amended.</I> Any person the Secretary of the Treasury determines, in consultation with the Secretary of State, knowingly:
</P>
<P>(A) Engages in, contributes to, assists, sponsors, or provides financial, material, or technological support for, or goods and services in support of, any person designated pursuant to: An applicable United Nations Security Council resolution (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended); this section; or any applicable Executive order (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended);
</P>
<P>(B) Contributed to:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The bribery of an official of the Government of North Korea or any person acting for on behalf of that official;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The misappropriation, theft, or embezzlement of public funds by, or for the benefit of, an official of the Government of North Korea or any person acting for or on behalf of that official; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The use of any proceeds of any activity described in paragraph (a)(3)(viii)(B)(<I>1</I>) or (<I>2</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Materially assisted, sponsored, or provided significant financial, material, or technological support for, or goods or services to or in support of, the activities described in paragraph (a)(3)(viii)(A) or (B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) Directly or indirectly, purchased or otherwise acquired from the Government of North Korea significant quantities of coal, iron, or iron ore, in excess of the limitations provided in applicable United Nations Security Council resolutions (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended);
</P>
<P>(E) Directly or indirectly, purchased or otherwise acquired significant types or amounts of textiles from the Government of North Korea;
</P>
<P>(F) Facilitated a significant transfer of funds or property of the Government of North Korea that materially contributes to any violation of an applicable United Nations Security Council resolution (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended);
</P>
<P>(G) Directly or indirectly, facilitated a significant transfer to or from the Government of North Korea of bulk cash, precious metals, gemstones, or other stores of value not described under paragraph (a)(3)(vii)(J) of this section;
</P>
<P>(H) Directly or indirectly, sold, transferred, or otherwise provided significant amounts of crude oil, condensates, refined petroleum, other types of petroleum or petroleum byproducts, liquefied natural gas, or other natural gas resources to the Government of North Korea (except for heavy fuel oil, gasoline, or diesel fuel for humanitarian use or as excepted under paragraph (a)(3)(vii)(K) of this section);
</P>
<P>(I) Directly or indirectly, engaged in, facilitated, or was responsible for the online commercial activities of the Government of North Korea, including online gambling;
</P>
<P>(J) Directly or indirectly, purchased or otherwise acquired fishing rights from the Government of North Korea;
</P>
<P>(K) Knowingly, directly or indirectly, purchased or otherwise acquired significant types or amounts of food or agricultural products from the Government of North Korea;
</P>
<P>(L) Directly or indirectly, engaged in, facilitated, or was responsible for the exportation of workers from North Korea in a manner intended to generate significant revenue, directly or indirectly, for use by the Government of North Korea or by the Workers' Party of Korea;
</P>
<P>(M) Conducted a significant transaction or transactions in North Korea's transportation, mining, energy, or financial services industries; or
</P>
<P>(N) Facilitated the operation of any branch, subsidiary, or office of a North Korean financial institution, except as specifically approved by the United Nations Security Council, and other than through a correspondent account as described in paragraph (a)(3)(vii)(N) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Section 104(g) of NKSPEA, as amended.</I> Any person the Secretary of the Treasury determines, in consultation with the Secretary of State, knowingly:
</P>
<P>(A) Directly or indirectly, engages in the importation from or exportation to North Korea of significant quantities of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Coal, textiles, seafood, iron, or iron ore;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Refined petroleum products or crude oil above limits set by the United Nations Security Council and with which the United States concurs; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Services or technology related to goods specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ix)(A)(<I>1</I>) and (<I>2</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Facilitates a significant transfer of funds or property of the Government of North Korea that materially contributes to any violation of an applicable United Nations Security Council resolution (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended);
</P>
<P>(C) Directly or indirectly, engages in, facilitates, or is responsible for the exportation of workers from North Korea, or the employment of such workers, in a manner that generates significant revenue, directly or indirectly, for use by the Government of North Korea or by the Workers' Party of Korea;
</P>
<P>(D) Directly or indirectly, sells or transfers a significant number of vessels to North Korea, except as specifically approved by the United Nations Security Council;
</P>
<P>(E) Engages in a significant activity to charter, insure, register, facilitate the registration of, or maintain insurance or a registration for, a vessel owned, controlled, commanded, or crewed by a North Korean person; or
</P>
<P>(F) Contributes to and participates in:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A significant act of bribery of an official of the Government of North Korea or any person acting for or on behalf of that official;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The misappropriation, theft, or embezzlement of a significant amount of public funds by, or for the benefit of, an official of the Government of North Korea or any person acting for or on behalf of that official; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The use of any proceeds of any activity described in paragraph (a)(3)(ix)(A) or (B) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Section 201B of NKSPEA, as amended.</I> Any foreign financial institution that the Secretary of the Treasury determines, in consultation with the Secretary of State, knowingly, on or after April 18, 2020, provides significant financial services to any person designated for the imposition of sanctions with respect to North Korea described in paragraphs (a)(3)(vii) through (ix) of this section and under an applicable Executive order (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended) or an applicable United Nations Security Council resolution (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended), and with respect to which the Secretary of the Treasury has exercised the authority to block all property and interests in property.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(3)(<E T="01">x</E>):</HED>
<P><I>See</I> § 510.210(c) for alternative sanctions that can be imposed on a foreign financial institution when the determination specified in paragraph (a)(3)(x) of this section is made.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 4 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The names of persons listed in or designated or identified pursuant to E.O. 13551, E.O. 13687, E.O. 13722, or E.O. 13810 and whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to those orders and who are referenced in paragraph (a) of this section are published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and incorporated into OFAC's Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (SDN List) with the following identifiers: for E.O. 13551: “[DPRK];” for E.O. 13687: “[DPRK2];” for E.O. 13722: “[DPRK3];” and for E.O. 13810: “[DPRK4].” The names of persons designated or identified pursuant to NKSPEA, as amended, will be incorporated into the SDN List with the identifier “[DPRK-NKSPEA].” Certain transactions with persons blocked pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or blocked pursuant to other parts of 31 CFR chapter V in connection with North Korea-related activities, may result in the imposition of secondary sanctions, and therefore such blocked persons' entries on the SDN List will also include the descriptive prefix text “Secondary sanctions risk:”, followed by information about the applicable secondary sanctions authority. Pursuant to § 510.214, persons owned or controlled by a U.S. financial institution are subject to certain prohibitions under this part; as a result, the entries of persons blocked pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or blocked pursuant to other parts of 31 CFR chapter V in connection with North Korea-related activities, will also include the descriptive prefix text “Transactions Prohibited For Persons Owned or Controlled By U.S. Financial Institutions:”, followed by information about the applicable sanctions authority. The SDN List is accessible through the following page on OFAC's website: <I>www.treasury.gov/sdn.</I> Additional information pertaining to the SDN List can be found in appendix A to this chapter. <I>See</I> § 510.411 concerning entities that may not be listed on the SDN List but whose property and interests in property are nevertheless blocked pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. The property and interests in property of persons who meet the definition of the term Government of North Korea, as defined in § 510.311, are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section regardless of whether the names of such persons are published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or incorporated into the SDN List.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 5 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701-1706), in Section 203 (50 U.S.C. 1702), authorizes the blocking of property and interests in property of a person during the pendency of an investigation. Except as described in note 6 to this paragraph (a), the names of persons whose property and interests in property are blocked pending investigation pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section are published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and incorporated into the SDN List with the identifier “BPI-DPRK.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 6 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>In certain cases, OFAC may issue an order to: identify as blocked specific property or interests in property of a person designated or otherwise blocked pursuant to this section; block specific property or interests in property of a person pending investigation; or block or impose other prohibitions with respect to specific property or interests in property less than full blocking sanctions. Notice of such orders will be provided: by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>; in writing to persons OFAC may assess to have an interest in the property; or by issuing an order or directive in writing to financial institutions or other transaction intermediaries, and requiring the recipient of the order or directive to promptly disclose it to affected persons with whom the recipient maintains direct commercial relationships. Inquiries regarding any such order should be directed to OFAC's Compliance Division at 202-622-2490 or <I>https://ofac.treasury.gov/contact-ofac.</I></P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 7 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>Subpart E of part 501 of this chapter describes the procedures to be followed for the release of property and interests in property blocked pursuant to this section, including funds blocked due to mistaken identity or typographical or similar errors, and for administrative reconsideration of one's status as a person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to this paragraph (a).</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) The prohibitions in paragraph (a) of this section include prohibitions on the following transactions:
</P>
<P>(1) The making of any contribution or provision of funds, goods, or services by, to, or for the benefit of any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The receipt of any contribution or provision of funds, goods, or services from any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless authorized by this part or by a specific license expressly referring to this part, any dealing in securities (or evidence thereof) held within the possession or control of a U.S. person and either registered or inscribed in the name of, or known to be held for the benefit of, or issued by, the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section is prohibited. This prohibition includes the transfer (including the transfer on the books of any issuer or agent thereof), disposition, transportation, importation, exportation, or withdrawal of, or the endorsement or guaranty of signatures on, any securities on or after the effective date. This prohibition applies irrespective of the fact that at any time (whether prior to, on, or subsequent to the effective date) the registered or inscribed owner of any such securities may have or might appear to have assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of the securities.
</P>
<P>(d) All funds that are in the United States, that come within the United States, or that are or come within the possession or control of any U.S. person and that originate from, are destined for, or pass through a foreign bank account that has been determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to be owned or controlled by a North Korean person, or to have been used to transfer funds in which any North Korean person has an interest, are blocked and may not be transferred, paid, exported, withdrawn, or otherwise dealt in.
</P>
<P>(e) Funds subject to blocking or blocking pending investigation pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section may be identified via actual or constructive notice from OFAC to relevant U.S. persons believed to be holding or to soon come into possession of such funds. To the extent a foreign bank account determined to meet the criteria contained in paragraph (d) of this section is publicized, it will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) The prohibitions in paragraph (a)(1) of this section apply except to the extent provided in regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part or pursuant to the export control authorities implemented by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date.
</P>
<P>(2) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3)(i) through (iii), and (d) of this section apply except to the extent provided by regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date.
</P>
<P>(3) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(3)(iv) through (v) of this section apply except to the extent provided by regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date. These prohibitions are in addition to the export control authorities administered by the Department of Commerce.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, as amended at 84 FR 30869, June 28, 2019; 85 FR 20159, Apr. 10, 2020; 89 FR 75957, Sept. 17, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.202" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.202   Effect of transfers violating the provisions of this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any transfer after the effective date that is in violation of any provision of this part or of any regulation, order, directive, ruling, instruction, or license issued pursuant to this part, and that involves any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to § 510.201 is null and void and shall not be the basis for the assertion or recognition of any interest in or right, remedy, power, or privilege with respect to such property or interests in property.
</P>
<P>(b) No transfer before the effective date shall be the basis for the assertion or recognition of any right, remedy, power, or privilege with respect to, or any interest in, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to § 510.201 unless the person who holds or maintains such property, prior to that date, had written notice of the transfer or by any written evidence had recognized such transfer.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless otherwise provided, a license or other authorization issued by OFAC before, during, or after a transfer shall validate such transfer or make it enforceable to the same extent that it would be valid or enforceable but for the provisions of this part and any regulation, order, directive, ruling, instruction, or license issued pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Transfers of property that otherwise would be null and void or unenforceable by virtue of the provisions of this section shall not be deemed to be null and void or unenforceable as to any person with whom such property is or was held or maintained (and as to such person only) in cases in which such person is able to establish to the satisfaction of OFAC each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Such transfer did not represent a willful violation of the provisions of this part by the person with whom such property is or was held or maintained (and as to such person only);
</P>
<P>(2) The person with whom such property is or was held or maintained did not have reasonable cause to know or suspect, in view of all the facts and circumstances known or available to such person, that such transfer required a license or authorization issued pursuant to this part and was not so licensed or authorized, or, if a license or authorization did purport to cover the transfer, that such license or authorization had been obtained by misrepresentation of a third party or withholding of material facts or was otherwise fraudulently obtained; and
</P>
<P>(3) The person with whom such property is or was held or maintained filed with OFAC a report setting forth in full the circumstances relating to such transfer promptly upon discovery that:
</P>
<P>(i) Such transfer was in violation of the provisions of this part or any regulation, ruling, instruction, license, or other directive or authorization issued pursuant to this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Such transfer was not licensed or authorized by OFAC; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If a license did purport to cover the transfer, such license had been obtained by misrepresentation of a third party or withholding of material facts or was otherwise fraudulently obtained.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>):</HED>
<P>The filing of a report in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d)(3) of this section shall not be deemed evidence that the terms of paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section have been satisfied.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) Unless licensed pursuant to this part, any attachment, judgment, decree, lien, execution, garnishment, or other judicial process is null and void with respect to any property and interests in property blocked pursuant to § 510.201.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.203" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.203   Holding of funds in interest-bearing accounts; investment and reinvestment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) or (f) of this section, or as otherwise directed or authorized by OFAC, any U.S. person holding funds, such as currency, bank deposits, or liquidated financial obligations, subject to § 510.201, shall hold or place such funds in a blocked interest-bearing account located in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) For purposes of this section, the term <I>blocked interest-bearing account</I> means a blocked account:
</P>
<P>(i) In a federally-insured U.S. bank, thrift institution, or credit union, provided the funds are earning interest at rates that are commercially reasonable; or
</P>
<P>(ii) With a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), provided the funds are invested in a money market fund or in U.S. Treasury bills.
</P>
<P>(2) Funds held or placed in a blocked account pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section may not be invested in instruments the maturity of which exceeds 180 days.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, a rate is commercially reasonable if it is the rate currently offered to other depositors on deposits or instruments of comparable size and maturity.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section, if interest is credited to a separate blocked account or subaccount, the name of the account party on each account must be the same.
</P>
<P>(e) Blocked funds held in instruments the maturity of which exceeds 180 days at the time the funds become subject to § 510.201 may continue to be held until maturity in the original instrument, provided any interest, earnings, or other proceeds derived therefrom are paid into a blocked interest-bearing account in accordance with paragraph (a) or (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Blocked funds held in accounts or instruments outside the United States at the time the funds become subject to § 510.201 may continue to be held in the same type of accounts or instruments, provided the funds earn interest at rates that are commercially reasonable.
</P>
<P>(g) This section does not create an affirmative obligation for the holder of blocked tangible property, such as chattels or real estate, or of other blocked property, such as debt or equity securities, to sell or liquidate such property. However, OFAC may issue licenses permitting or directing such sales or liquidation in appropriate cases.
</P>
<P>(h) Funds subject to this section may not be held, invested, or reinvested in a manner that provides financial or economic benefit or access to the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), nor may their holder cooperate in or facilitate the pledging or other attempted use as collateral of blocked funds or other assets.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.204" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.204   Expenses of maintaining blocked physical property; liquidation of blocked property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise authorized, and notwithstanding the existence of any rights or obligations conferred or imposed by any international agreement or contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date, all expenses incident to the maintenance of physical property blocked pursuant to § 510.201 shall be the responsibility of the owners or operators of such property, which expenses shall not be met from blocked funds.
</P>
<P>(b) Property blocked pursuant to § 510.201 may, in the discretion of OFAC, be sold or liquidated and the net proceeds placed in a blocked interest-bearing account in the name of the owner of the property.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.205" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.205   Prohibited importation of goods, services, or technology from North Korea.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The importation into the United States, directly or indirectly, of any goods, services, or technology from North Korea is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) The prohibitions in this section apply except to the extent provided by regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.206" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.206   Prohibited exportation or reexportation of goods, services, or technology to North Korea.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The exportation or reexportation, directly or indirectly, from the United States, or by a U.S. person, wherever located, of any goods, services, or technology to North Korea is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) The prohibitions in this section apply except to the extent provided in regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part or pursuant to the export control authorities implemented by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.207" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.207   Prohibited vessel transactions related to North Korean registration and flagging.</HEAD>
<P>(a) U.S. persons may not register a vessel in North Korea, obtain authorization for a vessel to fly the North Korean flag, or own, lease, operate, or insure any vessel flagged by North Korea.
</P>
<P>(b) The prohibitions in this section apply except to the extent provided by regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.208" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.208   Prohibited aircraft landing or vessel calling in the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No aircraft in which a foreign person has an interest that has landed at a place in North Korea may land at a place in the United States within 180 days after departure from North Korea.
</P>
<P>(b) No vessel in which a foreign person has an interest that has called at a port in North Korea within the previous 180 days, and no vessel in which a foreign person has an interest that has engaged in a ship-to-ship transfer with such a vessel within the previous 180 days, may call at a port in the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) The prohibitions in this section apply except to the extent provided by regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.209" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.209   Prohibited new investment in North Korea.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New investment, as defined in § 510.318, in North Korea by a U.S. person, wherever located, is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) The prohibitions in this section apply except to the extent provided by regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part or pursuant to the export control authorities implemented by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.210" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.210   Prohibitions or strict conditions with respect to correspondent or payable-through accounts or blocking of certain foreign financial institutions identified by the Secretary of the Treasury.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibited activities.</I> A U.S. financial institution shall not:
</P>
<P>(1) Open or maintain a correspondent account or a payable-through account in the United States for a foreign financial institution for which the opening or maintaining of such an account is prohibited pursuant to this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Maintain a correspondent account or a payable-through account in the United States in a manner that is inconsistent with any strict condition imposed and in effect pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sanctionable activity by foreign financial institutions prohibited by Executive Order 13810.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, may determine that a foreign financial institution has, on or after September 21, 2017, knowingly conducted or facilitated any significant transaction:
</P>
<P>(1) On behalf of any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to Executive Order 13551, Executive Order 13687, Executive Order 13722, or Executive Order 13810, or on behalf of any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to Executive Order 13382 in connection with North Korea-related activities; or
</P>
<P>(2) In connection with trade with North Korea.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sanctionable activity by foreign financial institutions prohibited by NKSPEA, as amended.</I> The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, may determine that a foreign financial institution has, on or after April 18, 2020, knowingly provided significant financial services to any person designated for the imposition of sanctions with respect to North Korea described in § 510.201(a)(3)(vii) through (ix) and under an applicable Executive order (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended) or an applicable United Nations Security Council resolution (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Imposition of sanctions on foreign financial institutions.</I> Upon determining that a foreign financial institution has engaged in sanctionable activity described in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, may:
</P>
<P>(1) Prohibit the opening or maintaining by a U.S. financial institution of a correspondent account or a payable-through account in the United States for the foreign financial institution; or
</P>
<P>(2) Impose one or more strict conditions on the maintaining by a U.S. financial institution of a correspondent account or a payable-through account in the United States for the foreign financial institution. Such conditions may include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Prohibiting or restricting any provision of trade finance through the correspondent account or payable-through account of the foreign financial institution;
</P>
<P>(ii) Restricting the transactions that may be processed through the correspondent account or payable-through account of the foreign financial institution to certain types of transactions, such as personal remittances;
</P>
<P>(iii) Placing monetary limits on, or limiting the volume of, the transactions that may be processed through the correspondent account or payable-through account of the foreign financial institution;
</P>
<P>(iv) Requiring pre-approval from the U.S. financial institution for all transactions processed through the correspondent account or payable-through account of the foreign financial institution; or
</P>
<P>(v) Prohibiting or restricting the processing of foreign exchange transactions through the correspondent account or payable-through account of the foreign financial institution.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Applicability of prohibitions.</I> The prohibitions in this section apply except to the extent provided by regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.210:</HED>
<P>For information regarding persons blocked pursuant to this part, or another part of 31 CFR chapter V in connection with North Korea-related activities, including identifier information for entries on the SDN List, <I>see</I> Note 4 to § 510.201(a).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 510.210:</HED>
<P>The names of foreign financial institutions for which the opening or maintaining of a correspondent account or a payable-through account in the United States is prohibited or for which the maintenance of a correspondent account or payable-through account is subject to one or more strict conditions pursuant to this section will be added to the List of Foreign Financial Institutions Subject to Correspondent Account or Payable-Through Account Sanctions (CAPTA List) on OFAC's website (<I>www.treasury.gov/ofac</I>), and published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> along with the applicable prohibition or strict condition(s).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, as amended at 84 FR 30870, June 28, 2019; 85 FR 20161, Apr. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.211" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.211   Prohibited facilitation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise authorized, U.S. persons, wherever located, are prohibited from approving, financing, facilitating, or guaranteeing a transaction by a foreign person where the transaction by that foreign person would be prohibited by § 510.201(d), § 510.206, or § 510.209 if performed by a U.S. person or within the United States.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The prohibitions in this section with respect to § 510.201(d) apply except to the extent provided by regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date.
</P>
<P>(2) The prohibitions in this section with respect to §§ 510.206 and 510.209 apply except to the extent provided in regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this part or pursuant to the export control authorities implemented by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.212" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.212   Evasions; attempts; causing violations; conspiracies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any transaction on or after the effective date that evades or avoids, has the purpose of evading or avoiding, causes a violation of, or attempts to violate any of the prohibitions set forth in this part is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) Any conspiracy formed to violate the prohibitions set forth in this part is prohibited.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.213" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.213   Exempt transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>United Nations Participation Act.</I> The exemptions described in this section do not apply to transactions involving property or interests in property of persons whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to the authority of the United Nations Participation Act, as amended (22 U.S.C. 287c(b)) (UNPA).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>Persons whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to the authority of the UNPA include those listed on <I>both</I> OFAC's Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (SDN List) and the Consolidated United Nations Security Council Sanctions List (see <I>https://www.un.org)</I> as well as persons listed on the SDN List for being owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, such persons.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Personal communications.</I> The prohibitions contained in this part do not apply to any postal, telegraphic, telephonic, or other personal communication that does not involve the transfer of anything of value.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information or informational materials.</I> (1) The prohibitions contained in this part do not apply to the importation from any country and the exportation to any country of any information or informational materials, as defined in § 510.312, whether commercial or otherwise, regardless of format or medium of transmission.
</P>
<P>(2) This section does not exempt from regulation transactions related to information or informational materials not fully created and in existence at the date of the transactions, or to the substantive or artistic alteration or enhancement of information or informational materials, or to the provision of marketing and business consulting services. Such prohibited transactions include payment of advances for information or informational materials not yet created and completed (with the exception of prepaid subscriptions for widely circulated magazines and other periodical publications); provision of services to market, produce or co-produce, create, or assist in the creation of information or informational materials; and payment of royalties with respect to income received for enhancements or alterations made by U.S. persons to such information or informational materials.
</P>
<P>(3) This section does not exempt transactions incident to the exportation of software subject to the Export Administration Regulations, 15 CFR parts 730 through 774, or to the exportation of goods (including software) or technology for use in the transmission of any data, or to the provision, sale, or leasing of capacity on telecommunications transmission facilities (such as satellite or terrestrial network connectivity) for use in the transmission of any data. The exportation of such items or services and the provision, sale, or leasing of such capacity or facilities to a person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a) are prohibited.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Travel.</I> The prohibitions contained in this part do not apply to transactions ordinarily incident to travel to or from any country, including importation or exportation of accompanied baggage for personal use, maintenance within any country including payment of living expenses and acquisition of goods or services for personal use, and arrangement or facilitation of such travel including nonscheduled air, sea, or land voyages.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>):</HED>
<P>As of September 1, 2017, the U.S. Department of State has restricted the use of U.S. passports to travel into, in, or through North Korea. See 22 CFR 51.63. U.S. nationals who wish to travel to or within North Korea for the extremely limited purposes that are set forth in federal regulations must apply for a passport with a special validation from the Department of State. See <I>travel.state.gov</I> for additional details.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) <I>Official business.</I> The prohibitions contained in §§ 510.201(a)(1), 510.201(a)(3)(iv) through (vi) and (d), 510.206, and 510.208 through 510.211 do not apply to transactions for the conduct of the official business of the United States Government or the United Nations and its Specialized Agencies, Programmes, Funds, and Related Organizations by employees, grantees, or contractors thereof.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exemptions under the North Korea Sanctions and Policy Enhancement Act of 2016, as amended by the Countering America's Adversaries Through Sanctions Act and the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020.</I> The prohibitions contained in §§ 510.201(a)(3)(vii) through (x), 510.210(c), and 510.214 do not apply to the following activities:
</P>
<P>(1) Activities subject to the reporting requirements under title V of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 3091 <I>et seq.</I>), or to any authorized intelligence activities of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) Any transaction necessary to comply with United States obligations under the Agreement between the United Nations and the United States of America regarding the Headquarters of the United Nations, signed at Lake Success June 26, 1947, and entered into force November 21, 1947, or under the Convention on Consular Relations, done at Vienna April 24, 1963, and entered into force March 19, 1967, or under other international agreements.
</P>
<P>(3) Any activities incidental to the POW/MIA accounting mission in North Korea, including activities by the Defense POW/MIA Accounting Agency and other governmental or nongovernmental organizations tasked with identifying or recovering the remains of members of the United States Armed Forces in North Korea.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 20161, Apr. 10, 2020; 87 FR 78471, Dec. 21, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.214" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.2.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.214   Prohibitions on persons owned or controlled by U.S. financial institutions.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise authorized pursuant to this part, any person that is owned or controlled by a U.S. financial institution and established or maintained outside the United States is prohibited from knowingly engaging in any transaction directly or indirectly with the Government of North Korea or any person designated for the imposition of sanctions with respect to North Korea described in § 510.201(a)(3)(vii) through (ix) and under an applicable Executive order (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended) or an applicable United Nations Security Council resolution (as defined in NKSPEA, as amended).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.214:</HED>
<P>For information regarding persons blocked pursuant to this part, or another part of 31 CFR chapter V in connection with North Korea-related activities, including identifier information for entries on the SDN List, <I>see</I> Note 4 to § 510.201(a).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 510.214:</HED>
<P>A U.S. financial institution is subject to the civil penalties provided for in section 206(b) of the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701 <I>et seq.</I>) if any entity that it owns or controls violates, attempts to violate, conspires to violate, or causes a violation of the prohibitions set forth in this section. <I>See</I> § 510.701.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 20161, Apr. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—General Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.300" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.300   Applicability of definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The definitions in this subpart apply throughout the entire part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.301" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.301   Arms or related materiel.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>arms or related materiel</I> means arms or related materiel of all types, including any battle tanks, armored combat vehicles, large caliber artillery systems, combat aircraft, attack helicopters, warships, missiles or missile systems, or related materiel including spare parts.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.301:</HED>
<P>For additional guidance as to items that constitute <I>arms or related materiel,</I> please see determinations by the United Nations Security Council or its committee created pursuant to United Nations Security Council Resolution 1718, as well as designations by the Secretary of State of defense articles and defense services pursuant to the Arms Export Control Act and listed on the United States Munitions List (USML). In addition, items on the Commerce Control List as well as certain uncontrolled items that are subject to the Export Administration Act may be considered <I>related materiel.</I></P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.302" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.302   Blocked account; blocked property.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part, the terms <I>blocked account</I> and <I>blocked property</I> shall mean:
</P>
<P>(a) Any account or property subject to the prohibitions in § 510.201(a) held in the name of the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), or in which such person has an interest, and with respect to which payments, transfers, exportations, withdrawals, or other dealings may not be made or effected except pursuant to a license or other authorization from OFAC expressly authorizing such action; and
</P>
<P>(b) Any account or property subject to the prohibitions in § 510.201(d), and with respect to which payments, transfers, exportations, withdrawals, or other dealings may not be made or effected except pursuant to a license or other authorization from OFAC expressly authorizing such action.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.302:</HED>
<P>See § 510.411 concerning the blocked status of property and interests in property of an entity that is directly or indirectly owned, whether individually or in the aggregate, 50 percent or more by one or more persons whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 20161, Apr. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.303" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.303   Correspondent account.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>correspondent account</I> means an account established by a U.S. financial institution for a foreign financial institution to receive deposits from, or to make payments on behalf of, the foreign financial institution, or to handle other financial transactions related to such foreign financial institution.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.304" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.304   Effective date.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>effective date</I> refers to the effective date of the applicable prohibitions and directives contained in this part as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to transfers or other dealings in blocked property and interests in property of the Government of North Korea, as defined in § 510.311, or the Workers' Party of Korea prohibited by § 510.201(a)(1), 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time, March 16, 2016;
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a)(3)(i), 12:01 p.m. eastern daylight time, August 30, 2010;
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to a person whose property and interests in property are otherwise blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), the earlier of the date of actual or constructive notice that such person's property and interests in property are blocked;
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to funds subject to blocking pursuant to § 510.201(d), the earlier of the date of actual or constructive notice that funds are blocked or that a foreign bank account that the funds originate from, are destined for, or pass through has been determined to meet the criteria contained in § 510.201(d);
</P>
<P>(5) With respect to the prohibition set forth in § 510.207, June 26, 2008;
</P>
<P>(6) With respect to the prohibition set forth in § 510.205, 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time, April 19, 2011;
</P>
<P>(7) With respect to the prohibitions set forth in §§ 510.206 and 510.209, 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time, March 16, 2016;
</P>
<P>(8) With respect to the prohibitions set forth in § 510.208, 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time, September 21, 2017;
</P>
<P>(9) With respect to the prohibition set forth in § 510.210(b), 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time, September 21, 2017. The effective date of a prohibition or strict condition imposed pursuant to § 510.210(b) on the opening or maintaining of a correspondent account or a payable-through account in the United States by a U.S. financial institution for a particular foreign financial institution is the earlier of the date the U.S. financial institution receives actual or constructive notice of such prohibition or condition; and</P>
<P>(10) With respect to the prohibition set forth in § 510.210(c), April 18, 2020. The effective date of a prohibition or strict condition imposed pursuant to § 510.210(c) on the opening or maintaining of a correspondent account or a payable-through account in the United States by a U.S. financial institution for a particular foreign financial institution is the earlier of the date the U.S. financial institution receives actual or constructive notice of such prohibition or condition.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, <I>constructive notice</I> is the date that a notice of the blocking of the relevant person's property and interests in property, or a notice of the imposition of a prohibition or strict condition pursuant to § 510.210, is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 20162, Apr. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.305" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.305   Entity.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>entity</I> means a partnership, association, trust, joint venture, corporation, group, subgroup, or other organization.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.306" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.306   Financial, material, or technological support.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>financial, material, or technological support,</I> as used in § 510.201(a), means any property, tangible or intangible, including currency, financial instruments, securities, or any other transmission of value; weapons or related materiel; chemical or biological agents; explosives; false documentation or identification; communications equipment; computers; electronic or other devices or equipment; technologies; lodging; safe houses; facilities; vehicles or other means of transportation; or goods. “Technologies” as used in this definition means specific information necessary for the development, production, or use of a product, including related technical data such as blueprints, plans, diagrams, models, formulae, tables, engineering designs and specifications, manuals, or other recorded instructions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 20162, Apr. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.307" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.307   Financial services.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>financial services</I> includes loans, transfers, accounts, insurance, investments, securities, guarantees, foreign exchange, letters of credit, and commodity futures or options.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.308" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.308   Financial transaction.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>financial transaction</I> means any transfer of value involving a financial institution.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.309" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.309   Foreign financial institution.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>foreign financial institution</I> means any foreign entity that is engaged in the business of accepting deposits, making, granting, transferring, holding, or brokering loans or credits, or purchasing or selling foreign exchange, securities, commodity futures or options, or procuring purchasers and sellers thereof, as principal or agent. It includes depository institutions, banks, savings banks, money service businesses, trust companies, securities brokers and dealers, commodity futures and options brokers and dealers, forward contract and foreign exchange merchants, securities and commodities exchanges, clearing corporations, investment companies, employee benefit plans, dealers in precious metals, stones, or jewels, and holding companies, affiliates, or subsidiaries of any of the foregoing. The term does not include the international financial institutions identified in 22 U.S.C. 262r(c)(2), the International Fund for Agricultural Development, the North American Development Bank, or any other international financial institution so notified by OFAC.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.310" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.310   Foreign person.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>foreign person</I> means any person that is not a U.S. person.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.311" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.311   Government of North Korea.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>Government of North Korea</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(a) The state and the Government of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea, as well as any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof;
</P>
<P>(b) Any entity owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the foregoing, including any corporation, partnership, association, or other entity in which the Government of North Korea owns a 50 percent or greater interest or a controlling interest, and any entity which is otherwise controlled by that government;
</P>
<P>(c) Any person that is, or has been, acting or purporting to act, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any of the foregoing; and
</P>
<P>(d) Any other person determined by OFAC to be included within paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.311:</HED>
<P>The names of persons that OFAC has determined fall within this definition are published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and incorporated into OFAC's Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (SDN List) with the identifier “[DPRK].” The SDN List is accessible through the following page on OFAC's website: <I>www.treasury.gov/sdn.</I> However, the property and interests in property of persons who meet the definition of the term Government of North Korea are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a) regardless of whether the names of such persons are published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or incorporated into the SDN List.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 510.311:</HED>
<P>Section 501.807 of this chapter describes the procedures to be followed by persons seeking administrative reconsideration of OFAC's determination that they fall within the definition of the term Government of North Korea.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.312" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.312   Information or informational materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The term <I>information or informational materials</I> includes publications, films, posters, phonograph records, photographs, microfilms, microfiche, tapes, compact disks, CD ROMs, artworks, and news wire feeds.
</P>
<P>(2) To be considered information or informational materials, artworks must be classified under heading 9701, 9702, or 9703 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>information or informational materials,</I> with respect to exports, does not include items:
</P>
<P>(1) That were, as of April 30, 1994, or that thereafter become, controlled for export pursuant to section 5 of the Export Administration Act of 1979, 50 U.S.C. App. 2401-2420 (1979) (EAA), or section 6 of the EAA to the extent that such controls promote the nonproliferation or antiterrorism policies of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to which acts are prohibited by 18 U.S.C. chapter 37.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.313" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.313   Interest.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in this part, the term <I>interest,</I> when used with respect to property (<I>e.g.,</I> “an interest in property”), means an interest of any nature whatsoever, direct or indirect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.314" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.314   Knowingly.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>knowingly,</I> with respect to conduct, a circumstance, or a result, means that a person has actual knowledge, or should have known, of the conduct, the circumstance, or the result.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.315" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.315   Licenses; general and specific.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this part, the term <I>license</I> means any license or authorization contained in or issued pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>general license</I> means any license or authorization the terms of which are set forth in subpart E of this part or made available on OFAC's website: <I>www.treasury.gov/ofac.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>specific license</I> means any license or authorization issued pursuant to this part, but not set forth in subpart E of this part or made available on OFAC's website: <I>www.treasury.gov/ofac.</I>
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.315:</HED>
<P><I>See</I> § 501.801 of this chapter on licensing procedures.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.316" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.316   Loans or other extensions of credit.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>loans or other extensions of credit</I> means any transfer or extension of funds or credit on the basis of an obligation to repay, or any assumption or guarantee of the obligation of another to repay an extension of funds or credit, including: Overdrafts; currency swaps; purchases of securities or debt securities, including securities from or issued by the Government of North Korea; purchases of a loan made by another person; sales of financial assets subject to an agreement to repurchase; renewals or refinancings whereby funds or credits are transferred or extended to a prohibited borrower or prohibited recipient; the issuance of standby letters of credit; and drawdowns on existing lines of credit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.317" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.317   Luxury goods.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>luxury goods,</I> as used in § 510.201(a) includes those items listed in 15 CFR 746.4(b)(1) and supplement no. 1 to part 746, similar items, and items so designated under an applicable United Nations Security Council resolution (as defined by the North Korea Sanctions and Policy Enhancement Act of 2016, as amended by the Countering America's Adversaries Through Sanctions Act and the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020), except as specifically approved by the United Nations Security Council for import, export, or reexport to or into North Korea.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 20162, Apr. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.318" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.318   New investment.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>new investment</I> means a transaction after 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight March 16, 2016 that constitutes:
</P>
<P>(a) A commitment or contribution of funds or other assets; or
</P>
<P>(b) A loan or other extension of credit as defined in § 510.316.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.319" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.319   North Korean person.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>North Korean person</I> means any North Korean citizen, North Korean permanent resident alien, or entity organized under the laws of North Korea or any jurisdiction within North Korea (including foreign branches).
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of § 510.201(a), the term <I>North Korean person</I> shall not include any United States citizen, any permanent resident alien of the United States, any alien lawfully admitted to the United States, or any alien holding a valid United States visa.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 20162, Apr. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.320" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.320   OFAC.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>OFAC</I> means the Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.321" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.321   Payable-through account.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>payable-through account</I> means a correspondent account maintained by a U.S. financial institution for a foreign financial institution by means of which the foreign financial institution permits its customers to engage, either directly or through a subaccount, in banking activities usual in connection with the business of banking in the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.322" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.322   Person.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>person</I> means an individual or entity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.323" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.323   Property; property interest.</HEAD>
<P>The terms <I>property</I> and <I>property interest</I> include money, checks, drafts, bullion, bank deposits, savings accounts, debts, indebtedness, obligations, notes, guarantees, debentures, stocks, bonds, coupons, any other financial instruments, bankers acceptances, mortgages, pledges, liens or other rights in the nature of security, warehouse receipts, bills of lading, trust receipts, bills of sale, any other evidences of title, ownership, or indebtedness, letters of credit and any documents relating to any rights or obligations thereunder, powers of attorney, goods, wares, merchandise, chattels, stocks on hand, ships, goods on ships, real estate mortgages, deeds of trust, vendors' sales agreements, land contracts, leaseholds, ground rents, real estate and any other interest therein, options, negotiable instruments, trade acceptances, royalties, book accounts, accounts payable, judgments, patents, trademarks or copyrights, insurance policies, safe deposit boxes and their contents, annuities, pooling agreements, services of any nature whatsoever, contracts of any nature whatsoever, and any other property, real, personal, or mixed, tangible or intangible, or interest or interests therein, present, future, or contingent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.324" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.324   Transfer.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>transfer</I> means any actual or purported act or transaction, whether or not evidenced by writing, and whether or not done or performed within the United States, the purpose, intent, or effect of which is to create, surrender, release, convey, transfer, or alter, directly or indirectly, any right, remedy, power, privilege, or interest with respect to any property. Without limitation on the foregoing, it shall include the making, execution, or delivery of any assignment, power, conveyance, check, declaration, deed, deed of trust, power of attorney, power of appointment, bill of sale, mortgage, receipt, agreement, contract, certificate, gift, sale, affidavit, or statement; the making of any payment; the setting off of any obligation or credit; the appointment of any agent, trustee, or fiduciary; the creation or transfer of any lien; the issuance, docketing, filing, or levy of or under any judgment, decree, attachment, injunction, execution, or other judicial or administrative process or order, or the service of any garnishment; the acquisition of any interest of any nature whatsoever by reason of a judgment or decree of any foreign country; the fulfillment of any condition; the exercise of any power of appointment, power of attorney, or other power; or the acquisition, disposition, transportation, importation, exportation, or withdrawal of any security.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.325" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.325   United States.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>United States</I> means the United States, its territories and possessions, and all areas under the jurisdiction or authority thereof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.326" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.326   United States person; U.S. person.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>United States person</I> or <I>U.S. person</I> means any United States citizen, permanent resident alien, entity organized under the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction within the United States (including foreign branches), or any person in the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.327" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.327   U.S. depository institution.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>U.S. depository institution</I> means any entity (including its foreign branches) organized under the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction within the United States, or any agency, office, or branch located in the United States of a foreign entity, that is engaged primarily in the business of banking (for example, banks, savings banks, savings associations, credit unions, trust companies, and United States bank holding companies) and is subject to regulation by federal or state banking authorities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.328" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.328   U.S. financial institution.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>U.S. financial institution</I> means any U.S. entity (including its foreign branches) that is engaged in the business of accepting deposits, making, granting, transferring, holding, or brokering loans or other extensions of credit, or purchasing or selling foreign exchange, securities, commodity futures or options, or procuring purchasers and sellers thereof, as principal or agent. It includes depository institutions, banks, savings banks, trust companies, securities brokers and dealers, commodity futures and options brokers and dealers, forward contract and foreign exchange merchants, securities and commodities exchanges, clearing corporations, investment companies, employee benefit plans, and U.S. holding companies, U.S. affiliates, or U.S. subsidiaries of any of the foregoing. This term includes those branches, offices, and agencies of foreign financial institutions that are located in the United States, but not such institutions' foreign branches, offices, or agencies.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.329" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.329   U.S.-registered money transmitter.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>U.S.-registered money transmitter</I> means any U.S. citizen, permanent resident alien, or entity organized under the laws of the United States or of any jurisdiction within the United States, including its foreign branches, or any agency, office, or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States, that is a money transmitter, as defined in 31 CFR 1010.100(ff)(5), and that is registered pursuant to 31 CFR 1022.380.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.330" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.330   U.S.-registered broker or dealer in securities.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>U.S.-registered broker or dealer in securities</I> means any U.S. citizen, permanent resident alien, or entity organized under the laws of the United States or of any jurisdiction within the United States (including its foreign branches), or any agency, office, or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States, that:
</P>
<P>(a) Is a “broker” or “dealer” in securities within the meanings set forth in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(b) Holds or clears customer accounts; and
</P>
<P>(c) Is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Interpretations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.401" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.401   Reference to amended sections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Reference to any section in this part is a reference to the same as currently amended, unless the reference includes a specific date. <I>See</I> 44 U.S.C. 1510.
</P>
<P>(b) Reference to any ruling, order, instruction, direction or license issued pursuant to this part is a reference to the same as currently amended unless otherwise so specified.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.402" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.402   Effect of amendment.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise specifically provided, any amendment, modification, or revocation of any provision in or appendix to this part or chapter or of any order, regulation, ruling, instruction, or license issued by OFAC does not affect any act done or omitted, or any civil or criminal proceeding commenced or pending, prior to such amendment, modification, or revocation. All penalties, forfeitures, and liabilities under any such order, regulation, ruling, instruction, or license continue and may be enforced as if such amendment, modification, or revocation had not been made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.403" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.403   Termination and acquisition of an interest in blocked property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever a transaction licensed or authorized by or pursuant to this part results in the transfer of property (including any property interest) away from the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), such property shall no longer be deemed to be property blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), unless there exists in the property another interest that is blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), the transfer of which has not been effected pursuant to license or other authorization.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless otherwise specifically provided in a license or authorization issued pursuant to this part, if property (including any property interest) is transferred or attempted to be transferred to a person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), such property shall be deemed to be property in which such person has an interest and therefore blocked.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.404" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.404   Transactions ordinarily incident to a licensed transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any transaction ordinarily incident to a licensed transaction and necessary to give effect thereto is also authorized, except:
</P>
<P>(1) An ordinarily incident transaction, not explicitly authorized within the terms of the license, by or with the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a);
</P>
<P>(2) An ordinarily incident transaction, not explicitly authorized within the terms of the license, involving a debit to a blocked account or a transfer of blocked property; or
</P>
<P>(3) An ordinarily incident transaction, not explicitly authorized within the terms of the license, with a foreign financial institution that is subject to sanctions pursuant to § 510.210 when the transaction is one that is prohibited by § 510.210.
</P>
<P>(b) For example, a license authorizing a person to complete a securities sale involving Company A, whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), also authorizes other persons to engage in activities that are ordinarily incident and necessary to complete the sale, including transactions by the buyer, broker, transfer agents, and banks, provided that such other persons are not themselves persons whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.405" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.405   Exportation and reexportation of goods, services, or technology.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibition on the exportation and reexportation of goods, services, or technology contained in § 510.206 applies to services performed on behalf of a person in North Korea or the Government of North Korea or where the benefit of such services is otherwise received in North Korea, if such services are performed:
</P>
<P>(1) In the United States; or
</P>
<P>(2) Outside the United States by a U.S. person, including by a foreign branch of an entity located in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) The benefit of services performed anywhere in the world on behalf of the Government of North Korea is presumed to be received in North Korea.
</P>
<P>(c) The prohibitions contained in § 510.201 apply to services performed in the United States or by U.S. persons, wherever located, including by a foreign branch of an entity located in the United States:
</P>
<P>(1) On behalf of or for the benefit of the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a); or
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to property interests of the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a).
</P>
<P>(d)(1) For example, U.S. persons may not, except as authorized by or pursuant to this part, provide legal, accounting, financial, brokering, freight forwarding, transportation, public relations, or other services to any person in North Korea or to the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a).
</P>
<P>(2) For example, a U.S. person is engaged in a prohibited exportation of services to North Korea when it extends credit to a third-country firm specifically to enable that firm to manufacture goods for sale to North Korea or the Government of North Korea.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.405:</HED>
<P><I>See</I> §§ 510.507 and 510.509 on licensing policy with regard to the provision of certain legal and emergency medical services.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.406" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.406   Offshore transactions involving blocked property.</HEAD>
<P>The prohibitions in § 510.201 on transactions or dealings involving blocked property (including a blocked account) apply to transactions by any U.S. person in a location outside the United States with respect to property held in the name of the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a) or any property blocked by § 510.201(d).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.407" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.407   Payments from blocked accounts to satisfy obligations prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to § 510.201, no debits may be made to a blocked account to pay obligations to U.S. persons or other persons, except as authorized by or pursuant to this part.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.407:</HED>
<P><I>See also</I> § 510.502(e), which provides that no license or other authorization contained in or issued pursuant to this part authorizes transfers of or payments from blocked property or debits to blocked accounts unless the license or other authorization explicitly authorizes the transfer of or payment from blocked property or the debit to a blocked account.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.408" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.408   Charitable contributions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless specifically authorized by OFAC pursuant to this part, no charitable contribution of funds, goods, services, or technology, including contributions to relieve human suffering, such as food, clothing, or medicine, may be made by, to, or for the benefit of, or received from, the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a). For the purposes of this part, a contribution is made by, to, or for the benefit of, or received from, the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a) if made by, to, or in the name of, or received from or in the name of, such a person; if made by, to, or in the name of, or received from or in the name of, an entity or individual acting for or on behalf of, or owned or controlled by, such a person; or if made in an attempt to violate, to evade, or to avoid the bar on the provision of contributions by, to, or for the benefit of such a person, or the receipt of contributions from such a person.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.408:</HED>
<P>Separate authorization by the Department of Commerce under the Export Administration Regulations (EAR), 15 CFR part 730 through 774, may be required if the charitable contributions are subject to the EAR.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.409" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.409   Credit extended and cards issued by financial institutions to a person whose property and interests in property are blocked.</HEAD>
<P>The prohibition in § 510.201 on dealing in property subject to that section and the prohibition in § 510.206 on exporting services to North Korea prohibit U.S. financial institutions from performing under any existing credit agreements, including charge cards, debit cards, or other credit facilities issued by a financial institution to the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.410" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.410   Setoffs prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>A setoff against blocked property (including a blocked account), whether by a U.S. bank or other U.S. person, is a prohibited transfer under § 510.201 if effected after the effective date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.411" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.411   Entities owned by one or more persons whose property and interests in property are blocked.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Persons whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a) have an interest in all property and interests in property of an entity in which such persons directly or indirectly own, whether individually or in the aggregate, a 50 percent or greater interest. The property and interests in property of such an entity, therefore, are blocked, and such an entity is a person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), regardless of whether the name of the entity is incorporated into OFAC's Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (SDN List).
</P>
<P>(b) This section, which deals with the consequences of ownership of entities, in no way limits the definition of the Government of North Korea in § 510.311, which includes within its definition other persons whose property and interests in property are blocked but who are not on the SDN List.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.412" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.412   Facilitation; change of policies and procedures; referral of business opportunities offshore.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to § 510.211, a prohibited facilitation or approval of a transaction by a foreign person occurs, among other instances, when a U.S. person:
</P>
<P>(a) Alters its operating policies or procedures, or those of a foreign affiliate, to permit a foreign affiliate to accept or perform a specific contract, engagement, or transaction involving North Korea or the Government of North Korea without the approval of the U.S. person, where such transaction previously required approval by the U.S. person and such transaction by the foreign affiliate would be prohibited by this part if performed directly by a U.S. person or from the United States;
</P>
<P>(b) Refers to a foreign person purchase orders, requests for bids, or similar business opportunities involving North Korea or the Government of North Korea to which the United States person could not directly respond as a result of the prohibitions contained in this part; or
</P>
<P>(c) Changes the operating policies and procedures of a particular affiliate with the specific purpose of facilitating transactions that would be prohibited by this part if performed by a U.S. person or from the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.413" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.413   Significant activity or activities; significant transaction(s); significant financial service(s).</HEAD>
<P>In determining, for purposes of §§ 510.201(a) and 510.210, whether an activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s) are significant, the Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary's designee may consider the totality of the facts and circumstances. As a general matter, the Department of the Treasury may consider some or all of the following factors:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Size, number, and frequency.</I> The size, number, and frequency of the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s) conducted or performed over a period of time, including whether the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s) are increasing or decreasing over time and the rate of increase or decrease.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Nature.</I> The nature of the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s), including the type, complexity, and commercial purpose of the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Level of awareness; pattern of conduct.</I> (1) Whether the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s) are performed with the involvement or approval of management or only by clerical personnel; and
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s) are part of a pattern of conduct or the result of a business development strategy.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Nexus.</I> The proximity between the foreign financial institution engaging in the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s) and North Korea or a person blocked pursuant to § 510.201, a person sanctioned pursuant to § 510.210, or trade with North Korea.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Impact.</I> The impact of the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s) on the relevant U.S. sanctions program objectives including:
</P>
<P>(1) The economic or other benefit conferred or attempted to be conferred on North Korea or a person blocked pursuant to § 510.201, or sanctioned pursuant to § 510.210; and
</P>
<P>(2) Whether and how the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s) contribute(s) to North Korea's nuclear and ballistic missile programs, commission of serious human rights abuses, use of funds generated through international trade to support its nuclear and missile programs and weapons proliferation, money laundering and other illicit activities, procurement of luxury goods, human rights violations, and violations of United Nations Security Council Resolutions.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Deceptive practices.</I> Whether the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s) involve(s) an attempt to obscure or conceal the actual parties or true nature of the activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s) or to evade sanctions.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Other relevant factors.</I> Such other factors that the Department of the Treasury deems relevant on a case-by-case basis in determining the significance of an activity or activities, transaction(s), or financial service(s).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 20162, Apr. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Licenses, Authorizations, and Statements of Licensing Policy</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.501" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.501   General and specific licensing procedures.</HEAD>
<P>For provisions relating to licensing procedures, see part 501, subpart E, of this chapter. Licensing actions taken pursuant to part 501 of this chapter with respect to the prohibitions contained in this part are considered actions taken pursuant to this part. General licenses and statements of licensing policy relating to this part also may be available through the North Korea sanctions page on OFAC's website: <I>www.treasury.gov/ofac.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.502" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.502   Effect of license or other authorization.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No license or other authorization contained in this part, or otherwise issued by OFAC, authorizes or validates any transaction effected prior to the issuance of such license or other authorization, unless specifically provided in such license or authorization.
</P>
<P>(b) No regulation, ruling, instruction, or license authorizes any transaction prohibited under this part unless the regulation, ruling, instruction, or license is issued by OFAC and specifically refers to this part. No regulation, ruling, instruction, or license referring to this part shall be deemed to authorize any transaction prohibited by any other part of this chapter unless the regulation, ruling, instruction, or license specifically refers to such part.
</P>
<P>(c) Any regulation, ruling, instruction, or license authorizing any transaction otherwise prohibited under this part has the effect of removing a prohibition contained in this part from the transaction, but only to the extent specifically stated by its terms. Unless the regulation, ruling, instruction, or license otherwise specifies, such an authorization does not create any right, duty, obligation, claim, or interest in, or with respect to, any property that would not otherwise exist under ordinary principles of law.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing contained in this part shall be construed to supersede the requirements established under any other provision of law or to relieve a person from any requirement to obtain a license or other authorization from another department or agency of the U.S. Government in compliance with applicable laws and regulations subject to the jurisdiction of that department or agency. For example, exports of goods, services, or technical data that are not prohibited by this part or that do not require a license by OFAC nevertheless may require authorization by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or other agencies of the U.S. Government.
</P>
<P>(e) No license or other authorization contained in or issued pursuant to this part authorizes transfers of or payments from blocked property or debits to blocked accounts unless the license or other authorization explicitly authorizes the transfer of or payment from blocked property or the debit to a blocked account.
</P>
<P>(f) Any payment relating to a transaction authorized in or pursuant to this part that is routed through the U.S. financial system should reference the relevant OFAC general or specific license authorizing the payment to avoid the blocking or rejection of the transfer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.503" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.503   Exclusion from licenses.</HEAD>
<P>OFAC reserves the right to exclude any person, property, transaction, or class thereof from the operation of any license or from the privileges conferred by any license. OFAC also reserves the right to restrict the applicability of any license to particular persons, property, transactions, or classes thereof. Such actions are binding upon actual or constructive notice of the exclusions or restrictions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.504" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.504   Payments and transfers to blocked accounts in U.S. financial institutions.</HEAD>
<P>Any payment of funds or transfer of credit in which the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a) has any interest that comes within the possession or control of a U.S. financial institution, or any payment of funds or transfer of credit, subject to § 510.201(d) must be blocked in an account on the books of that financial institution. A transfer of funds or credit by a U.S. financial institution between blocked accounts in its branches or offices is authorized, provided that no transfer is made from an account within the United States to an account held outside the United States, and further provided that a transfer from a blocked account may be made only to another blocked account held in the same name.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.504:</HED>
<P><I>See</I> § 501.603 of this chapter for mandatory reporting requirements regarding financial transfers. <I>See also</I> § 510.203 concerning the obligation to hold blocked funds in interest-bearing accounts.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.505" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.505   Entries in certain accounts for normal service charges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A U.S. financial institution is authorized to debit any blocked account held at that financial institution in payment or reimbursement for normal service charges owed it by the owner of that blocked account.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this section, the term <I>normal service charges</I> shall include charges in payment or reimbursement for interest due; cable, telegraph, internet, or telephone charges; postage costs; custody fees; small adjustment charges to correct bookkeeping errors; and, but not by way of limitation, minimum balance charges, notary and protest fees, and charges for reference books, photocopies, credit reports, transcripts of statements, registered mail, insurance, stationery and supplies, and other similar items.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.506" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.506   Investment and reinvestment of certain funds.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to the requirements of § 510.203, U.S. financial institutions are authorized to invest and reinvest assets blocked pursuant to § 510.201, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) The assets representing such investments and reinvestments are credited to a blocked account or subaccount that is held in the same name at the same U.S. financial institution, or within the possession or control of a U.S. person, but funds shall not be transferred outside the United States for this purpose;
</P>
<P>(b) The proceeds of such investments and reinvestments shall not be credited to a blocked account or subaccount under any name or designation that differs from the name or designation of the specific blocked account or subaccount in which such funds or securities were held; and
</P>
<P>(c) No immediate financial or economic benefit accrues (<I>e.g.,</I> through pledging or other use) to the Government of North Korea or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.507" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.507   Provision of certain legal services.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provision of the following legal services to or on behalf of the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a) or any further Executive orders relating to the national emergency declared in Executive Order 13466 of June 26, 2008, or any person in North Korea, or in circumstances in which the benefit is otherwise received in North Korea, is authorized, provided that receipt of payment of professional fees and reimbursement of incurred expenses must be authorized: Pursuant to § 510.508, which authorizes certain payments for legal services from funds originating outside the United States; via specific license; or otherwise pursuant to this part:
</P>
<P>(1) Provision of legal advice and counseling on the requirements of and compliance with the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction within the United States, provided that such advice and counseling are not provided to facilitate transactions in violation of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Representation of persons named as defendants in or otherwise made parties to legal, arbitration, or administrative proceedings before any U.S. federal, state, or local court or agency;
</P>
<P>(3) Initiation and conduct of legal, arbitration, or administrative proceedings before any U.S. federal, state, or local court or agency;
</P>
<P>(4) Representation of persons before any U.S. federal, state, or local court or agency with respect to the imposition, administration, or enforcement of U.S. sanctions against such persons or North Korea; and
</P>
<P>(5) Provision of legal services in any other context in which prevailing U.S. law requires access to legal counsel at public expense.
</P>
<P>(b) The provision of any other legal services to or on behalf of the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a) or any further Executive orders relating to the national emergency declared in Executive Order 13466 of June 26, 2008, or any person in North Korea, or in circumstances in which the benefit is otherwise received in North Korea, not otherwise authorized in this part, requires the issuance of a specific license.
</P>
<P>(c) Consistent with § 510.404, U.S. persons do not need to obtain specific authorization to provide related services, such as making filings and providing other administrative services, that are ordinarily incident to the provision of services authorized by paragraph (a) of this section. Additionally, U.S. persons who provide services authorized by paragraph (a) of this section do not need to obtain specific authorization to contract for related services that are ordinarily incident to the provision of those legal services, such as those provided by private investigators or expert witnesses, or to pay for such services.
</P>
<P>(d) Entry into a settlement agreement or the enforcement of any lien, judgment, arbitral award, decree, or other order through execution, garnishment, or other judicial process purporting to transfer or otherwise alter or affect property or interests in property blocked pursuant to § 510.201, or any further Executive orders relating to the national emergency declared in Executive Order 13466 of June 26, 2008, is prohibited unless licensed pursuant to this part.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.507:</HED>
<P>Pursuant to part 501, subpart E, of this chapter, U.S. persons seeking administrative reconsideration or judicial review of their designation or the blocking of their property and interests in property may apply for a specific license from OFAC to authorize the release of certain blocked funds for the payment of professional fees and reimbursement of incurred expenses for the provision of such legal services where alternative funding sources are not available. For more information, see OFAC's <I>Guidance on the Release of Limited Amounts of Blocked Funds for Payment of Legal Fees and Costs Incurred in Challenging the Blocking of U.S. Persons in Administrative or Civil Proceedings,</I> which is available on OFAC's website at: <I>www.treasury.gov/ofac.</I></P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.508" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.508   Payments for legal services from funds originating outside the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Professional fees and incurred expenses.</I> Receipt of payment of professional fees and reimbursement of incurred expenses for the provision of legal services authorized pursuant to § 510.507(a) to or on behalf of the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a) or any further Executive orders relating to the national emergency declared in Executive Order 13466 of June 26, 2008, or any person in North Korea, or in circumstances in which the benefit is otherwise received in North Korea, is authorized from funds originating outside the United States, provided that the funds received by U.S. persons as payment of professional fees and reimbursement of incurred expenses for the provision of legal services authorized pursuant to § 510.507(a) do not originate from:
</P>
<P>(1) A source within the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) Any source, wherever located, within the possession or control of a U.S. person; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any individual or entity, other than the person on whose behalf the legal services authorized pursuant to § 510.507(a) are to be provided, whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to any part of this chapter or any Executive order or statute.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>Nothing in this paragraph (a) authorizes payments for legal services using funds in which any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), any other part of this chapter, or any Executive order has an interest.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Records.</I> Consistent with §§ 501.601 and 501.602 of this chapter, U.S. persons who receive payments pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section must retain for ten years from the date of the relevant payment, and furnish to OFAC on demand, a record that specifies the following for each payment:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual or entity from whom the funds originated and the amount of funds received; and
</P>
<P>(2) If applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) The names of any individuals or entities providing related services to the U.S. person receiving payment in connection with authorized legal services, such as private investigators or expert witnesses;
</P>
<P>(ii) A general description of the services provided; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of funds paid in connection with such services.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, as amended at 89 FR 103642, Dec. 19, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.509" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.509   Emergency medical services.</HEAD>
<P>The provision and receipt of nonscheduled emergency medical services that are otherwise prohibited by this part or any further Executive orders relating to the national emergency declared in Executive Order 13466 of June 26, 2008 are authorized.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.510" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.510   North Korean mission to the United Nations and employees of the United Nations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the provision of goods or services in the United States to the official mission of the Government of North Korea to the United Nations (the mission) and payment for such goods or services are authorized, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The goods or services are for the conduct of the official business of the mission, or for personal use of the employees of the mission, their families, or persons forming part of their household, and are not for resale;
</P>
<P>(2) The transaction does not involve the purchase, sale, financing, or refinancing of real property;
</P>
<P>(3) The transaction does not involve the purchase, sale, financing, or refinancing of luxury goods;
</P>
<P>(4) The transaction is not otherwise prohibited by law; and
</P>
<P>(5) Funds transfers to or from the mission or the employees of the mission, their families, or persons forming part of their household are conducted through an account at a U.S. financial institution specifically licensed by OFAC.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the provision of goods or services in the United States to the employees of the mission or of the United Nations, their families, or persons forming part of their household, and payment for such goods or services, are authorized, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The goods or services are for personal use of the employees of the mission or of the United Nations, their families, or persons forming part of their household, and are not for resale;
</P>
<P>(2) The transaction does not involve the purchase, sale, financing, or refinancing of luxury goods;
</P>
<P>(3) The transaction is not otherwise prohibited by law; and
</P>
<P>(4) Funds transfers to or from employees of the mission, their families, or persons forming part of their household are conducted through an account at a U.S. financial institution specifically licensed by OFAC.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not authorize U.S. financial institutions to open and operate accounts for, or extend credit to, the mission of the Government of North Korea or to the employees of the mission, their families, or persons forming part of their household. U.S. financial institutions are required to obtain specific licenses to operate accounts for, or extend credit to, the mission or to the employees of the mission, their families, or persons forming part of their household.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.510:</HED>
<P>Nothing in this section authorizes the transfer of any property to the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a) other than the mission, nor does this section authorize any debit to a blocked account.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.511" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.511   Noncommercial, personal remittances.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) U.S. persons are authorized to send and receive and U.S. depository institutions, U.S.-registered brokers or dealers in securities, and U.S.-registered money transmitters are authorized to process transfers of funds to or from North Korea or for or on behalf of an individual ordinarily resident in North Korea, other than an individual whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), in cases in which the transfers involve noncommercial, personal remittances, up to a maximum of $5,000 per year.
</P>
<P>(2) Noncommercial, personal remittances do not include charitable donations of funds to or for the benefit of an entity or funds transfers for use in supporting or operating a business, including a family-owned business.
</P>
<P>(b) The transferring institutions identified in paragraph (a) of this section may rely on the originator of a funds transfer with regard to compliance with paragraph (a) of this section, provided that the transferring institution does not know or have reason to know that the funds transfer is not in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) An individual who is a U.S. person is authorized to carry funds as a noncommercial, personal remittance, as described in paragraph (a) of this section, to an individual in North Korea or ordinarily resident in North Korea, other than an individual whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201(a), provided that the individual who is a U.S. person is carrying the funds on his or her behalf, not on behalf of another person.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.512" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.512   Certain transactions in support of nongovernmental organizations' activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, and subject to the reporting requirements set forth in paragraph (e) of this section, all transactions, including the payment of reasonable and customary taxes, fees, and import duties to, and purchase or receipt of permits, licenses, or public utility services from, the Government of North Korea that are ordinarily incident and necessary to the activities described in paragraph (b) of this section by a nongovernmental organization (NGO) are authorized, provided that the NGO is not a person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to this part.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>).
</HED>
<P>The authorization in paragraph (a) of this section includes the exportation or reexportation of items (commodities, software, or technology) not subject to the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730 through 774) (EAR) that are ordinarily incident and necessary to activities described in paragraph (b) of this section, except for items described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section. Pursuant to 15 CFR 746.4(a), a license from the Department of Commerce is required to export or reexport any item subject to the EAR to North Korea, except food and medicine designated as EAR99, unless a license exception applies.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) The activities referenced in paragraph (a) of this section are non-commercial activities designed to directly benefit the civilian population that fall into one of the following categories:
</P>
<P>(1) Activities to support humanitarian projects to meet basic human needs, including disaster, drought, or flood relief; food, nutrition, or medicine distribution; the provision of health services; assistance for vulnerable or displaced populations, including individuals with disabilities and the elderly; and environmental programs;
</P>
<P>(2) Activities to support democracy building, including activities to support rule of law, citizen participation, government accountability and transparency, human rights and fundamental freedoms, access to information, and civil society development projects;
</P>
<P>(3) Activities to support education at or below a secondary school level, including combating illiteracy, increasing access to education at the primary or secondary school level, and assisting education reform projects, provided that such education excludes the subjects of math, sciences, technology, engineering, and computer programming;
</P>
<P>(4) Activities to support non-commercial development projects directly benefiting civilians, including those related to health, food security, and water and sanitation;
</P>
<P>(5) Activities to support environmental and natural resource protection, including the preservation and protection of threatened or endangered species, responsible and transparent management of natural resources, and the remediation of pollution or other environmental damage; and
</P>
<P>(6) Activities to support disarmament, demobilization, and reintegration (DDR) programs and peacebuilding, conflict prevention, and conflict resolution programs.
</P>
<P>(c) U.S. depository institutions, U.S.-registered brokers or dealers in securities, and U.S.-registered money transmitters are authorized to process transfers of funds on behalf of U.S. or third-country NGOs, including transfers of funds to or from North Korea, in support of the activities authorized by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not authorize the following transactions:
</P>
<P>(1) The exportation or reexportation of services to, charitable donations to or for the benefit of, or any other transactions involving the Government of North Korea, the Workers' Party of Korea, or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201, except as ordinarily incident and necessary to an activity authorized in paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Partnerships or partnership agreements with any military, intelligence, or law enforcement entity owned or controlled by the Government of North Korea, except as necessary to export or import items to or from North Korea that are licensed or otherwise authorized pursuant to this part or pursuant to the EAR; or
</P>
<P>(3) Exportation or reexportation of any item that would not be designated as EAR99 if it were located in the United States, unless exempt or authorized.
</P>
<P>(e) NGOs relying on the authorization in paragraph (a) of this section must submit a report to the U.S. Department of State via email at <I>DPRK-NGO-GL-Notification-DL@state.gov</I> no fewer than 30 days before commencement of the authorized activity with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>UN Security Council 1718 Committee (“1718 Committee”) report.</I> (i) If the NGO has received 1718 Committee approval with respect to its activities to be conducted pursuant to this section, a copy of such approval along with the exemption request submitted to the 1718 Committee; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the NGO has not received 1718 Committee approval with respect to its activities to be conducted pursuant to this section, either:
</P>
<P>(A) A copy of any 1718 Committee exemption request or notification that has been or will be submitted to the 1718 Committee with respect to the NGO's activities; or
</P>
<P>(B) A detailed explanation of why the NGO's proposed activities do not require such an exemption or notification, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Items the NGO plans to transport to North Korea related to activities described in paragraph (b) of this section, including items for personal use by persons regularly employed by the NGO;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Estimated or actual dollar value of the transaction(s), as determined by the value of goods, services, or contracts;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The parties involved, including any persons owned, controlled, or acting on behalf of the Government of North Korea or the Workers Party of Korea, as well as financial institutions that may be involved in processing such transactions;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The type and scope of activities conducted; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The dates or duration of the activities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>U.S. Department of State confirmation.</I> The U.S. Department of State may notify an NGO within the 2-week period following submission of the report described in this paragraph (e) to inform the NGO that it may not rely upon this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Specific licenses may be issued on a case-by-case basis to authorize NGOs or other entities to engage in other activities designed to directly benefit the civilian population, including support for the removal of landmines and economic development projects to directly benefit the civilian population of North Korea.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 510.512.
</HED>
<P>This section does not relieve any person authorized thereunder from complying with any other applicable laws or regulations.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 12234, Feb. 16, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.513" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.513   Official business of the United States Government.</HEAD>
<P>All transactions prohibited by this part that are for the conduct of the official business of the United States Government by employees, grantees, or contractors thereof are authorized.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.513.
</HED>
<P>Section 510.213(e) exempts transactions for the conduct of the official business of the United States Government by employees, grantees, or contractors thereof to the extent such transactions are subject to the prohibitions contained in §§ 510.201(a)(1), (a)(3)(iv) through (vi), and (d), 510.206, and 510.208 through 510.211.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 78471, Dec. 21, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.514" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.514   Official business of certain international organizations and entities.</HEAD>
<P>All transactions prohibited by this part that are for the conduct of the official business of the following entities by employees, grantees, or contractors thereof are authorized:
</P>
<P>(a) The United Nations, including its Programmes, Funds, and Other Entities and Bodies, as well as its Specialized Agencies and Related Organizations;
</P>
<P>(b) The International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID) and the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA);
</P>
<P>(c) The African Development Bank Group, the Asian Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the Inter-American Development Bank Group (IDB Group), including any fund entity administered or established by any of the foregoing;
</P>
<P>(d) The International Committee of the Red Cross and the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies; and
</P>
<P>(e) The Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.514.
</HED>
<P>Section 510.213(e) exempts transactions for the conduct of the official business of the United Nations by employees, grantees, or contractors thereof to the extent such transactions are subject to the prohibitions contained in §§ 510.201(a)(1), (a)(3)(iv) through (vi), and (d), 510.206, and 510.208 through 510.211.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 510.514.
</HED>
<P>Separate authorization from the Department of Commerce may be required for the export or reexport of items related to such transactions, if the items are subject to the Export Administration Regulations, 15 CFR parts 730 through 774.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 78471, Dec. 21, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.515" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.515   Third-country diplomatic and consular funds transfers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, U.S. depository institutions, U.S.-registered brokers or dealers in securities, and U.S.-registered money transmitters are authorized to process funds transfers necessary for the operating expenses or other official business of third-country diplomatic or consular missions in North Korea.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not authorize funds transfers involving accounts blocked pursuant to § 510.201(d).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.516" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.516   Transactions related to telecommunications and mail.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, all transactions necessary for the receipt and transmission of telecommunications involving North Korea are authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) This section does not authorize:
</P>
<P>(i) The provision, sale, or lease of telecommunications equipment or technology; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The provision, sale, or lease of capacity on telecommunications transmission facilities (such as satellite or terrestrial network connectivity).
</P>
<P>(b) All transactions of common carriers incident to the receipt or transmission of mail and packages between the United States and North Korea are authorized provided that the importation or exportation of such mail and packages is exempt from or authorized pursuant to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.517" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.517   Certain transactions related to patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All of the following transactions in connection with a patent, trademark, copyright, or other form of intellectual property protection in the United States or North Korea are authorized, including exportation of services to North Korea, payment for such services, and payment to persons in North Korea directly connected to such intellectual property protection:
</P>
<P>(1) The filing and prosecution of any application to obtain a patent, trademark, copyright, or other form of intellectual property protection;
</P>
<P>(2) The receipt of a patent, trademark, copyright, or other form of intellectual property protection;
</P>
<P>(3) The renewal or maintenance of a patent, trademark, copyright, or other form of intellectual property protection; and
</P>
<P>(4) The filing and prosecution of any opposition or infringement proceeding with respect to a patent, trademark, copyright, or other form of intellectual property protection, or the entrance of a defense to any such proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) This section authorizes the payment of fees to the U.S. Government or the Government of North Korea, and of the reasonable and customary fees and charges to attorneys or representatives within the United States or North Korea, in connection with the transactions authorized in paragraph (a) of this section, except that payment effected pursuant to the terms of this paragraph (b) may not be made from a blocked account.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.518" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.518   Calling of certain vessels and landing of certain aircraft.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Vessels and aircraft in which a foreign person has an interest that have called or landed at a port or place in North Korea within the previous 180 days, and vessels in which a foreign person has an interest that have engaged in a ship-to-ship transfer with such a vessel within the previous 180 days, are authorized to call or land at a port or place in the United States in the following circumstances only:
</P>
<P>(1) The vessel is in distress and seeks refuge in the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) The vessel's call at a port in North Korea was due solely to its distress and the resulting need to seek refuge;
</P>
<P>(3) The aircraft is engaging in a nontraffic stop or an emergency landing in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(4) The aircraft's landing in North Korea was due solely to an emergency landing.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, a <I>nontraffic stop</I> includes a stop for any purpose other than taking on or discharging cargo, passengers, or mail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.519" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.519   Transactions related to closing a correspondent or payable-through account.</HEAD>
<P>(a) During the 10-day period beginning on the effective date of the prohibition in § 510.210 on the opening or maintaining of a correspondent account or a payable-through account for a foreign financial institution listed on the List of Foreign Financial Institutions Subject to Correspondent Account or Payable-Through Account Sanctions (CAPTA List), U.S. financial institutions that maintain correspondent accounts or payable-through accounts for the foreign financial institution are authorized to:
</P>
<P>(1) Process only those transactions through the account, or permit the foreign financial institution to execute only those transactions through the account, that are for the purpose of, and necessary for, closing the account; and
</P>
<P>(2) Transfer the funds remaining in the correspondent account or the payable-through account to an account of the foreign financial institution located outside of the United States and close the correspondent account or the payable-through account.
</P>
<P>(b) A report must be filed with OFAC within 30 days of the closure of an account, providing full details on the closing of each correspondent account or payable-through account maintained by a U.S. financial institution for a foreign financial institution whose name is added to the CAPTA List. Such report must include complete information on the closing of the account and on all transactions processed or executed through the account pursuant to this section, including the account outside of the United States to which funds remaining in the account were transferred. The reports, which must reference this section, are to be submitted to OFAC using one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Email (preferred method): OFACReport@treasury.gov;</I> or
</P>
<P>(2) <I>U.S. mail:</I> Attention: Compliance Division, 

 Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Freedman's Bank Building, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>(c) Specific licenses may be issued on a case-by-case basis to authorize transactions outside the scope or time period authorized in paragraph (a) of this section by a U.S. financial institution with respect to a correspondent account or a payable-through account maintained by the U.S. financial institution for a foreign financial institution whose name is added to the CAPTA List. License applications should be filed in conformance with § 501.801 of the Reporting, Procedures and Penalties Regulations, 31 CFR part 501.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section authorizes the opening of a correspondent account or a payable-through account for a foreign financial institution whose name appears on the CAPTA List.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 510.519:</HED>
<P>This section does not authorize a U.S. financial institution to unblock property or interests in property, or to engage in any transaction or dealing in property or interests in property, blocked pursuant to any other part of this chapter in the process of closing a correspondent account or a payable-through account for a foreign financial institution whose name has been added to the CAPTA List. <I>See</I> § 510.101.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, as amended at 84 FR 30870, June 28, 2019; 89 FR 15741, Mar. 5, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.520" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.520   Transactions ordinarily incident to the exportation or reexportation to North Korea of items licensed or otherwise authorized by the Department of Commerce, and related services.</HEAD>
<P>All transactions ordinarily incident to the exportation or reexportation of items (commodities, software, or technology) to North Korea, including transactions with the Government of North Korea or any other person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to § 510.201, and services provided outside North Korea to install, repair, or replace such items, are authorized, provided that the exportation or reexportation of such items to North Korea is licensed or otherwise authorized by the Department of Commerce.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 12234, Feb. 16, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.521" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.521   Exportation or reexportation to North Korea of certain agricultural commodities, medicine, medical devices, and replacement parts and components.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All transactions prohibited by § 510.206 that are related to the exportation or reexportation to North Korea of agricultural commodities, medicine, medical devices, or replacement parts or components for medical devices, in each case that are not subject to the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730 through 774) (EAR), are authorized, provided that the agricultural commodities, medicine, medical devices, or replacement parts or components:
</P>
<P>(1) Would be designated as EAR99 if they were located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) Are not luxury goods as set forth in 15 CFR 746.4(b)(1), including identified as examples of luxury goods in 17 CFR part 746, supplement no. 1;
</P>
<P>(3) Are approved for exportation or reexportation to North Korea by the Security Council Committee established pursuant to United Nations Security Council resolution 1718 (2006), to the extent such approval is required;
</P>
<P>(4) Are not exported or reexported to any military, intelligence, or law enforcement purchaser or importer; and
</P>
<P>(5) Replacement parts are limited to a one-for-one export or reexport basis (<I>i.e.,</I> only one replacement part can be exported or reexported to replace a broken or non-operational part).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>).
</HED>
<P>Separate authorization from OFAC is required for export or reexport by a U.S. person to North Korea of items that are not subject to the EAR, other than agricultural commodities, medicine, medical devices, or replacement parts or components for medical devices as described in this paragraph. <I>See</I> § 510.512 for a general license authorizing certain transactions by nongovernmental organizations, including exports and reexports of certain items that are not subject to the EAR.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, agricultural commodities, medicine, and medical devices are defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Agricultural commodities.</I> The term <I>agricultural commodities</I> means products:
</P>
<P>(i) That fall within the term “agricultural commodity” as defined in section 102 of the Agricultural Trade Act of 1978 (7 U.S.C. 5602); and
</P>
<P>(ii) That are intended for ultimate use as:
</P>
<P>(A) Food for humans (including raw, processed, and packaged foods; live animals; vitamins and minerals; food additives or supplements; and bottled drinking water) or animals (including animal feeds);
</P>
<P>(B) Seeds for food crops;
</P>
<P>(C) Fertilizers for the purposes of food production; or
</P>
<P>(D) Reproductive materials (such as live animals, fertilized eggs, embryos, and semen) for the production of food animals.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Medicine.</I> The term <I>medicine</I> means an item that falls within the definition of the term “drug” in section 201 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Medical device.</I> The term <I>medical device</I> means an item that:
</P>
<P>(i) Falls within the definition of “device” in section 201 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not on the List of Medical Devices Requiring Specific Authorization, which is maintained on OFAC's website (<I>www.treasury.gov/ofac</I>) on the North Korea Sanctions page.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 510.521.
</HED>
<P>Pursuant to 17 CFR 746.4(a), a license from the Department of Commerce is required to export or reexport any item subject to the EAR to North Korea, except food and medicine designated as EAR99, unless a license exception applies.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 12235, Feb. 16, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.522" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.522   Journalistic activities and establishment of news bureaus in North Korea.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, news reporting organizations that are United States persons, and individuals who are United States persons regularly employed by news reporting organizations either as journalists (including photojournalists) or as supporting broadcast or technical personnel, are authorized to engage in the following transactions in North Korea, provided that such transactions are ordinarily incident and necessary to their journalistic activities or the establishment or operation of a news bureau in North Korea:
</P>
<P>(1) Hiring and compensating support staff in North Korea (e.g., stringers, translators, interpreters, camera operators, technical experts, freelance producers, or drivers), persons to handle logistics, or other office personnel as needed;
</P>
<P>(2) Leasing or renting office space;
</P>
<P>(3) Purchasing, leasing, or renting North Korean-origin goods and services (e.g., mobile phones and related airtime), selling such goods when no longer needed to persons other than the Government of North Korea or Worker's Party of Korea, or importing them into the United States;
</P>
<P>(4) Renting and using telecommunications facilities in North Korea and paying fees or taxes related to the dissemination of information and transmission of news feeds (e.g., fees for satellite uplink facilities, or live news feeds);
</P>
<P>(5) Exporting and reexporting to North Korea, and subsequently reexporting from North Korea, equipment that is not subject to the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730 through 774) (EAR), and that is ordinarily incident and necessary to journalistic activities, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) Such equipment would be designated as EAR99 if it were located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) The exportation or reexportation is approved by the Security Council Committee established pursuant to United Nations Security Council resolution 1718 (2006), to the extent such approval is required; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Such equipment remains under the effective control and in the physical possession of the news reporting organization or journalist exporting such equipment while it is in North Korea and is reexported from North Korea to the United States or a third country when no longer needed for journalistic activities in North Korea; and
</P>
<P>(6) Paying for all expenses ordinarily incident and necessary to journalistic activities, including sales or employment taxes to the Government of North Korea.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>).
</HED>
<P>This section does not relieve any person authorized thereunder from complying with any other applicable laws or regulations. Pursuant to 15 CFR 746.4(a), a license from the Department of Commerce is required to export or reexport any item (commodities, software, or technology) subject to the EAR to North Korea, except food and medicine designated as EAR99, unless a license exception applies.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>).
</HED>
<P><I>See</I> § 510.520 for a general license authorizing transactions ordinarily incident to the exportation or reexportation to North Korea of items that are licensed or otherwise authorized by the Department of Commerce.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, the term “news reporting organization” means an entity whose primary purpose is the gathering and dissemination of news to the general public.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3 to § 510.522.
</HED>
<P>As of September 1, 2017, the U.S. Department of State has restricted the use of U.S. passports to travel into, in, or through North Korea. <I>See</I> 22 CFR 51.63. U.S. nationals who wish to travel to or within North Korea for the extremely limited purposes that are set forth in Federal regulations must apply for a passport with a special validation from the Department of State. <I>See travel.state.gov</I> for additional details.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 12235, Feb. 16, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.601" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.601   Records and reports.</HEAD>
<P>For provisions relating to required records and reports, see part 501, subpart C, of this chapter. Recordkeeping and reporting requirements imposed by part 501 of this chapter with respect to the prohibitions contained in this part are considered requirements arising pursuant to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Penalties and Finding of Violation</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.701" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.701   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Section 206 of the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1705) (IEEPA) is applicable to violations of the provisions of any license, ruling, regulation, order, directive, or instruction issued by or pursuant to the direction or authorization of the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to this part or otherwise under IEEPA.
</P>
<P>(1) A civil penalty not to exceed the amount set forth in section 206 of IEEPA may be imposed on any person who violates, attempts to violate, conspires to violate, or causes a violation of any license, order, regulation, or prohibition issued under IEEPA.
</P>
<P>(2) IEEPA provides for a maximum civil penalty not to exceed the greater of $377,700 or an amount that is twice the amount of the transaction that is the basis of the violation with respect to which the penalty is imposed.
</P>
<P>(3) A person who willfully commits, willfully attempts to commit, willfully conspires to commit, or aids or abets in the commission of a violation of any license, order, regulation, or prohibition may, upon conviction, be fined not more than $1,000,000, or if a natural person, be imprisoned for not more than 20 years, or both.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The civil penalties provided in IEEPA are subject to adjustment pursuant to the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-410, as amended, 28 U.S.C. 2461 note).
</P>
<P>(2) The criminal penalties provided in IEEPA are subject to adjustment pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 3571.
</P>
<P>(c) Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1001, whoever, in any matter within the jurisdiction of the executive, legislative, or judicial branch of the government of the United States, knowingly and willfully falsifies, conceals, or covers up by any trick, scheme, or device a material fact; or makes any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation; or makes or uses any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry shall be fined under title 18, United States Code, imprisoned, or both.
</P>
<P>(d) Section 5 of the United Nations Participation Act, as amended (22 U.S.C. 287c(b)) (UNPA), provides that any person who willfully violates or evades or attempts to violate or evade any order, rule, or regulation issued by the President pursuant to the authority granted in that section, upon conviction, shall be fined not more than $10,000 and, if a natural person, may also be imprisoned for not more than 10 years; and the officer, director, or agent of any corporation who knowingly participates in such violation or evasion shall be punished by a like fine, imprisonment, or both and any property, funds, securities, papers, or other articles or documents, or any vessel, together with her tackle, apparel, furniture, and equipment, or vehicle, or aircraft, concerned in such violation shall be forfeited to the United States.
</P>
<P>(e) Violations involving transactions described at section 203(b)(1), (3), and (4) of IEEPA shall be subject only to the penalties set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Violations of this part may also be subject to other applicable laws.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9187, Mar. 5, 2018, as amended at 84 FR 27716, June 14, 2019; 85 FR 19886, Apr. 9, 2020; 86 FR 14536, Mar. 17, 2021; 87 FR 7371, Feb. 9, 2022; 88 FR 2231, Jan. 13, 2023; 89 FR 2141, Jan. 12, 2024; 90 FR 3690, Jan. 15, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.702" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.702   Pre-Penalty Notice; settlement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When required.</I> If OFAC has reason to believe that there has occurred a violation of any provision of this part or a violation of the provisions of any license, ruling, regulation, order, directive, or instruction issued by or pursuant to the direction or authorization of the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to this part or otherwise under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1705) (IEEPA) and determines that a civil monetary penalty is warranted, OFAC will issue a Pre-Penalty Notice informing the alleged violator of the agency's intent to impose a monetary penalty. A Pre-Penalty Notice shall be in writing. The Pre-Penalty Notice may be issued whether or not another agency has taken any action with respect to the matter. For a description of the contents of a Pre-Penalty Notice, see appendix A to part 501 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response</I>—(1) <I>Right to respond.</I> An alleged violator has the right to respond to a Pre-Penalty Notice by making a written presentation to OFAC. For a description of the information that should be included in such a response, see appendix A to part 501 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Deadline for response.</I> A response to a Pre-Penalty Notice must be made within 30 days as set forth in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section. The failure to submit a response within 30 days shall be deemed to be a waiver of the right to respond.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Computation of time for response.</I> A response to a Pre-Penalty Notice must be postmarked or date-stamped by the U.S. Postal Service (or foreign postal service, if mailed abroad) or courier service provider (if transmitted to OFAC by courier) on or before the 30th day after the postmark date on the envelope in which the Pre-Penalty Notice was mailed. If the Pre-Penalty Notice was personally delivered by a non-U.S. Postal Service agent authorized by OFAC, a response must be postmarked or date-stamped on or before the 30th day after the date of delivery.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Extensions of time for response.</I> If a due date falls on a federal holiday or weekend, that due date is extended to include the following business day. Any other extensions of time will be granted, at the discretion of OFAC, only upon specific request to OFAC.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Form and method of response.</I> A response to a Pre-Penalty Notice need not be in any particular form, but it must be typewritten and signed by the alleged violator or a representative thereof, contain information sufficient to indicate that it is in response to the Pre-Penalty Notice, and include the OFAC identification number listed on the Pre-Penalty Notice. A copy of the written response may be sent by facsimile, but the original also must be sent to OFAC's Enforcement Division by mail or courier and must be postmarked or date-stamped in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Settlement.</I> Settlement discussion may be initiated by OFAC, the alleged violator, or the alleged violator's authorized representative. For a description of practices with respect to settlement, see appendix A to part 501 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Guidelines.</I> Guidelines for the imposition or settlement of civil penalties by OFAC are contained in appendix A to part 501 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Representation.</I> A representative of the alleged violator may act on behalf of the alleged violator, but any oral communication with OFAC prior to a written submission regarding the specific allegations contained in the Pre-Penalty Notice must be preceded by a written letter of representation, unless the Pre-Penalty Notice was served upon the alleged violator in care of the representative.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 9960, Mar. 5, 1997, as amended at 89 FR 15741, Mar. 5, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.703" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.7.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.703   Penalty imposition.</HEAD>
<P>If, after considering any written response to the Pre-Penalty Notice and any relevant facts, OFAC determines that there was a violation by the alleged violator named in the Pre-Penalty Notice and that a civil monetary penalty is appropriate, OFAC may issue a Penalty Notice to the violator containing a determination of the violation and the imposition of the monetary penalty. For additional details concerning issuance of a Penalty Notice, see appendix A to part 501 of this chapter. The issuance of the Penalty Notice shall constitute final agency action. The violator has the right to seek judicial review of that final agency action in federal district court.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.704" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.7.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.704   Administrative collection; referral to United States Department of Justice.</HEAD>
<P>In the event that the violator does not pay the penalty imposed pursuant to this part or make payment arrangements acceptable to OFAC, the matter may be referred for administrative collection measures by the Department of the Treasury or to the United States Department of Justice for appropriate action to recover the penalty in a civil suit in a federal district court.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.705" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.7.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.705   Finding of Violation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When issued.</I> (1) OFAC may issue an initial Finding of Violation that identifies a violation if OFAC:
</P>
<P>(i) Determines that there has occurred a violation of any provision of this part, or a violation of the provisions of any license, ruling, regulation, order, directive, or instruction issued by or pursuant to the direction or authorization of the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to this part or otherwise under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) Considers it important to document the occurrence of a violation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Based on the Guidelines contained in appendix A to part 501 of this chapter, concludes that an administrative response is warranted but that a civil monetary penalty is not the most appropriate response.
</P>
<P>(2) An initial Finding of Violation shall be in writing and may be issued whether or not another agency has taken any action with respect to the matter. For additional details concerning issuance of a Finding of Violation, see appendix A to part 501 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response</I>—(1) <I>Right to respond.</I> An alleged violator has the right to contest an initial Finding of Violation by providing a written response to OFAC.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Deadline for response; default determination.</I> A response to an initial Finding of Violation must be made within 30 days as set forth in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section. The failure to submit a response within 30 days shall be deemed to be a waiver of the right to respond, and the initial Finding of Violation will become final and will constitute final agency action. The violator has the right to seek judicial review of that final agency action in federal district court.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Computation of time for response.</I> A response to an initial Finding of Violation must be postmarked or date-stamped by the U.S. Postal Service (or foreign postal service, if mailed abroad) or courier service provider (if transmitted to OFAC by courier) on or before the 30th day after the postmark date on the envelope in which the initial Finding of Violation was served. If the initial Finding of Violation was personally delivered by a non-U.S. Postal Service agent authorized by OFAC, a response must be postmarked or date-stamped on or before the 30th day after the date of delivery.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Extensions of time for response.</I> If a due date falls on a federal holiday or weekend, that due date is extended to include the following business day. Any other extensions of time will be granted, at the discretion of OFAC, only upon specific request to OFAC.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Form and method of response.</I> A response to an initial Finding of Violation need not be in any particular form, but it must be typewritten and signed by the alleged violator or a representative thereof, contain information sufficient to indicate that it is in response to the initial Finding of Violation, and include the OFAC identification number listed on the initial Finding of Violation. A copy of the written response may be sent by facsimile, but the original also must be sent to OFAC by mail or courier and must be postmarked or date-stamped in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Information that should be included in response.</I> Any response should set forth in detail why the alleged violator either believes that a violation of the regulations did not occur and/or why a Finding of Violation is otherwise unwarranted under the circumstances, with reference to the General Factors Affecting Administrative Action set forth in the Guidelines contained in appendix A to part 501. The response should include all documentary or other evidence available to the alleged violator that supports the arguments set forth in the response. OFAC will consider all relevant materials submitted in the response.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Determination</I>—(1) <I>Determination that a Finding of Violation is warranted.</I> If, after considering the response, OFAC determines that a final Finding of Violation should be issued, OFAC will issue a final Finding of Violation that will inform the violator of its decision. A final Finding of Violation shall constitute final agency action. The violator has the right to seek judicial review of that final agency action in federal district court.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Determination that a Finding of Violation is not warranted.</I> If, after considering the response, OFAC determines a Finding of Violation is not warranted, then OFAC will inform the alleged violator of its decision not to issue a final Finding of Violation.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>A determination by OFAC that a final Finding of Violation is not warranted does not preclude OFAC from pursuing other enforcement actions consistent with the Guidelines contained in appendix A to part 501 of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) <I>Representation.</I> A representative of the alleged violator may act on behalf of the alleged violator, but any oral communication with OFAC prior to a written submission regarding the specific alleged violations contained in the initial Finding of Violation must be preceded by a written letter of representation, unless the initial Finding of Violation was served upon the alleged violator in care of the representative.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.801" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.8.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.801   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>For license application procedures and procedures relating to amendments, modifications, or revocations of licenses; administrative decisions; rulemaking; and requests for documents pursuant to the Freedom of Information and Privacy Acts (5 U.S.C. 552 and 552a), see part 501, subpart E, of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.802" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.8.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.802   Delegation of certain authorities of the Secretary of the Treasury.</HEAD>
<P>Any action that the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to take pursuant to Executive Order 13466 of June 26, 2008, Executive Order 13551 of August 30, 2010, Executive Order 13570 of April 18, 2011, Executive Order 13687 of January 2, 2015, Executive Order 13722 of March 15, 2016, Executive Order 13810 of September 20, 2017, and any further Executive orders relating to the national emergency declared in Executive Order 13466 of June 26, 2008, and any action that the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to take pursuant to Presidential Memorandum of May 18, 2016: Delegation of Certain Functions and Authorities under the North Korea Policy Enhancement Act of 2016, Presidential Memorandum of September 29, 2017: Delegation of Certain Functions and Authorities under the Countering America's Adversaries Through Sanctions Act of 2017, the Ukraine Freedom Support Act of 2014, and the Support for the Sovereignty, Integrity, Democracy, and Economic Stability of Ukraine Act of 2014, and Presidential Memorandum of February 21, 2020: Delegation of Certain Functions and Authorities under the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020, may be taken by the Director of OFAC or by any other person to whom the Secretary of the Treasury has delegated authority so to act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 20162, Apr. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Paperwork Reduction Act</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.901" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.3.9.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.901   Paperwork Reduction Act notice.</HEAD>
<P>For approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507) of information collections relating to recordkeeping and reporting requirements, licensing procedures, and other procedures, see § 501.901 of this chapter. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid control number assigned by OMB.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="515" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 515—CUBAN ASSETS CONTROL REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>22 U.S.C. 2370(a), 6001-6010, 7201-7211; 31 U.S.C. 321(b); 50 U.S.C. 4301-4341; Pub. L. 101-410, 104 Stat. 890 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note); 22 U.S.C. 6021-6091; Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681; Pub. L. 111-8, 123 Stat. 524; Pub. L. 111-117, 123 Stat. 3034; E.O. 9989, 13 FR 4891, 3 CFR, 1943-1948 Comp., p. 748; Proc. 3447, 27 FR 1085, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 157; E.O. 12854, 58 FR 36587, 3 CFR, 1993 Comp., p. 614.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Relation of This Part to Other Laws and Regulations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.101" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.101   Relation of this part to other laws and regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part is separate from, and independent of, the other parts of this chapter with the exception of part 501 of this chapter, the recordkeeping and reporting requirements and license application and other procedures of which apply to this part. No license or authorization contained in or issued pursuant to one of those parts, or any other provision of law, authorizes any transaction prohibited by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) No license or authorization contained in or issued pursuant to this part shall be deemed to authorize any transaction prohibited by any law other than the Trading With the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. 4301-4341, the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, 22 U.S.C. 2370, or any proclamation, order, regulation or license issued pursuant thereto.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 27437, July 3, 1985, as amended at 62 FR 45106, Aug. 25, 1997; 85 FR 60070, Sept. 24, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Prohibitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.201" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.201   Transactions involving designated foreign countries or their nationals; effective date.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All of the following transactions are prohibited, except as specifically authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury (or any person, agency, or instrumentality designated by him) by means of regulations, rulings, instructions, licenses, or otherwise, if either such transactions are by, or on behalf of, or pursuant to the direction of a foreign country designated under this part, or any national thereof, or such transactions involve property in which a foreign country designated under this part, or any national thereof, has at any time on or since the effective date of this section had any interest of any nature whatsoever, direct or indirect:
</P>
<P>(1) All transfers of credit and all payments between, by, through, or to any banking institution or banking institutions wheresoever located, with respect to any property subject to the jurisdiction of the United States or by any person (including a banking institution) subject to the jurisdiction of the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) All transactions in foreign exchange by any person within the United States; and
</P>
<P>(3) The exportation or withdrawal from the United States of gold or silver coin or bullion, currency or securities, or the earmarking of any such property, by any person within the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) All of the following transactions are prohibited, except as specifically authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury (or any person, agency, or instrumentality designated by him) by means of regulations, rulings, instructions, licenses, or otherwise, if such transactions involve property in which any foreign country designated under this part, or any national thereof, has at any time on or since the effective date of this section had any interest of any nature whatsoever, direct or indirect:
</P>
<P>(1) All dealings in, including, without limitation, transfers, withdrawals, or exportations of, any property or evidences of indebtedness or evidences of ownership of property by any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(2) All transfers outside the United States with regard to any property or property interest subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) Any transaction for the purpose or which has the effect of evading or avoiding any of the prohibitions set forth in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section is hereby prohibited.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of this part, the term <I>foreign country designated under this part</I> and the term <I>designated foreign country</I> mean Cuba and the term <I>effective date</I> and the term <I>effective date of this section</I> mean with respect to Cuba, or any national thereof, 12:01 a.m., e.s.t., July 8, 1963.
</P>
<P>(e) When a transaction results in the blocking of funds at a banking institution pursuant to this section and a party to the transaction believes the funds have been blocked due to mistaken identity, that party may seek to have such funds unblocked pursuant to the administrative procedures set forth in § 501.806 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 62 FR 45106, Aug. 25, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.202" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.202   Transactions with respect to securities registered or inscribed in the name of a designated national.</HEAD>
<P>Unless authorized by a license expressly referring to this section, the acquisition, transfer (including the transfer on the books of any issuer or agent thereof), disposition, transportation, importation, exportation, or withdrawal of, or the endorsement or guaranty of signatures on or otherwise dealing in any security (or evidence thereof) registered or inscribed in the name of any designated national is prohibited irrespective of the fact that at any time (either prior to, on, or subsequent to the “effective date”) the registered or inscribed owner thereof may have, or appears to have, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of any such security.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.203" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.203   Effect of transfers violating the provisions of this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any transfer after the “effective date” which is in violation of any provision of this part or of any regulation, ruling, instruction, license, or other direction or authorization thereunder and involves any property in which a designated national has or has had an interest since such “effective date” is null and void and shall not be the basis for the assertion or recognition of any interest in or right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to such property.
</P>
<P>(b) No transfer before the “effective date” shall be the basis for the assertion or recognition of any right, remedy, power, or privilege with respect to, or interest in, any property in which a designated national has or has had an interest since the “effective date” unless the person with whom such property is held or maintained had written notice of the transfer or by any written evidence had recognized such transfer prior to such “effective date.”
</P>
<P>(c) Unless otherwise provided, an appropriate license or other authorization issued by or pursuant to the direction or authorization of the Secretary of the Treasury before, during or after a transfer shall validate such transfer or render it enforceable to the same extent as it would be valid or enforceable but for the provisions of section 5(b) of the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, and this part and any ruling, order, regulation, direction or instruction issued hereunder.
</P>
<P>(d) Transfers of property which otherwise would be null and void, or unenforceable by virtue of the provisions of this section shall not be deemed to be null and void, or unenforceable pursuant to such provisions, as to any person with whom such property was held or maintained (and as to such person only) in cases in which such person is able to establish each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Such transfer did not represent a willful violation of the provisions of this part by the person with whom such property was held or maintained;
</P>
<P>(2) The person with whom such property was held or maintained did not have reasonable cause to know or suspect, in view of all the facts and circumstances known or available to such person, that such transfer required a license or authorization by or pursuant to the provisions of this part and was not so licensed or authorized or if a license or authorization did purport to cover the transfer, that such license or authorization had been obtained by misrepresentation or the withholding of material facts or was otherwise fraudulently obtained; and
</P>
<P>(3) Promptly upon discovery that:
</P>
<P>(i) Such transfer was in violation of the provisions of this part or any regulation, ruling, instruction, license or other direction or authorization thereunder, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Such transfer was not licensed or authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury, or
</P>
<P>(iii) If a license did purport to cover the transfer, such license had been obtained by misrepresentation or the withholding of material facts or was otherwise fraudulently obtained;
</P>
<FP>the person with whom such property was held or maintained filed with the Treasury Department, Washington, D.C., a report in triplicate setting forth in full the circumstances relating to such transfer. The filing of a report in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph shall not be deemed to be compliance or evidence of compliance with paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this section.
</FP>
<P>(e) Unless licensed or authorized by § 515.504 or otherwise licensed or authorized pursuant to this chapter any attachment, judgment, decree, lien, execution, garnishment, or other judicial process is null and void with respect to any property in which on or since the “effective date” there existed the interest of a designated foreign country or national thereof.
</P>
<P>(f) For the purpose of this section the term <I>property</I> includes gold, silver, bullion, currency, coin, credit, securities (as that term is defined in section 2(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), bills of exchange, notes, drafts, acceptances, checks, letters of credit, book credits, debts, claims, contracts, negotiable documents of title, mortgages, liens, annuities, insurance policies, options and futures in commodities, and evidences of any of the foregoing. The term <I>property</I> shall not, except to the extent indicated, be deemed to include chattels or real property.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 28 FR 7941, Aug. 3, 1963]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.204" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.204   Importation of and dealings in certain merchandise.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as specifically authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury (or any person, agency, or instrumentality designated by him) by means of regulations, rulings, instructions, licenses, or otherwise, no person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States may purchase, transport, import, or otherwise deal in or engage in any transaction with respect to any merchandise outside the United States if such merchandise:
</P>
<P>(1) Is of Cuban origin; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is or has been located in or transported from or through Cuba; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is made or derived in whole or in part of any article which is the growth, produce or manufacture of Cuba.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.205" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.205   Holding of certain types of blocked property in interest-bearing accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided by paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of this section, or as authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate by specific license, any person holding any property included in paragraph (h) of this section is prohibited from holding, withholding, using, transferring, engaging in any transactions involving, or exercising any right, power, or privilege with respect to any such property, unless it is held in an interest-bearing account in a domestic bank.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person presently holding property subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section which, as of the effective date of this section, is not being held in accordance with the provisions of that paragraph shall transfer such property to or hold such property or cause such property to be held in an interest-bearing account in any domestic bank within 30 days of the effective date of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Any person holding any checks or drafts subject to the provisions of § 515.201 is authorized and directed, wherever possible consistent with state law (except as otherwise specifically provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section), to negotiate or present for collection or payment such instruments and credit the proceeds to interest-bearing accounts. Any transaction by any person incident to the negotiation, processing. presentment, collection or payment of such instruments and deposit of the proceeds into an interest-bearing account is hereby authorized: <I>Provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The transaction does not represent, directly or indirectly, a transfer of the interest of a designated national to any other country or person;
</P>
<P>(2) The proceeds are held in a blocked account indicating the designated national who is the payee or owner of the instrument; and,
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a blocked check or draft which has been purchased by the maker/drawer from the drawee bank (e.g., cashier's check, money order, or traveler's check) or which is drawn against a presently existing account, such bank, on presentment of the instrument in accordance with the provisions of this section, shall either:
</P>
<P>(i) Pay the instrument (subject to paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section) or
</P>
<P>(ii) Credit a blocked account on its books with the amount payable on the instrument.
</P>
<FP>In either event, the blocked account shall be identified as resulting from the proceeds of a blocked check or draft, and the identification shall include a reference to the names of both the maker and payee of the instrument.
</FP>
<P>(d) Property subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, held by a person claiming a set-off against such property, is exempt from the provisions of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this section to the extent of the set-off: <I>Provided however,</I> That interest shall be due from 30 days after the effective date of this section if it should ultimately be determined that the claim to a set-off is without merit.
</P>
<P>(e) Property subject to the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, held in a customer's account by a registered broker/dealer in securities, may continue to be held for the customer by the broker/dealer provided interest is credited to the account on any balance not invested in securities in accordance with § 515.513. The interest paid on such accounts by a broker/dealer who does not elect to hold such property for a customer's account in a domestic bank shall not be less than the maximum rate payable on the shortest time deposit available in any domestic bank in the jurisdiction in which the broker/dealer holds the account.
</P>
<P>(f) Property subject to the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, held by a state agency charged with the custody of abandoned or unclaimed property under § 515.554 may continue to be held by the agency provided interest is credited to the blocked account in which the property is held by the agency, or the property is held by the agency in a blocked account in a domestic bank. The interest credited to such accounts by an agency which does not elect to hold such property in a domestic bank shall not be less than the maximum rate payable on the shortest time deposit available in any domestic bank in the state.
</P>
<P>(g) For purposes of this section, the term <I>interest-bearing account</I> means a blocked account earning interest at no less than the maximum rate payable on the shortest time deposit in the domestic bank where the account is held: <I>Provided however,</I> That such an account may include six-month Treasury bills or insured certificates, with a maturity not exceeding six-months, appropriate to the amounts involved.
</P>
<P>(h) The following types of property are subject to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Any currency, bank deposit and bank accounts subject to the provisions of § 515.201;
</P>
<P>(2) Any property subject to the provisions of § 515.201 which consists, in whole or in part, of undisputed and either liquidated or matured debts, claims, obligations or other evidence of indebtedness, to the extent of any amount that is undisputed and liquidated or matured; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any proceeds resulting from the payment of an obligation under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of this section, the term <I>domestic bank</I> includes any FSLIC-insured institution (as defined in 12 CFR 561.1).
</P>
<P>(j) For the purposes of this section the term <I>person</I> includes the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, except where the agency or instrumentality submits to the Office of Foreign Assets Control an opinion of its General Counsel that either:
</P>
<P>(1) It lacks statutory authority to comply with this section, or
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section are inconsistent with the statutory program under which it operates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 11770, Mar. 2, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.206" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.206   Exempt transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Information and informational materials.</I> (1) The importation from any country and the exportation to any country of information or informational materials as defined in § 515.332, whether commercial or otherwise, regardless of format or medium of transmission, are exempt from the prohibitions and regulations of this part except for payments owed to Cuba for telecommunications services between Cuba and the United States, which are subject to the provisions of § 515.542.
</P>
<P>(2) This section does not authorize transactions related to information or informational materials not fully created and in existence at the date of the transaction, or to the substantive or artistic alteration or enhancement of information or informational materials, or to the provision of marketing and business consulting services by a person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Such prohibited transactions include, without limitation, payment of advances for information or informational materials not yet created and completed, provision of services to market, produce or co-produce, create or assist in the creation of information or informational materials, and payment of royalties to a designated national with respect to income received for enhancements or alterations made by persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States to information or informational materials imported from a designated national.
</P>
<P>(3) This section does not authorize transactions incident to the transmission of restricted technical data as defined in the Export Administration Regulations, 15 CFR parts 730-774, or to the exportation of goods for use in the transmission of any data. The exportation of such goods to designated foreign countries is prohibited, as provided in § 515.201 of this part and § 785.1 of the Export Administration Regulations.
</P>
<P>(4) This section does not authorize transactions related to travel to Cuba when such travel is not otherwise authorized under § 515.545.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>See § 515.545 for general licenses authorizing certain travel-related and other transactions that are directly incident to the export, import, or transmission of informational materials and certain transactions related to the creation, dissemination, or artistic or other substantive alteration or enhancement of informational materials.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Donation of food.</I> The prohibitions contained in this part do not apply to transactions incident to the donation of food to nongovernmental organizations or individuals in Cuba.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 5233, Feb. 2, 1989, as amended at 60 FR 39256, Aug. 2, 1995; 64 FR 25812, May 13, 1999; 81 FR 4584, Jan. 27, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.207" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.207   Entry of vessels engaged in trade with Cuba.</HEAD>
<P>Except as specifically authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury (or any person, agency or instrumentality designated by him), by means of regulations, rulings, instructions, licenses or otherwise,
</P>
<P>(a) No vessel that enters a port or place in Cuba to engage in the trade of goods or the purchase or provision of services, may enter a U.S. port for the purpose of loading or unloading freight for a period of 180 days from the date the vessel departed from a port or place in Cuba; and
</P>
<P>(b) No vessel carrying goods or passengers to or from Cuba or carrying goods in which Cuba or a Cuban national has an interest may enter a U.S. port with such goods or passengers on board.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 515.207:</HED>
<P>For the waiver of the prohibitions contained in this section for vessels engaged in certain trade and travel with Cuba, see § 515.550.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 34710, June 29, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 36687, July 12, 2001; 80 FR 2292, Jan. 16, 2015; 80 FR 56918, Sept. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.208" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.208   Restrictions on loans, credits and other financing.</HEAD>
<P>No United States national, permanent resident alien, or United States agency may knowingly make a loan, extend credit or provide other financing for the purpose of financing transactions involving confiscated property the claim to which is owned by a United States national, except for financing by a United States national owning such a claim for a transaction permitted under United States law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 37386, July 18, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.209" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.209   Restrictions on direct financial transactions with certain entities and subentities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise authorized pursuant to this part, no person subject to U.S. jurisdiction may engage in a direct financial transaction with any person that the Secretary of State has identified as an entity or subentity that is under the control of, or acts for or on behalf of, the Cuban military, intelligence, or security services or personnel and with which direct financial transactions would disproportionately benefit such services or personnel at the expense of the Cuban people or private enterprise in Cuba. For purposes of this prohibition, a person engages in a direct financial transaction by acting as the originator on a transfer of funds whose ultimate beneficiary is an entity or subentity on the State Department's List of Restricted Entities and Subentities Associated with Cuba (“Cuba Restricted List”) or as the ultimate beneficiary on a transfer of funds whose originator is an entity or subentity on the Cuba Restricted List, including a transaction by wire transfer, credit card, check, or payment of cash. This prohibition does not apply to certain transactions set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The names of entities and subentities that the Secretary of State has identified as meeting the criteria set forth in this section are published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and incorporated into the Cuba Restricted List. Entities or subentities that are owned or controlled by another entity or subentity on this list are not treated as restricted unless also specified by name on the Cuba Restricted List. The Cuba Restricted List is maintained by the State Department and will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> It is also accessible through the following page on the State Department's website: <I>https://www.state.gov/cuba-sanctions/cuba-restricted-list/”.</I></P></NOTE>
<P>(b) The prohibition in paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to any travel-related transactions, including those that involve direct financial transactions with an entity or subentity on the Cuba Restricted List, provided those travel-related transactions were initiated prior to the date that entity or subentity was added to the Cuba Restricted List as published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(c) The prohibition in paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to any transactions related to commercial engagements that involve direct financial transactions with an entity or subentity on the Cuba Restricted List, provided those commercial engagements were in place prior to the date that entity or subentity was added to the Cuba Restricted List as published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 515.209:</HED>
<P>This section does not prohibit a person subject to U.S. jurisdiction from participating in an indirect financial transaction, such as those authorized pursuant to § 515.584(d) relating to funds transfers or § 515.584(g) relating to U.S. dollar monetary instruments, where the person does not act as the originator or beneficiary on a transfer of funds.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 515.209:</HED>
<P>A transaction relating to the collection, forwarding, or receipt of remittances involving an entity or subentity identified on the Cuba Restricted List is not authorized as a transaction ordinarily incident to a licensed transaction where the terms of the applicable general or specific license expressly exclude any such transactions. <I>See</I> §§ 515.570, 515.572(a)(3), and 515.587.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 51999, Nov. 9, 2017, as amended at 84 FR 47122, Sept. 9, 2019; 85 FR 60070, Sept. 24, 2020; 85 FR 67989, Oct. 27, 2020; 89 FR 46324, May 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.210" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.210   Restrictions on lodging, paying for lodging, or making reservations at certain properties in Cuba.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise authorized pursuant to this part, no person subject to U.S. jurisdiction may lodge, pay for lodging, or otherwise make any reservation for or on behalf of a third party to lodge, at any property in Cuba that the Secretary of State has identified as a property that is owned or controlled by the Cuban government, a prohibited official of the Government of Cuba, as defined in § 515.337, a prohibited member of the Cuban Communist Party, as defined in § 515.338, a close relative, as defined in § 515.339, of a prohibited official of the Government of Cuba, or a close relative of a prohibited member of the Cuban Communist Party. Such properties are identified on the State Department's Cuba Prohibited Accommodations List (CPA List). This prohibition does not apply to certain transactions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The names, addresses, or other identifying details, as relevant, of properties that the Secretary of State has identified as meeting the criteria set forth in this section are incorporated in the CPA List as published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The CPA List is also accessible through the following page on the State Department's website: <I>www.state.gov/cuba-sanctions/cuba-prohibited-accommodations.</I></P></NOTE>
<P>(b) The prohibition in paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to lodging-related transactions initiated prior to the date that the property was added to the CPA List as published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 60070, Sept. 24, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—General Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.301" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.301   Foreign country.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>foreign country</I> also includes, but not by way of limitation:
</P>
<P>(a) The state and the government of any such territory on or after the “effective date” as well as any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof or any territory, dependency, colony, protectorate, mandate, dominion, possession or place subject to the jurisdiction thereof,
</P>
<P>(b) Any other government (including any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof) to the extent and only to the extent that such government exercises or claims to exercise control, authority, jurisdiction or sovereignty over territory which on the “effective date” constituted such foreign country,
</P>
<P>(c) Any person to the extent that such person is, or has been, or to the extent that there is reasonable cause to believe that such person is, or has been, since the “effective date,” acting or purporting to act directly or indirectly for the benefit or on behalf of any of the foregoing, and
</P>
<P>(d) Any territory which on or since the “effective date” is controlled or occupied by the military, naval or police forces or other authority of such foreign country.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.302" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.302   National.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term national when used with respect to a country shall include: 
</P>
<P>(1) A subject or citizen of that country or any person who has been domiciled in or a permanent resident of that country at any time on or since the “effective date,” except persons who were permanent residents of or domiciled in that country in the service of the U.S. Government and persons whose transactions in that country were authorized by the Office of Foreign Assets Control.
</P>
<P>(2) Any partnership, association, corporation, or other organization that, on or since the effective date: 
</P>
<P>(i) Was or has been organized under the laws of that country; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Had or has had its principal place of business in that country; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Was or has been controlled by, or a substantial part of the stocks, share, bonds, debentures, notes, drafts, or other securities or obligations of which was or has been controlled by, directly or indirectly, that country and/or one or more nationals thereof. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any organization's office or other sub-unit that is located within that country. 
</P>
<P>(4) Any person to the extent that such person, on or since the “effective date” was or has been acting or purporting to act directly or indirectly for the benefit or on behalf of any national of that country. 
</P>
<P>(5) Any other person who there is reasonable cause to believe is a “national” as defined in this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Persons who travel in Cuba do not become nationals of Cuba solely because of such travel.
</P>
<P>(c) The Secretary of the Treasury retains full power to determine that any person is or shall be deemed to be a “national” within the meaning of this section, and to specify the foreign country of which such person is or shall be deemed to be a national.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 50 FR 27437, July 3, 1985; 64 FR 25812, May 13, 1999; 68 FR 14144, Mar. 24, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.303" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.303   Nationals of more than one foreign country.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who by virtue of any provision in this chapter is a national of more than one foreign country shall be deemed to be a national of each of such foreign countries.
</P>
<P>(b) In any case in which a person is a national of two or more designated foreign countries, as defined in this chapter, a license or authorization with respect to nationals of one of such designated foreign countries shall not be deemed to apply to such person unless a license or authorization of equal or greater scope is outstanding with respect to nationals of each other designated foreign country of which such person is a national.
</P>
<P>(c) In any case in which the combined interests of two or more designated foreign countries, as defined in this chapter, and/or nationals thereof are sufficient in the aggregate to constitute control or ownership of 25 per centum or more of the stock, shares, bonds, debentures, notes, drafts, or other securities or obligations of a partnership, association, corporation or other organization, but such control or a substantial part of such stock, shares, bonds, debentures, notes, drafts, or other securities or obligations is not held by any one such foreign country and/or national thereof, such partnership, association, corporation or other organization shall be deemed to be a national of each of such foreign countries.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.305" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.305   Designated national.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part, the term <I>designated national</I> shall mean Cuba and any national thereof including any person who is a specially designated national.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.306" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.306   Specially designated national.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>specially designated national</I> shall mean:
</P>
<P>(1) Any person who is determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to be a specially designated national,
</P>
<P>(2) Any person who on or since the “effective date” has acted for or on behalf of the Government or authorities exercising control over a designated foreign country, or
</P>
<P>(3) Any partnership, association, corporation or other organization which on or since the “effective date” has been owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Government or authorities exercising control over a designated foreign country or by any specially designated national.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 515.306:</HED>
<P>Please refer to the Office of Foreign Assets Control's Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (“SDN List”) for a non-exhaustive listing of persons determined to fall within this definition, whose property and interests in property therefore are blocked pursuant to this part. The SDN List entries for such persons include the identifier “[CUBA].” The SDN List is accessible through the following page on the Office of Foreign Assets Control's Web site: <I>http://www.treasury.gov/sdn.</I> Additional information pertaining to the SDN List can be found in appendix A to this chapter. Section 501.807 of this chapter sets forth the procedures to be followed by persons seeking administrative reconsideration of their designation or that of a vessel as blocked, or who wish to assert that the circumstances resulting in the designation are no longer applicable.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 61 FR 32938, June 26, 1996; 62 FR 45106, Aug. 25, 1997; 76 FR 38585, June 30, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.307" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.307   Unblocked national.</HEAD>
<P>Any person licensed pursuant to § 515.505 as an <I>unblocked national</I> shall, while so licensed, be regarded as a person who is not a national of any designated foreign country.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 2292, Jan. 16, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.308" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.308   Person.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>person</I> means an individual, partnership, association, corporation, or other organization.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.309" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.309   Transactions.</HEAD>
<P>The phrase <I>transactions which involve property in which a designated foreign country, or any national thereof, has any interest of any nature whatsoever, direct or indirect,</I> includes, but not by way of limitation:
</P>
<P>(a) Any payment or transfer to such designated foreign country or national thereof,
</P>
<P>(b) Any export or withdrawal from the United States to such designated foreign country, and
</P>
<P>(c) Any transfer of credit, or payment of an obligation, expressed in terms of the currency of such designated foreign country.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.310" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.310   Transfer.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>transfer</I> shall mean any actual or purported act or transaction, whether or not evidenced by writing, and whether or not done or preformed within the United States, the purpose, intent, or effect of which is to create, surrender, release, transfer, or alter, directly or indirectly, any right, remedy, power, privilege, or interest with respect to any property and without limitation upon the foregoing shall include the making, execution, or delivery of any assignment, power, conveyance, check, declaration, deed, deed of trust, power of attorney, power of appointment, bill of sale, mortgage, receipt, agreement, contract, certificate, gift, sale, affidavit, or statement; the appointment of any agent, trustee, or other fiduciary; the creation or transfer of any lien; the issuance, docketing, filing, or the levy of or under any judgment, decree, attachment, execution, or other judicial or administrative process or order, or the service of any garnishment; the acquisition of any interest of any nature whatsoever by reason of a judgment or decree of any foreign country; the fulfillment of any condition, or the exercise of any power of appointment, power of attorney, or other power.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.311" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.311   Property; property interests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as defined in § 515.203(f) for the purposes of that section the terms <I>property</I> and <I>property interest</I> or <I>property interests</I> shall include, but not by way of limitation, money, checks, drafts, bullion, bank deposits, savings accounts, debts, indebtedness obligations, notes, debentures, stocks, bonds, coupons, and other financial securities, bankers' acceptances, mortgages, pledges, liens or other rights in the nature of security, warehouse receipts, bills of lading, trust receipts, bills of sale, any other evidences of title, ownership or indebtedness, powers of attorney, goods, wares, merchandise, chattels, stocks on hand, ships, goods on ships, real estate mortgages, deeds of trust, vendors' sales agreements, land contracts, real estate and any interest therein, leaseholds, ground rents, options, negotiable instruments, trade acceptances, royalties, book accounts, accounts payable, judgments, patents, trademarks, copyrights, contracts or licenses affecting or involving patents, trademarks or copyrights, insurance policies, safe deposit boxes and their contents, annuities, pooling agreements, contracts of any nature whatsoever, services, and any other property, real, personal, or mixed, tangible or intangible, or interest or interests therein, present, future or contingent.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in § 515.208, the term <I>property</I> means any property (including patents, copyrights, trademarks, and any other form of intellectual property), whether real, personal, or mixed, and any present, future, or contingent right, security, or other interest therein, including any leasehold interest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 50 FR 27437, July 3, 1985; 56 FR 49847, Oct. 2, 1991; 61 FR 37386, July 18, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.312" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.312   Interest.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>interest</I> when used with respect to property shall mean an interest of any nature whatsoever, direct or indirect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.313" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.313   Property subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The phrase <I>property subject to the jurisdiction of the United States</I> includes, without limitation, securities, whether registered or bearer, issued by:
</P>
<P>(1) The United States or any State, district, territory, possession, county, municipality, or any other subdivision or agency or instrumentality of any thereof; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any person with the United States whether the certificate which evidences such property or interest is physically located within or outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) The phrase <I>property subject to the jurisdiction of the United States</I> also includes, without limitation, securities, whether registered or bearer, by whomsoever issued, if the instrument evidencing such property or interest is physically located within the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.314" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.314   Banking institution.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>banking institution</I> shall include any person engaged primarily or incidentally in the business of banking, of granting or transferring credits, or of purchasing or selling foreign exchange or procuring purchases and sellers thereof, as principal or agent, or any person holding credits for others as a direct or incidental part of his business, or any broker; and, each principal, agent, home office, branch or correspondent of any person so engaged shall be regarded as a separate “banking institution.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.316" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.316   License.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise specified, the term <I>license</I> shall mean any license or authorization contained in or issued pursuant to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.317" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.317   General license.</HEAD>
<P>A general license is any license or authorization the terms of which are set forth in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.318" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.318   Specific license.</HEAD>
<P>A specific license is any license or authorization issued pursuant to this part but not set forth in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963; 28 FR 7427, July 20, 1963]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.319" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.319   Blocked account.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>blocked account</I> shall mean an account in which any designated national has an interest, with respect to which account payments, transfers or withdrawals or other dealings may not be made or effected except pursuant to an authorization or license authorizing such action. The term <I>blocked account</I> shall not be deemed to include accounts of unblocked nationals.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963; 28 FR 7427, July 20, 1963]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.320" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.320   Domestic bank.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>domestic bank</I> shall mean any branch or office within the United States of any of the following which is not a national of a designated foreign country; any bank or trust company incorporated under the banking laws of the United States or any State, territory, or district of the United States, or any private bank or banker subject to supervision and examination under the banking laws of the United States or of any State, territory or district of the United States. The Secretary of the Treasury may also authorize any other banking institution to be treated as a “domestic bank” for the purpose of this definition or for the purpose of any or all sections of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.321" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.321   United States; continental United States.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>United States</I> means the United States and all areas under the jurisdiction or authority thereof, including the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands. The term <I>continental United States</I> means the States of the United States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 27144, July 2, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.322" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.322   Authorized trade territory; member of the authorized trade territory.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>authorized trade territory</I> includes all countries, including any colony, territory, possession, or protectorate, except those countries subject to sanctions pursuant to this chapter. The term does not include the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>member of the authorized trade territory</I> shall mean any of the foreign countries or political subdivisions comprising the authorized trade territory.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 51762, Nov. 7, 1978, as amended at 60 FR 54195, Oct. 20, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.323" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.323   Occupied area.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>occupied area</I> shall mean any territory occupied by a designated foreign country which was not occupied by such country prior to the “effective date” of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.325" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.325   National securities exchange.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>national securities exchange</I> shall mean an exchange registered as a national securities exchange under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (48 Stat. 885, 15 U.S.C. 78f).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.326" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.326   Custody of safe deposit boxes.</HEAD>
<P>Safe deposit boxes shall be deemed to be in the <I>custody</I> not only of all persons having access thereto but also of the lessors of such boxes whether or not such lessors have access to such boxes. The foregoing shall not in any way be regarded as a limitation upon the meaning of the term <I>custody.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.327" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.327   Blocked estate of a decedent.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>blocked estate of a decedent</I> shall mean any decedent's estate in which a designated national has an interest. A person shall be deemed to have an interest in a decedent's estate if he:
</P>
<P>(a) Was the decedent;
</P>
<P>(b) Is a personal representative; or
</P>
<P>(c) Is a creditor, heir, legatee, devisee, distributee, or beneficiary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.329" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.329   Person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; person subject to U.S. jurisdiction.</HEAD>
<P>The terms <I>person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States</I> and <I>person subject to U.S. jurisdiction</I> include:
</P>
<P>(a) Any individual, wherever located, who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
</P>
<P>(b) Any person within the United States as defined in § 515.330;
</P>
<P>(c) Any corporation, partnership, association, or other organization organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, territory, possession, or district of the United States; and 
</P>
<P>(d) Any corporation, partnership, association, or other organization, wherever organized or doing business, that is owned or controlled by persons specified in paragraphs (a) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 27437, July 3, 1985, as amended at 68 FR 14145, Mar. 24, 2003; 80 FR 2292, Jan. 16, 2015; 81 FR 13991, Mar. 16, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.330" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.330   Person within the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>person within the United States,</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Any person, wheresoever located, who is a resident of the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) Any person actually within the United States;
</P>
<P>(3) Any corporation, partnership, association, or other organization organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, territory, possession, or district of the United States; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Any corporation, partnership, association, or other organization, wherever organized or doing business, which is owned or controlled by any person or persons specified in paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 68 FR 14145, Mar. 24, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.331" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.331   Merchandise.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>merchandise</I> means all goods, wares and chattels of every description without limitation of any kind.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.332" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.332   Information and informational materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this part, the term <I>information and informational materials</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Publications, films, posters, phonograph records, photographs, microfilms, microfiche, tapes, compact disks, CD ROMs, artworks, news wire feeds, and other information and informational articles.
</P>
<P>(2) To be considered informational materials, artworks must be classified under Chapter subheading 9701, 9702, or 9703 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>information and informational materials</I> does not include items:
</P>
<P>(1) That would be controlled for export pursuant to section 5 of the Export Administration Act of 1979, 50 U.S.C. App. 2401-2420 (1993) (the “EAA”), or section 6 of the EAA to the extent that such controls promote nonproliferation of antiterrorism policies of the United States, including “software” that is not “publicly available” as these terms are defined in 15 CFR parts 779 and 799.1 (1994); or
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to which acts are prohibited by 18 U.S.C. chapter 37.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 39256, Aug. 2, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.333" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.333   Depository institution.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>depository institution</I> means any of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) An insured bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act;
</P>
<P>(b) An insured institution as defined in section 408(a) of the National Housing Act;
</P>
<P>(c) An insured credit union as defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act; or
</P>
<P>(d) Any other institution that is carrying on banking activities pursuant to a charter from a Federal or state banking authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 53997, Nov. 16, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.334" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.334   United States national.</HEAD>
<P>As used in § 515.208, the term <I>United States national</I> means:
</P>
<P>(a) Any United States citizen; or
</P>
<P>(b) Any other legal entity which is organized under the laws of the United States, or of any State, the District of Columbia, or any commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States, and which has its principal place of business in the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 37386, July 18, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.335" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.335   Permanent resident alien.</HEAD>
<P>As used in § 515.208, the term <I>permanent resident alien</I> means an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence into the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 37386, July 18, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.336" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.336   Confiscated.</HEAD>
<P>As used in § 515.208, the term <I>confiscated</I> refers to:
</P>
<P>(a) The nationalization, expropriation, or other seizure by the Cuban Government of ownership or control of property, on or after January 1, 1959:
</P>
<P>(1) Without the property having been returned or adequate and effective compensation provided; or
</P>
<P>(2) Without the claim to the property having been settled pursuant to an international claims settlement agreement or other mutually accepted settlement procedure; and
</P>
<P>(b) The repudiation by the Cuban Government of, the default by the Cuban Government on, or the failure of the Cuban Government to pay, on or after January 1, 1959:
</P>
<P>(1) A debt of any enterprise which has been nationalized, expropriated, or otherwise taken by the Cuban Government;
</P>
<P>(2) A debt which is a charge on property nationalized, expropriated, or otherwise taken by the Cuban Government; or
</P>
<P>(3) A debt which was incurred by the Cuban Government in satisfaction or settlement of a confiscated property claim.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 37386, July 18, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.337" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.337   Prohibited officials of the Government of Cuba.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the term <I>prohibited officials of the Government of Cuba</I> means Ministers and Vice-Ministers; members of the Council of State and the Council of Ministers; members and employees of the National Assembly of People's Power; members of any provincial assembly; local sector chiefs of the Committees for the Defense of the Revolution; Director Generals and sub-Director Generals and higher of all Cuban ministries and state agencies; employees of the Ministry of the Interior (MININT); employees of the Ministry of Defense (MINFAR); secretaries and first secretaries of the Confederation of Labor of Cuba (CTC) and its component unions; chief editors, editors, and deputy editors of Cuban state-run media organizations and programs, including newspapers, television, and radio; and members and employees of the Supreme Court (Tribuno Supremo Nacional).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 51999, Nov. 9, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.338" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.338   Prohibited members of the Cuban Communist Party.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the term <I>prohibited members of the Cuban Communist Party</I> means members of the Politburo.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 71374, Oct. 17, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.339" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.339   Close relative.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this part, the term <I>close relative</I> used with respect to any person means any individual related to that person by blood, marriage, or adoption who is no more than three generations removed from that person or from a common ancestor with that person.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Example.</I> Your mother's first cousin is your close relative for purposes of this part, because you are both no more than three generations removed from your great-grandparents, who are the ancestors you have in common. Similarly, your husband's great-grandson is your close relative for purposes of this part, because he is no more than three generations removed from your husband. Your daughter's father-in-law is not your close relative for purposes of this part, because you have no common ancestor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 46003, Sept. 8, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.340" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.3.1.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.340   Independent private sector entrepreneur.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>independent private sector entrepreneur</I> means a Cuban national who is not a prohibited official of the Government of Cuba, as defined in § 515.337, or a prohibited member of the Cuban Communist Party, as defined in § 515.338, and is one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) An owner, including a self-employed individual (<I>cuentapropista</I>), or employee of a small private business entity, private cooperative, or a sole proprietorship located in Cuba, in each case of up to 100 employees;
</P>
<P>(b) An independent contractor or consultant;
</P>
<P>(c) A small farmer who owns his or her own land; </P>
<P>(d) A small usufruct farmer who cultivates state-owned land to sell products on the open market; or
</P>
<P>(e) A private cooperative or small private business entity located in Cuba of up to 100 employees that is owned only by individuals described in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 47122, Sept. 9, 2019, as amended at 89 FR 46324, May 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Interpretations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.401" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.401   Reference to amended sections.</HEAD>
<P>Reference to any section of this part or to any regulation, ruling, order, instruction, direction or license issued pursuant to this part shall be deemed to refer to the same as currently amended unless otherwise so specified.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.402" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.402   Effect of amendment of sections of this part or of other orders, etc.</HEAD>
<P>Any amendment, modification, or revocation of any section of this part or of any order, regulation, ruling, instruction, or license issued by or under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to section 3(a) or 5(b) of the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, or pursuant to Proclamation 3447, shall not unless otherwise specifically provided be deemed to affect any act done or omitted to be done, or any suit or proceeding had or commenced in any civil or criminal case, prior to such amendment, modification, or revocation, and all penalties, forfeitures, and liabilities under any such section, order, regulation, ruling, instruction or license shall continue and may be enforced as if such amendment, modification, or revocation had not been made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.403" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.403   Termination and acquisition of the interest of a designated national.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 515.525, whenever a transaction licensed or authorized by or pursuant to this part results in the transfer of property (including any property interest) away from a designated national, such property shall no longer be deemed to be property in which a designated national has or has had an interest unless there exists in such property an interest of a designated national, the transfer of which has not been effected pursuant to license or other authorization.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless otherwise specifically provided in a license or authorization contained in or issued pursuant to this part, if property (including any property interest) is transferred to a designated national such property shall be deemed to be property in which there exists the interest of a designated national.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.404" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.404   Transactions between principal and agent.</HEAD>
<P>A transaction between any person within the United States and any principal, agent, home office, branch, or correspondent, outside the United States of such person is a transaction prohibited by § 515.201 to the same extent as if the parties to the transaction were in no way affiliated or associated with each other.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.405" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.405   Exportation of securities, currency, checks, drafts and promissory notes.</HEAD>
<P>Section 515.201 prohibits the exportation of securities, currency, checks, drafts and promissory notes to a designated foreign country.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.406" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.406   Drafts under irrevocable letters of credit; documentary drafts.</HEAD>
<P>Section 515.201 prohibits the presentation, acceptance or payment of:
</P>
<P>(a) Drafts or other orders for payment drawn under irrevocable letters of credit issued in favor or on behalf of any designated national;
</P>
<P>(b) Drafts or other orders for payment, in which any designated national has on or since the “effective date” had any interest, drawn under any irrevocable letter of credit; and
</P>
<P>(c) Documentary drafts in which any designated national has on or since the “effective date” had any interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.407" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.407   Administration of blocked estates of decedents.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to transactions incident to the administration of the blocked estate of a decedent, including the appointment and qualification of personal representatives, the collection and liquidation of assets, the payment of claims, and distribution to beneficiaries, attention is directed to § 515.523, which authorizes all transactions incident to the administration and distribution of the assets of blocked estates of decedents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 56919, Sept. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.408" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.408   Access to certain safe deposit boxes prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>Section 515.201 prohibits access to any safe deposit box within the United States in the custody of any designated national or containing any property in which any designated national has any interest or which there is reasonable cause to believe contains property in which any such designated national has any interest. Attention is directed to § 515.517 which authorizes access to such safe deposit boxes under certain conditions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.409" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.409   Certain payments to a designated foreign country and nationals through third countries.</HEAD>
<P>Section 515.201 prohibits any request or authorization made by or on behalf of a bank or other person within the United States to a bank or other person outside of the United States as a result of which request or authorization such latter bank or person makes a payment or transfer of credit either directly or indirectly to a designated national.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.410" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.410   Dealing abroad in Cuban-origin commodities.</HEAD>
<P>Section 515.204 prohibits, unless licensed, the importation of commodities of Cuban origin. It also prohibits, unless licensed, persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States from purchasing, transporting or otherwise dealing in commodities of Cuban origin which are outside the United States. Attention is directed to § 515.585, which authorizes certain dealings in commodities of Cuban origin outside the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 13991, Mar. 16, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 515.411-515.413" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 515.411-515.413   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.415" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.415   Travel to Cuba; transportation of certain Cuban nationals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following transactions are prohibited by § 515.201 when in connection with the transportation of any Cuban national, except a Cuban national holding an unexpired immigrant or non-immigrant visa or a returning resident of the United States, from Cuba to the United States, unless otherwise licensed:
</P>
<P>(1) Transactions incident to travel to, from, or within Cuba;
</P>
<P>(2) The transportation to Cuba of a vessel or aircraft;
</P>
<P>(3) The transportation into the United States of any vessel or aircraft which has been in Cuba since the effective date, regardless of registry;
</P>
<P>(4) The provision of any services to a Cuban national, regardless of whether any consideration for such services is furnished by the Cuban national;
</P>
<P>(5) The transportation or importation of baggage or other property of a Cuban national;
</P>
<P>(6) The transfer of funds or other property to any person where such transfer involves the provision of services to a Cuban national or the transportation or importation of, or any transactions involving, property in which Cuba or any Cuban national has any interest, including baggage or other such property;
</P>
<P>(7) Any other transaction such as payment of port fees and charges in Cuba and payment for fuel, meals, lodging; and
</P>
<P>(8) The receipt or acceptance of any gratuity, grant, or support in the form of meals, lodging, fuel, payments of travel or maintenance expenses, or otherwise, in connection with travel to or from Cuba or travel or maintenance within Cuba.
</P>
<P>(b) Transactions incident to the travel to the United States of Cuban nationals who are traveling other than in a non-immigrant status or pursuant to other non-immigrant travel authorization issued by the U.S. government are not authorized under the provisions of § 515.571.
</P>
<P>(c) Transactions described in paragraph (a) of this section are not “transactions ordinarily incident to travel to and from Cuba” as set forth in § 515.560(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 32671, May 19, 1980, as amended at 64 FR 25812, May 13, 1999; 80 FR 56919, Sept. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 515.416-515.419" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 515.416-515.419   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.420" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.420   Travel to Cuba.</HEAD>
<P>The prohibition on dealing in property in which Cuba or a Cuban national has an interest set forth in § 515.201(b)(1) includes a prohibition on the receipt of goods or services in Cuba, even if provided free-of-charge by the Government of Cuba or a national of Cuba or paid for by a third-country national who is not subject to U.S. jurisdiction. The prohibition set forth in § 515.201(b)(1) also prohibits payment for air travel by a person subject to U.S. jurisdiction to Cuba on a third-country carrier unless the travel is pursuant to an OFAC general or specific license.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 33771, June 16, 2004, as amended at 81 FR 71374, Oct. 17, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.421" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.4.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.421   Transactions ordinarily incident to a licensed transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any transaction ordinarily incident to a licensed transaction and necessary to give effect thereto is also authorized, except:
</P>
<P>(1) A transaction by or with a prohibited official of the Government of Cuba, as defined in § 515.337, or a prohibited member of the Cuban Communist Party, as defined in § 515.338, where the terms of the applicable general or specific license expressly exclude transactions with such persons;
</P>
<P>(2) A transaction involving a debit to a blocked account or a transfer of blocked property that is not explicitly authorized within the terms of the license;
</P>
<P>(3) A transaction prohibited by § 515.208; 
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of export or reexport-related transactions authorized by § 515.533(a), payment or financing that is not authorized by § 515.533 or § 515.584(f); 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(4):</HED>
<P>See § 515.533(a)(4) for payment and financing terms for exportations or reexportations authorized pursuant to § 515.533.</P></NOTE>
<P>(5) A direct financial transaction prohibited by § 515.209, where the terms of the applicable general or specific license expressly exclude such a transaction; 
</P>
<P>(6) Lodging, paying for lodging, or making any reservation for or on behalf of a third party to lodge, at any property on the Cuba Prohibited Accommodations List to the extent prohibited by § 515.210, where the terms of the applicable general or specific license expressly exclude such a transaction; or
</P>
<P>(7) A transaction relating to the collection, forwarding, or receipt of remittances involving any entity or subentity identified on the Cuba Restricted List, as published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and maintained by the State Department and available at <I>https://www.state.gov/cuba-sanctions/cuba-restricted-list/,</I> where the terms of the applicable general or specific license expressly exclude any such transactions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples.</I> (1) A specific license authorizing a person to complete a securities sale involving Cuban Company A, whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to this part, also authorizes other persons to engage in activities that are ordinarily incident and necessary to complete the sale, including transactions by the buyer, broker, transfer agents, and banks.
</P>
<P>(2) A general license authorizing a person to import certain goods from independent private sector entrepreneurs also authorizes funds transfers or payments that are ordinarily incident to the importation, including payments made using online payment platforms.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 56919, Sept. 21, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 4584, Jan. 27, 2016; 81 FR 71374, Oct. 17, 2016; 82 FR 52000, Nov. 9, 2017; 85 FR 60070, Sept. 24, 2020; 85 FR 67989, Oct. 27, 2020; 89 FR 46324, May 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Licenses, Authorizations, and Statements of Licensing Policy</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.501" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.501   General and specific licensing procedures.</HEAD>
<P>For provisions relating to licensing procedures, see part 501, subpart E, of this chapter. Licensing actions taken pursuant to part 501 of this chapter with respect to the prohibitions contained in this part are considered actions taken pursuant to this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 53657, Sept. 11, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.502" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.502   Effect of subsequent license or authorization.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No license or other authorization contained in this part or otherwise issued by or under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to section 3(a) or 5(b) of the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, or section 620(a), Pub. L. 87-195, or Proclamation 3447, shall be deemed to authorize or validate any transaction effected prior to the issuance thereof, unless such license or other authorization specifically so provides.
</P>
<P>(b) No regulation, ruling, instruction, or license authorizes a transaction prohibited under this part unless the regulation, ruling, instruction, or license is issued by the Treasury Department and specifically refers to this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 80 FR 56919, Sept. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.503" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.503   Exclusion from licenses and authorizations.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to exclude from the operation of any license or from the privileges therein conferred or to restrict the applicability thereof with respect to particular persons, transactions or property or classes thereof. Such action shall be binding upon all persons receiving actual notice or constructive notice thereof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.504" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.504   Certain judicial proceedings with respect to property of designated nationals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the limitations of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section judicial proceedings are authorized with respect to property in which on or since the “effective date” there has existed the interest of a designated national.
</P>
<P>(b) A judicial proceeding is authorized by this section only if it is based upon a cause of action which accrued prior to the “effective date”.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not authorize or license:
</P>
<P>(1) The entry of any judgment or of any decree or order of similar or analogous effect upon any judgment book, minute book, journal or otherwise, or the docketing of any judgment in any docket book, or the filing of any judgment roll or the taking of any other similar or analogous action.
</P>
<P>(2) Any payment or delivery out of a blocked account based upon a judicial proceeding nor does it authorize the enforcement or carrying out of any judgment or decree or order of similar or analogous effect with regard to any property in which a designated national has an interest.
</P>
<P>(d) If a judicial proceeding relates to property in which there exists the interest of any designated national other than a person who would not have been a designated national except for his relationship to an occupied area, such proceeding is authorized only if it is based upon a claim in which no person other than any of the following has had an interest since the “effective date”:
</P>
<P>(1) A citizen of the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) A corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any State, territory or possession thereof, or the District of Columbia;
</P>
<P>(3) A natural person who is and has been since the “effective date” a resident of the United States and who has not been a specially designated national;
</P>
<P>(4) A legal representative (whether or not appointed by a court of the United States) or successor in interest by inheritance, device, bequest, or operation of law, who falls within any of the categories specified in paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this section but only to the same extent that their principals or predecessors would be qualified by such paragraphs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.505" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.505   Certain Cuban nationals unblocked.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General license unblocking certain persons.</I> The following persons are licensed as unblocked nationals, as that term is defined in § 515.307 of this part:
</P>
<P>(1) Any individual national of Cuba who:
</P>
<P>(i) Has taken up residence in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is a United States citizen; is a lawful permanent resident alien of the United States; has applied to become a lawful permanent resident alien of the United States and has an adjustment of status application pending; or is lawfully present and intending to lawfully remain in the United States on a permanent basis; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Is not a prohibited official of the Government of Cuba, as defined in § 515.337 of this part, or a prohibited member of the Cuban Communist Party, as defined in § 515.338 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Any individual national of Cuba who has taken up permanent residence outside of Cuba, provided that the required documentation specified in paragraph (c) of this section is obtained and the individual is not a prohibited official of the Government of Cuba, as defined in § 515.337, or a prohibited member of the Cuban Communist Party, as defined in § 515.338;
</P>
<P>(3) Any entity that otherwise would be a national of Cuba solely because of the interest therein of one or more persons licensed in this paragraph (a) as an unblocked national;
</P>
<P>(4) Any entity, office, or other sub-unit authorized pursuant to § 515.573; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any individual authorized to establish domicile in Cuba pursuant to § 515.573(a)(4).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 515.505(<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>An individual unblocked pursuant to this paragraph does not become blocked again merely by leaving the United States or the country in which he or she has taken up permanent residence. An individual unblocked national remains unblocked unless and until the individual thereafter becomes domiciled in or a permanent resident of Cuba.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>General license unblocking blocked accounts.</I> Banking institutions, as defined in § 515.314, including U.S. registered brokers or dealers in securities and U.S. registered money transmitters, are authorized to unblock any blocked account, as defined in § 515.319, that had been previously blocked solely because of the interest therein of one or more persons licensed in paragraph (a) of this section as unblocked nationals.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Required documentation.</I> In determining whether an individual national of Cuba qualifies as an unblocked national under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction must obtain evidence demonstrating that the individual satisfies the requirements of that paragraph. Such evidence may include copies of documents issued by government authorities demonstrating citizenship or lawful permanent residence in a third country. These could include, depending on the information provided in the document in question, a passport, voter registration card, permanent resident alien card, national identity card, or other similar documents. Where such documents are unavailable, persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction may also rely on evidence that the individual has been resident for the past two years without interruption in a single country outside of Cuba, or a sworn statement or other evidence that the individual does not intend to, or would not be welcome to, return to Cuba.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the term “lawfully present and intending to lawfully remain in the United States on a permanent basis” includes an individual with a pending application for asylum or who has been paroled into the United States under Cuban Parole or Cuban Medical designations. It does not include anyone present in the United States in a non-immigrant status.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 515.505:</HED>
<P>See § 515.571 for the authorization of certain limited transactions incident to travel to, from, and within the United States by Cuban nationals who are present in the United States in a non-immigrant status or pursuant to other non-immigrant travel authorization issued by the U.S. government.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 2292, Jan. 16, 2015, as amended at 80 FR 56919, Sept. 21, 2015; 81 FR 13991, Mar. 16, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 515.506-515.507" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 515.506-515.507   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.508" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.508   Payments to blocked accounts in domestic banks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any payment or transfer of credit to a blocked account in a domestic bank in the name of any designated national is hereby authorized providing such payment or transfer shall not be made from any blocked account if such payment or transfer represents, directly or indirectly, a transfer of the interest of a designated national to any other country or person.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not authorize:
</P>
<P>(1) Any payment or transfer to any blocked account held in a name other than that of the designated national who is the ultimate beneficiary of such payment or transfer; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any foreign exchange transaction including, but not by way of limitation, any transfer of credit, or payment of an obligation, expressed in terms of the currency of any foreign country.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not authorize any payment or transfer of credit comprising an integral part of a transaction which cannot be effected without the subsequent issuance of a further license.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not authorize the crediting of the proceeds of the sale of securities held in a blocked account or a subaccount thereof, or the income derived from such securities to a blocked account or subaccount under any name or designation which differs from the name or designation of the specific blocked account or subaccount in which such securities were held.
</P>
<P>(e) This section does not authorize any payment or transfer from a blocked account in a domestic bank to a blocked account held under any name or designation which differs from the name or designation of the blocked account from which the payment or transfer is made.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 515.508:</HED>
<P>Please refer to § 501.603 of this chapter for mandatory reporting requirements regarding financial transfers.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 10846, July 25, 1967, as amended at 58 FR 47645, Sept. 10, 1993; 62 FR 45106, Aug. 25, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.509" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.509   Entries in certain accounts for normal service charges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any banking institution within the United States is hereby authorized to:
</P>
<P>(1) Debit any blocked account with such banking institution (or with another office within the United States of such banking institution) in payment or reimbursement for normal service charges owed to such banking institution by the owner of such blocked account.
</P>
<P>(2) Make book entries against any foreign currency account maintained by it with a banking institution in a designated foreign country for the purpose of responding to debits to such account for normal service charges in connection therewith.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this section, the term <I>normal service charge</I> shall include charges in payment or reimbursement for interest due; cable, telegraph, or telephone charges; postage costs; custody fees; small adjustment charges to correct bookkeeping errors; and, but not by way of limitation, minimum balance charges, account carrying charges, notary and protest fees, and charges for reference books, photostats, credit reports, transcripts of statements, registered mail insurance, stationery and supplies, check books, and other similar items.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.510" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.510   Payments to the United States, States and political subdivisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The payment from any blocked account to the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or to any State, territory, district, county, municipality or other political subdivision in the United States, of customs duties, taxes, and fees payable thereto by the owner of such blocked account is hereby authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) This section also authorizes transactions incident to the payment of customs duties, taxes, and fees from blocked accounts, such as the levying of assessments, the creation and enforcement of liens, and the sale of blocked property in satisfaction of liens for customs duties, taxes, and fees.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.511" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.511   Transactions by certain business enterprises.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section any partnership, association, corporation or other organization which on the “effective date” was actually engaged in a commercial, banking or financial business within the United States and which is a national of a designated foreign country, is hereby authorized to engage in all transactions ordinarily incidental to the normal conduct of its business activities within the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not authorize any transaction which would require a license if such organization were not a national of a designated foreign country.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not authorize any transaction by a specially designated national.
</P>
<P>(d) Any organization engaging in business pursuant to this section shall not engage in any transaction, pursuant to this section or any other license or authorization contained in this part, which, directly or indirectly, substantially diminishes or imperils the assets of such organization or otherwise prejudicially affects the financial position of such organization.
</P>
<P>(e) No dealings with regard to any account shall be evidence that any person having an interest therein is actually engaged in commercial, banking or financial business within the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.512" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.512   Provision of certain legal services authorized.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provision of the following legal services to or on behalf of Cuba or a Cuban national is authorized, provided that receipt of payment of professional fees and reimbursement of incurred expenses must be authorized by or pursuant to paragraph (d) or (e) of this section, or otherwise authorized pursuant to this part:
</P>
<P>(1) Provision of legal advice and counseling on the requirements of and compliance with the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction within the United States, provided that such advice and counseling are not provided to facilitate transactions in violation of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Representation of persons named as defendants in or otherwise made parties to legal, arbitration, or administrative proceedings before any U.S. federal, state, or local court or agency;
</P>
<P>(3) Initiation and conduct of legal, arbitration, or administrative proceedings before any U.S. federal, state, or local court or agency;
</P>
<P>(4) Representation of persons before any U.S. federal, state, or local court or agency with respect to the imposition, administration, or enforcement of U.S. sanctions against such persons; and
</P>
<P>(5) Provision of legal services in any other context in which prevailing U.S. law requires access to legal counsel at public expense.
</P>
<P>(b) The provision of any other legal services to Cuba or a Cuban national, not otherwise authorized in this part, requires the issuance of a specific license.
</P>
<P>(c) Entry into a settlement agreement or the enforcement of any lien, judgment, arbitral award, decree, or other order through execution, garnishment, or other judicial process purporting to transfer or otherwise alter or affect property in which Cuba or a Cuban national has had an interest at any time on or since 12:01 a.m., Eastern Standard Time, July 8, 1963, is prohibited unless licensed pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Receipts of payment</I>—(1) <I>Legal services to or on behalf of certain blocked persons.</I> All receipts of payment of professional fees and reimbursement of incurred expenses for the provision of legal services authorized pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section to or on behalf of a prohibited official of the Government of Cuba, as defined in § 515.337, or a prohibited member of the Cuban Communist Party, as defined in § 515.338, must be specifically licensed or otherwise authorized pursuant to § 515.512(e), which authorizes certain payments from funds originating outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Legal services to or on behalf of all others.</I> All receipts of payment of professional fees and reimbursement of incurred expenses for the provision of legal services authorized pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section to or on behalf of Cuba or a Cuban national, other than those described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, are authorized, except that nothing in this section authorizes the debiting of any blocked account or the transfer of any blocked property.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Payments for legal services from funds originating outside the United States authorized.</I> Receipts of payment of professional fees and reimbursement of incurred expenses for the provision of legal services authorized pursuant to § 515.512(a) to or on behalf of a prohibited official of the Government of Cuba, as defined in § 515.337, or a prohibited member of the Cuban Communist Party, as defined in § 515.338, are authorized from funds originating outside the United States, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The funds received by persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction as payment of professional fees and reimbursement of incurred expenses for the provision of legal services authorized pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section do not originate from:
</P>
<P>(i) A source within the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any source, wherever located, within the possession or control of a person subject to U.S. jurisdiction; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any person, other than the person on whose behalf the legal services authorized pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section are to be provided, whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to any part of this chapter other than part 515.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Records.</I> Consistent with §§ 501.601 and 501.602 of this chapter, persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction who receive payments in connection with legal services authorized pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section must retain for ten years from the date of the relevant payment, and furnish to OFAC on demand, a record that specifies the following for each payment:
</P>
<P>(i) The individual or entity from whom the funds originated and the amount of funds received; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) The names of any persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction receiving payment in connection with authorized legal services to or on behalf of Cuba or a Cuban national, such as private investigators or expert witnesses;
</P>
<P>(B) A general description of the services provided; and
</P>
<P>(C) The amount of funds paid in connection with such services.


</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 515.512:</HED>
<P>Persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction who receive payments in connection with legal services authorized pursuant to § 515.512(a) do not need to obtain specific authorization to contract for related services that are ordinarily incident to the provision of those legal services, such as those provided by private investigators or expert witnesses, or to pay for such services. This does not authorize the hiring of Cuban nationals. Additionally, persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction do not need to obtain specific authorization to provide related services that are ordinarily incident to the provision of legal services authorized pursuant to § 515.512(a).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 515.512:</HED>
<P>See §§ 515.527 and 515.528 for general licenses authorizing fees due to attorneys in connection with certain intellectual property-related transactions. See § 515.588 for a general license authorizing the receipt of, and payment for, certain legal services from Cuba or a Cuban national.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 56919, Sept. 21, 2015, as amended at 89 FR 103642, Dec. 19, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.513" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.513   Purchase and sale of certain securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The bona fide purchase and sale of securities on a national securities exchange by banking institutions within the United States for the account, and pursuant to the authorization, of nationals of a designated foreign country and the making and receipt of payments, transfers of credit, and transfers of such securities which are necessary incidents of any such purchase or sale are hereby authorized provided the following terms and conditions are complied with:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of the purchase of securities, the securities purchased shall be held in an account in a banking institution within the United States in the name of the national whose account was debited to purchase such securities; and
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of the sale of securities, the proceeds of the sale shall be credited to an account in the name of the national for whose account the sale was made and in the banking institution within the United States which held the securities for such national.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not authorize the crediting of the proceeds of the sale of securities held in a blocked account or a subaccount thereof, to a blocked account or subaccount under any name or designation which differs from the name or designation of the specific blocked account or subaccount in which such securities were held.
</P>
<P>(c) Securities issued or guaranteed by the Government of the United States or any State, territory, district, county, municipality, or other political subdivision thereof (including agencies and instrumentalities of the foregoing) need not be purchased or sold on a national securities exchange, but purchases or sales of such securities shall be made at market value and pursuant to all other terms and conditions prescribed in this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.514" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.514   Payment of dividends and interest on and redemption and collection of securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The payment to, and receipt by, a banking institution within the United States of funds or other property representing dividends or interest on securities held by such banking institution in a blocked account is hereby authorized provided the funds or other property are credited to or deposited in a blocked account in such banking institution in the name of the national for whose account the securities were held. Notwithstanding § 515.202, this paragraph authorizes the foregoing transactions although such securities are registered or inscribed in the name of any designated national and although the national in whose name the securities are registered or inscribed may not be the owner of such blocked account.
</P>
<P>(b) The payment to, and receipt by, a banking institution within the United States of funds payable in respect of securities (including coupons) presented by such banking institution to the proper paying agents within the United States for redemption or collection for the account and pursuant to the authorization of nationals of a designated country is hereby authorized provided the proceeds of the redemption or collection are credited to a blocked account in such banking institution in the name of the national for whose account the redemption or collection was made.
</P>
<P>(c) The performance of such other acts, and the effecting of such other transactions, as may be necessarily incident to any of the foregoing, are also hereby authorized.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not authorize the crediting of the proceeds of the redemption or collection of securities (including coupons) held in a blocked account or a subaccount thereof, or the income derived from such securities to a blocked account or subaccount under any name or designation which differs from the name or designation of the specific blocked account or subaccount in which such securities were held.
</P>
<P>(e) This section does not authorize any issuer or other obligor, with respect to a security, who is a designated national, to make any payment, transfer or withdrawal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.515" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.515   Transfers of securities to blocked accounts in domestic banks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Transactions ordinarily incident to the transfer of securities from a blocked account in the name of any person to a blocked account in the same name in a domestic bank are hereby authorized provided such securities shall not be transferred from any blocked account if such transfer represents, directly or indirectly, a transfer of the interest of a designated national to any other country or person.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not authorize the transfer of securities held in a blocked account or subaccount thereof to a blocked account or subaccount under any name or designation which differs from the name or designation of the specific blocked account or subaccount in which such securities were held.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 10847, July 25, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.516" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.516   Voting and soliciting of proxies on securities.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding § 515.202, the voting and the soliciting of proxies or other authorizations is authorized with respect to the voting of securities issued by a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, territory, or district thereof, in which a designated national has any interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.517" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.517   Access to safe deposit boxes under certain conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Access to any safe deposit box leased to a designated national or containing property in which any designated national has an interest, and the deposit therein or removal therefrom of any property is hereby authorized, provided the following terms and conditions are complied with:
</P>
<P>(1) Access shall be permitted only in the presence of an authorized representative of the lessor of such box; and
</P>
<P>(2) In the event that any property in which any designated national has any interest is to be removed from such box, access shall be permitted only in the presence of an authorized representative of a banking institution within the United States, which may be the lessor of such box, which shall receive such property into its custody immediately upon removal from such box and which shall hold the same in a blocked account under an appropriate designation indicating the interest therein of designated nationals.
</P>
<P>(b) The terms and conditions set forth in paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to access granted to a representative of the Office of Alien Property pursuant to any rule, regulation or order of such Office.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.518" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.518   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.519" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.519   Limited payments from accounts of United States citizens abroad.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Payments and transfers of credit from blocked accounts for expenditures within the United States or the authorized trade territory of any citizens of the United States who are within any foreign country are hereby authorized provided the following terms and conditions are complied with:
</P>
<P>(1) Such payments and transfers shall be made only from blocked accounts in the name, or in which the beneficial interest is held by, such citizen or his family; and
</P>
<P>(2) The total of all such payments and transfers made under this section shall not exceed $1,000 in any one calendar month for any such citizen or his family.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not authorize any remittance to a designated foreign country or, any payment, transfer, or withdrawal which could not be effected without a license by a person within the United States who is not a national of a designated foreign country.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 27144, July 2, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.520" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.520   Payments from accounts of United States citizens in employ of United States in foreign countries and certain other persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Banking institutions within the United States are hereby authorized to make all payments, transfers and withdrawals from accounts in the name of citizens of the United States while such citizens are within any foreign country in the course of their employment by the Government of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) Banking institutions within the United States are also hereby authorized to make all payments, transfers and withdrawals from accounts in the name of members of the armed forces of the United States and of citizens of the United States accompanying such armed forces in the course of their employment by any organization acting on behalf of the Government of the United States while such persons are within any foreign country.
</P>
<P>(c) This section is deemed to apply to the accounts of members of the armed forces of the United States and of citizens of the United States accompanying such armed forces in the course of their employment by the Government of the United States or by any organization acting on its behalf even though they are captured or reported missing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.521" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.521   U.S. assets of certain Cuban corporations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Specific licenses may be issued unblocking the net pro rata shares of individuals who are permanent residents of the United States or the authorized trade territory, and who are not specially designated nationals, in U.S.-located assets of corporations formed under the laws of Cuba, after deducting the total debt due creditors for claims that accrued prior to the effective date, in cases where all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The assets were owned by, or accrued to, the corporation before the effective date of the regulations;
</P>
<P>(2) The corporation did not carry on substantial business in Cuba under the management or control of the applicant(s) after the effective date;
</P>
<P>(3) In cases where the blocked assets purportedly have been nationalized by Cuba, compensation has not been paid to the applicant(s).
</P>
<P>(b) Applications for specific licenses under this section must include all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A detailed description of the corporation, its by-laws, activities, distribution of shares, and its current status;
</P>
<P>(2) Proof of the permanent residence of the applicant(s) in the United States or the authorized trade territory;
</P>
<P>(3) A list of all officers, directors and shareholders of the corporation, giving the citizenship and the residence of each person as of the date of the application;
</P>
<P>(4) A detailed description of all of the assets of the corporation, wherever located, including a statement of all known encumbrances or claims against them; and
</P>
<P>(5) Detailed information regarding the status of all debts and other obligations of the corporation, specifying the citizenship and residence of each creditor on the effective date and on the date of the application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 33720, Aug. 21, 1985. Redesignated at 64 FR 25813, May 13, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.522" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.522   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.523" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.523   Transactions incident to the administration of decedents' estates.</HEAD>
<P>All transactions incident to the administration and distribution of the assets of a blocked estate of a decedent are authorized. Such transactions include the appointment and qualification of a personal representative in the United States or Cuba, collection and preservation of assets by a personal representative and associated fees, payment of funeral expenses and expenses of the last illness, transfer of title, and distribution of assets pursuant to a valid testamentary disposition or intestate succession. All property distributed pursuant to this section is unblocked, provided that neither Cuba nor a Cuban national (other than the decedent or a person unblocked pursuant to § 515.505) has an interest in the property.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 515.523:</HED>
<P>See § 515.570(f)(1) for a general license authorizing funds deposited in a blocked bank account in a banking institution, as defined in § 515.314, as a result of certain administration of decedents' estates to be remitted to a national of Cuba.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 56920, Sept. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.524" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.524   Payment from, and transactions in the administration of certain trusts and estates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any bank or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States, or of any State, territory, possession, or district of the United States, or any private bank subject to supervision and examination under the banking laws of any State of the United States, acting as trustee of a trust created by gift, donation, or bequest and administered in the United States, in which one or more persons who are designated nationals have an interest, beneficial or otherwise, or are co-trustees, is hereby authorized to engage in the following transactions:
</P>
<P>(1) Payments of distributive shares of principal or income to all persons legally entitled thereto.
</P>
<P>(2) Other transactions arising in the administration of such trust which might be engaged in if no Cuban national were a beneficiary or co-trustee of such trust.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not authorize a trustee to engage in any other transaction at the request, or upon the instructions, of any beneficiary or co-trustee of such trust or other person who is a Cuban national.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>See § 515.523 for a general license authorizing transactions incident to the administration of decedents' estates. See § 515.570(f)(1) for a general license authorizing funds deposited in a blocked bank account in a banking institution as a result of certain administration of decedents' estates to be remitted to a national of Cuba.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) The application of this section to trusts is limited to trusts established by gift, donation, or bequest from individuals or entities to benefit specific heirs, charitable causes, and similar beneficiaries. This section does not apply to trusts established for business or commercial purposes, such as sinking funds established by an issuer of securities in order to secure payment of interest or principal due on such securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 27144, July 2, 1984; 54 FR 5234, Feb. 2, 1989; 80 FR 56920, Sept. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.525" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.525   Certain transfers as a consequence of the existence or change of marital status authorized.</HEAD>
<P>Any transfer of any dower, curtesy, community property, or other interest of any nature whatsoever, provided that such transfer arises solely as a consequence of the existence or change of marital status, is authorized.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 56920, Sept. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.526" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.526   Transactions involving blocked life insurance policies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following transactions are hereby authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) The payment of premiums and interest on policy loans with respect to any blocked life insurance policy;
</P>
<P>(2) The issuance, servicing or transfer of any blocked life insurance policy in which the only blocked interest is that of one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A member of the armed forces of the United States or a person accompanying such forces (including personnel of the American Red Cross, and similar organizations);
</P>
<P>(ii) An officer or employee of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A citizen of the United States resident in a designated foreign country; and
</P>
<P>(3) The issuance, servicing or transfer of any blocked life insurance policy in which the only blocked interest (other than that of a person specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section) is that of a beneficiary.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not authorize:
</P>
<P>(1) Any payment to the insurer from any blocked account except a blocked account of the insured or beneficiary, or
</P>
<P>(2) Any payment by the insurer to a national of a designated foreign country unless payment is made by deposit in a blocked account in a domestic bank in the name of the national who is the ultimate beneficiary thereof.
</P>
<P>(c) The application, in accordance with the provisions of the policy or the established practice of the insurer of the dividends, cash surrender value, or loan value, of any blocked life insurance policy is also hereby authorized for the purpose of:
</P>
<P>(1) Paying premiums;
</P>
<P>(2) Paying policy loans and interest thereon;
</P>
<P>(3) Establishing paid-up insurance; or
</P>
<P>(4) Accumulating such dividends or values to the credit of the policy on the books of the insurer.
</P>
<P>(d) As used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>blocked life insurance policy</I> shall mean any life insurance policy or annuity contract, or contract supplementary thereto, in which there is a blocked interest.
</P>
<P>(2) Any interest of a national of a designated foreign country shall be deemed to be a “blocked interest.”
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>servicing</I> shall mean the following transactions with respect to any blocked life insurance policy:
</P>
<P>(i) The payment of premiums, the payment of loan interest, and the repayment of policy loans;
</P>
<P>(ii) The effecting by a life insurance company or other insurer of loans to an insured;
</P>
<P>(iii) The effecting on behalf of an insured or surrenders, conversions, modifications, and reinstatements; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The exercise or election by an insured of nonforfeiture options, optional modes of settlement, optional disposition of dividends, and other policy options and privileges not involving payment by the insurer.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>transfer</I> shall mean the change of beneficiary, or the assignment or pledge of the interest of an insured in any blocked life insurance policy subsequent to the issuance thereof.
</P>
<P>(e) This section does not authorize any transaction with respect to any blocked life insurance policy issued by a life insurance company or other insurer which is a national of a designated foreign country or which is not doing business or effecting insurance in the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.527" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.527   Certain transactions with respect to United States intellectual property.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Transactions related to the registration and renewal in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office of patents, trademarks, and copyrights in which the Government of Cuba or a Cuban national has an interest are authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) No transaction or payment is authorized or approved pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section with respect to a mark, trade name, or commercial name that is the same as or substantially similar to a mark, trade name, or commercial name that was used in connection with a business or assets that were confiscated, as that term is defined in § 515.336, unless the original owner of the mark, trade name, or commercial name, or the bona fide successor-in-interest has expressly consented.
</P>
<P>(b) This section authorizes the payment from blocked accounts or otherwise of fees currently due to the United States Government in connection with any transaction authorized in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) This section further authorizes the payment from blocked accounts or otherwise of the reasonable and customary fees and charges currently due to attorneys or representatives within the United States in connection with the transactions authorized in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 54196, Oct. 20, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 25813, May 13, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.528" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.528   Certain transactions with respect to blocked foreign intellectual property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following transactions by any person who is not a designated national are hereby authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) The filing and prosecution of any application for a blocked foreign patent, trademark or copyright, or for the renewal thereof;
</P>
<P>(2) The receipt of any blocked foreign patent, trademark or copyright;
</P>
<P>(3) The filing and prosecution of opposition or infringement proceedings with respect to any blocked foreign patent, trademark, or copyright, and the prosecution of a defense to any such proceedings;
</P>
<P>(4) The payment of fees currently due to the government of any foreign country, either directly or through an attorney or representative, in connection with any of the transactions authorized by paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this section or for the maintenance of any blocked foreign patent, trademark or copyright; and
</P>
<P>(5) The payment of reasonable and customary fees currently due to attorneys or representatives in any foreign country incurred in connection with any of the transactions authorized by paragraphs (a) (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Payments effected pursuant to the terms of paragraphs (a) (4) and (5) of this section may not be made from any blocked account.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this section the term <I>blocked foreign patent, trademark, or copyright</I> shall mean any patent, petty patent, design patent, trademark or copyright issued by any foreign country in which a designated foreign country or national thereof has an interest, including any patent, petty patent, design patent, trademark, or copyright issued by a designated foreign country.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 60 FR 54196, Oct. 20, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.529" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.529   Powers of attorney.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No power of attorney, whether granted before or after the “effective date” shall be invalid by reason of any of the provisions of this part with respect to any transaction licensed by or pursuant to the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not authorize any transaction pursuant to a power of attorney if such transaction is prohibited by § 515.201 and is not otherwise licensed or authorized by or pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not authorize the creation of any power of attorney in favor of any person outside of the United States or the exportation from the United States of any power of attorney.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.530" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.530   Exportation of powers of attorney or instructions relating to certain types of transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The exportation to any foreign country of powers of attorney or other instruments executed or issued by any person within the United States who is not a national of a designated foreign country, which are limited to authorizations or instructions to effect transactions incident to the following, are hereby authorized upon the condition prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The representation of the interest of such person in a decedent's estate which is being administered in a designated foreign country and the collection of the distributive share of such person in such estate;
</P>
<P>(2) The maintenance, preservation, supervision or management of any property located in a designated foreign country in which such person has an interest; and
</P>
<P>(3) The conveyance, transfer, release, sale or other disposition of any property specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section or any real estate or tangible personal property if the value thereof does not exceed the sum of $5,000 or its equivalent in foreign currency.
</P>
<P>(b) No instrument which authorizes the conveyance, transfer, release, sale or other disposition of any property may be exported under this section unless it contains an express stipulation that such authority may not be exercised if the value of such property exceeds the sum of $5,000 or the equivalent thereof in foreign currency.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this section, the term <I>tangible personal property</I> shall not include cash, bullion, deposits, credits, securities, patents, trademarks, or copyrights.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certain direct financial transactions restricted.</I> Nothing in this section authorizes a direct financial transaction prohibited by § 515.209.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6974, July 9, 1963, as amended at 82 FR 52000, Nov. 9, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.532" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.532   Completion of certain securities transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Banking institutions within the United States are hereby authorized to complete, on or before July 12, 1963 purchases and sales made prior to the “effective date” of securities purchased or sold for the account of a designated foreign country or any designated national thereof provided the following terms and conditions are complied with, respectively:
</P>
<P>(1) The proceeds of such sale are credited to a blocked account in a banking institution in the name of the person for whose account the sale was made; and
</P>
<P>(2) The securities so purchased are held in a blocked account in a banking institution in the name of the person for whose account the purchase was made.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not authorize the crediting of the proceeds of the sale of securities held in a blocked account or a subaccount thereof, to a blocked account or subaccount under any name or designation which differs from the name or designation of the specific blocked account or subaccount in which such securities were held.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.533" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.533   Exportations from the United States to Cuba; reexportations to Cuba; importation and servicing or repair of certain items previously exported or reexported to Cuba.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All transactions ordinarily incident to the exportation of items from the United States, or the reexportation of items from a third country, to any person within Cuba are authorized, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The exportation or reexportation is licensed or otherwise authorized by the Department of Commerce under the provisions of the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended (50 U.S.C. 4601-4623) (see the Export Administration Regulations, 15 CFR parts 730 through 774);
</P>
<P>(2) The transaction is not a transaction between a U.S.-owned or -controlled firm in a third country and Cuba for the exportation to Cuba of commodities produced in a country other than the United States or Cuba;
</P>
<P>(3) The transaction is not financed from any blocked account; and
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of agricultural commodities, as that term is defined in 15 CFR part 772, only the following payment and financing terms are used:
</P>
<P>(i) Payment of cash in advance. For the purposes of this section, the term “payment of cash in advance” shall mean payment before the transfer of title to, and control of, the exported items to the Cuban purchaser; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Financing by a banking institution located in a third country provided the banking institution is not a designated national, a U.S. citizen, a U.S. permanent resident alien, or an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction within the United States (including any foreign branch of such an entity). Such financing may be confirmed or advised by a U.S. banking institution.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The transactions authorized by this paragraph include all transactions that are directly incident to the shipping of specific exports or reexports (<I>e.g.,</I> insurance and transportation of the exports to Cuba). Transactions that are not tied to specific exports or reexports, such as transactions involving future (non-specific) shipments, must be separately licensed by OFAC. For the waiver of the prohibitions on entry into U.S. ports contained in § 515.207 for vessels transporting shipments of items between the United States and Cuba pursuant to this section, see § 515.550.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The limitation in paragraph (a)(4) applies only to payment and financing terms for exports or reexports of agricultural commodities and is required by the Trade Sanctions Reform and Export Enhancement Act of 2000, 22 U.S.C. 7207(b)(1). For other authorized exports and reexports, paragraph (a) does not restrict payment and financing terms. See § 515.584 for an authorization for banking institutions to provide financing for authorized exports and reexports of items other than agricultural commodities.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>Transactions ordinarily incident to exportation from the United States authorized by this paragraph include the importation into the United States of items from a third country for exportation to Cuba pursuant to a license or other authorization by the Department of Commerce.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 4 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>See § 515.534 for a general license authorizing certain contingent contracts, including contingent contracts for the sale of items that may be exported from the United States to Cuba or reexported from a third country to Cuba consistent with the export licensing policy of the Department of Commerce, where performance of such contingent contracts is expressly made contingent on prior authorization by the Department of Commerce.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Importation of certain items previously exported to Cuba; servicing and repair of such items.</I> All transactions ordinarily incident to the importation into the United States or a third country of items previously exported from the United States to Cuba or exported or reexported from a third country to Cuba, and the servicing and repair of such items, are authorized, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The items previously were exported or reexported to Cuba pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section or § 515.559; and
</P>
<P>(2) The items are being imported into the United States or a third country either:
</P>
<P>(i) In order to service or repair them before they are exported or reexported back to Cuba, or
</P>
<P>(ii) To return them to the United States or a third country.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>This paragraph does not authorize the exportation or reexportation of any item to Cuba. The exportation or reexportation of serviced, repaired, or replacement items to Cuba must be separately authorized pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section or § 515.559, in addition to any Department of Commerce authorization that may be required.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>General license for travel-related transactions incident to exportation or reexportation of certain items.</I> (1) The travel-related transactions set forth in § 515.560(c) and such additional transactions as are directly incident to the conduct of market research, commercial marketing, sales or contract negotiation, accompanied delivery, installation, leasing, servicing, or repair in Cuba of items consistent with the export or reexport licensing policy of the Department of Commerce are authorized, provided that the traveler's schedule of activities does not include free time or recreation in excess of that consistent with a full-time schedule.
</P>
<P>(2) The travel-related transactions set forth in § 515.560(c) and such additional transactions as are directly incident to the facilitation of the temporary sojourn of aircraft and vessels as authorized by 15 CFR 740.15 (License Exception Aircraft, Vessels and Spacecraft) or pursuant to other authorization by the Department of Commerce for authorized travel between the United States and Cuba, including travel-related transactions by persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction who are required for normal operation and service aboard a vessel or aircraft, as well as persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction who are required to provide services to a vessel in port or aircraft on the ground, are authorized, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) Such travel-related transactions are limited to the duration and scope of their duties in relation to the particular authorized temporary sojourn; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The aircraft or vessel must be transporting individuals whose travel between the United States and Cuba is authorized pursuant to any section of this part other than paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certain travel-related transactions restricted.</I> Nothing in paragraph (c) of this section authorizes the lodging, paying for lodging, or making any reservation for or on behalf of a third party to lodge, at any property on the Cuba Prohibited Accommodations List to the extent prohibited by § 515.210.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Specific licenses.</I> Specific licenses may be issued on a case-by-case basis authorizing the travel-related transactions set forth in § 515.560(c) and such other transactions as are related to the exportation and reexportation of items to Cuba when such transactions do not qualify for the general license under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 71374, Oct. 17, 2016, as amended at 82 FR 52000, Nov. 9, 2017; 85 FR 60070, Sept. 24, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.534" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.534   Negotiation of, and entry into, contingent contracts relating to transactions prohibited by this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States are authorized to enter into, and to engage in all transactions ordinarily incident to the negotiation of and entry into, contingent contracts for transactions that are prohibited by this part, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The performance of any such contingent contract is made expressly contingent on the prior authorization of the Office of Foreign Assets Control pursuant to this part or authorization no longer being required; and
</P>
<P>(2) The performance of any such contingent contract that is subject to licensing requirements of another Federal agency is expressly made contingent upon the prior authorization of that agency or the removal of those licensing requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, the term “contingent contracts” includes executory contracts, executory pro forma invoices, agreements in principle, executory offers capable of acceptance such as bids or proposals in response to public tenders, binding memoranda of understanding, or any other similar agreement.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 515.534:</HED>
<P>This section does not authorize transactions related to travel to, from, or within Cuba. See § 515.533(c) for a general license authorizing travel-related and other transactions incident to the negotiation of contracts for the exportation or reexportation of certain items to Cuba, and § 515.564(a)(2) for a general license authorizing travel-related and other transactions incident to attending or organizing professional meetings in Cuba, which include professional meetings relating to the negotiation of contingent contracts authorized by this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Certain direct financial transactions restricted.</I> Nothing in this section authorizes a direct financial transaction prohibited by § 515.209.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 71375, Oct. 17, 2016, as amended at 82 FR 52000, Nov. 9, 2017; 85 FR 60070, Sept. 24, 2020; 87 FR 35089, June 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.535" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.535   Exchange of certain securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the limitations and conditions of paragraph (b) of this section and notwithstanding § 515.202, any banking institution within the United States is authorized to engage in the following transactions with respect to securities listed on a national securities exchange, including the withdrawal of such securities from blocked accounts:
</P>
<P>(1) Exchange of certificates necessitated by reason of changes in corporate name, par value or capitalization,
</P>
<P>(2) Exchanges of temporary for permanent certificates,
</P>
<P>(3) Exchanges or deposits under plans of reorganization,
</P>
<P>(4) Exchanges under refunding plans, or
</P>
<P>(5) Exchanges pursuant to conversion privileges accruing to securities held.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not authorize the following transactions:
</P>
<P>(1) Any exchange of securities unless the new securities and other proceeds, if any, received are deposited in the blocked account in which the original securities were held immediately prior to the exchange.
</P>
<P>(2) Any exchange of securities registered in the name of any designated national, unless the new securities received are registered in the same name in which the securities exchanged were registered prior to the exchange.
</P>
<P>(3) Any exchange of securities issued by a person engaged in the business of offering, buying, selling, or otherwise dealing, or trading in securities, or evidences thereof, issued by another person.
</P>
<P>(4) Any transaction with respect to any security by an issuer or other obligor who is a designated national.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.536" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.536   Certain transactions with respect to merchandise affected by § 515.204.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purchase outside the United States for importation into the United States of nickel-bearing materials presumptively subject to § 515.204 and the importation of such merchandise into the United States are authorized if there is presented to the collector of customs in connection with such importation the original of an appropriate certificate of origin as defined in paragraph (b) of this section and provided that the merchandise was shipped to the United States directly, or on a through bill of lading, from the country issuing the appropriate certificate of origin.
</P>
<P>(b) A certificate of origin is appropriate for the purposes of this section only if
</P>
<P>(1) It is a certificate of origin the availability of which for Cuban Assets Control purposes has been announced in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> by the Office of Foreign Assets Control; and
</P>
<P>(2) It bears a statement by the issuing agency referring to the Cuban Assets Control Regulations or stating that the certificate has been issued under procedures agreed upon with the U.S. Government.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 15371, Dec. 14, 1965, as amended at 47 FR 4254, Jan. 29, 1982; 50 FR 5753, Feb. 12, 1985; 54 FR 5234, Feb. 2, 1989; 81 FR 71375, Oct. 17, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.540" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.540   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.542" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.542   Mail and telecommunications-related transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All transactions, including payments, incident to the receipt or transmission of mail and parcels between the United States and Cuba are authorized, provided that the importation or exportation of such mail and parcels is exempt from or authorized pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) All transactions, including payments, incident to the provision of telecommunications services related to the transmission or the receipt of telecommunications involving Cuba, including the entry into and performance under roaming service agreements with telecommunications services providers in Cuba, by persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction are authorized. This paragraph does not authorize any transactions addressed in paragraphs (c) or (d) of this section, nor does it authorize the entry into or performance of a contract with or for the benefit of any particular individual in Cuba.
</P>
<P>(c) All persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction are authorized to enter into, and make payments under, contracts with telecommunications service providers, or particular individuals in Cuba, for telecommunications services provided to particular individuals in Cuba, provided that such individuals in Cuba are not prohibited officials of the Government of Cuba, as defined in § 515.337 of this part, or prohibited members of the Cuban Communist Party, as defined in § 515.338 of this part. The authorization in this paragraph includes payment for activation, installation, usage (monthly, pre-paid, intermittent, or other), roaming, maintenance, and termination fees.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>General license for telecommunications facilities.</I> Transactions, including payments, incident to the establishment of facilities, including fiber-optic cable and satellite facilities, to provide telecommunications services linking the United States or third countries and Cuba, including facilities to provide telecommunications services in Cuba, are authorized.
</P>
<P>(e) Persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction are authorized to enter into licensing agreements related to services authorized by paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, and to market such services.
</P>
<P>(f) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(g) Any entity subject to U.S. jurisdiction relying on paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section shall notify OFAC in writing within 30 days after commencing or ceasing to offer such services, as applicable, and shall furnish by January 15 and July 15 of each year semiannual reports providing the total amount of all payments made to Cuba or a third country related to any of the services authorized by this section during the prior six months. These notifications and reports must be captioned “Section 515.542 Notification” or “Section 515.542 Report” and emailed to <I>OFACReport@treasury.gov</I>. The reporting requirement in this paragraph (g) applies only to the non-banking institution entity subject to U.S. jurisdiction relying upon paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section to provide telecommunications services.
</P>
<P>(h) For purposes of this section, the term “telecommunications services” includes data, telephone, telegraph, internet connectivity, radio, television, news wire feeds, and similar services, regardless of the medium of transmission, including transmissions by satellite.
</P>
<P>(i) Nothing in this section authorizes the exportation or reexportation of any items to Cuba. For the rules related to authorization of exports and reexports to Cuba, see §§ 515.533 and 515.559.
</P>
<P>(j) Nothing in this section authorizes transactions related to travel to, from, or within Cuba.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 515.542:</HED>
<P>For an authorization of travel-related transactions that are directly incident to the conduct of market research, commercial marketing, sales or contract negotiation, accompanied delivery, installation, leasing, servicing, or repair in Cuba of items consistent with the export or reexport policy of the Department of Commerce, see § 515.533(c). For an authorization of travel-related transactions that are directly incident to participation in professional meetings, including where such meetings relate to telecommunications services or other activities authorized by paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, see § 515.564(a).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 515.542:</HED>
<P>For general licenses authorizing physical and business presence in Cuba for certain persons, see § 515.573. An authorization related to business presence was previously included in this section. For an authorization of certain internet-related services, see § 515.578.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 2293, Jan. 16, 2015, as amended at 80 FR 56921, Sept. 21, 2015; 81 FR 13991, Mar. 16, 2016; 81 FR 71376, Oct. 17, 2016; 85 FR 60071, Sept. 24, 2020; 87 FR 35089, June 9, 2022; 89 FR 46324, May 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.543" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.543   Proof of origin.</HEAD>
<P>Specific licenses for importation of goods of Cuban origin are generally not issued unless the applicant submits satisfactory documentary proof of the location of the goods outside Cuba prior to July 8, 1963 and of the absence of any Cuban interest in the goods at all times on or since that date. Since the type of document which would constitute satisfactory proof varies depending upon the facts of the particular case, it is not possible to state in advance the type of documents required. However, it has been found that affidavits, statements, invoices, and other documents prepared by manufacturers, processors, sellers or shippers cannot be relied on and are therefore not by themselves accepted by the Office of Foreign Assets Control as satisfactory proof of origin. Independent corroborating documentary evidence, such as insurance documents, bills of lading, etc., may be accepted as satisfactory proof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 25317, July 10, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.544" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.544   Certain gifts sent to the United States.</HEAD>
<P>The importation into the United States of merchandise from Cuba or Cuban-origin merchandise from a third country intended as gifts is authorized, provided that the value of the merchandise is not more than $100; the merchandise is of a type and in quantities normally given as gifts between individuals; the merchandise is sent and not carried by a traveler (including as accompanied or unaccompanied baggage); and the merchandise is not alcohol or tobacco products.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 515.544:</HED>
<P>See § 515.533 for a general license authorizing transactions ordinarily incident to exports of items from the United States that are licensed or otherwise authorized by the Department of Commerce, which may include gifts sent to Cuba.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 56921, Sept. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.545" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.545   Transactions related to information and informational materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Transactions relating to the creation, dissemination, artistic or other substantive alteration, or enhancement of informational materials are authorized, including employment of Cuban nationals and remittance of royalties or other payments in connection with such transactions. This section authorizes marketing related to the dissemination of such informational materials but does not authorize other marketing or business consulting services.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General license.</I> (1) The travel-related transactions set forth in § 515.560(c) and such additional transactions as are directly incident to the exportation, importation, or transmission of information or informational materials as defined in § 515.332 are authorized, provided that the traveler's schedule of activities does not include free time or recreation in excess of that consistent with a full-time schedule.
</P>
<P>(2) The travel-related transactions set forth in § 515.560(c) and such additional transactions as are directly incident to professional media or artistic productions of information or informational materials for exportation, importation, or transmission, including the filming or production of media programs (such as movies and television programs), the recording of music, and the creation of artworks in Cuba, are authorized, provided that the traveler is regularly employed in or has demonstrated professional experience in a field relevant to such professional media or artistic productions, and that the traveler's schedule of activities does not include free time or recreation in excess of that consistent with a full-time schedule.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certain direct financial transactions restricted.</I> Nothing in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section authorizes a direct financial transaction prohibited by § 515.209.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certain travel-related transactions restricted.</I> Nothing in paragraph (b) of this section authorizes the lodging, paying for lodging, or making any reservation for or on behalf of a third party to lodge, at any property on the Cuba Prohibited Accommodations List to the extent prohibited by § 515.210.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Specific licenses.</I> Specific licenses may be issued on a case-by-case basis authorizing the travel-related transactions set forth in § 515.560(c) and such other transactions as are related to information and informational materials that do not qualify for the general license under paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 515.545.</HED>
<P>With respect to transactions necessary and ordinarily incident to the publishing and marketing of manuscripts, books, journals and newspapers, see § 515.577.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 515.545:</HED>
<P>See § 515.332(a)(2) for clarification as to the types of artworks that are considered to be informational materials.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 5234, Feb. 2, 1989, as amended at 60 FR 39257, Aug. 2, 1995; 64 FR 25813, May 13, 1999; 69 FR 75469, Dec. 17, 2004; 74 FR 46006, Sept. 8, 2009; 80 FR 2294, Jan. 16, 2015; 81 FR 4585, Jan. 27, 2016; 82 FR 52000, Nov. 9, 2017; 85 FR 60071, Sept. 24, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.546" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.546   Accounts of Cuban sole proprietorships.</HEAD>
<P>Specific licenses are issued unblocking sole proprietorships established under the laws of Cuba if the proprietor has emigrated from Cuba and established residence in the United States or a country in the authorized trade territory.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 25319, July 10, 1974. Redesignated at 64 FR 25813, May 13, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.547" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.547   Certain transactions related to medical research and Cuban-origin pharmaceuticals; research samples.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction are authorized to engage in all transactions incident to joint medical research projects with Cuban nationals.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The export or reexport to Cuba of goods (including software) or technology subject to the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730 through 774) may require separate authorization from the Department of Commerce.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>This paragraph does not authorize transactions related to travel to, from, or within Cuba, nor does it authorize transactions related to travel to, from, or within the United States by Cuban nationals. See § 515.564(a) for a general license authorizing travel-related and other transactions incident to professional research and professional meetings in Cuba. See § 515.571 for a general license authorizing transactions incident to travel to, from, and within the United States by certain Cuban nationals.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>This paragraph also does not authorize persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction to establish a business or physical presence in Cuba, to hire Cuban nationals, or to engage in any transactions prohibited by § 515.208.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) Persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction are authorized to engage in all transactions incident to obtaining approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) of Cuban-origin pharmaceuticals, including discovery and development, pre-clinical research, clinical research, regulatory review, regulatory approval and licensing, regulatory post-market activities, and the importation into the United States of Cuban-origin pharmaceuticals.
</P>
<P>(c) Persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction are authorized to engage in all transactions incident to the marketing, sale, or other distribution in the United States of FDA-approved Cuban-origin pharmaceuticals, including the importation into the United States of Cuban-origin pharmaceuticals.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) <I>Opening and maintaining bank accounts at Cuban financial institutions to engage in authorized transactions.</I> The opening and maintenance of accounts, including the deposit of funds in such accounts by wire transfer, at a financial institution in Cuba, is authorized provided that such accounts are used only for transactions authorized pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Closing bank accounts.</I> The closing of an account opened pursuant to the authorization in paragraph (d)(1) of this section is authorized, provided that any transfer of funds may only be effected by wire transfer to an account maintained at a depository institution, as defined in § 515.333, that is a person subject to U.S. jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Specific licenses.</I> (1) To the extent not authorized by paragraph (b) of this section, specific licenses may be issued for the importation of Cuban-origin commodities for bona-fide research purposes in sample quantities only.
</P>
<P>(2) Specific licenses may be issued for transactions related to medical research or pharmaceutical products not authorized by paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 515.547:</HED>
<P>Transactions authorized by this section may require separate authorizations or approvals by the FDA or other Federal agencies.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 71376, Oct. 17, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 60071, Sept. 24, 2020; 87 FR 35089, June 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 515.548" NODE="31:3.1.1.1.4.5.1.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 515.548   Overflight payments, emergency landings, and air ambulance services authorized.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The receipt of, and payment of charges for, services rendered by Cuba or a Cuban national in connection with overflights of Cuba or emergency landings in Cuba by aircraft registered in the United States or owned or controlled by, or chartered to, persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction are authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) Persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction are authorized to engage in all transactions necessary to provide air ambulance and related medical services, including medical evacuation from Cuba, for individual travelers in Cuba, regardless of nationality or the purpose of the individual's travel to Cuba.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>Persons providing air ambulance services authorized by paragraph (b) are authorized to carry persons who are close relatives, as defined in § 515.539, of the subject of the evacuation.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 56921, Sept. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8